m 


m 


W'  ■ 


i 


mm 


V] 


<? 


/i 


/ 


JS.   ^N 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^  1 2.8 

•IT  liii 

ill  1^ 


2.5 
2.2 

M 

18 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


1.25 

1  1.4       1.6 

^ 

6"     

► 

23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  M580 

(716)  872-4503 


4- 


^^^ 


li' 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


-■i.^ 


\. 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibllographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 
D 
D 
D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 

Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommagde 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur^e  et/ou  pelliculde 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  g^ographlques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  blark)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (I.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


□    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


n 


D 


D 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relid  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  Interior  margin/ 

La  re  llure  serr^e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  ie  long  de  la  marge  Intdrleure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajoutdes 
iors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6talt  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  dt6  filmdes. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentalres  suppl6mentaires; 


L'Instltut  a  microfilm*  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  §t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-§tre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibllographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mdthode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indlqu6s  ci-dessous. 


I — I    Coloured  pages/ 

I — I    Pages  damaged/ 

I — I    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

I — I    Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I — I    Pages  detached/ 

I — I    Showthrough/ 

I — I    Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I — I    Includes  supplementary  material/ 

I — I    Only  edition  available/ 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/o 

Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxei 
Pages  d6color6es,  tachet^es  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d^tachdes 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Qualitd  in6gale  de  I'impresslon 

Includes  supplementary  materu 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplementaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponlbia 


D 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  Image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  fllmdes  d  nouveau  de  fapon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ca  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu6  ci-dessous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26X 

■» 

• 

30X 

X 

'■"^ 

19Y 

^~" 

^"^""^ 

1fiX 

?0X 

iJx 

28X 

32X 

j^y^i^-fim^M^fB! 


i-mii^mi^^^^^ii***i^^f^«'^f^'^'^^^^^^Sfs^!^^iti^^ 


Is 

Li 

ifier 

le 

ige 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  In  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


L'axemplaire  fllm6  fut  reprodult  grSce  d  la 
gAn6rosit6  de: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

Les  Images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettet6  de  I'exemplaire  film6,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
fllmage. 


Original  copies  In  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  Impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  Illustrated  Impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —^-(meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  In  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  exemplaires  origlnaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  Imprlmto  sont  film6s  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernldre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'Impresslon  ou  d'illustratlon,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
origlnaux  sont  fllm6s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'Impresslon  ou  d'illustratlon  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernldre  page  qui  comporte  une  teile 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symbotes  sulvants  apparaftra  sur  la 
derniftre  Image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — ►  signlfie  "A  SUIVRE ',  le 
symbols  V  signlfie  "FIN  ". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
fllm6s  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diff6rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  ts^op  grand  pour  dtre 
reprodult  en  un  seul  cllch6,  11  est  fllm6  d  partir 
de  i'angle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'Images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  sulvants 
lllustrent  la  m6thode. 


rata 


elure. 


H 


32X 


J 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

SS^^tSSi^s^-^.^^ 


^■'tfitii^'^.^jtftaigii&WarAu.'jfc^Vtiu^^-^^q^aitf^^''^^*'''^^'^ 


II.  innjiiigiiiimii.iim   i4ij'wi!'  'M»i'i.|!i;««'    ' ' 


* 


' 


< 


trvwi-  "a^-"  -I-  ■«»«■  'iiiW'lijEIJW* 


No.  73. 


/ 


i(v..;'«<i-3f»^''      HYDROQRAPHIC   OFFICE. 


NEWFOUNDLAND 


AND  THE 


COAST  OF  LABRADOR,  FROM  CAPE  ST.  LEWIS 
TO  GRAND  POINT. 


SECOND  EDITION. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE. 

1899. 

5. 


ii 


mn  vn^_imw<^^mmf^''r' 


; 


d^ 


49345 


'4? 


1 


9^ 


CONTENTS. 


Page, 

Preface v 

Note _        vi 

Index  chart vm 

Index 628 

CHAPTER  I. 

Oeneral  Remarks— Climate— Winds—  Fogs—  Currents—  Ice—  Passages- 
Compass  Variation 1 

CHAPTER  II. 
Banks  of  Newfoundland  and  Nova  Scotia  Banks 88 

CHAPTER  III. 
Newfoundland,  South  Coast— Cape  Race  to  Crew  Point 80 

CHAPTER  IV. 
St.  Pierre  and  Miquelon  Islands „ 125 

CHAPTER  V. 
Newfoundland,  South  Coast— Crew  Point  to  Cape  Ray 186 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Newfoundland,  Wert  Coast— Cape  Ray  to  Cape  Bauld 214 

CHAPTER  Vn. 

Newfoundland,  East  Coast— Cape  Bauld  to  Cape  St.  John ..      807 

CHAPTER  VIII. 
Newfoundland,  East  Coast — Cape  St.  John  to  Cape  Bonavista 844 

CHAPTER  IX. 
Newfoundland,  East  Coast— Cape  Bonavista  to  Cape  Race 429 

CHAPTER  X. 

Coast  of  Labrador— Cape  St.  Lewis  to  Grand  Point  and  the  Strait  of  Belle 

Isle 488 

(in) 


k 


i       I 


•/- 


III  X>u«»iinir««. 


..iirfi?"ffiiiiMTirrwrifcin1fi<[rivi'i 


PREFACE. 


The  first  edition  of  this  work  was  compiled  by  Lieut.  W.  W. 
Gillpatrick,  U.  S.  Navy,  and  Ensign  John  Gibson,  U.  S.  Navy.' 
The  present  edition  has  been  compiled  by  Mr.  R.  C.  Ray,  U.  S. 
Navy,  chiefly  from  the  first  edition,  and  British  Admiralty' publi- 
cation, Newfoundland  and  Labrador  Pilot,  Third  Edition,  1897, 
and  such  additions  and  corrections  as  have  become  available  from 
reports  received. 

The  meteorological  remarks  in  the  opening  chapter  have  been 
revised  by  Mr.  James  Page,  in  the  Division  of  Meteorology. 

Since  much  of  the  coast  described  is  imperfectly  surveyed,  mari- 
ners are  requested  to  point  out  to  the  United  States  Hydrographic 
Oflice,  either  directly  or  through  one  of  its  branch  offices,  any 
errors  and  omissions  that  they  may  discover.  With  a  view  of 
making  the  next  edition  of  this  publication  more  useful  and  com- 
plete, new  information  is  also  requested. 

J.  E.  Ceaio, 
Commander,  U.  S.  Navy,  Hydrographer. 

United  States  HYDBoaRAPHic  Office, 

Washington,  D.  C,  April,  1899. 


(V) 


A 


r 


ISJ^OTE. 


The  bearings,  courses,  and  trend  of  the  land  are  true;  but  for 
convenience  the  corresponding  magnetic  bearings,  to  the  nearest 
degree,  follow  in  parentheses.  (Variation  in  1900.)  The  direc- 
tions of  the  winds  are  given  for  the  points  from  which  they  blow; 
the  directions  of  the  currents  for  the  points  toward  which  they 
set.  Distances  are  expressed  in  nautical  miles.  Soundings,  unless 
otherwise  stated,  are  reduced  to  mean  low  water. 


(VI) 


g^.iV^T-.-,t^^--f^,'?^^^t^-^&S..^a~-iiJfc-.---^--t--r-  ,  •,■•->  Vl'rr -ft-. 


are  true;  but  for 
fs,  to  the  nearest 
L900.)  The  direc- 
which  they  blow ; 
ward  which  they 
Soundings,  unless 


i|)a-.-TiH..r.--i„».-.^-»«. 


laau . &j>fj 

597 

izoaz 


^^•uj 


"'•"^Jt. 


4H- 


^f  St.  raid  1  611 


47- _L 


iVt- 


60* 


J L_ 


1 


T 1 1 r 


NoiOi  of  B«n«  I«U  St 

VHti$on.  3UhU 
FUhu\0  SMfShr 
StJhanois  Shy 

\  OaomHonai  Shr 


1 


^81  b 


4<rt- 


sff 


-J I L.^ 1 I I I I 1 1 U 


S8* 


ST 


5tr 


J I L 


56" 


-1 u 


Baib 


Gtf 


J I   ■    I 


J I L 


SS* 


m: 


\ 


The  limits  and  numbers  aFU.S.  Hydrographic  OfRca  charts  are  shown  in  Uaek 
•       "        "  "         "     British    Admiraify  »        ~         -       »  ^^ 


CHAPTER  I. 


GENERAL   REMARKS — CLIMATE — WINDS — FOGS — CURRENTS — ICE — 
PASSAGES — COMPASS  VARIATION. 

» 

Newfoundland  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence;  it  extends  from  latitude  46°  35'  N.  to  61°  40'  N.,  lying 
between  the  meridians  of  52°  35'  and  59°  25'  W.,  and  from  Cape 
Clear  in  Ireland  to  St.  Johns  Harbor  in  Newfoundland,  the  dis- 
tance by  great  circle  is  1,G75  miles. 

This  extensive  island  is  said  to  have  been  known  to  the  North- 
men at  a  very  early  date,  but  the  first  authentic  account  of  its 
discovery  is  that  by  Sebastian  Cabot,  who,  when  seeking  to  pene- 
trate by  a  northwestern  route  to  China  and  the  Spice  Islands, 
observed  the  land  (probably  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cape  Bona- 
vista)  on  St.  Johns  day,  June  24,  1497.  Although  fishermen  from 
all  countries  soon  resorted  to  its  shores,  no  serious  attempt  at 
colonization  appears  to  have  been  made  until  1583,  on  the  5th 
August,  in  which  year  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert  took  formal  posses- 
sion of  Newfoundland  in  the  name  of  Queen  Elizabeth. 

In  1623  Lord  Baltimore  settled  a  colony  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Ferryland,  but  after  a  few  years  left  to  establish  the  more  flourish- 
ing seaport  that  now  bears  his  name.  From  this  time  the  east 
coast  of  the  island  was  gradually  settled  by  the  English,  French 
settlers  occupying  the  southern  shores  and  making  Placentia  their 
capital.  By  the  treaty  of  Utrecht  [1713]  Newfoundland  was 
declared  to  belong  wholly  to  Great  Britain,  the  French  regaining 
St.  Pierre  and  Miquelon  Islands,  with  the  right  to  cure  fish  on  a 
portion  of  the  Newfoundland  shore;  subsequently  arranged  to 
extend  from  Cape  Ray,  along  the  west,  north,  and  east  coasts,  to 
Cape  St.  John. 

Physical  Features. — Newfoundland  is  somewhat  of  a  triangu- 
lar form  (the  apex  being  at  Cape  Bauld,  the  base  between  Capes 
Race  and  Ray),  and  has  an  area  of  about  42,000  square  miles. 
The  shores  are  indented  with  deep  bays  and  harbors  which  nearly 
all  offer  shelter  to  vessels  during  the  summer  months.  Many  of 
them  are  magnificent  harbors,  that  in  another  climute  might  be  a 
source  both  of  riches  and  maritime  power.  The  surface  of  the 
island  is  wild  and  rugged  and  the  coast,  consisting  of  steep,  sterile, 
rocky  ohores,  often  denuded  of  all  vegetation,  or  only  covered 
with  small  trees,  has  an  aspect  far  from  prepossessing.  That  part 
of  the  island  nearest  the  sea  is  generally  hilly ;  the  ranges,  which 
do  not  reach  any  great  elevation,  having  a  NE.  and  SW.  trend. 

(1) 


IW 


2 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


This  is  also  the  case  in  the  bays,  rivers,  valleys,  .and  larger  lakes, 
and  is  probably  due  to  glacial  action.  The  interior  proper  is  an 
elevated  undulating  plateau,  traversed  by  ranges  of  low  hills,  the 
surface  being  diversified  by  valleys,  wood  marshes,  and  large 
lakes,  locally  known  as  ponds,  which  com^Jetely  intersect  the 
country  from  the  Bay  of  Exploits,  Hall  and  White  Bays,  on  the 
NE.,  to  St.  George  and  Despair  Bays,  respectively,  on  the  west  and 
south  side.  Some  excellent  timber,  of  large  size,  is  found  on  the 
west  coast  and  on  some  few  other  portions  of  Newfoundland ;  but 
as  a  rule  it  is  only  at  the  heads  of  bays,  and  in  sheltered  places, 
that  trees  attain  sufficient  proportions  to  make  masts  for  even 
small  vessels,  and  to  obtain  a  mast  for  a  large  schooner  necessi- 
tates generally  a  long  journey  into  the  interior. 

Looking  inland  from  the  coast  ranges  of  hills  the  country 
generally  seems  to  consist  of  as  much  water  as  land,  so  numerous 
are  the  ponds.  From  these,  streamlets  run  down  every  ravine, 
and  the  larger  valleys  contain  rivulets  in  which  trout  can  generally 
be  obtained. 

Lakes. — The  lakes  or  ponds  previously  referred  to  constitute 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  of  the  physical  features  of  the  island, 
occupying,  as  they  do,  about  one-third  of  its  area.  The  principal 
of  these  are  Grand  Lake,  which  is  the  largest,  only  50  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  56  miles  in  length,  5  in  breadth,  about  60 
fathoms  at  its  deepest  part,  and  covers  an  area  of  nearly  200  square 
miles;  Indian  Lake,  37  miles;  Gander  Lake,  33  miles;  Deer  Lake, 
15  miles  in  length. 

Rivers. — The  rivers  of  Newfoundland  are  numerous,  and  though 
the  majority  are  small,  yet  some  attain  considerable  size.  The 
largest  are  the  Exploits,  Humber,  Gander,  and  Terra  Nova.  Ex- 
ploits River,  which  has  its  rise  near  the  southern  extremity  of  Long 
Range,  is  200  miles  in  length,  drains  an  area  of  between  3,000  and 
4,000  square  miles,  and  falls  into  Exploits  Bay  on  the  east  coast. 
The  main  branch  of  the  Humber  River  rises  20  miles  inland  from 
Bonne  Bay,  is  about  130  miles  long,  drains  about  2,000  square 
miles,  and  falls  into  Humber  Arm  on  the  west  coast.  The  Gander 
River,  100  miles  in  length,  flows  through  Gander  Lake,  and,  with 
its  tributaries,  drains  an  area  of  nearly  4,000  square  miles;  it  falls 
into  Hamilton  Sound. 

Mines. — Of  the  minerals  with  which  the  country  abounds,  two 
only,  copper  and  lead,  have  been  profitably  worked ;  the  former  at 
Tilt  and  Betts  Coves  and  Little  Bay,  in  Notre  Dame  Bay,  and  the 
latter  at  La  Manche,  in  Placentia  Bay.  The  indications  have  been 
hitherto  little  explored,  but  the- "increasing  facilities  of  railway 
communication  will  probably  lead  to  valuable  future  discoveries. 


POPULATION — FISHERY. 


id  larger  lakes, 
ior  proper  is  an 
)f  low  hills,  the 
slies,  and  large 
y  intersect  the 
te  Bays,  on  the 
on  the  west  and 
is  found  on  the 
foundland;  but 
beltered  places, 
masts  for  even 
ihooner  necessi- 

Is  the  country 
id,  so  numerous 
a  every  ravine, 
at  can  generally 

)d  to  constitute 
es  of  the  island. 
The  principal 
y  50  feet  above 
eadth,  about  60 
early  200  square 
lies ;  Deer  Lake, 

■ous,  and  though 
•able  size.  The 
)rra  Nova.  Ex- 
:tremity  of  Long 
tween  3,000  and 
n  the  east  coast, 
iles  inland  from 
lut  2,000  square 
st.  The  Gander 
Lake,  and,  with 
re  miles ;  it  falls 

ry  abounds,  two 
d ;  the  former  at 
tne  Bay,  and  the 
ations  have  been 
ities  of  railway 
ture  discoveries. 


Agriculture  is  pursued  with  fair  success  on  the  west  coast, 
where  grass  and  cereals  of  the  first  quality  can  be  produced.  A 
large  tract  of  fertile  soil  has  been  discovered  near  Gander  Bay, 
and  there  is  also  good  land  in  the  vicinity  of  Goose  Bay  and  Clode 
Sound,  at  the  head  of  Bonavista  Bay. 

Population.— The  seacoast  of  Newfoundland  is  the  only  inhab- 
ited portion,  and  there  are  but  few  settlers  on  the  western  shore,  » 
two-thirds  of  the  entire  population  being  found  on  the  peninsula 
of  Avalon.  The  census  made  in  1891  showed  a  total  population  of 
202,040,  including  that  portion  of  the  Labrador  coast  under  the 
Newfoundland  Government,  excluding  the  Eskimo  natives. 

Orthography.— Many  of  the  place  names  in  Newfoundland 
were  originally  French,  but,  owing  to  the  pronunciation  of  the 
fishermen,  they  have  become  so  much  corrupted  as  to  be  difficult 
of  recognition  as  such.  For  instance,  Anse  h  Loup  is  known  to 
the  fishermen  as  "Lancy  Loo,"  and  Anse  Jjclair  as  "Lancy  Clair." 

Seal  fishery.— This  industry  is  prosecuted  in  the  months  of 
March,  April,  and  May,  the  sailing  fleet  leaving  on  the  1st  of 
March,  while  the  steam  vessels  are  detained  till  the  12th  of  March. 
The  seal  bearing  ice  is  sought  immediately  and  the  young  seals 
secured.  When  full  cargoes  have  been  obtained  the  vessels  return, 
discharge,  and  start  again  for  a  second  and  occasionally  even  a 
third  trip. 

Cod  fishery.- The  cod  fisheries  of  Newfoundland  are  more  val- 
uable than  those  of  any  other  country,  and  the  fishing  grounds, 
worked  for  centuries,  would  under  ordinary  circumstances  appear 
to  yield  an  almost  inexhaustible  supply ;  but  of  late  years,  owing 
to  reckless  and  destructive  fishing,  and  the  introduction  of  engines 
of  such  a  character  as  to  be  the  means  of  destroying  gravid  and 
even  immature  fish,  there  has  be^n  a  perceptible  decline  in  the 
yearly  yield.  The  comparatively  modern  implements  used  are 
cod  traps,  large  seine  nets,  small  mesh  nets,  bultows,  or  long  lines, 
and  jiggers. 

In  1888  a  Fisheries  Commission  was  appointed,  since  which 
means  have  been  taken  to  impress  upon  fishermen  the  destructive 
nature  of  the  course  pursued  in  the  use  of  many  of  their  appliances, 
and  rules  have  been  drawn  up  for  their  guidance.  This,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  establishment  of  a  cod  hatchery  at  Dildo  Island, 
which  during  the  four  years  1890-1893  turned  out  423,439,000 
young  fish,  should  be  attended  by  beneficial  results. 

Herring  Fishery.— The  principal  herring  fisheries  are  at  For- 
tune, Placentia,  and  St.  Georges  Bays,  the  Bay  of  Islands  and  Lab- 
rador, the  two  latter  being  the  most  valuable.  Fortune  Bay  is  a 
winter  herring  fishery,  commencing  early  in  December;  St.  Georges 
Bay  is  a  spring  fishery. 


i 


■FTSHBOaai 


mm 


LABRADOR. 


I        I 


Salmon  Fishery.— Every  destructive  engine  that  human  inge- 
nuity could  contrive  would  appear  to  have  been  used  in  the  exter- 
mination of  salm(m,  further  aided  by  the  pollution  of  the  streams, 
so  that  the  small  export  of  preserved  salmon,  which  seldom  reaches 
the  value  of  $100,000  annually,  is  easily  accounted  for.  The  Fish- 
eries Commission,  before  mentioned,  having  now  appointed  wardens 
on  the  principal  rivers,  the  preservation  of  fish  during  the  spawn- 
ing season,  prohibition  of  pollution,  and  use  of  illegal  engines 
should,  if  carried  out,  be  instrumental  in  restoring  the  rivers  to 
their  old  prolific  state. 

Lobster  Fishery.— The  lobster  fishery,  commenced  in  1873,  is 
an  increasing  industry,  which  is  likely  to  be  further  developed  by 
the  successful  use  of  floating  incubators  for  hatching  lobsters.  In 
the  four  years,  1890-1893,  the  total  number  of  lobsters  hatched  and 
planted  was  1,886,767,000,  and  according  to  the  census  of  1891 
there  were  then  340  lobster  factories,  employing  4,807  persons. 

Labrador,  although  discovered  by  Cabot  in  1496,  was  not  visited 
until  1501,  when  Corte  Real  named  it  Terra  Labrador  (cultivable 
land),  to  distinguish  it  from  Greenland,  which  he  named  Terra 
Verde.  The  name  is  now  applied  not  only  to  \;he  east  coast  but  to 
the  whole  peninsula,  bounded  on  the  west  by  Hudson  Bay. 

The  greatest  length  of  Labrador  is  1,100  miles,  and  breadth  700 
miles,  the  area  being  about  420,000  square  miles.  It  is  generally 
described  as  one  of  the  most  dreary  and  naked  regions  of  the  globe, 
exhibiting  scarcely  anything  except  rocks  destitute  of  vegetation; 
but  though  this  be  its  appearance  when  seen  from  off  the  coast, 
on  penetrating  a  little  into  the  interior  the  surface  is  found  to  be 
clothed  with  pines,  beeches,  and  poplars.  ^ 

Geology.— The  NE.  coast  of  Labrador  is  composed  of  Lauren- 
tian  gneiss,  with  intrusive  granite  and  many  quartz  veins,  the 
formation  generally  being  Laurentian,  having  resting  on  it  at 
various  points,  Lower  Silurian  beds,  while  over  the  country  are 
gneiss  ranges  of  mountains  and  gneiss  bowlders.  Copper  and  lead 
ores  have  been  found  on  the  coast,  also  gold  and  mica.  The  hills 
fall  steeply  to  the  sea,  often  in  steep  cliffs,  terminating  in  most 
cases  in  rugged,  rocky  points,  the  single  remarkable  exception  being 
the  strand  on  each  side  of  Cape  Porcupine,  which  is  the  only  sandy 
beach  of  any  extent  on  the  whole  coast  as  far  as  Nain. 

Lakes.— The  whole  country  is  covered  with  innumerable  lakes, 
ponds,  and  pools,  from  the  deep  mountain  tarns  on  the  summit  of 
the  water  sheds  to  the  broad  shallow  lakes  and  pools  spread  over 
the  surface  below.    The  almost  universal  shallowness  of  these 

lakes  is  a  singular  feature.       "  •      j.    -u  + 

Fisheries.— There  are  only  a  few  permanent  inhabitants,  but 

cod  fishery  is  carried  on  extensively  from  July  to  October  by  the 


i' 


hat  human  inge- 
ised  in  the  exter- 
in  of  the  streams, 
3h  seldom  reaches 
i  for.  The  Fish- 
ppointed  wardens 
uring  the  spawn- 
if  illegal  engines 
•ing  the  rivers  to 

aenced  in  1873,  is 
ther  developed  by 
hing  lobsters.    In 
sters  hatched  and 
le  census  of  1891 
4,807  persons. 
96,  was  not  visited 
brador  (cultivable 
.  he  named  Terra 
e  east  coast  but  to 
idson  Bay. 
I,  and  breadth  700 
IS.     It  is  generally 
gions  of  the  globe, 
ute  of  vegetation ; 
rom  ofE  the  coast, 
Face  is  found  to  be 

nposed  of  Lauren- 
quartz  veins,  the 
J  resting  on  it  at 
)r  the  country  are 
.  Copper  and  lead 
id  mica.  The  hills 
rminating  in  most 
ble  exception  being 
h  is  the  only  sandy 
3  Nain. 

innumerable  lakes, 

s  on  the  summit  of 

pools  spread  over 

allowness  of  these 

nt  inhabitants,  but 
to  October  by  the 


FISHERIES — G  OVERNMENT. 


5 


inhabitants  of  Newfoundland;  about  3,000  people  leaving  their 
homes  on  the  east  coast,  and  proceeding  in  small  craft  to  these 
shores,  bringing  their  families  for  the  season,  and  having  huts  and 
fishing  stages  at  almost  every  bay,  cove,  and  harbor,  while  others 
follow  the  fiali  to  the  northward  in  their  vessels.  The  principal 
fishing  stations  are  at  Battle  and  St.  Charles  Harbors.  The  fishery 
is  carried  on  in  small  brigs  and  schooners,  generally  of  from  30  to' 
100  tons,  and  in  boats.  When  the  vessels  return  to  Newfoundland, 
a  few  persons  are  left,  who  winter  up  the  bays  of  the  mainland  to 
hunt  for  furs,  and  to  be  ready  for  the  seal  fishery  at  the  breaking 
up  of  the  ice  in  spring.  The  boats  are  hauled  up  on  the  rocks,  or 
taken  into  coves  of  the  mainland,  where  they  are  covered  over 
with  spruce  branches  and  are  thus  secured  for  the  winter. 

Fish  caught  at  the  settlements  are  cured  there,  and  in  many 
cases  exported,  in  English  schooners,  direct  to  foreign  markets; 
those  taken  by  vessels  are  cleaned  and  packed  in  salt,  to  be  cured 
at  one  of  the  southern  settlements  or  in  Newfoundland. 

As  far  north  as  Aillik  the  fish  are  caught  with  baited  hooks ; 
north  of  that  they  are  jigged  with  two  hooks  fastened  to  a  metal 
imitation  of  a  caplin. 

The  herring  fishery  begins  in  September,  and  is  prosecuted  prin- 
cipally from  Assizes  Harbor,  which  is  crowded  with  vessels  at  that 
time.  A  plentiful  catch  of  herrings  sometimes  compensates  for  a 
bad  cod  fishery.  The  herrings  are  packed  in  barrels  and  exported 
direct  to  Canadian  markets  by  steamers  owned  in  Newfoundland. 

Schooners  sometimes  follow  the  codfish  as  far  as  Cape  Chidley, 
though  the  vicinity  of  Nain  is  the  usual  northern  limit  of  the 
fishery.  Codfish  are  seldom  found  west  of  Cape  Chidley,  nor  cap- 
lin, in  large  quantities. 

Government. — The  nominal  jurisdiction  of  the  Newfoundland 
Government  extends  from  Blanc  Sablon  to  Cape  Chidley,  at  the 
entrance  of  Hudson  Bay. 

Oommunications. — For  nine  months  of  the  year  direct  steam- 
ship communication  is  maintained  between  St.  Johns  and  Europe, 
fortnightly  by  the  Allan  line  of  steamships  from  Liverpool,  also 
to  Halifax  and  Baltimore.  From  January  to  April  the  mail  steam- 
ship from  Liverpool  does  not  touch  at  St.  Johns,  but  proceeds  to 
Halifax,  whence  communication  is  maintained  by  local  steamers 
plying  fortnightly  to  St,  Johns. 

Between  St.  Johns  and  Montreal,  Pictou,  Charlottetown,  and 
Sydney  (Cape  Breton)  weekly  by  the  Black  Diamond  line ;  and  to 
New  York  and  Halifax,  about  every  ten  days,  by  the  Red  Cross 
line.     These  latter  steamers  occasionally  call  at  Pilley  Island. 

Local  coasting  steamers  ply  fortnightly  during  the  navigable 
season  to  both  the  western  and  northern  ports,  and  during  the 


6 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


.',        II 


months  of  July,  August,  and  September  connect  with  the  Labrador 
steamer  at  Battle  Harbor. 

The  steamers  of  the  northern  route  cease  running  when  prevented 
by  the  ice  in  December  and  begin  again  as  soon  as  the  ice  permits, 
ginierally  April  or  May,  and  touch  at  the  following  places :  Old 
Perlian,  Trinity,  Catalina,  Bonavista,  Kings  Cove,  Greens  Pond, 
Fogo,  Herrings  Neck,  Toulinguet,  Exploits,  Pilley  Island  Harbor, 
Little  Bay  Islands,  Tilt  Cove,  Betts  Cove,  Nippers  Harbor,  St. 
Anthony,  Belle  Isle  Strait,  and  Battle  Harbor. 

The  mail  to  Greens  Pond  and  Toulinguet  is  carried  across  the 
country  by  Indians  between  January  and  May. 

Those  of  the  western  route  run  from  early  in  May  to  December, 
and  touch  at  the  following  places :  Ferryland  and  Renewse ;  Tre- 
passey,  Placentia,  and  St.  Marys;  Burin  St.  Lawrence,  Lamalin; 
Burin,  St.  Pierre,  Grand  Bank,  and  Fortune ;  Belloram,  St.  Jacques, 
Harbor  Breton,  Great  Jervis,  Gaultois,  Burgeo,  La  Poile,  Rose 
Blanche,  Channel,  Bay  St.  George,  Bay  of  Islands,  Bonne  Bay, 
and  Sydney  (Cape  Breton). 

Another  steataer  I'uns  frequently  between  St.  Johns  and  the  ports 
in  Conception  ISay. 

The  steamers  of  the  Labrador  route  begin  to  run  in  July  and 
cease  running  in  October.,  connecting  with  the  northern  route 
steamer  at  Battle  Harlor.  Leaving  St.  Johns,  they  touch  at  Har- 
bor Grace,  Coachmans  Cove,  Conche,  St.  Anthony,  Griguet,  Blanc 
Sablon,  Bonne  Esperance,  and  to  usual  ports  of  call  in  Belle  Isl-9 
Strait  to  Battle  Harbor.  Fi'om  Battle  Harbor  northward  they  call 
at  Spear  Harbor,  Ship  Harbor,  Francis  Harbor  Bight,  Scrammy, 
S(iuare  Islands,  Venison  Isla,nd,  Boulter  Rork,  Punchbowl,  Bateau, 
Domino,  Indian  Tickle,  Gready,  Pack  Harbor,  White  Bears,  Indian 
Harbor,  Bake-a])ple  Bight,  Smoky  Tickle,  Brig  Harbor,  Holtoji 
and  Cape  Harrlgan,  Ragged  Islands,  Manak  Islands,  Turnavik 
Islands,  Windsors  Harbor,  Nain  and  Ramah.  Only  two  trips  aie 
made  during  the  season  to  Nain  and  Rama.h. 

Returning  south,  calling  at  Cape  Harrigan,  Hopedale,  Winsoi.'s 
Harbor,  Turnavik  Islands,  Aillik,  Strawberry,  Manaks  Islands, 
Long  Tickle,  Rogers  Harbor,  Adlavik,  Ragged  Islands,  Jigger 
Tickle,  Cape  Harrison,  Sloop  Cove,  Sleigh  Tickle,  Holto:a,  Emily 
Harbor,  White  Bears,  Smoky  Tickle,  Bake-apple  Bighii,  Indian 
Harbor,  Rigoulette,  Tub  Island,  Indian  Island,  Packs  and  Inde- 
pendent Harbors,  the  last  two  places  alternately ;  Long  Inland  und 
Southeast  Cove  alternately,  Cartwright  Harbor  (Sandwich  Bay), 
Black  Island  each  alternate  trip,- Bateau  each  alternate  trip.  Seal 
Islands  and  Comfort  Bight  alternately.  Snug  Harbor,  Dead  Island, 
Triangle,  Fishing-Ship  Harbor,  Little  Harbor,  Murray  and  Spear 
Harbors  alternately,  and  thence  to  Battle  Harbor. 


COMMUN 10  ATI0N8 f  0  A  L. 


ih.  the  Labrador 

fvhen  prevented 
the  ice  permits, 
,ng  places:  Old 
,  Greens  Pond, 
Island  Harbor, 
)rs  Harbor,  St. 

rried  across  the 

ly  to  December, 
L  Renewse ;  Tre- 
rence,  Lamalin; 
am,  St.  Jacques, 
La  Poile,  Rose 
ids,  Bonne  Bay, 

ins  and  the  ports 

run  in  July  and 
northern  route 
ey  touch  at  Hai'- 
-,  Griguet,  Blanc 
all  in  Belle  Isle 
thward  they  call 
light,  Scrammy, 
ichbowl.  Bateau, 
ite  Bears,  Indian 
Harbor,  Holton 
lands,  Turnavi!£ 
nly  two  trips  aie 

)pedale,  Winsors 
Manaks  Islands, 
Islands,  Jigger 
3,  Holto;i,  Emily 
Bighli,  Indian 
Packs  and  Inde- 
Long  Inland  und 
Sandwich  Buy), 
ternate  trip,  fJeal 
)or,  Dead  Island, 
urray  and  Spear 


After  the  first  round  trip  in  September  the  steamer  will  not  go 
northward  of  Hopodale. 

The  Labrador  mail  steamer  also  connects  with  the  mail  from  St. 
Johns  at  Battle  Harbor;  with  Blanc  Sablon,  Bonne  Esporaiice, 
Forteau,  Anse  h.  Loup,  Red  Bay,  Chateau,  Henley,  Chimney 
Tickle,  Cape  Charles,  and  Assizes  Harbor. 

Railways. — The  Northern  and  Western  Railway,  from  Whit- ' 
bourne, passes  up  the  narrow  neck  of  land,  separating  Trinity  and 
Placentia  Bays,  traverses  the  Terra  Nova,  Gambo,  and  Gander 
Valleys,  and  entering  the  Exploits  Valley  at  Norris  Arm,  crosses 
the  Exploits  River  10  miles  from  its  mouth,  a  distance  of  267^ 
miles  from  St.  Johns.  From  Exploits  the  railway  passes  the  NE. 
end  of  Grand  Lake,  and  skirts  the  southern  side  of  Deer  Lake,  and 
the  southern  shore  of  Humber  Arm  as  far  as  Birchy  Cove,  where 
it  strikes  inland,  then  passes  along  the  east  side  of  St.  George  Bay, 
at  the  back  of  the  Anguille  range  and  down  the  valley  of  tho  Cod- 
roy  River  to  Port  Basque,  distant  650^  miles  from  St.  Johns. 

The  Newfoundland  Railvray  extends  from  St.  Johns  to  Harbor 
Grace  in  Conception  Bay,  a  distance  of  83^  miles,  via  Whitbourne 
Junction;  and  from  the  latter  station,  57^  miles  from  St.  Johns, 
there  is  a  branch,  27  miles  in  length,  to  Placentia  Bay. 

Telegraph. — Newfoundland  is  in  direct  telegraphic  communi- 
cation with  Europe  and  America  by  submarine  cables ;  those  from 
England  terminating  at  Hearts  Content  on  the  east  coast,  and  those 
from  France  at  St.  Pierre  on  the  south  coast.  There  are  four  sub- 
marine cables  between  Ireland  and  Newfoundland,  three  betA^een 
Newfoundland  and  Cape  Breton,  and  two  between  France  and 
St.  Pierre.  All  the  principal  ports  are  connected  by  land  lines 
with  the  capital. 

Boads. — The  opening  of  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway  has 
rendered  the  oonfltruction  of  roads  to  connect  it  with  the  various 
settlements  and  towns  on  the  seacoast  a  necessity.  In  1894  there 
wert)  1,000  miles  of  postal  roads  and  over  2,000  miles  of  district 
roads. 

OoaL — The  carboniferous  district  of  Newfoundland  is  on  the 
west  coast,  ui  the  vicinity  of  St.  George  Bay  and  Grand  Lake,  but 
as  yet  these  coal  fields  have  not  been  worked.  In  1891  the  impor- 
tation of  coal,  chiefly  from  Cape  Breton,  amounted  to  97,327  tons. 
Coal  for  steaming  purposes  can  be  obtained  in  considerable  quan- 
tities at  St.  Johns  and  Port  Basque. 

A  small  quantity  (about  20  tons)  may  be  obtained  from  the 
undermentione*!  places,  but  the  supply  is  not  certain :  Bonne  Bay, 
Burnt  Islands,  Tilt  Cove,  Little  Bay,  Pilley  Island  Harbor,  Tou- 
linguet,  Greens  Pond,  and  Catalina;  and  Salmon  River,  Blanc 
Sablon,  Battle  Harbor,  and  Gready  in  Labrador. 

Orders  will  be  filled  to  any  of  the  above  ports  from  St.  Tolrns. 


I 


M 


8 


NKWIOUNDLAND. 


Climate.— The  climate  is  more  temperate  than  that  of  the 
neighboring  continent.  It  is  but  rarely,  and  then  only  for  a  few 
hours  at  a  time,  that  the  temperature  falls  below  zero  in  winter, 
while  the  summer  range  rarely  exceeds  80"  Fahrenheit,  and  for 
the  most  part  does  not  rise  above  70°.  The  arctic  current  exercises 
a  chilling  influence  along  the  east  coast,  but  as  a  compensation 
brings  the  enormous  wealth  of  commercial  fishes  and  seals  which 
render  the  Newfoundland  fisheries  the  most  valuable  in  the  world. 
The  salubrity  of  the  climate  is  evidenced  by  the  robust  and  the 
healthy  appearance  of  the  inhabitants.  Open  fireplaces  are  suffi- 
cient to  warm  the  houses  and  free  exercise  in  the  open  air  is  attain- 
able at  all  seasons. 

In  the  following  tables  are  given  the  monthly  meteorological 
summaries  for  the  year  1895,  at  the  three  stations  St.  Johns,  Sandy 
Point,and  Belle  Isle, the  first  near  the  southeastern  extremity  of  the 
island,  the  second  near  the  southwestern,  and  the  third  at  the 

northern:  ,  ,      ..    ,   „,  ,^„  ,», 

St.  Johns.  latitticUs  N.  47°  H  ,  longitude  W.  sr  ^'. 


_—      — 

Mean 
pruHure. 

Tkmpiratdbb. 

Rain- 
fall. 

Fair 

1896. 

Uo«n. 

Max. 

Min. 

dayi. 

29.96 
29.66 
29.68 
20.96 
30.01 
30.06 
29. 93 

27.6 
24.5 
28.7 
36.6 
46.9 
46.9 
69.7 

44.0 
42.0 
46.0 
65.0 
74.0 
74.0 
87.0 

9.0 
0.0 
13.0 
19.0 
32.0 
32.0 
44,0 

IhoAm. 
3.23 
4.76 
8.12 
1.71 
2.97 
3.60 
3.61 

16 

19 

jamxli                 

14 

KnrW                                             -    

22 

Mi-                                                       

16 

"»y 

16 

Tilly - 

IS 

29.96 
29.96 
30.11 
29.94 

62.8 
46.2 
36.8 
3.2.3 

78.0 
74.0 
68.0 
68,0 

33.0 
26.0 
19.0 
10.0 

3.47 
9.02 
5.38 
6.40 

17 

12 

16 

11 

Sandy  Point,  St.  George  Bay,  latitude  N.  4^°  40\  longitude  W.  58'  27'. 


January 

February.. 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September. 

October 

November  . 
December  . 


29.80 
29.66 
20.68 
29.90 
29.89 
29.97 
20.82 
29.77 
29.82 
29.82 
29.97 
29.87 


10.3 
18.9 
20.7 
27.1 
41.4 
63.6 
61.6 
60.6 
66.4 
46.7 
33.9 
28.6 


40. 
38. 
38. 
43. 
60. 
67. 
72. 
72. 
72. 
64. 
63, 
62. 


6.0 

4.2 

6.0 

6.3 

13.2 

35.3 

46.0 

46.0 

40.2 

31.2 

20.0 

0.2 


Belle  Me,  latitude  N.  51°  53',  longitude  W.  56° 


January — 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September  . 

October 

November  . 
December  . 


29.08 
29.93 
29.60 
30.11 
30.16 
30.28 
30.12 
30.10 
30.14 
80.04 
30.03 
30.01 


17.8 
17.7 
19.4 
30.3 
3S.3 
42.2 
66.3 
66.7 
48.0 
40.1 
26.4 
10.2 


36.0 
34.0 
30.0 
38.0 
47.0 
61.0 
68.0 
60.0 
66.0 
67.0 
41.0 
.17.0 


-16. 

-8. 

—6. 

9. 

12. 

32. 

40. 

40. 

37. 

27. 

8. 

-9. 


0.14 
0.16 
0.18 
0.27 
1.97 
3.63 
2.63 
11.48 
1.71 
4.16 
2.60 
0.01 


10 
20 


16 
IS 
17 
22 


21 
18 
18 
18 
18 
22 


ban  that  of  the 
m  only  for  a  few 
)v  zero  in  winter, 
.hrenheit,  and  for 
3  current  exerciHes 
8  a  compensation 
s  and  seals  which 
able  in  the  world, 
xe  robust  and  the 
ireplaces  are  suffi- 
3  open  air  is  attain- 

ily  meteorological 
I  St.  Johns,  Sandy 
n  extremity  of  the 
.  the  third  at  the 


52 

°^'. 

»TD>B. 

lUln- 
Ikll. 

Fair 

X. 

Min. 

dayi. 

Ineka. 

1,0 

S.0 

3.23 

16 

!.0 

0.0 

4.78 

19 

».o 

13.0 

8,12 

14 

S,0 

19.0 

1.71 

22 

1.0 

32.0 

2.97 

16 

1.0 

32.0 

3,60 

16 

r.o 

44.0 

3,61 

IS 

H.O 

33,0 

8,47 

17 

4.0 

2S.0 

9,02 

12 

8.0 

19.0 

A.  38 

16 

8,0 

10,0 

fi.40 

11 

QitvAe.  W.  58"  n 

0  3 

6.0 

4.2 

6.0 

6.3 

13,2 

38.3 

46,0 

46,0 

40,2 

31.2 

20.0 

0,2 

8.0 
8.3 
3.5 
10,3 
7  2 





19 
20 

2  6 

2  6 

2.0 
4,0 

>3  0 

S2.0 

.55* 

2^. 

«l,0 

-16,0 

0.14 

16 

H,0 

-8.0 

0.16 

IS 

w.o 

-6.0 

0.18 

17 

tH,0 

9,0 

0.27 

22 

47,0 

12,0 

1.97 

22 

t)l,0 

32.0 

3.63 

20 

88.0 

40.0 

2.63 

21 

fi».0 

40.0 

11.48 

18 

W,0 

37.0 

1.71 

18 

87.0 

27.0 

4.16 

18 

41.0 

8.0 

2.60 

18 

37.0 

-9.0 

0.01 

22 

CLIMATE — WINDS.  9 

Tliore  is  nothing  in  the  climate  to  interfere  with  rtgricultum. 
Flowering  plants  au.l  ferius  grow  in  vast  vavioty,  and  wild  gnissos 
and  clover  luxuriantly.  Garden  vegetables  and  borrios  are  abun- 
dant. The  tardy  ai-rival  of  spring  has  no  sericjus  effect  on  vege- 
tation, which  hero,  as  in  Nova  Scotia,  advances  witli  rapid  strides 
after  commencement.  Autumn,  generally  the  finest  season,  fre- 
quently reaches  to  November,  and  the  winter,  setting  in  about  the ' 
beginning  of  December,  lasts  until  the  middle  of  April,  with  snow 
lying  almost  continuously  during  that  period. 

On  the  west  coast  the  climate  is  much  more  genial  than  on  the 
southern  and  eastern  shores,  and  vegetation  is  more  abundant.  In 
the  interior  the  summer  temperature  is  higher  than  that  experi- 
enced on  the  seacoast.    The  average  annual  rainfall  is  68.3  inches. 

Labrador. — The  climate  on  this  coast  is  extremely  severe,  the 
mean  temperature  of  the  year  being  below  freezing  point,  so  that 
vegetables  are  only  raised  with  great  diflficulty,  and  rarely  reach 
maturity ;  but  at  the  heads  of  the  deep  inlets  vegetables,  flowers, 
and  even  cereals  are  grown.  Frost  may  occur  at  any  time  of  the 
year,  and  snow  was  experienced  in  the  neighborhood  of  Indian 
Harbor  in  July,  August,  and  September  of  1875. 

When  the  direction  of  the  wind  is  from  seaward  the  temperature 
falls  considerably  during  the  summer  months.  Large  patches  of 
snow,  5  or  6  feet  deep,  were  lying  in  the  valleys  along  the  whole 
coast  in  the  middle  of  July,  1875,  and  some  of  them  had  not  disap- 
peared when  the  first  large  fall  of  snow  occurred  in  September. 
The  mean  temperature  of  the  air  for  the  coast  between  Cape  Por- 
cupine and  Nain  was  46.5°  in  July,  50.3°  in  August,  and  44.5°  in 
September,  found  by  taking  the  mean  of  the  highest  and  lowest 
temperatures  observed  each  day. 

Winds. — Meteorologically  considered,  the  region  under  discus- 
sion occupies  a  unique  position.  In  the  first  place,  it  lies  immedi- 
ately to  the  southwest  of  the  area  of  constant  low  barometric 
pressure,  which  extends  from  Baffin  Bay  on  the  west  to  Iceland 
on  the  east ;  in  the  second  place,  it  lies  immediately  in  the  path 
followed  by  the  centers  of  those  temporary  moving  barometric 
depressions  which  originate  in  the  interior  of  the  North  American 
Continent  and  travel  eastward  with  an  irregular  velocity  until 
they  either  disappear  by  filling  up  or  lose  their  identity  by  coming 
within  the  limits  of  the  permanent  low.  As  a  consequence  of  the 
first  condition,  the  barometric  gradient  or  slope  over  the  region 
being  to  the  northeastward,  the  prevailing  direction  of  the  wind  is 
to  the  west  of  NW.  As  a  consequence  of  the  second  condition, 
these  prevailing  winds  are  subject  to  constant  interruption  by  the 
wind  systems  proper  to  the  approach  and  passage  of  each  of  these 
temporary  areas  of  low  pressure,  the  wind  at  any  station  in  advance 


I 


1 


I 


f 


I 


10 


LABRADOR. 


of  such  an  ar«a  invariably  going  to  south  or  8E.,  Hliifting  to 
wostward  as  the  cyclonic  center  passes,  the  shifts  taking  plaro 
through  the  north  (hacking)  if  the  point  of  observation  lies  to  the 
north  (left  hand)  of  the  storm  trai;k,  tiirough  tlie  south  (veering) 
if  it  lies  to  the  Houth  (right  hantl)  of  this  track. 

Along  the  coast  of  Newfoundland  the  prevailing  winds  are  thus 
from  the  westward,  subject  to  interruption  with  the  approach  of 
each  of  these  occasional  low  areas;  and  as  tliese  occur  during  the 
winter  (Nov(>mber  to  April)  witp  far  greater  frequency  than  dur- 
ing the  summer  (May  to  October),  the  winds  of  the  latter  season 
are  the  more  uniform,  both  in  force  and  direction. 

The  following  table,  compiled  from  the  Monthly  Weather 
Review  of  the  Dominion  Meteorological  Service,  gives  for  the 
months  of  January  and  July  the  average  percentage  of  winds  com- 
ing from  each  point  of  the  compass  at  several  stations  through- 
out the  island : 


No.  of 
year* 

N. 

NI. 

I. 

81. 

S. 

BW. 

w. 

NW. 

Oalnii. 

8 
S 
3 

'V 

3 

1 
I 
1) 
1) 

aa 
s 

10 
2 
4 
B 

SA 
9 
B 
6 

18 

10 

fl 

S 

31 

11 

Sli 

31 

9 

0 

10 

14 

22 

IB 
42 

18 

21 
SB 

14 

24 

8 
IS 

B 

7 

10 

a 

3 

8 

10 

12 

18 
80 
23 
22 

B 
11 

8 
48 
14 
26 

10 

2 
23 

8 
83 
48 
18 

1 
16 

4 

0 

Bl.  John! • 

Julv     -— -- - - 

0 

8 

Cbftniipl   ' 

July        

4 

0 

Cape  Norman. 

Julv    

0 

0 

Point  Bich 

July    - 

0 

0 

B«lle  Iile 

0 

The  order  of  the  weather  changes  during  the  approach  of  one  of 
these  barometric  depressions  is  almost  invariable.  After  a  period 
of  stationary  barometer,  accompanied  by  light  winds,  the  mercury 
starts  to  fall,  the  wind  goes  to  the  eastward  with  rain  or  snow,  and 
a  period  of  thick,  foggy  weather  sets  in.  About  the  time  of  lowest 
barometer  the  SE.  wind  shifts  to  the  SW.  and  then  to  the  NW., 
blowing  with  storm  force.  The  former  shift  is  sometimes  sudden, 
the  first  squall  often  coming  with  extra  violence,  and  shipmasters 
lying  off  the  coast  should  exercise  corresponding  watchfulness. 
The  rise  of  the  barometer  is  accompanied  by  overcast,  squally 
weather  and  storm  winds  from  SW.-NW.,  moderating  and  clear- 
ing about  the  time  the  mercury  attains  its  highest  point. 

The  following  extract  from  the  log  of  the  St.  Qeorgios  I.,  off 
Cape  Race,  November  30-December  3,  1898,  will  serve  to  exemplify 
the  character  of  the  weather  changes  in  the  southern  semicircle  of 


SE.,  Hhifting  to 
ifts  tttkiuK  plftce 
vation  li*iH  to  tho 
e  south  (vooring) 

ig  windn  are  thuH 
tlio  iipproHch  of 
occur  during  the 
quoucy  than  dur- 
the  latter  season 

[onthly  Weather 
ce,  gives  for  the 
age  of  winds  corn- 
stations  through- 


8W. 

W. 

KW. 

Oftlnii. 

6 

1« 

10 

0 

13 

SO 

a 

0 

S 

83 

23 

8 

7 

22 

6 

4 

10 

8 

83 

0 

8 

11 

48 

0 

a 

e 

18 

0 

8 

a 

1 

0 

16 

14 

16 

0 

12 

86 

4 

0 

approach  of  one  of 
e.     After  a  period 
rinds,  the  mercury 
rain  or  snow,  and 
ihe  time  of  lowest 
len  to  the  NW., 
lometimes  sudden, 
I,  and  shipmasters 
ing  watchfulness, 
overcast,  squally 
Brating  and  clear- 
est point. 

/.  Qeorgios  I.,  off 
serve  to  exemplify 
ihem  semicircle  of 


uixdk- 


»»««. 


n 


one  (if  thoHi>  eHNtwtinl-iiuiving  depressioun.     TUf  Beuul'urt  wt'HthtT 
iiotutiou  Ih  oniployod  throughout: 


I)*I»(1)<|)N). 


NuTtmtior  3i>  . 


Ii*('ii|iibiir  I • 


Hiiiir. 


Di>ri>nili*r  3. 
DMDinlMr  8. 


4  |i.  III. 
H  ji.  m. 
12  p.  Ill, 
4  «.  III. 
N  H.  ni. 
U  ».  III. 
Muuii. 
H  |l.  Dl. 

4  •.  m. 
Miiuii, 

8  p.  Ml, 
4  H.  ni. 

NiKIII. 


Biin>nii^ 
tur. 


tnrhn. 
2V.A4 
2(1.  :i(l 
211.  HI 
2lt,  liti 
811.  HT 
■JH.Tl 
2il.  in 
211.  22 
20.  M 
211.  n<i 
80,  Ml 
;iU,  24 
.1(1, 28 


Dlnw 
lion. 


Wlixl. 
roTca. 


HMK. 

HMK. 
HMK. 
tWK. 


WHW. 

WHW, 

WHW, 

W, 

W, 

WNW 

NW, 


0 

10 
10 
10 
10 
8 
A 


Tt«p•^ 


4SO 


•r. 


480 
480 
46" 
48'> 

4»o 
480 


r 

o 

•"1 
<>ll 


il_ 


The  f'iistorly  wIikIh  propor  to  tlio  forwiird  lialf  nf  tliO'!(>  do])ros- 
hIoils  lire  iicc(>inpiiiii»'(l  liy  ruin  (or  hikiw),  wliich  is  lialili'  t(i  con- 
tinue for  twolvo  liours  HuccccdiuK  tliu  tinio  of  lowest  Imroinetci'. 
Tho  NW,  winds  bring  cloar  woathor. 

Wt'Htt'rly  winds  gcMicrally  diminish  in  str»Mit!;th  at  snnsot,  Init  on 
those  occasions  when  thoy  steadily  prevail  until  niidnighi  it  fre- 
quently occurs  that  tho  winds  changes  to  NNE.  in  tho  following 
morning. 

At  tho  entrance  of  nio.  t  of  the  hnrbors  the  wind  is  gen(;»rally 
uncertain  in  its  direction,  and  fre(|nent  s(juhI1s  are  experienct'd, 
which  at  times  are  so  heavy  that  great  caution  is  nece8,sary  when 
ai>pr(>aching  in  a  vessel  under  sail,  and  it  is  advisable  that  steam- 
ers on  such  occasions  should  have  steam  ready. 

Fog^  occur  at  all  seasons  of  tho  year,  but  are  most  fre((uent  dur- 
ing tho  m<mthsof  May,  Juno,  and  July;  thoy  are  more  ju-evalent 
on  the  south  aiul  east  coasts  than  elsewhere,  and  seldom  extend 
far  inland.  With  easterly  winds  thoy  almost  constantly  prevail; 
with  westerly  winds  they  are  not  so  fi^iuently  ex])erioncod,  and 
are  then  of  short  duration.  On  the  west  coast  fog  is  of  compara- 
tively rare  occurrence. 

Along  the  eastern  shore  of  the  island  the  periods  of  fog  are 
invariably  accompanied  by  easterly  winds,  and  in  general  by  east- 
erly winds  tending  to  back,  the  fog  lifting  as  soon  as  the  wind 
reaches  NW.  Along  tho  southern  shore,  as  also  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Trinity  Bay,  fog  prevails  likewise  with  southwesterly 
winds,  the  weather  clearing  only  when  the  wind  blows  from  a 
point  between  N.  and  NW.  Along  the  southern  coast,  tlierefore, 
the  fogs  are  frequently  of  long  duration,  especially  during  the 
summer  months. 

The  following  table,  compiled  from  the  Monthly  Weather 
Review  and  from  the  reports  of  Lighthouse  keepers  along  the 
»        14010 — a 


m 

! 


t 


t. 
i 


(!     ! 


i 


12 


LABRADOR. 


coast,  gives  for  each  month  the  average  number  of  days  upon 
which  fog  occurred  during  the  five-year  period  1894-1898: 


Jan. 

Feb. 

Har. 

April. 

May. 

June. 

July. 

Aug. 

Sept. 

Oct. 

Not. 

Dec. 

Year. 

Belle  I»le 

10 
1 
3 
2 
2 
2 
9 

lu 

1 
0 
0 

4 

0 

1 

1 
1 

2 
4 

6 
1 
0 
1 

13 
2 
4 

1 
3 
3 
6 
12 
0 
4 
0 

7 
0 
6 
2 
2 
3 
7 
9 
2 
1 
1 

10 
6 

12 
6 
9 
8 

IS 

24 
8 
4 
4 

17 
8 

13 
4 
7 
fi 

18 

19 
6 
4 
7 

22 
13 

13 

8 

8 
0 

10 
1 

10 
0 

10 
0 

1 
1 
2 
1 
6 

134 

Cape  Norman 

Gull  Island 

46 

Caiin  Island 

Wadbam  Island. 

St.  Johns- 

2 
4 

4 
2S 

g" 

7 
12 

3 
5 
4 
12 
22 
6 
4 
U 

1 
2 
2 
9 

2 
3 
4 

8 

2 
3 
1 
6 

27 
43 
39 

124 

Cape  St.  Mary 

Channel  Head 

Point  Rich 

6 
1 
4 

2 

2 
0 

0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 

41 

27 

Point  Amour 

38 

The  records  upon  which  the  above  table  is  based  are  incomplete, 
notably  at  Belle  Isle,  where  the  observations  of  a  single  year 
(1895)  only  were  obtainable.  During  the  year  1897  at  this  station 
the  duration  of  fog  throughout  the  six  months  June-November, 
was:  June,  200  hours;  July,  288  hours;  August,  314  hours;  Sep- 
tember, 100  hours ;  October,  160  hours ;  November,  140  hours.  At 
Cape  Race,  1896,  the  amount  of  fog  from  May  to  July  was,  May, 
120  hours;  June,  400  hours;  July,  404  hours. 

The  fcg  throughout  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  never  lifts,  but 
always  clings  closely  to  the  water.  This  appears  to  be  due  to  the 
low  temperature  of  the  water  itself.  The  best  clearing  wind  is 
from  the  north,  and  as  the  northern  side  of  the  strait  is  thus  the 
first  to  clear,  vessels  will  obtain  any  advantage  there  is  to  be  had 
by  keeping  close  to  that  side  of  the  strait. 

The  fogs  that  occur  in  calms,  especially  after  strong  winds,  are 
frequently  so  dense  as  to  conceal  a  vessel  even  when  within  hailing 
distance.  These  fogs  usually  do  not  extend  to  any  great  height, 
so  that  when  objects  are  hidden  at  even  50  yards  from  the  deck 
of  a  vessel,  they  can  be  seen  when  the  rigging  is  ascended  50  or  60 
feet.  Such  fogs  occasionally  last  ten  days.  The  fogs  that  prevail 
Avith  easterly  winds  extend  high  above  the  sea,  and  can  not  be 
overlooked  from  the  masthead  of  a  vessel;  occasionally  they 
admit  the  land  or  other  objects  being  distinguished  at  ^  mile  in 
the  daytime. 

When  within  sight  of  land,  the  usual  effect  of  fog  is  that  of 
causing  estimations  of  distance  to  be  erroneously  in  excess.  No 
great  reliance  should  be  placed  upon  an  assumption  of  position 
depending  upon  the  distance  at  which  the  sound  of  surf  breaking 
on  a  rocky  shore  can  be  heard,  but  on  many  portions  of  the  coast 
where  steep  cliffs  extend  to  the  shore,  the  proximity  of  a  steamer 
to  them  may  be  detected  by  the  echo  of  the  whistle. 


number  of  days  upon 
iod  1894-1898: 


g- 

Sept. 

Oct. 

Nov. 

Dec. 

Year. 

3 

B 

8 
C 

10 

1 

10 
0 

10 
0 
1 
1 
2 
1 
6 

134 

45 

1 
6 
4 
2 
2 
6 
4 
U 

1 

2 
2 
9 

2 

a 

4 
8 

2 
3 
1 
5 

27 
43 
39 
124 

6 
I 
4 

2 

2 
0 

0 
0 
0 

6 
0 
0 

41 

27 
38 

s  based  are  incomplete, 
ions  of  a  single  year 
ear  1897  at  this  station 
onths  June-November, 
agust,  314  hours;  Sep- 
tember, 140  hours.  At 
[ay  to  July  was,  May, 
rs. 

e  Isle  never  lifts,  but 
ppears  to  be  due  to  the 
le  best  clearing  wind  is 
f  the  strait  is  thus  the 
tage  there  is  to  be  had 

after  strong  winds,  are 
,ren  when  within  hailing 
id  to  any  great  height, 
50  yards  from  the  deck 
ing  is  ascended  50  or  60 
,  The  fogs  that  prevail 
he  sea,  and  can  not  be 
3sel;  occasionally  they 
tinguished  at  t  mil©  i^- 

effect  of  fog  is  that  of 
oneously  in  excess.  No 
assumption  of  position 
sound  of  surf  breaking 
my  portions  of  the  coast 
)  proximity  of  a  steamer 
lie  whistle. 


CURRENTS. 


18 


Currents— Two  currents  are  most  deserving  of  record  in  the 
vicinity  of  Newfoundland:  (a)  The  Gulf  Stream,  (b)  the  Labrador 
Current. 

Gulf  Stream—The  Gulf  Stream,  after  passing  along  the  coast 
of  the  United  States,  is  deflected  to  the  eastward  between  the  par- 
allels of  35°  and   40°  N.,  and  continuing  on  in  about  an  ENE 
direction  (true)   passes  south  of  the  tail  of  the  Great   Bank  of* 
Newfoundland  during  the  winter  months,  but  extends  over  the 
south  extreme  of  that  bank  during  the  summer  season. 

The  Gulf  Stream  not  only  has  an  oscillatory  motion,  so  that  it 
IS  impossible  to  assign  any  definite  limits  to  the  margins  of  this 
great  ocean  river,  but  spreads  out,  like  the  delta  of  a  river,  into 
lanes  of  warm  water  with  colder  water  between. 

The  velocity  of  the  Gulf  Stream  across  the  south  extreme  of  the 
Great  Newfoundland  Bank  is  very  variable,  but  at  times  amounts 
to  more  than  one  knot  an  hour  in  an  ENE.  direction  (true).  One 
result  of  this  influx  of  warm  water  into  a  cold  atmosphere  is  the 
production  of  the  dense  fogs  so  frequently  experienced  on  the 
banks,  which  materially  embarrass  and  retard  navigation 

Labrador,  or  Arctic  Current— The  cold  ice-bearing  current 
from  the  Arctic  seas,  passing  to  the  southward,  along  the  coast  of 
Labrador,  at  rates  varying  from  10  to  36  miles  a  day,  and  occa- 
sionally ceasing  altogether,  is  named  the  Labrador  Current;  it  is 
very  much  influenced  near  the  coast  by  the  winds,  reaching  its 
maximum  rate  after  those  from  the  northward;  its  average  rate  is 
11  miles  per  day.  It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the  direction  or  effect 
for  any  particular  day,  but  the  general  trend  is  to  the  southward, 
as  shown  by  the  passage  of  many  icebergs;  these,  however,  have 
been  observed  to  travel  north  without  any  apparent  reason.* 

The  Labrador  Current  does  not  attain  any  great  velocity  within 
20  or  30  miles  of  the  coast  between  Cape  Bonavista  and  Cape 
Spear;  it  appears  to  skirt  the  north  side  of  Fogo  Islands  and 
extends  out  to  I'unk  Island,  thence  taking  a  southerly  direction- 
It  often  binds  the  field  ice  into  Notre  Dame  and  Bonavista  Bays 
and  the  mouth  of  Trinity  Bay. 

A  current,  running  from  the  NW.,  splits  about  2  miles  off  Fogo 
Head;  the  main  branch  sets  close  along  the  north  shore  of  Fogo 
Island  and  amongst  the  rocks  and  islands  around  it  from  ^  to  1^ 
knots  an  hour.  It  is  much  influenced  by  the  wind,  being  accele- 
rated by  northerly  and  retarded  by  southerly  winds,  while  before 
easterly  gales  it  sometimes  runs  to  the  NW.     This  current,  after 

*0n  the  15th  day  of  October,  1896,  t^v^rge  steamers,  boundlr^^~Gi^ 
Britain  to  Baltimore,  were  wrecked  about  30  miles  south  of  St.  Johns  owing  to 
a  supposed  reversal  of  the  Labrador  Current  following  a  hurricane  which  had 
passed  two  days  previously. 


I 


% 


14 


LABRADOR. 


passing  Ronnd  Head,  takes  the  direction  of  the  coast  and  is  influ- 
enced by  the  tidal  stream,  the  ebb  accelerating  and  the  flood  re- 
tarding it,  but  only  occasionally,  at  spring  tides,  stopping  its 
southerly  course  entirely. 

The  western  branch  of  this  current  runs  between  Change  and 
Fogo  Islands  at  the  rate  of  about  +  knot  an  hour,  but  is  lost  before 
arriving  at  Stag  Harbor  Tickle. 

It  has  been  observed  that  when  the  current  is  setting  strongly  to 
SW  down  the  coast  between  Cape  St.  Francis  and  Cape  Race  a 
strong  eddy  will  be  found  running  to  the  northward  about  one 
mile  ofi^shore  after  rounding  Cape  Spear.  This  forms  an  element 
of  danger  to  ships  bound  to  St.  Johns  in  a  fog,  and  should  be 

remembered.  ■,,.■,  n  , 

Admiral  Clout^  remarks  on  the  currents  and  tides  generally 
around  Newfoundland  that  "they  are  subject  to  anomalies  of  which 
the  causes  are  unknown.  On  the  east  coast,  for  example,  where 
the  current  goes  generally  to  the  southward,  it  sometimes  happens 
tliat  for  a  day  or  two  the  direction  is  reversed,  and  the  current 
runs  to  the  northward  even  against  the  wind." 

Caution.— Seamen  should  be  on  their  guard  against  an  indraught 
among  the  FogO  and  Wadham  Islands  into  Sir  Charles  Hamilton 
Sound,  Bonavista,  Trinity,  and  Conception  Bays.  With  easterly 
and  NE.  winds  this  indraught  is  very  strong,  and  these  winds  are 
generally  accompanied  by  thick  weather. 

From  observations  and  from  information  received  on  the  sub- 
iect  a  vessel  in  running  her  distance  off  the  northern  Labrador 
Coast  should  make  allowance  for  a  southerly  current  of  12  miles  m 
the  24  hours.  Owing  to  its  irregularity  not  more  than  Ealf  that 
ainount  will  probably  be  experienced,  on  the  average,  in  the  offing, 
but  close  to  some  of  the  headlands  the  current  for  a  short  distance 
runs  with  a  velocity  of  2  knots  an  hour  and  possibly  more. 

Tidal  Streams.— Labrador.— Near  the  shore,  as  a  rule,  the 
flood  stream  runs  to  the  northward  and  ebb  to  the  southward,  fol- 
lowing the  line  of  coast  and  rarely  attaining  a  velocity  of  i  knot 

^^urrent  on  the  South  Coast  of  Newfoundland. -Between 

the  Great  Bank  and  Newfoundland  the  current  commonly  sets  to 
the  WSW  ,  occasionally  at  a  rate  of  nearly  one  mile  per  hour;  it 
is  not  always  so;  and  near  the  shore,  in  moderate  weather,  it  even 
changes  with  the  wind.  At  these  times  during  the  flood  it  runs  to 
the  SW.,  and  during  ebb  to  the  NE.,  the  former  being  the  Btronger. 
Westward  of  Cape  Race  the  current  frequently  sets  to  the  N  W . 
at  the  rate  of  about  one  mile  per  hour  in  the  offing  but  it  is  not 
invariable  in  strength  or  direction,  and  is  liable  to  be  affected 
greatly  by  the  prevailing  wind.     It  is  observed  generally  to  run 


lillimia 


CURRENTS. 


m 


coast  and  is  influ- 
r  and  tho  flood  re- 
tides,  stopping  its 

tween  Change  and 
r,  but  is  lost  before 

J  setting  strongly  to 
is  and  Cape  Race  a 
irtbward  about  one 
is  forms  an  element 
fog,  and  should  be 

and  tides  generally 
0  anomalies  of  which 
,  for  example,  where 
t  sometimes  happens 
;ed,  and  the  current 

against  an  indraught 
5ir  Charles  Hamilton 
Bays.     With  easterly      j 
,  and  these  winds  are 

received  on  the  sub- 
e  northern  Labrador 
current  of  12  miles  in 
t  more  than  half  that 
average,  in  the  offing, 
it  for  a  short  distance 
possibly  more, 
shore,  as  a  rule,  the 
to  the  southward,  fol- 
g  a  velocity  of  i  knot 

Foundland.— Between 

rent  commonly  sets  to 
one  mile  per  hour ;  it 
lerate  weather,  it  even 
ing  the  flood  it  runs  to 
aer  being  the  stronger, 
lently  sets  to  the  NW. 
he  offing,  but  it  is  not 
liable  to  be  affected 
srved  generally  to  run 


in  upon  the  eastern  side  of  the  great  bays  indenting  the  south 
coast  of  Newfoundland,  and  out  on  their  western  side.  In  the 
oflBng  it  is  influenced  by  the  winds,  and  near  the  shore  by  the  tidal 
streams,  so  that,  during  springs,  the  stream  of  ebb  runs  weakly  to 
the  SE.,  and  the  stream  of  flood  to  tho  NW.,  the  latter  sometimes 
at  the  rate  of  2  knots  round  the  headlands.  » 

Upon  this  shore  many  wrecks  have  occurred  in  foggy  weather, 
caused  doubtless  by  the  indi-aught  which  prevails. 

Over  the  banks  southward  of  Newfoundland,  during  South  or 
8W.  breezes,  there  is  a  strong  set  to  the  north,  which  is  still 
stronger  during  and  after  a  NE.  wind. 

A  current  to  the  southward  has  at  times  been  experienced  on 
the  above  banks,  but  it  is  an  exception,  and  no  danger  need  be 
apprehended  from  it. 

A  set  of  30  miles  in  24  hours  to  the  northward  has  fro«iuently 
been  exi^erienced  in  this  neighborhood,  at  times  at  a  distance  of  50 
miles  from  the  coast.  The  importance  of  taking  soundings  can 
not  too  strongly  be  urged  on  the  seaman,  especially  when  making 
the  ijassage  from  Cape  Breton  to  Cape  Race. 

Admii'al  Cloud,  of  the  French  Imperial  Navy,  during  his  survey 
of  the  Banquereau  Bank,  remarks  that  "he  observed  the  currents 
to  be  very  irregular  in  strength  and  conditions,  for  they  sometimes 
change  all  round  the  comiJass  in  24  hours,  and  have  been  known 
to  set  in  a  contrary  dii'ection  to  the  prevailing  wind."  The  ordi- 
nary strength  of  a  current  is  about  +  knot ;  but  it  occasionally 
attains  a  velocity  of  more  than  2  miles  an  hour.  The  fact  of  the 
transportation  of  field  ice  from  the  north  to  the  latitude  of  42°  N. 
indicates  the  certainty  of  a  current  ordinarily  setting  to  the  SW., 
but  not  necessarily  always  on  the  surface. 

Caution. — Sailing  vessels  should  be  careful  to  keep  a  good  offing, 
as  the  wind  often  falls  light  near  the  shore,  and  the  drift  of  the 
sea  and  current  are  nearly  always  toward  the  land,  especially  near 
Placentiu  and  St.  Marys  Bays.  On  the  eastern  side  of  Trepassey 
Bay  the  current  has  been  recorded  to  run  2  knots  an  hour  to  the 
north  wai'd. 

Currents  in  Cabot  Strait  and  on  the  West  Coast  of  New- 
foundland.— On  the  south  coast  of  Newfoundland,  between  St. 
Pierre  Island  and  Cape  Ray,  the  current  makes  to  the  westward 
and  passes  around  Cape  Ray  into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  This 
was  found  to  be  the  case  at  the  stations  off  Cape  Ray  when  observa- 
tions were  taken  by  the  Canadian  Department  of  Marine  in  1894 
and  1895,  and  it  is  also  shown  by  the  movement  of  icebergs  off  St. 
Pierre  Island,  which  make  westward  even  against  a  NW. 
wind.    The  experience  of  masters  of  vessels  and  of  fishermen 


I 


I 


utmBsmisamm^f^m 


16 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


I       i| 


frequenting  these  waters  likewise  confirms  the  results  of  the  obser- 
vations, and  goes  to  show  that  the  current  is  distinctly  felt  for  a 
distance  of  8  or  10  miles  out,  and  may  sometimes  occupy  one-half 
of  the  width  of  Cabot  Strait.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  therefore, 
that  this  is  the  usual  current  on  the  Newfoundland  side  of  the 
strait,  and  that  it  is  this  which  makes  up  for  the  water  which 
leaves  the  Gulf  in  the  outward  current  around  Cape  North. 

There  is,  however,  evidence  to  show  that  the  inward  current  past 
Cape  Ray  is  not  constant  at  all  times.  There  are  instances  of  seal- 
ing schooners  in  the  ice  about  the  month  of  March  which  drifted 
in  the  opposite  direction  past  Cape  Ray.  As  long,  however,  as  the 
water  remains  open,  and  free  of  drift  ice,  an  inward  current  may 
be  inferred.  The  evidence  goes  to  show  that  when  there  is  ice  in 
the  offing  of  St.  George  Bay  and  off  Cape  Ray  it  comes  from  the 
opposite  direction,  with  the  general  ciirrent  which  makes  across 
the  Gulf  from  Gaspd  to  Cape  North,  and  at  times  when  this  cur- 
rent, or  a  branch  of  it,  is  driven  farther  to  the  eastward  than  usual. 
The  ice  is  thus  brought  there  under  conditions  which  make  it  an 
indication  of  disturbance  in  the  cxirrent. 

As  a  rule,  there  is  no  appreciable  current  off  St.  George  Bay,  and 
very  little  from  Cape  St.  George  to  the  Bay  of  Islands.  From  the 
Bay  of  Islands  to  Rich  Point  the  current  becomes  distinct,  and  runs 
along  the  coast  to  the  northeastward.  It  is  stated  by  Lieutenant 
Margesson,  navigating  lieutenant  of  H.  M.  S.  '^Buzzard,"  stationed 
on  this  coast  for  three  years,  that  the  current  during  the  summer 
season  is  always  in  this  direction  when  it  is  felt  at  all,  and  that  it 
usually  amounts  to  one  knot ;  and  by  Lieutenant  Patty,  navigating 
lieutenant  of  H.  M.  S.  Pelican,  that  there  is  an  almost  constant  cur- 
rent running  northeastward  along  this  coast  between  Cape  St.  Greg- 
ory and  Rich  Point,  which  is  only  intercepted  by  the  flood  and  ebb 
tides  running  in  and  out  of  the  larger  bays  on  the  coast. 

The  fishermen  on  this  coast  state  that  the  prevalent  direction  of 
the  current  is  about  NE.  by  N.,  parallel  to  the  shore;  that  it  will 
run  constantly  in  that  direction  for  three  or  four  days  together ; 
and  that  on  the  whole  it  has  that  direction  for  rather  more  than 
two-thirds  of  the  time.  For  twelve  to  twenty  hours  before  the 
arrival  of  a  southwesterly  gale,  it  sets  more  strongly  in  its  usual 
direction,  and  before  a  northeasterly  gale  it  slacks,  although  this  is 
not  so  certain  an  indication  of  wind,  as  it  may  also  slack  at  other 
times.  With  long  continued  easterly  winds  it  may  be  reversed  in 
direction.  It  may  also  set  directly  off  or  on  shore  for  three  or  four 
hours,  or  even  longer. 

The  current  is  stronger  near  the  shore  and  weaker  far1>her  out, 
as  it  is  found  that  a  schooner  going  westward  will  make  better 
headway  with  long  tacks,  but  if  going  eastward,  with  short  tacks 
inshore. 


/!' 


CURRENTS. 


17 


ts  of  the  obser- 
nctly  felt  for  a 
)ccupy  one-half 
Diibt,  therefore, 
tnd  side  of  the 
le  water  which 
>e  North, 
ard  current  past 
(istances  of  seal- 
h  which  drifted 
however,  as  the 
rd  current  may 
a  there  is  ice  in 
comes  from  the 
h  makes  across 
1  when  this  cur- 
vard  than  usual, 
deh  make  it  an 

George  Bay,  and 
ands.    From  the 
listinct,  and  runs 
)d  by  Lieutenant 
zzard"  stationed 
mg  the  summer 
all,  and  that  it 
avty,  navigating 
lOst  constant  cur- 
iVL  Cape  St.  Greg- 
the  flood  and  ebb 
coast. 

ent  direction  of 
lore ;  that  it  will 
r  days  together; 
ather  more  than 
lOurs  before  the 
ngly  in  its  usual 
although  this  is 
so  slack  at  other 
ly  be  reversed  in 
for  three  or  four 

iker  far1>her  out, 
will  make  better 
with  short  tacks 


Flat  ice,  about  six  feet  in  thickness,  appears  off  Bonne  Bay 
about  January  or  February,  and  remains  till  March  or  April. 
This  ice  serves  to  indicate  the  usual  direction  of  the  current  od 
this  coast,  as  it  drifts  northeastward  in  one  day  as  far  as  it  drifts 
southwestward  in  three  days,  with  the  same  amount  of  wind  one 
way  or  the  other.  A  schooner  caught  in  the  ice  off  Cape  St. 
George  at  the  end  of  March  drifted  along  the  coast  as  far  as  St. 
Barbe  in  about  ten  days,  a  distance  of  about  190  miles,  giving  an 
average  rate  of  about  one  knot.  This  ice  sometimes  makes  to  the 
eastward  all  the  way  through  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle.  In  Marcli, 
189G,  two  schooners  caught  off  Bonne  Bay  drifted  with  the  ice 
eastward  through  the  strait,  and  were  carried  down  the  Atlantic 
side  of  Newfoundland  to  Notre  Dame  Bay. 

Between  Rich  Point  and  the  entrance  of  the  strait  the  current 
becomes  tidal,  and  does  not  xisually  make  in  one  direction  more 
than  the  other  on  the  whole.  The  ice  may  make  a  considerable 
drift  when  the  wind  is  with  the  current,  but  when  against  it  the  ice 
stands  and  shoves. 

Currents  in  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle. — There  has  been  a  wide- 
spread impression  that  the  current  in  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle 
runs  constantly  inward,  the  statement  being  generally  made 
that  a  branch  of  the  Labrador  Current  flows  through  the  strait 
into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  and  again  enters  the  Atlantic  in  a 
southeasterly  direction  between  Cape  Breton  Island  and  New- 
foundland. 

A  recent  investigation  of  the  currents  of  this  region  by  the 
Canadian  Department  of  Marine  has  shown  that  the  current  in 
the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  is  fundamentally  tidal.  The  best  compari- 
son between  the  current,  as  observed  at  a  station  6  miles  east  of 
Amour  Point  and  3^  miles  off  shore,  and  the  tide,  as  recorded  by  a 
self-recording  tide  gauge  at  Forteau  Bay,  showed  a  complete 
correspondence  between  the  two,  especially  in  moderate  weather 
and  during  the  prevalence  of  moderate  westerly  winds.  On  such 
occasions  there  were  several  days  during  the  period  of  observation 
when  the  current  ran  east  and  west  for  an  equal  length  of  time  in 
each  direction,  and  turned  regularly  with  the  rise  and  fall  of  the 
tide. 

During  the  period  of  greatest  regularity  the  current  ran  inward 
from  the  east  during  the  rise  of  the  tide  with  a  velocity  ranging 
from  1.03  to  3.04  knots  per  hour,  and  would  either  stop  at  high 
water  or  still  continue  to  run  inward  for  some  time  after.  The 
greatest  length  of  time  after  high  water  during  which  it  was 
observed  to  run  inward  was  two  hours  and  fifteen  minutes.  The 
current  then  turned  and  run  outward  from  the  west  during  the 
fall  of  the  tide  with  a  velocity  ranging  from  0.93  to  1.81  knots  per 


1 

1 

! 

1 

iiij 

18 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


hour,  and  would  continue  to  run  in  that  direction  for  a  length  of 
.  time  after  low  water,  whif'h  varied  from  forty  minutes  to  two  hours 
and  fifty-five  miniates.  The  greatest  velocity  of  the  current  in 
either  direction  under  ordinary  conditions  of  tidal  regularity  did 
not  exceed  a  knots, per  houi",  the  inequalities  of  the  current  corre- 
sponding with  the  diurnal  inequality  of  the  tides  themselves. 

With  heavy  and  long-continued  winds,  the  current  would  run 
for  a  longer  time  with  it  and  a  shorter  time  against  it,  and  would 
eventually  run  continuously  in  the  same  direction  as  the  wind, 
with  a  fluctuation  in  velocity  corresponding  to  the  tide.  The  most 
marked  example  of  a  persistent  current  running  out  of  the  strait 
occurred  from  Monday,  July  16,  to  Thursday,  July  19,  1805. 
During  these  three  days  the  current  (as  t)bserved  3  miles  off  the 
north  shore)  ran  in  from  the  east  for  only  five  hours,  and  out  from 
the  west  for  nineteen  hours  each  day.  The  maximum  velocity  of 
the  current  from  the  east  was  1.38  knots;  from  the  west  3.44 
knots.  The  best  example  of  a  current  running  in  through  the 
strait  from  the  east  occurred  from  Wednesday,  September  5,  to 
Saturday,  September  8,  1895.  All  the  indications  concurred  in 
showing  that  the  current  ran  continuoiisly  in  the  one  direction 
during  these  days,  although  the  observations  were  much  inter- 
rupted by  bad  weather.  The  current  then  vai'ied  from  a  mini- 
mum of  0.54  knot  to  a  maximum  of  '3.15  knots  in  one  direction. 

The  general  characteristics  of  the  current  may  be  set  down  as 
follows : 

1.  The  current  is  fundamentally  tidal  in  its  nature,  and  under 
nf)rmal  conditions  it  runs  east  and  west  with  velocities  which  are 
nearly  equal.  It  attains  at  times  a  velocity  of  2  knots  per  hour  in 
each  direction. 

2.  The  conditions  are  normal  in  moderate  weather  and  during 
the  prevalence  of  mbdei-ate  westei"ly  winds. 

3.  During  heavy  winds,  especially  when  eastei'ly  or  westerly  in 
direction,  the  ciirrent  which  runs  with  the  wind  becomes  stronger 
than  the  current  against  it,  and  eventually  the  current  may  come 
to  be  continuous  in  the  same  direction  as  the  wind. 

4.  The  greatest  velocities  of  the  current  which  were  observed 
during  heavy  winds  (in  the  months  of  July  and  September,  1895) 
were  as  follows:  From  the  east,  3.15  knots;  from  the  west,  3.50 
knots  per  hour. 

A  complete  account  of  the  currents  in  the  strait  of  Rollo  Isle  is 
given  on  the  Pilot  Chart  of  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean  for  March, 
1897,  and  of  the  current  circiTlation  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence 
on  the  Pilot  Chart  of  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean  for  July,  1897. 

Ice. — From  the  1st  of  January  until  the  end  of  May,  entrance 
into  the  bays  and  harbors  of  Newfoundland  and  Labrador  is  rendered 


n  for  a  length  of 
lUtes  to  two  hours 
»f  the  current  in 
ial  regularity  (.lid 
the  current  corre- 

themselves. 
irrent  would  run 
inst  it,  and  would 
!tion  as  the  wind, 
e  tide.    The  most 
r  out  of  the  strait 
^r,  July  19,  1895. 
ed  3  miles  off  the 
)urs,  and  out  from 
ximum  velocity  of 
om  the  west  2.44 
g  in  through  the 
y,  September  5,  to 
ions  concurred  in 

the  one  direction 
were  much  inter- 
iried  from  a  mini- 
n  one  direction, 
lay  he  set  down  as 

nature,  and  under 
velocities  which  are 
2  knots  per  hour  in 

i-eather  and  during 

terly  or  westerly  in 

d  becomes  stronger 

)  current  may  come 

:ind. 

hich  were  observed 

iid  September,  1895) 

from  the  west,  2,50 

trait  of  Bi'll^i  Isle  is 
Lc  Ocean  for  March, 
ulf  of  St.  Lawrence 
m  for  July,  1897. 
nd  of  May,  entrance 
Labrador  is  rendered 


lOE. 


19 


difficult  and  almost  impossible  by  the  presence  of  ice.     Through- 
out this  peri(xl  navigation  is  practically  suspended. 

The  ice  encountered  at  this  season  in  these  waters  is  of  two  varie- 
ties— first,  that  of  local  formation,  the  rigorous  climate  of  the 
region  sufficing  to  freeze  over  every  sheltered  harbor  for  a  certain 
portion  of  the  year;  second,  northern  ice,  or  that  formed  in  higher 
latitudes  and  brought  hither  by  the  action  of  the  Labrador  Current. 
The  latter  appears  in  two  forms-— field  ice,  consisting  of  flat  i)iecos 
of  ice  several  feet  in  thickness,  and  often  of  considerable  extent, 
and  bergs,  or  isolated  mountains  of  ice,  reaching  in  height  from 
one  to  two  hundred  feet  or  more,  and  with  bases  covering  an  area 
of  several  acres. 

Regarding  the  local  ice,  the  date  of  its  formation  depends  upon 
the  position  of  the  place  in  question,  and  largely  upon  the  season. 
St.  Johns  Harbor,  for  instance,  rarely  freezes  over.  Toulinguet 
Harbor,  on  the  other  hand,  froze  over  every  year  from  1867  to  1886, 
the  earliest  date  of  its  closing  during  the  period  being  January  1 , 
1868,  the  latest  February  20,  1879.  The  earliest  and  the  latest  date 
of  opening  throughout  the  same  period  were  Ain-il  15,  1879,  and 
June  4,  1884,  respectively. 

The  usual  time  of  freezing  is,  in  Labrador,  the  montli  of  Novem- 
ber, and  in  the  south  of  Newfoundland,  the  middle  of  January, 
while  the  period  of  the  ice  breaking  up  is,  in  Labrador,  the  end  of 
June,  and  in  the  south  of  Newfoundland  the  middle  of  April. 
Intermediate  ports  vary  in  time,  according  to  position.  It  is  to  be 
observed,  however,  that  the  times  of  freezing  or  opening  vary 
greatly  in  different  years,  depending  on  the  severity  or  compara- 
tive mildness  of  the  winter  season. 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  consideration  of  the  second  and  more 
important  variety  of  ice— that  derived  from  higher  latitudes. 

The  first  of  this  ice  to  make  its  appearance  upon  the  coast  is  what 
is  known  as  the  white  or  northern  slob.  This  white  slob  is  the 
surface  ice  which  is  formed  to  the  north  and  east  of  Labrador 
during  the  early  winter  months,  and  is  crushed  up  by  the  wind 
and  sea  and  built  upon  as  it  journeys  south.  It  is  usually  found 
in  masses  several  miles  in  extent  and  varying  from  3  to  10  feet  in 
thickness. 

The  main  body  of  the  slob  is  brought  down  from  the  north  by 
the  Labrador  Current,  and  continues  along  the  coast,  filling  the 
harbors  and  bays  of  Newfoundland  as  it  advances.  From  the 
lookout  of  Aillik,  on  the  coast  of  Labrador,  in  latitude  55°,  the 
northern  slob  is  observed  each  year,  about  the  10th  of  December, 
as  a  narrow  stream  5  to  8  miles  in  width,  moving  southward.  This 
body  gradually  widens  until  January,  and  it  may  then  be  12  to  15 
miles  in  width.     About  the  first  or  second  week  in  January  the 


20 


mimmm 


LABUADOR — NEWFOrNDLAND. 


sheet  ice  begins  to  take  the  place  of  the  slob,  and  contin  ues  to  flow 
southward  in  the  same  manner.  It  is  more  dense  and  solid  tlian 
the  slob,  but  not  so  thick,  except  in  places  where  rafting  has  taken 
place,  and  here  it  may  stand  from  5  to  20  feet  above  the  water. 
Isolated  bergs  are  also  seen  about  this  time. 

The  arrival  of  the  slob  at  St.  Johns  may  be  expected  from  Jan- 
uary 15  to  February  1.     It  is  often  seen  5  to  15  miles  distant,  drift- 
ing to  the  south,  for  days  before  it  closes  in  to  the  shore,  or 
obstructs  navigation,  and  vessels  ill  adapted  for  contending  with 
ice  have  frequently  reached  St.  Johns  by  rounding  the  southern 
tail  and  approaching  Cape  Race  from  the  SW.     The  breadtlx  of  the 
early  slob  passing  Cape  Spear  varies  in  January  from  40  to  60 
miles,  but  it  rapidly  increases.     For  February  the  average  is  80 
to  130  miles.    This,  however,  is  far  exceeded  in  seasons  of  heavy 
sheds,  when  a  breadth  of  250  to  300  miles  is  often  attained,  carry- 
ing the  ice  as  far  east  as  45°  W.     This  extreme  breadth  is,  how- 
ever, by  no  means  uniform,  as  the  ice,  having  little  depth,  is  blown 
along  by  the  wind,  and  the  eastern  edge  of  the  main  body  is  deeply 
indented  by  bays  and  prolonged  by  capes.     The  main  body  of  the 
ice  itself  is  intersected  by  leads  and  open  areas,  and  is  compact  or 
loose,  according  to  the  direction  of  the  wind,  easterly  winds  (NE. 
to  SSE.)  serving  to  unite  the  ice  and  to  drive  it  in  a  solid  mass 
upon  the  Newfoundland  Coast,  filling  Notre  Dame,  Bonavista,  and 
Trinity  Bays  so  that  no  water  can  be  seen;  westerly  winds,  espe- 
cially southwesterly,  serving  to  disperse  it,  a  single  night  of  the 
latter  wind  often  emptying  the  bays  and  carrying  the  stream  out 
of  sight  to  seaward.     Between  the  end  of  March  and  the  middle  of 
April,  during  ordinary  years,  the  ice  swings  off  to  the  eastward, 
owing  to  the  failure  of  accessions  from  the  north  and  the  increas- 
ing prevalence  of  westerly  winds.     After  this  date  strings  of  field 
ice  may  at  times  be  seen  making  their  way  down  the  coast,  occa- 
sionally in  May,  and  rarely  in  June.     These,  however,  are  for  the 
most  part  derived  from  Trinity  Bay  and  Bonavista  Bay,  and  are 
not  part  of  the  regular  northern  stream. 

The  voyage  of  the  ice  southward  from  the  Arctic  has  been  traced 
by  actual  experience.  On  October  14,  1871,  Captain  Tyson  and  a 
party  of  nineteen  others  were  separated  from  the  U.  S.  S.  Polaris 
in  latitude  77°  or  78°  N.,  just  south  of  Littleton  Island.  Unable  to 
regain  their  ship,  the  whole  party  remained  on  the  floe,  and  accom- 
plished one  of  the  most  wonderful  journeys  on  record.  After  a 
drift  of  over  1,500  miles,  fraught  wilh  danger  from  beginning  to 
end,  and  threatened  with  death,  nqt  only  by  starvation  and  expo- 
sure to  cold,  but  also  by  the  numerous  gales  encountered,  support- 
ing themselves  by  hunting  and  fishing,  they  were  finally  rescued 
April  30,  1872,  by  the  sealing  steamer  Tigress,  near  the  Strait  of 


ICE. 


Si 


itiniies  to  flow 
md  solid  than 
;ing  has  taken 
>ve  the  water. 

ited  from  Jan- 
diaiant,  drif t- 
the  shore,  or 
ntending  with 
the  southern 
breadtL  of  the 
rrom  40  to  60 
average  is  80 
,sons  of  heavy 
ttained,  carry- 
■eadth  is,  how- 
lepth,  is  blown 
body  is  deeply 
in  body  of  the 
is  compact  or 
■ly  winds  (NE. 
n  a  solid  mass 
3onavista,  and 
y  winds,  espe- 
e  night  of  the 
the  stream  out 

;he  middle  of 
the  eastward, 
id  the  increas- 
itrings  of  field 
he  coast,  occa- 
er,  are  for  the 

Bay,  and  are 

las  been  traced 
n  Tyson  and  a 

S.  S.  Polaris 
id.  Unable  to 
'je,  and  accom- 
;ord.     After  a 

beginning  to 
;ion  and  expo- 
,ered,  support- 

nally  rescued 

the  Strait  of 


Belle  Isle,  in  latitude  53°  35'  N.,  and  carried  safely  into  port.  No 
bettor  example  than  this  could  be  given  of  the  drift  from  the 
Arctic  Basin,  illustrating,  as  it  does,  not  only  the  journey  to  the 
southward,  but  also  the  many  vicissitudes  to  which  the  ice  is  sub- 
jected before  reaching  a  low  latitude. 

The  fields  of  ice  encountered  to  the  eastward  of  the  Grand  Banks 
are  in  general  detached  masses,  due  either  to  a  temporary  diversion 
of  the  stream  or  to  the  separation  of  fields  of  limited  area  from  the 
main  body,  the  primary  cause  in  both  cases  being  the  i)revalence 
of  heavy  westerly  gales.  During  February  these  detached  fields 
are  reported  most  frequently  north  of  the  46th  parallel,  and  between 
the  meridians  of  4(5°  and  49°.  The  quantity  of  this  early  ice  depends, 
to  a  large  extent,  upon  the  character  of  the  early  winter  months 
in  the  higher  latitudes  in  which  the  slob  is  formed.  If  November 
and  December  are  mild,  the  quantity  will  be  slight;  such  was  the 
case  in  the  winter  of  the  years  1891-92,  and  of  1894-95,  the  latter 
having  been,  according  to  the  reports  of  fishermen  and  lightkeepers, 
the  mildest  winter  for  many  years  past.  The  quantity  of  bergs,  or 
true  Greenland  ice,  reported  during  the  following  spring  and  sum- 
mer is,  on  the  other  hand,  quite  independent  of  the  severity  of  the 
winter. 

The  destruction  or  wasting  away  of  the  slob  and  field  ice  in  short 
periods  is  very  remarkable.  It  appears  to  melt  away  very  rapidly 
after  April.  A  vessel  may  be  beset  in  the  evening,  and  by  morn- 
ing all  will  have  disappeared.  The  ice  in  strings  forms  an  excel- 
lent shelter  for  vessels  hove  to  in  a  gale,  and  is  constantly  used  for 
this  purpose,  but  these  breakwaters  may  be  crushed  iip  and  de- 
stroyed in  a  single  night. 

After  the  month  of  May,  heavy  bodies  of  northern  or  Arctic  ice 
are  seen  moving  to  the  southward  every  year  throughout  June, 
July,  and  sometimes  throughout  August.  It  is  variable  in  quan- 
tity and  breadth,  but  forms  a  constant  obstruction  from  Indian 
Tickle,  on  the  coast  of  Labrador,  to  the  Fogo  Islands.  The  stream 
generally  breaks  in  July. 

The  bergs  which  follow  the  slob  and  field  ice  are  detached  por- 
tions of  the  true  polar  ice,  formed  upon  the  land,  and  carried  down 
to  the  sea  by  glacial  action,  the  glaciers  performing  for  these  frigid 
regions  the  same  function  as  that  performed  by  the  rivers  of  the 
temperate  latitudes,  viz,  serving  to  distribute  the  excess  precipita- 
tion. From  the  frozen  interior  of  the  Arctic  Continent  these  rivers 
of  ice  make  their  way  through  valley  and  gorge  to  the  shores  of 
the  ocean,  and  even  beyond,  the  face  of  the  glacier  being  thvust 
forward  into  the  sea  by  the  enormous  pressure  in  the  rear  until  the 
buoyant  effect  of  the  water  upon  the  submerged  portion  is  sufficient 
to  detach  it  from  the  main  body,-  and  the  huge  fragment  becomes 


I 


¥ 


23 


NKWFOUNDLANI). 


a  HontinK  island  or  niountuin  of  ic»',  wliicli  is  born**  away  by  the 
pj-evailiiiK  currt'iitH.  The  onward  progross  of  tho  glaciers  varien, 
the  hight'st  velocity  yet  observed  being  in  the  case  of  those  along 
the  Avest  coast  of  Greenland.  That  of  the  Fjord  of  Jako1)shaven, 
in  r.9°  22'  N.,  amounts  to  about  50  feet  i)er  day,  and  it  has  been  com- 
puted that  this  glacier  alone  contributes  to  the  sea  from  one  to  U 
cubic  miles  of  ice  annually. 

The  tliawing  process  alone,  occasioned  by  the  increased  tempera- 
ture of  air  and  water  during  the  polar  summer,  would  scarcely 
suflice  to  reduce  these  enormous  masses  of  ice  to  the  size  usually 
observed.  Their  disintegration  is  brought  about  ordinarily  from 
within.  Even  in  its  original  condition  the  surface  of  the  glacier 
ice  is  A\rinkled  with  cliasm  and  crevasse,  penetrating  more  of  less 
deeply  into  its  interior.  The  deepest  of  these  depressions  collect 
the  water  due  to  the  melting  of  the  upper  part  of  the  bor':;;  until 
they  overflow.  A  fall  in  temperature  occurs,  the  surface  of  this 
water,  and  later  its  entire  volume,  is  converted  into  ice,  and  the 
tremendous  expansive  force  of  this  change  is  amply  sufficient  to 
shatter  the  mass  of  the  berg. 

Once  beyond  the  limits  of  the  polar  regions,  the  process  of  dis- 
solution is  rai)id.  The  berg,  always  heated  upon  its  southern  side, 
is  in  unstable  equilibrium,  and  by  reason  of  its  frequent  topplings, 
constantly  exposes  a  new  surface  to  the  action  of  the  sun's  rays. 
Under  these  conditions  its  ultimate  annihila:i  jn  is  a  matter  of  a 
comparatively  short  time. 

The  icebergs  seen  off  the  Grand  Banks  frequently  exceed  a  height 
of  200  feet,  and  are  of  such  extent  and  occur  in  such  numbers  as 
to  constitute,  with  their  attendant  fogs,  the  most  dangerous  of  all 
the  obstacles  with  which  the  navigator  of  the  North  Atlantic  has 
to  contend.  Their  frequency  in  different  years  varies  in  a  wholly 
inexplicable  manner,  certain  seasons— as,  for  instance,  1882,  1890, 
and  189G— being  notable  for  their  extraordinary  abundance,  while 
during  the  years  188G,  1888,  and  1895  the  number  observed  was 
far  below  the  average.  June  is  the  month  during  which  they  are 
most  numerous  along  the  transatlantic  route. 

The  southern  limit  of  the  occurrence  of  berg  and  field  ice  on  the 
Grand  Banks  varies  from  month  to  month  and  from  year  to  year, 
and  it  is  therefore  only  possible  to  sketch  it  in  general  outline.  On 
the  route  to  and  from  Europe,  ice  is  most  frequently  encountered 
between  45°  W.  and  55°  W.,  and  north  of  the  41st  parallel.  Its 
most  easterly  position  was  recorded  in  July,  1890,  when  a  berg  was 
seen  in  24°  11'  W.,  48°  53'  N.  Pergs  have  been  seen  in  as  low  a 
latitude  as  39°  N.,  and  in  position  to  attain  which  the  extension  of 
the  Gulf  Stream  must  have  been  crossed.  Such  phenomena  have 
been  attributed  to  the  warm  waters  of  the  Gulf  Stream  overrunning 


ICK. 


2.'{ 


)rno  away  l)y  the 
M  f^laciors  varies, 
,86  of  those  along 
of  Jakobshavon, 
I  it  has  been  corn- 
ea from  one  to  1^ 

icreased  tempera- 
r,  would  scarcely 

0  the  size  usually 
t  ordinarily  from 
ace  of  the  glacier 
iting  more  of  less 
iepressions  collect 
of  the  ber;-  until 
le  surface  of  this 

into  ice,  and  the 
,mply  sufficient  to 

the  process  of  dis- 
its  southern  side, 
i-equent  topplings, 
»f  the  sun's  rays, 
n  is  a  matter  of  a 

;ly  exceed  a  height 
.  such  numbers  as 
t  dangerous  of  all 
Forth  Atlantic  has 
varies  in  a  wholly 
stance,  1882,  1890, 
abundance,  while 
iber  observed  was 
iig  which  they  are 

i,nd  field  ice  on  the 
from  year  to  year, 
neral  outline.  On 
ently  encountered 
41st  parallel.  Its 
),  when  a  berg  was 

1  seen  in  as  low  a 
sh  the  extension  of 
I  phenomena  have 
tream  overrunning 


the  cold  Arctic  Current,  while  the  latter,  retaining  its  jmigress  und 
direction  as  a  submarine  current,  transports  the  deeply  immersed 
ice  islands  into  and  across  the  Gulf  Stream. 

The  diagram  on  opposite  page  ^'hows  the  limits  within  which  ice 
was  observed  during  the  months  of  June,  July,  and  August  ucconl- 
iug  to  the  reports  received  by  the  United  States  Hydrograjdiic 
Office  from  ve.ssels  during  tlie  i)oriod  lHHr-18tt5.  It  should  liere  l)e 
remembered,  however,  that  the  observing  vessels  followed,  in  the 
main,  well-beaten  tracks,  and  that  the  outline  of  the  actual  urea 
may  be  very  different  from  that  shown  by  a  sunnnary  of  the 
reports. 


The  season  during  which  vessels  are  liable  to  encounter  ice  on 
the  voyage  between  the  Channel  and  the  northern  ports  of  the 
United  States  thus  extends  from  February  to  August,  the  reports 
reaching  a  maximum  frequency  during  June  and  July.  Isolated 
bergs,  however,  may  be  sighted  at  any  time,  and  consequently  a 
good  lookout  is  always  necessary.  No  reliance  can  be  placed  on 
any  warning  conveyed  by  diminution  of  temperature,  either  of  air 
or  sea,  on  approaching  ice ;  but,  even  during  fog,  or  on  dark  nights, 
a  peculiar  whitening,  known  as  "ice  blink,"  may  generally  be  ob- 
served when  nearing  icebergs,  and  occasionally  the  sea,  breaking 
against  the  base  of  a  berg,  may  give  warning  of  its  proximity,  but 


4 


0n 


H 


XKWFOIXDI.ANI). 


no  rule  Clin  bo  laid  down  to  insure  Hftfo  nnviK'ition,  as  thu  powition 
of  ice  differH  in  difforoiit  HouHonH;  evurythiriK  diipoudfl  on  tho  vigi- 
lance, caution,  anrl  sltill  of  the  navigator  when  croHHing  arnaH  in 
which  ice  prevailH. 

Vo88el8  Mliould,  if  ponsiblo,  always  pa-ss  to  windward  of  icebergs 
to  avoid  tlie  loose  ice  floating  to  ioeward. 

Vessels  bound  to  the  Oulf  of  St.  Lawrence  or  Halifax  either 
endeavor  to  make  Capo  Race  by  i)a8sing  north  of  tho  Virgin  Rocks, 
or,  in  order  to  avoid  the  ice,  cross  the  banks  on  tl'f>  parallel  of  44° 
N.,  hauling  up  on  their  proper  course  when  past  lo  gitude  65"  W., 
as  heavy  ice  is  seldom  sotMi  to  tlie  westward  of  that  nu  -idiiin. 

The  vicinity  of  St.  Pierre,  Miquelon,  is  generally  free  from  ice 
after  the  middle  of  April,  and  sometimes  during  the  whoi )  yo>ir 

Ice  in  Oabot  Strait. — This  strait  is  never  frozen  over,  but  es- 
sels  built  in  the  ordinary  way  can  not  navigate  it  in  safety  between 
January  1  and  May  1  on  account  of  the  heavy  drift  ice,  and  fre- 
quently not  till  later  on  account  of  the  block  caused  by  what  is 
locally  known  as  tho  "Bridge." 

Gulf  or  river  ico  usually  begins  to  flow  through  the  stmit  early 
in  January,  the  ice  being  thin,  but  increasing  to  4  feet  in  thickness. 
Small  icebergs  10  to  18  feet  in  height  occasionally  pass  through  the 
strait,  but  a  large  berg  is  seldom  seen.  The  ice  continues  to  flow 
through  till  May,  according  to  the  winter. 

Nearly  every  year  the  great  rush  of  ice  out  of  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  in  tho  spring  becomes  blocked  between  St.  Paul  Island 
and  Cape  Ray,  and  this  sometimes  lasting  for  two  or  three  weeks, 
and  completely  preventing  the  passage  of  ships,  is  named  the 
Bridge.  It  is  recorded  that  three  hundred  sail  have  at  one'time 
been  detained  by  this  obstacle,  and  many  wrecks  have  occurred  in 
consequence  on  the  Newfoundland  coast.  The  usual  time  of  the 
formation  of  the  "Bridge"  is  between  the  middle  of  April  and  the 
middle  of  May. 

The  wind  between  NE.  and  south  opens  the  Newfoundland  coast, 
and  the  strait  often  clears  rapidly  witli  winds  between  NW.  and 
NE.  In  36  hours  very  little  ice  may  be  seen  from  Cape  Ray, 
whereas  SW.  and  West  winds  block  it,  the  former  forcing  up  the 
ice  from  between  Magdalen  Islands  and  Cape  Breton  Island  to 
combine  with  the  main  stream  running  southeastward. 

Sealing  steamers  endeavor  to  pass  through  Cabot  Strait  at  all 
times,  but  are  occasionally  fast  in  the  ice  for  days  together. 

Ice  Report  Stations. — Information  as  to  ice,  wind,  tempera- 
ture, aivd  weather  indications  may  be  obtained  during  the  months 
of  April  and  May,  by  communicating  with  the  signal  stations  on 
Capes  Ray  and  Race  and  at  Galantry  Head,  St.  Pierre  Island. 


-ryaisauM'.-'^-^^.T 


^  ■ftwuu'M'j.BWt'.ataw 


mmmmi. 


ti,  aa  the  position 
MJiuls  on  tho  vigi- 
croHHiiiK  iintfiH  in 

hvurd  of  icebergs 

)r  Htilifax  eithpr 
tho  Virgin  Rocks, 
1'f>  p;irallol  of  44'' 
lo  gitudo  65"  W., 
Kit  ni(  'idiiin. 
illy  free  from  ice 
the  whoi)  your 
zen  over,  but  •  es- 
in  safety  between 
drift  ice,  a'ld  fro- 
jaused  by  wliat  is 

jh  the  8<nvit  early 

t  feet  in  thicknosH, 

r  pass  througli  the 

continues  to  flow 

.f  the  Gulf  of  St. 
ni  St.  Paul  Island 
'o  or  three  weeks, 
ps,  is  named  the 
[  have  at  one"  time 
i  have  occurred  in 
usual  time  of  the 
e  of  April  and  the 

svfoundland  coast, 
between  NW.  and 

from  Cape  Ray, 
ler  forcing  up  the 

Breton  Island  to 
(tward. 

^abot  Strait  at  all 
ys  together, 
e,  wind,  tempera- 
luring  the  months 
signal  stations  on 
Pierre  Island. 


ICE.  05 

West  Coast  of  Newfoundland.— The  Htreani  of  ice  Netting  out 
of  tho  at.  Lawrenco  River  app«tarH  to  Hplit  on  Cape  George,  the 
main  stream  paHsing  into  St.  George  Buy  and  toward  Cal)ot  Strait. 
The  other  portion  is  u'eiH'ifillv  curried  l)y  a  NK.  set,  as,  from  tho 
bay  of  Islands  and  iJonne  Bay,  the  ice  is  reported  to  generally 
travel  in  that  direction.  This  current  is  stated  to  be  strongest 
during  the  months  of  March  and  April. 

The  northern  ice,  after  its  passage  through  the  Straits  of  Belle 
Isle,  and  generally  entering  the  Gulf  oi  St.  Lawrence  about  the 
!)tii  January,  can  not,  at  present,  be  foUoweil.  It  may  arrive  oft' 
Bonne  Bay  during  January  or  February,  or  it  may  be  dri\.'n  on 
to  the  Labrador  Coast,  all  depending  on  tho  winds. 

A  NW.  wind  doses  the  Newfoundland  coast;  SW.  winds  (.pen 
a  lane  of  water  inshore,  and  winds  between  SW.  through  south  to 
ESE.  clear  the  coast  to  Cape  St.  George. 

The  gulf  ice  usually  clears  off  the  west  coast  of  Newfoundland 
between  tho  end  of  April  and  middle  of  May,  but  in  cold  seasons 
it  may  remain  much  later. 

Ice  in  Belle  Isle  Strait— Local  slob  ice  is  apt  to  form  early  in 
December,  followed  shortly  by  the  formation  (jf  slieet  ice  a  foot 
thick  or  more.  The  date  of  the  arrival  of  the  northern  ice  depends 
largely  upon  the  cliaractor  of  the  winds,  th<;se  from  the  east  and 
NE.  driving  tho  stream  of  northern  slob  into  the  strait,  those  from 
west  and  SW.  keeping  it  olfshore.  During  only  one  season  for 
many  years  past,  however,  has  it  failed  to  appear  in  enormous 
quantities,  the  season  mentioned  being  the  exceptionally  mild 
winter  of  1894-95.  The  strait  frequejitly  remains  sufficiently  open 
for  navigation  during  the  entire  month  of  December,  but  is  little 
used  during  that  month  by  ocean-going  vessels,  as  navigation  in 
tho  St.  Lawrence  River  closes  in  November. 

The  following  table  gives  for  the  last  six  years  (1893-98)  the  date 
of  the  formation  of  the  first  local  ice,  and  also  the  date  of  the 
arrival  of  the  first  considerable  number  of  bergs : 


local  Ice. 


-I- 


1893-93... 
1898-94.  - . 
1894-93... 
1895-96... 
1896-97... 
1897-98... 


December  23 
December  3  . 
December  83 
December  11 
December  2 . 
December  3 . 


Bergs. 


February  28. 
April  7. 
Febniary  ]  3. 
January  16. 
March  28. 


26 


NEWFOUNDLAND LABRADOR. 


¥  1 


:;  *'! 


The  date  of  the  passage  through  the  strait  of  the  first  and  the 
last  seagoing  steamer  for  several  years  past  is  as  follows : 


Flr»t. 

1 

Laat. 

1892 

1898 

1894 

1895 

June  16 

June  26 

November  22. 
November  12. 
♦November  20. 
November  20. 
♦November  17. 
♦November  16. 
♦November  13. 

June  27 

June  17 

1896 

June  21    

1897 

June  27 

1898 

♦June  28 

!^it| 


*  From  the  Ruconls  of  tbo  V,  S.  Hydrogrnphic  Offlcc. 

Sealing  steamers  sometimes  make  their  way  through  the  strait 
during  April. 

Every  yea  .■  throughout  the  months  of  May,  June,  and  a  portion 
of  July  the  Labrador  Current  carries  to  the  southward,  past  the 
eastern  entrance  to  the  strait,  an  almost  countless  procession  of 
bergs. 

Easterly  winds  and  the  tidal  currents  bring  many  of  these  bergs 
within  the  eastern  extrance  of  the  strait,  and  some  few  even 
emerge  at  its  western  extremity  and  make  their  way  into  the 
gulf  as  far  as  Rich  Point  on  the  coast  of  Newfoundland  and  Meca- 
tina  Island  on  the  Labrador  side.  The  size  of  these  is  of  course 
limited  by  the  depth  of  the  channel— 35  fathoms.  The  keeper  of 
the  light  on  the  island  frequently  reports  as  many  as  250  bergs  in 
sight  at  one  time,  and  gives  instances  of  bergs  stranding  to  the 
eastward  of  the  island  at  a  point  where  the  water  is  over  100 
fathoms  in  depth.  For  the  month  of  May,  1893,  he  reports  "a 
heavy  j;  m  of  northern  field  ice  and  icebergs,  some  of  them  the 
most  rugged  and  massive  pieces  of  ice  I  have  seen  in  my  30  years 
on  this  island.  I  have  counted  200  at  one  time,  but  owing  to  the 
heavy  blockade  of  field  ice,  many  of  the  low  bergs  must  have 
escaped  notice.  Some  of  the  bergs  are  almost  like  islands  covered 
with  snow,  owing  to  the  amount  of  earth  and  sand  encased  within 
them,  which,  melting  down  the  sides,  gives  them  from  a  distance 
the  a])pearance  of  land."  For  the  following  summer  he  reports: 
•'Following  the  spring  the  ice  came  into  the  strait  by  the  north 
side  and  could  be  seen  from  the  east  end  of  the  island  up  to  July 
15;  also  bringing  a  lot  of  icebergs  which  remained  aground  all 
along  the  shore  among  the  islands  of  Battle  Harbor.  These  break- 
ing u^i  during  the  summer  and  the  tide  and  wind  driving  them 
across  the  strait  (within)  were  v^ry  dangerous  to  navigation.  Sev- 
eral accidents  and  narrow  escapes  followed;  notably  the  Lake 
Nepigon  struck  a  submerged  piece  of  ice  at  Forteau  and  had  to  be 
beached,  while  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar  was  a  total  loss.     In  fact, 


■'n 


insnm 


of  the  first  and  the 

as  follows : 

i 

Laot. 

ber  23. 
ber  13. 
nber  30. 
ber  20. 
nber  17. 
nber  16. 
nber  13. 

fflcc. 

y  through 

the  strait 

June,  and  a  portion 
sovithward,  past  the 
mtless  procession  of 

many  of  these  bergs 
ind  some   few  even 
their  way  into  the 
'oundland  and  Meca- 
jf  these  is  of  course 
oms.     The  keeper  of 
nany  as  250  bergs  in 
ergs  stranding  to  the 
e  water  is  over  100 
,  1893,  he  reports  "a 
fs,  some  of  them  the 
3  seen  in  my  30  years 
tne,  but  owing  to  the 
ow  bergs  must  have 
t  like  islands  covered 
[  sand  encased  within 
them  from  a  distance 
;  summer  he  reports : 
e  strait  by  the  north 
[he  island  up  to  July 
■emained  aground  all 
[arbor.     These  break- 
d  wind  driving  them 
s  to  navigation.    Sev- 
i;   notably  the  Lake 
Forteau  and  had  to  be 
a  total  loss.     In  fact, 


ICE PASSA(iES. 


07 


during  foggy  night.s,  captains  were  ratlier  chary  of  passing  through 
the  strait.  These  small  pieces  of  floe  ice  are  all  under  water,  and 
when  there  i.s  any  sea  running  are  invisible.  Captains  of  vessels 
bound  for  the  Lal)rador  coast  reported  tliat  it  was  impossible  to 
get  into  any  of  the  harbors  along  the  sliore  during  the  night  or  in 
foggy  weather,  owing  to  the  cliain  of  bergs  that  lay  alouL^  the 
land."  ■  ^  o 

In  the  latitude  of  Belle  Isle  and  along  the  steamer  route  approach- 
ing the  strait  the  breadth  of  the  stream  of  ice  rarely  extends  fur- 
ther to  the  eastward  than  the  meridian  of  47°,  although  single 
bergs  have  been  seen  as  far  east  as  44°,  notably  during  the  phe- 
nomenal year  of  1890.  Tlie  stream  ordinarily  breaks  in  July,  and 
during  tlie  autumn  months  drifting  bergs  are  by  no  means  so 
treque.it.  Stranded  bergs  ordinarily  break  up  rapidly  and  disap- 
pear, but  occasionally  one  will  maintain  its  position  and  resist 
destruction  throughout  the  entire  winter.  An  instance  of  this  was 
given  by  a  berg  which  grounded  November  U,  1896,  about  7  miles 
west  of  Belle  Isle  liglit,  and  was  still  in  place  May  1,  1897. 

Tlie  following  report  by  Captain  Wills,  of  the  .steamsl"iip  British 
Evipire,  tells  the  ultimate  fate  of  many  of  these  bergs  ■ 

"July  21,  1896,  latitude  45°  11'  N.,  longitude  47°  46'  W.,  at  11  34 
p^m.,  in  a  dense  fog  sighted  a  berg  200  feet  ahead  and  a  little 
off  the  port  bow,  which  we  cleared  by  about  70  feet.  When  about 
three  ship's  lengths  past  it  a  startling  phenomenon  took  place-  a 
terrific  crash,  followed  by  a  roar  of  broken  water,  succeeded  by 
more  crashing  and  roaring,  getting  fainter  at  each  explosion  the 
whole  occupying  a  minute  and  a  half.  We  had  stopped  our 
engines  with  the  helm  hard  aport,  and  although  we  were  running 
at  slow  speed,  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  ship's  wash  caused  the 
berg  to  break  up. " 

Passages.— With  a  view  to  reducing  the  risks  of  collisions  and 
to  the  avoidance  of  ice  and  fog  the  principal  transatlantic  steam- 
ship companies  sailing  from  Liverpool  and  the  English  Channel 
have  adopted  routes  separated  in  the  eastward  and  westward  voy- 
ages, and  adapted  to  the  varying  ice  and  fog  conditions  for  the 
different  seasons  of  the  year.     These  routes  have  the  additional 
advantage  that  in  the  event  of  a  vessel  breaking  down,  assistance 
is  more  hkely  to  be  at  hand;  also  it  may  be  presumed  that  sailing 
vessels  will  either  endeavor  as  far  as  possible  to  avoid  their  locali- 
ties, or  at  any  rate  keep  a  strict  lookout  when  in  their  vicinity. 
The  routes  here  given  were  adopted  and  subscribed  to  at  a  general 
meeting  of  the  companies  held  in  London,  November,  1898. 


14910- 


mm- 


;Mk>. 


28 


.SANDY    HOOK SCILLY. 


EASTBOUND. 

At  Jill  seasons  of  the  year  steer  a  course  from  Sandy  Hook 
Ligatvessel,  or  Five  Fathom  Bank  South  Lightvessel,  to  cross  the 
meridian  of  70°  W.,  nothing  to  the  north  of  latitude  40°  10', 

From  January  15  to  August  23,  both  days  inclusive,  steer  from 
40°  10'  N.  and  70°  W.,  hy  rhumb  line,  to  cross  the  meridian  of  47° 
W.  in  41°  N.,  and  from  this  last  position  nothing  north  of  the 
Great  Circle  to  Fastnet  or  Scilly. 

From  August  24  to  January  14,  both  days  inclusive,  steer  from 
latitude  40°  10'  N.,  and  longitude  70°  W.,  to  cross  the  meridian  of 
00°  "W.  in  latitude  42°  N.,  thence  by  rhumb  line  to  cross  the  mei-id- 
ian  of  45°  W.  in  latitude  40°  30' N.,  from  this  last  position  nothing 
north  of  the  Great  Circle  to  Fatjtnet,  when  bound  to  the  Irish 
Channel,  and  as  near  as  possible  to,  but  nothing  north  of,  the 
Great  Circle  to  Bishops  Rock,  always  keeping  south  of  the  latitude 
of  Bishops  Rock,  when  bound  to  the  English  Channel. 

JANUARY    15   TO   AUGUST   23,    BOTH   DAYS    INCLUSIVE. 

Courses  (true)  and  distances  (in  nautical  miles) :  Sandy  Hook 
Lightvessel  to  70°  W.  (in  40°  10'  N.),  S.  84°  10'  E.,  177  miles;  to 
cross  the  meridian  of  47°  W.  in  41°  N.,  N.  87°  17'  E.,  1,055  miles, 
from  this  last  position  nothing  north  of  the  Great  Ci)'cleto  Fastnet 
or  Scilly  (Bishops  Rock), 

Great  Circle  to  Fastnet. 

Distance  on  Great  Circle,  l.G')!  miles.    Total  ilistttiiue,  Sandy  Ilooli  Lixlitvossel  to  Faetuet,  2,f83  miles. 

Longitude '       47°  00' W  I       45=00'  W  '       40°00'W;       35°00'W!       30°  Oil' "w 

Latitude 41°  00'  N    i       42°  02' N   '        44°  10'  N  4fi°  10'  N  47°  45'  X 

Course ._    N  55°  13'  K       N  56°  32'  K       N59'58'K       X  6:!°  31'  K       X  07°  10'  K 

Longitude 250(K)'\v;        20' 0(1'  W  15^  00'  W  10°(IO'W  !»°  30'  W 

Latitude 49°  02'  N    :       50°  00'  N  50°  411'  N  61°  1«'  N  51°  20'  f ' 

Course ;  N  70°  54'  K    I  N  74°  43'  K    |  N  78°  34'  E       N  82°  27'  E    i  N  82°  4e'  E 

Great  Circle  to  Bishops  Rock 

Distance  on  Great  Circle  1,704  miles.    Total  distance,  Sandy  Hoolt  Liglitvessel  to  nisliops  Uock,  2,!I90  miles. 

Longitude j        47°  00' W  '       45°  00'  W  40°  00'  W  '       ;i5°  0(>'  W  30' 00'  W 

Latitude 1        41°  00'  N  41°  53'  N  43- 52'  N  45°3rN  4li°  60'  N 

Course —  jN6«°41'E       NG0°01'E       X  63°  25'  K       N«ti°50'E'     N70-'33'ic 

Longitude 1       '26°  00' W  20°  0<i'  \V  l.">°  00' W  10°ro'W  6°  '7'  W 

Latitude j        47"51'N  48°  46'  N  49°  28'  N  49' 42'  X  49°  5il'  X 

Course N  74'  14'  JO       X  77°  58'  E       N  »1°  44'  E    '  N  85°  33'  E       N  88°  16'  i) 


AUGUST   24  TO  JANUARY   14,    BOTH   DAYS   INCLUSIVE. 

Courses  (true)  and  distances  (in.liautical  miles) :  Sandy  Hook 
Lightve.ssel  to  70°  W.  (in  40°  10'  ^<.),  S.  84°  10'  E.,  177  niil.^s,  to 
cross  the  meridian  of  00°  W.  in  latitude  42°  N.,  N.  70°  23'  E.,  467 
miles ;  thence  by  rhumb  line  to  cross  the  meridian  of  45°  W,  in 


I 


timmm 


1  Sandy  Hook 
sel,  to  cross  the 
e  40°  10'. 
live,  steer  from 
ineridifiu  of  47° 
J  north  of   the 

Ave,  steer  from 
lie  meridian  of 
ross  the  morid- 
)sition  nothing 
id  to  the  Irish 
;'  north  of,  the 
of  tlie  hititude 
iiel. 

ELUSIVE. 

:  Sandy  Hook 
,  177  miles;  to 
S.,  1,055  miles, 
ircleto  Fast  net 


jFaatuet,  2,>83  niilos. 


>°  00'  W  !  30°  Oil'  W 

!°10'  N  47°  45'  X 

!°  31'  K  X  07°  10*  E 

p  m"  w  <.t°  sfi'  w 

°W  N    :  51°  20*  K 

[■^  27'  K    i  N  82°  4«'  E 


ibops  Bock,  2,!)06  miles. 


i°  W  W         ;W^  00'  W 

p°3r  N  4(i°60'N 

l°56'  E       N  70' 33'  E 

pro'  W  6C27'  W 

P42'  N  49°  50'  N 

1°  33'  E    :  N  88°  16'  E 


:'LUSIVE. 

:  Sandy  Hook 

,177  niilos,  to 

70°  23'  E.,  467 

n  of  45°  W.  in 


PASSAGES.  go 

latitude  40°  30' N"    N"  fi^o  10' i:^    r^r^     .^ 

Great  Circle  to  Fastnet. 

DIsUuce  uii  (Jrent  Circle,  I  411  ,„|i«.     t„.»i  h^ 

L:!!!::!::!""""  '"'^°"'  ^""^  °°°'-  ^'^'■'-""«'  '^  F«,tne..  2.755  „.l,e,. 

Longitude  .,„  ~  : . 

Latitude  45O00'W         40"00'W;       l-io  nn-w         o^ 

Course     48-'3n'  N  47°57'n'       aL^,  lY  30°  00' W  25°  00' W 

N  83°  06'  E    ;  N  J^o  ^J-  g    :  J,  ^^  OV  N  50^  oi;  N    :        to^  41'  N 

Great  Circle  to  Bishops  Rock 

Longitude  !        ...  '~     " — — 

S:'''--"-—-^^,  «°3"s;5'   i?o^-t:  j»°««;jri  3o°oo'w;  25°oorw^ 

Longitude ...  ««,  ^,  „  "^   ,  "   '»    ^7    ^  East. 

WESTBOUND. 

to  cross  themerillian  of  40  W  Tn  S^^^^^^^^ 
rhumb lineor  Great  Circle,  or  even  ntth  o/ .^^^  ^^*^«^ 

easterly  current  is  encounteredT    T\  ^""^^^  ^""^^^  '^  ^^ 

Lightvessel,  thence  tXe  Island  S^hf'T  T"^  "^  Nantucket 
York,  or  to  Five  Fathon  Bank  1  Jh^'^^^^^^^^  '^^'"  ^^"^^  ^^^"^^^^ 
Philadelphia.  """^^  Lightvessel,  when  bound  for 

Fal^eltXCsLtrg^el'tC^^  '^^^  ^^'^^"^^^'^'  «*- ^-- 

to  cross  the  meridLn  ofYo^vTn  ^M^^^^^ 

Hue  to  cross  the  meridian  of  60°  W  infa  i^^^^  ^'^^^^ 

.athom  Bank  SoSth  ^^  ^Sl.^;;^^;^^- 

.TANUARV   15  TO  AUGUST   14,    BOTH  DAYS   INCLUSIVE 

Courses  (true)  and  distances  (in  nautical  miles). 
Great  Circle  from  Fastnet. 

Distance  on  Great  Circle,  1,018  miles. 
Longitude i         oo  on,  mTi  T  ■ ^ — 

Longitude....... "    ^         "i    '  ^  ^^  ^  I    ^  ^^^^  ^  ,   ^^^  ^      S  W  ^ 

^r"- --------::::::    ^J^nI   ^l^^i    ZZ^^   ^^°««'^'   ^t°o<.'w 


i 


!      1 


80 


8CILLY SANDY    HOOK. 

Oreat  Circle  from  Bishopst  Rock. 

Distancu  ou  Qroat  Circle,  1,733  miles. 


I,ongltn(Io - «°  27'  W 

I,«titiid.< 4«''6f"  N 

Course - ""'■ 

Longitude -  30°  00'  W 

Latitude *70  1i2    N 

Cour«,. S  72°  IV  W 


10°  00'  W 

49=  48'  N 

8  87°  18'  W 

36°  CO*  W 

46°  HO'  N 

S  68°  35'  W 


15°  (K)'  W  20=00'  W  25°  00'  W 

49°  M'  N  4'jn  03'  N  48°  20'  N 

S  83°  2U'  W  ^  S  70°  42'  W  S  76°  56'  W 

4(P  00'  W  4.1°  00'  W  i       47°  00'  W 

44°  38'  N    ;  4'i°  49'  N  I       42°  00'  N 

8  65°  02'  W  !  8  61°  34'  W  8  60°  IS'  W 


Thence  S.  85°  23'  W.,  1,028  milos,  to  a  point  soutli  of  Nantucket 
Lightvessel ;  thence  S.  86°  51'  W.,  164  miles,  to  Fire  Island  Light- 
vessel  ;  thence  West  ;50  miles,  to  Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel.  Total 
distance,  Fastnet  to  Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel,  2,840  miles.  Bishops 
Rock  to  Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel,  2,955  miles. 

AUGUST    15   TO   JANUARY    14,    BOTH   DAYS   INCLUSIVE. 

Courses  (true)  and  distances  (in  nautical  miles). 
Great  Circle  from  Fastnet. 

Distance  on  Great  Circle,  1,674  niileB. 


loncitudc  9°36'W  llP  00'  W          15°  00'  W  20°  00'  W  25°  00'  W 

Tnlkiide              "  610  20'  N  .61°  22'  N           51°  2(1'  N  61°  20'  N  60°  59'  N 

Course  -'/-Illllir.^y.IIIIIlir/  N  86°  04'  W  N  86°  23'  W  S8a°43'\V  8  85°  12'  W  S  81°  65'  W 

Loneitude                             itii-^OCW  35°00'W          40°00'W  4,^°  00'  W  ^9°  00'  W 

ffiiiVl"           " "          — -  a'P2«'N  4;i°38'N           48^  35'  N  47°  16'  N  lo"  00'  N 

Course                8  78°  02'  W  S  74°  12'  W  S  70°  25'  W  ,  8  66°  43'  W  '    S  630  48'  W 


Great  Circle  from  Bis^'ops  Rock. 

Distance  on  Great  CircU',  1,703  miles. 


Longitude ;  6°  27'  W 

Latitude '  49'^  5«'  N 

Course ^-  N  81°  U'  W 

Longitude 30°(KI'  W 

Latitude -  «°4«'  N 

Coui-se 8  80°  44'  W 


10°  00'  W 

,611°  (18'  N 
N  83°  .-,4'  W 

35°  00'  \V 

49°  08'  N 

S  76°  56'  W 


15°  no'  W  20°  00'  W  26oT)0'  W 

60O19'N  50°21'N  50°  11'  N 

N  h70  44'  W      S  88°  24'  W  i    8  84°  34'  W 


40°  00*  W  460  00'  W 

480  16'  N  470  07'  N 

8  730  10'  W      S  09°  28'  W 


49°  00'  \V 

46°  (KC  N 

8  66°  34'  W 


Thence  by  rhumb  line  S.  69°  08'  W.,  505  miles,  to  cross  the  merid- 
ian of  60°  W.  in  latitude  43°  N. ;  thence  also  by  rhumb  line,  S.  71° 
41'  W.,  455  miles,  to  a  point  south  of  Nantucket  Lightvessel; 
thence  S.  80°  51'  W.,  164  miles,  to  Fire  Island  Lightvessel;  thence 
West,  30  miles,  to  Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel.  Total  distance,  Fast- 
net  to  Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel,  2,728  miles;  Bishops  Rock  to 
Sandy  Hook  Lightvessel,  2,857  miles. 

Auxiliary  Steameis  may  follow  the  routes  given  for  full-pow- 
ered steamers,  or  the  directions  for  sailing  vessels  which  follow. 

Sailing  Vessels,  during  the  ^lUtumn,  may  stand  to  theNW., 
crossing  the  meridian  of  30°  W.  in  latitude  54°  30'  N.  or  55°  N., 
then  steer  gradually  to  the  SW.  and  endeavor  to  enter  on  the  bank 
of  Newfoundland  about  the  parallel  of  47°  30'  N.,  passing  Cape 
Race  at  a  convenient  distance;   in  this  route,   although  heavy 


li|T'"" 


20=  OO'  W  25°  00'  W 

4U"  («'  N  48°  !iO'  N 

70°  42'  W  S  75°  56'  W 

45°  00'  W  !  47°  00'  W 

4'J°49'  N  I  *'i°W   N 

61°  W  W  I  8  nO°  13'  W 


ith  of  Nantucket 
ire  Island  Light- 
jlitvessel.  Total 
0  miles.    Bishops 

NCLUSIVE. 


20°  00'  W  25°  00'  W 

51°  20'  N  60°  59'  N 

9  85°  12'  W      S  81°  55'  W 


45°  00'  W 
47°  1«'  N 
S  «6°  4S'  W  '    S  63°  48'  W 


^0°  00'  W 

^0°00'  N 


20°  00' 

W 

26°T50' 

W 

50°  21' 

N 

50°  11' 

N 

S  88°  24' 

W 

8  84°  34' 

W 

45°  00' 

w 

49°  00' 

W 

47°  07' 

x 

4K°  (Kl' 

N 

S  69°  28' 

w 

S  60°  34' 

W 

0  cross  the  merid- 
•humb  line,  S.  71° 
cket  Lightvessel; 
ghtvessel;  thence 
tal  distance,  Fast- 
Bishops  Rock   to 

iveu  for  full-jjow- 

is  which  follow. 

tand  to  theNW., 

30'  N.  or  55°  N., 

enter  on  the  bank 

N.,  passing  Cape 

although  heavy 


■BiV««»aSi&-  i-e:i''»»* 


PASSAGES. 


31 


weather  is  frequently  experienced,  the  winds  are  generally  more 
tavorable,  and  the  Arctic  current  assists  in  the  latter  part' of  the 
voyage.  '■ 

In  thick  weather  the  thermometer  will  be  found  useful  when 
approaching  the  banks  of  Newfoundland,  as  the  temperature  of 
the  water  falls  on  nearing  them. 

To  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle.-Steam  ,rs  from  the  north  of  Ire- 
land intending  to  pass  through  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle  cross  the 
meridians  oi  20°  and  30°  W.  in  about  latitude  50°  30'  N. ;  the  merid- 
ian of  40°  in  about  55°  N. ;  and  that  of  50°  in  53°  30'  N.  If  bound 
to  St.  Johns  or  south  of  Newfoundland,  the  same  meridians  are 
crossed  as  follows :  20°  W.  in  about  latitude  55°  N. ;  30°  W  in  53° 
40  N. ;  40°  W.  in  about  51°  30'  N. ;  and  50°  W.  in  48°  N 

Admiral  Lavaud  of  the  French  Navy  observes:  "The  best  route 
to  follow  on  leaving  the  English  Channel  is  to  make  a  little  north- 
ing, so  as  to  cross  the  meridian  of  18°  W.  in  latitude  50°  N  con- 
tmuing  to  make  northing  if  bound  to  the  northern  ports  of  New- 
foundland; but  if  to  the  southern  part  of  the  island  or  gulf  of  St 
Lawrence  southing  should  be  made,  so  as  to  strike  the  Great  Bank 
between  the  parallels  of  45°  and  40°  N," 

Formerly  the  New  York  packet  ships,  when  making  their  win- 
^r  voyage  from  Liverpool,  kept  in  high  latitudes  until  nearing 
Newfoundland.  This  they  did  for  the  twofold  object  of  avoiding 
the  tempestuous  weather  so  generally  experienced  to  the  south- 
ward, and  of  obtaining  fairer  winds.  The  voyage  by  this  route  is 
shortened  in  distance;  and,  although  bad  weather  must  be  ex- 
pected It  is  not  so  violent  as  farther  south;  besides  which  the 
easterly  currents  are  avoided. 

In  the  spring  it  is  advisable  to  take  the  track  recommended  by 
Admira  Lavaud,  keeping  a  good  l6okout  for  ice  when  nearing 
the  Banks.  At  this  season  of  the  year  a  lane  of  water  is  often 
found  between  the  ice  and  the  east  shore  of  Newfoundland,  ex- 
tending  from  Cape  Race  to  Bay  Bulls,  at  which  latter  anchorage 
a  vessel  may  await  in  safety  a  clear  passage  to  St.  Johns  Harbor 
round  Cape  Spear. 

Those  bound  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  after  passing  to  the 
southward  of  the  Virgin  Rocks,  on  the  Grand  Bank,  and  the  Island 

f  *•  Pierre,  should  keep  a  middle  course  between  Newfoundland 
and  Cape  Breton  Island,  recollecting  that  the  harbors  on  the  coast 
westward  of  Fortune  Bay,  are  impeded  with  dangers,  with  many 
rocks  about  the  entrances,  and  that  fogs  are  very  prevalent  on  the 
coast.     Special  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  set  of  the  current 
and  on  no  account  should  the  use  of  the  lead  be  neglected 

If  the  weather  be  foggy,  a  course  should  be  shaped  so  as  to  pass 
a  few  miles  north  of  Scatari  Island;  frequently  after  passing  the 
meridian  of  Flint  Island  the  fog  will  clear 


32 


NEWFOUNDLAND — LABRADOR. 


ill 


Cape  Breton  to  Newfoundland.— When  making  tlie  passage 
from  Sydney  to  Cape  Race,  the  attention  of  the  navigator  is  espe- 
cially directed  to  the  set  of  the  current;  also  to  the  imperative 
necessity  of  taking  frequent  soundings  on  the  banks  off  the  south 
coast  of  Newfoundland,  the  usual  state  of  weather  being  fog. 

When  steering  to  the  eastward,  the  edge  of  St.  Pierre  Bank  is  a 
good  guide  for  longitude.  Upward  of  100  fathoms  will  be  obtained 
if  drawn  into  the  middle  of  Placentia  Bay.  Cape  St.  Mary  should 
not  be  approached,  in  thick  weather,  in  less  depth  than  50  fathoms, 
nor  Cape  Pine  in  40  fathoms. 

Variation  of  the  Compass. — On  the  coasts  of  Newfoundlan<l 
and  Labrador  the  variation  of  the  compass  changes  so  rapidly,  as 
shown  by  curves  of  equal  magnetic  variation  cm  the  charts,  that 
the  course  of  a  ship  requires  to  be  constantly  changed  in  order  to 
steer,  on  a  straight  line,  from  one  position  to  another.  This  is 
particularly  the  case  in  steering  for  or  through  the  Strait  of  Bolle 
Isle,  where,  in  foggy  weather,  great  attention  is  necessary  to  the 
course  in  order  to  avoid  any  mishap. 

Local  Magnetic  Disturbance. — Observation  shows  that  in 
many  parts  of  Newfoiindland  and  Labrador  the  compass,  on  land, 
is  subject  to  local  magnetic  disturbance,  and  there  is  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  a  similar  disturbance  extends  to  the  compasses  of  ves- 
sels, when  at  anchor,  or  passing  over  depths  of  less  than  20  fath- 
oms, in  many  localities.  In  view  of  this,  the  method  of  fixing  po- 
sition by  angles  and  station  pointer  is  preferable  to  the  method  by 
bearings. 


Mill  • 


Vf 


**a«ii 


[,- 1^^^^^^***^  ■ ' 


cing  tlie  passage 
avigator  is  espe- 
the  imperative 
iks  off  the  south 
•  being  fog. 
Pierre  Bank  is  a 
will  be  obtained 
St.  Mary  should 
;han  50  fathoms, 

I:  Newfoundlau'l 
;es  so  rapidly,  as 
the  charts,  that 
iiged  in  order  to 
nother.  This  is 
e  Strait  of  Bollo 
necessary  to  the 

shows  that  in 
3mpass,  on  land, 
3  is  reason  to  be- 
)mpasses  of  ves- 
3S3  than  20  fath- 
hod  of  fixing  po- 
:o  the  method  by 


CHAPTER  II. 

BANKS  OF  NEWFOUNDLAND  AND  NOVA  SCOTIA  BANKS. 
(H.  O.  Chart  No.  080-.) 
Flemish  Cap,  the  easternmost  of  the  Newfonndlajid  Banks,  has 
only  been  partially  examined.  It  extends  within  the  100-fathom 
line,  about  00  miles  in  a  noi-th  and  south  direction,  and  is  25  miles 
broad.  The  least  depth  known  is  58  fathoms,  near  the  south 
extreme,  m  latitude  4(;°  47'  N.,  longitude  44°  28'  W.,  the  bottom 
being  mu.l  and  largo  stones.  There  is  deep  water  between  it  and 
Great  Bank. 

Great  Bank  of  Newfoundland.— In  crossing  the  North  Atlaii- 
tic  Ocean  to  any  port  in  Nova  Scotia  or  the  Buy  of  Fundy,  vessels 
generally  traverse  Uw  Groat  Bank  of  Newfoundland.  This  bank 
extends  about  ;];J0  miles  nortli  and  soutli,  between  the  parallels  of 
48°  .30'  and  43°  00'  N.,  and  390  miles  east  and  west,  between  the 
meridians  of  47°  40'  and  57°  20'  W.,  oii  the  parallel  of  the  Virgin 
Rocks.  This  includes  St.  Pierre  and  Green  Banks,  which  are  in 
reality  a  portion  of  the  Great  Bank.  The  only  dangers  whose 
existence  have  been  verified  are  the  Virgin  Rocks  and  banks  and 
the  Eastern  Rocks. 

The  form  of  the  Great  Bank  is  irregular,  but  it  reaches  its  most 
eastern  limit  on  the  parallel  of  the  Virgin  Rocks.  South  of  this 
parallel  it  trends  to  the  southwest  for  about  230  miles,  and  decreases 
in  depth,  so  that  on  the  parallel  of  44°  N.  there  is  only  a  depth  of 
22Jathoms,  over  sand.  On  the  parallel  of  43°  N.  and  meridian  of 
50°  W.  the  bank  falls  into  deep  water,  and  its  GO-fathom  edge 
trends  to  the  northwest. 

The  general  depth  of  water  on  the  Great  Bank,  as  far  west  as 
the  52d  meridian,  varies  from  30  to  45  fathoms,  and  the  bottom  is 
usually  sand,  gravel,  or  broken  shell. 

Westward  of  the  52d  meridian  the  bank  is  intersected  by  veins 
of  deeper  water,  one  of  which,  extending  southward  from  Placen- 
tia  Bay,  has  a  depth  of  105  fathoms  on  the  parallel  of  the  Viro-in 
Rocks.  "^ 

The  Great  Bank  is  separated  from  Ballard  Bank,  near  Cape  Race, 
by  a  channel  about  20  miles  wide,  having  from  80  to  100  fathoms 
water,  over  mud. 

Virgin  Rocks.— The  bank  (with  depth  of  3  to  30  fathoms)  on 
which  these  rocks  are  situated  occupies  a  space  8  miles  long  in  a 
north  and  south  direction  and  3i  miles  greatest  breadth.     The  least 


(88) 


Il 


i 


34 


NEWFOrXDLANl) — CJIJKAT    HANK. 


depth  f()un<l  on  the  Virgin  Rocks  was  '.i  fatlioins,  ovoi*  n  small  piu- 
nacle,  on  whii-li  the  sea  breaks  in  heavy  weather.  From  tins  pin- 
nacle two  rocks,  with  4  and  5^  fathoms  water  over  them,  lie 
respectively  NNW.,  distant  nearly  200  yards,  and  SW.  ^  mile 
di.stant.  These  rocks,  with  snrroiinding  .shoal  ground  of  less  tlian 
20  fathoms,  comprise<l  within  a  diameter  of  abont  1,100  yards, 
form  the  Main  Ledge. 

South  Shoal,  with  least  water  of  4J  fathoms,  is  SSE.  H  udles 
fi'om  Main  Ledge,  and  occupies  a  space  1,200  yard.s  long  in  a  north 
and  south  direction,  with  a  breadth  of  700  yards,  the  depths  being 
imder  20  fathoms.  Two  other  rocks  with  5  fathoms  of  water  are 
NW.  of  this  rock,  the  farthest  being  300  yards  off.  Two  small 
rocks  with  9  and  10  fathoms,  respectively,  lie  near  the  north  and 
east  edges  of  this  bank. 

South  Shoal  is  reported  by  the  fishermen  to  break  heavier  and 
to  be  more  dangerous  than  the  Main  Ledge. 

Main  Ledge  and  South  Shoal  are  the  only  dangers  in  ordinary 
weather,  but  several  other  parts  on  these  shoals  are  reported  to 
break  in  heavy  gales;  the  foul  ground,  combined  with  the  tidal 
stream,  causing  a  confused  sea  even  in  sti'ong  breezes. 

Prairie  Shoal,  least  water  9  fathoms,  is  about  800  yards  long 
and  400  yards  broad,  within  the  depth  of  20  fathoms.  It  is  north 
2^  miles  from  the  shoalest  pan  of  Main  Ledge,  and  midway  between 
are  Northwest  Shoal  and  Maloney  Ledge,  with  least  water  11  and 
14  fathoms,  respectively. 

Ice. — The  Virgin  Rocks  are  usually  surrounded  by  ice  until  the 
middle  of  April  or  beginning  of  May. 

Eastern  Shoals. — The  least  water  found  on  the  shoals  waB  7 
fathoms,  about  ^  mile  SE.  of  the  Nine-fathom  Bank,  which  lies 
near  the  center  of  a  group  of  shoal  patches  extending  about  3^ 
miles  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  Avith  a  breadth  of  2  miles, 
having  depths  on  them  of  12  to  25  fathoms.  The  Nine-fathom 
Bank  is  in  latitude  46°  20'  45"  N.,  longitude  50°  28'. OG"  W. 

Eastern  Shoals  are  the  easternmost  known  to  the  fishermen ;  those 
with  13  fathoms  or  less  over  them  are  reported  to  break  in  heavy 
weather.  With  a  strong  breeze  there  is  a  confused  sea  in  the 
locality. 

Bog^  Ledge,  the  shoalest  of  four  banks,  occupying  a  space 
1,200  yards  long  and  550  yards  broad,  has  12  fathoms  on  its  shoal- 
est part,  which  is  1^  miles  NE.  from  Nine- fathom  Bank. 

Saunders  Shoal,  about  300  yards  in  diameter,  has  11  fathoms 
least  water,  and  is  i  mile  SE.  by  S*  from  Nine-fathom  Bank. 

A  depth  of  8  fathoms  was  reported  to  have  b'^en  found  in  1874 
about  40  miles  E.  by  S.  from  the  Eastern  Shoals. 


aigsiiftvmaaiitstiiimotssssi 


or  ii  small  ])iu- 
From  this  piii- 
ovov  Iheni,  lie 
1(1  SW.  i  mile 
iiid  of  less  tliaii 
it  1,100  yards, 

s  SSE.  U  uiil^is 
long  in  a  north 
lie  (leiJths  being 
ins  of  water  are 
)ff.  Two  small 
r  the  nortli  and 

jak  heavier  and 

;;er8  in  ordinary 
are  reported  to 
I  with  the  tidal 
3zes. 

800  yards  long 
ims.  It  is  north 
midway  between 
ist  water  11  and 

by  ice  until  the 

he  shoals  waS  7 
Jank,  which  lies 
(udiiig  about  3^ 
idth  of  2  miles, 
he  Nine-fathom 

OG"  W. 
fishermen ;  those 
break  in  heavy 
used  sea  in  the 

upying  a  space 

jms  on  its  shoal- 
Bank, 
has  11  fathoms 

hom  Bank. 

n  found  in  1874 


HANKS. 


85 


Emmeline  Shoal,  of  r^  fathoms,  is  'i  milos  north  of  Nine-fathom 
Bank,  and  the  (iilley  Shoals,  of  lb  and  12  fathoms,  are  about  a 
mile  SSE.  of  the  bank. 

Tidal  Streams. — In  the  immodiute  neighborhood  ot  the  Virgin 
and  Eastern  Rocks  the  tidal  stream  attuins  a  velocity  of  J  knot  an 
houi',  l)ut  a  few  miles  from  theni  it  is  scarcely  perceptible;  during 
the  ])eriod  of  examination  a  slight  s<jutherly  set  was  experienced. 

Qreen  Bank,  on  which  the  least  depth  of  water  is  lU)  fathoms, 
stony  bottom,  is  in  reality  the  western  exti'emity  of  the  Great  Bank, 
being  only  ])artially  separated  from  it  by  a  gully  of  deep  watei-,  in 
about  longitude  54°  W.,  having  over  00  fathoms  mud  in  it.  Its 
western  limit  is  in  longitude  55°  W.,  and  its  soiithern  margin  in 
latitude  44°  50'  N.,  and  the  peculiarity  of  its  western  limit  nearly 
coinciding  with  the  meridian  of  55°  W.  makes  it  of  service  in  veri- 
fying the  longitude.  The  deep  gully  between  it  and  St.  Pierre 
Bank  is  14  niiles  wide,  with  70  to  90  fathoms  mud. 

A  5-fathom  patch  in  latitude  45°  4(1'  N.,  longitude  54°  20'  W., 
was  rei)orted  on  Green  Bank  in  1881. 

St.  Pierre  Bank  has  its  eastern  limit  nearly  on  the  meridian  of 
55°  20'  W.,  and  attains  its  southern  boundary  in  latitude  45°  N., 
longitude  Hl^'  50'  W.  The  bank  then  trends  about  NW.  for  about 
120  miles  to  its  western  margin,  in  latitude  46°  40'  N.,  longitude 
57°  20'  W. 

The  soundings  on  this  bank  vary  from  20  to  45  fathoms,  the 
ordinary  bottom  being  sand  and  broken  shell. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1412.) 

Nova  Scotia  Banks. — Although  the  nature  and  extent  of  the 
princii)al  banks  which  mark  the  approaches  to  Nova  Scotia  are 
not  perfectly  known,  yet  the  knowledge  of  their  limits  and  depth 
of  water  has  been  greatly  increased  during  late  years.  Much  use- 
ful information  respecting  the  outer  banks  was  diffused  by  the 
French  charts  in  1858;  the  surveys  of  La  Have  and  Roseway 
Banks  by  Captain  Shortland,  R.  N.,  in  1859,  were  satisfactory  in 
every  respect ;  and,  later  still,  the  offshore  soundings  by  Captain 
Orlebar,  R.  N.,  in  1804,  are  valuable  additions  to  the  hitherto 
scanty  knowledge  of  the  inequalities  of  the  various  banks  which 
lie  off  the  much-exposed  and  dangerous  coast  of  Nova  Scotia.  Of 
these  banks,  the  principal  in  extent  and  most  important  in  position 
are  the  Banquereau  and  Sable  Banks,  the  former  being  the  eastern- 
most of  what  may  be  correctly  designated  the  Nova  Scotia  Banks. 

Banquereau  Bank,  with  16  to  50  fathoms,  is  an  extensive 
plateau  of  sand,  gravel,  and  shell,  and  is  distinguished  from  con- 
tiguous banks  by  numerous  flat  sea  eggs  without  prickles,  which 
are  found  on  the  bottom.     It  extends  from  about  latitude  44°  30'  N., 


iyawwinsiJBMi 


WIIMWfcMlgJWWJi 


•M\ 


NOVA    SCOTIA. 


loiigitudo  67°  16'  W.  in  ii  wcstorly  diroction  \'iO  miles  to  the 
moridian  of  Mf  W.  Thia  hiiiik  is  soparated  from  St.  Pierrt'  Bunk 
by  a  deep  \<;\x\\y  nearly  OO  niilt's  wide,  liavinK  from  '200  to  .'500 
fathoms  muddy  bottom ;  and  from  tiic  oawt  oi1k«  <>f  Sahln  Island 
Bank  by  another  KnHy  of  doep  water  !•  miles  arroHs  at  its  narrowest 
part. 

On  rfferrinK  to  tho  chart  it  will  1)0  soen  that  its  shoalost  part, 
with  15  fathoms,  in  latitude  4-i"  35'  N.  and  lonKitudo  57°  54'  W.,  is 
the  apex  of  a  ridge  (haviuK  It'ss  than  30  fathoms)  ui)ward  of  40 
miles  in  length  NE.  and  SW.,  and  that  relatively  with  the  dangers 
off  Sable  Island  it  is  not  only  a  safe  oiling  lor  vessels  intending  to 
pass  to  the  northward  of  tho  last-named  danger,  but  by  keei>ing, 
if  possible,  in  the  same  par)c..x.\  the  long  and  ccmtinnous  line  of 
comparatively  shoal  water  would  enable  a -vessel,  under  ordinary 
circumstances,  to  feel  her  way  with  s<mie  degree  of  confidence 
until  she  has  passed  to  tho  westward  of  the  jueridiaii  of  Sable 

Island. 

Soundings  obtained  by  tho  French  cruiser  Nauuh'  in  IH'.U  indi- 
cate that  Banquereau  Bank  extends  more  to  the  eastward  than  is 
indicated  on  the  charts.  This  vessel  obtained  a  sounding  of  40^^ 
fathoms  in  latitude  44°  43'  00"  N.,  longitude  57°  IH'  15"  W.,  a  half 
hour  before  not  having  fcmnd  Iwttom  in  10!»  fathoms.  From  tho 
above  position  the  Naiade  stood  west  at  a  s|)eed  of  (i  to  O.V  knots, 
sounding  every  half  hour,  and  obtained  .soundings  of  32,  28.^,  2!), 
34+,  1<»,  20,  and  20  fathoms. 

Misaine  and  Canso  Banks.— Misaino  Bank  lies  to  the  north- 
ward of  Banquereau  Bank,  between  the  latter  and  Scatari  Island, 
and  between  its  NW.  edge,  with  GO  fathoms,  and  a  similar  de'pth 
on  the  outer  edge  of  a  bank  extending  from  the  shores  of  Cape 
Breton  Island,  there  is  a  dee))  gully  20  miles  wide,  with  from  70 
to  136  fathoms.  The  least  water  yet  found  on  this  bank  is  30 
fathoms,  the  general  depth  being  more  than  40  fathoms,  with  a 
bottom  of  stone  and  broken  shell.  The  outline  of  tho  bank  is 
very  irregular;  its  eastern  limit  is  in  latitude  45°  28'  N.,  longitude 
58°  10'  W.,  and  its  western  extremity  is  connected  with  Canso 
Bank  by  the  «0-fathom  line. 

The  least  water  found  on  Canso  Bank  is  35  fatlioms,  sandy  bot- 
tom ;  the  bank  is  separated  from  the  north  end  of  Middle  Ground 
by  a  space  of  deep  water,  with  112  fathoms,  and  from  the  bank 
extending  from  Cape  Canso  by  a  narrow  deep-water  channel,  with 

84  fathoms. 

Artimou  Bank,  at  the  east  entioi  the  deep-water  gully  separat- 
ing Misaine  Bank  from  Banquereau,  is  of  small  extent,  the  least 
■water  found  being  37  fathoms,  over  a  bottom  of  stone  with  starfish 
and  sea  eggs. 


HANKS. 


m 


)  niiU's  to  tilt! 
,t.  Pii'iTf  Hunk 
om  200  to  aoo 
if  Siiblc  ImIiukI 
it  its  niirrowost 

8  Hh(>aU-«t  part, 
l«5:"54' W.,is 
i)  upward  c)f  U) 
•itli  tli('(laiiKorM 
tils  intdiuUiiK  to 
Imt  hy  kcfpinj;', 
iitiiuious  lim;  of 
iiiidiT  onliiiary 
e  of  coiifKU'iu'i' 
'Vidian  of  SaMf 

nil'  in  181't  imli- 
'astward  tlian  i.s 
sounding  of  ioK 
<  15"  W.,  a  half 
oiiis.  From  tlio 
f  (1  to  (5i  knots, 
fH  of  :33,  28. V,  W, 

ies  to  the  nortli- 
l  Scatari  Island, 
a  similar  depth 
shores  of  Cai)0 
e,  with  from  TO 
this  bank  is  3(J 
fathoms,  with  a 
of  the  l)ank  is 
28'  N.,  longitude 
ted  with  Canso 

loms,  sandy  bot- 
Middle  Ground 
from  the  bank 

XT  channel,  with 

;er  gully  separat- 
extent,  the  least 
one  with  starfish 


Middle  Ground,  alxmt  ;j()  miles  to  tln'  nortiiward  of  the  went 
end  of  8a))l(«  Island,  has  as  little  as  lo  fathoms,  thisdeptli  ix'ing- 
found  at  the  extreme  SK.  end  of  the  bank;  then'  is  also  a  deptli  of 
IT)  fathoms  toward  tht^  NW.  extreme.  Tht»  l)ank  is  al)oiit  40  miles 
in  ItMigth  NW.  and  SK.,  witii  de[)ths  varying;  from  10  toIJo  fatiioms, 
and  is  separated  from  tlu»  west  end  of  Banqnereuu  Mank  hy  a  gully 
.')  nnles  across,  with  100  fathoms.  Its  inner  end  e'xtends  to  witliin 
Hr)  miles  of  (Jape  Canso,  the  distance  Iti^twMen  being  occupied  priii- 
cipnlly  l)y  a  submarine  valley,  having  in  (jue  locality  a  depth  of 
140  fathoms. 

If,  in  foggy  weather,  soundings  should  be  struck  within  the  HO- 
fathom  line  they  will  impart  contidtmce  in  making  the  coast  of 
Nova  Scotia,  as  the  middle  of  the  bank  is  in  about  the  .same  par- 
allel as  tlie  entrance  of  Halifax  Harl)or. 

Sambro  Banks  consists  of  two  banks;  the  eastern  is  about  12 
miles  in  length,  within  the  tlO-fathom  line,  and  lies  SE.  :M  mile.s 
from  the  saMie  depth  south  of  Samhro  Ledges.  The  western  liank, 
with  62  fathoms,  sand  aiul  gravel,  is  about  4  miles  mi  extent  and 
sepjirateul  from  the  easti-rn  bank  by  a  chantiel  10  miles  wide,  with 
'JH  to  100  fathoms,  stone.  A  bank  similar  in  s'y/.o  to  the  western 
bank,  with  '.\i  ff+homs  water,  lies  NE.  about  ("iO  miles  from  it. 
The.se  baidvs  are  .-lurrounded  hj-  deep  water.  There  are  other 
detached  i»atches  of  less  than  00  fathoms  in  the  neighborhood,  not 
yet  accurately  defined. 

Emerald  Bank  is  about  20  miles  SE.  from  the  eastern  Sambro 
Bank.     The  least  water  yet  obtained  on  it  is  38  fathoms. 

La  Have  Bank. — The  northeastern  shoal  plateau  of  this  ])ank, 
with  from  43  to  50  fathoms,  sand  and  stone,  is  32  miles  in  length, 
north  and  south,  by  15  miles  broad,  the  north  end  being  about 
east  nearly  »jO  miles  from  Baccaro  Point.  Another  bank,  with  46 
to  50  fathoms,  exists  to  the  westward  of  the  south  end  of  the 
above,  from  which  it  is  only  separated  by  a  shallow  gully  with  53 
fathoms. 

The  60-fathom  boundary  of  the  bank  is  well  defined  all  round 
and  includes  withiii  its  limits  Brawn  Bank,  described  hereafter. 

Roseway  Bank. — The  shoalest  part  of  this  bank,  with  from  31 
to  40  fathoms,  stone  and  pebbles,  is  about  11  miles  in  length,  and 
its  center  is  on  the  same  parallel  as  Cape  Sable  lighthouse  and  the 
north  end  of  La  Have  Bank.  Between  the  GO-fathom  lines  of  La 
Have  and  Roseway  Banks  there  is  a  deep  channel,  with  from  70  to 
100  fathoms;  whilst  inshore,  Roseway  Bank  is  connected  by  a 
narrow  neck  with  the  60-fathom  line  of  the  bank  extending  along 
the  coast. 

Brown  Bank,  within  the  50-fathoni  line,  is  55  miles  in  length, 
with  an  average  breadth  of  15  miles.     It  lies  to  the  westward  of. 


M8 


NOVA    SCOTIA — NKWFOrNDLAXn. 


but  cimtiguoiis  to,  Lu  lliivc  Hank,  uiid  with  it  I'oiium  hii  iilmoHt 
continuouH  luiiik,  rnllowiiij;  the  lino  of  cniiHt  off  (Jiipc  HabU<  iit  the 
«Hstiui<'<»  of  M  inih's  olVsliorc. 

Near  tht;  wostcni  cxtn-inity  of  Brown  Bank  is  a  Handy  rise  abont 
lU  inihfH  lonK  noftli  and  sontii,  with  fnun  1  I  to  'M)  fathoniH,  th«!  foi'- 
mer  drpth  haviuK  boon  ol)tain<'d  in  hititudf  4"i'  47' N.,  h)ngitiidu 
(lfi°  1!>'  W.     This  dt'|)th  lifs  abont  -H  inih>s  SSVV.  of  Capo  Sabh«. 

Outsiik'  tho  riO-falhoni  lino  of  Brown  Bank  tlu'ro  is  a  doop-walcr 
channol  '25  niilos  wi(h',  soparatint,'  it  from  the?  (lU-fathoni  lino  at 
the  northeastorn  extremity  of  OeorKO  Hboul,  otf  tho  MassachuHetts 
coast. 

Iiisido  Brown  Bank  tlioro  is  a  narrow  doop-wator  channol  with 
above  00  fathoms,  dividing?  it  from  the  same  depth  on  tlie  edge  of 
the  shore  bank,  which  follows,  abont  ;J0  miles  otf,  tho  lino  of  coast 
from  Cape  Sable  to  as  far  as  Bryer  Island,  alji-east  wliich  the  deep 
water  approaches  within  5  miles  of  the  shore. 

There  are  many  inocpuilities  on  the  main  si  )re  bank  otf  tho  SW. 
coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  which  it  wonld  be  useless  to  describe  in  detail 
in  these  directions,  inasmuch  as  they  are  clearly  delineated  on  the 
chart,  by  studying  which  the  navigator  will  have  a  comprehensive 
idea,  not  only  of  the  i)ositions  of,  and  depths  upon,  the  various 
small  patiihes,  but  also  of  tho  relative  i)ositions  of  the  larger  banks. 

Caution. — The  bottom  in  the  ai)i)roach  to  Halifa.\  is  very  un- 
even, and  soundings  over  this  area  havo  uoi  yet  been  obtained  in 
sufficient  detail  to  justify  much  confidence  being  placed  in  a  posi- 
tion assumed  from  depths  alone. 

Birds. — The  approach  to  the  banks  is  generally  evidenced  by  an 
increasing  number  of  sea  fowl  around  the  vessel.  Hagdown&,  a 
species  of  gull,  heavy  of  flight,  are  seen  all  across  the  Atlantic, 
but  on  the  banks  they  become  very  numerous,  as  well  as  divers  and 
other  sea  fowl. 

Fish.— All  the  banks  off  Newfoundland  and  Nova  Scotia  abouud 
in  cod  and  other  fish,  and  during  the  summer  season  a  large  fleet 
of  fishing  vessels  are  found  at  anchor  upon  them.  The  ordinary 
track  of  the  mail  steamers  is  left  .open,  but  north  and  south  of  this 
unoccupied  track  numerous  American,  French,  and  Canadian  ves- 
sels are  employed  in  the  cod  fishery,  especially  on  the  Great  Bank 
of  Newfoundland,  St.  Pierre  Bank.  Banquereau  and  Green  Banks, 
and  Middle  Ground. 


s::\^,  *i5  ■  ?.^v«  sav-:>' 


)rins  HI)  iiliuost 
!ij)t<  Httble  (it  tint 

iiiiidy  rise  about 
lit  lir)inH,  lli«  for- 
7'  N.,  IdUKitiKlu 
)f  Capo  Sal)l('. 
is  u  (locji-wultT 
-f'ntlioin  lino  at 

('  MaSHHcllUHOttS 

or  chaimol  with 

l»  on  the  edge  of 

the  lino  of  coast 

which  the  deep 

link  oft-  the  SW. 
[escribe  in  detail 
olineatod  on  the 
I  comprehensive 
)on,  the  various 
he  larger  banks, 
ifax  is  very  uu- 
leen  obtained  in 
)lacotl  in  a  posi- 

evidenced  by  an 
.  HagdownS,  a 
ss  the  Atlantic, 
ell  as  divers  and 

'a  Scotia  abound 
isoii  a  large  fleet 
.  The  ordinary 
md  south  of  this 
id  Canadian  ves- 
the  Great  Bank 
id  Green  Banks, 


CIIAITKK  IH. 

NEWFOUNDLAND,  SOUTH  (X)A8T -(UPE  RACE  TO  CREW  POINT. 

(H.  O.  Chftit  oHlh  and  B.  A.  Cluirt  2111.1.; 

Cape  Race  is  the  soutlu-astern  extremity  of  Newfoundland.    It 
is  !il  mil.'s  SVV^  by  S.  from  Cape  Ballanl,  and  is  distiiiguisluHl  by 
a  liglithoiisc  standing  close  to  tli."  kceix'r's  dwelling,  with  a  b.'ac(m 
in  front.     At  its  extremity  there  is  a  detached,  wedge-shaped  rock 
40  f^'ct  high.  ' 

^  The  land  about  the  cape  appears  low  and  flat,  in  comparison  with 
Cai)e  Ballard  or  Cape  Pine,  ])iit  clill's  of  slate,  from  loo  to  •,>()()  feet 
high,  face  the  .sea  there  in  nearly  vertical  strata.  The  hind  rises 
gradually,  and  in  clear  weather  there  will  be  seen  between  10  and 
!',»  miles  to  the;  NK.  a  rocky  range  known  as  the  Re<|  Hilh  risin.r 
ri(»  feet  high.  '  " 

Cape  Race  is  bare  (jf  trees,  and  has  a  brown,  desolai;e,  and  barren 
appearance,  but  in  .sheltered  hollows  and  along  the  courses  of  the 
rivulets  there  is  a  stunted  growth  of  spnice,  lir,  and  alder.  The 
rocks  are  of  the  Silurian  system,  and  tivv  thinly  covered  with  peat 
and  bog. 

Boats  may  land  in  moderate  weather  in  coves  east  and  west  of 
the  lighthouse,  but  the  ordinary  landing  is  in  Cape  Cove,  about  + 
raileNP]. 

Light.— The  lighthouse  on  Cape  Race  is  40  feet  high,  circular, 
the  SE.  face  painted  red  and  white  in  broad  vertical  stripes,  and 
shows  at  the  height  of  ISO  feet  above  the  sea  a  revolving  white 
light,  attaining  its  greatest  brilliancy  e\  ery  half  minute,  and  visi- 
ble from  seaward  in  clear  weather  between  the  bearings  of  N  38° 
E.  (N.  00°  E.  mag.)  and  S.  38°  W.  (S.  60°  W.  nnlg.),  19  miles. 

Beacon.— A  conical  beacon  stands  50  yards  S.  31°  E.  (S.  3°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  lighthouse. 

Fog  Signal.— In  thick  or  foggy  weather  a  whistle  about  83  yards 
SE.  by  S.  of  the  liglithouse  will  sound  blasts  o£  ten  seconds'  dura- 
tion at  interv^als  of  tifty  seconds. 

Signal  and  Ice-reporting  Station.-Cape  Race  is  connected 
by  telegraph  with  St.  Johns,  to  which  place  vessels  passing  are 
reported.  It  is  also  an  ice-reporting  station ;  information  as  to  ice, 
wind,  temperature,  and  weather  indications  can  be  obtained  during 
the  months  April  and  May,  by  communicating  with  the  signal  sta- 
tion.    A  Lloyds  station  also  here. 

(89) 


i 


i 
I 

I 


I  i 


40 


NEWFOUNDLAKD SOUTH    COAST. 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Race  at  7h. 
OOni.     Springs  rise  G^  feet  and  neaps  5  feet. 

Currents. — As  fogs  greatly  prevail  along  the  south  coast  of 
Newfoundland,  especially  dux'ing  June  and  July,  it  is  necessary 
that  the  ordinary  set  of  the  currents  and  dangerous  indraught  into 
the  deep  bays  should  be  known  and  guarded  against. 

Soundings. — When  in  the  vicinity  of  Capes  Race  and  Pine  care 
should  be  taken  to  obtain  freciuent  casts  of  the  lead;  the  soundings 
will  be  found  regular,  and  of  moderate  dej)th,  and  in  addition  to 
these  precautions  the  chart  shoiild  be  referred  to. 

Ice. — It  should  be  remembered  that  icebei'gs  may  be  met  with  off 
this  coast  at  nearly  all  seasons.  In  March,  April,  May,  Jiine,  and 
sometimes  July,  field  ice  is  often  encountered,  either  on  the  banks 
or  nearer  to  Newfoundland. 

From  twenty  years'  observations  the  eaidiest  arrival  of  northern 
ice  recorded  at  Cape  Race  is  17th  January,  and  the  latest  12th  April, 
the  average  date  being  about  the  first  week  in  February.  The 
departure  of  ice  varies  from  25th  February  to  7th  June,  the  aver- 
age time  being  about  the  middle  of  April. 

Ballard  Bank  lies  jjarallel  to  the  coast  about  7  miles  eastward 
of  Cfipe  Race;  it  is  13^  miles  in  length,  with  a  greatest  breadth  of 
4+  miles,  gradually  tapering  to  the  NE.,  where  at  its  extremity  it 
is  only  +  mile  wide.  At  the  north  end  it  is  rocky  and  the  sound- 
ings irregular,  but  they  are  less  vai'iable  toward  the  southern 
extremity. 

The  sea,  on  the  NE.  portion  of  this  bank,  breaks  during  heavy 
winter  gales;  and  probably  also  on  the  whole  of  the  7  anji  8 
fathoms  patches  near  the  cape. 

Tommy  Sock  lies  at  the  north  extreme  of  Ballard  Bank ;  it  is 
small  in  extent,  and  has  a  depth  of  9  fathoms  water  over  it. 

Garret  Rock,  with  a  depth  of  8  fathoms  water  over  it,  is  small 
and  lies  N.  82°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.),  a  little  more  than  9  mi4es  from 
Cape  Race  lighthouse. 

A  Bank,  with  13  fathoms  water  over  it,  bears  N.  89°  E.  (S.  G3° 
E.  mag.),  8f  miles  from  Cape  Race  lighthouse. 

Pig  Bank,  a  small  fishing  bank  with  18  to  20  fathoms  water, 
over  rock,  lies  S.  17°  W.  (S.  IS"  W.),  5  miles  from  Cape  Race  light. 

Horseshoe  Rock,  a  patch  i^  mile  in  length,  NE.— SW.,  and  i 
mile  in  Avidth,  with  a  least  depth  of  12  fathoms  on  it,  lies  with  Cape 
Pine  lighthouse  bearing  N.  77°  W.  (N.  49°  W.  mag.),  distant  9yV 
miles. 

Nickorson  Bank  consists  of  a  n-ocky  patch,  extending  within 
the  20  faj;homs  limit  500  yards,  WNW.— ENE.,  with  a  width  of 
250  yards.     On  it  are  two  heads  of  101  and  12  fathoms,  the  former 


t  Cape  Race  at  7h. 

the  south  coast  of 

ily,  it  is  necessary 

ous  indraught  into 

ainst. 

Race  and  Pine  care 

sad ;  the  soundings 

and  in  addition  to 

0. 

nay  be  met  with  off 
11,  May,  June,  and 
ither  on  the  banks 

arrival  of  northern 
le  latest  12th  April, 
n  February.  The 
th  June,  the  aver- 

t  7  miles  eastward 
greatest  breadth  of 
at  its  extremity  it 
ky  and  the  sound- 
rard  the  southern 

eaks  during  heavy 
ie  of  the  7  anji  8 

allard  Bank;  it  is 
ater  over  it. 
er  over  it,  is  small 
than  9  mi4es  from 

3  N.  89°  E.  (S.  G3° 

20  fathoms  water, 

I  Cape  Race  light. 
NE.— SW.,  and  i 

II  it,  lies  with  Cape 
mag.),  distant  9j\ 

extending  within 
.,  -with  a  width  of 
thoms,  the  former 


DIRECTIONS. 


41 


lying  near  the  NW.  end  of  the  bank,  the  latter  150  yards  to  the  SE 
with  13  and  14  fathoms  between.  The  bank  is  fairly  steep-to.  ' 
A  careful  search  failed  to  find  less  water  than  the  10^  fathom« 
above  mentioned.  This  spot,  on  which  the  sea  probably  "breaks  in 
heavy  weather,  lies  with  Cape  Race  lighthouse  bearing  N  41°  E 
(N.  G0°  E.  mag.),  distant  17A  miles.  No  tide  rip  was  noticed,  but 
with  a  long  swell  from  the  westward  there  was  a  decided  lift  over 
the  shoalest  part. 

Mr.  Nickerson  states  that  there  are  other  patches  ( ' '  one  or  more  ") 
of  11  and  12  fathoms  between  Nickerson  Bank  and  Lamb  Rock 
(about  28  miles  to  the  westward). 

Directions.— In  approaching  Cape  Race  from  the  eastward,  after 
crossing  Great  Bank,  the  water  gradually  deepens  to  90  and  100 
fathoms;  after  which,  on  Ballard  Bank,  it  rapidly  shoals  to  about 
25  and  16  fathoms. 

After  crossing  this  bank  the  water  again  deepens  to  40  fathoms 
and  then  shoals  gradually  to  the  shore,  which  is  generally  bold   so 
that  7  fathoms  water  is  often  found  at  a  distance  of  200  yards  from 
the  cliffs. 

Coming  from  the  westward  in  thick  weather,  the  soundings  are 
so  regular  that  a  depth  of  30  fathoms  may  be  easily  maintained 
and  both  Cape  Pine  and  Cape  Race  rounded  with  safety.  As  the 
soundnigs  after  passing  Cape  Race  deepen,  a  cast  of  60  to  80  fath- 
oms will  show  the  navigator  that  he  has  rounded  this  cape,  and, 
with  attention  to  the  lead,  a  course  may  be  steered  to  the  north- 
eastward with  confidence. 

Cripple  Rock—At  U  miles  S.  42°  W.  (S.  70°  W.  mag.),  of  Cape 
Ra<;e  is  Cripple  Rock,  with  4+  fathoms  water  on  it;  it  is  supposed 
to  be  a  small  pinnacle  on  which  the  sea  seldom  breaks.  To  pass 
east  of  it,  keep  Cape  Ballard  open  of  Cape  Race  until  Cape  Pine  is 
open  of  Mistaken  Point,  and  vice  versa.  In  the  caplin  season- 
June  and  July— a  large  number  of  boats  are  engaged  in  fishing 
along  this  coast. 

Several  shoals,  with  6  to  8  fathoms  water  over  them   lie  off  the 
coast  between  Mistaken  Point  and  Cape  Race;  the  westernmost 
with  7  fathoms  water  over  it,  bearing  S.  28°  E.  (South  mag.)  dis- 
tant 1:^^  miles  from  Mistaken  Point. 

Mistaken  Point,  lOO  feei  high,  is  a  green  hummock  rising  from 
slate  chffs,  4  miles  westward  of  Cape  Race.  Between  it  and  the 
cape  IS  Shingle  Head,  with  slate  cliffs  150  feet  high. 

Beacon.— A  cairn  stands  on  Mistaken  Point,  which  will  be  found 
of  much  use  when  making  the  coast  in  foggy  weather 

Freshwater  Point,  W.  by  N.,  distant  2  miles  from  Mistaken 
Point,  is  low,  with  the  land  rising  in  the  rear;  in  the  cove  north 
of  the  point  is  a  waterfall  100  feet  high. 


:  "^Sfiyiei!,!^^^*^;* 


Ilill 


42 


NKWB'OUNDLAND — SOI  Til    COAST. 


Trepassey  Bay,  12  miles  wide  by  4  miles  deep,  is  formed 
between  Freshwater  Point  and  Cape  Pine.  Within  it  is  Portugal 
Cove,  Biscay  and  Mutton  Bays,  and  Trepassey  Harbor;  between 
Freshwater  Point  and  Portugal  C(»ve  the  cliffs  are  200  feet  liigh, 
and  the  shore  rocky  and  difficult  of  access. 

Caution. — Upon  this  shore  many  Avrecks  have  occurred  in  foggy 
weather,  caused  doubtless  by  the  indraught,  which  sometimes  runs 
2  miles  an  hour  on  the  east  side  of  this  bay.  Sailing  vessels  should 
be  careful  to  keep  a  good  offing,  as  the  wind  often  falls  light  near 
the  shore,  and  the  drift  of  the  sea  and  current  are  nearly  always 
toward  the  land. 

Portugal  Cove  is  rocky  and  dangerous.  On  the  eastern  side  a 
few  families  live,  who  farm  as  well  as  fish,  and  have  a  good  stock 
of  cows,  horses,  and  sheep. 

Cape  Mutton,  a  round  hill  330  feet  high,  divides  Biscay  and 
Mutton  Bays.  Both  these  bays  should  be  avoided  by  sailing  ves- 
sels. Biscay  Bay  is  i  mile  wide  and  2  miles  deep,  and  at  its  head 
is  a  stream  abounding  with  trout  and  salmoii.  With  offshore 
winds  there  is  safe  anchorage  for  steamers  in  the  middle  of  the 
bay  in  5  fathoms  water,  over  sand. 

Trepassey  Harbor. — Powles  Head  is  the  termination  of  a 
peninsula  which  forms  the  southern  shore  of  Trepassey  Harbor, 
and  is  connected  to  the  mainland  by  a  narrow  shingle  beach ;  this 
peninsula  protects  Trepassey  Harbor  and  separates  it  from  Mutton 
Bay.  Powles  Head  is  120  feet  high,  whilst  the  land  on  the  north 
shore  rises  to  the  height  of  450  feet.  On  this  account  it  is  often 
difficult  when  coming  from  the  eastward  to  distinguish  the  entrance 
to  Trepassey  Hai'bor.  "" 

At  Beach  Point,  the  north  end  of  the  peninsula,  the  settlement 
commences  and  contains  a  population  of  700  persons.  The  village, 
with  its  Roman  Catholic  chapel,  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  harbor, 
and  may  be  seen  from  seaward  over  the  beach  of  Mutton  Bay. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamers 
from  St.  Johns  call  here  fortnightly  dui-ing  summer  and  autumn. 
There  is  telegraphic  communication  with,  and  a  road  leading  to, 
St.  Johns,  distant  70  miles. 

Buoy. — An  automatic  whistling  buoy  is  moored  with  Powles 
Head  bearing  N.  17°  E.  (N.  45°  E.  mag.),  distant  1^  miles.  On 
account  of  the  exposed  position  of  this  buoy  it  is  liable  to  break 
adrift  and  is  generally  removed  during  winter.     (Missing  18'J5.) 

Emerald  Shoal,  lying  about  700  yards  SSE.  of  Daniel  Point,  is 
composed  of  mud,  sand,  and  stones,  with  a  depth  of  11  feet  at  low 
water,  spring  tides,  and  2  to  4  fathoms  around ;  it  lies  with  Roman 
Catholic  chapel  bearing  S.  32°  E.  (S.  4°  E.  mag.),  distant  ^V  mile. 


Ill' 

111 


mm- 


PILOTS DIRECTIONS. 


43 


deep,  is  formed 
lin  it  is  Portugal 
Harbor;  between 
re  200  feet  high, 

•ccurred  in  foggy 
1  sometimes  runs 
iig  vessels  sliould 
I  falls  light  near 
re  nearly  always 

he  eastern  side  a 
ave  a  good  stock 

.^ides  Biscay  and 
d  by  sailing  ves- 
,  and  at  its  head 
With  offshore 
le  middle  of  the 

3rmination  of  a 
epassey  Harbor, 
ngle  beach ;  this 
s  it  from  Mutton 
md  on  the  north 
:;ount  it  is  often 
uish  the  entrance 

a,  the  settlement 
IS.  The  village, 
de  of  the  harbor. 
Mutton  Bay. 
ipany's  steamers 
ler  and  autumn, 
road  leading  to, 

ed  with  Powles 
t  1^  miles.  On 
i  liable  to  break 
Missing  18'J5.) 

Daniel  Point,  is 
of  11  feet  at  low 
lies  with  Roman 

distant  j^  mile. 


mnt  r?n  ^  r  K  """'^T'^  anchorage,  in  5  fathoms  water,  over 
mud,  600  yards  above  Beach  Point,  is  sheltered;  but  the  best 
anc-liorage  is  above  Meadow  Point,  where  a  vessel  will  be  corl- 
pletely  landlocked,  and  good  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  7 
f»thoms  water,  over  muddy  bottom. 
^  Water  may  be  readily  obtained  from  a  stream  near  Meadow 

Pilots.-Fislnng  boats  from  Trepassey  are  nearly  always  to  be 

a"  as  X^^         ''  "'  '''  '^'"'""^  ""  ^^"""^^  ^^"^^^««^  '' 
Dangers.-Shoal  water  extends  300  yards  S.  by  W.  A  W  from 

Savadown  Rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  S.  84°  W.  (N  68° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  first  gravelly  beach  a  mile  NE.  from  Powles 

tranc;  Til'"  t^""''  ^^  ^''^"^^  ^^™'  ^^"^*  ^*  *^«  ^E.  side  of  en- 
trance to  the  JsE.  arm,  open  at  Beach  Point 

Meadow  Bank,  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor,  is  cleared  by  keep- 
ing Baker  Head  the  outer  extremity  of  the  land  on  the  wesLlZ 
open  south.*  knmer  Rocks.  On  both  sides  of  the  harbor  ^he 
water  is  shoai .        .    cky. 

Directions.  '  ,els,  bound  into  Trepassey  Harbor  during  thick 
weather,  should  endeavor   to  make  tlie  land  on  the  west  fide  of 

m  esTw  r  r  ^."^"  ''^"^'  ''''''''  ''  ^«^^''  -^^  li-  -bout  3 
miles  S^  .  from  the  entrance  to  Trepassey  Harbor 

an/Tc^T^'^u''  f -^-r  H-d'  ^  -iles  NE.,  the  land  is  barren, 
and  .rom  Ba^er  Head  to  the  entrance  of  Trepassey  Harbor  it  is 
covered  with  brushwood.  * "  'i  ii  is 

To  enter  Trepassey  Harbor  with  a  fair  wind,  run  in  for  Baker 
Head,  a  precipitous  bluff  360  feet  high,  and  then  keep  rather 
toward  the  shore  of  Powles  Head,  bearing  in  mind  that  shoal 
ground  extends,  for  a  distance  of  300  yards  S.  by  W.  i  W  from 
the  head  and  nearly  800  yards  in  the  same  direction  from  the  nTt 
point  east  o    it.     Proceeding  up  the  harbor,  Sims  Poin"  open  o 

Sock\^rBatrHiT  H°  ^-  ?■  ''^  ^-  "^^•^'  ^^«^-  ^-'^'w- 

Kock,  ami  Baker  Head,  the  outer  extreme  of  land  on  the  west 
shore,  kept  open  of  Skinner  Rocks,  S.  39°  W.  (S  67°  W  L^  f 
clears  Meadows  Bank.  *v- mag.j, 

When  about  600  yards  above  Beach  Point,  anchor  in  5  fathoms 
water,  with  Beach  Point  ami  Powles  Head  in  line,  bearin^fs  "° 
W  (S.  50  W  mag.)  or  if  proceeding  to  the  anchorage  north  of 
Mea<low  Point,  pass  between  Meadow  Spit  and  Emerald  SwT 
with  Daniel  Point  bearing  about  N.  6°  W   (N.  22°  E  niaL  )  ' 

Ice.-It  should  be  remembered  that  during  winter,  if  the  ice  is 
heavy  on  the  east  coast,  blocking  up  all  access  to  St.  Johns  'uul 

1 .1  (I  t  n  t 


HOIO' 


I 


44 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


m 


Pil 


the  eastern  harbors,  vessels  may  safely  enter  Trepassey  Harbor, 
which  is  only  occasionally  blocked  by  field  ice,  which  arrives  about 
1st  May  and  loaves  about  the  10th  of  the  same  month.  NNE.  winds 
clear  the  bay  of  ice ;  winds,  south  of  east,  fill  the  bay  with  ice ; 
and  southerly  winds  pack  it.  The  last  vessel  generally  leaves 
about  the  end  of  September. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Trepassey  Harbor  at 
7h.  Om. ;  springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  5  feet.  The  tidal  stream  is 
Aveak,  being  only  \  mile  an  hour. 

Cape  Pine  is  of  slate  cliffs,  200  feet  high;  on  the  SW.  side  the 

land  is  not  so  steep ;  but  everywhere  the  coast  is  fringed  with  slate 

rocks  in  nearly  vertical  strata.     The  cape  is  bare  of  trees,  and  the 

land  rising  at  the  back  is  rocky  and  barren.     In  moderate  weather 

boats  may  land  in  Arnolds  Cove,  about  |  mile  west  of  the  cape,  or 

in  a  cove  ^  of  a  mile  to  the  NE.     There  is  a  good  road  from  the 

lighthouse  to  Meadow  Bank  on  the  north  side  of  Trepassey  Harbor. 

Light— On  Cape  Pine  is  a  light  tower  which  exhibits,  at  314 

feet  above  high  water,  a  fixed  white  light,  visible  from  seaward  in 

clear  weather  between  the  bearings  S.  48°  W.  (S.  70°  W.  mag.) 

and  S.  75°  E.  (S.  47°  E.  mag.)  from  a  distance  of  24  miles.     The 

tower  is  circular  and  painted  with  red  and  white  horizontal  bands. 

Cape  Freels  lies  one  mile  westward  of  Cape  Pine,  and  being  low, 

the  light  is  seen  over  it,  and  is  not  obscured  by  the  intervening 

land  until  on  a  bearing  S.  75°  E.  (S.  47°  E.  mag.). 

Henry  Rock,  a  small  patch  of  8  fathoms,  lies  with  Cape  Pine 
lighthouse  bearing  N.  11°  E.  (N.  39°  E.  mag.),  distant  2^^  miles. 
Freels  Rock,  the  only  off  lying  danger,  is  a  small  rock  with  3 
fathoms  water  on  it,  lying  3  miles  S.  56°  W.  (S.  84°  W.  mag.)Trom 
Cape  Pine  lighthouse.  Powles  Head,  bearing  N.  45°  E.  (N.  73°  E. 
mag.)  open  of  the  cape,  leads  east  of  the  rock,  and  Gull  Island 
Point,  N.  14°  W.  (N.  14°  E.  mag.),  and  open  of  St.  Shots  Western 
Head,  leads  westward  of  it.  There  is  a  clear  channel  with  10  and 
12  fathoms  water  between  it  and  the  cape. 

St.  Shots  Cove,  3  miles  WNW.  of  Cape  Pine,  is  open  and  ex- 
posed. Many  shipwrecks  have  taken  place  in  its  vicinity,  and 
principally  on  the  Eastern  Head,  from  which  a  ledge  of  slate  rocks 
extends  200  yards  S  W.  In  most  cases  these  wrecks  have  occurred 
during  fog,  and  too  often  there  has  been  a  neglect  of  sounding, 
and  a  want  of  attention  to  the  ordinary  set  of  the  currents. 

A  few  families  reside  on  the  east  side  of  St.  Shots  Cove,  and  are 
always  ready  to  assist  the  shipwrecked  and  distressed  mariner. 

St.  Maxys  Bay.— The  entrance  to  this  bay  is  about  20  miles 
wide,  between  the  western  head  of  Cape  Pine  and  Lance  Point  (0 
miles  ESE.  of  Cape  St.  Mary) ;  it  contains  several  good  harbors. 


-I-H 


MK?' 


ST.   SIAKY8   HAY. 


epassey  Harbor, 
ch  arrives  about 
li.  NNE.  winds 
le  bay  with  ice ; 
[generally  leaves 

passey  Hai'bor  at 
tidal  stream  is 

lie  SW.  side  the 
dnged  with  slate 
of  trees,  and  the 
loderate  weather 
st  of  the  cape,  or 
d  road  from  the 
repassey  Harbor. 

exhibits,  at  314 
from  seaward  in 
S.  7(5°  W.  mag.) 
f  24  miles.  The 
lorizoutal  bands. 
},  and  being  low, 
»■  the  intervening 
I. 

3  with  Cape  Pine 
iistant  2^^^  miles, 
nail  rock  with  '6 
4°  W.  mag.)lrom 
,  45°  E.  (N.  73°  E. 

and  Gull  Island 
5t.  Shots  Western 
anuel  with  10  and 

le,  is  open  and  ex- 
its vicinity,  and 
adge  of  slate  rocks 
cks  have  occurred 
fleet  of  sounding, 
e  currents, 
lots  Cove,  and  are 
ressed  mariner, 
is  about  20  miles 
nd  Lance  Point  (6 
al  good  harbors. 


45 


At  the  head  of  the  bay  are  Salmonier  River,  Colinet  and  North 
Harbors;  these  harbors  enjoy  a  much  finer  climate  than  that  of 
the  seaboard,  and  fogs  are  much  less  frequent  than  at  the  entrance 

The  land  when  brought  under  cultivation,  is  well  adapted  for 
pasture,  or  for  the  growth  of  potatoes  and  the  hardier  cereals 

A  vessel  of  heavy  draft  should  not  approach  the  eastern  shore 
of  St.  Marys  Bay,  north  of  Cape  English,  nearer  than  2^  miles, 
nor  to  a  less  depth  than  40  fathoms. 

Ice.-Southerly  and  SW.  winds  fill"  the  bay  with  ice,  but  NE 
winds  clear  it,  when  the  ice  is  driven  to  the  westward 

.f  ^t^M^^'^^i^^'  ^  P^«^^P^*°"«  ^^^^ff  330  feet  high,  on  the  east  side 
ot  bt  Marys  Bay,  appears,  when  seen  from  the  SW.,  like  an  island 
It  IS  10  iniles  from  St.  Shots  Cove,  and  between  it  and  Gull  Island 
Point  IS  Holyrood  Bay,  which,  being  open  and  exposed  to  the  sea, 
affords  no  safe  anchorage.     Behind  the  long  gravel  beach  v.^liich 
forms  the  shore  of  this  bay  is  Holyrood  Pond,  11  miles  in  length 
and  a  mile  wide.     A  few  fishermen  reside  at  the  north  end  of  the 
beach.     During  spring,  when  the  waters  rise  from  the  melting  of 
snow,  the  beach  is  broken  through,  and  during  summer  the  channel 
becomes  deep  enough  to  permit  the  entrance  of  small  fishing  boats 
but  heavy  seas  in  autumn  usually  close  it  again,  so  that  during 
winter  the  pond  has  no  outlet.     It  is  deep,  and  abounds  wi+h  cod- 
fish, trout,  and  salmon. 

/AT^^^o^  ^°°^'  ^^*^  '^  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  6  miles  N  8°  W 
(N.  20    E.  mag.)  from  Cape  English;  to  pass  west  of  it,  keep  Shag 
Rock,  at  the  south  end  of  Holyrood  Bay,  well  open  of  Cape  English 
bearing  S.  11°  E.  (S.  17°  W.  mag.)  until  Lizzy  Point  in  St.  Marys 
Harbor  is  in  line  with  Doubleroad  Point,  bearing  N.  54°  E.  (N.  82° 
E.  mag.). 

Greet  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  near  the  southern 
extreme  of  a  narrow  bank,  li  miles  in  length,  J  mile  from,  and 
running  parallel  to,  the  shore;  from  it  Lahaye  Point  lighthouse 
bears  N.  30°  E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.),  distant  2*  miles  '^^^*^^^«« 

Woody  Cove  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  near  the 
NE.  extreme  of  the  narrow  bank  m  "oned  above;  from  it  Lahaye 
Point  hghthouse  bears  N.  29°  E.  (N.  or  E.  mag.),  distant  If  miles. 
Lahaye  Point  is  7  miles  N.  by  E.^  E.  of  Cape  English;  from 
the  point,  a  stony  shoal,  upon  which  the  sea  breaks  heavily,  extends 
800  yards  in  a  southwesterly  direction. 

Light—Lahaye  Point  lighthouse,  a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  28 
feet  m  height,  painted  red  and  white  in  horizontal  bands,  exhibits 
at  an  elevation  of  63  feet  above  high  water,  a  fixed  white  light' 
which  should  be  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  9  miles' 
St.  Marys  Harbor,  9  miles  NE.  of  Cape  English,  is  one  mile 
wide  at  the  entrance,  and  4  miles  deep. 


»!(Msaii'iW>>aK'ri 


46 


NEAVFOU  NDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


Tho  inhabitants,  518  in  1891,  are  mostly  emi)loye(l  in  the  fislier- 
ies.  The  hmd,  where  cleared  of  stones,  hears  good  crops  of  oats, 
potatoes,  and  hay ;  it  is  cultivated  in  small  patches,  and  cattle  and 
sheep  have  fair  pasture. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Anchorage.— There  is  fair  anchorage  in  G  fathoms  water,  over 
sandy  bottom,  abreast  the  village  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor, 
with  the  chapel  bearing  S.'l6°  W.  (S.  U°  W.  mag.),  biit  the  best 
shelter  is  found  2  miles  farther  up  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 
Occasionally  at  the  lower  anchorage  a  heavy  ground  swell  is  ex- 
perienced. No  directions  are  required  for  entering,  the  chart 
being  a  siitficieut  guide. 

Water.— Good  water  can  be  obtained  at  the  head  of  the  harbor, 
and  small  supplies  of  milk,  eggs,  and  butter  at  the  village. 

•Dangers.— The  Coalpit,  a  rocky  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  on 
it,  lies  i  mile  eastward  of  the  lower  anchorage,  and  600  yards  from 
Coalpit  Point.  •■■ 

The  Paddock,  a  rocky  shoal,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  above 
the  usual  anchorage  off  the  village,  and  north  of  the  NW.  beach 
near  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

Ice.— The  ice  in  St.  Marys  Harbor  is  generally  thin,  and  it  is 
seldom  frozen  to  the  extent  of  interfering  with  anchorage.  The 
harbor  is  often  accessible  when  anchorage  can  not  be  obtained  in 
Trepassey.     South  winds  pack  the  harbor  with  ice ;  it  is  cleared  by 

a  NE.  wind. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water  in  St.  Marys  Harbor,  full  and  change, 
at  7h.  40m. ;  springs  rise  7i  feet,  and  neaps  5  feet. 

Mai  Bay,  NW.  of  St.  Marys  Harbor,  runs  3  miles  NNE.,  and, 
as  its  name  denotes,  offers  no  safe  anchorage  except  close  to  tlie 
head,  in  0  fathoms,  sand. 

Shoal  Bay  is  open  to  the  prevailing  winds,   and   should   be 

avoided. 

Great  Colinet  Island  is  330  feet  high,  4  miles  in  length,  and  a 
mile  in  breadth ;  it  is  generally  bold-to,  and  the  SE.  point  is  about 
4i  miles  westward  of  the  entrance  of  St.  Marys  Harbor.  At  its 
north  end  there  is  limited  anchorage,  called  Mother  Ixx  Cove, 
affording  shelter  from  southerly  winds. 

Little  Colinet  Island  is  235  feet  high,  a  mile  in  length,  and  i 
mile  in  breadth ;  it  is  separated  from  Great  Colinet  Island  by  a 
deep  channel,  1+  miles  wide.     Both  islands  have  bare  hills  rising 

from  rocky  cliffs. 

Colinet  Passage.— There  is  deep  water  on  either  side  of  Colinet 
Islands,  but  the  eastern  passage  is  preferred.  It  is  one  mile  wide 
in  its  narrowest  part,  and  clear  of  danger,  except  a  rock  lying 


)(l  in  the  fisher- 
crops  of  oats, 
,  and  cattle  and 


ipany's  steamer 

>ms  water,  over 
!  of  tlie  harbor, 
;.),  hilt  the  best 
iter,  over  mud. 
lid  swell  is  ex- 
the   chart 


1  of  the  harbor, 

village, 
thoms  water  on 

600  yards  from 

3n  it,  lies  above 
the  NW.  beach 

f  thin,  and  it  is 
inchorage.  The 
it  be  obtained  in 
;  it  is  cleared  by 

:ull  and  change, 

iles  NNE.,  and, 
!ept  close  to  tlie 

and   should   be 

in  length,  and  a 
E.  point  is  about 

Harbor.  At  its 
other  Ixx  Cove, 

in  length,  and  ^ 
[net  Island  by  a 
bare  hills  rising 

er  side  of  Colinet 

is  one  mile  wide 

3pt  a  rock  lying 


COLINKT    HARBOR. 


4? 


nearly  100  yards  X.  U.^  W.  (N.  4.;°  W.  mag.)  from  Shoal-Bay 
xtT.^o'  i^^''^f '-P""'^  Poi'it,  kept  open  of  Admirals  Beach,  bearing 
N.  J  J    E.  (N.  Gl°  E.  mag.),  clears  this  rock. 

Good  shelter  from  SW.  winds  has  been  found  at  an  anchorage 
under  the  lee  of  the  spit  at  Admirals  Beach 

^  Salmonier  River.-Tlie  entrance  to  this  river,  about  0  miles 
JNE.  of  Little  Colmet  Island,  is  1,400  yards  wide,  it  narrows  grad- 
ually, and,  at  0  miles  within,  receives  the  waters  of  a  shallow 
stream. 

Above  the  curved  gravel  ^      el  he  north  side,  a  sho  '    ,  ^'  of 

sand  extends  200  yards  fro.n  Jie  si  ,,  which  will  be  cleu.ed  by 
keeping  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  open,  until  the  valley  of 
Little  Harbor  bears  S.  10''  E.  (S.  44°  E.  mag.). 

Shoal  water  extends  from  the  sandy  beach  in  front  of  Little 
Harbor,  and  may  be  cleared  by  keeping  Bluff  Head  and  Cross 
Point  in  hue,  bearing  N.  39°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.).  Little  Harbor 
is  the  outlet  of  a  fine  run  of  fresh  water,  and  affords,  within  the 
sandy  beach,  safe  winter  shelter  for  fishing  craft. 

Anchorage.— There  is  a  Roman  Catholic  church  on  the  south 
shore  of  the  river.  If  miles  from  the  entrance,  off  which  there  is 
anchorage  in  8  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  or  a  vessel  may  proceed 
tarther  and  anchor  above  the  curved  gravel  beach  on  the  north 
side,  in  6  fathoms. 

Tides—It  is  high  water,  fnll  and  change,  in  Salmonier  River  at 
7h.  40m. ;  springs  rise  7+  feet,  and  neaps  5  feet 

Colinet  Harbor  is  6  miles  NNE.  of  Little  Colinpt  Island  and 
the  entrance  between  Pinchgut  Island  and  Johns  Pond  is  one'mile 
wide.  Good  water  may  be  obtained  from  a  river  at  the  head  of 
the  harbor. 

A  few  settlers  reside  at  Johns  Pond,  where  there  is  fair  anchorage 
tor  small  vessels,  and  more  convenient  for  the  fisheries  than  in  the 
harbor. 

Directions—Little  Colinet  Island  kept  open  of  Bushy  Head 
bearing  S.  25°  W.  (S.  53°  W.  mag.),  clears  Johns  Shoal,  extending 
from  Johns  Pond  on  the  west  shore  of  the  entrance;  after  passing 
this  shoal  keep  toward  the  north  shore,  and  pay  attention  to  the 
soundings  To  clear  Back  Shoal,  extending  500  yards  from  Pinch- 
gut Island,  keep  Davis  Point  open  east  of  Half  Island,  bearing 
about  N.  30°  E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.),  and  anchor  abreast  Half  Island 
m  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud ;  this  is  considered  the  best  anchorage 
in  Cohnet  Harbor.  ^ 

^1,^!^®^'""^*  '^  ^'^^  ^^^""''^  ^''^  ^"^  °^^"ge,  in  Colinet  Harbor  at 
7h.  40m. ;  springs  rise  7^  feet,  and  neaps  5  feet. 

,^°f**'^^°'**°^— Tlie  entrance  to  North  Harbor  is  2  miles  north 
ot  Little  Colinet  Island.     Cape  Dog,  rising  330  feet  above  the  sea, 


'^.^STIBiTlWiWIIPl.JlU  '.iSmsiBTVtCff^Nrat^ :: 


A'':*i5SWiS?T5B^.-  ^'iv^rrp^f-. 


I 
J 


48 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


with  perpendicular  cliffs  of  slate,  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the 
entrance. 

Anchorage. — There  are  no  dangers  except  near  the  shore,  hitt 
the  Ixarbor  is  open  to  prevailing  SW.  winds,  and  therefore,  can  not 
be  recommended  as  a  secure  anchorage  except  for  small  craft, 
which  may  anchor  in  safety  in  3  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  about 
4  miles  within  the  entrance,  under  shelter  of  a  beach  on  the  north 
side. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  North  Harbor  at 
8h. ;  springs  rise  7^  feet,  neaps  rise  5  feet. 

Branch  Cove.— Between  North  Harbor  and  Lance  Point  there 
are  several  coves  indenting  slightly  the  western  shores  of  St. 
Marys  Bay,  but  that  of  most  importance  is  Branch  Cove,  7  miles 
northeastward  of  Lance  Point. 

It  is  the  outlet  of  a  little  river,  over  the  bar  of  which,  at  high 
water  and  in  moderate  weather,  fisliing  boats  are  able  to  cross,  and 
lie  secure. 

Branch  Head,  the  south  extreme  of  the  cove,  is  a  steep  bluff  2G0 
feet  high,  and  at  its  extremity  are  two  high  rocks,  40  feet  high, 
named  Hares  Ears. 

Dangers.— Off  the  western  shore  of  St.  Marys  Bay  are  the  fol- 
lowing dangers : 

Daly  Rock,  with  a  depth  of  5  fathoms  over  it,  lies  on  the  west- 
ern shore  of  St.  Marys  Bay,  with  Maggotty  Point  bearing  N.  83°  W. 
(N.  55°  W.  mag.),  distant  one  mile. 

Redhead  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it  lies  2  miles  S.  37°  E. 
(S.  9"  E.  mag.),  from  Redhead. 

Beckford  Shoal,  with  7  fathoms  water,  lies  3i  miles  N.  7l'"E. 
(S.  81°  E.  mag.),  from  Hares  Ears. 

Mussel  Rock,  having  6  fathoms  water  on  it,  is  dangerous  in  a 
heavy  sea;  it  lies  U  miles  S.  34°  E.  (S.  G°  E.  mag.),  from  Hares 
Ears. 

Redcove  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  S.  14°  E.  (S. 
14°  W,  mag.),  nearly  2  miles  distant  fx'om  Hares  Ears. 

Lance  Point,  the  SW.  extreme  of  St.  Marys  Bay,  is  low,  but  the 
land  one  mile  northward  rises  to  the  height  of  200  feet.  Shoal 
water  extends  400  yards  south  of  the  point ;  and  Lance  Rock,  with 
12  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1*  miles  S.  8°  W.  (S.  36°  W.  mag.),  from 
the  point. 

Delaney  Rocks,  are  two  sunken  rocks  of  small  extent,  lying 
westward  of  Lance  Point.  These  rocks,  with  depths  of  2^  and  3 
fathoms  respectively  over  them,  lie  NE.  and  SW.  300  yards  apart. 
The  northeastern  and  shoaler  rock  is  situated  with  Lance  Point 
bearing  N.  84°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.),  distant  U  miles. 

Bull  and  Cow  are  black  slate  rocks,  30  feet  high,  situated  IJ  S, 
62°  W.  (West  mag.)  from  Lance  Point. 


CAPE   ST.  MAHY — LIOHT. 


49 


est  side  of  tlie 

•  the  shore,  hitt 
erefui'o,  can  not 
"or  small  craft, 
ver  mud,  about 
ch  on  the  north 

orth  Harbor  at 

ace  Point  there 

1  shores  of  St. 
!h  Cove,  7  miles 

which,  at  high 
t)le  to  cross,  and 

,  steep  bluff  2G0 
:s,  40  feet  high. 

Bay  are  the  fol- 
lies on  the  west- 
ering N.  83°  W. 

2  miles  S.  37°  E. 

miles  N.  71^E. 

dangerous  in  a 
g.),  from  Hares 

ies  S.  14°  E.  (S. 

Ears. 

y,  is  low,  but  the 

aOO  feet.     Shoal 

iance  Rock,  with 

W.  mag.),  from 

all  extent,  lying 
Dths  of  2^  and  3 
300  yards  apart, 
ith  Lance  Point 
ies. 
;h,  sitiiated  IJ  S, 


■i 


«  ^?M?"/a^®':"  '■'''■^  """""^y  "''''^'^^  '^^  '"^^  "''^t^''-'  !'♦'«  800  yards 
Point  '^^    ^''  '""^"^  *''"""'  '^""  ^"'''*'  "'"'''-'  ''"'  ^"^^  ^-"^'"'^ 

(B.  A.  Clmrt  No.  200.) 

Cape  St.  Mary.-The  coast  fn.ni  Lance   Point   trends   WNW 
tor  5J  miles  to  Cape  St.  Mary,  forming  between  tliroobavHe.xp„,sod 
to  the  sea.     At  a  little  distance  the  cape  lias  the  appearance  of 
high  tableland   of   uniform  height,  at   the  western  extremity  <.f 
which  is  the  lighthouse.  ^ 

The  30-fathom  line  of  soundings  is  le.ss  than  one  mile  from  St. 
Mary  Cays,  so  that  in  foggy  weather  it  is  not  safe  to  approach  the 
cape  in  less  depth  than  3.5  fathoms. 

Burin  Island  lightliouse  bears  N.  75°  W.  (N.  47°  W  mag  )  di.s- 
tant  41^  miles  from  Cape  St.  Mary  Lighthouse,  forming  the  en- 
rance  to  Placentia  Bay,  abcmt  GO  miles  deep,  containing  numerous 
bays,  Jiari)ors,  and  islands. 

Light-The  lighthouse  on  Ca])e  St.  Mary,  a  cylindrical  ir.m 
tower,  40  feet  in  height,  and  painted  red,  with  white  dwellings  on 
■Z!\.^  -T^'^  ^^  *"  ooyeved  way,  stands  near  the  edge  of  a  cliff 
.500  teet  high,  and  exhibits  a  revolving  light,  showing  red  and 
Avhite  alternately,  at  intervals  of  one  minute.  The  light  is  390  feet 
above  high  water,  and  in  clear  weather  may  be  seen  from  a  dis- 
tance  of  23  miles. 

The  nearest  landing  place  to  the  lighthouse  is  at  Brierly  Cove 
about  one  mile  to  tlie  northward.  ' 

Tides—It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  «t  Cape  St.  Mary  at  ^ 
8h.  ,}0m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  5  feet. 

Dangers  -Lamb  Eock,  with  a  depth  of  33  feet  on  it,  con.sists 
ot  a  pinnacle  on  a  plateau  about  200  yards  in  extent  with  a  depth 
of  10  tathoms,  and  400  yards  in  extent  within  the  depth  of  30 
fathoms.  With  a  heavy  swell  the  sea  breaks  on  this  rock,  and  a 
wide  berth  should  at  all  times  be  given  to  the  position;  it  lies  in 
latitude  4G°  28'  05"  N.,  longitude  54°  01'  30"  W. 

Cautiou.-This  rock  lies  in  the  track  of  vessels  passing  the 
south  coast  of  Newfoundland.  ' 

S  T°*W  ?r.'Jw  ''  ^''^7^^''  *^^  ^*'  ''  ^  r««k  lying  5i  miles 
L  Z'  ^     f  ^-  ""^^-^  ^''"'^  ^^P^  ^*-  ^^^y  lighthouse. 
at.  Mary  Cays  are  two  small  rocks,  120  yards  apart,  lying  from 
each  other  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  S. ,  and  always  showing,  being  nearly 
awash  at  high  water.     The  water  is  shoal   around,  and  the  sea 
generally  breaks  heavily  upon  them;  they  bear  from  Cape  St 
Mary  lighthouse  S.  9°  W.  (S.  37°  W.  mag.),  distant  Gl  miles.         ' 
The  Coast  from  Cape  St.  Mary,  forming  the  east  side  of  Pla- 
centia Bay,  trends  NNE.  for  2G  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Placentia 


^TiCitSFSIBiaaBtfl*!**  t.ifc>rtllll*W.UiaiBM 


^m^mmmmmtsK^n^rriem 


r>o 


NKWFOI'NOLAND — SOI'TFI   COAST. 


Hiirl»nr.  Tho  land  is  of  nearly  uniform  hoif^lit,  miuI  ilic  shoro  tol- 
oralily  Htriiij^lit.  Tim  lu'a<llanilM  an-  h(»-()1),  with  cdvch  between, 
aff<>r<linu:  slieitrr  to  a  few  scatt*'re<l  tisliin^,'  statiDiis,  tish  beinji;  ^^en- 
erally  plentiful.  The  hind,  wlien  cMiltivateti,  yields  ^jjuod  ci-ops  of 
potatoes,  oats,  and  hay. 

Fogs.  -Din'injf  SW.  winds  the  f')^  is  generally  very  deUHe  on  the 
eastern  sid*;  of  Plaeentia  Bay,  especially  about  the  lu^adland  of 
Cape  St.  Mary, 

Ice. — Placentia  Buy  is  .  jinetinios  partially  filled  with  ice  early 
in  February,  but  it  is  seldom  altdgetln'r  tilled  before  the  middle  of 
that  month,  and  South  or  SW.  winds  an-  necessary  to  till  it. 
Shortly  after  the  ice  has  rounded  Cape  St.  Mai-y,  the  strong  tidal 
stream  on  the  eastern  shoi-e  carries  it  as  far  as  Ham  Island,  and 
heavy  ice  and  small  icebergs  ^I'e  occasionallj'  carried  up  to  Come 
by  Cliance  Point.     The  bay  was  frozen  over  in  1875  and  1S8'^. 

Dangers. — There  are  several  oflflying  rocks,  which  render  an 
approach  to  this  part  of  the  coast,  in  a  less  depth  than  •10  fathoms, 
dangerous,  except  in  clear  weather. 

Perch  Rock,  with  if)  feet  water  on  it,  lies  5^  miles  N.  42^"  W. 
(N.  14°  W.  mag.)  from  Cape  St.  Mary  lighthouse.  The  Bull  and 
Cow,  open  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  leads  SW.  of  the  rock. 

Nest  Rock,  with  0  feet  water  on  it,  lies  a  mile  N.  24°  E.  (N.  52" 
E.  mag.)  from  Perch  Rock;  tho  sea  generally  breaks  on  this  rock. 
Curslet  Rock,  with  [-i  feet  water  on  it,  lies  3  miles  S.  51'  W. 
(S.  70°  W.  mag.)  from  Breme  Point. 

Patrick  Rock,  with  0  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1^  miles  N.  7G°  W. 
(N.  4iS°  W.  mag.)  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  at  Patrick  Cove. 

Goose  Shoal,  having  4^  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  f  mile 
N.  45°  W.  (N.  17°  W.  mag.)  of  Goose  Cove. 

Qirdle  Rock,  a})ove  water,  except  at  very  high  tides,  lies  a  mile 
S.  14°  W.  (S.  43°  W.  mag.)  from  Virgin  Rocks. 

False  Qirdle,  having  6  foot  water  on  it,  lies  about  +  mile  S.  39° 
E.  (S.  11°  E.  mag.)  from  Girdle  Rock. 

South  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  }  mile  S.  8°  E. 
(S.  20°  W.  mag.)  from  Girdle  Rock. 

Virgin  Rocks  are  three  black  rocks  above  water,  one  of  which 
is  18  feet  high;  they  lie  1^  miles  from  the  shore,  and  6  miles  S.  35° 
W.  (S.  63°  W.  mag.)  from  Verde  Point  lighthouse,  at  the  entrance 
of  Placentia  Harbor. 

Gibraltar  Rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it^  lies  S.  65°  W.  (N.  87° 
W.  mag.),  distant  li  miles  from  Verde  Point  lighthouse.  To  pass 
north  of  it,  keep  Qastle  Hill  open-of  Verde  Point,  bearing  N.  74° 
E.  (S.  78°  E.  mag.).  There  is  a  clear  channel  between  this  rock 
and  the  shore. 


PLACKNTFA    Itn.Mt, 


51 


(I  tlio  shore  tol- 
coves  between, 

H  ^(tod   ci'ops  of 

■ry  (leiiHe  on  the 
:ie   lieudhuid  of 

I  with  ice  early 
•e  tliH  middle  of 
■;s«ry  to  till  it. 
he  strong  tidal 
ani  Islan<l,  and 
ned  up  to  Come 
5  and  1S8'2. 
Inch  render  an 
luin  •10  fathonis, 

iiiles  N.  42^^  W. 
The  Bull  and 
k. 

^.  24°  E.  (N.  52" 
,ks  on  this  rock, 
miles  S.  51'  W. 

niles  N.  76°  W. 
'atrick  Cove, 
es  nearly  J  mile 

tides,  lies  a  mile 

jut  i  mile  S.  39° 

(T  f  mile  S.  8°  E. 

er,  one  of  which 
[id  6  miles  S.  35° 
,  at  the  entrance 

.  65°  W.  (N.  87° 
;ho\ise.  To  pass 
i,  bearing  N.  74° 
itween  this  rock 


Moll  Rock,  h.-iving  (I  f.-et  waUn-  on  if.  lies  l  mile  westward  of 
Hhalloway  Point.  To  pass  to  the  south\v,ird  ..f  fhe  ro.-k  k.-ep 
Dixon  P,.int,  the  north  point  of  Dixo,,  Island,  in  line  with  Crf-v©. 
CMMir  Point,  beariiiK  S.  (i'^'  E.  (S.  34^  K.  inaK.). 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2829.) 

Verde  Point,  2.;  miles  NNE.  of  Caj-e  St.  Mary,  is  the  SW.  point 
ot  1  lacenlia  Road;  a  stony  ahoal  exteinls  nearly  ,1  mile  NNE  from 
the  j)oint. 

Light—The  lighthouse  tower  on  Verde  Point,  standing  above  a 
Hat-roofed  dwelling,  i)aint.Ml  white,  is  44  feet  in  height,  and  exhibits 
at  an  elevation  of  OH  fePt  above  high  water,  a  fixed  white  light  which 
.should  1)e  visible  1 1  miles. 

Placentia  Road,  within  Verde  and  Cr.Nvec.enr  Points,  atf<.rd8 
inddferent  anchorage  over  a  bottom  of  sand  and  gravel.  The  road- 
stead IS  open  to  winds  from  west  to  north,  which  send  in  a  heavy 
sea,  and  no  ve.ssel  ahonhl  reimun  at  this  unchorago  when  the  wind 
veerH  from  HW.  (.,  West,  accompanied  by  a  low  barometer 

Privdcoeur  Shoal,  n  pat.d,  of  2J  fatho.ns  h-ast  water,  lies  in  the 
tairway  A  mile  west  of  Cn^vecfpnr  Point. 

There  is  a  3-fathom  i)atch  in  the  roadstead,  from  whi.di  Verde 
Point  light  bears  S.  03°  W.  (N.  89°  W.  mag.),  distant  one  mile. 

Ihe  north  house  on  Town  Point,  open  south  of  Castle  Hill,  bear- 
mg  N.  88  E.  (S.  r,4°  E.  mag.),  leads  nearly  in  mid-channel  between 
PnviV.eur  and  Verde  Point  Shoals 

Submarine  Telegraph  Cables.-Six  submarine  telegraph 
cables  are  landed  at  Placentia,  frmr  of  which  are  laid  along  the 
north  side  of  the  roadstead  and  two  on  the  sonth.^rn  side 

In  order  to  avoid  fouling  these  cables,  vessels  shonld  not  anchor 
within  i  mile  of  the  northern  side  of  the  roadstead. 

Ice.— Placentia  Road  is  filled  with  drift  ice  with  winds  from  SW 
to  NW.,  but  NE.  winds  clear  the  roads,  and  anchorage  can  gener- 
ally be  obtained,  by  ves.sels  drawing  12  feet  water,  in  the  Northeast 
Arm,  in  which  the  ice  is  kept  open  by  the  current.     The  Northeast 
Arm  occasionally  freezes  between  the  (Ith  January  and  the  10th 
February,  and  breaks  up  between  the  end  of  March  and  5th  April 
although  in  severe  winters  it  has  not  broken  up  before  1st  May     ' 
Placentia  Harbor  is  recognized  by  the  rounded  and  detached 
character  of  the  hills  in  its  vicinity,  which  are  higher  than  the 
tableland  of  Cape  St.  Mary.     At  the  time  of  Cook's  survey  (1765) 
vessels  could  carry  20  feet  at  low  water  in  the  harbor,  where  now 
there  is  only  10  feet. 

The  small  town,  which  was  formerly  a  place  of  some  importance, 
stands  on  the  eastern  side  of  an  extensive  shingle  beach,  and  there 
is  a  fair  carriage  road  to  8t.  Johns. 


mi 


I     iBi 


lai| 
1 1 

ill 


111 


53 


NKWKOrNlH,ANI)--H(H   III    ('(AH'I 


Tho  liiirlxM'  irt  )>iit*»r«'(l  l»y  ii  cliiimu'l  tif)  yimls  wide,  huvinjjf  10 
feet  lit  low  wiitor  lM«t\v».'<Mi  the  points  of  untniiicc,  wliu-h  iirc  low. 

Communication. — Then'  \h  comtHUiicution  hy  niilway  with  St. 
Johns,  (li.sfaMf  H4i  niilt's  viii  Plucnntiii  .Jnnction  iiml  WhiM)()tirno, 
tlif  ruilwny  wliiirf  IicinK  dost*  to  liic  southwiml  of  Custle  Hill;  hy 
stoHuior  fortnightly  with  Halifax  via  St.  Piorro  and  tho  Bthh  d'i  )r 
Lako8,  C.  B.,  and  with  St.  Johns;  and  l)y  tolograph  ovor  tho 
AiiKlo-Aincriran  Tuh'Kraph  Company's  wiros. 

Supplies.— Mutton  can  1)0  purchaMcd  hfn>  in  niodoratu  ([uanti- 
tioH,  and  good  water  may  be  procured  about  one  mile  uj)  the  North- 
east Arm. 

Anchorage. —  Within  the  points  the  harbor  affords  well-shel- 
tered anchorage  in  '»  and  (1  fathoms  watt^r,  over  mud.  The  best 
berth  is  on  the  north  side,  being  more  out  of  the  whirl  and  eddy 
of  tho  tide. 

A  tidal  stream  of  four  knots  an  hour,  and  the  want  of  good  lead- 
ing marks  renders  it  neof^ssary  to  have  the  aid  of  a  pilot  to  enter 
this  harl)or.  The  Ncjrtheast  Arm  is  navigable  for  6  miles;  the 
Southeast  Arm  is  ordy  navigable  for  boats,  and  is  entered  by  a 
narrow  channel  in  front  of  tho  town. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Placentia  Harbor 
at  8h.  30m. ;  sjjrings  rise  7  feet,  neaps  5  feet. 

Shalloway  Point  is  a  low  projection  faced  by  a  sand  cliff,  :5() 
feet  above  high  water,  within  which  are  several  houses;  it  is  the 
south  extreme  of  Mar(iuise,*the  shingle  beach  that  divides  Sandy 
Cove  from  the  sea. 

Little  Placentia  Harbor  i;-  formed  by  a  peninsula,  75  feet  above 
high  water,  composed  of  gravel  depo.sit  covered  with  nnirsh,  and 
faced  by  sand  cliffs  IJO  to  4o  feet  high.  These  slojte  to  a  low  pt)int 
at  the  north,  and  rise  again  to  Latino  Point,  US  feet  high,  sur- 
mounted by  a  flagstaff.  This  peninsula  is  2  miles  long,  expanding 
from  the  narrow  neck  of  Marquise  to  Ik  miles  in  width  at  the  NE. 
end.  On  the  north  is  a  beach  of  shingle,  5  feet  above  high  water, 
surrounding  a  pond,  tho  entrance  to  which  is  gradually  silting  up. 
There  is  no  i)assage  at  low  water  even  for  a  boat. 

Roche  Point  is  the  extremity  of  another  shingle  spit,  9  feet 
above  high  water,  stretching  from  the  church  and  forming  a  basin 
between  it  and  the  pond,  sheltered  by  a  bar.  This  basin  forms  a 
shelter  for  the  fishing  fleet  of  the  neighborhood,  and  is  entered  by 
keeping  the  west  shore  of  Roche  Point  close  on  board.  This  point 
continues  below  the  water  about  300  yards  to  the  noi'th.  Houses 
line  the  shore  within  the  basin,  and  a  Roman  Catholic  church, 
with  a  scaffold  belfry  near  it,  shows  conspicuously. 

Shoal  water  extends  -^  mile  from  Latine  Point  to  a  depth  of  3 
fathoms,  and  f  mile  to  a  depth  of  5  fathoms.     White  Point  S.  56° 


KT^-tif^f^ifsm^^iTmvmmm^i^ 


■:'m 


r-riTI.K    i'LAi'KNTIA    MAHHOH. 


58 


ii<lt',  Imvinj;  It) 
lifh  Hi't'  low. 
iiilwiiy  with  St. 
il  Wliitlxitinit', 
CiistUs  Hill;  l.y 
1  thtj  BniH  (l'(  )r 
fnipli   ov«r  tho 

odemtti  (fiimiti- 
le  up  tlipNorili- 

fonlH  \v«^11-h1io1- 
1111(1.  The  best 
rtiiirl  and  oddy 

lit  ot"  good  lead- 
a  pilot  to  eiittjr 
or  6  inilos;  the 
is  niifcrtid  by  a 

auentiu  Harbor 

a  sand  cUfi',  .'{() 
Misi's;  it  is  the 
.  divides  Sandy 

a,  75  feet  .'ibovc 
'ith  marsh,  and 
B  to  a  h)W  point 
feet  high,  sar- 
ong, expanding 
idth  at  the  NE. 
)ve  high  water, 
lally  silting  up. 

gle  spit,  9  feet 
forming  a  basin 
)  basin  forms  a 
d  is  entered  by 
,rd.  This  point 
north.  Houses 
titholic  church, 

.0  a  depth  of  3 
ite  Point  S.  56° 


t:.   (H.   -38°   E.   mag.)   ju«t  opon  of  Isaac  P..int,  I.-juIh  dear  in  r,k 
hithoniH.  •* 

The  Deadmau,  a  rock  that  just  shows  at  low  water  and  Htoop-to, 
hes    A  m,l.s  N.  H    W.  (N.  ao'  E.  mag.)  from  Hhalloway  Point. 

Virgin  Point,  the  NK.  point  of  Litth-  Plnmntia  Peninsula  and 
thelurning  point  into  the  harb.-r,  has  shoal  water  ^'oo  vards  fn„n  it 

Cooper  Cove  is  south  of  a  point  south  ..f  Virgiil  Point,  (voin 
whiH,  a  shoal,  with  only  3  fathoms  on  the  outer  edge,  extends  800 
yards,  S.  by  \V.,  falling  steeply  on  the  south  side. 

Sandy  Cove  is  the  name  given  to  the  head  of  the  harbor.     Tho 
NW.   shore  of  the  harbor  sh.pes  steeply  from  wooch-d  hills,  and 
may  be  approache.l  to  within  100  yards  till  abreast  of  Sn'monier 
II  shallow  inlet  on  the  shore  opp(.sito  Manjuise. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  Sandy  Cove  in  U  fathoms,  mud,  and 
o  Cooper  Cove  in  the  .same  dei.th,  taking  ear.,  to  cdear  the  sli^al 
oft  the  north  jtoint  of  tliat  cove. 

Placentia  Sound  runs  in  with  one  l)end  SE.  nearlv  3  miles. 

Isaac  Heads,  two  remarkable  c.mical  hills  330  and  i'i7  feet 
high,  dohne  the  north  side  of  the  entrance  and  Fox  Harbor  The 
shores  fall  steeply  from  wooded  hills,  and  are  bold,  till  within  4 
mile  of  the  head. 

Two  Shoals  encumber  the  entrance  and  are  the  onlv  dangers, 
llieouter, -with  3  tathoms  water,  lies  1. ".00  3-ardsS  4°  E  (8  24"  W 
mag.)  from  Isaac  Point.     The  inner  occupies  a  space' 400  yards 
long  and  •.'.'JO  yards  wide,  the  shoalest  water,  0  feet,  near  tho  north 
end,  bearing  S.  3G°  E.  (S.  S°  E.  mag.)  1,600  yards  from  Isaac  Point. 

Fox  Harbor  lies  east  of  Isaac  Point,  by  which  it  is  sheltered. 
Samson  Point  a  low  hummock  45  feet  liigh  under  a  flat  hill  350 
teet  above  ugh  water,  is  the  turning  point  from  Placentia  Sound. 
It  18  a  shallow  basin  with  houses  on  tlie  surrounding  shores;  there 
are  2f  fathoms  inside,  but  the  entrance  is  between  two  shoals  and 
has  only  5  feet  in  it  at  low  water. 

Shag  Rock,  5  feet  high,  lies  off  Samson  Point. 

Winds  between  soutli  and  west  always  draw  down  Little  Pla- 
centia Harbor,  and  blow  with  heavy  squalls  uiid^v  Isaac  Heads 
JLveu  when  it  is  comparatively  calm  outside,  boat,  should  always 
reet  with  those  winds  wlien  approaching  Isa  a-  Point 

Ice— in  severe  winters,  Little  Placentia  Harbor  freezes  early  in 
FebruaiT,  from  Sandy  Point  to  Cairn  Head,  and  breaks  up  about 
1st  April,  but  It  is  only  frozen  about  every  six  to  eight  years; 
nortliern  ice  generally  arrives  in  Marcli  and  remains  three  or  four 
weeks.  Placentia  Sound  freezes  from  Wliite  Island  to  Coxhill 
Island. 

Tides.--It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Little  Placentia 
Harbor,  at  .h.  58m.;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  rise  4ifeet. 


PI 


ii! 


54 


XKWFOt'NDLAXD SOI'Tir    COAST. 


Directions. — To  enter  Little  Placentia  Harbor,  keep  White 
Point  on  the  north  side  of  Phicentia  Sound  8,  56°  E.  (S.  28°  E. 
mag.),  jnst  open  of  Isaac  Point,  until  Black  Head,  the  SE.  extreme 
of  Little  Placentia  Peninsula,  S.  ;J4°  W.  (S.  02"  W.  mag.),  is  open 
of  the  east  extreme  (Lowroon  Point),  when  a  S.  U°  W.  (S.  42°  W. 
mag.)  course  shouhl  be  steered,  taking  care  to  keep  Long  Harbor 
Head  N.  U°  E.  (N.  42°  E.  mag.)  open  north  of  Isaac  Point,  until 
Shalloway  Point  bears  S.  50°  W.  (S.  78°  W.  mag.).  This  mark 
will  lead  to  the  anchorages  that  may  be  liad  in  Cooper  Cove  when 
the  west  house  bears  north  of  N.  8-<!°  W.  (N.  54°  W.  mag.),  or  in 
Saiidy  Cove  on  the  leading  mark,  as  convenient. 

To  jn-oceed  up  Placentia  Sound,  roimd  Isaac  Point  at  200  yards 
distant,  and  shut  in  Fox  Island  with  that  point  before  the  summit 
on  the  south  side  of  Little  Placentia  Harbor  sliuts  in  with  the 
bluflf  below.  Fox  Island  must  be  kept  completely  shut  in  until 
Sharp  Peak  over  Ship  Harbor  is  in  line  with  the  first  notch  in  the 
hills  east  of  the  Neck  of  Isaac,  wIiru  all  danger  is  passed. 

Ship  Harbor  exteudr.  NE.  41  miles  from  Isaac  Point.  There  is 
no  danger  in  it  except  close  to  the  shore  and  within  500  yards  of 
the  head.  A  bar,  with  7  fathoms  least  water,  lies  across  the 
entrance,  deepening  suddenly  on  both  sides. 

Northeast  Cove,  3  miles  from  Isaac  Point,  is  open  to  seaward, 
and  affords  no  shelter. 

Conway  Cove,  on  the  west  side  of  Ship  Harbor,  has  good 
anchorage  in  17  to  10  fathoms,  and  from  this  cove  to  the  head  of 
the  harbor  vessels  may  anchor  as  convenient. 

Two  remarkable  hills  lie  on  the  east  side  of  Ship  Harbor ;  Sharp 
Peak,  836  feet  high,  over  the  head,  and  Sugarloaf,  803  feet  high, 
faced  by  shingle  debris,  sloping  to  Northeast  Con  e. 

Fox  Island,  250  feet  high,  2^  miles  northward  from  Latine 
Point,  is  a  long,  flat  island  covered  with  dark  trees  over  red  rock, 
the  south  part  being  bare  from  the  summit.  Shoal  water  over  a 
white  bottom  extends  200  yards  from  the  NE.  Point. 

Moratties  are  shoal  banks  that  extend  westward  nearly  2  miles 
from  Ship  Harbor  Point.  The  west  patch,  with  3  feet  least  water, 
lies  nearly  a  mile  S.  70°  E.  (S.  42°  E.  mag.)  from  the  west  point  of 
Fox  Island  and  is  400  yards  \o,vj.  The  east  patch,  1,600  yards 
long,  is  separated  by  a  channel  300  yards  wide  from  the  west 
shoal,  and  900  ya.-ds  from  the  shoal  water  off  Ship  Harbor  Pcjint. 

The  best  channel  is  close  to  Fox  Island,  keeping  Red  Island  Har- 
bor (on  the  west  side  of  Plp,centia  Bay)  open  south  of  Fox  Island, 
until  Bald  Head,  is  well  shut  in  with  Ram  Islands.  When  Red 
Island  Harbor  opens  north  of  Fox  Island  the  shoals  will  be  passed. 

Northeast  Cove,  open  south  of  Sparrow  Point  (the  west  point  of 
Ship  Harbor)  N.  84°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.),  leads  150  yards  south  of 
these  shoals. 


IBI 


)oi',  keep  Wliite 
56°  E.  (S.  28°  E. 
,  the  SE.  extreme 
V.  mag.),  is  open 
4°  W.  (S.  -42°  W. 
ep  Long  Harbor 
saac  Point,  until 
ig.).  This  mark 
(joper  Cove  when 
W.  mag.),  or  in 

oint  at  200  yards 
efore  the  summit 
luts  in  with  the 
ely  sliut  in  until 
first  notch  in  the 

Point.  There  is 
hin  500  yards  of 
,  lies  across  the 

open  to  seaward, 

ai'bor,  has  good 
vp  to  the  head  of 

)  Harbor;  Sharp 
f,  803  feet  high, 
e. 

u*d  from  Latine 
es  OA^er  red  rock, 
Loal  water  over  a 
int. 

rd  nearly  3  miles 
feet  least  water, 
the  west  point  of 
ttch,  1,600  yards 
)  from  the  west 
p  Harbor  P<jint. 
Eed  Island  Har- 
h  of  Fox  Island, 
ids.  When  Red 
Is  will  be  passed, 
the  west  point  of 
[)  yards  south  of 


SIIIl'    IIAHHOR. 


55 


To  pass  between  Moratties  and  Sliip  Harbor  Point  in  -l.'.  fathoms 
keep  a  landslip  under  Broad  Cove  Head  in  line  with  Isaac  Point,' 
S.  10°  W.  (S.  38°  W.  mag.),  or  a  round  hill  over  Bald  Head  Bay,' 
just  open  nortli  of  Long  Harbor  Head,  N.  14°  E.  (N.  42°  E.  mag.) 
until  Red  Island  Harbor  opens  either  side  of  Fox  Island. 

Ice.— Ship  Harbor  freezes  early  in  February,  from  the  point  of 
Conway  Cove  to  Sugarloaf  Point,  and  breaks  up  about  1st  April. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  290.) 

Ship  Harbor  Point  is  a  shingle  spit,  G  feet  above  high  water 
stretching  off  the  slopes  of  two  cliff-faced  hills  310  and  260  feet 
high,  that  mark  the  NW.  point  of  Ship  Harbor. 

A  bay,  1,300  yards  deep,  lies  between  Ship  Harbor  Point  and 
Long  Harbor  Head,  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  projecting  steep 
pomt,  the  slope  of  a  round  hill,  with  numerous  bowlders  at  the 
summit,  500  feet  above  high  water.  The  south  cove  is  shallow  to 
the  line  of  the  points,  but  the  north  has  anchorae-e  wUh  «h*-H«'- 
from  offshore  winds  in  10  fathoms,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  rocky 
points  off  Long  Harbor  Head. 

Long  Harbor  Head  is  a  steep,  tree-covered  point,  sloping  from 
two  table-topped  hills  about  300  and  250  feet  high.  Shoal  ground 
extends  300  yards  from  this  point. 

Long  Harbor  extends  7  miles  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from 
Long  Harbor  Head.  The  shores  of  this  liarbor  are  bold-to,  Tim 
Barrett  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  being  the  only  danger  off  the 
soutJi  shore;  it  lies  150  yards  from  the  coast  and  2f  miles  from  the 
entrance. 

Ice.— In  severe  winters  Long  Harbor  freezes  earlv  in  February 
and  breaks  up  toward  the  latter  part  of  April.  Northern  ice  only 
arrives  occasionally,  about  the  latter  end  of  February,  leaving 
toward  the  latter  end  of  April. 

Crawley  Island,  lOl  feet  high,  lies  off  a  projection  that  divides 
Long  Harbor  into  two  arms,  Long  Harbor  and  St.  Croix  Bay.  The 
SE.  point  is  a  shingle  pnit  tliat  extends  under  water  a  short  dist- 
ance, and  off  the  west  side  are  some  low  islets. 

Civil  East  Cove.— The  channel  between  Crawley  Island  and  the 
mam  is  shallow  at  the  west  end,  so  that  boats  only  can  pass  at  low 
water;  but  just  inside  the  e;ist  entrance  good  anchorage  for  small 
vessels  may  be  had  in  4$  fathoms,  mud,  or  just  outside  in  10  fath- 
oms for  large  vessels. 

St.  Croix  Bay  extends  2  miles  north  of  Crawley  Island.  There 
are  no  dangers  in  it  except  close  to  the  shore,  and  it  affords  good 
anchorage  in  11  fathoms  from  f  mile  to  within  400  yards  of  the 
head.  Over  the  west  shore  is  Tom  Power  Lookout,  a  remarkable 
conical  hill  502  feet  high.  St.  Croix  Point,  the  west  extreme  of 
that  bay,  slopes  gradually  from  Tom  Power  Lookout,  terminating 
in  an  islet  about  40  feet  high  and  a  rock  that  covers  2  feet. 


«•« 


56 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


A  Shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  200  yai'ds  off  the  point,  and  a 
rocky  patch,  with  U  fathoms,  700  yards  soutliwanl  from  the  point. 

Shag  Rocks  are  two  islets  at  the  entrance  to  Long  Harbor.  The 
west  is  a  fiat,  grass-covered  ridge  39  feet  high,  faced  by  dark  cliifs, 
with  a  gap  through  it  near  the  middle.  A  reef,  awash  at  high 
water,  extends  oif  the  south  end.  The  east  islet,  GO  feet  high,  is 
tree-covered,  and  has  a  double  top. 

A  rock,  with  one  foot  water,  lies  140  yards  from  the  west  extreme, 
and  a  rock,  with  G  feet  water,  460  yards  N.  59°  E.  (N.  87°  E.  mag.), 
from  these  islets. 

A  shoal,  with  3i  fathoms,  lies  800  yards  N.  23°  E.  (N.  51°  E. 
mag.),  from  them,  and  a  bank,  with  S^  fathoms  water,  lies  J  mile 
S.  65"  E.  (S.  37°  E.  mag.)  from  Shag  Rocks  and  400  yards  off  the 
south  shore. 

Fish  Bock,  lO  feet  above  high  water,  is  an  isolated  black  islet 
ItV  miles  N.  31°  W.  (N.  3°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  point  of  Fox 
Island. 

A  rock,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  S.  73°  E.  (S.  45° 
E.  mag.)  from  this  islet. 

Ram  Islands  are  a  cluster  of  islands  and  rocks  occupying  a 
space  2'i  miles  long  N.  by  E.— S.  by  W.  and  nearly  a  mile  wide, 
lying  2  miles  NNE.  from  Fox  Islands.  They  are  divided  into  two 
groups,  the  south  known  as  the  Upper  and  north  as  the  Lower  Rams. 

The  Upper  Rams  are  four  in  number,  namely,  Merchant,  Burke, 
Hole-in-the-wall,  and  King  Islands. 

Merchant  Island,  the  southernmost,  is  conical,  310  feet  above 
high  water,  and  has  a  large  patch  of  white  moss  at  the  summit 
that  makes  it  conspicuous  from  the  southward.  Off  the  west  eiid 
is  an  islet,  low  and  steep-to.  Off  the  NW.  point  is  a  small  island 
14  feet  above  high  water,  joined  by  shoal  water  to  Mercliant  Island, 
and  a  rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  lies  in  the  channel  between  this 
and  Burke  Islands,  about  100  yards  from  the  east  point  of  Merchant 
Island. 

The  channel  between  Merchant  and  Burke  Islands  is  400  yards 
wide,  and  is  clear  in  the  middle,  but  in  addition  to  the  rock  men- 
tioned above  is  a  shoal,  with  6  feet  water,  100  yards  from  the  west 
extreme  of  Burke  Island. 

Burke  Island  is  composed  of  a  group  of  conical  hills,  sloping 
steeply  to  the  sea,  and  to  a  valley  in  the  center  of  the  island.  The 
two  highest  are  over  the  south  shore,  303  and  285  feet  above  high 
water.  Little  Burke  Island  lies  off  the  east  end;  it  has  a  square 
top,  42  feet  above  high  water,  and.  a  spur  rock  extending  west 
from  it.  There  are  only  3^  fathoms  in  the  narrow  channel  between 
Burke  and  Little  Burke  Islands. 

King  Island  is  ^  mile  long,  and  narrow,  consisting  of  several 
hummocks  joined  by  shingle  beaches.    It  is  off  the  north  end  of 


1 


I  point,  and  a 
om  the  point. 
Harbor.  The 
)y  dark  clilfs, 
wash  at  high 
I  feet  high,  is 

west  extreme, 
.  8:°E.  mag.), 

E.  (N.  51°  E. 

;er,  lies  ^  mile 

yards  off  tlie 

;ed  black  islet 
I  point  of  Fox 

73°  E.  (S.  45° 

s  occupying  a 
(  a  mile  wide, 
vided  into  two 
t)  Lower  Rams. 
I'chant,  Burke, 

310  feet  above 


it 


the  summit 
:.he  west  end 
small  island 
cliant  Island, 
between  this 
of  Merchant 


is  400  yards 
the  rock  men- 
from  the  west 

hills,  sloping 
island.    The 

et  above  high 
has  a  square 

ctending  west 

mnel  between 

ing  of  several 
north  end  of 


ISLANDS — ROCKS. 


sr 


Merchant  Island,  separated  by  a  channel  nearly  200  yards  wide, 
with  only  3  feet  in  it  at  low  water. 

Hole-in-the-wall  Island,  so  called  from  a  hole  in  the  cliffs  on 
the  east  side,  consists  of  two  portions,  the  north  of  bare  rock 
almost  joined  to  the  south,  a  double  mound  130  feet  high,  with  a 
low  neck  between. 

The  channel  between  the  two  latter  islands  is  150  yards  wide, 
and  has  4V  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Dangers. — West  of  these  islands  is  a  cluster  of  rocks  and  shoals 
extending  westward  IJ  miles,  within  which  no  vessel  should 
attempt  to  pass. 

Rowland  Rock  is  the  outer  of  the  group,  awash  at  high  water 
and  steep-to  all  round.  It  bears  1^  miles  N.  56°  W.  (N.  28°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  west  point  of  Hole-in-the-wali  Inland.  Shoal 
ground  witli  uneven  bottom  runs  S.  by  E.  +  E.  from  Rowland 
Rock,  terminating  at  $  mile  in  a  rocky  patch  with  IG  feet  water. 
This  shoal  grourtd  is  sfppp-to  on  the  cant  and  west  sides. 

Red  Island  Shoal,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  an  isolated  and  most 
dangerous  ledge,  lies  in  the  fairway  of  Placentia  Bay  and  breaks 
only  in  bad  weather.  It  bears  S.  08°  W.  (N.  84°  W.  mag.)  about  1^ 
miles  from  Rowland  Rock,  and  N.  50°  W.  (N.  22°  W.  mag.)  2  miles 
from  Fish  Rock.     There  is  deep  water  at  100  yards  all  round. 

Fish  Rock,  S.  53°  E.  (S.  25°  E.  mag.),  well  open  east  of  Fox 
Island,  leads  south,  and  Tom  Power  Lookout  N.  73°  E.  (S.  79°  E. 
mag.)  shut  in  with  the  Lower  Rams,  leads  north  of  this  shoal. 

The  Low^er  Rams  consist  of  a  group  of  low  islets  and  rocks, 
the  highest  about  60  feet  above  high  water,  which  should  not  be 
approached  nearer  than  \  mile.  Harbor  Island,  the  largest,  near 
the  south  end  is  conspicuous  from  the  houses  built  on  the  several 
flat  summits  it  contains.  It  is  so  called  from  an  inlet,  which 
nearly  dries  at  low  water,  on  the  north  side,  where  fishing  craft 
find  sJielter. 

Between  these  islands  and  the  mainland  are  several  baiiks  with 
7^  and  8  fathoms,  but  there  are  no  dangers  except  the  following : 

A  Shoal,  with  i\  fathoms  water,  lies  East  (S.  02°  E.  mag.) 
nearly  a  mile  from  East  Green  Island,  the  eastern  of  the  Lower 
Rams. 

The  coast  north  of  St.  Croix  Point  consists  of  two  deep  !  ays. 

Cove-nan-drioch-clochan,  or  cove  of  the  three  ston'33,  runs  in 
nearly  a  mile  from  St.  Croix  Point.  A  plateau,  with  a  depth  of 
1^  fathoms,  lies  across  it,  and  the  coast  is  clear  beyond  200  yards 
from  the  shore.     The  coves  at  the  head  are  shallow. 

Bald  Head  Bay  lies  north  of  Cove-nan-drioch-clochan  and  is 
clear  witliin  200  yards  of  the  head.  The  shores  may  be  approached 
to  within  100  yards.  The  dividing  point  between  these  bays  is 
foul  200  yards  off. 


lilH 

'  Will 


58 


NEWFor NDLA Xl> — SOUTH    COA8T. 


iiiil 


Bald  Head  is  a  conical  mound  120  feet  above  high  water,  the 
extreme  of  the  north  shore  of  the  bay,  and  the  termination  of  a 
long  mossy  slope,  at  tlie  inshore  end  of  which  is  a  curious  pinnacle. 
Off  the  north  extreme  is  a  small  island,  separated  by  a  narrow 
channel  from  the  main.     The  whole  of  this  head  is  steep-to. 

Moany  Cove,  NE.  of  this  head,  is  400  yards  deep,  with  a  shingle 
beach  at  the  head.  Small  vessels  may  anchor  with  offshore  winds, 
and  will  find  good  holding  ground  near  the  west  shore  in  G  fathoms, 
sand. 

Brine  Islands,  a  cluster  of  islets  and  rocks  almost  innumei-able, 
are  separated  from  Bald  Head  by  a  channel  i  mile  wide,  free  from 
danger.  Woody  Island,  the  highest,  has  a  series  of  conical  grass- 
covered  mounds,  the  highest  115  feet,  at  the  base  of  which  are 
some  rocks  close  to  the  shore.  The  only  easy  passage  through 
these  islands  is  between  Woody  Island  and  the  next  island  north, 
and  should  be  taken  in  mid-channel. 

Dick  Burn  Bock,  with  4}  fathoms  water,  lies  400  yards  S.  59° 
W.  (S.  87"  W.  mag.)  from  Woody  Island. 

Hog  Bock,  400  yards  S.  14"  E.  (S.  14°  W.  mag.)  from  Brine 
Islands,  covers  5  feet,  and  is  the  only  danger  in  the  fairway,  the 
other  rocks  being  above  water. 

Blue  Stag  Island,  33  feet  high,  is  the  most  northern  of  Brine 
Islands.  It  is  so  called  from  the  peculiar  bluish-gray  color  of  the 
rock,  and  is  unlike  any  other  on  the  coast  in  that  respect. 

Isaac  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water,  1,200  yards  N.  25°  W.  (N.  3° 
E.  mag.)  from  Blue  Shag  Island,  is  the  only  danger  north  of  Brine 
Islands.  There  are  several  fishing  banks  north  and  west  of  this, 
but  none  ai"e  dangerous.  "- 

Hammer  Rocks,  700  yards  N.  37°  E.  (N.  05°  E.  mag.)  from 
Blue  Shag  Island,  are  a  group,  the  outer  of  which  just  covers  at 
high  water.     They  are  steep-to  on  the  north  and  east  sides. 

The  Coast  from  Moany  Cove  to  Famish  gut  consists  of  a  series 
of  coves  and  heads  with  few  prominent  features.  Corbin  Head,  a 
wedge-shaped  hummock  70  feet  high,  lies  a  little  more  than  a  mile 
N.  20°  E.  (N.  48°  E.  mag.)  from  Bald  Head.  South  of  it  is  a  small 
cove. 

Corbin  Head  Shoal,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  700  yards  N.  87° 
W.  (N.  59°  W.  mag.)  from  Corbin  Head. 

Trinny  Cove  Head,  one  mile  NNE.  from  Corbin  Head,  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  main  ranges  by  a  deep  valley,  drained  by  a  consid- 
erable stream  that  empties  into  Trinny  Cove,  south  of  the  head, 
through  a  sandy  beach  with  an  islet_off  it.  There  is  enough  water 
for  boats  to  enter  at  high  tide,  an»1  shelter  is  sometimes  sought 
there  while  wooding  or  from  stress  of  weather. 

Hiram  Rock,  4  feet  above  high  water,  lies  off  this  head. 


iS! 


high  water,  the 
Bi'iniuation  of  a 
irious  pinnacle. 
(1  by  a  nuiTuw 
I  steep-to. 
»,  with  a  shingle 
otTshore  winds, 
re  in  G  fathoms, 

lit  innnmei'able, 
wide,  free  from 
if  conical  grass- 
e  of  which  are 
assage  through 
st  island  north, 

00  yards  S.  59° 

g.)  from  Brine 
le  fairway,  the 

•tliern  of  Brine 
■ay  color  of  the 
Bspect. 

L  25°  W.  (N.  3° 

north  of  Brine 

id  west  of  this, 

E.  mag.)  from 
just  covers  at 
st  sides, 
sists  of  a  series 
Dorbin  Head,  a 
3re  than  a  mile 
of  it  is  a  small 

0  yards  N.  87° 

Head,  is  sepa- 
Bd  by  a  consid- 

1  of  the  head, 
s  enough  water 
letimes  sought 

is  head. 


ROCKS — ISLANDS. 


59 


^1^  .^"''!  ^®*^'  ^  ""!«  f^-oni  Trinny  Cove  Head,  forms  the 
south  sxce  of  Red  Cove,  an.l  the  entrance  to  Famish-gu  .     A  rock 

Famish-gut  extends  1*  miles  N.  by  E.  from  Red  Cove  Head. 
Off  the  east  shore  is  Bungle  Island,  a  black  rock  7  feet  above  high 
water,  600  yards  from  Red  Cove  Head  ^ 

W^'^S^e^^  W  *''*^    w°^'  ""5  ""'''  ^'^"^  ^"^*^''  ^^''  '^^  y-rds  S.  37° 
W    (b.  65    W.  mag.)  from  Bungle  Island. 

A  Rock,  that  covers  5  feet,  lies  200  yards  N.  65°  W.  (N   37^  W 
mag.)  from  Bungle  Island.  v .  u>.  d/    w. 

A  Rock,  with  3  feet  water,  lies  200  yards  off  the  north  shore 
and  i  mile  from  the  black  islet  off  the  north  head.  Trinny  Cove 
Grassy  Island,  kept  open  of  this  black  islet,  just  clears  south  of  this 
rock;  the  only  danger  is  the  anchorage  space 

findU«U^''f  ''  ^  ^T^  "'*^  "^^''^  ^''^^'  1^^««  ^t  high  water  and 

?or  ifo  ^^d  "^  ""^""  ""^'^-     ^'^^  '^'^''^  -^t-"-  l--t  is  foul 

Famish-gut  Island,  about  50  feet  high,  lies  300  yards  off  the 

?o°  w"m  ,r'T^  ^''\  ]'  ''^'r'^^'  - "' "-  «^^  y-^«  ^ 

Island.'  "'""^'^     "'''"'  *^''  '''''^  1^*^"^*  of  Famish-gut 

S  tv^'w^'Tw  T  ^:  ^^f  ""'^^  ^°^^  '^''^^'''  ^^-^^^  ^»^d«  between 

mul  7S  """^  ""^  ^  f 'P  '"^^  "'^  *^^  «^^^*^^  '^'^'^  i^  8  fathoms, 

mud,  and  in  summer  under  any  circumstances. 

thaT?:^s^X^hLC:r  ^^'^^^  ''--  ^^ream  drawing  a  ^elake 

8h':^;;SiiiSvtr;iSi:rtr^  '^  "^^^^^--^  -^ 

stone  Island,  30  feet  high,  is  an  isolated  white  rock  200  yards 
square,  lying  H  miles  north  from  Brine  Islands.  It  is  surrouiS 
by  sunken  rocks  that  form  a  nearly  continuous  chain  to  TzW 
Cove  Islands.  The  only  passage  through  is  J  mile  south  of  th?s 
island,  nearer  than  which  it  should  not  be  approached. 

qtn      T  1  ^^^'^'/.^^^^tfd  and  10  feet  high,  lies  halfway  between 
btone  Island  and  the  shore. 

,  Trinny  Cove  Islands  lie  X.  by  E.  of  Stone  Island.    The  rocks 
^id  shoals  are  almost  innumerable,  and  tliere  is  no  passage  among 
them.     The  most  conspicuous  are  Grassy  Island,  the  northernmost 
flat  and  covered  with  grass;  Woody  Island,  the  highest,  domt 

haped   with  a  tuft  of  trees  at  the  summit;  Red  Rofk,  a 'con  cal 
islet  of  a  reddish  color;  and  Whales  Back,  the  nearest  inshore. 

The  bank  on  which  these  shoals  lie  falls  suddenly  on  the  west 
sick  the  depth  increasing  from  30  to  60  fathoms  in  /mile 

iJirections.-To  keep  outside  or  west  of  all  shoals.  Fox  Island 
should  be  kept  open  west  of  Ram  Islands,  bearing  S.  2°  W.  (S.  3o° 

14010 6 


f?0 


NKW'FOt'NDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


W.  mag.).     In  foggy  weather,  a  vessel  should  not  stand  in  to  a 
depth  of  less  than  0(»  fathoms. 

It  is  not  advisaljle  for  a  stranger  to  take  the  passage  eastward  of 
the  group. 

The  Coast  trends  N.  by  E.  from  Famish-gut  Point,  with  deep 
coves  and  wooded  hannnocks  310  to  395  feet  above  liigh  water, 
backed  by  the  conspicuous  serrated  ranges  Kite  and  Doe  Hills. 

The  Tickles,  1,*^  miles  from  Famish-gut  Point,  are  a  cluster  of 
rocky  islets  sheltering  a  space  large  enough  for  a  few  fishing  boats, 
which  enter  between  the  two  northern  rffcks. 

Burnt  Head,  2  miles  from  Famish-giit  Point,  is  a  flat-topped, 
isolated  range,  with  a  peak  at  each  end  180  feet  above  high  water. 

Burnt  Head  Sunker,  lies  300  yards  from  Burnt  Head  Point, 
covers  4  feet  at  high  water,  and  is  bold-to  on  the  west  side.  A 
shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  is  300  yards  N.  8°  E.  (N.  3G°  E.  mag.) 
from  it. 

Shag  Roost,  06  feet  high,  is  a  conspicuous  conical  islet  ^  mile 
from  Burnt  Head.  Though  small,  the  white  color  shows  plainly 
against  the  land.  There  is  no  passage  between  it  and  the  shore 
except  for  small  vessels. 

Winging  Rock,  3  feet  above  high  water,  is  ^  mile  S.  79°  W. 
(N.  73°  W.  mag.)  from  Shag  Roost,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  west 
side. 

A  group  of  rocks  that  cover,  and  shoals,  extend  If  miles  Avest- 
ward  of  Winging  Rock,  and  there  is  no  passage  among  them,  but 
vessels  must  keep  outside  all. 

Tom  Sheaves  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water,  is  the  southwestern 
of  these  dangers,  and  lies  1^  miles  N.  31°  W.  (N.  3°  W.  mag.) 
from  Famish-gut  Island. 

Big  Sunker,  that  covers  one  foot  at  high  water,  is  the  western, 
situated  2  miles  N.  14°  W.  (N.  14°  E.  mag.)  from  Famish-gut 
Island.  A  shoal  with  7  feet  water  lies  i  mile  N.  48°  W.  (N.  20° 
W.  mag.)  from  Big  Sunker,  and  sunken  rocks  extend  from  the 
latter  000  yards  S.  by  W. 

Northwest  Rock  covers  4  feet  at  high  water,  and  is  the  NW, 
extreme  of  a  line  of  shoals  surrounding  Big  Sunker ;  it  lies  f  mile 
N.  8°  E.  (N.  36°  E.  mag.)  from  Big  Sunker. 

Middle  Rock,  theNE.  of  these  shoals,  550  yards  S.  84°  E.  (S.  56° 
E.  mag.)  from  Northwest  Rock,  covers  2  feet  at  high  water,  and 
is  steep-to  on  the  north  side. 

Little  Pinch-gut,  li  miles  from  Shag  Roost,  affords  good  shelter 
for  small  craft.  It  is  fronted  by  Tijiker  Island,  41  feet  high,  and 
Green  Island,  30  feet  high,  both  barren  rocks,  the  former  nearly 
joined  at  low  water  to  the  north  point,  and  the  latter  facing  the 
middle  of  the  bay. 


X 


BOCKS— LirrrK  iiakbor. 


t  stand  in  to  a 

fige  eastward  of 

ohit,  with  deep 
ive  liigh  water, 
I  Doe  Hills, 
are  a  cluster  of 
w  fishing  boats, 

s  a  flat-topped, 
»ve  high  water, 
at  Head  Point, 
t  west  side.  A 
^.  3G°  E.  mag.) 

cal  islet  ^  mile 

shows  plainly 

and  the  shore 

nile  S.  79°  W. 
o  on  the  west 

li  miles  west- 
long  them,  but 

3  soiithwestern 
.  3°W.  mag.) 

is  the  western, 
m  Famish-gut 
18°  W.  (N.  30°' 
tend  from  the 

id  is  the  NW, 
;  it  lies  J  mile 

5.  84°  E.  (S.  56° 
igh  water,  and 

ds  good  shelter 
feet  high,  and 
former  nearly 
;ter  facing  the 


%x 


A  narrow  passage  between  shoals  leads  to  the  anchorage  and 
only  one  course  can  be  pursued  in  safety  ^  ' 

Keep  close  to  tlie  SW.  point  of  Tinker  Island   to  avoid  a  rock 
with  4  feet  water  200  yards  off.     Then  steer  to  pass  100  yard"  no    h 
of  the  east  extreme  of  the  rocks  off  Green  Island,  and  when  Burn 
Head  sumnu   opens  south  of  Green  Island,  that  imtrk  W  on  w 

SinVgTotr  ^^'^^ '''''''"''' '' '  ^«  «*  '^'^---  ^--;;  rjr 

H,ulm'*:;^7VMr''  '""*'''  ^""  '^"^^  '^'^^"^«'  "^  Little  Piuch-gut 
arZ\  ti\       : '  '^'""^'  "'^  ^  ^««t'  "^*^P«  rise  6  feet. 

high  wtrlTntu'  "^r  "'  *'"  '^^'  ^^  '  '""'''  '''^'  '^  f-t  above 
nigli  water,  joined  to  a  long,  narrow,  sloping  poir 

A  Rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  close  to  the  north  side  and  n 

^e^ena.myara.  SSW.,  the  outer  knob  havL!!:  Tfathl: 

off^n^ff? *"*"*  T*^  f  ^^''  P""^*  ''  ^-^S^'^^^  ^"'1  «hoal,  with  rocks 

LitH^T^f '  T^  '^""^^  "«*  ^«  approached  within  4ryaixls 
Little  Harbor  Island,  43  feet  above  high  water  hJvd 

mits  but  niakes  as  a  flat  top.  It  is  situate^^Tmi/rNw  f"™' 
Pinch-giit  Pomt,  and  is  continued  west  by  low  rocks  iZle  Z 
western  being  awash  at  high  water  *     ^'  *^'^ 

rS^\^°  W  ^°^'  ri"'  'V''^  ^^*"^  ^"  ^*'  l^^«  1'200  yards  S.  45°  W 

foo^  wa^r^.^  •; '  '"''^  ^'"''^^  "'*^  *^^^«^  ^^^^ds,  shoalest  with  one 
NW  V  w  T    '  ?''?'"'  ^  'P^""  ^'^O  y^'^'^'  i^  diameter  800  yards 
NW.  I  W^  from  Little  Harbor   Island.     Between   this  shoafand 
Brennan  Point  on  the  mainland  are  two  shoals  with  4  f«?i 
water,  at  neai-ly  equal  distances  from  each  otw  anT  it  sW^^ 
l^::r^:^'  ^"  '^'^  *^^  passage  betw.en  LiUlfSor 

high  range  over  Great  Pinch-gut,  the  ^uCi  ^^JTt^l^ 

high  makes  as  a  square  hummock  from  the  southward  whlett 
coast  range  is  flat.     The  northern  rock  is  4  feet  above  hil  water 
Little  Hajbor,  fit  for  small  craft  only,  is  situated  irmle?NE 
of  Brennan  Point.     Only  12  feet  can  be  carried  in  at  low  wo. 
and  mid-^.hannel  must  be  kept  throughout  to  Iw  rocks  rnirtW 
hand      On  the  south  side  a  rock  that  covers  5  feet  Hes  rn  f   i 
off  shore,  and  a  shoal,  with  4  feet  water,  off  a  ro  k  ihat  clrs't 


mmmK 


62 


XKWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


A.iicliorage  Tiuiy  be  had  between  the  first  fishing  stages  or  imme- 
diatoly  after  they  are  passed,  for  the  water  slioals  suddenly  at  the 
inner  stages. 

Sails  Island,  :J9  feet  high,  is  1,200  yards  tcj  the  northward  of 
Little  Harbor,  close  to  the  mainland.  An  islet,  8  feet  above  high 
water  with  a  rocky  spit  west  of  it,  lies  close  west  of  Sails  Island. 

Sly-boots,  a  rock  with  5  feet  water,  is  1,050  yards  S.  59°  W. 
(S.  87°  W.  uiag.)  from  Sails  Island. 

The  summit  of  Butler  Head,  open  west  of  Woody  Island  N.  G°  W. 
(N.  22°  E.  mag.)  clears  west  of  this  rock. 

Little  Harbor  Head,  760  yards  from  Sails  Island,  is  a  sloping 
point,  from  a  round  wooded  hillock  125  feet  high,  and  is  bold-to 
all  around. 

Island  Cove  Head,  1,300  yards  north  of  Little  Harbor  Head,  is 
a  perpendiciilar  cliff  75  feet  high,  backed  by  a  wooded  hummock 
that  shows  conspicuously  from  the  southward. 

La  Manche,  J  mile  deep  and  ^  mile  broad,  runs  NE.  of  Island 
Cove  Head.  The  land  in  the  neighborhood  consists  of  high  barren 
ranges,  the  culminating  jjoint  over  the  head  of  La  Manche  sur- 
mounted by  a  cairn  015  feet  above  high  water.  On  the  peninsula 
forming  the  western  shore  the  hills  are  230  feet  high  in  the  back- 
ground, gradually  decreasing  in  height,  in  a  series  of  hummocks 
to  the  point.  Numerous  valleys  intersect  these  hills,  down  many 
of  which  streamlets  run  from  ponds  situated  between  the  hills. 

Lead  Mines  are  situated  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  bay,  and 
the  buildings  show  out  prominently  from  the  westward.  A  wharf 
has  been  erected  in  a  .small  cove  below  the  mines  where  small  ves- 
sels can  load,  but  affords  no  shelter  from  onshore  winds.  *" 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  6  or  7  fathoms,  gravel,  fair  hold- 
ing ground,  with  shelter  from  winds  from  N W.  through  north  and 
east  to  south. 

La  Manche  Head  is  a  wooded  head,  forming  the  west  point  of 
entrance.  Some  low  rocks  lie  oft"  it,  steep-to  on  the  west  side,  and 
about  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

A  Rock,  that  covers  5  feet,  lies  100  yards  off  the  western  shore, 
^  mile  from  La  Manche  Head. 

Woody  Island,  92  feet  high,  is  the  south  extreme  of  a  group  of 
islands  and  rocks  off  the  peninsula,  west  of  La  Manche,  that 
divides  it  from  Little  Southern  Harbor.  Between  this  group  and 
the  main  are  numerous  sunken  rocks  and  shoals,  completely  shut- 
ting the  passage.  The  south  and  west  sides  of  the  group  may  be 
approached  to  within  200  yards. 

Grassy  Island,  65  feet  high,  forms  the  north  extreme,  and  is 
faced  by  black  cliffs.  A  rock,  with  3  feet  water,  lies  100  yards 
N.  14°  E.  (N.  42°  E.  mag.),  from  Grassy  Island. 


,/'- 


tages  or  imme- 
uddenly  at  the 

uortliward  of 
jet  above  high 
Sails  Island, 
.rds  8.  59°  W. 

si  and  N.  6°  W. 

id,  iti  a  sloping 
and  is  bold-to 

[arbor  Head,  is 
led  hummock 

NE.  of  Island 
)f  high  barren 
I  Manche  sur- 
the  peninsula 
li  in  the  back- 
of  hummocks 
s,  down  many 
n  the  hills. 
'  the  bay,  and 
ird.  A  wharf 
ere  small  ves- 
nds.  "~ 

Lvel,  fair  hold- 
igh  north  and 

west  point  of 
svest  side,  and 

vestern  shore, 

of  a  group  of 
Manche,  that 
lis  group  and 
apletely  shut- 
!jroup  may  be 

treme,  and  is 
ies  100  yards 


IU)CK8. 


63 


Wining  Rooks,  lying  800  yards  X.  31"  W.  (N.  3°  W  mac  ) 

and   the  northern  n  feet  above  high  water.     Sunken   rocks  fie 
between   hem  and  a  shoal,  with  7  feet,  100  yards  off  the  n or  h  end 
The  .south  rock  is  bold  to  the  southward 
Little  Southern  Harbor  is  north  of  Grassy  Island.    The  best 

rrshl,::f'ttT  ^""^'  '^^'^^^  -»^  winging  Rocks.  Ontl 
tant  si.  e  of  the  entrance  are  several  low  wedge-shaped  hummoc-ks 
jonoed  by  two  low  necks  to  the  main.  From  the  h  ghe  t  of  tlte' 
rocks  that  cover  extend  200  yards.  The  west  point  slo^  s  f n  m 
Biitler  Hea,l,  a  round  wooded  sunmiit  faced  on  the  north  .side  by 
steep  chffs,  and  201  feet  above  high  water.  ^ 

A  Rock  that  breaks  lies  160  yards  off  the  west  point   leavinir  a 
passage  400  yards  wide  between  it  and  the  rocks  off  X  eastZe 
Both  sides  of  the  harbor  have  detached  rocks  off  them   but      .v 
be  approached  to  within  200  yards,  and  the  head  shoals  '300  v'Z 
rri/iii  lilt)  hign-water  line. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  anywhere  within  the  line  of  the 
points  bu  the  best  holding  ground  is  in  7  fathoms,  gravef  just 
beyond  a  deep  cove  on  the  west  shore  •" 

HaTo7;7Jh  'lo^!.^^"r'""'  ^""  ""^  '''"^^^'  "^  L^t"^  Sou.iiern 
naroor  at  [)h.  30m.     Springs  rise  8  feet 

Great  Southern  Harbor  is  entered  north  of  Butler  Head  and 
;s  separated  from  the  head  of  Little  Southern  Harbor  by  l.lZt 
m  yards  broad,  nearly  covered  by  a  pond.  The  harbor  n  s  3i 
miles  from  Butler  Head,  and  contains  some  islands  XshZs  are 
steep-to,  sloping  from  wooded  ranges,  and  at  the  head  is  Big  Pond 

Anchorage  may  be  had  at  the  head  in  5  to  9  fathoms  but  the 
holding  ground  is  bad,  and  the  harbor  is  completely  exposed.     The 

Itfr^'^-'-  'i  f  \""^'  ^°^^*^  ''  Tommy  Sharp  R^ck,  an  i  let 
6  feet  high  jomed  to  the  peninsula  on  the  west  side  of  th;  harb<.r 
that  separates  it  from  Arnold  Cove 

Duck  Island,  56  feet  high,  lies  i  mile  north  from  Butler  Head 
aiKl  the  same  distance  off  the  nearest  cliff.     It  is  bold-to,  except  off 
the  SW.  point,  where  a  ledge  with  7  to  0  fathoms  extends  nearly 

Seal  Islet,  43  feet  high,  is  a  smaU  square  rock  close  to  tlie  isthmus 
dividing  Great  and  Little  Southern  Harbors 

A  rock  that  covers  6  feet,  with  another  sunken  r.ick  close-to 
hes  400  yards  8.  8°  W.,  (S.  36°  W.  mag.)  from  Seal  Islet   in  the 
passage  between  Duck  Island  and  the  main,  400  yards  from  te 
latter.     Duck  Island,  therefore,  should  be  neared  when  tak  ng  this 


64 


NKWFOUXnr.A NH — HOUTII    COAST. 


!M 


Ooose  Island,  81  feet  liigh,  iw  a  square,  grass-topped  nx'k,  facoil 
by  l)lack  cliffs,  separated  by  a  channel  about  200  yards  wide  from 
the  peninsula  dividing  Great  Southern  Harbor  from  Arnohl  Cove. 
In  the  channel  between  3J  fathoins  water  nuiy  be  earried.  From 
the  west  extrei  le  a  ledge  extends  about  l,3oo  yards,  with  depths 
of  (5i  to  {>K  fatlioms. 

Arnold  Cove  contains  good  anchorage  in  :\\  to  5  fathoms  for 
small  vessels,  all  slieltered  from  winds,  and  for  large  vessels  in  5 
to  7  fathoms,  with  shelter  from  all  but  those  from  south  to  west. 
The  eastern  shore  is  rugged,  sloping  from  a  wooded  cone  130  feet 
high.  At  the  iiead  is  a  .shingle  beach  fronting  a  salt-water  pond, 
and  the  western  shore,  terminating  in  Bordeaux  Island,  is  fringed 
by  rocks  that  cover  and  extend  'iOO  yards  from  the  shore. 

Round  Rock,  O  feet  above  high  water,  is  the  farthest  off  shore, 
and  is  4o()  yards  S.  87°  E.  (S.  50°  E.  mag.)  from  Adams  Head. 

Adams  Head,  104  feet  high,  is  a  fiat-topped  barren  mound  near 
the  south  extreme  of  the  western  shore  of  Arnold  Cove,  with  Adams 
House,  a  conspicuous  two-storied  dwelling,  at  the  base,  that  shows 
out  v/ell  to  all  i)arts  of  the  head  of  Placentia  Bay. 

Bordeaux  Island,  138  feet  high,  wooded  an<l  bluff,  is  separated 
from  the  main  by  Bordeaux  Gut,  a  narrow  passag<>,  with  water 
enough  for  fishing  boats  at  low  water.  A  remarkable  (juartz  vein 
runs  down  the  cliffs  near  the  SW.  point  of  the  island. 

A  Rock  that  covers  one  foot  lies  between  the  east  extreme  of 
Bordeaux  Island  and  Adams  Head,  a  third  of  the  distance  across 
from  the  latter. 

Come-By-Chance  Bay,  entered  at  2  miles  north  of  Bordeaux 
Island,  affords  anchorage  as  convenient  in  depths  of  10  fathonVs 
ami  less,  t  ,ie  former  depth  being  found  at  one  mile  within  the  en- 
ti'ance  to  the  bay. 

Jonathan  Lookout,  a  conspicuous  isolated  cone,  712  feet  above 
high  Avatei-,  is  If  miles  WNW.  from  Powder  Horn.  From  this 
latter  hill,  1,045  feet  high,  the  range  gradually  decreases  in  height 
to  the  marsh  bordering  on  North  Harbor. 

Coast. — Rocks  extend  a  short  distance  from  Come-By-Chance 
Point.  The  coast  then  trends  northward  round  Holletts  Cove, 
which  is  600  yards  wide  and  400  yards  deep,  with  several  sunken 
rocks  near  the  shore.  A  reef  that  dries  at  low  water,  with  sunken 
rocks  at  the  extr'eme,  extends  250  yards  SSE.  from  the  west  en- 
trance point  of  this  cove. 

Southern  Head,  a  wooded  promontory  125  feet  high,  projects 
a  short  distance  from  the  line  of  the^coast,  at  J  mile  westward  of 
Come-By-Chance  Point.  The  shore  from  this  to  North  Harbor  is 
fringe<l  by  small  islets  and  sunken  rocks,  and  must  not  be  ap- 
proached nearer  than  300  yards. 


juimiMiii 


imm 


IHLANU8. 


Uu 


(1  rork,  facpfl 
Is  wido  from 
\nii)l(l  (Jo\i\ 
[Tied.  From 
with  depths 

)  fathoms  for 
e  ve88ol8  in  5 
iiith  to  west, 
cono  130  foot 
t-water  pond, 
nd,  is  fringed 
loi'e. 

lest  off  sliore, 
ms  Head. 
II  mound  near 
>,  with  Adams 
se,  that  sliows 

f,  is  separated 

o,  witli  water 

le  quartz  vein 

1. 

,st  extreme  of 

i  stance  across 

of  Bordeaux 
IG  fathoms 
vithin  the  en- 

12  feet  above 
From  this 
ases  in  height 

ne-By-Chance 
olletts  Cove, 

Bveral  sunken 
with  sunken 
the  west  en- 

ligh,  projects 
westward  of 
th  Harbor  is 
,t  not  be  ap- 


North  Harbor.— The  oast  point  of  North  Harbor  is  1 J  miles, 
NW,  from  Conn-By -Cliaiioo  Point;  the  liarbor  is  4}  miles  deep 
and  l,S(t()  yuids  wide  at  the  entrance. 

Rocks  that  almo.st  cover  at  high  water  lie  dose  to  the  east  shore, 
8()(»  yards  north  of  South  Point. 

Emberley  Point,  700  yards  farthei-  northward,  may  he  easily 
distingiiishecl  by  a  white  house  on  it. 

A  cove  to  the  eastward  of  Kmberley  Point,  surrounded  by  rocks, 
that  extend  200  yar<ls  from  the  beach,  affords  good  aii'horago  with 
all  winds,  except  those  from  Houtii  to  WSW.,  in  a  j.,  iieral  depth 
of  UK  fathoms. 

Sall-the-maid  Island  is  2  miles  within  the  entrance,  and  off  the 
west  entrance  point  of  this  cove,  to  which  it  is  nearly  joined  by 
rocks.  It  is  70  feet  high,  and  composed  of  gray  rocks  covered  by 
wood.  From  it  sunken  rocks  extend  S.  by  W.  for  a  distance  of  ;)oO 
yards.     Northward  of  this  island  shoal  water  extends  200  yards 


:'.n:{ 


ivcriil  rockn,  nouiw  of  wiiicii  cover. 


le  within 


from  tlu>  «]iore; 

that  distance.  Charley  Rock,  the  highest  of  these,  is  '.i  feet  above 
high  water,  and  lies  nearly  midway  between  the  island  and  the 
head  of  the  harl)or. 

The  west  shore  of  N«>rth  Harbor  may  be  approached  to  100  yards, 
except  in  the  coves. 

Jigging  Cove  lies  on  the  west  shore  nearly  2  miles  fi-om  the 
entrance,  and  is  shallow  to  the  mouth. 

Goose  Island,  about  40  feet  liigh,  wooded  and  flat,  forms  the 
north  entrance  point,  and  separates  it  from  Goose  Cove,  also  shal- 
low to  the  line  of  the  outer  points.  A  rock  lies  a  short  distance 
from  the  south  extreme  of  Goose  Island. 

Anchorage  for  large  vessels  may  be  had  anywhere  within  the 
entrance  of  North  Harbor  according  to  the  depth  desired,  but  it 
must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  water  shoals  rapidly  from  10  to  5 
fathoms  off  Molasses  Point,  north  of  Goose  Cove. 

North  Harbor  Point,  the  west  entrance  point  of  North  Harbor, 
terminates  on  the  eastern  side  in  a  small,  nearly  detached,  rocky 
peninsula,  31  feet  high,  off  the  .south  extreme  of  which  lies  a  sunken 
rock. 

North  Harbor  Rock,  with  C  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  600  yards 
S.  56°  W.  (S.  84°  W.  mag.)  from  North  Harbor  Point. 

Baker  Cove  lies  NW.  of  North  Harbor  Point.  It  is  1,400  yards 
wide  and  1,000  yards  deej),  and  affords  anchorage  with  offshore 
winds  in  4^^  to  9  fathoms,  sand.  Rocks  that  cover  extend  a  short 
distance  from  the  east  entrance  point  of  the  cove,  and  shoal  water 
extends  a  short  distance  from  the  shore  and  100  yards  from  Baker 
Point,  which  is  a  wooded  bluff  about  120  feet  high,  projecting  000 
yards  from  the  coast  NW.  of  the  cove. 


I 


MtteiMH 


miitfiiifiifiiiit  aiiiii 


iiitmm^mmiam 


I"' 
pit 

u 


\n 


66 


NKWFOI'NDLANI)— SOI'TII   COAST. 


At  the  hoa<l  of  Baker  Cove  arc  two  bfaclioH  of  rfMidish  HhiiiKlf, 
HeparattMl  l)y  a  rod  cliff,  faciii^f  a  Hiiiall  woo<l»'»l  liiIlo(!k. 

Ooast.  Tlin  coaHt  from  Hak«'r  C'oVf  trt'iids  NW.  for  1^  mlloH  to 
Placontia  Mans  Point,  with  slight  indentations,  tlicncc  with  a  slight 
clmnge  in  direetion,  more  to  tlie  north,  for  2  miles,  to  a  low  wooded 
immvontory  faced  Ity  shale  clifTs,  from  the  ff)ot  of  wliich  the  shore 
dries  a  short  distance.  A  few  honses  are  hiiilt  on  the  coast  ))etwoen 
Baker  Cove  and  Placentia  Mans  Point. 

Black  River,  from  which  tlie  station  derives  its  name,  is  entered 
at  k  mile  northward  of  the  point  on  which  the  station  stands,  and 
may  be  approached  to  t>()()  yards  by  vessels  drawing  Vi  feet  water. 

A  Telegraph  Station,  surronnded  by  well  cultivated  ground,  is 
situated  on  tlie  south  entrance  point  of  Black  River;  it  is  in  con- 
nection witli  the  Anglo-American  Telegraph  Company. 

Ice. — Black  River  is  generally  frozen  toward  the  latter  end  of 
January  and  clear  by  tlie  middle  of  Api'il. 

Vicuna  Island,  ;}0  feet  high,  lies  OOo  yards  WSW.  from  the  sta- 
tion i)Oint;  it  is  alxmt  'iOO  yards  in  dijimeter,  and  covered  witli 
grass  over  gray  rock.  Martin  Morrissey  Rocks,  a  small  group 
about  200  yards  in  diameter,  are  nearly  joined  to  the  west  extreme 
of  Vicuna  Island,  the  highest  being  li  feet  above  high  water. 

A  Rock  4  feet  high  is  situated  200  yards  south  of  Martin  Morris- 
sey Rocks,  and  100  yards  farther  in  the  same  direction  lies  a  rock 
that  dries  4  feet  at  low  water. 

A  Rock  that  dries  6  feet  lies  i  mile  S.  82"  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.) 
from  Vicuna  Island,  and  a  rock,  with  ;i  feet  water,  lies  between 
that  island  and  the  station  point,  2()0  yards  from  the  latter. 

Mouse  Island  is  small,  covered  with  grass,  and  20  feet  high;  it 
is  ^  mile  NW.  by  W.  from  Vicuna  Island. 

Pipers  Hole  is  entered  through  a  channel  400  yards  wide,  lying 
400  yards  westward  from  Mouse  Island,  and  extends  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  4  miles  to  the  fresh-water  ])rook  at  the  head. 

At  2  miles  within  the  entrance  is  a  sharp  bend,  150  yards  wide, 
round  Cape  Pine,  through  which  the  tide  runs  about  3  knots  an 
hour  at  springs.  The  arm  then  expands  into  a  shallow  basin,  a 
mile  long  and  1,200  yards  wide,  the  greater  part  of  which  dries  at 
low  water.  In  it  are  some  islands,  Bii'chy  Island,  the  highest, 
being  02  feet  high  and  covered  with  wood.  From  the  upper  part 
of  this  basin  a  narrow  sti-eam  extends  to  the  head,  the  northern 
bend  being  nearly  filled  with  bowlders. 

Southwest  of  the  entrance  to  Pipers  Hole  are  Rocky  Cove,  a  small 
curve  in  the  coast  lined  with  bowldei's,  and  Cock  and  Hen  Cove. 
Shoal  water  extends  a  considerable  distance  off  this  cove. 

Desolate  Point  is  the  extreme  of  an  isolated  hill,  200  feet  high, 
covered  with  moss,  that  forms  the  turning  point  into  the  soimd 


SOUND   IBLAND. 


«'.7 


"ildisli  hImhrIo, 

ck. 

for  1^  iniloH  to 

je  with  a  Hli^lit 

[» a  low  woo<l»*(l 

liicli  tlio  shorn 

)  coast  hot  woe  n 

aine,  is  entered 
on  stands,  and 
12  feet  water, 
fvtod  ground,  is 
r ;  it  is  in  con- 
my. 
3  latter  end  of 

'.  front  the  sta- 
covered  with 
a,  small  gronp 
9  west  extreme 
fh  water. 
Martin  Morris- 
ion  lies  a  rock 

70°  W.  maj?.) 
lies  between 
latter.         ^ 
0  feet  high  ;  it 

(Is  w^ide,  lying 
ds  in  a  north- 
it  the  head. 
0  yards  wide, 
nt  3  knots  an 
allow  basin,  a 
wliich  dries  at 
the  highest, 
le  upper  part 
the  northern 

Cove,  a  small 
id  Hen  Cove, 
rave. 
200  feet  high, 

to  the  sound 


from  Pipers  Hole.  Bittern  Cove,  a  slight  indentation  with  a  shiii- 
gl(>  beach,  is  south  of  this  hill.  From  this  the  coast  trends  in 
nearly  a  straight  line  H.  by  W.  for  a  distance  of  ft  miles,  the*  north- 
ern part  sloping  from  Idgh  hills,  and  the*  coast  lin(>  of  rocks  being 
occasioinvlly  varieil  l)y  small  beaches  of  shingle. 

Toby  Lookout  is  the  highest  of  the  hills  immediately  border- 
ing on  th(»  coast,  i.iid  attains  an  ohtvation  of  l,(t3<»  teet.  This 
range  recedes  from  the  coast  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  becomes 
barren  in  the  interior. 

White  Hills,  an(»ther  bare  range,  the  highest  of  which  is  1,1k,'') 
feet  above  high  water,  are  situated  23  miles  irdand,  and  connected 
with  the  western  part  of  the  range  from  Toby  Lookout.  As  this 
range  recedes  from  the  (joast,  lower,  wooded,  and  mossy  hills 
fringe  the  shore. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  at  the  head  of  Placontia  Bay, 
north  of  Placentia  Mans  Point,  but  large  vessels  should  not  bring 
Bloody  Point,  the  novtl'.  extreme  of  Sound  Lshvnil,  tu  bwm  .soiilh  of 
S.  (12°  W.  (West  mug.),  as  the  water  shoals  rapidly  from  1-i  to  '6'i 
fathoms. 

Sound  Island  has  the  sha])e  of  an  i.-regular  rectangle,  ;<3  miles 
long  and  2i  miles  broad.  The  characteristic  features  are  long 
hills  400  to  3G0  feet  high,  covered  with  white  moss,  and  patches  of 
small  wood  in  the  valleys.  A  sharji  peak,  ;}81  feet  high,  rises  near 
the  north  extreme,  and  the  summit,  when  seen  from  the  western 
part  of  the  sound,  api)ears  an  inclined  plane,  with  a  steep  fall  to 
the  western  shore  of  the  island.  The  east  shore  is  formed  of  shale 
cliffs,  the  dtlbris  froni  which  has  accumulated  at  the  base,  and  pre- 
vents landing,  except  in  fine  weather. 

Catens  Cove,  a  small  bight,  lies  in  the  middle  of  this  shore,  and 
is  nearly  filled  with  rocks.  Net  Rock,  15  feet  above  high  wtiter,  is 
north  of  this  cove,  and  is  bold-to  on  the  east  side. 

Some  white  cliffs  are  near  the  south  extreme.  Woody  Island 
Shoal,  with  5i  fathoms  water,  extends  l,3(tO  yards  UK.  by  E.  from 
the  SE.  extreme  of  the  island. 

The  south  shore  curves  round  Muddy  Hole,  a  shallow  cove,  and 
thence  with  a  broad  sweep  to  Upper  Sandy  Point,  the  SW.  ex- 
treme of  the  island.  This  point  projects  600  yards  from  the  line 
of  coast,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  hill  118  feet  high,  covered  with 
yellow  moss.  This  hill  being  lighter  in  color  than  the  mainland 
can  generally  be  seen  when  open  of  Woody  Island.  The  west 
shore  of  Sound  Island  is  almost  straight,  and  is  bordered  by  a 
beach  of  shingle  in  front  of  the'  steep  slopes  from  the  summit. 
Bloody  Point,  at  the  north  extreme,  is  steep-to  and  surmounted  by 
a  dark  wooded  hill. 


■*>-iiiJiiiiMi«aiMit»*«iir    i  -r-'"'  ■  ilnm-iUfiMi-rT'lii-lf  •  r^-  iiiiirtVi>r'liti»ri 


n'd'iirf    rliiiri 


i~' 


68 


NEWFOUNDLAND — S  'UTII   COAST. 


Jeffrey  Cove,  the  most  westerly  of  three  on  the  north  side  of 
Sound  Island,  is  1,800  yards  wide  and  600  yards  deep.  There  are 
a  few  houses  at  the  head  of  the  cove. 

A  Rock  with  7  feet  water  lies  in  the  middle,  nearly  between  the 
line  of  the  extreme  points,  and  a  shoal  with  ;}J  fathoms  water  lies 
200  yards  northward  of  the  rock.  Bittern  Cove  Bench  open  north 
of  Bloody  Point,  bearing  N.  02°  W.  (N.  34°  W.  mag.),  leads  east 
of  this  shoal. 

Maggotty  Cove  is  separated  from  Jeffrey  Cove  by  Shepherd 
Point,  east  150  yards  from  which  is  a  sunken  rock.  This  cove  is 
800  yards  broad  and  350  yards  deep.  It  is  surrounded  by  houses, 
and  affords  good  anchorage  for  a  few  smoll  vessels  in  5  to  12  fath- 
oms. New  Town,  east  of  Maggotty  Cove,  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  church,  a  plain  whjte  wooden  building,  and  several  two- 
storied  white  houses.  A  rock  that  dries  4  feet  lies  in  the  middle 
of  the  bight  off  New  Town,  between  the  line  of  the  outer  points, 
and  150  yards  from  the  shore. 

Irishtown,  SE.  of  New  Town,  is  at  the  head  A  a  cove  1,400  yards 
wide  and  (300  yards  deep.  A  few  houses  ar.?  built  near  the  head. 
The  shores  are  bold,  except  off  Brimstone  Pc.int  SE.  of  the  co^'^e, 
from  which  rocks  extend  150  yards. 

The  Sound,  between  Sound,  Woody,  and  Bairen  Islands  on  the 
east  side,  and  the  mainland  on  the  west,  is  500  ;^-ards  wide  at  the 
narrowest  part.  It  is  clear  in  mid-channel  between  Sound  Island 
and  the  main,  and  the  eastern  shore  may  be  neared  to  100  yards. 
A  few  rocks  lie  off  the  mainland,  but  none  so  far  as  200  yards 
distant.  ^ 

The  channel  between  Sound  and  Woody  Islands,  I  mile  wide,  is 
clear,  and  affords  excellent  anchorage  in  7  to  19  fathoms.  The 
extreme  points  are  connected  by  bars  with  6J  fathoms  water  on 
them,  and  there  is  a  hole  in  the  middle  with  19  fathoms,  deepest 
water.  Anchorage  may  also  be  had  in  the  Sound  according  to  the 
length  of  the  vessel. 

Woody  islands  consist  of  two  large  and  some  small  islands. 
Woody  Island,  the  largest,  is  2  miles  long  and  nearly  a  mile  wide, 
and  is  surmounted  by  wooded  hills,  the  highest  being  flat -topped 
and  327  ieet  high.  A  round  hill,  316  feet  high,  lies  close  west  of 
the  highest.  The  east  shore  falls  steeply,  and  several  small  coves 
lie  at  the  base  of  the  hills.  Hardy  Rocks  are  a  small  cluster  f  mile 
S.  by  W.  from  the  north  extreme  of  the  island.  The  highest  is  7 
feet  above  high  water,  and  they  are  steep-to  on  the  south  side. 

Crev6  Islets  lie  off  the  west  shora,  and  are  nearly  joiied  to  each 
other  and  Woody  Island  at  low  water.  They  shelter  a  small  cove 
almost  filled  with  rocks  known  by  the  name  of  Woody  Island 
Harbor,  but  there  is  scarcely  room  for  even  a  very  small  vessel  to 


ilUlillMlillll^lWiiUiH 


m^msi^^mimm^em^- 


the  north  side  of 
deep.     There  are 

)arlj'  between  the 
ithoms  water  lies 
Be.ich  open  north 
ma^.),  leads  east 

ove  by  Shepherd 
ck.  This  cove  is 
inded  by  houses, 
Is  in  5  to  12  fath- 
be  distinguished 
and  several  two- 
ies  in  the  middle 
the  outer  points, 

L  cove  1,400  yards 
ilt  near  the  head. 
SE.  of  the  co^^e, 

en  Islands  on  the 
,-ards  wide  at  the 
Jen  Sound  Island 
red  to  100  yards, 
far  as  200  yards 


^  mile  wide,  is 
fathoms.  The 
ithoms  water  on 
fathoms,  deepest 
according  to  the 

e  small  islands. 

ly  a  mile  wide, 
»eing  flat-topped 
ies  close  west  of 
eral  small  coves 
ill  cluster  J  mile 

he  highest  is  7 
e  south  side, 
y  joiied  to  each 
;er  a  small  cove 

Woody  Island 

small  vessel  to 


I8L.\ND8. 


(i9 


swing  clear  of  danger.  A  settlement  is  situated  here,  with  a  church 
and  sclioolhouse.  The  largest  of  Cr^vfe  Islets  is  partially  wooded 
and  grassy,  25  feet  high,  and  lies  600  yards  from  the  mainland. 
There  is  deep  water  200  yards  distant  from  the  west  side. 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  had  south  of  these  islets  in 
8  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Woody  Island  at 
8li.  9m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet;  neaps  rise  i^  feet. 

A  Rock  that  dries  5  feet  lies  a  short  distance  from  the  south 
extreme  of  Woody  Island. 

Little  Woody  Island  is  500  yiirds  southward  of  Woody  Island, 
to  which  it  is  joined  by  a  bar  with  one  to  3  feet  ou  it  at  low  water. 
It  is  about  ^  mile  long,  ^  mile  wide,  and  is  partially  wooded  over 
gray  rock,  the  summit  183  feet  above  high  water,  falling  in  a  steeji 
bluff  to  the  SE.  extreme.  Several  pinnacle  rocks  are  joined  to  the 
shores,  and  a  sand  spit,  that  covers  at  high  water,  extends  200  yards 
from  the  NW.  extreme.     The  '"ther  sides  are  steep-to. 

Shag  Rock  is  a  small  pinnacle  15  feet  high,  lying  600  yards 
from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Woody  Island  and  about  the  same  dis- 
tance from  the  mainland.    A  shoal  extends  from  the  south  extreme. 

Sugarloaf  Island  is  about  250  yards  in  diameter,  round,  wooded, 
and  101  feet  high.  It  is  ^  mile  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Woody 
Island,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  200  yards. 

La  Plante  Sunker,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  at  the  extreme  of 
a  bank  whicii  extends  650  yards  SSW.  from  Sugarloaf  Island. 
Shag  Rock,  open  either  side  of  that  island,  leads  north  and  south 
of  this  danger. 

La  Plante  is  a  shallow  indentation  on  the  mainland,  a  mile 
southwestward  of  Sugarloaf  Island.  This  cove  nearly  dries  at  low 
water,  but  boats  can  enter  and  obtain  water  after  half  flood.  An 
islet  27  feet  high  and  covered  with  grass  is  situated  close  off  the 
north  entrance  point. 

Barren  Island,  1-^  miles  southwestward  of  Woo-^y  Island,  is 
separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  channel  700  yai"ds  wi(le.  It  is 
nearly  4  miles  long  and  If  miles  broad  at  the  NE.  extreme.  It  is  in 
the  shape  of  an  irregular  triangle,  the  apex  being  at  the  SW. 
extreme. 

Two  peninsulas  extend  from  the  east  side.  The  northern  forms 
Barren  Island  Harbor  and  the  north  part  of  Western  Cove,  being 
connected  to  Barren  Island  by  a  l^each  of  shingle  between  the  heads 
of  these  coves.  Western  Cove  Head,  the  other  peninsula,  is  joined 
to  the  island  by  a  low,  marshy  neck,  on  which  are  two  ponds  that 
leave  only  a  short  distance  betweeii  each  other  and  the  sea  on  each 
side  of  the  nee':.  There  are  three  principal  hills.  The  summit, 
490  feet  above  high  water,  is  bare ;  it  lies  near  the  middle  of  the 


In 

IP 


,-?r-  -i^  •■•m 


"9m 


70 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH    COAST. 


island,  and  from  the  southward  appears  as  an  inclined  plane  with 
the  steep  side  to  the  westward.  A  round,  wooded  hill,  437  feet 
high,  is  situated  close  west  of  Western  Cove  Head,  and  a  bare  hill, 
4;J2  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  NE.  extreme. 

The  north  shore  falls  steeply  from  a  chain  of  wooded  hills,  and 
is  clear  of  danger  beyond  200  yards.  The  NW.  extreme  is  a  low, 
grassy  plateau,  from  which  a  bar  with  5  fathoms  water  extends  to 
the  mainland.  Two  small  shallow  inlets  are  situated,  respectively, 
H  miles  from  the  south  extremity  and  a  mile  from  the  north  end; 
both  of  these  are  on  the  western  side.  The  entrances  are  marked 
by  white  cliffs,  and  fishing  craft  haul  into  them  for  repairs. 

The  south  point  of  Barren  Island  terminates  in  a  small  gray  islet, 
29  feet  high,  covered  with  grass  and  surmounted  by  a  conspicuous 
single  tree. 

Barren  Island  Harbor  is  900  yards  long,  150  yards  broad,  and 
affords  shelter  to  small  vessels  from  all  but  easterly  winds.  Tlie 
anchorage  is  in  6  to  8  fathoms,  and  the  shores  are  bold-to.  A  con- 
siderable settlement  lines  the  shores,  and  an  old  wooden  church, 
wath  a  belfry  near,  stands  on  a  mound  west  of  the  head.  On  the 
west  side  the  harbor  is  faced  by  reddish  landslips.  The  entrance 
may  be  recognized  by  a  shingle  beach  and  some  low  rocks  close  to 
Barren  Island.  The  east  entrance  point  of  the  harbor  must  be 
given  a  wide  berth  when  rounding,  and  the  east  side  of  the  penin- 
sula forming  it  is  foul  for  nearly  200  yards. 

Western  Cove  is  between  tlie  two  peninsulas  and  Barren  Island. 
Western  Cove  Head  rises  to  a  sharp  peak  223  feet  high,  is  covered 
with  an  alternation  of  wood  and  grass,  and  its  outer  coat  is  marked 
by  brown  landslips.  Several  round  wooded  hills  lie  south  of  the 
summit.  James  Point,  north  of  the  entrance,  is  steep-to,  but  from 
West  Point  a  bank  with  10  fathoms  extends  400  yards.  A  shoal, 
Avith  3  fathoms  water,  lies  S.  73°  E.  (S.  45°  E.  mag.)  a  little  more 
than  200  yards  from  West  Point. 

The  northern  part  of  the  cove  is  +  mile  deep,  ^  mile  wide  at  the 
entrance,  and  narrows  to  the  beach,  which  is  250  yards  broad  at 
the  head.  Shoal  ground  extends  250  yards  from  the  beach,  but 
south  of  tliat  the  depth  ranges  from  10  to  16  fathoms  in  the  middle 
of  the  cove. 

The  southern  part  is  750  yards  deep,  400  yards  wide  at  the 
entrance,  and  terminates  in  a  shingle  beach  200  yards  wide  at  the 
head.  Glindon  Cove  is  a  small  bight  on  the  shore  west  of  the 
entrance,  with  a  few  Iiouses  round  it.  Glindon  Rock,  a  small  bare 
rock  3  feet  above  high  water,  lies  oiose  to  the  shore,  south  of  Glin- 
don Cove. 

A  few  houses  are  also  built  round  Western  Cove. 


■immm'¥i:,  mmmwrw 


ROCKS — ISLANDS. 


71 


lined  plane  with 
ed  hill,  427  feet 
,  and  a  bare  hill, 

ooded  hills,  and 
xtreme  is  a  low, 
water  extends  to 
ed,  respectively, 
n  the  north  end ; 
ices  are  marked 
)r  repairs, 
small  gray  islet, 
jy  a  conspicuous 

rards  broad,  and 
rly  winds.  The 
bold-to.  A  con- 
wooden  church, 
3  head.  On  the 
I.  The  entrance 
)w  rocks  close  to 
harbor  must  be 
ide  of  the  penin- 

d  Barren  Island. 

liigh,  is  covered 

coat  is  marked 

ie  south  of  the 

eep-to,  but  from 

ards.     A  shoal, 

.)  a  little  raoi*e 

nile  wide  at  the 

yards  broad  at 

;he  beach,  but 

s  in  the  middle 

wide  at  the 

rds  wide  at  the 

>re  west  of  the 

J,  a  small  bare 

south  of  Glin- 


Auchorage  may  be  had  in  eith.^r  ai-m  of  the  cove,  according  to 
the  direction  of  the  wind,  in  12  to  16  fathoms  in  the  northern  part 
or  in  20  fathoms  in  the  southern  part. 

Duck  Rocks,  a  ledge  of  dark  sharp  rocks,  extend  from  the 
southern  extreme  of  Western  Cove  Head.  The  highest  is  61  feet 
and  has  a  hole  through  it;  the  outer  is  a  small  gray  rock  12  feet 
high  and  steep-to. 

Back  Cove,  close  west  of  Duck  Rocks,  is  nearly  filled  with  Back 
Cove  Islets,  a  castellated  group,  reddish  in  color,  the  higliest  of 
which  is  75  feet  above  high  water. 

Qreen  Island,  lying  850  yards  southwestward  of  Barren  Island, 
is  55  feet  high  and  covered  with  grass  over  dark  gray  rock.  It  is 
150  yards  in  diameter,  and  has  no  danger  beyond  100  j'ards  from 
it  excfipt  on  the  west  side. 

Green  Island  Bock,  with  8  feet  water,  is  the  NW.  extreme  of 
a  l)ank  extending  300  yards  from  Green  Island  and  falling  sud- 
denly to  deep  water. 

Gulch  is  a  basin  1,200  yards  long  and  300  yards  broad,  on  the 
mainland  shore  west  of  Barren  Island,  and  nearly  3^  miles  south- 
ward of  La  Plante.  The  entrance  is  only  a  few  yards  wide  and  is 
filled  with  large  rocks,  leaving  no  passage,  even  for  a  boat,  at  low- 
water  springs. 

Ship  Island,  a  mile  SW.  o^'  the  south  extreme  of  Barren  Island, 
is  nearly  a  mile  long,  600  yards  broad,  and  is  almost  rectangiilar 
in  shape.  The  summit,  situated  near  the  raiddle  of  the  Avest  shore, 
is  248  feet  high,  round,  and  covered  with  wood  Several  other 
hills  rise  in  the  island,  some  bare  and  others  wooded,  joined  by 
green  marshes  or  plains.  A  few  white  patches  mark  the  cliffs 
near  the  north  extreme.  The  shores  are  generally  bold,  Aviti  ^r  lall 
cliffs.  There  is  only  one  danger  as  far  as  200  yards  f vom  the  '^  nore 
A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  200  yards  from  the  middle  li'  the 
east  side  of  the  island.  Burgeo  Island,  seen  open  of  the  oast  i)art 
of  Ship  Island  and  bearing  S.  23°  W.  (S.  51°  W.  mag.>,  leads  east 
of  this  rock. 

Shag  Rock,  i  mile  S.  68°  W.  (N.  84°  W.  Mag.)  of  the  SW.  ex- 
tremity of  Ship  P^and,  is  12  feet  high,  150  yards  in  extent,  and 
steep-to.  A  shu.^  with  5^  fathoms  water  on  it  lies  S.  31^  E.  (S.  3° 
F..  mag.),  a  little  more  than  200  yards  from  Shag  Rock. 

Bell  Island,  800  yards  S.  by  W.  of  Ship  Islaiul,  is  formed  of 
brown  cliff,  covered  with  wood.  It  is  wedge-shaped,  the  apex,  143 
feet  high,  being  on  the  south  side.  A  shingle  beach  linet  the  NE. 
side.  The  island  is  so  named  from  a  remarkable  rock,  about  20 
feet  high,  shaped  like  an  inverted  bell,  situated  close  to  the  south 
extreme,  that  shows  prominently  when  seen  from  north  and  south 
or  when  close  to  the  island. 


liftni  I'll  liiirl  rtTfiii  -«iiiV'llWliiniTr«rii 


iiT'  -r'nit^aaMfia'"  Uirn-iiiMii' 


NEVVF<»UM)LANI> — SOUTH    COAST. 


t 


A  rock  awash  at  low  water,  with  another  rock  close  north  of  it, 
lies  ahout  100  yards  from  the  east  shore. 

Great  Sandy  Harbor.— The  approacli  to  Great  Sandy  Harbor 
may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  offlying  islands,  and  by  a 
wooded  hill  with  a  bare  top  250  feet  above  high  water,  which  lies 
NE.  of  the  entrance.  A  wooded  islet  53  feet  high  lies  close  south 
of  the  hill,  and  a  bare  rock  0  feet  above  high  water  is  south  of  the 
islet.  The  west  side  of  the  entrance  is  formed  by  a  wooded  penin- 
sula nearly  a  mile  long  and  180  feet  high.  Near  the  north  extreme 
is  a  bluff  point  with  a  small  bight  in  it. 

The  harbor  is  entered  through  a  channel  not  quite  200  yards 
wide,  between  the  base  of  the  hill  and  the  bluff  point  just  de- 
scribed. Immediately  within  the  entrance  an  arm  extends  NE. 
for  450  yards,  and  is  250  yards  broad,  with  3A  fathoms  in  the  mid- 
dle, but  only  i^  fathoms  in  the  entrance.  Rocks  lie  close  to  either 
shore. 

The  main  harbor  trends  SW.  for  800  yards,  with  a  breadth  of 
35* (yards,  then  bends  sharply  to  the  NW.,  in  which  direction  it 
extends  1+  miles,  expanding  to  1,300  y.ivds  wide  for  nearly  J  mile, 
when  the  basin  contracts  to  the  entrance  of  a  stream  100  yards 
wide.  Nearly  the  whole  of  this  basin  dries  at  low  water,  leaving 
a  narrow  passage  for  boats  only  close  to  the  shore.  In  the  tirst 
bend  not  more  than  6  feet  can  be  carried.  The  hills  surrounding 
the  harbor  are  partially  wooded  and  slope  gradually  to  the  south- 
western arm. 

Civil  Bast  Cove  is  a  slight  curve  in  tl<f^  SE.  coast  of  the  penin- 
sula, protected  by  Civil  East  Island,  and  affording  shelter  to  small 
lishing  craft  in  2i  fathoms.  A  few  houses  stand  on  the  shore,  sur- 
rounded by  small  patches  of  cultivation.  A  rock  with  0  feet  of 
water  on  it  lies  midway  between  the  island  and  the  main. 

Civil  East  Island  is  about  40  feet  liigh,  fiat,  and  partly  wooded. 
It  is  400  yards  long,  and  a  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  close  to 
the  SW.  extreme. 

Anchorag^e  may  be  had,  with  good  holding  ground,  on  a  plateau 
of  sand  lying  between  Civil -East  Cove  and  the  entrance  to  Great 
Sandy  Harbor,  in  from  4J  to  6  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Great  Sandy  Har- 
bor at  8h.  9m. ;  springs  rise  6 J  feet;  neaps  rise  5  feet. 

Qreat  Coat  Island,  45  feet  high  and  100  yards  in  diameter, 
round  and  wooded,  lies  250  yards  SW.  by  S.  of  the  south  entrance 
to  Civil  East  Cove.  There  is  a  clear  passage  west  of  it,  but  a  rock 
that  dries  lies  a  short  distance  from  the  SW.  extreme. 

liittle  Saiidy  Harbor  is  entere'd  through  a  channel  200  yards 
wide,  soi'th  of  Great  Coat  Island,  between  the  cliffy  SW.  extreme 
of  the  peninsula  dividing  it  from  Great  Sandy  Harbor  and  Stearin 


■mm' 


ose  north  of  it, 

t  Sandy  Harbor 
[inds,  and  by  a 
ater,  which  lies 
lies  close  soixth 
r  is  south  of  the 
I  wooded  penin- 
B  north  extreme 

quite  200  yards 
f  point  just  de- 
'm  extends  NE. 
oms  in  the  m id- 
le close  to  either 

ith  a  breadth  of 
ich  direction  it 
V  nearly  J  mile, 
bream  ]00  yards 
r  water,  leaving 
re.  In  the  tirst 
ills  surrounding 
|ly  to  the  south- 

ist  of  the  penin- 
lelter  to  small 
the  shore,  sur- 
with  (i  feet  of 
main. 
)artly  wooded. 

er  lies  close  to 

id,  on  a  })lateau 
trance  to  Great 

eat  Sandy  Har- 
et. 

s  in  diameter, 
south  entrance 
'  it,  but  a  rock 
ne. 

nnel  200  yards 
y  SW.  extreme 
)or  and  Stearin 


LllTLE    BITRGKO    ISLAND. 


70 


Rock,  a  flat  bare  islet  5  fett  above  higli  water.  Within  the  en- 
trance the  harbor  exj)ands  to  a  basin  600  yards  in  diameter,  with 
5\  fathoms  in  \iie  middle,  deci-easing  gradually  in  depth  to  tlio 
shore,  except  in  the  SW.  corner.  From  this  side  a  small  arm  ex- 
tends to  the  westward  and  is  shallow  to  the  entrance.  Water  may 
be  procured  from  a  brook  at  the  iiead  of  this  arm,  but  the  approach 
is  made  difficult  at  low  water  by  bowlders  lying  off  it.  A  wooded 
islet  about  40  feet  high  nearly  joins  Stearin  Rock  to  the  soutli  side 
of  the  entrance. 

Nan  Point,  1,200  yards  SE.  by  S.  of  the  entrance  to  Little  San  V 
Harbor,  is  a  small  sharp  projection,  steep-to.     The  intervening 
coast  consists  of  two  small  coves,  with  shingle  beaches,  between 
otherwise  rocky  shoi'es. 

Anchorage  f(n'  large  vessels,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds, 
may  be  had  off  this  coast  in  G  to  7  fathoms  at  400  yards  from  the 
shore. 

Castle  Islet,  a  small  sqiiare  rock  i;{  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the 
shoi'e  off  till'  north  entrance  point  of  Davis  Cove. 

Little  Burgeo  Island  is  250  yards  SE.  by  S.  of  Castle  Islet.  It 
is  900  yards  long,  600  yards  broad,  and  227  feet  high.  It  is  flat  in 
outline,  faced  by  steej)  cliffs,  and  there  is  a  small  cove  on  the  sinith 
side.  There  is  barely  passage  for  a  boat  between  this  island  •nd 
the  main  at  low  wate' . 

A  Shoal,  with  12  feet  of  water,  lies  100  yards  from  the  NE. 
extreme. 

Davis  Cove  is  entered  south  of  Calls  Point,  1,000  yards  SW. 
from  Castle  Islet.  A  rock  that  dries  4  feet  lies  100  yards  south  of 
the  point.  This  cove  is  600  yards  wide  and  200  yards  deep,  and 
affords  good  shelter  to  fishing  craft  with  offshore  winds. 

Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  large  stream  at  the  head. 

Coast. — The  coast,  which  is  wooded  over  brown  cliffs,  curves 
generally  to  the  southwestward  from  Davis  Cove  for  a  little  more 
than  a  mile  to  Butts  Hole,  a  small  cove  with  a  few  houses  round 
it,  and  a  rock  that  dries  6  feet  at  low  water  in  the  middle.  A 
conspicuous  waterfall  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  this  cove. 

Parfrey  Point  is  i  mile  from  Butts  Hole,  and  is  a  small  projec- 
tion, 105  feet  high,  faced  by  gray  cliffs.  Parfrey  Shoal,  with  4-J- 
fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  S.  17°  E.  (S.  11°  W.  mag.),  distant  267 
yards  from  this  point. 

Burgeo  Island  is  1,200  yards  S.  by  W.  of  Little  Burgeo  Island, 
and  separated  by  a  clear  channel  1,10^^  yards  wide  from  the  main- 
land, suruKJunted  by  a  lemarkablo  sharp  peak  41G  feet  high,  and 
two  smaller  peaks  to  the  southAvard  of  it,  named  Hares  Ears,  about 
350  feet  high.  The  island  is  1^*^  miles  long  and  i  mile  broad.  The 
east  shore  is  steep-to,  but  a  rock  with  5  feet  of  water  on  it  lies  100 


74 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


yards  from  the  south  extreme.  A  cove  400  yards  deep  is  situated 
on  the  west  shore  of  the  island,  just  below  the  summit,  off  the 
north  entrance  point  of  which  is  a  small  islet  with  a  sunken  rock 
off  it. 

Cross  Socks,  12  feet  above  high  water,  lie  neai'ly  200  yards 
N.  76°  W.  (N.  48°  W.  mag.)  from  the  north  entrance  point  of  this 
cove,  and  are  surrounded  by  sunken  rocks.  A  shoal  with  15  feet 
water  on  it  lies  100  yards  S.  11°  W.  (S.  39°  W.  mag.)  of  these 
rocks,  and  a  bank,  with  less  than  10  fathoms,  extends  250  yards 
farther  in  the  same  direction. 

Near  the  north  extremity  of  Burgeo  Island  the  coast  curves  into 
a  small  bay,  surrounded  by  a  beach  of  shingle,  between  low  points 
of  cliff.  The  wharf,  stores,  houses,  and  flagstaff  of  a  small  trading 
establishment  are  built  here,  and  there  is  good  anchorage  off  the 
wharf  in  14  fathoms  for  small  vessels.  Vigors  Island,  with  a  ilat, 
wooded  summit  about  120  feet  high,  falls  in  stectp  cliffs  on  all  sides 
jut  the  north,  where  a  grassy  point,  fringed  by  bowlders  and  shoal 
vater,  extends  100  yards.  Vigors  Island  should  not  be  approached 
nearer  than  200  yards  on  the  noi'th  side.  The  channel  between  the 
.iN  E.  extreme  of  this  and  Burgeo  Islr.nd  is  not  q\iito  200  yards  wide. 
On  the  eastern  side  is  a  square  islet,  off  which  lies  a  sunken  rock. 

White  Islands  are  a  group  occupying  a  space  1^  miles  long 
and  ixearly  ^  mile  broad,  lying  2  miles  SE.  of  Burgeo  Island,  the 
channel  between  deepening  to  151  fathoms.  There  are  three  large 
islands,  several  smaller  islands,  and  many  rocks. 

Greens  Island,  near  the  north  extreme,  is  110  feet  high,  round, 
and  covered  with  stunted  trees,  intersperser'  with  grass  over  gray 
rock.  Rocks  and  shoals  extend  from  the  south  side  of  the  island 
for  400  yards,  the  highest  being  a  square  islet  about  40  feet  high, 
off  which  are  two  rocks.  A  small  rock  lies  closf  to  the  north 
extreme  of  the  island,  and  a  large  shoal  exteuuls  NW.  of  the  chain 
of  rocks  south  of  Greens  Island. 

Gooseberry  Island,  200  yards  NW.  hy  N.  of  Greens  Island,  is 
about  40  feet  high,  flat,  and  covered  with  grass  over  i-eddish-gray 
rock.     Sunken  rocks  extend  200  yards  frcmi  the  west  extreme. 

Deepwater  Bank,  -wr';  7  f-iaoms  water,  lies  800  yards  N.  1(5° 
E.  (N.  44^  E.  m-ag.)  fr'>ui  Gooseben-y  It'^and,  and  Rock  of  the 
Bank,  with  the  same  dcu-h,  bears  S.  8'.  ji,.  (S.  59°  E.  mag.),  dis- 
tant 1,400  yards  from  Greens  Island, 

Stearin  Rocks  are  the  cluster  next  SW.  of  Greens  Island. 
They  are  nearly  connected  at  low  water,  and  occupy  a  space  200 
yards  in  diameter. 

A  Reef,  with  two  heads  that  just  dry  at  low  water,  bea-  »  IS.  68° 
E.  (S.  40°  E.  mag.),  distant  250  yards  from  the  highest  of  these 
rocks. 


.ntukiatv.^ 


)ep  is  situated 
mmit,  oflE  the 
1  sunken  rock 

rly  200  yards 
b  point  of  this 
il  with  15  feet 
lag.)  of  these 
ids  250  yards 

ist  curves  into 
sen  low  points 
t  small  trading 
liorage  off  the 
id,  with  a  Hat, 
ffs  on  all  sides 
.ders  and  shoal 
be  approuched 
el  between  the 
;00  yards  wide. 
a  sunken  rock. 
1^  miles  long 
jeo  Island,  the 
are  three  large 

!t  high,  round, 
rass  over  gray 
e  of  the  island 
t  40  feet  high, 
to  the  north 
,  of  the  chain 

[eens  Island,  is 
reddish-gray 
extreme, 
yards  N.  16° 
Rock  of  the 
E.  mag.),  dis- 

H^reens  Island. 
ly  a  space  200 

|r,  bea-  s  S.  68° 
thest  of  these 


ISLANDS — ROCKS. 


u 


Middle  Dock  Islands  are  200  yards  SW.  by  W.  of  Stearin 
Rocks,  and  are  400  yards  in  diameter.  The  two  southernmost  are 
conical,  with  grassy  summits,  the  western  and  highest  being  37 
feet  above  high  water.  These  two  have  no  dangers  off  their  SE. 
sides.  The  rest  of  the  group  are  low,  and  the  northern  covers  at 
high  water,  but  there  are  no  outlying  dangers  beyond  200  yards 
distance  from  the  group.  There  is  a  clear  passage  between  these 
and  Stearin  Rocks. 

Anchor  Rock,  bare,  fiat,  and  8  feet  above  high  water,  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  south  side  of  Middle  Dock  Islands  by  a  clear  chan- 
nel 200  yards  wide,  and  is  steep-to.  A  sunken  rock  lies  midway 
between  it  and  Northwest  Island. 

Northwest  Island,  115  feet  high,  and  400  yards  SW.  by  W.  of 
Middle  Dock  Islands,  is  formed  of  several  wooded  hillocks  cover- 
ing dark  rock,  the  highest  falling  steeply  to  the  NW.  extreme. 
Some  small  pinnacle  rocks  lie  close-to,  but  there  is  no  sunken  dan- 
ger near,  except  on  the  east  side. 

West  Island,  lying  450  yards  southward  of  Northwest  Island, 
is  wedge-shaped,  300  yards  long  and  200  yards  broad.  The  sum- 
mit, which  is  wooded,  falls  steeply  to  the  north  extreme,  and  is 
115  feet  above  high  water.  A  green  mound,  with  a  conspicuous 
patch  of  turf  near  the  summit,  is  joined  to  the  south  extreme  by 
a  beach  of  shingle.  A  ledge  of  rocks  extends  200  yards  from  the 
east  side  that  dries  only  at  low  water  springs. 

Western  Rock,  the  western  of  White  Islands,  is  a  gray  islet  24 
feet  high,  with  a  little  grass  nea.r  the  summit.  A  reef  of  rocks 
extends  200  yards  north,  and  there  are  rocks  between  it  and  West 
Island,  but  no  danger  beyond  200  yards  from  them.  A  rock, 
awash  at  high  water,  lies  close  south,  and  a  shoal,  with  7  feet 
water  on  it,  is  a  short  distance  from  the  SW.  extreme.  A  rock 
that  dries  is  a  little  more  than  200  yards  N.  59°  W.  (N.  31°  W. 
mag.)  from  West  Island. 

Mackerel  Shoal,  with  14  feet  water,  bears  N.  08°  W.  (N.  40° 
W.  mag.),  distant  about  400  yards  from  West  Island. 

Harry  Rock,  with  8  fathoms  water,  lies  S.  70°  W.  (N.  82°  W. 
mag.),  distant  700  yards  from  Northwest  Island. 

Big  Shoul,  with  4  fathoms  water,  bears  S.  25°  W.  (S.  53°  W. 
mag.),  distant  950  yards  from  Western  Rock,  au(  is  the  highest 
part  of  a  bank  200  yards  in  diameter  within  the  dei)th  of  10 
fathoms. 

Shoal  Bank,  with  1.4  feet  water,  lies  1^^  miles  S.  50°  W.  (S.  >^4° 
W.  mag.)  from  Western  Rock,  and  is  a  small  pinnacle,  with  deep 
water  close-to. 


1491C- 


a 


I 


II 


i. 


76 


NEWFOUNDLAND — s6UTII    COAST. 


Coast.— The  const  from  Pnrfrey  Point,  after  a  slight  curve  close 
west  uf  that  point,  trends  in  nearly  a  straight  line  to  the  entrance 
of  Clatise  Harbor,  falling  steeply,  in  many  places  perpendicularly, 
from  Avoodod  hills  near  the  shore  and  gray  moas-covered  hills  in 
the  background. 

Red  Point  Shoal,  Avith  5^  fathoms  water,  lies  850  yards  S.  63° 
W.  (S.  81°  W.  mag.)  from  Parfrey  Point,  and  200  yards  from  the 
shore. 

Skippers  Brook,  a  conspicuous  waterfall,  enters  the  sea  at  1^ 
miles  southward  of  Parfrey  Point.  Skippers  Brook  Rock,  with 
10  fathoms  water,  lies  \  mile  N.  82°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.)  from  the 
point  of  the  cove  into  which  the  brook  runs. 

Ladder  Cove,  a  small  bight,  lies  one  mile  southward  of  Skip- 
pers Brook,  and  i  mile  farther  south  is  Coffin  Cove,  300  yards 
deep,  with  a  beach  of  shingle  at  the  head. 

Barren  Point,  H  miles  south  of  Coffin  Cove,  is  covered  with 
moss  and  surmounted  by  a  small  peaked  hill  216  feet  high.  Joss 
Brook  falls  into  the  sea,  from  an  elevation  of  about  30  feet,  close 
north  of  this  point. 

Clatise  Harbor  is  nearly  800  yards  wide  in  the  entrance, 
between  Gunning  Point  on  the  north  side  and  Clatise  Harbor 
Head  on  the  south.  The  harbor  expands  to  1,600  yards  broad, 
and  extends  a  mile  in  a  southwesterly  direction  to  two  arms  that 
continue  it  to  the  westward.  Culleton  Head,  north  of  the 
entrance,  is  a  bare  round  hill,  452  feet  high,  falling  steeply  to  the 
eastward.  A  few  houses  are  built  on  the  north  shore,  imme- 
diately wiihin  the  entrance.  A  large  brook  runs  into  a  cove  on 
the  north  shore,  i  mile  SW.  of  Gunning  Point,  and  a  rock  that 
dries  is  situated  close  to  the  east  entrance  point  of  that  cove. 

Northwest  Arm  extends  to  the  sonthwestward  1^  miles,  with 
a  breadth  of  400  yards',  then  turns  to  the  north,  Arming  a  cove  400 
yards  in  diameter. 

Cross  Rock,  a  small  pinnacle  9  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  north 
side  of  the  entrance  to  this  arm,  and  is  nearly  joined  at  low  water 
to  the  shore  of  a  small  cove  with  a  streani  in  the  east  corner,  round 
Avhich  are  a  few  houses.  This  rock  has  deep  water  close  to  the 
south  side. 

Northwest  Head,  the  south  entrance  point  of  Northwest  Arm, 
is  a  bold  cliff  surmounted  by  a  round  wooded  hill  256  feet  high. 
A  reef  that  dries  at  low  water  extends  150  yards  east;  and  a  rock 
that  dries  3  feet  lies  close  north  of  this  head. 

A  Rock  that  covers  lies  close  to  the  east  point  of  the  cove,  at 
the  head,  and  shoal  water  fringes  the  north  shore  of  that  point. 
With  these  exceptions  the  shores  of  Northwest  Arm  are  steep-to. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  anywhere  in  the  arm  with  depths  from 


ANCIIOltAGE — COVES. 


1 


77 


iglit  curve  close 
to  the  entrance 
erpendiculiirly, 
iovered  liills  in 

550  ytirds  S.  53° 
yards  from  the 

rs  the  sea  at  1^- 
)ok  Rock,  with 
mag.)  from  the 

hward  of  Skip- 
ove,  300  yards 

is  covered  with 
eet  high.  Joss 
it  30  feet,  close 

the  entrance, 
Clatise  Harbor 

0  yards  broad, 
two  arms  that 
north    of    the 

g  steeply  to  the 
L  shore,  imme- 
into  a  cove  on 
md  a  rock  that 
;hat  cove. 
ItV  miles,  with 
ning  a  cove  400 

)se  to  the  north 
)d  at  low  water 
t  corner,  round 
ter  close  to  the 

orthwest  Arm, 

256  feet  high. 

a.st ;  and  a  rock 

of  the  cove,  at 

1  of  that  point, 
•m  are  steep-to. 
th  depths  from 


11 1V^^  ^''*'''^™^\  ^''  ^'y  «™*^"  vessels  in  the  cove  at  the  head  in  G 
h.gh,  fall  sharply  to  the  sea,  and  are  generally  woode.I      A  hill 

^rriuitr- "" '"-'  "*«'■■  -""^ '»"--  ^^ 

Between  Nortinvert  „„,!  SouthwMt  Arms  the  coMt  is  bold  e-,cir 

Southwest  Arm  is  1,300  yards  long  and    600    vards  wid« 
be  ween  Southwest  Head  and  the  south  shore     but'  700  yaMs 
withm  the  entrance  it  is  narrowed  to  300  yards  iy  JiggTg  Cove 
Head,  and  continues  that  breadth  to  the  westward,    lie  NW 

SW  BoT  rV'^  rt' '^^*,  *^^  '^-  «^^«  -  ^ree  from  dangl' 
400  v!?^?'  \t"^  ^'f''  ''  ^^''  ^''^^'^'^  °^  ^  «"^^"  Cluster  lying 
400  yards  from  the  south  shore  and  1,800  yards  8   59°  W   (^  Z° 

W.  mag.)  of  Clatise  Harbor  Head.     A  shoal  with  ^rfj^^' 
Avater,  bears  N.  65°  W   (N   S7°  W   L      ^  if'  7        ^  fathoms 
this  rock.  ^-^  ^'^*^''t  200  yards  from 

Clatise  Harbor  Head  is  the  sharp  extreme  of  a  narrow  promon 
tory  surmounted  by  a  wooded  hill  253  feet  high,     rsunken  rock 
hes  close-to,  and  a  bank,  with  less  than  10  fatloms  on  ifextrds 
^00  yards  from  the  extreme  of  this  head  extends 

i  mUe  to  wltT''  f '"'  ^^'*T  "^'^"'  H^^^  *^«^^«  S.  by  W.  for 
foms  \t  A  f  J't-r  r""'""  '^'"^  '^^  ^"^^^  ^^  -  «--"  i«let  that 
Ww       .1  '""^"^^  ^°'''^'  't^^*^  «^  ^^^  shores  of  the  cove 

between  this  point  and  Clatise  Harbor  Head.     Collins  Rock  2  feet 

ugh,  lies  close  to  the  shore  i  mile  south  of  White  Po  nt  Ind  Red 
Innd,  a  reddish  cliff,  south  of  a  beach  of  shingle  through  whi!ht 
stream  runs,  is  situated  1,200  yards  south  of  Collins  Rofk 
Oliver  Cove  is  a  beach  of  shingle  250  yards  long,  a  Utile  more 

ban  2  miles  trom  Clatise  Harbor  Head.     Shoal  water  extend    100 
yards  from  the  beach,  but  beyond  that  anchorage  for  smtll  vessels 
may  be  obtained  in  10  fathoms,  with  shelter  from  offsW  wind 
A  roacl  extends  from  this  cove  to  the  head  of  PrLqt  L'riv  a 
O^lrcfurr  -"''-'^  ^^""  -^^-^-  ^«  situated%h;Tol: 

so^thTtf-'''^'''''^"  ^""^  ''  ^'''  ^^^^^'  ^'''  «l°«e  to  the  bluff 
south  of  this  cove,  down  to  which  Calvary  Hill  slones  fron^  «. 
elevation  of  423  feet  above  high  water  ^  ^° 

Hill,  through  which  passes  the  road  from  this  cove  to  the  church 


I    - 


78 


NKWl'OI'NDLANn SiU'TH    COAHT. 


The  Coast  from  tluH  to  Qrandy  Point  is  free  from  tlaiiKt'r  1  yotid 
100  yiinls,  and  is  surmonnted  by  a  .scrratod  ridgt>,  witii  several 
sharj)  ix'ivka  ran^iM^j;  from  520  to  55o  foot  in  lioij^Mit. 

Qrandm(' :  her  Rocks  aro  two  groups  of  islets,  sepju'utod  by  a 
clear  fliannol  334  yards  wide.  The  soutliorn  group  coutiuns  tho 
highest  islot,  whioli  is  30  foct  above  liigli  water,  and  bears  N.  G7" 
E.  (S.  H5 '  E.  Hiag.),  distant  1^  miles  from  tlie  north  extreme  of 
Groat  Isle  of  Valen.     Numerous  rocks  surround  it. 

Tlie  islets  in  the  northern  i'  oup  are  all  above  high  water,  the 
highest  being  T  feet.  There  is  deep  water  al  100  yards  from  this 
groui-. 

Whales  Back,  a  rojk  that  dries  4  feet,  bears  S.  79°  E.  (8.  61°  E. 
mag.),  distant  1,800  yards  from  the  north  extreme  of  Groat  Isle  t>f 
Valen.  It  is  stoop-toon  all  sides  but  the  west,  from  which  a  shoal 
with  15  f'  ft  water  on  it  extends  200  yards.  This  rock  nearly 
always  shows  by  a  breaker. 

Two  Rocks,  covering  a  space  100  yards  long,  with  4  feet  least 
V  ater,  bear  N.  17'  E.  (N.  45°  E.  mag.)  5  mile  fi'om  Grandmother 
Rocks,  and  a  shoal  with  12  feet  lies  at  tho  same  distance  on  tho 
bearing  of  N.  8"  W.  (N.  20''  E.  ma<;-.).  Two  s'loals,  with  4i  and  5 
fathoms  on  them,  lie  a  little  more  than  200  yards  aoxithward  of  thi- 
shoal. 

Sam  Adams  Shoal,  with  5i  fathoms,  bears  N.  B''  E.  (N.  31°  E, 
mag.),  distant  a  inile  from  Grandmother  Rocks,  and  a  shoal  with 
il  fathoms  water  Hop  nearly  midway  between  it  and  the  rock  with 
4  ffn  I  -.vutoi' 

Big  Shoal,  with  3^  fathoms  wator,  bears  S.  ?.3°  E.  (S.  5°  W. 
mag.),  distant  r*50  yards  from  Grandmother  Rocks.  Little  Isle  of 
Valen  opens  east  of  Great  Isle  of  Valen,  bearing  S.  25°  W.  (8.  63° 
W.  mag.),  leads  east  of  this  shoal. 

Great  Tsle  of  Valen  is  separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  deep 
channel  i  mile  wide.  It  is  much  indented  and  intersected  by  many 
valleys.  The  hills  attain  an  elevation  of  520  feet,  and  picturesque 
lakes  are  situated  among  them.  The  summits  of  most  of  the  hills 
are  bare,  but  the  valleys  dO  thickij''  wooded. 

The  island  is  3  miles  long,  nearly  i^  miles  broad,  and  terminates 
toward  the  north  in  an  isolated  wooded  hillock  180  feet  high.  A 
rock  that  dries  is  situated  close  NE.  of  the  square  rock  which 
terminates  this  point,  and  a  beach  of  shingle  lies  inshore  of  the 
hillock. 

Fete  Cove,  on  the  east  coast,  nearly  1^  miles  from  the  north 
extreme,  contains  several  islets,  thi^  eastern  and  highest  8  feet 
above  high  water.  A  rock  lies  between  the  two  eastern  islets,  but 
the  water  is  deep  to  the  eastward.  T'ete  Cove  Head,  a  bare  isolated 
hill  260  feet  high,  stands  north  of  this  cove. 


niiKor  1'  yoml 
with  several 

Bpcmiod  by  a 
)  coutiiins  tho 
,  boars  N.  67° 
th  oxtit-me  of 

igh  water,  the 
krds  from  this 

)"  E.  (S.  51°  E. 
f  Groat  Isle  of 
which  a  shoal 
s  rock  nearly 

Ai  i  feet  least 
Grandmother 
liatauco  on  tho 
,  with  4|  and  5 
thward  of  thin 

'  E.  (N.  31°  E. 

1  a  shoal  with 

the  rock  with 

E.  (S.  5°  W. 

Little  Isle  of 
k5°  W.  (S.  53° 

[and  by  a  deep 
icted  by  many 

|id  picturesque 
(st  of  the  hills 

Lnd  terminates 

feet  high.     A 

[e  rock  which 

Inshore  of  the 

['om  the  north 

^ighest  8  feet 

i*n  islets,  but 

bare  isolated 


••% 


ISLE    OF   VALEN    IIAHHOU. 


'0 


Storehouse  Cove,  on  tho  SE.  coast,  an  iiidontation  800  yards 
d»'op.  ttirmiiiatos  in  a  small  bight,  100  yards  in  diameter,  where 
lisliing  craft  tind  gon  1  shelter.  Sugarloaf  Island,  a  cone  43  foot 
high,  lifs  in  the*  middU*  <>f  the  entrance,  and  Blow-mo-down,  a  con- 
spicuous bluff  485  feet  high,  falls  steeply  to  the  north  entrance 
point.     Shoals  fringe  the  shore  below  that  hill  for  100  yards. 

A  rock,  with  less  than  6  feet  water  on  it,  bears  S.  31°  E.  (S.  3° 
E,  mag.),  distant  70  yards  from  Sugarloaf  Island,  and  another 
rock,  with  18  feet  water  on  it,  lies  100  yards  N.  68°  F,.  (N.  84°  E. 
mag.)  of  the  first  named.     A  rock,  with  7  fot  l  w  ^  situated 

<;o  yards  S.  5(5°  W.  (S.  84°  W.  mag.)  of  Sugarloaf  1.      V  small 

islet  is  joined  to  the  south  shore  by  shoal  water,  ji  th.-  north 

shore  is  situated  a  smaller  rock,  from  which  two  dry  at 

low  water  extend  to  the  southward. 

Directions. — To  entei*,  pass  north  or  south  of  Sugarloaf  Island 
in  midchannel,  and  then  between  the  two  smaller  islets  west  of  it. 
The  anchorage  is  iii  7  fathoms,  close  within  the  islets.  A.  sjjiall 
rock  lies  close  to  the  shore  west  of  the  anchorage.  Several  houses 
are  built  at  the  head  of  this  cove. 

Isle  of  Valen  Harbor,  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  is  avail- 
able only  for  small  vessels;  it  is  sheltered  by  Little  Isle  of  ValOii, 
Dutch  Cap,  and  Canary  Isles.  A  wharf  is  situated  on  the  east 
shore,  alongside  which  vessels  may  lie  in  5  fathoms,  but  the 
approach  is  encumbered  with  shoals. 

Isle  of  Valen  Harbor  may  be  recognized  by  a  flagstaff  erected 
on  a  small  hillock  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance,  38  feet  above 
high  water.  The  entrance  is  about  50  yards  wide,  and  is  clear  of 
danger.  Immediately  within  the  harbor  expands  to  150  yards  in 
diameter,  and  the  wharf  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  this 
expansion.  Again  narrowing,  and  with  a  sharp  bend  to  the  north- 
ward, the  harbor  opens  into  a  perfectly  sheltered  basin  850  yards 
in  diameter.  Both  outer  and  inner  portions  have  an  even  depth  of 
5  fathoms,  but  a  bar  joins  the  opposite  shore  just  within  the  nar- 
rows, with  only  13  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  and  a  sunken  rock  lies 
in  the  middle  of  the  bend,  off  two  islets.  The  point  close  north  of 
the  wharf  is  foul  for  a  few  yards,  otherwise  the  shores  are  steep-to. 
Small  vessels  may  lie  in  perfect  safety  in  the  outer  basin  or  along- 
side the  wharf. 

Ice. — Isle  of  Valen  Harbor  occasionally  freezes  during  severe 
winters,  but,  the  ice  being  as  a  rule  thin,  anchorage  can  generally 
be  obtained. 

Dutch  Cap  is  a  conical  island,  600  yards  long,  366  feet  high,  and 
composed  of  two  parts,  joined  by  a  low  narrow  isthmus.  The 
western  and  lower  part  is  faced  by  reddish  cliffs. 


ma 


80 


NEWFOUNDLAND— MOITII    COASTT. 


A  clmnnol  100  yards  witlo,  witli  (5  fathoms  in  it,  acparatos  Dutcli 
Cap  Island  from  tho  Houtli  extrt<mo  of  Groat  Isle  of  Valon. 

Tlirof  rocks  that  cover  at  liigh  wator  lie  nearly  200  yards  from 
tho  SK.  Hi(l((  of  Dutch  Cap  Island. 

Little  Isle  of  Valen  is  ahout  J  milo  long  and  400  yards*  broad ; 
the  south  extromo  is  surmounted  Ijy  a  cone  327  foot  high,  and  it  is 
separated  at  tho  north  oxtronio  from  Dutdi  Cap  Island  by  a  passage 
1)00  yards  wide.  Tho  west  oxtromo  is  low,  and  a  short  distancf 
from  it  is  situated  an  isolated  rock  with  8  foot  water  on  it.  A  lodge 
100  yards  in  extent,  with  3  feet  water  on  tho  shoahjst  part,  lies  I'M 
yards  SE.  of  the  scmth  extreme. 

An  islet  43  feet  high  is  nearly  joined  to  the  SE.  side,  and  a  rock 
with  6  feet  water  on  it  lies  200  yards  from  tho  NE.  extreme. 

The  summit  of  High  Lookout,  ovorPrctsquo,  in  lino  with  the  north 
extreme  of  Little  Isle  of  Valen,  loads  north  of  this  r(jck  and  south 
of  those  off  Dutch  Cap  Island. 

Canary  Isles  are  a  group  of  low  rocks,  the  highest  covered  with 
grass  and  23  feet  above  high  water. 

Shoals  extend  in  all  directions  and  almost  block  the  channel 
north  of  these  islets. 

A  shoal  with  12  feet  bears  S.  79°  E.  (S.  51°  E.  mag.),  distant  300 
yards  from  the  highest,  and  Trinity  Shoal,  with  0  feet  wator, 
extends  200  yards  N.  50°  E.  (N.  84°  E.  mag.),  from  the  northern- 
most of  Canary  Isles. 

Net  Rocks  lie  off  the  sou.h  shore  of  Great  Isle  of  Valen,  and 
are  4  feot  above  high  w,  'e' .  A  rock,  with  one  foot  water  on  it, 
lies  100  yards  westward       Xet  Rocks. 

Betty  Island,  84  feet  high,  round,  and  covered  with  brushwood, 
is  joined  at  low  water  to  the  SW.  extreme  of  Great  Isle  of  Valen. 
A  conical  hill  480  feet  high  lies  close  within  Betty  Island. 

Coast. — The  west  shore  of  Great  Isle  of  Valen  is  almost  straight. 
Francis  Cove,  a  small  bifjht  with  a  few  houses  round  it,  is  ^  mile 
from  the  south  point.  jA.  sunken  rock  lies  close  to  the  north  point 
of  the  cove.  Net  Rocks,  one  foot  above  high  water,  are  joined  to 
the  shore  ^  mile  north  of  Francis  Cove,  and  a  rock  with  5  feet 
water  is  situated  li  miles  S.  31°  E.  (S.  3°  E.  mag.)  of  the  north 
extreme  of  the  island  and  about  80  yards  from  the  shore. 

Qrandy  Point,  1,600  yards  SW.  of  the  south  extreme  of  Little 
Isle  of  Valen,  is  the  name  of  a  settlement  surrounding  a  cove  neai-ly 
200  yards  in  diameter,  that  affords  good  shelter  for  fishing  craft 
in  4  fathoms  from  all  winds  but  those  from  northeastward.  A 
small  islet  with  a  house  on  it  lies  north  of  the  cove,  and  the  south 
entrance  point  is  foul  for  a  short  distance. 

Grandy  Point  Rock  is  the  turning  point  to  the  westward  of 
the  reach,  between  Great  Isle  of  Valen  and  tho  main ;  it  just  covers 


W 


lopuratos  Dutch 

'.  Valeu. 

JOO  yards  from 

10  ynrdfi  brond; 

lii^h,  and  it  in 
lid  hy  a  passage 

short  diHtan(!H 
on  it.  A  ledgo 
st  part,  lies  I'M 

'u\e,  and  a  rock 
oxtromo. 
)with  thonortli 
rcjck  and  south 

9t  covered  witli 

k  the  channel 

g.),  distant  300 

0  feet  water, 

I  the  northern- 

of  Valen,  and 
>ot  water  on  it, 

ith  brushwood, 
Isle  of  Valen. 
[sland. 

Imost  straight, 
id  it,  is  ^  mile 
;he  north  point 
',  are  joined  to 
ck  with  5  feet 
)  of  the  north 
shore. 

reme  of  Little 
g  a  cove  nearly 
r  fishing  craft 
[leastward.  A 
and  the  south 

e  westwai'd  of 
it  just  covers 


3^ 


l^' 


MSfc.-, 


^. 


^.J^  •^'  ^o. 


'/ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


MUk. 


i;& 


1.25 


1.4 


m 

22 

1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


■Vi... 


^i"  c^ 


ip 


rf> 


«' 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
CoElection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  IVIicroreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


^> 


ki^iP 


BROOK    ROCK ISLANDS. 


at  high  water,  and  has  foul  ground  extending  200  yards  to  the 
southward  of  it. 

T  lie  land  south  of  Grandy  Point  comprises  a  flat  ridge,  backed 
by  a  peaked  hill  414  feet  high,  behind  which  rises  another  sharp 
peak  526  feet  above  high  water. 

Rocky  Cove  is  i  mile  SW.  of  Grandy  Point  Rock,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  cliffs,  at  the  west  extreme  of  which  a  brook  flows  into 
the  sea. 

Rocky  Cove  Sunker,  a  small  rock  that  dries  4  feet,  lies  S.  25° 
W.  (S.  53°  W.  mag.),  distant  250  yards  from  the  north  entrance  point 
of  Rocky  Cove.  Foul  ground  nearly  joins  the  rock  to  the  point, 
and  two  shoals,  the  outer  of  which  has  12  feet  water  on  it,  extends 
eastward  400  yards  from  the  rock. 

The  coast  to  the  southward  of  Rocky  Cove  is  rugged  and  cliffy, 
falling  from  hills  covered  with  moss,  and  is  foul  for  a  short  distance. 

Brook  Rock,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1,050  yards  S.  11'  W. 
(S.  39°  W. mag.)  from  the  north  entrance  point  of  Rocky  Cove.  Stony 
Point  Rock,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  150  yards  from  the  shore, 
at  200  yards  N.  56°  E.  (N.  84°  E.  mag.)  of  Stony  Point,  a  rugged 
projection  sheltering  the  cove  of  the  same  name,  situated  1^  miles 
south  of  Rocky  Cove. 

Long  Point,  a  narrow  promontory  89  feet  high,  extends  250 
yards  from  the  coast  at  If  miles  south  of  Rocky  Cove.  Some 
rugged  rocks  lie  north  of  the  point,  the  lowest  of  which  covers  at 
high  water,  and  shelter  a  small  cove  with  a  beach  of  shingle. 

Patrick  Island,  27  feet  high  and  bare,  is  1,300  yards  SW.  of 
Long  Point ;  another  small  islet  lies  close  east  of  it,  and  sunken 
rocks  that  break  in  ordinary  weather  extend  east  and  south  for  a 
distance  of  200  yards  from  Patrick  Island.  This  island  is  the 
dividing  point  of  two  coves  and  the  turning  point  of  the  entrance 
to  Presque  Harbor.  In  the  northern  of  the  coves  is  a  rock  that 
dries  one  foot  at  low  water. 

Presque  Harbor,  5  miles  long  and  1,200  yards  wide,  has  many 
dangers  in  the  entrance,  making  an  intricate  passage,  but  when 
within  there  is  a  great  depth  of  water  over  the  most  part  of  it.  The 
passage  between  the  inner  dangers  at  the  entrance  is  only  100 
yards  wide. 

Western  Rocks  are  two  bare  islets  13  and  12  feet  high  and  200 
yards  apart ;  there  is  no  passage  between  them,  but  they  are  bold-to 
on  the  south  side. 

Big  Island,  30  feet  high,  is  a  flat  bare  rock  situated  800  yards 
NE.  from  Western  Rocks.  It  is  bold-to  on  the  east  and  north  sides, 
but  from  the  SW.  extreme  a  bank  extends  SSW.  a  little  more  than 
400  yards,  with  3 ^  fathoms  water  at  its  western  extremity. 


•'•* 


■*!=f 


sm 


82 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Goat  Island,  on  the  northern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Presque, 
and  separated  by  a  clear  channel  05  yards  wide  from  the  eastern 
shore,  is  covered  with  moss,  and  has  a  flat  summit,  surmounted  by 
a  small  tuft,  108  feet  above  high  water. 

Little  Goat  Islands  are  two  square  islands  and  a  small  rock 
lying  close  SSW.  of  Goat  Island,  with  shoal  water  extending  a 
short  distance  in  the  same  line  to  the  southward.  Westward  of 
these  islands  is  a  cluster  of  rocks  extending  J  mile ;  the  western- 
most, on  which  the  depth  is  9  feet,  is  close  west  of  a  rock  that  dries 
at  low  water. 

Harbor  Rock,  lying  550  yards  southwestward  of  Little  Goat 
Islands,  is  the  western  turning  point  into  Presque;  it  is  11  feet 
high,  small  and  flat,  and  has  a  sunken  rock  lying  a  few  yards  east 
of  it. 

Coppaleen  Rock,  5  feet  above  high  water,  lies  600  yards  SE.  of 
Harbor  Rock,  and  is  connected  by  a  reef  to  the  mainland,  from 
which  it  is  nearly  300  yards  distant;  it  may  be  approached  to  100 
yards  on  the  south  side. 

St.  Kj^ans,  800  yards  long  and  250  yards  broad,  is  entered  from 
the  west  side  of  the  head  of  the  northern  arm  of  Presque.  Shoal 
ground  extends  a  short  distance  from  the  eastern  point  of  the 
entrance,  but  there  is  no  other  danger. 

Ice. — During  severe  winters  Presque  Harbor  occasionally  freezes, 
but  the  ice  being  generally  thin  does  not  interfere  with  anchorage. 

Northwest  Cove. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  here  by  a  few 
small  craft  in  5  fathoms  water,  but  the  holding  ground  is  bad. 

Southwest  Beach,  at  the  head  of  the  southern  arm  of  Presque, 
has  shoal  water  extending  nearly  200  yards  from  the  head,  but 
anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  15  to  17  fathoms  water. 

A  small  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  in  the  middle  of 
the  southern  arm  of  Presque,  and  is  the  summit  of  a  rocky  bank, 
200  yards  long,  within  the  depth  of  10  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Kyrans,  at  8h. 
20m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet;  nc        rse  5  feet. 

Directions. — Strangere  w  ind  Presque  Harbor  difficult  of 
approach,  and,  if  under  sah,  oaould  be  prepared  for  the  squalls 
that  descend  with  great  violence,  from  the  hills  and  through  the 
valleys  in  the  neighborhood,  when  high  winds  prevail. 

There  aire  two  passages ;  the  better  is  that  close  east  of  Western 
Rocks ;  the  other,  to  the  eastward  of  Big  Island,  is  not  available 
in  bad  weather. 

Having  arrived  off  the  entrance,"with  Goat  Island  well  open 
north  of  Western  Rocks,  bearing  about  N.  5°  W.  (N.  23°  E.  mag.), 
the  latter  may  be  run  for  and  passed  at  100  yards.  The  two  West- 
ern rocks  must  then  be  kept  in  line  until  Harbor  Rock  is  open 


ice  to  Presque, 
im  tlie  eastern 
mrmounted  by 

d  a  small  rock 
ir  extending  a 
Westward  of 
3 ;  the  western- 
rock  that  dries 

af  Little  Goat 
3;  it  is  11  feet 
few  yards  east 

10  yards  SE.  of 
lainland,  from 
reached  to  100 

3  entered  from 
'esque.  Shoal 
I  point  of  the 

onally  freezes, 
ith  anchorage, 
here  by  a  few 
ind  is  bad. 
m  of  Presque, 
the  head,  but 
s  water, 
the  middle  of 
a  rocky  bank, 

Cyrans,  at  8h. 

:)r  difficult  of 
or  the  squalls 
1  through  the 
dl. 

,st  of  Western 
not  available 

md  well  open 
,  23°  E.  mag.), 
?he  two  West- 
•  Rock  is  oi)en 


ANCHORAGE. 

north  of  Coppaleen  Rock,  when  a  course  may  be  steered  to  pass 
200  yards  l^E.  of  Coppaleen  Rock  and  100  yards  NE.  of  Harbor 
Rock. 

Anchorage.— Large  vessels  may  obtain  anchorage  in  25  fathoms 
water  off  the  conspicuous  house  at  the  head  of  the  northern  arm 
of  Presque,  and  small  vessels  will  find  perfect  shelter  in  St.  Kyrans 
Harbor  in  from  7  to  11  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  with  good  hold- 
ing ground. 

Coast.— Tasse  I'Argent  (Tostello)  is  a  shallow  harbor,  entered 
600  yards  SW.  of  Western  Rocks:  it  is  only  available  for  small 
craft,  and  is  at  all  times  difficult  of  access,  the  winds  being  fre- 
quently baffling. 

Prom  Tasse  I'Argent  to  Eastern  Head,  low  rocks  lie  off  many  of 
the  points,  and  shoals  front  the  coast  at  i  mile  distant. 

White  Sail,  a  conspicuous  white  patch  in  the  cliffs,  is  J  mile  S W, 
of  Tasse  I'Argent,  and  White  Sail  Head,  a  remarkable  sharp  peak 
615  feet  high,  is  i  mile  SW.  of  it. 

Eastern  Hea^,  H  miles  SW.  of  White  Sail  Head,  is  a  narrow 
cliffy  promontory,  terminating  in  a  peaked  rock,  off  which  shoal 
water  extends  nearly  200  yards. 

Black  Kock,  1,650  yards  S.  9°  W.  (S.  37°  W.  mag.)  from  East- 
ern Head,  is  23  feet  above  high  water,  small,  bare,  and  bold-to. 
The  Sunker,  a  rock  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  600  yards  S.  68°  W, 
(N.  84°  W.  mag.),  and  another,  named  Heptidge  Rock,  with  4^ 
fathoms  over  it,  lies  f  mile  S.  60°  W.  (S.  88°  W.  mag.)  from  Black 
Rock. 

Gull  Islands,  a  group  of  conical  rocks,  the  highest  of  which  is 
156  feet  above  high  water,  lie  f  mile  south  westward  of  Eastern 
Head. 

Great  Bonah  Cove  is  1,100  yards  deep  and  400  yards  wide;  the 
settlement  is  situated  round  a  small  bight  on  the  eastern  shore. 

Anchorage.— Temporary  anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be 
obtained,  with  shelter  in  all  winds  but  those  from  SE.  to  West  off 
Great  Bonah,  in  11  fathoms,  or  by  large  vessels  in  from  11  to  13 
fathoms  water  farther  out. 

Little  Bonah  Cove  is  nearly  2  miles  southwestward  of  Great 
Bonah  Cove.  A  rock,  with  11  feet  water  on  it,  lies  just  within  the 
entrance,  100  yards  from  the  eastern  shore;  and  another,  with  13 
feet  water  on  it,  is  situated  100  yards  from  the  same  shore  300 
yards  within  the  entrance. 

A  few  houses  are  built  round  a  small  shallow  inlet  on  the  west 
shore,  where  fishing  boats  find  good  shelter. 

Little  Paradise,  a  harbor  800  yards  long,  is  entered  through  a 
channel  100  yards  wide,  at  one  mile  SW.  of  Little  Bonah.  Shoal 
water  extends  a  short  distance  from  both  sides  of  the  entrance,  and 


mmt[ 


*m 


■"*« 


(eS' 


84 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST, 


only  5  fathoms  can  be  carried  tlirough  at  low  water,  though  the 
depth  increases  to  17  fathoms  immediately  the  bar  is  crossed. 

Anchorage.— The  anchorage  is  in  the  northern  of  two  coves,  in 
a  space  300  yards  in  diameter,  with  0  fa^-homs  Avater  and  good 
holding  ground.     A  few  families  reside  here. 

Paradise  Harbor,  at  i  mile  SW.  of  Little  Paradise,  and  fronted 
by  Marticot  Island,  is  shallow  and  obstructed  by  rocka,  but  is  a 
good  boat  harbor,  around  which  there  is  a  considerable  settlement. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  the  harbor  in  11 
fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  all  but  easterly  winds. 

Ice. — Paradise  harbor  occasionally  freezes  during  severe  winters, 
but  anchorage  can  generally  be  obtained,  as  the  ice  is  usually  thin. 

Merasheen  Island  is  10  miles  long  and  5  miles  broad,  near  the 
SW.  extreme.  Gallivan  Hill,  the  highest  part,  is  936  feet  above 
high  water.  The  southern  hills  are  flat,  and  have  long  slopes, 
covered  with  moss,  while  to  the  northward  rugged  hills  and  wooded 
summits  prevail. 

Virgin  Cove,  ^  mile  eastward  of  Breakheart  Point  (the  nearest 
part  of  Merasheen  Island  to  Great  Isle  of  Valen),  has  several 
houses  on  the  east  side  and  steep  cliffs  inshore,  over  which  a  con- 
spicuous waterfall  runs  to  the  sea;  the  cove  affords  anchorage, 
with  offshore  winds,  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  sand. 

Merry  Harbor,  nearly  6  miles  northward  of  Virgin  Cove,  is 
600  yards  long,  300  yards  wide,  and  contains  excellent  anchorage 
in  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  Two  flat  islets,  8  feet  high  and  nearly 
,  joined  together,  lie  close  to  the  south  entrance  point,  and  two 
small  islets  lie  close  to  the  north  entrance  point.  Vessels  may 
enter  between  these  two  groups  of  islets,  and  anchor  as  convenient. 

In  autumnal  gales,  heavy  squalls  sweep  over  the  harbor  with  SE. 
winds. 

Water.— Water  may  be  procured  in  abundance  from  a  waterfall. 

Ragged  Islands  are  an  almost  innumerable  group  situated  on 
the  northwestern  side  of  Merasheen  Island.  Only  those  in  the 
outer  channel,  or  near  the  first  anchorage  from  the  southward, 
have  been  surveyed.  They  extend  11^  miles,  and  there  is  a  clear 
passage  between  them  and  Merasheen  Island,  and  several  passages 
between  the  different  islands  of  the  group,  but  they  are  only  known 
to  the  inhabitants,  and  none  are  available  for  large  vessels  without 
the  assistance  of  a  local  pilot. 

Numerous  dangers  lie  off  these  islands,  which  should  not  be 
approached  without  great  caution. 

Black  Bock,  the  westernmost,  is  18  feet  high,  dark,  bare,  and 
flat.  It  is  steep-to  on  all  sides  but  the  east,  from  which  a  ledge 
extends  a  short  distance. 


r,  though  the 
I  crossed, 
two  coves,  in 
iter  and  good 

;e,  and  fronted 
ock3,  but  is  a 
)le  settlement. 
3  harbor  in  11 
nds. 

levere  winters, 
s  usually  thin, 
road,  near  the 
i)36  feet  above 
e  long  slopes, 
lis  and  wooded 

nt  (the  nearest 
),  has  several 
r  which  a  con- 
ds  anchorage, 

irgin  Cove,  is 
ent  anchorage 
h  and  nearly 
)oint,  and  two 
Vessels  may 
as  convenient, 
arbor  with  SE. 

)ni  a  waterfall, 
up  situated  on 
those  in  the 
le  southward, 
here  is  a  clear 
veral  passages 
,re  only  known 
essels  without 

should,  not  be 

ark,  bare,  and 
which  a  ledge 


Tia 


ISLANDS. 


85 


Green  Islands,  next  to  the  eastward,  consist  of  two  rocks,  flat 
and  grassy,  the  higher  41  feet  above  high  water.  A  shoal  extends 
a  short  distance  from  the  western  island. 

A  rock  with  6  feet  water  is  the  outer  of  shoals  extending  600 
yards  northward  of  Green  Islands,  and  is  250  yards  in  extent  east 
and  west.  A  shoal  with  3^  fathoms  water  lies  ^  mile  N.  23°  E. 
(N.  51°  E.  mag.)  from  Black  Rock,  and  a  rock  with  9  feet  water 
bears  S.  70°  E.  (S.  43°  E.  mag.),  a  little  more  than  400  yards  from 
Green  Islands,  or  about  half-way  between  them  and  Sugarloaf 
Islet. 

Sugarloaf  Islet  is  73  feet  high,  conical  in  shape,  and  750  yards 
eastward  of  Green  Islands.  Some  low  rocks  lie  close  off  this 
island,  but  with  this  exception  it  is  bold-to. 

Tinker  Rocks,  two  small  granitic  islets,  37  feet  high,  lie  600 
yards  eastward  of  Sugarloaf  Islet.  There  is  no  danger  off  them 
on  the  north,  south,  and  west  sides.  A  rock,  with  10  feet  water, 
lies  300  yards  N.  48°  E.  (N.  76°  E.  mag.),  and  another,  with  12 
feet  water,  550  yards  N.  83°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.)  from  the  eastern 
of  the  Tinker  Rocks. 

Crane  Island  is  separated  by  a  clear  channel  i  mile  wide  from 
Sugarloaf  Islet.  It  is  nearly  f  mile  long  and  800  yards  broad. 
The  summit,  195  feet  above  high  water,  appears  flat,  with  a  slight 
fall  to  the  southward,  but  on  the  island  are  several  hills,  With  deep 
ravines  between  them,  and  it  is  nearly  covered  with  small  trees. 
The  sides  are  principally  of  steep,  dark  cliff,  but  there  is  a  landing 
place  on  the  south  side.  A  rock,  with  9  feet  water,  lies  300  yards 
N.  79°  W.  (N.  51°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  extreme  of  Crane  Island. 

Dock  Islands  are  three  wooded  cones,  occupying  a  space  800 
yards  in  extent,  and  situated  south  of  Crane  Island,  with  deep 
water  between.  Some  rocks  lie  off  the  north  extreme,  but  they 
are  steep-to.  The  highest  of  the  Dock  Islands  is  in  the  middle, 
and  attains  an  elevation  of  138  feet.  A  reef  extends  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  northern  one. 

Dock  Island  Sunker  dries  3  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  400 
yards  S.  8°  E.  (S.  20°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  extreme  of  the 
southern  island.  A  rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  midway 
between  the  sunker  and  the  east  extreme  of  Dock  Islands. 

The  passage  between  Dock  and  Crane  Islands  is  clear  in  mid- 
channel. 

liockyer  Rock,  lying  600  yards  N.  63°  W.  (N.  25°  W.  mag.) 
from  the  northernmost  of  Dock  Islands,  is  gray,  flat,  and  3  feet 
above  high  water. 

A  rock,  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  200  yards  westward, 
and  a  shoal,  with  5^  fathoms  water,  lies  300  yards  northward  of 
Lockyer  Rock. 


-w« 


flCS«' 


86 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Jean  de  Oaunt  Island  Is  the  most  romarkable  of  the  scmth- 
weHtorn  portion  of  Ragged  Islands,  being  sunnonnted  by  a  con- 
spicuous hill,  with  a  sharp  fall  near  the  summit,  and  388  feet 
above  high  water.  This  island  is  1^  miles  long  and  1,200  yards 
wide,  and  contains  numerous  hills,  divided  by  deep  valleys.  The 
most  remarkable,  next  to  the  summit,  are  a  bluff  hill,  with  a  tri- 
angular rock  at  the  top,  292  feet  above  high  water,  over  the  8W. 
extremity,  and  a  sharp  peaked  hill,  282  feei.  high,  near  the  north 
extreme.  The  shores  are  bold  and  cliffy,  with  a  few  small  coves, 
to  which  the  hills  slope  less  steeply. 

Jean  de  Gaunt  Harbor  is  a  small  cove,  nearly  2uO  yards  deep, 
that  affords  shelter  only  for  small  craft,  and  is  situated  on  the 
west  shore  of  the  island,  800  yards  from  the  south  extreme.  A 
small  islet,  8  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  to  the  north  extreme. 
Small  craft  enter  by  keeping  the  south  shore  of  the  harbor  on 
board. 

Jean  de  Oaunt  Harbor  Sunker,  awash  at  low  water,  bears 
N.  70°  W.  (N.  42°  W.  mag.),  distant  860  yards  from  the  entrance, 
and  a  shoal,  with  5|  fathoms  on  it,  lies  200  yards  beyond. 

Frank  Head,  a  projection  with  two  wooded  mounds,  106  and 
89  feet  high,  forms  the  north  entrance  point.  When  seen  from 
this  direction  a  dark,  conical  hill  will  be  seen  in  the  middle  of  the 
island,  up  a  deep  valley.  Three  shoals  lie  off  this  head,  with  3 
feet  least  water  on  them. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  of  Jean  de  Gaunt  Island  is  at  the 
north  extreme,  off  a  cove  where  are  some  white  houses.  The 
approach  from  the  north  is  only  possible  for  vessels  of  10  feet  or 
less  draft,  and  then  only  with  a  local  pilot,  but  there  is  a  clear 
channel  from  the  southward. 

Direotions. — Mid-channel  should  be  kept  between  Merasheen 
Island  to  the  eastward  and  Grey  Gull  Island  to  the  westward. 
Jarvis  Islands  (the  group  next  east  of  Grey  Gull  Island)  should  be 
approached  within  i  mile,  and  the  vessel  should  then  pass  between 
Crdvfe  Islands  on  the  north  and  Jarvis  and  Jean  de  Gaunt  Islands 
on  the  south.  Rounding  the  latter  at  100  yards  the  anchor  may 
be  let  go  off  the  cove  before  described. 

Large  vessels  should  not  proceed  so  far,  but  anchor  between 
Crdvfe  Islands  and  the  entrance  to  the  cove,  in  from  14  to  16  fathoms 
water,  over  mud. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Jean  de  Gaunt 
Island  at  8h.  6m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet;  neaps  rise  5  feet. 

King  Island,  the  largest  of  the  Ragged  Islands,  is  5  miles  long, 
and  nearly  divided  in  several  places  by  deep  coves  from  either  side. 
North  of  King  Island  is  a  labyrinth  of  small  islands  and  rocks. 
The  eastern  shore  Is  unsurveyed. 


of  the  south- 
ted  by  a  coii- 
and  388  feet 
d  1,200  yards 
valleys.  The 
ill,  with  a  tri- 
over  the  8W. 
leai*  the  north 
Y  small  coves, 

)0  yards  deep, 
buated  on  the 
extreme.  A 
lorth  extreme. 
;he  harbor  on 

water,  bears 
the  entrance, 
yond. 

unds,  106  and 

ten  seen  from 

middle  of  the 

head,  with  3 

land  is  at  the 

houses.    The 

of  10  feet  or 

ere  is  a  clear 

m  Merasheen 

be  westward. 

nd)  should  be 

jass  between 

aunt  Islands 

anchor  may 

hor  between 
to  16  fathoms 

an  de  Gaunt 

3t. 

5  miles  long, 
n  either  side, 
and  rocks. 


BUOAl)   COVK. 


87 


Galton  Island,  nearly  (500  yards  north  of  Jean  do  Gaunt  Island, 
has  a  square  summit  76  feet  high.  A  small  creek  on  tlio  south 
side,  surrounded  by  houses,  affords  good  shelter  to  fishing  craft. 

Brandies  Shoal,  a  Datch  of  dangerous  rocks,  occupying  a  space 
of  300  yards,  lies  U  miles  S.  8-4°  W.  (N.  G8°  W.  mag.)  from  the 
NW.  extreme  of  Jean  de  Gaunt  Island.  The  two  western  dry  3 
feet,  the  eastern  has  2  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  and  they  generally 
break. 

Forked  Duck  Rock,  about  3  feet  above  high  water,  and  so 
named  from  the  forked  appearance  presented  by  the  two  small 
pinnacles  that  surmoxint  it,  lies  1,650  yards  N.  51°  W.  (N.  23°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Galton  Island.  Western  Sunker, 
with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  800  yards  S.  73°  W.  (N.  79°  W.  mag.) 
from  Forked  Duck  Rock.     Both  these  rocks  are  small  and  steep-to. 

Shag  Island,  77  feet  high,  stands  out  prominently  about  half- 
way between  Ragged  and  White  Islands.  Roost  Rocks,  6  feet  high, 
lie  100  yards  from  the  west  side  of  this  island,  and  are  continued 
a  short  distance  by  shoal  water. 

Shag  Roost  Sunkers,  two  of  which  dry  at  low  water,  lie  about  f 
mile  S.  45°  W.  (S.  73°  W.  mag.)  from  Shag  Island. 

Broad  Cove,  a  good  harbor  for  small  craft,  is  entered  about  one 
mile  eastward  of  Shag  Island,  and  may  be  distinguished  by  Pond 
Head,  a  round,  wooded  mound,  125  feet  high,  west  of  the  entrance, 
and  Tacks  Look-out,  a  bare-topped  hill,  212  feet  high,  that  falls 
avlmost  perpendicularly  to  the  east  side  of  the  cove. 

The  cove  is  750  yards  deep  and  350  yards  broad,  but  a  shoal,  on 
which  the  depth  is  11  feet,  lies  close  to  the  eastern  shore,  and  the 
head  is  filled  with  rocks  that  dry  at  low  water. 

Tacks  Beach,  the  head  of  a  bay  600  yards  in  diameter,  is  only 
50  yards  wide  between  it  and  a  cove  on  the  so^i ch  side  of  King 
Island.  A  settlement,  with  a  schoolhouse,  is  bcli'  round  a  small 
bight  north  of  the  beach,  and  on  the  low  projec.ion  separating 
them.  Boats  proceed  to  Buffet  Harbor  (Long  Island)  from  Ragged 
Islands,  by  hauling  over  this  beach,  and  over  a  similar  one  at  Dog 
Harbor  in  Merasheen  Island,  whence  they  cross  to  Mussel  Harbor, 
which  is  connected  by  road  with  Buffet  Harbor. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  can  only  be  obtained  here  in  moderate 
weather,  and  the  holding  ground  is  ba<l. 

Tacks  Head,  north  of  the  beach,  is  the  most  conspicuous  head- 
land in  Ragged  Islands ;  it  rises  to  a  sharp  peak  420  feet  high,  and 
falls  in  steep  bluffs  to  the  shore. 

Cooper  Cove,  a  small  boat  harbor,  lies  at  the  south  base  of 
Tacks  Head,  a  steep  high  hill  separating  it  from  Tacks  Beach. 

New  Harbor  Head,  one  mile  north  of  Tacks  Head,  is  a  con- 
spicuous square,  wooded  headland,  130  feet  high,  the  summit  of 


<fe" 


88 


NKWFOjrNDLANI) — 80UT1L    COAST. 


an  islimd  forming  the  north  shore  of  New  Harbor.     This  harbor 
iH  ft  sliallow  inclosurc  available  only  for  boats. 

Oreen  Island,  J  mile  northward  of  New  Harbor  Head,  is  wcxjded, 
and  100  feet  high.  Several  small  islets  lie  off  both  east  and  west 
extremes,  and  a  rock,  that  dries  i  feet  at  low  water,  lies  ;J00  yards 
N.  73"  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  extreme  of  this  island. 

Marshall  Island,  flat,  wooded,  and  about  50  feet  high,  has  a 
rock  that  dries  2  feet,  lying  260  yards  SE.  from  it. 

North  Tilt  Island,  surmounted  by  a  tuft  of  trees  155  feet  above 
high  water,  is  one  mile  NE.  of  Marshall  Island.  It  is  difficult  for 
a  stranger  to  distinguish  the  other  islands,  the  passages  between 
being  narrow.  Holletts  Islands  are  low  and  covered  with  small 
trees. 

BaggB  Island,  6  feet  high,  and  bare,  lies  NE.  of  the  passage 
between  Merasheen  and  Ragged  Islands;  rocks  extend  nearly  200 
yards  from  it,  NNE.-SSW. 

In  the  large  bay  NE.  of  this  island,  a  narrow  neck  divides  the 
bay  trom  Great  Brfild  Harbor.  A  conspicuous  white  house,  sur- 
rounded by  cultivated  land,  is  built  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay. 
A  small  wooded  eminence,  «5G  feet  high,  stands  on  the  narrow  neck, 
on  the  summit  of  which  there  is  a  church. 

St.  Bernard,  a  small  cove  north  of  the  bay,  has  also  some  houses 
built  round  the  shore. 

The  north  extreme  of  Merasheen  Island  terminates  in  a  steep 
slope  from  a  dark  wooded  hill,  off  which  is  situated  Winging  Rock, 
a  small  bare  islet  G  feet  high. 

White  Island,  108  feet  high,  lies  750  yards  from  the  north  ex- 
treme of  Merasheen  Island,  but  the  navigable  passage,  narrowed 
to  400  yards  in  width  by  the  shoals  off  Stickland  Point,  is  available 
only  for  small  vessels. 

Duck  Rocks  are  two  small  bare  rocks,  situated  1,800  yards  N. 
48°  E.  (N.  76°  E.  mag.)  from  the  north  extreme  of  White  Island. 
The  northern  and  higher  is  4  feet  above  high  water,  close  west  of 
which  lies  a  rock  awash  at  low  water.  These  rocks  are  the  summit 
of  a  bank,  extending  from  them  1,400  yards  westward  and  600 
yards  northward,  within  the  depth  of  10  fathoms,  on  which  are 
numerous  shoals. 

Little  Brtl6  Harbor  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  peninsula  at 
the  north  extreme  of  Merasheen  Island,  and  is  formed  by  that  shore 
and  some  islands  to  the  southward;  the  laigest,  named  Big  Island, 
is  140  feet  high  and  has  several  rocks  and  shoals  extending  from  it 
in  an  easterly  direction. 

The  harbor  is  500  yards  long,  300  yards  wide,  and  may  be  entered 
from  the  northeastward,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  bank  midway 
between  Big  Rock  and  Batts  Island  by  keeping  along  the  shore  of 
Merasheen  Island. 


This  liurbor 

ad,  is  wouded, 
east  and  west 
lies  :JU()  yards 
of  tliis  island. 
)t  higli,  has  a 

155  feot  above 
is  difficult  for 
lages  between 
3d  with  small 

»f  the  passage 
nd  nearly  200 

sk  divides  the 
ite  house,  sur- 
de  of  the  bay. 
3  narrow  neck, 

■lo  some  houses 

,tes  in  a  steep 
Vinging  Rock, 

the  north  ex- 
age,  narrowed 
at,  is  available 

800  yards  N. 
White  Island. 

close  west  of 
ire  the  summit 
ward  and  COO 
on  which  are 

e  peninsula  at 

by  that  shore 

9d  Big  Island, 

ending  from  it 

lay  be  entered 
jank  midway 
g  the  shore  of 


(lUKAT    HIULK    IIAKHoIt. 


89 


Anchorage. —Aiichorago  may  bo  obtaiutMl  in  from  8  to  lu  t'utli- 
oms  water,  with  good  sholtor  from  nil  but  NE.  winds. 

Crabbo  Covo,  a  small  boat  liurbor  200  yards  in  diamot»>r,  lies 
immodiutoly  SW.  of  Little  Bruit'  Harbor,  luul  is  juim'(l  to  it  at  high 
water. 

Great  Brule  Harbor,  east  of  the  narrow  neck  at  IJ  milos  from 
the  north  extreme  of  Merashoon  Ishuul,  is  700  yards  deep,  500  yards 
wide  at  the  entrance,  and  affords  anchorage  in  from  (5  to  l'^  fath- 
oms water. 

Brftld  Shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  17  feet,  is  the  least  water  on 
a  bank  lying  800  yards  N.  79°  E.  (S.  73°  E.  mag.)  from  Brftl(^  Head, 
south  of  Groat  Brftlt^  Harbor. 

The  Castle,  a  small  square  rock  14  foot  high,  is  2'i  miles  S<juth 
(S.  28°  W.  mag.)  of  Big  Island.  Rocks  that  dry  at  low  water 
extend  about  200  yards  SSE.,  and  a  shoal,  with  12  feet  water  on  it, 
lies  750  yards  S.  87°  W.  (S.  65°  W.  mag.). 

Butler  Island,  183  feet  high,  and  separated  from  Merasheen 
Island  by  a  channel  200  yards  wide,  with  G  fathoms  water  in  it, 
lies  If  miles  westward  of  the  Castle. 

Anchorage. — Temporary  anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be 
obtained  off  the  cove  west  of  Butler  Island,  in  16  fathoms  water. 

Little  Butter  Island,  80  feet  high,  is  800  yards  southwar<l  of 
Butler  Island,  and  200  yards  from  the  short  of  Merasheen  Islaiid. 

Dog  Harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  is  1,600  yards  southward  of 
Little  Butler  Island,  is  free  from  danger;  it  is  050  yards  long,  400 
yards  broad,  and  affords  anchorage  in  from  6  to  15  fathoms  water, 
as  convenient. 

Just  inside  the  east  point  is  a  narrow  neck,  35  yai'ds  across,  over 
which  boats  Are  hauled  to  the  channel  between  Merasheen  and 
Ragged  islands. 

Merchant  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  the  isthmus  joining  Dog 
Harbor  Head  to  Merasheen  Island,  has  no  room  except  for  one  or 
two  small  vessels,  and  is  exposed  to  southward. 

Rosiru  Point  projects  to  the  eastward  and  forms  a  bight  600 
yards  deep,  terminating  in  a  narrow  creek.  Small  vessels  anchor 
off'  this  bight,  but  the  point  should  be  rounded  at  200  yards  to 
avoid  the  rocks  extending  from  it. 

Rosiru  Island,  1^  miles  southward  of  Rosiru  Point,  is  IJ  miles 
long  and  separated  from  Merasheen  by  a  clear  channel  nearly  200 
yards  wide  at  the  narrowest  part. 

Bird  Islands  compose  a  group  lying  ^  mile  from  the  eastern 
shore  of  Rosiru  Island.  Duck  Rocks  are  two  small  bare  islets ;  the 
higher,  6  feet  above  high  water,  is  600  yards  from  Bird  Islands. 

Rosiru  Sunker  dries  2  feet  at  low  water,  and  bears  about  south 
800  yards  from  the  south  extreme  of  Bird  Islands.    A  ledge  extends 


"  «iii 


90 


NKWKOnNDLAND— 801TH   OOAHT. 


250  yiinls  nortliwanl  from  this  )liin>?«'r,  an«l  a  rock,  witli  1«)  feet 
watjT  on  it,  lies  150  yurds  S.  i>'i    \V.  (West  iiuik.)- 

Indian  Harbor,  k  niilu  deop,  is  entered  on  either  side  of  Soutli- 
wust  Island,  which  is  187  foot  hi^h,  ami  lies  in  tlio  middle  of  the 
entrance,  tiie  better  [mssaj^'e  hein^  tliat  east  of  the  ishind. 

Anchorag^e. — The  head  of  tlie  liarbor,  which  is  shallow,  affords 

excellent  anchoraKo  for  lishinK  craft,  l»ut  the  anchoraKo  for  vessels 

Jh  very  limited,  as  a  shoal  extends  140  yards  from  the  south  shore, 

just  within  Soutliwost  Island,  leaving  a  clear  space  only  200  yards 

in  diameter. 

Darby  Harbor,  an  exposed  cove,  lies  close  southward  of  Indian 
Harbor. 

Coast. — The  coast  extends  in  a  southerly  direction  5^  miles  from 
Indian  Harbor  to  Uedland,  a  remarkable  slip  in  the  cliffs  t)f  a 
more  yellowish  hue  than  the  ctdor  of  those  in  Red  Island;  this 
distim^ticm  should  prevent  mistakes  in  identification.  Hogan  Cove, 
li  miles  north  of  Redland,  affords  shelter  for  fishing  boats  from 
offshore  winds. 

Big  Sunker,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  900  yards  southward  of 
Redland. 

Dirty  Rocks,  33  feet  high,  lie  400  yards  off  tho  coast,  near  the 
SE.  extreme  of  Merasheen  Island.  They  consist  of  two  prominent 
pinnacles,  named  respectively  the  Blue  and  Red  Rocks  from  their 
colors,  and  several  smaller  rocks  joined  at  low  water. 

A  group,  consisting  of  Allen,  Charley,  Hennessy,  and  Owen 
Rocks,  having  a  least  depth  of  G  fathoms,  lie  2^  miles  southward 
of  Dirty  Rocks,  and  are  said  to  break  in  bad  weather. 

Little  Shoal,  with  8  feet  water  on  it,  lies,  J  miles  S.,  84°  E.  (S. 
50°  E.  mag.),  and  Barrett  Rock,  with  4^  fathoms  over  it,  lies  li 
miles  S.  62°  E.  (S.  34°  E.  mag.)  from  Dirty  Rock. 

Coast. — Big  Bald  Head,  a  conical  wooded  mound  211  feet  high, 
lies  in  the  middle  of  the  south  side  of  Merasheen  Island,  and  pro- 
jects a  short  distance  from  the  coast.  A  waterfall  descends  over 
the  cliffs  in  the  cove  east  of  this  head. 

Scrape  Cove  Head,  419  feet  high,  is  darker  in  color  than  the 
background,  and  Long  Point,  a  flat  islet  51  feet  high,  continues 
this  head  to  the  southward,  and  is  terminated  by  Long  Point 
Rock,  small,  conical,  and  10  feet  high,  off  which  there  is  a  shoal, 
with  <•  feet  water  on  it,  distant  140  yards. 

Merasheen  Harbor,  at  the  SW.  extreme  of  Merasheen  Island, 
is  a  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  but  the  entrance  is  only  200 
yards  wide;  during,  and  after,  a  SW.  gale,  a  heavy  sea  prevents 
access  till  the  swell  subsides. 

West  Head  forms  the  west  entrance  point  of  the  harbor,  from 
which  sunken  rocks  extend  300  yards.  Cross  Point  is  the  east 
entrance  point. 


,  Witll    If)    ft'Ot 

<i(lt<  of  South- 
midfllo  of  tho 
liiiid. 

allow,  utVorilH 
11^0  for  vessolH 
o  south  slioro, 
•lily  200  yimls 

iinl  of  Indian 

r)imik'S  from 

the  cliffs  of  a 

d  Island;  this 

Hogan  Cove, 

ng  boats  from 

i  southward  of 

coast,  near  tlie 
two  prominent 
cks  from  their 


and  Owen 
es  southward 


»y 


S.,  84°  E.  (S. 
Dver  it,  lies  li 

211  feet  high, 
and,  and  pro- 
descends  over 

olor  than  the 
gh,  continues 
y  Long  Point 
ere  is  a  shoal, 

asheen  Island, 
ice  is  only  200 
sea  prevents 

harbor,  from 
nt  is  the  east 


MKKASIIKKX    HAKKOK. 


\n 


Mcrusliccii  Hurlior  is  dividod  into  two  parts  liy  Soldirr  Point,  a 
narrow  promontory  III  ffft  liiwh,  l>iil  the  wliolo  is  so  nnciimlHTt'd 
by  rocks  and  shoals  that  IocmI  knowlodgc  is  reciuirtid  to  cniiMo  a 
striinger  tociiti-r  rot-  tln'  lirst  tinu',  iiinl  tin*  atifhoragt'  spacn  is  vi'ry 
limitt'd. 

Cross  Point  Shoal,  with  in  fci't  water  on  it,  li«s  Too  yards  S., 
70°  W.  (N.  sr  W.  mag.)  from  Long  Point  Rook;  ami  Big  Shoal, 
with  IJ  fiithoms  on  it,  lies  \,ur>0  yunls  8.  68'  W.  (S.  Stl'  \V. 
mug.)  from  thu  same  rork.  The  church  soon  in  tlic  tMitrancc  to 
thu  harl)or,  hearing  alxmt  S.  ST°  E,  (S.  5!)"  E.  nmg.)  h-ads  north 
of  these  shoals. 

A  number  of  .shoiils,  not  dangerous  in  ordinary  w(>athtM',  lie  to 
the  southward  and  westward  of  those  dcscrilied  above,  but  .several 
of  them  break  in  bad  weather  and  cau.st*  a  confused  sea  in  the 
approach  to  the  harbor. 

pond  Head  Sunkers  lie  \  mile  S.  (J'i '  W.  (West  mag.)  from  the 
north  side  of  Pond  Head,  and  nearly  always  s1k)w  by  breakers. 
The  outer  rock  dries  2  feet  at  low  water,  and  is  boM  to  the 
westward. 

Little  Merasheen  Harbor,  east  of  Pond  Hea<l,  and  separated 
by  a  narrow  isthmus  from  the  head  of  Merasheen  Harbor,  is  4()0 
yards  deep;  it  is  narrow,  and  shallow,  so  that  only  two  or  three 
small  craft  can  lie  there,  and  is  quite  exposed  to  NNE.  A  large 
settlement  surnmnds  this  and  Merasheen  Harbor. 

Red  Island  is  2  miles  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Merasheen  Island. 
On  the  southern  slope  of  the  highest  hill  (880  feet)  is  a  gray  spot, 
that,  when  seen  from  the  southward,  appears  like  a  small  cloud  or 
smoke.  The  Tolt,  a  sharp  cone  723  feet  liigh,  has  a  white  stripe 
extending  from  the  summit  nearly  two-thirds  down  the  north  face. 

Red  Island  Harbor,  on  the  NE.  coast  of  Red  Islcnd,  is  fronted 
by  several  extensive  rocky  shoals,  and  available  for  a  few  small 
craft  only.  It  is  3G0  yards  deep,  and  about  100  yards  wide,  with 
8  feet  water  in  it.     A  settlement  surrounds  the  harbor. 

Cochrane  Cove,  200  yards  deep,  with  a  shingle  beach  at  the 
head,  is  ^  mile  south  of  Red  Island  Harbor. 

Southwest  Cove,  on  the  west  shore,  is  fringed  by  a  beach  of 
shingle.  Small  fishing  vessels  find  sheltered  anchorage  here  with 
offshore  winds,  in  from  6  to  9  fathoms  water.  Southwest  Cove 
Head,  south  of  this  cove,  is  also  known  as  Blue  Point,  from  the 
apparent  color  of  the  land  in  ordinary  weather.  Long  Point,  in 
the  middle  of  the  west  shore,  is  low  and  sloping,  and  shoal  water 
extends  nearly  200  yards  fi'om  its  extremity. 

Goat  Island,  surmounted  by  a  remarkable  tree,  108  feet  above 
high  water,  has  no  passage  for  a  stranger  between  it  and  the  NW. 
extreme  of  Red  Island,  from  which  it  is  distant  260  yards. 

14910 7 


<.i»iL 


92 


'W&^&K^tnsissmfismr' 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH    COAST. 


X ..  mfmM*' 


Goat  Island  Sunker  dries  2  feet  at  low  water,  and  is  800  yards 
West  (N.  G2°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  end  of  Goat  Island. 

Little  Seal  Islands,  2  miles  NE.  of  Goat  Island,  consist  of  a 
small  group,  occupying  a  space  700  yards  long  and  250  yards  broad '. 
tlie  highest,  situated  at  the  east  extreme,  is  91  feet  high,  and  co ; 
ered  with  small  trees. 

Great  Seal  Island,  \  mile  NNE.  of  Little  Seal  Islands,  is  flat 
in  ou  line,  346  feet  high,  and  falls  in  steep  cliffs  to  the  southward, 
but  slopes  gradually  to  the  northward.  The  shores  should  not  be 
approached  nearer  than  200  yards. 

liCng  Island,  13  miles  long  and  l^-  miles  broad  at  the  greatest 
width,  contains  two  good  harbors ;  Buffet  Harbor  on  the  SE.  side, 
and  ^vlussel  Harbor  on  the  wetst  side  of  the  island.  Buffet  Head, 
the  south  extreme,  is  a  remarkable  perpendicular  cliff  about  300 
feet  high,  the  extremity  of  a  mass  of  high  land,  the  summit  of 
which  is  599  feet  above  high  water. 

Iron  Island,  a  bluff  flat-topped  island,  245  feet  high,  lies  off 
this  extreme,  and  is  bold-to. 

IronskuU  Rock,  lying  i  mile  SE.  of  Iron  Island,  is  14  feet  high, 
and  steep-to  except  on  the  SW.  side,  100  yards  off  which  is  a 
reef  that  covers  2  feet  at  high  water. 

Dog  Islands,  about  a  mile  NNE.  of  Buffet  Head,  are  three 
wooded  islets,  the  highest  135  feet  high,  separated  by  a  channel 
400  yards  wide  from  Long  Island.  There  is  a  passage  between  the 
western  and  two  eastern  islands  in  mid-channel,  but  none  between 
the  two  eastern. 

Tides  Cove  Sunker  covers  4  feet,  and  is  550  yards  S.  54°  W. 
(S.  82°  W.  mag.)  from  the  western  Dog  Islan^. 

Buffet  Harbor  is  on  the  SE.  side  of  Long  Island,  3  miles  from 
the  south  extreme,  and  the  entrance  may  be  easily  recognized  by 
Buft'et  Island,  a  cone  151  feet  high,  i  mile  east  from  the  entrance, 

A  shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  4  fathoms,  lies  450  yards  S. 
57°  W.  (S.  85°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  point  of  this  island;  and 
Matthews  Rock,  that  covers  5  feet,  and  does  not  always  break,  is 
450  yards  N.  6°  E.  (N.  34°  E.  mag.)  from  Buifet  Island.  Any 
part  of  Dog  Islands  seen  open  east  of  Buft'et  Island,  bearing  about 
S.  20°  W.  (S.  48°  W.  mag.)   will  lead  east  of  this  rock. 

Dicks  Island,  174  feet  high,  and  Isaac  Island,  108  feet  high,  are 
south  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  and  are  separated  from  Long 
Island  by  narrow  channels,  passable  for  boats  only.  On  the  shores 
of  these  channels  is  a  settlement  named  the  Tickles. 

Within  the  entrance  the  harbor  divides  into  three  arms;  the 
southern  has  shallow  water  stretching  100  yards  from  the  shores, 
and  Seal  Rock  awash  at  high  water,  close  to  the  west  point.     The 


iiylPigMi 


BUFFET   HARBOR. 


93 


Hid  is  800  yards 
t  Island, 
ad,  consist  of  a 
50  yards  broad '. 
high,  and  co ,' 

Islands,  is  flat 
the  southward, 
s  should  not  be 

at  the  greatest 

on  the  SE.  side, 

.     Buffet  Head, 

cliff  about  300 

the  summit  of 

et  high,  lies  off 

,  is  14  feet  high, 
off  which  is  a 

lead,  are  three 
3d  by  a  channel 
ige  between  the 
it  none  between 

yards  S.  54°  W. 

id,  3  miles  from 
T  recognized  by 
m  the  entrance. 
3  450  yards  S. 
this  island ;  and 
ilways  break,  is 
■j  Island.  Any 
i,  bearing  about 
•ock. 

8  feet  high,  are 
ated  from  Long 
,  On  the  shores 
s, 

hree  arms;  the 
rom  the  shores, 
vest  point.     The 


harbor  proper  will  be  easily  recognized  by  the  church  and  prom- 
men  houses  and  wharves.  There  is  no  danger  on  entering,  but  a 
shoal  extends  100  yards  off  a  low  point  near  the  inner  entrfice  on 
the  east  side,  and  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  the  whole  of  Buffet 

i  (^  A^.o^S  "P'^i  "'"*^'  °^  *^'  ^'''"*^  P°^^*'  ^«^"«g  a^out  N.  85° 
■ti'-  (b.  67    E,  mag.) 

.>,^^''''^°''^V^  ^^""^^  '^^''^^  '^'^^^'^  ^^«h«r  immediately  within 
the  harbor  .^n  from  17  to  20  fathoms  water,  but  small  vessels  may 
anchor  m  either  of  the  arms  as  convenient. 

'^''^'-^'^^^\^^^'^^^  is  partially  or  completely  frozen  over  every 
second  or  third  winter,  from  about  the  end  of  February  or  begin- 
ning of  March  to  the  beginning  of  April.  Northern  ice  only  vfs^s 
the  harbor  every  third  or  fourth  year,  and  is  uncertain  both  in  the 
time  of  Its  arrival  and  departure;  it  seldom  arrives  before  1st 
March  and  leaves  between  the  end  of  March  and  early  in  May 
In  1868  and  1883  drift  ice  remained  unusually  late,  and  ifl  1875  and 

+h!f  A  «^Jr''°'7i'*'!^^'°''^°^""'  ^^^"^  ^^^  only  winters 
tliat  this  had  happened  during  40  years. 

Current-The  current  generally  sets  to  the  SSW.  past  Buffet 
Harbor  and  in  on  the  SE.  shore. 

Tides—It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Buffet  Harbor  at  8h 
12m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet ;  neaps  rise  5  feet 

.^IT^  ^^^TZ^""  "^'^^^  """'^^  °^  ^""^^^  H^^^^^'  i«  only  avail- 
able for  small  fishing  craft,  which  may  find  good  anchorage  in  4 
fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

CoUettCove  2  miles  northward  from  Little  Harbor,  affords 
fair  anchorage  m  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  over  sand 

Haystack  Harbor,  6^  miles  northward  of  Buffet  Harbor  is 
tormed  by  a  wedge-shaped  peninsula  256  feet  above  high  water 
joined  to  the  mainland  by  a  shingle  beach  on  which  are  some 
houses  There  is  good  anchorage  in  5  fathoms  water,  over  mud 
with  shelter  from  all  winds,  and  the  inhabitants  state  that  even 
m  winter  gales  small  vessels  lie  there  securely.  Both  sides  of  the 
entrance  to  the  harbor  are  clear  a  short  distaj.ce  from  the  shore 

Bread  and  Cheese  Islands  lie  off  Long  Island  Point,  the 
north  extreme  of  Long  Island.  Bread  Island  (the  northern)  is 
wooded  and  conical,  229  feet  high,  and  a  little  more  than  one  mile 
from  Long  Island  Point;  Cheese  Island  is  145  feet  high  A  shoal 
with  15  feet  water  over  it  lies  300  yards  from  the  south  extreme 
oi  Bread  Island. 

.f  n^^  J«^s«y^an.  a  bare  rock,  14  feet  high,  is  i  mile  southward 
ot  Cheese  Island,  and  700  yards  from  Long  Island  Point 

Spencer  Cove,  on  the  NW.  shore  of  Long  Island,  2  miles  south 
ot  Long  Island  Point,  is  nearly  i  mile  deep.  Rocks,  4  feet  above 
high  water,  lie  just  within  the  north  point  which  extends  ESE., 


'^ti* 


^mm 


MMMIMM 


94 


NEAV FOU NDLAND SOUTH    COaST. 


200  yards,  as  a  reef,  a  part  of  whicli  is  awash  at  low  water.  When 
entering,  it  is  better  to  keep  the  south  shore  aboard  to  be  sure  of 
clearing  these  rocks. 

Mussel  Harbor,  a  fine  basin  on  the  west  side  of  Long  Island, 
3i  miles  from  the  south  extreme,  is  well  sheltered  throughout,  and 
the  holding  ground  good.  It  is  li  miles  long  and  i  mile  broad,  has 
from  19  to  31  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  and  is  divided  in  two  arms 
at  the  north  end ;  in  the  western  arm  small  vessels  may  anchor,  but 
a  short  sea  heaves  into  the  other  with  SW.  winds. 

At  the  mouth  of  Mussel  Harbor  are  three  islands ;  the  entrance 
is  east  of  the  southern  of  these  islands,  keeping  in  mid-channel  to 
avoid  a  rock  situated  a  few  yards  from  the  south  shore.  An  islet 
is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  western  arm,  west  of  which  are 
several  shoals.     The  passage  is  to  the  east  of  this  island. 

North  Wild  Cove,  1^  miles  south  of  Mussel  Harbor,  affords  no 
shelter. 

Barren  Island,  315  feet  high,  is  separated  from  the  entrance  to 
Mussel  Harbor,  and  the  land  south  of  it,  by  a  clear  deep  channel 
400  yards  wide.  Several  shoals  lie  near  the  western  coast,  which 
should  not  be  approached  within  ^  mile.  A  small  islet,  27  feet 
high,  is  situated  close  to  the  south  point,  100  yards  off  which  is  a 
rock  that  nearly  always  breaks. 

Merasheen  and  White  Sail  Banks  are  extensive  banks  lying 
southward  of  Merasheen  Island,  separated  by  a  channel  2  miles 
wide  from  the  sjioals  oft'  that  island. 

Telegraph  Rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  11  feet,  is  the  shoalest 
rock  on  these  banks,  and  lies  8^  miles  S.  10°  W.  (S.  38°  W.  mag.) 
from  Scrape  Cove  Head,  and  from  it,  shoals,  with  from  5  to  8 
fathoms  water  on  them,  extend  to  Upper  Big  Shoal,  with  8  fathoms 
water,  one  mile  within  the  southern  extreme  of  Merasheen  Bank 
and  15  miles  from  Scrape  Cove  Head. 

Bennett  Bank,  about  2  miles  m  extent  ENE.-WSW.,  has  5f 
fathoms  least  water  on  Hollett  Rock,  a  shoal  which  is  6  miles 
S.  13°  E.  (S.  15°  W.  mag.)  from  Scrape  Cove  Head. 

On  the  northern  portion  of  White  Sail  Bank  are  Northward  Rock, 
with  7  fathoms ;  Joe  Ground,  5f  fathoms ;  and  Jeans  Rocks,  6  fath- 
oms water,  all  lying  on  a  general  southwesterly  bearing  from  Scrape 
Cove  Head;  Jeans  Rock,  the  westernmost,  being  distant  6  miles. 
In  addition  to  these  there  are  several  depths  of  6  and  8  fathoms  on 
the  White  Sail  Bank. 

Marticot  Island,  i  miles  westward  of  White  Sail  Head,  on  the 
north  shore  of  Placentia  Bay,  is  1^  miles  long  and  nearly  one  mile 
wide,  and  consists  of  two  high  parts,  joined  by  a  low  marshy  isthmus. 
Marticot  Back  Cove,  on  the  southern  side  of  the  isthmus,  is  850 
yards  deep,  with  sides  of  steep  cliff,  and  is  quite  exposed,  with 
rocks  off  both  entrance  points  for  a  short  distance. 


nmn 


ISLANDS. 


95 


ivatei'.  When 
I  to  be  sure  of 

Long  Island, 
roughout,  and 
lile  broad,  has 
d  in  two  arms 
ly  anchor,  but 

the  entrance 
lid-channel  to 
ore.  An  islet 
.  of  which  are 
and. 
bor,  affords  no 

he  entrance  to 
•  deep  channel 
1  coast,  which 
I  islet,  27  feet 
off  which  is  a 

e  banks  lying 
annel  2  miles 

is  the  shoalest 
38°  W.  mag.) 
L  from  5  to  8 
pith  8  fathoms 
rasheen  Bank 

VSW.,  has  5f 
ich  is  6  miles 

•thward  Rock, 
Rocks,  6  fath- 
ig  from  Scrape 
stant  6  miles. 
[  8  fathoms  on 

Head,  on  the 
sarly  one  mile 
irshy  isthmus, 
ithmus,  is  850 
exposed,  with 


Close  ofp  '-9  north  extreme  are  some  low  rocks,  with  a  shoal, 
over  whil-,  .fctom,  lying  a  short  distance  off  them.  Marticot  Cove, 
north  of  ^Lw  isthmus,  has  a  shingle  beach  at  the  head  and  is  foul 
for  a  short  distance  from  the  shores,  but  anchorage  may  be  obtained 
in  8  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  southerly  winds.  Rocks 
extend  a  short  distance  from  the  east  point,  and  a  shoal,  with  5 
fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  N.  65°  E.  (S.  87°  E.  mag.) 
from  them. 

Gull  Shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  13  feet,  lies  i  mile  S.  5°  E. 
(S.  23°  W.  mag.)  from  Gull  Rocks,  a  cluster  of  cliffy  islands  off 
the  south  extreme  of  the  island. 

Pox  Island  is  "NNW.  of  Marticot  Island,  leaving  a  passage 
between  250  yards  wide.  A  rock,  with  12  feet  water  over  it,  lies 
off  the  SW.  part  of  the  entrance  to  this  channel,  300  yards  S.  43° 
W.  (S.  71°  W.  mag.)  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Fox  Island. 

A  rock,  that  breaks  in  ordinary  weather,  lies  1,070  yards  N  55° 
W.  (N.  27°  W.  mag.)  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  island. 

Coast— From  Paradise  the  coast  trends  NNW.  i  mile  to  Red 
Cove,  an  indentation  800  yards  deep  and  400  yards  wide,  open  and 
exposed.  Red  Cove  Head,  the  west  point,  is  skirted  by  rocks  off 
reddish  cliffs,  and  this  shore  is  foul  till  Southeast  Cove  is  reached. 

Long  Island,  l^  miles  west  of  Marticot  Island,  is  4  miles  long, 
and  f  mile  wide  at  the  broadest  part  near  the  SW.  end,  gradually 
narrowing  to  a  sharp  point  at  the  NE.  extreme.  The  shores  are 
bolu-to  a  short  distance  off,  and  are  surmounted  by  a  series  of 
peaks,  the  highest,  a  sharp  cone  472  feet  high,  falling  steeply  to 
the  north  shore  about  a  third  of  the  length  from  the  SW.  extreme. 
Some  low  black  rocks  lie  off  the  east  side. 

Long  Island  Bank  lies  nearly  a  mile  SE.  of  Long  Island.     It 
is  If  miles  long  and  1^  miles  broad  within  the  depth  of  30  fathoms. 
The  shoalest  parts  are  two  places  with  10  fathoms  water,  east- 
ward 2  miles  and  2^  miles,  respectively,  from  the  SW.  extreme  of 
Long  Island. 

A  shoal,  with  8  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  3|  miles  S.  40°  E. 
(S.  12°  E.  mag.)  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Long  Island. 

Paradise  Sound  is  entered  2  miles  NW.  of  Marticot  Island, 
and  extends  11  miles  m  a  northeasterly  direction ;  it  is  about  f 
mile  wide,  and  has  deep  water  generally.  There  is  anchorage  for 
small  vessels  in  Southeast  Cove,  the  firrt  indentation  on  the  SE. 
shore,  where  are  a  few  houses,  in  Gilberts  Cove,  on  the  NW.  shore, 
opposite  the  first  island,  and  at  the  head.  The  only  danger  is  a 
rock  a  short  distance  NE.  of  the  first  island  and  out  of  the  direct 
course  up  the  sound. 

Shag  Rocks,  a  group  of  peaked  rocks,  the  highest  4  feet  above 
high  water,  lie  just  west  of  the  entrance  to  Paradise  Sound.     The 


L 


96 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   C0A8T. 


easternmost  of  the  group  covers  at  high  water,  and  faces  a  deep 
cove.     There  is  no  passage  between  these  rocks  and  the  shore. 

A  Shoal,  with  8  feet  water,  lies  S.  25°  E.  (S.  3°  W.  mag.),  300 
yards  from  the  highest  rock. 

Petit  Fort  Harbor,  next  west  of  Paradise  Sound,  is  entered 
through  a  passage  400  yards  wide  -tween  Eastern  Head,  a  sharp 
point  on  the  east  side,  and  White  Point,  low  and  shelving,  with 
small  rocks  a  short  distance  off.  The  harbor  extends  If  miles 
N.  by  E.,  with  several  coves,  expanding  to  i  mile  in  breadth  inside 
the  entrance,  and  thence  narrowing  gradually  to  the  head. 

A  shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  immediately  within  the  entrance, 
nearly  in  mid-channel,  and  is  steep-to.  Two  wooded  islets,  about 
20  feet  high,  lie  close  to  the  west  shore,  and  nearly  join  each  other 
and  the  mainland  at  low  water.  Petit  Fort,  a  small  cove  on 
the  west  shore,  is  formed  by  a  peninsula  surmounted  by  a  round 
wooded  hill  about  90  feet  high.  On  the  neck  joining  this  penin- 
sula to  the  mainland  stands  the  church,  a  white,  wooden  building, 
off  which,  connected  to  the  mainland  at  low  water,  lies  a  cliffy 
islet  20  feet  high.  A  settlement  surrounds  this  cove.  Harrington 
Cove,  next  south  of  Petit  Fort,  has  a  few  houses  round  the  shores, 
and  a  small  islet,  13  feet  high,  off  the  south  point.  Petit  Fort 
Harbor  is  surrounded  by  high  hills,  those  on  the  east  shore  being 
a  series  of  sharp  peaks,  375  to  272  feet  high,  with  deep  valleys 
between,  and  on  the  west  shore  a  wooded,  flat  range  450  feet  high, 
faced  by  cliffs,  and  falling  almost  perpendicularly  to  the  water 
line. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  as  convenient  after  the  shoal  in  the  en- 
trance is  passed,  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms,  mud.  Small  vessels 
should  proceed  north  of  the  wooded  islets,  where_  they  will  find 
security  from  all  winds.  Wild  Cove,  immediately  SW.  of  the 
entrance,  is  open  and  exposed. 

Nonsuch  Head,  a  steep  bluff  under  a  round  wooded  summit  253 
feet  high,  is  the  dividing  point  between  Petit  Fort  Harbor  and  Non- 
such. A  detached  rocky  hummock,  30  feet  high,  lies  on  the  south 
side,  and  off  the  west  extreme  of  the  head  are  some  low  square 
rocks,  and  a  shoal  with  9  feet  water  over  it  lies  about  400  yards 
westward  of  the  head.  Two  small  open  coves  lie  on  the  west  side 
of  this  head. 

Shag  Islets,  16  feet  high,  lie  close  off  the  NW.  extreme  of  Non- 
such Head.  A  rock  that  covers  6  feet  lies  100  yards  S.  14°  W. 
(S.  42°  W.  mag.),  and  a  ledge  extends  the  same  distance  NNW. 
from  them. 

Nonsuch  extendi  li  miles  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from  these 
Islets,  to  the  narrows  between  the  south  shore  and  the  north  Burnt 
Island,  140  yards  wide,     A  shoal,  ^\^th  5^  fathoms  water,  lies  nearly 


wmmmmmm 


i  faces  a  deep 
the  shore, 
W.  mag.),  300 

ttd,  is  entered 
Head,  a  sharp 
shelving,  with 
ends  If  miles 
breadth  inside 
head. 

L  the  entrance, 
i  islets,  about 
)in  each  other 
mall  cove  on 
3d  by  a  round 
g  this  penin- 
den  building, 
',  lies  a  cliffy- 
Harrington 
id  the  shores, 
.  Petit  Fort 
t  shore  being 
deep  valleys 
450  feet  high, 
to  the  water 

oal  in  the  en- 
Small  vessels 
ihey  will  find 
SW.   of  the 

d  summit  253 
■bor  and  Non- 
on  the  south 
le  low  square 
ut  400  yards 
the  west  side 

reme  of  Non- 
ds  S.  14°  W. 
tance  NNW. 

)n  from  these 

north  Burnt 

)r,  lies  nearly 


ISLANDS. 


91 


in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  750  yards  N.  07°  W.  (N.  39°  W. 
mag.)  from  Shag  Islets,  and  a  rock,  on  which  there  is  6  feet  water,  lies 
in  mid-channel,  1,100  yards  N.  35°  vV.  (N.  7°  W.  mag.),  from  Shag 
Islets;  a  shoal,  with  15  feet  water,  lies  G50  yards  S.  31°  W.  (S.  59° 
W,  mag.)  from  Gooseberry  Island. 

Gooseberry  Island,  53  feet  high,  a  small  cliffy  mound,  forms  a 
good  mark  of  recognition  for  Nonsuch  Narrows.  A  cove,  1,400 
yards  deep  and  700  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  narrowing  gradu- 
ally to  the  liead,  extends  NE.  from  Gooseberry  Island,  and  affords 
good  anchorage  in  9  to  6^  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  with  shelter 
from  all  winds  but  those  from  SW.  to  South. 

Burnt  Islands  form  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  Nonsuch 
and  the  east  side  of  Southwest  Nonsuch.  They  are  both  nearly 
joined  to  each  other  and  the  mainland  of  Cape  Roger,  and  are  1^ 
miles  long.  The  southern  island  is  surmounted  by  a  barren  cone, 
cleft  in  two.  The  higher  part,  385  feet  above  high  water,  is  con- 
tinued to  the  southward  by  wooded  hills.  The  east  shore  is  foul 
for  200  yards.  An  inlet,  600  yards  deep  and  100  yards  wide,  is 
entered  on  the  south  side  of  this  island,  and  affords  shelter  for 
fishing  boats,  but  is  barred  at  a  short  distance  from  the  entrance 
by  a  shoal,  with  4  feet  on  it  at  low  water.  A  few  houses  are  built 
on  the  shores  of  this  inlet. 

The  northern  island  is  barren,  165  feet  high,  and  has  a  small, 
nearly  detached  mound  on  the  east  side,  off  which  rocks  that  cover 
5  feet  extend  100  yards  into  the  narrow  entrance  of  Nonsuch,  leav- 
ing a  channel  only  100  yards  wide,  through  which  8^  fathoms  can 
be  carried  by  keeping  the  east  shore  close  on  board. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Burnt  Islands  at 
7h.  48m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet. 

Northeast  Nonsuch  extends  from  the  narrows  2f  miles  NNE., 
with  an  average  breadth  of  400  yards,  expanding  in  a  cove  on  the 
west  shore  about  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  off  which  anchorage 
may  be  had  in  7  fathoms  for  vessels  of  moderate  length.  Small 
vessels  may  anchor  as  convenient  till  Avithin  i  mile  of  the  head. 

Water  may  be  procured  from  several  streams  in  this  harbor,  and 
small  firewood  from  the  valleys. 

SouthwbSt  Nonsuch  extends  2  miles  SSW.  from  the  northern 
Burnt  Island,  and  is  unfit  for  vessels  drawing  more  than  12  feet 
water;  it  may  be  entered  by  keeping  mid-channel  between  Burnt 
Islands  and  the  mainland.  South  of  the  narrows  a  fine  basin  opens 
out,  i  mile  long  and  i  mile  wide,  with  perfect  shelter  in  11  to  12 
fathoms,  mud.  Two  islands  lie  in  this  basin,  and  the  head  narrows 
to  a  shallow  creek  600  yards  deep. 

Mouse  Island.  17  feet  high,  is  a  small,  grassy  rock,  150  yards 
from  the  south  extreme  of  Burnt  Islands,  with  a  reef  extending 


..in  Hill' 


•m' 


^i 


nsEK^^f^i^. 


98 


NEWFOUNDLAXD — SOUTH   COAST. 


200  yards  from  the  south  extreme.     A  rock  that  covers  i  feet  lies 

a    ^^o^'  ^^'  ^'^°  ^-  '"'^^-^  ^^^  >^*^*"'^^'  ^^'^  ^  shoal  with  :  feet  water 
S.  05    E.  (S.  :]7°  E.  mag.)  the  same  distance  from  Mouse  Island. 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  had  in  G  fathoms  NW.  of 
Mouse  Island,  but  they  must  pass  over  a  bar  with  3+  fathoms  water 
between  that  island  and  the  mainland. 

Woody  Island,  about  700  yards  in  length  and  the  same  in. 
breadth,  lies  }  mile  south  of  Burnt  Islands,  and  is  separated  from 
the  mainland  by  a  deep,  clear  channel  300  yards  wide.  It  is  sur- 
mounted by  three  wooded  hummocks;  the  highest,  over  the  south 
suie,  being  228  feet  high,  slopes  steeply  to  the  water  line,  and  may 
be  approached  to  within  100  yards. 

Hay  Island,  about  800  yards  long,  and  narrow,  is  surmounted 
by  a  wooded  cone  100  feet  high,  and  is  joined  to  the  mainland  by 
shoal  water.  A  low,  black  rock  lies  close  off  the  SW.  extreme 
and  another  SE.  of  the  NE.  end,  but  the  east  shore  is  bol.l-to.  ' 
Cape  Boger  is  a  steep  cliff  about  150  feet  high,  with  a  low,  black 
rock  close  to  the  foot,  the  termination  of  a  remarkable  moss-covered 
headland  500  feet  high,  situated  NW.  of  Hay  Island  and  falling 
almost  m  a  perpendicular  line  to  the  sea.  The  east  coast  of  this 
cape  may  be  approached  close-to,  but  the  west  shore  has  shoal 
water  a  short  distance  from  it. 

Cape  Roger  Island,  800  yards  long,  lies  1,750  yards  westward 
of  Cape  Roger  and  is  wooded  with  dark  trees,  the  summit,  220  feet 
high,  falling  in  steep,  black  cliffs  to  the  southwest  extreme. 
Shingle  beaches  fringe  the  NE.  shore  and  several  rocks  lie  off  the 
north  and  west  shores  200  yards  distant. 

A  Rock  Avith  7  feet  water  lies  450  yards  N.  67°  E.  (S.  85°  E. 
mag.),  and  another  head  of  the  same  bank,  with  12  fe^  water  lies 
600  yards  N.  62°  E.  (East  mag.)  from  the  rock  at  the  SE.  point  of 
Cape  Roger  Island.  A  rock  with  8  feet  water  lies  300  yards  S.  39° 
E.  (S.  11°  E.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Cape  Roger  Island. 

Cape  Roger  Bay  extends  in  nearly  a  straight  line  4  miles  N.  by 
E.  from  Cape  Roger,  and  is  nearly  a  mile  wide  at  the  entrance 
narrowing  to  600  yards  at  a  mile  within,  and  to  350  yards  at  a  short 
distance  farther,  keeping  that  breadth  to  near  the  head.  A  clus- 
ter of  islets  lies  just  within  the  entrance,  250  yards  from  the  east 
shore,  the  southern,  a  pinnacle  10  feet  high,  and  the  northern,  flat  6 
feet  above  high  water.  Sunken  rocks  lie  200  yards  off  these  islets, 
and  the  channel  between  them  and  the  main  should  not  be  taken. 
Cape  Roger  Mountain,  a  conspicuous  round  hill,  lies  9|  miles 
inland  from  Cape  Roger,  is  1,220  feet  high,  and  shows  prominently 
over  the  intervening  land  from  the  banks  in  Placentia  Bay. 

Cape  Roger  Harbor,  situated  on  the  Avest  shore  l*  miles  within 
the  entrance,  is  sheltered  by  Harbor  Island,  wooded,  113  feet  high 


'ers  4  feet  lies 
h  7  feet  water 
jiise  Island. 
Iioms  NW.  of 
"athoms  water 

the  same  in 
?parateil  from 
e.  It  is  sur- 
»ver  the  south 
line,  and  may 

s  siirmounted 
)  mainland  by 
SW.  extreme, 
s  bold-to. 
;li  a  low,  black 
I  moss-covei'ed 
id  and  falling 
b  coast  of  this 
ore  has  shoal 

,rds  west-ward 

nmit,  220  feet 

-•est  extreme. 

ka  lie  off  the 

E.  (S.  85°  E. 

3et  water,  lies 

SE.  point  of 

3  yards  S.  39° 
jer  Island. 

4  miles  N.  by 
he  entrance, 
ds  at  a  short 
ad.     A  clus- 

from  the  east 

rthern,  flat,  G 

these  islets, 

ot  be  taken. 

lies  9i  miles 

prominently 

a  Bay. 
miles  within 

113  feet  high 


CAPE    KOdKU    IIAUBOR 


and  400  yards  long,  separated  at  the  south  end  from  the  mainland 
by  a  narrow  channel,  through  which  4  feet  can  be  carried  at  low 
water.  This  hai'bor  affords  anchorage  for  small  craft  only,  between 
the  island  and  the  mainland,  in  2  fathoms,  sand,  but  large  vessels 
may  find  anchorage  anywhere  in  the  bay  after  the  island  is  passed, 
in  from  4  to  10  fathoms,  mud,  as  convenient.  Rocks  extend  off 
the  i)oint  next  south  of  Harbor  Island,  in  a  line  crossing  the  bay, 
and  that  part  of  the  west  shore  should  not  be  approached  nearer 
than  200  yards,  but  the  island  may  be  closed  to  within  100  yards 
from  the  east  point.  Rocks  that  cover  lie  in  the  harbor  close  SW, 
of  Harbor  Island.  A  conspicuous  round  hill  470  feet  high  lies 
on  the  east  shore,  separated  by  a  marsh  from  the  hills  of  Cape 
Roger,  and  shows  out  well  from  south. 

Cape  <Roger  Head,  marking  the  wejt  side  of  the  entrance,  is 
498  feet  high,  and  falls  steeply  to  the  bay,  but  in  wooded  slopes  to 
the  northwestward,  and  in  a  succession  of  wooded  hills  to  the  SW. 
point  of  the  bay,  a  rugged,  cliffy  point  under  a  wooded  hillock,  off 
which  rocks  that  cover  extend  200  yards. 

A  swell  rolls  across  the  entrance  of  Cape  Roger  Bay  even  when 
it  is  calm  outside,  especially  after  a  prevalence  of  southerly  winds. 

Water  may  be  procured  in  many  places,  and  small  wood  is 
abundant  in  the  valleys  off  this  bay. 

Little  Qallows  Harbor  extends  north  from  the  west  point  of 
Cape  Roger  Bay  nearly  a  mile,  to  a  shingle  spit,  within  which  it 
branches  off  east  and  west,  forming  a  basin  700  yards  long  and  150 
yards  wide.  The  harbor  is  700  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  narrow- 
ing to  200  yards  off  a  peaked  rock  on  the  west  shore  1,200  yards 
within,  and  thence  gradually  to  the  shingle  spit.  Shoal  water 
extends  a  short  distance  from  both  shores,  and  across  the  head, 
just  outside  the  shingle  spit,  is  a  bar  with  4  feet  water  on  it. 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  had  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms, 
as  convenient,  with  shelter  from  all  winds  but  those  from  south- 
westward,  the  water  shoaling  suddenly  from  17  to  8  fathoms  off 
the  first  low  neck  on  the  west  shore,  and  from  there  gradually  to 
the  bar.     A  few  houses  are  built  round  the  head. 

Gallow^s  Harbor  Head  separates  Little  and  Great  Gallows 
Harbors,  and  is  disconnected  from  the  mainland  at  high  water  by 
Pushthrough,  a  passage  just  wide  enough  for  a  boat.  This  head, 
surmounted  by  mossy  hills  320  feet  high,  falls  in  sharp  cliffs  to 
southward,  but  in  wooded  slopes  to  the  northward,  the  two  northern 
hills  being  connected  to  each  other  and  the  highest  part  by  two  low 
necks  of  land  covered  with  grass. 

Great  Gallows  or  Saint  Joseph  Harbor  is  entered  between 
a  low  point  surrounded  by  bowlders,  close  off  which  is  a  black  rock 
that  covers  at  high  water,  and  Sams  Head  on  the  west  side,  a  nar- 
row point  sloping  from  a  steep  bluff. 


nMiC 


5«i| 


"W? 


r 


100 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTFI   C0A8T. 


A  bank,  with  7  feet  least  water,  lies  S.  69°  W.  (8.  87°  W.  mag.) 
fiOO  yards  from  Sams  Head.  The  harbor  is  500  yards  in  diameter, 
and  affords  good  anfhorag(3  in  7*  fathoms,  mud.  A  few  houses 
line  the  shores. 

Gallows  Harbor  Island,  about  i  mile  long,  lies  i  mile  westward 
of  the  head  of  that  name,  and  has  a  wooded  summit  257  feet  high. 
The  water  is  deep  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the  shores. 

Jigging  Cove,  entered  GOO  yards  north  of  Sams  Head,  extends 
600  yards  in  a  northerly  direction.  The  entrance  is  200  yards  wide, 
and  the  cove  expands  within  to  300  yards  in  breadth.  A  rock  with 
7  feet  w'^ter  lies  a  short  distance  from  the  west  point  of  the  entrance. 
Small  craft  find  good  shelter  in  5  fathoms,  mud. 

Mouse  Island,  35  feet  high,  and  covered  with  grass  over  black 
rock,  Ilea  between  Gallows  Harbor  Island  and  the  mainland  north 
of  it,  leaving  a  clear  passage  400  yards  wide  between  the  islands, 
but  none  between  it  and  the  mainland;  low  rocks  continue  the 
island  to  the  northward. 

Steering  Rocks,  U  feet  high,  lie  close  to  the  shore  off  a  slight 
indentation  north  of  Mouse  Island.  A  rock  with  6  feet  water  lies 
S.  87°  E.  (S.  59°  E.  mag.)  300  yards  from  the  highest  of  the  Steer- 
ing Rocks. 

Little  Harbor,  l^  miles  westward  of  Great  Gallows  Harbor, 
extends  north  1,200  yards,  is  generally  200  yards  wide,  but  is  nar- 
rowed at  a  short  distance  within  the  entrance  by  a  rock  off  a  shin- 
gle point.  Fishing  craft  find  shelter  here  in  If  fathoms,  off  a 
small  settlement.  The  west  point  is  a  group  of  low  islets,  the 
westernmost  13  feet  high  and  steep-to. 

Burnt  Island,  i  mile  west  of  Little  Harbor,  lies  close  off  the 
mainland,  and  shelters  a  small  cove  frequented  by  fishing  boats. 
The  coast  between  Little  Harbor  and  this  cove  is  rugged  and  much 
indented.  A  shoal  lies  just  east  of  the  island,  a  short  distance  from 
the  mainland,  but  the  island  is  bold-to  on  the  south  and  west  sides. 

HoUoway  Passage,  between  Burnt  and  Cross  Islands,  is  600 
yards  wide,  clear  of  danger,  and  deep. 

Bale  de  I'Eau  Head,  immediately  north  of  Burnt  Island,  slopes 
steeply  from  an  isolated  hill  227  feet  high,  covered  with  moss,  and 
is  bold-to. 

Bale  de  I'Eau  extends  NNE.,  with  a  slight  bend,  nearly  4  miles, 
and  has  a  nearly  uniform  breadth  of  900  yards;  the  shores  slope 
steeply  from  wooded  hills  350  to  650  feet  high.  The  water  is  deep, 
and  there  is  no  danger  for  2  miles  from  the  entrance,  when  the 
water  shoals  suddenly  from  18  to  7i  fathoms  in  mid-channel.  A 
depth  of  6  to  7  fathoms  continues  for  f  mile,  when  the  water  shoals 
quickly  to  3  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  1-^  miles  from  the  head,  and 
800  yards  within  this  dries  at  low  water!  Anchorage  may  be  taken 
up  on  the  plateau  in  6  or  7  fathoms,  mud,  with  perfect  shelter. 


ISLANDS. 


101 


87°  W.  mag.) 

Is  ill  diameter, 

A  few  houses 

mile  westward 
i  '^67  feet  high, 
jhores. 

Head,  extends 
SOO  yards  wide, 
,  A  rock  with 
if  tlie  entrance. 

rass  over  black 
uainland  north 
len  the  islands, 
s  continue  the 

ore  off  a  slight 
)  feet  water  lies 
st  of  the  Steer- 

illows  Harbor, 
ide,  but  is  nar- 
rock  off  a  shin- 
fathoms,  off  a 
low  islets,  the 

8  close  off  the 
fishing  boats, 
ged  and  much 
distance  from 
and  west  sides. 
Islands,  is  500 

|t  Island,  slopes 
ith  moss,  and 

[nearly  4  miles, 
ie  shores  slope 

water  is  deep, 
[nee,  when  the 
Id-channel.  A 
ie  water  shoals 

the  head,  and 
may  be  taken 

3ct  shelter. 


Water  and  wood  can  be  procured  readily  from  many  placos  on 
the  shores  of  this  bay. 

OrosB  Island,  2^  miles  long,  NE.-SW.,  and  U  miles  broad,  is 
surmounted  by  two  conspicuous  hills,  covered  with  moss.  The 
highest  and  northern  has  a  small,  flat  summit  693  foot  high,  and 
the  southern  is  a  sharp  peak  660  feet  above  high  water.  Lower, 
rugged,  and  wooded  hills,  with  deep  valleys  between,  extend  to 
the  shores,  sloping  steeply  to  the  water  line.  Rocks  that  cover  lie 
off  the  SE.  shore  that  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  200 
yards,  and  shoal  water  extends  a  short  distance  from  the  points 
on  the  NW.  side.  A  shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  \  mile  S. 
14°  W.  (8.  42°  W.  mag.)  from  the  SW.  point,  and  a  rock,  witli  5 
fathoms  water,  lies  200  yards  off  the  NW.  shore,  opposite  the 
channel  between  Petticoat  and  Gull  Islands. 

Gooseberry  Island,  34  feet  high,  the  north  extreme  of  a  chain 
of  islands  west  of  Cross  Island,  is  a  small,  cliffy  islet  with  shoal 
water  extending  a  short  distance  to  the  northeastward,  and  a  rock, 
with  5  feet  water,  150  yards  S.  26°  W.  (S.  63°  W.  mag.)  from  it, 
the  extreme  of  a  ledge  stretching  in  that  direction. 

Petticoat  Island  is  separated  from  the  south  extreme  of  Goose- 
berry Island  by  a  passage  400  yards  wide,  clear  in  mid-channel. 
It  is  wooded  over  three  round  summits,  the  highest  182  feet  above 
high  water.  A  rock,  with  7  feet  water,  lies  200  yards  off  a  cove 
at  the  NE.  extreme,  and  shoal  water  extends  a  short  distance  off 
the  north  shore. 

Gull  Island  is  460  yards  SSW.  of  Petticoat  Island,  and  the 
channel  between  is  clear  of  danger.  The  highest  part,  a  wooded 
cone  210  feet  above  high  water,  lies  near  the  NE.  extreme,  the  SE. 
shore  has  dark  cliffs  and  is  steep-to,  and  the  NW.  shore  consists 
of  shingle  beaches  at  the  base  of  gentle  slopes. 

Little  Gull  Island,  a  grass-covered  rock  30  feet  high,  is  nearly 
joined  to  the  SW.  extreme  of  Gull  Island. 

Jerseyman  Island,  257  feet  high,  is  flat  in  outline  and  wooded, 
falling  steeply  to  the  shore,  and  terminated  to  the  northward  by 
a  small  islet  7  feet  above  high  water.  A  rock,  on  which  there 
is  6  feet  water,  lies  200  yards  South  (S.  28°  W.  mag.)  from  the 
south  extreme.  The  passage  between  Jerseyman  Island  and  the 
mainland  is  clear,  the  distance  to  Broad  Cove  Head  being  one  mile. 

Boat  Harbor  Head,  dividing  Bale  de  I'Eau  from  Boat  Harbor, 
falls  in  steep  bluffs  from  a  moss-covered  tableland  400  feet  high, 
and  is  fringed  on  the  west  side  by  shingle  beaches. 

The  Friar,  a  peaked  rock,  11  feet  high,  lies  close  off  the  extreme 
of  this  head  and  is  steep-to. 

Boat  Harbor  extends  3^  miles  N.  by  E.  from  Boat  Harbor  Head, 
with  a  nearly  uniform  breadth  of  ^  mile,  and  divides  at  the  head 


^ 


102 


NKWFOI'NDLAND — HOt'TII    (OAST. 


into  NortlioHst  and  NorthwcHt  AriiiH,  tho  former  000  yards  deep, 
coiitaiiiiiig  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  but  shoals  600  yards  from 
tho  head. 

Northwest  Arm  is  l,400  yards  deep  and  600  yards  wide,  afford- 
ing anchorage  in  18  fathoms,  Imt  is  shoal  400  yards  from  the  head. 

Parker  Oove,  just  inside  the  entrance  on  the  Avest  shore,  is  000 
yards  deep.  A  rock,  that  covers  6  feet,  lies  in  the- middle  of  the 
cove  250  yards  from  tlie  shore,  and  a  shoal,  with  9  feet  water,  lies 
in  the  line  of  the  points  950  yards  from  Manny  Point  south  of  the 
entrance. 

Anchorage  for  ships  can  be  had  only  in  Northwest  Arm,  and  for 
fishing  craft  in  Northeast  Arm  and  Parker  Cove,  inside  the  rocks. 

Water  may  be  obtained  from  several  sti'eamlets  on  the  sides  of 
this  bay. 

A  Shoal,  with  9  fathoms  water,  lies  }  mile  S.  67°  W.  (N.  85°  W. 
mag.)  from  Boat  Harbor  Head.  It  is  the  summit  of  a  bank,  with 
less  than  20  fathoms  water,  nearly  ^  mile  in  extent. 

The  Coast  from  Boat  Harbor  trends  S W.  by  S.  2^  miles  to  Bane 
Harbor ;  is  backed  by  wooded  ranges  with  several  sharp  barren 
peaks  470  to  OIG  feet  high,  and  is  bold-to.  Bane  Harbor  Tolt,  the 
southern  of  these  hills,  is  sharp  and  586  feet  high. 

Bane  Harbor,  a  landlocked  basin  700  yards  long  and  600  yards 
broad,  is  entered  through  a  curved  channel  100  yards  wide,  nar- 
rowed to  half  tliat  breadth  by  rocks  extending  from  the  north 
shore.  The  entrance  is  well  defined  by  white  houses,  and  the 
church — a  white  wooden  building  on  a  small  eminence  just  within 
the  entrance  on  the  north  shore.  Rodway  Point,  east  of  the 
entrance,  is  a  low  wooded  mound,  east  of  which  is  a  rocky  islet 
about  10  feet  above  high  water.  A  rock  lies  close  off  the  islet, 
and  a  reef  that  covers,  with  a  shoal  at  th^  extreme,  extends  nearly 
100  yards  from  Rodway  Point.  The  northern  side  of  the  harbor 
slopes  from  wooded  hills,  and  over  the  west  point  is  an  isolated 
hill  130  feet  high,  covered  with  small  wood.  The  point  under  the 
church  is  rugged,  and  continued  under  water  to  the  opposite  shore, 
forming  a  bar,  over  which  only  3^  fathoms  can  be  carried.  Smith 
Point,  south  of  the  entrance,  is  steep-to,  but  a  rock,  awash  at  low 
water,  lies  a  few  yards  from  the  point  next  within.  Inside  the 
entrance  the  harbor  divides  into  Northeast  Cove  and  the  Bottom, 
the  former  extending  300  yards,  and  the  latter  a  continuation  of 
the  main  basin. 

No  vessel  should  go  into  this  harbor  for  the  first  time  without  a 
pilot. 

Steering  Rock,  7  feet  high,  lies  south  350  yards  from  the 
entrance  to  Bane  Harbor.  A  low  black  rock  lies  off  the  SW. 
extreme,  and  a  rock,  with  2  feet  water,  50  yards  N.  25°  E.  (N.  53° 
E.  mag.)  from  the  east  extreme. 


00  yai'ds  deep, 
JOO  yards  from 

Js  wide,  afford- 
t'roni  the  head. 
st  shore,  is  000 
i'mi(hlle  of  the 
feet  water,  lies 
at  south  of  the 

jt  Ann,  and  for 

iside  the  rocks. 

on  the  sides  of 

W.  (N.  85°  W. 
3f  a  bank,  with 

\  miles  to  Bane 

1  sharp  barren 
[arbor  Tolt,  the 

f  and  500  yards 
ards  wide,  nar- 
Prom  the  north 
ouses,  and  the 
nee  just  within 
it,  east  of  the 
is  a  rocky  islet 
le  off  the  islet, 
extends  nearly 

of  the  harbor 
is  an  isolated 
)oint  under  the 

opposite  shore, 
arried.  Smith 
awash  at  low 
Inside  the 

id  the  Bottom, 

ontinuation  of 

;ime  without  a 

-rds  from  the 
off  the  SW. 
25°  E.  (N.  53° 


n 


ANCUOnAOE. 


loa 


Miller  Point,  1,150  yunls  S.  by  W.  of  Baiu'  Ilurbor,  is  u  low 
projection  from  a  lii^h  raiiKtS  and  is  bold-to. 

RuBhoon  Head  is  flio  t-ud  of  u  niiiKo  "I"  cliffs  l,r(io  yurds  SW. 
of  Miller  Point,  falling  from  a  high  Ihuti'U  tuliit'liind  surnmuntt'd 
by  a  bowlder  'M(*  feet  above  high  water.  Low  bowlders  extend  a 
short  distanc(»  from  the  head  with  dt'cp  wiitor  close-to. 

Rushoon  Harbor,  entered  north  of  Nipper  Head,  a  dark 
wooiled  hill,  ll'i  feet  high,  situated  l,l(K»  yanls  NW.  of  Kushoon 
Head,  is  a  shallow  harbor  atVording  good  shelter  for  fishing  craft 
in  "Z^  to  5  fathoms;  it  dries  200  yards  from  the  fresh-water  brook 
at  the  heiid. 

Jiggfing  Cove,  between  Rushoon  and  Nipjjer  Heads,  is  faccul  by 
t,  shingle  beach  on  which  are  several  h(mses,  and  is  steep-to. 

A  Rock,  that  covers  ;5  feet  at  high  water,  with  a  shoal  stretch- 
ing a  short  distance  SW.,  lies  (;5(t  yards  N.  ('.5"  W.  (N.  :i7^  W. 
mag.)  from  Rushoon  Head,  and  a  rock  with  (j  feet  water  lies  140 
yards  from  Nipper  Head. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  may  anchor  on  a  flat  oiitsido  Rushoon  in 
7^  fathcjius,  mud,  by  keeping  the  east  ])oint  of  the  entrance  to  the 
brook  at  the  head  open  of  Nipper  Head  to  clear  the  rock  that 
covers,  or  inside  that  rock,  (dose  oft  the  beach  at  Jigging  Cove,  by 
having  the  NE.  end  of  Jerseyman  Island  well  shut  in  with 
Rushoon  Head. 

Rushoon  Bank,  with  9  fathoms  water,  lies  GOO  yards  S.  25°  W. 
(S.  53°  W.  mag.)  of  Rushoon  Head. 

The  Ooaat  between  Rushoon  and  East  Broad  Cove  slojjes 
steeply  from  wooded  hills  and  may  be  approached  to  within  loo 
yards.  Gull  Rock,  near  the  entrance  of  the  cove  and  close  to  the 
shore,  is  10  feet  above  high  water  and  shows  white  against  the 
dark  background. 

Broad  Cove  Head,  a  peninsula  nearly  a  mile  long,  ^  mile  wide, 
and  337  feet  high,  is  separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  narrow 
marshy  isthmus  about  GO  feet  above  high  water. 

East  Broad  Cove  affords  good  anchorage  in  7  to  13  fathoms, 
mud  and  sand,  the  holding  ground  being  better  nearer  the  west 
shore.  Several  houses  are  situated  on  the  shingle  beach  at  the 
head.  A  plateau  of  shoal  water  extends  north  of  this  cove,  fall- 
ing suddenly  to  deep  water  on  the  SE.  The  general  depth  on  tliis 
plateau  is  7^  fathoms,  and  the  line  of  10  fathoms  joins  Broad  Cove 
Head  and  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Rushoon.  A  shoal, 
with  5  fathoms  water,  lies  |  mile  S.  57°  E.  (S.  29°  E.  mag.),  from 
the  SE.  extreme  of  Broad  Cove  Head. 

West  Broad  Cove  also  affords  good  anchorage  in  10  fathoms, 
but  is  completely  exposed  to  southerly  winds.  The  holding  ground 
is  said  to  be  better  there  than  in  East  Broad  Cove. 


104 


"iPPP 


NRWKOHNDLANn— SOITTII   COAST. 


Green  Island,'.)!)  foot  IukIi*  i^  tlio  iiorihoivMtoni  of  a^roii])  lying 
off  Bi'oiid  Vow  Hoiid.  It  \h  flimiU,  covi^rod  with  griiHH,  luid  fiicod 
l)y  diirl<  clifTH.  A  rcof  oxtondH  '<i50  yiirdH  from  tlio  NE.  oiid  uiid 
200  yiirds  from  tho  8W.  oxtromo.  A  roclt,  with  (5  foot  wator,  lios 
800  yjirdH  N.  70"  E.  (S.  70°  E.  nmg.)  from  tJio  oast  extreme  of 
Groori  Islmid,  tho  out«>r  o«lgo  of  a  banlv  oxtondiiig  from  tho  iHhiiid. 

Emberly  Island,  U  mih>8  8W  of  (Jroon  iHJaiid,  in  siirmountod 
by  a  poak,  witli  a  Hmall  flat  top,  330  foot  ai)ov(<  high  water,  that 
sliowH  prominoiitly  from  all  dirootums.  Tho  sidoH  are  steep,  in 
many  places  formed  of  dark  cliff,  except  tho  SW.  extreme,  that  is 
torminated  by  a  grassy  mound  70  foot  high.  A  white  islet,  10  feet 
high,  lies  off  the  north  point,  and  a  sunken  rock  dose  off  the  point 
just  south  of  it.  Two  small  rocks  lie  off  tho  oast  shore,  and  the 
south  side  is  fringed  by  rugged  rocks  that  cover  and  extend  200 
yards  from  the  shore. 

Fuddook  Bank,  with  0  fathoms  water  at  the  east  extreme, 
extends  nearly  ^  mile  from  Mainyard  Point,  the  east  extreme  of 
Emberly  Island.  Simonds  Rock,  with  7J  fathoms  on  it,  lies  4-  mile 
S.  70°  E.  (S.  48°  E.  mag.),  and  Sonndlione  Rock,  with  0  fathoms 
water  over  it,  is  1,000  yards  N.  73°  E.  (8.  79°  E.  mag.)  from  the 
same  point.  Upper  Rock,  with  10  fathoms  water,  is  1,150  yards 
N.  48°  E.  (N.  70°  E.  mag.),  and  Lower  Rock,  with  12  fathoms, 
is  1,500  yards  N.  45°  E.  (N.  73°  E.  mag.)  from  Mainyard  Point. 

Fords  Rook,  awash  at  high  water  and  steep-to,  lios  270  yards 
S.  50°  E.  (S.  28°  E.  mag.)  from  some  black  peaked  rocks,  oft'  the 
east  point  of  Emberly  Island. 

The  Washball,  a  rock  that  covers  4  feet  at  high  water  and  is 
steep-to,  lies  i  mile  N.  82°  W.  (N.  64°  W.  mag.)  from  the  white 
islet  off  Emborlj'  Island. 

Andrews  Island,  38  feet  liigh,  is  tlio  largest  of  a  group  of 
square  rocks,  joined  at  low  water  to  the  SW.  point  of  Emberly 
Island.  Rocks  that  cover  lie  a  short  distance  off  the  northern- 
most of  the  group. 

Oderin  Island  is  separated  from  the  SW.  point  of  Emberly 
Island  and  the  above  group  by  a  channel  200  yards  wide,  through 
which  a  depth  of  9  feet  can  be  carried  at  low  water.  A  rock  that 
covers  lies  off  the  west  point  of  the  channel,  and  another  nearly 
100  yards  from  a  large  bowlder  at  the  foot  of  the  cliff  on  the  south 
side  of  the  passage.  No  vessel  should  attempt  this  channel  with- 
out a  pilot. 

Oastle  Island,  30  feet  high  and  covered  with  grass,  lies  oft'  the 
west  point  of  this  passage,  with  shoal  water  between.  The  Beach, 
of  shingle,  is  just  south  of  this  point  and  is  backed  by  a  row  of 
houses. 


II  j^roup  lying 
iisH,  ami  t'licod 
)  NK.  oihI  iiinl 
i3ot  wiit«!r,  lioH 
8t  extreme  of 
Din  the  tHland. 
irt  surnionnted 
ifli  water,  that 
are  steep,  in 
ctrenie,  that  is 
teifllot,  10  feet 
10  otf  the  point 
shore,  and  the 
nd  extend  200 

east  extreme, 
ast  extreme  of 
>n  it,  lies  ^  mile 
vith  0  fathoms 
lag.)  from  the 
,  is  1,150  yards 
;h  12  fathoms, 
lyard  Point, 
lies  270  yards 

rocks,  oft'  the 

water  and  is 
Irom  the  white 

|of  a  group  of 
it  of  Emberly 
the  northern- 
It  of  Emberly 
ide,  through 
A  rock  that 
[nother  nearly 
on  the  south 
I  channel  with- 

ps,  lies  oft"  the 

The  Beach, 

by  a  row  of 


OhKltlN    IIAHHOlt. 


!(»:> 


Oderln  Harbor  is  «mtered  from  the  wvM  Hidf  of  th«»  Islniid  and 
nearly  divides  if.  Chimtioy  Ii<>ck>4,  the  shoaleMt,  with  our  foot  on 
them  lit  lr)\v  w.'ittT,  lie  uiitside  tho  liar'xT,  miarly  iii  the  middle  of 
the  approach. 

Spurrit^r  Point,  north  of  the  entruiicp,  is  a  grassy  peninsula  20 
feet  high,  from  which  tin  Imrhor  exttMids  l.jOO  yards  t'listwiird, 
nnd  then,  with  a  shiu'i)  IkmuI,  100  yards  NE.  by  X.  Tlif  north 
shore  is  clifTy,  and  the  south  slopos  from  wooded  hills,  tln>  higlicHt 
of  which,  255  feet  above  high  water,  has  n  tiat  summit,  with  a 
steep  fall  to  the  westward.  The  Breiulbox,  a  snnill  rock  that 
covers,  lies  (do,s(t  to  the  west  extreme  of  Spurrier  Point.  The 
Episcopal  church,  with  a  scpiare  towttr,  stands  on  the  north  shore, 
and  th(i  Roman  Catholic  church,  with  a  spire,  is  situated  on  the 
dividing  point  of  the  bends  of  the  harbor.  A  considenibht  setth*- 
mont  is  built  round  the  shores.  Two  small  islands  are  situated 
400  yards  within  Spurrier  Point,  and  are  steeji-to  nearly  on  the 
oast  and  south  sides.  A  rock  that  covers  at  high  water  lies  200 
yards  S.  37°  E.  (8.  0°  E.  mag.)  from  the  inner  of  the  two  islands, 
and  is  nearly  connected  to  the  south  shore  by  rocks  above  and 
below  water. 

The  Breeches  is  a  shoal  rock,  with  two  heads  close  together, 
lying  250  yards  N.  87°  W.  (N.  6!»°  W.  mag.)  from  tlio  point  on  which 
the  Roman  Catholic  church  stands,  and  nearly  in  the  fairway  of 
tho  approach  to  the  inner  part  of  tiio  liarl)or.  The  water  is  shoal 
between  the  Brooches  and  the  south  shore  of  the  harbor,  but  a  safe 
passage  may  be  obtained  by  keeping  the  north  shore  on  board. 

The  soutli  shore  of  Oderin  Island  is  composed  of  steep  cliffs  and 
is  foul  for  200  yards  distant.  Lance  Cove  Head,  tho  east  extreme 
of  that  shore,  is  a  flat-topped  bluff,  215  feet  high,  that  also  over- 
looks tho  harbor.  Rooks  extend  200  yards  from  both  bills  of  this 
bead. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  7  fathoms  in  Ship  Cove,  just  east  of 
the  islands,  or  inside  the  rock  that  covers.  Small  vessels  will  find 
perfect  shelter  at  the  head  in  3  to  4  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Oderin  Harbor  at 
8h.  6m. ;  neaps  rise  6  feet. 

Directions. — To  enter  Oderin  Hai'bor:  Shut  in  the  Episcopal 
Church  with  Spurrier  Point,  and  pass  that  point  at  50  yards  dis- 
tant and  the  same  distance  soutli  of  the  islands. 

Lance  Cove,  an  open  bay  north  of  the  head,  has  shingle  beaches 
separated  by  spurs  of  red  cliff.  A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies 
just  off  the  south  point  of  the  cove. 

White  Rock,  with  6  fathoms  of  water  on  it,  is  the  shoalest  part 
of  a  bank  extending  nearly  ^  mile  from  Lance  Cove  Head. 


mm 


mmmmnmimn 


mmmm 


mmmm- 


106 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Patrick  Island,  110  feot  high,  lies  close  to  the  SW.  point  of 
Oderiu  laland,  and  is  wedge-shaped,  with  dark  cliflfs  to  the  south- 
ward and  grassy  slopes  to  the  northward. 

Crow  Island,  201  feet  high,  ia  wooded  and  conical,  with  dark 
cliffs  lying  close  to  the  west  side  of  Patrick  Island.  Patrick  Rocks, 
13  foot  high,  are  a  ledge  of  black  rocks  extending  SW.  by  S.  350 
yards  from  Crow  I-^land. 

Fox  Island,  with  a  wooded  summit  about  100  feet  high  and  red- 
dish cliffs,  lies  NW.  of  Crow  Island,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  north 
side.     Tlaere  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  these  islands. 

Jude  Island,  separated  from  the  south  side  of  Oderin  Island  by 
a  clear  channel  nearly  i  mile  wide,  is  2^  miles  long  and  2  miles 
wide  at  the  north  extremity,  narrowing  irregularly  to  a  sharp 
point  at  the  south  extreme.  The  channel  between  Oderin  and  Jude 
Islands  should  be  taken  by  vessels  wishing  to  pass  inside,  as  the 
shores  may  be  approached  to  within  a  short  distance. 

The  north  shore  of  Jude  Island  is  of  bold  cliff,  with  some  curious 
red  stripes  near  the  east  end.  Gull  Island,  a  gray  rock  48  feet 
high,  marks  that  extreme,  and  is  bold-to.  The  east  shore  is  also 
nearly  bold-to,  consisting  of  steep  cliffs  round  Eastern  Cove,  a 
curve  in  the  coast  line  filled  with  islets  and  rocks  fronting  shingle 
beaches. 

Cape  Jude,  a  remarkable  headland,  lies  near  the  south  end  of 
this  shore,  and  is  a  round-topped  hill,  411  feet  high,  falling  in 
nearly  a  perpendicular  cliff  to  the  coast.  A  sharp  hill,  surmounted 
by  a  bowlder  400  feet  above  high  water,  is  situated  just  south  of  it. 
A  rock,  with  4  feet  water,  lies  750  yards  S.  14°  E.  (S.  14°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  south  point.  Hay  Cove,  1,400  yards  wide  and  COO 
yards  deep,  lies  NW.  of  the  south  point  and  affords  anchorage  with 
shelter  from  easterly  winds  in  9  to  10  fathoms,  sand.  At  the  bot- 
tom of  this  cove  is  a  dark  cliffy  head  with  a  shingle  beach  on  eacli 
side.  A  rock,  that  covers  3  feet,  lies  off  Green  Point,  a  low  projec- 
tion north  of  the  cove,  and  a  rock  with  8  feet  water  550  yards  N. 
64°  W.  (N.  3G°  W.  mag.)  from  the  same  point. 

Jude  Harbor,  on  the  west  side  of  the  island,  is  entered  north  of 
Round  Head,  a  hillock  120  feet  high,  that  makes  as  an  island. 
Anchorage,  affording  shelter  with  winds  from  s^..  th  round  by  east 
to  north,  may  be  had  in  12  to  10  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  but  a 
heavy  swell  rolls  in  with  westerly  winds.  Rocks  that  cover,  ex- 
tend 200  yards  SW.  by  W.  from  Poplars  Head,  north  of  the  en- 
trance. 

Duck  Rocks,  that  cover  at  high  water,  are  two  reefs  bold-to  on 
the  west  side,  lying  in  a  line  parallel  to  the  shore  north  of  the  har- 
bor and  i  mile  distant.  An  islet,  8  feet  above  high  water,  marks 
the  NW.  extreme  of  Jude  Island.  A  rock  with  10  feet  water  lies 
400  yards  S.  67°  W.  (N.  85°  W.  mag.)  from  this  islet. 


,, 


SW.  point  of 
to  the  south- 

!al,  with  dark 
»atrick  Rocks, 
5W.  by  S.  350 

,  high  and  red- 
0  on  the  north 
islands, 
erin  Island  by 
g  and  2  miles 
•ly  to  a  shai*p 
derin  and  Jude 
3  inside,  as  the 
e. 

;h  some  curious 
i,y  rock  48  feet 
it  shore  is  also 
lastern  Cove,  a 
routing  shingle 

le  south  end  of 
ligh,  falling  in 
ill,  surmounted 
luat  south  of  it. 
E.  (S.  14°  W. 
1  Made  and  GOO 
tnchorage  with 
.     At  the  bot- 
beach  on  each 
it,  a  low  projec- 
Ir  550  yards  N. 

itered  north  of 
as  an  island. 
L  round  by  east 
ad  mud,  but  a 
that  cover,  ex- 
Irth  of  the  en- 

leef  s  bold-to  on 

Irth  of  the  har- 

.  water,  marks 

I  feet  water  lies 

It. 


ISLANDS. 


107 


Middle  Island  is  the  northernmost  of  a  chain  of  islets  lying  SE. 
of  Jude  Island,  and  is  l-jV  miles  N.  78°  E.  (S.  74°  E.  mag.)  from  the 
south  point  of  that  island.  It  is  conical,  80  feet  high,  and  bold-to 
on  the  west  and  nortli  sides.  A  rock,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  200 
yards  from  the  south  side. 

Binghams  Shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  -j^  mile  N.  79°  E.  (S. 
73°  E.  mag.)  from  Middle  Island. 

Spicer  Rock,  with  9  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  3^%  miles  N.  87° 
E.  (S.  05°  E.  mag.)  from  Middle  Island. 

Harbor  Rocks,  about  10  feet  high,  +  mile  S.  25°  W.  (S.  53°  W. 
mag.)  from  Middle  Island,  are  a  group  having  deep  water  a  short 
distance  from  all  sides  but  east,  in  which  direction,  at  200  yards 
distant,  is  a  rock  that  covers  2  feet  at  high  water.  There  is  a  good 
channel  between  Middle  Island  and  Harbor  Rocks. 

Badger  Rock,  with  3i  fathoms,  lies  f  mile  S.  51°  E.  (S.  23°  E. 
mag.)  from  Harbor  Rocks,  and  breaks  in  bad  weather. 

Old  Poe  Shpal,  with  G  fathoms  least  water,  lies  nearly  1^  miles 
N.  82°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.),  and  Point  Shoal,  with  7  fathoms  least 
water.  If  miles  S.  76°  E.  (S.  48°  E.  mag.)  from  Harbor  Rocks. 
Both  these  are  said  to  break  in  bad  weather. 

Pinnacle  Island,  about  30  feet  high,  lies  i  mile  S.  30°  W.  (S. 
58°  W.  mag.)  from  Harbor  Rocks,  with  a  clear  passage  between 
them.  Little  Pinnacle,  about  10  feet  high,  and  Long  Rock,  about 
50  feet  high,  lie  close  in  a  line  S.  25°  W.  (S.  53°  W.  mag.)  from 
Pinnacle  Island,  with  no  passage  between  for  a  vessel. 

Saddleback,  a  castellated  black  islet  104  feet  high,  with  grass 
at  the  summit,  is  the  most  conspicuous  of  the  group,  and  is  bold-to. 
The  passage  between  it  and  Long  Rock  is  400  yards  wide,  and  clear 
in  mid-channel. 

Little  Saddleback,  about  20  feet  high,  is  a  black  islet  SE.  by  E. 
600  yards  from  Saddleback,  and  has  deejj  water  close  eastward.  A 
bank,  with  4^  fathoms  least  water,  extends  600  yards  S.  by  W, 
from  Little  Saddleback  and  breaks  in  bad  weather. 

Oderin  Bank  is  a  large  shoal  with  depths  varying  from  5^  to 
27  fathoms.  The  western  shoal,  with  G  fathoms  water,  lies  S.  39° 
E.  (S.  11°  E.  mag.)  4f  miles  from  Saddlebnck.  From  this  shoal 
the  bank  trends  4^  miles  NE.  to  a  shoal  with  6i  fathoms  water,  the 
intervening  space  being  very  irregular. 

Big  Shoal  extends  3  miles  to  the  southwestward  of  Oderin  Bank, 
being  separated  by  a  gully  ^  mile  wide  with  50  fathoms  water  in  it. 
The  northeastern  patch,  with  10  fathoms,  lies  4J  miles  S.  17°  E. 
(S.  11°  W.  mag.)  from  Saddleback,  and  from  it  shoals  with  7  to  8 
fathoms  extend  irregularly  to  the  southwestern  head  Avith  8  fath- 
oms, which  is  G  miles  S.  5°  W.  (S.  33°  W.  mag.)  from  Saddleback. 
From  Big  Shoal  a  chain  of  banks  extends  to  Mortier  Bank. 

14910 8 


■  Mllll  ' 


.^tS- 


i 


i 


108 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH    COAST. 


John-the-bay  Bank  lies  ^  mile  southward  of  Big  Shoal,  the 
water  between  deepening  to  45  fathoms.  It  is  J  mile  in  extent 
between  the  depths  of  30  fathoms.  Southwest  Rock,  with  8 
fathoms  water,  is  the  shoalest  i^art  of  this  bank. 

Osmond,  Dicks,  and  Joe  Rocks  are  three  heads  of  a  bank, 
with  least  water  of  13  fathoms,  Joe  Rock,  the  westernmost,  being 
nearly  2^  miles  South  (S.  28°  W.  mag.)  from  Saddleback. 

Jim  Drake  Ledge,  with  7  fathoms  Avater,  lies  one  mile  S.  20° 
W.  (S.  48°  W.  mag.)  from  Saddleback. 

Western  Hocks,  the  highest  of  which  is  20  feet  above  high 
water,  are  a  group  of  square  dark  islets  li  miles  westward  from 
Saddleback.  A  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  nearly  300  yards 
from  the  NE.  extreme,  and  a  rock,  with  3  feet  of  water,  a  short 
distance  west  of  the  south  extreme. 

The  Washing-tub,  an  islet  5  feet  above  high  water,  lies  H 
miles  S.  08°  W.  (N.  84°  W.  mag.)  from  Western  Rocks.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  reefs,  and  is  nearly  connected  to  Western  Rocks  by  a 
line  of  shoals  that  break  in  ordinary  weather,  leaving  scarcely 
room  for  a  boat  to  pass  between. 

South  Sunker,  with  2  feet  water,  lies  1^^  miles  S.  25°  E.  (S.  S*" 
W.  mag.)  from  Western  Rocks  and  has  deep  water  close  to  the 
eastward.  Harry  Ledge,  with  5  fathoms  water,  lies  in  the  same 
direction  1^  miles  from  Western  Rocks. 

Smith  Shoal,  a  bank  600  yards  long,  with  depths  varying  from 
3i  to  5  fathoms  water,  is  1^  miles  S.  8°  W.  (S.  36°  W.  mag.)  from 
Western  Rocks. 

Kelpy  Sunker,  with  9  feet  water,  lies  If  miles  S.  25°  E.  (S.  3° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  Washing- tub,  with  a  shoal  of  3  fathoms  200 
yards  eastward  of  it. 

Little  Washing-tub,  covering  4  feet  at  high  water,  is  a  small 
rock  one  mile  S.  8°  W.  (S.  36°  W.  mag.)  from  the  Washing-tul() 
and  has  a  ledge  extending  a  short  distance  west  from  it.  Between 
the  Washing-tub  and  Little  Washing-tub  are  several  shoals,  and 
this  passage  should  not  be  used. 

Flower  Shoal,  the  southern  danger  of  this  group,  lies  2  miles 
S.  48°  W.  (S.  76°  W.  mag.)  from  the  Washing-tub,  and  consists 
of  two  heads  a  short  distance  apart;  the  shoalest,  with  9  feet, 
breaks  only  in  bad  weather. 

Butler  Bock,  with  7  fathoms  water,  lies  1,360  yards  S.  65°  W. 
(N.  87°  W.  mag.)  from  Flower  Shoal. 

Lachlan  Rock,  with  8  fathoms  water,  lies  nearly  a  mile  S.  37° 
W.  (S.  65°  W.  mag.)  from  Kelpy  Sunker,  and  is  the  southern  ex- 
treme of  rocks  extending  from  that  sunker. 

Western  Sunker,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  1^  miles  S.  53°  W. 
(S.  81°  W.  mag.)  from  the  Washing-tub.     Shoals  lie  west  and  SW. 


ig  Shoal,  the 
lile  in  extent 
:,ock,   with  8 

Is  of  a  bank, 

•nmost,  being 

)ack. 

e  mile  S.  20° 

)t  above  high 
restward  from 
rly  300  yards 
water,  a  short 

water,  lies  1^ 
;;ks.  It  is  sur- 
3rn  Rocks  by  a 
aving  scarcely 

S.  25°  E.  (S.  3" 
er  close  to  the 
ies  in  the  same 

,  varying  from 
mag.)  from 

is.  25°  E.  (S.  3° 
3  fathoms  200 

l^ater,  is  a  small 
Washing-tub 
it.  Between 
il  shoals,  and 

Up,  lies  2  miles 
lb,  and  consists 
It,  with  9  feet, 

l-ards  S.  65°  W. 

|ly  a  mile  S.  37° 
le  southern  ex- 

liles  S.  53°  W. 
s  west  and  SW. 


ISLANDS. 


109 


300  yards  from  it,  and  a  line  of  shoals  blocks  the  passage  between 
it  and  the  Washing-tub. 

Whales  Back,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  1,800  yards  westward 
of  the  Washing-tub.  A  shoal  stretches  a  short  distance  north  of 
this  rock. 

Foots  Oape,  a  rock  with  31  fathoms  water,  lies  l^V  miles  S.  73° 
W.  (N.  79°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Jude  Island. 

Bobby  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water,  lies  1,750  yards  N.  17°  W. 
(N.  45°  W.  mag.)  from  the  Washing-tub,  and  is  steep-to. 

Black  Rock,  westward  of  Bobby  Rock,  is  7  feet  above  high 
water,  and  is  small  and  bare.  From  Black  Rock  a  bank  with  a 
general  depth  of  7  to  10  fathoms  extends  to  Green  Islands,  on  which 
a  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water,  lies  f  mile  N.  5°  E.  (N.  33°  E.  mag.) 
from  Black  Rock;  and  a  rock,  with  4  feet  water,  lies  150  yards  to 
the  eastward  of  Black  Rock. 

Black  Rock  Sunker,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  1,100  yards  S.  68°  E. 
(S.  40°  E.  mag.) ;  a  rock,  with  10  feet  of  water,  lies  300  yards  S.  23° 
W.  (S.  51°  W.'  mag.);  a  reef  700  yards  long  lies  i  mile  S.  56°  W. 
(S.  84°  W.  mag.),  and  a  rock  that  covers  5  feet  lies  1,800  yards  S. 
68°  W.  (N.  84°  W.  mag.)  from  Black  Rock. 

The  following  rocks  and  shoals  also  lie  off  Black  Rock :  Liar 
Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water;  Haddock  Bank,  with  10  fathoms 
water;  Four-fathom  Shoal,  with  3^  fathoms;  William  Henry 
Bank,  with  8^  fathoms ;  and  Monks  Bank,  with  6  fathoms  water. 

Green  Islands  are  a  group  lying  2^  miles  WNW.  from  the 
south  point  of  Jude  Island. 

Green  Island,  the  largest,  is  32  feet  high  and  covered  with  grass 
over  gray  rock.  Close  NE.  of  it  is  a  small  round  islet,  and  two 
rocks  that  cover  lie  NE.  of  the  islet.  Long  Rock,  the  southern- 
most of  the  group,  is  bare,  dark,  and  18  feet  high.  Dollar  Rock, 
12  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  northward  of  Green  Island.  A  rock, 
that  covers  6  feet,  lies  west  200  yards  from  Dollar  Rock,  and  Dollar 
Rock  Sunker,  that  covers  4  feet,  lies  900  yards  N.  59°  W.  (N.  31° 
W.  mag.)  from  Dollar  Rock,  with  a  reef  extending  NE.  and  SW. 
200  yards  from  it.  Sunken  rocks  extend  to  the  west,  north,  and 
south  of  Green  Islands  nearly  1,400  yards. 

Flat  Islands,  a  group  4^  miles  long  and  2  miles  broad  at  the 
widest  part,  lie  between  Jude  Island  and  the  mainland,  separated 
from  the  latter  by  a  channel  one  mile  wide.  They  consist  of  two 
large  islands  and  a  great  number  of  smaller  islands  and  rocks. 

Tardie  Island,  the  easternmost  of  the  group,  is  composed  of 
several  hillocks,  surmounted  by  a  barren  cone  130  feet  high.  A 
ledge  extends  250  yards  from  the  NE.  extreme,  and  islets  and 
rocks,  with  deep  water  close  south,  lie  a  short  distance  off  the 
SW.  side. 


•ffiiiiiiiHiiiiiHi 


no 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOl'TII    COAST. 


I 


i 


; 


Tinkershare  Island,  small  and  wooded,  lies  close  west  of  Yardie 
Island. 

Qlimshire  Island,  100  feet  high,  flat  and  wooded,  is  separated 
from  the  west  side  of  Yardie  Island  by  a  channel  350  yards  wide, 
containing  several  islets  and  rocks.  A  stranger  should  not  take 
this  passage. 

Flat  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  3  miles  long,  and  nearly 
divided  into  three  parts  by  coves  extending  from  both  shores.  The 
eastern  part  is  high  and  wooded,  surmounted  bj  a  flat  summit 
236  feet  high,  and  terminated  to  the  southward  in  Roche  Peak,  a 
remarkable  sharp-topped  hill  '/J03  feet  high.  Vinegar  Hill,  a  sharp 
cone  150  feet  high,  lies  between  them.  The  middle  part  of  the 
island  has  a  flat  range  on  the  east  aide,  with  several  wooded  tufts, 
the  highest  107  feet  high,  and  some  lower  wooded  hills  to  the  west- 
ward inclosing  a  pond.  The  western  part  is  composed  of  a  flat 
hill  about  100  feet  high,  a  conical  mound  82  feet  high  at  the  SE. 
extreme,  and  several  low  Avooded  hills  on  the  NW,  .shore  termi- 
nating in  sand  cliffs. 

Flat  Island  Cove  is  on  the  NE.  side  of  the  island,  between  the 
east  ar.d  middle  parts.  It  is  700  yards  deep  and  500  yards  wide, 
affording  good  anchorage  in  8  fathoms,  mud,  with  shelter  from  all 
winds  but  those  from  north  to  east.  At  the  head  is  a  shingle  beach 
about  10  feet  above  high  water,  containing  a  saltwater  pond,  divid- 
ing Flat  Island  Cove  from  Flat  Island  Harbor.  The  water  is  shoal 
100  yards  from  the  head  of  the  cove,  the  depth  d'ecreasing  grad- 
ually. A  ledge  extends  300  yards  to  the  eastward  from  Foots 
Point,  north  of  the  cove,  that  should  be  given  a  good  berth  when 
turning  into  the  cove. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Flat  Island  Cove 
at  8h.  37m.     Springs  rise  G^  feet  and  neaps  5  feet. 

Hay  Cove,  near  the  center  of  the  island  between  the  middle  and 
western  parts,  is  filled  with  sunken  rocks  nearly  to  the  line  of  the 
points.  It  is  much  frequented  by  fishing  craft  in  the  caplin  season, 
when  that  bait  is  always  plentiful.  The  bottom  of  the  north  shore 
of  this  island  is  composed  of  bowlders,  that  extend  fully  200  yards 
from  the  shingle  beaches  that  fringe  it.  Frenchman  Rock,  that 
covers,  lies  close  oft'  the  north  point. 

A  Rock,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  S.  43°  W.  (S.  70°  W.  mag.)  from 
the  north  extreme  of  Flat  Island,  and  500  yards  from  the  shore. 

Hiscock  Rocks,  a  group  of  low  islets  and  sunken  rocks,  lie  close 
off  the  SE.  end  of  Flat  Islands. 

DaviR  Island,  next  in  size  to  Flat  Island,  is  l^V  miles  long, 
surnioxinted  at  the  east  end  by  Osmond  Hill,  a  sharp  peak  11 -i  feet 
high,  and  at  the  west  end  by  Mermaid  Hill,  flat  at  the  summit  and 
75  feet  high.     A  deep  cove  runs  into  the  north  side,  nearly  filled 


« 

MM 


west  of  Yardie 

d,  is  separated 
50  yards  wide, 
lould  not  take 

>iig,  and  nearly 
,li  shores.  The 
a  flat  summit 
Roche  Peak,  a 
ar  Hill,  a  sharp 
lie  part  of  the 
1  wooded  tufts, 
ills  to  the  west- 
posed  of  a  flat 
high  at  the  SE. 
N.  shore  termi- 

nd,  between  the 
500  yards  wide, 
shelter  from  all 
1  a  shingle  beach 
ater  pond,  divid- 
ke  water  is  shoal 
'ecreasing  grad- 
ard  from  Foots 
:ood  berth  when 

lat  Island  Cove 

I  the  middle  and  ' 

D  the  line  of  the 

e  caplin  season, 

the  north  shore 

fully  200  yards 

imau  Rock,  that 

W.  mag.)  from 
lorn  the  shore. 
1  rocks,  lie  close 

Jl^V  miles  long, 
jrp  peak  1 1  i  feet 
Ithe  summit  and 
Ide,  nearly  filled 


FLAT   IStAXD    HARBOR. 

with  rocks.  This  island  is  separated  from  the  western  part  of  Flat 
Island  by  a  channel  250  yards  wide,  and  is  distant  from  the  east 
part  000  yai'ds. 

Muscle  Bank,  with  a  shoal  awash  at  low  water,  is  fiOO  yards  S. 
25°  E.  (S.  3°  W.  mag.)  from  the  east  extreme  of  Davis  Island,  and 
a  shoal,  with  7  feet  water,  lies  nearly  halfway  between  it  and  the 
shore,  leaving  a  passage  only  250  yards  wide  between  them  and 
Hiscock  Rocks. 

Harbor  Rock,  one  foot  above  high  water,  lies  in  the  middle  of 
the  western  channel,  and  has  a  shoal  extending  NW.  150  yards  from 
it.  A  shoal,  with  9  feet  least  water,  lies  500  yards  N.  08°  W.  (N. 
40°  W.  mag.);  a  rock,  with  4  feet  water,  400  yards  N.  37°  W.  (N. 
9°  W.  mag.);  and  a  rock  that  covers  5  feet,  100  yards  N.  11°  W. 
(N.  17°  E.  mag.)  from  Harbor  Rock. 

Duck  Bock,  5  feet  high,  is  the  extreme  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  and 
shoals  stretching  oft'  the  west  point  of  Davis  Island.  A  shoal,  with 
3  fathoms  water,  lies  250  yards  north  (N".  28°  E.  mag.)  of  Duck 
Rock. 

Duck  Rock  Sunker,  with  2  feet  water,  lies  500  yards  north 
(N.  28°  E.  mag.)  from  Duck  Rock.  There  is  no  passage  north  of 
Harbor  Rock. 

Flat  Island  Harbor  is  comprised  between  Flat  and  Davis 
Islands,  and  may  be  approached  from  both  sides  in  small  craft,  but 
in  large  vessels  from  the  SE.  side  only,  and  neither  should  be 
taken  for  the  first  time  without  a  local  pilot.  On  the  NW.  shore, 
just  within  the  entrance,  is  Western  Creek,  a  small  indentation, 
south  of  which  is  a  bluff  head,  with  speckled  white  and  dark  cliffs. 
The  harbor  trends  away  to  Hay  Cove,  off  which  are  an  island  and 
several  small  rocks,  and  the  whole  shore  is  foul.  Ledges  of  rocks 
extend  from  Davis  Island,  leaving  a  narrow  channel  close  to  West- 
ern Creek  Head,  from  the  western  entrance  to  the  harbor.  The 
harbor  is  ^  mile  in  diameter,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  9  to  7 
fathoms,  mud,  the  water  shoaling  suddenly  close  to  the  beach  at 
the  head.     A  large  settlement  surrounds  this  harbor. 

Woody  Island,  close  south  of  Davis  Island,  is  a  daik  double 
hummock  76  feet  high.  Bald  Island,  bare,  gray,  and  50  feet  high, 
lies  south  nearly  ^  mile  from  Woody  Island. 

Copper  Island  is  the  southernmost  conspicuous  island  of  this 
group.  It  is  a  wooded  cone  135  feet  high,  and  shows  well  from  all 
directions,  except  when  hidden  by  the  higher  part  of  Flat  Island. 
Low  Islets  extend  ^  mile  farther  south,  ending  in  Copper  Island 
Rock,  6  feet  above  high  water.  Between  Davis  and  Copper  Islands 
is  a  labyrinth  of  rocks,  scarcely  passable  by  a  boat. 

Paddle  Rocks  are  two  shoals,  with  3  fathoms  water,  lying  800 
yards  apart,  the  northern  being  1^  miles  S.  61°  W.  (S.  79°  W. 
mag.)  from  Copper  Island. 


mm 


112 


NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII   COAST. 


The  Pinnacle,  a  rock  with  4  feet  water,  lies  1t\-  miles  S.  37° 
W.  (S.  06°  W.  mag.)  from  Cooper  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the 
apparent  fairway  between  the  mainland  and  Flat  Island,  and 
Upper  Pinnacle,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  750  yards  S.  37°  W.  (S.  65° 
W.  mag.)  from  The  Pinnacle. 

Coast— The  coast  between  West  Broad  Cove  and  Red  Harbor 
is  faced  by  cliffs  that  fall  from  wooded  spurs  extending  from  the 
Blue  Hills. 

Red  Harbor  Head,  SW.  2^  miles  nearly  from  Broad  Cove 
Head,  is  a  steep  cliff  with  a  hole  through  the  base,  and  a  small 
ledge  of  rocks  just  inside.  i 

Red  Harbor  extends  from  this  head  in  a  northerly  direction 
with  a  slight  bend  for  li  miles,  and  is  800  yards  broad.  A  project- 
ing point,  that  looks  like  an  island,  lies  on  the  east  shore  nearly  a 
mile  from  the  entrance,  north  of  which  a  short  distance  is  a  rock 
that  covers  0  feet  at  high  water,  and  a  rock  that  covers  lies  off 
Butler  Point,  the  entrance  point  on  the  west  shore.  The  remainder 
of  the  harbor  is  clear  of  danger.  A  small  islet  is  nearly  joined  to 
the  west  shore,  north  of  which  are  a  few  houses.  Two  consider- 
able streams  discharge  into  this  harbor;  the  deposit  from  the  west- 
ern stream  has  formed  a  shoal  300  yards  from  the  mouth. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  7  to  6  fathoms,  sand,  off  the  houses, 
with  shelter  from  all  winds  but  those  from  SE.  to  South,  which 
send  in  a  heavy  swell. 

Blue  Hills  of  Red  Harbor  are  a  conspicuous  flat  range,  with  a 
steep  fall  to  the  eastward,  surmounted  by  two  small  sharp  peaks 
1,100  feet  high.  They  appear  blue  under  almost  any  condition  of 
weather. 

The  Coast  from  Red  Harbor  trends  southwesterly  3f  miles  to 
John-the-bay;  is  steep  and  rugged,  with  several  high  sharp  hills 
about  600  feet  high,  and  is  bold-to.  The  Bar,  a  shoal  with  9 
fathoms  least  water,  lies  J  mile  S.  34°  W.  (S.  62°  W.  mag.)  from 
Red  Harbor  Head. 

Stanley  Ronks,  that  cover  one  foot  at  high  water,  are  If  miles 
S.  16°  W.  (S.  43'  W.  mag.)  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Red  Harbor 
Head.  The  sea  breaks  on  them  nearly  always,  and  they  are  bold-to 
within  a  short  distance. 

Big  Shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water,  lies  one  mile  SW.  of  Stanley 
Rocks. 

Black  Rock,  small,  and  awash  at  high  water,  with  a  shoal 
extending  200  yards  to  the  westward,  lies  nep.;i)  •  j^  miles  S  51° 
W.  (S.  79°  W.  mag.)  from  Stanley  Rocks. 

Woody  Island,  one  mile  SW.  from  Black  Rock,  is  wooded,  and 
26  feet  high,  with  foul  ground  extending  off  it  in  all  directions  for 
a  short  distance,  and  for  a  considerable  distance  to  the  eastward. 


I 


iMHIl 


^(,  miles  S.  37° 

middle  of  the 

lit  IslaTid,  and 

37°  W.  (S.  65° 

I  Red  Harbor 
idiiig  from  the 

n  Broad  Cove 
3,  and  a  small 

lerly  direction 
»ad.  A  project- 
shore  nearly  a 
itance  is  a  rock 
covers  lies  off 
The  remainder 
early  joined  to 
Two  consider- 
f rom  the  west- 
nouth. 

off  the  houses, 
)  South,  which 

;  range,  with  a 
ill  sharp  peaks 
ly  condition  of 

ly  3f  miles  to 
igh  sharp  hills 
shoal  with  9 
W.  mag.)  from 

r,  are  If  miles 
)f  Red  Harbor 
hey  are  bold-to 

W.  of  Stanley 

with  a  shoal 
i*^  miles  S.  51° 

is  wooded,  and 
directions  for 
the  eastward. 


.KUIN-TIIK-HAY    IIAUBOU. 


11« 


Woody  Island  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  on  it,  lies  200  yni-ds  N. 
48°  E.  (N.  70°  E.  mag.),  and  White  Rock,  with  -4  fathoms  water, 
bears  S.  03°  E.  (S.  34°  E.  mag.),  000  yards  from  Woody  Island. 

John-the-Bay  Harbor,  5  miles  SW.  of  Red  Harbor,  is  a  slial- 
low  basin,  whore  fisliing  craft  find  shelter  from  westerly  winds  in 
3  fatlioms.     It  is  000  yards  in  diameter  and  contains  several  rocks. 

An  open  cove  of  the  same  name,  ^  mile  south  of  the  harbor, 
locally  known  as  the  Dock,  is  1,100  yards  in  diameter  and  affords 
good  anchorage  in  10  fathoms,  with  winds  from  SSE.  to  N.  by  W. 
The  shores  are  rugged  and  foul ;  at  the  head  is  a  sand  cliff  faced 
by  a  shingle  beach,  the  east  extreme  of  a  marshy  isthmus  about  50 
feet  high,  that  connects  the  peninsula  forming  Mortier  Bay  with 
the  mainland. 

The  peninsula  is  surmounted  by  a  round-topped  hill  635  feet  high, 
and  is  covered  l)y  high  hills,  with  deep  valleys  between  them,  the 
eastern  being  a  conspicuous  cone  490  feet  high. 

The  east  coast  of  this  peninsula  is  of  steep  cliff',  with  two  slight 
indentations ;  Cat  Cove,  the  eastern,  having  a  house  in  it. 

John-the-Bay  Islands,  3  miles  SE.  of  Dock  Point,  lie  close  off 
the  east  point  of  the  peninsxila,  and  are  a  group  of  two  gray  islets, 
and  some  low  rocks,  the  highest  44  feet  above  high  water.  Rocks 
that  cover  lie  300  yards  east  and  north  of  these  islands,  and  a  shoal, 
with  13  feet  water,  lies  SE.  100  yards. 

The  coast  from  these  islands  trends  sharply  to  the  south. 

John-the-Bay  Head,  just  west  of  the  islands,  is  surmounted  by 
a  round  hill  331  feet  high,  which  shows  conspicuously  from  the 
line  of  the  coast. 

Deadman  Cove,  west  of  this  head,  is  exposed  and  rocky.  Boats 
can  find  shelter  there  from  off-shore  winds. 

Salter  Hill,  a  sharp  peak  300  feet  high,  is  on  the  promontory 
dividing  Deadman  Cove  and  Rock  Harbor,  and  slopes  steeply  to 
the  west  shore  of  Deadman  Cove,  but  gradually  to  Rock  Harbor 
and  Rock  Harbor  Point,  east  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor. 

Numerous  shoals  are  situated  off  the  coast  between  John-the-Bay 
and  the  entrance  to  Mortier  Bay.  Pig  Ledge,  the  northeastern, 
with  3^^  fathoms,  lies  1^  miles  from  John-the-Bay  Islands.  Stick- 
land  Rock,  the  outermost,  with  3^  fathoms,  lies  nearly  1^  miles 
from  Rock  Harbor  Point.  Sams  Ledge,  with  15  feet,  lies  neaidy 
1^  miles  from  the  same  point. 

Rock  Harbor  is  fit  for  fishing  craft  only,  and  is  so  called  from 
the  number  of  rocks  it  contains.  For  a  small  ci'aft  under  com- 
mand there  is  no  difficulty  in  entering  at  low  water,  as  all  the  rocks 
show,  but  at  high  water  a  pilot  should  be  taken.  The  best  passage 
is  to  keep  the  east  shore  on  board,  until  an  island  that  joins  the 
mainland  at  low  water  is  reached,  when  the  course  should  be  altered 


*■  .- 


III! 


"IS  Z 


iili' 


wnwwiwTffwwiiwwi 


mm^jSimmM, 


■■MMM 


114 


NKWForNDLAND— Hi H  Tl r    COAHT. 


IZ  n.r'  fl'n  "  ^'•'^>',^'r^  ^"  ^""'^  '^^^'^^'"  ''«kJ^  ^«ter.     After  pass- 
1  fathon.f  '''''  '"'"'  *°  *^'"  ''^'^^'""^  ""'^  ^"'^h^r  i^ 

Pinnacle  Rock  tlmt  covers  6  feet,  is  tlie  westernmost  rock  and 
lottllZT  '''''."'"?'  1  ^''''^  "'"•^"^^-  P*»"*-  A  ^'onHideral.le 
ouiJding,  near  tlie  head. 

The  Coast  from  Rock  Harbor  to  the  entrance  of  M<.rtier  Bay, 
neai  y  ^  miles  t.,  the  soutliwestwar.],  is  of  dark  cliff  hacked  by 
wooded  lidlH  and  IS  steep-to.     In  nasty  weather,  tlie  turning  point 

MorH?V'     ""^"'^  '"'^■'  '"'^^  "^'  ''  ""'^''^y  i  '"il-^  are  shoals. 

Mortler  Bay  is  entered  through  a  cliannel  U  miles  long  and  ^ 
mile  wide,  at  the  north  end  of  which  the  bay  r  ,,ens  nearly  2  miles 
bors  off  If'  '^'^^  '^''^'  '^^^^'  """^  ''°  ^"^liorage,  except  in  the  bar- 

Saul  Islands  are  close  off  the  east  point  of  the  entrance.  The 
southern  is  70  feet  high,  bare  and  gray,  and  is  conspicuous  against 
the  dark  background  when  seen  from  the  southward.  The  north- 
ei-n  IS  wooded,  92  feet  high,  and  connected  to  the  shore  by  shoal 
water.  Rocks  that  cover  lie  a  short  distance  to  the  northward. 
The  western  island  11  feet  above  high  water,  is  bare,  and  has  shoal 
water  stretclung  off  it  a  short  distance  to  the  southward. 

Sk  ff-sail  Rock  with  6  feet  on  it,  lies  1,000  yards  East  (S.  C,r  E. 

T!ro'Ti   "^^  i  ""'"^  ^""'^^  '"'^  '  ^''^  ^^*^'-  «^«r  it'  i«  400  yards 
Thnr^'I  T,     1?"  '"''^'-^  ^'■'''"  ^^^  Houthernmost  of  Saul  Islands. 
^«   fn°^  '  '"*^'  ^*  *"^t^'^^'^«  ^^^'-^t^'-'  lies  o^e  mile  S.  6(J°  E. 

{».Z9    K.  mag.)  from  the  southern  Saul  Island. 

Big  Head  forms  the  turning  point  into  Mortier  Bay  on  the  west 
side,  and  is  437  feet  high,  falling  in  steep  cliffs  to  the  channel  and 
toward  the  east,  but  in  a  gradual  slope  to  north  and  west.  Goolds 
Oove,  a  slight  indentation  with  a  sandy  beach,  around  which  are 
a  tow  houses,  lies  just  within  the  entrance  on  the  east  shore 

Spanish  Room  Harbor,  at  the  NE.  corner  of  the  bay,  is  formed 
by  a  ixiuinsula  composed  of  shingle  d»5bris,  f  mile  long  and  wedge- 
shaped,  the  base  ending  in  a  bluff,  800  yards  wide  at  the  south  end 
close  over  which  is  the  summit  111  feet  above  high  water,  and  the 
apej,  a  narrow  shingle  beach  at  the  north  end  that  joins  the  main- 
and,  a  few  feet  above  high  water.  An  isolated  square  rock,  30  feet 
high  and  covered  with  grass,  lies  at  the  north  end  of  the  beach. 

Rocks  he  off  the  east  point  of  this  peninsula  and  form  the  west 
side  of  the  entrance;  the  highest  is  5  feet  above  high  water,  and 
they  are  steep-to.  The  east  shore  is  foul  for  200  yards  off  the  cove 
immediately  within  the  entrance,  and  a  spit  extends  from  the  west 
shore  at  800  yards  within  the  rocks,  a  distance  of  400  yards,  with 
13  teet  water  at  the  east  extreme. 


"w*  'iiwiisisaBejiSR'pi 


After  pnss-r 
nd  anchor  in 

if)st  rock  and 
consideralde 
vliite  wooden 

VLortior  Bay, 
ff  hacked  by 
.urning  point 
lo  are  shoals. 
IS  L^ng  and  ^ 
early  2  miles 
)t  in  the  har- 

trance.  The 
3UOUS  against 
The  north- 
lore  by  shoal 
e  northward, 
and  has  shoal 
ard. 

5ast  (S.  (!3°  E. 
t,  is  400  yards 
Saul  Islands, 
iiile  S.  50°  E. 

5"^  on  the  west 
channel  and 

rest.     Goolds 

id  which  are 

;  shore. 

ay,  is  formed 
and  wedge- 
e  south  end, 
iter,  and  the 
ns  the  main- 
rock,  30  feet 
;lie  beach, 
rm  the  west 
li  water,  and 
off  the  cove 
•om  the  west 
yards,  with 


CASIIEL   COVE. 


115 


Water. — A  considorable  stroani,  spanned  by  a  bridgr".  flows  into 
the  east  sid«j,  from  which  water  can  bo  obtained. 

Anchorage  may  bo  had  in  the  harbor  before  reaching  the  spit 
in  5J  fathoms,  mud,  with  swinging  room  SOU  yards  long  and  GOO 
yards  broad. 

Cashel  Cove  is  just  NW.  of  the  peninsula  forming  Spanish 
Room,  and  affords  anchorage  in  0  to  1(»  fathoms,  mud,  with  shelter 
in  all  winds  but  those  from  SSE.  to  W8W. 

Oashel  Look-out,  surmounted  by  a  bowlder  G15  feet  above  high 
water,  is  a  consiucuous  hill  lying  1^^  miles  inland  NNW.  of  Cashel 
Cove,  and  shows  plainly  from  Placontia  Bay. 

The  west  shore  of  Mortier  Bay  slopes  from  dark  wooded  hills,  the 
spurs  of  higher  ranges  inland,  the  intervening  space  being  almost 
filled  with  lakes.  Fox  Hill,  595  feet  high,  is  the  most  conspicuous, 
and  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile  inland. 

The  SW.  extreme  of  the  bay  narrows  to  an  arm  000  yards  broad, 
that  decreases  in  breadth  gradually  to  a  bar  at  1^  miles  from  the 
entrance. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  this  arm  as  convenient  in  6  to  9 
fathoms,  mud. 

Jonas  Rock,  that  covers  3  feet,  lies  200  yards  from  the  north 
point  of  the  entrance,  joined  to  it  at  low  water,  and  rocks  extend 
100  yards  from  the  south  shore.  From  the  bar,  which  is  passable 
by  boats  at  high  water,  a  narrow  salt-water  arm  extends  5^  miles 
to  the  southwestward,  and  nearly  joins  the  head  of  Burin  Inlet. 
A  settlement,  called  Marytown,  has  been  formed  on  the  banks. 

The  Tolt,  a  conspicuous  conical  hill  701  feet  high,  lies  between 
the  long  arm  of  Marytown  and  Little  Bay.  It  shows  jilainly  from 
Placentia  Bay,  and  is  continued  toward  Little  Bay  by  a  series  of 
high,  wooded,  conical  hills,  the  highest  over  Little  Bay  making  in 
three  summits,  the  greatest  elevation  being  564  feet. 

Little  Bay  is  entered  west  of  the  slopes  of  Big  Head ;  it  extends 
one  mile,  with  a  slight  bend,  and  divides  into  two  arms,  the  east- 
ern deep  inside,  but  blocked  by  islets  and  shoal  water,  the  western 
shallow  from  the  mouth. 

Seal  Rock,  that  covers  3  feet  at  high  water,  lies  500  yards  N. 
59°  W.  (N.  32°  W.  mag.)  from  Eastern  Head,  to  which  another 
rock  and  shoal  water  nearly  connect  it.  A  shoal  extends  100 
yards  NW.  from  Seal  Rock. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  8  fathoms,  mud,  immediately  within 
the  west  point  of  the  entrance,  where  the  bay  is  350  yards  wide. 
The  bay  is  barred  just  within  the  shingle  spit  on  the  east  shore. 
Vessels  drawing  13  feet  can  cross  the  bar  at  high-water  springs  by 
keeping  the  east  shore  close  on  board,  and  may  careen  in  safety  in 
the  inner  basin.     Some  square  islets  lie  just  inside  the  bar. 


t^< 


<• 


! 

I 

a 


I 


I 


iVHI 


NEVVF(>UNI)r-ANI> — SOITII    C«»AHT. 

Beaubols  Cove,  on  tlie  west  Hido  of  tht^  (nitruiuT  to  Mortitn- 
Bay,  is  450  yards  Iouk,  -iOO  yards  wide,  and  afVords  k<>«)<1  slielter 
for  a  fmv  lishing  rraft  in  -i  fatliojus.  Isk'ts  li.t  in  tho  entrance, 
and  the  dinrcli,  a  white  wimmUmi  bnildinK,  stands  on  a  slight  eh'- 
vation  nortli  of  the  harbor.  Thia  anchorage  may  bo  entered  by 
keeping  the  nortli  shore  tdose  on  board. 

Blow-me-down,  a  wooded  cone  )>•>{  feet  liigh,  is  J  mile  8E.  of 
Beaubois  Cove.  A  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  close  to  the 
shore,  -,'00  yards  N.  U°  W.  (N.  7°  W.  mag.)  of  Blow-me-down. 

Blow-me-down  Sunker,  with  15  feet  water  an<l  steep-to,  lies 
600  yards  N.  ;J!t°  E.  (N.  Gfi"  E.  mag.)  from  Blow-me-dcjwn. 

Harbor  Rock,  with  fi J  fathoms  water,  is  |  mile  N.  'A"  W.  (N.  24° 
E.  mag.)  from  Blow-me-down. 

Duriole,  an  open  cove,  lies  1,400  yards,  and  Tides  Cove  IV,,  miles 
.sontlnvard  of  Blow-me-down.  Both  these  coves  afford  anchorage, 
with  otl'shore  winds,  in  13  to  7  fathoms.  There  a»'o  houses  in  both 
coves. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  (127.) 

Croney  Island,  170  feet  high,  is  2iV  miles  southward  of  the 
entrance  to  Mortier  Bay.  It  is  a  remarkable  conical  island, 
wooded  at  the  summit,  with  steep  cliffs  to  the  northeastward  and 
is  bold-to.  It  is  the  best  land  fall  to  make  in  foggy  weather  when 
trying  to  reach  Mortier  Bay  from  the  southward,  or  Burin  from 
the  northward.  Several  shoals,  with  6  to  14  fathoms,  lie  off  this 
island. 

Croney  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water,  lies  250  yards  S.  30°  E.  (S. 
3°  E.  mag.)  of  Croney  Island.  Eastward  of  Croney  Island,  within  a 
distance  of  1,200  yards,  are  the  following  rocks  and  shoals:  Croney 
Shoal,  6  to  8  fathoms;  Lawrence  Rock,  7  fathoms;  Little  Green 
Point  Shoal,  8  fathoms,  and  Green  Point  Shoal,  9  fathoms. 

Black  Head  Rock,  on  which  there  is  a.  depth  of  16  feet,  lies 
about  1,200  yards  S.  21°  E.  (S.  0°  W.  mag.)  from  Croney  Island. 

Little  Mortier  Bay  is  li  miles  southward  of  Croney  Island. 
At  the  head  it  divides  into  two  arms.  Mortier  Creek,  the  western, 
is  fit  for  fishing  craft  only,  and  has  a  rock  close  to  the  north  point. 

Fox  Cove,  the  eastern  arm,  affords  good  anchorage,  though  the 
space  is  confined  in  10  fathoms.  There  is  a  settlement  on  the  east 
shore. 

Breakheart  Rock,  with  14  feet  water,  lies  250  yards  off  the 
west  point  of  Cuckold  Cove,  a  small  indentation  on  the  north 
shore,  just  within  the  entrance. 

Western  Island,  a  small,  black  rock,  topped  with  grass,  lies  off 
the  west  side  of  the  bay. 


iic(>  to  Mortit'V 
Is  ^(<)<hI  sluiltur 
1  till)  oiitniucc, 
)n  a  sli^lit  olo- 
bo  onttu'od  by 

8  }  niilo  SP].  of 

.68  close  to  the 

)W-m(>-(lo\vn. 

itl  steop-to,  lies 

e-(l(jwn. 

!T.  r  W.  (N.  24° 

■(Covo  1,V  miles 
ford  ancliorjiK^, 
)  houses  in  both 


uthward  of  the 
conical  island, 
rtheastwavd  and 
;y  weather  Avhen 
,  or  Burin  from 
oms,  lie  ofif  this 

^rds  S.  30°  E.  (S. 
Island,  within  a 

shoals:  Croney 
s ;  Little  Green 
fathoms. 

of  16  feet,  lies 

roney  Island. 

Croney  Island, 
fek,  the  western, 
;he  north  point. 
B,  though  the 

ent  on  the  east 

yards  off  the 
on  the  north 

fh  grass,  lies  off 


lUUIN    IIAUIi()K8. 


117 


Western  Rock,  with  3  feet  water,  lies  350  yards  N.  14"  W. 
(N.  i;i  K.  niHK'-)  fi'oni  Western  Tshuid,  iunl  thori'  is  a  rook,  with 
3  fathoms  water  over  it,  between  Western  Rock  and  the  short'. 
There  are  no  other  dangers,  and  the  bay  may  be  entered  in  mid- 
channel. 

Mortier  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water,  is  the  least  d<'pth  on 
Mortier  Bank,  u  shoal  that  covers  a  space  3  miles  long  and  ^  mile 
broad  within  the  depth  of  20  fathoms.  It  lies  U  miles  N.  70"  E. 
(S.  77°  E.  mag.)  from  Burin  liglithouse,  and  has  (i  to  11  fathoms 
close-to  all  round. 

Brandy  Rocks,  always  breaking,  lie  off  the  shore  within  Iron 
Island,  leaving  a  passage  800  yards  wide  between  them  and  the 
island. 

Iron  Island,  lOO  feet  high,  is  2  mile-  .southward  of  Little  Mor- 
tier Bay,  covered  by  grass,  faced  by  dark  cliffs,  and  conspicuous 
from  seaward. 

Galloper  Rock,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  S.  85°  E.  (S.  58°  E.  mag.) 
1,100  yards;  White  Horse,  with  4A  fathoms,  S.  53°  E.  (S.  2(i°  E. 
mag.)  1,150  yards;  Gregory  Rock,  with  f.  feet,  S.  45°  W.  (S.  72° 
W.  mag.)  800  yards;  and  Duck  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water,  S. 
23°  W.  (S.  50°  W.  mag.)  1,400  yards  from  Iron  Island. 

There  is  a  passage  1,200  yards  wide  between  Gregory  Rock  and 
Burin  Island. 

Burin  Harbors  consist  of  several  small  coves  and  a  long  inlet 
affording  excellent  shelter  for  vessels  on  all  sides. 

Burin  Island  forms  the  seaboard  and  protects  the  small  coves. 
It  is  2f  miles  long,  narrow  at  the  northern  portion,  and  at  the 
south  extreme  is  Dodding  Head,  a  remarkable  conical  bluff'  400 
feet  high. 

Liight. — From  a  lighthouse  on  the  summit  of  Dodding  Head  a 
white  revolving  light  is  exhibited, attaining  its  greatest  brilliancy 
every  minute,  at  an  elevation  of  430  feet  above  high  water,  and 
visible  24  miles.  In  consequence  of  the  great  height  of  this  light, 
it  is  often  obscured  by  fog  when  the  coast  line  is  clear. 

Dodding  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  S.  84°  E.  (S.  57°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  lighthouse,  and  600  yards  from  the  shore. 

Cockle  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water,  lies  500  yards  South  of  Cat 
Island,  a  small  island  nearly  joined  to  the  south  extreme  of  Dodd- 
ing Head. 

Great  Burin  Harbor  is  on  the  west  side  of  Dodding  Head,  be- 
tween Burin  and  Shalloway  Islands.  It  is  fit  for  small  vessels 
only,  and  has  several  rocks  near  the  head.  Shoal  water  extends 
250  yards  West  from  Shalloway  Head,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Shallo- 
way Island,  and  breaks  in  bad  weather.  This  point  should  be 
given  a  good  berth  when  rounding  it. 


mmmsisss!ixmmmimsi^-m^.m 


118 


M:\V1  <tl   \1>I<ANI)--S(»rill    COAST. 


Mine,  Oven,  and  Hooper  Rooks  lio  otf  tho  wost  a'uh^  of  Burin 
ImIiiihI,  timl  in  ttikinK  Dnrin  I'ussa^it  liotwccn  it  iind  tlio  nniin,  thu 
wi'st  side  (»f  till'  |iussiif^(>  must  bo  kt'pton  Ixxinlto  nvoid  tlnt.so  rorkrt. 

Port-au-braB,  u  nui  row  arm  coiituininK  K"o<i  Blioltor  for  Hi'hoon- 
ors,  rnns  in  noitli  of  |-lnriii  Isldiul. 

Little  Burin  Harbor  is  onti»i-M  I  \  n\\l^  w.'stwuril  of  O'lu-lio 
Isliind,  situiitiMl  (dose  t<>tlii>  nortiv  pointof  liurin  lsliin<l.  Itall'ords 
anciioriixo  in  s.V  futhonis,  in  a  spaci^  <J()()  yards  ion^j^  and  400  yards 
broad,  hut  tlio  cntranco,  l)otwm)n  Jersoy  and  iiimnions  Islands,  is 
only  100  yards  wido,  narrowod  by  a  rock  on  which  th(>  depth  is  H 
fo(»t,  lying  south  of  Jersoy  Island,  ono-third  of  tho  distanco  across, 
Bo  that  in  entering  it  is  necessary  to  keep  Simmons  Island,  west  of 
th(j  entrance,  doso  aboard. 

Communication. — A  stoajnor  of  the  Coastal  Steamship  Com- 
pany calls  hero  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Goal. — A  small  supply  of  coal  can  generally  bo  obtained  at 
Burin. 

Ice. — Burin  Harbors  fi-oeze  occasionally  during  sovoro  winters 
between  the  middle  of  February  and  early  in  March,  but  it  is  sel- 
dom that  the  ice  interferes  with  the  anchorage;  eastern  ice  is 
occasionally  drifted  into  the  shore. 

Ship  Cove,  south  of  Little  Burin  Harbor,  is  1,200  yards  deep 
and  000  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  diminishing  gradually  to  the 
liead.  A  rock,  with  11  feet  water  over  it,  lies  50  yards  off  Troak 
Point,  and  a  shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  3  feet,  tho  same  distance 
off  Joans  Point,  the  next  south  of  Troak  Point;  both  dangers  lie  in 
a  NE.  direction  from  the  resiiective  points. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  11  to  13 
fathoms  water,  over  sand  oi-  niucl,  with  good  shelter,  but  in  a 
strong  breeze  a  largo  vessel  should  moor. 

Poor  Island  is  a  small  rock  situated  west  of  Neck  Point,  the 
south  extreme  of  the  west  shore  of  Burin  Passage. 

Poor  Rock,  with  12  feet  water,  is  the  extreme  of  the  ledge  ex- 
tending 350  yards  SW.  of  Poor  Island,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  west 
side. 

Woody  Island,  lOO  feet  high,  700  yards  WNW.  of  Poor  Island, 
fronts  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  Burin  Inlet,  and  is  steep-to  on 
all  sides.  Shag  Rock  lies  close  to  the  SE,  side.  There  is  a  clear 
passage  on  each  side  of  Woody  Island. 

Burin  Inlet  runs  in  a  nearly  straight  line  N.  i  W.  5  miles  from 
Woody  Island,  is  ^  mile  wide  for  2  miles,  and  expands  to  1}  miles 
in  width  at  3  miles  from  the  entrance.  To  enter,  keep  the  west 
shore  on  board  to  avoid  some  rocks  close  to  the  east  point  just  within 
the  entrance.  After  passing  Spoon  Point,  f  mile  from  the  entrance 
on  the  west  shore,  round  into  Spoon  Cove  to  avoid  Stag  Rock,  the 


sidt"  of  Burin 
tli*>  iniiiii,  till* 
id  thtt.Mo  i"()''kH. 
or  for  Hi'luH)!!- 

'tl  of  0  rii'lit) 
ul.  ItiilTonls 
viid  400  yards 
)ii.s  iHlfiiids,  is 
thu  dopth  is  8 
■stance  across, 
sland,  wt'st  of 

vunship  Coni- 

iniii. 

3   obtaiiiod   at 

tovero  winters 
I,  but  it  is  sel- 
oastorn  ico  is 

00  yards  deep 

ad u ally  to  the 

rds  off  Troak 

same  distance 

dangers  lie  in 

•om    11   to   13 

Iter,  but  in  a 

pck  Point,  the 

the  ledge  ex- 
to  on  the  west 

Poor  Island, 
is  steep-to  on 
lere  is  a  clear 

5  miles  from 
to  li  miles 
ceep  the  west 
|nt  just  within 

the  entrance 
bag  Rock,  the 


PBIP^ 


ANt'llOllAOK. 


119 


end  of  a  lodge   100  yards  off  flit'  east  shore.     When  <he  etifranco 
poii\(  .  are  cliwed,  niid-clmniiel  miiy  be  kept  to  thi'  aiitliorages. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  off  Haek  Cove,  an  indentation  on  the 
oast  shore  2  niilos  from  the  entrance,  in  !.'>  fathoms,  south  of  Sugar- 
loaf,  n  coiispiciious  cone  115  f(>et  bigh,  close  to  the  east  shore;  r)r 
fartin  •  in  northwest  of  tlie  Sugarloaf  in  I  to  0  fatlionis,  mud.  lie- 
yond  this  tlie  luirbor  is  narrowed  i)y  ash.iHow  si»it  extending  from 
the  east  shore,  and  should  not  be  entered. 

Water  can  l»e  procured  easily  from  Hig  Salmonier,  a  eonsidora- 
ble  stream  on  the  west  sliore  (»f  the  last  anchorage. 

Coal. — Small  suppli(>s  of  coal  can  g"iiorally  bo  ol)tuined  at  Burin 
Inlet. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  cluinge,  at  Buiin  Harbors  at 
8h.  45m.     Springs  rise  tiA  feet,  neaps  H  feet. 

Little  Burin  Island,  l  ,*„  miles  SW,  of  Burin  Island,  is  separated 
from  the  mainland  west  of  the  entrance  to  Burin  Inlet  by  a  deep 
passo,ge  ;!50  yards  wide,  nnd  is  boid-to  on  all  sides. 

Emberly  Rook,  with  4  fathoms  water,  lies  1,:J(m»  yards  S.  :J»°  E. 
(S.  l'.J"  E.  nuig.)  from  the  NE.  extreme  of  Little  Burin  Ishmd. 

Corbin  Island,  r»50  foot  high,  stoop-to  all  around,  is  1, ;}(»(»  yards 
SW.  of  Little  Burin  Island,  separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  deep 
channel  |  mile  wide. 

Corbin  Harbor,  It^j^  miles  SW.  of  Corbin  Island,  is  a  narrow 
inlet  fit  for  sm.Tll  vessels,  ontoi'od  between  Long  Point  on  the  north 
and  Miller  Head  on  the  south.  All  the  points  of  the  harbor  are 
ion\  a  short  distance  off.  Goat  Island  lies  close  to  the  west  shore, 
just  within  the  entrance. 

Old  Harry,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  i  mile  S.  TO"  E.  (S.  52°  E. 
mag.)  of  Long  Point.  Goat  Island,  just  open  south  of  Long  Point, 
leads  south  of  Old  Harry  to  the  mouth  of  the  harbor. 

Shoals  extend  300  yards  east  of  Miller  Heau. 

Corbin  Head,  a  wedge-shaped  cliff-faced  head,  180  feet  high 
and  bold-to,  is  1,200  yards  south  of  Miller  Head. 

A  Rock,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  i  mile  S.  23°  W.  (S.  50°  W.  mag.) 
from  Corbin  Head,  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  L'anse  au  Dia- 
blo, a  small  cove  SW.  of  that  head. 

Bass  Rock,  with  3i^  fathoms  water,  lies  700  yards  S.  42°  W.  (S. 
69°  W.  mag.)  from  Bass  Point,  a  hummock  with  low  rocks  close  to 
the  base,  and  is  COO  yards  from  the  nearest  shore. 

Sauker  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water,  400  yards  S.  51°  E.  (S.  78° 
E.  mag.)  from  Sauker  Head,  is  the  outer  of  three  rocks  lying  off 
the  head.  The  shore  between  Sauker  Head  and- Bass  Point  is  foul, 
and  should  not  be  approached  within  ^  mile. 

Little  St.  Lawrence  Harbor,  9  miles  to  the  south  westward  of 
Burin  Island,  runs  in  NW.  2^  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  800  yards 


ijji  • ' 


120 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


to  a  peninsula  H  miles  within  the  entrance,  where  it  narrows  to 
300  yards  and  again  expands  when  the  peninsula  is  passed  The 
peninsula  is  55  feet  high,  and  joined  to  the  east  shore  by  a  narrow 
shingle  beach. 

Harbor  Rock  lies  150  yards  from  the  south  extreme  of  the 
peninsula,  and  the  same  distance  from  the  west  shore  The  east 
shore  of  the  harbor  is  foul  for  200  yards;  the  west  side  is  bold-to 

Anchorage.— Large  vessels  can  find  temporary  anchorage  in 
11  to  15  fathoms,  but  a  heavy  sea  rolls  in  with  southerly  winds 

Small  vessels  can  lie  in  safety  north  of  the  peninsula  in  H  to  4 
fathoms,  mud,  and  to  reach  there  should  keep  the  west  shore  close 
on  board  to  avoid  Harbor  Rock. 

Water  may  be  had  from  a  cascade  on  the  east  side,  just  within 
the  peninsula. 

Sculpin  Shoal,  with  3f  fathoms  water,  lies  S.  87"  E   (S  60°  E 
mag.),  900  yards  from  Sculpin  Point,  east  of  the  entrance,  close  off 
whic^  IS  a  small  rock. 

Middle  Head,  separating  Little  and  Great  St.  Lawrence  Har- 
bors, slopes  from  Blow-me-down,  a  conspicuous  hill  420  feet  high 
The  shore  is  bluff,  and  has  deep  water  close-to.  The  following 
shoals  are  near:  Point  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water,  450  yards- 
Butler  Rock,  with  5  fathoms,  450  yards,  and  Garden  Bank,  with 
9f  fathoms,  1,?.00  yards  from  Middle  Head. 

Great  J?t.  Lawrence  Harbor  is  2i  miles  deep,  and  ^  mile  wide 
tor  li  miles,  when  it  narrows  to  600  yards  between  Blue  Beach 
Point  on  the  west  and  Herring  Cove  on  the  east  shore.  A  beach 
of  shingle,  said  to  be  enlarging,  stretches  250  yards  from  the  west 
shore,  at  SOO  yards  distance  from  the  head. 

Communication—A  steamer  from  the  Coastal  Steamship  Com- 
pany calls  here  fortnightly  from  St.  Johns  during  summer  and 
rutumn. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  10  to  20  fathoms  water  at 
the  entrance  ^r  in  12  fathoms  off  Herring  Cove,  or  small  vessels 
may  find  shelter  behind  the  shingle  beach  in  2i  fathoms. 

The  anchorage  oS.  Xlej'ring  Cove  is  not  recommended  during  SW 
winds,  as  heavy  squalls  are  then  experienced,  and  southerly  gales 
send  a  heavy  sea  into  the  outer  part. 

Water  can  be  procured  from  a  stream  on  the  east  shore  opposite 
the  beach  of  shingle. 

Ice.— Great  St.  Lawrence  Harbor  seldom  freezes  so  that  anchor- 
age  can  not  be  obtained,  but  eastern  ice  is  occasionally  drifted  into 
the  harbor.  j  ^v^j 

Tides.-It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Great  St.  Lawrence 
Harbor  at  8h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  4  feet. 


mmrrriwBn 


9  it  narrows  to 
s  passed.  The 
re  by  a  narrow 

ixtreme  of  tlie 
Lore  The  east 
side  is  bold-to. 
anchorage  in 
lierly  winds, 
sula  in  a|  to  4 
est  shore  close 

ie,  just  within 

"  E.  (S.  60°  E. 
'ance,  close  off 

iawrence  Har- 
420  feet  high, 
rhe  following 
)r,  450  yards; 
in  Bank,  with 

d  I  mile  wide 
1  Blue  Beach 
)re.  A  beach 
from  the  west 

lamship  Com- 
summer  and 

Loms  water  at 

small  vessels 

>ms. 

i  during  S  W. 

utherly  gales 

hore  opposite 

that  anchor- 
r  drifted  into 

3t.  Lawrence 


GREAT    LAUJ^^  HARBOR. 


121 


Ohapeau  Rouge,  a  remarkable  conical  hill  748  feet  high,  is  west 
of  the  entrance  to  Great  LaAvrence  Harbor,  and  is  a  good  distin- 
guishing mark  for  this  part  of  the  coast.  It  is  the  landfall  gener- 
ally made  by  vessels  bound  to  the  south  and  east  coast  from  the 
westward,  who  try  to  sight  it  about  20  miles  distant. 

Rosey  Rock,  with  12  feet  water,  150  yards  off  the  shore  just 
south  of  Chapeau  Rouge,  is  the  only  danger  off  the  shore  of  this 
hill. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.) 

Oloue  Rock,  with  10  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  S.  23°  (S.  4°  W. 
mag.)  from  Cape  Chapeau  Rogue,  distant  8  miles. 

The  Coast  from  Chapeau  Rogue  to  Laun  Head,  5  miles  distant, 
consists  of  several  open  coves,  and  may  be  approached  close-to, 
except  just  west  of  a  curious  pinnacle  250  feet  high,  close  to  the 
shore  If  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Laun  Head,  where  a  shoal  is 
situated  400  yards  from  the  shore. 

liittle ' Liaun  Harbor  is  open  and  exposed.  If  miles  deep  and  f 
mile  wide,  and  is  1^  miles  north  of  liaun  Head.  At  the  head,  a 
shingle  beach  nearly  separates  it  from  a  salt-water  pond.  There 
is  anchorage  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds  in  9  to  11  fathoms, 
rocky  bottom. 

Duck,  Tiller,  and  Black  Coves,  open  bights,  lie  between  Little 
and  Great  Laun  Harbors. 

Great  Laun  Harbor  runs  in  1^  miles  with  a  uniform  breadth 
of  800  yards.  The  shores  are  bold-to  and  the  water  decreases  grad- 
ually to  5  fathoms,  a  mile  from  the  entrance,  and  thence  gradually 
to  the  head.  Murphy  Rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  is  the  only 
danger  in  the  harbor,  200  yards  off  the  east  shore  and  600  yards 
from  the  head.  There  is  a  settlement,  with  a  church  on  the  east 
bide. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  8^  fathoms  off  the  east  shore 
with  good  shelter. 

Vestal  Rock,  with  6  feet  water,  lies  i  mile  S.  11°  W.  (S.  38°  W. 
mag.)  from  East  Head;  Black  Hill,  a  conspicuous  range  520  feet 
high  at  the  head  of  the  harbor,  just  open  of  Laun  Point  on  the 
east  side  of  the  harbor,  leads  west  of  this  rock  to  the  harbor. 

Ice. — Great  Laun  Harbor  seldom  freezes  to  the  extent  of  inter- 
fering with  anchorage. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Great  Laun  Harbor 
at  8h.  15ra. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  4  feet. 

Ragged  Head,  a  mile  SSW.  of  Great  Laun  Harbor,  is  the  divid- 
ing point  between  it  and  Lansey  Bank  Cove,  and  is  continued  SE. 
by  a  jjoint  of  low  rocks. 


!.J 


I  !■ 


sS 


122 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH   COAST. 


7 


Ragged  Rock  with  6  feet  water,  lies  450  yards  off  this  point  in 
the  Imeot  the  rocks.     Webber  Point,  a  low  projection  on  the  west 
shore  of  Great  Laun  Harbor,  open  east  of  Blow-me-down  Point 
next  south,  leads  east  of  this  rock. 
Lansey  Bank  Cove  is  an  open  bight  affording  no  shelter. 
Colombier  Island,  217  feet  high,  with  a  small  islet  close  SW 
IS  separated  by  a  clear  channel  i  mile  wide  from  Ragged  Head- 
shoals  he  200  yards  SE.  of  the  islands. 

Swale  Island,  with  shoals  extending  a  short  distance  SW.  from 
It,  lies  li  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Colombier  Island. 

Laun  Islands,  2i  miles  southwestward  of  Colombier  Island,  are 
named  respectively  Middle  and  Offer  Islands;  the  former  is  163 
leet,  and  latter  island  102  feet. 

A  rock  that  uncovers  4  feet  at  low  water  lies  ^  mile  N   77°  W 
(N.  50°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Middle  Island. 

Southeast  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  COO  yards  S   79°  E 
(S.  52    E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  point  of  Offer  Island,  and  Southwest 
Koob,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1,200  yards  S.  33°  W.  (S  60° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  SW.  point  of  same  island. 

The  coast  from  Laun  Islands  to  Lamalin  consists  of  deep  coves 
but  they  are  all  exposed.  ' 

Taylor  Bay,  3*  miles  westward  of  Laun  Islands,  is  the  deepest 
of  these;  it  is  an  exposed  bight,  and  affords  anchorage  in  8  fathoms 
water,  with  offshore  winds.  Taylor  Bay  Rock,  with  7  feet  water 
over  It,  lies  300  yards  westward  from  the  point  of  the  same  name 
and  several  shoals,  with  depths  of  from  5^  to  10  fathoms  lie 
southwestward  of  Taylor  Bay  Point  for  a  distance  of  2  miles.  ' 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1089.) 

Lamalin  Bay,  which  is  filled  with  islets  and  shoals,  is  divided 
from  Taylor  Bay  by  Point  aux  Gauls,  a  low  and  narrow  promon- 
tory, 200  yards  southward  of  which  is  Point  Rock,  3  feet  high 
Barred  Island,  19  feet  high,  lies  about  |  mile  NW.  of  Point  Rock- 

"^'^'1  lr^^.1^^7-  ""^  *^^  ^'^''^'^  ^'  ^''^''  Thomas  Rock,  2  feet  high' 
and  NNW.  of  it  Rogers  Rocks  extend  out  for  about  400  yards 

Light-An  octagonal  wooden  tower,  36  feet  in  height,  painted 
red  and  white  on  alternate  sides,  stands  on  Bluff  Head  the  SE 
point  of  Allan  Island,  and  from  it,  at  an  elevation  of  64  feet  above 
high  water,  a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  which  should  be  visible 
9  miles. 

Communication  -The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
cans  here  turtnightly  from  St.  Johns  during  summer  and  autumn 

Dangers—Shag  Rock,  18  feet  high,  which  lies  J-  miJo  S  23°  w' 
(S.  50°  W.  mag.)  from  Point  Rock,  has  shoal  wa'e-  extonding  from 
It  400  yards  in  a  northex-ly  direction.     Rocks  and  shoals  lie  east 


^ 


off  this  point  in 
tion  on  tlie  west 
me-down  Point 

no  shelter, 
islet  close  SW., 
Ragged  Head; 

tance  SW.  from 

bier  Isl9,nd,  are 
former  is  163 

mile  N.  77°  W. 
iland. 

yards  8.  79°  E. 
and  Southwest 
33°  W.  (S.  60° 

of  deep  coves, 

,  is  the  deepest 
?e  in  8  fathoms 
th  7  feet  water 
tie  same  name, 
0  fathoms,  lie 
f  3  miles. 


lals,  is  divided 
xrow  promon- 
:,  3  feet  high, 
if  Point  Rock ; 
i,  2  feet  high, 
400  yards. 
9ight,  painted 
Jead,  the  SE. 
64  feet  above 
uld  be  visible 

iny's  steamer 
and  atitumn. 
aiJoS.  33°  W. 
tonding  from 
loals  lie  east 


LA  ^rALIN    BAY DIRECTIONS. 


123 


and  west  of  Shag  Rock  as  follows:  East  Sunker,  awash  at  low 
wa  er,  400  yards  N.  47°  E.  (N.  74°  E.  mag.);  Saint  Rock,  with  5J 
tathoms  least  water  on  it,  700  yards  S.  34°  W.  (8  61°  W  matr  )• 
fn.l'o  S?"^''  ""Y^'f  *^^«  ^^^Pth  is  13  feet,  1,350  yards  8.  53°  W.' 
(S.  79    W.  mag.);  John  Walsh  Shoal,  with  5*  fathoms  least  water 

SunW  '  .T  t  ^K"^-  ^^-  ''°  ^-  '^^^•)'  «-^  N-"-e" 
W  r  oo  'w  ^^'"  \*^^  ^^Pt^  ^«  ^«««  «^^n  6  feet,  800  yards  S.  84°  W. 
i!mel  ^^T'-^r""  ^^"^  ^''^'  *he  center  of  Morgan  Island, 
W    (x\.  o9    W.  mag.)  clears  the  shoals  SW.  of  Shag  Rock 

Directions.-The  entrance  to  Lamalin  Ba>  is  between  Roger.s 
Rocks  on  the  east,  and  the  Whalesback,  which  dries  5  feet,  and 
shoals  extending  400  yards  from  Big  Salmonier  Rock,  10  feet  iigh 
on  the  west  side;  Strand  Rock,  one  foot  high,  lies  in  the  centoi^^oi 
Lamalm  Bay.    The  highest  part  of  Berry  Hills,  in  line  with  Strand 

mto  the  bay     If  intendnig  to  pass  between  Prank  Rook  and  John 
Walsh  Shoal  the  highest  part  of  Berry  Hills  opens  v.  est  of  Ban-e 
Island    bearing  K  4°  E.  (N.  31°  E.  mag.),  leL  in  mid-cha^e 
^nd  when  Ta>-lor  Bay  Point  is  in  line  with  Point  Rock,  bearing 
JV.  63    E.  (east  mag.),  the  vessel  will  be  to  the  northward  of  the 
shoals,  lying  west  of  Stag  Rock,  and  may  be  kept  to  the  north. 

•  StranTRock  thT  ^v'  ^^^^^P^^'  ^^  ^^T  Hills  in  line  with 
Strand  Rock,  the  leading  mark  for  the  entrance 

Blni'^^^Ti!^^'  T^*^  ^*  ^^*^^"^^  ^'^'^  ^'-^^^^  «^«r  it,  lies  with 
Bluff  Head  lighthouse  bearing  N.  24°  W.  (N.  3°  E.  mag.),  distant 

V(f7r  f.?°^'  T  '""^'"^  *^^  ^^P*^  ^^  ^^  ^^*homs,  lies  with  Bluff 
Head  lighthouse  bearing  N.  24°  E.  (N.  51°  E.  mag.),  distant  1,300 

abt^rf  ""f  ^^5°''  '^""^^'^  northward  of  Allan  Island,  is  suit- 

S      w^    Z     '^'''?  ""^^^  ^^"''^^  *^"  «^"^^«^  months;  a  con- 
siderab  e  settlement  is  situated  on  the  north  shore  of  the  island 

Small  vessels  find  an  anchorage  in  Lamalin  Harbor,  north'of 

Allan  Island,  but  none  should  attempt  it  without  a  pilot,  and  they 

by  south^  to^S W  *""  '^°''^*^  ^  ^""^^^^  '^'  '"^  ^^"""^  ^^^-  ""^"^^ 

Lamalin  Road,  formed  by  Allan  Island  on  the  east  and  Morgan 

Island  on  the  west,  affords  anchorage  in  4*  fathoms  water,  but 

rolls  in  temporary  shelter  only,  as  the  swell  always 

from  13  to  30  feet  water,  lie  near  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  but 
may  be  avoided  by  keeping  either  shore  aboard. 

14010 — g 


W 


I 


mmmm 


tmi 


124 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


The  westernmost  barn,  on  the  north  shore  of  Lamalin  Road,  open 
east  of  Morgan  Island,  bearing  N.  19°  W.  (N.  8°  E.  mag.),  clears 
these  shoals  passing  to  the  eastward. 

Some  islets  lie  off  the  8W.  extreme  of  Morgan  Island,  and  a  rock 
with  9  feet  water  is  situated  nearly  200  yards  from  the  outer. 

Ice.— Lamalin  Harbor  is  occasionally  closed  by  field  ice,  to  the 
thickness  of  6  inches  for  ten  days  at  a  time,  but  at  intervals  of  from 
five  to  ten  years  it  is  frozen  over;  vessels  arrive  about  June  and 
leave  in  November. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Lamalin  Harbor  at 
8h.  25m. ;  springs  rise  7i  feet,  neaps  5^  feet;  neaps  range  4i  feet.     , 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.) 

Coast— From  Lamalin  to  Crew  Point,  8  miles  to  the  north- 
westward, the  coast  is  low  and  fronted  by  sandy  beaches,  rising  to 
a  moderate  elevation  in  long  sloping  hills  some  distance  inland. 

Some  of  the  most  conspicuous  objects  near  the  shore  are  Piercy 
Hill,  wooded,  about  100  feet  high,  at  2  miles  westward  of  Lamalin 
Road ;  it  has  a  double  summit,  near  which  are  some  houses.  Flag- 
staff Point  is  a  small  conical  hillock  26  feet  high.  Groups  of  white 
houses  are  situated  at  High  Beach. 

t  Lamalin  Ledges  are  dangerous  reefs  extending  along  the  whole 
of  this  coast  at  a  distance  of  3  miles  from  the  shore,  and  in  bad 
weather  are  apparently  a  mass  of  breakers. 

No  vessel  should  venture  between  these  shoals  without  a  local 
pilot;  and  very  few  of  the  fishermen  are  trustworthy  in  that 
capacity;  they  have  a  knowledge  only  of  the  fishing  banks  fre- 
quented by  them.  At  night  this  coast  should  on  no  account  be 
approached  in  a  less  depth  than  40  fathoms. 


lalin  Road,  open 
E.  mag.),  clears 

and,  and  a  rock 
the  outer, 
field  ice,  to  the 
itervals  of  from 
kbout  June  and 

aalin  Harbor  at 
range  4i  feet. 


3  to  the  north- 
aches,  rising  to 
;ance  inland, 
hore  are  Piercy 
ard  of  Lamalin 
houses.  Flag- 
groups  of  white 

ilong  the  whole 
re,  and  in  bad 

vithout  a  local 
rorthy  in  that 
ing  banks  fre- 
no  account  be 


CHAPTER  IV. 

ST.  PIERRE  AND  MIQUELON  ISLANDS. 
(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1055.) 

St.  Pierre  Island,  lO  miles  SW.  of  Crew  Point,  is  barren  in 
appearance  and  irregular  in  its  outline,  which  appears  from  a  dis- 
tance  to  be  composed  of  many  peaks,  the  highest  of  which  is  671 
teet  above  high  water,  and  is  thus  easily  distinguished  from  Little 
A  i^^r  ar?''  ^^^^^^^^'  *^«  o"*line  of  which  is  nearly  horizontal. 
At  the  SE.  extreme  is  a  conspicuous  conical  hill  joined  by  a  low 
neck  to  the  mainland,  called  Galantry  Head. 

The  harbor  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  island"  between  it  and  Chien 
Island,  and  may  be  approached  by  three  channels  between  the 
islands. 

Light— Galantry  Head  is  surmounted  by  a  lighthouse  38  feet 
in  height,  painted  white,  and  having  a  square  building  adjoining 
It.  It  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  210  feet,  a  flashing  light  show- 
ing a  flash  every  ten  seconds;  the  flashes  occur  in  the  order  of  two 
white  followed  at  an  interval  of  fen  seconds  by  one  red  The 
light  should  be  visible  18  miles,  but  is  obscured  on  the  north  bv 
the  bluflfs  of  St.  Pierre.     Reported  very  irregular. 

Fog  Signal.— Near  Galantry  lighthouse,  during  thick  or  foggy 
weather  and  in  snow  storms,  a  steam  fog  whistle  will  be  sounded 
in  blasts  of  SIX  seconds  duration  every  minute,  with  an  interval  of 
fifty-four  seconds  between  each  blast.  The  whistle  has  been  heard 
from  a  distance  of  7  miles.  This  fog  signal  will  be  in  operation 
from  about  March  1  to  December  1;  but  from  December  1  to 
March  1  only  at  the  time  of  the  expected  arrival  at  St.  Pierre  of 
the  fortnightly  mail  steamer  from  Halifax. 

The  fog-signal  house  is  a  semicylindrical  tower  situated  SE  33 
yards  from  the  lighthouse.  -  ' 

Should  the  whistle  be  out  of  order,  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  the 
lighthouse  once  every  half  hour. 

Signal  Station.— Information  as  to  ice,  wind,  temperature,  and 
weather  indications  may  be  obtained,  during  the  months  of  April 
aiid  May,  by  communicating  with  the  signal  station  on  Galantry 

Cape  Noir  and  Chasseurs  Island,  two  islets  close  to  Galantry 
Head,  are  steep-to  on  the  south  and  east  sides. 

Indre  Shoal,  with  2  fathoms  over  it  at  low  water,  lies  250  yards 
S.  53°  W.  (S.  80°  W.  mag.)  from  Cape  Noir  Island,  east  point. 

(125) 


I  Iff 


J 


M 


% 


126 


ST.    PIERRE   ISLAND. 


Blanche  Point,  nearly  a  mile  to  the  southwestward  of  Chasseurs 
Island,  is  the  rocky  termination  of  a  conical  peninsula,  Little 
Harbor  Head,  09  feet  above  high  water.  On  this  point  is  a  con- 
spicuous square  rock. 

Ravenel  Bay  runs  in  west  of  this  point,  and  is  the  landing 
place  of  some  telegraphic  cables.  The  east  shore  is  foul,  but  near 
the  west  shore  there  is  a  fine,  clear,  sandy  bottom,  with  i^  fathoms 
water  and  good  shelter  from  offshore  winds.  Le  Diamant,  a  peaked 
rock,  lies  off  the  west  point  of  this  cove. 

Shoals.— Two  shoals,  each  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  lie  in 
the  entrance  of  Ravenel  Bay ;  the  outer,  from  which  the  top  of  the 
rock  off  Diamant  Point  bears  S.  80°  W.  (N.  73°  W.  mag.),  distant 
J  mile. 

Savoyard  Point  is  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  island,  and  is  a  pro- 
longation of  the  fall  of  the  high  land. 

Savoyard  Shoal,  with  3  feet  water,  lies  350  yards  SW.  of 
this  point,  and  between  it  and  Diamant  Point  are  several  shoals, 
the  outer  of  which,  Belier  Shoal,  with  6  feet  water,  is  f  mile  N.  82° 
W.  (N.  55°  W.  mag.)  from  Diamant  Point,  and  \  mile  offshore. 
The  west  shore  of  the  island  falls  steeply  to  the  sea  and  is  bold-to. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1059  ) 

Henry  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  the  island,  is  a  low  penin- 
sula under  high  land.  A  shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  close-to, 
and  a  bank,  with  4i  fathoms,  lies  NE.  350  yards  from  the  point. 

Great  Oolombier,  492  feet  above  high  water,  is  bold,  dark,  and 
steep,  lying  off  the  north  end  of  St.  Pierre,  separated  by  Henry 
Channel,  600  yards  wide.  A  shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  2J  fath- 
oms, lies  close  to  the  west  point  of  Great  Colombier. 

Little  Shoal  lies  450  yards  N.  25°  E.  (N.  52°  E.  mag.)  of  the 
west  point  of  Grand  Colombier. 

•  The  head  of  the  rock  is  solid,  has  a  diameter  of  about  50  feet, 
and  is  covered  with  4i  feet  of  water.  At  a  distance  of  17  yards 
all  around  depths  of  26  feet  are  found,  and  at  33  yards  from  46  to 
49  feet;  bottom,  sand,  rock,  coral,  and  pebbles. 

The  rock  is  covered  with  seaweed. 

Little  Colombier  lies  180  yards  NE.  of  Great  Colombier,  with 
a  clear  channel  between. 

Colombier  Shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  N.  36°  E.  (N.  63°  E. 
mag.)  600  yards  from  Little  Colombier  SE.  point. 

Cape  Blanc  and  Cape  Rouge  are  so  called  from  the  color  of 
the  cliffs.  The  former  is  600  yards  SE.  of  Henry  Point,  and  i 
mile  farther  SE.  is  Cape  Rouge,  a  high  red  cliff.  The  coast  is 
bold-to  from  Cape  Blanc  to  Cape  Rouge. 


Sim 


vd  of  Chasseurs 
(ninsula,  Little 
point  is  a  con- 
is  the  landing 
9  foul,  but  near 
i^ith  4^  fathoms 
imant,  a  peaked 

ir  over  it,  lie  in 
h  the  top  of  the 
,  mag.),  distant 

id,  and  is  a  pro- 
yards  SW.  of 
soveral  shoals, 
is  i  mile  N.  82" 
i^  mile  offshore. 
I,  and  is  hold-to. 


is  a  low  penin- 
)r,  lies  close-to, 
m  the  point, 
bold,  dark,  and 
•ated  by  Henry 
epth  is  2|  fath- 

r» 

S.  mag.)  of  the 

about  50  feet, 
ice  of  17  yards 
ards  from  46  to 


lolombier,  with 

°  E.  (N.  63°  E. 

)m  the  color  of 
y  Point,  and  ^ 
The  coast  is 


11 


CANON   POINT — LIGHTS. 


127 


Oape  Rouge  Shoals  lie  off  the  cape,  the  eastern  of  which,  with 
12  feet  water,  is  400  yards  distant. 

Cape  Aigle  is  south  800  yards  from  Cape  Rouge,  and  the  shore 
is  foul. 

Little  St.  Pierre,  a  small  islet,  steep-to  on  the  east  side,  lies  i 
mile  ENE.  of  Cape  Aigle,  and  is  17  feet  high.  There  is  no  passage 
between  it  and  the  main  for  ships. 

Beacon. — A  stone  beacon,  16  feet  high  and  painted  black  and 
white  in  horizontal  bands,  stands  on  this  islet. 

Zb^  Bank,  on  which  there  is  about  one  foot  water,  extends  about 
300  yards  from  the  shore  north  from  Canon  Point. 

Buoy. — The  eastern  edge  of  Zod  Bank  is  marked  by  a  buoy. 

Oanon  Point  is  a  reef  of  rocks  extending  eastward  from  St.  Pierre, 

Lights. — The  lighthouse  at  the  extreme  of  Canon  Point  is  a 
square  white  building,  33  feet  in  height,  with  its  SW.  and  SE. 
sides  painted  red;  it  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  36  feet,  a  fixed 
white  light,  which  should  be  visible  6  miles. 

At  ^  mile  N.  72°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  of  Canon  Point  light  is 
a  similar  shaped  and  painted  lighthouse,  36  feet  in  height,  from 
which  a  fixed  red  light  is  shown,  at  an  elevation  of  64  feet,  which 
should  be  visible  3  miles  in  clear  weather. 

These  leading  lights  in  line,  bearing  N.  73°  W.  (N.  46°  W.  mag.), 
lead  in  mid-channel  through  the  south  entrance,  and  indicate  the 
best  water  between  Bertrand  Rocks  and  Chien  Island. 

La  Vache  is  a  rock  situated  200  yards  southward  of  the  light- 
house on  Canon  Point. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  8  feet  in  height,  stands  on  La  Vache  Rock. 

Bertrand  Rocks,  J^  mile  SE.  of  Canon  Point,  consist  of  low 
rocks  extending  350  yards  from  the  shore.  Between  Canon  Point 
and  Bertrand  Rocks  is  the  inner  harbor  of  St.  Pierre,  which  is 
shoal  and  contracted  by  Monies  Island. 

Beacon.— A  tower,  28  feet  above  the  sea,  and  painted  black  and 
white,  stands  on  the  eastern  of  the  Bertrand  Rocks.  Vessels  must 
pass  northeastward  of  this  beacon. 

St  Louis  Bank,  with  4  feet  water  over  ii,  lies  250  yards  NW. 
by  W.  from  the  beacon  oiw  Bertrand  Rocks. 

Buoy. — The  eastern  side  of  St.  Louis  Bank  is  marked  by  a  buoy, 
and  the  lighthouses  in  line,  bearing  N.  73°  W.(N.  46°  "W.  mag.), 
lead  NE.  of  this  bank. 

Olorinde  Shoal,  with  If  fathoms  over  it,  lies  300  yards  S.  40° 
E.  (S.  13°  E.  mag.)  of  Leconte  Point  light. 

Chien  Island  is  low,  separated  by  South  Channel,  500  yards 
wide,  from  Bertrand  Rocks,  and  is  easily  distinguished  by  a  church 
and  a  lighthouse.     It  is  foul  all  around. 


II 


i 


iij 


msii% 


■MUM 


mm 


128 


ST.  PIERRE   INLAND. 


Light. — On  Leconte  Point,  the  SW.  point  of  Chien  Island,  is 
a  lighthouse  paintetl  red,  from  which  is  exhibited  a  fixed  light  at 
an  elevation  of  63  feet  above  high  water.  The  light  shows  white 
between  the  bearings  of  N,  64°  W.  (N.  37°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  2i° 
W.  (N.  3°  E.  mag.);  red  from  N.  24°  W.  (N.  3°  E.  mag.)  round  by 
east  to  S.  81°  E.  (S.  64°  E.  mag.),  and  it  should  be  visible  7  miles. 

Massacre  Island  is  a  low  islet  300  yards  westward  of  Chien 
Island. 

Le  Fl^tan  is  a  rock  situated  near  the  western  edge  of  the  bank 
extending  from  the  west  side  of  Chien  Island. 

Buoy. — The  northern  side  of  Le  Fldtan  Rock  is  marked  by  a 
buoy. 

Vainqueur  Island  lies  NE.  of  Chien  Island,  and  is  separated 
from  it  by  Fl^tans  Channel,  600  yards  wide.  Cape  Chfevre,  a 
mound  103  feet  high,  is  at  the  north  end  of  this  island,  off  which, 
distant  200  yards,  lies  Plat  Rock,  13  feet  above  high  water.  Black 
Rock,  30  feet  above  high  water,  lies  700  yards  eastward  from  the 
same  cape ;  SE.  of  Vainqueur  Island  is  Pelde  Island,  joined  to  it  at 
low  water. 

Pigeon  Island,  NNW.  300  yards  from  Vainqueur  Island,  is 
wedge-shaped,  the  highest  part,  90  feet  above  high  water,  being 
over  the  north  end.  From  this  end  some  islets,  Les  Canailles, 
extend  300  yards  and  are  steep-to  on  the  west  and  north  sides. 

Hach6  Book,  16  feet  high,  lies  300  yards  off  the  east  point  of 
Pigeon  Island. 

Qroz-nez,  a  conspicuous  rock,  37  feet  high,  lies  in  Fldtans 
Channel  between  Chien  Island  and  Vainqueur  Island. 

From  Black  Rock  to  Diamant  Point  the  coast  is  bordered  by 
rocks  and  shoals,  some  of  which  are  nearly  a  mile  from  the  shore. 
The  following  are  the  most  dangerous : 

Enfant  Perdu,  a  small  rock,  3  feet  above  nigh  water,  is  ESE. 
1,200  yards  ESE.  from  Pelde  Island. 

Little  Shoal,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  is  400  yards  beyond  in 
the  same  direction. 

Great  Shoal  lies  660  yards  N.  57°  E.  (N.  84°  E.  mag.)  from 
Enfant  Perdu,  and  has  6  feet  water  on  it^. 

Les  Oaillouz  de  terre  is  a  large  bank,  with  3f  fathoms  least 
water,  SW.  nearly  ^  mile  from  Enfant  Perdu. 

Bataille  Bank,  with  3i  fathoms  water,  lies  1,300  yards  ESE. 
from  the  lighthouse  on  Chien  Island. 

A  Bock,  covered  with  3  fathoms  at  low  water,  lies  on  the 
southern  edge  of  this  bank. 

O^lin  Shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  ENE.  i  E.  1^  miles, 
and  Caillou  au  Chat,  with  8  fathoms,  E.  .by  N.  nearly  a  mile  from 
Galantry  Head  light. 


/hien  Island,  is 
X  fixed  light  at 
lit  shows  white 
ig.)  and  N.  24° 
mag.)  round  by- 
visible  7  miles, 
ward  of  Chien 

ge  of  the  bank 

s  marked  by  a 

ad  is  separated 
ape  Chfevre,  a 
ind,  off  which, 
water.  Black 
vard  from  the 
,  joined  to  it  at 

leur  Island,  is 
1  water,  being 
Les  Canailles, 
arth  sides. 
B  east  point  of 

es  in  Fldtans 

d. 

s  bordered  by 

rom  the  shore. 

vater,  is  ESE. 

•ds  beyond  in 

S.  mag.)  from 

fathoms  least 

)  yards  ESE. 

,  lies  on  the 

E.  1^  miles, 
Y  a  mile  from 


TOWN   OF   ST.   PIERRE. 


129 


1° 


Oat  Rook,  with  5  fathoms  over  it,  lies  1^  miles  N.  82°  E.  (S 
E.  mag.)  from  Galuntry  Head  light. 

Clearing  Marks.— Henry  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  St. 
Pierre,  open  north  of  lies  Canailles,  bearing  N.  00°  W.  (N.  33°  W. 
mag.),  leads  NE.  o.'  a,il  the  above  rocks.  Blanche  P(jint,  open 
south  of  Chasseurs  Island,  bearing  S.  66°  W.  (N.  88°  W.  mag.), 
leads  south  of  these  dangers,  with  the  exception  of  Cat  Rock; 
when  in  the  vicinity  of  the  supposed  position  of  that  danger,  the 
whole  of  Little  Harbor  Head  Peninsula  should  be  open  of  Chas- 
seurs Island,  bearing  8.  8.3°  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.),  to  lead  south. 

Les  Grappinots,  with  7  fathoms  water,  lies  600  yards  ESE. 
from  Chasseurs  Island. 

Orappin  Shoal,  with  4i  fathoms  water,  lies  SSE.  +  E.  f  mile, 
nearly,  from  Chasseurs  Island. 

Tournioure  Shoals  are  three  in  number,  the  center  of  which, 
and  the  shoaler,  has  10  feet  water,  and  is  SW.  ^  W.  a  little  more 
than  ^  mile  from  Blanche  Point. 

Bonnidre  Shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  1^  miles  SW.  by  S. 
from  Blanche  Point. 

Marne  Shoal,  with  15  feet  water,  is  situated  south  a  little  more 
than  a  mile  from  Diamant  Point. 

St  Pierre. — The  town  of  St.  Pierre  stands  on  the  northern  side 
01  the  Barachois  de  St.  Pierre,  or  inner  harbor,  and  is  the  residence 
of  the  Governor  of  the  French  Islands;  it  is  also  the  headquarters 
for  the  French  squadron  in  Newfoundland.  In  1892  the  popula- 
tion was  6, 703 ;  during  the  fishing  season  some  thousands  are  tempo- 
rarily added  to  this  number.  The  chief  buildings  are  the  Gover- 
nor's house,  the  courts  of  justice,  a  large  church  and  convent,  and 
the  treasury  and  post  office. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent. 

Oommunication.— The  Boston,  Halifax,  and  Prince  Edwards 
Steamship  Company's  steamships  bring  the  mails  twice  a  month ; 
there  is  a  steamer  from  Halifax  to  Newfoundland  which  calls  at 
St.  Pierre,  and  a  fortnightly  steamer  from  Halifax  to  the  Bras 
d'Or  Lakes,  Cape  Breton,  St.  Pierre,  and  Placentia. 

Submarine  Telegraph  Cables.— There  are  two  submarine 
cables  between  France  and  St.  Pierre;  two  between  Newfoundland 
and  Cape  Breton,  via  St.  Pierre;  two  between  St.  Pierre  and  Mas- 
sachusetts, U.  S.,  and  one  between  St.  Pierre  and  Cape  Breton; 
two  of  the  cables  are  landed  at  St.  Pierre  Harbor. 

Coal  and  Supplies. — P^-ovisions  and  water  can  be  obtained,  also 
coal;  about  1,000  tons  available. 

Patent  slips. — There  are  two  patent  slips  and  another  building. 
No.  1  is  147  feet  in  length,  will  take  up  a  vessel  of  300  tons,  and 
has  9i  feet  forward  and  13i  feet  aft  on  the  blocks;  No.  2  is  75  feet 


I 


MMMSSn 


180 


HT.    PIKIinE   I8LANI). 


in  longtli,  will  tiiko  upavesHol  of  100  tons,  ftud  has  8^  feot  forwiird 
and  Hi  foot  aft  on  the  blocks. 

Pilots. — Tho  oniploymont  <tf  a  pilot  to  outer  this  port  is  com- 
pulsory for  vessels  of  80  tons  and  over,  and  the  payment  will  be 
enforced  if  a  properly  distinguishod  pilot  offers  his  services,  whether 
accepted  or  not.  The  pilot  boats  are  painted  red  and  blue,  and 
fly  a  blue  flag.  One  of  the  port  ofllcers  directs  vessels  whore  to 
anchor. 

Pilot  Charges. — Vessels  of  war,  ?ll  to  f?16.  Merchant  vessels 
from  80  to  100  terns,  86;  100  to  120  tons,  $0;  120  to  IGO,  $7;  160  to 
200,  $8 ;  200  to  300  tons,  ^9.  For  larger  vessels,  $1  per  100  tons. 
Detention,  §2  per  day. 

Dues. — Twenty-five  cents  per  net  registered  ton. 

Ice. — St.  Pierre  ^^irbor  was  frozen  over  in  1^74,  this  being  the 
only  occasion  during  the  last  forty  years.  Field  ice  appears  in 
February  and  disajjpears  about  the  end  of  March ;  it  rarely  closes 
the  harbor,  and  vessels  come  and  go  all  the  year  round. 

Hospital. — There  is  a  hospital  having  70  beds,  but  before  a 
patient  can  be  admitted  a  permit  must  be  obtained  from  the  Gov- 
ernor or  Commandant.  Charges,  $1.40  per  day  for  each  man.  Tlie 
lazaretto  is  on  Chien  Island. 

Telephone  Cable. — A  telephone  cable  connects  St.  Pierre  with 
Chien  Island.  The  cable  starts  from  a  point  a  little  to  westward 
of  Cape  Aigle,  runs  in  the  direction  of  Little  St.  Pierre,  and  near 
that  islet  turns  to  the  southward  and  lands  in  Trdhouart  Cove. 

Vessels  should  avoid  anchoring  over  this  cable,  and  in  case  it 
should  be  picked  up  by  their  anchors  it  should  be  dropped  and  care 
taken  not  to  damage  it. 

Anchorage. — Largo  vessels  may  anchor  as  convenient  between 
a  line  drawn  NNW.  from  the  battery  on  Chien  Island  and  a  line 
NW.  by  N.  from  the  east  point  of  Massacre  Island,  in  which  space 
there  are  from  7  to  15  fathoms  water  in  mid-channel.  The  most 
dangerous  winds  are  from  NE.,  whereby  the  heaviest  sea  is  pro- 
duced, and  to  guard  against  which  vessels  should  moor. 

No  vessels  should  proceed  south  of  this  anchorage  without  local 
knowledge  or  without  a  pilot. 

Directions  for  St.  Pierre  Harbor. — North  Channel,  between 
Pigeon  and  St.  Pierre  Islands,  is  wide  and  easy  for  sailing  vessels 
working  to  windward ;  it  is  the  only  one  that  should  be  taken  by 
largo  vessels. 

From  the  eastward,  Henry  Point  open  north  of  Les  Canailles, 
bearing  N.  60°  E.  (N.  33°  W.  mag.),  clears  Great  Shoal,  and  the 
islets  off  Vainqueur  and  Flg«on  Islands  may  be  approached  close- 
to.  When  standing  in  north  of  Little  St.  Pierre,  that  islet  must 
be  kept  open  west  of  the  battery  on  the  NW.  point  of  Chien 


-r^m 


^>t  feot  forward 

8  i)ort  is  com- 
byment  will  bo 
•vicos,  whother 
and  blue,  and 
jssgIh  Avhero  to 

wchant  vessels 
ICO,  $7;  160  to 
1  per  100  tons. 


this  being  the 
ice  appears  in 
t  rarely  closes 
nd. 

but  before  a 
From  the  Gov- 
3h  man.     The 

t.  Pierre  with 
e  to  westward 
Jrre,  and  near 
uart  Cove, 
ind  in  case  it 
pped  and  care 

lient  between 
nd  and  a  line 
I  which  space 
)1.  The  most 
st  sea  is  pro- 
or. 
without  local 

inel,  between 

liling  vessels 

be  taken  by 

es  Canailles, 
loal.  and  the 
iached  close- 
it  islet  must 
at  of  Chien 


mm. 


DIUWTIONS. 


181 


Island,  bearing  S.  3   W.  (S.  30°  W.  mug.),  to  clear  Cape  R«mge 

Shoals. 

When  working  to  windward,  care  sliould  bo  taken  to  guard 
against  the  wpialls  that  swoop  down  from  tlio  high  land  botwooii 
Great  Colombier  and  Cape  Diablo  on  the  north  and  Capo  Aiglo  on 
the  south  sido. 

When  working  along  the  coast  of  Chion  Island,  tho  lighthouse 
on  Canon  Point  should  bo  kept  oponof  tho  west  point  of  Ma.ssacro 
Island,  bearing  S.  51°  W.  (S.  78  W.  mag.),  in  ordor  to  clear  the 
shoals  off  the  west  shore  of  Chion  Island. 

At  Night,  the  red  light,  near  the  town  of  St.  Pierre,  opon  of 
Capo  Aigle,  bearing  S.  Z)!"  W.  (8.  78°  W.  mag.),  clears  Capo  Rouge 

Shoals. 

DireotionB  for  South  Channel.— This  channel  is  between  Ber- 
trand  Rocks  and  Chien  Island,  and  will  admit  vessels  drawing  loss 
than  14  feet  water.  The  lighthouse  north  of  tho  town  in  lino  with 
Canon  Point  lighthouse,  bearing  N.  73°  W.  (N.  4(i°  W.  mag.), 
leads  between  St.  Louis  Bank  and  Rallier  Shoal,  but  the  channel 
is  barely  200  yards  wide;  when  Cape  Aigle  and  the  east  extreme  of 
Massacre  Island  are  touching,  bearing  N.  11°  E.  (N.  88°  E.  mag.), 
N.  40°  W.  (N.  13°  W.  mag.),  course  should  be  steered  for  tho  bea- 
con standing  on  a  large  white  stone  on  the  brow  of  the  hill  north- 
ward of  the  town,  until  Vigie  d' Aigremont,  a  hillock  87  feot  high, 
south  of  the  town,  is  in  line  with  the  lighthouse  on  Canon  Point, 
S.  27°  W.  (S.  54°  W.  mag.);  this  mark  will  lead  to  the  anchorage. 

At  Night.— The  sector  of  white  light  from  Leconte  Point  light- 
house shows  over  Caillou  an  Chat,  Gt^lin  Shoal  and  the  assumed 
position  of  Cat  Rock,  but  by  keeping  in  the  white  sector  between 
the  bearings  of  N.  24°  W.  (N.  3°  E.  mag.)  and  N.  41°  W.  (N.  14° 
W.  mag.).  South  Channel  may  be  approached  between  these  dan- 
gers and  Indre  Shoal.  The  leading  lights  in  line,  bearing  N.  73° 
W.  (N.  40°  W.  mag.),  lead  NE.  of  G^lin  Shoal,  close  southward 
of  Bataille  Bank  and  across  the  bar  between  St.  Louis  Bank  and 

Rallier  Shoal. 

Fl^tans  Channel.- To  enter  St.  Pierre  Harbor  by  this  channel, 
steer  N.  72°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  for  Leconte  Point  lighthouse, 
and  when  Cape  Bawdry,  the  NE.  extreme  of  Chien  Island,  comes 
in  line  with  Gros-nez  Rock,  bearing  N.  15°  W.  (N.  12°  E.  mag.), 
that  mark  should  be  kept  on  until  within  200  yards  of  Gros-nez 
Rock,  passing  between  the  shoals  off  Chien  and  Vainqueur  Islands. 
Gros-nez  should  be  left  100  yards  to  the  westward,  and  thence  a 
course  made  to  pass  200  yards  east  of  Cape  Bawdry,  when  the 
anchorage  may  be  steered  for. 

Directions  in  Foggy  Weather.— In  consequence  of  the  many 
outlying  rocks,  it  is  extremely  hazardous  to  approach  St.  Pierre 


V.\2 


ST,    IMKUUK    INLAND. 


fluriiiK  f'^ffS'  If  ol)1iK0(l  to  Jimk(>  tlio  attompt,  which  Hhould  not  bo 
rttt(>in|ttt  (1  except  in  ii  Hteiuiier,  ii  few  hints  nmy  he  useful.  If  tol- 
oruhly  sure  of  tiio  position,  an  endeavor  sliould  l)e  made  to  si^ht 
land  in  the  vicinity  of  Cape  Coup»^  on  the  south  coast  of  Little 
Mi(|uolon  Island,  and  thou  steor  across  for  the  west  side  of  St. 
Pierre;  coast  tluvt  island  to  th(>  northward,  and  then  pass  through 
Henry  Channel,  close  south  of  Great  Colonibier,  to  its  SE,  point, 
whence  steer  S.  40°  E.  (8.  IT  E.  mag.)  for  U  miles  and  S.  6(1"  W. 
(8.  H.'j"  W.  ma)?.)  one  mile  to  the  anchorage.  This  should  not  be 
attempted  by  a  steamer  unless  Little  Mitixudon  Island  luw  been  seen 
before  the  fog  came  down  and  beariugs  taken  of  it,  and  above  all 
in  moderate  weather. 

Barachois  de  St.  Pierre,  or  the  inner  harbor,  is  available  for 
small  vessels  only.  The  holding  ground  is  inditferent,  there  is 
little  sea,  and  vessels  that  ground  are  rarely  damaged.  A  number 
of  schooners  lay  up  there  for  the  winter. 

The  harbor  has  been  partly  dredged,  and  there  is  not  less  than 
10  feet  at  low  water  on  the  bar    t  entrance  (1895). 

Buoys. — ^Two  warping  buoys  are  moored  between  Monies  Island 
and  Canon  Point. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  fiill  and  change,  at  St.  Pierre  at  8li.  33m. ; 
springs  rise  GA  feet,  neaps  4^  feet. 

Tidal .  Streams. — The  flood  stream  flows  to  the  northward 
through  South  and  Fldtans  Channels,  and  out  to  the  northeastward 
through  North  Channel,  but  this  regularity  is  only  found  near  the 
shore.  At  a  short  distance  seaward,  the  current  runs  almost  con- 
stantly to  the  northward,  and  is  very  little  influenced  by  the  feeble 
tidal  stream  of  these  localities.  In  the  anchorage,  the  tidal  stream 
is  sometimes  of  sufficient  force  to  swing  ships  against  a  strong 
breeze.     The  ebb  flows  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  flood. 

Between  St.  Pierre  and  Little  Miquelon  the  flood  stream  runs 
NE.  in  the  direction  of  the  channel,  and  turns  one  or  1^  hours  after 
high  water,  but  often  continues  to  run  in  the  same  direction  all 
through  the  ebb  at  a  reduced  rate.  The  currents  and  tides  are, 
however,  very  irregular,  and  no  dependence  can  be  placed  on  any 
particular  direction  or  rate. 

Cod  Fishery. — This  industry  is  principally  prosecuted  by  ves- 
sels equipped  at  the  northern  ports  of  France,  averaging  from  120 
to  200  tons  each,  and  which  leave  on  the  Ist  of  March.  Some  pro- 
ceed at  once  to  the  Newfoundland  Banks,  but  the  great  number 
go  first  to  St.  Pierre  for  herring,  and  they  all  return  to  St.  Pierre 
for  a  second  supply  of  bait  in  June.  The  method  adopted  is  for 
the  vessels  to  anchor  on  the  Banks,  while  bultows  are  laid  out  in 
large  undecked  boats,  sometimes  as  far  as  6  miles  from  the  vessel. 
This  system  is  attended  by  frequent  loss  of  life,  the  boats  being 


:;h  Hlumld  not  bo 
3  usoful.  If  tol- 
Ht  mmh*  to  Hifflit 

I  coiust  of  Little 
vmt  Bido  of  St. 
en  pass  tlirough 
to  its  SE.  point, 
s  and  8.  Sii"  W. 
H  should  not  be 
nd  hna  been  seen 
t,  and  above  all 

is  available  for 
ffevent,  there  is 
fed.     A  number 

is  not  less  than 

II  Moulos  Island 

jrre  at  8h.  33m. ; 

the  northward 
)  northeastward 
•  found  near  the 
ans  almost  con- 
ad  by  the  feeble 
:he  tidal  stream 
gainst  a  strong 
the  flood. 
)d  stream  runs 
r  1|  hours  after 
le  direction  all 
and  tides  are, 
placed  on  any 

secuted  by  ves- 
aging  from  120 
ch.  Some  pro- 
great  number 
•n  to  St.  Pierre 
adopted  is  for 
are  laid  out  in 
rom  the  vessel, 
lie  boats  being 


lilTTLK    MHIITKLON    ISLAND. 


1  X\ 


unable  ot  times  to  return  to  the  voss»>1h,  and  the  latter  occasionally 
go  down  at  their  andiors. 

On  the  west  coast  of  Newfoundland  the  vpssoIs  follow  the  fish 
from  south  to  north  till  the  caplin  have  disappoured,  when  tlioy 
repair  to  the  several  ports  at  which  the  catcOi  is  to  bo  cured,  and 
after  tlie  vessels  are  moored,  the  crows  lish  with  bultows  off  their 
respective  anclioragoH  till  the  end  of  the  si'uson. 

On  the  north  coast  of  Newfoundland  vessels  have  a  position 
assigned  to  each  for  a  term  of  Ave  years,  and  they  proceed  direct 
from  France  to  these  posts,  where  they  are  moored.  The  crew  then 
fish  with  seine,  hook  and  line,  or  bultows. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1055.) 

Oreen  Island,  N.  40°  E.  (N.  07"  E.  mag.)  -li  miles  from  the  east 
point  of  Great  Colombier,  is  i  mile  long,  15(5  feet  high,  and  is  so 
called  from  the  color.  Southward  J  mile  from  it  are  some  islets, 
the  outer  of  which.  Enfant  Perdu,  is  1|  miles  south  from  Green 
Island. 

A  Rook  that  covers  at  two-thirds  flood  is  the  eastern  of  these 
rocks,  and  is  t  mile  8.  5°  E.  (S.  32°  W.  mag.)  from  the  east  point  of 
Green  Island.  There  is  a  good  passage  between  Green  Island  and 
the  islets  off  it,  and  the  water  is  deep  all  round  this  group. 

Little  Miquelon  or  Langlade  Island,  3  miles  NW.  of  St. 
Pierre  Island,  is  steep-to,  and  the  sides  are  cliffy  except  at  the 
north  part.  The  summit,  nearly  flat,  has  an  elevation  of  656  feet. 
The  general  appearance  is  flat,  but  when  seen  from  the  westward 
some  hummocks  show  out  at  the  north  end.  From  the  south  ex- 
treme of  Little  Miquelon  to  the  south  end  of  the  sandy  neck  join- 
ing it  to  Great  Miquelon  is  7  miles;  the  sandy  neck  is  6i  miles 
long,  and  from  its  north  extremity  to  the  north  point  of  Great 
Miquelon  is  9  miles.  At  the  north  extreme  of  the  shingle  beach  is 
a  large  pond,  called  Great  Barachois,  to  which  small  schooners 
find  access  at  high  water,  entering  from  the  east  side  of  the  beach. 

A  Reef,  which  breaks,  extends  about  200  yards  from  Plate 
Point,  the  west  extreme  of  the  island. 

Light — The  lighthouse  on  Plate  Point,  127  feet  in  height, 
painted  black  and  white  in  horizontal  bands,  exhibits,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  154  feet,  a  fixed  white  light,  which  should  be  visible  in 
clear  weather  from  10  to  12  miles. 

Fog  Signal. — During  thiqk  weather,  fogs,  or  snowstorms,  a 
siren  is  sounded  twice  every  minute  as  follows :  sound  for  eight 
seconds,  silence  eight  seconds,  sound  for  eight  seconds,  followed 
by  silence  of  thirty-six  seconds. 

The  siren  produces  a  trembling  sound,  and  is  shriller  than  that 
on  Galantry  Head.  Should  the  siren  be  disabled,  a  gun  will  be 
fired  at  intervals  of  twenty  minutes. 


I 


■i 


134 


GREAT   MIQUELON   ISLAND. 


La  Bale,  as  the  passage  between  St.  Pierre  and  Little  Miquelon 
is  named  by  the  inhabitants,  is  deep  and  the  shores  forming  it  are 
bold. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  on  the  east  side  of  the  long  shingle 
beach  which  joins  Great  Miquelon  and  Little  Miquelon  Islands,  but 
it  is  exposed.  The  best  place  is  off  the  north  shore  of  Little 
Miquelon  in  6+  fathoms,  near  a  cove  just  east  of  the  guard  station. 

Great  Miquelon  Island  ie.  very  irregular  in  outline,  with  hills 
ranging  from  656  to  813  feet  in  height.  From  the  NW.  extreme  a 
tongue  of  land  extends  in  nearly  a  semicircle,  forming  Miquelon 
Road.  On  this  tongue  are  several  conspicuous  hills  and  a  large 
settlement  with  a  prominent  church;  in  1892  the  population  was 
5-44.  Cape  Miquelon,  the  north  extreme,  is  a  steep  cliff  600  feet 
high  and  bold-to. 

Shoal. — A  dangerous  shoal,  with  2  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies 
westward  of  Great  Miquelon  Inland,  with  Seal  Rocks  bearing  N. 
44°  W.  (N.  71°  W.  mag.),  distai^t  about  2  miles. 

Briand  Shoal,  which  is  dangerous,  lies  off  the  west  coast  of 
Great  Miquelon  Island,  about  1^  miles  from  the  nearest  shore ;  it 
is  very  small  in  extent,  has  13  feet  water  over  it,  and  11  fathoms 
around ;  from  it  Cape  Blanc  lighthouse  bears  N.  24°  E.  (N.  52°  E. 
mag.),  and  Chapeau  de  Miquelon  N.  76°  E.  (S.  77°  E.  mag.). 

Caution. — Mariners  are  recommended  not  to  use  the  channel 
between  Seal  Rocks  and  Great  Miquelon  Island  until  further 
examination  of  the  locality  has  been  made. 

Chatte  Rocks  are  on  a  shoal  which  stretches  off  about  1,200 
yards  from  the  south  side  of  Miquelon  Road,  ^  mile  from  a  point 
a  little  more  than  i  mile  NNE.  of  Chapeau  de  Miquelon,  a  conical 
hill,  374  feet  high,  on  the  north  shore  of  Great  Miquelon. 

Buoy. — A  buoy,  painted  black  and  white  in  horizontal  bands, 
is  moored  in  19  feet  water,  66  yards  northward  of  Chatte  Rocks. 

Light. — A  lighthouse,  49  feet  in  height,  the  lower  part  of  which 
is  colored  white,  and  the  upper  part  black,  with  a  white  lantern, 
stands  on  Cape  Blanc,  on  the  NW.  point  of  Great  Miquelon,  and 
exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  103  feet,  an  intermittent  white  light, 
with  red  sector ;  every  minute  one  flash  of  10  seconds  duration.  It 
is  visible,  white  16,  red  15  miles. 

The  red  sector  is  partially  obscured  to  the  northeastward  by 
Calvary  Hills;  it  is  not  visible  southward  of  a  line  passing  about 
220  yards  northward  of  Chatte  Rocks,  so  that  vessels  approa<!hing 
Miquelon  Road,  with  the  light  in  sight,  will  pass  northward  of 
Outer  Miquelon  and  Chatte  Rocks ;  it  is  also  obscured  to  the  south- 
ward by  the  hills  of  Great  Miquelon  Island. 

The  ray  of  red  light  shown  over  Seal  Rocks  extends  about  one 
mile  northwestward  and  1^  miles  southeastward  of  that  group. 


1  Little  Miquelon 
'es  formiug  it  are 

'  the  long  shingle 
lelon  Islands,  but 
L  shore  of  Little 
h.e  guard  station. 
)utline,  with  hills 
e  N"W.  extreme  a 
arming  Miquelon 
hills  and  a  large 
3  population  was 
eep  cliff  600  feet 

water  on  it,  lies 
locks  bearing  N. 

le  west  coast  of 
nearest  shore ;  it 
,  and  11  fathoms 
>A°  E.  (N.  52°  E. 
°  E.  mag.), 
use  the  channel 
id  until  further 

off  about  1,200 
ile  from  a  point 
uelon,  a  conical 
iuelon. 

Jrizontal  bands, 
Ohatte  Rocks. 
3r  part  of  which 
I  white  lantern, 
;  Miquelon,  and 
ent  white  light, 
is  duration.     It 

rtheastward  by 
e  passing  about 
els  approaching 
s  northward  of 
•ed  to  the  south- 
ends  about  one 
that  group. 


^?Ti^*gKffiV^^.3g^' 


MIQUELON   ROCKS. 


135 


Anchorage.— Sheltered  anchorage  may  be  obtained  with  winds 
from  north  round  by  west  to  S.  by  E.,  in  6  fathoms  water,  off  the 
settlement,  with  fair  holding  ground. 

Seal  Rocks  are  two  groups  of  dangerous  rocks,  ^  mile  from 
each  other;  the  highest,  18  feet  above  high  water,  is  6^  miles  S.  48° 
W.  (S.  75°  W.  mag.)  from  Cape  Blanc  light,  and  is  steep-to  all 
around. 

Miquelon  Rocks  are  a  group  of  rocks  on  a  shoal  spit  extending 
li  miles  in  an  easterly  directi(ju  from  Soldier  Point,  5  miles  to  the 
southeastward  of  Miquelon  Road.  The  eastern  and  highest  is 
nearly  1^  miles  from  the  point,  about  10  feet  above  high  water, 
and  steep-to  on  the  east  side. 

Outer  Miquelon  Rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  10  feet,  is  the 
easternmost  danger  from  Soldier  Point,  and  lies  2f  miles  N.  34°  E. 
(N.  61°  E.  mag.)  from  the  eastern  Miquelon  Rock.  A  shoal,  with 
7i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  800  yards  S.  63°  W.  (West  mag.) 
of  Outer  Miquelon  Rock,  and  Patracan,  with  the  same  depth  of 
water  over  it,  is  2i  miles  N.  67°  E.  (S.  86°  E.  mag.)  from  Soldier 
Point.  Landry  Bank,  on  which  the  depth  is  4i  fathoms,  lies  2i 
miles  S.  85°  E.  (S.  58°  E.  mag.)  from  the  same  point. 

Tides.— -It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Miquelon  Roads  at 
8h.  33m. ;  springs  rise  3i  feet. 


i 


CHAPTER  V. 

NEWFOUNDLAND,  SOUTH  COAST.— CREW  POINT  TO  CAPE  RAY. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.) 

Fortune  Bay — From  Crew  Point  to  Pass  Island  is  N.  by  W.  35 
miles,  forming  the  entrance  to  Fortune  Bay,  about  67  mile8  deep, 
containing  numerous  bays,  harbors,  and  islands. 

Caution.— The  currents  are  irregular  i^i  this  bay,  especially  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  Plate  and  Brunet  Islands. 

At  night  or  in  thick  weather,  too  much  dependence  should  not 
be  placed  on  the  soundings,  as  the  water  is  often  as  deep  near  the 
shores  as  in  the  middle  of  the  bay. 

Brunet  Island,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  Fortune 
Bay,  is  surmounted  by  a  ridge  528  feet  high,  extending  from  the 
west  extreme  along  the  north  shore,  while  at  the  east  extreme  are 
several  hills,  that  appear  from  a  distance  as  separate  islands. 

Light— Mercer  Head  lighthouse,  30  feet  in  height,  a  square 
building  painted  white  with  a  red  roof,  and  a  tower  rising  from 
its  center,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  408  feet,  a  jlashing  white  light 
every  ten  seconds,  visible  in  all  directions  except  when  obscured 
by  the  land  between  the  bearings  N.  85°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.)  and 
S.  28°  E.  (S.  1°  E.  mag.).  The  light  should  be  visible  23  miles, 
but,  from  its  great  height,  it  is  frequently  obscured  by  fog,  when 
the  land  below  is  seen. 

Fish  Rock,  with  3i  fathoms  over  it,  lies  600  yards  S.  6°  W.  (S. 
33°  W.  mag.)  from  the  lighthouse  on  Mercer  Head. 

Anchorage.— There  is  fair  anchorage  for  vessels  in  a  bay  off  the 
east  side  in  from  6  to  13  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  southerly 
and  westerly  winds,  but  some  rocks  that  are  off  the  head  of  the  bay, 
nearly  i  mile  from  the  shore,  should  be  guarded  against,  also  a 
shoal,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  lying  800  yards  N.  87°  W.  (N. 
60°  W.  mag.)  from  Little  Cape. 

Meior  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  affords  good 
sheltered  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  from  3  to  6  fathoms  water, 
eastward  of  Harbor  Rock  (awash  at  high  water)  in  the  middle  of 
the  cove,  which  may  be  passed  on  either  side.  The  entrance,  i 
mile  in  width,  is  between  Major  Point  on  the  north,  and  Pancake, 
18  feet  high,  on  the  south  side,  and  the  cove  is  f  mile  deep,  the 
water  in  it  shoaling  toward  the  head ;  there  are  several  houses  on 
the  shores. 

Harbor  Shoal,  with  4i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  700  yards 
south  (S.  27°  W.  mag.)  from  Major  Point. 

(136) 


.^.wiaaiiifiiiiafeiwtifftiaai'igJEa 


TO  CAPE  RAY. 


d  is  N.  by  W.  35 
it  67  miles  deep, 

ay,  especially  in 

3nce  should  not 
.s  deep  near  the 

ance  to  Fortune 
ending  from  the 
ast  extreme  are 
ite  islands, 
eight,  a  square 
ver  rising  from 
liing  white  light 
when  obscured 
i°  E.  mag.)  and 
isible  23  miles, 
d  by  fog,  when 

ds  S.  6°  W.  (8. 

in  a  bay  off  the 
from  southerly 
lead  of  the  bay, 
against,  also  a 
N.  87°  W.  (N. 

I,  aifords  good 
fathoms  water, 
1  the  middle  of 
rhe  entrance,  :j^ 
,  and  Pancake, 
mile  deep,  the 
i^eral  houses  on 

lies  700  yards 


fe- 


I 


CREW   POINT. 


137 


Water. — Water  may  be  obtained  from  streams  flowing  into  this 
cove. 

Ice. — Ice  approached  Brunet  Island  between  20th  March  and 
6th  April,  1867;  this  may  be  considered  as  the  western  inshore 
limit  of  the  eastern  ice. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Brunet  Island  at 
9h.  3m. ;  springs  rise  6i  feet,  neaps  4^  feet. 

Little  Brunet  Islands  are  a  group  lying  close  off  the  south 
coast  of  Brunet  Island. 

Bird  Island  has  a  sharj*  peak  384  feet  high,  and  i  mile  west  of 
it  lie  Brandies  Rocks,  which  uncover  2  feet  at  low  water. 

PufEln  Bank,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  1,400  yards 
eastward  of  PuflBn  Island. 

Plate  Islands  are  three  rocky  islets;  Big  Plate  Island,  the 
nearest,  is  49  feet  high  and  lies  WSW.  4i  miles  SW.  from  the 
west  end  of  Brunet  Island ;  Little  Plate  Island,  the  southernmost, 
is  33  feet  high  and  If  miles  farther  SW. 

As  will  be  seen  by  the  chart,  numerous  dangers  surround  these 
islands;  all  those  with  less  than  10  fathoms  are  said  to  break  in 
bad  weather,  and  they  should  not  be  approached  within  a  mile. 

Sagona  Island,  256  feet  high,  is  6  miles  NNE.  from  Little 
Cn,pe.  On  the  west  side  is  a  small  inlet,  only  suitable  for  fishing 
V  isels;  and  a  sunken  rock  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  makes 
vhe  passage  difficult  except  in  very  fine  weather.  Numerous 
banks,  some  of  which  break  in  bad  weather,  surround  Sagona 
Island. 

Crew  Point  (formerly  known  as  May  Point),  the  south  extreme 
of  Fortune  Bay,  may  be  recognized  by  Sugarloaf,  a  conspicuous 
conical  rock  26  feet  high,  and  close  southward  of  the  point  is  a 
cluster  of  houses  and  a  flagstaff.  A  dangerous  ledge  of  rocks 
extend  1,200  yards  westward  from  the  point,  and  Crew  Point 
Shoal,  with  6i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  li  miles  S.  57°  W.  (S. 
84°  W.  mag.)  from  the  point.  Little  Dantzic  Cove  lies  If  miles 
north  of  Crew  Point,  and  2  miles  beyond  is  situated  Great  Dantzic 
Cove,  the  north  point  of  which  is  Dantzic  Point.  The  holding 
ground  in  this  cove  is  bad. 

Fortune  Head,  7i  miles  NE.  of  Dantzic  Point,  is  formed  of 
steep  cliffs,  with  rocks  off -lying  for  200  yards ;  over  the  west  ex- 
treme of  the  head  is  a  hillock. 

Fortune,  ^  mile  SE.  from  Fortune  Head,  has  anchorage  off  the 
village  in  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water,  but  the  holding  ground  is 
very  bad,  the  bottom  being  of  smooth  rock.  The  best  holding 
ground  is  well  over  toward  Fortune  Head  in  7  fathoms  water,  but 
the  anchorage  should  only  be  used  in  fine  weather.  At  the  west 
end  of  the  village  is  a  shallow  basin  protected  by  two  breakwaters, 
into  which  fishing  vessels  can  enter  at  quarter  flood. 


i     ?ii 


t^ 


I 


..«3AtSe!(!( 


138 


NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


'I 


? 


Ip 


Oommun' cation. — The  Coasjtal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Ice. — Fortune  Bay  is  stated  to  have  been  only  once  frozen  over 
during  the  last  twenty-five  years,  and  the  harbor  is  always  open. 

Jerseyman  Bank,  the  south  extreme  of  which  is  G  miles  south- 
westward  of  Dantzic  Point,  extends  neai-ly  10  miles  in  a  general 
north  and  south  direction,  and  has  on  it  from  20  to  34  fathoms 
water. 

Grand  Bank  Head,  3i  miles  NE,  by  E.  of  Fortune  Head,  is 
steep,  and  187  feet  high.  Admiral  Cove,  immediately  east  of  this 
cape,  affords  anchorage  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  as  con- 
venient. 

The  village  of  Grand  Bank,  off  which  anchorage  may  be  obtained 
in  10  fathoms  water,  is  on  Bouilli  Point,  one  mile  SE.  of  the  head. 

Grand  Bank  Head  appears  from  the  northward  and  eastward  as  , 
a  flat-topped  conical-shaped  hill,  which  in  thick  weather  is  a  good 
landmark. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Light. — From  a  beacon,  23  feet  in  height,  painted  red  and  white 
in  horizontal  bands,  situated  100  yards  S.  83°  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.) 
from  the  extreme  of  the  breakwater  at  Grand  Bank,  a  fixed  red 
light  is  exhibited  at  an  elevation  of  28  feet,  which  should  be  visible 
6  miles,  between  the  bearings  S.  63°  E.  (S.  36°  E.  mag.),  through 
south,  to  S.  61°  W.  (S.  88°  W.  mag.). 

"Water. — Water  can  be  obtained  by  sending  a  boat  up  Grand 
Bank  Brook  at  high  water. 

Ice. — Field  ice  appears  at  the  end  of  February  and  leaves  early 
in  April ;  ves'-.els  arrive  during  the  first  week  in  March  and  leave 
toward  the  latter  end  of  December ;  this  harbor  has  only  been 
frozen  over  twice  (in  1875-76)  in  the  last  30  years. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  ir  Grand  Bank  at  8h. 
48m. ;  springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  5^  feet. 

Coast. — Grand  Beach  Point,  nearly  11  miles  eastward  of  Grand 
Bank  Head,  is  a  low  projection  covered  with  trees.  Scott  Rock, 
with  4J  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  1,300  yards  N.  51°  W.  (N.  24° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  point. 

Grand  Beach  is  at  the  head  of  a  cove,  eastward  of  the  point. 
This  place  is  much  frequented  by  vessels  of  the  herring  fishery 
during  the  spring  season. 

White  Point,  3^  miles  farther  northeastward,  is  composed  of 
bare  granite;  the  coast  from  this  northeastward;  for  5  miles,  is 
fronted  by  rocks,  known  as  Garnish  Rocks,  extending  nearly  2 
miles  offshore,  and  having  no  safe  passage  between-them  and  the 
land. 


^V'■;■?S■-«AS^SS'l'v?*Ka%^Ka*/4^^S4WS«i•w: 


mpany's  steamer 
md  autumn, 

once  frozen  over 
r  is  always  open. 

is  G  miles  south- 
liles  in  a  general 
20  to  34  fathoms 

fortune  Head,  is 
ately  east  of  this 
is  water,  as  con- 

I  may  be  obtained 
1  SE.  of  the  head. 
.  and  eastward  as 
weather  is  a  good 

mpany's  steamer 
and  autumn, 
ied  red  and  white 
(N.  70°  W.  mag.) 
3ahk,  a  fixed  red 
should  be  visible 
1.  mag.),  through 

a,  boat  up  Grand 

and  leaves  early 

March  and  leave 

)r  has  only  been 

i. 

rand  Bank  at  8h. 

istward  of  Grand 
3es.  Scott  Rock, 
r.  51°  W.  (N.  24° 

ard  of  the  point, 
e  herring  fishery 

I,  is  composed  of 
'd;  for  5  miles,  is 
tending  nearly  2 
een-them  and  the 


OAKNI8H    LIGHT. 


139 


Caution. — The  fishermen  of  this  locality  are  not  trustworthy 
pilots  except  for  the  pass  to  Frenchman  Cove. 

Frenchman  Cove,  situated  3f  miles  northeastward  of  White 
Point,  affords  fair  anchorage,  for  small  vessels,  in  4  or  5  fathoms 
water. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Frenchman  Cove 
at  8h.  47m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  oj  feet. 

Garnish,  a  small  boat  harbor,  1^  miles  northeastward  of  French- 
man Cove,  has  a  considerable  settlement  and  a  church. 

Light. — From  a  square  tower,  33  feet  in  height,  painted  red  and 
white,  at  the  entrance  to  Garnish,  a  fixed  red  light  is  exhibited,  at 
an  elevation  of  20  feet.  This  light  is  only  intended  for  the  fishing 
craft  of  the  locality,  and  is  rarely  seen  beyond  a  distance  of  3 
miles. 

Coast. — Rosde  Point  terminates  in  some  remarkable  conical  hill- 
ocks 9^  miles  northward  of  Garnish ;  some  rocks  lie  off  the  inter- 
veiling  coast,  the  principal  being  Charley  and  Tilt  Rocks,  with 
depths  of  13,  J*A  less  than  d  feet,  over  them,  respectively;  they  are 
more  than  |  mile  offshore,  and  Hay  Shoals  are  nearly  one  mile  off 
Scott  Point.  The  coast  NE.  of  Ros^e  Point  consists  of  bold  rocky 
cliffs. 

Grand  Jervey  Cove,  7^  miles  NE.  of  Rosde  Point,  has  exposed 
anchorage  in.  14  fathoms  water. 

Langue  de  Cerf  Cove,  8  miles  eastward  of  Grand  Jervey,  affords 
anchorage  in  16  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  all  winds  except 
those  between  WSW.  and  North. 

Jack  Fountain  Cove,  2  miles  NE.  of  Langue  de  Cerf  Point,  has 
a  small  village  surrounding  it,  and  there  is  anchorage  for  small 
vessels  in  7  fathoms  water,  but  Jack  Fountain  Rock  lies  in  the 
middle  of  the  cove. 

Bay  I'Argent,  and  Bay  I'Argent  Back  Cove,  the  former  witli  a 
few  houses  round  it,  are  situated  respectively  on  the  east  and  west 
side  of  a  peninsula  just  NE.  of  Jack  Fountain  Cove,  and  afford 
no  anchorage  for  ships,  but  small  craft  find  shelter  in  them  close 
to  the  shore. 

East  Bay  lies  north  of  Bay  I'Argent,  and  may  be  recognized  by 
Boat  Rock,  an  is'  ^  feet  high,  resembling  a  boat  under  sail,  lying 
in  the  entrance. 

A  mile  inside  of  Boat  Rock  the  bay  divides  into  two  arms,  one 
extending  one  mile  east,  and  the  other  2  miles  NE.  Little  Harbor, 
of  small  extent,  is  on  the  north  side  of  the  NE.  arm  |  mile  from 
the  head,  and  Lower  Little  Bay,  encumbered  with  shoals,  is  at  the 
head  of  the  eastern  arm.  Anchorage  may  be  had  at  the  head  of 
either  arm  of  East  Bay. 


14910 10 


'$ 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 

Mille  Harbor  is  a  small  cove  one  mile  north  of  East  Bay  en- 
trance, affording  good  shelter  for  small  vessels. 

Gape  MlUe  is  a  high,  red,  barren,  rocky  point,  7  miles  from  the 
head  of  Fortune  Bay.  The  width  of  the  bay  at  this  cape  is  If  miles, 
but  opens  out  to  double  that  breadth  immediately  west  of  the  cape. 

The  coast  east  of  this  on  both  sides  is  high,  with  steep  cliffs,  and 
at  the  head  of  Fortune  Bay  the  shore  h  steep-to  and  free  from  dan- 
ger; there  is  a  large  settlement,  off  which  anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained in  from  7  to  9  fathoms. 

Grand  le  Pierre  Harbor,  on  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  2  miles 
from  the  head,  is  a  good  harbor,  with  anchorage  in  4  to  8  fathoms, 
and  no  danger  in  the  approach. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Grand  le  Pierre 
Harbor  at  9h.  10m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  5  feet. 

English  Harbor,  with  good  anchorage  in  from  4  to  10  fathoms 
water,  and  sheltered  from  all  but  southerly  winds,  is  situated  4^ 
miles  SW.  of  Grand  le  Pierre;  rocks  lie  close  off  the  entrance 
points,  otherwise  the  harbor  is  clear.  There  are  two  inner  harbors, 
which  can  be  entered  by  small  craft  at  high  water,  and  a  small  vil- 
lage is  at  the  head. 

Little  Bay  de  I'Eau,  about  1^  miles  SW,  of  English  Harbor, 
has  some  islets  and  roclcs  off  it.  The  entrance  is  only  200  yards 
wide,  but  the  harbor  expands  near  the  head,  and  has  anchorage  in 
21  fathoms  water. 

New  Harbor,  2  miles  SW.  of  Little  Bay  de  I'Eau,  affords  shel- 
tered anchorage  to  fishing  craft  in  12  feet  water. 

Femme  Harbor,  formerly  known  as  Story  or  Le  Conte  Harbor, 
is  3  miles  westward  of  Little  Bay  de  I'Eau. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  are  two  large  and  several  small 
islets,  the  largest  and  southernmost  named  Petticoat  Island,  and 
the  other  large  one  Smock  Island. 

Femme  Shoal,  on  which  the  least  water  is  4i  fathoms,  extends  i 
mile  WSW.  from  the  SW.  point  of  Petticoat  Island. 

Directions.— The  best  passage  is  west  of  Petticoat  Island,  and 
between  it  and  Smock  Island.  As  soon  as  the  harbor  begins  to 
open,  keep  nearer  Smock  Island  to  avoid  sunken  rocks  extending 
from  the  NE.  point  of  Petticoat  Island  and  Drew  Rock,  which  dries 
3  feet,  off  the  east  side  of  the  harbor.  Wh«>n  these  dangers  are 
passed,  keep  mid-channel  till  near  the  narrows  at  the  head,  when  a 
buoy  should  be  placed  on  the  east  side  of  Druid  Rock,  and  the  vessel 
steered  midway  between  the  buoy  and  the  east  shore  into  a  fine  basin 
with  anchorage  in  from  6  to  16  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and  mud. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Femme  Harbor  at 
8h.  35m.;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  6  feet;  neaps  range  4  feet 
(approximate). 


^■^^'WW 


of  East  Bay  ou- 

'  miles  from  the 
cape  is  If  miles, 
irest  of  the  cape, 
steep  cliffs,  and 
i  free  from  dan- 
age  may  be  ob- 

the  bay,  2  miles 
4  to  8  fathoms, 

h"and  le  Pierre 

)t. 

4  to  10  fathoms 

if  is  situated  4^ 

ff  the  entrance 

3  inner  harbors, 

and  a  small  vil- 

nglish  Harbor, 
only  200  yards 
18  anchorage  in 

ku,  affords  shel- 

Conte  Harbor, 

several  small 
)at  Island,  and 

Loms,  extends  ^ 
i. 

5at  Island,  and 
irbor  begins  to 
ocks  extending 
ck,  which  dries 
se  dangers  are 
e  head,  when  a 
:,  and  the  vessel 
into  a  fine  basin 
sand  and  mud. 
nme  Harbor  at 
ts  range  4  feet 


LONG   HABBOR. 


141 


Big  Oonne,  an  exposed  bay  2  miles  west  of  Femme  Harbor, 
has  anchorage  in  from  9  to  17  fathoms  water  at  the  head.  Little 
Conne  is  a  cove  on  the  west  shore,  suitable  for  fishing  craft;  there 
are  a  few  houses  on  its  south  shore. 

Long  Harbor,  4i  miles  west  of  Femme  Harbor,  may  be  recog- 
nized by  Gull  Island  at  the  entrance,  and  Black  Rock,  6  feet  high, 
i  mile  south  of  the  island.  The  harbor  extends  14  miles  NNE., 
with  an  average  breadth  of  J  mile,  and  has  several  anchorages. 
Rocks  which  cover  at  high  water  lie  in  the  passage  east  of  Gull 
Island,  considerably  more  than  400  yards  from  shore,  and  greatly 
contract  that  r'-'annel.  If  entering  by  the  eastern  passage,  a  vessel 
should  '    3p         '^  to  Gull  Island. 

The  \«torttern  trance  is  safer,  and  ,  Keeping  near  the  western 
side  the  sunken  danger  in  mid-channel  will  be  avoided. 

At  3  miles  within  the  entrance  are  the  narrows,  in  which  is  a 
depth  of  Gi  fathoms.  The  dangerous  part  of  Long  Harbor  is  just 
above  Indian  Tea  Island,  where  the  channel  is  only  300  yards  wide 
"between  two  sunken  rocks  with  2  feet  and  5  feet  water  over  them, 
respectively. 

Telegraph. — There  is  a  telegraph  station  at  the  head  of  the  har- 
bor, 2  miles  southward  of  Otter  Point ;  also  a  river  frequented  by 
salmon  and  sea  trout. 

Anchorages. — Captain  R.  W.  Meade,  U.  S.  N.,  found  a  number 
of  excellent  anchorages  in  Long  Harbor. 

One  good  anchorage;  much  resorted  to  by  the  fishermen,  is 
Woody  Island  anchorage,  near  Tickle  Point.  This  anchorage  is 
out  of  the  strength  of  the  tide,  is  4^  miles  from  the  entrance  to 
Long  Harbor,  and  has  a  moderate  depth  of  water  and  good  hold- 
ing ground. 

Inside  of  Woody  Island  there  is  a  fine  basin  for  small  vessels, 
which  can  go  up  to  the  wharf  constructed  there. 

Above  Tickle  Poin^t  there  is  another  good  anchorage,  also  out  of 
the  tide,  with  moderate  depth  of  water  and  perfect  shelter. 

The  local  fishermen  report  that  there  are  several  other  anchor- 
ages in  Witch  Hazel  Bay,  near  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

The  U.  S.  S.  Vandalia  anchored  off  Woody  Island,  near  Tickle 
Point,  in  7  fathoms  water,  with  Tickle  Point  bearing  N.  28°  E. 
<N.  56°  E.  mag. ),  and  the  center  of  Woody  Island  S.  53°  E.  (S.  26° 
E.  mag.). 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Long  Harbor  at 
8h.  50m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  5^  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  tidal  stream  runs  past  TickJ'  Point  with 
considerable  strength,  probably  at  times  attaining  a  velocity  of  3 
knots  an  hour. 


![• 


-^-^ 


142 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


Off  Woody  Island  the  greatest  velocity  of  the  ebb  stream  was 
ohserved  to  bo  li  knots  an  hour,  and  that  of  the  Hood  i  knot. 

At  Schooner  Cove  it  Avas  observed  to  be  high  water,  full  and 
change,  at  about  'Jh. ;  the  ebb  stream  ran  with  sufficient  strength 
to  keep  a  vessel  broadside  on  to  a  strong  breeze. 

Coast.— From  Long  Harbor  Point  the  south  point  of  Chapel 
Island  boars 8.  73°  W.  (N.  79°  W.  mag.),  dintant  10  miles;  between 
those  points  is  the  entrance  to  Belle  Bay,  containing  niimerous 
islets  and  islands. 

Hare  Harbor  lies  NNW.  of  Long  Harbor  Point,  east  of  some 
islets,  and  its  only  suitable  for  fishing  craft. 

White  Rock,  with  3i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  700  yards  S.  62° 
W,  (West  mag.)  of  the  southern  islet. 

Mai  Bay,  2  miles  NNW.  of  Hare  Harbor,  extends  in  a  NNE. 
direction  5  miles,  and  has  anchorage  near  the  head,  Avhere  the  bay 
is  narrow;  caution  must  be  observed  when  anchoring,  for  the  Water 
shoals  suddenly  from  23  to  5+  fathoms. 

Rencontre  Islands  are  NW.  of  Mai  Bay;  the  largeso,  464  feet 
high,  is  joined  to  the  mainland  at  low  water. 

Southern  Harbor  stretches  into  the  south  part  of  this  island,  but 
it  is  narrow  and  exposed  to  southerly  winds. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  east  of  the  isthmus  joining  the  large 
island  to  the  maiidand,  off  the  village  of  Salmonier,  sheltered  by 
the  two  smaller  islands  east  of  it,  and  should  be  entered  by  keep- 
ing mid-channel  between  the  islands  and  the  mainland. 

A  rocky  ledge,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms  on  it,  extends  some 
distance  off  the  settlement;  and  there  is  a  small  rock,  with  4  feet 
water  over  it,  about  200  yards  offshore. 

Isle  a  Glu  lies  midway  between  Rencontre  Islands  and  the  en- 
trance to  Belle  Harbor. 

Belle  Harbor,  a  narrow  arm  of  the  sea  3^  miles  WN  W.  of  Ren- 
contre Islands,  is  entered  west  of  Doctor  Island,  which  shelters 
Doctor  Cove  on  the  east  shore,  where  small  craft  can  anchor. 
Anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  Belle  Harbor  in  from  8  to  17  fathoms 
water,  but  the  head  of  the  harbor  should  be  approached  with  cau- 
tion, as  the  water  shoals  suddenly. 

The  north  shore  of  the  anchorage  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  con- 
sists of  a  peninsula,  having  two  rises  of  land  on  it;  the  eastern  of 
these  is  a  remarkable  black  cliff,  and  vessels  should  not  proceed 
eastward  of  it. 

Lallyhead,  2^  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Belle  Harbor,  is  the 
extremity  of  a  long  promontory  that,  with  Lally  Cove  Island,  form 
Lally  Cove  and  Lally  Back  Cove.  Both  these  coves  are  only  suit- 
able for  boats,  but  vessels  may  find  temporary  anchorage  off  the 
latter  in  from  14  to  16  fathoms  water. 


_j<B.-..Ji!y£I^" 


0l)b  stream  was 
ood  ^  knot, 
water,  full  and 
ficient  strength 

oint  of  Chapel 
niilos;  between 
iiing  niiiiieroias 

it,  east  of  some 

700  yards  S.  62" 

ids  in  a  NNE. 
,  Avhere  the  bay 
g,  for  the  Water 

argesD,  464  feet 

this  island,  but 

fining  the  large 
r,  sheltered  by 
tered  by  keep- 
find. 

,  extends  some 
ck,  with  4  feet 

ds  and  the  en- 

VNW.  of  Ren- 
ivhich  shelters 
t  can  anchor. 
B  to  17  fathoms 
shed  with  cau- 

tie  harbor  con- 
the  eastern  of 
d  not  proceed 

Harbor,  is  the 

e  Island,  form 

are  only  suit- 

lorage  off  the 


COUBIN    BAY. 


143 


East  Bay,  wide  and  open,  and  entered  Ik  miles  north  of  Lally 
Back  Cove,  is  soi)arated  from  North  Bay,  which  forms  the  head 
of  Belle  Bay,  by  East  Bay  Head.  There  is  good  ancliorage  off  the 
mouths  of  the  brooks  emptying  into  both  East  and  North  Bays, 
and  at  the  head  of  the  latter  is  a  large  river  frequented  by  salmon  ; 
north  of  the  river  there  is  good  ground  for  deer. 

Cinq  Isles  Bay,  south  of  North  Bay,  and  so  named  from  five 
islands  lying  in  it,  is  square  in  shajie,  and  divided  near  the  center 
by  a  line  of  small  islands  which  extend  U  miles  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  from  the  western  shore ;  on  its  north  side  is  a  small  inlet, 
named  Simmons  Brook,  in  which  small  vessels  lAay  anchor;  there 
is  an  island  in  the  inlet,  and  at  the  head  is  Salmon  River.  Anchor- 
age, with  fair  shelter,  may  be  obtained  for  large  vessels  at  the 
west  side  of  the  bay,  but  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  a  shoal 
lying  i  mile  from  the  river  mouth,  at  the  SW.  corner  of  the  bay. 

Coal.— A  small  supply  of  coal  (about  20  tons)  may  be  obtained 

at  Salmon  River. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  687.) 

Corbin  Head,  forming  the  south  side  of  Cinq  Isles  Bay,  and  the 
north  of  Corbin  Bay,  is  steep  and  bold  to  the  eastward ;  between 
this  head  and  Lally  Head,  on  the  opposite  side,  Belle  Bay  is  li 
miles  wide. 

Corbin  Bay,  south  of  Corbin  Head,  is  divided  into  two  branches, 
named  Northwest  and  Southwest  Arms,  both  affording  anchorage 
in  7  fathoms  water;  Bob  Head  is  the  east  point  of  Corbin  Bay. 

White  Rock,  with  19  feet  water  over  it,  lies  i  mile  north  of  Bob 
Head. 

Ducie  B.ock,  a  dangerous  reef  awash  at  low  water,  lies  1,300 
yards  N.  73°  E.  (S.  79°  E.  mag.)  from  Bob  Head;  a  shoal,  with  2 
fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  100  yards  northward,  and  a  shoal 
on  which  the  depth  is  2J  fathoms,  200  yards  westward  of  the  rock. 
These  dangers  lie  on  a- bank  about  i  mile  long,  with  depths  of 
from  4  to  9  fathoms  on  it. 

Lord  and  Lady  Island,  75  feet  high,  lies  i  mile  eastward  of 
Bob  Head,  and  Thrum  Cap,  a  small  steep  island,  87  feet  high,  lies 
off  the  east  side  of  this  island. 

Dog  and  Belle  Islands  lie  at  equal  distances  between  Lord 
and  Lady  Island  and  the  entrance  to  Belle  Harbor;  Dog  Island  is 
202  and  Belle  Island  293  feet  high.  Dog  Island  Bank  comprises 
three  dangerous  rocks,  the  shoalest,  -v/ith  9  feet  water  on  it,  lies  S. 
62°  E.  (S.  34°  E.  mag.),  distant  1^  miles  from  the  south  extreme  of 
Dog  Island. 

Long  Island,  li  miles  long  and  375  feet  high,  is  separated  from 
Lord  and  Lady  Island  by  a  channel  ^  mile  wide.  Tickle  Island 
lies  on  a  bank  extending  from  the  NE.  side  of  Long  Island,  and 
Barrow  Rock,  15  feet  high,  lies  in  the  center  of  the  channel. 


^ 


144 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Ohapel  Island,  nearly  I)  miloH  long  and  about  \^  miles  hiond, 
is  843  font  high;  it  is  bold-to  on  all  sides  but  the  north,  and  is  i 
mile  south  of  Long  Island,  the  channel  between  being  foul.  Fann- 
ers Cove,  at  the  NE.  extreme,  affords  anchorage  for  small  craft  in 
6  fathoms  water, 

Belloram,  or  Bande  de  TArler  Harbor,  on  the  nuiinland  west 
of  Chapel  Island,  may  be  recognized  by  Iron  Head,  a  higii  bluff, 
rising  almost  perpendicularly  from  the  sea,  J  mile  NNE.  of  the 
harbor.  On  the  east  side  is  a  Homicircular  beach  that  forms  a  snug 
harbor  for  small  vessels,  with  5  fathoms  water  in  it,  and  large  ves- 
sels nuiy  find  iheltor  north  of  the  entrance  in  from  14  to  18  fath- 
oms; a  large  settlement  surrounds  the  harbor. 

Light. — On  Beach  Point  a  tower,  31  feet  in  height  and  painted 
white,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  35  feet,  a  fixed  white  light, 
which  should  be  visible  7  miles. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Belloram  Harbor 
at'8h.  69m. ;  springs  rise  6  feet. 

St.  Jacques  Island,  103  feet  in  height,  consisting  of  two  hum- 
mocks joined  by  a  low  neck,  is  3  miles  south  of  Belloram,  and  may 
bo  approached  within  a  short  distance  all  round. 

St.  Jacques  Harbor,  entered  ^  mile  west  of  the  island,  is  free 
from  danger,  except  a  small  shoal  spit  off  the  east  point. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  with  good  shelter, 
in  from  4  to  17  fathoms  water,  but  vessels  anchoring  in  the  north 
part  of  this  harbor  should  not  proceed  within  a  depth  of  9  fathoms, 
as  in  shoaler  water  the  bottom  is  rocky  with  kelp. 

Commuuicatiou. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  at  St.  Jacques  fortnightly  during  summer  and 
autumn. 

Water. — A  settlement  surrounds  the  harbor ;  water  and  wood 
can  be  obtained  here,  but  no  provisions. 

Blue  Pinion  Harbor,  IJ  miles  west  of  St.  Jacques  Harbor,  is 
one  mile  long  and  700  yards  broad ;  off  the  west  side,  near  the 
head,  a  shoal  stretches  out  300  yards. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  at  the  head,  in  from  5  to  15  fathoms 
water,  nearer  the  east  shore  to  avoid  this  shoal,  but  the  harbor  is 
exposed  to  southerly  winds. 

There  was  no  settlement  in  this  harbor  in  1883. 

English  Harbor,  one  mile  SW.  of  Blue  Pinion  Harbor,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  settlement  having  two  churches,  and  is  adapted  to 
small  craft  only. 

Oreat  Mon  Jambe  (Great  Mose  Ambrose),  nearly  one  mile 
west  of  English  Harbor,  is  very  confined,  and  affords  anchorage 


i 


H  miles  bioad, 

north,  and  is  ^ 

ngfoiil,    Ftirni- 

>r  siuiill  craft  in 

)  nuiinlaiul  west 
k1,  a  liigli  bluff, 
e  NNE.  of  the 
lat  fftrins  a  snug 
t,  »in<l  large  vos- 
in  14  to  J  8  fath- 

(ht  and  painted 
ed  white  light, 

pany's  steamer 
3r  and  autumn, 
(lloram  Harbor 

ig  of  two  hum- 
or am,  and  may- 
island,  is  free 
aoint. 

1  good  shelter, 
tig  in  the  north 
li  of  9  fathoms, 

pany's  steamer 
ig  summer  and 

'^ater  and  wood 

lues  Harbor,  is 
b  side,  near  the 

5  to  15  fathoms 
t  the  harbor  is 


Harbor,  is  sur- 
is  adapted  to 

aarly  one  mile 
rds  anchorage 


IIOXKY    IIAUH«»U. 


Uj 


for  small  craft  in  6  fathoins  water.     Little  Mon  Jauibo,  next  west 
of  it,  is  exposed  fn  soiitlu'rly  winds. 

Boxey  Harbor,  ;rj  uuIms  WSW.  of  Blue  Pinion  Hurhor,  is  small 
aiul  barred  l)y  a  shoal  with  '.i  fathoms  water  over  it,  but  when  in- 
side, anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  4^  fathoms  water,  over  fine 
sand.  The  best  channel  in  will  be  found  by  k.-eping  the  mound 
on  Boxey  Point  in  line  witii  Friars  Head,  beurinj,'  ab.nii  S.  -i^'  VV. 
(S.  53"  W.  mug.).  A  few  houses  and  a  lobster  factory  stand  on 
the  north  shore. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Boxey  Harbor  at 
8h.  I'Mw. ;  springs  rise  lij  feet. 

Boxey  Point,  a  promontory  nearly  A  miles  long,  of  moderate 
height,  can  be  recognized  from  a  cousi(leral)le  distance.  Sunken 
rocks  lie  off  the  extremes  of  the  point,  which  should  not  be  ap- 
proached within  I  mile. 

Boxey  Rock,  with  3  feet  water  over  it,  lies  735  yards  S.  30°  W. 
(S.  58"  W.  mag.)  from  Boxey  Point;  the  houses  on  the  north  side 
of  Boxey  Harbor,  seen  open  of  Friars  Head,  bearing  N.  1G°  E. 
(N.  44°  E.  mag.),  lead  east;  and  the  SW.  extreme  of  St.  John 
Island,  open  of  Shepherd  Rock,  N.  77°  W.  (N.  40°  W.  mag.)  leads 
s(nith  of  the  rock. 

No  vessels  should  pass  between  ihe  rock  and  the  mainland,  as  a 
sunken  danger,  which  breaks  with  a  moderate  sea,  lies  about  3U0 
yards  from  the  point  NW.  of  the  rock. 

St.  John  Island,  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay  of  the  same  name, 
is  380  feet  in  height  and  has  a  shoal  with  a  depth  of  2i  fathoms 
lying  i  mile  south  of  it;  and  Kippins  Shoal,  on  which  the  least 
water  is  6i  fathoms,  is  situated  nearly  800  yards  SE.  of  the  island. 
St.  John  Head,  high  and  cliflPy,  and  forming  the  east  point  of 
Great  Bay  de  I'Eau,  is  a  promontory  3  miles  NW.  from  the 
extreme  of  Boxey  Point  Promontory.  Between  them  is  St.  John 
Bay,  having  moderate  d^ths  for  anchoring  with  offshore  winds, 
the  best  anchorage  being  in  the  northern  part,  where  the  bay 
narrows  to  a  boat  harbor.  On  the  NW.  side  of  St.  John  Head 
are  Gull  and  Shag  Rocks,  the  latter  51  feet  high  and  situated 
f  mile  from  the  shore.  West  and  south  of  these  rocks  are  some 
sunken  dangers,  and  within  the  100-fathora  line,  which  runs 
parallel  to  and  about  li  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  promontory, 
are  several  shoals,  the  positions  of  which  will  be  best  seen  from 

the  chart. 

Qreat  Bay  de  I'Eau  extends  10  miles  northeastward  from 
St.  John  Head  and  terminates  in  Old  Bay,  having  no  good  anchor- 
age except  near  the  head.  Devils  Island  lies  nearly  5  miles  within 
St,  John  Head,  forming  two  channels,  the  western  of  which  is 
barred  by  a  bank  with  6  feet  water  over  it;  the  east  channel 
is  clear. 


i 


140 


NKWKOHNDLAND SOI'TII    Cf)A8T. 


Anchorage  nuiy  ho  ol)tivintMl  north  of  Litth>  DfvilH  I.shiiul  in 
11  fiithoius,  or  fartlicr  SW.  in  fl  fiithoinH  wiiter. 

Little  Bay,  ;IA  n»iU)s  NNW.  from  Hi.  .John  Ht^ml,  haH  luwrhorago 
on  its  west  ai(h.»  in  from  T  to  10  fatlioniw  watttr.  A  roi-li  li»>H  <A\  tho 
wost  point  of  tlio  ontranco,  and  tho  hoail  hranchos  in  two  arms. 

Water.— Thero  is  a  HotthMnont  at  Riverhoad,  in  tho  NW.  part 
of  tilt'  hay,  and  water  and  wood  may  easily  he  ohtainod  hero. 

Harbor  Breton,  immediately  west  of  Eastorn  Head,  extends  in  a 
northerly  direetion  for  !»  miles,  with  two  arms  on  opposite  shores, 
2  nuh'H  within  tho  j>ntranco. 

Northeast  Arm  is  l)oi'derod  by  stoep  cliflfs,  and  has  no  anchor- 
ago,  except  fur  small  vessels,  in  H  fathoms  water,  west  of  the 
narrows. 

Southwest  Arm,  or  Harbor  Broton  proper,  extends  1,300  yards 
SW.  to  a  bar  of  12  feet  water,  then  trends  NE.  in  a  shallow  arm 
named  the  Barasway,  where  small  vessels  lie  in  perfect  safety. 
Here  is  the  largest  settlement  in  Fortune  Bay. 

Light. — On  R<jcky  Point  is  a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  39  foet  in 
lieight  and  painted  rod  and  white  in  horizontal  bands,  from  M'hich 
is  exhibited,  at  an  elevation  of  08  feet,  a  fixed  white  light, 
which  should  be  visible  1)  miles.  The  light  is  obscured  in  the 
direction  oi  Harbor  Rock. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn, 
and  there  is  a  telegraph  station  at  the  settlement. 

Harbor  Rock,  Avith  2  J  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards 
N.  28"  E.  (N.  56°  E.  mag.)  from  Thompson  Beach. 

Buoy. — A  warping  buoy,  painted  red,  is  moored  about  100  yards 
northward  of  Harbor  Rock. 

Anchorage. — Small  \  essels  may  anchor  in  any  part  of  the  arm 
eastward  of  the  bar,  but  large  vessels  must  anchor  in  17  fathoms 
water  NE.  of  Harbor  Rock  buoy,  giving  plenty  of  cable  to  secure 
the  vessel  against  dragging  with  the  heavy  squalls  that  sweep  this 
anchorage  with  strong  breezes,  oven  in  summer. 

This  harbor  will  not  hold  many  large  vessels,  as  the  water  is 
deep  immediately  the  mouth  of  Southwest  Arm  is  passed  to  the 
eastward. 

Buoys. — Two  mooring  buoys,  painted  red,  are  laid  down  in 
Harbor  Broton  at  about  30  yards  from  the  jjier  heads  of  the  wharf 
on  Thompson  Beach.  The  eastern  buoy  is  in  9  fathoms  water,  and 
the  western  in  3  fathoms. 

Directions. — A  small  vessel,  when  entering  Harbor  Breton, 
should  pass  north  of  the  red  warping  buoy  moored  northward  of 
Harbor  Rock,  and  anchor  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud  and 
gravel,  in  the  center  of  the  harbor  midway  between  the  red  buoys 


^i 


>iSH«KiS*iK«»h'S*:it»s5»^J^  ,.^ii«««!leaERK^ 


K'vils  Isliuul  in 

,  has  auoliorago 
rock  Hob  oil"  tho 
In  two  arniM. 
I  tlio  NW.  part 
lined  horo. 
(ad,  oxtonds  in  a 
Dppowito  shores, 

has  no  anchor- 
ar,  west  of  the 

nds  1,300  yards 
a  shaHow  arm 
perfect  safety. 

ower,  30  feet  in 
ids,  from  M'hich 
d  white  light, 
)bsc\ired  in  the 

I  Jinny's  steamer 
er  and  autumn, 

lies  200  yards 

about  100  yards 

part  of  the  arm 
r  in  17  fathoms 
cable  to  secure 
that  sweep  this 

as  the  water  is 
3  passed  to  the 

3  laid  down  in 
ds  of  the  wharf 
loms  water,  and 

larbor  Breton, 

i  northward  of 

over  mud  and 

1  the  red  buoys 


JEllfiETMAN    TIARIIOR. 


147 


mm 


otf  Thompson  Ht^acli  and  the  north  shons  with  two  storehoOSM  on 

the  soiitliKru  shore  (Iouk,  wooden,  \vliitt)wuslif(i  bnilditiKa,  with 
black  roofs)  end  on,  bearing  about  8.  '-iH    K.  (South  nmg.). 

Jerseyman  Harbor,  the  eastern  arm,  may  he  cusily  recognized 
by  Jeiscymaii  Head,  a  renuirkablo  red-cliffed  promontory  tliat 
forms  tlie  north  side  of  the  harbor.  Tiiis  inlet  liiis  excellent  an- 
chorage for  snuill  vessels  in  a  depth  of  T  fathoms,  Imt  the  (Uitranco 
is  barred  by  a  shoal  with  ID  fe(>t  on  it  at  low  water. 

The  principal  settlement  is  on  the  NW.  shore,  where  there  is  a 
wharf.  It  is  shoal  alongside  tlie  wharf,  but  at  a  few  feet  distant 
there  is  a  depth  of  5  fathoms.  A  lol)ster  factory  is  situated  on  the 
oast  si  lore. 

Ice. — Harbor  Breton  is  closed  at  intervals  by  field  ice,  'mt  during 
a  jieriod  of  thirty  years  the  harbor  has  only  been  uiiuvailable  to 
the  fortnightly  mail  steamer  on  thrc  •  occasions.  The  field  ice 
appears  toward  the  latter  end  of  February  and  leaves  about  25th 
March,  the  first  vessels  arriving  at  the  end  of  Ap>'il  and  tlie  last 
leaving  about  the  middle  of  December,  The  niter  an'*liora,i;3 
freezes  over  about  the  Now  Year,  and  harbor  ice  disappe;  'S  about 
the  middle  of  April. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Harbor  Breton  at 
8h.  52m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  5i^  feet;  nQi^»    ange  4  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103,  and  B.  A.  Chart  IVo.  898.) 

Ooast. — West  of  Harbor  Breton  the  coast  is  foul  and  rocky, 
forming  a  bay  named  Deadman  Bight,  from  the  shore  of  which  a 
bank  stretches  more  than  2  miles,  on  portions  of  which  the  sea 
breaks  in  gales. 

Offer  Rock,  with  12  feet  water  on  it,  is  the  southernmost  of  a 
group  of  rocks,  and  lies  1,700  yards  S.  34°  W.  (S.  62°  W.  mag.) 
from  Gull  Island. 

Counaigre  Head,  cliffy  and  bold,  and  310  feet  high,  is  a  long 
promontory  forming  the  east  side  of  Connaigre  Bay. 

Oonnaigre  Rock,  with  If  fatboiu-  water  over  it,  lies  3  miles 
S.  25°  W.  (8.  63°  W.  mag.)  from  i;'.,u  SE.  extreme  of  Connaigre 
Head. 

Connaigre  Bay  extends  14  miles  in  a  northeasterly  direction, 
and  contains  several  islets  and  inlets.  In  the  middle  of  the  mouth 
of  the  bay  are  Shag  Rcv.-ks,  24  feet  high.  The  channel  between 
them  and  Connaigre  Head  is  the  safer,  as  a  ledge  of  rocks  extends 
one  mile  from  the  north  shore.  Black  Rock,  one  foot  above  high 
water,  lies  ^  mile  south  westward  of  Shag  Rocks. 

Qreat  Harbor,  5  miles  NE.  of  Connaigre  Head,  and  on  the  east 
side  of  the  bay,  is  partly  formed  by  Will  Island,  310  feet  high, 
which  lies  near  the  north  side,  with  no  passage  between  it  and  the 


148 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


mainland.     To  enter,  pass  SE.  of  this  island,  and  keep  near  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  harbor. 

Great  and  Little  Islands,  483  and  270  feet  high,  respectively,  are 
NW.  of  the  harbor  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and  some  rocks  lie 
south  of  these  islands. 

Great  Harbor  Bight  is  free  from  dangers ;  there  is  anchorage,  in 
10  fathoms  water,  at  400  yards  from  the  head,  bnt  it  is  entirely 
exposed  to  westerly  winds. 

Small  vessels  may  anchor,  in  from  4  to  14  fathoms  water,  in 
Salmonier,  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  but  eastward  of  Great  Island 
there  is  no  other  anchorage  except  for  boats. 

Dawson  Cove,  about  5  miles  north  of  Connaigre  Head,  is  on 
the  west  side  of  the  bay,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  6 
fathoms  water,  but  quite  exposed  to  southerly  winds. 

Dog  Cove  Head  marks  the  southern  approach  to  this  cove,  and 
the  shore  west  of  the  head  is  bordered  by  bowlders.  Rocks  and 
shoal  water  extend  1,700  yards  southward  from  the  Bight,  an 
exposed  bay  3^  miles  Avestward  of  the  head. 

Basse-terre  Point,  the  western  point  of  Connaigre  Bay,  lying 
8  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Connaigre  Head,  is  bare,  and  the  coast 
westward  to  Beck  Bay  is  foul ;  a  confused  sea  is  raised  by  South 
Red  Head  Shoal,  extending  f  mile  from  Red  Point,  1^  miles  to  the 
northwestward  of  Basse-terre  Point. 

Pass  Island,  the  dividing  point  of  Fortune  and  Hermitage 
Bays,  is  about  one  mile  long,  and  separated  from  the  mainland  by 
Pass  Island  Tickle,  205  yards  wide,  with  4  fathoms  water.  Off 
the  west  side  of  Pass  Island  a  group  of  islets  and  shoals  extend 
one  mile,  and  Tom  Cod  Rock,  that  breaks,  lies  about  i  mile  north 
of  it. 

Lights.— On  the  summit  of  Pass  Island,  near  its  SW.  extreme, 
a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  from  a  lantern  on  the  flat  roof  of  a 
wooden  dwelling,  33  feet  in  height  and  painted  white ;  the  light  is 
elevated  281  feet,  and  should  be  visible  19  miles. 

A  fixed  red  light  is  shown  from  the  corner  of  a  dwelling,  at  an 
elevation  of  267  feet  above  high  water,  visible  between  the  bear- 
ings N".  76°  E.  (S.  76°  E.  mag.)  and  N.  60°  W.  (N.  32°  W.  mag.), 
over  an  arc  of  136°,  coverin;^'  the  area  included  between  the  shoal 
ground  off  Wolf  Rocks  and  Basse-terre  Point;  the  two  lights 
appear  as  one  at  the  distance  of  4^  miles. 

Anchorage. — There  is  a  fairly  large  settlement  on  Pass  Island, 
and  anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  in  6^  fathoms 
water,  over  sand,  in  Pass  Island  Tickle,  off  the  houses  in  the 
middle  of  the  island,  but  there  is  no  shelter  from  southerly  winds. 

Hermitage  Bay  extends  in  an  easterly  dii'ection  nearly  25 
miles,  and  contains  several  anchorages.     Grole  Western  Cove, 


llg^lgjj 


d  keep  near  the 

respectively,  ai*e 
d  some  rocks  lie 

;  is  anchorage,  in 
3nt  it  is  entirely 

ithoiiis  water,  in 
of  Great  Island 

igre  Head,  is  on 

3e  obtained  in  6 

ids. 

to  this  cove,  and 

ers.     Rocks  and 

n  the  Bight,  an 

aigre  Bay,  lying 
e,  and  the  coast 
raised  by  South 
t,  1^  miles  to  the 

and  Hermitage 
the  mainland  by 
oms  water.  Off 
d  shoals  extend 
out  i  mile  north 

ts  SW.  extreme, 
the  flat  roof  of  a 
lite ;  the  light  is 

I  dwelling,  at  an 
stween  the  bear- 
\.  33°  W.  mag.), 
tween  the  shoal 
the  two  lights 

on  Pass  Island, 
[  in  6^  fathoms 
B  houses  in  the 
outherly  winds, 
ction  nearly  25 
Western  Cove, 


IIEKMITAGE   COVE. 


149 


about  3  miles  east  of  Pass  Island,  is  the  westernmost  of  these,  and 
affords  anchorage  in  9  fathoms  water.  Grole  Cove  is  suitable  for 
boats  only,  and  may  be  recognized  by  the  settlement  around  it. 

Fox  Islands  consist  of  Fox  Island,  310  feet  high,  and  Little 
Fox  Island,  89  feef  high,  with  Fox  Island  Rock,  36  feet  high, 
between  them,  and  are  situated  f  mile  from  the  south  shore,  10 
miles  ENE.  of  Pass  Island.  Several  rocks  lie  off  the  north  side  of 
the  western  and  larger  island,  and  Virgin  Rock  is  situated  off  the 
south  side.  A  reef  extends  250  yards  westward  from  Little  Fox 
Island.  Beyond  these  islands  Hermitage  Bay  narrows  to  one  mile 
in  width. 

Hermitage  Cove,  SE.  of  Fox  Islands,  is  f  mile  deep,  nearly  800 
yards  broad,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  8  fathoms  water,  at 
80C  yards  from  the  head.  A  settlement,  having  a  stone  churcli, 
surrounds  the  cove.  The  squalls  are  heavy  here,  and  great  care 
is  necessary  in  boat-sailing. 

Anchorage. — Northeastward  of  Hermitage  Cove  there  are  many 
anchorages  available  for  small  craft,  among  which  may  be  men- 

+-;r,riorl    TPn t>T)'"'     niiTT-o     TTnv/1ir     Snimonior     n.nrl    North WRit    Cnvps. 

Large  vessels  will  find  good  anchorage  at  the  head  of  Hermitage 
Bay  in  22  fathoms,  and  less  water  as  convenient. 

Ice. — The  head  of  Hermitage  Bay  is  generally  frozen  for  from 
5  to  8  miles,  between  the  first  week  in  January  and  the  first  week 
in  April. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hermitage  Cove  at 
8h.  45m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  4f  feet. 

Little  Passage  separates  Long  Island  from  the  mainland. 
L'Anse  k  Flam  me,  branching  into  several  small  coves,  is  situated 
on  the  west  side,  ^  mile  from  Margery  Head,  the  SW.  entrance 
point,  and  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  near  the  head,  in 
13  fathoms  water.  Little  Passage,  though  narrow,  is  deep,  and 
may  be  navigated  in  mid-channel,  passing  west  of  the  two  islands 
off  L'Anse  k  Flamme. 

At  3  miles  from  the  south  entrance  is  a  small  islet  about  30  feet 
high,  V  ith  a  clear  passage  on  either  side  of  it.  Half  a  mile  further 
noi'th  is  another  islet,  20  feet  high,  separated  from  the  east  shore 
by  a  narrow  shallow  channel.  The  channel,  which  is  here  only 
150  yards  wide,  must  be  taken  by  keeping  the  shore  of  Long  Island 
aboard. 

Maria  Cove  contains  sunken  rocks.    Day  Point  must  be  kept 
shut  in  with  the  eastern  shore,  bearing  N.  21°  E.  (N.  49°  E.  mag.), 
to  avoid  a  rock  off  the  point  south  of  Cold  Harbor,  until  the  water- 
fall in  Deer  Cove  bears  S.  84°  E.  (S.  56°  E.  mag.),  when  a  mid- 
.   channel  course  will  lead  to  Despair  Bay. 


Ill 

5 


% 


-JBWJll'     I  -nmrn 


150 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


I 


m 


'i:-'  I 


r 


i  ' 
^ 


*ii 


Long  Island,  separating  Hermitage  Bay  from  Despair  Bay,  is 
819  feet  high,  barren  and  rugged,  with  many  valleys;  the  shores 
are  much  indented,  and  contain  several  harbors  available  for  small 
vessels. 

Long  Island  Rock,  10  feet  above  water  and  bold-to,  lies  ^  mile 
SW.  from  Western  Head,  the  SW.  point  of  Long  Island. 

Gaultois,  the  eastern  harbor  on  the  south  side,  is  small,  and  has 
some  islands  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance.  Whale  or  Lamy  Island, 
on  which  is  a  boilirg-house  for  whale  oil,  is  the  northernmost  of 
these  islands,  and  should  be  kept  open  east  of  West  Head,  bearing 
N.  12°  E.  (N.  40°  E.  mag.)  when  entering,  to  avoid  a  rock  with  3 
feet  water  over  it,  lying  60  yards  south  of  the  Jiead,  after  passing 
which  keep  West  Head  aboard. 

Light. — A  fixed  white  light,  elevated  14  feet,  is  exhibited  from 
an  iron  column,  painted  red,  placed  on  a  rock  (awash  at  high 
water)  off  West  Head. 

A  tramway,  on  which  the  light  is  run  out,  extends  from  a  small 
store  on  West  Head  to  the  column.  The  light,  kept  on  a  N.  6°  E. 
(N.  34°  E.  mag.)  bearing,  leads  eastward  of  the  sunken  rock  above 
mentioned,  which  lies  about  100  yards  8.  28°  W.  (S.  56°  W.  mag.) 
from  the  lighthouse. 

Buoy. — There  is  a  mooring  buoy  about  200  yards  westward  of 
Whale  Island. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  may  anchor  in  24  fathoms  water,  taking 
care  to  avoid  the  heavy  moorings  laid  from  Whale  Island  to  the 
opposite  shore ;  or  they  may  make  fast  to  the  buoy. 

Ice. — Field  ice  arrives  about  the  middle  of  February  and  leaves 
toward  the  end  of  March ;  Gaultois  Harbor  seldom  freezes  except 
during  severe  winters  with  calm  weather,  and  the  ice  generally 
breaks  up  in  a  few  days. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  (approximately),  full  and  change,  in 
Gaultois  Harbor  at  8h.  45m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet,  neaps  4f  feet. 

Picarre,  l^  miles  west  of  Gaultois,  is  400  yards  wide;  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  entrance  are  Mad  Moll,  drying  2  feet ;  Crazy 
Betty,  drying  1^  feet;  and  a  shoal,  with  16  feet  water  over  it,  lying 
300  yards  west  from  Crow  Nest,  the  east  point  of  the  entrance. 

When  entering,  the  western  side  must  be  kept  aboard  to  avoid 
these  si ' '  )als ;  the  Narrows,  at  the  head  of  the  harbor,  shut  in  with 
Buffet  l^oint,  ^  mile  inside  the  entrance  on  the  west  side,  bearing 
N.  11°  E.  (N.  39°  E.  mag.),  clears  them,  and  anchorage  may  be 
obtained  immediately  within  the  entrance  in  from  11  to  13  fathoms 
water,  or  by  small  vessels,  as  convenient,  as  far  as  the  Narrows. 

Round  Harbor,  2f  miles  westward  of  Picarre,  has  an  entrance 
channel  only  65  yards  wide,  and  is  only  suitable  for  small  vessels. 

Little  Bay  and  Sam  Hitches  Harbor,  2  miles  west  of  Round 
Harbor,  affords  anchorage  to  small  craft  only. 


Despair  Bay,  is 
lleys;  the  shores 
mailable  for  small 

3ld-to,  lies  i  mile 
:  Island. 

is  small,  and  has 
5  or  Lamy  Island, 
northernmost  of 
)st  Head,  bearing 
id  a  rock  with  3 
id,  after  passing 

i  exhibited  from 
(awash  at  high 

nds  from  a  small 
jpt  on  a  N.  6°  E. 
nken  rock  above 
;S.  56°  W.  mag.) 

rds  westward  of 

Qs  water,  taking 

le  Island  to  the 

r. 

•nary  and  leaves 

n  freezes  except 

he  ice  generally 

and  change,  in 
9aps  4|  feet, 
ds  wide;  on  the 
g  2  feet ;  Crazy 
terover  it,  lying 
the  entrance. 
aboa,rd  to  avoid 
)or,  shut  in  with 
>st  side,  bearing 
chorage  may  be 
11  to  13  fathoms 

the  Narrows, 
has  an  entrance 
5r  small  vessels. 
\  west  of  Round 


PATRICK   HARBOR. 


151 


Despair  Bay,  entered  between  Western  and  Great  Jervis  Heads, 
both  prominent  bluffs,  easily  recognized  from  seaward,  is  divided 
into  two  arms,  the  eastern  extending  22  miles  and  the  northern  13 
miles.  Off  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  are  several  islands  and 
shoals,  and  the  land  in  this  neighborhood  is  hilly  and  barren,  but 
at  the  head  of  the  bay  it  becomes  flat,  and  has  abundance  ot  wood. 

Ice. — The  head  of  Despair  Bay  generally  freezes  about  the  end 
of  December,  and  clears  about  20th  April. 

Big  Shoal,  with  16  feet  water  on  it,  lies  about  one  mile  east 
from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Long  Island,  and  735  yards  from  the 
nearest  shore.  Saddle  Island  open  west  of  Long  Island,  bearing 
S.  48°  W.  (S.  76°  W.  mag.),  leads  NW.,  and  Harbor  le  Gallais 
Hill  open  north  of  Grip  Island,  bearing  N.  85°  E.  (S.  67°  E.  mag.), 
leads  north  of  this  danger. 

Grip  Island,  small,  and  65  feet  high,  is  connected  with  Long 
Island  by  a  reef. 

Patrick  Harbor  offers  convenient  anchorage  for  small  vessels 
in  6  fathoms  water.  Over  the  west  entrance  point  is  a  wooded 
coiie,  about  200  feel  high,  and  ciose  off  it  xIQB  a  suniion  roCii.  axxG 
east  entrance  point  is  a  small  promontory  10  feet  high,  close  off 
which  are  a  rock  that  covers  at  high  water  and  a  sunken  rock ; 
there  are  uo  dangers  in  the  harbor. 

Patrick  Harbor  Rock  uncovers  2  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  i 
mile  N.  45°  E.  (N.  73°  E.  mag.)  from  the  east  entranoo  point  of 
the  harbor.  Two  sunken  rocks  lie  westward  of  it,  the  western 
being  distant  350  yards. 

The  summit  of  Great  Jervis  Island  open  west  of  Long  Island, 
bearing  S.  69°  W.  (N.  83°  W.  mag.),  leads  north  of  these  dangers. 

Harbor  le  Gallais  is  eastward  of  Harbor  le  Gallais  Hill,  a 
wooded  cone  280  feet  high,  immediately  eastward  of  Patrick 
Harbor.  It  is  only  suitable  fov  small  vessels,  being  150  yards 
wide,  but  has  depths  of  from  4  to  6  fathoms. 

A  rock  that  covers  lies  close  to,  and  sunken  rocks  are  situated 
265  yards  respectively  from  the  north  entrance  point. 

Sloop  Rock,  a  small  bare  islet  15  feet  high,  lies  1,200  yards 
northeastward  of  Harbor  le  Gallais,  and  Gull  Rock,  which  un- 
covers 5  feet  at  low  water,  is  situated  i  mile  southwestward  of 
Sloop  Rock.    There  are  two  shoals  between  these  rocks. 

Raymond  Point,  the  NE.  extreme  -  J  Long  Island,  terminates 
in  a  small  cliff  close  eastward  of  a  w.\.ded  hillock  99  feet  high;  a 
few  houses  stand  between  the  several  mounds  that  form  the  point. 

Day  Cove,  one  mile  southward  of  Raymond  Point,  affords 
anchorage  to  small  vessels  off  the  entrance,  in  10  fathoms  water, 
but  exposed  to  easterly  winds. 


»iii'IL»HHIll— 


^ 


f  j 


152 


^iB^aiHtM^aBiaga*^(»>iiiia»ate»«t^ia^ 


1 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Fox  Island,  northwestward  of  Raymond  Point,  is  370  feet  high ; 
a  small  islet,  6  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  west  extreme,  and  small 
rocks  lie  close  to  the  shore  in  several  places. 

Dollond  Bight,  an  exjDosed  cove,  3  miles  northeastward  of  Biim- 
ball  Head,  affords  anchorage  in  from  13  to  20  fathoms  water. 

Taylor  Island  Rocks  extend  100  yards  from  a  small  islet  at 
the  north  point  of  Dollond  Bight,  but  there  are  no  other  dangers. 

Simmonds  Barasway  is  immediately  north  of  Dollond  Bight, 
and  shoals  gradually  from  the  depth  of  15  fathoms  in  the  entrance 
to  the  narrows  at  the  head,  where  it  dries  at  low  water. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  10  fathoms  water,  just  inside 
the  entrance,  or  for  small  vessels  in  less  depths,  as  convenient. 

Cape  Mark  is  the  extreme  of  a  narrow  wooded  promontory,  157 
to  197  feet  in  height. 

Gull  Cove,  a  small  indentation  at  the  NE.  extreme  of  the  prom- 
ontory, affords  anchorage  for  small  craft  in  7  fathoms  water. 

Barasway  de  Cerf  lies  eastward  of  Gull  Cove,  and  is  suit- 
able for  boats  only.  Sunken  dangers  extend  ^  mile  north  of  the 
entrance  Lu  Barasway  de  Cei'f. 

Little  River,  a  narrow  arm  of  the  sea  expanding  into  a  large 
basin  at  the  head,  and  again  contracting  to  an  arm,  that  extends 
in  a  northeasterly  direction,  is  suitable  for  small  vessels  only,  as  no 
greater  depth  than  13  feet  can  be  carried  in,  and  the  tidal  streams 
attain  a  velocity  of  3  knots  an  hour. 

The  entrance  is  divided  into  two  channels  by  a  wooded  islet  38 
feet  high,  from  which  a  reef  extends  eastward  to  about  50  yards 
from  the  south  shore.  The  northern  entrance  is  shallow,  and  has 
a  rock  that  covers  in  the  middle.  The  southern  channel  is  practi- 
cable by  keei)ing  close  to  the  shore  till  the  reef  is  passed,  when  a 
mid-channel  course  will  lead  to  the  basin  at  the  head. 

Riches  Island,  443  feet  high,  situated  westward  of  the  entrance 
to  Little  River,  is  nearly  connected  to  the  mainland,  east  of  it,  by 
islets  and  reefs. 

Sunken  rocks  lie  250  yards  off  the  SE.  extreme,  and  Seal  Rocks, 
that  are  awash  at  high  water,  lie  150  yards  from  the  south  shore. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  the  entrance  to  Little  River,  in 
14  fathoms,  or,  eastward  of  Riches  Island,  in  7  fathoms  water,  over 
mud,  with  good  holding  ground. 

Dawson  Passage  is  between  Riches  and  Bois  Islands.  A  shoal 
extends  from  the  latter  into  the  channel,  at  the  east  extreme  of 
which  is  a  rock  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  at  250  yards  from 
Riches  Island.  Vessels  should  therefore  be  kept  close  to  Riches 
Island  in  passing  through  the  channel. 

Arran  Cove,  northeastward  of  Dawson  Passage,  is  1^  miles  deep. 
The  south  shore  is  foul  for  a  short  distance,  but  the  north  shore  is 


■  svS^'«S^siaia3gffiSJ44fc.:*4Sgj®®Sm5:}«,i«^^ 


ANCHORAGE. 


158 


,  is  370  feet  high ; 
reme,  and  small 

istward  of  Biim- 

oms  water. 

I  a  small  islet  at 

0  other  dangers. 
f  Dollond  Bight, 
3  in  the  entrance 
^ater. 

ater,  just  inside 
s  convenient, 
promontory,  157 

3me  of  the  prom- 
loms  water, 
ve,  and  is  suit- 
aile  north  of  the 

ling  into  a  large 
•m,  that  extends 
3ssels  only,  as  no 
;he  tidal  streams 

1  wooded  islet  38 
about  50  yards 

shallow,  and  has 

hannel  is  practi- 

3  passed,  when  a 

3ad. 

i  of  the  entrance 

id,  east  of  it,  by 

and  Seal  Rocks, 
;he  south  shore. 
»  Little  River,  in 
loms  water,  over 

islands.  A  shoal 
east  extreme  of 
250  yards  from 

t  close  to  Riches 

,  is  1^  miles  deep, 
le  north  shore  is 


bold,  with  the  exception  of  a  rock  quite  close  to  the  shore,  in  the 
first  small  bight  from  the  entrance. 

Crow  Head,  a  conspicuous  cliff  718  feet  high,  forms  the  north 
entrance  point  of  Arrau  Cove. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  12  fathoms 
water,  about  midway  up  the  cove,  or  in  less  depths  as  the  head  is 
approached. 

Water. — Water  may  be  procured  from  a  stream  falling  into  tliis 
bight. 

Conne  River,  entered  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  at  4  juiles  from 
Crow  Head,  flows  into  a  small  bay  through  a  channel  only  200 
yards  wide.  Eastward  of  these  narrows  the  water  is  shallow  and 
suitable  only  for  vessels  drawing  less  than  12  feet  water,  which 
can  anchor  immediately  inside,  as  the  greater  portion  of  the  arm 
to  the  eastward  dries  at  low  water. 

A  small  settlement  of  Indians  is  situated  immediately  eastward 
6f  the  narrows,  and  a  church  stands  on  the  mound  south  of  the 
narrows,  but  is  hidden  from  the  westward  by  trees. 

AnciicragG,  with  good  holding  ground,  may  be  obiHlned  lu  6 
fathoms  or  less  water,  as  convenient,  outside  the  river,  but  vessels 
should  proceed  slowly,  and  soundings  should  be  carefully  watched, 
when  taking  up  their  berths. 

Ship  Cove,  on  the  west  side  of  Despair  Bay,  is  immediately  oppo- 
site to  Conne  River. 

Birchy  Point  is  the  east  extreme  of  a  small  projection,  sur- 
mounted by  a  mound  55  feet  high,  on  the  west  side  of  which  is  a 
small  settlement  and  a  church.  The  cove  is  dry,  at  low  water, 
northward  of  Birchy  Point. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  middle  of  Ship 
Cove,  in  7  fathoms  water. 

Water. — Water  can  always^ be  procured  from  Big  Rattling 
Brook,  a  large  stream  ^  mile  southward  of  Frenchman  Head,  and 
a  small  supply  of  beef  may  generally  be  obtained,  and  vegetables 
in  summer. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Ship  Cove  a^t  8h. 
36m. ;  springs  rise  7^,  neaps  rise  5^  feet;  neaps  range  3i  feet. 

A  slight  stream  runs  through  the  narrows  of  Despair  Bay  and 
Conne  River,  but  rarely  attains  the  velocity  of  one  knot  an  hour. 

Head  of  Despair  Bay. — Northward  of  Ship  Cove,  Despair  Bay 
narrows  to  the  breadth  of  J  mile,  and  is  free  from  danger,  except 
off  Clark  Cove,  the  first  bight  eastward  of  the  narrows,  where  a 
bank,  with  less  than  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends  to  the  line  of 
the  points. 

A  rock  that  uncovers  at  low  water  also  lies  close  to  the  east  shore, 
i  mile  NE.  of  the  narrows. 


154 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Swagger  Cove,  on  the  west  shore,  is  immediately  NW.  of  the 
narrows,  and  dries  to  the  mouth  at  low  water. 

Anchorage.-— Anchorage,  in  5  fathoms  water,  may  be  obtained 
on  a  bank  extending  eastward  from  the  cove. 

Weasel  Island  consists  of  two  rocks,  the  higher  5  feet  above 
higli  water,  joined  togetlier  and  to  the  east  shore  of  the  bay,  from 
which  they  are  100  yards  distant  at  low  water. 

Several  conspicuous  houses,  painted  white,  stand  on  a  spit  imme- 
diately west  of  this  islet,  from  which  shoal  water  extends  200  yards, 
to  the  depth  of  3  fathoms.  North  of  Weasel  Island  there  is  a 
good  salmon  and  sea  trout  river,  and  deer  may  be  obtained  in  the 
vicinity. 

Telegraph  Station. — In  connection  with  the  Anglo-American 
Company,  there  is  a  telegraph  station  situated  IJ  miles  eastward 
from  Weasel  Island. 

Landing. — Deepwater  Point,  northward  of  the  station,  and  just 
south  of  the  southernmost  garden  visible,  is  the  only  landing  place 
at  low  water  for  the  station,  as  the  bay  dries  ^  mile  from  the  mouth 
of  Southeast  Brook,  a  considerable  stream,  that  discharges  its 
waters  close  south  of  the  station. 

Anchorage. — The  western  limit  of  the  anchorage  at  the  head  of 
Despair  Bay  is  with  the  east  entrance  point  of  Cock  and  Hen  Cove 
bearing  N.  28°  W.  (North  mag.),  in  5i  fathoms  water,  with  20 
fathoms  close  to  westward.  From  this  the  depths  decrease  grad- 
ually, the  deepest  water  being  found  nearer  the  west  shore. 

Bois  Island,  dividing  the  eastern  arm  of  Despair  Bay  into  two 
channels,  is  8  miles  long,  and  2  miles  wide  at  its  broadest  part,  and 
surmounted  by  a  barren  hill,  664  feet  high,  over  the  middle  of  the 
north  shore. 

Flobber  Cove  Island,  15  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  off  the 
middle  of  the  east  shore,  and  two  rocks,  that  cover  at  high  water, 
lie  eastward  of  that  islet,  the  eastern  being  100  yards  distant. 

May  Cove,  north  of  May  Head,  the  east  point  of  Bois  Island, 
affords  anchorage  in  7^  fathoms  water,  and  is  free  from  danger, 
except  at  the  head,  which  dries  at  low  water. 

A  shoal,  with  3i  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  300  yards  N.  85°  E. 
(S.  67°  E.  mag.)  from  May  Head. 

Snooks  Harbor,  in  the  middle  of  the  south  shore,  is  encumbered 
with  rocks,  and  suitable  for  boats  only. 

Big  Copper  Head,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Bois  Island,  is  formed 
of  a  reddish  yellow  cliff,  340  feet  high.  Close  westward  of  it  is  a 
cove  with  a  shingle  beach,  and  off  the  cove  is  a  rock,  that  covers 
at  high  water,  nearly  200  yards  distant  from  the  shore. 

Roti  Bay,  entered  NW.  of  Riches  Island,  extends  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  1^  miles,  and  is  thence  continued  westward  in  an 
arm  ^  mile  in  length. 


1^ 


KSsa^-^ 


II.^MdUUfl^'u 


lely  NW.  of  tlie 

may  be  obtained 

her  5  feet  above 
of  the  bay,  from 

1  on  a  spit  imme- 

:ton(is  200  yards, 

island  there  is  a 

obtained  in  the 


A.nglo- American 
[  miles  eastward 

station,  and  just 
ily  landing  place 
)  from  the  mouth 
it  discharges  its 

je  at  the  head  of 
ik  and  Hen  Cove 
water,  with  20 
8  decrease  grad- 
est  shore, 
air  Bay  into  two 
•oadest  part,  and 
he  middle  of  the 

lies  close  off  the 
sr  at  high  water, 
irds  distant, 
of  Bois  Island, 
ree  from  danger, 

yards  N.  85°  E. 

e,  is  encumbered 

sland,  is  formed 

stward  of  it  is  a 

ock,  that  covers 

shore. 

inds  in  a  north- 

l  westward  in  an 


LAMPID0E8   PA88AOE, 


IT)." 


A  rock,  that  uncovers  2  feet  at  low  water,  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel,  f  mile  NNW.  from  the  entrance,  and  is  joined  by  a  bar, 
with  G  fathoms  water  over  it,  to  the  eastern  shore. 

There  is  no  convenient  passage  westward,  but  Riches  Island  com- 
pletely open  east  of  the  west  entrance  point,  bearing  S.  36°  E.  (S. 
8°  E.  mag.),  will  lead  east  of  the  rock. 

Shoal  water  extends  150  yards  from  the  south  point  of  the  arm 
at  the  head,  and  also  a  short  distance  from  the  east  shore,  leaving 
a  passage  only  150  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms,  to  that 
arm. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  14  to  17 
fathoms  water,  at  i  mile  within  the  entrance,  or  north  of  the  rock, 
in  the  same  depths. 

Water.  -Water  may  be  procured  from  the  streams  in  the  west- 
ern arm  or  from  Sticklaud  Cove,  the  bight  westward  of  the  rock 
in  the  bay. 

.  Lampidoes  Passage,  the  channel  north  of  Bois  Island,  has 
deep  water  throughout.  The  north  shore  falls  precipitously  in  high 
>^iiiX..-.,  ciiici  io  lUUcijiLDu  uy  ulic  xai'gu  timi  severai  miiuxi  uuves. 

During  NW.  and  SE.  winds  terrific  squalls  sweep  through  this 
passage,  and  vessels  should  then  avoid  it. 

A  rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  lies  100  yards  from  the  shore, 
immediately  within  the  SW.  point  of  entrance  to  Lampidoes  Pas- 
sage, and  is  the  only  danger  on  that  shore. 

Margery  Cove  lies  eastward  of  Margery  Head,  a  steep  cliff  600 
feet  high,  and  is  formed  by  a  small  projection  38  feet  high. 

Northwest  Cove,  on  the  north  shore  near  the  middle  of  the 
passage,  extends  northeastward  f  mile. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  at 
the  head  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

Pomley  Cove,  2  miles  SW.  of  Northwest  Cove,  has  anchorage 
for  small  vessels  only,  in  6^  fathoms  water,  at  150  yards  from  the 
shore.     The  head  of  the  cove  dries  at  low  water. 

Goblin  Head,  probably  so  named  from  the  profile  of  a  face  seen 
on  certain  bearings,  is  a  steep  bluff"  surmounted  by  a  round  hill  648 
feet  high.  It  forms  the  south  entrance  point  to  Goblin  Bay,  an 
indentation  nearly  2  miles  in  length,  that  contains  deep  water 
throughout,  and  no  anchorage.  Two  small  islets,  10  feet  high,  with 
rocks  between,  lie  close  to  the  south  shore  of  the  bay,  near  the  head. 
Middle  Goblin  Bay  is  separated  from  Goblin  Bay  by  a  round 
hill  520  feet  high.  A  round  rock  and  a  square  islet,  both  11  feet 
above  high  water,  lie  southward  of  the  entrance,  and  a  rock,  that 
covers  at  high  water,  lies  50  yards  southeastward  of  the  round  rock. 
This  bay  is  useless  for  large  vessels,  as  a  rock,  with  0  feet  water 
on  it,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  nan-ows,  but  small  craft  can  pass  on 

14010 11 


156 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


either  side  of  the  rock  in  3  fathoms  water,  and  anchor  at  the  head 
in  10  fathoms,  or  less,  as  convenient. 

Little  Qoblin  Bay,  northwestward  of  Michlle  Goblin  Bay,  being 
encumbered  with  rocks,  is  suitable  for  boats  only. 

Raymond  Island,  265  feet  high,  is  separated  from  the  mainland 
by  Raymond  Passage,  a  channel  100  yards  wide. 

East  Bay,  a  little  more  than  0  miles  in  length,  contains  deep 
water  till  the  bay  branches  into  two  arms.  A  small  islet,  15  feet 
high,  is  joined  at  low  water  to  the  south  shore  of  the  eastern  arm, 
and  a  few  rocks  lie  close  west  of  that  islet. 

Anchorage. — Ancliorage  may  be  obtained  in  7^  fathoms  water, 
north  of  the  islet,  or  in  less  depths  for  small  vessels  as  convenient, 
the  water  shoaling  gradually  to  the  head. 

Northwest  Oove,  the  northern  arm,  contains  deep  water,  and  is 
unfit  for  anchorage  except  in  small  vessels,  which  will  find  7  fath- 
oms water  at  5J00  yards  from  the  head. 

Stone  Point  divides  East  Bay  from  North  Bay,  and  is  the  termi- 
nation of  a  small  conical  hill,  103  feet  high,  under  other  round  hills 
west  of  it. 

North  Bay  extends  inland  7^  miles,  and  is  entirely  free  from 
danger  till  near  the  head.  The  sides  are  bold,  in  many  places 
precipitous,  and  the  water  is  deep.  Anchorage  can  be  obtained 
only  in  the  localities  designated. 

Anchorage. — First  Brook,  a  small  indentation  on  the  east  shore, 
l^  miles  from  the  entrance,  affords  anchorage,  for  small  vessels 
only,  in  from  7  to  11  fathoms  water. 

Second  Brook  Oove,  one  mile  further  east,  has  no  anchorage. 

Telegraph  Station. — Near  the  head  of  the  bay  a  telegraph  sta- 
tion, in  connection  with  the  Anglo-American  Company,  stands  on 
a  low  point,  at  a  little  more  than  |  mile  from  Indian  Point. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  6+  fathoms  water,  from  i  mile 
southward  of  Indian  Point,  in  mid-channel,  to  abreast  that  jjoint, 
in  4^  fathoms  water. .  The  bank  falls  rapidly  southward  from  a 
depth  of  6^  to  41  fathoms. 

Small  vessels  can  proceed  as  far  as  Dogberry  Rock,  a  small  islet 
4  feet  high,  joined  to  the  east  shore ;  there  is  a  good  salmon  and 
sea  trout  river  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  deer  may  be  obtained 
in  the  vicinity. 

Water. — Water  may  be  obtained  from  several  brooks  flowing 
into  the  bay  on  each  side,  near  the  head.  A  large  stream  flows  into 
the  head,  west  of  the  telegraph  station,  but  it  is  completely  ob- 
structed by  bowlders  at  low  water. 

North  Bay  Head,  the  west  entrance  point,  falls  in  cliffs  from 
an  elevation  of  600  feet,  the  termination  of  a  hill  1,040  feet  high, 
close  west  of  it.  There  is  a  conspicuous  white  mark  on  the  west 
side  of  this  head. 


!hor  at  the  head 

jblin  Bay,  being 

>m  tlie  luaiiihind 

h,  ccnitnins  deep 
all  islet,  15  feet 
;he  eastern  arm, 

fathoms  water, 
s  as  convenient, 

(ep  water,  and  is 
will  find  7  fath- 

md  is  the  termi- 
>ther  round  hills 

itirely  free  from 
in  many  places 
?an  be  obtained 

n  the  east  shore, 
3r  small  vessels 

s  no  anchorage, 
a  telegraph  sta- 
pany,  stands  on 
an  Point, 
ter,  from  i  mile 
reast  that  point, 
ithward  from  a 

ick,  a  small  islet 
food  salmon  and 
nay  be  obtained 

brooks  flowing 
troam  flows  into 
I  completely  ob- 
is in  cliffs  from 

1,040  feet  high, 
lark  on  the  west 


r 


OREAT   CUILLEB   BAY. 


157 


Oul-de-sao  lies  close  south  of  North  Bay  Head,  and  is  a  small 
basin,  containing  ancliorage  for  small  vessels,  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms 
water,  but  the  entrance  is  only  80  yards  wide,  and  has  a  depth  of 
3  fathoms  in  it. 

Sugarloaf  Island,  surmounted  by  a  conical  hill  204  feet  high, 
is  situated  close  southward  of  Cul-de-sac. 

There  is  a  passage,  for  boats  only,  between  it  and  the  mainland 
north.  A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  close  to  the  i  W. 
extreme. 

Great  Ouiller  Bay,  entered  south  of  Sugarloaf  Island,  ext  Aa 
li  miles  inland,  narrowing  gradually  to  the  head. 

A  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  in  Great  Cuiller  Bay  at  1,150 
yards  westward  of  Sugarloaf  Island,  and  a  sunken  rock  lies  100 
yards  eastward  of  it.  The  passages,  both  north  and  south  of  these 
rocks,  are  clear ;  that  to  the  southward  is,  however,  less  than  100 
yards  wide,  while  the  northern  is  250  yards  broad.  Stone  Point 
k6pt  in  line  with  the  passage  north  of  Sugarloaf  Island,  bearing 
N.  65°  E.  (S.  87°  E.  mag.),  leads  north  of  these  rocks. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage,  in  depths  of  from  7  to  10  fathoms,  may 
be  obtained  westward  of  the  rocks,  with  good  holding  ground,  but 
the  watei  is  deep  east  of  them. 

Great  Cuiller  Point  lies  south  of  the  ertrance.  A  remarkable 
white  patch,  that  from  a  distance  resembles  a  church  with  a  spire, 
is  situated  300  yards  southward  of  the  extreme. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Great  Cuiller  Bay 
at  8h.  55m.;  springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  rise  5  feet;  neaps  range  3 
feet. 

LitUe  Ouiller  Bay,  south  of  Great  Cuiller  Bay,  is  free  from 
danger,  except  at  the  head,  which  dries  to  the  narrows. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  in 
from  Si  to  10  fathoms  water,  but^xposed  to  easterly  winds. 

Birchy  Cove  lies  south  of  Little  Cuiller  Bay.  The  shores  are 
foul  for  a  short  distance,  and  shoal  water  extends  200  yards  from 
the  south  entrance  point. 

Stone  Island,  about  20  feet  high,  lies  in-the  mouth  of  this  cove. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  11  to  14 
fathoms  water,  at  400  yards  from  a  small  projection  at  the  middle 
of  the  head  of  the  cove. 

Stanley  Cove,  f  mile  south  of  Birchy  Cove,  is  a  small  bight, 
with  several  houses  on  the  shingle  beach  that  forms  the  head.  It 
affords  shelter  for  boats,  or  small  craft  only,  in  9  fathoms,  or  less 
water  as  convenient. 

Old  Harry,  a  high  pinnacle  rock,  is  the  southernmost  of  three 
similar  pillars  that  stand  close  to  the  headland  south  of  Stanley 
Cove. 


ml 


158 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    n)AST. 


11 


Manuel  Arm,  a  Iuvko  open  buy,  i«  entorod  south  of  Old  Hm-ry, 
but  contains  no  anchorage,  except  for  boats  or  tiwhing  veHHt'ls,  ijuite 
cloHo  to  tlio  shore. 

Great  Jervis  Harbor  is  on  tlio  wost  side  of  tlio  entrance  to 
Deopair  Bay,  The  north  entrance  point  is  h»w,  and  fringed  by  rocks 
tliat  extend  off  70  yards.  The  north  shore  of  the  harbor  is  cut  up 
into  several  small  coves. 

Man-of-war  Cuve,  the  easternmost,  has  anchorage  for  small  ves- 
sels as  far  as  the  wharf  on  the  oast  shore. 

Man-of-war  Rocks,  on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  Man-of- 
war  Cove,  consist  of  two  pinnacles,  4  feet  high,  joined  at  low  water. 
A  rock,  that  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  40  yards  south  of  those 
rocks. 

Push  Through  is  a  passage  for  boats  at  high  water  between 
the  promontory  and  the  island  forming  the  south  shore  of  the  har- 
bor, under  a  bridge  Avhich  connects  them.  A  considerable  settle- 
ment is  situated  in  this  locality,  with  a  schoolhouse  and  a  church. 
A  flagstaff  surmounts  the  island  at  an  elevation  of  102  feet. 

Great  Jervis  Island  divides  tiie  entrance  to  tiie  iuirbor.  The 
summit,  4-12  feet  high,  is  a  sharp  peak  near  the  SE.  extreme,  which 
falls  in  cliff  365  feet,  and  is  bold -to.  Shoal  water  extends  50  yards 
from  the  north  extreme. 

The  Brothers  uncover  3  feet  at  low  water,  and  extend  150  yards 
from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Great  Jervis  Island;  shoal  water  extends 
about  75  yards  northward  from  the  Brothers. 

Dory  Rock,  that  just  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  close  to  the 
west  extreme  of  Great  Jervis  Island, 

The  Barasway  is  situated  about  i  mile  southwestward  of  Great 
Jervis  Island ;  a  small  rock  lies  close  southward  of  the  northern 
entrance  point,  and  u  rock,  on  which  the  least  water  is  7  feet,  lies 
150  yards  from  the  south  shore  and  i  mile  west  from  Push  Through, 

Anchorages.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  1 4  fathoms  water, 
off  the  entrance  to  the  Barasway;  in  from  9  to  16  fathoms,  south 
and  west  of  Pearl  Island ;  or  in  8  fathoms,  between  Great  Jervis 
Island  and  Man-of-war  Cove. 

Directions. — The  best  passage  to  the  harbor  is  south  of  Great 
Jervis  Island,  but  if  proceeding  to  the  anchorage  off  the  Barasway, 
care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  the  rock,  with  7  feet  water  on  it,  off 
the  south  shore. 

Small  vessels  may  proceed,  from  the  northern  anchonii^e  to  the 
western,  by  keeping  the  north  entrance  point  of  the  harbor  just 
op«^n  south  of  Man-of-war  Rocks,  bearing  N.  79°  E.  (S.  73°  E.  mag.), 
which  will  lead  between  the  Brothers  and  the  rocks  west  of  Shallop 
Cove;  and  the  high  house  of  Western  Harbor  open  west  of 
Great  Jervis  Island,  bearing  S.  13°  E.  (S.  15°  W.  mag.),  clears  the 
Brothers  passing  to  the  westward. 


mmmlm^  idi 


th  of  Old  Hurry, 
iig  vosHt'ls,  (juite 

tlio  ontranco  to 
fringed  by  roclcH 
harbor  is  cut  up 

i?e  for  small  ves- 

rance  to  Mau-of- 
10(1  at  low  water, 
s  south  of  these 

li  water  between 
jhore  of  the  har- 
isiderable  settle- 
■<e  and  a  church. 
'  102  feet, 
he  harbor.  The 
extreme,  wliich 
}x  tends  50  yards 

ixtond  150  yards 
al  water  extends 

ies  close  to  the 

•stward  of  Great 
of  the  northern 
ter  is  7  feet,  lies 
L  Push  Through, 
t  fathoms  water, 
fathoms,  south 
3n  Great  Jervis 

I  south  of  Great 
i  the  Barasway, 
i  water  on  it,  off 

.nchor;ia:e  to  the 
the  harbor  just 
(S.73°E.raag.), 
west  of  Shallop 
*  open  west  of 
lag.),  clears  the 


fHLANDS. 


159 


,,J»HBOT.- 


Tidea.— It  i.s  high  \'.  .ifr,  full  and  changi',  in  Great  .IoivIh  Har- 
bor at  8h.  5.'ira.;  springs  rise  (5^  feet,  imaps  rise  5  feet;  nt-aps 
range  3  feet.  The  tidal  streams  are  scarcely  perceptible  in  this 
neighl)()rh()(»d,  and  are  principally  dependent  on  prevailing  winds. 
Pigeon  Island,  lit  feet  high,  lies  south  of  Western  Harb<ir,  a 
small  cove  on  the  south  nide  of  the  promontory  south  of  Great 
Jervis  Harbor.  Crib  Nose  Shoal,  with  11  feet  water  on  it,  lies  160 
yards  south  of  Pigeon  Island. 

Pigeon  1  ihunl  Shoal,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  000  yards 
SE.  from  Pigeon  Island. 

Saddle  Island,  nearly  one  mile  >uthward  of  Dawson  Point,  is 
surmounted  by  two  conspicuous  lulls,  the  southwestern  conical 
and  243  feet  high.  The  east  shore  of  the  island  is  encumbered  with 
rocks  as  far  as  White  Rock,  an  islet  7  feet  high,  eastward  of  which 
there  is  no  danger.  Two  sunken  rocks  lie  nearly  200  yards  from 
the  south  extreme,  and  a  short  distance  further  south  is  Black 
Rock,  an  islet  9  feet  high. 

Buffett  Tickle,  the  narrow  passage  north  of  Saddle  Island,  can 
be  used  by  small  vessels.  The  pas.sage  between  Saddle  Island  and 
Middle  Island  is  clear  in  mid-channel. 

Middle  or  Crooked  Island,  226  feet  high,  has  no  danger 
beyond  a  short  distance  from  the  east  shore,  but  the  west  shore  is 
foul,  and  the  bight  contains  several  islets  and  rocks. 

Mark  Rocks  uncover  4+  feet  at  low  water,  and  are  250  yards  SE. 
of  the  SE.  extreme  of  Middle  Island. 

Mark  Rocks  Shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  100  yards 
eastward  of  the  rocks. 

Bonne  Bay,  entered  between  Middle  and  Taylor  Islands,  extends 
2^  miles  in  a  northerly  direction. 

Drake  or  Gooseberry  Island,  31  feet  high,  lies  in  the  middle  of 
the  bay,  and  there  is  a  good  passage  on  either  side  of  it,  but  it 
should  not  be  appi-oached  within  100  yards. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  at 
the  head  of  Bonne  Bay,  in  7  fathoms  water,  at  COO  yards  from  the 
mouth  of  the  brook  at  the  head. 

Taylor  Island  is  408  feet  high,  and  over  the  north  extreme  is 
a  round  wooded  hill  352  feet  high,  known  as  Crib  Nose. 

Whale  Rock  dries  4  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  650  yards  SSE. 
of  Grip  Head,  the  SW.  point  of  Taylor  Island. 

The  east  shore  of  Taylor  Island  is  very  foul,  .small  rocks  and 
islets  extending  150  yards  from  the  shore;  but  the  greatest  danger 
is  Hardy  Rock,  which  lies  250  yards  from  the  north  point  of  Hardy 
Cove,  a  small  bight  with  some  houses  round  it.  The  extreme  of 
the  west  shore  of  Bonne  Bay  shut  in  with  Drake  Island,  bearing 
N.  31°  W.  (N.  3°  W.  mag.),  leads  east  of  this  danger. 


1<») 


NKWFonNDLArn) — ftounr  ci  M-f. 


Rocky  pasMHKo,  tho  rhuimol  weHt  of  T»i> .  Tslaim,  rontiiiiis 
nunu^roiiH  rncks,  mid  is  Hvailivbln  wit)i  iiccumto  locul  knowledge 
only. 

Taylor  Book,  with  4  fiithomH  wiitcr  on  it,  Vwn  7M  yurdH  H.  (15" 
E.  (8,  37°  E.  miig.)  of  BhIiuou  Point.  Tim  nuirk  for  clearinK  Hardy 
Rork  will  l(*ad  east  and  Mowjuito  iHland  open  Hoiith  of  (Jrip  Head 
bearing  N.  07"  \V.  (N.  :J!>°  W.  nuig.)  will  load  south  of  tliis  Hhoal. 

Bonne  Bay  Harbor,  about  7()<>  yards  in  diainotor,  situated  NW. 
of  Taylor  Island,  is  completely  shelterotl  from  all  winds,  but  the 
anchorage  space  is  limited  to  tho  western  portion,  whore  good  shel- 
ter may  be  obtained  in  from  14  to  17  fathoms  water,  as  convenient. 
Largt*  vessels  shouM  anchor  in  the  latter  depth,  with  Drake  Island 
completely  shut  in  with  Poole  Island,  bearing  about  N.  28°  E.  (N. 
60°  E.  mag.) 

A  rock,  which  dries  one  foot,  lies  nearly  100  yards  off  the  south 
entrance  point  of  the  cove  on  the  west  shore,  and  a  shoal,  with  3i 
fathoms  water  on  it,  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  cove. 

Kelpy  Book,  with  3i  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  1,100  yards  S. 
Yi»"  W.  (N.  I'd'  W.  mag.)  from  tho  west  oxti-eme  of  Grip  Head, 
and  a  shoal,  with  4  fatlumis  water  on  it,  lies  150  yards  northwest- 
ward of  Kelpy  Rock. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Bonne  Bay  Harbor 
at  8h.  54ra. ;  springs  rise  G^^  foot,  neaps  rise  5  feet;  neaps  range  3 
feet. 

Mosquito  Harbor,  close  west  of  Bonne  Bay,  extends  nearly  1^ 
miles  in  a  northerly  direction,  and  is  fi-ee  from  danger,  but  there 
is  no  anchorage,  except  for  small  vessels,  in  8  fathoms  water,  in  a 
small  cove  on  the  west  side  of  the  head. 

Mosquito  Island,  separated  from  the  west  entrance  i)oint  of  the 
harbor  by  a  shallow  channel,  containing  several  rocks,  is  flat  in 
outline,  296  feet  in  height,  and  cliffy  to  seaward. 

Mosquito  Back  Cove  is  completely  exposed. 

Halibut  Books,  two  small  islets,  the  higher  6  feet  above  high 
water,  lying  nearly  1,400  yards  8.  51°  W.  (8.  79°  W.  mag.)  from 
the  west  point  of  Mosquito  Island,  are  surrounded  by  sunken  rocks, 
that  extend  i  mile  in  a  S8W.  direction.  Bear  Head  open  south 
of  Fish  Head,  bearing  West  (N.  62°  W.  mag.),  leads  south  of  all 
these  dangers  and  those  south  of  Taylor  Island. 

Razorback  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  1,100  yards 
N.  70°  W.  (N.  43°  W.  mag.)  from  Halibut  Rocks. 

Fflcheux  Eye,  a  small  cove  with  a  waterfall  at  the  head,  is  close 
east  of  the  entrance  to  Fftcheux  Bay.  This  cove  is  available  for 
boats  only,  and  is  entered  by  keeping  close  to  the  east  shore,  as  the 
west  side  is  foul. 


r^ 


slniiti,  contiiiiis 
(K'hI  knowh'dgo 

rr.O  yunlH  S.  lis" 
cleuriiijjf  Hiinly 
ih  of  (}ri[)  Htwl 
th  of  tlii.s  shoiil. 
r,  situatod  NW. 
wIikIh,  but  tlio 
srhere  jjfood  shel- 
',  UH  convenient, 
th  Drake  Island 
It  N.  ^8°  E.  (N. 

(la  off  the  south 
I  shojil,  witli  3| 
le  cove. 
1,100  yards  S. 
of  Grip  Head, 
irds  nortliwest- 

ine  Bay  Harbor 
;  neaps  range  3 

tends  nearly  1^ 
iiger,  but  there 
)ms  water,  in  a 

ce  i)oint  of  the 
'ocks,  is  flat  in 


eet  above  high 
W.  mag.)  from 
f  sunken  rocks, 
sad  open  south 
ds  south  of  all 

ies  1,100  yards 

e  head,  is  close 
i  available  for 
st  shore,  as  the 


m 


^nH^i 


HUH  .NT   COVE. 


I  111 


Fiu-hciLV  lli-ad  Sliuul,  with  I  fiithuiuH  water  over  it,  Hom  ;)oO  yards 
from  the  Hhoro,  and  000  yards  from  tin'  fiitnuice  to  Fi\c1uhix  Eye. 

F&oheux  Bay  e.Ktonds  lo  mili-H,  north,  in  nearly  a  Htniiglit  line, 
but  llitTt'  lire  III)  anclmiii^^t'H  ()\('»*pt  at  the  placrs  (Inscribed. 

Anohorag^eB. — Allan  Cove,  on  >KtM>aHt  sliuic,  r\  milt'N  Irom  tlit> 
entrance,  is  \  niilt«  tlci'p.  Good  anchorage  may  bo  obtained  in  from 
8  to  0  fathoms  water  at  about  400  yards  east  of  the  line  of  the 
entrance  points. 

Anchorage  may  bo  obtained  soutliward  of  tlie  narrows,  at  the 
head  of  Fa(;heux  Bay,  in  from  0  to  10  fathoms  wat(*r,  the  former 
d(»ptli  at  i  mile  distant.  Southward  of  that  depth  tlu)  bank  falls 
suddenly  to  a  depth  of  40  fathoms. 

Brent  Cove,  on  the  west  shore,  opposite  to  Allan  Cove,  contains 
the  best  anchorage.  It  is  J  riile  deep,  but  ground,  that  uncovers 
at  low  water,  and  shoal  wat(  r  extend  <i(»o  yards  from  the  head. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  0  to  lo  fathoms  water,  as 
convenient,  clo.se  within  the  entrance  i)oiiits,  but  the  phiteau  falls 
suddenly  eastward,  to  a  depth  of  34  fathoms. 

Black  Otter  Rub,  a  small  projection  10  feet  high,  situated  about 
J  milo  south  of  the  cove,  is  a  good  indication  of  the  approacli  to  it. 

Dennis  Arm,  an  indentation  one  mile  long  and  150  yards  broad, 
affords  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms 
water.  The  north  shore  is  bold-to,  but  off  the  south  side  there  is 
a  fringe  of  foul  ground  that  dries  at  low  water,  and  the  head  dries 
for  the  distance  of  200  yards  from  the  tree  line. 

Warren  Cove,  on  the  west  shore  of  Facheux  Bay,  at  1^  miles 
from  the  entrance,  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels  only  in  8 
fathoms  water,  and  close  to  the  shore.  A  conspicuous  white  stripe 
shows  on  the  cliff  on  the  north  side  of  the  cove. 

Facheux  Harbor,  suitable  for  boats  only,  is  separated  from 
Warren  Cove  by  a  bare  promontory,  107  feet  liigh,  that  terminates 
in  low  rocky  points. 

Dragon  Bay  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  for  about  3  miles, 
and  there  is  no  anchorage  for  any  but  small  vessels  in  the  T\arrow 
arm  at  the  head. 

The  only  danger  is  a  rock,  100  yards  from  the  shore,  immediately 
eastward  of  a  small  projection  on  the  north  shore,  west  of  which, 
is  a  waterfall. 

Muddy  Hole  is  a  small  boat  harbor  nearly  one  mile  Avestward  of 
Dragon  Bay.  Boats  lie  at  the  head,  and  a  depth  of  8  feet  may  be 
found,  at  high  water,  in  the  entrance,  biit  there  is  a  rock  that  un- 
covers in  the  middle,  and  local  knowledge  is  requisite  to  avoid  it. 

Richards  Harbor,  about  3  miles  west  of  Facheux  Bay,  is  en- 
tered between  precipitous  cliffs  on  the  west  side,  and  low  points 
under  cliff  on  the  east  shore. 


162 


NEWFOUNDLAND-    30UTII   COAST. 


P- 


r 


At  GOO  yf  ''ds  within  the  entrance  the  harbor  trends  more  easterly 
for  a  farther  distance  of  GOO  yards,  with  a  breadth  of  400  yards  to 
the  head.  The  iiirning  point  on  the  south  shore  is  a  small  islet  13 
feet  high,  and  joined  to  the  mainland  at  low  water.  Sunken  rocks 
lie  a  short  distance  SW.  of  this  islet. 

Anchorage. — This  harbor  should  be  used  for  temporary  anchor- 
age only,  as  the  depths  vary  from  20  to  24  fathoms,  and  the  hold- 
ing ground  is  not  good ;  also  terrific  squalls  sweep  down  the  valley 
with  strong  breezes  from  NW.  to  SE.,  sutticieut  to  cause  vessels  to 
drag,  though  there  is  no  sea.  In  emergency  they  can,  however, 
be  moored  to  rocks  on  the  shore. 

Shoal  Point  Rock,  with  4|  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  200  yards 
southward  of  the  west  entrance  point. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103,  and  B.  A.  Chart  No.  2141.) 

Coast. — Westward  of  Richards  Harbor  the  coast  is  formed  of 
cliff,  alternately  colored  red  and  gray,  the  former  color  being  very 
conspicuous  in  sunshine.  A  wedge-shaped  rock,  22  feet  high,  lies 
close  to  Upper  Shoal  Point,  at  one  'ailo  west  of  Richards  Harbor, 
westward  of  which  and  200  yards  distant,  is  a  bank,  with  6^  fath- 
oms water  on  it,  that  breaks  in  ba  I  weather. 

Horse  Brook,  a  remarkable  wattrfall,  is  in  uhe  cove  next  west 
of  Upper  Shoal  Point,  and  Mare  Fall,  a  wider,  but  not  so  high  a 
stream,  falls  over  the  cliffs  into  a  covo  1^  miles  farther  westward. 

Several  banks  lie  off  this  coast,  but  none  are  dangerous  except 
with  a  very  heavy  sea. 

Hare  Bay,  about  4  miles  westward  of  Richards  Harbor,  extends 
4  miles  north,  with  an  average  breadth  of  ^  mile,  when  it  expands 
in  two  arms.  Northwest  Arm  affords  the  best  anchorage  on  the 
south  shore  of  Newfoundland. 

Bob  Lock  Cove,  on  the  east  shore,  a,t  H  miles  from  the  entrance, 
contains  anchorage  for  small  vt'ssels  in  15  fathoms  water,  with  good 
holding  ground.  The  south  entrance  point  may  be  recognized  by 
a  remarkable  round  hill,  618  feet  high^  that  is  cliffy  to  seaward. 

Water. — Water  may  be  procured  from  a  stream  at  the  head  of 
this  cove. 

Morgan  Arm,  the  eastern  of  the  two  branches  at  the  head,  is 
one  mile  in  length,  GOO  yards  in  width,  and  divided  near  the  head 
into  two  shallow  coves  by  low  wooded  projection.  A  waterfall 
descends  into  the  western,  and  a  large  stream  flows  into  the  east- 
ern, of  these  coves. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  southward  of  the 
wooded  projection,  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  vrater,  as  convenient. 

Northwest  Arm  extends  1^  ndles  in  a  NW.  direction  to  the 
first  narrows,  the  east  side  of  Avhich  may  be  known  by  Sandy 


Is  more  easterly 

of  400  yards  to 

a  small  islet  12 

Sunkeu  rocks 

iporary  anchor- 
I,  and  the  hold- 
lown  the  valley 
3ause  vessels  to 
■  can,  however, 

,  lies  200  yards 


1-) 

st  is  fox'med  of 
)lor  being  very 
feet  high,  lies 
ihards  Harbor, 
:,  with  5^  fath- 

cove  next  west 
;  not  so  high  a 
her  westward, 
igerous  except 

'arbor,  extends 
hen  it  expands 
horage  on  the 

L  the  entrance, 
iter,  with  good 
recognized  by 
to  seaward, 
at  the  head  of 

t  the  head,  is 

near  the  head 

A  waterfall 

into  the  east- 

hward  of  the 
convenient, 
ection  to  the 
ivn  by  Sandy 


ANCHOIJAGE. 


163 


Point,  which  terminates  in  a  shingle  spit,  drying  at  low  water, 
100  yards  from  the  trees. 

The  passage  through  the  nari-ows  is  only  100  yards  wide,  with 
a  depth  of  7  fathoms  in  the  middle,  but  within  is  a  bay  nearly  800 
yards  wide,  with  depths  leas  than  3  fathoms  at  300  yards,  and  less 
than  G  feet  at  600  yards  distant,  respectively,  north  of  the  narrows. 

Small  craft  can,  however,  proceed  over  this  bar  at  high  water, 
and  through  a  second  narrows,  at  i  mile  from  the  first,  within 
which  will  be  found  another  basin  i  mile  long  and  300  yards  wide, 
but  it  dries  at  low  water,  400  yards  from  the  head. 

Vessels  drawing  9  feet,  or  less  water,  can  lie  afloat  at  low  water 
close  inside  the  second  narrows. 

Anchorage  for  vessels  of  any  size  may  be  obtained  over  a  space 
f  mile  long,  and  nearly  800  yards  broad,  with  depths  of  from  6  to 
9  fathoms,  over  mud,  and  good  holding  ground. 

The  eastern  limit  of  the  anchorage  is  southwestward  of  the  point 
immediately  north  of  a  deep  cove  on  the  east  shore,  at  i  mile  from 
the  entrance  to  the  arm,  whence  the  bank  falls  rapidly  eastward 
to  depths  of  30  and  40  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hare  Bay  at  8h. 
38m. ;  springs  rise  7  feet. 

Cul-de-sac  lies  immediately  westward  of  Hare  Bay,  and  is  an 
exposed  cove,  nearly  one  mile  in  length.  The  head  is  a  narrow 
arm,  i  mile  long,  and  contains  numerous  bowlders,  while  a  few 
houses  stand  on  its  shores. 

The  west  entrance  point  of  Cul-de-sac  is  formed  by  a  sharp- 
pointed  and  rocky  hill,  724  feet  high,  terminated  eastward  by  a 
low  black  rock.  A  rock  that  uncovers  lies  close  to  it,  and  a  shoal, 
with  3i  fathoms  water  on  it,  a  little  more  than  200  yards  SE.  from 
the  black  rock. 

Anchorage. — Small  vessels  may  find  temporary  anchorage,  in 
9  fathoms  water,  eastward  of  the  entrance  to  the  head,  but  must 
be  prepared  to  leave  when  the  winds  blow  between  SE.  and  South, 
as  a  heavy  sea  is  soon  formed. 

Coast. — From  Cul-de-sac  westward  to  Red  Point,  the  coast, 
cliffy  and  intersected  by  deep  ravines,  is  generally  steep-to, 
while  the  land  behind  attains  elevationc*  of  1,000  to  1,500  feet,  in 
ranges  that  extend  inland. 

Numerous  shoals  extend  SE.  from  Red  Point,  but  the  only  one 
that  is  dangerous  in  ordinary  weather  is  Rea  Point  Kock,  with  4 
fathoms  water  on  it,  situated  650  yards  S.  68'"  E.  (S.  41°  E.  mag., 
from  Red  Point. 

In  bad  weather  this  coast  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than 
■J-  mile,  as  these  banks  make  a  confused  sea. 

Red  Point,  so  named  from  the  color  of  the  cliffs,  is  3  miles 
westward  of  Hare  Bay. 


16^ 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH    COAST. 


Devil  Bay,  4  miles  west  of  Hare  Bay,  extends  northward  2f 
miles,  with  a  slight  bend,  and  has  deep  water  to  the  liead,  where 
anchorage  for  small  craft  may  be  obtained,  in  7  fathoms  water, 
close  to  the  shore.  Within  the  enti'ance,  on  either  side,  is  a  water- 
fall, and  on  the  Avest  side,  Blow-me-down,  a  steep  bluff  1,280  feet 
high. 

Rencontre  Bay  extends  3  miles  in  a  northwesterly  dii-ection 
from  Devil  Bay,  and  then  takes  a  sudden  bend  north  for  2  miles 
to  the  head. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  at  the  head  of  this 
bay  in  from  11  to  18  fathoms  water. 

Water. — Water  may  be  obtained  in  many  places,  and  wood  at 
the  head  of  the  bay. 

Little  Bay,  on  the  north  shore  of  Rencontre  Bay,  and  entered 
on  the  east  side  of  Ironskull,  a  conspicuous  hill  1,077  feet  high, 
with  a  remarkable  white  spur  that  shows  plainly  from  the  south- 
ward, extends  li  miles  in  a  north  direction,  but  the  water  is  too 
deep  for  anchorage.  Just  over  the  head  is  Sugarloaf ,  a  remarkable 
hill  1,290  feet  high. 

The  Cove  lies  on  the  west  side  of  High  Lookout,  2  miles  within 
the  entrance  to  Rencontre  Bay.  There  are  several  houses  at  high- 
water  mark,  from  which  sand  dries  for  the  distance  of  100  yards, 
being  the  debris  left  by  a  river  that  drains  the  valley  between 
Chaleur  and  Rencontre  Bays. 

Anchorage. — Anchoiaga  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  in 
17  fathoms  water,  300  yards  from  the  shore,  but  it  is  unsafe  in  NE. 
winds,  when  terrific  squalls  sweep  down  the  bay  over  the  high  hills 
surrounding  it. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  the  cove  at  8h.  55m. ; 
springs  rise  6i  feet;  neaps  rise  4^  feet. 

Barasway,  f  mile  west  of  tlie  cove,  affords  anchorage  iu  10 
fathoms  water,  at  about  350  yards  off  the  beach. 

New  Harbor,  west  of  the  island  of  that  name,  is  ^  mile  deep, 
and  400  yards  wide  at  the  head,  and  affords  anchorage  in  15 
fathoms  water,  at  200  yards  from  the  head,  though  exposed  to 
easterly  winds,  but  small  vessels  may  find  good  shelter  in  5 
fathoms  off  a  small  cove  containing  a  few  houses,  situated  east  of 
the  head. 

Hares  Ears  Point,  |  mile  SW.  of  Pinchgut  Point,  is  so  named 
from  two  peaked  rocks  off  the  extreme,  with  a  hole  through 
between  them,  tlie  inner  84  feet  above  high  water. 

Lower  Rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1,100  yards  N.  68°  E, 
(S.,85°  E.  mag.)  from  Hares  Ears  Point;  and  Hares  Ears  Rock, 
with  5  feet  water  on  it  and  15  fathoms  close  to  the  southward,  lies 
400  yards  S.  85°  E.  (S.  58°  E.  mag.)  from  Hares  Ears  Point.     The 


I  north  ward  2| 
he  head,  where 
fathoms  water, 
side,  is  a  water- 
bluff  1,280  feet 

itei'ly  direction 
)rth  for  2  miles 

le  head  of  this 

)s,  and  wood  at 

y,  and  entered 
,077  feet  high, 
rom  the  south- 
he  water  is  too 
'.,  a  remarkable 

3  miles  within 
louses  at  high- 
)  of  100  yards, 
^alley  between 

be  obtained  in 

unsafe  in  NE. 
the  high  hills 

v^e  at  8h.  55m. ; 

chorage  in  10 

s  +  mile  deep, 
chorage  in  15 
?li  exposed  to 
shelter  in  5 
Ltuated  east  of 

it,  is  so  named 
hole   through 

ards  K  68°  E, 
3s  Ears  Rock, 
outhward,  lies 
s  Point.    The 


•m  Ih 


CHALEITR    HAY. 


KV' 


west  point  of  Devil  Bay  open  east  of  Pinchgnt  Point,  bearing  N. 
26°  E.  (N.  53°  E.  mag.),  clears  Hares  Ears  and  Lower  Rocks  pass- 
ing to  the  eastward;  and  the  Bill  of  Lance  Cove  open  south  of 
Hares  Ears,  N.  80"  W.  (N.  53°  W.  mag.),  clears  Hares  Ears  Rock 
passing  to  the  southward. 

Lance  Cove,  west  of  Hares  Ears  Point,  is  1,200  yards  wide  and 
^  mile  deep.  Anchorage  may  be  obtained  for  small  vessels,  with 
shelter  from  offshore  winds,  in  from  3  to  6  fathoms  water,  at  250 
yards  from  the  beach. 

Lance  Cove  Point,  250  feet  high,  dividing  Lance  Cove  on  the 
east  from  Chaleur  Bay  on  the  west,  has  steep  cliffs  on  both  sides, 
and  ends  in  a  sharp  point. 

Chaleur  Bay  extends  5^  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  with 
one  bend.  It  is  600  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  but  expands  to 
1,200  yards  within,  narrowing  gradually  to  the  head. 

Gull  Island,  J  mile  west  from  Lance  Cove  Point,  is  white,  102 
feet  high,  and  marks  the  east  side  of  Chaleur  Bay.  Shooter  Rock, 
3  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  to  the  east  shore  1,200  yards 
within  the  entrance. 

Anchorages.—Cooper  Cove  is  2i  miles  within  the  entrance  on 
the  west  side.  A  brook,  that  drains  a  deep  valley,  flowing  into  it 
has  formed  a  sandy  beach,  off  which,  at  300  yards,  anchorage  may 
be  obtained  by  small  vessels  in  from  9  to  14  fathoms  water.  There 
is  a  similar  cove  opposite  on  the  east  side,  but  Avithout  anchorage. 

Anchorage  may  also  be  obtained,  at  600  to  1,200  yards  from  the 
head  of  the  bay,  in  from  6  to  15  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

Water. — Wood  and  water  can  be  easily  proctired. 

Fransway  Bay,  also  known  as  Francois  Bay,  is  an  inlet  li 
miles  deep  and  400  yards  wide,  and  surrounded  by  steep  bluffs, 
situated  3  miles  westward  of  Hares  Ears  Point.  A  brook  flows 
into  the  head  of  the  inlet,  and  the  s*.  .i '3ment  is  east  of  th^  brook 
and  under  the  Friar,  a  cliffy  eminenr  <•  680  fjet  above  high  water, 
with  landslips  extending  to  the  wate:  s  edge. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  from  14  to  23 
fathoms  water,  within  400  yar  -  of  the  head 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  fidl  and  change,  in  Fransway  Bay  at 
8h.  40  m. ;  springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  rise  4^  feet. 

Coast. — Brandy  Head  is  a  gray,  conical-shaped  promontory, 
278  feet  high ;  between  it  and  Nick  Power  Point  is  a  cove  faced  by 
steep  cliffs,  and  on  the  east  side  is  Brandy  Cove,  60(>  yards  deep. 

Nick  Power  Point,  1,200  yards  west  of  Brandy  Head,  is  an 
isolated  hillock  216  feet  high,  terminating  in  rugged  points,  with 
breakers  100  yards  off  the  west  extreme. 

Nick  Power  Cove  extends  1,600  yards  from  'his  point,  with  a 
general  width  of  300  yards.     At  the  west  side  of  the  head  of  the 


166 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


cove  is  a  bi-ook,  off  wliich,  100  yards,  lies  a  rock  that  covers  at 
high  water. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  with  shelter  from 
offshore  winds,  in  15  fathoms  water,  eastward  of  this  rock. 

The  Bar,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  400  yards  N.  71°  W. 
(N.  44°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  extreme  of  Nick  Power  Point. 

Aviron  Point,  (5i  miles  WSW.  of  Hares  Ears  Point  and  400 
yards  west  of  Distress  Rock,  is  the  extremity  of  an  isolated  conical- 
shaped  hill,  290  feet  above  high  water,  connected  by  a  low  marsh 
to  the  mainland.  From  this  to  Styles  Point,  f  mile  in  a  northerly 
.direction,  the  coast  is  nagged,  with  deep  gaps  in  the  cliffs. 

Aviron  Rock,  ao  feet  high,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to 
Aviron  Bay.  From  it  a  bank  extends  ^  mile  SSE.,  at  the  extreme 
of  which  there  is  a  depth  of  2J  fathoms. 

Aviron  Bay,  also  known  as  Oar  Bay,  stretches  with  a  slight 
curve  in  a  northerly  direction  for  3J  miles,  with  a  general  width 
of  600  yards,  and  depths  of  water  ranging  from  43  to  86  fathoms. 

Anchorage. — Northeast  Cove,  near  the  head,  has  anchorage  in 
from  16  to  20  fathoms  water. 

The  head  of  the  bay,  a  basin  nearly  |  mile  deep,  is  entered  by  a 
narrow  passage  150  yards  wide,  through  which  a  depth  of  15  feet 
can  be  carried.  In  it  there  is  excellent  anchorage  foi'  ^mall  ves- 
sels in  4^  fathoms  water.  On  the  north  side  is  a  magnificent 
waterfall,  over  the  slope  of  a  hill  1,130  feet  high, 

Bagg  Cove  lies  immediately  within  the  narrows  on  the  west  side, 
but  affords  no  anchorage. 

Water. — Water  may  be  obtained  at  many  places  in  this  bay,  and 
small  wood  from  near  the  head. 

Cul-de-sac  Bay  H  miles  WNW.  of  Aviron  Point,  is  nearly  J 
mile  deep,  and  divided,  at  the  head,  into  two  coves  by  Battery 
Point,  a  bare  promontory  130  feet  above  high  water. 

Anchorage. — The  settlement  is  on  the  east  side  of  this  point,  but 
only  small  vessels  can  anchor  off  it.  Large  vessels  will  find  shel- 
tered anchorage  in  5  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  at  400  yards  S.  18° 
E.  (S.  9°  W.  mag.)  of  Battery  Point. 

Wild  C:>ve,  on  the  east  side  of  the  shingle  beach  connecting 
Cape  La  Hune  with  the  mainland,  is  ^  mile  deep,  and  at  its  head  is 
a  sandy  beach,  400  yards  from  which  anchorage  may  be  obtained, 
in  from  6  to  7  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds. 

Penguin  Islands. — This  group,  which  occupies  a  space  of  more 
than  one  mile  square,  is  9f  miles  SSW.  +  W.  from  Cape  La  Hune, 
and  consists  of  .lumerous  islands  and  rocks.  Harbor  Island,  the 
highest  and  easternmost,  being  78  feet  above  high  water. 

On  the  south  side  of  this  island  is  a  small  cove  where  boats  find 
shelter,  but  a  heavy  sea  I'olls  in  with  southerly  windf.  The  pas- 
sages between  the  islands  are  completely  blocked  for  ships. 


".■». "" 


»!»" 


"J;'.,|Vilill.!llll!lgffl|i  U. 


that  covers  at 

I  shelter  from 

is  rock. 

rds  N".  71°  W. 

>wer  Point. 

Point  and  400 

olated  conical- 

y  a  low  marsh 

in  a  northerly 

cliffs. 

he  entrance  to 

it  the  extreme 

with  a  slight 
jeneral  width 
to  86  fathoms. 
I  auehorage  in 

1  entered  by  a 
])th  of  15  feet 
for  small  ves- 
1  magnificent 

the  west  side, 

t!iis  bay,  and 

t,  is  nearly  f 
s  by  Battery 

his  point,  but 
'^ill  find  shel- 
)  yards  S.  18° 

h  connecting 
at  its  head  is 
be  obtained, 
ore  winds. 
l)ace  of  more 
-pe  La  Hime, 
r  Island,  the 
,ter. 

sre  boats  find 
l«.  The  pas- 
^liips. 


K' 


LA    HUNE   BAY. 


167 


Mile  Rock,  with  !i  feet  water  over  it,  and  steep-to,  is  1  jV  miles 
N.  68°  E.  (S.  85°  E.  mag.)  from  Harbor  Island. 

Wntch  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  and  the  summit  of  a  bank  on 
which  there  are  several  shoals,  is  G  miles  N,  88°  E.  (S.  G5°  E.  mag.) 
from  Harbor  Island. 

Pinnar-.le  Shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  bears  S.  a7°  W. 
(S.  64°  W.  mag.)  1|  miles;  and  a  shoal,  wifcn  u  fathoms  water,  S.  75° 
W.  (N.  78°  W.  mag.)  If  miles  distant  from  Watch  Rock;  both 
these  shoals  break  in  bad  weather. 

Cape  La  Hun«»  a  peninsula  joined  to  the  mainland  by  a  shingle 
beach,  with  a  castell'ited  rock  in  the  centoi,  has  three  peaks;  the 
western,  a  remarkable  cone  579  feet  abov«^  \igh  water;  the  north- 
ern, 424  feet,  terminates  to  the  southeastward  in  Long  Point,  a 
rugged,  curved  neck  of  land  that  forms  Cape  Cove,  an  indentation 
700  yards  deep  with  sheltered  anchorage  fvuin  offshore  winds  in 
from  9  to  11  fathoms  water. 

A  rock,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  lies  100  yards  from  the  south 
extreme  of  the  cape. 

La  Hune  Bay  extends  north  from  the  cape  ('A  miles,  with  an 
average  widtli  of  800  yards  to  the  head,  at  |  mile  from  which  there 
is  excellent  anchorage  in  from  10  to  13  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

On  the  east  side  tlie  almost  continuous  line  of  cliffs,  over  1,000 
feet  high,  is  terminated  at  the  north  end  by  Northeast  Cove,  600 
yards  deep,  with  a  sand  spit  200  yards  from  the  south  shore,  and 
puother  the  same  distance  from  the  head.  There  is  good  anchorage 
in  14  fathoms  water  300  yards  offshore. 

At  the  south  end  of  the  cliffs  is  Deadman  Cove,  600  yards  deep, 
with  two  waterfalls  on  the  north  side,  where  water  may  be  pro- 
cured easily.  Anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  from  12  to  15  fathoms 
water,  good  holding  ground.  ^ 

A  rock,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  N.  60°  W.  (N.  33° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Deadman  Cove;  and  two  rocks, 
the  southern  250  yards  off,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  and  18  fathoms 
close-to,  extend  to  the  southeastward  of  West  Point. 

The  west  entrance  point  of  La  Hune  Bay  is  a  peninsula  sur- 
mounted by  a  remarkable  cone  697  feet  above  high  water,  termi- 
nating in  rugged  cliffs  at  the  outer  coast  and  steep  bluffs  in  La 
Hune  Bay,  and  joined  to  the  mainland  by  a  shingle  beach. 

Ice. — La  Hune  Bay  freezes  over  about  1st  December,  and  ice 
disappears  by  1st  April,  but  the  ice  breaks  up  easily,  and  is  no 
obstacle  to  vessels,  which  come  and  go  all  tne  year,  entering  at  any 
time.     In  1885  field  ice  arrived  in  Februaiy  and  left  on  1st  April. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  La  Hune  Bay  at 
8h.  40ni. ;  spr*  .gs  rise  {'>}  feet,  neaps  rise  4^  feet. 


r^mT''%'-r!^ 


■JXIIKTWlk'.'L-KJSMSB^ipj 


■l*^. 


168 


NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII   COAST. 


Long  Point  juts  oiit  from  the  peninsula  at  the  west  entrp,nce  of 
La  Hune  Bay,  and  West  Point  is  the  SE.  extremity. 

Long  Point  Shoal,  with  a  depth  of  10  feet,  lies  600  yards  N. 
85°  W.  (N.  58°  W.  mag.)  from  Long  Point.  The  eastern  Gulch 
Cove  Island  open  west  of  Cape  Island,  bearing  N.  06°  W.  (N.  39° 
W.  mag.),  leads  nearly  200  yards  SW.  of  this  shoal. 

Oape  Island,  367  feet  high,  flat  and  rugged,  is  separated  from 
the  base  of  a  conical  hill  by  a  channel  400  yards  wide,  in  the  mid- 
dle of  which  is  a  shoal  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it. 

La  Hune  Harbor,  west  of  the  shingle  beach  joining  Long  Point 
Peninsula  to  the  mainland,  is  open  and  exposed,  having  from  8  to 
11  fathoms  water,  but  no  shelter.  The  fishing  craft  belonging  to 
the  settlement  moor  under  a  cliff  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  where 
neither  wind  nor  sea  reaches  them  even  in  winter. 

Cape  Rocks,  4J  miles  N.  85°  W.  (N.  58°  W.  mag.)  from  Cape 
La  Hune,  are  a  cluster  of  bare  black  islets,  the  higliest  at  the  south 
extreme  being  30  feet  above  high  vrater. 

Shoal  and  uneven  ground  surrounds  Capo  Rocks  for  1^  miles, 
except  off  the  south  extreme,  where  the  water  deepens  suddenly  to 
50  fathoms  at  300  yards  distant. 

Gulch  Cove,  7i  mile.-:  NW.  of  Cape  La  Hune,  is  600  yards  deep, 
with  anchorage  for  a  wmall  vessel  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water ; 
but  with  SW.  winds  a  heavy  sea  rolls  in.  The  hills  fall  almost 
perpendicularly  on  each  side  of  the  cove  to  a  narrow  low  neck  of 
land  that  separates  it  from  Southeast  Arm  of  Little  River. 

'Gulch  Cove  Islands  are  two  rocky  islets ;  the  higher  and  west- 
ern, 95  feet  high,  bears  N.  67°  W.  (N.  40^  W.  mag.)  .4-  miles  dis- 
tant from  Cape  La  Hune.  Numerous  rocks  surround  them ;  the  outer 
and  western,  that  covers  T)  feet  at  high  water,  lies  950  yards  S.  74° 
W.  (N.  79°  W.  mag.)  from  the  larger  island,  with  a  depth  of  30 
fatlioms  at  100  yards  SW. 

Coast. — The  coast  trends  from  Gulch  Cove  WSW.  for  4^  miles 
to  Little  River,  and  is  )>old  ajaid  steep. 

Seal  Rocks,  18  feet  high,  lie  1,300  yards  SE.  from  the  entrance 
to  Little  River,  and  are  not  easily  distinguished  against  the  dark 
coast.  A  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  100  yards  N.  61°  E.  (N. 
88°  E.  ma;/  ;  fro::^.  Seal  Rocks. 

Rocks,  aliout  5  feet  abovr  high  water,  lie  between  Seal  Rocks 
and  the  ea  ■'  point  of  the  entrance  to  Little  River.  There  is  no 
passage  between  them  and  the  shore. 

Little  River  is  a  long  arm  of  the  sea,  with  an  entrance  130  yards 
wide,  and  a  channel  of  that  width  for  1,200  yards  to  Jerts  Cove, 
when  it  expands  to  600  yards,  with  excellent  anriiorage  in  from  7 
to  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  Again  nan  owing  to  130  yards, 
the  channel  extends  for  1^  miles  to  Frenchman  Cove,  a  fine  basin 


'■est  entre,nce  of 

y- 

s  600  yards  N. 
eastern  Gulch 
00°  W.  (N.  39° 
,1. 

separated  from 
ide,  in  the  mid- 
it. 

ling  Long  Point 
iving  from  8  to 
ft  belonging  to 
the  bay,  where 

ig.)  from  Cape 
I  est  at  the  south 

cs  for  1^  miles, 
ens  suddenly  to 

000  yards  deep, 
fathoms  water; 
ills  fall  almost 
ow  low  neck  of 
3  River. 

igher  and  west- 
:.)  'i^-  miles  dis- 
them ;  the  outer 
J50  yards  S.  74° 

1  a  depth  of  30 

N.  for  4^  miles 

)m  the  entrance 
jainst  the  dark 
s  N.  61°  E.  (N. 

een  Seal  Rocks 
3r.     There  is  no 

.ranee  130  yards 
to  Jerts  Cove, 
orage  in  from  7 
?  to  130  yai-ds, 
)ve,  a  fine  basin 


mv  hB^mmmm 


LITTLE   RIVER. 


169 


li  miles  long  by  +  mile  broad,  with  good  anchorage  in  from  5  io  9 
fathoms  water,  over  mud.  Little  River  here  divides  into  two 
branches. 

Small  vessels  should  be  careful  not  to  leave  Little  River  when  the 
Avind  is  against  the  tide,  as  a  confused  sea  soon  gets  up. 

Southeast  Arm  extends  3  miles  East,  with  a  general  width  of 
600  yards,  and  has  good  anchorage,  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water, 
for  the  first  mile,  after  which  the  arm  widenq,  and  deepens  to  more 
than  37  fathoms,  shallowing  from  that  and  narrowing  gradually 
to  the  head.  A  shoal,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  off  the 
southern  shore,  about  2  miles  distant  from  the  head. 

Northeast  Arm  is  circuitous  for  1+  miles,  then  it  is  divided 
into  two  arms,  the  Nortlieast  and  Northwest.  It  has  a  depth  of 
about  4  fathoms  for  the  first  mile,  shoaling  to  3  fathoms  about  i 
mile  south  of  the  point  dividing  the  arms,  the  water  being  slightly 
deeper  on  the  west  shore. 

The  depths  in  the  North  ivest  Arm  are  from  4  fathoms  to  1^  fath- 
oms near  the  head,  and  in  the  Northeast  Arm,  for  3^  miles  to  the 
head,  the  depths  are  irregular,  in  some  places  as  little  as  0  feet. 

The  sides  of  Little  River  are  steep  and  bold,  in  many  places  fall- 
ing precipitously  from  hills  ranging  from  750  to  1,000  feet  in  height. 
There  is  no  danger  except  the  debris  from  the  hills  quite  close  to 
the  shore. . 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Little  Rive*-  at  8b. 
40m. ;  springs  rise  6i  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet.  A  strong  tidal  stream 
runs  in  the  direction  of  the  channel,  attaining  a  strength  of  3  knots 
an  hour  at  springs. 

Little  River  Rocks,  4  feet  above  high  water,  lying  6i  miles  S. 
\  E.  from  the  entrance  of  Little  River,  are  steep-to  on  the  south 
side,  but  there  is  a  fringe  of  shoal  water'  on  the  north  side  extend- 
ing 200  yards  from  the  rocks. 

Little  River  Bank,— Eastern  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over 
it,  lies  near  the  SE.  extreme  of  Little  River  Bank,  3i  miles  S.  40° 
W.  (S.  07°  W.  mag.)  from  Little  River  Rocks;  from  this  rock 
unev.in  ground  extends  2i  miles,  in  a  NW.  direction,  to  Big  Shoal, 
a  head  on  which  the  depth  is  7  fathoms,  near  tue  NW.  extreme  of 
the  banks ;  the  bottom  is  of  coral. 

Bay  de  Vieux  or  Old  Man  Bay,  3  miles  northwestward  of 
Little  River,  is  an  arm  of  the  sea  0  miles  long  and  generally  ^  mile 
wide,  with  deep  water. 

A  rock,  av/ash  at  high  water,  lies  quite  close  to  the  west  shore, 
2  miles  nearly  from  West  Point,  and  is  the  only  danger  in  the  bay. 

Denny  Island,  335  feet  high,  lying  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay, 
one  mile  within  East  Point,  is  steep-to  except  off  the  NW.  point, 
where  there  is  a  rock  with  one  foot  wator. 


170 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    ("OAST. 


Anchorages. — Dog  Cove,  east  of  Denny  Island,  is  only  160 
yards  wide,  bnt  lias  good  anchorage  for  small  craft,  in  8  fathoms 
water,  near  the  head. 

The  Nook,  J  mile  long  by  300  yards  broad,  is  an  inlet  on  the  east 
side  of  the  bay  which  affords  anchorage  for  small  craft  at  its  head, 
in  from  9  to  13  fathoms  water. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  within  i  mile  of  the  head  of  Bay  de 
Vieux  in  from  7  to  13  fathoms  water,  shoaling  gradually  to  the 
shore. 

Water. — At  this  latter  anchorage  the  bay  is  (300  yards  wide,  and 
several  streams,  from  which  water  may  bo  readily  obtained,  run 
into  the  head  of  the  bay. 

Oobbett  or  Mosquito  Harbor,  1^  miles  westward  of  Bay  de 
Vieux,  is  a  basin  nearly  one  mile  long,  with  an  average  width  of 
450  yards,  approached  tlirough  a  narrow  channel  100  yards  wide. 

It  is  perfectly  sheltered,  but  the  water  is  so  deep  in  the  greater 
part  of  it  (20  to  35  fathoms)  that  anchorage  even  for  small  craft 
can  only  be  obtained  in  12  fathoms  water,  near  the  west  end,  off  a 
cove  where  are  a  few  houses.  The  only  danger  is  a  rock  about  50 
yards  off  the  south  side  of  this  cove. 

East  Black  Rock,  5  feel  high,  and  near  the  east  entrance  point, 
lies  \  mile  S.  61°  E.  (S.  34°  E.  mag.)  from  the  west  point  of  the 
entrance,  and  two  rocks,  awash  at  low  water,  lie  oft'  it,  the  outer, 
nearly  200  yards  S.  39°  E.  (S.  3°  E.  mag.). 

Fox  Isleud,  IJ  miles  WSW.  of  Cobbett  Harbor,  is  310  feet 
above  high  water,  rugged  and  faced  by  cliffs,  and  separated  from 
tue  mainland  by  a  channel  130  yards  wide,  in'the  west  part  of 
which  is  good  anchorage  for  small  craft. 

Rocks  and  foul  ground  lie  off  Fox  Island,  ^  mile  distant  on  the 
west  and  south  sides,  and  one  mile  on  the  east ;  no  vessel  should 
navigate  between  them. 

Brimball  Storehouse  Cove,  l^  miles  West  from  Fox  Island,  is 
an  inlet  J  mile  long,  with  shallow  water. 

A  rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  350  yards  S.  45°  W.  (S.  72° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  east  point  of  Brimball  Storehouse  Cove. 

Bear  Head,  the  east  point  of  White  Bear  Bay,  6  miles  westward 
of  Bay  de  Vieux,  is  a  steep  bluff,  falling  abruptly  from  the  sum- 
mit, 526  feet  above  high  water,  and  fringed  by  dark  cliff's.  Off 
the  west  point  is  a  pinnacle  rock,  and  there  is  deep  water  close  to 
the  head.  A  rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  less  than  6  feet,  lies 
about  ^  mile  SE.  of  Bear  Head. 

Squier  Cove,  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  to  White  Bear 
Bay,  extends  east  1,200  yards,  has  deep  water  to  the  shore,  and  no 
anchorage ;  a  few  houses  are  situated  near  tlie  head  of  this  cove. 


"UMiM 


and,  is  only  160 
•aft,  in  8  fathoms 

1  inlet  on  the  east 
craft  at  its  head, 

le  head  of  Bay  de 
gradually  to  the 

0  yards  wide,  and 
ily  obtained,  run 

tward  of  Bay  de 
average  width  of 

1  100  yards  wide. 
Bep  in  the  greater 
n  for  small  craft 
he  west  end,  off  a 
s  a  rock  about  50 

st  entrance  point, 
west  point  of  the 
)  oft'  it,  the  outer, 

irbor,  is  310  feet 
d  separated  from 
•the  west  part  of 

die  distant  on  the 
no  vessel  should 

om  Fox  Island,  is 

S.  45°  W.  (S.  72° 
house  Cove. 

6  miles  westward 
ly  from  the  sum- 
r  dark  cliflt's.  Otf 
eep  water  close  to 

than  6  feet,  lies 

ce  to  White  Bear 
the  shore,  and  no 
ead  of  this  cove. 


IJ J  li]U-Ui 


^  rt'v^^r 


BKAR   ISLAND. 


171 


Bear  Island,  the  summit  of  which  is  a  dark,  wooded  cone,  OOO 
feet  above  high  water,  falls  steeply  ou  tin  south  and  east,  but 
gradually  on  the  other  sides.  The  east  ami  soutli  sides  are  free 
from  danger,  with  deep  water  close  to  the  shore.  On  tlie  south 
side  the  cliffs  are  white  and  bare  for  some  distance  from  the 
water's  edge,  and  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  dark 
cliffs  uiuler  Bear  Head. 

Cul-de-sac  Inlet,  on  the  west  side  of  Bear  Island,  is  1,200  yards 
deep,  with  from  16  to  -^0  fathoms  water  in  it,  and  an  island  off  the 
south  point  of  the  entrance.  A  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies 
close  to  the  southern  point,  with  deep  water  close-to. 

Cul-de-sac  Rocks,  two  heads  with  4  feet  water  over  them,  and 
depths  from  14  to  17  fathoms  on  the  west  side,  lie  800  yards  N.  65° 
W.  (N.  38°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Cul-de-sac. 

Deer  Island,  132  feet  high,  is  separated  from  the  north  point  of 
Bear  Island  by  a  narrow,  shallow  channel,  on  both  sides  of  which 
are  a  few  houses. 

Anchorage.— There  is  fair  anchorage,  with  winds  from  South, 
round  by  South  and  East,  to  NE.,  in  14  fathoms  water,  at  300  yards 
southwestward  of  the  islets  off  Deer  Island;  but  a  ?.eavy  swell 
rills  in  with  winds  from  8W.  to  West. 

Seal  Island,  85  feet  high,  lies  700  yards  North  from  the  NE. 
point  of  Bear  Island,  and  Round  Island,  113  feet  high,  lies  1,300 
yards  NW.  by  N.  from  the  same  point. 

White  Bear  Bay  extends  lOi  miles  from  the  north  point  of 
Bear  Island  to  the  fresh- water  brook  at  the  head,  with  an  average 
width  of  1,200  yards.  The  sides  are  steep,  in  many  places  precip- 
itous, 700  to  1,000  feet  high,  Avith  deep  water  close-to. 

Anchorage.— The  water  in  the  bay  decreases  suddenly  off  Bald 
Point  to  13  fathoms,  shoaling  again  gradually  to  8  fathoms,  in 
which  depth  large  vessels  should  anchor,  with  Blow-me-down 
Point  bearing  S.  28°  W.  (S.  55°  W.  mag.),  distant  800  yards.  The 
anchorage  is  perfectly  sheltered  and  the  holding  ground  good. 

Water.-  -Northwest  Brook,  f  mile  NNW.  from  Blow-me-down 
Point,  is  a  conspicuous  waterfall  and  an  excellent  watering  place. 
Large  vessels  should  not  go  so  far  up  as  this  brook,  for  there  is  a 
shoal,  with  3  fathoms  least  water  over  it,  lying  \  mile  from  it,  and 
the  water  then  shoals  gradually  to  the  head  of  the  bay. 

Telegraph  Station.— There  is  a  telegraph  station  at  the  head 
of  the  bay. 

Turks  and  Woody  Islands  lie  off  the  west  entrance  point  of 
White  Bear  Bay,  and  are  nearly  connected  to  it  by  shoal  water. 
Woody  Island,  213  feet  high,  is  very  conspicuous  from  the  dark 
color  of  the  foliage  and  conical  shape. 


14910 12 


172 


NEWFOUNDLAND 80UTII    COAST. 


'  I  ! 


i  !i 


White  Island,  1;JH  foot  IukIi.  nIiows  in  contrast  fo  Woody  Isliunl, 
and  to>j;otlior  llicy  form  jin  oxcollont  mark  for  <listingiiislirig  tho 
wost  cntranoo  to  Wliito  Boar  Buy. 

Black  Rock,  s  feet  higli,  lies  fiSO  yards  S.  28"  W.  (8.  85°  W. 
mag.)  from  White  Island,  an<l  may  bo  ai'j'roachod  closo-to  on  all 
sides  oxcopt  tho  oast.  Black  Sunkor,  wiU)  "ue  foot  water  over  it, 
lies  :J35  yaVds  N.  8:3"  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.)  from  Black  Rock,  and  is 
tho  west  end  of  a  bank  of  shoal  ground  stn^ching  from  it,  800 
yacds,  in  an  oasttrly  diro(;tion. 

Directions.-  F-utering  White  Boar  Bay  from  tlie  westward, 
White  Island  sli>  iild  be  made,  md  mid  channel  kept  between  that 
island  and  Black  Rock,  and  between  Deer  Island  and  the  main- 
land; rocks  and  shoal  water  extend  about  GOO  yards  from  the  west 
point  of  Deer  Island. 

Ramea  Islands.  —The  Ramea  islands,  a  cluster  of  islands  and 
rocks  SSE.  from  the  Burgoo  Group,  and  south  from  White  Bear 
Bay,  consist  of  two  large  islands  on  the  north  and  numerous  smaller 
islots,  rocks,  and  shoals,  on  the  south. 

Ramea  Oolombier  Island,  135  feet  high,  one  of  the  western  of 
the  islands,  makes  as  a  cone  from  all  directions,  and  is  surmounted 
by  a  flagstaff. 

Turr  Islands,  ^  mile  WSW.  from  Ramea  ColoTubier,  are  two 
bare  rocks,  tlie  eastern  29  feet  aad  the  western  about  10  feet  above 
high  water. 

Ntrtliwai'd  Rocks,  8  feet  high,  are  black  islets  with  8  fathoms 
WM.'er  tlose-to,  and  lie  1,400  yards  N  W.  by  N.  from  Ramea  Colom- 
bic. 

The  passage  between  these  and  the  main  islands  is  free  from 
d).'ngr!r,  but  the  water  is  comparatively  shallow,  and  a  heavy  con- 
fused sea  I'ises  with  a  strong  breeze  against  the  tide. 

Northwest  Island  makes  as  a  series  of  peaks,  the  highest, 
Man-of-war  Hill,  being  surmounted  by  a  bowlder,  211  feet  above 
high  water.  A  bank  on  which  the  depth  is  6  fathoms,  that  breaks 
in  bad  wea,ther,  lies  J  mile  NNE.  from  Northwest  Head,  and  a 
rock,  awa.sh  at  low  water,  lies  150  yards  off  the  same  head. 

Gull  Rod  8  feet  high,  off  the  NW.  point,  is  a  round  bare  islet 
joined  to  tho  shore  by  rocks  and  shoal  water. 

The  Channel  between  Northwest  Island  and  the  rest  of  the 
group  is  only  200  yards  wid9,  except  off  Ship  Cove  and  Muddy 
Hole,  two  small  bays  on  the  SE.  side  of  Northwest  Island,  where 
anchorage  may  be  obtained,  for  small  vessels  only,  in  from  6  to  11 
fathoms  water,  with  200  yards  swinging  room. 

The  northern  entrance  has  only  15  feet  at  low  water ;  the  southern 
shoals  from  11  fathoms  gradually  to  5  fathoms  midway  between 
Muddy  Hole  and  Ship  Cove,  then  suddenly  to  15  feet  off  the  east 
point  of  that  cove. 


ORKAT   IHLANI). 


173 


to  Woody  iHland, 
istinguishi'ig  the 

J°  W.  (S.  55°  W. 
ed  close-to  on  all 
3ot  water  over  it, 
lack  Rock,  nud  is 
ling  from  it,  800 

1  the  westward, 
ept  between  that 
i  and  tlie  main- 
ds  from  the  west 

ir  of  islands  and 
pom  White  Bear 
unierous  smaller 

)f  the  western  of 
id  is  surmounted 

Jinbier,  are  two 
•ut  10  feet  above 

with  8  fathoms 
1  Ramea  Colom- 

ids  is  free  from 
nd  a  heavy  con- 

0. 

£s,  the  highest, 
,211  feet  above 
•ms,  that  breaks 
>st  Head,  and  a 
ne  head, 
'ound  bare  islet 

the  rest  of  the 

ve  and  Muddy 

it  Island,  where 

in  from  6  to  11 

r;  the  southern 
idway  between 
'eet  off  the  east 


'or,  lies  1,300  yards  N.  85°  E. 

is  a  small  pinnacle  with  10 

'lere  is  no  danger  to  the  east- 


Southwest  Island,  about  80  feet  higli,  forms  the  west  Hide  of 
RamoH  Harl)f)r.  a  good  harbor  for  fiHhing  craft.  Southwest  i-ocks 
extend  westward  OOO  yards  from  the  outer  point  of  Soutliwost 
IsUmd,  and  south  of  these  ishinds  lie  numerous  shoals,  that  are 
shown  on  the  chart. 

Harbor  Island  is  mucli  indented,  and  forms  the  oast  side  of 
Riimoa  Harl)or. 

Copper  Island,  102  feet  high,  is  a  conspicuoiis  bare  cone,  with 
two  rociks  t(j  the  westward,  and  a  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  over 
it,  close  to  the  SE.  extreme.  Between  this  and  the  other  islands 
there  is  no  channel  for  a  wti-angc-  among  the  numerous  rocks  and 
shoals. 

Black  Rock,  14  feet  abov(         '^ 
(S.  68°  E.  mag.)  from  Copj.. 
fathoms  water  close- to  on  a  I 
ward  of  this  rock. 

Great  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  If  miles  long  and 
1,200  yards  broad,  with  a  bold  north  shore,  sloping  abruptly  from 
rugged  hills  tliat  present  an  irregular  outline.  Gull  Hill,  427  feet 
high,  the  highest  of  tliese  hills,  iii  fiat-topped,  and  has  a  steep  fall 
on  the  east  side  that  makes  it  conspicuous  when  seen  from  the 
southward. 

On  the  south  side  of  Great  Island  numerous  rocks  and  shoals 
forbid  a  stranger  attempting  the  passage  to  Eastern  Harbor. 

Eastern  Harbor,  a  small  cove  about  ^  mile  west  of  Bonnels 
Point  (the  SE.  point  of  Great  Island),  has  a  rock  awash  at  low 
water  in  mid-channel,  and  2  fathoms  water  at  tlie  head,  where  an- 
chorage for  fishing  craft  may  be  obtained,  with  sheicer  from  all 
winds.  \ 

Ramea  Southeast  Rocks  are  two  in  number,  with  a  boat  chan- 
nel between.  The  eastern  and  higher  is  20  feet  above  high  water, 
and  lies  4  miles  S.  30°  E.  (S.  3°  E.  mag.)  from  Bonnels  Point! 
A  rock,  with  one  foot  on  it  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  S.  81°  E. 
(S.  54°  E.  mag.)  from  these  rociis. 

Ramea  South  Bank,  having  2f  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  3  miles 
S.  43°  W.  (S.  70°  W.  mag.)  from  Ram^^a  Southeast  Rocks. 

Ice,— During  twenty  years,  northern  ice  only  arrived  at  Ramea 
on  four  occasions,  the  dates  being  from  the  end  of  February  to  the 
middle  of  March,  leaving  from  the  first  to  the  middle  of  April. 
The  harbor  is  only  frozen  when  northern  ice  is   )resent. 

Coast.— Northwest  Head,  the  termination  ii  that  direction  of 
the  west  point  of  White  Bear  Bay,  is  rugged  a^id  faced  by  cliffs. 
Turks  Head,  a  steep  bluff  with  a  rugged  background,  lies  1| 
miles  W.  by  N.  from  Northwest  Head.  Between  these  heads  is 
Emily  Storehouse  Covo,  i  mile  deep,  and  exposed  to  all  southerly 
winds. 


174 


XKW'KOI'NDT-ANI) — HOlTir   roART. 


II 


OflTer  Sunker,  with  ono  foot  wiitor  over  it,  lyiiiR  luuvrly  west, 
1,400  yards  from  Whitn  Isluiitl,  Ima  dt^pths  of  from  1 1  to  2^  fatliomB 
clos(!-to,  ami  is  th»*  outer  ilauKi^-  in  Tiirics  K\^l;ht. 

Anderson  Rook,  l,h()()  yards  N.  I'.r  '  W.  (N.  40°  W.  mag.)  from 
Wliite  Island,  is  awash  at  hiKh  water,  spriiiR  tides,  and  -ttcKip-to. 

Anderson  Sunker,  li  miU^s  N.  78"  W.  (N.  51°  W.  maR.)  from 
White  Ishmd,  consists  of  two  rocks  awash  at  low  water. 

OuU  Island,  73  feet  IiIkIi,  om»  mile  WSW.  from  Turks  Head, 
is  the  r)uter  of  a  chistor  of  clitfy  islets,  but  boing  of  the  same  color 
as  the  mainland  is  not  easily  distinK'uished. 

Several  shoals  whiidi  lie  south  and  SSE.  of  Gull  Island,  and  have 
dei)tlis  of  from  4  to  7   fathoms  over  them,  break  heavily  in  bad 

weather. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No,  1104,  and  B.  A.  Chart  No.  2142.) 

Red  Island,  l  \  miles  NW.  from  Gull  Island,  and  so  luimi'd  from 
the  color  of  its  outer  cliffs,  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  low  neck 
of  land,  the  inner  a  wooded  cone  377  feet,  andthe  outer  a  Hat-topped 
hill,  with  a  white  summit  3-^0  feet  above  luKh  water. 

This  island  divides  a  deep  bay  into  two  parts,  Northwest  Arm, 
which  extends  1|  miles,  and  Northeast  Arm,  U  miles. 

Northeast  Arm  has  deep  water,  and  no  shelter  for  one  mile, 
when  it  narrows  to  50  yards,  the  entrance  of  an  iimer  basin,  named 
Doctor  Harbor,  750  yards  long  V)y  150  wide,  with  sneltered  anchor- 
age for  small  -^raft  only,  in  4  or  6  fathoms  water. 

Red  Island  1  ^rb-  . ,  separating  the  island  from  the  mainland,  is 
^  mile  long  bv  200  yards  broad,  and  can  be  entered,  only  from  the 
eastward,  uough  a  channel  30  yards  wide;  it  is  therefore  only 
suitable  tt.i  tishing  craft. 

Northwest  Arm.— Cross  Rocks  narrow  this  arm  to  200  yards, 
with  a  depth  of  5i  fathoms  in  the  channel  between  them  and  Red 
Island ;  within  these  rocks  there  is  anchorage  for  small  craft,  in 
from  8  to  9  fathoms  water,  with  good  holding  ground. 

The  western  point  of  Northwest  Arm  is  a  series  of  rocky  hum- 
mocks faced  by  cliffs  on  the  seaboard;  Western  Point  Rock,  with 
13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  270  yards  south  of  the  point. 

White  Island  Shoal,  with  3J  fathoms  over  it,  and  deep  water 
close-to,  lies  800  yards  S.  75'  W.  (N.  78°  W.  mag.)  from  Western 

Point. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  273.) 

Bay  de  Loup  Point,  li  miles  west  from  Western  Point,  is  the 
east  entrance  of  the  bay  of  that  name,  and  the  extremity  of  an 
island  223  feet  high,  connected  at  low  water  with  a  narrow  penin- 
sula. Between  Bay  de  Loup  and  Western  Points  is  a  deep  bay 
that  should  not  be  entered  within  the  line  of  the  points.  The  coast 
line  is  rugged  and  fringed  by  cliffy  islets  and  rocks. 


"".xMhimii 


,'iiiK'  iM'iirly  west, 
II  1 1  to  'i'l  fntlioms 

)°  W.  mag.)  from 
A,  and  Mtooji-to. 
.°  W.  iiiHK.)  from 

wiit(»r. 
•oni  Turks  Htuul, 
of  the  stime  color 

Islniid,  nndlmvo 
,k  lu'uvily  in  bud 

2142.) 

lid  so  luiiui'd  from 
,rts  by  II  low  nock 
)uter  a  ftat-topiwd 
iter. 

Northwest  Arm, 
miles. 

Iter  for  one  mile, 
iner  basin,  named 
sneltered  anchor- 

i  the  mainland,  is 
:ed,  only  from  the 
,  is  tlierefore  only 

arm  to  200  yards, 

)en  them  and  Red 

"or  small  craft,  in 

^ound. 

ies  of  rocky  luim- 

Point  Rock,  with 

point. 

;,  and  deep  water 

bg.)  from  Western 


?tern  Point,  is  the 
6  extremity  of  an 
h  a  narrow  penin- 
ints  is  a  deep  bay 
points.  The  coast 
icks. 


' 


..,.j 


ilHWH-WWl'l '■»>'«»■  i« 


^>. 


v^.'^o?^ 


V] 


<^/ 


M 


/ 


'Vj^' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


•Cit 


KINGS    HARBOR. 


175 


Bay  de  Loup  Rock,  with  7  fent  water  over  it,  lies  i  mile  S.  13° 
E.  (S.  U°  W.  mag.)  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Bay  de  Loup  Point. 

Bay  de  Loup  or  Wolf  Bay,  extends  2  J  miles  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  fi-om  Bay  de  Loup  Point. 

Anchorage. — The  sides  are  precipitous,  with  deep  water  close-to, 
and  there  is  no  anchorage  until  Blow-me-down,  a  steep  bluff,  513 
feet  high  on  the  west  side,  about  i  mile  from  the  head,  is  passed, 
when  good  shelter  may  be  obtained  in  10  fathoms  water,  gradu- 
ally decreasing  to  4^  fathoms  toward  the  head.  The  most  con- 
venient anchorage  is  off  the  houses  at  the  mouth  of  Seal  Brook,  a 
small  stream  NNE,  from  Blow-me-down. 

Kings  Harbor,  +  mile  deep,  and  immediately  west  of  King's 
Head,  the  western  entrance  point  of  Bay  de  Loup,  affords  anchor- 
age in  9  fathoms  water,  160  yards  off  the  eastern  shore.  Kings 
Harbor  Brook  runs  in  on  the  west  side,  and  has  formed  a  bank  off 
tlie  mouth  extending  250  yards  from  the  west  point. 

Buflfetts  Island,  91  feet  high,  and  situated  off  Kings  Harbor, 
has  a  ledge  of  rocks  parallel  to,  and  100  yards  from,  the  north  side 
of  the  island ;  between  them  there  is  only  a  depth  of  6  feet. 

Anchorage.— There  is  fair  anchorage  NW.  of  Buffetts  Island, 
in  13  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  but  a  swell  rolls  in  with  southerly 
gales. 

The  Ha-ha^  an  inlet  stretching  in  one  mile,  to  the  northward  of 
Aldridge  and  Richards  Heads,  has  no  danger  in  it  till  within  100 
yards  of  the  head,  near  which  there  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels 
in  from  10  to  13  fathoms  water,  but  exposed  to  easterly  winds. 

Green  Hill  Island,  280  feet  high,  forms  the  south  shore  of  The 
Ha-ha. 

Aldridge  Rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  250  yards  S.  37°  E.  (S. 
10°  E.  mag.)  from  Aldrich  Head.  There  is  a  depth  of  48  fathoms 
at  200  yards  off  on  the  east  side,  but  only  6^  fathoms  water  between 
it  and  the  shore. 

Richards  Head,  340  feet  high,  on  the  mainland  within  Green 
Hill  Island,  is  a  remarkable  saddle- topped  hill,  with  steep  cliffs  on 
the  SW.  side,  and  dark  foliage  on  all  other  slopes.  It  is  conspicu- 
ous from  all  directions,  and  forms  an  excellent  mark  for  recogniz- 
ing Burgeo. 

Grandy  Island,  rugged  and  barren,  is  separated  from  the  main- 
land by  Long  Reach,  a  narrow  strait,  the  eastern  entrance  to  which, 
under  Richards  Head,  is  shallow;  the  southwestern  entrance  is 
spanned  by  a  bridge. 

Burgeo,  a  considerable  village,  on  the  east  side  of  Grandy 
Island,  has  several  conspicuous  houses,  and  a  wooden  church  with 
a  short  spire. 


I 


'■■»<■ 


176 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamers 
from  St.  Johns  call  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

SuppUes  may  generally  be  obtained  in  small  quantities  here, 
buttheAvater  obtained  from  Mercer  Cove  is  not  good;  excellent 
■water  may,  however,  be  obtained  in  Bay  de  Loup. 

Telegraph.— There  is  a  telegraph  station  at  Burgeo. 

Ice.-Burgeo  Port,  although  never  frozen  over,  is  occasionally 
blocked  for  a  few  days  by  ice  from  the  outer  coves,  which  moves 
off  in  February  and  March;  vessels  come  and  go  all  the  year. 
Northern  ice  only  appears  at  intervals,  arriving  generally  between 
the  middle  of  February  and  middle  of  March,  and  seldom  remain- 
ing more  than  a  fortnight  or  three  weeks. 

Short  Beach,  extending  H  miles  into  Grandy  Island,  with  an 
average  breadth  of  300  yards,  affords  anchorage  at  the  head  m  Si- 
fathoms  water,  over  mud,  with  swinging  voom  for  small  vessels. 

Smalls  Island,  surmounted  by  a  flagstaff,  is  the  southwestern 
of  the  groups  of  islets  and  rocks  off  the  SE.  of  Grandy  Island 
making  between  it  and  the  latter  a  capital  harbor  for  boats  and 
small  vessels,  with  11  feet  water  in  it. 

A  Rock,  which  covers  at  high  water,  lies  300  yards  ]S.  63   JL. 
(East  mag.)  from  Furber  Point.  , 

Beacon.— This  rock,  which  covers  one  foot  at  high  water,  is 

marked  by  a  beacon.  ^   ,  .-.       u 

Ship  Dock  is  a  small  cove,  around  which  are  situated  the  wharves 
and  warehouses  of  the  principal  trading  firm  at  Burgeo;  the  agent's 
double-storied  house  shows  conspicuously  from  all  directions,  and 
there  is  a  flagstaff  on  the  east  point.  ■,..-, 

Anchorage.— The  water  is  deep  close  to  the  wharves,  but  the 
anchoring  space,  in  13  fathoms  water,  is  small,  and  care  should  be 
taken  to  avoid  the  small  rock  east  of  Franks  Island,  and  the  shoal 
water  off  the  channel  separating  that  island  from  the  mainland. 

White  Ground  (Pylades  Bock),  with  13  feet  water  on  it, 
lies  i  mile  N.  63°  E.  (E:         '.g.)  of  Furber  Point. 

Two  shoals,  with  d£-  ^f  3  and  4i  fathoms  respectively,  lie 
between  White  Ground  and  the  rock  off  Furber  Point. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  Burgeo  in  from  16  to  24  fath- 
oms water,  over  mud,  good  holding  ground,  taking  care  to  keep 
the  fall  of  the  Sandbanks  open  south  of  Furber  Point,  bearing  8. 
72°  W  (N  81°  W.  mag.),  and  Grip  Head  open  north  of  Morgan 
Island,'  bearing  S.  87°  W.  (N.  66°  W.  mag.),  the  latter  mark  just 
clearing  a  rock  with  9  feet  water  over  it. 

Buoy.-A  mooring  buoy  is  laid  down  in  19  fathoms,  for  the  con- 
venience of  trading  vessels,  but  it  should  not  be  used  by  long 
ships,  the  mooring  being  small  and  the  buoy  only  200  yards  from 
the  rock  off  the  NE.  point  of  Morgan  Island. 


-- 


liX&.^,.iMi,^^^.Ji..ii,  '  lt^'.i  ^latin:.-!-.^—^  shrtiv. 


ly's  steamers 
and  autumn, 
antities  here, 
lod;  excellent 

so. 

;  occasionally 
which  moves 
all  the  year, 
irally  between 
ildom  remain- 

sland,  with  an 
the  head  in  8i 
nail  vessels. 

southwestern 
randy  Island, 

for  boats  and 

ards  N.  63°  E. 

tiigh  water,  is 

ed  the  wharves 
;eo ;  the  agent's 
directions,  and 

larves,  but  the 
[  care  should  be 
I,  and  the  shoal 
he  mainland. 
it  water  on   it, 

•espectively,  lie 

int. 

1  16  to  24  fath- 

ig  care  to  keep 

)int,  bearing  S. 

jrth  of  Morgan 

atter  mark  just 

:)ms,  for  the  con- 

e  used  by  long 

200  yards  from 


ISLANDS. 


177 


Mercer  Fpint,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Grandy  Island,  is  a  bluff 
dark  point  forming  the  south  point  of  Mercer  Cove,  an  indentation 
extending  800  yards  into  the  SW.  part  of  Grandy  Island.  It  con- 
sists of  two  basins,  is  crossed  by  a  bridge  and  separated  from  Long 
Reach  by  a  low  neck  of  land.  Off  the  entrance  is  a  small  islet, 
and  there  is  shelter  for  small  vessels  in  the  outer  basin. 

The  Sandbanks. — Grip  Head,  1.52  feet  high,  lies  1^  miles  west- 
ward of  Mercer  Point.  Close  to  the  southward  are  the  Sandbanks, 
70  feet  high.  Sandbanks  Point  was  formerly  the  southern  ex- 
treme, but  the  southern  edge  of  the  Sandbanks  has  washed  away 
about  300  yards,  and  there  is  now  a  passage  with  a  depth  of  not 
more  tlxan  2  fathoms  between  that  shore  and  Sandbanks  Point 
Island. 

Sandbanks  Point  Island  lies  off  tlie  SE.  extreme  of  Sandbanks 
Point,  now  also  an  island;  some  rocks,  always  above  water,  lie 
south  of  Sandbanks  Point,  with  3^  fathoms  water  close  to  them. 

Beacon. — A  rectangular  beacon,  painted  white,  stands  on  Sand- 
banks Point  Island,  and  is  conspicuous. 

Cornelius  Island,  NW.  about  i  mile  from  Sandbanks  Point, 
has  a  double  summit,  and  is  almost  divided  in  two  parts  by  the 
meeting  of  two  coves,  namely,  the  Harbor,  available  only  for 
boats,  on  the  north  side,  and  Back  Cove,  much  exposed,  and  con- 
taining several  rocks,  on  the  south  side.  Rocks  and  foul  ground 
extend  150  yards  from  the  NW.  side  of  this  island,  and  it  should 
not  be  closed  on  the  outer  side  nearer  than  i  mile. 

The  Boar,  1+  feet  high,  is  a  round  rock  lying  400  yards  SW. 
from  Cornelius  Island,  with  deep  water  close- to. 

The  Sow,  17  feet  high,  is  600  yards  westward  of  The  Boar,  with 
some  detached  rocks  close-to,  and  a  depth  of  8  fathoms  at  50  yards 
distant. 

A  shoal  on  which  the  depth  is  3^  fathoms  lies  350  yards  S.  30° 
W.  (S.  57°  W.  mag.)  from  The  Sow.  The  summit  of  Rencontre 
Island,  in  line  with  the  south  extreme  of  Sandbanks  Point  Island, 
bearing  East  (S.  63  E.  mag.),  leads  in  11  fathoms  water  150  yards 
south  of  this  shoal. 

Aspect. — When  first  seen,  the  land  in  the  vicinity  of  Burgeo 
appears  gray,  where  denuded  of  the  stunted  trees  that  grow  gen- 
erally on  the  seaboard,  and  its  outline  is  almost  unbroken ;  but  on 
nearer  approach  the  rugged  and  contorted  nature  of  the  country, 
the  innumerable  hills  and  deep  ravines,  are  made  apparent. 

Burgeo  Islands  form  a  group  of  almost  innumerable  islands 
and  rocks,  composed  of  Laurentian  gneiss,  showing  white  when 
bare,  with  two  remarkable  exceptions,  namely,  Round  and  Harbor 
Islands,  which  are  composed  of  dark  micaceous  gneiss,  causing 
them  to  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  others. 

Only  the  important  islands  will  be  described. 


mm 


i78 


NEWFOUNDLAND— SOUTH   COAST. 


Boar  Island,  201  feet  liigh,  and  the  nortlieastornmost  of  the 
group,  lies  ab<nit  1^  miles  SW.  from  Bay  de  Loup  Point.  It  is 
divided  hy  a  marsh,  the  southern  and  ]  igher  portion  is  wedge- 
shaped,  and  a  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  200 
yards  from  the  SE.  ijoint ;  and  there  is  the  same  depth  extending 
about  100  yards  from  the  NE.  point. 

Light. — On  the  summit  of  Boar  Island  a  square  lighthouse,  47 
feet  in  height,  situated  above  the  gable  of  a  dwelling,  painted 
white,  with  red  roofs,  exhibits  a  fixed  red  light  at  an  elevation  of 
207  feet,  which  illuminates  an  arc  of  the  horizon  of  270°  to  sea- 
ward, and  should  be  visible  11  mileb. 

Boar  Island  Rock  covers  one  foot  at  high  water,  and  lies  l-jV 
miles  S.  59°  E.  (8.  32°  E.  mag.)  from  Boar  Island  Lighthouse. 

Boar  Island  Shoal,  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  ^ 
mile  S.  47°  E.  (S.  20°  E.  mag.)  from  Boar  Island  Lighthouse,  and 
has  depths  of  from  10  to  15  fathoms  close-to. 

Round  Sliag  Island,  open  south  of  Musket  Islands,  bearing  S. 
61°  W.  (S.  88°  W.  mag.),  leads  south  of  all  shoals;  and  Richards 
Head,  open  east  of  Boar  Island  N.  43°  W.  (N.  16°  W.  mag.),  leads 
between  Boar  Island  Shoal  and  Rock. 

Little  Boar  Island,  20  feet  above  high  water,  lies  150  yards  off 
the  NW.  point  of  Boar  Island,  and  there  is  shoal  water  50  yards 
off  in  the  direction  of  the  latter. 

Cuttail  Island,  140  feet  above  high  water,  has  bare  steep  slopes 
to  the  southward,  and  is  separated  from  the  SW.  side  of  Boar 
Island  by  a  channel  250  yards  wide  that  should  not  be  taken  by  a 
stranger. 

Goose  Island,  34  feet  high,  and  Hug-my-dug  are  the  north  and 
south  of  a  group  of  rocky  islets  to  the  eastward  of  Cuttail  Island. 
Both  are  white  islets,  the  latter  square-shaped,  about  40  feet  above 
high  water. 

Venils  Island,  165  feet  high,  is  separated  from  Cuttail  Island 
by  a  channel  150  yards  wide,  with  foul  ground  stretching  from 
both  sides,  making  it  unnavigable  for  ships  without  a  pilot. 

Anchorage.— On  the  SE.  side  is  a  cove  200  yards  deep,  afford- 
ing good  sheltered  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  in  3^  fathoms  water. 

Venils  Shoal  consists  of  two  patches  with  2f  and  3  fathoms 
water  on  them,  respectively,  lying  with  the  rock  at  the  east  extreme 
of  Venils  Island  bearing  N.  60°  W.  (N.  33°  W.  mag.),  the  former 
distant  550  yards,  and  the  latter  700  yards. 

A  bank,  with  a  depth  of  8  fathoms,  lies  with  the  eastern  extreme 
of  Venils  Island  bearing  West  (N.  63°  W.  mag.),  distant  750  yards. 

Baggs  Island,  160  feet  high,  is  separated  from  the  west  side  of 
Venils  Island  by  a  narrow  shallow  channel,  available  for  boats  at 
low  water.  It  is  a  barren  island  with  a  peaked  summit,  and  has 
a  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  off  the  NW.  point. 


J 


rnmost  of  the 
3  Point.  It  is 
tion  is  wedge- 
lies  nearly  200 
iptli  extending 

lighthouse,  47 
filing,  painted 
m  elevation  of 
of  270°  to  sea- 

r,  and  lies  1-^ 
jighthouse. 
t,  lies  about  ^ 
ighthouse,  and 

ids,  bearing  S. 
;  and  Richards 
/V,  mag.),  leads 

es  150  yards  off 
water  50  yards 

lare  steep  slopes 
^  side  of  Boar 
)t  be  taken  by  a 

3  the  north  and 

Cuttail  Island. 

lut  40  feet  above 

n  Cuttail  Island 
stretching  from 
ut  a  pilot, 
rds  deep,  afford- 
^  fathoms  water. 
\  and  3  fathoms 
the  east  extreme 
lag.),  the  former 

3  eastern  extreme 
istant  750  yards. 
1  the  west  side  of 
able  for  boats  at 
summit,  and  has 


ISLANDS. 


Rencontre  Island  is  the  highest  of  the  Burgeo  group.  The 
western  portion  is  a  truncated  cone,  269  feet  high,  covered  with 
dark  foliage,  and  shows  out  very  conspicuously  from  all  directions. 

Rencontre  Rock,  with  7  feet  water  on  it,  lies  350  yards  off  the 
SE.  point  of  Rencontre  Island. 

Gull  Island,  50  feet  high,  lying  i  mile  SE.  from  Rencontre 
Island,  is  a  bare  rock  steep-to  on  the  NE.  side,  but  with  foul 
ground  extending  150  yards  southwestward. 

A  rock,  about  6  feet  above  high  water,  lie.s  150  yards  north  from 
Gull  Island,  and  a  shoal,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  between  the 
extreme  of  the  foul  ground  and  Rencontre  Rock. 

Musket  Islands  are  two  in  number,  the  northern  and  higher, 
32  feet  high,  lying  i  mile  SSW.  from  the  south  point  of  Rencontre 
Island. 

Between  Musket  Islands  and  Little  Rencontre  Rocks  is  a  shoal, 
with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  which  is  steep-to. 

Little  Rencontre  Island  is  a  dark  conical  island  about  150  feet 
high,  with  a  saddle-shaped  summit,  showing  out  well  when  seen 
from  east  or  west ;  Little  Rencontre  Rocks  lie  about  400  yards  SSE. 
of  the  island. 

Crocker  Island,  90  feet  high,  250  yards  west  of  Rencontre  Island, 
is  of  a  gray  color  and  steep-to,  except  off  the  NW.  point,  from 
which  a  shoal^  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  extends  50  yards. 

White  Island,  45  feet  high,  lies  350  yards  W.  by  N.  from  the 
NW.  point  of  Rencontre  Island,  and  from  its  color  is  conspicuous 
when  seen  against  the  larger  islands. 

Beacon. — A  pyramidal- shaped  wooden  beacon  stands  on  the 
summit  of  White  Island. 

Morgan  Island,  138  feet  high,  a  moss-covered,  undulating 
island,  lies  1,300  yards  SW.  from  the  NW.  point  of  Boar  Island. 

Off  the  north  side  shoal  water  f riUges  the  coast ;  the  west  side  is 
bold-to ;  the  south  side  encumbered  with  rocks  and  shoals,  and  a 
shoal  extends  60  yards  off  the  NE.  point.  There  are  two  coves  on 
the  south  side,  with  the  houses  of  fishermen  on  the  shores. 

A  rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  East  (S.  63°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  NE.  point  of  Morgan  Island, 

Eclipse  Island,  33  feet  high,  is  surmounted  by  a  white-washed 
cairn.  It  is  conical  in  shape,  covered  with  stunted  bushes,  and  has 
a  low  projection  to  the  eastward,  off  which  shoal  water  extends 
200  yards.  The  passage  between  this  and  Morgan  Island  is  clear 
in  mid-channel. 

Franks  Island  is  flat,  and  nearly  joined  to  Eclipse  Island.  A 
small  rock,  that  covers  4  feet  at  high  water,  lies  50  yards  off  the 
east  side. 


IF"" 


180 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOFTII    COAST. 


There  is  only  6  feet  water  in  tlio  passage  between  this  island  and 
Grandy  Island. 

The  Douglas,  lying  1,800  yards  eastward  of  the  Sandbanks, 
covers  one  foot  at  high  watei',  and  is  a  small  round  rock,  nearly 
always  breaking. 

A  rock,  with  10  feet  water  over  it,  lies  200  yards  S.  80°  W.  (N. 
73°  W.  mag.)  of  The  Douglas,  with  5  fathoms  between  them,  and 
deep  water  in  other  directions. 

The  Baldwin  consists  of  two  rocks  nearly  joined,  the  higher 
about  15  feet  above  high  water,  steep-to  on  .11  sides,  lying  750 
yards  NE.  by  E.  of  Sandbanks  Point. 

Baldwin  Shoal,  with  10  feet  water  over  it,  lies  J  mile  eastward 
of  The  Baldwin. 

A  rock,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  11  fathoms  close-to, 
lies  1,150  yards  S.  80°  E.  (S.  53°  E.  mag.)  from  Sandbanks  Point 
Island. 

Round  Shag  Island,  1,300  yards  SW.  of  Musket  Islands,  is  a 
conspicuous  cone  64  feet  high,  with  10  fathoms  water  at  100  yards 
distant. 

Oolombier  Island,  conical,  with  a  double  summit,  the  higher 
177  feet,  is  |  mile  WNW.  of  Round  Shag  Island,  shows  promi- 
nently from  all  directions,  and  is  an  excellent  mark  for  distinguish- 
ing the  Burgeo  Islands. 

Petit  Marchand,  about  5  feet  high,  lies  i  mile  south  of  Sand- 
banks Point  Island. 

A  rock,  with  16  feet  water  over  it,  and  5  fathoms  close-to,  lies 
600  yards  eastward  of  Petit  Marchand. 

Fish  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  westward  of  Petit 
Marchand ;  between  them  is  a  shoal  with  6  feet  least  water. 

Marchand  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  ^  mile 
S.  78°  W.  (N.  75°  W.  mag.)  of  Sandbanks  Point  Island. 

Stem  Rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  one  foot,  lies  1,200  yards 
N.  79°  E.  (S.  74°  E.  mag.)  of  the  north  point  of  Round  Island. 

Miffel  Island,  60  feet  high,  the  outer  and  southern  of  the 
Burgeo  group,  is  composed  of  gray  gneiss,  and  makes  as  a  cone 
from  all  directions. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  136  yards  from  the  north 
end;  another  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  and  having  3i  fathoms 
100  yards  east  of  it,  lies  360  yards  N.  56°  E.  (N.  83°  E.  mag.)  from 
the  same  point. 

Fortune  Rock,  with  4^  fathoms  on  it  and  deep  water  close-to, 
lies  ^  mile  eastward  of  Miffel  Island, 

Whales  Back,  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  breaks  in  winter 
gales,  and  is  the  shoalest  spot  of  some  uneven  ground  lying  i  mile 
in  a  westerly  direction  from  Miffel  Island.  With  a  fresh  breeze 
against  the  tide,  there  is  a  heavy  sea  at  this  place. 


this  island  and 

the  Sandbanks, 
nd  rock,  nearly 

s  S.  80°  W.  (N. 
ween  them,  and 

ned,  the  higher 
sides,  lying  750 

^  mile  eastward 

'athoms  close-to, 
andbanks  Point 

^ket  Islands,  is  a 
Eiter  at  100  yards 

limit,  the  higher 
d,  shows  promi- 
:  for  distinguish- 

e  south  of  Sand- 

oms  close-to,  lies 

westward  of  Petit 
)ast  water, 
ies  nearly  i  mile 
Island. 

,  lies  1,200  yards 
lound  Island, 
southern  of  the 
makes  as  a  cone 

is  from  the  north 
iving  H  fathoms 
83°  E.  mag.)  from 

)ep  water  close-to, 

,  breaks  in  winter 
•ound  lying  i  mile 
ith  a  fresh  breeze 
!e. 


ISLANDS. 


181 


Green  Island,  nearly  a  mile  NNW.  of  Miffel  Island,  and  about 
80  feet  high,  is  a  flat-topped  grass-covered  island,  with  white  clitTs 
and  deep  water  on  the  seaward  face,  and  a  small  islet  off  the  east 
extreme. 

Green  Island  Shoal,  with  5  fatiioms  water  over  it,  and  depths 
of  11  to  13  fathoms  close-to,  lies  600  yards  WSW.  from  Qreen 
Island. 

Neveirfail  Shoal,  with  7  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  000  yards 
SW.  of  Green  Island. 

Miffel  Island  bearing  S.  69°  W.  (S.  42°  W.  mag.)  clears  those 
shoals  passing  south  westward ;  both  shoals  are  said  to  break  in 
bad  weather. 

Harbor  Island,  about  ^  mile  north  of  Green  Island,  consists  of 
numerous  islets  and  rocks  of  a  dark  color,  with  steep  cliffs  on  the 
north  and  west  sides,  sloping  to  the  east,  where  there  is  a  shallow 
cove  with  good  shelter  for  boats.  A  remarkable  hummock  named 
The  Louse-box  surmounts  the  west  point  of  this  island. 

Harbov  Island  Rock,  2  feet  above  high  water,  with  a  depth  of 
6  fathoms  close-to,  lies  270  yards  SW.  of  Harbor  Island. 

Round  Island,  79  feet  high,  of  dark  micaceous  rock,  is  cliffy  and 
steep-to,  except  on  the  NE.  side,  from  which  a  ledge  of  3  fathoms 
water  extends  50  yards. 

The  passage  between  Harbor  and  Round  Islands  is  free  from 
danger,  but  it  is  better  for  a  stranger  to  take  the  northern  route. 

West  Flat  Island,  the  westernmost  of  the  group,  about  25  feet 
high,  is  a  bare  white  rock,  making  in  two  flat  summits,  with  a  rock 
awash  at  low  water  100  yards  off  the  south  point,  and  a  depth  of 
more  than  10  fathoms  at  200  yards  off. 

Beacon. — A  pyramidal-shaped  wooden  beacon  stands  on  the 
western  mound  of  this  island. 

Shoals. — Several  shoals  and  fishing  br  • -;  lie  near  West  Flat 
Island.     The  following  are  those  that  break  i  .  winter  gales : 

Graley  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  and  10  fathoms  at  200 
yards,  lies  1,400  yards  S.  22°  E.  (S,  5°  W.  mag.)  from  West  Flat 
Island  beacon. 

Point  Shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  13  to  19  fathoms 
close-to,  lies  one  mile  S.  47°  W.  (S.  74°  W.  mag.)  from  West  Flat 
Island  beacon. 

Oflfer  Shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  is  the  outer  and 
western  of  these  dangers,  with  15  fathoms  close-to,  and  lies  1^ 
miles  S.  46°  W.  (S.  73°  W.  mag.)  from  West  Flat  Island  beacon. 

Banks  reported  SW.  of  Burgeo. — Soundings  of  10  fathoms, 
white  sandy  bottom,  on  a  bank  about  27  miles  southwestward  of 
Burgeo  Islands,  or  in  approximately  latitude  47°  08'  N.,  longitude 
57°  53'  W. 


p— ' 


u 


182 


NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII    COAHT. 


A  ])auk,  extendinjjf  alxmt  oiu!  nnl«  in  an  east  aiul  west  <lin»ction, 
is  Hitiuitod  about  50  miles  s(tutli\vontwanl  of  Burg(M>  Lilaiuls. 
At  tlio  eastern  end  of  tlio  banlc  tliere  is  a  doptli  of  'Z',\  fatlioms; 
about  i  mile  wi'stward,  17  fathoms  (hard,  rocky  bottom);  and  2 
miles  fartlu'r  westward,  no  bottom  at  100  fathoms. 

Approximate  positi(m  of  the  17  fathoms  sounding,  latitude  46°  63' 
N.,  longitude  58°  1!>'  W. 

Both  of  the  above  banks  were  unsuccessfully  searclied  for  in 
H.  M.  surveying  vessel  Oidnare  in  18!) I. 

Directions  from  the  Eastward.— Richards  Head  kept  between 
N.  U°  W.  (N.  66°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  61°  W.  (N.  24°  W.  mag.)  will 
lead  between  Boar  Island  Rock  and  Bay  de  Loup  Rock  to  Boar 
Island,  and  when  about  400  yards  northward  of  the  latter  the  fall  of 
Sandbanks  should  be  brought  open  south  of  Furber  Point,  bearing 
8.  72°  W.  (N.  81°  W.  mag.),  to  clear  White  Ground  and  the  shoals 
lying  east  of  Smalls  Island,  after  which  the  beacon  on  the  shoal 
south  of  Smalls  Island  should  be  passed  at  about  200  yards  distant, 
and  B^urber  Point  rounded  to  the  anchorage. 

From  the  Westward. — Entering  Burgeo  from  the  westward,  a 
course  should  be  steered  to  pass  800  yards  north  of  West  Flat 
Island,  when  the  summit  of  Rencontre  Island  should  be  bi'ought 
in  line  with  the  south  extreme  of  Sandbanks  Point  Island,  bearing 
East  (S.  63°  E.  mag.),  and  kept  so  until  Round  Shag  Island  opens 
east  of  Ragged  Island,  bearing  S.  54°  E.  (S.  27°  E.  mag.),  when 
Sandbanks  Point  Island  should  be  rounded  at  2u0  yards  distant 
and  a  N.  76°  E,  (S.  77°  E.  mag.)  course  steered,  taking  care  to  keep 
Round  Island  open  south  of  Sandbanks  Point  Island,  bearing  S.70° 
E.  (N.  77°  E.  mag.),  until  the  cairn  on  Eclipse  Island  comes  in  line 
with  the  NW.  point  of  Morgan  Island  N.  42°  E.  (N.  69°  E.  mag.) 
This  mark  should  be  run  on  until  Morgan  Island  is  closed  to  200 
yards.  Morgan  Island  should  be  passed  at  that  distance  until  the 
channel  between  it  and  Eclipse  Island  is  open,  when  a  mid-channel 
course  will  lead  to  Burgeo  Anchorage,  looking  out  for  the  shoals 
extending  north  from  Morgan  and  east  from  Eclii^se  Island. 

In  a  vessel  drawing  more  than  21  feet.  Miff  el  Island  should  be 
steered  for,  taking  care  to  keep  clear  of  Whales  Back,  and  rounded 
at  i  mile  to  clear  Fortune  Rock,  then  a  course  steered  to  pass  be- 
tween Boar  Island  and  Boar  Island  Rock;  keeping  Round  Shag 
Island  open  south  of  Musket  Islands,  bearing  S.  61°  W.  (S.  88°  W. 
mag.),  until  Richards  Head  is  open  east  of  Boar  Island,  bearing 
N.  43°  W.  (N.  16°  W.  mag.);  when  the  latter  may  be  rounded  at 
300  yards,  to  clear  the  ledge  off  the  NE.  point,  and  the  anchorage 
steered  for. 

Small  vessels  may  pass  in  mid-channel,  between  Ragged  and 
Seal  Islands,  keeping  Richards  Head  and  the  church  shut  in  with 


.  west  direction, 
Jurgoo  lolamls. 
of  5i:J  fttthoma; 
bottom);  uiul  'i 

,  latitude  40"  63' 

searched  for  in 

id  kept  between 
°  W.  mag.)  will 
p  Rock  to  Boar 
latter  the  fall  of 
r  Point,  bearing 
1  and  the  shoals 
3n  on  the  shoal 
)0  yards  distant, 

the  westward,  a 
h  of  West  Flat 
ould  be  brought 
1  Island,  bearing 
lag  Island  opens 
E.  mag.),  when 
;0  yards  distant 
:ing  care  to  keep 
d,  bearing  8.70° 
,nd  comes  in  line 
N.  69°  E.  mag.) 
is  closed  to  200 
istance  until  the 
in  a  mid-channel 
t  for  the  shoals 
)se  Island, 
sland  should  be 
ick,  and  rounded 
)ered  to  pass  be- 
ing Round  Shag 
1°  W.  (S.  88°  W. 
r  Island,  bearing 
ly  be  rounded  at 
id  the  anchorage 

)en  Ragged  and 
rch  shut  in  with 


nrn(iEf) — tidal  HTnKA:MM. 


18.1 


M(n7fHn  Islimd,  bearing  N.  'U"  E.  (N.  61°  E.  nuig.),  until  Crocker 
IhIhikI  is  distant  !iOU  yards. 

White  and  Morgan  Islands  should  l)o  ko]»t  at  that  distance  until 
thei'lwinuel  is  open  between  the  latter  and  Eclipse  Ishind. 

There  is  also  a  passage  between  Round  8hag  and  Miisk(<t  Islands; 
keeping  one-third  the  width  of  the  channel  from  the  latter,  and 
rounding  Crocker  Island  at  20(»  yards,  proceed  as  bot'oro  directed. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Burgeo  at  Hh.  IJ'^ni. ; 
springs  rise  ti|  feet,  neaps  rise  4  foot. 

Tidal  StreamB. — There  is  no  regularity  in  the  direction  of  the 
tidal  streams  off  Burgeo,  but  they  are  greatly  intluonced  by  the 
prevailing  winds.  The  western  stream  attains  a  velocity  of  1| 
knots  an  hour  after  a  prevalence  of  easterly  winds,  but  the  eastern 
stream  seldom  exceeds  one  knot  an  hour. 

Ooaat— Qreen  Island,  i  mile  NNW.  of  Cornelius  Island  and 
abcmt  40  foot  high,  is  long  and  narrow,  with  rocks  extending  350 
yards  from  the  SW.  side,  and  a  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  in  mid- 
channel  between  it  and  Little  Barasway  Head,  from  which  it  is 
distant  250  yards. 

No  Man  Rock,  one  foot  above  high  water,  lies  400  yards  west- 
ward from  Green  Island ;  and  at  900  yards  on  the  same  bearing 
there  is  a  rock,  with  12  feet  water  on  it,  and  7  fathoms  close-to, 
except  on  its  sonth  side,  where  there  is  a  depth  of  4J  fathoms. 

Qallbping  Moll  Rock,  covering  6  feet  at  high  water,  and  nearly 
always  breaking,  lies  800  yards  southward  of  No  Man  Rock. 

Little  Barasway  is  a  large  bay  nearly  all  dry  at  low  water, 
with  First  and  Aaron  Arms,  two  inlets,  extending  to  the  eastward. 
The  entrance  is  nearly  dry  at  low  water,  and  is  on  either  side  of  a 
conical  islet,  300  yards  north  of  Green  Island. 

The  Canal,  an  artificial  cutting  connecting  Little  Barasway 
with  Grandy  Brook,  is  available  for  the  small  boats  of  the  fisher- 
men from  three-quarters  flood  to  a  quarter  ebb. 

Flannagan  Island,  33  feet  high,  lies  about  f  mile  NW.  of  Little 
Barasway  Head,  has  a  flat  top,  and  is  faced  by  cliffs,  with  a  small 
rock  close  to  the  east  side. 

A  rock,  that  covers  2  feet  at  high  water,  with  a  depth  of  7 
fathoms  close-to,  lies  400  yards  S.  18°  E.  (S.  9°  W.  mag.)  from 
Flannagan  Island,  and  a  patch  of  rocks,  with  two  heads  covering 
3  feet,  lies  350  yards  S.  59°  E.  (S.  33°  E.  mag.)  from  the  same 
island. 

Grandy  Brook  is  an  arm  of  the  sea  extending  inland  from 
Little  Gut,  2i  miles  to  the  fresh- water  brook  at  the  head;  the 
entrance  through  Little  Gut  is  now  closed. 

Little  Gut  Head,  SE.  of  Little  Gut,  is  the  south  point  of  a 
sharp-topped  conical  hill,  225  feet  high.    The  rocks  about  this  head 


184 


NKWKOI'NDLAND — HOIITH    COAHT. 


ar(3  w)iit(>,  1111(1  oiV  it  in  ii  rock,  iiwuhI)  iit  h\n\\  wiitt>r,  with  shonl 
wut(>r  juHt  outsidt). 

Aspect. — Thoro  is  a  nuimrkuhlc  (litT<«r»Mict)  liotwoen  tlm  liiiul 
woHt  iiiid  tliiit  t'HHt  of  Gniiitly  Brook;  i\w  foniior  consists  of  niugus 
of  liills  witii  el  iff- faced  Hummits  mid  smooth,  mossy  slopt's-,  tho 
hitter  of  conical  hills  and  mounds,  ])urtially  cuvurud  with  stiiutod 
tr«'»m  or  whitened  by  former  firos. 

Norman  Head,  west  of  Little  Out,  is  a  haro-topped  mound  O.T 
feet  liiKh,  with  a  spit  of  shiuKlo  extending  from  the  base  into 
Little  Gut.  West  of  this  head  extends  a  lt>ng  shingle  beach,  10  feet 
above  high  water,  .that  forms  Big  Barasway,  a  largo  shoal  bay  cou- 
tainiiig  several  islands.  The  entrance  at  the  west  end  of  tlu*  beach 
is  encumbero<l  by  rocks,  and  it  is  rarely  used  even  by  local  small 
craft.  The  beach  has  a  grassy  mound  at  the  west  extreme,  and 
two  mounds  at  short  distances  to  the  eastward  of  it. 

Barasway  Bay,  the  open  space  bounded  by  Cornelius  Island  on 
the  oast  and  Barasway  Point  on  the  west,  has  a  general  depth  of 
17  fathoms  on  the  outer  edge,  but  islets,  rocks,  and  foul  ground 
make  it  quite  useless  as  an  anchorage,  and  in  bad  weather  the  bay 
appears  a  mass  of  bi-eakers. 

Mile  Rooks,  a  cluster  of  islets  and  rocks,  the  highest  H  feet 
high,  occui)y  a  space  1,400  yards  long  by  800  yards  broad,  with 
rocks  awash,  and  below  water,  all  round  at  a  distance  of  000 
yards. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1,660  yards  S.  SO"  E.  (S.  69° 
E.  mag.),  and  a  shoal  of  7  feet  water  1,400  yards  N.  62°  E.  (N.  79° 
E.  mag.)  fnmi  the  highest  of  the  Mile  Rocks. 

The  Jumper,  awash  at  low  water,  and  always  breaking,  is  the 
outer  danger  in  Barasway  Bay,  and  lies  S.  65°  E.  (S.  38°  E.  mag.) 
U  miles  from  Barasway  Point;  nearly  800  yards  N.  71°  E.  (S.  82° 
E.  mag.)  from  the  Jumper  is  a  shoal  with  18  feet  water  over  it. 

Barasway  Point,  the  west  point  of  Barasway  Bay,  is  a  low 
promontory  extending  seawai'd  from  the  slopes  of  Father  Hughes 
Hill,  398  feet  high,  that  makes  as  a  cone  when  seen  from  seaward, 
and  is  the  end  of  a  flat  range  of  hills  stretching  to  the  interior. 
The  moss  and  stunted  growth  that  cover  this  hill  are  darker  than 
the  surrounding  country,  and  tend  to  make  it  conspicuous  even  in 
misty  weather. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  300  yards  S.  5°  W.  (S.  32° 
W.  mag.)  of  Barasway  Point,  and  on  the  SE.  side,  nearly  200 
yards  oflf,  is  a  rock  that  covers  one  foot  at  high  water. 

Doctor  Harbor,  with  a  small  white  island,  of  the  same  name, 
in  the  entrance,  is  an  inlet  000  yards  deep  in  Barasway  Point, 
available  for  small  vessels  only. 


LJ 


;iev,  with  Hhoal 

ween  tlio  Imul 
incista  of  riuigos 

iHHy    slopes  •,    till) 

ed  with  Mtuntod 

•ppcd  mound  03 
I  tho  base  into 
le  beach,  10  foot 
0  shoal  bay  cou- 
Mid  of  tho  boach 
[1  1)y  local  small 
ist  oxti'enio,  and 
it. 

nelius  Island  on 
i^eneral  depth  of 
ind  foul  ground 
weather  the  bay 

highest  14  feet 

H'ds  broad,  with 

distance  of  000 

S.  80"  E.  (S.  69° 
N.  62°  E.  (N.  70° 

breaking,  is  the 
(S.  38°  E.  mag.) 
N.  71°  E.  (S.  82° 
water  over  it. 
y  Bay,  is  a  low 
t  Father  Hughes 
3u  from  seaward, 
J  to  the  interior. 
[  are  darker  than 
ispicuous  even  in 

S.  5°  W.  (S.  32° 
side,  nearly  200 
ater. 

'  the  same  name, 
Barasway  Point, 


ANcnOTlAdK. 


(B.  A.  (niiirt  No.  2149.) 


185 


Ooast.  —  From  Burasway  Point  westward  the  coast  is  foul  to 
Connoire  Bay,  with  several  small  coves.  The  outer  rocks  gener- 
ally show  by  breakers,  and  may  bo  api)roa(di(<(l  on  tlie  south  side 
to  \  niil»».  The  hill  rnrming  Connoire  lleud,  completely  open  west 
of  Wreck  Island  (the  low,  green  islund  next  eastward  of  it),  bear- 
ing N.  r»2°  W.  (N.  '-w'.')'  W.  nnig.),  leads  westward  of  all  dangers. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  l)o  obtained  with  od'shore  winds 
oft"  Midrllo  Brook  between  Green  Island  (oil"  which  are  a  small 
cluster  of  rocks  above  water)  and  Baring  Island,  a  reddish  white 
rocky  island,  63  foot  high,  next  NW.  of  it,  in  12  fatlumis  water, 
but  it  is  (juite  exposed  to  southward  and  westward.  A  few  houses 
stand  on  tho  western  entrance  point  of  Middle  Brook,  at  tho  head 
of  tho  anchorage. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1586.) 

Oonuoire  Bay,  entered  at  nearly  12  miles  NW.  irom  Miffol 
Island,  extends  2.V  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  1^  miles,  to  Mid  Head, 
whore  it  branches  into  Northeast  and  Northwest  Arms.  Northeast 
Arm  extends  in  a  curve  2;^  miles,  and  Northwest  Arni  ■>^  miles,  but 
the  dei)th  of  water  is  l„.>.s  than  5  fathoms  over  tho  whole  extent  of 
tlie  hitter,  and  at  half  tide  boats  only  can  enter  the  shallow  portion, 
which  begins  at  one  mile  from  Mid  Head. 

Oonnoire  Head,  tho  eastern  entrance  point,  is,  from  its  isolation 
and  the  white  rock  at  the  base,  conspicuous,  and  the  dark,  stunted 
trees  that  crown  the  summit  are  176  feet  above  high  water. 

Tho  only  danger  in  tho  outer  part  of  Connoire  Bay  is  a  rock,  with 
3  fathoms  water  over  it,  situated  300  yards  from  the  oast  shore  of 
the  bay,  and  \j\  miles  from  Connoire  Head.  Northward  of  Con- 
noire Head  tho  land  slopes  smoothly  from  hills  that  attain  an  ele- 
vation of  485  feet,  and  are  covered  with  brown  moss.  Mid  Head 
terminates  in  a  series  of  peaked  hills,  and  the  highest  part  is  ()89 
feet  above  high  water. 

Anchorage. — Tho  bay  is  qtiite  exposed  to  southwesterly  winds, 
but  anchorage  may  be  obtained,  with  oflfshore  winds,  in  depths  of 
10  fathoms  or  less,  as  convenient. 

Northeast  Arm  affords  good  shelter  to  vessels  drawing  18  feet  or 
less  water,  anchorage  being  taken  up  by  the  lead  and  according 
to  the  size  of  the  vessel.  A  sandbank  extends  from  the  north  shore, 
ju.st  within  the  point  where  the  arm  narrows,  and  a  rock,  with  13 
feet  water  on  it,  lies  in  mid-channel,  off  Billiard  Cove,  a  small  bight 
on  the  south  shore.  Vessels  should,  therefore,  keep  nearer  the  east 
than  the  west  shore  of  this  arm. 

Water. — Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  good  stream  at  the  head 
of  Billiard  Cove. 


I 
I 


186 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Billiard  C  ''e  at 
8h.  "iOm. ;  springs  rise  5J  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet;  ueaps  rang.  3  feet. 

Muddy  Hole  Point,  the  western  entrance  point  of  Connoire 
Bay,  is  the  extreme  of  a  conical  hill  97  feet  high,  and  the  apparent 
western  termination  of  a  ridge  extending  from  a  hill  with  a  sharp 
peak  Q46  feet  above  high  water,  which  slopes  northward  to  a  salt- 
water lagoon.  Cowhouse  Hill,  839  feet  high,  and  the  highest  land 
near  the  coast  in  this  neighborhood,  rises  northward  from  this 
lagoon.  Round  Hill,  570  feet  high,  rises  a  short  distance  north- 
ward of  Muddy  Hole.  Rocks  extend  800  yards  southwestward 
from  Muddy  Hole  Point,  but  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  the  sum- 
mit of  Baring  Island  in  line  with  the  SW.  extreme  of  Wreck 
Island,  bearing  S.  81°  E.  (S.  54°  E.  mag.). 

Muddy  Hole,  an  open  bay,  completely  exposed  to  the  south- 
westward,  has  a  small  boat  cove  in  the  NE.  corner. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage,  with  offshore  Avinds,  may  be  obtained 
in  11  or  12  fathoms  water,  but  the  holding  ground  is  not  good 
generally. 

Otter  Point. — Otter  Point,  the  western  entrance  point  of  Muddy 
Hole,  slopes  from  a  round  hill  137  feet  high,  and  immediately  over 
it  there  is  a  small  cone  known  as  Trimming  Hill,  37  feet  high. 

Two  shoals,  with  3  fathoms  water  over  them,  lie  in  a  SE.  by  E. 
direction,  off  the  soiith  extreme  of  the  point,  at  distances  of  550 
yards  and  800  yards,  respectively. 

The  Painter,  a  dangerous  rock  that  almost  dries  at  low  water, 
but  often  does  not  show  by  a  breaker,  lies  nearly  f  mile  southward 
of  Otter  Point. 

Shag  Island,  a  conspicuous  white  rock  42  feet  high,  is  the  south- 
ernmost extreme  of  a  chain  of  islands  and  rocks  extending  from 
Otter  Point.  Numerous  sunken  dangers  lie  westward  and  north- 
westward of  Shag  Island,  the  southwesternmost  of  which,  Colom- 
bier  Shoal,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  is  l^Jg-  miles  S.  68°  W.  (N.  85° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  summit  of  Shag  Island.  This  danger  was  for- 
merly known  as  Comus  Rock,  and  the  present  local  corruption  of 
the  name  is  Clumpy  Shoal. 

The  western  entrance  point  of  Connoire  Bay  open  south  of  Shag 
Island,  bearing  N.  59°  E.  (N.  86°  E.  mag.),  leads  southward,  and 
the  SE.  extreme  of  Captain  Island  in  line  with  the  SW.  extreme 
of  Couteau  Colombier,  N.  9°  E.  (N.  36°  E.  mag.),  leads  westward 
of  this  shoal. 

Otter  Point  Settlement,  with  a  population  of  about  50,  is  on  the 
north  side  of  Duck  Island,  a  small  island  at  the  head  of  a  rugged 
bight  immediately  northwestward  of  Otter  Point. 

Local  knowledge  is  necessary  to  approach  this  settlement,  or  the 
anchorage  between  it  and  the  mainland  northward  of  it,  and  only 


Billifird  C  >  ^e  at 
leaps  rang  -  3  feet. 
)oint  of  Connoire 

and  the  apparent 
,  hill  with  a  sharp 
rthward  to  a  salt- 
d  the  highest  land 
thward  from  this 
)rt  distance  north- 
ds  southwestward 
'  keeping  the  sum- 
xtreme  of  Wreck 

)sed  to  the  south- 
tier. 

s,  may  be  obtained 
round  is  not  good 

ice  point  of  Muddy 
l1  immediately  over 
11,  37  feet  high. 
,  lie  in  a  SE.  by  E. 
at  distances  of  550 

dries  at  low  water, 
y  -I  mile  southward 

t  high,  is  the  south- 
ks  extending  from 
estward  and  north- 
st  of  which,  Colom- 
es  S.  68°  W.  (N.  85° 
'his  danger  was  f  or- 
local  corruption  of 

open  south  of  Shag 
ids  southward,  and 
the  SW.  extreme 
,g.),  leads  westward 

about  50,  is  on  the 
le  head  of  a  rugged 
int. 

is  settlement,  or  the 
7ard  of  it,  and  only 


tOUTEiU    HAY. 


1-^ 


c< 


vessels  drawing  12  feet  or  less  water  can  enter  it  from  the  east- 
ward. The  flagstaff  of  the  settlement  is  the  only  mark  on  it  that 
can  be  seen  from  seaward. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Duck  Island  at  8h. 
47m. ;  springs  rise  5^^  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet ;  neaps  range  2J  feet. 

Couteau  Colombier,  a  remarkable  cube  of  rock  49  feet  high, 
with  a  low  spur  extending  northeastward,  is  1^  miles  northwest- 
ward from  Shag  Island.  From  certain  x^ositions  northwestward  of 
it,  it  presents  a  marked  resemblance  to  a  human  profile. 

Captain  Island  is  remarkable  for  the  whiteness  of  the  rock  when 
visible,  and  the  darkness  of  the  vegetation  which  covers  the  remain- 
ing portion.  It  has  two  hillocks,  the  northern  and  higher  being 
216  feet  above  high  water.  It  is  much  diversified  in  feature,  and 
has  a  conspicuous  white  stripe  on  one  of  the  coast  hills  on  the  north 
shore. 

Rocks  and  shoals  extend  westward  1,200  yards  from  this  island. 
The  passage  between  it  and  the  mainland  northward  is  only  200 
yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  4^  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Anchorage. — Small  vessels  will  find  excellent  anchorage  in  this 
channel  off  the  passage  between  Captain  Island  and  Duck  Island, 
which  are  almost  joined  together  by  islands  and  rocks,  taking  care 
to  avoid  Seal  Rocks,  one  foot  above  high  water,  which  lie  off  the 
mainland  shore  north  of  the  passage. 

Couteau  Bay  extends  in  2i  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Couteau 
Brook,  a  considerable  stream  draining  a  large  valley,  which  latter 
is  a  prominent  feature  of  the  coast.  The  bay  has  only  one  safe, 
though  narrow,  passage  into  it,  being  almost  blocked  by  islands 
and  rocks. 

Flat  Rocks,  6  and  10  feet  high,  respectively,  and  the  southern- 
most of  those  above  water,  are  surrounded  by  rocks  for  a  short 
distance.  Copper  Duck  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies 
f  mile  S.  17°  W.  (S.  44°  W.  mag.)  from  the  southern  and  lower  of 
Flat  Rocks,  and  is  the  outer  danger  off  Couteau  Bay.  Connoire 
Head,  open  south  of  Shag  Island,  bearing  N.  85°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.), 
leads  south,  and  the  right  extreme  of  the  land  on  the  west  shore 
of  Couteau  Bay,  open  westward  of  the  northern  of  Flat  Rocks, 
bearing  N.  9°  E.  (N.  36°  E.  mag.),  leads  westward  of  this  rock. 

Man  Rook,  3  feet  above  high  water,  is  f  mile  northwestward  of 
Flat  Rocks;  and  Black  Rock,  a  black  wedge-shaped  rock  17  feet 
high,  lies  800  yards  southwestward  of  Man  Rock.  Shoals  extend 
southward  and  southeastward  from  Man  Rock,  and  a  shoal  with 
5  fathoms  water  oA  it  lies  550  yards  southward  of  Black  Rock. 

A  lock,  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle 
of  Couteau  Bay,  at  1,350  yards,  N.  37°  E.  (N.  64°  E.  mag.),  from 
Man  Rock,  and  650  yards  from  the  west  shore  of  the  bay. 

14910 13 


6 

M 


188 


NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Directions. — The  best  and  only  available  passage  for  a  stranger 
into  Couteaii  Bay  is  between  Man  Rock  and  Black  Rock,  and  even 
in  this  passage  there  is  a  heavy  swell  during  or  after  southerly  and 
westerly  gales.  By  keeping  Baggs  Head  midway  between  the 
western  entrance  point  of  Couteau  Bay  and  Black  Rock  (Cinq  Cerf 
Bay),  bearing  N.  45°  W.  (N.  18°  W.  mag.).  Copper  Duck  Rock 
will  be  avoided,  and  when  Shag  Roost,  a  con.spicuou8  hillock  126 
feet  high,  and  faced  by  cliff,  on  the  west  sliore  of  Couteau  Bay,  is 
seen  midway  between  Man  Rock  and  Black  Rock,  bearing  N.  17° 
E.  (N.  44°  E.  mag.),  this  mark  should  be  steered  for  until  past  Man 
Rock,  when  the  west  shore  of  the  bay  must  be  kept  300  yards  dis- 
tant until  Horses  Head,  a  cubical  black  rock  13  feet  high,  off  Otter 
Point,  is  in  line  with  the  SW.  extreme  of  Captain  Island,  bearing 
S.  50°  E.  (S.  29°  E.  mag.),  when  the  shoal  in  the  middle  of  the  bay 
will  have  been  passed,  and  the  head  of  the  bay  may  be  steered  for. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  5  to  9  fathoms  water,  as 
convenient,  guided  by  the  lead,  but  a  swell  rolls  in  with  southerly 
and  southwesterly  winds. 

If  desirous  of  entering  the  passage  between  Captain  Island  and 
the  mainland  north  of  it,  the  houses  on  Duck  Island  vanst  be 
brought  open  north  of  Captain  Island,  bearing  S.  70°  E.  (8.  43° 
E.  mag.),  to  clear  the  rock  extending  from  Gull  Island,  a  white 
rock,  18  feet  high,  at  the  NW.  extreme  of  Captain  Island,  before 
steering  for  the  passage,  which  may  then  be  entered  in  mid-chan- 
nel, and  anchorage,  for  small  vessels  only,  obtained  at  any  part 
of  it. 

Blue  Hills  of  Couteau  are  two  remarkable  bluffs,  1,903  and 
1,845  feet  high,  respectively,  situated  about  8  miles  northward  of 
Co\iteau  Bay.  Extensive  ranges  of  hills  extend  both  eastward  and 
westwai'd  from  them,  but  these,  the  most  remarkable,  are  an  ex- 
cellent mark  in  clear  weather  for  the  identification  of  the  land. 

Cinq  Cerf  Bay  lies  next  westward  of  Couteau  Bay,  and  is  en- 
cumbered with  islands  and  rocks.  The  dividing  point  between 
the  two  bays  is  foul  to  White  Ground,  the  outer  danger,  which 
has  2i  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  is  900  yards  southward  of  the 
point. 

Culotte,  a  small  cove  in  the  NE.  part  of  the  bay,  and  the  only 
anchorage,  is  available  for  small  vessels. 

Flat  Island,  23  feet  high,  and  the  southernmost  of  the  islands 
oft'  the  bay,  is  a  bare  rock  1^^  miles  southwestward  of  the  divid- 
ing point  between  Couteau  Bay  and  Cinq  Cerf  Bay.  It  may  be 
approached,  to  200  yards,  from  the  SW.  extreme,  but  shoals  ex- 
tend 800  yards  from  it  in  a  northeasterly  direction. 

Black  Rock,  a  small  rock  11  feet  above  high  water,  situated  1,800 
yards  northeastward  of  Flat  Island,  has  shoals  extending  in  all 


,ge  for  a  stranger 
k  Rock,  and  even 
iter  southerly  and 
way  between  the 
c  Rock  (Cinq  Cerf 
ipper  Duck  Rock 
CUOU8  hillock  126 
,f  Couteau  Bay,  is 
!k,  bearing  N.  17° 
for  until  past  Man 
;ept  300  yards  dis- 
■eet  high,  off  Otter 
in  Island,  bearing 
(middle  of  the  bay 
nay  be  steered  for. 
fathoms  water,  as 
3  in  with  southerly 

Daptain  Island  and 
ik  Island  must  be 
ig  S.  70°  E.  (S.  43° 
ull  Island,  a  white 
)tain  Island,  before 
itered  in  mid-chan- 
)tained  at  any  part 

le  bluffs,  1,903  and 
miles  northward  of 
1  both  eastward  and 
aarkable,  are  an  ex- 
ition  of  the  land, 
eau  Bay,  and  is  en- 
ding point  between 
)uter  danger,  which 
is  southward  of  the 

le  bay,  and  the  only 

imost  of  the  islands 

istward  of  the  divid- 

Brf  Bay.    It  may  be 

reme,  but  shoals  ex- 

ction. 

water,  situated  1,800 

oals  extending  in  all 


CULOTTE — DIRECTIONS. 


189 


directions  from  it  for  300  yards,  and  there  is  no  safe  passage  between 
it  and  the  mainland  eastward  of  it. 

Directions. — To  enter  Culotte,  pass  westward  of  Flat  Island  at 
a  distance  of  not  less  than  400  yards,  and  steer  to  pass  i  mile  west- 
ward of  Black  Rock,  observing  that  Pools  Island  (low  and  wooded, 
in  the  northeastern  arm  of  Cinq  Cerf  Bay,  and  under  Devil  Head, 
a  steep  bluff  280  feet  high,  that  forms  the  east  entrance  point  to 
Culotte)  just  open  west  of  the  east  shore  of  Cinq  Cerf  Bay,  bearing 
N.  40°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.),  leads  close  west  of  the  shoals  off  Black 
Rock.  Steering  with  Pools  Island  open,  when  approaching  the 
east  shore  of  the  bay,  keep  it  at  the  distance  of  about  300  yards  and 
pass  between  that  shore  and  Seal  Rocks  (a  cluster  of  flat  rocks  8 
feet  above  high  water,  situated  to  the  southward  of  a  peninsula 
surmounted  by  two  hills,  115  and  117  feet  high,  respectively,  that 
forms  the  west  entrance  point  to  Culotte).  Pass  in  mid -channel 
between  Woody  Island,  which  is  separated  by  a  narrow  channel 
from  the  east  extreme  of  the  peninsula,  and  Pools  Island,  and 
anchor  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom,  and  good 
holding  ground. 

Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  brook  at  the  NE.  corner  of 
Culotte,  and  wood  is  abundant. 

Baggs  Head  is  a  conspicuous  dark  wooded  cone  188  feet  high, 
in  the  middle  of  the  north  shore  of  Cinq  Cerf  Bay. 

Numerous  islands  and  shoals  extend  southward  of  it,  but  the 
outermost  will  be  cleared  by  keeping  Woody  Island  open  east  of 
Seal  Rocks,  bearing  N.  44°  E.  (N.  71°  E.  mag.). 

There  is  a  white  patch  on  the  side  of  the  coast  hill,  at  ^  mile 
northeastward  of  Baggs  Head,  which  is  prominent  for  a  distance 
of  3  miles. 

Cinq  Cerf  Brook  discharges  the  waters  of  a  considerable  stream, 
which  runs  from  many  miles  inland,  in  a  deep  valley,  close  west- 
ward of  Baggs  Head ;  it  contains  usually  both  salmon  and  trout. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2142.) 

Cinq  Cerf  Islands  are  a  group  of  islands  lying  off  the  west 
entrance  point  to  Cinq  Cerf  Bay,  with  steep  gray  cliffs  on  their 
seaboard.  The  highest  and  westernmost  is  84  feet  above  high 
water,  while  Shag  Island,  the  northeasternmost,  is  a  bare  white 
rock  36  feet  high.  A  small  village,  with  a  population  of  34  in 
1884,  is  situated  round  a  cove  on  the  mainland  shore,  close  north- 
westward of  these  islands. 

Big  Sunker,  with  15  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  and  the  south- 
westernmost  of  a  group  of  rocks  lying  off  Cinq  Cerf  Islands,  lies 
a  little  more  than  one  mile  N.  74°  W.  (N.  47°  W.  mag.)  from  Flat 


•»>> 


I 


190 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Island.  Shag  Island,  completely  open  south  of  Flat  Island,  bear- 
ing S.  81°  E.  (S.  54°  E.  II  It?.),  leads  south;  Baggs  Head  Avell  open 
east  of  Shag  Island  (Cii,  ,  Cerf),  N.  6°  E  (N.  :J3°  E.  mag.),  leads 
east;  and  Baggs  Head  open  westward  of  Shag  Island  (Cinq  Cerf), 
N..  25°  E.  (N.  52"  E.  m&g.),  leads  westward  of  this  dangerous  rock. 

Whittle  Hill,  333  feet  high,  is  a  round  hill  situated  on  the  main- 
land a  short  distance  northwestward  of  Cinq  Cerf  Islands. 

Three  Islands  are  a  cluster  of  that  number  with  two  lower 
islets  eastward  of  them,  and  several  rocks  and  shoals  round  them. 
The  southernmost  and  highest  is  a  round  gray  rock  40  feet  above 
high  water.  In  approaching  Grand  Bruit  Harbor  the  dangers  off 
these  islands  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  Pigeon  Island  bearing 
8.  88°  W.  (N.  65°  W.  mag.).    " 

Bad  Neighbor,  a  dangerous  rock  nearly  awash  at  low  water,  is 
U  miles  S.  14°  E.  (S.  13°  W.  mag.)  from  the  southernmost  of  Three 
Islands.  Roti  Colombier  in  line  with  Offer  Island,  bearing  West 
(N.  63°  W.  mag.),  leads  south;  the  High  Land  of  Grand  Bruit 
well  open  eastward  of  the  highest  of  Three  Islands,  N.  14°  W.  (N. 
13°  E.  mag.),  leads  close  east;  and  open  west  of  that  island,  N.  11° 
W.  (N.  10°  E.  mag.),  leads  close  westward  of  this  rock. 

Chance  Rock,  with  4 J  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  J  mile 
S.  75°  W.  (N.  78°  W.  mag.)  from  Bad  Neighbor. 

The  High  Land  of  Grand  Bruit  forms  one  of  the  most  remark- 
able hills  and  best  landfalls  on  the  coast.  It  rises  in  a  steep  cliff 
to  an  elevation  of  1,012  feet,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  cairn  of  stones, 
at  a  little  more  than  2  miles  northeastward  of  Grand  Bruit  Harbor. 
Rocky  and  serrated  ranges  extend  inland  for  several  miles. 

A  cascade  falls  over  the  hills  nearly  one  mile  westward  of  the 
High  Land. 

Grand  Bruit  Harbor  is  only  200  yards  wide,  but  affords  excel- 
lent sheltered  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  7  fathoms  water.  A 
series  of  rocks  extends  400  yards  SSE.  from  the  west  extreme  of 
the  island,  which  forms  the  east  entrance  point.  There  will  be  no 
difficulty  in  recognizing  this  harbor,  as  the  houses  of  the  village 
surrounding,  and  a  schbolhouse  painted  white,  on  the  slope  of  the 
hill  above,  or  the  large  waterfall  at  the  head  of.  the  harbor,  may 
be  seen  from  seaward. 

The  Smoker,  an  isolated  rock  10  feet  high,  lies  soiitheastward, 
and  a  group  of  islands  lie  southwestward  of  the  entrance  to  the 
harbor. 

Southeast  Island  is  a  gray,  bare  islet  40  feet  high,  and  White 
Island  at  the  NE.  extreme  is  a  steep,  round  islet  35  feet  high. 
Harbor  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  so  named  from  two  boat 
coves  on  either  side  of  a  narrow  neck  of  land  in  the  middle  of  the 
island.  It  f.alls  in  gray  cliff  from  the  summit  105  feet  high  over 
the  south  extreme. 


ST. 

■  Flat  Island,  bear- 
?gs  Head  well  open 
:}3°  E.  mag.)>  lef^'^s 
Island  (Cinq  Cerf), 
his  dangerous  rock, 
buated  on  the  main- 
^erf  Islands. 
)er  with  two  lower 
shoals  round  them. 
y  rock  4G  feet  above 
rbor  the  dangers  off 
;eon  Island  bearing 

rash  at  low  water,  is 
Lithernmost  of  Three 
3laud,  bearing  West 
md  of  Grand  Bruit 
ands,  N.  14°  W.  (N. 
)f  that  island,  N.  11° 
this  rock. 

:  it,  lies  about  ^  mile 
>or, 

e  of  the  most  remark- 
t  rises  in  a  steep  cliff 
1  by  a  cairn  of  stones, 
Grand  Bruit  Harbor, 
several  miles, 
lile  westward  of  the 

Lde,  but  affords  excel- 
7  fathoms  water.  A 
1  the  west  extreme  of 
int.  There  will  be  no 
houses  of  the  village 
be,  on  the  slope  of  the 
i  of.  the  harbor,  may 

h,  lies  soiitheastward, 
f  the  entrance  to  the 

feet  high,  and  White 
ad  islet  35  feet  high. 
)  named  from  two  boat 
d  in  the  middle  of  the 
lit  105  feet  high  over 


LA    POILE   BAY. 


191 


Duck  Island  shelters  the  northern  boat  cove,  and  from  its  north 
extreme  rocks  extend  200  yards.  Pigeon  Island  is  a  rugged  rock 
24  feet  high. 

Grand  Bruit  Oolombier  is  a  conspicuous  small  cone  about  35  feet 
high,  lying  900  yards  southward  of  the  group  off  the  harbor.  A 
rock  that  dries  about  2  feet  at  low  water  lies  650  yards  northeast- 
ward, and  a  sunken  rock  200  yards  southeastward,  of  Grand  Bruit 
Colombier. 

Offer  Island,  22  feet  above  high  water,  is  the  southernmost  islet 
off  Grand  Bruit  Harbor,  and  has  no  danger  off  it  farther  than  200 
yards. 

Hares  Ears  are  two  sharp  peaks,  120  feet  high,  immediately 
over  the  extreme  of  the  mainland  southwestward  of  Grand  Bruit 
Harbor. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Grand  Bruit  Har- 
bor at  8h.  43m. ;  springs  rise  5J  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

The  Barasway,  a  large  bight  westward  of  Hares  Ears,  is  almost 
filled  with  islands  and  rocks,  and  the  passage  between  them  should 
not  be  attempted  without  a  local  pilot. 

Flat  Island,  open  southward  of  Offer  Island,  bearing  N.  75°  E. 
(S.  78°  E.  mag.),  will  lead  southwestward  of  all  dangers. 

Old  Man  Hill,  1^  miles  northward  of  The  Barasway,  is  a  peaked 
hill  684  feet  high  and  faced  by  cliff.  For  about  two  hours  near 
noon,  when  the  sun  is  shining,  the  shadow  of  the  cliff  forms  a  curi- 
ous resemblance  to  the  figure  of  a  man  in  the  face  of  the  hill. 

(H.O.ChartNo.  661''.) 

Rdti  Colombier  is  a  conspicuous  bare  conical  rock  62  feet  high 
at  the  south  extreme  of  the  islands  off  The  Barasway. 

Ireland  Island,  3  miles  in  a  westerly  direction  from  R6ti  Co- 
lombier, lies  a  little  more  than  one  mile  off  the  east  point  of  the 
entrance  to  La  Poile  Bay ;  a  ledge  extends  more  than  600  yards 
from  <^he  SE.  point  of  this  island,  with  If  fathoms  water  at  the 
extremity. 

La  Poile  Bay  extends  about  6  miles  NN"E.,  with  a  general 
breadth  of  If  miles,  to  North  Bay  Point  and  Dolman  Head,  which 
divide  it  into  Northeast  Arm  and  North  Bay,  the  former  3^  and 
the  latter  2^  miles  long.  The  several  anchorages  in  the  bay  will  be 
described  hereafter. 

Light — The  lighthouse  on  Ireland  Island  is  a  cylindrical  iron 
tower,  39  feet  in  height,  with  dwelling  attached,  and  painted  red 
and  white  in  horizontal  stripes ;  it  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  67 
feet,  a  revolving  white  light  every  twelve  seconds ;  it  should  be 
visible  9  miles. 


IJtIJ 


192 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


Naked  Man  Rock,  which  dries  3  feet  at  low  water,  lies  1,300 
yards  N.  23°  W.  (N.  4°  E.  mag.)  from  Ireland  Island  lighthouse. 

Rocks.— A  sunken  rock,  with  a  depth  of  less  than  «  feet  on  it, 
and  on  which  the  sea  breaks,  is  situated  with  Ireland  Island  light- 
house bearing  about  S.  12°  E.  (S.  17°  W.  mag.),  distant  880  yards. 

A  sunken  rock,  with  a  depth  of  2^  fathoms  on  it  and  4  to  5 
fathoms  close  around,  lies  200  yards  from  the  above  sunken  rock,  on 
the  same  bearing. 

•  Southeast  Rock  lies  600  yards  N.  54°  E.  (N.  81°  E.  mag.),  and  a 
shoal  with  2i  fathoms  water  over  it,  400  yards  N.  2°  E.  (N.  29°  E. 
mag.)  of  the  lighthouse. 

A  sunken  rock,  with  a  depth  of  2  fathoms  on  it,  lies  with  Ire- 
land Island  lighthouse  bearing  about  S.  60°  W.  (S.  87°  W.  mag.), 
distant  2^  miles. 

A  rock  about  12  feet  high,  having  a  rock,  with  less  than  6  feet 
water  over  it,  close  SW.  of  it,  lies  i  mile  N.  46°  E.  (N.  73°  E.  mag.) 
of  Naked  Man  Rock,  and  between  these  and  the  eastern  entrance 
point  there  is  foul  ground. 

Qallyboy  Harbor,  a  narrow  bor.,t  ci'eek  having  a  rock,  with  6 
feet  water  over  it,  in  mid-channel,  is  2i  miles  from  the  entrance  on 
the  east  shore. 

Friar  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  250  yards  off  the  south  point 
of  Sandy  Cove,  on  the  east  shore  3f  miles  within  the  entrance. 

Dolman  Cove  lies  between  Northeast  Arm  and  North  Bay,  and 
is  an  open  bight  west  of  Dolman  Head,  which  is  a  steep  bluff,  770 

feet  high. 

Northeast  Arm  affords  excellent  anchorage  in  from  10  to  13 
fathoms  water,  over  mud,  in  a  space  f  mile  long  and  600  yards 
broad,  and  there  is  no  danger  in  the  entrance  nor  in  the  arm. 

Water.— Water  may  be  obtained  from  Rattling  Brook,  near  the 

head. 

North  Bay  is  shallow  from  the  entrance,  but  anchorage  may  be 
obtained  just  outside  in  12  fathoms  water,  over  gravel.  A  tele- 
graph wire  crosses  the  head  of  North  Bay. 

Bennet  Rock,  with  12  feet  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  ESE.  of 
Vineyard  Islet,  a  small  islet  off  the  north  point  of  Broad  Cove,  2^ 
miles  from  Little  Bay. 

Little  Bay,  on  the  west  shore,  3  miles  from  the  entrance,  is  IJ 
miles  deep,  and  affords  anchorage  in  a  space,  400  yards  in  diame- 
ter, off  the  fishing  settlement  in  10  fathoms  water.  Buoys  are  laid 
down  for  convenience  of  warping  vessels  to  the  wharves. 

Tooth  Rock.— A  sunken  rock,  with  a  depth  of  2f  fathoms  on  it 
and  5  to  10  fathoms  close  around,  lies  at  the  entrance  of  Little  Bay, 
with  Gallyboy  Head  li  miles  N.  86°  E.  (S.  67°  E.  mag.). 


iST. 

3W  water,  lies  1,300 
[sland  lightliouse. 
js  than  0  feet  on  it, 
Ireland  Island  light- 
),  distant  880  yards, 
ns  on  it  and  4  to  5 
30ve  sunken  rock,  on 

81°  E.  mag.),  and  a 
N.  2°  E.  (N.  29°  E. 

on  it,  lies  with  Ire- 
^  (S.  87°  W.  mag.), 

dth  less  than  6  feet 
°E.  (N.  73°  E.  mag.) 
the  eastern  entrance 

iving  a  rock,  with  6 
from  the  entrance  on 

ds  oflf  the  south  point 
ihin  the  entrance, 
and  North  Bay,  and 
1  is  a  steep  blutf,  770 

ge  in  from  10  to  13 
long  and  600  yards 
nor  in  the  arm. 

tling  Brook,  near  the 

lut  anchorage  may  be 
)ver  gravel.    A  tele- 

ies  400  yards  ESE.  of 
nt  of  Broad  Cove,  2^ 

m  the  entrance,  is  1^^ 
,  400  yards  in  diame- 
ater.  Buoys  are  laid 
tie  wharves. 
;h  of  2f  fathoms  on  it 
atrance  of  Little  Bay, 
7°  E.  mag.). 


LA   POILE    HARBOR. 


193 


Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  bo  obtained  oft"  the  mouth  of  this 
bay  in  15  fathoms  water,  exposed  to  southerly  winds,  but  Tooth 
Rock  interferes  with  the  anchoring  space. 

A  shoal,  with  (J^  fathoms  water  on  it  (existence  doubtful),  is 
reported  to  lie  in  this  harbor. 

Beacon. — A  small  iron  beacon  surmounted  by  a  staff  and  cage 
is  placed  (m  the  outer  rock  off  the  south  entrance  point  to  Little 
Bay.     Shoal  water  extends  a  few  yards  outside  the  beacon. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn,  and  there  is  a 
post  and  telegraph  office. 

Ice.— Little  Bay  freezes  occasionally  in  the  month  of  February, 
but  the  ice  seldom  remains  long. 

La  Poile  Harbor,  just  inside  the  west  point  of  the  entrance,  is 
400  yards  wide,  and  1,700  yards  deep  as  far  as  Pig  Island,  which 
lies  in  mid-channel ;  beyond  Pig  Island  it  is  continued  to  the  head 
for  another  i  mile  by  a  narrow  bight. 

There  are  a  few  houses  on  the  south  shore  of  this  harbor,  and 
anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  11  fathoms  water,  about  300  yards 
northeastward  of  Pig  Island. 

Beacon. — A  beacon  stands  on  Beacon  Point. 

Harbor  Rock,  with  10  feet  water  over  it,  is  the  extreme  of  a 
shoal  extending  nearly  200  yards  from  the  south  shore,  just  within 
the  entrance,  and  400  yards  NNW.  of  Beacon  Point.  To  avoid 
this  rock,  the  north  shore  should  be  kept  aboard  when  entering. 

Cox  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  000  yards  off  the  west 
point  of  the  entrance  to  La  Poile  Bay,  2^  miles  west  (N.  63°  W. 
mag.)  from  Ireland  Island  lighthouse. 

La  Flante  Harbor,  a  narrow  boat  creek  near  the  entrance,  may 
be  entered  by  keeping  the  east  point  close  aboard,  to  avoid  a  rock 
just  inside  the  mouth. 

Ice.— La  Poile  Harbor  freezes  over  about  10th  February,  the  ice 
disappearing  about  20th  March;  although  blocked  at  intervals, 
generally  between  the  1st  and  20th  March,  during  fifty  years  navi- 
gation has  not  been  impeded  more  than  six  spring  seasons,  and 
field  ice  rarely  arrives,  but  when  forced  in  by  SW.  winds  becomes 
a  serious  obstruction ;  the  bay  is  cleared  by  N  W.  winds.  The  ice 
in  the  river  is  generally  about  6  inches  thick. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  La  Poile  Bay  at 
9h.  Om. ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

Little  La  Poile,  a  narrow  shallow  inlet,  extends  west  of  La 

Poile  Bay. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2336.) 

Coast.— Between  La  Poile  Bay  and  Garia  Bay  the  coast  is  bor- 
dered by  islands  and  rocks,  which  no  stranger  should  attempt  to 


PH! 


194 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


pass  iiisido  af  at  any  time,  nor  shoal  the  water  to  less  than  60 
fatlionis  at  niglit. 

Oaria  Bay,  entered  4  miles  westward  of  La  Poile  Bay,  extends 
3  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and  thence  with  a  bend  north- 
easterly for  2  miles.  The  water  in  it  is  generally  shallow,  and  the 
anchorage  space  for  large  vessels  is  only  300  yards  wide,  but  for 
small  vessels  it  affords  excellent  shelter. 

Crafty  Head,  140  feet  high,  and  Black  George  Head,  141  feet 
high,  are  two  conspicuous  conical  headlands,  between  Little  La 
Poile  and  Qaria  Bay.  Behind  these  the  ranges  gradually  increase 
in  height  to  an  elevation  of  8G0  feet,  over  the  east  side  of  Garia 
Bay,  while  at  4  miles  northward  of  the  head  of  that  bay  are  the 
Blue  Hills  of  Garia;  the  highest,  Garia  Peak,  is  1,814  feet  above 
the  sea. 

Wood,  suitable  for  building  fishing  craft,  grows  in  Garia  Bay. 

Indian  Island,  58  feet  high,  lies  off  the  eastern  entrance  point 
of  Garia  Bay,  and  may  be  distinguished  by  a  white  cliff  at  the 
west  extrenie. 

Deer  Island,  dividing  tlie  entrance,  is  surmounted  by  a  conical 
hill  68  feet  above  high  water,  and  covered  with  dai'k  spruce.  From 
it  islands  and  rocks  extend  southeastward  J  mile,  the  most  promi- 
nent being  Shag  Island,  the  easternmost,  which  is  32  feet  high, 
and  composed  of  gray  rock,  and  Black  Rock,  the  southernmost, 
12  feet  high. 

Smock  Island,  63  feet  high,  and  composed  of  gray  rock  partially 
covered  with  moss,  lies  just  inside  the  entrance  of  Garia  Bay;  the 
shores  are  foul  for  a  short  distance.  Ship  Cove  Hill  is  a  remark- 
able headland,  155  feet  high,  on  the  eastern  shore,  and  off  it  is  Big 
Island,  114  feet  high.  Spruce  Island,  52  feet  high,  is  joined  by 
rocks  to  the  western  shore,  and  Round  Island,  73  feet  high  and  the 
next  north,  is  separated  from  the  western  shore  by  the  deepest 
available  channel  to  the  head  of  the  bay, 

A  group  of  islets,  westward  of  Deer  Island  in  the  western  en- 
trance to  Garia  Bay,  are  known  as  Big  Rock,  Bell  Rock,  and  Flat 
Rock,  from  their  shapes.  The  north  shore  of  Deer  Island  gener- 
ally is  foul ;  three  of  the  rocks,  the  Bull,  the  Calf,  and  the  Cow, 
showing  only  at  low  water,  spring  tides. 

Brag^  Rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  66  yards  eastward  of 
Flat  Rock. 

The  settlement  is  in  Garia  Harbor,  a  small  cove  with  numerous 
rocks  in  it,  on  the  west  side  of  Garia  Bay  just  inside  the  entrance, 
and  one  family  resides  at  the  head.  The  population  was  53  in  1884. 
The  schoolhouse  is  the  northeasternmost  house,  and  stands  on  a 
small  eminence  above  the  other  houses. 


Wi 


in 


r  to  less  than  50 

'oile  Bay,  oxtemls 
vith  a  bend  north- 
f  shallow,  and  the 
ards  wide,  but  for 

ge  Head,  141  feet 
)etween  Little  La 
gradually  increase 
jast  side  of  Garia 
f  that  bay  are  the 
is  1,814  feet  above 

ws  in  Garia  Bay. 
arn  entrance  point 
white  cliff  at  the 

unted  by  a  conical 
ark  spruce.  From 
e,  the  most  promi- 
ih  is  32  feet  high, 
the  southernmost, 

gray  rock  partially 
of  Garia  Bay ;  the 
a  Hill  is  a  remark- 
re,  and  off  it  is  Big 
high,  is  joined  by 
2  feet  high  and  the 
ore  by  the  deepest 

in  the  western  en- 
Jell  Rock,  and  Flat 
Deer  Island  gener- 
Calf,  and  the  Cow, 

;  yards  eastward  of 

jove  with  numerous 
inside  the  entrance, 
ation  was  53  in  1884. 
ise,  and  stands  on  a 


% 


LIITLE   (JAIIIA    HAY. 


195 


Wreck  Island  lies  about  J  mile  southwestward  of  theoutrant'e 
t )  Garia  Bay,  is  35  feet  high,  and  (.'ovured  with  grass.  Then*  are 
two  rocky  mounds  near  the  west  extreme.  Wreck  Island  Suukcrs 
are  rocks  that  extend  nearly  ^  mile  soiithward  of  Wi-eck  lHlan<l, 
a  1(1  Offer  Gob  Rock,  a  dangerous  slioal  with  15  feet  water  on  it, 
lies  J  mile  8.  2ti°  W.  (S.  53"  W.  mag.)  from  Wreck  Island  Summit. 

Hatchers  Cove,  a  small  bight  completely  exposed  to  the  sotith- 
ward,  lies  close  westward  of  the  entrance  to  Garia  Bay.  The 
eastern  part  of  the  cove  is  full  of  rocks,  but  tliero  is  good  anchor- 
age for  small  craft  in  the  remainder,  in  from  0  to  11  fathoms  water. 

There  is  a  small  black  rock  off  the  eastern  entrance  point,  and 
one  that  dries  only  at  low  water  close  to  the  western  entrance  point. 

Little  Oaiia  Bay  is  close  westward  of  Hatchers  Cove,  the 
dividing  points  being  Pool  Island  and  Slammer  Point,  which  has 
the  appearance  of  an  island.  It  may  be  recognized  by  Firmage 
Head,  £).  remarkable  bluff,  180  feet  high,  just  within  the  eastern 
entrance  point.  There  is  no  danger  in  this  bay  at  any  distance 
from  the  shore,  but  the  water  is  deep,  and  it  is  completely  exposed 
to  southerly  winds.  A  bar,  with  not  more  than  12  feet  over  it  at 
low  water,  and  composed  of  flat  rock,  crosses  the  bay  ^  mile  from 
the  head,  forming  a  basin  with  4i  fathoms  in  it,  and  a  good  anchor- 
age for  small  craft.  Large  vessels  will  find  sheltered  anchorage 
from  oft'shore  winds  in  13  fath'oms  water  off'  Pigeon  Island,  40  feet 
high,  close  to  the  west  shore,  and  just  north  of  Pillar  Rock,  35  feet 
high.  Berry  Point,  the  west  entrance  point,  is  a  low  peninsula  of 
red  cliff,  with  a  small  rock  above  water  close  south. 

Seal  Islands  are  a  group  off  the  western  entrance  point  to 
Little  Garia  Bay. 

Big  Seal  Islaiid,  surmounted  by  a  sharp  pointed  hill  130  feet 
higli,  is  generally  covered  with  grass  and  moss.  Close  N  W.  of  it 
is  Round  Island,  a  sharp  cone  about  70  feet  high,  anfl  south  of  it, 
Offer  Seal  Island,  54  feet  high,  with  Black  Rock,  6  fett  above  high 
water,  clo.se  south  of  it. 

Rocks  extend  from  all  sides  of  Offer  Seal  Island  except  the  north, 
and  a  shoal  named  Edge-of-ground,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  is 
situated  800  yards  S.  40°  E.  (S.  13°  E.  mag.)  from  the  east  extreme 
of  Offer  Seal  Island, 

Gob  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  a  short  distance  from  the 
NE.  extreme  of  Big  Seal  Island.  Sunken  dangers  fringe  the  north 
shores  of  Big  Seal  and  Round  Islands,  and  a  rock,  awash  at  low 
water,  lies  off  the  passage  between  these  islands. 

Seal  Island  Head,  a  conspicuous  red  bluff  55  feet  high,  west- 
ward of  Seal  Islands,  shelters  a  small  cove  eastward  of  it,  in  which 
small  vessels  may  anchor  in  7  fathoms  water,  in  a  space  about  200 
yards  in  diameter. 


iy« 


NKWKorNDLANI) — HOI  Til    (OAMT. 


I 


The  entrance  in  from  thoojvHtward,  and  nortli  of  Big  Seal  Island, 

VeHseln  nuist  kt'op  close  to  the  northern  t>r  niaiidand  siiorc  to 
avoid  the  rocks  off  Round  Island,  as  the  passage  is  only  tlft  yards 
wide.  There  is  u  small  settlement  here  that  contained  73  persons 
in  1884. 

Coast — The  coast  westward  of  Seal  Islands  is  bordered  by  rocks 
and  shoals,  and  strangers  shonld  not  venture  north  of  the  line  of 
Wreck  Island,  in  lino  with  Black  Rock  (Seal  Islands),  "bearing  N. 
70°  E.  (S.  8:)°  E.  mag.). 

Bennett  Cove,  just  westward  of  Seal  Island  Head,  affords  refuge 
for  small  craft,  but  it  is  barred  from  the  southward  by  rocks,  antl 
the  only  approacli  is  from  the  westward  by  keeping  about  65  yards 
from  the  mainland. 

Bay  Le  Moine,  entered  5  miles  westward  of  Garia  Bay,  extends 
i  miles  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  and  has  good  anchorage  at 
the  head. 

Petites  is  a  considerable  settlement  situated  round  the  basins 
formed  by  a  group  of  islands  and  rocks  at  the  eastern  entrance 
point  of  Bay  le  Moine. 

These  basins  are  suitable  for  small  vessels  only,  which  moor  to 
the  wharves,  and  local  knowledge  is  required  to  pilot  them  in  safely. 

Black  Rook,  the  southernmost  of  the  group  and  4  feet  high,  lies 
just  south  of  Gull  Island  which  is  33  feet  high,  and  covered  with 
grass  over  red  rock. 

Black  Rock  Shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  400 
yards  southwestward  of  Black  Rock,  and  Major  Rock,  with  6  feet 
water  over  it,  lies  000  yards  N.  68°  W.  (N.  41°  W.  mag.)  from  the 
summit  of  Gull  Island.  This  is  a  dangerous  rock,  as  it  does  not 
often  break,  being  only  a  very  sharp  pinnacle,  with  deep  water 
close  round  it. 

Fish  Head,  a  steep  bluflf  at  the  SW.  extreme  of  a  hill,  231  feet 
high,  and  faced  by  gray  cliff,  forms  the  western  entrance  point  of 
Bay  le  Moine. 

The  Friar,  an  isolated  stone  pillar,  stands  a  short  distance  north- 
eastward of  it. 

Dublin  Cove,  sheltered  by  the  coast  northward  of  Fish  Head, 
is  335  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  narrows  gradually  to  the 
head. 

Dublin  Cove  Rocks,  2  feet  high  and  small,  are  always  visible  by 
daylight,  and  may  be  approached  to  100  yards. 

There  are  no  other  dangers  in  this  cove,  except  close  to  the  head 
where  it  is  shallow. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  maybe  obtained  in  Dublin  Cove, 
for  small  vessels  as  convenient,  in  from  22  fathoms,  at  the  entrance, 
to  6  fathoms  water  off  a  small  islet  at  the  head. 


■   a*>«*-i»"p«J«»e(-''ir 


■  -,*-.. ,v«-  — 


f  BiK  !^«''il  I^'liiiul. 
nuinliUKl  slniru  to 
a  is  only  H6  yards 
itaiiietl  T.i  iMirsons 

bordered  by  rocks 
)rth  of  the  Hue  of 
.auds),  "bearing  N. 

aad,  affords  refuge 
ard  by  rocks,  and 
ng  about  65  yards 

]}aria  Bay,  extends 
food  anchorage  at 

1  round  the  basins 
e  eastern  entrance 

ily,  which  moor  to 
lilot  them  in  safely, 
md  -t  feet  high,  lies 
,  and  covered  with 

L  it,  lies  nearly  400 
r  Rock,  with  6  feet 
W.  mag.)  from  the 
ock,  as  it  does  not 
e,  with  deep  water 

e  of  a  hill,  231  feet 
n  entrance  point  of 

hort  distance  north- 
ward of  Fish  Head, 
vs  gradually  to  the 

re  always  visible  by 

apt  close  to  the  head 

ned  in  Dublin  Cove, 
jms,  at  the  entrance, 
I. 


IIAKHUU    LK    col'. 


li>7 


Tlio  Rod  House,  a  conspicuous  rock,  2n  foi«t  liigli,  and  fucnd  by 
red  cliff,  lies  closo  to  the  shore  iiortiioastward  of  Dublin  Cove,  and 
at  one  mile  farther,  on  the  same  side,  is  a  waterfall  just  westward 
of  a  red  point,  from  which  latter  a  shoal  extonds  a  short  distance. 

Bay  le  Molne  Rook,  with  4  feet  water  over  it,  lies  800  yards 
S.  IT'  W.  (H.  44"  W.  mag.)  of  the  Red  House,  and  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  the  bay. 

"Water. — Water  may  be  procured  from  the  fall  or  the  streams 
at  the  head  of  tht?  bay  at  high  water. 

Harbor  le  Oou  lies  west  of  the  entrance  to  Bay  le  Moine,  and 
is  divided  into  a  cove  at  the  SW,,  and  a  basin  at  the  NE.  end. 

Shark  Cove  Head,  close  eastward  of  the  entrance,  is  surmounted 
by  a  conspicucAis  sharp  hill,  160  feet  high,  and  the  Sugarloaf,  a 
conical  hill,  220  feet  high,  and  covered  with  dark  spruce,  sur- 
mounts the  turning  point  to  the  basin.  , 

Calapoose  Rocks,  3  feet  high,  lie  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the 
approach,  and  have  a  shoal,  with  12  feet  water  on  it,  lying  nearly 
200  yards  SSE.  of  them,  which  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  Sugar- 
loaf  Point  open  westward  of  Calapoose  Rocks,  bearing  N.  48°  W. 
(N.  21°  W.  mag.);  with  the  exception  of  this  shoal  th^e  are  no 
other  dangers  in  the  entrance  except  close  to  the  shore. 

The  settlement  is  situated  round  the  SW.  cove,  and  contains  a 
schoolhouse.     In  1884  the  population  was  222. 

Anchorage.— The  cove,  i  mile  deep,  and  300  yards  wide  at  the 
mouth,  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  from  8  to  11  fathoms 
water. 

Some  rocks  lie  close  to  a  small  hillock,  on  the  north  side,  and  a 
rock,  that  dries  at  low  water,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  head  of  the 
cove. 

The  basin,  ^  mile  in  diameter,  with  20  fathoms  water,  is  gener- 
ally deep  to  the  shore,  but  a  spit  extends  a  short  distance  from 
the  small  islet,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance,  and  some  rocks 
lie  a  short  distance  from  the  bluff  at  the  NE,  end. 

The  Barasway,  a  ..Ti  allow  inlet,  extends  northward  from  the  basin, 
and  has  a  waterfall  at  the  head. 

Rose  Blanche  Point  (said  to  be  a  corruption  of  Roches  Blanches) 
may  be  readily  recognized  by  the  lighthouse.  The  coast  between 
it  and  Harbor  le  Cou  is  of  a  whitish  gray  rock,  and  generally  steep. 
Wash  Rocks,  that  cover  at  high  tide,  lie  a  short  distance  from  the 
coast  midway  between  the  point  and  Harbor  le  Cou.  Black  Rock, 
11  feet  high,  is  the  SW.  extreme  of  a  line  of  rocks  off  Rose  Blanche 
Point. 

Black  Rock  Sunker,  with  7  feet  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  south 
of  Black  Rock. 


198 


Ni;Wl<>l\|>I,ANI» — HOI  Tir    (MAST. 


'?   I|(!l 


Light. — Oil  tlu«  oHNturii  lioinl  of  RoHt>  Klniu'lu'  Point  tliorn  is  a 
grunitc  liKlitlioiiHc,  40  f*!>-l  in  lini^lit,  siit-in<iuiitiii^  tlio  ciiniiM'  of 
Hliittt-i'oof(!(|  l)uil(liii^s,  with  tlu'ir  HK.  Hides  piiinttxl  i-itii  uihI  uliittt 
ill  v«*rti('Hl  stri|)«>M.  it  t'xiul)itH,  iit  mi  cli'viitiou  of  Ort  f»t»»t,  ii  fixed 
wliito  liKlit,  that  Hhoiild  be  visihU'  II  tniloH,  lu<tw«'t*ii  tho  iM-uriuKN 
N.  O-r  K.  (N.  8'J"  E.  iiiiiK.)  ami  8.  ::>"  W.  (N.  8o'  W.  mag.),  ovor 
an  arc  (.f  l«!t". 

Directions. — ProcHinling  wrHtwanl  from  La  Poilo,  Black  Rode 
off  Littlo  La  Poilc  must  ho  givon  a  l)ertli  of  |  niilo,  and  tho  soiitli 
oxtromo  of  Big  Seal  iHland  kopt  well  open  .southward  of  Wrock 
Ishmd,  hearing  S.  84"  W.  (N.  ()»"  W.  mag.),  to  cloar  Tinkor  Rocks, 
tho  outer  dangers  of  this  neighborhood. 

Eastern  Ohannel.— If  ])ound  to  Oaria  Bay,  when  Smock  Ishtml 
is  entirely  open  westward  of  the  eastern  entrance  |)oint  of  that  )>ay, 
bearing  N.  4fi°  W.  (N.  IS"  W.  mag.),  the  ontrance  may  be  steered 
for,  and  mid-chanuel  kept  between  tho  low  reef  at  tho  northeastern 
extreme  of  Doer  Island  and  tlie  eastern  entrance  point.  Steer  for 
Smock  Island,  with  its  SW.  extreme  bearing  N.  .'54"  W.  (N.  27° 
W.  mag.),  until  tlie  schoolhouso  in  Garia  Harbor  is  shut  in  with 
tho  north  entranc»»  point  of  tho  harbor  bearing  S.  8t5°  W.  (N.  07° 
W.  mag.),  when  tho  shoals  o(F  Doer  Island  will  have  been  passed, 
and  a  (bourse  may  be  steered  to  round  westward  of  Smock  Island, 
and  anchorage  taken  up  in  10  fathoms  water,  midway  botw(!eu  it 
and  a  coVe  iu  the  mainland  lying  north  from  it.  This  passage, 
being  but  100  yards  wide  in  the  ontrance,  ami  having  no  more  than 
21  feet  water  in  it,  is  suitable  only  for  small  vessels. 

Western  OhanneL — Large  vessels  entering  Garia  Buy  shouhl 
continue  on  the  mark,  the  south  extreme  of  Big  Seal  Island  open 
southward  of  Wreck  Island,  until  tho  northern  entrance  point  of 
Garia  Harbor,  a  small  bluff,  is  in  line  with  Boll  Rock,  bearing  N. 
12°  W.  (N.  15°  E.  mag.),  when  the  channel  between  Deer  Island 
and  Bell  Rock  may  bo  steered  for,  taking  care  to  open  the  whole 
of  Smock  Island,  westward  of  Deer  Island,  N.  4°  W.  (N.  23°  E. 
mag.),  before  passing  Black  Rock,  to  clear  Sculpin  Rock,  tho  west- 
ernmost of  the  dangers,  south  of  Deer  Island.  When  Shag  Island 
is  abeam,  bring  the  northern  ontrance  point  to  Garia  Harbor  to 
bear  N.  17°  W.  (N.  10°  E.  mag.)  and  steer  for  it,  to  clear  Brag  Rock, 
and  after  passing  Flat  Rock,  Black  Rock  must  be  kept  its  own 
breadth  open  westward  of  Deer  Island,  bearing  S.  29°  E.  (S.  2°  E, 
mag.),  to  avoid  The  Bull.  The  entrance  points  of  Garia  Harbor 
may  then  be  steered  for,  and  passed  at  about  100  yards  distant,  and 
the  anchor  let  go  in  the  place  previously  described. 

The  navigation  beyond  this  is  intricate  for  large  vessels,  and 
the  absence  of  leading  marks  makes  a  written  descrii)tion  un- 
available. 


-.  t*0!*««»-J^«'Jt*#a«*W*l•  tli*«Ki*yW- «>«**«*"  W**""^1V*«i> 


(lAlllA    HAY—  lUHKCTfONS. 


I '.»'.► 


I'diiit  tlicrt'  irt  ii 
iiK  tlitt  conuir  of 
I'll  i't>(I  iiidI  whito 
f  Ort  f«)ot,  H  fixocl 
t'cii  tin)  iM'iiriiiKH 
'  \V.  iimg.),  ovur 

'dil.',  lilm-k  Rock 
It*,  hihI  thu  Huutli 
liwiinl  of  Wrock 
)iir  Tiiiktu-  Rocks, 

u>ii  Smofk  iHland 
point  of  that  l)ay, 
L'o  muy  be  Htoored 
t  tho  uortheastoru 
point.  Htoor  for 
!^.  54"  W.  (N.  27° 
or  is  8hut  in  with 

s.  8((°  w.  (N.  or" 

liivo  ])i'en  i)a8HU(l, 
)f  Smock  Island, 
idwuy  botwoon  it 
it.  This  puasugc, 
v'ing  no  more  than 
soIh. 

Garia  Bay  shouhl 

:  Seal  Island  open 

entrance  point  of 

Rock,  bearing  N. 

ween  Deer  Island 

to  open  the  whole 

4°  W.  (N.  23°  E. 

)in  Rock,  the  west- 

Vhen  Shag  Island 

3  Garia  Harbor  to 

o  clear  Brag  Rock, 

t  be  kept  its  own 

S.  29°  E.  (S.  2°  E. 

s  of  Garia  Harbor 

yards  distant,  and 

)ed. 

large  vessels,  and 
m  description  un- 


SiniiU  V(>hn(<1n  may  continue  between  Spruc«>  and  Hig  iNhiiidH,  tlicn 
in  till'  (dianncl  ])Htween  Round  iHland  and  tli<>  mainland  wt>Htward 
of  it,  tlii'ii  for  one  luile  in  the  direct  ion  of  the  waterfall,  and  then 
for  Mif  nariiii'  ><. 

From  the  W  dStward,  tliroiiKh  the  Westi-rn  Clianm-I,  Hlack 
Geort^o  Head  jniist  l»c  k(«pt  open  east  of  Black  Rock,  bearing  N. 
'VJ"  K.  (X.  •'.()  K.  mag.).  (<•  clfiir  Wreck  [sla(i<l  Sutikcrs  uMtiJ  fliM 
north  entrance  point  of  Gai-ia  Harbor  i.s  in  line  with  Hell  Rock, 
when  proceed  as  liefore. 

Tludiigh  the  Ka.stern  Channel.  After  pasning  Wreck  Island 
Hunkers,  as  al»ove,  the  south  extreme  of  Big  Seal  Islaml  must  be 
kept  o|)en  south  of  Wreck  Island,  until  the  entranci*  points  of  the 
eastern  pas.sag<»  are  open,  bearing  N.  26"  W.  (N.  I'  E.  nuig.),  when 
the  entrance  may  bo  steered  for,  and  former  directions  followctd. 

Proceeding  westward  from  Garia  Bay,  Black  Georg(<  Head  must 
be  brought  open  east  of  Black  Rock,  bearing  N.  Ill)  K.  (N.  0(1  E. 
mag.),  and  kept  .so  until  Seal  Island  Head  is  in  line  with  tho  north 
extreme  of  Olfer  Seal  Island,  bearing  N.  71  "  E.  (N.  44'  E.  mag.), 
to  clear  Wreck  Island  Suiikersand  OtI'er  Gob  Rotrk,  which  will  be 
pas.sed  when  the  west  entrance  point  of  Garia  Bay  is  seen  lietween 
the  two  luunmocks,  at  tho  west  extreme  of  Wrec^k  Island,  bearing 
N.  25^  E.  (N.  62  E.  mag.).  If  bound  to  Little  Garia  Bay  or  Seal 
Islands,  the  course  is  then  without  danger,  except  the  rocks  close 
to  Seal  Islands. 

Proceeding  westward.  Shag  Island  must  be  koptop«ni  southward 
of  Wreck  Island,  bearing  N.  63"  E.  (N.  80"  E.  niag.)  until  Seal 
Island  Head  is  open  westward  of  Black  Rock  (Seal  Islands),  bear- 
ing N.  43"  W.  (N.  14"  W,  mag.)  to  clear  the  shoals  otY  Seal  Islands, 
when  a  course  may  be  steered  for  Rose  Blanche  Point  lighthouse. 

When  approaching  Petites,  Seal  Island  Head  must  bo  kept  open 
south  of  Winging  Island,  the  southernmost  of  tho  group,  ort"  that 
pli'ce,  bearing  N.  <i3'"  E.  (east  mag.),  until  the  Red  House  is  open 
west  of  the  south  shore  of  Bay  le  Moine,  bearing  N.  22"  E.  (N.  40° 
E.  mag.).  A  course  must  then  be  steered  to  shut  in  the  waterfall 
on  the  north  .shore  of  the  bay,  with  the  point  8W.  of  it,  bearing 
N.  28°  E.  (N.  65"  E.  mag.),  to  clear  Major  Rock. 

After  passing  the  north  entrance  point  of  Petites,  the  waterfall 
must  be  brought  well  open  of  the  point  SW.  of  it,  bearing  N.  25° 
E.  (N.  52°  E.  mag.),  to  avoid  Bay  lo  Moine  Rock,  and  when  abreast 
the  Red  House  all  danger  is  passed,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained 
at  the  head  of  the  bay,  in  14  fathoms,  or  less  water  as  convenient, 
remembering  that  the  wat(?r  shoals  very  rapidly  from  5  to  3 
fathoms. 

To  enter  Harbor  le  Con,  Sugarloaf  Point  must  be  brought  open 
west  of  Calapoose  Rocks,  bearing  N.  48°  W.  (N.  21°  W.  mag.), 
when  a  mid-chanuel  course  will  lead  to  either  part  of  the  harbor. 


200 


KEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


|gi 


I'lii'! 


'Si  liPii 


Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Garia  Harbor  at 
8h.  50m. ;  springs  rise  5^  feet,  neaps  rise  3f  feet;  neaps  range  >J 
feet. 

Coast.— From  Rose  Blanche  Point  the  shore  trends  NNE.  ^  mile, 
then  turning  west  and  SW.,  it  forms,  with  two  small  bays  at  its 
head.  Rose  Blanche  Harbor.  Immediately  facing  the  shore  inside 
-the  point,  and  almost  connected  with  it  by  rocky  islets,  is  Cains 
Island,  westward  of  which  is  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  The 
island  is  steep-to  off  its  SW.  point  and  along  its  western  side.  On 
its  eastern  side,  where  it  is  separated  from  the  shore  by  a  narrow 
bay  (almost  a  strait),  there  are  a  few  houses  and  fishing  stages. 

Rose  Blanche  Harbor  is  tolerably  easy  of  access  and  affords 
sheltered  anchorage  in  from  8  to  9  fathoms  water,  over  a  sandy 
bottom,  but  the  space  is  very  confined  and  a  vessel  of  over  200  feet 
in  length  should  moor. 

Rose  Blanche  Village,  principally  situated  on  the  peninsula 
which  forms  the  western  side  of  the  harbor,  has  a  population  of 
about  500,  all  of  whom  are,  directly  or  indirectly,  dependent  on 
the  fishing  industry.  There  is  a  church,  the  spire  of  which  forms 
a  prominent  mark  when  approaching  from  the  westward,  a  school, 
and  a  resident  medical  officer. 

Supplies.— Supplies  of  ordinary  descriptions  can  be  obtained, 
and  good  water  is  easily  procured  from  the  mouth  of  a  river  in 
the  next  large  bay  to  the  westward. 

Communicatiou. — Communication  is  maintained  with  St.  Johns 
and  other  ports  along  the  coast,  during  summer,  by  a  steamer  fort- 
nightly, and  there  is  telegraphic  communication  with  these  places 
and  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  Nearly  all  intercourse  between  the 
villages  is  by  water,  as  there  are  no  roads,  with  the  exception  of 
one  from  Rose  Blanche  to  Harbor  Le  Cou. 

Ice. — Rose  Blanche  occasionally  freezes  with  thin  ice,  but  when 
gulf  ice  is  pressed  in  by  SW.  winds  it  becomes  a  serious  obstruc- 
tion. 

Rose  Blanche  Shoals  comprise  several  rocky  heads  lying 
southward  of  Rose  Blanche  Point.  The  outer  one,  which  lies 
nearly  a  mile  S.  40"  W.  (S.  67°  W.  mag.)  from  the  lighthouse,  has 
over  it  a  least  depth  of  2  fathoms,  and  to  the  northward  are  four 
other  patches  with  less  than  Z  fathoms  water  over  them,  all  of 
which  break  heavily. 

Shag  Rocks,  lying  li  miles  N.  54°  W.  (N.  81°  W.  mag.)  from 
Ros^e  Blanche  Point,  form  a  group  of  rocky  ledges,  the  highest  of 
which  is  17  feet  above  high  water.  To  the  southeastward  of  this 
are  some  rocks  which  dry  5  feet,  and  beyond  these,  400  yards  from 
the  highest  ledge,  there  is  a  rock  with  2i  fathoms  over  it.  At  600 
yards  N.  40°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.)  from  this  rock  is  a  ledge  on 


ROSE   BLANCHE   HARBOR — DIRECTIONS. 


201 


i  Garia  Harbor  at 
Bt;  neaps  range  a 

ends  NNE.  ■§•  mile, 
small  bays  at  its 
ig  the  shore  inside 
ky  islets,  is  Cains 
the  harbor.  The 
western  side.  On 
ihore  by  a  narrow 
;  fishing  stages, 
access  and  affords 
tter,  over  a  sandy 
iel  of  over  200  feet 

on  the  peninsula 
as  a  population  of 
tly,  dependent  on 
re  of  which  forms 
estward,  a  school, 

can  be  obtained, 
)uth  of  a  river  in 

aed  with  St.  Johns 
by  a  steamer  fort- 
with  these  places 
aurse  between  the 
1  the  exception  of 

hin  ice,  but  when 
a  serious  obstruc- 

)cky  heads  lying 
one,  which  lies 
le  lighthouse,  has 
irthward  are  four 
)ver  them,  all  of 

.°  W.  mag.)  from 
:es,  the  highest  of 
h  eastward  of  this 
e,  400  yards  from 
3  over  it.  At  600 
ck  is  a  ledge  on 


which  the  depth  is  from  2  to  3  fathoms.  All  these  break  heavily 
in  any  swell,  but  they  are  steep-to  and  in  calm  weather  should 
be  approached  with  caution. 

A  little  over  400  yards  in  a  north  northwesterly  direction  from 
the  highest  Shag  Rock  there  is  another  patch  having  over  it  one 
fathom  water;  it  is  composed  of  white  rock  which  is  distinctly 
visible  when  a  short  distance  away. 

Duck  Island,  60  feet  high  and  covered  with  coarse  grass,  lies 
between  Shag  Rocks  and  the  shore ;  eastward  of  it  there  are  sev- 
eral rocky  heads,  making  the  channel  between  it  and  Duckling, 
the  small  islet  inside,  very  dangerous  at  high  water,  when  they 
may  not  be  visible.  Off  the  west  end  of  Duckling  there  is  a  rocky 
shoal  with  a  least  depth  of  10  feet,  but  between  the  two,  very 
close  to  the  islet,  there  is  a  deep  channel  used  by  the  coasting 
steamers.  The  north  side  of  Duck  Island  is  tolerably  steep  and 
clear  of  danger. 

Butter  Pot,  a  conspicuous  flat-topped  hill  near  the  head  of  Otter 
Bay,  open  south  of  Tinker  Island,  bearing  N.  81°  W.  (N.  54°  W. 
mag.),  clears  Shag  Rock  and  Rose  Blanche  Shoals. 

Hopkins  Island,  lying  inside  Duck  Island  and  fronting  a  deep 
bay  locally  known  as  West  Arm,  is  89  feet  high  and  of  the  same 
rocky,  sterile  nature  as  the  neighboring  coast,  from  which  its 
northern  point  is  separated  by  a  shallow  passage  150  feet  wide. 
Together  with  the  main  shore  this  island  forms,  on  its  western 
side,  a  bay,  the  shores  of  which  are  steep-to ;  the  water  is  deep, 
but  there  is  no  shelter  from  the  SW.  winds  and  swell  which  fre- 
quently prevail. 

West  Arm,  nearly  1,300  yards  deep,  affords  anchorage  for  small 
vessels  in  6  to  6  fathoms  water,  over  rocky  bottom.  Its  entrance 
is  contracted  by  Bell  Rock  (between  which  and  the  Rose  Blanche 
Peninsula  there  are  several  ledges),  and  farther  in  by  Goose  Island, 
a  small  rocky  islet,  having  southward  of  it  several  rocky  patches. 
Rose  Blanche  Brook,  a  stream  of  moderate  size,  flows  into  the 
head  of  West  Arm. 

Directions  for  Kose  Blanche  Harbor.--From  the  westward : 
Butter  Pot  Hill  kept  open  south  of  Tinker  Island,  bearing  N.  81° 
W.  (N.  54°  W.  mag.),  will  clear  Shag  Rocks  and  Rose  Blanche 
Shoals,  and  when  Bell  Rock  is  just  open  of  the  west  extreme  of 
Cains  Island,  bearing  N.  7°  E.  (N.  34°  E.  mag.),  a  course  may  be 
shaped  for  the  harbor,  car'^  being  talcen  that  Bell  Rock  is  only 
just  seen  open.  After  passing  the  north  point  of  Cains  Island, 
the  shores  of  which  are  steep-to,  anchorage  may  be  taken  up  as 
convenient.  Coming  from  the  eastward  it  will  be  well  to  give  the 
lighthouse  a  bei'th  of  i  mile  to  clear  Black  Rock  Sunker,  off  Rose 
Blanche  Point,  and  when  Goose  Island  opens  of  Cains  Island 


202 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


about  N.  8°  W.  (N.  19°  E.  mag,),  tlie  course  may  be  shaped  as 
mentioned  above. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Rose  Blanche  at  8h. 
40m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  flood  and  ebb  streams,  running  almost 
west  and  east,  are  quite  perceptible  close  in  to  the  shore,  but  during 
the  survey  of  this  part  of  the  coast,  in  spring  and  autumn,  the 
stream  outside  the  20-fathom  line  was  nearly  always  to  the 
westward. 

Coast. — From  inside  Hopkins  Island  the  coast  trends,  generally, 
to  the  westward  to  a  bluff  point  forming  the  eastern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Mull  Face  Bay.  Off  this  point  a  rocky  ledge  begins, 
and  extends  in  an  easterly  direction,  toward  Duckling  Islet,  for  a 
distance  of  800  yards.  Near  its  east  extreme  there  are  some  small 
rocks  which  dry  at  low  water,  which  make  a  good  mark  for  the 
northern  limit  of  the  channel  inside  Duck  Island.  Between  this 
island  and  the  bluff  point  mentioned  above  there  are  two  rocks, 
having  over  them  3  and  3^  fathoms  water. 

Yankee  Rocks  form  a  cluster  of  rocks  and  ledges,  the  highest 
i/f  which  is  1 1  feet  above  high  water.  They  lie  immediately  west 
of  the  entrance  to  Mull  Face  Bay,  and  200  yards  N.  84°  E.  (S.  69° 
E.  mag.)  from  the  highest  part  there  is  a  pinnacle  rock  which 
dries  at  low  water. 

Mull  Face  Bay,  an  arm  of  the  sea  nearly  ^  mile  long,  is  con- 
tracted, near  the  middle  of  its  depth,  to  a  width  of  little  more  than 
100  yards,  inside  which  it  opens  out  to  a  basin  affording  sheltered, 
but  very  confined,  anchorage  to  small  vessels,  in  4  fathoms  water. 
The  entrance  between  the  cliffs  on  the  western  side  (which  should 
be  kept  close  aboard)  and  the  shoals  extending  from  the  eastern 
point  is  only  about  200  feet  wide,  but  with  local  knowledge  there 
is  no  danger. 

Coast. — The  coast  from  Mull  Face  Bay  trends  generally  in  a 
westerly  direction  to  Barasway  Bay,  which  is  much  encumbered 
by  rocks  and  shoals.  In  its  NW.  corner  there  is  a  conspicuous 
waterfall,  formed  by  a  stream  wliich  flows  from  several  large  ponds 
between  the  hills. 

Qreen  Island,  lying  off  the  eastern  point  of  Barasway  Bay, 
with  deep  water  between,  is  21  feet  high,  and  being  covered  with 
grass,  forms  a  rather  prominent  feature.  Outside  it,  to  the  SE. 
and  SW.,  there  are  several  rocks  and  ledges  which  generally  break ; 
of  these,  the  southeastern  rock,  with  10  feet  water  over  it,  lies 
1,200  yards  S.  50°  E.  (S.  23°  E.  mag.),  and  the  western  rock,  with 
6  feet  over  it,  700  yards  S.  28°  W.  (S.  55°  W.  mag.)  from  the  sum- 
mit of  the  island.  There  is  also  a  ledge  of  2  to  3  fathoms  water, 
extending  550  ya.-^°  in  a  westerly  direction  from  the  island. 


ISLANDS. 


308 


ay  be  shaped  as 

se  Blanche  at  8h. 

running  almost 
shore,  but  during 
md  autumn,  the 
'  always  to  the 

rends,  generally, 
stern  side  of  the 
iky  ledge  begins, 
kling  Islet,  for  a 
e  are  some  small 
3d  mark  for  the 
I.  Between  this 
■e  are  two  rocks, 

Iges,  the  highest 
tnmediately  west 
^r.  84°  E.  (S.  69° 
acle  rock  which 

die  long,  is  con- 
little  more  than 
)rding  sheltered, 
fathoms  water, 
(which  should 
om  the  eastern 
nowledge  there 

generally  in  a 
ich  encumbered 

a  conspicuous 
eral  large  ponds 

Barasway  Bay, 
ig  covered  with 
e  it,  to  the  SE. 
enerally  break ; 
tor  over  it,  lies 
item  rock,  with 
from  the  sum- 
fathoms  water, 
le  island. 


Butter  Pot  Hill  open  south  of  Tinker  Island,  bearing  N.  81°  W. 
(N.  54°  W.  mag.),  leads  outside  these  shoals, 

Ooast. — The  coast  from  Barasway  Bay,  trending  still  in  a  gen- 
eral westerly  direction  and  fairly  steep-to,  is  cliffy  for  J  mile  to 
White  Head,  a  conspicuous  mark  from  seaward.  At  +  mile  west- 
ward of  this  the  shore  is  fronted  by  a  group  of  small  islands,  inside 
of  which  there  is  a  fishing  village  named  Baziel.  Between  the 
islands  and  the  shore  there  is  a  narrow  passage,  having  in  it  from 
3  to  4  fathoms  water. 

Tinker  Island,  the  westernmost  of  the  group,  20  feet  high  and 
composed  of  large  blocks  of  shale  and  granite,  is  quite  bare  of 
vegetation ;  on  the  summit  there  is  a  single  block  of  shale  standing 
at  an  angle  of  about  46°,  At  ^  mile  outside  this  island  there  is  a 
dangerous  rock  with  9  feet  over  it  at  low  water.  Rose  Blanche 
lighthouse  kept  open  south  of  Duck  Island,  bearing  N,  77°  E, 
(S,  76°  E.  mag,),  leads  700  yards  outside  this  rock. 

Pigeon  Island,  nearly  1,200  yards  westward  of  Tinker  Island, 
is  2.3  feet  high,  and  rocky  and  barren  like  the  neighboring  shore. 
Off  its  south  side  there  is  a  small  rock  having  over  it  2  fathoms 
water. 

Coast. — Between  Tinker  and  Pigeon  Islands  the  mainland  re- 
cedes, forming  a  bay  nearly  i  mile  deep,  but  it  does  not  afford 
anchorage.  Westward  of  Pigeon  Island  there  is  another  bay, 
fronted  by  a  group  of  small  rocky  islets,  and,  a  little  farther  west, 
a  group  of  islands,  the  highest  of  which  is  48  feet  above  the  sea, 
fronts  the  entrance  to  a  narrow  channel  known  as  Milners  Tickle, 
leading  into  Grandy  Sound,  Half  a  mile  farther  to  the  westward 
is  Grandy  Passage, 

Pigeon  Island  Shoals  comprise  a  cluster  of  rocky  patches, 
some  of  which  dry  at  low  water,  lying  to  the  westward  of  Pigeon 
Island ;  the  outer  patch  has  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  is  steep-to 
on  its  southern  and  western  sides. 

Black  Bock  is  a  small  rocky  islet,  20  feet  high,  lying  off  the 
entrance  to  Grandy  Passage,  for  which  it  is  a  good  mark.  To  the 
SE,,  south,  and  SW,  of  it  there  are  several  rocks  and  ledges,  two 
of  which,  at  nearly  600  yards  distant,  in  a  southeasterly  direction, 
dry  at  low  water.  At  265  yards  to  the  southwestward  of  Black 
Rock  there  is  a  rocky  head  with  only  4  feet  water  over  it,  and  400 
yards  outside  this  there  are  two  patches  of  4^  fathoms,  both  of 
which  break  heavily  with  a  swell  from  seaward. 

Qrandy  Passage  is  close  to  the  westward  of  Black  Rock,  be- 
tween it  and  a  group  of  rocks  and  ledges  lying  off  the  SE,  point  of 
Harbor  Island,  There  are  two  small  rocks  in  the  passage,  one 
close  off  Grandy  Head,  and  one  a  little  farther  out,  and  though  in 
the  channel  there  is  good  water,  these  rocks,  together  with  those 

1491U M 


-JSttt 


20-4 


NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH   COAST. 


I 


off  the  entrance,  make  it  a  dangerous  place  for  a  stranger  to  at- 
tempt without  a  pilot. 

Harbor  Island  is  the  largest  of  a  group  of  islands  and  ledges 
■which  front  the  coast  in  this  locality.  Together  with  Baker  Island 
and  some  others,  it  forms  the  sheltered  anchorage  named  Grandy 
Sound.  These  islands  are  of  moderate  height,  and  some  of  them 
are  covered  with  grass,  on  which  a  few  sheep,  belonging  to  the 
villages  in  the  vicinity,  are  left  to  feed.  One  of  these  villages, 
consisting  of  five  or  six  houses,  is  situated  on  a  small  island  just 
within  the  passage  above  mentioned. 

Westward  of  Harbor  Island  there  is  a  deep  passage  into  Grandy 
Sound,  but,  like  the  others  between  these  islands,  it  is  narrow,  and 
has  off  its  entrance  some  dangerous  rocks. 

Qrandy  Sound  has  good  and  sheltered  anchorage  in  its  north- 
ern part  in  6  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  but  the  entrances  are  nar- 
row and  intricate,  and,  consequently,  unfit  for  large  vessels.  A 
stream  of  moderate  size  runs  into  the  NW.  corner  of  the  sound, 
and  boats  can  ascend  it  for  about  f  mile  to  a  stony  bar.  From  the 
large  valley  above  this  the  local  fishermen  procure  timber  and 
spars  of  considerable  size. 

The  western  portion  of  Grandy  Sound  is  occupied  by  flats  of 
sand  and  mud,  which  dry  at  low  water,  leaving  only  very  shallow 
channels  to  the  mouth  of  the  river  above  noticed. 

Anchorage. — There  is  anchorage  inside  Harbor  Island  in  5  or  6 
fathoms  water,  but  the  holding  ground  is  not  good,  and  the  space 
is  confined. 

The  main  shoro  forming  the  west  and  SW.  sides  of  the  sound  is 
indented  by  several  small  bays,  and  continues,  in  a  southwesterly 
direction,  to  Stickland  Point,  on  which  there  is  a  considerable  fish- 
ing village. 

Oaution. — The  entrances  to  this  harbor  should  not,  under  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  be  attempted  without  local  knowledge. 

Offlying  Bocks. — Grandy  Passage  Sunkers  lie  off  the  SW. 
point  of  Hai'bor  Island,  and  immediately  outside  Burnt  Island 
Black  Rock,  a  rocky  islet,  very  similar  in  appearance  to  that  off 
Grandy  Passage.  The  Sunkers  have  over  them  depths  of  from 
2  to  5  fathoms,  the  former  depth  being  600  yards  S.  45°  W.  (S.  72° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  rocky  islet.  Westward  of  the  islet  there  are 
numerous  rocky  ledges,  shoals,  and  foul  ground,  extending  to  a 
dangerous  patch  named  Bad  Neighbor,  which  is  just  dry  at  low 
water.  Its  southern  side  is  steep-to,  but  to  the  westward  shoal 
water  extends  for  200  yards. 

Southwest  Rock,  westward  from  the  Bad  Neighbor  If  miles, 
is  another  dangerous  shoal,  having  but  one  fathom  water  over  it, 
and  lying  nearly  f  mile  from  the  shore ;  it  is  of  small  extent,  and 
only  breaks  in  a  heavy  swell. 


r  a  stranger  to  at- 

daiuls  and  ledges 
vith  Baker  Island 
ge  name/:!  Grandy 
tmd  some  of  them 
,  belonging  to  the 
of  these  villages, 
small  island  just 

ssage  into  Grandy 
3,  it  is  narrow,  and 

orage  in  its  north- 
entrances  are  nar- 
large  vessels.  A 
rner  of  the  sound, 
iiy  bar.  From  the 
•ocure  timber  and 

eupied  by  flats  of 
only  very  shallow 
i. 

)or  Island  in  5  or  6 
ood,  and  the  space 

ies  of  the  sound  is 
in  a  southwesterly 
a  considerable  fish- 
Id  not,  under  ordi- 
knowledge, 
s  lie  off  the  SW. 
side  Burnt  Island 
jarajice  to  that  off 
im  depths  of  from 

is  s.  45°  w.  (s.  rz° 

the  islet  there  are 

nd,  extending  to  a 

is  just  dry  at  low 

he  westward  shoal 

tTeighbor  IJ  miles, 
hom  water  over  it, 
f  small  extent,  and 


BURNT  ISLANDS. 


205 


Black  Rock,  off  Grandy  Passage,  open  south  of  Burnt  Island 
Black  Rock,  bearing  N.  73"  E.  (S.  80°  E.  mag.),  leads  southward 
of  the  Southwest  Rock  and  close  southward  of  Bad  Neighbor. 

Coast. — From  Stickland  Point  the  coast  bends  sharply  NE., 
forming  God  Bay,  nearly  1^  miles  in  depth ;  at  its  head  a  small 
stream  flows  from  a  valley  between  the.surroiinding  hills.  Another 
stream,  from  which  good  water  may  be  obtained,  runs  into  the  NW. 
corner,  and  beyond  this  there  is  a  pond  of  considerable  extent. 

From  here  the  shore  trends  SW.  and  foi'ms  a  long  rocky  pen- 
insula, divided  near  its  middle  by  a  narrow  cut,  and  terminating 
in  a  white  cliffy  bluff  known  as  Coney  Head  or  Hiscock  Point. 

At  800  yards  inside  the  point,  in  a  small  indentation  of  the  coast, 
there  is  a  village. 

Eastward  of  Coney  Head  i  mile  there  is  a  small  group  of  rocky 
islets  named  Hiscock  Islets,  and  off  the  peninsula,  inside,  there 
are  some  rocky  ledges,  the  highest  of  which,  known  as  Twin 
Rocks,  are  2  feet  above  high  water. 

Burnt  Islands  is  the  name  given  collectively  to  the  numerous 
islands  and  rocks  that  front  and  partly  fill  God  Bay.  On  the 
largest  island,  which  is  just  within  the  entrance  of  the  bay*,  there 
is  a  settlement,  which,  together  with  Stickland  Village,  has  a 
population  of  about  300,  all  connected  with  the  fishing  industry. 
Two  or  three  cargoes  of  dried  codfish  are  annually  sent  from  this 
place  to  Europe. 

Of  the  smaller  islands,  the  most  conspicuous,  as  marking  the 
entrance  channels  to  the  bay,  are  Colombier  and  Little  Colombier, 
both  rocky  islets,  27  and  35  feet  high,  respectively;  also  East 
and  West  White  Islands,  by  reason  of  the  white  rock  on  their 
summits.  Between  the  islands  there  are  several  rocky  patches, 
and  in  bad  weather  nearly  the  whole  space  between  Colombier  and 
the  west  end  of  Harbor  Island  is  covered  with  breakers. 

Coal  and  Supplies. — Ordinary  supplies  can  be  obtained,  and 
occasionally  a  small  quantity  (15  to  20  tons)  of  coal. 

Communication. — The  coasting  steamers  do  not  call  at  Burnt 
Islands,  but  there  is  telegraphic  communication  with  St.  Johns 
and  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

Burnt  Islands  Harbor  affords  good  and  sheltered  anchorage 
for  vessels  of  moderate  size,  but  even  with  a  small  vessel  no 
stranger  should  attempt  to  enter  without  a  pilot,  for  the  channels 
are  not  easily  distinguished  from  seaward,  and  the  numerous  rocks 
give  but  little  room  for  maneuvering. 

Buoy. — A  small  spar  buoy  iij  moored  on  the  SW.  edge  of  the 
shoal  water  extending  from  the  largest  island,  to  mark  the  channel 
between  it  and  the  Hat  Rocks. 


kmiigiM  WHTWWP^ 


"^•'''^^P'rojfe;- 


200 


NEWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH    COAST. 


Directions. — There  are  three  channels  into  this  anchorage,  ono 
narrow  and  deep,  but  straight  as  regards  its  outer  portion,  close 
eastward  of  Colombior  Islets  and  up  to  the  deep  water  at  the  head 
of  the  bay. 

A  second,  passing  between  Bad  Neighbor  and  Twin  Rocks, 
thence  closing  the  western  shore  oi  the  bay,  and  keeping  it  close 
aboard  to  avoid  the  patches  north  of  Hat  Rocks,  on  to  the  space 
north  of  the  largest  Burnt  Island,  where  there  is  excellent  anchor- 
age in  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

The  third  channel,  and  the  one  generally  used  by  the  small 
vessels  frequenting  the  port,  is  closed  to  vessels  drawing  more 
than  12  feet  water,  by  a  bar  extending  NE.  from  Hat  Rocks,  and 
even  vessels  of  this  draft  should  not  attempt  to  pass  at  low  water. 

Coney  Bay  extends  1^  miles  NE.  from  Coney  Head.  A  third 
of  a  mile  from  the  entrance  to  the  head  there  are  rocks  lying  off 
both  sides  of  the  bay. 

Otter  Bay,  or  Baie  de  la  Loutre,  is  just  west  of  Coney  Bay. 
The  west  point  is  continued  in  sunken  rocks  for  ^  mile,  and  the 
entrance  is  encumbered  by  rocks. 

Buttfer  Pot,  a  remarkable  hill,  previously  mentioned,  lies  east  of 
the  head  of  this  bay. 

Caution. — Neither  Otter  Bay  nor  Coney  Bay  should  be  entered 
without  a  pilot. 

Dead  Island  Harbor  (also  known  as  Moat  Harbor  or  Seal 
Cove),  west  of  Otter  Bay,  is  formed  by  Dead  or  Moat  Islands,  a 
group  of  islets  and  rocks  with  shoals  extending  more  than  ^  mile 
southward. 

There  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  a  space  i  mile  long  and 
300  yards  broad,  approached  by  three  passages,  namely.  Eastern 
and  Middle  Passages,  too  shoal  and  intricate  to  be  taken  without  a 
pilot,  and  Western  Passage,  100  yards  wide  at  the  narrowest  parts, 
available  for  vessels  drawing  less  than  20  feet  water.  To  enter  by 
Western  Passage,  keep  Butter  Pot  in  line  with  the  north  extreme 
of  Dead  Island,  the  largest  and  highest  of  the  group,  bearing  about 
N.  65°  E.  (S.  88°  E.  mag.).  This  will  lead  between  the  shoals  on 
either  hand  to  the  west  extreme  of  Dead  Island;  pass,  in  mid- 
channel,  between  that  and  the  island  next  north,  and  anchor  in  4 
or  5  fathoms  water  north  of  the  NE.  extreme  of  Dead  Island. 

A  shoal,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  L'^s  i-  the  center  of  the  harbor. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  6ftl».) 

Coast. — The  coast  west  of  Dead  Islands  is  low  and  foul  for  ^  mile 
from  the  shore.  Black  Shoal,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  is  600 
yards  S.  45°  W.  (S.  72°  W.  mag.)  from  Black  Rock. 


T. 

lis  anchorage,  ono 
liter  portion,  close 
»  water  at  the  head 

and  Twin  Rocks, 
d  keeping  it  close 
:8,  on  to  the  space 
s  excellent  anchor- 
used  by  the  small 
sels  drawing  more 
jm  Hat  Rocks,  and 
I  pass  at  low  water. 
ley  Head.  A  third 
are  rocks  lying  off 

vest  of  Coney  Bay. 
for  i  mile,  and  the 

ntioned,  lies  east  of 


should  be  entered 


)at  Harbor  or  Seal 

or  Moat  Islands,  a 

ig  more  than  ^  mile 

ace  i  mile  long  and 
es,  namely.  Eastern 
)  be  taken  without  a 
the  narrowest  parts, 
water.  To  enter  by 
h  the  north  extreme 
jroup,  bearing  about 
jtween  the  shoals  on 
iland;  pass,  in  mid- 
rth,  and  anchor  in  4 
of  Dead  Island. 
I  center  of  the  harbor. 


)w  and  foul  for  i  mile 
water  over  it,  is  600 
:  Rock. 


PORT   BASQl'E. 


207 


Little  Bay,  a  narrow  creek  with  shelter  for  small  craft,  is  one 
mile  NE.  of  Channel  Head,  and  may  be  entered  by  bringing  the 
east  shore  to  bear  N.  51°  E.  (N.  78°  E.  mag.)  and  steering  for  it  on 
that  bearing.     When  the  bay  is  entered,  anchor  as  convenient. 

Little  Bay  Shoal  extends  i  mile  SW.  from  Little  Bay  Head,  the 
east  entrance  point.  Southeast  Shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  over 
it,  lies  1,200  yards  S.  85°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.)  of  Channel  Head  light- 
house. The  triangular  range  lighthouses  in  line,  bearing  59°  W. 
(N.  33°  W.  mag.),  leads  between  Southeast  and  Little  Bay  Shoals 
and  SW.  of  Black  Shoal. 

Port  Basque,  7^  miles  SE.  of  Cape  Ray,  may  be  readily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  large  settlement  of  Ch;iiinel  and  the  white  light- 
house on  Channel  Head.  It  is  entered  between  Shoal  Point  on  the 
east  and  Channel  Head  on  the  west  side,  and  is  barren  and  rocky 
in  appearance,  but  contains  good  anchorage  for  moderate-sized 
vessels  in  a  space  nearly  ^  mile  long  and  300  yards  broad,  with  from 
8  to  11  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  Good  fishing  for  salmon  and  sea 
trout  may  be  obtained  at  Port  Basque. 

On  the  west  shore  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Basque  a  small  projec- 
tion divides  two  coves,  both  of  which  are  shallow.  A  government 
wharf  is  built  on  the  NW,  side  of  this  promontory,  alongside  which 
there  is  a  depth  of  15  feet  at  low  water.  Vessels  should  be  careful, 
when  going  alongside  this  wharf,  not  to  enter  the  cove  immediately 
to  the  westward  of  it,  as  the  water  shoals  rapidly.  At  the  head  of 
this  cove  is  a  small  islet,  just  above  high  water,  on  which  is  a  ring- 
bolt to  aid  vessels  when  hauling  into  a  narrow  anchorage  between 
the  foul  ground  off  this  islet  and  Pancake  Rock. 

Lights.-^Channel  Head  Light  is  a  fixed  red  light,  shown  from 
a  circular  iron  tower  painted  white.  The  light  is  101  feet  above 
mean  high  water,  29  feet  above  the  ground,  and  in  clear  weather 
should  be  visible  15|  miles  from  all  points  seaward. 

Range  lights  mark  the  channel  between  Baldwin  Rocks. 

The  front  light  is  an  intermittent  white  light  every  3  seconds ; 
duration  of  light,  1^  seconds ;  eclipse,  1^  seconds. 

It  is  shown  from  a  white,  square  pyramidal  tower  22^  feet  high, 
surmounted  by  a  square  lantern  with  a  single  window,  erected  on 
the  extreme  SW.  point  of  Road  Island. 

The  rear  light  is  an  intermittent  white  light  every  2  seconds; 
duration  of  light,  1  second ;  eclipse,  1  second. 

It  is  shown  from  a  lighthouse  similar  to  that  of  the  front  light, 
but  15  feet  high  from  base  to  window,  erected  on  the  mainland  490 
yards  N.  69°  W.  (N.  32°  W.  mag.)  from  the  front  light. 

A  fixed  red  light  is  shown  from  the  northern  and  western  sides 
'of  the  lantern  of  the  lighthouse  on  Road  Island,  to  indicate  the 
point  of  the  island  to  vessels  leaving  the  harbor.  It  is  not  visible 
from  seaward. 


208 


NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH   COAST. 


ti 


Fog  Signal. — A  fog-signal  building  is  erected  GO  feet  south  of 
the  lighthouse.  During  thick  or  foggy  weather  a  4-ounce  car- 
tridge is  fired  every  8  minutes. 

The  fog-signal  building,  lighthouse,  and  keeper's  dwelling  are 
connected  by  covered  ways,  the  sides  of  Avhich  are  painted  white, 
roof  black. 

A  red  brick  magazine  stands  30  feet  northeastward  from  the 
lighthouse. 

Channel,  a  village,  with  a  population  of  7'23,  situated  on  the 
mainland,  just  north  of  the  island,  forming  Channel  Head,  con- 
tains three  churches,  and  a  windmill  is  also  a  conspicuous  object 
on  entering  Port  Basque. 

Communication. — The  mail  steamer  runs  fortnightly  from  St. 
Johns  during  the  winter  months,  but  no  farther  westward.  The 
railway  from  St.  Johns  is  in  coxarse  of  completion  to  Port  Basque. 

Telegraph  station. — There  is  a  telegraph  station  here  in  con- 
nection with  the  Anglo-American  lines. 

Coal. — A  supply  of  1,500  to  2,500  tons  of  coal  is  usually  kept, 
and  can  be  shipped  from  a  wharf  alongside  which  is  a  depth  of  22 
feet  at  low  water. 

East  Baldwin,  a  rock  that  dries  1}  feet  at  low  water,  lies  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  the  apparent  channel  to  the  harbor ;  shoal  water 
extends  100  yards  SW.  from  East  Baldwin. 

A  small  rock,  with  10  feet  water  over  it,  lies  250  yards  west  (N. 
63°  W.  mag.)  from  East  Baldwin,  and  from  the  rock  a  shoal,  with 
3i  fathoms  water,  extends  south  60  yards.  A  pinnacle  rock,  with 
a  least  depth  of  14  feet  on  it,  lies  just  NW.  of  this  10-foot  rock. 

West  Baldwin,  a  rock  100  yards  in  diameter,  the  shoalest  part 
of  which  has  one  foot  on  it  at  low  water,  lies  150  yards  off  the  NE. 
side  of  Channel  Island,  and  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  from  Channel 
Head,  leaving  a  passage  only  80  yards  wide  between  it  and  the 
shoal  extending  from  the  rock  west  of  East  Baldwin. 

Buoys. — On  West  Baldwin  a  spar  buoy  is  moored,  in  3^  fathoms, 
painted  black  and  white  in  horizontal  bands ;  on  East  Baldwin  is 
moored,  in  3^  fathoms,  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red ;  on  a  shoal  lying 
between  East  Baldwin  and  Road  Island  is  moored,  in  3^  fathoms, 
a  spar  buoy,  painted  luminous  white. 

Road  Island,  1,800  yards  NW.  of  Channel  Head,  is  30  feet  high 
and  covered  with  turf  over  gray  rock. 

Gallyboy  Island,  low,  flat,  and  covered  with  grass,  and  joined 
to  the  east  shore  at  low  water,  lies  NE.  of  Roarl  Island,  from  which 
it  is  separated  by  a  channel  200  yards  wide,  through  which  is  a 
narrow  passage  with  3^  fathoms  water,  but  local  knowledge  is 
required  to  make  it  available. 


A8T. 

cted  60  feet  south  of 
ither  a  4-ounce  cai*- 

:eeper'8  dwelling  are 
ili  are  painted  white, 

;heftstward  from  the 

7'23,  situated  on  the 

Channel  Head,  cou- 

a  conspicuous  object 

1  fortnightly  from  St. 
■ther  westward.  The 
etion  to  Port  Basque. 
1  station  here  in  con- 
coal  is  usually  kept, 
which  is  a  depth  of  22 

;  low  water,  lies  nearly 
B  harbor;  shoal  water 

ies  250  yards  west  (M. 
the  rock  a  shoal,  with 
A  pinnacle  rook,  with 
3f  this  10-foot  rock, 
eter,  the  shoalest  part 
3 150  yards  off  the  NE. 
,n  i  mile  from  Channel 
ie  between  it  and  the 
Baldwin. 

moored,  in  3^  fathoms, 
s;  on  East  Baldwin  is 
I  red ;  on  a  shoal  lying 
ttoored,  in  3^  fathoms, 

el  Head,  is  30  feet  high 

with  grass,  and  joined 
oad  Island,  from  which 
de,  through  which  is  a 
)iit  local  knowledge  is 


I'OUT    BASWIK — DIRECTIONS. 


209 


Pancake  Rook,  nbout  lUO  foet  in  diameter,  i  awasli  at  low 
water,  is  tlie  east  extreme  of  foul  ground  exteudinn  from  tho  west 
shore.  The  passage  between  tlio  shoal  off  tliis  rock  and  the  foul 
ground  off  Roa<l  Island  is  only  !»0  yards  wide,  and  caro  must  be 
taken,  therefore,  to  keep  on  tlio  marks  given. 

Buoy. — A  cask  Imoy,  painted  black,  is  moored  on  the  eastern 
end  of  Pancake  Shoal,  in  3^^  fathoms  water. 

Flagstaff  Hill,  223  foet  liigli,  and  the  greatest  elevation  near  tlie 
coast,  is  surmounted  by  a  large  stone  cairn,  with  a  wooden  triangle 
at  the  top. 

Beacons. — Two  beacons  surmounted  by  diamonds  stand  on  the 
shore  westward  of  Pancake  Rock;  one,  surmounted  by  a  triangle, 
close  to  the  shore  under  Flagstaff  Hill;  and  two  beacons  sur- 
mounted by  circular  disks  stand,  one  on  the  SW.  extreme  of 
Woody  Island,  and  the  otlier  on  the  east  shore  of  the  Bottom  of 
Port  Basque,  the  narrow  inlet  NW.  of  the  same  island.  The 
northern  diamond  beacon,  open  north  of  the  southern  beacon,  bear- 
ing about  N.  76°  W.  (N.  49°  W.  mag.),  leads  north  of  Pancake 
Rock. 

Oaution, — Too  much  dependence  must  not  be  placed  on  finding 
the  beacons  in  position;  H.  M.  S.  Buzzard,  1894,  reported  the  bea- 
con at  the  base  of  Flagstaff  Hill  not  to  be  in  existence,  and  in  1890 
the  diamond  .beacons  were  reported  as  not  existing. 

DirectionB. — The  range  lighthouses  by  day  and  the  lights  by 
night  should  be  brought  in  line,  bearing  N.  59°  W.  (N.  32°  W. 
mag.),  and  this  mark  run  on  until  the  beacons  surmounted  by 
diamonds  are  in  line,  bearing  N.  72°  W,  (N.  46°  W.  mag.).  These 
should  then  be  kept  in  line,  to  avoid  the  shoal  oflf  the  south  point 
of  Road  Island,  until  the  circular  beacons  are  in  line,  bearing  N. 
34°  W.  (N.  7°  W.  mag.).  This  last  mark  will  lead  in  mid-channel 
between  Pancake  Rock  and  the  shoals  off  Road  Island,  and  when 
the  north  point  of  Gallyboy  Island  is  seen  open  north  of  Road 
Island,  N.  63°  E.  (East  mag.),  the  anchorage  may  be  steered  for. 

Caution. — The  holding  ground  is  bad  until  the  cannel  is  well 
open  between  Road  and  Gallyboy  Islands. 

Ice. — Port  Basque  is  rarely  frozen  over,  and  navigation  is,  as  a 
rule,  open  all  the  year ;  the  harbor  is  sometimes  blocked  for  a  few 
days  by  drift  ice  which  comes,  with  SW.  winds,  in  February  and 
March.    The  ice  in  the  river  is  generally  about  4  inches  thick. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Port  Basque  at  8h. 
55m. ;  springs  rise  5^  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2143.) 

Coast. — A  group  of  islands  and  rocks  connected  by  shoal  water 
lies  parallel  to  the  shore  for  3  miles  westward  of  Channel  Head. 


210 


NKWK(MNI)LANI» — HOI'TII    COAHT. 


Shoals  stretch  off  the  west  side  of  those  inlHiuls  from  Yankee 
Rock  to  EnraKt>e  Point,  and  this  coast,  and  that  from  Enragde 
Point  to  Cape  Ray,  shouhl  not  be  approached  by  large  vessels 
within  the  distance  of  one  mile. 

West  Rock,  .with  4  fathoms  Avater  over  it,  lies  J  mile  S.  47^  W. 
(S.  74"  W.  mag.)  frtmi  Channel  Head  lighthouse. 

Yankee  Rock,  the  southern  of  the  group,  is  low  and  lies  2-j^o  niiles 
S.  79°  W.  (N.  74"  W.  mag.)  from  Channel  Head  liglithouse. 

Yankee  Shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  700  yards  S.  36'  E. 
(S.  9°  E.  mag.)  from  Yankee  Rock,  and  Fail  Rock,  with  16  feet 
on  it,  000  yards  S.  48"  W.  (S.  75°  W.  mag.)  from  the  same  rock. 

Duck  Island,  at  the  north  of  the  group,  is  40  feet  high.  Durant 
Island,  800  yards  NNW.  of  Duck  Island,  consists  of  two  mounds, 
the  higher  26  feet,  joined  by  a  shingle  beach. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  nor'Measteru  part  of  the 
channel  between  Duck  and  Durant  Islands  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms 
water,  over  sand,  entered  from  the  sou thwef>t ward,  by  keeping  mid- 
channel  between  these  islands ;  or  if  from  the  eastward  by  keeping 
the  NE.  extremes  of  Durant  Island  and  Yankee  Rock  in  line,  bear- 
ing N.  43°  W.  (N.  16°  W.  mag.),  till  that  rock  is  neared,  then  mid- 
channel  between  it  and  Hobbs  Rock,  steering  for  Granby  Point, 
the  point  of  the  mainland  east  of  Durant  Island,  will  lead  to  the 
anchorage. 

Grand  Bay,  available  for  ves.'<  "".a  drawing  less  than  9  feet  water, 
aif ords  perfectly  sheltered  anchorage  in  from  2  to  4  fathoms  water ; 
it  is  entered  through  a  narrow  channel  north  of  the  anchorage 
above  mentioned,  by  keeping  the  east  shore  aboara. 

Enrag4e  Point  is  a  low  point  surrounded  by  rocks,  and  the 
coast  from  it  to  Cape  Ray  is  composed  of  low  sand  hills  facing  salt- 
water lagoons. 

HaUbut  Rock,  l^  miles  N.  68°  W.  (N.  41°  W.  mag.)  from 
Enragde  Point,  lies  off  the  SW.  extreme  of  Shag  Island,  a  narrow 
rock  nearly  joining  the  mainland. 

Barachoia  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  a  little  more 
than  one  mile  N.  32°  W.  (N.  6°  W.  mag.)  from  Halibut  Rock,  and 
the  same  distance  offshore. 

Snook  Bank,  with  6  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  |  mile  S.  32°  W. 
(S.  59°  W.  mag.)  from  Cape  Ray  lighthouse. 

Telegraph  and  Signal  Station. — A  telegraph  and  signal  sta- 
tion is  situated  in  a  cove  a  little  more  than  a  mile  east  of  Cape  Ray, 
at  the  east  end  of  the  cable  that  crosses  Cabot  Strait  to  Aspee  Bay 
in  Cape  Breton  Island. 

Cape  Ray,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Newfoundland,  is  very  remark- 
able ;  the  extreme  is  low,  but  at  3  miles  inland  is  Table  Mountain, 
1,700  feet  high,  rising  abruptly  froni  the  low  land.     Cook  Stone, 


Is  from  Yankee 
t  from  Eiiragde 
by  large  vessels 

\  mile  8.  47"  W. 

nd  lies  'Z^q  miles 
ighthouse. 
0  yards  8.  36' E. 
L*k,  with  16  feet 
he  same  rock. 
b  high.  Durant 
of  two  mounds, 

;ern  part  of  the 
11  3  to  4  fathoms 
by  keeping  mid- 
rard  by  keeping 
ck  in  line,  bear- 
)ared,  then  mid- 
•  Granby  Point, 
will  lead  to  the 

an  9  feet  water, 

fathoms  water ; 

the  anchorage 

L. 

rocks,  and  the 
lills  facing  salt- 

W.  mag.)  from 
sland,  a  narrow 

)s  a  little  more 
libut  Rock,  and 

mile  8.  32°  W. 

and  signal  sta- 
rst  of  Cape  Ray, 
it  to  Aspee  Bay 

is  very  remark- 
able Mountain, 
.    Cook  Stone, 


CAPK    IIAV I.KMIT. 


211 


1,570  feet  high,  is  a  small  peak  at  the  8W.  extreme  of  the  moun- 
tain, at  the  base  of  which  is  Sugarloaf,  a  coiis|»icuoua  conical  hill, 
800  feet  above  high  water.  Two  smaller  conical  hills  lie  between 
Sugarloaf  Hill  and  the  shore. 

Light.— On  the  west  side,  and  'il7  yards  from  the  extreme  of 
Cape  Ray,  an  octagonal-shaped  wooden  tower,  76  feet  in  height, 
and  painted  white,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  130  feet,  a  revolving 
white  light  every  twenty  seconds,  which  should  be  visible  17  miles. 

Fog  Signal. — The  fog-signal  house  is  situated  on  the  beach ;  in 
thick  weather,  fogs,  and  snowstorms,  a  steam  horn  gives  blasts  of 
ten  seconds  in  each  minute,  leaving  an  interval  of  ttfty  seconds 
between  each  blast. 

Ice  Report  Station. — Information  as  to  ice,  wind,  temperature, 
and  weather  indications  may  be  obtained,  during  the  months  of 
April  and  May,  by  communicating  with  the  signal  station  on 
Cape  Ray. 

Tides. — P  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Ray  at  9h. 
16m. ;  springs  rise  C  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  611.) 

St.  Paul  Island,  lying  in  Cabot  8trait,  the  main  entrance  to  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  between  the  SW.  extreme  of  Newfoundland 
and  the  north  extreme  of  Cape  Breton  Island,  is  composed  of 
primary  rocks,  principally  mica  slate,  dipping  at  an  angle  of  not 
less  than  46  degrees  to  the  southward.  It  is  nearly  3  miles  long,  by 
one  mile  broad.  Its  NE.  point  is  a  small  detached  islet  (although 
it  does  not  appear  as  such  from  the  sea),  separated  by  a  very 
narrow  channel  from  a  peninsula,  between  300  and  400  feet  high, 
which,  together  with  the  isthmus,  is  so  precipitous  as  to  be  nearly 
inaccessible.  The  remaining  greater  part  of  the  island,  which  is 
also  steep  and  precipitous  toward  the  sea,  has  two  parallel  ranges 
of  hills,  that  on  the  eastern  coast  being  the  higher  and  attaining 
an  elevation  of  500  feet. 

A  valley  runs  through  between  these  hills,  having  two  small 
lakes  or  ponds  200  or  300  feet  above  the  sea.  These  supply  the 
principal  stream  on  the  island,  which  is  about  2  yards  wide,  of 
yellowish  brown  water,  well-tasted  and  wholesome,  and  descend- 
ing into  the  sea  in  the  southern  part  of  Trinity  Cove.  There  are 
several  other,  but  much  smaller,  runs  of  water,  one  of  which  is 
into  Atlantic  Cove.  These  two  coves  are  nearly  one  mile  from  the . 
SW.  extremity  of  the  island,  the  first  being  on  the  gulf  side  and 
the  other  on  that  which  is  toward  the  Atlantic,  as  its  name  implies. 
They  afford  the  only  shelter  for  boats,  and  the  only  good  landing 
on  the  island  which  is  easier  of  ascent  from  them  than  at  any 
other  part. 


21: 


NKWFOrNDLANU — HOUTH    (H»A8T. 


Tljn  iHland  Ih  piirtiftlly  woodnd  with  flvrnrf  and  scrtibhy  nprnc^e 
treoH,  uHi'lcss,  oxct'pi  iii>(  for  fiml. 

Provision  Depot. — The  mon  in  clinrf^o  of  u  dopot  of  proviHions 
for  tlio  reliuf  of  shipwnu'kt'd  pt»rHons,  and  fiirnislmd  by  tin-  Gov- 
ornmont  «)f  (lif  Dominion  of  Cuinida,  nmid*'  on  tht>  nortli  point  of 
Trinity  Covo,  wiioru  tlnM'o  \h  n  dwollinK-li<>ns«}  and  store.  Fish  are 
plontifiil  aronnd  the  iHland. 

Anchorage.— Otl'  Trinity  ond  Atlantic  Covoh  Hniall  fishing 
HchooiHM's  anclior,  with  tlie  wind  oft'sliore,  in  10  or  I'i  fathoms, 
sand  and  gravel  bottom,  ami  at  the  distance  of  lUO  yards  from  the 
rocks.  In  very  fine  weather  large  vessels  might  venture  to  ride  in 
from  26  to  30  fathoms,  about  ^  mile  offshore,  but  should  be  in 
constant  readiness  to  weigh  at  the  first  sign  of  a  change  in  the 
wind  or  weather.  There  is  little  or  no  warning  by  the  lead  in 
approacliing  this  island  in  foggy  weather.  On  this  account, 
although  so  bold  and  high,  it  is  extremely  dangerous,  and  many 
shipwrecks,  attended  with  sacrifice  of  human  life,  have  taken 
place  upon  its  shores. 

lilghts. — Two  lighthouses  stand  on  St.  Paul  Island — one  on  the 
detached  rock  at  the  north  point  and  the  other  on  the  extreme 
BW.  point. 

The  northern  lighthouse  is  40  feet  high,  of  an  octagonal  shape, 
and  painted  white.  It  exhibits  a  fixed  white  light,  which  can  be 
seen  from  seaward  on  any  bearing,  excepting  between  N.  11°  W. 
(N.  16°  E.  mag.)  and  N.  40°  E.  (N.  66°  E.  mag.),  when  it  is  hidden 
by  the  island. 

The  southern  lighthouse  is  also  an  octagonal  white  building,  40 
feet  high,  and  exhibits  a  revolving  white  light  every  minute,  which 
is  visible  from  seaward  on  all  bearings,  except  between  8.  61°  E, 
(S.  25°  E.  mag.)  and  S.  68°  W.  (N.  86°  W.  mag.),  when  it  is  obscured 
by  the  intervening  land.  Both  lights  are  elevated  140  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  and  when  the  weather  is  clear  they  may  be 
seen  20  miles.  These  lights  are  exhibited  whenever  navigation  is 
practicable. 

Fog  Signal. — During  thick  weather  or  in  snowstorms  a  steam 
fog  whistle,  in  Atlantic  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  is 
sounded  five  seconds  in  every  minute. 

Submarine  Cable. — The  submarine  cable  is  laid  between  the 
island  and  Meat  Cove,  at  the  north  extreme  of  Cape  Breton  Island. 

Lifeboats. — There  are  two  surf  boats  on  St.  Paul  Island  to  aid 
seamen  in  distress. 

Ice  Report. — There  is  a  telegraph  and  signal  station  at  the  main 
establishment  on  St.  Paul  Island,  from  which  information  respect- 
ing ice,  weather,  and  the  state  of  navigation  may  be  obtained. 


ST.  PAUL   ISLAND — DKACONH. 


218 


il  HiTubby  flpruce 

npot  of  provisions 
sIkmI  hy  tliH  Gov- 
ho  iiortli  point  of 
cl  store.    Fisli  tire 

'OS  small  fisliin^ 
0  or  Vi  futlioniH, 
(JO  yiirdu  from  tlie 
venture  to  rido  in 
but  should  be  in 
f  a  change  in  the 
jg  by  the  lead  in 
On  this  account, 
gerous,  and  many 
life,  have  taken 

sland — one  on  the 
)r  on  the  extreme 

.  octagonal  shape, 

;ht,  which  can  be 

etween  N.  11°  W. 

when  it  is  hidden 

yhite  building,  40 
ery  minute,  which 
between  8.  51°  E. 
vhen  it  is  obscured 
ted  140  feet  above 
clear  they  may  be 
ever  navigation  is 

lowstorms  a  steam 
e  of  the  island,  is 

laid  between  the 
ape  Breton  Island. 
Paul  Island  to  aid 

station  at  the  main 
formation  respect- 
may  be  obtained. 


TTio  rabbi  extends  from  the  iHlaiul  to  M»iit  Covo,  nt  the  north 
oxtronic  (»f  Capo  Bnttoii  Island. 

Beacons. — A  tidal-gauge  house,  paiiittid  white,  erected  about  40 
feet  above  high-watermark  in  the  ])ight  of  Atlantic  Cove,  now 
fonnH  a  coiispicuoUH  landmark  on  the  coast  of  the  island. 

A  circular  white  beacon  has  been  placed  on  the  side  of  the  hill, 
above  the  gauge.  These  two  marks  in  line,  bearing  N.  70°  W.  (N. 
44°  W.  mag.),  lead  clear  to  the  southward  of  Big  Dick,  a  danger- 
ous detached  rock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  very  heavily,  off  the 
NE.  horn  of  the  cove. 

The  above  alignment  affords  a  good  guide  to  vessels  anchoring 
off  the  cove  in  16  fathoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  St.  Paul  Island  ut 
8h. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  irregularity  of  the  tidal  streams  and  cur- 
rents add  much  to  the  danger  arising  from  the  fogs,  which  prevail 
in  southerly,  easterly,  and  often  also  with  southwest  winds.  Dur- 
ing the  whole  of  a  fine  calm  day  at  the  end  of  June  the  current 
set  to  the  SE.  at  the  rate  of  one  knot  an  hour  past  the  north  point 
of  the  island. 


i!    'I 


CHAPTER  VI. 


NEWFOUNDLAND  WEST  COAST.— CAPE  RAY  TO  CAPE  BAULD. 
(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1104,  and  B.  A.  Chart  No.  2143.) 

Cabot  Strait. — This  strait,  which  separates  Newfoundland  from 
Cape  Breton  Island,  is  named  after  the  distinguished  navigators 
John  and  Sebastian  Cabot,  from  whom  the  first  authentic  account 
of  the  navigation  of  these  waters  was  received  in  the  year  1497. 

Oape  Ray. — See  page  210. 

The  Tolt,  1,280  feet  high,  is  a  conical  spur  off  the  middle  of  the 
west  face  of  the  mountain.  Prom  Cape  Ray  to  the  northward  the 
French  have  a  right  of  fishing. 

Brandies  Bock,  a  dangerous  breaker,  lies  one  mile  N.  85°  W. 
(N.  58°  mag.)  fron.  Cape  Ray  lighthouse,  and  xV  mile  from  the 
nearest  shore.  It  is  about  50  yards  in  diameter  and  is  nearly  awash 
at  low  water. 

Shag  Ledge,  a  small  rocky  islet,  lies  close  to  the  shore  f  mile 
northward  of  Cape  Ray. 

The  coast  to  the  northward  is  nearly  straight,  faced  by  low  cliffs, 
•and  bordered  by  a  shingle  beach  that  may  be  approached  to  the 
distance  of  200  yards. 

Little  Codroy  River  is  entered  between  Shoal  Point  to  the  south- 
ward, off  which  a  reef  extends  J^  mile,  and  Larkin  Point,  shoal  for 
nearly  the  same  distance.  The  entrance,  nearly  9  miles  from  Cape 
Ray,  can  only  be  taken  by  boats,  but  anchorage  for  small  vessels 
may  be  had  off  the  mouth  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds.  A 
considerable  settlement  is  being  formed  on  the  banks  of  this  river. 

The  Ooast  north  of  Larkin  Point  becomes  foul,  and  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  288.) 

Qreat  Codroy  River,  12^^  miles  from  Cape  Ray,  can  be  entered 
at  low  water  by  schooners  drawing  6  feet,  but  the  tide  is  very 
strong ;  it  can  be  ascended  3J^  miles  from  the  entrance,  but  a  pilot 
should  be  taken,  as  there  is  no  natural  leading  mark.  There  is  a 
large  settlement  in  this  neighborhood. 

Stormy  Point  (Pointe  Ros^e),  2  miles  weri  of  Great  Codroy 

River,  is  a  reddish-colored,  narrow,  cliffy,  projection,  terminating 

in  a  ledge  of  low  rocks,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  i 

mile. 

(214) 


■■■r:£SP*r^A^2iK^^?'P^??!&w*!tWPW«W 


TO  CAPE  BAULD. 
Ifo.  2143.) 

Newfoundland  from 
iguished  navigators 
}t  authentic  account 
in  the  year  1497. 

)ff  the  middle  of  the 
o  the  northward  the 

3ne  mile  N.  85°  W. 
d  xV  mils  from  the 
and  is  nearly  awash 

to  the  shore  f  mile 

,  faced  by  low  cliffs, 
9  approached  to  the 

al  Point  to  the  south- 
rkin  Point,  shoal  for 
ly  9  miles  from  Cape 
kge  for  small  vessels 
offshore  winds.  A 
banks  of  this  river, 
foul,  and  should  not 


Ray,  can  be  entered 
)ut  the  tide  is  very 
Bntinnce,  but  a  pilot 
g  mark.     There  is  a 

art  of  Great  Codroy 
(jection,  terminating 
ipproached  within  i 


CODROY   ISLAND. 


215 


Codroy  Island,  36  feet  above  high  water,  and  f  mile  long,  is  3 
miles  from  Stormy  Point  and  180  yards  from  the  mainland.  From 
each  extreme  a  shingle  beach  curves  to  the  eastward,  forming  a 
harbor  for  boats  and  small  schooners,  but  with  no  shelter  from 
westerly  sea. 

Codroy  Village  is  situated  on  a  stony  spit,  and  on  the  rising 
ground  behind  it,  immediately  opposite  the  center  of  the  island ; 
lauding  may  generally  be  effected  on  the  northern  side  of  this  spit 
sheltered  by  the  island  and  the  shallow  bar  extending  between  its 
northern  end  and  the  shore. 

Oommunicatiou. — The  fortnightly  steamer  from  Halifax  and 
Sidney,  C.  B.,  calls  here  during  the  summer.  Small  supplies  of 
fresh  meat  may  occasionally  be  obtained,  and  there  is  communica- 
tion with  Great  Codroy  by  road. 

A  little  southward  of  the  village  is  the  church,  a  large  white 
building,  without  either  tower  or  spire,  conspicuous  from  seaward. 
Tlie  population  of  this  locality  numbers  about  500. 

Codroy  Road  is  formed  by  the  island  and  curve  in  the  coast 
opposite.  Indifferent  anchorage  is  afforded  in  from  5  to  9  fathoms 
water,  over  a  stony  bottom,  but  there  is  nearly  always  a  swell 
rolling  in  from  the  westward.  With  strong  winds  from  that 
direction  there  is  no  shelter,  and  the  anchorage  is  then  insecure. 
Numerous  fishing  nets  are  generally  moored  along  the  island 
shore,  but  the  small  buoys  on  them  are  easily  seen  and  should  be 
avoided. 

Tides  and  Tidal  Streams.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change, 
at  Codroy  Road  at  9h. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 
Along  the  coast  the  tidal  streams  run,  generally,  flood  NE.,  ebb 
SW. ;  frequent  heavy  rips  are  seen  between  Codroy  and  Cape 
Anguille,  and  during  bad  weather  there  is  nearly  always  a  heavy 
confused  sea  in  this  locality.  , 

Coast. — Between  Codroy  Island  and  Cape  Anguille  the  land 
slopes  steeply  from  the  western  termination  of  the  Anguille  Range. 
The  higher  portions  of  these  slopes  are  covered  with  trees,  but 
the  lower  portions  show  extensive  clearings  made  by  the  settlers 
along  the  shore ;  the  contrast  between  these  clearings,  with  their 
large  patches  of  dead  timber,  and  the  dark  foliage  of  the  trees 
above,  and  in  some  cases  below,  them  affords  a  conspicuous  mark 
from  seaward  for  this  part  of  the  coast. 

Between  the  foot  of  the  slope  and  the  low  rocky  shore  is  a  nar- 
row strip  of  flat  land,  dotted  here  and  there  with  the  cottages  of 
the  settlers,  and  immediately  south  of  Cape  Anguille  is  a  small 
village  known  as  Shoai  Point. 

Cape  Anguille  rises  steeply  from  the  sea  to  a  sharp  summit, 
then,  forming  a  small  hollow,  it  rises  again  to  the  range  of  high 


^^ppsp 


msm 


216 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


hills  behind.  The  faces  of  the  slopes  on  its  western  and  south 
sides  have  been  cleai'ed  and  are  covered  with  grass  and  the  dead 
stumps  of  trees ;  but  the  eastern  side,  as  also  the  summit  over  the 
cape,  are  thickly  wooded. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Anguille  at 
9h. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet,  neaps  range  li  feet. 

St  George  Bay.— From  Cape  Anguille  the  land  trends  away 
to  the  northeastward  for  a  distance  of  about  50  miles,  and  then 
turning  to  the  north  and  west,  for  about  30  miles  more,  forms 
an  extensive  bay,  the  entrance  to  which,  between  Capes  Anguille 
and  St.  George,  is  34|  miles  across.  This  bay  is,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  St.  George  Harbor,  situated  at  its  head,  entirely  without 
sheltered  anchorage,  and,  as  the  prevailing  winds  are  from  the 
western  quarter,  there  is  generally  more  or  less  swell  rolling  in, 
which  in  bad  weather  is  quickly  increased  to  a  very  heavy  sea. 

Landing  anywhere  outside  St.  George  Harbor,  with  the  exception 
of  two  small  rocky  bights  on  the  northern  side,  is  during  bad 
weather  from  the  westward  quite  impractical e.  This  is  especially 
the  case  on  the  southern  shore,  owing  to  the  large  number  of  ice- 
deposited  stones  and  bowlders  fronting  the  beaches.  Numerous 
cottages  and  a  few  villages  stand  on  the  shores  of  the  bay.  The 
settlers  are,  with  very  few  exceptions,  fishermen,  large  quantities 
of  cod,  herring,  and  some  salmon  being  annually  caught,  as  are 
also  lobsters  in  considerable  numbers;  farming,  in  a  primitive 
fashion,  is  carried  on  by  most  of  them,  but  their  crops  are  for  the 
greater  part  confined  to  hay  and  to  the  small  quantity  of  oats  and 
potatoes  required  for  their  own  use  and  for  the  cattle,  sheep,  and 
horses  they  possess. 

Ice. — St.  George  Bay  fills  with  river  ice,  which  is  always  in 
motion,  being  driven  by  northerly  winds  round  Cape  Anguille  and 
by  southwesterly  winds,  round  Cape  St.  George ;  the  head  of  the 
bay  occasionally  freezes.  According  to  the  severity  of  the  winter 
the  ice  may  fill  the  bay  early  in  January  or  not  until  February, 
and  the  clearance  may  be  between  10th  and  25th  April ;  but  it  has 
been  full  in  May,  and  in  1886,  owing  to  the  prevalence  of  south 
and  SE.  winds,  it  remained  clear  altogether.  The  upper  part  of 
the  bay  is  generally  frozen  over  between  December  and  April ;  the 
mean  of  four  years'  observations  gives  the  date  of  freezing  as  15th 
January,  and  of  clearance  of  ice  8th  April;  but  sometimes  the 
bay  is  clear  of  ice  during  a  whole  winter. 

Fogs. — In  the  spring  months,  after  the  ice  has  disappeared,  fogs 
are  by  no  means  uncommon,  but  the)  are  neither  so  heavy  nor  so 
lasting  as  those  experienced  on  the  southern  coast. 

Tidal  Stream. — During  the  prevalence  of  strong  SE.  winds  the 
flood  stream  sets  into  the  bay  at  the  rate  of  about  a  knot  an  hour. 


5T. 


CAPE   ANOUILLE — LEWIS    POINT. 


217 


•western  and  south 
jrass  and  the  dead 
lie  summit  over  the 

it  Cape  Anguille  at 
IS  range  li  feet. 
3  land  trends  away 
50  miles,  and  then 
miles  more,  forms 
sen  Capes  Anguille 
'  is,  with  the  excep- 
d,  entirely  without 
(rinds  are  from  the 
Bss  swell  rolling  in, 
X  very  heavy  sea. 
',  with  the  exception 
ide,  is  during  bad 
).  This  is  especially 
irge  number  of  ice- 
eaches.  Numerous 
38  of  the  bay.  The 
en,  large  quantities 
lally  caught,  as  are 
ng,  in  a  primitive 
sir  crops  are  for  the 
uantity  of  oats  and 
le  cattle,  sheep,  and 

which  is  always  in 
I  Cape  Anguille  and 
ge ;  the  head  of  the 
.verity  of  the  winter 
lot  until  February, 
th  April ;  but  it  has 
prevalence  of  south 

The  upper  part  of 
nber  and  April ;  the 
B  of  freezing  as  15th 

but  sometimes  the 

as  disappeared,  fogs 

sher  so  heavy  nor  so 

)ast. 

trong  SE.  winds  the 

)out  a  knot  an  hour. 


Coast. — From  Cape  Anguille  to  Lewis  Point,  a  distance  of  about 
16  miles,  the  coast  is  composed  of  cliffs,  reaching  in  places  an 
elevation  of  270  feet,  broken  here  and  there  by  gullies  extending 
from  the  Anguille  Range  of  mountains  immediately  behind.  It 
is  steep-to  and  quite  free  from  ofHying  dangers,  the  10-fathom 
line,  over  the  whole  of  this  area,  lying  at  an  average  distance  of 
about  800  yards  from  the  shore.  The  tops  of  the  cliffs  are  densely 
wooded,  as  are  also  the  slopes  of  the  mountains  behind,  and,  during 
the  spring  months  especially,  waterfalls  mark  the  mouths  of  several 
streams. 

At  the  entrance  to  some  of  the  gullies  there  are  small  clusters  of 
rude  huts,  which  are  used  by  the  fishermen  temporarily  living  there 
during  the  summer  months.  A  narrow  bush  trail,  originally  cut 
for  the  benefit  of  persons  shipwrecked  on  this  inhospitable  coast, 
runs  parallel  with  the  cliffs  a  short  distance  inland  and  connects 
Ship  Cove  with  Cape  Anguille. 

Cape  John. — Northeastward  4J-  miles  of  Cape  Anguille  is  a  rocky 
point  known  as  Cape  John,  and  immediately  SW.  of  this  is  Snakes 
Bight, where  anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  from  16  to  18  fathoms 
water,  during  southerly  and  easterly  winds. 

Qreat  Friar  Cove,  2  miles  northeastward  of  Cape  John,  is  a 
small  semicircular  indentation  at  the  mouth  of  a  deep  gully,  and 
f  mile  northeastward  of  it  there  is  a  remarkable  needle-pointed  rock 
(locally  known  as  Old  Bone-em)  detached  from  the  cliff,  but  it  is 
only  distinctly  seen  when  viewed  from  a  direction  nearly  parallel 
with  the  shore. 

Johnsons  Cove  lies  nearly  6  miles  northeastward  of  Old  Bone- 
em,  and  between  them  are  three  other  similar  little  bays,  named 
respectively  Mary  Anns  Cove,  Hines  Cove  (situated  at  the  mouth 
of  a  very  deep  gully),  and  Wreck  Cove. 

Johnsons  Cove  may  usually  be  recognized  by  the  fan-shaped 
waterfall  just  behind  the  beach,  and  also  by  the  conspicuous  bare 
cliffs,  1,260  feet  high,  forming  the  eastern  side  of  the  deep  gully 
which  here  stretches  back  through  the  range. 

Liewis  Point  is  3  miles  northeastward  of  Johnsons  Cu  e,  and 
midway  between  them  is  Little  Friar  Cove.  The  point  is  plainly 
discernible,  when  coming  from  the  westward  round  Cape  Anguille, 
as  being  the  apparent  tangent  of  the  cliffy  coast.  About  400  yards 
from  the  point  and  a  little  northeastward  are  two  detached  rocks, 
the  easternmost  being  20  feet  high ;  they  are  quite  steep-to. 

From  Lewis  Point  the  cliffy  coast  continues  2f  miles  to  a  large 
detached  rock,  53  feet  high,  known  as  the  Gulls  Nest.  Immediately 
southwestward  of  this  there  is  a  cluster  of  low-water  rocks  which, 
with  the  Gulls  Nest  Rock,  form,  at  the  foot  of  the  cliff,  a  place 
known  as  Seal  Cove,  where  boats  may  easily  land  during  the  fresh 


I 


«: 


«M 


218 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


I   «! 


northeasterly  breezes  that  occasionally  blow  obliquely  across  the 
bay.  Half  a  mile  soiithwestward  of  Seal  Cove  a  small  patch  of 
rocks,  with  less  than  G  feet  of  water  over  them,  lies  200  yards  from 
the  shore. 

From  Seal  Cove  the  cliffy  coast  continues  for  2^  miles  to  the 
mouth  of  a  gully,  off  which,  at  a  distance  of  200  yards,  lies  Ship 
Rock,  58  feet  high. 

Ship  Cove,  formed  by  a  slight  curve  in  the  coast,  ^  mile  south- 
ward of  Ship  Rock,  may  be  said  to  extend  from  The  Spout  (a  con- 
spicuous waterfall  f  mile  eastward  of  Gulls  Nest  Rock)  to  Shoal 
Point. 

Shoal  Point  is  the  termination  of  the  cliffy  coast  line  extending 
from  Cape  Anguille,  though  from  Ship  Cove  to  this  point  the 
cliffs  are  composed  almost  entirely  of  clay  and  sand,  while  to  the 
westward  they  are  more  generally  of  a  rocky  nature.  A  stony 
ridge,  with  one  to  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends  J  mile  from  the 
point,  in  a  southerly  direction,  terminating  600  yards  outside  Ship 
Rock.  Directly  off  the  point,  but  close  to  the  shore,  there  is  an 
extensive  patch  of  low-water  rocks  and  bowlders. 

Anguille  Bange  comprises  the  hill  country  extending  from 
Cape  Anguille  to  the  northeastward  and  terminating  5  or  6  miles 
to  the  southward  of  Shoal  Point.  The  highest  point  of  the  range 
rises  to  1,862  feet,  but  it  is  generally  flat-topped  and  much  cut  up 
by  large  deep  gullies.  The  slopes  are  densely  wooded,  but  the 
summits  are  bare  of  large  trees,  being  generally  covered  with 
dwarf  spruce  which  grows  so  thickly  as  to  be  almost  impassable. 

A  noticeable  feature  on  the  side  of  the  hill  at  the  back  of  Ship 
Cove  is  the  telegraph  road  leading  to  Great  Codroy,  which  has 
been  cut  through  the  woods,  and  passes  over  the  top  of  the  range. 

The  locality  under  the  eastern  termination  of  the  Anguille 
Range  and  extending  from  Shoal  Point  to  Harbor  Head  is  gener- 
ally known  as  the  Highlands. 

Plaster  Cove  is  a  bay  lying  northeastward  of  Shoal  Point.  Its 
shores  are  dotted  with  several  cottages,  occupied  by  settlers,  who 
find  employment  in  fishing,  farming,  and  lobster  packing  in  this 
neighborhood;  J  mile  from  the  point  there  is  a  striking  outcrop  of 
gypsum  in  the  cliff,  which  gives  rise  to  the  local  name. 

The  northern  part  of  the  bay  is  shallow,  there  being  only  3^ 
to  4  fathoms  water  600  yards  from  the  shore,  but  southwestward 
of  this  good  anchorage  may  be  found  during  offshore  winds  in 
from  6  to  10  fathoms  water,  over,  in  places,  a  soft  bottom. 

Immediately  inside  the  northern  point  of  Plaster  Cove  is  High- 
lands church,  a  conspicuous  white  building  with  a  small  square 
tower,  and  NW.  by  N.  from  it,  ^  mile  from  the  shore,  there  is  a 
small  stony  patch  of  31  fathoms,  with  6  and  7  fathoms  water 
around  it. 


it. 

bliquely  across  the 

i^e  a  small  patch  of 

lies  200  yards  from 

for  2i  miles  to  the 
JOO  yards,  lies  Ship 

coast,  ^  mile  south- 
Q  The  Spout  (a  con- 
Test  Rock)  to  Shoal 

coast  line  extending 
e  to  this  point  the 
d  sand,  while  to  the 
y  nature.  A  stony 
!U(ls  $  mile  from  the 

0  yards  outside  Ship 
e  shore,  there  is  an 
3rs. 

try  extending  from 
linating  5  or  6  miles 
it  point  of  the  range 
3d  and  much  cut  up 
ely  wooded,  but  the 
erally  covered  with 

1  almost  impassable, 
at  the  back  of  Ship 
;  Codroy,  which  has 
the  top  of  the  range, 
on  of  the  Anguille 
irbor  Head  is  gener- 

L  of  Shoal  Point.  Its 
jied  by  settlers,  who 
ster  packing  in  this 
a  striking  outcrop  of 
cal  name. 

there  being  only  3i 
,  but  southwestward 
ttg  offshore  winds  in 
,  soft  bottom, 
'laster  Cove  is  High- 
with  a  small  square 

the  shore,  there  is  a 
md  7  fathoms  water 


IIAKBCIK    ILEAD — OKAB   BROOK. 


219 


IS 


MiaNH 


Coast— Northeastward  from  Highlands  cliurch  the  coast 
formed  of  clay  cliffs,  G5  to  100  feet  high,  and  fronted  by  a  stony 
beach.  This  continues  for  a  little  over  a  mile  to  Harbor  Head, 
behind  which  there  is  a  low  woodod  rise,  the  summit  being  200 
feet  above  high  water.  Back  of  this,  and  extending  to  the  SE. 
and  east,  the  country  is  composed  of  low  wooded  ridges,  alter- 
nating with  extensive  and  generally  swampy  flats,  through  which 
flow  several  streams  or  brooks  that  rise  in  the  mountain  ranges  12 
to  14  miles  inland.  Good  salmon  pools  are  stated  to  exist  in  all 
these  streams,  but  the  number  of  fish  ascending  is  reported  to  be 
decreasing. 

Northeastward  of  Harbor  Head  the  coast  falls  a  little,  the  cliffs 
giving  place  to  low  slopes,  again  succeeded  by  a  short  stretch  of 
cliff  80  to  90  feet  high,  fronting  which,  at  200  yards  from  the 
shore,  are  some  detached  bowlders  and  patches  of  rocks. 

-River  Brook,  at  the  eastern  termination  of  these  v^liffs,  and  the 
westernmost  of  the  streams  referred  to  above,  is  rather  more  than 
200  yards  in  width  at  its  entrance,  but  not  deep  enough  to  admit 
boats  except  at  the  top  of  high  water. 

Coast— From  River  Brook  to  Crabb  Brook,  a  distance  of  2  miles, 
the  coast  is  composed  of  low  cliffs  and  steep  slopes  of  sand  and  clay, 
fronted  by  a  stony  beach.  Off  this  are  numerous  bowlders,  prob- 
ably deposited  by  ice,  and  i  mile  from  River  Brook  a  prong  of 
shoal  water,  formed  by  some  of  these  bowlders  and  detached  rocky 
patches,  extends  600  yards  from  the  shore,  which  should  here  be 
given  a  berth  of  f  mile. 

Crab  Brook,  the  position  of  which  may  easily  be  recognized  by 
the  church,  with  its  square  tower,  standing  on  the  summit  of  the 
western  side  of  the  entrance,  is  between  the  heads' forming  its 
mouth,  nearly  400  yards  wide,  but  this  space  is  reduced  a  half  by 
a  stony  spit  projecting  from  the  foot  of  the  hill  on  the  western  side. 
Banks  of  stones,  that  dry  at  low  water,  extend  nearly  across  the 
entrance,  leaving  a  narrow,  crooked  channel,  in  which  there  is 
only  one  foot  at  low  water. 

Small  vessels  pass  in  here  when  the  tide  is  up  and  discharge  at 
a  rough  wharf  on  the  eastern  side.  Abreast  this  the  water  quickly 
shoals,  and  the  space,  which  at  high  water  appears  extensive,  is  at 
low  water  largely  filled  by  dry  banks  of  sand  and  stones.  At 
f  mile  within  the  entrance  the  bed  of  the  stream  is  filled  by  marshy 
flats,  which  become  islands  as  the  tide  flows  in*  little  channels 
through  them.  These  channels  unite  about  f  mile  farther  up, 
when  the  stream  turns  abruptly  to  the  eastward,  under  a  high, 
wooded  cliff. 

The  village  is  situated  on  either  side  of  the  stream,  just  inside 
the  entrance,  but  the  larger  number  of  houses  are  on  the  western 

14910 15 


I 


i 


220 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


side.  The  population  numbers  about  200,  all  of  whom  are  engaged 
in  fishing  and  farming. 

There  is  a  church,  school,  and  post-office,  but  no  telegi'aphic 
communication,  though  the  line  from  Sandy  Point  to  Great  Codroy 
pusses  close  to  the  village.  There  is  a  rough  road  from  this  place 
to  the  south  side  of  St.  George  Harbor. 

Barachois  Brook,  very  shallow,  and  having  a  stony  bar  that  is 
nearly  dry  at  low  water,  is  3  miles  northward  of  Crabb  Brook,  the 
coast  between  being  composed  of  sand  cliffs,  rising  at  one  point  to 
a  height  of  190  feet ;  some  fishermen  live  round  its  shores. 

Robinson  Brook,  the  entrance  to  which  lies  -J-  mile  northward 
of  Barachois  Brook,  has  also  a  stony  bar,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  low 
waler.  Inside,  the  space  between  the  sloping  sides  of  the  river 
valley  is  partially  filled  by  numerous  flat,  marshy  islets,  between 
which  the  stream  runs  in  narrow  chaiuiuls.  The  village,  with  a 
population  of  about  200,  stands  on  the  northern  side  of  the  brook. 
There  is  a  church  and  school,  and  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly 
engaged  in  fishing  and  farming. 

About  9  miles  back  from  the  village  good  coal  is  reported  to  have 
been  discovered.  At  ^  mile  offshore,  between  Robinson  and  Bara- 
chois Brooks,  there  is  a  small  patch  of  5  fathoms,  with  6  and  7 
fathoms  water  around  it.  The  bottom  is  generally  stony  off  the 
whole  of  this  part  of  the  coast  and  affords  only  temporary 
anchorage. 

Communication.— There  is  a  post-office  and  fortnightly  com- 
munication by  road  with  the  settlement  at  Sandy  Point,  which  is 
26  miles  distant. 

Robinson  Head. — From  the  northern  side  of  Robinson  Brook 
the  cliffs,  of^clay  and  sand,  rise  gradually  toward  Robinson  Head, 
f  mile  to  the  northward.  The  western  summit  of  the  head  is  com- 
posed of  a  little  peak  of  sand  with  some  grass  and  a  few  stunted 
trees  on  its  landward  side,  where  it  falls  steeply  to  a  hollow  in 
which  there  are  two  small  ponds.  Coming  from  the  westward, 
this  peak,  with  its  seaward  face  of  white  sand,  is  very  conspicuous. 
The  seaward  face  of  the  slope  is  composed  of  alternating  patches 
or  strips  of  white  sand  and  dark  brushwood,  which  make  this  part 
of  the  coast  very  conspicuous  from  any  direction. 

Eastward  of  the  above  summit  the  land  falls  again  to  an  angle 
in  the  shore,  locally  known  as  Stinking  Cove,  in  which  there  is  a 
small  lobster  factory.  From  this  point  to  Fishels  Brook,  a  distance 
of  5  miles,  the  coast  is  composed  of  sand  and  clay  cliffs,  80  to  113 
feet  high,  the  land  behind  being  of  slight  elevation,  with  marshy 
flats  or  "barrens"  separating  low,  densely- wooded  ridges. 

Three  small  streams,  known  respectively  as  Red  Brook,  Seal 
Brook,  and  Rattling  Brook,  cause  breaks  in  the  cliffy  shore  line, 


8T. 


FI8HEL8  BROOK — BANK  HEAD  COVE. 


221 


:  whom  are  engaged 

but  no  telegraphic 
jint  to  Great  Codroy 
L-oad  from  this  place 

g  a  stony  bar  that  is 
of  Crabb  Brook,  the 
ising  at  one  point  to 
id  its  shores. 
es  i  mile  northward 
h  is  nearly  dry  at  low 
ig  sides  of  the  river 
irshy  islets,  between 
The  village,  with  a 
rn  side  of  the  brook, 
labitants  are  chiefly 

»al  is  reported  to  have 
1  Robinson  and  Bara- 
athoms,  with  6  and  7 
Bnerally  stony  off  the 
)rds  only  temporary 

and  fortnightly  com- 
(andy  Point,  which  is 

Le  of  Robinson  Brook 
ward  Robinson  Head, 
nit  of  the  head  is  com- 
pass and  a  few  stunted 
iteeply  to  a  hollow  in 
5  from  the  westward, 
i,  is  very  conspicuous, 
of  alternating  patches 
,  which  make  this  part 
ction. 

alls  again  to  an  angle 
ire,  in  which  there  is  a 
shels  Brook,  a  distance 
ttd  clay  cliffs,  80  to  113 
(levation,  with  marshy 
wooded  ridges, 
ly  as  Red  Brook,  Seal 
in  the  cliffy  shore  line, 


which  is  fronted  by  a  stony  beach  having  off  it  numerous  ice- 
deposited  stones  and  bowlders  that  make  landing  at  low  water, 
even  in  fine  weather,  a  difficult  operation  for  ordinary  boats. 

There  are  here  and  there,  behind  the  cliffs,  cottages  and  strips 
of  cultivated  land. 

Fishels  Brook  rises  in  the  mountain  range,  some  12  miles  back 
from  the  coast,  and  flows  into  the  sea  between  a  high  steep  bank  on 
its  eastern  side  and  a  long  stony  spit,  on  which  are  some  houses, 
projecting  from  the  elevated  land  to  the  westward ;  the  entrance  is 
very  narrow  and,  at  low  water,  nearly  dry ;  inside,  there  is  a  small 
deep  pool  above  which  numerous  banks  of  stones  and  shingle 
occupy  the  bed  of  the  stream. 

Off  this  brook,  at  a  distance  of  little  over  a  mile,  there  begins  a 
ridge  of  rocky  uneven  ground  extending  toward  Bank  Head ;  its 
southwestern  portion  is  outside  the  10-fathom  line,  but,  though 
closely  examined,  nothing  less  than  7  fathoms  water  could  be 
found.  Round  this  spot  there  are  depths  of  10  and  12  fathoms. 
Northeastward  the  bank  inclines  a  little  toward  the  shore,  the 
depth  over  it  varying  from  6  to  9  fathoms. 

Bank  Head  lies  3J  miles  northward  of  Fishels  Brook,  the  coast 
between  being  a  continuation  of  the  sandy  cliffs  to  the  southwest- 
ward,  which,  however,  are  in  this  locality  somewhat  higher  and 
fronted  by  a  wider  beach  of  stones.  Three  brooks,  flowing  through 
deep  valleys,  reach  the  sea  here— Barry  Brook,  Middle  Brook,  and 
Journois  Brook,  the  last  named  being  one  mile  from  Bank  Head. 
At  ^  mile  north  of  Journois  Brook  the  cliff  rises  a  little  and  con- 
tinues to  its  summit,  160  feet  above  the  sea.  This  cliff,  which  is 
conspicuous,  is,  strictly  speaking,  Bank  Head,  but  the  whole  of 
the  neighboring  locality  is  generally  so  named. 

Behind  the  head  there  are  some  small  ponds  and  several  detached 
ridges,  of  moderate  elevation,  separated  by  the  "barrens"  so  fre- 
quently occurring  in  this  country,  and  reaching  to  the  foot  of  the 
range  which  at  a  distance  of  about  12  miles  inland  extends  in  a 
southwesterly  direction.  Several  of  the  summits  of  this  range  are 
veryKJonspicuous. 

Ooast— At  i  mile  northeastward  of  the  summit  of  Bank  Head 
the  sandy  cliff  ceases  abruptly,  and  then  rises  again  to  a  low  con- 
ical sandhill,  eastward  of  which  is  a  small  bight  known  as  Bank 
Head  Cove.  Here  there  are  a  few  cottages  and  fish  stores,  and 
landing  may  be  effected,  when  it  is  quite  impracticable  on  any  other 
part  of  the  coast,  between  Sandy  Point  and  Robinson  Head. 

Northeastward  of  this  cove  the  coast  is  lower  than  that  to  the 
southwestward.  It  continues,  in  cliffs  about  75  feet  high,  here  and 
there  covered  with  bushes,  for  2i  miles  to  Youngs  Cove,  which  is 
a  slight  curve,  formed  by  the  projection  of  the  low  stony  peninsula 


II 


ilriiiiii 


222 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


named  Flat  Island,  and  contains  a  few  cottages  occupied  by 
fishermen. 

Flat  Bay  Brook,  a  stream  flowing  into  the  shallow  bay  between 
Flat  Island  and  the  shore,  H  miles  eastward  of  Youngs  Cove,  ia 
nearly  \  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  immediately  inside  which  it  is 
divided  by  a  low  point  having  on  it  some  houses.  The  western  ■ 
most  portion  is  merely  a  shallow  bay  known  as  Muddy  Hole.  The 
eastern  portion  is  the  stream,  flowing  from  the  mountain  range 
about  7  miles  inland,  but  it  is  much  obstructed  by  banks  and  islets. 

South  Side  is  the  name  given  to  the  district  extending  from  Flat 
Bay  Brook  to  the  northeastward  for  about  6  miles.  The  coast  is 
formed  of  low  banks  terminating  the  long  slope  from  a  ridge,  about 
300  feet  high,  the  summit  of  which  is  about  one  mile  back.  Nu- 
merous houses  and  fish  stores  line  the  shore,  and  the  surrounding 
land  is  more  or  less  in  cultivation.  A  fairly  good  road  runs  south- 
westward  to  Robinson  Head  and  eastward  to  the  head  of  St.  George 
Harbor. 

Steel  or  Cairn  Mountain,  a  remarkable  mass  of  ironstone, 
rising  to  a  height  of  952  feet  from  the  low  country  behind  the  coast 
ridge  mentioned  above,  and  in  front  of  the  mountain  range  extend- 
ing from  the  southwestward,  has  on  it  two  stone  cairns  said  to  have 
been  erected  by  Captain  Cook.  Flat  Bay  Brook  runs  under  the 
foot  of  this  mountain,  and  in  the  locality  deposits  of  iron  and  gyp- 
sum have  been  found. 

Northeastward  the  rugged  broken  ranges  continue  in  a  north- 
easterly direction,  and  3  miles  from  Steel  Mountain  there  is,  on  the 
western  face  of  the  coast  range,  a  remarkable  white  patch,  formed 
by  a  landslide,  which  is  very  conspicuous  from  far  down  the  bay. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  594.) 

Flat  Bay,  between  Flat  Island  and  the  mainland,  is  very  shal- 
low and  obstructed  by  banks  which  dry  at  low  water.  On  the 
southern  side  there  is  sufficient  depth  for  a  boat,  at  low  water,  to 
go  about  3  miles  up ;  but  the  thick  weeds,  with  which  the  bottom 
is  covered,  would  prove  very  troublesome  to  one  propelled  by  steam. 

Toward  the  northern  part  of  the  bay,  situated  on  a  large  bank 
of  sand  and  shingle,  is  Moyac  or  Woody  Island,  now  a  mere  bank 
of  sand,  covered  with  coarse  grass,  but  which  'at  one^^time  had  on 
it  several  trees. 

Flat  Island  is  a  long,  low  projection  of  stones  and  shingle, 
extending  from  Youngs  Cove  to  Harbor  Point,  a  distance  of  6^ 
miles,  and  forming,  with  t?ve  main  shore,  the  shallow  area  described 
above  as  Flat  Bay  In  some  parts  this  bank  of  stones  is  only  about 
50  yards  across,  while  toward  the  eastern  end  it  is,  at  one  spot, 
rather  more  than  ^  mile.     Long  stretches  of  it  are  quite  bare,  but 


'i£it 


liip 


SANDY    POINT. 


223 


ages  occupied  by 

allow  bay  between 
f  Youngs  Cove,  in 
inside  which  it  is 
ses.    The  western  • 
Muddy  Hole.    The 
le  mountain  range 
jy  banks  and  islets, 
xtending  from  Flat 
dies.    The  coast  is 
from  a  ridge,  about 
e  mile  back.     Nu- 
d  the  surrounding 
od  road  runs  south- 
)  head  of  St.  George 

mass  of  ironstone, 
try  behind  the  coast 
intain  range  extend- 
e  cairns  said  to  have 
3ok  runs  under  the 
rits  of  iron  and  gyp- 

!ontinue  in  a  north- 
atain  there  is,  on  the 
white  patch,  formed 
a  far  down  the  bay. 


binland,  is  very  shal- 
low water.  On  the 
oat,  at  low  water,  to 
bh  which  the  bottom 
e  propelled  by  steam, 
ited  on  a  large  bank 
nd,  now  a  mere  bank 
I  [_at  one-time  had  on 

stones  and  shingle, 
iint,  a  distance  of  6i 
ihallow  area  described 
)f  stones  is  only  about 
ind  it  is,  at  one  spot, 
it  are  quite  bare,  but 


BGSsr 


there  are  two  extensive  clumps  of  spruce  trees,  as  well  as  some 
small  patches  of  scrub. 

At  J  mile  fro-^  'he  junction  of  this  peninsula  with  the  main 
shore,  and  200  yards  from  the  beach,  there  is,  off  its  seaward  side, 
a  patch  of  stones  which  dry  at  low  water,  and  in  this  locality, 
as  also  for  some  3  miles  to  the  northeastward,  tlie  shoal  ground 
extends  for  nearly  i  mile  from  the  beach.  Outside  tlie  5-fathom 
line,  however,  the  water  deepens  very  quickly  to  upward  of  20 
fathoms.  Those  feeling  their  way  along  this  shore  during  a  fog 
should  bear  this  fact  in  mind,  and  not  approach  to  a  less  depth 
than  10  or  12  fathoms.  Toward  the  eastern  extreme  of  Flat  Island 
the  deep  water  approaches  the  shore,  and  eastward  of  Harbor  Point 
the  6-fathom  line  is  only  60  yards  from  the  beach. 

Light— A  cylindrical  iron  lighthouse,  36  feet  in  height,  stands 
on  a  concrete  base,  100  yards  within  the  extreme  of  Harbor  Point. 
It  is  painted  white,  and  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  35  feet,  a  fixed 
white  light,  which  should  be  visible  7  miles. 

Sandy  Point  is  the  name  given  to  the  settlement  that  stands  on 
the  wider  portion  of  Flat  Island,  near  its  eastern  end.  The  popu- 
lation numbers  about  400,  principally  connected  with  the  fishing 
industry.  There  are  some  stores  in  which  ordinary  articles  may 
be  purchased,  and  supplies  of  fresh  meat  and  vegetables  may 
generally  be  obtained,  either  here  or  on  the  opposite  shore. 

Communication. — There  is  postal  communication  weekly  dur- 
ing the  summer,  by  means  of  the  steamers  of  the  Newfoundland 
Coastal  Steamship  Co.  from  St.  Johns,  and  by  a  steamer  from 
Halifax  and  Sydney,  C.  B.,  both  of  which  call  here  on  their  trips 
to  and  from  the  more  northern  ports  on  this  coast.  There  is  also 
telegraphic  communication  with  St.  Johns  and  the  Dominion.  A 
branch  of  the  railway,  joining  St.  Johns  with  the  western  coast, 
crosses  the  mouth  of  St.  George  River  and  skirts  the  mainland 
opposite.  A  pier  for  landing  material  for  the  railway  has  been 
constructed  at  Turf  Point;  it  is  1,000  feet  in  length,  and  has  a 
depth  of  30  feet  at  its  extremity. 

Supplies. — Fresh  provisions  can  be  obtained. 
Bank.— Inside  Harbor  Point  the  flat  sandy  shore  forms  a  slight 
curve,  in  which  there  are  numerous  fishing  stores  and  landing 
stages.  A  bank  of  sand  and  mud,  dry  at  low  water,  extends  from 
this  shore  for  nearly  200  yards  and  off  Messervy  Point  to  250  yards; 
it  is  very  steep-to,  there  being  5  fathoms  water  within  76  yards  of 
the  edge. 

Wharf— The  government  wharf  at  Messervy  Point  has  a  depth 
of  2  fathoms  alongside  it  at  its  western  corner,  and  3  fathoms  at 
its  eastern  comer,  but,  as  there  is  a  good  deal  of  wreckage  about 
this  part  of  the  anchorage,  care  should  be  taken,  when  going 


'  ■^^IT''. 


224 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


m 


il 


alongside,  to  keep  tho  voHHel  to  the  eastward  of  the  westernmost 
cornor. 

Westward  of  the  wharf  the  dry  bank  extends  farther  from  tlie 
shore,  and  the  Hue  of  3  fathoms  reaches  across  the  entrance  of 
Flat  Bay. 

The  Episcopal  church,  with  a  low  spire,  is  situated  in  a  clump 
of  trees  ^  mile  southwestward  of  the  lighthouse,  and  the  Roman 
Catholic  church  in  the  same  direction  and  about  the  same  distance 
from  Messervy  Point.  Both  are  conspicuous  when  approaching 
from  the  westward. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Sandy  Point  at 
9h.  45ra. ;  "nrings  rise  5^^  feet,  neaps  rise  3i^  feet;  neaps  range  1^- 
feet.  During  springs  the  stream  runs  with  some  strength  at  the 
anchorage. 

St.  George  Harbor  is  situated  at  the  head  of  St.  George  Bay. 
Its  entrance,  between  Indian  Head  on  the  north  side  and  Harbor 
Point  on  the  south,  is  3  miles  across,  and  its  depth  to  the  entrance 
of  St.  George  River  is  also  about  3  miles. 

Anchorage. — The  soundings  vary  from  12  to  18  fathoms  in  the 
center  of  this  space,  and  vessels  may  anchor  anywhere  within  a 
reasonable  distance  of  the  shore,  but  during  strong  westerly  winds 
a  heavy  sea  sets  in,  and  with  bad  weather  from  the  eastward  the 
place  is  subject  to  violent  squalls  off  the  high  land.  The  shelter  of 
Flat  Island  should  therefore  be  obtained  if  possible.  That  anchor- 
age is  easily  accessible,  and  affords  excellent  holding  ground, 
with  smooth  water,  in  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water,  over  a  bottom 
of  stiff  mud. 

When  approaching,  the  beach  at  the  extremity  of  Harbor  Point 
mr.y  be  rounded  at  any  convenient  distance,  and  giving  its  inner 
angle  a  berth  of  at  least  300  yards,  anchorage  may  be  taken  up 
where  convenient ;  but  a  good  berth  is  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water, 
with  the  Roman  Catholic  church  bearing  West  (N.  63°  W.  mag. ) 
and  the  lighthouse  North  (N.  28°  E.  mag.).  Strong  NE.  to  SE. 
winds  are  frequently  experienced  here,  but  though  the  squalls  are 
furious  the  water  is  smooth,  and  the  holding  ground  so  good  that, 
with  good  ground  tackle,  a  vessel  may  lie  in  safety. 

Turf  Point,  on  the  southern  shore  opposite  Sandy  Point,  is  a 
low  flat  projection  composed  of  peat.  Off  it  are  some  detached 
bowlders  locally  known  as  Seal  Rocks,  and  which  give  the  name 
to  the  adjoining  cove  and  settlement. 

Indian  River,  known  also  as  the  Barachois,  lies  1^  miles  from 
Turf  Point.  The  space  within  the  entrance  is  considerable,  but  it 
quickly  narrows  between  high  wooded  banks. 

From  here  low  sand  cliffs  extend  to  St.  George  River,  the 
entrance  to  which  is  known  as  the  Gut.     During  fine  weather 


INDIAN    KIVKK ROMAINKH    HltOOK. 


225 


I  the  wosternmoHt 

J  farther  from  tlie 
IS  the  entrance  of 

tuated  in  a  clump 
B,  and  the  Roman 
1  the  same  distant-e 
when  approaching 

at  Sandy  Point  at 
et ;  neaps  range  1^ 
ne  strength  at  the 

3f  St.  George  Bay. 
h  side  and  Harbor 
ipth  to  the  entrance 

o  18  fathoms  in  the 
anywhere  within  a 
rong  westerly  winds 
m  the  eastward  tlie 
md.  The  shelter  of 
jible.  That  anchor- 
at  holding  ground, 
^ater,  over  a  bottom 

tity  of  Harbor  Point 
and  giving  its  inner 
re  may  be  taken  up 
or  7  fathoms  water, 
st  (N.  62°  W.  mag.) 
Strong  NE.  to  SE. 
lOugh  the  squalls  are 
ground  so  good  that, 
lafety. 

te  Sandy  Point,  is  a 
t  are  some  detached 
which  give  the  name 

•is,  lies  li  miles  from 
s  considerable,  but  it 

.  George  River,  the 
During  fine  weather 


boiitH  can  onttT  this  chaiinnl  at  low  water,  but  tht»  ti<U)  niiiK 
strongly  through,  and  thon*  is  gtuionilly  inoro  or  loss  swell  sotting 
on  the  shore;  (hiring  strong  westerly  winds  it  should  not  be 
attempted.  There  is  a  large  lumber  mill  on  the  southern  siile  of 
the  entranc<s  and  some  houses.  The  roiid  to  Stoplienvillo  is  hero 
continued  ])y  nu-ans  of  a  ferry  across  the  river. 

Sea  Wolf  Lagoon,  on  tlu!  northern  side  of  St.  (ieorge  Harbor, 
is  formed  by  an  indentation  in  the  const  frontiMJ  by  a  long  narrow 
strip  of  stony  beach,  and  has  an  entrance  which  is  all  but  dry  at 
low  water.     Inside  the  spit  there  is  a  deptli  of  U^  fathoms. 

Indian  Head  is  a  renuirkabh*  cliffy  heudland  on  the  north  8i(hi 
of  St.  George  Harbor.  The  summit  of  the  cl iff  is  IHO  feet  above 
tlie  sea,  but  it  gradually  rises  to  a  conspicuous  conical  wooded 
peak  6:31  feet  higli,  fnmi  which  the  wooded  hills  e.xtend  in  a  north- 
easterly direction  to  a  deep  valley,  which  separates  tliem  from  the 
higher  ranges  extending  inland.  On  these  hiltor  are  some  conical 
summits  which  are  conspicuous  from  seaward.  Mount  Hubert, 
distinguisliable  by  some  remarkabhi  bare  patches  near  its  summit, 
is  1,472  feet  liigh,  and  another  peak,  farther  to  the  northeast,  is 
2,290  feet. 

The  northern  sides  of  tlio  Indian  Head  Hills  fall  steeply  to  a 
large  shallow  lagoon,  separated  from  the  sea  by  a  narrow  strip  of 
stony  beach  300  yards  across.  Off  this  beach,  as  also  off  Indian 
Head,  the  10-fathom  line  is  less  than  ^  mile  from  shore. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2876.) 

Stephenvllle  comprises  the  district  extending  northwestward 
from  Indian  Head  for  about  5  miles;  numerous  houses  are  dotted 
about  the  shores  of  the  lagoon  noticed  above,  and  on  the  low  slopes 
northward  of  it,  as  well  as  on  the  beach,  and  the  Roman  Catholic 
church,  with  its  long  white  spire,  is  conspicuous.  From  liere 
there  is  a  road  passing  round  the  lagoon  to  the  ferry  at  St.  George 
River,  and  also  in  the  other  direction  to  Isthmus  Bay.  A  short 
distance  east  of  the  church,  Blanche  River,  a  small  stream,  flows 
into  the  sea  through  the  stony  beach ;  behind,  the  country  is  of 
moderate  elevation,  thickly  wooded  where  not  cultivated,  and  has 
several  ponds. 

Romaines  Brook  flows  into  the  sea  3|  miles  westward  of 
Stephenvllle  church,  the  coast  between  being  composed  of  high 
banks  of  sand,  broken  in  places  by  small  streams  issuing  from  the 
country  behind ;  the  entrance  to  the  brook  is  dry  at  low  water  and 
very  narrow ;  the  pools  inside  it  are  frequented  by  large  quantities 
of  sea  trout.  About  200  yards  from  its  mouth  the  brook  is  crossed 
by  a  bridge  carrying  the  road  to  Isthmus  Bay ;  above  it  the  stream 
is  obstructed  by  banks  of  stone  and  shingle,  and  on  the  eastern 


;;««fej. 


-.."(XrV^y^^^i^r^SS'ji 


MMMMM 


IHIII 


Mi 


3S6 


NKWFOl'i^DLAND — WKST   COAST. 


Hidii  tlinro  is  u  ninmrkuldo  outcrop  of  KypHitin,  siimll  (|Uiiiititi('s  of 
wliicli  iir«'  occuiHioiiiilly  oxporUxl;  tliis  oiitc'r<»p  in  very  conspicuoiiH 
from  tliH  HW.  wIh'ii  tlio  huh  is  Hliiiiiiig  on  it. 

Supplies. — On  the  wostorn  luitik  of  the  Htrutini  thuru  in  Hituated 
oiH)  of  the  ln'Nt  fiinns  in  this  hu-iility,  mid  horo  frosh  munt,  huttor, 
ot(\,  <'iin  j^oiitTiilly  Ito  ohtuiiu'd. 

Table  Mountain,  lyiiiK  diroctly  buhiud  the  ontranco  to 
RoniainoH  Brook,  is  a  thickly-woudud  liill  risiii>^  to  a  height  of  1)80 
fo(*t  above  tlje  sea;  NE.  of  the  wosterti  HUininit  it  rises  a  little, 
forming  tiie  southwestern  tennimition  of  the  range  of  high  hills 
extending  along  the  eastern  shore  of  Port  au  Port.  Some  deposits 
of  asbestus  have  recently  been  found  in  the  neighborhood  of  these 
hills,  and  the  mines  are  now  being  worked  during  summer. 

Eastward  of  Table  Mountain  the  country  is  broken,  but  rises 
gradually  from  the  coast  to  the  higher  land,  two  detached  whale- 
backed  hills,  about  4  miles  from  the  shore,  being  conspicuous. 
The  highest  of  those  reaches  an  elevation  of  1,090  feet. 

The  western  slope  of  Table  Mountain  is  gradual,  falling  toward 
Isthmus  Bay,  and  te^iuinating  in  a  steep  sand  cliff  i»  1  feet  high, 
on  the  SW.  end  of  whicli  is  a  Roman  Catholic  church. 

Isthmus  Bay,  formed  by  a  sharp  curve  in  the  coast,  lies  just  to 
the  westward  of  Table  Mountain,  and  is  about  li  miles  across  by 
^  mile  deep.  The  soundings  within  this  space  increase  gradually 
from  the  shore  to  5  and  G  fathoms,  over  stones  and  gravel,  and 
though  f  reijuently  resorted  to  as  an  anchorage,  it  is  by  no  means  a 
good  one,  as  the  holding  ground  is  uncertain,  and  during  west  or 
SW.  winds  there  is  a  heavy  swell.  The  stony  beach  at  the  head 
of  the  bay  is  only  40  or  50  yards  across,  and  behind  it  is  a  shallow 
lagoon  separated  from  East  Bay  (Port  au  Port)  by  another  narrow 
beach  of  stones.  On  both  these  beaches,  as  well  as  on  the  sloping 
ground  over  the  western  side  of  the  bay,  there  are  numei'ous  cot- 
tages. The  Episcopal  chnrch  and  the  post-office  are  on  the  east- 
ern side,  approached  from  the  shore  by  a  road  np  the  steep  side  of 
the  sand  cliff,  mentioned  above  as  being  the  termination  of  the 
slope  of  Table  Mountain. 

This  district  is  locally  known  as  the  Gravels;  the  popiilation 
numbers  about  100. 

Communication. — Coasting  steamers  call  here  occasionally  dur- 
ing the  summer  months,  and  a  short  pier  is  being  constructed  on 
the  western  shore  for  their  convenience,  but  the  postal  communi- 
cation is  generally  by  road  to  the  settlement  opposite  Sandy  Point. 
There  is  no  telegraphic  communication. 

Shoals. — About  one  mile  southward  of  the  western  point  of 
Isthmus  Bay  there  are  some  patches  with  6^  and  7  fathoms  water 
over  them,  and  1^,^  miles  S,  3°  E.  (S.  25°  W.  mag.)  from  the  same 


m 


~i 


illl    l|lllllltiti«8  of 

'^ery  cuiiHpifUuuH 

thoru  is  HituutcMl 
sh  motit,  butter, 

hu  ontnuico  to 
D  a  heinht  of  J)80 

it  riH«H  it  little, 
^0  of  hi){h  IuIIh 
Some  deposits 
borhood  of  those 
•  summer. 
)roken,  but  rises 
detached  wliale- 
ng  conspicuous. 

feet. 

1,  ftiliinj?  toward 
iff  !ii  feet  high, 
irch. 

coast,  lies  just  to 
f  miles  across  by 
crease  gradually 

and  gravel,  and 
is  by  no  means  a 
I  during  west  or 

ach  at  the  head 
id  it  is  a  shallow 
i  another  narrow 
fts  on  the  sloping 
re  numerous  cot- 
3  are  on  the  east- 

the  steep  side  of 
•mination  of  the 

;  the  population 

occasionally  dur- 
g  constructed  on 
postal  cotiimuni- 
site  Sandy  Point. 

vestern  point  of 
fathoms  water 
.)  from  the  same 


IHTIIMI'M    HAY — CAMIM»KI,I,H    «(IVK. 


227 


point  there  is  a  stony  patch  of  A  fatlioms;  li^bt  tide  rips  iimy  bo 
obsorv'tul  over  those  putclies  during  spijiig  tidt-^. 

Tides. — It  is  higii  water,  full  uisd  clmiigo,  at  Isthmus  Bay  at  9h. 
4(>n».;  springs  rise  ft.^  f(M>t,  neaps  rise  a^  feiit. 

Ooast. — Westward  of  Isthmus  liay  the  coast,  composed  of  low 
cliffs  backed  by  thi(!kly-\voo<led  ri<lges  of  moderattt  elevation,  con- 
tinues to  a  slight  bend,  wliere  there  are  a  ftiw  houses,  and  known 
as  Felix  Cove.  Here  a  small  stream  runs  over  the  beach,  anl  } 
mile  southward  there  is  a  rocky  patch  on  which  the  <lopth  is  4i 
fathoms. 

Westward  of  Felix  Cove  the  coast,  of  similar  fornnition,  con- 
tinues, but  behind  the  land  rises  considerably,  the  ridges  being 
here  40t)  to  600  feet  in  height  and  densely  wooded. 

At  U  miles  Vrorn  Felix  Cove,  and  below  two  rather  conspicuous 
houses  on  a  green  slope,  is  one  of  the  rocky  coves  referred  to  as 
affording  a  partially  sheltered  laiuling  place  for  boats  in  anything 
but  very  bad  weather.  The  rocks  forming  this  cove  make  a  snudl 
angle  with  the  shore  for  about  70  yards,  the  entrance  facing  to  the 
eastward. 

The  coast  in  this  locality  is  everywhere  steep-to. 

Campbells  Oove  is  formed  by  a  short  bend  in  the  coast  2J  miles 
westward  of  Felix  Cove.  In  the  middle  of  tliis  bight  is  another 
rocky  projection,  somewhat  similar  to  that  just  described  as  being 
a  good  landing  place ;  but  the  one  in  this  cove,  being  more  shel- 
tered, is  the  better.  At  low  water,  however,  there  is  hardly  depth 
enough  for  an  ordinary  ship's  boat,  and  if  there  is  any  swell  run- 
ning, landing  can  not  safely  bo  effected  until  the  tide  flows. 

Around  the  shores  of  the  bay  are  several  (iottages  and  a  good 
deal  of  cultivated  land.  A  fairly  good  road  runs  from  Isthmus 
Bay,  passing  a  short  distance  back  from  the  shore.  Behind  rises 
Pierways  Hill,  a  remarkable  stony  and  comparatively  bare  hill, 
with  two  similar  summits,  the  westernmost  of  which  is  779  feet 
high.  To  the  westward  this  hill  falls  in  a  gradual  slope  to  Abra- 
hams Cove. 

Coast. — The  point  forming  the  western  side  of  Campbells  Cove 
is  a  perpendicular  cliff,  99  feet  high,  having  at  its  foot  a  mass  of 
rocks  and  bowlders.  Westward  from  this  there  is  another  bend  in 
the  coast,  sometimes  called  Messervy  Cove,  where  there  are  also 
some  houses  and  cultivated  lands.  The  cliffy  coast  continues  to 
Abrahams  Cove,  another  indentation,  with  a  ravine  at  its  head,  and 
a  very  conspicuous  cliff,  145  feet  high,  on  its  western  side.  Here 
the  20-fathom  line  coming  from  the  southern  side  of  St.  George 
Bay  closes  in  with  the  coast  and  continues  to  the  westwai'd  at  a 
distance  of  about  ^  mile. 

The  land  behind  is  composed  of  flat- topped  heavily -wooded  ridges. 


am 


ii  l|  illl 


I 


l!':^  « 


1 


228 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


Westward  of  Abrahams  Cove  a  low  rocky  point,  named  Jerrys 
Nose,  forms  the  eastern  side  of  another  indentation,  known  as  Fiods 
Cove ;  here  there  are  also  some  cottages.  Numbers  of  dorys  may 
be  seen  about  all  these  c^^es,  but,  except  at  the  places  named,  there 
is  no  landing  in  bad  weather. 

Ship  Island  and  Cove.— Ship  Island,  small,  rocky,  and  36  feet 
high,  lies  off  the  end  of  the  projection  of  the  coast  forming  the 
western  side  of  Fiods  Cove,  with  which  it  is  connected  at  low  water. 
A  rocky  patch,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  from  350  to  500 
yards  from  the  islet  in  a  southwesterly  direction.  Between  the  two 
there  is  a  depth  of  6i  fathoms,  but  the  passage  is  narrow  and  had 
better  be  avoided. 

Ship  Cove  lies  on  the  western  si  le  of  the  islet  and  of  the  point 
referred  to  above,  and  though  a  deeper  bight  than  any  of  those  to 
the  eastward,  it  does  not  afford  good  anchorage,  except  during  con- 
tinued periods  of  offshore  winds.  At  the  head  of  the  cove  is  a 
shingly  beach,  on  which  are  some  cottages,  and  from  here  there  is 
a  path  through  a  valley  between  the  ridges,  leading  to  Pic  k  Denis 
(locally  Picadilly)  in  Port  au  Port. 

Coast. — The  coast,  formed  of  rugged  irregular  cliffs,  80  to  90 
feet  high,  continues  from  Ship  Cove  westward  for  1^  miles  to  Pigeon 
Head,  a  remarkable  perpendicular  bluff  rising  to  a  height  of  110 
feet.  At  its  foot  are  some  bowlders  and  ledges  of  rock,  but  they 
are  quite  steep-to.  Behind  this  part  of  the  coast  the  land  rises 
to  heavily- wooded  ridges,  700  to  800  feet  in  height,  intersected  here 
and  there  by  deep  ravines,  from  which  streams  flow  into  the  sea. 

Lower  Cove  is  situated  directly  inside  Pigeon  Head,  from  which 
the  cliff  falls  gradually  toward  the  beach  at  the  head  of  the  cove. 
Here  there  is  a  small  settlement. 

In  the  center  of  the  cove,  1,200  yards  West  (N.  62°  W.  mag.)  from 
Pigeon  Head,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal  of  4  fathoms,  with  from  7  to  11 
fathoms  water  around  it.  Inside  the  shoal  temporary  anchorage 
may  be  found  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water,  but  the  ground  is 
rough,  and  with  any  winds  westward  of  N  W.  there  is  a  heavy  swell. 

Coast. — From  Lower  Cove  the  coast,  formed  of  moderately  high 
cliffs,  continues  westward  to  a  small  gravelly  beach,  with  sloping 
ground  behind  it  and  a  large  waterfall  near,  locally  known  as 
Charlie  Sheaves  Cove,  and  where  there  are  two  or  three  houses. 
Westward  the  cliffs  again  become  higher  for  a  short  distance,  fall- 
ing gradually  toward  March  Point,  4^  miles  from  Lower  Cove.  At 
li  miles  eastward  of  the  point  the  land  rises  very  steeply  from  the 
cliffs.  The  eastern  part  of  this  hill  is  bare  and  stony,  and  there- 
fore conspicuous  for  some  distance  to  the  southward  and  westward. 
The  westf»rn  part,  separated  from  the  eastern  by  a  deep  gully,  is 
thickly  wooded  and  culminates  in  a  summit  765  feet  high,  though 
farther  back  the  hills  again  rise  to  a  height  of  1,120  feet. 


Ii 


IM 


MAEOH   POINT — CAPE   ST.  GEORGE. 


229 


int,  named  Jerrys 
)n,  known  as  Fiods 
bers  of  dorys  may 
laces  named,  there 

rocky,  and  36  feet 
coast  forming  the 
ected  at  low  water, 
es  from  350  to  500 
Between  the  two 
is  narrow  and  had 

i  and  of  the  point 
an  any  of  those  to 
except  during  con- 
i  of  the  cove  is  a 
from  here  there  is 
ling  to  Pic  h  Denis 

lar  cliffs,  80  to  90 
•  li  miles  to  Pigeon 
to  a  height  of  110 
s  of  rock,  hut  they 
)ast  the  land  rises 
ht,  intersected  here 
low  into  the  sea. 
I  Head,  from  which 
e  head  of  the  cove. 

62°  W.  mag.)  from 
3,  with  from  7  to  11 
nporary  anchorage 
hut  the  ground  is 
)re  is  a  heavy  swell, 
of  moderately  high 
beach,  with  sloping 
,  locally  known  as 
7o  or  three  houses, 
short  distance,  fall- 
m  Lower  Cove.  At 
ry  steeply  from  the 
d  stony,  and  there- 
p-ard  and  westward, 
hy  a  deep  gully,  is 
5  feet  high,  though 
1,120  feet. 


Sea  Mouse  Rocks  comprise  three  rocky  patches  lying  off  the 
coast  between  Charlie  Sheaves  Cove  and  March  Point.  The  east- 
ernmost patch,  lying  2i  miles  S.  82°  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.)  from 
Pigeon  Head  and  750  yards  offshore,  has  over  it  a  depth  of  15  feet 
at  low  water.  Within  the  3-fathom  line  it  is  about  150  hy  250 
yards  in  extent,  its  longest  diameter  being  in  a  general  ENE.  and 
WSW.  direction. 

From  this  another  patch,  over  which  the  least  water  is  5f  fath- 
oms, lies  750  yards  S.  34°  W.  (S.  62°  W.  mag.),  and  between  the 
two  there  is  a  narrow  channel,  with  12  and  13  fathoms  water. 

The  westernmost  shoal  lies  l^V  xniles  westward  of  that  first 
described  and  750  yards  offshore.  Its  extent  within  the  3-fathom 
line  is  about  200  by  300  yards,  with  a  least  depth  of  6  feet  at  low 
water.  Between  these  shoals  and  the  shore  the  soundings  vary 
from  6  to  10  fathoms. 

The  whole  of  the  shingle  beach  at  the  head  of  Ship  Cove,  seen 
clear  of  the  cliffy  bluff  half  way  between  it  and  Pigeon  Head,  bear- 
ing N.  79°  E.  (S.  73°  E.  mag.),  clears  the  two  shoaler  patches,  but 
leads  over  or  close  to  the  5f-fathom  patch. 

March  Point  is  low  and  flat  for  some  little  distance  back  from 
the  shore.  The  generally  green  appearance  of  this  flat,  projecting 
beneath  the  dark  wooded  hills  behind,  makes  the  point  easily  dis- 
tinguishable. •  Eastward  of  it  there  are  some  houses,  both  on  the 
shore  and  on  the  flat ;  in  the  neighborhood  of  these  the  ground  is 
more  or  less  cultivated.  The  point  is  fronted  by  a  stony  beach  and 
some  ledges  of  rock,  off  which  the  5-fathom  line  extends  i  mile. 
March  Point  Bank,  l^-  miles  southward  of  March  Point,  is  a  ridge 
about  H  miles  in  length,  having  over  it  23  to  25  fathoms  water. 

Coast. — The  coast  westward  of  March  Point  is  composed  of  low 
cliffs,  with  a  narrow  strip  of  level  land  behind  them,  thickly 
wooded  '^xcept  where  cleared  by  settlers,  and  extending  to  the  foot 
of  the  hills,  which  here  approach  the  shore.  The  stony  beach, 
having  off  it  some  flat  ledges  of  rock,  is  fairly  steep-to,  but  the 
bottom  is  rough,  and  only  fit  for  temporary  anchorage  in  fine 
weather. 

Nearly  3  miles  from  March  Point  there  is  a  small  settlement 
known  as  Degras,  and  1^-  miles  farther  SW.  is  another  named 
Grand  Jardin.  The  inhabitants  of  these  two  places,  as  also  those 
at  Petit  Jardin,  a  few  huts  f  mile  farther  west,  are  principally 
French,  a.nd  engaged  almost  entirely  in  fishing. 

Cape  St.  George. — From  the  high  land  behind  the  village  of 
Degras  the  dark  wooded  ridges,  with  occasional  bare  stony  sum- 
mits, fall  toward  Cape  St.  George,  a  short  distance  from  the  extreme 
of  which  the  wood  ceases,  and  bare  grassy  slopes  extend  to  the  edge 
of  the  cliffs,  which,  on  the  south  side  of  the  cape,  are  40  to  50  feet 


■.SST"" 


230 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


high.  Off  the  western  extreme  of  these  cliffs,  but  connected  with 
them  by  a  low  shelf,  is  a  pyramidal  rock  which  shows  plainly  from 
the  southward ;  close  to  it  is  a  low  detached  rock,  and  here  the 
coast  turns  abruptly  to  the  northward,  rising  in  high  perpendicular 
cliffs,  which  at  ^  mile  from  the  cape  are  225  feet  high.  Beyond 
this  they  rise  still  higher  toward  Cape  Cormorant.  Cape  St. 
George  is  quite  steep-to,  and  may  be  rounded  closely,  but  there 
is  nearly  always  a  swell  setting  on  to  the  shore,  and  the  tidal 
streams  run  strongly  round  the  point. 

Cape  Cormorant,  5^  miles  NNE.  of  Cape  St.  George,  rises,  in 
a  perpendicular  limestone  cliff,  to  a  height  of  about  700  feet,  and 
then  in  a  steep  slope,  to  a  somewhat  conical  summit  9(58  feet  above 
the  sea.  Between  this  cape  and  Cape  St.  George  the  coast  is  formed 
of  high  cliffs,  and  nearly  midway  there  is  an  indentation,  named 
Big  Cove,  in  which  a  few  fishermen  occasionally  live  during  the 
summer  mon  ths.  Eastward  of  this  cove  the  cliff's  are  fronted  by 
some  low  rocky  islets  and  low-water  features,  but  they  are  gener- 
ally steep-to  and  free  from  oflBying  dangers.  Behind,  the  land 
rises  in  bare  stony  hills  and  wooded  gullies  to  the  summit  of  a  long 
rocky  ridge,  known  as  White  Hills,  which  extends  in  an  easterly 
direction  toward  the  head  of  Port  au  Port. 

Sed  Island,  lying  6  miles  from  Cape  St.  George  and  one  mile 
from  Cape  Cormorant,  is  about  1,400  yards  long  by  700  wide,  its 
coast  line  being  composed  of  red  clay  cliffs,  rising  on  the  northern 
side  to  the  height  of  292  feet  above  the  sea.  The  top  of  the  island 
is  jovered  with  coarse  grass  and  dead  stumps  of  trees,  and  at  the 
eastern  end,  where  there  is  a  stony  beach  and  spit  at  the  foot  of 
the  cliffs,  are  some  storehouses  and  dwellings,  occupied  during  the 
summer  by  a  party  of  French  fishermen  from  the  island  of  St. 
Pierre.  A  wooden  tramway,  for  facilitating  the  carriage  of  stores 
from  the  beach  to  the  top,  is  a  conspicuous  feature  when  approach- 
ing from  the  southward. 

The  northwestern  side  of  the  island  is  fairly  steep-to,  the  3-f athom 
line  being  about  200  yards  from  the  shore,  but  off  its  NE.  and  SW. 
ends  foul  ground  extends  for  about  ^  mile ;  this  is  continued  off 
the  southern  and  eastern  sides  of  the  island,  and  thence,  in  a 
narrow  rocky  ridge,  across  to  the  mainland  under  a  steep  gully, 
situated  1,400  yards  northeastward  of  Cape  Cormorant. 

The  Ridge,  above  mentioned,  is  midway  between  the  Jsland  and 
the  mainland,  only  about  100  feet  across,  and  here  the  depth  varies 
from  16  to  18  feet;  nearer  the  island  and  about  400  yards  from  the 
end  of  the  Stony  Spit,  there  is  a  spot  with  only  7  feet  water  over 
it,  but  between  this  and  the  shore  there  are  depths  of  12  and  13 
feet. 


RED   ISLAND    KOAD. 


281 


it  connected  with 
LOWS  plainly  from 
•ck,  and  here  the 
gh  perpendicular 
et  high.  Beyond 
orant.  Cape  St, 
closely,  but  there 
>re,  and  the  tidal 

.  George,  rises,  in 
bout  700  feet,  and 
mit  968  feet  above 
the  coast  is  formed 
identation,  named 
ly  live  during  the 
ift's  are  fronted  by 
ut  they  are  gener- 
Behind,  the  land 
B  summit  of  a  long 
inds  in  an  easterly 

Borge  and  one  mile 
\g  by  700  wide,  its 
ag  on  the  northern 
le  top  of  the  island 
)f  trees,  and  at  the 
[  spit  at  the  foot  of 
(ccupied  during  the 
1  the  island  of  St. 
le  carriage  of  stores 
ire  when  approach- 

eep-to,  the  3-f  athom 
3ff  its  NE.  and  SW. 
bis  is  continued  oflE 
[,  and  thence,  in  a 
mder  a  steep  gully, 
rmorant. 

ween  the  island  and 
ere  the  depth  varies 
3  400  yards  from  the 
ly  7  feet  water  over 
depths  of  12  and  13 


Vessels  of  moderate  draft  may  safely  cross  it  in  fine  weather  by 
keeping  Crow  Head  in  line  with  Low  Point,  bearing  about  N.  4(1° 
E.  (N.  74°  E.  mag.). 

Tidal  Streams. — During  spring  tides  the  streams  run  strongly 
over  Th3  Ridge ;  flood  to  the  northeastward  and  ebb  to  the  south- 
westward,  and  there  are  considerable  overfalls,  especially  with 
strong  westerly  winds,  while  in  bad  weather  breakers  extend  nearly 
the  whole  way  across. 

Red  Island  Road.— On  the  western  side  of  The  Ridge  fairly  good 
anchorage  may  be  obtained,  with  winds  to  the  southward  of  WSW., 
in  from  11  to  14  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and,  in  places,  muddy 
bottom ;  but  when  the  wind  draws  to  the  west  or  N W.  a  heavy 
sea  sets  in  at  this  anchorage,  and  although  a  vessel  with  good 
ground  tackle  might  hold  on,  it  would  be  imprudent  to  remain. 
A  good  berth  for  a  large  vessel  is  in  14  fathoms  water  with  the 
northern  extreme  of  the  island  bearing  N.  81°  W.  (N.  53°  W. 
mag.)  and  the  first  cliff  north  of  Car-e  St.  George  just  shut  in,  S. 
21°  W.  (S.  49°  W.  mag.). 

It  may  here  be  remarked  that  a  hei,r|«iiground  swell  is  usually 
the  forerunner  of  strong  westerly  winds  in  this  locality. 

Coast. — About  one  mile  northeastward  of  Cape  Cormorant  the 
cliffy  coast  line  terminates,  being  succeeded  by  a  low  shore,  fronted 
by  a  stony  beach  for  a  distance  of  about  2^  miles,  where  it  again 
rises  into  cliffs  of  moderate  height,  culminating  in  Crow  Head,  a 
bluff  112  feet  above  the  sea.  At  1^  miles  southward  of  Crow  Head 
is  Low  Point,  a  slightly-rounded  projection  of  the  shore;  south- 
ward of  this  is  Les  Vaches,  a  small  settlement  where  there  is  a 
lobster  factory  and  some  cottages.  Behind  the  fore  shore  the  land 
rises  gradually  to  thickly  wooded  ridges  of  moderate  elevation. 

White  Rock,  lying  i  mile  offshore,  nearly  midway  between 
Low  Point  and  the  Ridge,  is  a  small  patch  of  rock  having  over  it 
a  depth  of  1 8  feet ;  it  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  the  land,  about 
Cape  St.  George,  open  of  the  cliffs  southward  of  Cape  Cormorant, 
bearing  about  S.  21°  W.  (S.  49°  W.  mag.). 

Cow  Rocks,  comprise  a  cluster  of  rocks  aiid  shoals,  about  1,600 
yards  in  extent,  fronting  the  shore  oft'  Low  Point  at  a  distance  of 
about  600  yards.  The  northernmost  rocks  are  9  feet  above  high 
water;  700  yards  SW.  of  them  is  another  small  cluster  which  dry 
2  feet,  and  between  are  several  shoal  patches,  while  700  yards  south- 
westward  of  the  last-mentioned  dry  rocks,  and  directly  off  the 
houses  at  Les  Vaches,  is  a  detached  rock  with  18  feet  water  over  it. 

Cow  Rocks  are  fairly  steep  on  the  seaward  side,  the  10-fathom 
line  being  about  400  yards  outside  them ;  in  thick  weather,  there- 
fore, a  vessel,  passing  along  the  coast,  should  not  shoal  the  water 
to  less  than  15  fathoms,  nor  to  less  than  20  fathoms  to  insure  pass- 
ing outside  Red  Island. 


^Saa 


?    ■«w 


232 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


Ooast. — From  Crow  Head  the  cliffs  fall  quickly  to  a  low  shore, 
which  continues  to  Three  Rocks  Poir.t,  a  distance  of  3  miles.  In 
the  shallow  bight  here  formed  there  are  a  few  fishermen's  cot- 
tages. 

Three  Rocks  Point  is  easily  recognized  by  the  three  rocky  islets 
off  it  (the  westernmost  being  14  feet  above  high  water)  and  by  the 
store  and  huts  on  the  beach  inside.  Some  shelter  is  here  given  by 
the  rocks,  and  landing  may  be  effected  when  not  practicable  else- 
where in  the  locality,  but  a  very  heavy  sea  rolls  along  the  whole 
of  this  coast  with  winds  westward  of  SW. 

Shoals. — Off  Three  Rocks  Point  the  6-fathom  line  extends  in  a 
westerly  direction  for  1,300  yards,  and  800  yards  N.  84°  W.  (N. 
66°  W.  mag.)  from  the  highest  islet  there  is  a  patch  having  over 
it  a  depth  of  2f  fathoms.  NE.  of  the  point  a  shelving  ledge  ex- 
tends i  mile  from  the  shore,  and  outside  this  the  3-fathom  line, 
over  very  foul  ground,  extends  for  800  yards;  the  coast  in  this 
locality  should  therefore  be  approached  with  caution. 

Cow  Rocks  open  of  Cape  Cormorant,  bearing  about  S.  37°  W. 
(S.  G5°  W.  mag.),  leads  nearly  ^  mile  west  of  the  2f  fathom  patch, 
in  from  12  to  15  fathoms  water. 

Coast. — The  coast,  extending  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from 
Three  Rocks  Point,  gradually  rises,  in  clay  cliffs,  to  a  height  of 
230  feet  and  then  falls  again  to  a  slight  projection  known  as  Red 
Point,  from  which  low  cliffs  continue  to  Clam  Bank  Cove.  The 
whole  oi  this  part  of  the  coast  is  f i-onted  by  rocky  ledges,  and 
shoal  water  extends  for  about  600  yards,  but  between  Red  Point 
and  Clam  Bank  Cove  the  5-fathom  line  is  nearly  ^  mile  offshore. 

There  is  a  small  lobster  factory  1|  miles  from  Three  Rocks 
Point,  on  a  stony  beach  known  as  Salmon  Cove,  and  a  few  settlers' 
cottages  along  the  shore,  the  inhabitants  living  principally  by  cod 
fishing. 

Bound  Head,  a  remarkable  hill  behind  the  coast  just  referred 
to,  has  three  distinct  conical  summits,  the  middle  and  highest 
being  880  feet  above  the  sea.  The  seaward  faco  of  this  hill  forms 
a  perpendicular  cliff,  which,  together  with  the  conical  summit  over 
it,  makes  a  conspicuous  landmark. 

The  southern  slope  and  summit  of  Round  Head  are  thickly 
wooded  with  spruce,  pine,  and  birch ;  the  hill  falls  rather  steeply 
to  a  ravine  just  behind  it,  from  which  a  small  stream  runs  into 
West  Bay  (Port  au  Port).  Southward  the  country  is  composed  of 
thickly- wooded  hills  and  valleys,  having  a  general  east  and  west 
direction,  and  culminating  in  the  White  Hills,  already  mentioned. 

01am  Bank  Cove  comprises  a  small  bight  in  the  coast  line  with 
a  broad  stony  beach,  on  which,  as  well  as  on  the  bank  behind  it, 


m 


BLACK   DUCK   BROOK. 


288 


>r  to  a  low  shore, 
3  of  2  miles.  In 
fishermen's  cot- 

hree  rocky  islets 

prater)  and  by  the 

is  here  given  by 

practicable  else- 

along  the  whole 

line  extends  in  a 
ds  N.  84°  W.  (N. 
atch  having  over 
lelving  ledge  ex- 
che  3-fathom  line, 
the  coast  in  this 
ition. 

;  about  S.  37°  W. 
)  2f  fathom  patch, 

rly  direction  from 
ffs,  to  a  height  of 
ion  known  as  Red 
Bank  Cove.  The 
rocky  ledges,  and 
etween  Red  Point 
(T  i  mile  ofEshore. 
Tom  Three  Rocks 
and  a  few  settlers' 
principally  by  cod 

coast  just  referred 
dddie  and  highest 
d  of  this  hill  forms 
!onical  summit  over 

Head  are  thickly 
falls  rather  steeply 
,11  stream  runs  into 
mtry  is  composed  of 
jneral  east  and  west 
already  mentioned, 
n  the  coastline  with 
the  bank  behind  it, 


there  are  some  fishermen's  cottages.  A  ledge  of  rocks  projecting 
from  the  point,  forming  the  western  end  of  the  bight,  gives  some 
little  shelter  to  boats  when  landing,  except  at  low  water;  but  dur- 
ing strong  westerly  winds  the  heavy  sea  makes  landing  imin-acti- 
cable. 

From  this  locality  there  is  a  rough  road,  cutthroiigh  the  wooded 
country,  to  Port  au  Port. 

Coast — The  western  shore  of  the  remarkable  tongue  of  land 
known  as  Long  Point  may  be  considered  to  begin  at  Clam  Bank 
Cove,  from  which  place  the  extreme  of  the  point  is  about  12  miles 
distant.  Along  this  shore  there  are  two  small  villages,  known  as 
Shoal  Cove  and  Black  Duck  Brook,  as  well  as  a  few  detached  cot- 
tages of  the  settlers,  who,  in  this  locality,  are  chiefly  of  French  de- 
scent. Between  Clam  Bank  Cove  and  Black  Duck  Brook  the 
point  is  about  one  mile  across,  but  northeastward  of  this  its  aver- 
age width  is  not  more  than  400  yards.  It  is  thickly  wooded  with 
dwarf  spruce  and  other  stunted  trees  and  bushes,  and  slopes  gently 
from  the  eastern  side  toward  the  sea.  It  is  fronted  throughout 
nearly  the  whole  of  its  length  by  rocky  ledges  and  bowlders  ex- 
tending from  the  shore  for  distances  of  100  to  200  yards,  and  it  is 
only  at  rare  intervals  that  a  heavy  surf  is  not  rolling  in  on  these. 

Immediately  eastward  of  Clam  Bank  Covw  the  coast  line  is  com- 
posed of  cliffs  80  to  100  feet  in  height,  which  gradually  fall  to  a 
low  shore  at  the  village  of  Shoal  Cove. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No,  423.) 

Black  Duck  Brook.— The  village  of  Black  Duck  Brook,  nearly 
a  mile  northeastward  of  Shoal  Cove  and  4^  miles  from  Clam  Bank 
Cove,  is  principally  situated  on  the  shores  of  a  sandy  bight,  where 
a  sharp  bend  of  the  coast  line  in  an  easterly  direction  narrows  the 
tongue,  forming  Long  Point,  to  about  600  yards.  Off  the  point  at 
the  western  angle  of  the  bend  a  rocky  ledge,  dry  at  low  water, 
extends  for  a  distance  of  nearly  600  yards  and  gives  some  shelter 
to  the  bay,  ex^^-i^t  during  NW.  winds.  Shoal  water  extends  from 
the  rocky  ledjLj  jr  nearly  f  mile  in  a  northeriy  direction ;  vessels 
wishing  to  communicate  should  therefore  approach  with  caution. 
Near  the  point  previously  mentioned  a  store  with  a  flagstaff  makes 
a  conspicuous  mark  from  seaward. 

The  inhabitants,  principally  fishermen,  are  also  owners  of  several 
head  of  cattle  and  sheep,  for  which  they  find  pasture  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. A  lobster  factory  near  the  eastern  end  of  the  village  is 
worked,  during  the  summer,  by  a  party  of  French  fishermen  from 
St.  Pierre.     There  is  a  good  road  to  Port  au  Port. 

Long  Point — From  Black  Duck  Brook  to  the  extreme  of  Long 
Point  the  coast  presents  no  conspicuous  feature,  being  composed 


284 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WK8T   COAST. 


I*: 


of  low  banks  fronted  by  rocky  ledges  and  bowlders.  The  land 
slopes  from  the  eastern  side  of  the  point,  and  the  narrow  flats 
contiguous  to  the  western  shore  are  generally  mere  bogs.  About 
1^  miles  from  the  extreme  o(  the  point  the  surface  becomes  bare 
of  trees,  and  is  covered  with  coarse  grass,  which  is  usually  cut  for 
fodder  by  the  people  living  in  the  neighborhood.  For  the  last 
i  mile  the  point  is  a  narrow  strip  of  rocks,  from  which  a  tongue 
of  shoal  water,  forming  the  bar,  extends  for  a  distance  of  nearly  a 
mile. 

Position. — The  observation  spot,  1^  miles  southwestward  of  the 
rocky  extreme,  and  on  the  top  of  the  highest  bank  directly  behind 
the  eastern  huts,  used  during  the  summer  by  migratory  fishermen, 
is  in  latitude  48°  46'  28"  N.,  longitude  58°  46'  37"  W. 

Depths  Oflf  Shore.— From  off  Round  Head  the  20-fathom  line 
quickly  increases  its  distance  from  the  land,  forming  a  long,  nar- 
row, irregular  bank  of  from  17  to  20  fathoms  water,  extending  in 
a  northeasterly  direction.  Northeastward  of  this  bank  the  line 
again  approaches  the  shore,  but  6  or  7  miles  from  Long  Point  there 
are  some  extensive  banks  of  17  and  20  fathoms. 

A  long,  narrow  bank,  having  over  it  depths  of  from  7  to  10 
fathoms,  extends  parallel  to  the  Long  Point  Shore  at  a  distance  of 
If  miles,  its  southwestern  end  being  3  miles  from  Black  Duck 
Brook. 

Between  this  bank  and  the  shore  there  is  another  long  bank, 
with  depths  of  8  to  10  fathoms,  while  between  the  two,  as  well  as 
between  the  inner  bank  and  the  shore,  the  depths  vary  from  11  to 
14  fathoms. 

Cape  Cormorant  Cliff,  seen  just  clear  of  the  western  shoulder  of 
Round  Head,  bearing  about  S.  47°  W.  (S.  75°  W.  mag.),  leads  inside 
the  outermost  of  these  banks  and  up  to  the  mark  for  entering  Port 
au  Port. 

Port  au  Port  may  be  considered  to  comprise  the  extensive  area 
southward  of  a  line  joining  Long  Point  with  Bluff  Head,  the  latter 
a  conspicuous  cliffy  headland  on  the  main  shore.  This  area  is 
divided  at  its  southern  end  by  a  long,  narrow,  flat  projection, 
appropriately  named  Shoal  Point,  into  two  extensive  bays,  the 
eastern  of  which  is  only  separated  from  the  water  of  St.  George 
Bay  by  two  narrow  strips  of  stony  beach  inclosing  a  shallow 
lagoon. 

The  shores  of  this  extensive  inlet  are  very  sparsely  populated, 
the  major  portion  of  the  inhabitants  being  settled  on  the  southern 
shore  of  East  Bay  and  on  the  narrow  neck  forming  Shoal  Point. 

The  eastern  shore  has  a  few  settlers,  and  the  Long  Point  side,  in 
addition  to  a  few  permanent  residents,  is  visited  every  snmmer  by 
a  party  of  French  fishermen  from  St.  Pierre,  who  remain  during 
the  fishing  season. 


'"'-mi 


mmm 


ANCHORAGES. 


386 


iders.  The  land 
the  narrow  flats 
5re  bogs.  About 
bce  becomes  bare 
is  usually  cut  for 
id.  For  the  last 
n  which  a  tongue 
(tance  of  nearly  a 

hwestward  of  the 
ik  directly  behind 
jratory  fishermen, 
W. 

;he  20-f  athom  line 
■ming  a  long,  nar- 
ater,  extending  in 
bis  bank  the  line 
L  Long  Point  there 

3  of  from  7  to  10 
)re  at  a  distance  of 
from  Black  Duck 

nother  long  bank, 
the  two,  as  well  as 
;hs  vary  from  11  to 

nrestern  shoulder  of 
.  mag.),  leads  inside 
•k  for  entering  Port 

3  the  extensive  area 
luff  Head,  the  latter 
hore.  This  area  is 
ow,  flat  projection, 
extensive  bays,  the 
water  of  St.  George 
inclosing  a  shallow 

sparsely  populated, 
itled  on  the  southern 
ming  Shoal  Point. 
B  Long  Point  side,  in 
ied  every  summer  by 
,  who  remain  during 


Codfish  are  caught  in  large  numbers  about  the  bar  and  on  the 
banks  outside,  and  lobsters  abound  in  the  vicinity  of  Long  Point, 
as  well  as  round  the  rocky  shores  of  Fox  Island  and  its  neighbor- 
hood. Two  factories  for  tinning  these  are  established  at  The  Grav- 
els, at  the  head  of  East  Bay,  and  one  at  Fox  Island,  while  ruins  of 
others  are  at  Long  Point  and  Broad  Cove. 

Several  indications  of  mineral  deposits  have  been  found  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Port  au  Port,  and  asbestos  is  being  mined  in  the 
hills  sovthwfiT- '  of  Bluff  Head. 

Anc'  Of,  -Excepting  in  Pic  6  ...  ":  Harbor,  at  the  head  of 
West  Bay,  whc.^  the  depth  is  only  bufficient  for  comparatively 
small  vessels.  Port  au  Port  can  not  be  considered  to  afford  secure 
anchorage  round  any  of  its  shores,  although  the  bottom  is  generally 
mud. 

Gales  from  SE.  and  NE.  blow  furiously,  even  during  the  summer 
months,  and  although  the  eastern  shores  may,  at  such  times,  afford 
sheltered  anchorages,  the  extreme  probability  of  the  wind  shifting 
to  the  southward  and  westward  renders  them  insecure,  except  as 
temporary  stopping  places. 

During  the  survey,  in  the  summer  and  autumn  of  1894,  it  was 
found  that  the  middle  of  West  Bay,  a  little  southward  of  Shoal 
Point,  was  the  preferable  anchorage  during  SW,  and  NW.  gales, 
as  the  sea,  although  heavy,  was  not  so  short  as  in  East  Bay,  and 
the  stiff  muddy  bottom  afforded  fairly  good  holding  ground. 

In  uncertain  weather  a  vessel  should  avoid  anchoring  on  the 
Long  Point  shore  northwird  of  Black  Duck  Brook,  for  here  SE. 
and  SW.  winds,  which  are  /ery  prevalent,  throw  up  a  short  choppy 
sea,  and  the  bottom,  although  muddy,  is  soft,  and  does  not  afford 
such  good  holding  ground  as  that  farther  to  the  south. 

Ice.— Port  au  Port  generally  freezes  early  in  January  and  breaks 
up  toward  the  end  of  April,  but  during  the  winters  of  1884,  85,  86 
the  bay  did  not  feeeze;  this,  however,  was  a  rare  occurrence,  not 
having  happened  before  during  fifty  years.  Field  ice  to  any  extent 
never  enters  the  port,  and  under  no  conditions  inside  Fox  Island. 
Coast— The  NW.  coast  of  Long  Point  has  been  already  described. 
Its  southeastern  shores  are  more  elevated  than  those  on  the  seaward 
side,  and  are,  for  the  most  part,  composed  of  cliffs  and  rocky  f o-  j 
shore,  the  former  reaching  in  places  an  elevation  of  114  feet.  At 
If  miles  inside  the  extreme  of  the  point  a  stony  beach  projects  a 
little  southward,  inclosing  a  shallow  pond. 

In  this  locality,  known  as  Beach  Point,  there  are  a  few  huts  as 
well  as  an  old  lobster  factory,  and  the  temporary  dwellings  of  the 
French  fishermen.  Further  SW.  are  a  few  scattered  cottages,  and 
abreast  the  village  of  Black  Duck  Brook  a  wooden  tramway  lies, 
on  the  face  of  the  slope,  for  facilitating  the  carriage  of  goods  to  the 

1*910 16 


g^li II 


MttMl 


ir  m 


236 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


road  leading  from  the  villages,  as  lauding  is  frequently  resorted  to 
here  when  the  weather  prevents  communication  with  the  shore 
from  the  bay  outside.  It  often  happens,  however,  during  southerly 
winds,  that  landing  on  the  inner  side  is  impracticable  owing  to  the 
weight  of  the  sea  on  the  rocky  shore  and  the  absence  of  any  shel- 
ter for  boats. 

French  Bank  lies  just  within  the  extreme  of  Long  Point ;  within 
the  5-fathom  contour  line  it  is  nearly  circular,  and  has  a  diameter 
of  1,800  yards.  The  depths  over  it  are  generally  from  4  to  6 
fathoms,  but  there  are  two  small  heads  on  which  the  least  water  is 
22  feet.  One  of  these  is  near  the  middle  of  the  bank,  and  the  other 
near  the  southern  end.  There  is  a  good  passage,  carrying  9  fathoms 
water,  between  this  bank  and  the  shore. 

American  Bank  is  an  extensive  shoal  of  rocks,  sand,  and  gravel, 
near  the  middle  of  the  outer  i)art  of  Port  au  Port,  its  northern  end 
being  separated  from  French  Bank  by  a  channel  1 ,400  yards  wide, 
and  having  in  it  dejjths  of  from  7  to  9  fathoms. 

Within  the  depth  of  5  fathoms  this  bank  is  3^  miles  in  length 
and  1^-  in  width  at  its  widest  part,  which  is  nearly  2  miles  from 
the  southern  end. 

One  mile  from  the  northern  end  of  the  bank  is  a  shallow  patch, 
400  yards  long,  having  over  it  less  than  6  feet  water,  and  on  this 
patch  three  large  bowlders  are  awash  at  low  water;  surrounding 
the  patch  are  depths  of  1^  to  3  fathoms. 

Near  the  southern  end  there  is  another  rocky  he^d  with  7  feet 
water  over  it,  and  2  fathoms  around ;  a  shallow  tongue,  with  9  feet 
water  over  it  near  the  end,  extends  toward  the  Long  Point  shore. 
These  shallow  spots  only  break  in  very  bad  weather. 

At  ^  mile  southward  of  the  5-fathom  edge,  on  American  Bank, 
there  is  a  small  rocky  head  with  19  feet  water  over  it. 

The  left  extreme  of  the  high  hills,  forming  the  south  side  of  the 
valley  behind  Bear  Head,  just  open  westward  of  Shag  Island,  bear- 
ing about  N.  44°  E.  (N.  72°  E.  mag.),  leads  between  the  French  and 
American  Banks  and  into  West  Bay ;  Road  Point,  in  line  with  the 
SW.  extreme  of  Fox  Island,  S.  16°  E.  (S.  12°  W.  mag.),  clears 
French  Bank  passing  to  the  eastward,  and  also  the  northern  end  of 
American  Bank ;  the  summit  of  Bear  Head  in  line  with  North  Rock 
(off  Fox  Island),  N.  28°  E.  (N.  66°  E.  mag.),  clears  the  detached 
shoal  off  the  south  end  of  American  Bank,  and  leads  toward  Fox 
Island  in  not  less  than  12  fathoms  water. 

Coast. — Southwestward  of  Black  Duck  Landing  the  coast  con- 
tinues in  cliffs  and  broken  rocky  fore  shore  for  3 J  miles  to  a  low 
bluff  named  Rocky  Point.  The  whole  of  this  coast,  including  that 
to  Beach  Point,  is  fairly  steep-to,  and  may  be  approached  to  200 
yards,  except  a  little  SW.  of  the  landing  place  and  a  little  east  of 


■mMJMi&^:: 


-■iS^^I^S^ZTr  :,.?/3.«Sa&,iiS;i:.£ 


[^^Lii^'i'^f^  e  i^Wt^  » 


MMi 


WEST   BAY. 


237 


mtly  resorted  to 
with  the  shore 
luring  southerly 
ble  owing  to  the 
nee  of  any  shel- 

ig  Point ;  within 
1  has  a  diameter 
lly  from  4  to  6 
he  least  water  is 
[ik,  and  the  other 
rrying  9  fathoms 

sand,  and  gravel, 
its  northern  end 
1 ,400  yards  wide, 

i  miles  in  length 
irly  2  miles  from 

1  a  shallow  patch, 
irater,  and  on  this 
kter;  surrounding 

r  he^pd  with  7  feet 
ongue,  with  9  feet 
Long  Point  shore, 
her. 

I  American  Bank, 
^er  it. 

3  south  side  of  the 
Shag  Island,  bear- 
en  the  French  and 
it,  in  line  with  the 
'  W.  mag.),  clears 
he  northern  end  of 
e  with  North  Rock 
Lears  the  detached 
leads  toward  Fox 

ling  the  coast  con- 
•r  3f  miles  to  a  low 
)ast,  including  that 
approached  to  200 
and  a  little  east  of 


Rocky  Point,  where  the  shore  bank  reaches  off  a  little,  and  in  the 
latter  case  a  rocky  liead,  with  2  fathoms  water  over  it  and  3  fathoms 
around,  lies  400  yards  from  the  cliffs. 

Southward  of  Rocky  Point  the  shore,  now  low  and  intersected  by 
some  small  streams,  turns  southeastward,  forming  West  Bay. 

West  Bay.— The  southern  portion  of  this  bay  is  divided  into 
two  parts  by  a  rocky  spur,  the  extremity  of  which  is  locally  known 
as  South  Head.  Eastward  of  it  is  a  bight  nbout  two  miles  in 
length  by  H  in  width;  westward  a  low  fore  shore  of  sand  and 
shingle  extends  toward  Rocky  Point.  A  few  settlers  reside  round 
this  shore,  in  which  there  are  several  small  streams,  the  largest 
being  Harry  Brook,  2i  miles  from  South  Head,  and  Victor  Brook, 
li  from  Rocky  Point ;  both  are  reported  to  afford  good  fishing. 
Behind  the  shore  the  heavily-wooded  hills  rise  in  long  sloping 
ridges  to  heights  of  700  and  800  feet. 

Anchorage.— With  the  exception  of  a  small  patch  of  4f  fathoms, 
near  its  northeastern  part.  West  Bay  is  quite  free  from  danger  and 
has  a  general  depth  of  7  to  9  fathoms,  over  a  mud  bottom.  North- 
easterly winds  blow  strongly  into  it  and  raise  a  sea,  especially  on 
the  ebb  tide,  but,  as  already  stated,  it  offers  in  bad  weather  the  best 
anchorage,  for  large  vessels,  in  Port  au  Poit.  During  easterly 
winds  a  berth  should  be  taken  up  in  the  mid  ^le  of  the  bay,  but 
with  those  fron^  the  westward  more  shelter  will  be  found  in  West 
Road,  farther  SW. 

Pic  A  Denis  (or  Head)  Harbor  is  the  name  given  to  the  bight 
on  the  eastern  side  of  South  Head.  Its  western  shores  are  rocky, 
the  wooded  hills  behind  rising  steeply  to  a  long  ridge  extending 
toward  Lower  Cove  in  St.  George  Bay. 

The  head  of  the  bight  is  low,  and  flat  land  extends  a  little  distance 
back  toward  the  hills;  the  eastern  shore  is  a  low  bank  of  peaty 
soil,  forming  the  western  side  of  Shoal  Point.  At  the  head  of  the 
bight  and  on  the  western  side  there  are  two  small  streams.  A 
settler's  dwelling-storehouse  and  stage  are  situated  on  the  western 
shore,  ]  ^  miles  South  of  Southhead. 

The  flat  land  at  the  head  of  the  bay  is  in  some  degree  cultivated, 
and  a  road  leads  here  to  Abrahanis  Cove  in  St.  George  Bay;  there 
is  also  a  path  leading  to  Ship  Cove,  across  the  neck  formed  between 
the  hills,  which  here  slope  uown  on  either  side  to  a  comparatively 
low  elevation.     A  road  leading  to  West  Bay  is  in  progress. 

Flats  of  sand  and  mud  extend  off  the  shores  of  this  harbor  for 
some  distance,  and  as  the  depth  in  the  center  is  only  3^  to  4^  fathoms 
it  does  not  afford  anchorage  to  vessels  of  more  than  moderate  size, 
although  for  these  the  holding  ground  is  good,  and  the  anchorr.ge 
secure  even  during  strong  northeasterly  windt;. 


■ij.uiWWWiii.i:ijwjM 


238 


NEWFOITNDLA NI) — WEST   COAST. 


Supplies. — Limited  quantities  of  meat,  button,  and  milk  'nay 
Bomotimes  bo  procured. 

Tides. — It  is  liigh  water,  full  and  chango,  in  Pic  &  DenJH  Harbor 
at  lOh.  20in. ;  HpringH  rise  Ci  feet,  noaps  rise  i\  feet;  noapu  range 
about  2\  feet.  There  is  considerable  diuriuil  ineciuality  in  the 
height  of  the  tides  at  Port  au  Port,  consecutive  high  waters  differ- 
ing as  much  as  2^  feet,  and  consecutive  low  waters  2  feet. 

Tidp^  Streams. — The  flood  stream  runs  directly  into  the  harl)or, 
along  the  western  shore  of  Shoal  Point,  both  it  and  the  ebb  having 
Hxifficient  strength  to  cause  a  heavy  short  sea  when  the  wind  is  in 
a  contrary  direction.  i 

Near  the  extreme  of  Long  Point  the  ebb  stream  sometimes  runs 
at  the  rate  of  2  knots  an  hour,  setting  along  the  shore  to  the  NE., 
and  turning  westward  across  the  bar,  where  it  causes  eddies  and 
overfalls;  outside  thirt  stream  runs  to  the  westward. 

Shoal  Point,  the  long  projection  dividing  the  lower  half  of  Port 
au  Port  into  two  parts,  is  a  long  flat  spur  extending  from  the  range 
of  hills  of  which  Pierways  Hill,  over  St.  George  Bay,  is  the  sum- 
mit. This  spur  gradually  decreases  in  elevation  until,  about  2 
miles  within  the  extreme  of  the  point,  it  becomes  a  flat  about  16 
feet  above  the  sea,  with  straight  peaty  banks  on  either  shore.  The 
inner  part  is  woode<l,  but  the  outer  part,  for  about  2  miles,  is 
covered  with  moss  and  coarse  grass. 

A  little  over  ^  mile  inside  the  extreme  point  the  giass-covered 
bank  ceases,  the  remainder  being  but  a  low  shelf  of  sand  inclosing 
muddy  spaces  into  which  the  tide  flows.  Off  the  western  side  of 
the  point  the  shoal  water  shelves  away  gradually  into  6  and  G 
fathoms  850  yards  distant,  but  off  the  eastern  side  it  extends  J  mile, 
and  to  the  northward  a  large  flat  of  sand,  with  several  bowlders 
on  it  that  dry,  extends,  within  the  6-fathom  line,  about  2^  miles. 
This  flat,  over  the  greater  part  of  which  there  is  less  that  15  feet 
water,  offers  a  material  obstruction  to  the  navigation  between  East 
and  West  Bays,  particularly,  in  thick  weather,  as  then  the  ^ow 
shore  of  Shoal  Point  is  most  difficult  to  make  out,  and  the  lead  is 
the  only  guide. 

In  clear  weather  the  summit  of  Round  Head  over  the  first  rise  in 
the  trees,  just  north  of  Rocky  Point,  bearing  about  S.  70°  W.  (N. 
82°  W.  mag.),  w\ll  clear  the  north  end  of  the  flat;  but  as  this  mark 
leads  close  to  the  tail  of  American  Bank,  it  should  not  be  carried 
too  far  in  that  direction.  A  better  mark,  when  it  can  be  dis- 
tinguished, is  a  flat-topped  distant  mountain  over  the  low  wooded 
bluff  falling  into  Fox  Brook,  N.  88°  E.  (S.  64°  E.  mag.);  this  is 
easily  recognized  except  when  the  sun  is  in  that  direction. 

From  a  depth  of  5  fathoms,  at  the  eastern  corner  of  Shoal  Point 
Flat,  depths  of  5^  and   5^  fathoms  extend  in  a  narrow  ridge 


8H0AL    FOINl' — EAST    ROAD. 


239 


,  ftud  milk  'nay 

A  Denis  Harbor 
)et;  noapH  nu\gv 
io(iuality  in  tbo 
gh  watorH  diffor- 
•8  2  feet. 

r  inti)  the  harbor, 
d  the  ebb  having 
an  the  wind  is  in 

n  sometimes  runs 
shore  to  the  NE., 
:?au8e8  eddies  and 
i,rd. 

lower  half  of  Port 
ug  from  the  range 
I  Bay,  is  the  sum- 
on  until,  about  2 
les  a  Hat  about  16 
aither  shore.  The 
about  2  miles,  is 

the  gvass-covered 
f  of  sand  inclosing 
,he  western  side  of 
ually  into  5  and  ii 
ie  it  extends  i  mile, 
I  several  bowlders 
lie,  about  2i  miles. 
)  is  less  that  15  feet 
;ation  between  East 
ir,  as  then  the  'ow 
out,  and  the  lead  is 

over  the  first  rise  in 
iboutS.  70°W.  (N. 
at;  but  as  this  mark 
lould  not  be  carried 
?hen  it  can  be  dis- 
)ver  the  low  wooded 
4°  E.  mag.) ;  this  is 
at  direction, 
orner  of  Shoal  Point 
in  a  narrow  ridge 


toward  tlu)  south  end  of  Amorican  Bank.  A  small  liuad,  with  4 
fatlionis  water  over,  and  <i  and  7  fathoms  around  it,  lies  l^n  miles 
N.  7H°  W.  (N.  60°  W.  mag.)  from  the  end  of  Shoal  Point. 

Coast. — From  the  extreme  of  Shoal  Point  tho  roast  forming  the 
western  sirlo  of  East  Bay  extends  southward  for  about  3^  miles  in 
low  i)oaty  bonks  and  a  narrow  sandy  beach;  thence  it  turns  to  the 
eastward  and,  after  about  H  miles  of  sloping  shore,  becomes  rocky 
and  forms,  just  west  of  The  Gravels,  three  small  deep  bays.  Be- 
hind tlio  fore  shore  the  land  rises  gently  in  more  or  less  wooded 
slopes  to  the  summit  of  the  ridge  extending  eastward  from  Pier- 
ways  Hill.  At  3^  miles  west^^ard  of  The  Gravels  there  are  a  few 
cottages  and  a  schoolhousw,  forming  a  small  settlement  named  Bos- 
warlis,  where  limited  supplies  of  meat,  butter,  etc.,  may  generally 
be  obtained  during  the  late  summer  and  autumn. 

The  Qravels  is  the  name  given  to  the  locality  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  narrow  neck  separating  Port  au  Port  from  St.  George  Bay ; 
from  one  of  the  lobster  factories  here  there  is  almost  daily  com- 
munication with  the  several  fisheries  round  the  shores  of  Port  au 
Port  by  means  of  small  steamers. 

East  Bay  is  more  extensive  and  has  deeper  water  than  West 
Bay,  a  considerable  portion  of  it  having  depths  of  over  20  fathoms. 
The  eastern  shore  for  about  3  miles  above  The  Gravels  is  tolerably 
.steep-to,  and  behind  the  land  rises  to  a  conspicuous  ridge  or  pla- 
teau, ♦^erminating  at  its  southwestern  end  in  Table  Mountain,  the 
highest  summit  of  which  attains  an  elevation  of  1,210  feet.  North- 
eastward this  plateau  rises  to  1,360  feet  before  it  gradually  falls 
to  the  valley  of  Fox  Brook.  Its  western  face  is  bare,  gray  rock, 
which,  in  contrast  with  the  dark  trees  on  the  lower  slopes,  makes 
it  a  conspicuous  feature  in  the  landscape. 

There  are  a  few  settlers  occupied  in  fishing  and  farming  along 
this  shore,  in  the  neighborhood  of  a  lagoon  locally  known  as  Two 
Guts. 

Anchorage. — The  anchoragt  off  The  Gravels  is  by  no  means 
secure,  although  the  bottom  is  muddy,  owing  to  the  deep  water 
running  close  to  the  shore,  and  the  consequently  heavy  sea  that 
sets  in  during  bad  weather  from  the  northward  or  westward. 

Two  Guts  Barachois,  a  shallow  lagoon  on  the  eastern  shore  of 
Port  au  Port,  about  5  miles  from  The  Gravels,  is  separated  from 
the  sea  on  its  western  side  by  a  narrow  strip  of  sandy  beach.  At 
the  southern  end  there  is  a  narrow  opening,  but  a  bar  off  this  dries 
at  low  water. 

East  Road,  just  southward  of  Two  Guts  Barachois,  is  probably 
the  best  anchorage  on  this  side  of  the  bay  during  the  strong  NE. 
to  SE.  winds  which  so  frequently  blow  here.  The  bottom  is  mud, 
and  a  vessel  may  take  a  berth  as  convenient,  but,  should  the  wind 


340 


NKWFOIINULAND WKHT   COAHT, 


haul  to  th»)  Boutliwtvnl,  with  a  fulling  l)iiroinrtt(>r,  as  it  usiiully 
does,  it  would  be  prudent  to  Heok  iinchoragti  in  West  Bay. 

Road  Point  is  u  long  rounded  projection  of  the  coaHt,  about  7^ 
miles  NNE.  of  The  Gravelw,  and  H  miles  from  Two  Outs  Bara- 
ohois.  Its  seaward  face  is  composed  of  steep,  rod  clay  banks,  'M 
feet  high,  and  behind  them  the  ground  is  covered  with  coarse 
grass  and  clumps  of  dead  trees.  An  extensive  tract  of  compara- 
tively level  country,  thickly  wooded,  roaches  fnmi  Road  Point  to 
the  high  stony  plateau  already  referred  to,  and  is  bounded  on  its 
northern  side  by  Fox  Brook. 

Abreast  Road  Point  the  shore  bank  of  3  fathoms  turns  off  the 
land  and  follows  the  line  of  shore,  at  a  distance  gradually  increas- 
ing to  1,200  yards,  closing  in  again  a  little  northward  of  Fox 
Brook. 

Anchorage. — Indifferent  anchorage  may  be  obtained  north  of 
tliis  bank,  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  with  the  entrance  to 
Fox  Brook  bearing  S,  46°  W.  (S.  17°  W.  mag.),  distant  1,800 
yards,  but  it  is  only  safe  during  southerly  and  southeasterly  winds 
and  with  fine  weather. 

Fox  Brook,  the  entrance  to  which  lies  1^  miles  from  Road 
Point,  is  the  largest  stream  running  into  Port  au  Port,  but 
although  the  water  Inside  its  mouth  is  deep  enough  for  a  ship's 
boat,  it  is  fronted  by  a  bar  which  dries  from  one  to  two  feet  at  low 
water.  Another  small  sti-eam,  coming  from  the  NE.,  flows  into 
the  sea  through  the  same  outlet. 

A  few  hundred  yards  inside  its  mouth  the  stream  is  obstructed 
by  some  banks  of  sand  and  shingle,  as  well  as  by  some  low  marshy 
islets  which  extend  up  for  more  than  a  mile ;  beyond  these  the 
stream  turns  to  the  eastward,  flowing  along  the  foot  of  a  thickly- 
wooded  ridge,  the  western  angle  of  which  makes,  from  the  west- 
ward, as  a  steep  wooded  bluff.  This  has  been  referred  to  as  a 
leading  mark  (page  238). 

Ooast. — Northward  of  Fox  Brook  the  coast  is  rocky,  and  con- 
tinues in  low  cliffs  to  the  western  point  of  Broad  Cove,  a  distance 
of  3i  miles.  It  is  fairly  steep,  and  may  be  safely  approached  to 
the  distance  of  600  yards. 

Near  the  shore  there  are  a  few  cottages,  and  the  land  behind 
rises,  in  thickly -wooded  slopes,  to  a  considerable  elevation. 

Bluff  Head  is  a  very  conspicuous  headland,  showing  a  perpen- 
dicular cliff  to  seaward,  its  summit  attaining  an  elevation  of  1,630 
feet  above  the  sea.  From  it,  and  from  the  higher  summits  east- 
ward of  it,  the  hills  slope  down,  forming  deep  gullies  and  water- 
courses toward  Broad  Cove,  a  small  indentation  in  the  coast  line. 
At  the  southern  side  of  this  cove,  near  a  small  stream,  there  is  a 
cluster  of  buildings,  used  at  one  time  as  a  lobster  factory,  and 


-'MMM 


FOX    ISLAND. 


941 


or,  as  It  usually 
oHt  Bay. 

0  coHHt,  libout  7^ 
Two  Guts  Bara- 
d  clay  bankH,  '20 
ored  with  coarso 
tract  of  compara- 
m  Road  Point  to 
is  bounded  on  its 

omH  turns  off  the 
gradually  increaH- 
orthward  of  Fox 

obtained  north  of 
;h  the  entrance  to 
kg,),  distant  1,800 
jutheasterly  winds 

miles  from  Road 
>ort  au  Port,  but 
uough  for  a  ship's 
}  to  two  feet  at  low 
be  NE.,  flows  into 

bream  is  obstructed 
,y  some  low  marshy 
;  beyond  these  the 
te  foot  of  a  thickly- 
kes,  from  the  west- 
en  referred  to  as  a 

;  is  rocky,  and  con- 
lad  Cove,  a  distance 
ifely  approached  to 

nd  the  land  behind 
ale  elevation, 
i,  showing  a  perpen- 
an  elevation  of  1,630 
tiigher  summits  east- 
ip  gullies  and  water- 
ion  in  the  coast  line, 
all  stream,  there  is  a 
lobster  factory,  and 


wliicli  iKtw  form  n  dt'fluito  mark  for  cro«8ing  tlie  bar  on  a  conipaHH 
hearing. 

Tht)  »!ove  is  foul  and  rocky,  and  from  its  woHtoru  point  a  lodge 
ext»(ii(l.-t  noarly  400  yiirdH,  A  path  h-nds  from  tiiin  locality  to  the 
ashoHtoH  tiiinos,  p  llttlo  ht«hind  Hlulf  Hoad,  thodistanco  by  it  boing 
about  1 A  rnihw. 

Fox  Island,  about  ^  mile  in  longth  by  (100  ynrdH  in  width,  and 
reacliiiig,  iit-ur  th«  middlo  of  its  hmgtli,  a  hnight  of  14ft  teoi,  is 
situated  in  tlii»  iioi'thorn  i)art  of  Port  au  Port,  4^  niilt's  from  Long 
P<iint;  th«3  grasHy  Hlopo.s  on  itw  woHtoni  hU\i\  b«ing  in  strong  con- 
trawt  to  tho  dark  clumps  of  spruce  still  standing  about  its  summit, 
render  it  conspicuous. 

The  southern  end  is  cliffy  for  abo:  t  ^  mile,  and  erst  of  this  a 
steep  bank  is  fronted  by  a  small  shingle  bench  occupied  by  the 
buildings  appertaining  to  a  lol)ster  factory;  beyond  this  the  shoios 
are  rocky  with  shelving  lodges  olf  tho  point.s  whii  j  two  stoop  bluffs 
altornatiiig  with  grassy  slopes  occupy  the  we  .em  sid'  South- 
eastward tlio  island  is  (juito  steep-to,  and  tho  same  ithwest- 
ward,  outside  a  steop  rock  off  the  extreme  end,  but  i  .  rho  north- 
ward shoal  water  extends  for  some  distance. 

Anchorage. — Fairly  good  anclorago  will  1 1  t  >und,  a  little  duht- 
ward  of  the  beacli  on  the  SE,  side  of  the  isla.id,  in  from  11  to  13 
fathoms  water,  over  mud;  but  it  should  not  bo  resorted  to  during 
strong  winds  between  SE.  and  SW.,  as  then  a  heavy  sea  is  pro- 
duced, especially  on  the  flood  tide. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Fo.v  Island  at  lOh. 
15m. ;  springs  rise  5k  feet,  neaps  rise  af  foot;  noapa  range  2  feet. 

Tidal  Stream.— The  flood  stream  sets  to  the  SSW.,  through  the 
passage  between  the  island  and  the  mainland ;  the  ebb  to  the  NNE. 
and  across  Fox  Tail. 

Fox  Tail  comprises  the  rocky  banks  and  shoals  off  the  north  end 
of  Fox  Island.  Within  a  depth  of  6  fathoms  it  extends  to  3  miles 
from  the  island,  with  a  breadth  iie  ;i!'  its  outer  part  of  one  mile. 

At  400  yards  NE.  from  the  ^E.  end  of  the  island  there  is  a 
ledge  300  yards  in  length,  which  dries  at  low  water,  and  400  to  GOO 
yards  in  a  northwesterly  dir'^^  tion  from  this  are  two  small  rocks 
awash  at  low  water ;  round  the  outer  of  these  the  depths  are  from 
3i  to  4  fatlioms,  outsido  ot"  which,  as  well  as  off  tlie  long  ledge,  the 
bank  is  (juite  steep-to. 

White  Rock  lies  near  the  outer  part  of  Fox  Tail,  the  least  water 
over  it  being  7  feet  at  a  distance  of  l^Sy-  miles  from  tlie  island. 
From  this  depth  the  3-fathom  line  extends  in  a  northerly  direction 
for  700  yards  and  toward  the  island  for  an  equal  distance,  leaving, 
between  it  and  the  outermost  dry  rocks  mentioned  above,  a  chan- 
nel 800  yards  wide,  and  carrying  3i  and  4  fathoms  water. 


242 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


k 


im 


i'l 


The  west  extreme  of  Bear  Head,  in  line  with  the  west  extreme 
of  Shag  Island,  bearing  N.  26°  E.  (N.  54°  E.  mag.),  clears  the  Fox 
Tail  in  not  less  than  9  fathoms  water,  and  leads  through  the  chan- 
nel between  Fox  Island  and  Road  Point. 

North  Bock,  a  small  detached  rock,  6  feet  pliove  high  water, 
lies  near  the  edge  of  the  Fox  Tail,  900  yards  N.  17°  W.  (N.  11°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  NW.  point  of  Fox  Island,  and  800  yards  N.  88°  W. 
N.  60°  W.  mag.)  distant  from  it  is  a  detached  rock  having  over  it 
16  feet  at  low  water,  with  depths  of  8  to  10  fathoms  around.  This 
rock  is  in  the  fairway  for  vessels  passing  between  American  Bank 
and  Fox  Island. 

Directions. — In  clear  weather  vessels  from  the  southward  in- 
tending to  enter  Port  au  Port  may,  after  passing  the  village  of 
Black  Duck  Brook,  steer  so  as  to  bring  the  tangent  of  Cape  Cor- 
morant Cliff  just  uuLside  the  western  sho"ldfir  of  Round  Head, 
bearing  S.  47°  W.  (S.  75°  W.  mag.).  This  mark  should  be  adhered 
to  by  a  large  vessel  until  Road  Point  comes  in  line  with  the  SW. 
extreme  of  Fox  Island,  S.  10°  E.  (S.  12°  W.  mag.),  when  she  may 
either  proceed  on  that  mark  or  steer  across  for  Broad  Cove. 

Smaller  vessels  may  haul  in  across  the  bar  in  about  6  fathoms 
water  when  the  houses  in  Broad  Cove  bear  S.  56°  E.  (S.  28°  E. 
mag.),  or  when  the  highest  summit,  immediately  south  of  Bluff 
Head,  comes  over  the  lovr  part  of  the  southwestern  slope  of  the 
Bluff  Head  Cliff,  about  S.  62°  E.  (S.  34°  E.  mag.). 

If  desirous  of  proceeding  to  West  Bay,  the  mark,  Road  Point  in 
line  with  the  SW.  extreme  of  Fox  Island,  should  be  steered  on 
until  the  left  extreme  of  the  hills  forming  the  south  side  of  the 
valley,  behind  Bear  Head,  is  just  open  westward  of  Shag  Island, 
bearing  N.  44°  E.  (N.  72°  E.  mag.);  this  will  lead  between  French 
and  American  Banks  and  down  to  West  Bay. 

If  wishing  to  anchor  off  the  fishing  station,  inside  Long  Point, 
a  vessel  crossing  the  bar  as  advised  above  may  haul  to  the  south- 
ward when  the  stony  projection  of  Beach  Point  comes  open,  bear- 
ing S.  38°  W.  (S.  66°  W.  mag.),  and,  giving  the  shore  a  berth  of 
about  400  yards,  anchor  as  convenient,  observing  that  soundings 
of  over  10  fathoms  will  indicate  that  French  Bank  has  been  passed. 

Should  a  vessel  desire  to  proceed  to  The  Gravels,  it  would  be 
prudent,  if  of  deep  draft,  to  steer  acros«  toward  Broad  Cove  until 
the  west  extreme  of  Bear  Head  comes  in  line  with  the  west  extreme 
of  Shag  Island,  bearing  N.  28°  E.  (N.  56°  E.  mag.).  This  mark 
will  lead  clear  of  the  Fox  Island  Shoals,  and  also  of  the  shoal  water 
off  Road  Point ;  when  the  latter  has  been  passed,  a  course  may  be 
shaped  for  the  isthmus. 

To  pass  between  Fox  Island  and  American  Bank,  a  small  vessel 
may  take  the  channel  eastward  of  the  16-foot  patch  off  North  Rock 


BLUFF   HEAD MOUNT   BARREN. 


248 


he  west  extreme 
),  clears  the  Fox 
rough  the  chan- 

Dve  high  water, 
r  W.  (N.  11°  E. 
yards  N.  88°  W. 
k  having  over  it 
ns  around.  This 
.  American  Bank 

le  southward  in- 
ng  the  village  of 
;ent  of  Cape  Cor- 
of  Round  Head, 
hould  be  adhered 
ine  with  the  SW. 
.),  when  she  may 
road  Cove. 
I  about  6  fathoms 
56°  E.  (S.  28°  E. 
ly  south  of  Bluff 
item  slope  of  the 

irk.  Road  Point  in 
Lild  be  steered  on 
I  south  side  of  the 
fd  of  Shag  Island, 
id  between  French 

nside  Long  Point, 
haul  to  the  south- 
,  comes  open,  bear- 
e  shore  a  berth  of 
ing  that  soundings 
ik  has  been  passed, 
-ravels,  it  would  be 
d  Broad  Cove  until 
th  the  west  extreme 
mag.).     This  mark 
10  of  the  shoal  water 
ed,  a  course  may  be 

iank,  a  small  vessel 
atch  off  North  Rock 


by  keeping  on  the  line  of  Road  Point  touching  the  SW.  extreme  of 
Fox  Island,  bearing  S.  16°  E.  (S.  12°  W.  mag.),  until  North  Rock 
comes  in  line  with  the  western  point  of  Broad  Cove,  N.  69°  E.  (S. 
83°  E.  mag.),  then  hauling  to  the  SW.,  toward  the  western  part 
of  East  Bay,  until  Fox  Island  is  passed,  when  a  course  may  be 
shaped  for  the  isthmus. 

For  a  large  vessel  this  passage  is  not  advisable,  as  the  tide  runs 
strongly  at  times,  and  the  passage,  with  a  depth  of  5  fathoms,  is 
only  300  yards  wide.  There  is  no  good  mark  available  for  passing 
between  the  16-foot  patch  and  American  Bank.  The  chart  and 
soundings  must,  therefore,  be  the  only  guide. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2876.) 

Coast. — From  Bluff  Head  a  cliffy  coast  line,  backed  by  high, 
rocky  hills  and  deep  gullies,  extends  in  a  northerly  direction  for 
about  2  miles  to  a  rounded  point,  off  which  there  is  a  conspicuous 
pinnacle  rock  ;i2  feet  high.  This  portion  of  the  shore  is  steep-to 
and  may  be  safely  approached  to  400  yards,  but  in  strong  offshore 
winds  the  neighborhood  of  Bluff  Head  is  subject  to  squalls  of 
great  violence,  and,  under  these  circumstances,  sailing  vessels 
should  keep  some  distance  from  the  land. 

Immediately  north  of  Bluff'  Head  Cliff",  and  on  the  face  of  the 
steep,  wooded,  slope,  ^  mile  back  from  the  shore,  are  the  houses 
occupied  by  the  workmen  employed  in  the  asbestus  mines  now 
being  developed  in  the  vicinity. 

From  abreast  the  pinnacle  rock  above  mentioned  the  coast,  turn- 
ing a  little  to  the  eastward,  continues  for  1^  miles  to  Lewis  Brook, 
where  the  cliffs  cease,  being  here  replaced  by  a  more  or  less  steep 
clay  bank,  with  a  general  height  of  about  70  feet. 

From  Lewis  Brook  the  coast  turns  again  a  little  to  the  north- 
ward, and  continues  in  the  bank  above  mentioned  and  fronted  by 
a  stojy  beach  to  Deadmans  Brook,  a  small  stream  coming  from  a 
deep  gully  in  the  cliffy  ranges,  which  here  run  parallel  to  the 
shore,  \  mile  distant.  Behind  these  the  land  rises,  in  bare  and 
scrub-covered  hills,  to  a  height  of  2,700  feet. 

From  Deadmans  Brook  the  same  coast  features  prevail  for  3^ 
miles  to  Rope  Cove.  At  1^  miles  from  the  former  is  Molly  Ann 
Cove,  where  another  small  stream  flows  into  the  sea  and  there  are 
one  or  two  huts  occupied  during  the  summer  by  fishermen.  The 
whole  of  the  shore,  from  Lewis  Brook  northward,  is  fronted  by  a 
bank  of  sand,  stones,  and  rocks,  the  3-fathom  line  extending  to  a 
distance  of  400  yards  from  the  beach. 

Behind  Molly  Ann  Cove  the  high  range  of  hills  turns  abruptly 
to  the  eastward,  and  near  the  angle  thus  formed  is  a  high  conspicu- 
ous summit,  named  Mount  Barren,  showing  a  bare  perpendicular 


MMH 


IIW 


244 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


M 

'if 


cliff  to  seaward.  At  ^  mile  northward  of  Mount  Barren  there  is  a 
detached  summit,  1,530  feet  in  height,  which  shows  a  conical  peak 
when  seen  from  the  eastward,  and  forms  a  useful  leading  mark  for 
clearing  the  Long  Ledge  and  Round  Reef. 

Shag  Islar  d  lies  abreast  Deadmans  Brook,  1^  miles  distant-  It 
is  i  mile  in  length  NNE.  and  SSW.,  by  -jV  of  a  mile  in  width,  and 
rises,  in  broken  cliffs,  to  a  height  of  180  feet.  It  is  quite  steep- 
to  on  the  southeastern  side,  and  off  its  northwestern  side  shoal 
water  extends  for  only  a  short  distance,  but  the  southwestern  ex- 
treme should  not  be  approached  within  200  yards.  The  summit  of 
the  island  is  covered  with  coarse  grass  and  slopes  toward  the  north- 
ern end,  on  the  east  side  of  which  there  is  a  good  landing  place  for 
boats. 

Anchorage. — Between  the  island  and  the  mainland  there  is  a 
good  clear  channel,  and  during  fine  weather  very  fair  anchorage 
may  be  found  off  its  northern  side  in  12  fathoms  water. 

Round  Beef;  the  top  of  which  lies  2  miles  S.  70°  W.  (N.  82°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  summit  of  Shag  Island,  is  a  dangerous  rocky  ledge, 
having  only  4  feet  at  low  water  over  its  shoalest  part ;  it  breaks 
very  heavily  in  bad  weather.  From  this  spot  the  ledge  extends  in 
a  southwesterly  direction,  the  limit  of  3  fathoms  being  ^  mile  dis- 
tant. Northeastward  from  the  shoalest  spot  the  3-fathom  line  is 
i  mile  distant,  while  depths  of  5^  and  6  fathoms  extend  nearly 
across  to  Long  Ledge. 

The  conical  peak  (see  top  of  page)  in  line  with  the  northern 
extreme  of  Shag  Island,  bearing  N.  77°  E.  (S.  76°  E.  mag.),  clears 
Round  Reef,  passing  to  the  northward;  and  the  snout  of  Bear 
Head  in  line  with  the  inner  summit  of  Little  Port  Head,  about  N. 
30°  E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.),  leads  midway  between  the  reef  and  Shag 
Island. 

Shoals. — At  1^  miles  from  the  top  of  Round  Reef  in  a  south- 
westerly direction,  and  2f  miles  from  the  Pinnacle  Rtjck,  there  is  a 
small  shoal,  with  4i  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  5  to  6  fathoms 
around ;  aad  one  mile  in  a  northerly  direction  from  Round  Reef, 
there  is  another  small  patch,  on  which  the  depth  is  5  fathoms,  and 
5^  to  6  fathoms  between  it  and  the  reef. 

Long  Ledge  is  a  long  narrow  ledge  of  rock  extending  in  the 
line  of  Long  Point  and  separated  from  it  by  a  channel  3f  miles 
wide,  having  in  it  depths  of  from  6  to  9  fathoms.  The  middle  of 
the  ledge  lies  4f  miles  off  the  main  shore,  3i  miles  from  Shag 
Island,  and  2  miles  from  the  top  of  Round  Reef.  Its  total  length, 
inside  the  depth  of  3  fathoms,  is  3^  miles ;  a  portion  of  it,  1^  miles 
in  length  and  with  an  average  breadth  of  less  than  100  yards,  dries 
at  low  water,  and  on  this  are  some  small  detached  patches  and 
bowlders  from  4  to  6  feet  above  high  water. 


B !      iil-Mt  I 


LONG  LEDGE COAL  EIVER. 


245 


Barren  there  is  a 
ws  a  conical  peak 
leading  mark  for 

miles  distant.  It 
lile  in  width,  and 

It  is  quite  steep- 
'^estern  side  shoal 

southwestern  ex- 
3,  The  sunamit  of 
toward  the  north- 
[  landing  place  for 

inland  there  is  a 
iry  fair  anchorage 
i  water. 

70°  W.  (N.  82°  W. 
;erous  rocky  ledge, 
st  part;  it  breaks 
le  ledge  extends  in 
s  being  i  mile  dis- 
e  3-fathom  line  is 
oms  extend  nearly 

with  the  northern 
5°  E.  mag.),  clears 
the  snout  of  Bear 
ort  Head,  about  N. 
.  the  refjf  and  Shag 

J  Reef  in  a  south- 
cle  Rock,  there  is  a 
nd  5  to  6  fathoms 
from  Round  Reef, 
h  is  5  fathoms,  and 

k  extending  in  the 
a  channel  3f  miles 
ns.  The  middle  of 
3i  miles  from  Shag 
f .  Its  total  length, 
^rtion  of  it,  li  miles 
iian  100  yards,  dries 
tached  patches  and 


From  the  southwestern  end  of  this  dry  portion  a  long  and  dan- 
gerous tongue  of  shoal  water  exten«ls  for  nearly  2  miles,  at  the 
northeastern  end  of  which  the  5-fathom  line  is  ^  mile  from  the 
rocks. 

Although  Long  Ledge  is  generally  visible  from  some  distance, 
owing  to  the  breakers,  at  spring  tides  with  very  calm  weather  it 
may  not  be  seen.  Mount  Virgin,  kept  well  open  of  Bear  Head, 
bearing  N.  46°  E.  (N.  73°  E.  mag.),  leads  west  in  from  11  to  13 
fathoms  water;  and  the  conical  peak,  near  Mount  Barren,  over  the 
center  of  Shag  Island  N.  72°  E.  (S.  80°  E.  mag.),  clears  the  south- 
western extreme  in  depths  of  from  6  to  7  fathoms,  but  this  mark, 
leading  on  to  the  northeast *irn  edge  of  Round  Reef,  should  not  be 
continued  on  too  far. 

Anchorage. — Long  Ledge  is  fairly  steep  on  its  eastern  and 
western  sides,  and  during  northwesterly  winds  good  anchorage 
may  be  obtained  under  its  lee,  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 

Rope  Cove,  a  small  indentation  where  there  is  a  stream  a  ^d  a 
few  buildings  used  by  fishermen  during  the  summer,  has  indifferent 
landing,  although  there  is  sometimes  less  swell  at  the  head  of  the 
bight  than  on  the  adjoining  coast.  At  1^  miles  southwestward 
and  800  yards  from  the  shore,  there  is  a  patch  of  stouPd  and  bowl- 
ders, on  which  the  depth  is  20  feet. 

Coal  River  lies  If  miles  northeastward  of  Rope  Cove,  the  shore 
between  comprising  a  narrow  stony  beach,  backed  by  low  cliffs, 
behind  which  there  are  extensive  marshy  barrens  with  numerous 
small  ponds  and  occasional  clumps  of  trees. 

The  entrance  to  the  river  is  at  the  eastern  side  of  a  bight  in  the 
shore  line  and  close  to  a  remarkable  detached  rock,  77  feet  high, 
locally  known  as  the  Friar. 

On  a  sandy  spit,  projecting  from  the  cliff,  on  the  northeastern 
side  of  the  entrance,  there  are  several  houses,  only  occupied  during 
the  summer  by  fishermen  from  Bay  of  Islands. 

The  river  entrance  has  a  bar,  nearly  dry  at  low  water,  but  inside 
this  the  stream  is  about  100  yards  wide,  with  a  deep  channel  run- 
ning up  to  the  first  bend,  ^  mile  from  the  mouth.  At  ^  mile  be- 
yond this  a  small  stream  flows  in  frr  ja  the  NE.,  and  here  the  bed 
of  the  river  is  obstructed  by  banks  •  i  gravel  and  stones.  With  a 
bend  to  the  SE.  and  east  the  c^tream  gets  narrower  and  more 
obstructed  to  a  distance  of  about  2  miles  from  the  sea,  when  it 
again  becomes  wider  and  deeper,  and  some  5  or  6  miles  back  it 
opens  into  a  series  of  extensive  ponds.  The  fishermen  living  at  the 
entrance  carry  their  small  boats  to  the  rapids  (about  2  miles  up) 
during  freshets,  and  are  there  able  to  reach  these  ponds  at  any 
time  for  hunting  and  fishing. 


J 


246 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


«   fer* 


Anchorage. — The  6-fathom  limit  extends  ^  mile  from  the  shore 
off  the  mouth  of  Coal  Riv«r,  and  outside  it  there  is  indifferent 
anchorage,  but  only  during  fine  weather,  for  even  with  strong 
southeasterly  winds  there  is  usually  a  heavy  ground  swell,  which 
becomes  an  ugly  sea  when  the  wind  hauls  to  the  westward. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2884.) 

Coast. — From  Fish  Head,  the  corner  of  the  bight  of  Coal  River, 
to  Bear  Head  the  coast  is  composed  of  cliffs  more  or  less  broken  at 
first  and  then  higher  and  more  formidable  as  the  land  rises  behind; 
these  cliffs  are  quite  steep-to  and  may  be  approached  closely  in 
fine  weather,  but  in  bad  weather  the  heavy  sea  above  referred  to 
appears  to  be  even  heavier  ir  this  locality. 

Off  Coal  River  Head,  li  miles  from  Fish  Head,  there  is  a  bank, 

with  8  fathoms  water  over  it,  about  1^  miles  in  length  and  the 

same  distance  from  the  cliffs;  between,  the  depths  ara  from  15  to 

16  fathoms. 

(H.O.  Chart  No.  597*.) 

Bear  Head  is  very  conspicuous  when  seen  from  the  southwest- 
ward,  assuming,  from  that  view,  the  form  of  a  crouching  animal. 
A  remarkable  projecting  mass  of  rock  on  its  northern  summit  re- 
sembles the  ears,  and  a  conspicuous  perpendicular  cliff,  partially 
detached  from  the  shore  underneath,  has  the  appearance  of  an  up- 
turned snout. 

The  northern  summit  is  1,210  feet  above  the  sea,  falling  in  a 
perpendicular  cliff;  the  southern  summit  is  1,255  feet  high,  but 
being  fronted  by  a  shelf  of  sloping  ground  terminating  in  a  low 
cliff,  its  appearance,  when  passing,  is  not  so  striking.  Behind,  the 
summits  of  the  head  slope  rapidly  down  to  the  Coal  River  Valley, 
in  which  there  are  several  ponds. 

Eastward  of  this  valley  the  broken,  barren-looking  hills  rise  to  a 
considerable  elevation,  the  two  rounded  summits  lying  in  a  8E.  by 
E.  direction  from  Bear  Head  being  conspicuous  from  seaward. 

Depths  Oflf  Shore.— The  line  of  20  fathoms  passes  Long  Point 
at  a  distance  of  about  3  miles,  and  continues  to  abreast  the  southern 
summit  of  Bear  Head,  when  it  rapidly  approaches  the  shore.  One 
mile  inside  this  line,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Long  Point,  a  long 
narrow  tongue,  with  8  to  10  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends  to 
abreast  the  dry  portion  of  Long  Ledge.  Outside  there  is  an  ex- 
tensive flat  with  depths  of  21  to  25  fathoms  over  it,  and  having 
some  irregulai-  ridges  of  18  to  20  fathoms.  Abreast  of  Long  Ledge 
this  flat  reaches  off  to  a  distance  of  22  miles  from  the  main  shore, 
and  about  13  iniles  outside  Long  Point.  Here  the  depths  gradu- 
ally increase  and  the  deeper  water  approaches  the  land  in  an  east- 
erly direction. 


ii 


BEAR   COVE — SOUTH   HEAD. 


247 


e  from  the  shore 
ire  is  indifferent 
ven  with  strong 
and  swell,  which 
westward. 


ht  of  Coal  River, 
or  less  broken  at 
md  rises  behind ; 
>ached  closely  in 
ibove  referred  to 

,  there  is  a  bank, 
L  length  and  the 
IS  are  from  15  to 


oa  the  southwest- 
rouching  animal, 
them  summit  re- 
ar cliff,  partially 
earance  of  an  up- 

)  sea,  falling  in  a 
155  feet  high,  but 
Qinating  in  a  low 
ing.  Behind,  the 
oal  River  Valley, 

dng  hills  rise  to  a 
lying  in  a  SE,  by 
from  seaward, 
passes  Long  Point 
reast  the  southern 
}s  the  shore.  One 
lOng  Point,  a  long 
ver  it,  extends  to 
ie  there  is  an  ex- 
rer  it,  and  having 
ast  of  Long  Ledge 
m  the  main  shore, 
the  depths  gradu- 
le  land  in  an  east- 


Bear  Oove,  on  the  north  side  of  Bear  Hoad,  contains  two  yel- 
lowish rocky  islets,  that  are  scarcely  seen  against  low  cliff  of  the 
same  color,  forming  the  bottom  of  the  cove. 

Mount  Virgin,  1,590  feet  high,  is  a  remarkable  isolated  column 
on  the  coast  range,  6  miles  from  Bear  Head,  forming  a  good  mark 
of  recognition  for  this  vicinity.  Wild  Cove  (Capelan  Bay)  is  at 
the  south  extreme  of  a  high  peninsula,  754  feet  high,  the  north  ex- 
treme of  which  is  Vide  Bouteille  Cape;  the  bay  has  a  beach  of 
broken  white  coral. 

Little  Port  extends  600  yards  SSE.  from  Vide  Bouteille  Cape, 
is  narrowed  to  100  yards  in  the  entrance,  and  expands  at  the  head 
to  200  yards  wide.  It  is  frequented  until  20th  June  by  French 
fishing  vessels  that  moor  head  and  stern,  and  leave  to  follow  the 
codfish  that  disappear  about  that  time  from  this  neighborhood. 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  in  2^  fathoms 
watfir.  nvf^r  sand  and  mud,  but  SW.  and  SE.  winds  are  accom- 
panied by  violent  squalls,  and  north  winds  bring  a  sea  into  the 
harbor,  so  that  the  entrance  is  dangerous  for  boats  always,  and  for 
vessels  in  spring  and  autumn. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Little  Port  at  lOh. 
42m. ;  springs  rise  5i  feet. 

Woody  Bay,  i  mile  from  Little  Port,  is  about  400  yards  in 
diameter,  and.  only  suitable  for  boats,  and  they  even  experience 
considerable  difficulty  in  entering  with  westerly  winds. 

Miranda  Cove,  a  small-boat  creek  with  a  fishing  establishment, 
is  300  yards  north  of  Woody  Bay. 

Bay  of  Islands.— This  extensive  inlet  is  one  of  the  most  pic- 
turesque localities  in  Newfoundland,  from  the  high  hills  surround- 
ing, the  steep,  high  islands  within,  and  the  deep  and  tortuous  arms 
which  trend  from  it. 

Communication.— The  Newfoundland,  Northern  and  Western 
Railway  skirts  the  south  shore  of  Humber  Arm  between  Brake 
Point  and  Birchy  Cove,  and  the  Costal  Steamship  Company's 
steamer  calls  fortnightly  at  some  of  the  ports  in  the  Bay  of 
Islands. 

Ice.— The  most  of  the  arms  in  the  Bay  of  Islands  freeze  between 
20th  December  and  20th  January,  and  break  up  suddenly  between 
20th  April  and  10th  May ;  field  ice  clears  away  early  or  late  in  May, 
according  to  the  season. 

Devil  Head,  1|  miles  southwestward  of  South  Head,  rises  in 
black  perpendicular  cliffs  to  an  elevation  of  815  feet,  but  the 
inshore  slope  of  the  headland  is  covered  with  grass,  which  shows 
in  vivid  contrast  to  the  dark  cliffs. 

South  Head,  bold-to  and  falling  in  steep  black  cliffs,  has 
several  pinnacles  of  light-colored  rock  situated  at  the  base,  the 


248 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


highest,  110  feet  high,  named  The  Monkey,  being  at  the  north 
ttxtreme. 

South  Head  trends  SE.  by  E.  to  White  Point,  and  thence  south 
If  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Lark  Harbor. 

Lark  Mountain,  1,583  feet  high,  is  the  summit  of  the  promon- 
tory terminating  in  South  Head. 

Guernsey  Island,  1,053  feet  high,  is  the  southern  of  the  group 
lying  in  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  Islands ;  it  is  mostly  barren, 
but  there  are  a  few  trees  near  the  south  extreme,  where  is  the  best 
landing  place  in  ordinary  weather. 

Tweed  Island,  separated  from  the  north  extreme  of  Guernsey 
Island  by  a  clear  passage  f  mile  wide,  has  a  bare  summit,  702  feet 
high,  falling  in  black  perpendicular  cliffs  to  the  north  shore. 

A  round  rock,  2  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  to  the  SW. 
extreme  of  Tweed  Island,  and  a  rock,  that  uncovers  4  feet  at  low 
water,  lies  nearly  200  yards  southwest  ward  of  the  round  rock. 

During  the  summer  temporary  huts  are  built  on  the  east  shore 
for  the  accommodation  of  fishermen. 

Anchorage. — Temporary  anchorage,  on  the  east  side,  may  be 
obtained  off  the  cove  between  Grassy  and  Little  Grassy  Islands, 
in  from  9  to  12  fathoms  water,  and  also  off  the  cove  on  the  north 
shore,  in  from  8  to  11  fathoms,  but  a  heavy  sea  rises  rapidly  with 
westerly  winds. 

Hen  Island,  nearly  800  yards  north  from  the  NW.  extreme  of 
Tweed  Island,  is  covered  with  grass  and  surmounted  by  a  round 
hummock  222  feet  high. 

A  rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  865  yards  S.  77°  E.  (S.  49°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  south  extreme  of  Hen  Island. 

Green  Island,  also  known  as  Woody  Island,  is  surmounted  by 
a  round  hill  415  feet  high,  covered  with  moss  at  the  summit ;  there 
is  a  small  cove  on  the  west  side  of  this  island,  containing  several 
rocks.     ' 

Saddle  Island,  formerly  known  as  Shag  Rocks,  is  ^  mile  from 
the  north  extreme  of  Green  Island,  and  formed  by  two  masses  of 
rock,  connected  by  a  narrow  ridge;  the  southern,  170  feet  high,  is 
round  and  covered  with  grass  and  a  few  stunted  trees,  while  the 
northern  is  bare  and  rugged,  with  a  square  pillar  150  feet  high  on 
the  north  side,  which  is  prominent  when  seen  from  the  eastward 
or  westward. 

Gregory  Island,  245  feet  high,  is  nearly  2  miles  NE.  by  N. 
from  Saddle  Island,  the  channel  between  being  free  from  danger. 

A  pinnacle  of  rock,  52  feet  high,  lies  150  yards  south  westward 
of  Gregory  Island,  and  is  nearly  joined  to  it  by  reefs  at  low  water, 
and  close  SW.  of  this  pinnacle  is  a  small  round  islet. 


rig  at  the  north 

md  thence  south 

t  of  the  promon- 

ern  of  the  group 
8  mostly  barren, 
where  is  the  best 

eme  of  Guernsey 
summit,  702  feet 
[lorth  shore, 
slose  to  the  SW. 
iTers  4  feet  at  low 
ls  round  rcV, 
on  the  east  shore 

jast  side,  may  be 
le  Grassy  Islands, 
cove  on  the  north 
rises  rapidly  with 

3  NW.  extreme  of 
lunted  by  a  round 

S.  77°  E.  (S.  49°  E. 

is  surmounted  by 
the  summit;  there 
containing  several 

3ks,  is  i  mile  from 
L  by  two  masses  of 
n,  170  feet  high,  is 
;ed  trees,  while  the 
ar  150  feet  high  on 
from  the  eastward 

1  miles  NE.  by  N. 
f  free  from  danger, 
rds  southwestward 
reefs  at  low  water, 
L  islet. 


PEARL   ISLAND. 


249 


Brandies  Rocks,  a  cluster  250  yards  in  diameter,  the  center  of 
which  is  t  mile  N.  30°  E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.)  from  the  east  extreme 
of  Gregory  Island,  shows  by  breakers  with  a  slight  swell  and  the 
easternmost  uncovers  2  feet  at  low  water.  The  NE.  extreme  of 
Saddle  Island,  open  west  of  Gregory  Island,  bearing  S.  17°  W.  (S. 
45°  W.  mag.),  leads  west;  and  Little  Shag  Rock,  in  line  with  the 
middle  of  the  entrance  to  Lark  Harbor,  S.  15°  W.  (8.  43°  W.  mag.), 
leads  between  the  rocks  and  the  mainland. 

'.Pearl  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group  in  the  entrance  to  Bay  of 
Islands,  is  845  feet  high.  Four  curious  pillars  (the  highest  of 
which  is  597  feet  above  high  water)  stand  on  the  east  side  of  the 
island,  on  the  north  side  of  a  deep  valley  which  divides  them  from 
the  hill  over  the  south  extreme.  Shivery  Point,  the  north  extreme, 
has  a  rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  200  yards  eastward  of  it. 

Big  Island  Cove,  on  the  NE.  side  of  the  island,  has  small  beaches 
of  shingle  at  the  head,  on  whif^h  hnts  nre  btiilt  in  summer  for  the 
temporary  accommodation  of  the  fishermen  who  frequent  the  cove. 
The  water  is  deep,  except  close  to  the  shore,  preventing  any  but 
small  vessels  from  anchoring  off  this  cove. 

Olou^  Patches.— A  rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  near  the 
west  extreme  of  a  bank,  having  over  it  depths  of  less  than  10 
fathoms,  and  extending  ^  mile  westward  from  the  west  side  of 
Pearl  Island.   •• 

A  rock,  with  7  feet  water  over  it,  lies  265  yards  from  the  above- 
mentioned  rock  in  the  direction  of  the  waterfall. 

A  bank,  with  5i  fathoms  water  on  its  south  end,  lies  1,700  yards 
westward  from  the  north  extreme  of  Pearl  Island. 

Shag  Rocks  consist  of  two  groups;  the  northern  cluster  com- 
priHes  a  round  islet  20  feet  high,  lying  ^  mile  S.  54°  E.  (S.  26°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Pearl  Island,  with  low  rocks  extend- 
ing 100  yards  northwestward  and  300  yards  southeastward  from 
it;  the  southern  group  consists  of  a  flat  bare  islet,  19  feet  high, 
lying  800  yards  S.  24°  E.  (S.  4°  W.  mag.)  from  the  highest  of  the 
northern  group,  with  low  reefs  extending  200  yards  to  the  north- 
westward and  eastward  for  a  distance  of  700  yards  from  it. 

Lark  Harbor,  2i  miles  from  South  Head,  is  formed  by  a  long 
peninsula,  the  summit  of  which.  Mount  Tortoise,  is  a  round  hill 
787  feet  above  high  water.  The  harbor  stretches  to  1^  miles  to  the 
southwestward  with  a  slight  bend,  is  i  mile  wide,  and  has  several 
houses  and  piers  on  the  north  shore.  Low  Point,  where  a  church 
is  in  course  of  construction,  is  on  the  north  shore,  one  mile  within 
the  entrance,  and  has  a  spit  of  shingle,  which  dries  in  places, 
extending  from  it  about  i  mile  SSW.  Low  Island,  small  and  3 
feet  high,  is  on  this  spit;  and  at  600  yards  eastward  of  Low  Island 
shoal  water  extends  about  300  yards  from  the  north  shore. 


ilM 


250 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


Beacons. — Two  beacons,  erected  on  the  southern  shore  of  the 
harbor,  when  in  line,  bearing  8.  60°  W.  (S.  78°  W.  mag.),  lead  into 
the  inner  harbor. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  13  fathoms  water,  over  mud, 
about  300  yards  NW.  of  Rocky  Point,  or  farther  SW.  in  Ci  falih- 
oms,  mud,  with  excellent  holding  ground ;  winds  from  NE.  bri  ng 
a  little  sea  into  this  anchorage,  and  heavy  squalls  sweep  down 
Lark  Mountain  with  south  and  SW.  winds,  so  that  South  Hoad 
should  not  be  approached  too  closely. 

Tides,— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Lark  Harbor  at 
lOh.  (approximate) ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  6  feet. 

York  Harbor,  south  of  Mount  Tortoise,  is  between  it  and  the 
foot  of  Blow-mo-down,  a  conspicuous  hill.  The  anchorage  is 
sheltered  by  Governor  Island,  lying  nearly  in  the  center.  Sword 
Point,  the  west  extreme  of  the  island,  is  a  small  projection  with  a 
sand  spit  300  yards  from  it,  and  the  next  point  south  of  Sword 
Point  is  shallow  400  yards  from  the  shore. 

Governor  Island  is  wooded  on  the  shores,  but  inland  there  is  a 
large  marsh  with  a  lake  and  some  ponds,  and  a  few  tufts  of  trees 
rise  above  this  marsh,  the  highest  being  95  feet  above  high  wat(jr. 

Anchorage  may  bo  obtained,  in  from  6  to  11  fathoms  water, 
between  the  SW.  side  of  Governor  Island  and  the  mainland,  with 
perfect  shelter,  but  heavy  squalls  come  from  Blow-me-down  with 
southerly  winds. 

Seal  Island,  75  feet  high  and  nearly  joined  to  the  NE.  extreme 
of  Governor  Island,  is  continued  eastward  200  yards  by  rocks  awash 
at  low  water, 

Blow-me-down,  2,125  feet  high,  falls  almost  perpendicularly 
from  the  summit;  and  then  in  a  steep  wooded  slope  from  the  base 
of  the  cliffs  to  the  shore.  The  rauge  trends  to  the  southeastward 
in  a  line  of  cliffs,  from  the  foot  of  which  long  slopes,  covered  with 
shingle  or  scrubby  wood,  descend  to  the  valley  at  the  base. 

A  deep  valley  extends  to  the  southeastward  at  the  base  of  the 
slopes  from  these  cliffs,  down  which  flows  Bear  Deadfall  Brook,  a 
considerable  stream. 

A  small  yellow  rock,  6  feet  high,  lies  150  yards  from  the  shore, 
at  800  yards  westward  of  the  mouth  of  this  brook. 

Anchorage. — Temporary  anchorage  may  be  obtained  north  of 
Bear  Deadfall  Brook,  in  9  fathoms  water,  at  i  mile  from  the  shore. 

Frenchman  Oove,  situated  immediately  westward  of  the  en- 
trance to  Humber  Arm,  is  bold-to  on  its  west  shore,  but  from  the 
mouth  of  the  brook  at  the  head  to  the  east  entrance  point  a  sand 
bank  and  bowlders  line  the  shore,  extending  nearly  160  yards  from 
the  high- water  line ;  a  small  settlement  with  a  few  gardens  is  sit- 
uated here. 


.  J 


iheni  shore  of  tlie 
7.  mag.),  lead  iato 

■water,  over  mud, 
ar  SW.  in  H  fat-h- 
Isfrom  NE.  bring 
lualls  sweep  down 
I  that  South  Hoad 

n  Lark  Harbor  at 
ise  5  feet. 

)etween  it  and  the 
The  anchorage  is 
he  center.  Sword 
il  projection  with  a 
it  south  of  Sword 

t  inland  there  ia  a 
I  few  tufts  of  trees 
above  high  watijr. 
I  11  fathoms  water, 
the  mainland,  with 
31ow-me-down  with 

to  the  NE.  extreme 
ardii  by  rocks  awash 

ost  perpendicularly 
slope  from  the  base 
5  the  southeastward 
slopes,  covered  with 
f  at  the  base. 

at  the  base  of  the 
IT  Deadfall  Brook,  a 

trds  from  the  shore, 

rook. 

»e  obtained  north  of 

:  mile  from  the  shore. 

ivestward  of  the  en- 
shore,  but  from  the 

.trance  point  a  sand 

learly  150  yards  from 
a  few  gardens  is  sit- 


mm 


ANCHORAGES. 


251 


Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  11  to  i:j 
fathoms  water,  over  mud,  off  the  east  side  of  the  bank  of  shingle 
at  the  liend. 

Lower  Frenchman  Head,  also  known  as  Spurn  Point,  falls 
from  an  earth  cliff  45  feet  higli,  and  is  continued  by  a  reef  05  yards 
northward  of  the  high-water  line,  falling  quickly  to  deep  wa'  ir ; 
from  this  point  the  coast  trends  sharply  south  to  the  entrance  of 
Humber  Arm. 

Tides.— It  id  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Frencliman  Cove 
at  lOh. ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  5  feet;  neaps  range  3^  feet. 

Humber  Arm,  a  picturesque  branch  of  the  sea  extending  6 
miles  southeastward,  and  thence  eastward  for  7  miles,  has,  with  a 
few  exceptions,  bold  shores  and  deep  water,  affording  good  an- 
chorage in  a  few  localities  only. 

The  banks,  generally,  slope  steeply  from  wooded  hills,  on  the 
sides  of  which  houses  are  built  and  fields  cultivated,  the  soil  being 
said  to  be  aunie  of  Lho  richest  in  Newfoundland. 

Frenchman  Head  falls  in  a  steep  cliff  320  feet  high. 

Coast.- The  coast  from  Frenchman  Head  trends  to  the  south- 
ward .3i  miles  to  Benoit  Cove.  Nearly  midway  is  a  church  with 
a  small  tower,  situated  close  to  the  shore,  .  ad  a  small  settlement 
is  built  at  Johns  Beach,  i  mile  southward  of  the  church;  from  Fox 
Point,  on  the  south  side  of  Benoit  Cove,  the  coast  trends  southeast- 
ward for  one  mile  to  Halfway  Point. 

Benoit  Cove,  formed  by  a  curve  in  the  coast  fronting  a  deep 
valley  that  is  drained  by  a  considerable  stream,  has  a  moderately 
large  settlement,  a  large  storehouse  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  cove, 
and  at  the  head  a  wooden  church  with  a  small  spire;  shoal  water 
extends  for  about  200  yards  off  the  mouth  of  the  stream. 

Anchorages.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  200  yards  from  the 
east  shore,  between  the  large  storehouse  and  Fox  Point,  in  from  10 
to  17  fathoms  water. 

The  best  anchorage  in  Humber  Arm  is  off  the  shore,  between 
Fox  and  Halfway  Points,  depths  of  10  fathoms  being  found  at  400 
yards,  and  of  20  fathoms  at  600  yards  off  the  shore. 

A  reef  extends  300  yards  from  the  shore,  at  1,300  yards  SE.  of 
Fox  Point,  and  is  the  only  danger  in  the  vicinity.  The  house  on 
the  west  side  of  Cook  Cove,  open  east  of  Halfway  Point,  bearing 
S.  38°  E.  (S.  10°  E.  mag.),  leads  eastward  of  this  reef. 

Ice.— Humber  Arm  freezes  about  26th  December,  and  is  gen- 
erally completely  closed  by  ice,  from  1^  to  3  feet  in  thickness,  from 
the  end  of  December  to  the  end  of  April.  Field  ice  appears  about 
1st  January  and  disappears  about  15th  April;  the  first  vessel  gen- 
erally arrives  about  12th  May,  the  last  vessel  leaving  about  1st 
January. 

14910 17 


/.':-' 


252 


NEWFOUNDLAND WKST    COAST. 


Pleasant  Cove,  ^  mil^s  SE.  of  Halfway  Point,  awd  dividt^d 
from  Hiinimtytio  Covo  doso  west  of  it  l)y  u  blutT  point,  is  400  ynnla 
wi»lo  and  '^00  yards  doop;  a  shoal  surrounds  tho  head  at  100  yards 
distant  fiom  the  shore. 

From  tho  oastorn  ontranco  point  a  wharf  projects  to  the  north- 
ward, at  winch  tlio  local  mail  steanuT  discharges  her  cargo;  to  tlin 
eastward  of  this  wharf  a  rock  and  shual  water  extend,  160  yards 
from  sliore. 

Oommunlcatlon. — Tlie  telegraph  office  in  connection  with  the 
Ai)g]'>-American  Com])any  is  in  the  c<nirthou80,  a  white  wooden 
building  on  the  summit  of  the  slope  to  the  southward  of  the 
magistrate's  liouse. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  he  obtained  off 
Bannatyne  and  Pleasant  Coves,  in  10  fathoms  water,  or  less  as  con- 
venient, tho  former  depth  being  found  at  a  little  more  tlian  200 
yards  from  shore. 

Birchy  Cove,  a  nmall  curve  in  the  cofi"t  nbouf  1+  milos  onstward 
of  Pleasant  Covo,  niay  bo  recognized  by  a  church,  a  wooden  build- 
ing painted  white,  with  a  small  spire,  and  the  parsonage,  a  large 
two-storied  house  with  a  clock  in  the  gable  end  facing  the  river; 
there  is  no  danger  beyond  a  short  distance  fnnn  shore  of  this  covo. 

Communication. — Railway  to  St.  Johns  and  Port  Basque. 

Supplies. — Fresh  provisions  can  bo  obtained  at  Birchy  Cove. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  Birchy  Cove  as 
convenient,  dej)ths  of  10  fathoms  being  found  at  335  yards,  and  of 
20  fathoms  at  400  yards  from  shore. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Birchy  Cove  at 
lOh.  26m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet ;  neaps  range  2| 
feet. 

Corner  Brook,  1\  miles  eastward  of  Birchy  Cove,  is  shoal  to  the 
line  of  De  Grouchy  Point,  the  west  entrance  point,  and  the  wharf, 
that  projects  i  mile  from  the  sawmill  at  the  mouth  of  the  brook. 
There  is  a  depth  of  15  feet  alongside  the  wharf  at  low  water,  deep- 
ening rapidly  to  5  fathoms.  A  considerable  settlement  is  built 
near  the  sawndll. 

Humber  River. — The  Bar,  a  shallow  flat,  with  two  rocks,  awash 
at  low  water,  situated  close  to  its  north  extreme,  extends  f  mile 
from  the  head  of  Humber  Arm  and  falls  suddenly  to  deep  water. 

Great  cavtion  should  be  used  in  approaching  tlie  Bar,  as  the  lead 
gives  but  little  indication  of  the  immediate  approach. 

Three  streams  discharge  into  the  head  of  Humber  Arm.  The 
deepest  and  southernmost,  named  the  Humber,  which  is  the  second 
largest  river  in  Newfoundland,  flows  from  Deer  Pond,  and  is  nav- 
igable for  boats  when  the  stream  is  not  too  strong.  Large  rafts  of 
timber  are  floated  down  this  stream  from  the  neighborhood  of  Grand 
Pond. 


ANCIIOUAOKM. 


2r>.'i 


nt,  ami  dividtnl 
)uit,  is  400  yards 
load  at  100  yards 

)ct8  to  the  north- 
lior  cargo ; 
xtend,  IBO  yards 

mection  with  the 

a  white  wooden 

luthward  of  the 

,y  be  obtained  off 
,ter,  or  less  as  con- 
le  more  than  200 

■j^  TTiilew  eastward 
1,  a  wooden  build- 
arsonage,  a  large 
facing  the  river; 
shore  of  this  cove. 
Port  Basque, 
at  Birchy  Cove, 
ff  Birchy  Cove  as 
,  335  yards,  and  of 

n  Birchy  Cove  at 
t;  neaps  range  2 J 

ove,  is  shoal  to  the 
nt,  and  the  wharf, 
)uth  of  the  brook, 
low  water,  deep- 
ettlement  is  built 

h  two  rocks,  awash 
ne,  extends  i  mile 
nly  to  deep  water. 
he  Bar,  as  the  lead 
•oach. 

umber  Arm.  The 
which  is  the  second 
Pond,  and  is  nav- 
ig.  Large  rafts  of 
hborhood  of  Grand 


The  hills  betwoon  Humbor  River  and  Wild  Covo  are  flat-topped, 
and  in  terraces,  attaining  ati  ch^vation  of  I,  I  BO  f(<et,  the  rock  on  the 
wt>st(trn  face  sliowiug  a  deep  1)luc  color  in  ordinary  weather.  The 
west  point  of  Wild  Cove  is  forn»ed  by  earth  cliffs  about  60  feet  higli, 
fronting  a  table-land  of  good  soil,  which  extends  to  the  base  of  the 
hills. 

Between  Wild  Cove  and  Hughes  Brook  is  a  wedge-Hhape<l  wooded 
hill,  !»43  Lot  high,  falling  steeply  to  the  eastward,  with  a  smaller 
wooded  mound  160  feet  liigh  to  tlie  southward. 

Tucker  Head,  a  mound  131  f(s  high,  is  situated  on  the  north 
shore  about  a  mile  fnmi  the  numth  of  Hughes  Brook. 

Irishtown  consists  of  a  conspicuous  whito  house  and  a  few  other 
smaller  buihlings  situated  round  a  snmll  cove  westward  of  Tucker 
Head.     Inner  Aspen  Point  is  the  west  extreme  of  this  cove. 

Petitpas  Cove,  S  mile  westward  of  Rood  Point,  has  a  consider- 
able settlement  round  the  shores,  and  a  wooden  church,  painted 
white,  with  a  opue.     Tliere  is  also  a  sawmill  and  several  wharves. 

Anchorage. — There  are  no  dangers  beyond  a  short  distance  from 
shore,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  Petitpas  Cove,  in  from  13 
to  19  fathoms  water,  depths  of  20  fathoms  being  found  at  \  mile 
from  shore,  but  the  holding  ground  is  not  very  good.  The  best 
anchorage  is  with  the  church  bearing  about  N.  61°  E.  (N.  89°  E. 
mag.),  in  a  depth  suitable  to  the  length  of  the  vessel.  The  anchor- 
age here  is  better  than  at  Birchy  Cove  for  any  lengthened  stay. 

Davis  Cove,  affording  no  anchorage  for  vessels,  is  immediately 
westward  of  Petitpas  Cove.  It  may  be  recognized  by  a  waterfall 
above  the  mouth  of  the  brook  emptying  into  the  cove. 

Meer  Point,  2  miles  from  Davis  Cove,  is  low  and  flat,  sloping 
gently  from  a  hill  200  feet  high,  close  to  the  coast.  Between  it  and 
Davis  Cove  are  a  series  of  small  coves. 

A  rock,  that  dries  1^  feet  at  low  water,  lies  a  short  distance  from 
the  coast  midway  between  Davis  Cove  and  Meer  Point. 

Guilem  Cove  is  situated  1|-  miles  northward  of  Meer  Point,  at 
the  mouth  of  a  deep  valley,  drained  by  a  stream,  which  has  formed 
a  shoal  extending  350  yards  from  its  moiith. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  12  fathoms  water, 
with  the  south  extreme  of  the  land,  near  Meer  Point,  bearing  S. 
20°  E.  (S.  8°  W.  mag.)  and  the  mouth  of  the  brook  N.  29°  E.  (N. 
C7°  E,  mag.),  at  300  yards  from  the  shore,  the  depths  decreasing 
gradually  to  the  eastward  and  southward  of  this  position. 

Big  Head,  the  northern  entrance  point  of  Skeleton  Cove,  is  a 
steep  cliff  falling  from  a  dark  wooded  cone  448  feet  high.  Rattler 
brook  flows  to  th'e  sea  in  a  conspicuous  waterfall,  600  yards  north- 
ward of  Big  Head. 


t 


254 


NK\VFOUNi)LANl>-    v/  ,  ST   0OA8T. 


iM 


Maolver  Oove  in  Hitimtod  iiortlnviinl  of  Riittlcr  Brook,  and 
Mju:ivtM'  Isliiiul,  II  bjiro  rook,  16  f«M<t  ImkIii  nt"iv  tho  Noiith  Hxtromo 
of  t\w  covu,  iH  joinud  to  thu  iiuuiiluiut  Ity  u  hIiouI. 

Anchorage. — Anchoriigo  may  bo  ohtainnd  hetwooii  Macivor 
iMliitid  and  Uuttlur  Brook,  as  convt^niuiit,  doptiiH  of  10  fathoum 
being  fojiiul  at  400  yards  and  of  !i()  fathoms  at  000  yards,  rtmpec- 
tivwly,  from  slioro. 

Woods  or  Harbor  Island,  separated  by  a  channel,  1,800  yards 
broad,  from  tne  north  entrance  point  to  Humber  Arm,  and  by  a 
passage,  nearly  H  miles  wide,  fnmi  shore  southward  of  that  en- 
trance, is  wooded  throughout,  tlie  northwestern  {)art  rising  to  a 
small  range  of  hills  248  feet  liigh,  while  the  central  portion  grad- 
ually attains  an  elevation  of  105  feet. 

A  small  settlement,  with  a  considerable  space  of  cultivated  ground 
attached  to  it,  is  situated  near  the  south  extreme  of  the  island,  and 
there  are  several  houses  on  the  east  and  west  shores. 

A  shoal,  composed  of  rock,  covered  in  places  with  sand,  and 
having  depths  of  from  one  to  G  feet  water  over  it,  extends  350 
yards  southeastward  from  the  8E.  extreme  of  Woods  Island,  and 
deepens  rapidly  to  6  fathoms  water. 

Woods  Harbor  consists  of  two  bends,  the  western  GOO  yards, 
and  the  eastern  1,000  yards  in  length,  and  400  yards  in  width. 

A  reef,  that  imcovers  at  low  water,  extends  100  yards  from  the 
80\ith  entrance  point,  and  narrows  the  passage,  of  12  feet  at  low 
water,  to  a  breadth  of  96  yards. 

Puffin  Islands  extend  northwestward  of  the  NW.  extreme  of 
Woods  Island ;  the  southern  island  has  a  group  of  trees  on  each 
of  its  two  mounds,  which  are  91  feet  above  high  water. 

The  passage  between  the  southern  island  and  the  NW.  extreme 
of  Woods  Island  is  a  few  yards  wide  and  only  adapted  for  boats,  a 
rock  that  uncovers  lying  in  the  middle. 

Vesuvius  Rock,  with  H  feet  water  over  it,  is  the  northwestern 
extreme  of  a  ledge  extending  NNW.  750  yards  from  the  north 
extreme  of  PuflBn  Islands.  The  apparent  entrances  of  Middle  Arm, 
open  N.  87°  E.  (S.  G5°  E.  mag.),  leads  NE. 

Outer  Shag  Bock,  f  mile  eastward  of  Puffin  Island,  is  a  round 
dark  islet  18  feet  high. 

The  passages  between  the  rock  and  Woods  Island  should  not  be 
attempted. 

Middle  Arm  Point,  on  the  mainland  NE.  of  Woods  Island, 
slopes  from  a  long  wooded  ridge,  and  falls  in  small  cliffs,  having 
deep  water  close  to  it ;  a  small  bight  is  situated  immediately  south- 
ward of  the  point,  in  which  are  a  pinnacle  rock  and  a  waterfall. 

Middle  Arm  (formerly  known  as  South  Arm)  is  one  mile  wide 
at  its  entrance  between  Black  and  Northern  Heads,  and  expands 


-j'-r- 


.FK^f^fINOH   COVK — THE    NAUUOWb. 


256 


nttlcr  Brook,  and 
tho  Month  oxtrorao 

,1. 
between  Macivta- 

tliH  of  10  fathoniH 

;  1)00  yardfl,  rospec- 

launol,  1,800  yarilw 
ber  Ann,  and  by  a 
thward  of  tliat  on- 
■n  {)art  rising  to  a 
iitral  portion  grad- 

if  cultivated  ground 

e  of  the  island,  and 

lores. 

ues  with  sand,  and 

ivor  It,  extends  350 

Woods  Island,  and 

western  600  yards, 
yards  in  widtli. 
100  yards  from  the 
56,  of  13  feet  at  low 

he  NW.  extreme  of 
up  of  trees  on  each 
jh  water. 

id  the  NW.  extreme 
adapted  for  boats,  a 

is  the  northwestern 
irds  from  the  north 
nces  of  Middle  Arm, 

in  Island,  is  a  round 

Island  should  not  be 

\.  of  Woods  Island, 
small  cliffs,  having 
I  immediately  south- 
!k  and  a  waterfall, 
rm)  is  one  mile  wide 
Heads,  and  expands 


witldn  to  a  broadth  of  IJ  milo«;  it  oxtcnds  in  an  castorly  direction 
for  6i  mihjs  I  Tunguin  Hoiid,  and  tlioro  H.ipuratoH  into  two  bnincJH'H, 
thu  south  named  Goose  Arm,  and  the  northern  Penguin  (Peninau) 
Arm. 

Jennings  Cove,  H  miles  eastward  of  Black  Head,  is  Hon  yards 
deep,  hut  the  shores  are  foul  generally  for  200  yards  from  tho  high- 
water  lino. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage,  as  convenient,  may  be  obtained  in 
depths  of  from  10  to  14  fathoms  water,  in  the  middle  of  this  cove, 
but  at  the  head  the  depth  decreases  rapidly  from  6  to  3  fatlioms  at 
200  yards  from  tho  shore.  A  few  houses  are  situated  in  this  cove^ 
which  is  much  resorted  to  for  bait  by  those  fishing  off  the  mouth 
of  the  bay. 

Oox  Cove  (Frencli  Cove),  separated  from  Jennings  Cove  by  Cox 
Point,  has  a  few  houses  situated  on  the  beach,  and  affords  tempo- 
rary anchorage  in  16  fathoms  water,  but  a  considerable  sea  sets  in 
during  strong  easterly  winds. 

Farkes  Oove,  one  mile  southeastward  of  Cox  Cove,  affords 
anchorage  as  convenient,  depths  of  20  fathoms  water  being  found 
at  400  yards  from  the  shore,  gradually  decreasing  to  the  shoal 
water  extending  from  the  beach. 

Water.— Water  may  be  obtained  from  two  streams  which  flow 
into  the  cove. 

Long  Point,  forming  the  south  entrance  point  to  Goose  Arm,  is 
bold-to  and  the  low  termination  of  a  densely-wooded  round  hill, 
960  feet  high. 

Ooose  Arm,  extending  3J  miles  in  an  easterly  direction,  and 
thence  NE.  for  a  farther  distance  of  4i  miles,  is  a  little  more  than 
i  mile  wide  in  the  western  bend,  decreasing  to  200  yards  in  breadth 
at  The  Narrows,  but  expanding  norteastward  of  The  Narrows  to 
i  mile  in  width ;  the  shallow  basin  at  the  head  is  i  mile  wide. 

Two  conspicuous  landslips  show  in  the  red  earth  cliff  that  lines 
the  shore  of  a  cove  at  the  bend  of  the  south  side  of  Goose  Arm. 

A  shoal  bank  extends  from  the  landslips,  increasing  gradually 
to  i  mile  in  breadth,  off  the  entrance  to  Big  Barasway. 

Several  large  streams  flow  into  the  head  of  Goose  Arm,  but  their 
mouths  can  not  be  approached,  even  in  boats,  until  half  flood. 

Baglan  Head  is  a  remarkable  headland,  1,080  feet  high,  com- 
posed of  gray  cliff,  falling  almost  perpendiculary  to  the  water  on 
the  west  side,  and  sloping  to  Big  Barasway  to  the  southward. 

The  Narrows  are  comprised  between  Raglan  Head  on  the  east 
side  and  the  extreme  of  the  smooth  slope  of  a  peaked  hill,  611  feet 
high,  on  the  west  side.  They  are  rather  more  than  200  yards 
wide  from  shore  to  shore,  but  the  navigable  breadth  is  reduced  to 
100  yards  by  banks  extending  from  both  shores,  that  from  Raglan 


1^    ,;! 


256 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


St.     ii; 


Head  falling  suddenly  to  the  channel,  through  which  no  greater 
depth  than  4i  fathoms  will  be  found  at  low  water. 

The  summit  of  the  eastern  Sugarloaf  (over  the  head  of  Goose 
Arm),  kept  in  line  with  the  north  extremes  of  William  Wheeler 
Point  and  of  Raglan  Head,  bearing  N.  50°  E.  (N.  78°  E.  mag.), 
will  lead  between  the  shoals  on  either  side,  iiutil  the  landslip  in 
the  curve  south  of  Big  Barasway  is  in  line  with  the  bowlders 
on  the  apparent  south  extreme  of  Raglan  Head,  S.  31°  W.  (S.  49° 
W.  mag.),  when  the  middle  of  the  arm  may  be  steered  for.  A 
house  stands  on  the  west  side  of  The  Narrows. 

Penguin  Cove,  situated  on  the  north  shore,  immediately  within 
the  entrance  to  Goose  Arm,  is  free  from  danger. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  14  fathoms  water 
300  yards  from  the  head  of  this  cove,  but  the  holding  ground  is 
not  good. 

Penguin  Head,  the  div^iding  point  between  Goose  and  Penguin 
Arms,  is  the  extreme  of  a  remarkable  flat-topped,  isolated,  and 
bare  gray  hill,  1,020  fee\  high,  which  has  on  it  a  few  trees,  and  is 
bold-to. 

Penguin  Arm  (formerly  known  as  Penman  Arm)  ertends  with 
a  slight  curve  3|-  mile:  northeastward  of  Penguin  Head,  and  is 
free  from  danger,  having  deep  water.  There  is  no  secure  anchor- 
age for  large  vessels  in  this  arm,  though  schooners  seeking  bait 
anchor  near  the  shore  in  the  curves  of  the  coast. 

Coast. — The  north  shore  of  Middle  Arm  falls  generally  in  gray 
cliffs  fronting  densely  wooded  hills,  but  has  no  danger  beyond  a 
few  yards  from  the  shore. 

Seal  Cove,  on  the  north  shore  at  1 J  miles  from  the  entrance  to 
Middle  Arm,  is  an  indentation  400  yards  deep,  but  affords  no 
shelter,  shoal  water  extending  350  yards  from  the  head. 

Old  Woman  Head,  a  remarkable  hill  1,030  feet  high,  standing 
about  midway  between  Middle  and  North  Arms,  falls  in  a  steep 
cliff  to  the  southward  and  in  a  sharp  fall  to  the  northward,  and 
shows  conspicuously  over  the  coast  ranges. 

Northern  Head  of  Middle  Arm  falls  in  a  steep  cliff  about  300 
feet  high,  with  curiously  thin  stripes  of  quartz  following  the 
stratification,  which  is  much  contorted.  The  coast  curves  to 
the  northward  round  a  small  cove,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a 
streamlet,  and  the  striped  veins  of  quartz  show  as  far  as  North 
Arm  Point.     This  shore  is  foul  for  a  distance  of  350  yards. 

Eagle  Island,  113  feet  high,  lies  1^  miles  westward  of  Northern 
Head.  The  west  side  consists  of  steep  cliffs,  striped  vertically 
with  red  and  gray  rock,  and  near  the  west  extreme  is  a  conspicu- 
ous mass  of  sandstone,  projecting  from  the  other  rock  of  whicli 
the  island  is  composed.  The  east  shore  slopes  steeply  in  a  grassy 
sward  to  a  beach  of  shingle  at  the  base. 


which  no  greater 
r. 

he  head  of  Goose 
■William  Wheeler 
(N.  78°  E.  mag.), 
til  the  landslip  in 
dth  the  bowlders 
S.  21°  W.  (S.  49° 
le  steered  for.    A 

Qmediately  within 

14  fathoms  water 
holding  ground  is 

Joose  and  Penguin 
)ped,  isolated,  and 
a  few  trees,  and  is 

A.rm)  ertends  with 
guin  Head,  and  is 
J  no  secure  anchor- 
oners  seeking  br.it 

s  generally  in  gray 
o  danger  beyond  a 

'om  the  entrance  to 
ep,  but  affords  no 
he  head. 

feet  high,  standing 
ms,  falls  in  a  steep 
;he  northward,  and 

iteep  cliff  about  300 
artz  following  the 
le  coast  curves  to 
lead  of  which  is  a 
3W  as  far  as  North 
)f  350  yards, 
(stward  of  Northern 
i,  striped  vertically 
treme  is  a  conspicii- 
ther  rock  of  whicL. 
3  steeply  in  a  grassy 


m<IM|N«l«MM*WI 


FISHERMAN    ROCK. 


257 


Low  rocks  and  sunken  dangers  extend  200  yards  from  the  north 
and  south  extremes. 

Fisherman  Rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  in  the  channel 
between  the  mainland  and  Eagle  Island,  1,400  yards  southward  of 
North  Arm  Point. 

A  shoal,  with  17  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel 
between  Eagle  Island  and  the  mainland.  From  it  the  north 
extreme  of  Eagle  Island  bears  N.  81°  W.  (N.  53°  W.  mag.),  distant 
i  mile. 

North  Arm,  entered  between  North  Arm  Point  to  the  south- 
ward, and  Stowbridge  Head  to  the  northward,  is  nearly  2  miles 
wide  at  the  entrance,  from  which  it  extends  with  one  bend  for  a 
distance  of  8  mi^es  to  the  eastward. 

North  Arm  Cove,  at  i  mile  SE.  from  North  Arm  Point,  has  a 
beach  of  shingle  at  the  head. 

Anchorage.— The  anchorage  here  is  not  good,  but  temporary 
stay  may  be  made  by  small  vessels,  in  14  fathoms  water,  off  the 
middle  of  the  cove,  the  water  shoaling  rapidly  from  thence  to  the 
beach. 

An  open  cove  is  situated  on  the  south  shore  of  North  Arm,  4^ 
miles  eastward  of  North  Arm  Point;  at  its  entrance  a  rocky  bank, 
with  6  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  400  yards  from  the  north  shore, 
and  a  shoal  extends  from  the  south  shore,  at  i  mile  from  the  head, 
with  depths  of  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  over  it. 

Harbor  Cove,  f  mile  deep,  and  about  300  yards  wide,  has  no 
dangers  except  a  shoal,  with  2  fathoms  water  over  it,  extending 
nearly  200  yards  southward  from  the  north  entrance  point ;  a  small 
bank,  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends  a  short  distance  from 
the  south  side  of  the  narrowest  part. 

Water.— Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  cascade  which  falls 
into  the  east  side,  and  from  a  considerable  stream  discharging  intc 
the  head  of  the  cove. 

Coast.— The  east  shore  of  North  Arm,  nortlieastward  of  Harbor 
Cove,  surmounted  by  wooded  hills  from  300  to  400  feet  high,  is  free 
from  danger  beyond  a  short  distance  fro\n  the  coast;  the  water 
is  deep,  and  there  is  no  convenient  anchorage  in  the  whole  of  this 
part  of  the  arm,  except  for  small  vessels. 

At  the  head  is  the  mouth  cf  a  shallow  stream,  flowing  from  ,. 
deep  valley  that  extends  many  miles  inland,  between  high  ranees 
of  hills. 

Stowbridge  Head  is  a  square  mound,  87  feet  high,  situated 
westward  of  Stone  Brook,  on  the  west  side  of  a  small  shingle  beach, 
on  which  are  some  houses. 

A  black  rock,  12  feet  high,  lies  in  the  cove  west  of  Stowbridge 
Head,  and  westward  of  this  the  coast  falls  in  small  cliffs,  with  an 
outlying  small  islet  10  feet  high. 


inr' 


258 


NEWFOUNnLAND WEST    COAST. 


:«l 


*l! 


I      I 


B       'Ilii  i 


m 


Anchorage. — A  few  horses  are  situated  on  the  shores  of  Liver- 
pool Cove,  westward  of  Liverpool  Brook,  and  anchorage  may  be 
obtained,  with  offshore  winds,  southward  of  Liverpool  Brook,  in 
18  fathoms  water. 

Farkes  Rock,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it  and  6  to  8  fathoms 
around,  is  1^  miles  southward  from  the  houses  in  Liverpool  Cove ; 
from  it  North  Arm  Point  is  l^V  miles  S.  26°  E.  (S.  2°  W.  mag.). 
There  is  a  shoal  with  6  fathoms  water  over  it,  ^  mile  south  of 
Parkes  Rock. 

Upper  Crabb  Brook  discharges  at  the  north  extreme  of  the 
curve  in  a  beach  of  shingle,  extending  from  Buck  Head  to  Crabb 
Point,  and  distant  one  mile  from  the  former;  several  houses  are 
built  close  to  the  mouth  of  the  brook. 

A  flat  of  sand  and  stones  extends  to  the  southward,  depths  of  3 
fathoms  being  found  at  200  yards,  and  of  10  fathoms  at  400  yards 
from  the  shore. 

Middle  Crabb  Brook  is  at  a  shingle  point  projecting  to  the 
southward  800  yards  westward  of  Upper  Crabb  Brook ;  i  mile  SSE. 
of  the  point  is  a  shoal  with  4^  fathoms  water  on  it,  the  wator  deep- 
ening suddenly  to  12  fathoms  southward  of  the  shoal. 

Lower  Crabb  Brook,  a  large  stream  discharging  its  waters  at 
the  west  extreme  of  the  beach  of  shingle,  and  draining  a  deep  val- 
ley, which  extends  inland  to  the  foot  of  the  north  slope  of  Mount 
St.  Gregory,  has  several  houses  standing  close  to  its  mouth. 

A  bank  extends  from  the  shore  to  the  eastward  of  the  mouth  of 
Lower  Crabb  Brook  for  335  yards,  to  depths  of  3  fathoms,  falling 
suddenly  from  7  to  30  fathoms  at  a  further  distance  of  200  yards 
to  the  southeastward. 

Crabb  Point  falls  in  low,  dark  cliffs  from  a  small  wooded  hill- 
ock, ',il5  feet  high,  the  southernmost  extreme  of  a  long,  stony 
ridge,  that  extends  to  the  northward  and  culminates  in  Mount 
St.  Gregory.  This  is  the  turning  point  into  the  Bay  of  Islands, 
and  a  rock  lies  close  to  the  south  extreme. 

Davis  Cove,  2^  miles  northward  of  Crabb  Point  and  between 
Lower  Gulf  Rock,  22  feet  high,  and  the  Friar,  60  feet  high,  has  a 
considerable  stream  flowing  through  the  beach  of  shingle  at  its 
head,  and  is  generally  a  resort  of  fishermen  during  the  summer, 
who  build  temporary  huts  there. 

Beverly  Cove,  a  semicircular  basin  100  yards  in  diameter, 
nearly  1^  miles  northward  of  Lower  Gulf  Rock,  is  shallow  and 
surrounded  by  black  rock,  except  in  a  small  creek  immediately 
eastward  of  the  south  entrance  point,  where  the  boats  are  moored, 
and  sheltered  by  a  reef  extending  nearly  across  the  entrance;  it  is 
generally  frequented  by  fishermen  during  the  summer  months. 


li 


f'i 


MOUNT  8T.  GREGORY. 


259 


shores  of  Liver- 
chorage  may  be 
jrpool  Brook,  in 

nd  6  to  8  fathoms 
Liverpool  Cove ; 

[S.  2°  W.  mag.)- 
^  mile  south  of 

1  extreme  of  the 
k  Head  to  Crabb 
jveral  houses  are 

ward,  depths  of  3 
aoms  at  400  yards 

projecting  to  the 
;rook;  imileSSE. 
it,  the  wator  deep- 
shoal. 

rging  its  waters  at 
raining  a  deep  val- 
:th  slope  of  Mount 
o  its  mouth, 
•d  of  the  mouth  of 
3  fathoms,  falling 
itance  of  200  yards 

small  vrooded  hill- 
e  of  a  long,  stony 
Iminates  in  Mount 
he  Bay  of  Islands, 

Point  and  between 

60  feet  high,  has  a 

3h  of  shingle  at  its 

uring  the  summer, 

yards  in  diameter, 
ock,  is  shallow  and 
creek  immediately 
le  boats  are  moored, 
!S  the  entrance ;  it  is 
Slimmer  months. 


The  Qreen  Handkerchief,  a  remarkable  grassy  sward  on  the 
cliff,  700  yards  from  Beverly  Cove,  shows  conspicuously  from  sea- 
ward, being  bright  green  during  the  summer  months,  and  of  a 
yellow  hue  during  spring  and  autumn;  a  similar  sward,  but  mu(!h 
smaller,  is  a  short  distances  northward  of  the  Green  Handkerchief. 

A  conspicuoiis  waterfall  flows  over  dark  black  clift's  ^  mile  south- 
ward of  Noi'th  Head,  {).nd  from  the  mouth  of  this  stream  a  rocky 
ledge,  that  nearly  dries  at  low  water,  extends  150  yards,  and  makes 
landing  difficult  for  boats.  A  small  headland,  with  dark  cliffs,  in 
which,  at  some  elevation,  is  a  largo  cave,  lies  between  the  water- 
fall and  the  shingle  beach  extending  to  North  Head;  two  small 
streams  flow  through  the  shingle  beach. 

North  Head,  a  low  cliff,  64  feet  high,  composed  of  red  earth, 
fronts  a  marshy  plateau,  that  is  generally  green  in  summer,  at  the 
foot  of  the  slope  from  Mount  St.  Gregory ;  it  is  fringed  by  bowlders 
that  uncover  at  low  water,  extending  to  a  distance  of  200  yards, 
shoal  water  continuing  for  another  300  yards;  on  ihis  shelf  are 
two  rocks,  with  2  feet  water  over  them,  lying  400  yards  N.  87°  W. 
(N.  59°  W.  mag.)  from  North  Head. 

Mount  St.  Gregory,  the  highest  peak  in  the  neighborhood, 
when  seen  from  the  southwestward  presents  the  appearance  of  a 
sharp  peak,  but  from  the  westward  it  shows  three  small,  though 
distinct,  summits,  the  middle  and  largest  one  being  composed  of  a 
mass  of  stones  and  bowlders,  the  top  of  which  is  2,240  feet  above 
the  sea. 

The  western  face  of  the  mountain  is  bare  and  stony,  with  deep 
gullies  reaching  generally  to  its  baee  which  lies  directly  behind 
the  beach.  Northward  the  slopes  ai  -ooded  and  more  gradual, 
falling  away  toward  the  valley  of  th  >  St.  Gregory  Eiver,  about  3^ 
miles  distant. 

Tidal  Streams. — From  observations  made  in  the  month  of  June, 
1881,  no  law  could  be  deduced  "i*  the  tidal  s^^eams  in  Bay  of  Is- 
lands, On  the  13th  June  (mo(.)n's  age,  16  days),  from  8h.  20m.  a.  m. 
till  Gh.  45m.  p.  m.  the  stream  set  wit}i  a  slight  curve  in  an  easterly 
direction  from  Guernsey  Island,  while  from  9h.  20m.  a.  m.  to  5h. 
10m.  p.  m.  of  the  same  day  it  ran  nearly  north  from  Pearl  Island, 
and  at  the  same  time  set  with  a  velocity  of  about  one  knot  an  hour 
up  Middle  Arm.    , 

During  the  months  of  May,  June,  and  July  the  surface  stream 
of  Huraber  Arm  ran  almost  continuously  toward  the  sea,  while  an 
undercurrent  was  found  to  run  in  the  opfjosite  direction.  This 
northwesterly  stream  is  split  by  Woods  Island,  and  runs  with  a 
velocity  of  nearly  1^  knots  an  hour  over  the  shoal  at  the  SE.  ex- 
treme of  that  island.  The  easterly  stream  also  converges  tc'  Hum- 
ber  Arm  lound  Woods  Island,  decroa.3ing  in  strength  on  the  tmrface 
as  it  nears  the  river. 


Tt"^ 


\      ,i! 


Ill 


260 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


Through  the  Narrows  of  Goose  Arm  the  tide  runs  with  a  velocity 
of  2  knots  an  liour  at  spring  tides,  the  time  of  turn  of  stream  being 
irregular  with  respect  to  the  high  water,  varying  Avith  the  direction 
of  the  wind  and  the  quantity  of  water  discharged  by  the  streams  at 
the  head  of  the  arm. 

Near  ail  shoals  and  banks,  especially  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Vesuvius  Rock,  a  stream  was  found  not  governed  by  any  apparent 
law,  but  attaining  occasionally  a  velocity  of  1^  knots  an  hour  close  ■ 
to  the  shoals,  though  scarcely  perceptible  at  J  mile  distant  from 
them. 

Population. — The  residents  of  the  Bay  of  Islands  and  neighbor- 
hood are  of  mixed  nationality,  comprising  descendants  of  deserters 
from  French  vessels  of  war,  former  inhabitants  of  the  east  coast  of 
Newfoundland  (principally  of  Irish  descent),  and  natives  of  Nova 
Scotia,  the  last  named  being  employed  pi"incipally  at  the  sawmills. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1105  and  B.  A.  Chart  No.  2834.) 

Coast. — From  North  Head  the  shore  is  composed  of  a  stony  beach, 
fringed  with  rocky  ledges  and  backed  by  a  steep  clay  bank,  behind 
which  rise  the  slopes  of  Mount  St.  Gregory  and  the  hills  falling 
from  it.  The  rocky  ledges  extend  generally  about  300  yards  from 
the  bank,  but  there  are  places,  viz,  near  North  Head  and  f  mile 
from  St.  Gregory  River,  where  it  extends  to  300  and  400  yards, 
respectively.  At  Shoal  Cove,  f  mile  from  North  Head,  there  is  a 
cluster  of  buildings  used  as  u  l!jT:3ter  factory. 

Chimney  Cove  Head,  lying  4  miles  from  North  Head,  is  a  slight 
projection,  450  feet  high,  forming  a  perpendicular  cliff  on  its  west- 
ern side ;  to  the  SE.  it  falls  toward  the  river  valley  in  a  conspicu- 
ous green  slope  extending  from  base  to  summit. 

Immediately  south  is  the  entrance  to  St.  Gregory  River,  barred 
by  numerous  stones  and  bowlders  that  dry  at  low  water ;  it  is  a 
small  shallow  stream,  flowing  from  the  hilly  country  inland.  On 
the  south  side  of  the  entrance  is  a  low  epit  of  sand  and  shingle  on 
which  are  several  huts,  and  a  few  houses  may  be  seen  on  the  green 
slopes  behind. 

Anchorage. — Fair  anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  Chimney 
Cove,  during  winds  eastward  of  south,  in  from  12  to  14  fathoms 
water. 

Cape  St.  Gregory.— From  Chimney  Cove  Head  the  coast  north- 
ward to  Cape  St.  Gregory,  a  distance  of  one  mile,  is  compo.sed  of 
cliffs  fronted  by  rocks,  some  of  which  are  20  feet  in  height.  Here 
a  shelf  of  level  ground,  about  200  yardw  wide,  projects  from  the 
h'gher  cliffs  and  forms  the  cai)e,  the  cliff.s  of  which  are  75  feet  high. 
It  is  steep-to,  like  all  this  portion  of  the  coast,  but  during  bad 
weather  there  is  a  very  heavy  confused  sea,  and  at  such  time  small 
vessels  should  keep  at  least  2  miles  offshore. 


^liSiiwiM 


DEPTHS   OFF   SHORE. 


261 


witli  a  velocity 
)f  stream  being 
th  the  directiou 
y  the  streams  at 

leighborhood  of 
by  any  apparent 
•ts  an  hour  close 
ile  distant  from 

is  and  neighbor- 
[ants  of  deserters 
:  the  east  coast  of 
natives  of  Nova 
■  at  the  sawmills. 

2884.) 

i  of  a  stony  beach, 
clay  bank,  behind 
1  the  hills  falling 
ut  200  yards  from 
Head  and  |  mile 
[)0  and  400  yards, 
h  Head,  there  is  a 

h  Head,  is  a  slight 

ar  clifE  on  its  west- 

ey  in  a  conspicu- 

Tory  River,  barred 
low  water ;  it  is  a 
untry  inland.  On 
and  and  shingle  on 
e  seen  on  the  green 

dned  off  Chimney 
12  to  14  fathoms 

ead  the  coast  north- 
lule,  is  composed  of 
,et  in  height.  Here 
-J,  projects  from  the 
i'ch  are  75  feet  high, 
ist,  but  during  bad 
at  such  time  small 


Ocast. — Northward  of  Cape  St.  Gregory  the  coast  continues  to 
bo  formed  of  high  cliffs,  behind  which  are  wooded  hills  and  deep 
ravines.  There  are  few  places  available  for  landing,  the  best  being 
in  a  small  bight  known  as  Rencontre  Cove,  1^  miles  from  Cape  St. 
Gregory ;  here  boats  may  land  safely  in  any  weather,  except  when 
blowing  from  the  NW. 

In  this  vicinity  a  conspicuous  cliff,  nearly  1,000  feet  high,  recedes 
a  little  from  the  f o.  d  shore  and  terminates  in  a,  series  of  white  rocky 
hills  which  mark  this  part  of  the  coast. 

Big  Cove  Head  is  a  noticeable  headland  which  forms  the  tan- 
gent of  the  land  when  rounding  Cape  St.  Gregory.  It  is  5  miles 
fiom  tlie  cape  and  820  feet  high,  rising  almost  perpendicularly  from 
the  water ;  northeastward  the  high  land  culminates  in  a  summit, 
1,040  feet  in  height,  the  eastern  side  of  which  slopes  quickly  down 
toward  Trout  River.  • 

Depths  Oflf  Shore.—  As  before  remarked,  the  whole  of  this  shore 
is  steep-to,  the  20-fathom  line  being  about  i  mile  distant.  In 
the  neighborhood  of  Big  Cove  Head,  however,  this  line  begins  to 
I'un  off  the  land,  forming  an  extensive  bank,  2^  to  4  miles  wide, 
which  stretches  off  in  a  northeasterly  direction.  Oft'  the  entrance 
to  Bonne  Bay  the  center  of  this  bank,  wliere  the  depths  are  from 
13  to  15  fathoms,  over  sand  and  gravel,  is  10  miles  from  land,  with 
soundings  of  21  to  65  fathoms  inside  it. 

A  little  south  westward  of  Bit;-  Cove  Head,  and  rather  more  than 
i  mile  from  shore,  there  is  a  small  patch  of  10  fathoms,  with  12 
and  15  fathoms  around,  and  2-^-^  miles  north  from  the  head  there 
is  another  patch,  known  as  Trout  River  Rock,  with  13  fathoms 
water  over  it  and  22  to  24  fathoms  around.  Both  these  rocks  are 
favorite  resorts  of  the  local  fishermen,  and  dxiring  fine  weather 
numbers  of  boats  may  be  observed  anchored  near  them. 

Trout  River. — At  If  miles  from  Big  Cove  Head  the  shore  forms 
a  deep  biglit,  in  the  southern  corner  of  which,  sheltered  from  the 
sea  by  a  projecting  headland,  is  the  entrance  to  Trout  River,  a 
small  stream  discharging  from  a  series  of  extensive  ponds,  which 
begins  a  little  over  a  mile  from  the  sea.  The  river  bar  has  from  2 
to  3  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  but  it  is  encumbered  by  bowlders, 
and  only  small  boats  can  cross  it. 

On  a  sandy  beach  at  either  side  of  the  river's  mouth  and  on  the 
rising  bank  behind  there  are  several  houses,  containing  about  170 
inhabitants,  who  are  engaged  in  the  cod  and  lobster  fisheries. 

Communicatiou. — From  this  settlement  there  is  a  rough  road 
to  the  south  ai  ui  of  Bonne  Bay.  and  the  coasting  steamer  to  and 
fi'om  that  place  occasionally  calls  oft"  the  river  during  fine  weather. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  with  oft'shore  winds,  off  tlie  mid- 
dle of  the  bight  in  from  9  to  10  fathoms  water;  small  vessels  may 


.-J&B^- 


262 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


iy»   it 


go  closer  in,  but  when  the  wind  comes  from  seaward  there  is  usually 
a  heavy  ground  swell. 

Coast. — The  coast  northeastward  of  Trout  River  is  cliffy  and 
fronted  by  low  water  rocks  and  ladges,  extending  in  some  places 
200  yards  from  land.  There  are  occasional  patches  of  conspicuous 
red  cliff  and  steep  slopes,  forming  low  headlands  covered  with  grass, 
the  bright  green  of  which  is,  in  summer,  in  strong  contrast  to  the 
dark  sjiruce-covered  hills  above. 

Immediately  over  the  coast,  the  hills  rise  to  a  considerable  eleva- 
tion, and  further  inland  may  be  seen  the  seaward  face  and  upper 
portion  of  an  exteifsive  table-land  composed  of  sandstone  cliffs  and 
rocks  quite  bare  of  vegetation,  which  begins  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
large  ponds  behind  Trout  Ri'rer,  and  reaches  across  to  within  1^ 
miles  of  the  South  Arm  of  Bonne  Bay. 

At  3i  miles  from  Trout  River  Bight,  v.-'here  one  of  the  green 
slopes  leaves  a  narrow  strip  of  flat  land  behind  the  shore,  there  are 
one  or  two  huts.  This  place  is  locally  known  as  Green  Garden, 
and  during  tho  summer  is  occn])ied  by  fishermen  from  Bonne  Bay. 

Off  Green  Garden  the  low-water  feature  extends  rather  more 
than  200  yards,  with  some  small  detached  rocks  a  little  to  the 
■northeastward.  At  f  mile  farther  NE.  is  Skinner  Cove,  where  a 
small  stream  runs  into  the  sea ;  here  the  very  steep  slopes  rise  grad- 
ually to  1,000  feet  in  Western  Head,  the  turning  point  of  the  shore 
toward  Borne  Bay. 

Tt  is  easily  recop;nized  from  the  SW.  as  being  the  extreme  of  the 
high  southern  shore,  and  also  by  the  detached  rocks  under  it,  the 
highest  of  which  is  57  feet  above  high  water. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1209.) 

Bonne  Bay,  an  extensive  inlet,  the  entrance  to  which,  from 
Western  Head  on  the  LOuth  to  Lobster  Cove  Head  on  the  north, 
is  nearly  4  miles  across,  extends  in  a  southeasterly  direction  for 
about  6  miles,  then  separates  into  two  long  deep  arms,  the  eastern 
L'ong  ,' -  miles  in  length,  with  an  average  breadth  of  f  mile,  the 
western,  or  South  >.rm,  4  miles  long  and  a  little  more  than  ^  mile 
wide. 

The  water  in  Bonne  Bay  is  generally  too  deep  for  anchorage,  but 
there  are  some  parts  of  it,  hereafter  referred  to,  where  good  shel- 
ter may  be  obtained  in  a  moderate  depth  of  water. 

The  soundings,  in  the  approach  to  the  bay,  are  clearly  marked 
by  a  belt  of  deep  water,  in  which  ther  >  a,re  from  60  to  80  fathoms; 
this  belt  extends  about  4^  miles  outside,  where,  between  the  50 
fathoms  limit,  it  is  4  miles  across. 

Sailing  vessels  entering  Bonne  Bay  during  strong  southerly  or 
westerly  winds  should  be  prepared  for  the  violent  squalls  that 
blow  off  the  high  land  on  the  southern  side. 


.1 


.  there  is  usually 

ver  is  cliffy  and 
:  in  some  places 
IS  of  consi)icuous 
yered  with  grass, 
g  contrast  to  the 

nsiderable  eleva- 
d  face  and  upper 
adstone  cliffs  and 
le  vicinity  of  the 
TOSS  to  within  li 

3ne  of  the  green 
e  shore,  there  are 
as  Green  Garden, 
from  Bonne  Bay. 
ends  rather  more 
ks  a  little  to  the 
ler  Cove,  where  a 
p  slopes  rise  grad- 
point  of  the  shore 

the  extreme  of  the 
•ocks  under  it,  the 


;e  to  which,  from 
[ead  on  the  north, 
iterly  direction  for 
3  arms,  the  eastern 
idth  of  f  mile,  the 
e  more  than  i  mile 

for  anchorage,  but 
o,  where  good  shel- 
ter. 

are  clearly  marked 
tn  60  to  80  fathoms ; 
ire,  between  the  50 

strong  southerly  or 
/^iolent  squalls  that 


EASTERN   HEAD. 


263 


The  principal  settlement  is  at  Woody  Point,  on  the  west  shore, 
6i  miles  inside  the  entrance,  and  the  population  of  the  wliole  bay 
numbers  about  1,200,  engaged  principally  in  the  cod  and  lobster 
fisheries. 

Eastern  Head,  l^  miles  inside  Western  Head,  is  high  and 
steep;  between  there  is  a  long  strip  of  shingly  beach  at  tlie  foot  of 
the  cliffs,  and  off  the  western  end  of  this  there  is  a  detached  rock, 
200  yards  from  the  shore,  which  dries  1^  feet  at  low  water. 

In  this  vicinity  vessels  should  not  approach  the  shore  within  400 
yards.  Eastern  Head,  however,  is  very  steep-to  and  may  be  ap- 
proached closely,  as  may  also  be  the  whole  of  this  shore  until 
within  f  mile  of  Woody  Point. 

From  Eastern  Head  the  steep  shore  continues,  rising,  in  high 
wooded  cliffs  and  steep  slopes,  to  a  remarkable  cliffy  escarpment 
which  culminates  in  a  summit  1,939  feet  above  the  sea;  under  the 
middle  of  this  and  directly  over  the  shore  a  large,  pinnacle-shaped 
mass  of  rock  is  conspicuous  when  seen  from  a  north  or  south 
direction. 

Woody  Point,  54  feet  in  height  and  projecting  from  the  higher 
land  behind,  which  here  rises  in  steep  slopes,  more  or  less  wooded 
and  broken  by  deep  ravines,  is  easily  recognized.  For  f  mile  out- 
side the  point  the  shore  is  dotted  with  houses,  and  on  passing  it 
the  village  will  be  seen  the  English  and  Roman  Catholic  churches 
on  the  slope  over  it  being  conspicuous. 

The  village  contains  about  230  inhabitants ;  there  are  post  aaad 
telegraph  offices,  schools,  and  churches  of  the  various  denomina- 
tions. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
calls  fortnightly  at  Bonne  Bay  during  summer  and  autumn;  and 
alternately  there  is  fortnightly  communication  by  steamer  with 
Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  this  arrangement  being  the  same  at  other 
coast  ports. 

Coal  and  Supplies.— There  is  usually  a  i'mall  quantity  of  coal 
in  store,  and  small  vessels  can  go  alongside  the  second  wharf  inside 
the  point,  where  there  is  a  least  depth  of  14  feet,  but  the  ground 
slopes  off  very  steeply.  There  is  a  coal  shed  on  the  wharf,  capable 
of  holding  about  120  tons  of  coal.  Supplies  and  fresh  provisions 
can  be  obtained  at  reasonable  rates.  It  is  intended  duiing  the 
present  year  (1897)  to  extend  the  wharf  for  a  farther  distance  of  15 
feet,  to  allow  deep-draft  ships  to  lie  alongside. 

Anchorag-e.— There  is  anchorage  about  800  yards  southward  of 
Woody  Point  in  from  12  to  20  fathoms  water,  but  the  bank,  where 
this  depth  is  available,  is  narrow  and  steep,  and  as  the  bi>y  is  sub- 
ject to  suddem  and  violent  squalls  during  bad  weather,  the  anchor- 
age can  only  ?>e  considered  as  temporary. 


i.ilpB»3' 


->,.-,.Tiatoia"irtii> 


264 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


South  Arm. — From  Woody  Point  the  shore,  with  several  houses, 
wharvep,  and  fishing  stages,  extends  in  a  southerly  direction  to  a 
low,  fiat  stony  spit  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  stream.  Off  this  spit 
the  water  shoals  a  little  and  then  deepens  toward  Hell  Cove.  On 
a  point  at  the  south  side  of  this  cove  there  is  a  wharf  and  ware- 
liouses,  now  out  of  repair,  but  formerly  used  by  a  local  trading 
company. 

There  is  a  good  road  along  this  side  of  South  Arm,  and  the  track 
from  Trout  River  meets  it  at  the  northern  side  of  Hell  Cove. 

Entrance  Point,  on  the  opposite  fide  of  the  arm,  is  a  wooded 
bluff  280  feet  high  and  with  very  steep  shores.  _  Birchy  Head,  a 
birch-covered  bluff  on  the  western  side,  is  If  miles  south  of  it,  the 
shores  on  either  side,  excepting  only  off  a  small  bight  south  of  the 
wharf  point,  being  steep-to.  The  district  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Birchy  Head  is  known  as  Silverton. 

Foul  Point  is  nearly  opposite  Birchy  Head  at  the  foot  of  the 
slope  from  a  cliffy  summit  1,180  feet  high,  which  rises  steeply  from 
the  shores.  Off  it,  a  little  more  than  100  yards,  there  is  a  small 
rock  with  only  6  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  and  depths  of  3  fathoms 
between  it  and  the  point,  and  25  fathoms  close-to  on  the  other  side. 
Vessels  proceeding  up  the  arm  should  keep  toward  the  western 
shore  to  avoid  this  rock.  The  shores  round  the  head  of  the  arm 
are  low  and  flat,  and  mud  banks  occupy  the  center  of  the  space  for 
fully  i  mile.  The  outer  edges  of  these  banks  are  very  steep,  there 
being  10  fathoms  within  30  yards  of  the  low-water  dry  portion. 

Anchorage. — In  this  locality  vessels  may  anchor  in  depths  of 
from  20  to  25  fathoms,  but  the  anchorage  is  not  recommended  on 
account  of  the  deep  water,  the  heavy  squalls  which  blow  occasion- 
ally, and  the  distance  from  the  settlement. 

Deep  Water  Cove,  a  small  bight  ^  mile  eastward  of  Entrance 
Point,  has  a  few  houses  on  the  shores,  and  the  water  is  not  too 
deep  for  anchorage,  but  it  is  not  a  desirable  berth. 

Gadds  Head  is  a  low  rounded  headland  If  miles  from  Deep 
Water  Cove.  The  greater  portion  of  the  shore  between  is  rocky 
and  steep-to  and  backed  by  wooded  hills  rising  to  elevations  of 
from  600  to  800  feet. 

From  Rattling  Brook,  a  small  stream  halfway  between  Gadds 
Head  and  Deep  Water  Cove,  the  shore  is  shelving  and  can  not  be 
approached  so  closely,  but  the  shore  around  the  head  itself  is 
steep-to,  there  being  from  14  to  30  fathoms  water  close  to  the 
rocks  on  its  northeastern  side. 

Anchorage. — Gadds  Harbor,  the  name  given  to  a  cove  on  the 
eastern  side  of  Gadds  Head,  has  anchorage  for  small  vessels  close 
to  the  shore. 

Water. — Water  can  be  easily  procured  from  Rattling  Brook. 


EAST   ARM. 


2t>5 


several  houses, 
'  direction  to  a 
.  Off  this  spit 
lell  Cove.  On 
tiarf  and  ware- 
a  local  trading 

1,  and  the  track 
lell  Cove, 
rm,  is  a  wooded 
Birchy  Head,  a 
J  south  of  it,  the 
ght  south  of  the 
neighborhood  of 

;  the  foot  of  the 
ises  steeply  from 
there  is  a  small 
)ths  of  3  fathoms 
on  the  other  side, 
vard  the  western 
head  of  the  arm 
ir  of  the  space  for 
1  very  steep,  there 
3r  dry  portion. 
!hor  in  depths  of 
recommended  on 
ch  blow  occasion- 

;srard  of  Entrance 
water  is  not  too 

h. 

miles  from  Deep 
between  is  rocky 

g  to  elevations  of 

ay  between  Gadds 
ing  and  can  not  be 
the  head  itself  is 
vater  close  to  the 

n  to  a  cove  on  the 
small  vessels  close 

Rattling  Brook. 


East  Arm,  a  deep  indentation  about  54^  miles  in  length,  on  ac- 
coimt  of  its  steep  shores  and  great  depth  rf  water,  is  ratlicr  a 
remarkable  feature. 

The  whole  of  the  central  part  forms  a  deep  basin  in  which  there 
are  depths  of  from  100  to  120  fathoms,  over  mud.  On  either  side 
the  shores  ai'e  quite  steep,  excepting  only  at  the  southwestern  cor- 
ner, where  a  narrow  inlet,  named  East  Arm  Barachois,  dries  at 
low  water,  and  from  which  banks  of  sand  and  mud  extend  al)ont 
^  mile.  On  both  sides  the  land  rises  to  a  high  elevation.  On  the 
western  side  the  slopes  are  densely  wooded,  but  on  the  eastern  some 
are  bare  and  stony. 

Western  Shore. — Shag  Cliff,  the  beginning  of  1;he  western  shore 
of  East  Arm,  is  a  gray  limestone  cliff  quite  steep-to,  rising  di- 
rectly from  the  water  to  a  height  of  393  feet.  It  is. surmounted 
by  a  clump  of  dead  trees.  Immediately  eastward  is  a  small  bay, 
with  a  white  stony  beach  terminating  in  a  low,  grass-covered  pro- 
jection, known  as  Storehouse  Point,  off  which,  at  a  distance  of  200 
yards,  there  is  a  rock  with  18  feet  water  over  it  and  6  fathoms 
between  it  and  the  shore. 

Norris  Cove,  a  small  bight  one  mile  south  of  Storehouse  Point, 
has  a  few  huts  behind  the  beach,  and  a  convenient  depth  for 
anchorage,  but  with  very  little  room. 

Tucker  Head  is  remarkable,  being  formed  by  a  high  castellated 
cliff,  420  feet  above  the  sea.  Southward  of  it  is  a  small  bight 
named  Murphys  Cove,  and  here  begin  the  banks  of  sand  and  mud 
already  mentioned  as  extending  from  the  entrance.  East  Arm 
Barachois,  Avhich  is  about  If  miles  long,  and  quite  dry  at  low  water, 
has  a  small  river,  in  which  the  salmon  fishing  is  said  to  be  good, 
flowing  into  its  head  from  a  series  of  ponds  a  short  distance  inland. 

Eastern  Shore. — The  head  of  the  eastern  shore  of  East  Arm 
forms  an  oval  basin,  f  mile  long  and  nearly  i  mile  wide,  approached 
through  a  narrow  but  deep  ana  clear  passage,  and  affording  good 
sheltered  anchorage  in  from  13  to  18  fathoms  water,  the  best  berth 
being  on  the  western  side  about  600  yards  inside  the  entrance. 

A  small  river  flows  into  the  head  of  this  basin,  and  from  it  stony 
flats  extend  for  nearly  \  mile ;  but  their  edges  being  steep,  they  do 
not  interfere  with  the  anchorage. 

Seal  Cove,  just  outside  the  basin,  has  a  few  huts  on  the  shore, 
and  vessels  may  anchor  t)ff  it,  but  during  strong  westerly  winds 
the  squalls  are  heavy,  and  boats  are  inconvenienced  by  the  short 
choppy  sea  set  up. 

From  Seal  Cove,  northwestward,  the  shores  are  very  steep-to, 
and  rise  in  bare  stone  slopes  to  a  remarkable  conical  peak,  2,135 
feet  hi'gh,  over  which  there  is  a  rough  track  to  the  interior. 


iw  J*  "•" 


266 


NEWF(HTNf)LAND WE8T   COAST. 


m 


Deer  Arm,  a  branch  of  East  Arm,  extiadiiiK  nearly  i  milos  in 
a  northerlj''  dirtfction,  lias  nt  its  head  a  low  sandy  point,  inside 
which  is  a  small  basin  dry  at  low  waf^r;  a  stream,  from  a  large 
p(jnd  under  the  mountuius  in  the  norUj.  runs  inU)  this  basin. 

The  higliest  of  these  mountains,  named  Gros  Morne,  is  a  re- 
markable mass  of  bare  rock  rising  to  a  lieight  of  5J,540  feet,  and 
forming  a  <•  mspicuous  mark  from  seaward,  being  the  highest  land 
in  the  viciiii'y. 

The  water  in  Deer  Arm  is  too  deep  for  convenient  anchorage, 
and  the  locality  is  subject  to  violent  squalls  off  the  surrounding 
hillH. 

Neddy  Harbor,  at  the  northern  entrance  of  East  Arm,  is  a 
deep  indentation  about  ^  mile  in  length,  with  an  average  breadth 
of  300  yards,  but  the  area,  outside  the  limit  of  3  fathoms,  avail- 
able for  anchorage,  is  only  700  yards  in  length  by  400  in  width. 

There  arts  uo  dangers  in  the  entrance  beyond  the  shoal  water 
extending  about  160  yards  from  the  shores  on  either  side;  but  off 
Shoal  Point,  the  next  point  outside  the  entrance,  on  the  eastern 
shore,  there  is  a  prong  o1  shoal  water  extending  to  nearly  300 
yards. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  of  moderate  size  intending  to  remain  for 
any  length  of  time  will  find* Neddy  Harbor  the  most  convenient, 
and  probably  the  best  anchorage  in  Bonne  Bay,  as  it  is  sheltered 
from  all  winds  except  those  from  SE. ;  with  these  winds  the  squalls 
are  nften  severe,  and  a  heavy  sea  is  quickly  raised.  Large  vessels 
should  moor,  as  the  space  for  them  is  confined. 

Position. — A  large  flat  bowlder  of  serpentine  rock,  marked  with 
a  broad  arrow  and  situated  on  the  western  shore  of  the  harbor,  100 
yards  from  a  small  fishing  stage  with  a  store  on  it,  is  in  latitude 
49°  31'  30"  N.,  longitude  67°  52'  27"  W. 

Norris  Cove,  a  bight  in  the  shore,  just  southward  of  Burnt 
Point,  has  a  small  settlement,  which,  with  Sandy  Cove,  contains 
about  175  inhabitants;  there  is  a  path  from  Norris  Cove  to  Roche 
Ha;  uor. 

Norris  Point,  the  western  head  of  this  cove,  has  a  ledge  of  rocks 
extending  from  it  100  yards;  between  it  and  Gadds  Head  there  is 
a  deep  and  clear  channel  named  The  Tickle,  i  mile  wide. 

Sandy  Head  is  a  conspicuous  projection  showing  a  steep,  bare, 
sandy  face  to  the  westward.  Between  it  and  Norris  Point  there 
are  several  houses  and  fishing  stages,  as  also  in  the  curve  north- 
ward of  it,  where  a  narrow  neck  separates  the  head  of  Neddy 
Harbor  from  the  sea. 

Wild  Cove  Head,  a  dark,  rocky,  wooded  point,  separates  this 
(Deckers  Cove)  from  Wild  Cove.  • 


arly  2  milos  in 
r  point,  insido 
,  from  a  lexge 
t\is  basin, 
lovne,  is  a  re- 
2,540  feet,  and 
lie  bigliost  land 

ent  anchorage, 
le  surrounding 

East  Arm,  is  a 
,verage  breadth 
fathoms,  avail- 
400  in  width, 
the  shoal  water 
ler  side ;  but  off 
I,  on  the  eastern  - 
g  to  nearly  300 

ig  to  remain  for 
(lost  convenient, 
18  it  is  sheltered 
vinds  the  squalls 
L.     Large  vessels 

3ck,  marked  with 
)f  the  harbor,  100 
it,  is  in  latitude 

;hward  of  Burnt 
ly  Cove,  contains 
ris  Cove  to  Eoche 

a  a  ledge  of  rocks 
ids  Head  there  is 
lie  wide. 

ring  a  steep,  bare, 
rorris  Point  there 
I  the  curve  north- 
e  head  of  Neddy 

int,  separates  this 


1 


WILD   COVE. 


207 


Shoal.— Lea viiig  i\w  hIioi-o  at  Wild  Covo  Hoad  an  oxtensive 
stony  Mat  fronts  thu  coast  to  Norris  Point,  tho  outor  i-dgn  of  tli») 
:i-fathom  line  being,  off  Sandy  Covo,  a  little  over  000  yards  from 
shore,  wliilo  at  half  this  distanoi*  tliorn  is  a  small  patch  with  6 
feet  water  ovor  it.  Oil'  Sandy  Head  tho  stonos  dry  for  nearly  -'OO 
yards,  and  off  Ncn-ris  Point,  when  the  edge  of  the  shoal  turns 
sharply  in  that  direction,  there  is  another  small  patch  with  only  3 
feet  over  it  at  low  water  and  U  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore. 
Directions.— Entering  Noddy  Harbor,  tho  shoal  olf  Norris  Point 
may  be  avoided  by  bringing  tb  -xtremes  of  Sliag  Cliff  and  Gadds 
Head  in  line,  bearing  N.  8a  v^.  08°  E.  mag.),  before  tho  Roman 
Catholic  church  at  Wood  over  Roberts  Wharf,  No,  4. 

Gadds  Hoad  may  be  passes  nvenient  distance,  and  Neddy 

Harbor  entered  between  the  \       u- 

Wild  Cove,  a  deep  biglu  ou  tlie  no.  Lh  side  of  Wild  Covo  Head, 
has  a  moderate  depth  of  wator,  but  the  bottom  being  stony,  and 
the  cove  exposed  to  westerly  wind  and  sea,  it  is  not  suitable  for 
anchorage, 

Salmon  Point,  a  narrow  bare  point,  composed  of  slate,  is  ^-^ 
miles  from  Wild  Cove  Head,  tho  shore  between  being  composed  of 
cliffs,  of  the  same  formation,  backed  by  tliickly-wooded  hills  and 
generally  fronted  by  a  narrow  rocky  fore  sh  .re.  The  shore  is 
fairly  steep- to,. except  close  to  Salmon  Point,  where  the  low  water 
ledges  and  foul  ground  extend  for  nearly  2on  yards. 

Ice.— Bonne  Bay  is  completely  closed  with  ice  about  2  feet  in 
thickness  from  January  to  April,  but  never  freezes  until  the  field 
ice  appears,  which  is  generally  about  the  middle  of  January,  dis- 
appearing about  the  middle  of  April.  The  first  vessel  usually 
arrives  early  in  May,  the  last  leaving  about  the  end  of  December. 
May  30,  1875,  coas!,  clearing;  May  24,  1882,  ice  on  the  coast;  June 
8,  1883,  coast  blocked. 

•rides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Norris  Cove  at  lOh. 
40m. ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  4^  feet.  There  is  considerable 
diurnal  inequality  in  the  height  of  the  tidos,  consecutive  high  and 
low  waters  differing,  about  the  time  of  .springs,  as  much  as  2  feet. 
Tidal  Streams.— The  tidal  streams  run  generally  fair  in  and 
out  of  the  East  Arm  through  The  Tickle,  where,  during  springs,  they 
are  very  strong.  In  the  South  Arm  the  direction,  during  the  ebb 
tide,  is  not  so  regular,  apparently  owing  to  the  outgoing  stream 
being  met,  and  checked,  by  the  flow  through  The  Tickle. 

Bank.— Fronting  the  northern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Bonne  Bay 
is  an  extensive  rocky  bank,  with  general  depths  of  from  12  to  17 
fathoms,  the  20-fathom  limit  terminating  10  miles  NW.  of  Western 
Head,  and  here  the  bank  is  about  1^  miles  wide.  The  bank  extends 
in  a  southwesterly  direction  from  Martin  Point,  and  has  some  small 

14910 18 


f^t^ 


2«S 


NKWFOI'NDLANI) — WK8T   COAST. 


'li; 


pjitclu'H  of  8  and  0  ftithoniM  lyin>(  fl  mileH  NNW.  of  Oreen  Point, 
tlie  lo-fathom  contour  torminuting  3^  niiloH  woHt  of  Gun  Point. 
Fish  aro  UHually  pK-ntiful  on  tliiH  bank,  and  during  flnt*  wt^athor 
nuniorouH  ]>oat8,  from  tht<  noigh1)oring  coant,  may  lutro  ])o  Hcen  at 
anchor. 

Roche  (Rooky)  Harbor,  formed  by  a  deep  indentation  in  tlio 
coaHt  line  north  of  Salmon  Point,  is  about  one  mile  deep  and  fmilo 
wide;  it  aflfords  good  anchorage,  except  diiring  strong  vnnds  from 
the  westward,  when  a  heavy  sea  is  thrown  in. 

From  Salmon  Point  ami  the  next  point  inside  it,  where  there  aro 
a  few  houses  ami  fishing  stages,  a  flat  lodge  covered  with  stones 
and  bowlders  extends  (160  yards  northwestward.  The  ground  is 
foul  for  nearly  200  yards  on  either  side  of  this  roof,  and  rocky 
ledges  fringe  the  shore  nearly  all  round  the  harbor,  foul  ground 
extending  from  them  for  about  300  yards. 

At  the  head  of  the  harbor,  known  as  the  Bottom,  there  is  a  small 
break  in  these  ledges,  here  there  are  a  few  houses  and  good  landing 
for  boats ;  this  is  also  the  case  on  the  northern  side  of  the  harbor, 
in  a  bay  known  as  Bear  Cove. 

The  whole  population  of  this  locality  numbers  about  100  persons, 
all  engaged  in  the  fisheries.  There  is  some  cultivated  ground  on 
the  southern  side,  inside  Salmon  Point,  and  potatoes  and  other 
vegetp  y  '8  a)    y^rown. 

Auci.  crag.). — The  best  anchorage  is  in  0  or  7  fathoms  water  off 
the  "c  ii  ohern  shore  of  the  harbor,  with  the  extreme  of  the  northern 
he  I  :  bearing  N.  56°  W.  (N.  27°  W.  mag.),  and  the  extreme  of 
Salmon  Point  in  line  with  the  extreme  of  the  next  point  inside  it, 
S.  34°  W.  (S.  63°  W.  mag.). 

Directions. — The  northern  summit  of  Gros  Morne  in  line  wi^^^h 

a  saddle-shaped  wooded  hill  behind  the  shore,  bearing  N.  87°  E. 

(S.  64°  E.  mag.),  loads  up  to  the  entrance  of  Roche  Harbor  and 

well  clear  of  the  foul  ground  extending  from  Salmon  Point.     When 

abreast  Woody  Cove,  the  first  bight  on  the  northern  shore,  a  vessel 

should  haul  to  the  SE.  for  the  anchorage,  care  being  taken  to  avoid 

a  rocky  projection  from  the  inner  point  of  Woody  Cove,  on  the  one 

side,  and  the  foul  ground  extending  from  the  Bowlder  Ledge,  on 

the  other. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2834.) 

General  Remarks. — Bonne  Bay  to  Cow  Head. — In  this 
locality  there  are  no  harbors,  nor  even  anchorages,  except  only  at 
Cow  Cove,  where  shelter  will  be  found  during  NE.  to  NW.  winds. 
The  bottom  off  the  whole  coast  is  of  rocks  and  bowlders,  with 
here  and  there  very  small  patches  of  sand,  and  it  is  only  during 
the  finest  weather  that  a  vessel  may  anchor  off  any  part  of  it. 


i 


]  i 


f  Oroon  Point, 
of  Gun  Point. 

iiH  (ino  wt^athur 
hore  he  men  at 

ilentation  in  tho 
0  deep  and  I  milo 
rong  vnnds  from 

,  whero  there  are 

'ered  with  stones 

The  ground  is 

reef,  and  rocky 

bor,  foul  ground 

n,  there  is  a  small 
and  good  landing 
le  of  the  harbor, 

ibout  160  persons, 
ivated  ground  on 
jtatoes  and  other 

fathoms  water  off 
aeof  the  northern 
id  the  extreme  of 
)xt  point  inside  it, 

Morne  in  line  with 
bearing  N.  87°  E. 
Roche  Harbor  and 
non  Point.  When 
lern  shore,  a  vessel 
aing  taken  to  avoid 
iy  Cove,  on  the  one 
Bowlder  Ledge,  on 


I 


w  Head.— In  this 
iges,  except  only  at 
NE.  to  NW.  winds, 
and  bowlders,  with 
id  it  is  only  during 
any  part  of  it. 


...^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


I  JO         

i^  IIIM 

Hi 

is 


I: 


40 


IIIM 
|M 

2.0 

1.8 


U    III  1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


,\ 


iV 


% 


V 


•1>' 


\\ 


•^ 


<^ 


^ 


^ 


*%'■ 


f^ 


'afcii'^wBT.'i.aiTi-'-'Via'iit  inmmi, , . 


%" 


9h 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  MIcroreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


D^a:^^25«Sf;-.' 


LOBSTER   COVE. 


269 


During  the  summer  of  1806  the  prevailing  winds  were  from  the 
western  quarter;  southwesterly  in  June,  July,  and  August,  and 
northwesterly  in  the  autumn,  but  occasionally  interrupted  by  short 
intervals  of  easterly  weather.  Northwest  winds,  blowing  with 
strength,  throw  a  heavy  sea  on  this  shore,  as  also  do  those  from 
the  NE.,  and  during  these  periods  landing  with  safety  is  almost 
impossible,  except  in  a  few  places  where  there  is  a  little  indifferent 
shelter.  The  large  quantity  of  driftwood  and  wreckage  along  the 
whole  coast  between  Bonne  Bay  and  Port  Saunders  is  suggestive 
evidence  of  the  violence  with  which  this  sea  rolls  onto  the  shore. 

Easterly  gales  are  not  frequent,  but  are  generally  accompanied 
by  thick  rainy  weather. 

Current. — Inshore,  between  Bonne  Bay  and  Cow  Head,  there  is 
generally  a  current  running  to  the  NE. ;  maximum  rate,  about  1^ 
miles  an  hour. 

Lobster  Cove  Head,  a  projection  of  the  shore  immediately 
north  of  Roche  Harbor,  is  composed  of  low  red  cliffs,  32  to  35  feet 
high,  and  fronted  by  flat  ledges  of  rock  extending  150  yards. 
Near  the  western  extreme  of  these  ledges  there  are  two  large  rocks, 
the  tops  of  which  are  12  feet  above  high  water. 

Light. — From  a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  painted  white,  on  Lobster 
Cove  Head,  is  shown  a  flashing  white  light,  showing  2  flashes  every 
5  seconds.  The  light  is  elevated  115  feet  and  should  be  visible  16 
miles. 

Lobster  Cove  is  a  small  bight  northward  of  Lobster  Cove  Head ; 
in  it  there  are  a  few  houses  and  a  canning  factory,  off  which  there  is 
a  long  stage  or  jetty  for  landing,  but  this  can  only  be  effected 
during  fine  weather  or  with  offshore  winds. 

Bock. — A  small  rock,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  about  400 
yards  NNW.  from  the  southernmost  head  of  Lobster  Cove. 
Between  this  rock  and  the  northern  head  of  Lobster  Cove  there  are 
depths  of  3^  to  4  fathoms. 

Berry  Head  is  the  name  given  to  a  slight  projection  of  the  low 
shore  IJ  miles  from  Lobster  Cove,  and  one  mile  from  the  liead  is 
Bakers  Brook,  a  small  stream  with  a  rough  bridge  across  its  mouth. 
Between  this  brook  and  Green  Point  there  are  two  large  ponds 
directly  behind  the  beach. 

Berry  Hill  is  a  small  wooded  knoll,  f  mile  behind  the  shore,  about 
halfway  between  Berry  Head  and  Lobster  Cove. 

Green  Point,  formed  by  the  projection  of  a  low  clay  cliff,  flat- 
topped  and  grass-covered,  lies  4^  miles  northward  from  Lobster 
Cove,  and  is  easily  recognized  by  its  formation,  and  also  by  the 
houses  in  the  bay,  directly  to  the  southward.  Between  this  point 
and  Lobster  Cove  the  land  is  low  and  wooded,  and  fronted  by  a 
rough  stony  beach,  off  which  the  water  is  shallow  for  about  200 
yards. 


*' 


flf* 


i.ia.iiM»«»aaaftiir,  fc";i  -■,» : , 


270 


NEWFOUNDLAND-^WEST   COAST. 


Green  Cove,  on  the  soutli  side  of  Green  Point,  is  shallow  for 
about  400  yards  from  the  >3hore,  and  quite  unfit  for  anchorage,  as 
there  is  generally  a  swell  setting  in  from  seaward  when  the  wind 
is  from  that  direction,  while  with  strong  winds  offshore  the 
squalls  from  the  mountains  are  violent. 

A  ledge  of  rocks  extends  in  a  southwesterly  direction  from  Green 
Point,  and  600  yards  from  the  foot  of  the  low  cliff  there  is  a  detached 
patch,  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  a  narrow  boat  passage, 
having  slightly  more  water,  inside.  At  i  mile  outside  this,  and 
nearly  1,200  yards  from  the  point,  there  is  another  detached  rock, 
with  a  depth  of  4J^  fathoms  over  it  and  5  to  8  fathoms  around. 
These  rocks  break  heavily  with  an  onshore  swell. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2004.) 

Qun  Point  is  formed  by  a  slight  angle  in  the  shore  line  2-j\  miles 
from  Green  Point ;  between  them  the  shore  is  composed  of  bowlders, 
with  a  low  bank,  more  or  less  wooded,  rising  behind  the  beach.  A 
small  stream,  named  Little  Brook,  with  a  canning  factory  on  its 
northern  side,  is  situated  one  mile  from  Green  Point.  Behind  these 
are  low  ridges  with  extensive  marshes  and  many  ponds. 
•  Qun  Point  Shoals  comprise  a  group  of  rocky  heads  on  a  nar- 
row ridge  extendint'  from  the  shore  a  little  north  of  Gun  Point, 
the  shoalest  spot,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms,  lying  1,400  yards  N. 
41°  W.  (N.  11°  W.  mag.)  from  the  point.  Round  this  there  are 
depths  of  from  4  to  5  fathoms,  the  latter  depth  extending  in  a 
westerly  direction  for  400  yards  farther.  Westward  of  the  ridge 
the  line  of  10  fathoms  extends  for  3^  miles  from  the  land. 

Clearing  Mark. — Crag  Peak,  a  remarkable  conical  summit, 
over  the  southern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Bonne  Bay,  just  open  of 
Green  Point,  bearing  S.  2°  E.  (S.  28°  W.  mag.),  clears  the  Gun 
Point  Shoals. 

Coast. — From  Gun  Point  northward  the  coast  is  of  much  the 
same  character  as  that  toward  Green  Point,  but  the  shoal  water 
fronting  the  beach  here  extends  a  little  farther  off.  About  1,300 
yards  from  Gun  Point  there  is  a  shallov  '  -ht  known  as  Sally  Cove, 
where  there  is  a  canning  factory  and  e  houses,  and  on  either 

side  of  this  bight  a  tongue  of  stones  and  uv.  wlders,  dry  at  low  water, 
extends  about  300  yards  from  the  beach ;  here  the  3-f athom  line  is 
over  800  yards  from  the  shore. 

Communication. — The  coasting  steamer  from  Halifax  sometimes 
stops  off  Sally  Cove  when  making  her  monthly  trips  to  and  from 
the  northern  ports. 

Martin  Point,  2^^  miles  from  Gun  Point,  is  easily  recognized, 
it  being  a  low  cliff,  35  feet  high,  grassed  on  the  top  and  having 
close  behind  it  a  large  clump  of  trees.     Northward  of  the  point 


xmMmaajUe^ 


SHOALS. 


271 


is  shallow  foi' 
anchorage,  as 
v^hen  the  wind 
I  offshore  tho 

on  from  Green 
■e  is  a  detached 
boat  passage, 
;side  this,  and 
ietached  rock, 
thorns  around. 


5  line  2^^  miles 
ed  of  bowlders, 
the  Leach.     A 

factory  on  its 

Behind  these 
mds. 

Leads  on  a  nar- 
of  Gun  Point, 
1,400  yards  N. 
this  there  are 
extending  in  a 
rd  of  the  ridge 

land, 
mical  summit, 
y,  just  open  of 

ears  the  Gun 

is  of  much  the 

le  shoal  water 

About  1,30(> 

as  Sally  Cove, 

and  on  either 

y  at  low  water, 

fathom  line  is 

if  ax  sometimes 
ps  to  and  from 

ily  recognized, 
3p  and  having 
d  of  the  point 


the  shore  line  turns  sharply  to  the  eastward  and  again  to  the  NE., 
forming  a  small  bight,  in  which  there  is  a  solitary  cottage.  Some 
rocks,  dry  at  low  water,  extend  200  yards  from  tho  point,  but  these 
are  stoop- to. 

Shoals. — Aboiit  halfway  between  Gun  and  Martin  Points,  and 
1^^  miles  from  the  beach,  there  is  a  patch  locally  known  as  Dixie 
Rock,  but  more  generally  know.:  as  Indrie  Rock.  This  danger, 
which  is  of  small  extent,  lies  It'o  miles  S.  57°  W.  (S.  87°  W.  mag.) 
from  Martin  Point,  and  has  2  fathoms  over  it  at  low  water,  and 
from  the  5-fathom  line  extends  about  300  yards  to  the  NNE.  and 
SSW.,  respectively.  Between  Indrie  Rock  and  the  shore,  rather 
more  than  -J  mile  from  the  latter,  there  are  some  rocky  shoals  of  4 
and  4i  fp.thoms. 

The  Whaleback  is  a  narrow  ridge  of  rocks  lying  in  a  NE.  by  E. 
and  SW.  by  W.  direction,  at  nearly  one  mile  off  Martin  Point. 
Near  the  middle  of  this  ridge,  and  one  mile  N.  71°W.  (N.41°W. 
mag.)  from  Martin  Point,  there  is  a  small  mushroom-shaped  rock 
which  dries  4  feet  at  low  water,  and  from  it  the  5-fathom  line 
extends  800  yards  SSW.  and  1,200  yards  NE.  by  N.  Over  this 
area  there  are  several  spots  of  1^  to  2  fathoms.  Both  sides  of  the 
ridge  are  quite  steep-to,  but  more  especially  that  facing  seaward, 
where  the  20-fathom  line  is  but  little  over  200  yaids  off.  In  thick 
weather,  therefore,  the  lead  is  not  to  be  depended  on  when  standing 
toward  the  shoal. 

Between  this  ridge  and  Indrie  Rock  there  is  a  clear  passage 
toward  Martin  Point,  carrying  5  and  6  fathoms. 

Northeast  of  Whalebac  "c  Rock,  at  a  distance  of  1-^^  miles,  there 
begins  another  cluster  of  shoals,  known  as  the  Brandies,  the  south- 
western head  of  which,  with  2  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  1^  miles 
N.  9°  E.  (N.  39°  E.  mag.)  from  Martin  Point  and  li  miles  from  the 
nearest  shore.  Eastward  from  this  head  is  another,  with  a  depth 
of  15  feet,  and  800  yards  farther  NE.  there  is  a  third  cluster  of 
rocks,  the  top  of  which  is  awash  at  low  water.  All  these  shoals 
are,  like  the  Whaleback  Ridge,  steep-to  on  the  seaward  sides  and 
break  heavily  with  a  .swell  from  that  direction.  There  is  a  good 
clear  passage  between  these  shoals  and  the  shore,  but  its  northern 
end  is,  within  the  5-fathom  line,  contracted  to  a  width  of  650  yards 
by  a  bank  extending  off  the  beach.  As,  however,  the  shoalest  part 
of  the  Brandies  is  generally  visible  by  the  break,  or  wash,  over  it, 
the  navigation  of  this  passage  presents  no  difficulty. 

Clearing  Marks. — Crag  Peak,  over  the  southern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Bonne  Bay,  open  of  Green  Point,  bearing  S.  2°  E.  (S. 
28°  W.  mag.),  clears  Indrie  Rock  and  leads  1^  miles  outside  the 
Whaleback. 


ii 


i 


■anasei 


272 


NEWFOrNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


Parsons  Pond  Hill,  a  conspicuous,  wooded,  double-topped  hill 
near  Parsons  Pond,  open  eastward  of  Cow  Head  Peninsula,  bearing 
N.  36°  E.  (N.  66°  E.  mag.),  leads  outside  the  Whaleback  and  the 
Brandies. 

Mountain  Bange. — From  the  northern  side  of  the  east  arm  of 
Bonne  Bay  a  conspicuous  range  of  mountains  extends  in  a  north- 
erly direction.  Gros  Morne  (2,540  feet),  the  highest  of  these,  near 
Bonne  Bay,  is  easily  recognized  from  seaward  by  its  elevation,  and 
also  from  the  southward  by  its  bare  sloping  southern  face,  while 
from  the  TTW.  its  steep  cliffs,  falling  iijto  a  deep  gorge,  with  per- 
pendicular sides,  are  conspicuous. 

From  this  mountain  the  range  extends  nearly  parallel  to  the 
coast,  its  westernmost  ridge  being  about  5  miles  distant.  From  it 
low  wooded  spurs  reach  off  toward  the  shore,  and  north  of  Green 
Point  terminate  in  large  tracts  of  bog  and  barren,  with  numerous 
ponds. 

About  3f  miles  from  Martin  Point,  in  an  ESE.  direction,  there 
is  a  conspicuous  wedge-shaped  summit,  1,815  feet  in  height,  which 
forms  the  southwestern  angle  of  a  very  remarkable  gorge,  the  sides 
of  which  appear  as  immense  perpendicular  walls  of  rock.  Occupy- 
ing this  gorge,  and  stretching  beyond  the  before-mentioned  sum- 
mit, through  the  flats,  and  to  within  IJ  miles  of  the  shore,  there 
is  a  large  sheet  of  water,  known  as  Western  Brook  Pond,  said  to 
extend  10  or  12  miles  inland. 

Sailing  vessels  passing  along  this  part  of  the  coast  during  strong 
easterly  winds  should  be  careful  to  guard  against  damage  from  the 
violent  squalls  that  blow  down  from  the  gorges  of  this  mountain 
range. 

Coast. — From  Martin  Point  the  coast  continues  li  miles  to  Gulls 
Marsh,  where  there  is  a  canning  factory  on  the  beach.  From  this 
place  there  is  a  trail  through  Lho  marshes  to  the  end  of  Western 
Brook  Pond,  where  the  residents  of  the  factory  keep  a  small  boat 
for  hunting  purposes. 

Three  miles  from  Gulls  Marsh  a  sandy  beach  takes  the  place  of 
the  stones  hitherto  met  with,  and  a  small  stream  named  Western 
Brook,  flowing  from  the  large  pond  already  noticed,  runs  some 
little  way  behind  it  and  falls  into  the  sea.  North  of  this  the  coast 
becomes  rocky,  and,  with  a  small  bight,  forms  the  projection  known 
as  Broom  Point,  on  which  there  are  a  few  cottages.  Two  ridges  of 
dry  rocks  extend  about  ^  mile  seaward  from  the  point,  and  in  the 
bight  between  them  there  is  a  landing  stage  and  fish  store.  The 
ends  of  these  rocks  are  steep-to,  and  may  be  passed  at  a  short  dis- 
tance; but  off  the  mouth  of  Western  Brook  the  3-fathom  line 
extends  upward  of  600  yards  from  shore.  To  this  distance,  and 
often  beyond  it,  the  water  is  frequently  discolored  by  the  discharge 
from  the  brook. 


8T.  PAULS    BAY. 


273 


le-topped  hill 
nsula,  bearing 
3back  and  the 

[le  east  arm  of 
ids  in  a  north- 
of  these,  near 
elevation,  and 
rn  face,  while 
irge,  with  per- 

)arallel  to  the 
;ant.  From  it 
orth  of  Green 
pith  numerous 

irection,  there 
height,  which 
jorge,  the  sides 
ock.  Occupy- 
lentioned  sum- 
le  shore,  there 
:  Pond,  said  to 

during  strong 
mage  from  the 
this  mountain 

miles  to  Gulls 
h..  From  this 
id  of  Western 
p  a  small  boat 

es  the  place  of 

imed  Western 

ed,  runs  some 

this  the  coast 

)jection  known 

Two  ridges  of 

int,  and  in  the 

ih  store.     The 

at  a  short  dis- 

3-fathom  line 

distance,  and 

r  the  discharge 


St.  Pauls  Bay,  lying  north  of  Broom  Point,  is  about  2A  niilt's 
wide  and  one  mile  deep,  but  (^uite  exposed  to  any  wind  or  swell 
from  seaward.  The  shores  are  low  and  stony,  the  bottom  is  foul, 
and  the  aucliorage  indifferent ;  even  with  the  strong  sea  breeze  that 
frequently  blows,  it  is  unsafe. 

There  are  some  rocky  patches  in  the  bay,  one  with  5  fathoms 
Avater  over  it,  lying  one  mile  in  a  northwesterly  direction  from 
Broom  Point,  and  one  with  a  depth  of  3^  fathoms,  (JOO  yards  off- 
shore, a  little  southward  of  the  entrance  of  St.  Pauls  Inlet.  Abreast 
of  the  center  of  the  bay,  and  nearly  2  miles  from  Broom  Point,  there 
is  a  small  i)atch  of  G  fathoms. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  bay  a  break  in  the  low  shore  gives 
access  to  a  narrow  channel,  between  some  extensive  stony  banks 
that  dry  at  low  water,  leading  into  St.  Pauls  Inlet.  This  break  is 
1,200  yards  wide,  and  inside  it  the  shore  opens  out,  forming  an 
oval  basin  about  1^  miles  long  by  one  mile  wide,  filled  with  l)anks 
of  sand  and  stones  which  dry  at  low  water.  It  is  surrounded  by 
low  marshy  shores,  and  has  two  channels  leading  from  the  sea. 
The  northern  of  these  is  very  shallow,  and  terminates  near  a  low 
stony  islet,  but  the  southern  is  deeper,  and,  carrying  from  one  to 
3  fathoms,  it  leads  up  to  a  narrow  passage  between  two  points  1+ 
miles  from  the  entrance.  The  southern  side  of  the  mouth  of  this 
channel  is  formed  by  a  sandy  spit  on  which  there  are  some  houses, 
and  which  may  be  recognized  from  seaward  by  the  wooded  hill, 
220  feet  high,  a  little  to  the  southward,  and  also  by  a  large  wooden 
building  situated  near  the  extreme  of  the  point  and  used  as  a 
canning  factory. 

From  the  end  of  this  point  a  ridge  of  shingle  extends  NW.  and 
forms  a  narrow  bar  across  the  entrance  of  the  channel ;  over  it 
there  is  not  more  than  3  feet  at  low  water,  but  immediately  inside 
the  depth  increases  to  1|  and  2  fathoms,  while  under  the  factory 
the  shore  is  quite  steep-to. 

The  bar  is  easily  crossed  by  boats  during  fine  weather  by  keeping 
close  along  the  northern  side  of  the  spit  projecting  from  the  factory 
point,  but  it  is  dangerous  during  strong  winds  with  a  heavy  swell. 

St.  Pauls  Inlet. — Passing  the  factory,  the  channel  already 
noticed  is  about  65  yai"ds  wide,  with  a  low-water  depth  of  one  to 
li  fathoms.  The  edges  are  clearly  defined  except  at  high  water, 
and  there  is  no  difficulty  for  boats  beyond  that  caused  by  the  tidal 
streams,  which  run  through  the  channel  and  over  the  bar  ,vith 
considerable  strength. 

At  H  miles  from  the  sea  the  shores  of  the  estuary  are  contracted 
to  a  channel,  about  50  yards  wide,  by  two  slightly  elevated  jjoints 
extending  from  either  side ;  the  depth  here  increases  to  4,  5,  and  7 
fathoms,  and  immediately  beyond  is  the  extensive  sheet  of  water 


<  t 


274 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WFIST   COAST. 


known  as  St.  Puuls  Iiilot.  From  tlie  narrow  entrance  to  the  head 
this  area  is  nearly  0  miles  in  lenj,'th,  with  a  breadth  riUiging  from 
3  miles  inside  the  entrance  to  .V  mile  at  its  liead. 

The  eastern  end  of  the  inlet,  as  also  the  southern  side,  lies  at  the 
foot  of  the  seaward  fa(!o  of  a  portion  of  the  mountain  range  extend- 
ing northward  from  Bonne  Bay,  and  toward  them  the  water  is 
deep  and  clear  of  shoals;  but  inside  The  Tickle,  or  entrance,  the 
water  is  shallow  and  there  are  several  rocky  patches.  A  channel 
carrying  about  2  fathoms,  and  leading  into  the  deeper  water,  may, 
however,  be  found  by  keeping  along  the  western  shore.  On  this 
side,  about  one  mile  from  The  Tickle,  borings  for  oil  have  b'>en 
some  time  in  progress,  and  it  is  now  (1807)  reported  that  a  good 
supply  has  been  obtained  at  a  depth  of  1,000  feet. 

Coast— The  coast  from  St.  Pauls  Bay  to  Cow  Head,  a  distance 
of  2k  miles,  comprises  a  rough  stony  beach  in  front  of  a  low  wooded 
bank,  behind  which  are  ponds  and  marshy  ground  reaching  to  the 
hills,  which  here  begin  to  recede  further  from  the  shore,  and,  being 
broken  by  steep  gorges  with  immense  cliffs  on  either  side,  present 
seaward  a  very  rugged  and  barren  aspect. 

Cow  Head,  a  conspicuous  peninsula  one  mile  in  length  by  -^ 
mile  in  breadth,  and  densely  wooded  on  its  southern  and  western 
sides,  rises  to  a  height  of  206  feet.  A  low  isthmus  of  sand  and 
stones  joins  it  to  the  main  shore,  separating  Cow  Cove,  on  the 
southern,  from  Cow  Head  Harbor,  on  the  northern  side.  The 
northern  slope  of  the  head  has  been  partially  cleared  and  affords 
grazing  to  the  sheep  and  cattle  of  the  residents,  whose  houses  are 
situated  at  the  NE.  side.  Here  there  is  a  large  canning  factory 
and  some  landing  stages,  the  latter  getting  some  partial  protection 
from  a  ridge  of  dry  rocks  extending  from  the  northernmost  point. 
The  seaward  side  of  the  head  is  steep-to,  but  there  are  a  few 
rocks  extending  from  the  SW.  point. 

Cow  Cove  affords  good  anchorage,  in  from  4  to  10  fathoms 
water,  during  NE.  gales,  that  are  prevalent  in  the  early  spring  and 
autumn  months ;  also  with  moderate  breezes  as  far  round  as  N. 
by  W.,  but  with  winds  to  the  westward  of  this  a  heavy  swell  rolls 
in,  rendering  the  anchorage  unsafe. 

Cow  Head  Harbor.— North  of  Cow  Head  Peninsula  the  coast 
takes  a  sharp  bend,  forming  the  isthmus,  before  referred  to,  and 
then  continues  to  the  northward,  in  a  long  curve  of  sandy  shore, 
to  Downes  Point,  a  distance  of  a  little  over  2  miles.  Off  Downes 
Point,  600  yards.  White  Rock  Islets,  a  chain  of  small  islets  and 
low- water  rocks,  1^^  miles  in  length,  together  with  the  shores,  just 
noticed,  form  Cow  Head  Harbor. 

The  islets  are  connected  with  Downes  Point  by  a  sandy  flat  dry- 
ing at  low  water,  which,  extending  to  the  southward,  occu^jies  a 


L-. 


CO  to  tlio  head 
runging  from 

lido,  lies  nt  the 
range  extond- 
1  the  water  is 
•  entrance,  the 
IS.  A  channel 
er  water,  may, 
liore.  On  this 
oil  have  hoen 
3d  that  a  good 

3ad,  a  distance 
I  a  low  wooded 
eaching  to  the 
)re,  and,  being 
r  side,  present 

in  length  by  ^ 

n  and  western 

s  of  sand  and 

Cove,  on  the 

ivn  side.     The 

id  and  affords 

3se  houses  are 

ning  factory 

;ial  protection 

ernmost  point. 

ere  are  a  few 

to  10  fathoms 
rly  spring  and 
round  as  N. 
avy  swell  rolls 

sula  the  coast 
'erred  to,  and 
sandy  shore, 
Off  Downes 
all  islets  and 
le  shores,  just 

«indy  flat  dry- 
^rd,  occupies  a 


COW    IIKAI)    irAI'BOR. 


considerable  portion  of  the  partially  iucloaod  space,  which  is,  at 
best,  only  suitable  for  vessels  of  moderate  length  and  drawing 
less  than  10  feet  water;  for  not  only  is  the  passage  into  it  narrow 
and  tortuous,  but  during  northeastly  or  northwesterly  winds  such 
a  heavy  swell  rolls  in  that  there  is  great  risk  of  touching  the 
ground. 

The  entrance  is  obstructed  by  Tortoise  Rock,  awash  at  low 
water,  and  separated  from  the  I'ocks  extending  from  Cow  Head 
by  a  channel  aboxit  100  yards  wide.  In  the  middle  of  this,  and 
slightly  inside  Tortoise  Rock,  there  is,  however,  another  rock,  with 
oidy  0  feet  water  over  it,  and  a  very  naiTow  passage  of  1 3  to  15 
feet  on  its  northern  side.  North  of  Tortoise  Rock  it  would  be 
difficult  to  find  a  passage  with  more  than  10  feet  at  low  water, 
and  in  any  case  local  knowledge  is  necessary  to  enter  safely. 
Inside,  anchorage  may  be  found  in  2^  to  3^  fathoms  water,  but  in 
bad  westerly  weather  there  is  not  much  shelter. 

Oommunlcation. — The  monthly  coasting  steamer  from  Halifax 
calls  off  Cow  Head  Harbor  on  her  way  to  and  from  the  more 
northern  ports. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cow  Head  Harbor 
at  lOh.  30m. ;  springs  rise  6i  feet,  neaps  rise  4^  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — Between  Cow  Head  Harbor  and  Stearing 
Island  the  tidal  streams  run  strongly,  the  flood  to  the  NE.  some- 
times attaining  a  velocity,  at  springs,  of  3  knots  an  hour.  The 
duration  of  this  stream  is  much  longer  than  of  that  in  the  oi)po- 
site  direction ;  and  along  the  shore,  between  Cow  Head  and  Bonne 
Bay,  as  also  to  the  northward,  there  is  generally  a  stream  running 
io  the  NE. 

Stearing  Island,  lying  f  mile  NW.  of  Cow  Head,  is  22  feet 
high,  i  mile  in  length,  with  an  average  breadth  of  about  100  yards ; 
but  from  either  end  broken  islets  and  low-water  rocks  ext  :i'l  GOO 
yards  westward  and  350  yards  northeastward.  The  island  :-;  com- 
posed of  limestone  rock,  with  a  scant  covering  of  coarse  grass.  Its 
southeastern  side  is  fairly  steep-to,  but  to  the  westward  and  north- 
ward shoals  extend  upward  of  600  yards,  making  it  a  dangerous 
obstacle  to  navigation  at  night  or  in  the  thick  weather  which  is 
occasionally  prevalent.  Vessels  passing  this  locality  under  these 
conditions  will  do  well  to  keep  outside  the  line  of  20  fathoms, 
which  will  insure  their  being  at  least  ^  mile  westward  of  the  island 
shoals. 

ShallO'W  Bay. — From  Downes  Point,  already  mentioned,  the 
coast  forms  another  long  sandy  curve,  backed  up  by  wooded  flats 
and  marshes,  similar  to  that  in  Cow  Head  Harbor,  but  broken  by 
two  small  streams  and  terminating  in  a  rocky  projection  named 
Lower  Head.     This  curve,  together  with  the  northern  half  of  the 


I 


I 

iii 


*tl 


Iii 


ill 


(!! 


i 

I 


3!^ 


mfmm 


MfM 


»»t- 


276 


NEWFOUNDLAND WK8T   COAHT. 


Wliito  Rf)ck  Islets,  forma  Sluillow  Bay,  whoro  tlioro  is  fairly  good 
aiiclioraKo  for  vo.ssols  of  loss  than  U  feet  draft,  with  winds  to  tho 
southward  of  WbW.  Those  drawing  less  than  1^  feet  may  find 
shelter,  with  the  wind  as  fur  round  as  west,  by  going  as  close  as 
possible  to  the  White  Rock  Islets,  but  with  this  wind  a  heavy  sea 
is  likely  to  roll  in  and,  at  low  water,  to  break  over  tho  greater 
part  of  tho  bay. 

Anchorage.— If  desiring  to  anchor  here,  a  vessel  from  the 
southward  should  pass  along  the  western  side  of  the  White  Rock 
Islets,  which  are  fairly  stoop-to,  and  haul  round  their  northern 
extreme,  giving  the  rocks  a  berth  of  about  100  yards.  The  best 
anchorage  is  with  the  whole  of  Stearing  Island,  and  rocks,  just 
open  northward  of  tho  northernmost  grassy  islet  of  the  White 
Rock  Group,  bearing  about  S.  77°  W.  (N.  73°  W.  mag.),  and  the 
canning  factory  at  Cow  Head  Harbor,  a  conspicuous  whitewashed 
building  on  the  shore,  just  seen  open  of  tho  other  islets  of  the  same 
group.  This  berth  will  be  in  :ii  fathoms  water,  but  quite  close  to 
the  edge  of  tho  3-fathom  bank  extending  from  tho  islets  and  Dowues 
Point.  A  little  eastward  of  this  position  a  3-fathom  bank  extends 
from  the  main  shore,  leaving  a  bight  of  deeper  water,  3^  to  4^ 
fathoms,  between  it  and  Downos  Point.  It  is  in  this  bight  that 
anchorage  should  be  sought.  Entering  Shallow  Bay  from  the 
northward,  a  vessel  should  pass  the  shoal  water  off  Lower  Head  in 
8  or  9  fathoms,  and  then  steer  for  the  northern  end  of  the  White 
Rock  Islets  before  hauling  into  the  anchorage. 

Evangeline  Banks  comprise  a  series  of  rocky  patches  extend- 
ing from  abreast  the  northern  extreme  of  the  White  Rock  Islets, 
in  a  northerly  direction,  for  J  mile. 

The  least  water  on  these  shoals,  2  fathoms,  lies  900  yards  N.  41° 
W.  (N.  11°  W.  mag.)  from  tho  northernmost  grassy  island  of  the 
White  Rock  Group,  and  is  on  a  patch  about  i  mile  long  by  200 
yards  wide.  At  300  yards  north  of  this  there  is  another  patch,  of 
2f  fathoms,  with  3^  fathoms  between.  Farther  north  the  depths 
on  tho  bank  are  3i  to  5  fathoms,  reaching  toward  the  shoals  off 
Lower  Head. 

Inside  this  bank  there  is  a  belt  of  deeper  water,  5  and  6  fathoms, 
fronting  the  shoaler  area  in  Shallow  Bay. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1105  and  B.  A.  Chart  No.  284.) 

Coast — Lower  Head  is  conspicuous  from  its  being  tho  termina- 
tion of  the  sandy  shore  extending  northward  from  Cow  Head.  It 
is  a  rocky  projection,  35  feet  in  height,  and  from  it  a  low  cliffy 
shore,  with  a  small  sandy  bight,  extends  i  inile  northward.  Off 
Lower  Head,  and  also  off  this  cliffy  shore,  the  shoal  water  extends 
for  nearly  i  mile,  and  is  clearly  marked  by  breakers,  when  there  is 


)  is  fairly  good 
,h  winds  to  tho 
foot  inivy  find 
ling  1V8  close  as 
nd  a  heavy  sea 
'cr  tho  greater 

)ssol  from  tho 
10  White  Rock 
their  northern 
rds.  The  best 
!ind  rocks,  just 
i  of  tho  White 
mag.),  iind  the 
IS  whitewashed 
lets  of  the  same 
it  quite  close  to 
ots  and  Downes 
n  bank  extends 
water,  11^  to  4^ 
this  bight  that 
Bay  from  tho 
Lower  Head  in 
id  of  the  White 

latches  extend- 
to  Rock  Islets, 

30  yards  N.  41° 
y  island  of  the 
le  long  by  200 
other  patch,  of 
irth  the  depths 
the  shoals  off 

and  6  fathoms, 


g  the  termina- 

Cow  Head.     It 

it  a  low  cliffy 

jrthward.     Off 

water  extends 

,  when  there  is 


I'AKHONS    I'ONI). 


277 


any  swell.     This  shoal  should  be  carefully  avoided  if  entering  or 
leaving  Shallow  Bay  in  that  direction. 

From  the  cliffs  the  shore  is  low  and  thickly  wooded,  for  3i  miles 
rising  gradually  to  the  slopes  of  Parsons  Pond  Hill,  a  cotispictioua 
feature,  400  feet  in  height,  and  densely  wooded  to  the  summit. 
The  rough  beach,  of  stones  and  bowlders,  is  fronted  by  Hat  lodges 
of  rock  extending  about  200  yards  from  tho  shore;  outside  tlieso 
the  water  deepens  gradually  to  10  fathoms,  i  mile  distant. 

About  4  miles  from  Lower  Head  the  rocky  ledges  cease  and  the 
stony  beach  becomes  less  rough,  and  finally  changes  to  sand; 
behind  these  is  a  steep,  yellow-colored  clay  bank,  which  is  con- 
spicnious  from  seaward.  Behind  this  bank  there  is  a  large  pond 
and  low,  marshy  ground. 

Sandy  Bay,  5  miles  from  Lower  Head,  is  only  a  shallow  bond 
in  tho  shore  line,  but  has  near  its  southern  end  the  entrance  to  a 
large  shoot  of  water,  known  as  Parsons  Pond. 

The  bay  is  generally  foul  and  rocky,  and  does  not  afford  more 
than  temporary  anchorage  for  tho  purpose  of  communicating  with 
the  village,  situated  just  inside  the  entrance  alluded  to. 

Parsons  Fond  is  a  large  sheet  of  water  extending  inland  from 
Sandy  Bay  for  about  7  miles,  with  an  average  breadth  inside  the 
narrows  near  the  enti'ance  of  about  one  mile.  Tlie  entrance  is 
obstructed  by  a  bar  of  coarse  shingle,  with  a  depth  of  4  foot  over  it 
at  low  water,  and  immediately  inside  it,  on  the  southern  bank,  is 
the  village,  with  some  buildings  on  the  sandy  spit  opposite.  Here 
the  depth  in  tho  passage  is  about  one  fathom,  but  farther  in  it 
quickly  shoals  again  to  3  and  4  feet,  through  a  stony  flat.  One 
mile  and  a  half  from  the  sea  the  channel  is  contracted  to  little  over 
200  yards,  but  here  the  depth  is  from  one  to  2  fathoms.  Above 
this  tho  pond  opens  out  for  about  1^  miles,  where  there  is  another 
narrow  passage,  beyond  which  the  water  deepens  to  5  and  8  fath- 
oms. This  depth  continues  to  the  head,  which  lies  directly  at  the 
foot  of  tho  mountain  range. 

Borings  for  oil  are  being  prosecuted  on  tho  southern  shore  of 
Parsons  Pond,  5^  miles  from  the  entrance. 

Coast. — From  Parsons  Pond  northward  there  is  a  low  stony 
beach  for  f  mile,  followed  by  a  clay  bank,  not  unlike  that  on  tho 
other  side  of  Sandy  Bay.  From  here  a  rough  beach  of  stones  and 
bowlders,  fronted  in  places  by  rocky  ledges,  extends  to  the  Arches, 
a  remarkable  cluster  of  detached  masses  of  sandstone  honeycombed 
by  the  sea,  and  standing  on  a  sandy  beach  a  little  above  low  water. 

Tho  country  behind  this  part  of  the  coast  comjirises  low  ridges, 
thickly  wooded,  and  largo  tracts  of  marsh  extending  toward  the 
mountains  some  6  miles  inland.  The  shore  is  fairly  steep,  the 
10-fathom  line  being  generally  about  +  mile  off,  while  a  little  north 


! 


NKWIOIXDLAM) — VVKST   COAST. 


of  Hiiiidy  Buy  tlic  line  '>f  60  futliomH  closos  in  U)  n  diatimco  of  i 
iiiilfH  from  Iiiiid. 

Two  milt's  north  of  Tliti  Arclit'Htliii  coast  IxnidH  ii  littlo  to  thooafit- 
wurd,  and  nitlior  nioro  than  i  niiUj  from  it  I'ortland  Hill  rist-s  to  a 
liciKlit  of  5U0  feet.  It  is  a  reinarkalilo  hill,  thickly  woodtid,  and 
\\o(lK»<-shii|HMl  when  ween  from  the  Houthward.  Its  soaward  end 
fonn.s  a  pcriKdidicnlar  cliir,  which  extends  a  little  along  the  sonth- 
wustorn  side  and  on  the  northern  face,  gradually  changing  to  a 
steep  slope,  which  finally  joins  with  the  ridges  farther  inland. 
This  hill  is  a  conspicuous  landmark  when  approaching  the  coast. 

Portland  Cove.— Al^reast  of  Portland  Hill  flat  ledges  again 
n[)pear  outside  the  stony  beach  and  continue  for  a  distance  of  2 
miles.  Here  there  are  some  cottages  and  a  canning  factory.  The 
shore,  now  changed  to  a  sandy  beach,  gradually  turns  to  the  west- 
ward, forming  a  small  bight  named  Portland  Cove.  At  its  head 
there  is  a  creek,  or  channel,  running  from  a  large  sheet  of  water 
one  mile  back  and  having  in  it  a  depth  of  from  2  to  3  feet,  but 
owing  to  its  being  much  obstructed  by  large  stones  and  bowlders, 
it  is  diflicult  for  a  boat  to  get  through,  though  the  entrance  is  easy 
of  access  in  fine  weatlier. 

Off  the  creek  the  water  in  the  cove  is  shallow  for  about  i  mile, 
but  outside  this  fairly  good  anchorage  will  be  found  during  winds 
from  north,  round  by  east,  to  south,  the  depth  being  about  4  fathoms, 
over  a  bottom  of  sand  and  mud. 

There  are  no  dangers  outside  the  line  of  3  fathoms,  which,  how- 
ever, extends  for  nearly  600  yards  from  shore.  A  little  more  than 
200  yards  off  the  factory  there  is  a  ledge,  whicli  dries  at  low  water, 
with  less  than  a  fathom  between  it  and  the  rocks. 

Coast—Eastern  Head,  the  outer  point  of  Portland  Cove,  is  30 
feet  high,  bare  on  the  top,  and  with  a  rocky  shore.  Northward 
for  It^ij  miles  tlie  coast  is  of  similar  character,  and  here  there  is  a 
white  stony  beach  in  front  of  a  high  green  bank ;  north  of  this 
beach  there  is  a  rocky  point,  named  Cliffy  Point,  behind  which  the 
bank  attains  an  elevation  of  60  feet. 

A  small  rocky  ridge.  Brown  Shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  over 
it  and  10  fathoms  inside,  lies  1,800  yards  from  Cliffy  Point  in  a 
southwesterly  direction  and  +  mile  offshore.  From  Cliffy  Point 
the  stony  shore  continues  in  a  NNE.  direction,  backed  by  a  more 
or  less  wooded  bank  for  2  miles  to  a  low  point  fronted  by  some 
rocks,  two  of  which  are  pinnacles  25  feet  high.  There  are  several 
houses  on  the  point,  and  the  rocks  in  front,  extending  a  little  to  the 
northward,  form  a  cove  known  as  Daniels  Harbor.  Reaching 
nearest  to  the  coast,  a  little  north  of  Cliffy  Point,  a  large  pond 
occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  space  between  this  locality  and  the 
mountain  range  7  miles  back. 


II  (liHtiiiicu  of  4 

ittio  to  thonust- 
[  Flill  fiscs  to  ft 
ly  wooded,  iukI 
■M  soawiird  oiid 
long  thu  south- 

chnnging  to  a 
farther  inland, 
ing  tho  coast. 
bt  ludgos  again 
a  distance  of  2 
jf  factory.  The 
rns  to  the  west- 
).     At  its  head 

sheet  of  water 
!  to  3  feet,  but 
I  and  bowklers, 
mtrance  is  easy 

p  about  ■}  mile, 
d  during  winds 
,bout  4  fathoms, 

ps,  which,  how- 
ittle  more  than 
3s  at  low  water, 

and  Cove,  is  30 
e.     Northward 

here  there  is  a 
north  of  this 

lind  which  the 

nis  water  over 
ffy  Point  in  a 
m  Cliffy  Point 
ked  by  a  more 
onted  by  some 
ore  are  several 
g  a  little  to  the 
tor.  Reaching 
a  large  pond 
ocality  and  the 


DANIKLM    COVE — RICH    POINT. 


279 


'I'liis  pond,  of  an  irrnguliir  ov/Uc  form,  is  iioiily  .'i  niih's  in  length 
by  'i\  in  width,  and  Iihh  an  ontlet  into  Fortliuid  Cove,  already  no- 
ticed. At  its  upper  end  a  Hinail  channel,  (piito  accossible  to  boats, 
leads  into  another  pond,  which  occupies  a  mountain  gorge  ext»>nd- 
ing  to  the  eastward. 

In  tho  outer  pond  tho  water  is  not  very  deep,  from  :j  to  tl  or  7 
fathoms,  but  in  the  inner  one  a  sounding  of  9ft  fathoms  was  ol)- 
tained  by  the  triangulating  j)arty  engaged  in  tho  survey. 

Tho  residents  of  Daniels  Cove  keep  several  boats  on  the  larger 
pond,  in  which  thoy  make  hunting  e.Kcursions  to  tho  mountaiiiH. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  inner  pond  a  truncated  mountain,  l,fir)0 
foot  in  height,  and  with  nearly  perpendicular  sides,  is  conspicuous. 
Northeast  from  it  the  range  continues  for  about  4  miles,  an<l  termi- 
nates a  little  beyond  a  summit,  2,115  feet  high,  locally  known  as 
Eastern  Hill. 

Caution.— Between  Daniels  Cove  and  Port  Saunders  tho  jiromi- 
nent  points  are  reported  to  bo  out  in  bearing  in  relation  U>  each 
other;  caution  is  therefore  necessary  when  approaching  the  coast. 

Table  Point,  11  miles  from  Portland  Cove,  is  a  low,  rocky, 
sharp  cliff,  the  north  extreme  of  a  "-lerins  of  small  beaches;  from  it 
the  shore  is  bordered  by  shingle  in  uont  of  woods. 

Bad  Bay,  lU  miles  from  Table  Point,  and  completely  open  to 
seaward,  has  at  its  head  a  yonow-colorod  cliff,  scmth  of  which 
Pcnid.s  River  discharges,  which  is  ascended  by  small  boats  with 
difficulty  against  the  stream,  which  is  strongest  in  spring.  Little 
Brook  discharges  north  of  the  yellow  cliff. 

Anchorage. — Temporary  anchorage  may  bo  obtained  i  mile  off 
the  yellow  cliff  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water 

Ooast. — The  coast  from  Bad  Bay  is  again  w<KMled,  and  risi.'s 
gradually,  and  a  conspicuous  yellow  patch  is  situated  1^^  miles 
northeast  of  Burntwood  Point  and  just  south  of  Eboule/nont 
Point,  off  which  latter  rocks  and  shoals  extend  NNW.  a  little 

more  than  ^  mile. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1175.) 

Ingornachoix  Bay,  lying  between  Ebouloment  and  Rich  Points, 
nearly  6  miles  distant  from  each  other,  is  'd\  miles  deep  and  com- 
pletely exposed,  but  with  offshore  winds  temporary  anchorage  may 
be  obtained  north  of  Port  Saunders  in  10  fathoms  water,  or  in  the 
spacious  arms  at  the  head. 

Rocks. — A  rocky  patch,  with  a  least  depth  of  2  fathoms  on  it, 
lies  with  Ebouloment  (locally  known  as  Spirity)  Point  700  yards 
S.  62°  E.  (S.  30°  E.  mag.). 

A  rock,  with  a  depth  of  22  feet  on  it,  lies  with  Ebouloment  Point 
1,100  yards  S.  44°  E.  (S.  12°  E.  mag.). 


llitr' 


MjHinnnifiiritniiBfF  -  «i 


280 


NEAVFOUNDLAND — WEST    COAST. 


A  rock,  with  a  depth  of  IG  feet  on  it,  lies  with  Eboulement  Point 
1,300  yards  S.  29°  W.  (S.  61°  W.  mag.). 

The  shoal  on  which  this  rock  is  situated,  extending  about  a  mile 
northeastward  from  Eboulement  Point,  has  general  depths  of  3  to 
4  fathoms  on  it. 

The  southern  part  of  Two  Hills  Point  open  northward  of  Keppel 
Island  leads  northward  of  these  dangers. 

A  rock,  with  a  depth  of  22  feet  on  it,  lies  with  Keppel  Island 
Cross  1,200  yards  fe   37°  E.  (S.  5°  E.  mag.). 

A  rock,  with  a  depth  of  27  feet  on  it,  lies  with  Keppel  Island 
Cross  1,600  yards  S.  12    E.  (S.  20°  W.  mag.). 

Keppel  Island,  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  lies  off  the  entrances 
to  Hawke  and  Keppel  Harbors  and  Port  Saunders.  It  is  not  easy 
to  distinguish,  the  outer  part  being  a  blackish  cliff,  on  which  is  a 
large  cross  which  is  falling  into  decay.  The  island  is  a  mile  long 
and  continued  to  the  eastward  by  Morue  Spit,  a  shingle  spit  that 
covers  at  high  water  and  is  steep-to.  The  other  shores  of  the 
island  are  bold.  Trapper  Cove,  a  shallow  bight,  lies  just  west  of 
the  entrance  to  Hawke  Harbor. 

Hawke  Harbor  is  entered  between  Keppel  Island  and  a  low 
wooded  point  to  the  southward. 

A  dangerous  sand  bank  extends  from  the  south  shore  nearly  800 
yards,  narrowing  the  entrance  to  600  yards  between  it  and  the 
peninsula  that  forms  Keppel  Harbor. 

Directions. — To  enter  Hawke  Harbor  pass  about  200  yards  from 
the  SW.  side  of  Keppel  Island,  steering  about  S.  78°  E.  (S.  46°  E. 
mag.)  till  Grass  Point  bears  North  (N.  32°  E.  mag.),  then  steer  S. 
49°  E.  (S.  17°  E.  mag.)  for  the  center  of  Robinson  Island,  taking 
care  to  avoid  the  shoal  off  Keppel  Point,  and  anchor  f  mile  south- 
ward of  that  point  in  15  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  or  ^  mile  NW. 
of  Robinson  Island  in  16  fathoms. 

Keppel  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  this  peninsula,  is  continued 
by  foul  ground  for  400  yards  nearly  on  its  north  and  west  sides. 
Robinson  Island,  off  Lossieux  Point,  the  south  extreme  of  this 
peninsula,  is  joined  to  it  by  shoal  water.  Shoals  extend  east 
nearly  400  yards,  and  west  about  100  yards. 

Hawke  Bay  extends  nearly  ^  miles  E.  by  N.  from  Robinson 
Island,  and  is  li  miles  in  mean  breadth.  The  south  shore  curves 
east  of  Robinson  Island  to  Ourson  Point,  off  which  shoals  lie  nearly 
600  yards.  The  south  coast  of  the  bay  is  foul,  the  north  shore  is 
clear,  except  Cook  Bank,  and  there  is  a  salmon  fishery  at  the  head 
from  which  shallow  water  extends  i  mile. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  anywhere  in  the  bay  in  7  to  18  fathoms, 
mud,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  following  dangers : 


u,. 


mrnormmmm 


Eboulement  Point 

tiding  about  a  mile 
eral  depths  of  3  to 

rthward  of  Keppel 

ith  Keppel  Island 

ith  Keppel  Island 

!  off  the  entrances 
irs.  It  is  not  easy 
cliff,  on  which  is  a 
and  is  a  mile  long 
I  shingle  spit  that 
her  shores  of  the 
t,  lies  just  west  of 

Island  and  a  low 

h  shore  nearly  800 
3tween  it  and  the 

)ut  200  yards  from 
;.  78°  E.  (S.  46°  E. 
lag.),  then  steer  S. 
ion  Island,  taking 
chor  f  mile  south- 
id,  or  i  mile  NW, 

isula,  is  continued 
th  and  west  sides, 
h  extreme  of  this 
doals  extend  east 

N".  from  Robinson 
outh  shore  curves 
h  shoals  lie  nearly 
the  north  shore  is 
shery  at  the  head, 

in  7  to  18  fathoms. 


COOK    BANK PORT    SAUNDERS. 


281 


Cook  Bank,  with  16  feet,  lies  N.  62°  E.  (S.  86°  E.  mag.)  a  little 
more  than  U  miles  from  Robinson  Island,  leaving  a  passage  be- 
tween it  and  the  north  shore  300  yards  wide. 

Commander  Shoal,  with  9  feet  water,  lies  nearly  halfway  up 
the  bay,  on  the  south  side,  off  a  cove  with  a  rocky  point  in  the 
middle,  and  extends  nearly  a  third  of  the  distance  across  the  bay. 
Cible  Point,  SE.  of  this  shoal,  will  be  easily  recognized,  being  the 
only  cliff  in  the  bay,  the  other  portions  of  which  are  low,  and 
faced  by  shingle,  sand,  or  flat  rocks.  Cible  Shoal  extends  300 
yards  from  this  point. 

Gull  Shoal,  with  5  feet  water,  lies  close  off  the  point  next  east 
of  Cible  Point,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  north  shore. 

Water  is  most  conveniently  obtained  from  the  stream  between 
Cible  and  Gull  Points;  at  the  head  of  the  bay  good  salmon  and 
trout  fishing  may  be  obtained,  in  the  season,  and  deer  shot  in  the 
vicinity. 

Ice.— Hawke  Bay  freezes  late  in  November  or  early  in  December, 
and  breaks  up  between  20th  April  and  10th  May. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Hawke  Bay  at  llh  • 
springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet.  At  the  east  part  of  the  bay 
the  tidal  stream  is  strong  enough  to  keep  vessels  riding  athwart 
a  good  breeze,  and  the  streams  are  strong  in  Hawke  Harbor. 

With  a  flood,  tide,  the  stream  from  the  torrent  sets  across  the 
bay,^  and  would  carry  a  vessel  toward  the  north  shore. 

Directions.— Large  vessels  should  steer  SW.  of  Robinson  Island 
and  may  approach  it  as  close  as  140  yards,  but  it  is  better  to  keep 
mid-channel.  After  passing  the  island  steer  for  Great  Point  the 
east  extreme  of  the  north  shore  of  the  bay,  on  which  there'  is  a 
remarkable  flat  rock,  and  when  past  Ourson  Point  anchor  as 
convenient. 

Keppel  Harbor,  just  north  of  Keppel  Point,  is  one  mile  long 
and  nearly  i  mile  wide,  but  shoal  water  extends  i  mile  from  the 
head. 

Anchorage.— By  following  along  the  south  shore  of  Keppel 
Island  the  harbor  will  open,  and,  by  keeping  in  mid-channel 
anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  6  fathoms  water,  about  i  mile  within 
Keppel  Point;  another  anchorage  much  frequented  by  fishermen 
IS  between  Saunders  Point  and  Morue  Spit,  in  11  fathoms  water 
over  mud  or  sand.  ' 

Port  Saunders,  entered  north  of  Keppel  Island,  between  Saun- 
ders Point  on  the  south  and  Two  Hills  Point  (a  wooded  hill  with  a 
double  summit)  on  the  north  side,  is  400  yards  wide  at  the  entrance 
from  which  the  harbor  extends  2*  miles,  with  a  mean  breadth  of 
i  mile.     (See  Caution,  page  279.) 


Ip 


ff 


■«fpxiwmMi|fW> 


mmmmg^liilgi/flllfglf^  f-^ 


282 


NEWFOUNDLAND — AVE8T   COAST. 


A  little  within  the  entrance  on  the  north  shore  is  a  steep  bank 
of  shingle. 

Supplies. — Fresh  provisions  can  be  obtkined  at  Port  Saunders. 

Montaignac  Rock,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  is  situated 
one  mile  from  the  entrance  and  one-third  of  the  distance  across 
from  the  south  shore.  The  cross  on  Keppel  Island,  kept  open 
north  of  Saunders  Point,  bearing  S.  72°  W.  (N.  76°  W.  mag.),  leads 
north  of  this  rock. 

Kent  Point  is  on  the  northern  side  of  Port  Saunders ;  Dunlop 
Spit,  with  3  feet  water  near  its  extremity,  extends  400  yards  south 
from  this  point. 

Directions. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  inside  the  entrances 
between  it  and  Montaignac  Rock,  in  from  7  to  14  fathoms  water, 
but  if  proceeding  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  the  mark  for  clearing 
Montaignac  Rock  must  be  kept  on  till  within  400^  yards  of  Kent 
Point.  A  course  of  S.  50°  E.  (S.  2^''  E.  mag.)  will  lead  between 
Montaignac  Rock  and  Dunlop  Spit,  and  when  Two  Hills  Point  is 
in  line  with  the  south  shore,  bearing  about  S.  88°  W.  (N.  60°  W. 
mag.),  Dunlop  Spit  will  be  cleared,  and  anchorage  may  be  taken 
up,  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  just  south  of  that  mark.  Off  nearly 
all  the  shore  of  Port  Saunders  bowlders,  that  dry  at  low  water, 
extend  from  40  to  60  yards  from  the  beach,  and  make  the  landing 
bad  at  low  water. 

Ice. — Port  Saunders  freezes  late  in  November  or  early  in  Decem- 
ber, and  breaks  up  between  20th  April  and  lOtli  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Port  Saunders  at 
lOh.  45m. ;  springs  rise  6  feet. 

Gargamelle  Cove,  2  miles  east  of  Rich  Point,  is  only  adapted 
for  boats;  at  the  head  of  the  cove  the  isthmus,  300  yards  broad,  that 
separates  it  from  Old  Port  au  Choix,  joins  Rich  Point  Peninsula 
to  the  main. 

Rich  Point,  the  north  limit  of  Ingornachoix  Bay,  is  the  SW. 
extreme  of  Rich  Point  Peninsula. 

Light.— On  Rich  Point  an  octagonal  tower,  58  feet  in  height, 
painted  white,  with  a  red  lantern,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  93 
feet,  a  revolving  white  light  every  45  seconds,  the  light  attaining 
its  greatest  brilliancy  at  intervals  of  15  and  30  seconds  and  being 
obscured  during  the  greater  part  of  the  longer  interval.  It  should 
be  visible  15  miles.    The  keeper's  dwelling  near  it  is  painted  white. 

Rich  Point  Shoal,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  850  yards  N. 
63°  W.  (N.  31°  W.  mag.)  from  the  lighthouse,  and  is  steep-to,  with 
a  clear  passage  between  it  and  the  shore. 

The  left  extreme  of  the  cliff  on  Keppel  Island,  open  west  of  Rich 
Point,  bearing  S.  45°  E.  (S.  13°  E.  mag.),  leads  SW. ;  and  Round 
Head,  open  north  of  Black  Cape,  N.  56°  E.  (N.  88°  E.  mag.),  leads 
NW.  of  Rich  Point  Shoal. 


is  a  steep  bank 

Port  Saunders, 
ter,  is  situated 
distance  across 
and,  kept  open 
W.  mag.),  leads 

mders;  Dunlop 
400  yards  south 

3  the  entrances 
fathoms  water, 
trk  for  clearing 
)■  yards  of  Kent 
11  lead  between 
5  Hills  Point  is 
W.  (N.  60°  W. 
e  may  be  taken 
,rk.  Off  nearly 
y  at  low  water, 
ake  the  landing 

early  in  Decem- 

ay. 

ort  Saunders  at 

is  only  adapted 

ards  broad,  that 

oint  Peninsula 

tay,  is  the  SW. 

'eet  in  height, 
elevation  of  93 

ight  attaining 
;onds  and  being 
rval.    It  should 

painted  white, 
js  850  yards  N. 
is  steep-to,  with 

len  west  of  Rich 
v.;  and  Round 
E.  mag.),  leads 


POK'l'    AU    C'lIOIX. 


28.'} 


nfiTTiHii' 


A  rocky  bank  abor  400  yards  in  extent,  witliin  the  10-fathoin 
line,  with  a  least  <l  ,l  of  7  fathoms,  lies  with  Rich  Point  light- 
house bearing  ENE.,  iistant  1-jV  miles.  Fishornieu  in  the  locality 
state  that  in  heavy  weather  the  sea  breaks  on  this  bank  and  on  the 
l)-foot  rock  north  of  the  point,  but  in  no  other  position. 

Current. — The  inhabitants  of  Port  au  Choix  report  that  a  strong 
current  always  sets  to  the  northward,  round  Rich  Point,  on  the 
approach  of  bad  weather. 

Caution. — As  the  locality  seaward  of  Rich  Point  is  imperfectly 
sounded,  a  wide  berth  should  be  given  to  the  point  when  rounding. 

Rich  Point  Peninsula  is  flat,  composed  of  gray  rocks,  and  ter- 
raced, having  several  crosses  on  the  summit  and  slopes. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1182.) 

Port  au  Choix,  on  the  north  coast  of  the  peninsula,  2  miles 
from  Rich  Point,  is  |  mile  deep  and  accessible  to  vessels  drawing 
less  than  11  feet  water,  the  entrance  being  120  yards  wide,  nar- 
rowed to  50  yards  by  Le  Malouin,  a  shoal  off  the  south  shore. 

Anchorages. — The  anchorages  are  west  and  east  of  Benie  Islet, 
which  lies  250  yards  within  the  entrance,  and  is  joined  to  the  north 
shore  by  a  sand  bank. 

Directions. — To  enter,  keep  one-third  of  the  distance  aci-oss  the 
entrance  from  the  north  point,  and  anchor  in  13  feet  water  between 
it  and  Benie  Islet;  or,  if  about  to  make  a  long  stay,  wait  for  high 
water  and  rcund  Benie  Islet  to  an  anchorage,  in  11  feet  water, 
between  the  two  fishing  stages  on  the  east  shore.  Winds  from 
westward  bring  a  swell  into  the  outer  anchorage. 

Barbace  Cove,  a  small-boat  cove,  J  mile  from  Port  au  Choix, 
affords  no  shelter  with  westerly  winds ;  Barbacd  Point,  the  north 
point  of  the  peninsula,  has  shoals  extending  300  yards  from  it. 

Old  Port  au  Choix  (locally  termed  Back  Arm),  on  the  SE.  side 
of  Rich  Point  Peninsula,  is  separated  from  Port  au  Choix  by  an 
isthmus  300  yards  broad,  across  which  there  is  a  path. 

The  harbor,  one  mile  long,  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance  and  ^ 
mile  at  the  head,  is  fringed  on  the  western  shore  by  shoals,  part 
of  which  dry  at  low  water,  but  the  eastern  shore  is  nearly  bold-to. 
It  is  entered  by  two  channels,  on  3  on  each  side  of  Querre  Islet. 

Querr^  Islet,  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  is  bold-to  on  the 
NW.  side,  but  the  other  shores  are  foul. 

Savage  Island,  f  mile  NE.  of  Querrd  Islet,  and  nearly  joined 
to  it  by  a  chain  of  rocks  and  shoals,  is  49  feet  high,  and  has  several 
fishermen's  huts  on  it. 

Sauvageon  Rock  lies  west  of  this  island,  and  the  latter  is  joined 
to  the  mainland  by  a  bank,  with  3  fathoms  deepest  water  over  it. 
Ardent  Rock,  from  which  a  shoal  named  Ardent  Tail  extends  200 

14910 19 


284 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


yards  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  lies  west  of  Querrd  Islet,  and  is 
joined  to  the  west  shore  by  shoal  water. 

Beacons.— The  beacons  for  leading  through  the  channels  into  the 
harbor  are  as  follows :  A  beacon  on  the  SW.  extreme  of  Querrd 
Islet  and  a  similar  mark  on  a  small  cliff  sonfh  of  the  entrance  to 
the  harbor  in  line,  bearing  S.  19°  W.  (S.  5.  W.  mag.).  At  the 
head  of  the  harbor  are  three  pyramidal-shaped  beacons,  the  low- 
est near  the  shore ;  center,  surmounted  by  a  ball,  about  400  yards 
behind  it,  and  the  third  on  the  summit  of  the  land  over  Garga- 
melle  Cove;  they  are  in  line  bearing  S.  42°  W.  (S.  74°  W.  mag.). 

For  the  eastern  channel  a  beacon  is  erected  on  the  shore,  i  mile 
S.  50°  E.  (S.  18°  E.  mag.)  from  the  beacon  on  Querrd  Island;  and 
two  beacons  on  the  shore,  i  mile  S.  85°  E.  (S.  53°  E.  mag.)  from 
the  Querrd  Island  beacon,  in  line  bearing  S.  54°  E.  (S.  22°  E.  mag.), 
lead  over  the  reef  extending  to  the  eastward  of  the  island. 

Directions. — Having  made  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  steer  for 
Querrd  Islet,  with  the  beacon  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor  in  line 
withthebeaconontheSW.endof  Querrd  Islet,  bearings.  19°  W.  (S. 
51°  W.  mag.),  and  when  the  three  beacons  at  the  head  of  the  harbor 
come  in  line,  bearing  S.  42°  W.  (S.  74°  W,  mag.),  steer  for  them, 
this  mark  leading  in  the  deepest  water,  through  which  28^  feet  can  be 
carried  into  the  harbor.  When  Querrd  Islet  has  been  passed,  keep 
a  little  nearer  the  east  shore,  and  anchor  at  the  head  as  convenient, 
in  4|  fathoms  water.  To  avoid  the  shoals  on  the  west  side  of  the 
harbor.  Round  Head  must  not  be  brought  open  north  of  Savage 
Island. 

To  pass  east  of  Savage  Island,  in  16  feet  water,  the  beacon  for  the 
east  channel  must  be  brought  in  line  with  the  east  extreme  of  a 
rocky  islet  east  of  Querrd  Islet,  bearing  S.  39°  W.  (S.71°  W.  mag.), 
which  mark  leads  about  100  yards  SE.  of  Savage  Island. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  400  yards  south  of  Savage  Island, 
in  5^  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  all  but  northeasterly  winds, 
and  temporary  anchorage  in  the  bay  between  Savage  Island  and 
Barbacd  Point  in  about  11  fathoms  water,  over  gravel. 

Caution.— Steamers,  when  coasting,  should  be  careful  to  avoid 
the  nets  that  are  usually  set  off  Barbacd  Point. 

Ice. — Port  au  Choix  freezes  about  15th  December,  and  is  com- 
pletely closed  by  ice  about  3  feet  in  thickness  between  that  date 
and  the  20th  May ;  but  in  1883  the  port  was  blocked  till  9th  June. 
Field  ice  appears  about  15th  January,  disappearing  about  15th 
May.  Upon  the  latter  date  the  first  vessel  usually  arrives,  the 
last  leaving  about  10th  November. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Old  Port  au  Choix 
at  lOh.  40m. ;  springs  rise  7^  feet. 


IL 


errd  Islet,  and  is 


;hanne]s  into  the 
reme  of  Querrd 

the  entrance  to 
mag.).  At  the 
3acons,  the  low- 
about  400  yards 
nd  over  Garga- 
74°  W.  mag.), 
iie  shore,  i  mile 
rrd  Island;  and 

E.  mag.)  from 
S.  22°  E.  mag.), 
e  island, 
larbor,  steer  for 
tie  harbor  in  line 
ingS.  19°W.(S. 
id  of  the  harbor 
steer  for  them, 
h  28i  feet  can  be 
)en  passed,  keep 
i  as  convenient, 
west  side  of  the 
orth  of  Savage 

e  beacon  for  the 
st  extreme  of  a 
5.71°  W.  mag.), 
[sland. 

Savage  Island, 
leasterly  winds, 
^age  Island  and 
vel. 
;areful  to  avoid 

)er,  and  is  com- 
;ween  that  date 
id  till  9th  June, 
ing  about  15th 
lly  arrives,  the 

I  Port  au  Choix 


ST.    JOHN    BAY. 
(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1690.) 


285 


St.  John  Bay,  comprised  between  Barbace  and  Fdrolle  Points 
contains  several  groups  of  islands,  the  largest  of  which  is  St.  John 
Island,  5  miles  from  Barbacd  Point.     On  the  east  sido  of  this  bay 
are  two  remarkable  mountains  named  the  Highlands  of  St.  John 
flat  and  steep  to  seaward.     The  southern,  2i  miles  inland,  is  1,610 
feet,  and  the  northern,  f  mile  inland,  1,695  feet  above  high  water 

Oaution.-A  small  rock,  of  a  white  color,  with  a  depth  of  5A  fath- 
oms on  It,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  in  heavy  northwesterly  gales,  is 
situated  with  Savage  Island  summit  bearing  S.  14°  W  ^S  4f5°  W 
mag.),  distant  1 A  miles.  -v^.^t,     w. 

^^Zt~\T^^" ^'.^"''^^^'''^  St.  John  Bay  should  use  B.  A.  Chart 
No.  1690  with  caution,  as  in  several  places  the  soundings  have  not 

chart  ''''''^'*'     ^  ''""^^  *°  ^^''  ^^^'*  ^^'  ^""'^  P^^^^*^  °^  the 

Bustard  Cove  open  to  the  NW.,  is  2  miles  ENE.  of  Savage 
Island  and  afllords  temporary  anchorage  in  11  fathoms  water,  but 
the  holding  IS  not  good.  Shoals  extend  nearly  i  mile  from  Chas- 
seurs Point,  north  of  this  cove. 

Green  Islet,  surrounded  by  rocks  and  breakers,  lies  f  mile  off 
Chasseurs  Point,  leaving  a  narrow  passage  between 

Old  Man  Cove,  a  shallow  indentation  2  miles  from  Bustard 
Cove,  IS  fronted  by  Old  Man  Shoal,  consisting  of  a  bank  about  800 
yards  in  diameter  with  two  heads  that  uncover  at  low  water,  situ- 
ated  i  mile  from  the  shore.  This  is  the  only  shoal  off  the  shore  of 
the  bay  till  the  head  is  reached,  where  a  stream  empties  itself 
through  a  whi  e  sandy  beach,  and  temporary  anchorage  may  be 
obtained,  but  the  bottom  is  not  good,  and  heavy  squalls  sweep 
down  from  the  Highlands  of  St.  John.  ^ 

(B.  A.  Charf  No.  2917.) 
St  John  Island  is  of  moderate  height,  with  a  round  summit 
and  wooded  only  at  the  north  point.  St.  John  Harbor,  on  the  west 
side  of  the  island,  a  httle  more  than  one  mile  long,  in  an  easterly 
direction,  is  a  good  anchorage  for  steamers  or  small  vessels  but 
square-rigged  sailing  s:  Ips  require  a  leading  wind  to  enter      ' 

The  two  sides  of  the  entrance  are  nearly  steep-to,  but  the  south 
shore  shoals  immediately  the  entrance  is  passed. 

Seal  Rocks,  low,  and  difficult  to  see  at  night,  lie  f  mile  SW  of 
the  entrance,  and  are  steep-to  on  the  SE.  side,  but  the  NW  side 
is  foul  for  a  little  more  than  200  yards. 

The  Fox,  a  rock  nearly  awash,  situated  100  yards  off  the  first 
point  on  the  south  shore  within  the  entrance,  is  cleared  by  keeping 
Bare  Point  just  to  the  right  of  a  woody  eminence  seen  in  the  pro 
hie  of  the  land  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  bearing  N.  60°  E.  (S.  88° 


28« 


NEWFOFNDLAND — WEKT   COAST. 


E.  mag.).     Tliis  mark  also  loads  just  south  of  the  shoals  off  English 
Point,  tho  first  point  in  on  the  north  sliore. 

There  i.s  no  other  danger  in  the  harbor,  and  vessels  can  anchor 
in  Se.sostris  Bay  in  from  !l  to  13  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and  mud, 
or,  if  small  craft,  at  the  head  in  5  fathoms,  mud.  The  holding 
ground  is  good  and  the  anchorage  convenient  for  a  short  time,  but 
a  fresh  wind  soon  raises  a  sea.  Vessels  of  more  than  100  feet  in 
length  should  anchor  in  Sesostris  Bay  and  haul  into  the  Haven  at 
the  head  and  moor  as  convenient  where  the  holding  ground  and 
shelter  is  good,  but  the  inhabitants  report  that  in  heavy  westerly 
gales  the  swell  rolls  in. 

The  Men-hir,  a  remarkable  rock,  stands  over  the  coast  a  little 
more  than  |  mile  NNW.  of  the  entrance  to  St.  John  Harbor. 

Ice. — St.  John  Bay  fills  with  northern  ice  and  freezes  in  Decem- 
ber or  Janxiary,  and  breaks  up  in  May.  During  severe  winters  the 
ice  will  extend  from  New  Fdrelle  Point  to  the  Twin  and  Flat  Islands 
and  to  Rich  Point. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  John  Harbor 
at  lOh.  '10m. ;  springs  rise  7^  feet,  neaps  rise  5^  feet.  The  tidal 
streams  are  not  felt  in  the  harbor. 

Square  Bock,  lying  south  of  the  peninsula  which  forms  the 
south  side  of  the  harbor,  is  about  300  yards  offshore,  and  steep-to 
on  the  N  W.  side,  leaving  a  clear  passage  between  it  and  the  main- 
land, but  shoals  a  short  distance  off  the  other  sides. 

Horn  Island,  |  mile  NE.  of  Square  Rock,  is  separated  from  St. 
John  Island  by  a  channel  100  yards  wide,  with  13  feet  water  in 
mid-channel. 

Horn  Spit,  with  12  feet  least  water,  extends  600  yards  NE.  by  E. 
frimi  the  east  side  of  Horn  Island  and  is  steep-to. 

Beacons. — There  is  a  beacon  on  Horn  Island  which,  with  another 
beacon  on  Flat  Point,  is  used  as  a  clearing  mark  for  the  shoals  on 
the  eaf^t  side  of  St.  John  Island. 

Bound  Head  Island,  750  yards  from  the  SE.  shore  of  St.  John 
Island,  is  so  named  from  Round  Head,  a  conspicuoiis  hummock  98 
feet  high,  near  the  west  extreme  of  the  island,  immediately  south 
of  which  is  Round  Head  Cove,  a  shallow  inlet. 

Bound  Head  Shoal,  with  7  feet  water  over  it,  extends  250  yards 
south  from  the  south  point  of  this  cove. 

Falaise  Shoal,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  150  yards  off  the 
NW.  extreme  of  the  island,  and  has  5  fathoms  close  north;  it  is 
cleared,  passing  to  the  northward,  by  keeping  Horn  Island  a  little 
open  NW.  of  the  foot  of  Round  Head,  bearing  S.  58°  W.  (West 
mag.),  but  the  beacons  near  Well  Point  are  not  intended  to  be  used 
as  a  clearing  mark. 


loals  off  English 

sols  can  anchor 
r  sand  and  mud, 
i.  The  holding 
1  short  time,  but 
;han  100  feet  iu 
to  the  Haven  at 
ing  ground  and 
heavy  westerly 

he  coast  a  little 
tin  Harbor, 
reezes  in  Decem- 
5vere  winters  the 
and  Flat  Islands 

3t.  John  Harbor 
feet.    The  tidal 

yhich  forms  the 

ore,  and  steep-to 

it  and  the  main- 

a 

parated  from  St. 
13  feet  water  in 

yards  NE.  by  E. 

ich,  with  another 
or  the  shoals  on 

hore  of  St.  John 
OTIS  hummock  98 
imediately  south 

sxtends  250  yards 

150  yards  off  the 
lose  north ;  it  is 
rn  Island  a  little 
S.  58°  W.  (West 
ended  to  be  used 


GOOD   BAY — WOLF   ROCK. 


m 


Qood  Bay,  a  spacious  anchorage  between  St.  John  and  Roinid 
Head  Islands,  has  deep  water,  but  good  holding  ground,  and  there 
is  never  any  sea;  it  may  be  entered  either  from  NE.  or  SW. 

A  shoal,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  ^(  mile  N.  ()G°  W. 
{N.  34°  W.  mag.)  from  Round  Head  Point,  and  is  the  only  isolated 
danger  in  the  harbor. 

Beacons. — Two  pairs  of  white  beacons  indicate  the  anchorage 
for  large  ships  in  17  fathoms  water. 

Well  Bay,  NW.  of  Round  Head  Point,  affords  good  anchorage 
for  small  vessels  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  but  shoal  water 
extends  200  yards  from  the  north  shore.  The  well  that  gives  the 
name  to  the  bay  is  a  curious  excavation,  05  feet  deep  in  the  rock, 
near  the  path  that  connects  Well  Bay  with  St.  John  Harbor;  the 
depth  of  water  in  the  well  is  about  30  feet. 

Beacons. — Two  pairs  or  white  beacons,  on  the  shores  of  Well 
Bay,  indicate  the  anchorage  in  10  fathoms  water. 

Sheep  Island  lies  off  the  north  shore  near  the  NE.  entrance  of 
Good  Bay,  and  has  a  reef  extending  400  yards  SE.  from  it,  that  is 
joined  to  Plat  Point,  east  of  the  entrance,  by  a  shoal  bank. 

Barred  Bay,  formed  between  Flat  Point  and  Sheep  Island, 
affords  anchorage  to  small  craft,  but  the  holding  ground  is  bad. 

Hare  Island,  ^  mile  ENE.  of  Round  Head  Island,  is  low  and 
rugged,  with  shoals  extending  nearly  400  yards  from  the  SW. 
extreme. 

Passage  Shoals,  lying  between  Round  Head  and  Hare  Islands, 
360  yards  from  the  former,  have  a  deep  passage  on  either  side  of 
them,  and  consist  of  two  heads,  the  western  with  6  feet  water  over 
it,  and  the  eastern  nearly  200  yards  from  it,  with  a  depth  of  3| 
fathoms. 

Bayot  Shoal,  with  7  feet  least  water,  is  a  large  flat  i  mile  from 
the  north  extreme  of  Hare  Island.  Rich  Point,  seen  open,  north  of 
Round  Head,  leads  north  of  this  shoal,  and  the  summit  of  the  north- 
ern highland  of  St.  John,  in  line  with  the  middle  of  the  western  of 
the  Turr  Islands,  leads  NE.  of  this  shoal.    (SeeH.  O.  Chart  No.  1105.) 

The  NE.  coast  of  St.  John  Island  is  foul  from  Flat  to  Turret 
Points,  the  latter  so  called  from  a  circular  mound  near  the  extreme. 

Wolf  Rock,  at  the  NE.  extreme  of  these  shoals,  is  almost  joined 
to  Turret  Point  by  rocks  and  a  bank,  and  is  continued  SE.  by 
Wolf  Tail,  a  reef  i  mile  long.  Numerous  shoals,  with  3^  to  5  fath- 
oms water,  lie  south  of  this  at  a  mile  distant  from  the  shore.  Re- 
culoux  Shoal,  the 'easternmost  of  these,  has  over  it  a  depth  of  2^ 
fathoms,  and  lies  f  mile  N.  38°  W.  (N.  6°  W.  mag.)  from  the  north 
extreme  of  Hare  Island. 

Clearing  Marks.— Round  Head  Island,  open  SE.  of  Flat  Point, 
bearing  S.  44°  W.  (S.  76°  W.  mag.),  leads  SE.,  and  the  ravine  in 


ff'     > 


288 


nj:wfouni)land — west  coast. 


the  southern  highland  of  St.  John,  open  east  of  Hare  Island,  bearinj? 
S.  ;}7°  E.  (S.  5°  E.  mag.)  leads  NE.  of  all  these  shoals. 

Directions.— In  proceeding  to  Good  Bay  from  the  southwest- 
ward,  Horn  Spit  must  be  avoided,  and  Round  Head  approached  to 
a  distance  of  200  yards  to  clear  the  shoal  with  4^  fathoms  water. 
Anchorage  may  then  be  had  as  convenient,  but  the  best  place  is  in 
35  fathoms,  mud,  with  Round  Head  S.  a:}°  E.  (S.  9°  W.  mag.),  a 
little  nearer  the  west  than  the  east  coast.  From  the  northeastward, 
keep  the  south  extreme  of  Horn  Island  in  line  with  Flat  Point,  to 
pass  in  mid-channel  between  Bayot  Shoal  and  those  south  of  Wolf 
Island,  and  when  Bayot  Shoal  is  passed,  keep  in  mid-channel 
between  Flat  Point  and  Round  Head  Island. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Good  Bay  at  lOh. 
40m. ;  springs  rise  7^  feet,  neaps  rise  5^  feet. 

Turret  Bay,  f  mile  west  of  Turret  Point,  extends  about  i  mile 
in  a  southerly  direction  and  is  shallow,  but  affords  good  shelter 
for  small  fishing  craft  in  from  li  to  3  fathoms;  temporary  anchor- 
age may  also  be  obtained  off  this  bay  in  12  fathoms  water. 

Fossil  Shoal  is  a  large  bank  with  6  feet  least  water,  stretching 
along  the  line  of  the  coast  from  the  west  point  of  Turret  Bay  at  a 
distance  of  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  shore. 

Shoal.— A  shoal,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  1,600 
yards  NNW.  from  St.  John  Island,  but  its  exact  position  is  doubt- 
ful, and  shoal  casts  of  from  7^  to  9  fathoms  have  been  frequently 
obtained  in  the  channel  between  Twin  Islands  and  those  to  the 
eastward. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1690.) 

Flat  Island,  about  one  mile  from  the  west  side  of  St.  John  Island, 
is  low,  smooth,  and  wooded  at  the  east  end,  and  has  rocks  and 
shoals  extending  off  the  south  side,  also  fringing  the  SE.  shore  to 
the  middle  of  the  island  at  GOO  yards;  The  Watchman  (Le  Guet- 
teur)  is  the  southeastern  of  these  dangers.  The  north  side  is  dan- 
gerous, and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  i  mile. 

Twin  Islands,  2i  miles  north  of  Flat  Island,  are  low,  flat,  and 
covered  with  grass.  A  shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies 
H  miles  S.  70°  E.  (S.  38°  E.  mag.)  from  the  north  extreme  of  north 
Twin  Island.  There  is  a  solitary  house  on  the  southern  of  the 
Twin  Islands. 

Turr  or  Bird  Islands  (lies  aux  Godes)  lie  northeastward  of 
Hare  Island,  and  are  low  and  grassy.  The  western  and  highest  is 
one  mile  from  Hare  Island,  and  is  joined  to  the  eastern  by  shoal  water. 

The  Calculus  (Le  Calculo),  a  small  rock  halfway  between  Turr 
Islands  and  the  mainland,  may  be  approached  to  a  distance  of  100 
yards  all  round,  and  there  are  clear  passages  on  each  side  of  it. 


L 


[sland,  boarinj? 
lis. 

tho  southwest- 
approached  to 
fathoms  water, 
best  place  is  in 
[)°  W.  mag.),  a 
northeastward, 
.  Flat  Point,  to 
south  of  Wolf 
n  mid-channel 

)od  Bay  at  lOh. 

Is  about  i  mile 
Is  good  shelter 
iporary  anchor- 
3  water. 

ater,  stretching 
Durret  Bay  at  a 

lies  about  1,600 
(sition  is  doubt- 
jeen  frequently 
id  those  to  the 


3t.  John  Island, 
las  rocks  and 
le  SE.  shore  to 
man  (Le  Guet- 
rth  side  is  dan- 
mile. 

low,  flat,  and 

er  over  it,  lies 

;reme  of  north 

outhern  of  the 

rtheastward  of 

and  highest  is 

3y  shoal  water. 

Y  between  Turr 

distance  of  100 

1  side  of  it. 


ISLANDS. 


»•» 


Whale  Islands,  nearly  5  niiloH  south  of  Twin  Islands,  consist  of 
two  large  islands,  low,  lliit,  and  grassy,  and  sttvcrul  isluts  and  it'cfs 
south  of  tlieni,  among  which  Imats  find  sludlur  in  bud  weatliiM'. 
Dolmen  (the  western)  Island  has  a  remarkable  cliff  20  feet  high  at 
tho  east  extreme,  and  shoals  extend  J  mile  south  from  it;  the  south 
sides  of  these  islands  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  a  mile. 

Freyciuet  Shoal,  with  7  f'eet  water  over  it,  lies  J  mile  N.  I'i"  W. 
(N.  20°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  extreme  of  Whale  Islands. 

James  Island,  :i^  miles  ENE,  of  Twin  Islands,  is  about  20  feet 
high,  covered  with  grass  and  clear  on  all  sides,  and  has  at  its  south 
extreme  a  curious  rock  resembling  a  vessel  under  sail. 

Fox  Islands  (Les  Jumelles  de  la  Terre),  2  miles  north  of 
Whale  Islands,  consist  of  tw«j  flat  islands  about  20  feet  high,  cov- 
ered with  grass,  an  islet  south  of  the  channel  between  them,  and 
Breton  Reef,  that  uncovers  at  one  mile  SW.  of  the  Western  Island. 
Vessels  should  not  pass  through  the  channels  in  this  group,  but 
the  passages  between  Breton  Reef,  Freyciuet  Shoal,  and  James 
Island  are  clear.  Fishing  boats  and  small  schaoners  anchor  in  the 
space  between  tho  two  large  islands,  but  the  holding  ground  is  bad 
and  sea  heavy  from  the  north. 

Coast. — Squid  Cove,  south  of  Castor  Point,  is  shallow  and  open 
to  the  westward ;  from  the  north  point  of  the  cove  shoal  water  ex- 
tends nearly  2^^  miles,  in  a  westerly  direct  ioji  to  Testu  Bank,  with 
4  fathoms  water  over  it.  Clou^  Shoal,  with  3  feet  \^ater  over  it, 
is  between  the  north  point  of  Squid  Cove  and  Testu  Bank,  about 
1^  miles  from  the  former. 

(H.O.  Chart  No.  60tt».) 

Castors  Harbor,  north  of  Castor  Point,  and  suitable  only  for 
small  vessels,  is  entered  between  Castor  and  Yellow  Points,  the 
former  of  the  two  being  low,  wooded,  and  bordered  by  rocks  that 
extend  nearly  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

The  harbor  extends  2  miles  eastward  from  Yellow  Point;  the 
entrance  is  apparently  J  mile  wide,  but  banks  stretch  off  both 
shores,  and  they  are  fringed  by  shoals,  making  the  entrance  nar- 
row and  intricate. 

Beacons. — There  are  two  beacons  on  Yellow  Point. 

White  Island,  J  mile  west  of  Yellow  Point,  has  a  small  rock 
lying  250  yards  north,  and  shoals  extending  ^  mile  SE.  of  it,  but 
both  island  and  rock  are  fairly  steep-to  on  the  north  and  west 
sides.  Upon  the  summit  of  the  larger  White  Island  there  is  a  pile 
of  ?tones  surmounted  by  three  dead  trees. 

The  Bar,  a  low  rock,  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor  ^ 
within  the  entrance,  is  not  easily  seen,  except  at  low  water,  at 
which  time  there  is  no  difficulty  in  rounding  the  south  extreme. 


id 


r 


MPHMMI 


i 


'iOO 


NEWI'(HrM)LANn  — WKST   <'(»AMT. 


Directions.— From  tlie  Houthwiml:  St.  MiirKun't  Mouiitaiii,  tli« 
first  hi^li  Iiiiid  iioi'tli  of  the  Imrbor,  hIiouM  l»e  l»ioii>rlif  in  lino 
witli  tlui  (Mist  fxtrciiKM.f  tlic  har."  part  of  Yiillow  Point,  I>(>ariiig 
N.  48'  E.  (N.  81°  K.  ina^.).  Tliis  mark  will  l.-ad  180  yards  NW". 
of  Testu  Bank,  400  yards  NW.  of  thu  hank  oir  (Jastor  Point,  and 
4S0  yards  SK.  of  thu  shoals  off  Whito  Island.  When  a  summit  to 
tho  south  of  a  wooded  lull  at  tlic  hcatl  comes  in  lino  with  tho 
NE.  extromo  of  flic  high-water  lino  of  Tho  Bar,  1)earing  N.  8(;°  E. 
(8.  or  E.  mag.),  Ihat  course  must  he  stoorod  till  tho  hoacon.s  on 
Yellow  Point  are  in  lino.  Keep  tho  beacons  in  lino  astern 
N.  46°  W.  (N.  12°  W.  mag.)  and  round  south  of  The  Bar  to  the 
anchorage  in  3^  fathoms  about  east  from  Tho  Bar. 

If  the  beacons  on  Yellow  Point  should  bo  down,  a  remarkable 
notcli  in  the  highlands  of  St.  John,  east  of  the  hare  point  of  tliat 
hill,  should  be  kept  a  littlo  north  of  the  square  bowlder  on  the 
south  shore,  S.  46°  E.  (S.  U°  E.  mag.). 

A  small  vessel  not  drawing  more  than  13  feet  water  can  anchor 
in  the  basin  at  the'  head  by  waiting  for  high  water  to  go  there. 
Caribou  and  Mosquito  Coves  at  the  head  are  fit  only  for  small 
schooners.  Castor  River,  on  tho  south  shore,  flows  from  a  large 
poncl  a  short  distance  inland. 

Tide.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Castors  Harbor  at 
loll.  60m. ;  springs  rise  6  feet  (approximate).  As  the  tidal  stream 
is  strong  both  in  the  entrance  and  at  the  anchorage,  it  is  better 
not  to  enter  nor  leave  except  at  slack  water. 

John  Meagher  Cove,  north  of  Yellow  Point,  is  open  to  the 
west  and  encumbered  with  shoals  off  both  points  and  in  the  cove. 
Black  Islet,  NNW.  k  W.  about  2  miles  from  White  Island,  is  low 
and  surrounded  by  rocks  that  cover  and  shoals  that  extend  NNW. 
i  mile  from  the  islet.  There  is  passage  for  boats  only  between  it 
and  the  shore. 

Maldigues  Cove  is  3^  miles  wide,  between  Black  Islet  and 
F(?rolle  Point,  and  is  filled  with  shoals,  some  of  which  are  a  mile 
from  the  shore,  but  may  be  cleared  by  keeping  F(<rolle  Point  east 
of  N.  34°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.). 

Old  Boy  Shoal,  Avith  i\;  fathoms,  lies  SSW.  l^V  miles  from 
F^rolle  Point,  and  with  G^  to  8  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shoals 
off  Maldigues  Cove. 

New  F6rolle  Peninsula,  of  moderate  height  and  partly 
wooded,  is  2  miles  long  from  FdroUo  Point  at  the  SW.  extreme 
to  New  Fdrolle  Point  at  tlie  NE.,  and  is  joined  to  the  main  by  a 
narrow,  low  isthmus,  over  which  the  mast-!  of  the  fishing  vessels 
can  be  seen.  The  NW.  shore  is  steep-to,  but  New  Fdrolle  Point 
is  foul  400  yards  off. 


8T.    MAIiOAltKT    HAV. 


291 


Moiuitiiiii,  tli(< 
•oii^lit  in  line 
Point,  l)r«iiring 
80  yards  NW. 
it  or  Point,  anil 
Ml  a  suniniit  to 
linu  with  tho 
,ring  N.  80°  E. 
;lio  beacons  on 
II  lino  astern 
riie  Bar  to  the 

,  a  remarkable 
B  point  of  that 
lowlder  on  the 

kter  can  anchor 
iv  to  go  there, 
only  for  small 
's  from  a  large 

tors  Harbor  at 
he  tidal  stream 
ige,  it  is  better 

is  open  to  the 
nd  in  the  cove. 
)  Island,  is  low 
extend  NNW. 
>nly  between  it 

ack  Islet  and 
lich  are  a  mile 
■olle  Point  east 

^  miles  from 
and  the  shoals 

;  and  partly 
SW.  extreme 
the  main  by  a 

fishing  vessels 
F(5rolle  Point 


Beacon. — A  stono  cairn  about  20  feet  high,  snrmounttMl  by  two 
dead  ti'cfos,  is  cnx^tud  at  a  short  distance  within  Fcrollo  Point,  and 
is  conspicuous  when  seen  from  seaward. 

Jehenne  Bank.— A  roc^k,  with  a  depth  of  10  foot  on  it,  is 
situated  on  .lehenno  Bank,  in  a  position  witli  New  FeroUe  Point 
oastorn  extnano  2,050  yards  S.  4"  E.  (S.  'Z'.)°  W.  mag.)- 

From  this  rock  tho  bank,  within  the  10  fatiioins  lino,  extends 
i  mile  SW.  by  S.  and  tho  same  distance  NE.  by  N.,  tho  westorn 
part  having  5^  to  7  fathoms  over  it. 

New  F^roUe  Cove  extends  nearly  one  milo  soutliward  from 
New  FtlroUe  Point,  and  is  exposed  to  the  northeastward.  It  has 
bad  anchorage,  but  is  much  freipiented. 

An  extensive  shoal,  with  from  'Z  to  2^  fathoms  water  over  it, 
occupies  the  center  of  this  cove,  extending  as  far  to  the  NE.  as  u 
line  between  New  F^rolle  to  Black  Points.  Anchorage,  in  4 
fathoms  water,  may  be  obtained  at  i  mile  S.  28°  E.  (S.  5°  W. 
mag.)  from  New  Fdrolle  Point. 

St.  Margaret  Bay  is  entered  between  Black  Point,  that  sepa- 
rates it  from  New  Fdrolle  Cove  and  Dog  Peninsula,  of  moderate 
height,  covered  with  brushwood  and  faced  by  cliffs. 

This  bay  is  3^  miles  deep,  but  the  eastern  portion  is  filled  with 
islets  and  shoal  banks,  among  which  only  very  small  craft  can  find 
shelter.  The  west  side  is  fairly  clear,  and  anchorage  may  be  had 
in  South  Cove  though  exposed  to  the  northward.  Care  must  be 
taken,  however,  to  anchor  in  the  small  space  with  mud  bottom  in 
not  less  than  6  fathoms  water,  with  the  fall  of  the  highlands  of 
St.  John  open  west  of  a  large  square  stone  at  the  head  of  South 
Cove,  and  St.  Margaret  Mountain  in  line  with  the  west  reef  inside 
Rase  Island.  Everywhere  else  the  bottom  consists  of  slippery 
rocks  with  long  seaweed,  over  which  the  anchor  slips  continuously. 
A  shoal  with  3f  fathoms  lies  300  yards  inside  the  anchorage. 

Entrance  Shoal,  with  9  feet  water,  lies  600  yards  east  of  Black 
Point  and  is  steep-to.  The  west  shore  of  the  entrance  is  foul,  and 
to  reach  the  anchorage  the  extreme  of  Dog  Peninsula  should  be 
brought  to  bear  North  (N.  33'  E.  mag.)  and  kept  on  that  bearing 
astern. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  consisting  of  a  stone  cairn,  surmounted  by 
a  staff  and  barrel,  painted  black,  stands  on  the  eastern  point  of 
South  Cove;  and  there  is  a  similar  beacon  on  the  westernmost 
highest  point  of  Dog  Peninsula. 

Ice. — St.  Margaret  Bay  freezes  late  in  November  or  in  December, 
and  breaks  up  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Margaret  Bay 
at  lOh.  31m. ;  springs  rise  6i,  and  with  strong  southerly  winds  6^ 
feet. 


292 


NKVVKOUNDLANI) — WK8T   COAST. 


(H,  O.  Chart  No.  flOfl.) 

Coast— Tho  coivHt  from  St.  MfvrKiirot  Bay  to  Old  F.<roll..  Hiirbor, 
a  (liHtaiico  of  4J  miloH,  in  low  and  iiKhmtod  with  sovoral  oj)on  covoh, 
on  th(>  short's  of  which  uro  somo  liutH.  This  portion  of  tho  cottHt 
is  (linicult  to  ilistiiififuish  from  a  (listancn,  and  should  not  h(<  ap- 
])roavih('d  nciircir  than  |  mile. 

Woody  Hill,  Ifll  fcot  high,  and  tho  hiKhost  part  of  tho  shore 
raiiKO,  is  tolorahly  consijicuous  in  (doar  weather,  having  a  bare 
j)atch  on  the  sea  face  tluit  ludps  to  distinguish  it  when  seen  against 
the  high  ranges  of  the  background. 

Brig  Bay  is  immediately  oast  of  Grave  Point,  tho  NE.  extreme 
of  Woody  Hill;  tho  point  is  shoal  for  200  yards  8(«awiird.  A  shoal, 
with  15  feet  water  over  it,  is  situated  4f»0  yards  N.  17°  E.  (N.  fi<)° 
E.  mag.)  from  Grave  Point,  and  there  are  depths  of  loss  than  6 
fathoms  between  it  and  Grave  Point. 

Entrance  Island,  (too  yards  NE.  of  Grave  Point,  forms  the  NE. 
side  of  the  entrance  to  Brig  Bay  and  Old  F<<rolle  Harbor;  it  is 
about  10  feet  in  height,  WO  yards  in  diametei-,  and  formed  of  gray 
flat  stones.  Rocks  that  cover  and  shoal  water  extend  470  yards 
SW.  from  the  island ;  tho  north  side  is  shoal  for  200  yards,  but  the 
east  is  bold-to;  a  shingle  spit,  stoop-to,  extends  from  the  SE. 
extreme. 

Beacon. — There  is  a  beacon,  consisting  of  a  pile  of  stones  sur- 
mounted by  a  pole,  on  Entrance  Island,  also  a  beacon  near  the 
SW.  extreme  of  Old  Fdrolle  Island,  and  two  leading  beacons,  con- 
sisting of  poles  surmounted  by  casks  colored  white,  situated  on 
the  shore  SE.  of  Front  Point,  but  no  dei)endence  should  be  placed 
on  their  being  in  position. 

Directions. — To  enter  by  the  Southern  Pass,  the  two  leading 
beacons  should  be  brought  in  line,  bearing  S.  62°  E.  (S.  29°  E.  mag.), 
which  leads  SW.  of  the  shoals  extending  from  Entrance  Island, 
and  about  100  yards  NE.  of  the  15-foot  rock  oflP  Grave  Point;  when 
the  beacons  on  Entrance  and  Old  F^rolle  Islands  come  in  line, 
bearing  about  N.  14°  E.  (N.  47°  E.  mag.),  or  when  Grave  Point 
bears  S.  22°  W.  (S.  55°  W.  mag.),  these  shoals  will  be  passed,  and 
the  beacons  in  line  may  be  used  as  a  stem  mark,  or  the  west  shore 
of  Brig  Bay  should  be  steered  for,  keeping  it  150  yards  distant, 
until  the  first  cove  opens  on  the  west  shore,  when  anchorage  may 
be  obtained  in  6^  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  with  good  holding 
ground. 

Vessels  bound  north  and  requiring  only  temporary  anchorage 
should  go  to  this  bay,  as  it  can  be  left  easily  with  westerly  winds. 

Old  FdroUe  Island,  bare  on  the  seaward  face  and  covered  with 
gray   flat  stones,  is  separated  from  the  north   side  of  Entrance 


I 


OLD    kkUOU.K    llAKlidU — U1UKCT10N8. 


2ua 


VroUc  lliirhor, 
ml  opon  covcH, 
m  of  th»»  coiist 
)ul(l  not  Im»  iip- 

,rt  of  the  8liorp 
hrtviiiK  II  hiiro 
i?n  Hmm  iigaiiist 

10  NE.  oxtromo 

vanl.    A  shoal, 

.  17°  E.  (N.  fi()° 

of  loss  tlian  5 

,  forms  tho  NE. 

,0  Harbor;  it  is 

formed  of  gray 

tend  470  yards 

0  yards,  hut  tho 

1  from  tho  SE. 

e  of  stones  sur- 
)eacon  near  the 
ig  beacons,  con- 
lito,  situated  on 
hould  be  placed 

he  two  leading 

;S.  29°E.mag.), 

Intrance  Island, 

^ve Point;  when 

come  in  line, 

in  Grave  Point 

be  passed,  and 

the  west  shore 

yards  distant, 

anchorage  may 

good  holding 

[rary  anchorage 
westerly  winds, 
covered  with 
ie  of  Entrance 


Island  by  a  channel  !J()()  yardw  widi'.  wlilcli  is  um«m1  by  )K>atH  and 
Ninali  sclidiiiiors,  A  Hmnll  rock  li*'s  ui  llii<  niiddl<-  nf  this  cIuuiid'I. 
Tint  iiiglit>Ht  [tarts  of  the  islmid  tu(  iiig  tho  dutiuiv  covorttd  with  dnid 
treeH,  except  onu-third  of  lln  west  ond.  (hat  is  grHHuy. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  coiiHiMi/ig  of  a  piloof  Mtont'SMurmonntodby 
a  poll',  stands  on  West  Moujid  (62  fnt ),  but  should  not  li»'  liopondcd 
on  as  Ix'ing  in  position. 

Old  F^roUe  Harbor,  formed  botwoen  tin*  mainland  and  tlio 
islands  oil',  is  about  one  niilo  in  a  NK.  diroctioii  witli  uii  average 
breadth  of  U( HI  yards  between  the  *)-futlioni  lines,  and  entered  by 
two  channels.  Southern  Pass,  .south  of  Kntraiice  Island, uid  North- 
ern Pass,  east  of  Fish  Island,  the  latter  practicable  for  small  ves- 
sels only.  Local  magnetic  disturbance  of  th(>  (iompass  has  been 
rejjortod  hero. 

Directions.— Bring  tlie  beacons  in  line,  bearing  S.  03°  E.  (S.  3!)° 
E.  mag.),  and  steer  for  them  until  Debon  Peninsula  opens  oast  of 
Entrance  Island,  bearing  N.  'u''  E.  (East  mag. ),  then  round  into  tho 
channel,  passing  rather  loss  than  200  yards  from  Entrance  Ishuid, 
and  between  it  and  tho  mainland,  keeping  near  tho  north  shore, 
and  anchor  N W.  of  Debon  Peninsula  in  from  G  to  9  fathoms  wate. , 
or  proceed  farther  NE.  and  anchor  in  7  fathoms,  with  tho  fresh- 
water stream  bearing  N.  80°  E.  (S.  07°  E.  mag.). 

To  proceed  to  tho  northward  by  the  north  channel  from  tho 
anchorage,  tho  oast  shore  of  Old  Fdrolle  Island  must  be  kept  close 
aboard,  and  Entrance  Island  just  shut  in,  bearing  S.  43°  W.  (S.  70° 
W.  mag.),  before  the  stream  bears  East  (S.  57"  E.  mag.) ;  this  mark 
will  lead  in  3;^  fathoms  at  low  water.  When  the  east  extreme  of 
Fish  Island  boars  North  (N,  33°  E.  mag. )  steer  for  it,  and  anchor 
as  convenient  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

To  enter  by  the  Northern  Pass,  it  would  be  better  to  mark  tlio 
east  end  of  the  bank  off  Fish  Island  by  a  buoy  or  boat.  This  bank 
should  be  passed  at  a  distance  of  40  yards,  and  when  rounded,  steer 
for  i  mile  toward  the  summit  of  Old  Fdrolle  Island,  when  anchor- 
age may  be  obtained  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

This  entrance  is  difficult  to  distinguish,  and  care  should  be  taken 
not  to  mistake  another  passige  between  the  islands  for  it. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Old  Fdrolle  Harbor 
at  9h.  4Gm. ;  springs  rise  5  feet  (approximate).  The  tidal  streams 
follow  the  direction  of  the  wind  when  it  blows  freshly,  but  the 
flood  runs  ordinarily  to  the  south  and  the  ebb  to  the  north. 

Seal  Cove,  f  mile  noi-th  of  Fish  Island,  is  open  to  the  west  and 
does  not  afford  good  anchorage.  Seal  Point,  north  of  this  cove, 
has  a  reef  extending  from  it  360  yards. 

Cape  Ste.  Genevieve, '}  mile  NE.  of  Seal  Point,  is  low,  covered 
with  small  trees,  fringed  by  shoals,  and  should  not  be  approached 
within  i  mile. 


vm 


^mmmm 


204 


'vm"'inwiif^ 


NEWFOUNDLAND WEST   COAST. 


Cape  Islet,  a  small  islet,  is  nearly  joined  to  the  north  side  of  the 
(!ape  by  shoal  water. 

Pond  Cove,  east  of  this  islet,  is  a  mile  deep,  completely  open 
to  the  north  and  filled  with  shoals.  The  east  side  of  this  cove  is 
formed  by  Southwest  Point,  low,  wooded,  and  narrow. 

Entry  Island  lies  close  north  of  Southwest  Point,  with  shoal 
water  between  and  passage  only  for  small  boats.  It  is  composed 
of  shingle  with  a  little  verdure  at  the  summit,  is  low  and  difficult 
to  recognize.  Reefs  stretch  west  of  this  island,  leaving  only  a 
passage  200  yards  wide  between  them  and  the  shoals  oflf  Gooseberry 
Island. 

Gooseberry  Island,  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  north  from  Entry 
Island,  is  low  and  flat,  covered  with  grass  and  with  staep  sides, 
and  is  nearly  a  mile  long  and  300  yards  wide.  The  SW.  portion 
is  bordered  by  reefs  that  extend  two-thirds  of  the  distance  to 
Entry  Island,  near  the  extreme  of  which  is  Porpoise  Rock,  that 
uncovers  at  half  tide  and  is  600  yards  from  Entry  Island. 

Lobster  Island,  with  a  small  green  mound  on  it,  lies  a  short 
distance  east  of  the  NE.  point  of  Gooseberry  Island,  and  continues 
SW.  in  shoals  and  rocks  for  a  distance  of  200  yards. 

A  Bank,  part  of  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  between 
Lobster  Island  and  Porpoise  Rock. 

Green  Rocks,  600  yards  SE.  of  Lobster  Island,  cover  at  high 
water  and  are  bold-to  on  the  south  side.  There  is  a  depth  of  19 
feet  in  the  channel  between  Green  Rocks  and  Lobster  Island. 

Current  Island,  aboiit  -J-  mile  north  of  Gooseberry  Island,  is 
larger  than  the  latter,  but  about  the  same  height ;  it  is  flat  and 
covered  with  verdure.  The  outer  coasts  are  fringed  by  bowlders, 
and  have  a  depth  of  6  fathoms  200  yards  from  the  shore.  Fisher- 
man Cove  is  a  small  indentation  on  the  north  side,  in  which  are 
some  huts.  Current  Island  is  separated  from  the  mainland  by 
North  Pass,  i  mile  wide,  with  3  feet  in  it  at  low  water. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  consisting  of  a  pile  of  stones  surmounted 
by  a  pole,  is  situated  on  the  west  mound. 

Ste.  Genevieve  Bay  is  formed  by  Entry,  Gooseberry,  and  Cur- 
rent Islands  and  the  mainland.  All  the  east  coast  of  the  bay  is 
wooded,  low,  and  without  any  distinctive  features.  It  is  bordered 
by  shoals,  several  of  which  are  grouped  off  the  SE.  side  of  Entry 
Island,  leaving,  however,  sufficient  space  for  a  good  anchorage  for 
fishing  craft  between  them  and  Entry  Island,  in  3f  to  5  fathoms. 

Great  Bank,  4^  mile  long,  is  1,400  yards  ENE.  of  Entry  Island 
and  i  mile  from  the  east  side  of  the  bay.  Several  portions  of  this 
bank  uncover  at  low  water,  but  there  is  a  clear  passage  between  it 
and  the  main. 


north  side  of  the 

completely  open 
e  of  this  cove  is 
rrow. 

*oint,  with  shoal 
It  is  composed 
low  and  difficult 
,  leaving  only  a 
lis  oflf  Gooseberry 

lorth  from  Entry 

Avith  staep  sides, 

rhe  SW.  portion 

'  the  distance  to 

rpoise  Rock,  that 

y  Island. 

on  it,  lies  a  short 

nd,  and  continues 

•ds. 

,ter,  lies  between 

id,  cover  at  high 
is  a  depth  of  19 
bster  Island, 
leberry  Island,  is 
ht;  it  is  flat  and 
ged  by  bowlders, 
e  shore.  Fisher- 
;ide,  in  which  are 
the  mainland  by 
water, 
ones  surmounted 

seberry,  and  Cur- 
ast  of  the  bay  is 
It  is  bordered 

E.  side  of  Entry 
lod  anchorage  for 
}J  to  5  fathoms, 

of  Entry  Island 
1  portions  of  this 
assage  between  it 


ST.  BABBE   HARBOR. 


295 


A  Shoal,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  halfway  between  Great 
Bank  and  Entry  Island. 

Crab  Rocks,  200  yards  north  of  Lobster  Island,  cover  av  high 
water,  with  the  exception  of  three  small  heads.  They  are  sur- 
rounded by  a  shoal  bank  in  all  directions,  and,  with  the  shoals  off 
Gooseberry  and  Current  Islands,  nearly  block  the  channel. 

Mutton,  Coot,  and  Beef  Islands  stretch  in  a  line  south  of  the 
eastern  end  of  Current  Island,  separated  from  themselves  and  Cur- 
rent Island  by  channels  fit  for  boats  only.  From  the  soutliern, 
Beef  Island,  a  bank  with  13  feet  deepest  water  stretches  to  the 
mainland. 

Anchorage  with  perfect  safety  may  be  had  east  of  the  passage 
between  Beef  and  Coot  Islands  in  5  fathoms,  mud. 

A  Bank  extends  NE.  of  Mutton  Island,  leaving  only  a  narrow 
passage  between  it  and  the  mainland,  into  which  small  craft  may 
enter  by  keeping  close  to  the  mainland  till  Current  Island  north 
extreme  bears  N.  33°  W.  (North  mag.). 

Directions. — No  stranger  should  enter  this  bay  without  a  pilot. 
The  channels  are  intricate  and  narrow,  the  passages  lying  between 
dangerous  sunken  rocks. 

Ice.— St.  Genevieve  Bay  freezes  late  in  November  or  during 
December,  and  breaks  up  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Genevieve  Bay 
at  lOh.  43m. ;  springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  660.) 

Black  Duck  Cove,  one  mile  NE.  of  Current  Island,  is  an  open 
bight,  where  there  are  several  fishermen's  houses. 

St.  Barbe  Point,  nearly  2  miles  NE.  of  Current  Island,  is 
bordered  by  a  shingle  beach  and  broken  white  stones,  and  the 
coast  is  tolerably  steep,  low,  and  wooded,  and  should  not  be 
approached  nearer  than  400  yards. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  consisting  of  a  pile  of  stones  surmounted 
by  a  dead  tree,  stands  on  the  point. 

St.  Barbe  Bay,  1^  miles  wide  between  St.  Barbe  and  Anchor 
Points,  is  fringed  on  its  north  and  east  shores  by  dangerous  shoals, 
the  western  of  which,  Winter  Flat,  with  10  teet  least  water  over 
it,  is  nearly  800  yards  offshore;  outside  the  harbor  the  holding 
ground  is  very  foul  and  rocky. 

St.  Barbe  Harbor,  at  the  south  end  of  the  bay,  is  entered  between 
Harbor  Point  on  the  west  side,  which  may  be  recognized  by  a 
lobster  factory  on  it,  and  Stony  Point  on  the  east,  which  is  marked 
by  three  beacons.  The  rocks  are  limestone  of  nearly  horizontal 
strata;  slioal  water  extends  a  short  distance  off  botii  shores,  and 
the  harbor  stretches  in  an  easterly  direction  with  depths  of  3^  to 


~<^i^^:siii^^JfMiiii^iam:iff.-i>.f!.W't 


:*a«fe-v.t_rJii4--M'i.i 


296 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


4^  fathoms ;  from  this  it  gradually  shoals  in  the  same  direction  to 
East  River. 

Beacons. — The  outer  beacon  is  close  to  the  beach,  and  consists 
of  a  post  with  a  whitewashed  barrel  on  the  top ;  the  middle  beacon 
consists  of  a  cone  with  a  stick  on  top ;  the  inner  beacon  has  two 
cones  placed  vertically,  the  upper  of  which  is  white  and  sur- 
mounted by  a  cross ;  when  in  line  these  beacons  bear  S.  69"  E.  (S. 
35°  E.  mag.). 

Directions.— Bring  the  beacons  on  Stony  Point  in  line,  to  pass 
between  "Winter  Flat  and  the  shoal  water  off  the  south  shore,  in 
not  less  than  6  fathoms  water ;  when  the  house  in  Traitant  Cove 
(the  first  bend  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor)  comes  open  of  Harbor 
Point,  bearing  about  south  (S.  34°  W.  mag.),  steer  mid-channel 
into  the  harbor  and  anchor  in  4i  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  good 
holding  ground,  with  the  wharf  in  Traitant  Cove  bearing  S.  44° 
W.  (S.  78°  W.  mag.)  and  Harbor  Point  N.  46°  W.  (N.  12°  W.  mag.). 
The  settlers  report  that  the  bay  breaks  right  across  after  heavy 
westerly  gales. 

Ice. — St.  Barbe  Bay  freezes  late  in  November  or  during  Decem- 
ber, and  breaks  up  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Barbe  Harbor 
at  lOh. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet.  The  stream  in 
the  center  runs  one  hour  after  the  inshore  tide. 

Winter  Cove,  in  the  NE.  corner  of  St.  Barbe  Bay,  i.s  completely 
open  to  the  westward,  and  the  entrance  is  partially  obstructed  by 
reefs  stretching  from  the  south  point. 

Ice  Point,  low  and  narrow^,  with  shoals  off  the  extreme,  lies  half- 
way between  Winter  and  Anchor  Coves. 

Anchor  Point  is  low  and  continued  by  a  ledge  extending  ^  mile. 
The  beacons  on  Stony  Point  in  line  lead  well  clear  of  this  ledge. 

Anchor  Cove  is  situated  immediately  east  of  the  point  and  is 
open  to  SW.  A  few  schooners  can  moor  head  and  stern  and  lie  in 
safety,  as  the  heavy  sea  breaks  on  the  entrance  points,  and  only 
the  swell  runs  up  the  cove.  The  houses  at  the  head  of  this  cove 
are  very  conspicuous. 

The  Coast  to  the  northeastward  of  Anchor  Point  is  low  and 
shoal,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

Deadman  Cove,  if  miles  from  Anchor  Point,  contains  some 
houses,  and  is  marked  by  a  conspicuous  black  cliff  on  the  north 
point. 
Bear  Cove,  f  mile  northeastward,  also  contains  some  houses. 
Sea  Islands,  3J^  miles  from  Anchor  Point,  are  a  group  of  four 
islands  and  some  rocks,  separated  from  the  main  by  a  narrow 
channel  fit  for  boats.  The  outer  island  is  of  white  rock,  and  the 
inner  and  largest  covered  with  grass,  with  several  houses  near  the 
summit. 


■MP 


le  direction  to 

,  and  consists 
middle  beacon 
sacon  has  two 
hite  and  sur- 
,r  S.  69"  E.  (S. 

in  line,  to  pass 
outh  shore,  in 
Traitant  Cove 
)pen  of  Harbor 
ir  mid-channel 
ver  mud,  good 
bearing  S.  44° 
.  12°W.  mag.). 
ss  after  heavy 

during  Decem- 

Barbe  Harbor 
The  stream  in 

y,  is  completely 
obstructed  by 

breme,  lies  half- 

:tending  i  mile. 

>f  this  ledge. 

le  point  and  is 
Istern  and  lie  in 

»ints,  and  only 
lad  of  this  cove 

lint  is  low  and 
Imile. 
contains  some 
on  the  north 

Bome  houses. 

group  of  four 

by  a  narrow 

rock,  and  the 

louses  near  the 


1 


FLOWER    AND    NAMELESS    COVES. 


297 


Seal  Ledges  lie  NW.  300  yards  from  Seal  Islands  and  are  steep- to. 

Fillot  Bank,  with  5^  fathoms  water  over  it,  but  on  which  a 
depth  of  19  feet  has  been  reported,  lies  l^V  miles  N.  8()°  W.  (N.  52° 
W,  mag.)  from  Capstan  Point  and  off  the  entrance  of  Flower  and 
Nameless  Coves ;  it  is  about  400  yards  in  extent  in  a  N.  by  E.  and 
S.  by  W.  direction. 

Flower  Cove,  eastward  of  Seal  Islands,  is  much  frequented  by 
fishing  craft,  and  affords  good  anchorage  to  vessels  of  moderate 
length  drawing  less  than  10  feet  water,  but  is  not  readily  recog- 
nized, there  being  nearly  as  many  houses  on  Inner  Seal  Island  and 
in  Nameless  Cove,  li  miles  to  the  northward.  The  courthouse,  a 
large,  square  house,  of  a  much  darker  color  than  any  of  the  others, 
is  situated  on  the  highest  part  of  Capstan  Point. 

The  cove  is  nearly  one  mile  long,  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance, 
and  narrows  to  the  head.  Rocky  Islet  lies  in  the  middle  of  the 
entrance,  with  shoal  water  between  it  and  the  north  shore. 

It  is  reported  that  the  depths  in  Flower  Cove  have  shoaled,  and 
that  there  are  2^  feet  less  water  than  is  charted. 

Directions. — Seal  Island  should  be  rounded  at  a  distance  of  at 
least  i  mile  to  clear  Seal  Ledges,  and  when  the  rocky  islet  bears 
N.  86°  E.  (S.  60°  E.  mag.)  it  may  be  steered  for  and  passed  in  mid- 
channel  between  the  islet  and  the  south  point. 

Anchorage,  may  be  had  eastward  of  the  islet  in  3^  fathoms,  or 
by  keeping  farther  east  in  mid-channel,  in  the  same  depth,  inside 
the  peninsula  on  the  south  shore. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Flower  Cove  at 
lOh.  6m.  , 

Capstan  Point,  north  of  this  cove,  is  low,  fringed  by  a  stony 
beach,  and  continued  by  shoals  i  mile. 

Nameless  Cove,  NE.  of  Capstan  Point,  is  fit  only  for  vessels 
drawing  less  than  9  feet.  It  is  nearly  filled  by  islands  and  shoals. 
Flower  Island  is  the  western  and  largest,  surmounted  by  a  house. 
Herb  Island,  the  next  highest,  is  E.  by  S.  of  it,  and  north  of  the 
passage  between  these  two  is  Slab  Island,  the  lowest. 

Directions. — Bring  the  eastern  fishing  stage  at  the  head  a  little 
open  north  of  Herb  Island,  N.  61°  E.  (S.  86°  E.  mag.),  and  pass 
between  that  and  Slab  Island  at  a  third  of  the  distance  across 
from  Herb  Island,  and  when  the  western  fishing  stage  bears  North 
(N.  34°  W.  mag.)  steer  for  it  and  anchor  in  3^  fathoms,  with  the 
north  extreme  of  Slab  Island  West  (N.  56°  W.  mag.).  Care  must 
be  taken  to  avoid  a  bank  NE.  of  Herb  Island.  There  is  another 
small  space  for  anchorage,  reached  by  passing  east  of  the  bank 
NE.  of  Herb  Island,  in  13  feet  water. 

Small  craft  enter  this  cove  by  passing  between  Herb  Island  and 
the  south  shore. 


\ 


mm 


MMMlUWibdMtttt 


298 


NEW  FOUNDLAND — WEvST   COAST. 


The  aiichorage  SW.  of  Flower  Island  off  the  entrance  of  Name- 
less Cove  is  bad. 

Flower  Ledges,  parts  of  which  uncover  at  low  water,  extend 
f  mile  NW.  of  Flower  Island.  To  pass  west  of  Flower  Ledges 
keep  the  houses  in  Bear  Cove  open  west  of  Seal  Islands. 

Grenville  Ledges,  with  2  feet  water,  are  f  mile  NE.  of  Flower 
Ledges,  and  are  600  yards  from  the  coast. 

Mistaken  Cove,  NE.  of  Nameless  Cove,  is  nearly  dry  at  low- 
water  ;  the  surrounding  coast  is  low  and  covered  with  vegetation. 

Savage  Cove,  l^  miles  from  Mistaken  Cove,  affords  good  anchor- 
age to  small  vessels,  in  13  feet  water,  and  is  easy  of  access. 

The  passage  in  is  north  of  Cooper  Island,  that  is  nearly  joined 
to  the  south  shore,  and  on  which  are  the  fishing  establishments. 
Strong  north  winds  produce  a  heavy  swell  in  the  cove. 

Tides.— From  Anchor  Point  to  Belle  Isle  Strait  the  tidal  streams 
along  the  coast  sometimes  attain  a  velocity  of  2  knots  an  hour,  and 
assist  in  making  navigation  dangerous.  When  not  influenced  by 
a  strong  breeze,  the  flood  runs  SW.  and  the  ebb  NE. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  974.) 

The  Coast  from  Anchor  Point  to  Cape  Norman  is  low,  without 
any  remarkable  feature. 

Sandy  Bay,  a  little  more  than  a  mile  NE.  of  Savage  Cove,  is 
quite  open.  Small  vessels  can  find  temporary  anchorage  in  4f 
fathoms,  with  shelter  from  east  to  SW.  through  south. 

Double  Ledge,  with  8  feet  water,  lies  a  little  more  than  |  mile 
off  the  shore,  nearly  2  miles  from  Sandy  Bay.  , 

Green  Island,  f  mile  off  shore,  5  miles  NE.  of  Sandy  Bay,  is 
narrow,  low,  and  covered  with  grass  at  the  summit,  and  can  be 
seen  10  miles  in  clear  weather. 

A  Reef  stretches  f  mile  off  the  NE.  end  of  the  island  and  breaks 
with  any  sea.  The  east  extreme  of  the  reef  is  within  ^  mile  of  the 
Newfoundland  shore. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  8  fathoms  between  Green  Island  and 
Newfoundland,  with  fair  shelter  from  all  winds,  but  those  from 
east  and  west  produce  a  tolerably  high  sea. 

Straight  Coast  begins  at  the  west  point,  4  miles  from  Green 
Island,  and  runs  in  nearly  a  straight  line  20  miles  to  Boat  Penin- 
sula. It  is  fringed  by  gray  rocky  cliff,  steep-to.  There  is  a  small 
creek  for  boats  11^  miles  from  Green  Island,  and  another  about  a 
mile  farther  east.     The  coast  is  barren  throughout. 

Boat  Peninsula  projects  about  ^  mile.  Boat  Stern,  the  west 
point,  is  steep  and  forms  the  east  point  of  Open  Bay,  off  the  west 
point  of  which  shoal  water  extends  some  distance.  Boat  Head,  the 
east  extreme  of  the  peninsula,  is  surrounded  by  a  dangerous  reef 


trance  of  Name- 

)w  water,  extend 

'  Flower  Ledges 

slands. 

e  NE.  of  Flower 

larly  dry  at  low 

with  vegetation. 

»rds  good  anchor- 

of  access. 

is  nearly  joined 

;  establishments. 

cove. 

the  tidal  streams 

lots  an  hour,  and 

lot  influenced  by 

JJE. 


1  is  low,  without 

Savage  Cove,  is 
anchorage  in  4f 
louth. 
nore  than  -^  mile 

af  Sandy  Bay,  is 
iiuit,  and  can  be 

Island  and  breaks 
ihin  ^  mile  of  the 

Green  Island  and 
,  but  those  from 

tiiles  from  Green 
es  to  Boat  Penin- 
There  is  a  small 
[  another  about  a 
at. 

,t  Stern,  the  west 

Bay,  off  the  west 

Boat  Head,  the 

a  dangerous  reef 


OOOK   IIABBOB. 


299 


extending  some  distance  from  the  shore.  Boat  Cove,  east  of  Boat 
Pemnsula,  is  open  to  the  northeastward.  Small  vessels  can  anchor 
there  with  offshore  winds. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  151.) 

Cape  Norman,  a  point  of  bare  rock  with  low  cliffs,  is  steep-to 
on^its  west  and  north  sides,  but  south  from  it  the  coast  becomes 

Idght-From  a  hexagonal  tower,  65  feet  in  height  and  painted 
white,  a  revolving  white  light,  with  a  period  of  revolution  of  two 
minutes  is  exhibited  at  an  elevation  of  116  feet,  and  should  be 
visible  16  miles. 

Fog  Sign^._A  steam  fog  horn  gives  blasts  of  five  seconds 
duration  at  intervals  of  thirty-five  seconds  during  thick  or  foggv 
weather.  1  he  fog-signal  house  is  70  yards  east  of  the  lighthouse 
and  elevated  67  feet  above  high  water. 

Tidal  Streams—At  Cape  Norman  the  inshore  streams  run  two 
hours  after  high  and  low  water,  and  in  the  center  of  the  strait 
until  four  hours  after. 

Cape  Norman  Bay,  a  mile  wide  between  Whale  Point  and  the 
mw.  extreme  of  the  peninsula  dividing  it  from  Cook  Harbor  is 
entirely  open  to  the  northeastward,  and  affords  no  safe  anchorage 

Cook  Point.  IS  a  low  tongue  of  land,  off  which  Cook  Kocks  and 
other  dangers  extend  f  mile. 

Priest  Rock,  with  13  feet  water,  is  the  western  of  these  shoals 
and  lies  1,300  yards  N.  18°  W.  (N.  16°  E.  mag.)  from  Cook  Point 

Tvr^«^^*?xr  ?^?'J^*^  ^^  ^'^*'  ''  *^^  «^^*«^^'  ^^d  is  1,300  yards 
N.  36    E.  (N.  69°  E.  mag.)  from  Cook  Point. 

To  pass  between  these  two  shoals,  keep  Whale  Cave  (Le  Trou  de 
^  Baleine)  under  Burnt  Cape,  between  Black  Island  and  Black 
Rock,  bearing  S.  46°  E.  (S.  12°  E.  mag.). 

Cook  Harbor  is  formed  south  of  Cook  Point  by  a  group  of 
islands  lying  parallel  to  it.  ^ 

Nei^e  Bay  is  a  small  indentation  NW.  of  Fauvette  Island,  with 
a  fashing  establishment  on  the  shores. 

The  entrance  of  the  harbor  is  not  easily  distinguished  from  the 
eastward,  the  uniform  height  of  the  land  rendering  recognition 
^'^ll\^^y^^^^^  of  Cape  Ddgrat,  kept  between  Cape  Onion 
and  the  Mewstone,  bearing  N.  87°  E.  (S.  59°  E.  mag.),  will  lead  to 
the  entrance.  Enter  the  harbor  on  the  south  shore,  keeping  about 
i  mile  from  Green  Island  and  300  yards  from  Schooner  Island 
Round  nearly  200  yards  SW.  of  Prosper  Islet,  then  steer  for  the 
JVE.  point  of  Neige  Bay,  to  clear  the  shoals  NE.  of  Fauvette  Island 
and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and  mud.       ' 

14910 20 


i 


w.imi^^miiWi^m«m,^smrs^i,^Si^i, 


Ami'':  ry,:^ 


"BUT*' 


MM 


6 


300 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   C0A8T. 


I 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cook  Harbor  at 
7h.  25m. ;  springs  rise  3^  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Fistolet  Bay  is  entered  between  Black  Island  and  Burnt  Cape, 
a  width  of  3  miles,  is  6  miles  deep  and  5  miles  wide  at  the  head. 
Shallow  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  Pistolet  Bay,  is  formed  by  the 
main  and  Boisdes  Islands,  a  group  extending  south  from  Schooner 
Island,  There  is  anchorage  in  4  fathoms  just  west  of  Boisdes 
Island,  but  the  bottom  is  sprinkled  with  bowlders,  the  holding 
ground  is  bad,  and  sea  from  the  eastward  reaches  the  anchorage. 

All  the  SW.  part  of  Pistolet  Bay  being  exposed  to  NE.,  affords 
only  temporary  anchorage,  and  the  shores  at  the  head  are  shallow 
^  mile  from  the  shore. 

Burnt  Cape,  the  east  point  of  the  entrance  of  Pistolet  Bay,  is 
the  extreme  of  a  high  barren  peninsula  of  a  whitish  color  223  feet 
high.  On  the  west  face  is  a  deep  hole,  called  Whale  Cave  (Le 
Trou  de  la  Baleine),  conspicuous  from  westward. 

Triangle  Point,  low  and  wooded,  stretches  f  mile  from  the 
south  shore  of  the  bay,  and  is  continued  by  banks  that  leave  a 
passage  a  mile  wide  between  them  and  Dog  Bank. 

Chien  (Dog)  Rock  nearly  covers  at  high  water,  and  is  the 
summit  of  a  bank  extending  nearly  1^  miles  from  the  SW,  extreme 
of  Burnt  Cape  Peninsula. 

Milan  Arm  is  at  the  SE.  end  of  the  Pistolet  Bay,  and  extends 
3^  miles  to  the  southeastward  and  2  miles  to  the  eastward.  On 
the  north  side  of  the  entrance  is  Trompe  I'CEil  Point,  composed  of 
low  rocks  and  bowlders,  running  parallel  to  the  south  shore  of  the 
bay,  and  continued  by  shoals  for  a  distance  of  about  a  mile, 

Parker  Biver  empties  just  west  of  the  entrance  to  Milan  Arm, 
A  group  of  huts  marks  the  entrance  to  the  river  and  the  south 
point  of  Milan  Arm,  A  salmon  fishery  is  carried  on  here  by  some 
Indians. 

Mic-mac  Islet  lies  in  the  entrance  to  Milan  Arm,  and  is  small 
and  grassy. 

Directions. — To  find  anchorage  in  Pistolet  Bay  available  for 
vessels  of  moderate  draft  only :  Steer  up  the  bay  with  Triangle 
Point  bearing  S,  20°  W,  (S,  54°  W.  mag.)  or  nearly  parallel  to  the 
west  side  of  Burnt  Cape.  Dog  Rock  will  soon  be  seen  if  carefully 
looked  for,  and  the  huts  at  the  entrance  to  Parker  River.  On  this 
course,  when  the  huts  bear  S,  41°  E,  (S.  7°  E.  mag.)  steer  S.  31° 
E.  (S.  3°  W,  mag,)  for  the  gap  in  the  hills  south  of  the  huts,  to 
pass  between  Dog  Rock  and  Triangle  Point  Banks,  Round  I^og 
Rock  at  J  mile,  when  a  fair  anchorage  will  be  found  in  4^  taulioms, 
stones  and  gravel, 

A  small  vessel  may  proceed  to  the  best  anchorage  in  the  bay,  off 
Parker  River,    A  vessel  drawing  less  than  16  feet  water  can  enter 


MMMttl 


Nm 


look  Harbor  at 

id  Burnt  Cape, 
ie  at  the  head, 
formed  by  the 
from  Schooner 
est  of  Boisdes 
rs,  the  holding 
the  anchorage, 
to  NE.,  affords 
3ad  are  shallow 

*istolet  Bay,  is 
h  color  233  feet 
^hale  Cave  (Le 

mile  from  the 
:s  that  leave  a 

ter,  and  is  the 
le  SW.  extreme 

ly,  and  extends 
eastward.  On 
it,  composed  of 
ith  shore  of  the 
it  a  mile, 
to  Milan  Arm. 
and  the  south 
in  here  by  some 

m,  and  is  small 

,y  available  for 
■  with  Triangle 
J  parallel  to  the 
een  if  carefully 
Eliver.  On  this 
g.)  steer  S.  31° 
of  the  huts,  to 
s.  Round  I'^og 
I  in  4^  taolioms, 

3  in  the  bay,  off 
water  can  enter 


iiniii 


CAPE   ONION. 


301 


Milan  Arm  by  passing  nortli  of  Mic-mac  Islet.  When  east  of  Mic- 
mac  Islet  anchor  as  convenient  in  the  middle  of  the  arm,  but  the 
cove  east  of  Milan  Point  must  not  be  entered. 

This  last  anchorage  should  not  be  taken  without  a  pilot.  Ves- 
sels may  also  proceed  to  the  head  of  the  arm  with  a  pilot,  where 
anchorage  may  be  had  in  2  to  3  fathoms,  mud. 

Caution.— Current— The  local  pilots  state  that  a  constant 
current  sets  out  of  Milan  Arm,  in  a  westerly  direction,  supposed 
to  be  caused  by  the  number  of  fresh- water  streams  pouring  into 
the  arm.  When  leaving  the  anchorage,  therefore,  care  must  be 
taken  that  the  ship  is  not  set  by  it  to  the  westward,  toward  the 
shoals  extending  from  Triangle  Point. 

Ice — The  upper  part  of  the  arms  of  Pistolet  and  Sacred  Bays 
freeze  in  December,  and  the  bays  fill  from  Cape  Norm  an  to  Cape 
Bauld;  the  ice  breaks  up  in  May  according  to  the  season. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Pistolet  Bay  at 
7h.  39m. ;  springs  rise  3i  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Ha-ha  Bay,  east  of  Burnt  Island,  is  1^  miles  wide  and  a  little 
more  than  3  miles  deep.  Piton  Point  is  the  extreme  of  a  flat  hum- 
mocky  peninsula  extending  from  the  east  shore,  fringed  by  rocks, 
steep-to  on  the  north  side,  and  narrowing  the  entrance  of  the  har- 
bor to  900  yards.  South  of  the  peninsula  the  bay  is  filled  with 
shoals,  so  that  vessels  can  not  get  shelter  behind  Piton  Point. 
The  isthmus  separating  Ha-ha  Bay  from  Pistolet  Bay  is  low  and 
700  yards  wide.  The  north  point  of  Piton  Point  Peninsula  should 
not  be  approached  close-to,  or  the  shore  off  the  isthmus. 

The  Coast  from  Ha-ha  Bay  to  Cape  Onion,  3^  miles,  is  cliffy 
and  steep,  with  some  small  co-ves  that  afford  no  shelter  except  for 
boats  with  offshore  winds. 

Cape  Onion  is  259  feet  high  and  easy  to  recognize  by  the  Mew- 
stone  (Gros-oignon)  close  off  the  NE.  extreme.  The  cape  is  the 
extreme  of  a  peninsula,  the  north  face  composed  of  black  cliff,  and 
the  isthmus  \  mile  wide  between  Savage  Cove  and  Sacred  Bay. 
On  the  ledge,  extending  from  Cape  Onion  to  the  Mewstono,  are 
two  other  cliffy  hummocks.  These  rocks  form  the  north  shore  of 
Onion  Cove,  on  the  south  part  of  which  are  some  fishing  establish- 
ments. The  south  shore  of  the  cove  is  foul,  and  it  is  exposed  to 
the  northeastward. 

Onion  Island  (lie  &  Bourge),  composed  of  flat  rocks,  on  which 
are  a  round  hillock  and  a  remarkable  square  rock,  is  south  of 
the  cove.  The  south  side  is  bold-to,  aud  the  east  side  may  be 
approached  to  a  distance  of  200  yards. 

Sacred  Bay,  entered  between  Capes  Onion  and  Artimon,  is  3 
miles  in  width  and  nearly  3  miles  deep.  Numerous  islets  and 
shoals  encumber  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  and  form  West  and 
South  Roads,  the  only  safe  anchorages. 


M 


wsa 


i 


i 


i 


i 


303 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


Low  Islets,  nearly  i  mile  SW.  of  Onion  Island,  are  connected 
by  reefs  to  the  north  shore,  but  steep-to  on  the  south  side 

Little  Harbor  is  west  of  Low  Islets,  between  them  and  a  penin- 
sula i  mile  farther  SW.,  that  terminates  in  Fauvette  Point,  long 
and  narrow,  steep-to  on  the  south  side,  with  two  fishinir  stages 
projecting  from  it.  The  harbor  is  only  a  small  curve  in  the  coast, 
and  the  sea  from  the  east  fetches  home,  but  good  anchorage  may 
be  had  in  5  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  with  Onion  Island  showing 
between  Low  Islets  and  the  main. 

Mauvals  Oars  is  a  small  rock,  i  mile  east  of  Fauvette  Point 
that  covers  at  high  water,  and  from  'which  a  reef  extends  100 
yards  to  the  southwestward. 

Bon  Gars  and  Petit  Gars  are  connected  nearly  to  I'auvette 
Point.  Bon  Gars,  the  southern,  is  always  above  water,  and 
steep-to  on  the  south  and  west  sides.  It  is  400  yards  from  Fau- 
vette Point. 

^1°^^,?.  Islands  are  a  group  at  the  NE.  extreme  of  the  shoals 
on  the  SW.  shore  of  the  bay. 

A  Shoal  with  16  feet  water  lies  350  yards  NNE.  from  the  north- 
ern of  Moyacs  Islands,  and  is  steep-to  on  its  outer  sides. 

West  Road,  a  semicircular  basin  SW.  of  Fauvette  Point,  is  + 
mile  deep,  but  shoal  water  extends  i  mile  from  the  shore     To 

!nc^^^T^  ^'''*'"  ^^^^""^  •'""'*^  ''P^''  ^^'*  °^  L«w  Islets,  bearing  N 
40  ]L.  (N.  74  E.  mag.),  and  run  on  that  mark  between  Mauvals 
Gars  and  the  bank  off  Hostis  Island,  until  Bon  Gars  bears  West 
{N  56  W.  mag.),  when  it  maybe  rounded  at  200  yards  distant 
and  good  anchorage  obtained,  but  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  an 
isolated  rock,  having  19  feet  water  on  it,  lying  700  yards  S.  60°  W 

w'  f  «^;  ™^^-^  ^''°°'  Fauvette  Point,  or  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
West  Road. 

South  Road  may  be  entered  between  Curlew  Point  and  Moyacs 
Islands,  steering  for  Green  Island  open  west  of  Curlew  Point  off 
which  latter  shoal  water  extends  about  200  yards,  and  when 'the 
square  rock  on  Onion  Island  is  seen  just  west  of  the  southern 
Moyacs  Island,  bearing  about  N.  12°  E.  (N.  46°  E  mag  )  keen 
that  mark  astern,  and  it  will  lead  to  the  South  Road,  passing  close 
west  of  a  rock  that  covers,  off  the  east  shore.  When  that  rock  is 
passed,  haul  to  the  southward  and  anchor  in  6  fathoms  water 
over  sand  and  mud.  ' 

The  basin  at  the  head  is  shoal  for  1,600  yards  from  the  east 

f  rn^""  i'^^^^^'"^"  ^''''^  "'^  ^^'*'  lin^iti^gthe  anchorage  space 
to  600  yards  m  diameter.  ^ 

Tides—It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  South  Road  at  7h 
23m. ;  springs  rise  about  3  feet. 


tid,  are  connected 
luth  Hide, 
iieni  and  a  penin- 
vette  Point,  long 
ro  fishing  stages 
Lirve  in  the  coast, 
I  anchorage  may 
Ishind  showing 

Fauvette  Point, 
reef  extends  100 

rly  to  Fauvette 
»ove  water,  and 
ards  from  Fau- 

me  of  the  shoals 

from  the  north- 
sides, 
vette  Point,  is  i 

the  shore.  To 
lets,  bearing  N. 
jtween  Mauvais 
^ars  bears  West 
0  yards  distant 
ken  to  avoid  an 

yards  S.  60°  W. 
in  the  middle  of 

>int  and  Moyacs 
irlew  Point,  off 
and  when  the 
•f  the  southern 
E.  mag.),  keep 
d,  passing  close 
len  that  rock  is 
fathoms  water, 

from  the  east 
nchorage  space 

th  Road  at  7h. 


ISLANDS. 


(H.  O,  Chart  No.  608.) 


303 


The  Coast  Ijotweon  Curlew  Point  and  Cape  Artiraon  is  Iowa 
shallow,  affording  neither  anchorage  nor  shelter  from  north  winds. 

Oape  Artlmon,  the  north  point  of  an  island  400  yards  from  the 
main,  is  cliffy  and  easy  to  rocog/iizo.  Shoals  extcMid  850  yards 
NW.  and  a  group  of  islets  and  shoals  nearly  1^^  miles  NE. 

Sacred  Islands,  off  Sacred  Bay,  are  easy  of  recognition,  and 
have  clear  passages  between  themselves  and  the  main. 

Qreat  Island  is  nearly  a  mile  long,  steep-to  all  round,  covered 
with  grass,  and  the  highest  point  at  the  top  of  the  cliff  forming 
the  north  side  of  the  island  is  209  feet  above  high  water.  It  lies 
a  little  more  than  1  ^  miles  northeastward  of  the  Mewstone. 

Maudit  Bank,  with  7  fathoms  water,  breaks  in  bad  weather, 
and  lies  nearly  2  miles  N.  16°  E.  (N.  50°  E.  mag.)  from  Great 
Island. 

Little  Island,  nearly  a  mile  SE.  of  Great  Island,  and  f  mile 
from  Cape  Artimon,  is  lower  than  Great  Island,  and  steep-to 
except  off  the  south  extreme,  which  should  not  be  approached 
nearer  than  200  yards. 

Verte  Island,  ^  mile  NE.  of  Cape  Artimon,  is  low,  grassy,  and 
surrounded  by  reefs,  leaving  a  passage  300  yards  wide  between 
them  and  the  shoals  off  Cape  Artimon. 

Le  Grand  Mulou  (Northwest  Ledge)  is  the  NE.  extreme  of 
the  ledges  oft'  Cape  Artimon,  and  is  the  summit  of  a  bank,  with  6 
feet  least  water,  300  yards  in  diameter. 

Clearing  Marks.— The  Mewstone,  touching  the  south  extreme 
of  Little  Sacred  Island,  leads  north,  and  the  summit  of  Great  Sa- 
cred Island  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  Little  Sacred  Island 
leads  NE.  of  this  shoal. 

Maria  Reefs,  ^  mile  from  Verte  Island  and  i  mile  NE.  of  Cape 
Ardoise,  are  a  group  of  black  islets,  some  of  which  are  7  feet 
above  high  water.  Two  shoals,  with  16  feet  water  on  each  of 
them,  are  situated  between  Maria  Reefs  and  those  off  Verte  Island. 

Mdd^e  Bay  lies  SE.  of  Cape  Artimon  and  is  obstructed  by 
shoals  and  islets.  At  the  head  are  some  fishing  stages.  Cape 
Ardoise,  east  of  the  bay,  is  a  remarkable  round  gray  hill,  184  feet 
above  high  water. 

Maria  Bay,  south  of  Cape  Ardoise,  is  open  to  the  eastward  and 
affords  no  shelter.  Cape  Raven,  the  east  point  of  the  bay,  is  steep, 
and  a  little  west  is  a  high  cliffy  point  called  Cape  Noir. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance 
to  Maria  Bay,  800  yards  S.  65°  E.  (S.  29°  E.  mag.)  from  Cape  Ardoise. 

Prom  it  Foirou  Island  is  seen  in  line  with  the  middle  of  Maria 
Reefs. 


nam 


».( — rm 


II 


J 


t 


» 


804 


NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST   COAST. 


Mauve  Bay  (Noddy  Harbor)  is  J  milo  wido  botwoou  Capo 
Ravoii  mid  Noddy  Point,  the  Intter  formed  of  a  Htfon  hillock 
tormiMuting  in  a  double  tier  of  low,  flat  rocks,  stoop-t...     Tlu.  hay 
is  U  miles  deep;  both  sides  are  high  and  tolerably  steep  at  the 
entrance. 

Garden  Cove  i.s  situated  haUVay  up  the  bay  on  tlie  west  shore 
and  i,s  :j()()  yards  deep,  with  shoal  water  100  yards  <.ff  shore 
Anchorage  may  be  had  by  small  vessels  in  10  fc'ot.'sand,  fair  hold- 
ing giound,  l)ut  easterly  swell  sometimes  reaches  in.  An  islet  lies 
on  tlm  oast  coast  of  Mauve  Bay  opposite  Garden  Cove.  The  deep 
water  runs  in  a  narrow  gully  to  the  hoa.l,  whore  anchorage  for  a 
few  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  in  3i  fathoms,  good  holding 
ground.  Westerly  winds  are  violent,  but  the  anchorage  is  safe 
and  the  .sea  from  north  does  not  reach  in.  The  rest  of  the  bav 
affords  no  shelter  from  the  sea. 

Wood  Bay,  east  of  Noddy  Point,  between  it  and  Jacques  Cartier 
Island,  IS  exposed  to  the  north  and  affords  no  shelter. 

Jacques  Cartier  Island  is  separated  at  the  SW.  extrem.^  from 
the  mainland  by  a  channel  passable  for  boats,  50  yards  wid.-  The 
north  and  east  points  are  steep-to,  a  bank  of  rocks  lies  southeast- 
ward of  the  east  point  extending  lOU  yards  from  the  shore.  There 
are  .several  fishing  establishments  on  the  island,  with  their  stages 
on  the  east  side. 

Vincent  Islet,  IG  feet  high  and  covered  with  grass,  is  situated 
300  yards  off  the  mainland  point  SE.  of  Jacques  Cartier  Island 
leaving  a  tortuous  passage  between  them  with  1  ^  feet  water. 

Kirpon  Island  forms  the  north  extreme  of  Newfoundland,  is 
3i  miles  long  and  H  miles  wide,  and  separated  by  a  channel  100 
yards  wide  from  the  mainland.  It  is  high  and  bold,  the  summit 
over  Cape  Ddgrat  being  505  feet  high. 

Oa.pe  Bauld,  the  north  extreme,  is  bold-to,  and  from  it  the  coast 
trends  southwesterly  2i  miles  to  Dumenil  Point,  and  then  southerly 
to  form  Kirpon  Harbor. 

Light.— A  square  wooden  lighthouse,  54  feet  in  height  and 
painted  white,  stands  on  the  high  ground  near  the  extremity  of 
Cape  Bauld,  and  exhibits,  at  the  elevation  of  154  feet,  an  alterna- 
ting red  and  white  light,  each  having  a  period  of  system  of  forty- 
five  seconds;  it  should  be  visible  18  miles. 

Fog  Signal—During  thick  or  foggy  weather,  a  steam  fog  horn 
ivill  give  blasts  of  ten  seconds  duration  every  minute. 

The  Islets  are  a  group  of  low  rocks,  continued  to  the  SW.  by 
a  reef  that  leaves  a  clear  passage  only  200  yards  wide  between  it 
and  Jacques  Cartier  Island.  A  fishing  establishment  is  on  Kirpon 
Island,  SE.  of  the  islets. 


»«^ 


9 


e  between  Cape 
a  steep  hillock, 
[*op-t().  Tli(<  buy 
ibly  steep  at  the 

111  tlie  west  sliore 
yards  off  nliore. 
,  wand,  fair  hold- 
n.  An  islet  lies 
Dove.  The  deep 
anchorage  for  a 
i.s,  good  holding 
chorage  is  safe, 
rest  of  the  bay 

Jacques  Cartier 

;er. 

^.  oxtvewo  from 

a.rds  wide'.     The 

1  lies  southeast- 

e  shore.     There 

ritli  their  stages 

fass,  is  situated 
Cartier  Island, 
eet  water. 
nViOundland,  is 
y  a  channel  100 
)ld,  the  summit 

rom  it  the  coast 
i  then  southerly 

in  height  and 
le  extremity  of 
eet,  an  alterna- 
)rstem  of  forty- 
steam  fog  horn 
te. 

to  the  SW.  by 
ide  between  it 
it  is  on  Kirpon 


KIItPON    MAUnOU — DIllKCTIONS. 


Merchant  Island  in  u  low  projection  with  a  fishing  osta])lisli- 
mont,  close  to  Kirpon  Island,  (JOO  yards  SE.  by  S.  of  the  islets. 

Morne  Fontan,  a  consiiicmms  hill  105  feet  high,  is  i  mile  SSE. 
of  Merchant  Island. 

Kirpon  Harbor  is  between  Jacques  Cartier  and  Kirpon  Islands, 
and  ulVords  excellent  anchorage  for  any  vessel. 

Supplies. — Fresh  mutton  and  vegetables  are  usually  to  bo  ob- 
tained at  Kirpon. 

Beacons. — A  beacon  stands  on  the  western  side  of  Merchant 
Island,  and  another  beacon,  consisting  of  a  white  staff  with  a  black 
ball  at  Iho  top,  about  400  yards  southeastward  of  it,  near  the  sum- 
mit of  Morne  Fontan;  three  beacons  are  placed  on  the  mainland, 
SE.  of  Jactpies  Cartier  Island.  The  lower  beacon  consists  of  a  pile 
of  stones,  and  a  cask  "  on  end  "  upon  it;  the  center  beacon  is  a  pile 
of  stones  with  a  pole  and  cask;  the  upper  beacon  consists  of  a 
pile  of  stones  with  a  pole  and  triangle.  These  beacons  and  the 
rocks  immediately  below  tliem  are  whitewashed,  and  are  used  by 
the  French  vessels  of  war  as  mooring  marks. 

Anchorages. — Vessels  can  proceed  to  an  anchorage  in  from  8  to 
9  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  north  of  Vincent  Islet,  taking  care  to 
avoid  the  bank  off  that  islet. 

Vessels  drawing  more  than  10  feet  can  not  go  farther  south  than 
Vincent  Islet,  bearing  S.  56°  W.  (west  mag.),  but  small  vessels 
may  find  good  anchorage  south  of  that  islet. 

Vessels  drawing  12  feet  water  can  pass  south  of  Kirpon  Island. 

Peaked  Rock  covers  at  high  water,  and  lies  100  yards  north  of 
the  mainland  point  forming  the  channel  south  of  Kirpon  Harbor. 

Canias  Rock  lies  350  yards  off  Kirpon  Island,  between  the  last 
two  fishing  stages  on  the  SW,  side  of  that  island,  and  is  always 
visible.  About  3  feet  less  water  than  charted  is  reported  at  300 
yards  N.  70°  W.  (N.  36°  W.  mag.)  from  Canias  Rock  (1896). 

Directions. — When  approaching  Kirpon  Harbor,  the  beacon  on 
the  west  shore  of  Merchant  Island,  kept  in  line  with  the  beacon  placed 
near  the  summit  of  a  hill,  bearing  S.  G9°  E.  (S.  35°  E.  mag.),  leads 
between  the  NE.  point  of  Jacques  Cartier  Island  and  the  reefs 
northward  of  that  point ;  round  the  NE.  point  of  Jacques  Cartier 
Island  as  convenient,  and  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water ;  the  bea- 
cons situated  SE.  of  Jacques  Cartier  Island  in  line,  bearing  about 
S.  24°  W.  (S.  58°  W.  mag.),  lead  to  the  anchorage.  In  misty 
weather  the  beacon  on  Merchant  Island  is  difficult  to  distinguish, 
in  which  case  the  NE.  point  of  Jacques  Cartier  Island  should  be 
borrowed  on. 

Ice. — Kirpon  Harbor  freezes  between  10th  and  25th  December, 
and  breaks  up  between  5th  and  25th  May. 


1 


806 


WEWFOUNDLAXI)-    WRST  0OA8T. 


Tldes-It  is  hiKh  WHtor,  full  un.l  <-hanffe,  In  Kirpon  Harbor  at 
711.  fiiii. ;  .Mi.niifrs  vim  5  foet,  noap.s  ris.>  If  f„ot. 

Tidal  S^eams—Th..  stroams  oft.-n  .ittuin  a  vel.KMty  of  3  knots 
an  hour  m  tho  puHsago  botwoen  Kirpon  and  Llttlo  Kirpcn  Harbors 
but  the  .liroction  dopon.lH  more  on  the  winds  provailing.  or  that 
have  prova.loc^  than  on  flood  or  obb.  The  tidal  streams  are  irreg- 
ular between  Cape  Onion  and  Kirp.,n  Island,  but  the  floods  run 
ordinarily  to  the  west  and  ebb  to  the  east.  If  the  tide  is  with  the 
wind,  It  attains  the  velocity  of  one  knot  an  hour 

Polrou  Island  (Gull  Rock),  ^  un\..  west  of '  Capo  Bauld,  is  a 
ow  round  rock  100  yards  in  diameter,  from  which  u  slioal  extends 
360  yards  in  a  southeasterly  direction. 


'Avi)on  Hftrbor  at 

il<K'ity  of  3  knots 
Kirpon  HurborH, 
3VHiliiig,  or  that 
iroarns  are  irrog- 
t  tho  AoocIh  run 
<  tide  is  witli  the 

^apo  Bail  1(1,  \h  a 
a  Hhoal  extends 


1 


CHAITER  VII. 

NEWFOUNDLAND,  EAST  COAST— CAPE  DAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 

(H.  O.  Chiirt  No.  008.) 

Strait  of  Belle  Isle.— (For  description  of  Strait  of  BelUt  Isle,  see 
Chapter  X.) 

Cape  Bauld  is  the  SE.  point  of  the  entrance  to  Bellf  Isle  Strait. 
It  is  a  rocky,  barren  point,  steep-to,  aronnd  which  arc  strong, 
variable,  eddying  tides. 

Light  and  Fog  Signal.— (See  page  304.) 

Tidal  Streams. — The  flood  and  ebb  streams  at  Capo  Banld  con- 
tinue running  inshore  NW.  and  SE.,  respectively,  three  hours  after 
high  or  low  water,  and  0  to  7  miles  NE.  of  the  cape  they  will  con- 
tiniie  ruiuiing  five  hours  after. 

Qrande  Cove,  east  of  Cape  Bauld,  is  exposed  to  uortlieasteidy 
winds;  the  south  point  is  an  i.sland,  88  feet  high,  joined  by  bowl- 
ders to  the  mainland,  that,  with  a  rugged  point  south  of  it,  forms 
Colombier  Cove,  a  temporary  shelter  for  fishing  boats. 

Coast. — Between  the  point  to  the  southward  of  Grande  Cove 
and  Cape  Dt%rat  is  a  bay  1,200  yards  deep,  divided  into  numerous 
coves  by  islands  and  points,  off  which  are  dangerous  shoals,  and, 
for  general  navigation,  vessels  should  not  enter  west  of  the  line 
joining  the  points  of  this  bay. 

Pigeon  Cove,  the  northernmost,  is  small,  and  can  shelter  only 
one  vessel.  Di'grat  and  Sheep  Islands  are  immediately  south  of 
this,  the  former  joined  to  the  mainland  at  low  water,  continued  to 
the  NE.  by  reefs  for  nearly  ^  mile. 

Sheep  Bank,  with  G  feet  water,  lies  350  yards  ENE.  from  the 
high-water  line  of  Sheep  Island. 

D^grat  Harbor  is  a  small  cove  where  six  fishing  vessels  can  be 
moored  in  13  feet  water  inside  a  flat  rock  on  the  east  side.  Sheep 
Channel,  between  Sheep  and  Ddgrat  Islands,  is  the  best  passage  to 
this  harbor,  and  after  passing  Sheep  Bank,  which  may  bo  avoided 
by  keeping  the  north  side  of  Sheep  Island  close  on  board,  the 
channel  is  clear,  though  narrow. 

Cape  D^grat  is  surmounted  by  a  hill  505  feet  above  high  water, 
the  highest  on  this  part  of  the  coast,  faced  by  a  steep  cliff  300  feet 
high;  with  deep  water  close  alongside.  The  cliffs  fall  at  the  south 
end  to  White  Point,  a  landslip  in  the  cliffs,  of  a  lighter  color  than 
the  rest  of  the  coast. 

(30V) 


308 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   CAPE   8T.  JOHN. 


\>      I 


M  > 


Grands  Qalets  Bay  is  situated  south  of  the  cape,  but  affords 
no  shelter. 

Little  Kirpou  Harbor  lies  off  the  south  point  of  Kirpon  Island. 
It  is  entered  between  the  island  and  the  main.  The  harbor  is  ^ 
mile  long  from  Herbert  Point  to  the  entrance  of  Noble  Cove,  which 
is  shallow  and  350  yards  broad,  but  the  holding  ground  is  bad. 

Vessels  drawing  less  than  12  feet  water  may  pass  south  of  Kirpon 
Island  to  Kirpon  Harbor,  but  as  the  tides  are  strong,  great  care 
must  be  taken  to  avoid  Butter  Pot  Rock,  that  lies  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  the  north  bend,  and  is  nearly  always  covered. 

White  Islands  are  east  2}  miles  from  Partridge  Point,  and 
consist  of  three  principal  and  some  lower  rocks.  The  highest  is 
the  southwesternmost,  about  ^  mile  long.  A  shoal  lies  150  yards 
off  the  north  extreme.  The  smallest  is  to  the  north,  and  is  formed 
of  rugged  masses  of  rock. 

White  Rocks  (les  Donzelles),  W.  by  S.  f  mile  from  White 
Islands,  are  a  low  group  of  islets  separated  by  a  channel  1^  miles 
wide  from  the  main.     Sunken  rocks  lie  oft'  the  north  end. 

A  Rock,  that  always  breaks,  lies  850  yards  S.  G8°  W.  (S.  34°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  south  end  of  these  rocks,  and  from  it  another  rock, 
with  a  shoal  stretching  north  from  it,  lies  NW.  200  yards  distant. 

The  Coast  from  Partridge  Point  to  Origuet  Harbor  is  split  up 
into  rugged  coves,  the  hills  being  about  120  feet  high,  over  the 
coast. 

Madeleine  Shoal,  with  2  feet  water,  is  in  the  first  cove  south  of 
Partridge  Point,  150  yards  off  shore.  To  pass  east  of  it,  keep  the 
east  point  of  Kirpon  Island  in  sight  east  of  Partridge  Point. 

Green  Shoal,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  S.  22°  E.  (S.  12°  W.  mag.) 
200  yards  from  Breaker  Point,  a  low  point  sheltering  two  small 
coves  halfway  between  Partridge  Point  and  Griguet  Harbor. 

Storm  Cape  is  a  rocky  islet  close  to  the  shore,  f  mile  NE.  of  the 
entrance  to  Griguet  Harbor,  the  intermediate  coast  being  steep-to. 

Griguet  Harbor  and  several  other  small  anchorages  are  com- 
prised between  Broize  Point  and  White  Cape,  a  little  more  than  2 
miles  south,  and  are  formed  by  a  group  of  islands  lying  close  to 
the  mainland. 

Camel  Island,  the  largest,  305  feet  high,  is  the  northernmost 
and  forms  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  to  North  and  Northwest 
Bays,  and  takes  its  name  from  a  remarkable  mound  at  the  east 
end  that  forms  the  summit.  The  north  point  is  shoal  for  200 
yards.  Several  shoals  lie  oft'  the  NE.  point,  the  outer  with  5^ 
fathoms  water  lying  N.  29°  E.  (N.  63°  E.  mag.)  300  yards.  Prune 
Island  lies  north  of  Camel  Island.  It  is  small,  10  feet  high,  and 
steep-to,  except  off  the  south  end. 


'td. 


,-^-  ■■•  ^■iXB?B??^'-i?£f^-A:''T^^^^i'^^'^''^^J^ 


[N. 

e  cape,  but  affords 

it  of  Kirpon  Island. 
I.     The  harbor  is  i 

Noble  Cove,  which 
',  ground  is  bud. 
iss  south  of  Kirpon 

strong,  great  care 
)  lies  nearly  in  the 
;  covered. 

rtridge  Point,  and 
is.  The  highest  is 
lioal  lies  150  yards 
orth,  and  is  formed 

mile  from  White 
a  channel  1^  miles 
north  end. 
!.  G8°  W.  (S.  34°  W. 
om  it  another  rock, 
.  200  yards  distant. 
t  Harbor  is  split  up 
feet  high,  over  the 

e  first  cove  south  of 
east  of  it,  keep  the 
■tridge  Point. 
E.  (S.  12°  W.  mag.) 
leltering  two  small 
•iguet  Harbor. 
e,  i  mile  NE.  of  the 
oast  being  steep-to. 
nchorages  are  com- 
a  little  more  than  2 
ands  lying  close  to 

s  the  northernmost 
)rth  and  Northwest 
mound  at  the  east 
nt  is  shoal  for  200 
the  outer  with  5^ 
I  300  yards.  Prune 
1,  IG  feet  high,  and 


GRIOUEl'  HARBOR. 


309 


-asj^swavsaT' 


A  Shoal,  with  IG  feet  water,  lies  between  Prune  Island  and  the 
north  point  of  Camel  Island,  a  little  nearer  the  latter. 

Broize  Point  is  bold-to,  anr  forms  the  east  side  of  North  Bay. 

Baleine  Hock,  in  the  entrance  to  North  Bay,  is  always  uncovered 
and  may  be  approached  to  a  distance  of  100  yards. 

Cove  Point  divides  North  Bl  y  from  Good  Cove  and  is  steep-to. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  Korth  Bay  in  15  to  10  fathoms,  off 
the  fishery  establishment,  with  tolerably  good  holding  ground. 
SE.  winds  occasionally  send  in  a  swell. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  at  Griguet  Harbor  fortnightly  during  summer 
and  autumn. 

Ice. — Griguet  is  usually  the  first  harbor  open  on  the  east  coast 
of  the  northern  peninsula  of  Newfoundland ;  it  is  frozen  over,  on  an 
average,  about  the  middle  of  December,  and  cleai's  about  20th  May. 

Good  Cove  (Belle  Anse),  400  yards  wide  and  deep,  affords  good 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  11  fathoms,  sand. 

Bay  Point  divides  Good  Cove  from  Northwest  Bay.  A  rock 
lies  70  yards  east  of  it,  and  La  Rose,  a  rock  with  2  feet  water,  is 
the  extreme  of  a  shoal  extending  from  it  100  yards  south. 

Northivest  OJr  Roncibre  Bay  runs  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
one  mile  from  Bay  Point,  Avith  a  mean  width  of  about  GOO  yards. 
At  300  yards  within  Bay  Point  is  Crab  Island,  close  to  the  east 
shore,  that  may  be  approached  as  close  as  100  yards.  At  the  head 
the  bay  runs  to  the  eastward  for  -^  mile,  but  is  shallow  for  half 
that  distance.  A  dangerous  spit  extends  from  the  head  of  the  bay 
about  600  yards. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  this  bay  in  from  10  to  18  fathoms 
water  as  convenient,  but  vessels  approaching  the  head  should 
anchor  east  of  the  line  joining  Bay  Point  and  Crab  Island. 

Southwest  Bay,  suitable  for  small  vessels  only,  lies  between 
Camel  Island  and  the  mainland,  and  affords  temporary  anchorage 
at  the  north  entrance,  off  the  north  shore  of  Camel  Island,  in  9 
fathoms  water,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  shoal  off  the  north  point 
of  that  island. 

Griguet  Island,  separated  by  a  channel  100  yards  wide  from 
the  east  side  of  Camel  Island,  is  small,  and  about  GG  feet  high. 
Off  the  NE.  extreme  is  Black  Islet,  30  feet  high,  with  a  small  spit 
off  the  SW.  extreme.     The  other  sides  are  steep-to. 

Four-ears  Island,  south  of  Griguet  Island,  is  faced  by  a  peaked 
black  cliff  120  feet  high. 

Griguet  Harbor  proper  is  situated  in  the  space  comprised 
between  Camel,  Griguet,  and  Four-ears  Islands.  It  is  only  400 
yards  long  and  200  yards  wide,  and  the  entrances  are  narrow  and 
tortuous.     The  passage  between  Four-ears  and  Griguet  Islands  is 


310 


CAPE   BAULD   fo   CAPE   ST.  JOHN. 


SO  full  of  shoals  that  it  should  not  be  attempted  without  a  pilot. 
Between  Griguet  and  Camel  Islands  the  passage  narrows  at  the 
south  end  to  90  yards. 

White  Cape  Harbor  (Upper  Origuet)  is  a  space  600  yards 
long  and  200  yards  broad,  between  the  SW.  end  of  Four-ears  Island 
and  White  Cape  Land.  There  is  no  danger  in  the  channel  between 
the  islets  off  the  south  end  of  Four-ears  Island  and  those  off  the 
north  side  of  White  Cape.  Boats  only  can  take  the  passage  west 
of  Four-ears  Island.  Ancliorage  may  be  had  in  7  fathoms  near 
the  mainland  shore,  to  avoid  a  bank  extending  260  yards  from 
Four-ears  Island. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  these  harbors  at  7h. 
10m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2J  feet. 

White  Cape  is  a  good  mark  for  distinguishing  this  locality, 
and  is  a  rugged  white  cliff,  surmounted  by  a  grass-covered  summit, 
262  feet  above  high  water.  The  cape  is  steep-to  as  well  as  the 
outer  coast  to  White  Dog  Point,  the  north  point  of  St.  Lunaire 
Bay.     Between  these  two  points  are  two  coves,  fit  for  boats  only. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  542.) 

St.  Lunaire  Bay,  one  of  the  finest  harbors  in  Newfoundland; 
is  accessible  to  the  largest  vessels  under  any  circumstances  except 
perhaps  in  NW.  gales,  with  which  the  squalls  are  very  heavy. 
The  entrance  is  easy  to  recognize  by  the  aid  of  White  Cape,  and 
when  near,  St.  Lunaire  Peak,  3.35  feet  high,  on  the  SW.  side  of 
the  bay. 

Gales  from  the  west  usually  blow  stronger  at  St.  Lunaire  than 
at  neighboring  ports  at  the  same  time,  but  usually  lull  at  night. 

Qranchain  Island,  the  extreme  of  some  islands  oft"  a  peninsula, 
forms  the  south  entrance  point  of  this  bay.  It  is  85  feet  above 
high  water,  and  the  east  point  formed  by  an  islet  joined  to  it  at 
low  water  is  steep-to. 

Flat  Rock,  always  above  water,  is  the  extreme  of  a  chain  of 
islets  and  rocks  stretching  800  yards  northward  from  Granchain 
Island,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  east  and  north  sides. 

Salut  Island,  65  feet  high,  a  conspicuous  conical  islet,  lies  100 
yards  south  of  Flat  Rock ;  and  Coal  Islet,  a  square,  black  cliff,  is 
between  Salut  and  Granchain  Islands. 

Vanguard  Shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  is  the  eastern  shoal  off 
Granchain  Island.  A  small  spit  extends  north  from  it.  Adelaide 
Island,  open  north  of  Flat  Rock,  leads  north  of  all  shoals  on  the 
south  shore.  Adelaide  Island  is  the  eastern,  and  Elizabeth  Island 
the  western,  of  two  islets  NW.  of  Flat  Rock.  A  shoal  extends 
135  yards  SE.  from  Adelaide  IsL  nd. 


«-y 


without  a  pilot, 
narrows  at  the 

jpace  GOO  yards 
^our-ears  Island 
hannel  between 
id  those  off  the 
lie  passage  west 
7  fathoms  near 
260  yards  from 

ie  harbors  at  7h. 

g  this  locality, 
lovered  summit, 

as  well  as  the 
;  of  St.  Lunaire 

for  boats  only. 


Nowfoundlandj 
aistances  except 
ire  very  heavy. 
Thiie  Cape,  and 
he  SW.  side  of 

t.  Lunaire  than 
lull  at  night, 
off  a  peninsula, 
is  85  feet  above 
t  joined  to  it  at 

B  of  a  chain  of 
rom  Granchain 

al  islet,  lies  100 
•e,  black  cliff,  is 

sastern  shoal  off 
m  it.  Adelaide 
11  shoals  on  the 
Slizabeth  Island 
\.  shoal  extends 


8T.  LUNAIT'K   BAY. 


311 


Careutonne  Island,  73  feet  high,  lies  north  of  these  islets,  and 
off  a  point  of  the  north  shore  that  slopes  from  White  Hills,  141 
feet  high.  This  island  divides  two  coves,  the  western  of  which  is 
shallow  from  the  line  of  Flat  Rock  touching  the  south  extreme  of 
Carentonne  Island. 

Amelia  Cove,  to  the  eastward,  is  foul  for  a  distance  of  200 
yards  from  the  head.  The  holding  ground  is  bad,  and  easterly 
winds  bring  in  a  sea,  but  temporary  anchorage  may  be  had  in  15 
fathoms. 

Red  Island,  16  feet  high,  with  a  shoal  close  off  the  SW. 
extreme,  lies  east  of  Carentonne  Island. 

Strawberry  Island  lies  west  of  Carentonne  Island  and  the  cove 
west  of  it,  and  forms  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Northwest 
Bay. 

Shoals  extend  300  yards  south  and  200  yards  west  of  it. 

North  Reef  is  the  outer  of  the  dangers  off  the  north  shore  of 
Northwest  Bay,  being  350  yards  off,  and  may  be  cleared  by  keep- 
ing the  extreme  of  the  cliff  on  Granchain  Island  shut  in  with 
Nymph  Island. 

Nymph  Island,  92  feet  above  high  water,  divides  Northwest 
Bay  from  St.  Lunaire  Road.  A  rocky  patch,  with  3f  fathoms 
water,  lies  south  200  yards  from  an  islet  near  Nymph  Point,  the 
east  extreme. 

Middle  Bank,  with  10  feet  least  water,  lies  midway  between 
Nymph  Island  and  the  rocks  north  of  Granchain  Island. 

Clearing  Marks. — To  pass  east  of  this  bank,  keep  the  east 
extreme  of  Carentonne  Island  in  line  with  the  middle  of  Adelaide 
Island  bearing  S.  3°  E.  (S.  31°  W.  mag.).  To  pass  west,  keep  the 
west  extreme  of  Red  Island  touching  the  east  extreme  of  Adelaide 
Island  N.  21°  E.  (N.  55°  E.  mag.)..  A  vessel  will  be  north  of  it 
when  White  Dog  Point  is  shut  in  with  Salut  Island  S.  87°  E.  (S. 
53°  E.  mag.),  and  south  of  it  when  the  same  point  is  shiit  in  with 
Coal  Islet  N.  76°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.). 

Northwest  Bay,  entered  between  Strawberry  and  Nymph 
Islands,  is  li  miles  deep,  and  affords  excellent  anchorage  in  21  to 
6  fathoms  as  convenient  within  that  entrance,  taking  care  to  clear 
the  shoals  off  the  north  shore. 

St.  Lunaire  Road,  between  Nymph  and  Granchain  Islands  and 
the  main,  also  affords  good  anchorage  in  18  to  21  fathoms,  with 
good  holding  ground,  or  off  the  entrance  to  Southwest  Bay  in  13 
fathoms. 

Southwest  Bay,  entered  from  the  south  extreme  of  St.  Lunaire 
Road,  is  about  a  mile  deep,  with  a  shallow  cove  on  the  west  side 
and  some  islets  on  the  east  side.  The  passage  is  in  mid-channel, 
but  the  bay  is  only  200  yards  wide,  and  the  head  should  not  be 


'I.I ' 


11  , 


312 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 


approached  witliin  ^  mile.  Vessels  may  be  careened  and  repaired 
here  in  perfect  safety. 

Ice. — St.  Lunaire  freezes  late  in  November  or  early  in  December, 
and  clears  some  time  during  the  month  of  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Lunaire  Bay  at 
Yh.  6m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2i  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — In  the  bay  the  tidal  streams  are  almost  insensi- 
ble, but  outside  they  run  north  or  south,  in  the  direction  of  the 
coast,  without  regularity,  at  times  attaining  a  velocity  of  2  knots 
an  hour,  whereas  at  other  times  no  stream  is  felt. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  608.)  ' 

Little  Br^hat  Bay  is  a  small  cove  2  miles  from  St.  Lunaire 
Bay,  south  of  which  are  Little  Needles,  some  peaked  rocks. 

Needles  Rocks  are  nearly  3  miles  from  St.  Lunaire  Bay,  and 
are  curiously  shaped,  showing  well  when  only  a  short  distance  off 
shore. 

Great  Br^hat  Bay  lies  1^  miles  SW.  of  Needles  Rocks,  and  is 
$  mile  deep  within  the  line  of  the  points.  At  the  head  is  a  small 
sheltered  place  for  vessels,  only  200  yards  long  and  the  same  dis- 
tance wide.  Between  Needles  Rocks  and  Great  Br^at  Bay  is  a 
small  cove  called  Green  Bay,  faced  by  an  island,  from  which 
shoals  extend  i  mile,  ending  in  John  Baptist  Shoal,  with  12  feet 
water,  situated  south  i  mile  from  the  south  extreme  of  Green 
Island. 

Foundling  Bock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  continually,  is  200 
yards  NNE.  of  Brdhat  Point,  SE.  of  the  bay.  These  are  the  only 
dangers,  and  by  keeping  between  them  the  harbor  may  be  entered 
and  anchorage  obtained  in  2f  fathoms  water,  with  fair  holding 
ground. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Great  Brdhat  Bay 
at  7h.  7m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2J  feet. 

Br^hat  Shoal,  about  800  yards  long  and  70  yards  wide,  is  a 
dangerous  bank  having  over  it  a  least  depth  of  13  feet  water;  from 
it  the  north  point  of  Great  Brdhat  Bay  bears  S.  84°  W.  (N.  62°  W. 
mag.),  distant  2^^  miles.  A  head  with  6  fathoms  water  over  it, 
and  steep-to  around,  lies  i  mile  South  (S.  34°  W.  mag.)  from  the 
13-foot  shoal,  and  when  the  sea  breaks  on  it  in  fine  weather  the 
fishermen  predict  northerly  winds;  it  breaks  heavily  with  NE. 
winds,  and  is  generally  shown  by  ripples.  There  is  another  shoal 
spot,  on  which  the  depth  is  6i  fathoms,  lying  300  yards  N.  4°  W. 
(N.  30°  E.  mag.)  from  the  13-foot  patch. 

To  clear  these  shoals,  passing  to  the  westward,  keep  Camel  Island 
summit  over  White  Cape,  bearing  N.  3°  W.  (N.  31°  E.  mag.);  to 
pass  SE.,  Goose  Cape  should  be  kept  open  south  of  French  Point, 
S.  42°  W.  (S.  76°  W.  mag.). 


3d  and  repaired 

[y  in  December, 

Lunaire  Bay  at 

almost  insensi- 
lirection  of  the 
)city  of  2  knots 


om  St.  Lunaire 
ad  rocks, 
inaire  Bay,  and 
ort  distance  off 

s  Rocks,  and  is 
head  is  a  small 
id  the  same  dis- 
Br^at  Bay  is  a 
id,  from  which 
al,  with  12  feet 
reme  of  Green 

itinually,  is  200 
ese  are  the  only 
may  be  entered 
th  fair  holding 

eat  Brdhat  Bay 

i^ards  wide,  is  a 
eet  water ;  from 
:°  W.  (N.  62°  W. 
s  water  over  it, 
mag.)  from  the 
ine  weather  the 
avily  with  NE. 
is  another  shoal 
yards  N.  4°  W. 

ep  Camel  Island 
\1°  E.  mag.);  to 
f  French  Point, 


8T.  ANTHONY    HARBOR. 


313 


Tidal  Streams. — The  streams  are  variable  here,  but  over  the 
plateau  of  the  shoal  they  seem  to  run  more  rapidly,  the  eddies 
indicating  there  a  strength  not  appreciable  a  short  distance  off  it. 

Cape  St  Anthony  is  one  mile  SW.  of  French  Point,  forming 
between  them  French  Bay,  800  yards  deep,  and  exposed  to  the 
south. 

St.  Mein  Bay  extends  3  miles  NW,  from  Cape  St.  Anthony, 
and  is  H  miles  wide  at  the  entrance  between  that  cape  and  Fox 
Point,  the  west  point  of  the  entrance.  The  water  is  deep,  and  the 
bay  c(.mpletely  open  to  southeasterly  winds ;  on  it.s  east  side,  at  If 
miles  from  Cape  St.  Anthony,  is  a  small  fishing  village. 

Ice.— St.  Mein  Bay  freezes  toward  the  latter  end  of  November 
or  early  in  December,  and  clears  during  the  month  of  May. 

Pox  Point  is  low,  and  appears  more  so  from  contrast  to  St. 
Anthony  Hill,  413  feet  high,  and  faced  by  a  black  cliff  that  rises 
immediately  west  of  it. 

St  Anthony  Harbor  is  entered  i  mile  north  of  Fox  Point,  and 
can  only  be  distinguished  when  close-to.  It  runs  in  SW.  for  650 
yards,  with  a  breadth  of  335  yards,  and  then  turns  NW.  1^  miles, 
gradually  widening.  Just  within  the  northern  bend,  and  nearly 
in  mid-channel,  are  Piquennais  Rocks,  joined  to  the  south  shore  by 
a  bank.  Neither  these  rocks  nor  the  north  shore  are  quite  steep-to, 
but  the  harbor  may  be  entered  between,  and  affords  good  anchor- 
age in  9  to  6  fathoms,  mud.  It  is  often  difficult  to  get  a  long  ves- 
sel into  this  harbor  through  the  boats  that  anchor  off  the  turning 
point  and  the  number  of  fishing  vessels  that  moor  there,  particu- 
larly with  winds  across  the  harbor,  and  the  space  is  narrow  for 
turning  a  large  vessel.  The  winds  are  very  baffling  for  a  sailing 
vessel  making  the  entrance,  blowing  in  eddies  from  the  highlands 
round  the  harbor. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Supplies.— Fresh  mutton  and  vegetables,  in  small  quantities, 
may  usually  be  obtained. 

Marguerite  Bay,  on  the  north  shore  of  this  harbor  near  the 
head,  is  i  mile  deep,  but  both  points  of  the  entrance  are  shoal, 
leaving  a  narrow  passage  in,  at  one-third  of  the  distance  across 
from  the  south  shore. 

Water  is  difficult  to  obtain  here,  as  boats  can  not  get  near  the 
mouths  of  the  streams. 

Ice. — St.  Anthony  Harbor  freezes  late  in  November  or  early  in 
December,  and  clears  some  time  during  the  month  of  May. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Anthony  Harbor 
at  7h,  10m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2$  feet.  The  tidal  streams 
are  scarcely  appreciable  except  in  the  narrows  east  of  Piquennais 
Rocks. 


>'<ss$-'ff::  'Si3f:s~-va?s!S!»W5it?i«8iSsrow#T  :.",.--,,<.j!^!a)t.?»*y<ag.  ,■■ 


I': 


A 


\~,i 


314 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 


ii 


Im 


1.  I 


k\ 


Ordmaill^re  Harbor  lies  2  miles  SW.  of  Fox  Point;  the  coast 
between  to  Savage  Point,  east  of  the  harbor,  is  barren  and  cliffy, 
while  Savage  Point  is  low,  with  rugged  rocks,  and  is  the  east 
extreme  of  a  peninsula,  north  of  which  is  a  snug  cove  within 
Anchor  Point,  the  west  extreme.  Cape  Haut-en-bas  is  the  SW. 
point  of  the  entrance  and  faced  by  high  black  cliffs.  Whale  Grotto, 
a  deep  recess  in  the  cliffs,  lies  600  yards  within  the  cape.  The 
harbor  is  entered  SW.  of  Anchor  Point,  where  it  is  nearly  400 
yards  wide  between  the  shoals  and  thence  runs  NW.  a  mile  long 
and  i  mile  wide,  affording  good  anchorage  in  10  fathoms,  mud  and 
sand.  Shoals  lie  off  Anchor  Point  and  the  opposite  shore  for  150 
yards,  and  the  head  should  not  be  approached  within  i  mile,  to 
avoid  Bear  Bank,  a  shoal  with  9  feet  water  200  yards  off  the  west 
shore.  Southeast  winds  bring  a  sea  into  the  harbor  and  NW. 
winds  produce  heavy  squalls  under  Cape  Haut-en-bas,  making  the 
entrance  difficult,  and  sometimes  impossible  for  sailing  vessels. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Crdmaillfere  Harbor 
at  7h.  13m.;  springs  rise  ^  feet,  neaps  rise  2f  feet..  Low  water 
occurs  about  three-quarters  of  an  hour  before  the  time  calculated 
from  the  establishment. 

Notre  Dame  Island,  nearly  a  mile  south  of  Savage  Point,  is 
85  feet  above  high  water,  and  flat  in  appearance. 

Notre  Dame  Shoal,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  575  yards  N.  14°  W. 
(N.  20°  E.  mag.)  from  the  north  point  of  Notre  Dame  Island. 

Henry  Island  is  small,  and  situated  west  of  Notre  Dame  Island. 
Shoals  surround  it  on  all  sides  but  the  north  and  west,  leaving  a 
deep  passage  only  150  yards  wide  between  it  and  Notre  Dame 

Island. 

Three  Mountains  are  conspicuous  hills,  525  feet  above  high 
water,  situated  SW.  of  Cape  Haut-en-bas  and  sloping  to  Vierge 
Cove.    They  are  an  excellent  mark  for  recognizing  this  locality. 

Vierge  Cove  runs  in  ^  mile  from  Vierge  Point,  which  is  situated 
S.  by  W.  f  mile  from  Cape  Haut-en-bas,  but  it  is  quite  exposed  to 
seaward. 

Angel  Point  divides  this  cove  from  Three  Mountain  Harbor,  is 
low  and  narrow,  but  steep-to. 

Three  Mountain  Harbor  is  very  small,  and  can  contain  only 
fishing  vessels,  which  moor  to  the  rocks.  Though  exposed,  the  sea 
does  not  fetch  home.    The  tidal  streams  are  scarcely  perceptible. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1785.) 

Qoose  Oape  is  a  barren  peninsula  335  feet  above  high  water, 
faced  by  rugged  cliffs,  that  forms  the  NE.  point  of  Hare  Bay,  and 
is  separated  from  Notre  Dame  Island  by  a  channel  400  yards  wide. 
Lobster  Point,  the  east  extreme,  is  low,  and  off  it  about  210  yards 


'^, 


M9M 


int ;  the  coast 
811  and  cliffy, 
d  is  the  east 
;  cove  within 
18  is  the  SW. 
Whale  Grotto, 
[le  cape.    The 
is  nearly  400 
V.  a  mile  long 
loms,  mud  and 
)  shore  for  150 
thin  i  mile,  to 
is  off  the  west 
bor  and  NW. 
as,  making  the 
ing  vessels, 
laillfere  Harbor 
)t..  Low  water 
lime  calculated 

ivage  Point,  is 

rards  N.  14°  W. 
me  Island, 
■e  Dame  Island, 
west,  leaving  a 
id  Notre  Dame 

eet  above  high 
ping  to  Vierge 

his  locality. 

lich  is  situated 
uite  exposed  to 

tain  Harbor,  is 

m  contain  only 
ixposed,  the  sea 
Y  perceptible. 


)ve  high  water, 

Hare  Bay,  and 

400  yards  wide. 

about  210  yards 


HARK   llAV — IKKLAND    BAY. 


■■■■■1 


315 


^^ 


is  Lobster  Shoal,  with  6  feet  water.     To  pass  eiist  of  this  shoal 
keep  St.  Anthony  Hill  open  east  of  Notro  Danio  Ishind. 

Hare  Bay  is  nearly  5  miles  wide  at  the  nioiitli  between  Goose 
Cape  and  Fichot  Islands,  and  is  18  miles  deep  east  and  west,  con- 
taining several  good  harbors,  but  little  frequented.  The  depth  of 
water  is  great  and  the  sea  often  very  high  in  the  bay,  aifording  no 
anchoi'age  till  within  the  line  of  How  Harbor  and  Brent  Islands, 
where  16  fathoms  water  will  be  found,  but  no  shelter. 

Ice. — The  western  portion  of  Hare  Bay  freezes  solid  from  Brent 
Islands  to  How  Harbor  during  the  month  of  December,  and  the 
eastern  part  fills  in  with  northern  ice  and  freezes ;  the  ice  generally 
breaks  up  early  or  late  in  May,  according  to  the  season. 

Ooose  Cove  is  the  first  harbor  NW.  of  Goose  Cape,  2  miles  dis 
tant,  and  has  an  intricate  entrance,  through  which  only  4:^^  fathoms 
can  be  carried.     It  is  entered  between  Seal  Point,  the  west  extreme 
of  Goose  Cape,  and  Flat  Point,  on  the  main,  off  which  shoals  stretcli 
160  yards. 

Ooq  Island,  20  feet  high,  lies  close  oft'  Seal  Point,  leaving  a 
passage  for  boats  between  them,  and  a  shoal  extends  33  yards  NW. 
of  this  island.  Cigale  Point,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance,  is 
i  mile  east  of  Flat  Point,  and  between  them  is  a  cove,  with  shallow 
water  in  it,  nearly  400  yards  deep.  This  point  is  continued  by  shoal 
water,  just  beyond  which  is  La  Fourmi  (Ant)  Rock,  that  covers  at 
half  tide.  Within  this  rock  the  harbor  expands  to  a  space  about 
550  yards  in  diameter,  where  perfect  shelter  may  be  had  in  6  to  9 
fathoms  good  holding  ground. 

Direotions. — It  needs  a  fresh  breeze  to  take  the  bends  into  Goose 
Cove,  and  should  not  be  entered  unless  the  vessel  is  in  perfect  com- 
mand. If  the  shoal  off  Coq  Island  is  not  breaking  it  would  be 
better  to  buoy  it,  and  then  round  it  and  the  island  close-to,  keeping 
west  of  La  Fourmi  Rock,  and  then  turn  in  to  the  anchorage. 

Water  is  abundant,  but  is  difficult  to  obtain,  as  the  boats  can 
not  get  close  to  the  mouths  of  the  streams. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Goose  Cove  at  7h. 
13m ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2 J  feet.  There  is  no  sensible 
stream  in  the  entrance  to  the  cove,  and  those  outside  the  entrance 
appear  independent  of  the  tide  and  follow  irregularly  the  direction 
of  the  coast,  larely  exceeding  a  knot  an  hour,  and  sometimes  not 
perceptible,  but  they  are  always  strongest  off  Goose  Cape. 

Bouleauz  Bay  is  immediately  west  of  Goose  Cove  and  open  to 
the  south.  All  the  north  coast  of  Hare  Bay  is  high  and  steep, 
falling  in  cliffs  to  the  sea,  with  deep  water  close-to. 

Ireland  Bay,  a  small  bend  in  the  land,  lies  5  miles  west  of  Goose 
Cove.  Inland  N W.  of  this  are  Capillaire  Mountains,  with  a  remark- 
able summit,  that  is  conspicuous  from  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle. 

14910 21 


wsm 


i»3»iraa;SJ«awfi(««w?^ 


316 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   t'APK   ST.  JOHN. 


li 


i! 


How  Harbor,  or  Bustard  Bay  (Havre  Hodidou,  or  Bale  des 
Outardes),  is  the  first  harbor  within  Goose  Cove,  from  which  it  is 
distant  11  miles.  It  runs  in  i  miles,  is  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance, 
and  expands  to  i  mile  wide  near  the  head.  Near  the  south  side 
of  Roland  Point,  east  of  the  entrance,  is  Estaing  Bank,  close  to 
the  shore;  the  east  shore  of  the  harbor  runs  off  shoal  for  about  200 
yards.    The  water  shoals  from  the  head  a  little  more  than  +  mile. 

Ledret  Shoal,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  off  the  harbor, 
1,350  yards  S.  8°  E.  (S.  20°  W.  mag.)  from  Fendue  Point. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  in  from  8  to  13  fathoms  water,  as 
convenient,  after  the  harbor  is  entered. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  How  Harbor  at  7h. 
18m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  1^  feet. 

Northern  Arm,  3  miles  west  of  How  Harbor,  is  2  miles  deep 
and  f  mile  wide,  but  is  exposed  to  southerly  winds. 

Anchorage.— Good  anchorage  in  a  depth  of  8i  fathoms  will  be 
found  about  i  mile  off  a  small  river  on  the  eastern  shore,  with 
Hare  Island  seen  just  open  of  the  mainland,  bearing  about  S.  21° 

W.  (S.  55°  W.  mag.).  .       ^    rx       t  i     .^ 

Northwest  Arm,  separated  from  Northern  Arm  by  Hare  Island, 
115  feet  high  and  nearly  joined  to  the  mainland  at  low  water,  is 
completely  open  to  the  SE.,  but  sheltered  anchorage  from  offshore 
winds  may  be  obtained  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water ;  a  large  stream 
runs  into  the  head.     Care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  the  bank  of 
bowlders  that  fringes  the  whole  of  the  SW.  shore  of  Hare  Bay  and 
extends  more  than  i  mile  from  the  south  shore  of  Northwest  Arm. 
Brent  Islands,  two  in  number,  the  northern  nearly  bare  and 
the  southern  covered  with  brushwood,  are  each  about  one  mile  in 
diameter,  with  only  a  shallow  passage  between  them  and  the  main- 
land to  the  westward;  they  lie  3*  miles  south  from  How  Harbor, 
and  are  easy  to  distinguish.    A  rocky  ledge,  awash  at  high  water, 
extends  a  short  distance  from  the  NE.  side  of  Brent  Islands,  and 
shoal  water  J  mile  from  the  west  side;  near  the  extreme  of  the 

shoalis  Vert  Island.  .,      ,       «.     .•  i. 

Anchorage.— West  River  is  SW.  of  these  islands,  oft  which, 
about  one  mile  SW.  of  Brent  Islands,  there  is  fair  anchorage  in 
from  5  to  6  fathoms  water,  entered  southward  of  Brent  Lslands. 

Shoal.~A  shoal,  with  2i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  mid-chan- 
nel between  South  Brent  and  Direction  Islands  in  the  passage  to 
the  anchorage;  from  it  the  NE.  point  of  Direction  Island  is  i  mile 
S  58°  W.  (N.  88°  W.  mag.). 

liong  Island  separates  West  and  Southern  Arms.  The  island 
is  thickly  wooded  to  the  water's  edge,  except  near  the  north  point; 
the  SW.  extreme  is  joined  to  the  mainland  at  l^w  water. 


ilj 


;«S**S*SM>SS^i»»>*B>S»S'V#i-t.¥*;' .  "*.v"i*5S5*S««9«*£* 


a,  or  Bale  doB 

om  which  it  is 
t  tlie  entrance, 
the  south  side 
Bank,  close  to 
1  for  about  200 
re  than  +  mile, 
iff  the  harbor, 
Point, 
horns  water,  as 

Harbor  at  7h. 

s  2  miles  deep 

athoms  will  be 
n'n  shore,  with 
ig  about  S.  21° 

by  Hare  Island, 
kt  low  water,  is 
e  from  offshore 
;  a  large  stream 
)id  the  bank  of 
f  Hare  Bay  and 
Northwest  Arm. 
learly  bare  and 
»out  one  mile  in 
n  and  the  main- 
m  How  Harbor, 
1  at  high  water, 
mt  Islands,  and 
extreme  of  the 

mds,  off  which, 
ir  anchorage  in 
Brent  Islands. 
t,  lies  mid-chan- 
a  the  passage  to 
.  Island  is  i  mile 

ms.  The  island 
the  north  point ; 
'■  water. 


T 


ARlioE   BAY — LA    80UUCE   INLETS. 


317 


Beaoon. — A  wooden  tripod  beacon  stands  on  the  NE.  extreme  of 
Long  Island. 

Aridge  Bay,  or  Southern  Arm,  also  locally  known  as  Belvy  Bay, 
extends  nearly  5  miles  in  a  SW.  direction  from  the  NE.  point  of 
Long  Island,  between  it  and  a  Toup  of  islands  and  rocks  fronting 
South  Arm,  within  which  there  is  no  passage.  The  arm  is  about 
i  mile  wide  for  3  miles,  when  it  narrows,  to  expand  again  into  two 
basins,  with  good  anchorage  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 

A  Shoal,  over  which  there  is  a  depth  of  from  3  to  15  feet,  extends 
300  yards  from  the  NE.  extreme  of  Long  Island,  and  a  depth  of 
15  feet  is  found  about  200  yards  from  the  east  shore  of  this  island, 
except  when  nearly  midway  between  the  NE.  and  SW.  extremities, 
where  shoal  water  of  that  depth  extends  more  than  400  yards  from 
the  coast. 

Cailloux  Island,  a  small  islet  lying  400  yards  from  the  SE. 
shore  of  Long  Island,  is  low,  flat,  and  covered  with  grass  in  the 
summer  season.  This  island  should  not  be  approached  within 
i  mile  on  the  east  side,,  as  shoal  water  extends  from  it  in  that 
direction. 

Directions. — After  passing  along  the  southeastern  shore  of 
Brent  Islands  keep  in  mid-channel ;  Cailloux  Island  in  line  with  a 
low  wooded  point  on  the  mainland,  bearing  about  S.  35°  W.  (S. 
69°  W.  mag.),  leads  eastward  of  the  shoals  extending  from  the 
east  shore  of  Long  Island ;  this  low  point  is,  however,  somewhat 
diflBcult  for  a  stranger  to  recognize. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  had  off  Long  Island  in  8  fath- 
oms water,  over  mud,  with  the  SW.  extreme  of  that  island  about 
1,200  yards  N.  29°  W.  (N.  5°  E.  mag.). 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1768.) 

Spring  Island,  79  feet  high,  lies  nearly  4  miles  eastward  of 
Brent  Islands. 

Beacon. — There  is  a  beacon  on  the  east  extreme  of  Spring  Island. 

La  Source  or  Spring  Inlets  consist  of  three  small  arms, 
having  shallow  water,  the  west  arm  extending  about  1^  miles  from 
the  entrance,  situated  south  of  Spring  Island;  Great  Arm,  the 
outer  portion,  though  exposed  to  northeasterly  winds,  affords  on 
the  east  side,  about  f  mile  from  the  entrance,  fair  anchorage  with 
offshore  winds  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water ;  it  is,  however,  encum- 
bered with  shoals,  and  vessels  should  keep  rather  on  the  eastern 
side  when  entering,  as  there  is  a  shoal,  with  3J  fathoms  water  over 
it,  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  La  Source  Inlets  at 
6h.  57m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  li  feet. 


:'.«5'«EasW5!.'SVSBI»;'K13RBgBJfeM 


818 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   CAPE   8T.  .rOIIN. 


VU 


Ooast. — Betweon  Spring  Inlets  tuul  Maiden  Point,  2  miles  east 
of  it,  the  coast  is  bordered  by  islets  and  rocks  at  Jioarly  i  mile  oft"; 
Goelands  Tslivnd,  the  western  of  these,  lies  8oO  yards  eastward 
from  La  Sonrce  Point. 

Jehenne  Shoal,  the  outer  of  the  dangers,  with  9  feet  water, 
lies  700  yards  N.  08°  E.  (S.  78°  E.  mag.)  from  snmmit  of  Goelands 
Island.  This  portion  of  the  coast  should  not  be  approached  within 
a  mile. 

Duchyala  Rock. — This  rock,  having  over  it  a  depth  of  9  feet, 
lies  N.  29°  E.  (N,  63°  E.  mag.)  from  the  summit  of  Goelands  Island, 
distant  nearly  l^a  miles.  Great  caution  should  be  taken  to  clear 
this  danger  in  entering  liarbor. 

Maiden  Arm  (Havre  de  la  Tete  de  Mort),  2  miles  east  of 
Spring  Arm  and  3^  miles  from  ""  ^  east  extreme  of  Fichot  Islands, 
is  entered  between  Maiden  Point  and  Deaths  Head  Island.  Maiden 
Point,  the  north  point,  is  a  steep  slope  from  a  mound  144  feet  high, 
from  which  east  and  west  the  coast  is  rugged  and  cliffy.  Starboard 
Island  is  close  east  of  the  southern  part  of  this  point,  sheltering 
two  boat  coves  which  lie  west  of  it. 

Deaths  Head  Island  is  a  bare  rock  56  feet  high,  steep-to  on  all 
sides  but  the  SW.,  off  which  a  reef  extends  300  yards. 

Port  Island  lies  SW.  of  Deaths  Head  Island,  separated  from 
the  main  by  a  chaimel  50  yards  wide  with  13  feet  water.  South  of 
the  east  point  is  a  small  islet. 

From  the  east  extreme  of  Port  Island  the  harbor  runs  up  west 
nearly  a  mile  to  Elbow  Point,  where  it  branches  in  two  bays,  the 
northern  of  which  is  shallow.  In  the  western,  at  190  yards  from 
the  point,  is  the  best  anchorage,  in  7  fathoms. 

Cow  Point,  2  miles  southeastward  of  Maiden  Arm,  is  the  turn- 
ing point  of  the  coast  south  of  Hare  Bay,  and  is  rocky,  covered 
with  grass,  and  sloping  from  a  summit  135  feet  high  close  inshore. 
Between  it  and  Maiden  Arm  are  several  coves  open  to  the  east, 
but  affording  good  shelter  to  boats  from  offshore  winds.  Cow 
Point  Shoal,  2^  fathoms,  lies  close  SE.  of  this  point. 

Tides. — Northwest  of  Cow  Point  the  flood  runs  generally  WNW., 
and  the  ebb  ESE,  Northeast  of  this  point  the  flood  runs  west,  and 
the  ebb  in  the  opposite  direction  about  the  Fichot  Islands. 

Fichot  Islands  may  be  easily  recognized  by  their  distance  from 
the  shore  and  the  summit  of  Cape  Croix,  round  and  elevated  177 
feet. 

Little  Cormorandier,  the  northern  of  this  group,  is  small,  95 
feet  high,  cliffy  and  steep-to  except  at  the  north  end,  from  which 
low  rocks  extend  225  yards. 

Great  Cormorandier,  174  feet  high  and  ^  mile  long,  is  the 
northeastern  of  the  group,  and  is  separated  from  the  south  side 


FICIIOT   I8LANDM — FIC'HOT    liAHHUK. 


819 


8  milt»s  p«Vf»t 
y  i  niilo  oft"; 
lis  ouHtwiird 

I  foot  wator, 
of  Qoolandii 
iicliod  within 

»th  of  9  feet, 
ands  Island, 
ikoii  to  clear 

Tiiles  east  of 
chot  Islands, 
md.  Maiden 
L44  feet  high, 
.  Starboard 
it,  sheltering 

teep-to  on  all 

1. 

parated  from 

ber.    South  of 

runs  up  west 
wo  bays,  the 
0  yards  from 

is  the  turn- 
3cky,  covered 
close  inshore. 

to  the  east, 
winds.     Cow 

rally  WNW., 
uns  west,  and 
ands. 

iistance  from 
elevated  177 

3,  is  small,  95 
,  from  which 

long,  is  the 
■le  south  side 


of  Little  Cormorandior  by  a  pasHugo  \  niil«>  wido,  in  the  middle  of 
which  is  a  rock  with  lo  fuct  water.  Closo  ti)  the  shoi-n  near  the 
NK.  end  aro  two  iHlots,  and  Pigoon  Island,  a  sniiill  clifVy  rock,  is 
separated  from  the  south  side  by  a  deep  (•hannol  KM)  yards  wide. 

Great  Oormorandier  Rock,  with  5  feet  wuter,  is  \  mile  east- 
ward of  Pigeon  Island.  To  pass  east  of  it  keep  the  summit  of  St. 
Julien  Island  open  oast  of  Fichot  Ishinds. 

Great  Verdon  Island,  south  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  from 
Great  Cormorandiei-  Island,  is  121  feet  high,  about  i  mile  in  diam- 
eter, find  steep-to  all  rounil. 

Little  Verdon  Island,  separated  from  the  south  side  of  Great 
Verdon  Island  by  a  clear  channel  205  yards  wide,  is  72  foot  high 
and  also  nearly  steep-to. 

M^lier  Islet,  a  black  rock,  is  in  the  north  part  of  the  passage 
between  Groat  Verdon  and  Cormorandior  Islands,  and  is  steep-to 
except  on  the  west  side,  wlienco  a  reef  extends  190  yards. 

Miller  Rook,  with  i\  fathoms,  is  150  yards,  and  Mt'^lier  Shoal, 
with  5J  fathoms,  ^  mile  from  Melior  Islet. 

Massacre  Islet,  g  mile  westward  from  Mdlier  Islet,  is  a  bare 
rock;  there  is  a  depth  of  3^  fathoms  about  700  yards  from  its  east 
side. 

Monk  Islet,  J  mile  from  Massacre  Islet,  is  a  bare  rock  lighter 
in  color  tlian  Massacre  Islet,  and  steep-to.  East  of  the  line  joining 
these  islets  and  between  them  ai  e  the  following  dangers : 

Massacre  Rock,  with  5  feet  water  over  it,  lies  300  yards  from 
Massacre  Islet.  Monk  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  900  yards 
from  Monk  Islet.  Little  Monk  Rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  13  feet, 
lies  200  yards  from  Monk  Rock,  Ship  Shoal,  with  4^  fathoms 
water  over  it,  lies  1,200  yards  west;  and  Corlet  Shoal,  on  which  the 
depth  is  6^  fathoms,  600  yards  north  from  Monk  Island. 

Northeast  Island. — The  northern  part,  named  Le  Calas,  has 
shoal  water  extending  from  it  150  yards,  leaving  only  a  narrow 
passage  with  deep  water  between  it  and  Little  Verdon  Island.  The 
east  shore  is  bold-to,  and  the  south  end  falls  abruptly  from  Cape 
Croix,  a  remarkable  round  hill  177  feet  above  high  water. 

Beacon. — The  summit  of  Northeast  Island  is  dome-shaped,  and 
surmounted  by  a  beacon. 

Fichot  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  steep-to  on  the  west 
side,  over  Which  the  summit  rises  194  feet  above  high  water. 

Fichot  Harbor,  lying  between  Fichot  and  Northeast  Islands,  is 
entered  by  two  passages,  that  from  the  north,  between  Watering 
Cove  Point  and  Fronimy  Island,  and  the  southern,  named  Flago 
Pass,  with  8  feet  in  it  at  low  water.  This  harbor,  available  for 
small  vessels  only,  should  not  be  attempted  without  a  pilot,  as  the 


820 


CAl'K    HAULD   TO   CAI'K   HT.  JOHN. 


chaiinol  is  narrow,  the  turns  iire  Hharp,  and  andioraKO  Hpac-o  small. 

Tlun-o  is  a  flaKHtaflf  on  each  ontranco  point. 
Tidea.— It  is  high  wator,  full  and  chango,  at  Fichot  Harbor  at 

6h.  R8m. ;  springs  rise  4  foet. 
Madame  Island  is  tho  eastern  of  a  group  of  islands  nearly 

joined  to  each  other  and  the  mainland  at  low  wat»)r,  forming  tho 

west  side  of  Fichot  Channel,  which  is  about  i  mile  wide. 
Rdinssd  Rock,  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  400  yards  north  ot 

Madame  Island,  and  is  the  extreme  of  a  ledge,  part  of  whi<d» 

uncovers,  extending  from  Madame  Island  i  mile. 
Pour  Harbor,  ^  mile  south  of  Cow  Point,  is  suitable  only  for 

small  vessels,  that  can  anchor  in  a  space  300  yards  long  and  200 

yards  broad  in  6  to  6  fathoms  water,  or  moor  close  to  the  shore  in 

an  arm,  100  yards  wide,  extending  to  the  westward.    The  entrance 

points  are  200  yards  apart,  but  the  clear  channel  in  is  only  100 

yards  wide  between  the  shoals  off  tho  points. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Four  Harbor  at  7h. 

5m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet. 
Virgin  Bay,  south  of  Four  Harbor,   s  divided  by  a  peninsula 

from  Little  Islets  Harbor,  off  which  shoals  extend  a  short  distance. 
Virgin  Shoal,  with  7  feet  water  on  it,  lies  300  yards  off  the 

entrance  to  Four  Harbor,  and  is  steep-to  on  the  north  side.  Tho 
SW.  hill  on  Fichot  Island  open  east  of  Madame  Island,  bearing  S. 
63°  E.  (S.  30°  E.  mag.),  leads  east  of  this  shoal. 

Little  Islets  Harbor,  SW.  of  Madame  Island,  is  formed  between 
English  Island  and  the  peninsula  south  of  Virgin  Bay. 

In  the  entrance  is  Little  Madame  Island,  on  the  NW.  side  of 
which  is  the  only  passage  in,  clear  in  mid-channel  and  50  yards 
wide.  The' harbor,  only  suited  for  small  vessels,  is  300  yards  long 
and  200  yards  wide,  with  anchorage  in  13  feet  wator  between  the 
two  northeastern  fishing  stages  on  the  west  side.  There  is  a  flag- 
staff on  the  north  point  of  the  entrance. 

Fiohot  Channel  is  narrowed  by  Mid-channel  Rock,  awash  and 
always  breaking,  which  lies  650  yards  N.  74°  W.  (N.  41°  W.  mag.) 
from  the  south  point  of  Fichot  Island;  there  is  a  good  passage  on 
either  side,  that  nearest  Fichot  Island  being  the  wider. 

Bruyantes  Rock,  awash  and  nearly  always  breaking,  lies  300 
yards  east  from  English  Island  and  400  yards  from  Mid-channel 

Eock.  J      «. 

Louis  Lemaire  Shoal,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  200  yards  oft 

the  SE.  extreme  of  English  Island. 

To  pass  between  Mid-channel  Rock  and  Fichot  Island,  keep 
Massacre  Islet  its  own  breadth  open  west  of  Fichot  Island,  bearing 
N.  9°  E.  (N.  42°  E.  mag.). 


-'x  ^,:.::;^miif?irssm:is^ix0h 


<(,<m-:m^ii:'^swimxime!vim!i.m^si^^s^^^^^:''s'^ 


j;oHpaco  Bmnll. 

hot  Harbor  at 

islands  nearly 

r,  forming  the 

wido. 

y^ivrdH  north  of 

purt  of  which 

itable  only  for 

1  long  and  200 

to  the  shore  in 

The  entrance 

in  is  only  100 

r  Harbor  at  7h. 

by  a  peninsula 
short  distance. 
)  yards  off  the 
orth  side.  The 
and,  bearing  S. 

formed  between 
Bay. 

le  NW.  side  of 
)1  and  50  yards 
)  300  yards  long 
tor  between  the 
There  is  a  flag- 
lock,  awash  and 
t^.  41°  W.  mag.) 
jood  passage  on 
ider. 

eaking,  lies  300 
om  Mid-channel 

ies  200  yards  off 

Lot  Island,  keep 
t  Island,  bearing 


m 


iiSRwREK 


(HtKAT    IHF.KTS    ItAIMiOlt — (HtKAT    (H)«»HK    MAItHolt. 


.'121 


Ohasgeurs  Island,  Houth  of  Knglish  iHland,  Ih  NupiirattMl  by  a 
narrow  channel  200  yards  wido,  witli  from  0  to  8  fathoms  wator  in 
th«>  middle.  A  rock  Huh  botwoeu  this  island  ami  the  south  point 
of  Knglish  Isiand;  from  it  tho  nortii  point  of  Ohassours  Island  is 
200  yards  S.  7H"  W.  (N.  iVJ"  W.  mag-). 

QroB-plomb  Islet  lies  close  SW.  of  Chasstmrs  Island.  Doublo 
Island,  formod  of  two  hills  nearly  joined  at  the  base,  is  TOO  yards 
SW.  of  Chussours  Island. 

Sournoise  Shoul,  with  13  feet  water  over  it,  lies  (ir.r)  yards  SE. 
of  Chasseurs  Island.  The  oast  side  of  Madame  Island,  open  oast 
of  English  Island,  bearing  North  (N.  33°  E.  mag.),  loads  ofist  of 
this  shoal. 

Great  Islets  Harbor  may  easily  be  recognized  by  the  peaks  of 
Groat  Buse,  631  feet,  and  Little  Buso,  384  foot  above  high  wat(*r, 
on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor.  The  entrance  south  of  Double 
Island  is  800  yards  wido  to  Jehenno  Point,  bare  and  stoop,  slo|)ing 
from  tho  Buso  Hills.  The  harbor  runs  in  northwe.storly  a  little 
more  than  a  mile  to  River  Point,  where  it  turns  sharp  to  tho  SW. 
in  an  arm  li)0  yards  wide  navigable  for  \  mile.  Chabort  Island  is 
nearly  joined  to  the  north  shore,  NW.  i  mile  from  Double  Island, 
and  shelters  tho  usual  anchorage  NW.  of  it  in  12  fathoms,  mud. 
North  of  River  Point  is  an  island  joined  to  the  main  at  low  water, 
SW.  of  a  shallow  cove.  Off  the  south  shore  are  two  snuill  islets. 
The  shores  of  the  harbor  are  nearly  stoep-to,  and  there  is  no  danger 
in  proceeding  to  the  anchorage  NW.  of  Chabert  Island,  or  that 
available  for  small  vessels  in  3^  fathoms  west  of  River  Point.  On 
Grelins  Point,  south  of  a  little  cove  on  the  west  shore  of  this 
anchorage,  a  small  vessel  may  be  careened  and  repaired. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  7h.  22m;  springs 
rise  5  feet. 

(B.  A.  Chart,  No.  1784.)  . 

Enrag^e  Point  is  situated  If  miles  S.  by  E.  of  Jehenno  Point. 
The  coast  between  is  high,  indented  by  several  deep,  open  coves, 
and  is  steep-to,  but  a  short  distance  to  the  eastward  are  some  deep 
banks  on  which  boats  fish.  The  coast  then  trends  SSW.  i  W.  1^ 
miles  nearly,  to  Great  Goose  Harbor. 

Ooose  Island,  one  mile  from  Enragoo  Point,  is  cliffy  in  parts, 
barren,  and  lighter  in  color  than  the  near  coast. 

Great  Goose  Harbor,  SW.  of  Goose  Island,  is  only  available 
for  vessels  drawing  less  than  10  feet  water,  and  tho  holding  ground 
is  bad. 

Baleine  Sock,  5  feet  above  high  water,  lies  SE.  of  Goose  Island, 
and  is  continued  SSW.  200  yards  by  a  ledge,  on  which  there  is 
only  3  feet  least  water. 


MW 


4 
I 


S 


322 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 


Ki 


Little  St.  Julien  Harbor  is  850  yards  long  and  !  50  yards  wide 
at  tlie  entrance,  narrowing  gradually  to  the  head,  and  exposed  to 
NNE.,  but  Baleine  Rock  and  the  narrow  entrance  shelter  the 
fisliing  vessels,  which  moor  head  and  stern  in  5  fathoms,  good 
holding  ground,  abreast  a  gap  in  the  cliffs  on  the  east  shore,  ^  mile 
within  tlie  entrance.  Little  St.  Julien  Point  is  black,  with  rugged 
cliffs  and  steep-to. 

Great  St.  Julien  Harbor  lies  east  of  tnis  point,  and  is  400 
yai'ds  wide  at  the  entrance,  between  Little  St.  Julien  and  Jeanne 
Points.  Jeanne  Point  is  a  bluff  cliff  and  steep-to.  The  harbor 
runs'i  mile  SW.  by  S.,  narrowing  to  200  yards  between  Aurora 
Point  and  a  steep  slope  on  the  east  shore,  from  which  it  extends  t 
mile,  narrowed  by  shoals  stretching  100  yards  from  the  east  shore. 

A  shoal  lies  100  yards  from  the  west  shore,  nearly  midway  be- 
tween Aurora  Point  and  the  fishing  stage  nearest  to  it. 

This  harbor  is  fit  for  small  vessels  only,  which  may  find  tem- 
porary anchorage  in  5  fathoms  just  SW.  of  the  east  stage  on  the 
north  shore.  Fisliing  vessels  moor  head  and  sterji  in  perfect 
security,  though  NE.  winds  bring  a  little  sea  into  the  harbor. 

St.  Julien  Island  is  barren  and  makes  in  two  summits,  the 
higher,  near  the  NE.  end,  is  5i20  feet  above  high  water.  From  the 
NW.  shore,  under  the  summit,  is  Northwest  Shoal,  extending  150 
yards,  and  the  south  end  is  continued  by  islets  and  rocks,  leaving 
a  clear  channel  only  135  yards  wide  between  them  and  the  south 
spur  of  Jeanne  Point. 

Souris  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  100  yards  SE.,  and  Souri- 
ceau  Rock,  with  3  feet  water,  100  yards  SW.  of  the  south  islet. 
St.  Julien  Island  is  a  good  landmark  and  stands  out  prominently 
from  the  line  of  the  coast. 

Mulou  Shoal,  with  3$  fathoms  water,  is  270  yards  NE.  of  the 
NE.  point  of  St.  Julien  Island,  and,  breaks  in  bad  weather. 

Jeanne  Channel  is  passable  ordiixarily  for  vessels  drawing  less 
than  13  feet  wacer,  by  keeping  near  the  main  until  abreast  the 
islets  and  then  mid-channel.  Those  of  deeper  draft  should  buoy 
the  passage  before  taking  it.  This  passage  is  made  more  difficult 
from  the  strong  tides  that  set  through  it,  flood  stream  running 
NW.  and  the  ebb  SE.,  following  regularly  the  rise  and  fall. 

The  Coast  from  St.  Julien  Island  to  Croc  Harbor,  SSW.  nearly 
5  miles,  is  bold-to.  At  ^  mile  south  of  Jeanne  Channel  is  Black 
or  Irish  Islet,  a  barren  rock  steep-to.  Flamands  Cove,  completely 
exposed,  is  SW.  of  Black  Islet,  south  of  which  is  St.  Julien  Peak, 
279  feet  high,  sloping  steeply  to  the  coast,  and  resembling  the 
summit  of  Windy  Point.  From  this  to  Croc  Harbor  the  coast  is 
clear.  Corbeau  Islet  and  Petit  Rocher  lie  close  to  the  shore,  the 
latter  near  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  of  Croc  Harbor. 


T 


id  150  yards  wide 
I,  and  exjjosed  to 
•ance  shelter  the 
5  fathoms,  good 
east  shore,  ^  mile 
ack,  with  rugged 

)oint,  and  is  400 
ulien  and  Jeanne 
-to.  The  harbor 
between  Aurora 
hich  it  extends  t 
m  the  east  shore, 
jarly  midway  be- 
to  it. 

ih  may  find  tem- 
east  stage  on  the 
sterji  in  perfect 
)  the  harbor. 
wo  summits,  the 
mter.  From  the 
al,  extending  150 
id  rocks,  leaving 
m  and  the  south 

s  SE.,  and  Souri- 

:  the  south  islet. 

out  prominently 

^ards  NE.  of  the 
I  weather, 
sels  drawing  less 
intil  abreast  the 
raft  should  buoy 
ide  more  difficult 

stream  running 
se  and  fall. 
3or,  SSW.  nearly 
Channel  is  Black 
Cove,  completely 

St.  Julien  Peak, 
[  resembling  the 
irbor  the  coast  is 
to  the  shore,  the 
>c  Harbor. 


S*!».-.Ss«4S^SK3'^'.^? 


' 


CKOC   HARBOR — IRISH   BAY. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  502.) 


323 


Croc  Harbor,  between  Groux  Point  on  the  north  and  Windy  or 
Barren  Point  on  the  south  side,  is  1,200  yards  wide.  Coming  from 
northeastward  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  departure  from  the  north 
end  of  Groais  Islands,  as  the  entrance  is  not  easily  distinguished 
on  that  bearing. 

From  the  entrance  the  harbor  runs  in  a  general  NW.  direction 
IJ  miles,  when  it  divides  in  two  arms,  Le  Fond,  extending  north, 
and  Epine  Cadoret,  running  S W.  to  Freshwater  Creek  at  the  head. 
West  of  Windy  Point,  Irish  Bay  extends  nearly  a  mile.  Abreast 
the  north  point  of  this  bay  the  harbor  is  i  mile  wide,  but  gradually 
narrows,  except  in  the  basin  at  the  junction  of  the  two  arms.  This 
harbor  is  the  headquarters  of  the  French  squadron. 

Groux  Bay.— From  Groux  Point  the  coast  curves  to  Groux 
Bay,  375  yards  deep,  containing  shelter  only  for  boats,  with  shal- 
low water  150  yards  from  the  north  shore.  From  Bonhomme 
Point,  the  west  point  of  Groux  Bay,  the  coast  is  steep-to,  except 
in  Fisherman  Cove,  600  yards  west,  that  is  fit  for  boats  only  within 
the  line  of  the  points.  There  is  a  fishing  establishment  in  this 
cove.  Genille  Pointy  west  of  this  cove,  forms  an  elbow  ifPtRe  bay, 
sloping  from  Genille  Peak,  213  feet  high,  whence  the  shores  are 
bold-to  near  the  head  of  Le  Fond. 

Observation  Point,  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  to  Epine 
Cadoret,  is  bold-to.  About  i  mile  within,  on  the  west  side,  is 
Cemetery  Point,  on  which  stands  a  large  white  cross.  Just  beyond 
the  first  elbow  in  this  arm  is  Careening  Point,  where  several  ves- 
sels have  been  hove  down.  From  Observation  Point  to  Blanche 
Point,  north  of  Irish  Bay,  the  coast  makes  in  small  coves,  the 
points  of  which  should  not  be  approached  within  100  yards. 

Irish  Bay  is  nearly  f  mile  wide  between  Blanche  and  Windy 
Points.  The  south  shore  is  foul  from  i  mile  SW.  of  Windy  Point 
to  the  head.  Le  Muloux,  a  rock  awash,  lies  350  yards  off  shore. 
La  Baleine  or  Folle  Rock,  3  feet  above  high  water,  lies  off  the  west 
shore,  leaving  a  narrow  passage  between  it  and  the  main.  This 
bay  is  completely  exposed  to  the  northward,  and  offers  shelter  for 
small  vessels  only  behind  an  islet  off  the  fishing  establishment  at 
the  head  of  the  bay. 

Windy  Point  slopes  from  a  barren  hill  404  feet  high,  with 
whitish  rugged  slopes.  This  point  is  not  easy  to  distinguish  from 
the  northeastward,  though  prominent  from  other  directions. 

Observatory  Islet,  low  and  steep-to,  lies  close  SE.  of  this  point, 
leaving  a  narrow  passage  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Beacon.— There  is  a  beacon  on  the  summit  of  Windy  Point. 


pal 


mmmr' 


324 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  8T.  JOHN. 


Anchorage  may  be  obtained  anywhere  within  Genille  Point. 
Vessels  of  war  usually  anchor  off  Observation  Point  in  15  fathoms 
water,  and  moor  for  prevailing  winds  at  NW.  When  these  winds 
are  violent,  squalls  come  alternately  from  Epine  Cadoret  and  Le 
Fond  with  great  force,  straining  the  cables  with  heavy  jerks. 
Merchant  vessels  moor,  in  from  16  to  19  fathoms  water,  between 
Genille  and  Observation  Points,  where  a  little  sea  heaves  in  with 
SE.  winds,  but  they  feel  the  squalls  less  from  NW.  winds. 

The  anchorage  abreast  the  watering  place  in  Le  Fond  is  insecure 
during  SW.  winds. 

Water. — Water  and  wood  may  be  obtained  easily. 

Ice. — Croc  Harbor  freezes  solid  in  December  and  breaks  up  early 
or  late  in  May,  according  to  the  season. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Croc  Harbor  at 
7h.  4m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet.  The  streams  are  sufficiently  strong 
to  keep  a  vessel  tide-rode  in  light  breezes. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  924.) 

Gray  Islands  is  the  name  by  which  the  two  islands,  Groais  and 
Bell,  SE.  of  Croc  Harbor,  are  locally  known. 

Qroais  Island,  7  miles  SE.  by  E.  of  Windy  Point,  is  high  and 
cliffy,  nearly  fiat  in  outline,  and  can  be  seen  40  to  50  miles.  It  is 
7  miles  long  and  3  miles  wide,  is  shaped  like  a  triangle,  with  the 
apex  south,  and  is  thickly  wooded. 

Islets  and  rocks  extend  from  the  west  point,  which  should  not 
be  approached  within  a  mile. 

The  Sisters,  two  steep  rocks,  lie  off  the  NE.  point,  and  the  rest 
of  the  coast  is  so  straight  and  steep  that  there  is  no  place  of  shelter 
even  for  boats,  and  few  where  one  could  be  hauled  on  shore. 

Bell  Island  (Belle  tie  du  Petit  Nord)  is  separated  from  the 
south  part  of  Groais  Island  by  a  clear  channel  5^  miles  wide.  It 
is  8^  miles  long  and  about  6  miles  wide,  is  flat,  high,  and  steep  on 
the  coast,  except  on  the  shores  of  a  bay  on  the  SW.  side,  and  steep- 
to  on  north  and  south  sides.  Northeast  Rock  (tie  h  Herpin),  ^  mile 
from  the  NE.  point,  is  a  barren  islet,  with  several  rocks  between 
it  and  the  shore. 

L']6pervier,  a  rock  with  10  feet  water,  on  which  a  vesselof  that 
name  struck  in  1849,  is  NE.  a  little  more  than  i  mile  from  North- 
east Bock. 

Green  Island  lies  near  the  coast  of  Bell  Island,  a  mile  to  the 
northward  of  the  SW.  point.  A  rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies 
900  yards  west  from  this  island.  To  pass  west  of  it,  keep  Groais 
Island  open  north  of  Bell  Island. 

Boulonnaise  Rock,  part  of  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  ^ 
mile  S.  -29°  E.  (S.  3°  W.  mag.)  from  Billard  Point,  and  at  i  mile 


■..»mm'^mmmi^esm^^w*~^v 


Genille  Point, 
i  in  15  fathoms 
en  these  winds 
Jadoret  and  Le 
L  heavy  jerks, 
(vater,  between 
heaves  in  with 
winds, 
'ond  is  insecure 


31'eaks  np  early 

!roc  Harbor  at 
[iciently  strong 


ids,  Groais  and 

nt,  is  high  and 
50  miles.  It  is 
mgle,  with  the 

lich  should  not 

it,  and  the  rest 
place  of  shelter 
on  shore, 
irated  from  the 
miles  wide.  It 
h,  and  steep  on 
side,  and  steep- 
Herpin),  ^  mile 
.  rocks  between 

a  vessel  of  that 
le  from  North- 

i,  a  mile  to  the 
vater  on  it,  lies 
it,  keep  Groais 

)w  water,  lies  ^ 
,  and  at  i  mile 


EOCKY  BAY — CAPE  ROUGE. 


325 


S.  58°  W.  (West  mag.)  from  the  same  point  is  a  rock  with  7  feet 
water  over  it. 

Rocky  Bay,  on  the  SW.  coast,  is  the  only  place  where  small 
vessels  and  boats  may  find  shelter,  behind  a  cluster  of  rocks  and 
islets. 

Red  Islet  or  South  Rock  is  the  southern  of  these,  lying  nearly  2 
miles  off  shore. 

Canes  Island,  the  largest  and  northern  of  the  group,  is  low,  with 
a  round  hillock  covered  with  grass  in  the  summer.  It  is  surrounded 
by  rocks,  the  two  extremes  of  which  are  Bara  Rock,  with  10  feet, 
^  mile  WSW.  from  the  SW.  extreme,  and  a  rock,  with  5  feet  water, 
800  yards  west  from  the  center  of  Canes  Island. 

A  ledge,  vsdth  3 J  fathoms  water,  extends  1,600  yards  SW.  from 
Canes  Island.  Large  vessels  must  avoid  this,  as  there  may  be 
shoaler  water. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  Rocky  Bay  in  2  to  2f  fathoms,  sand, 
passing  at  a  sufficient  distance  west  of  Canes  Island  to  avoid  the 
dangers  spoken  of. 

Southwest  Harbor. — The  French  vessels  fishing  off  Bell  Island 
moor  for  the  summer  inside  a  group  of  rocks  that  forms  the  north 
point  if  +  "=»  entrance  to  Rocky  Bay.  To  take  up  a  position  needs 
fine  wet  .rd  a  pilot,  or  long  experience  of  the  place. 

The  '  /  of  the  main  from  Windy  Point  runs  high  and  steep 
SW.  2  miles  to  Million  Cove,  open  to  the  eastward,  where  there  is 
a  fishing  settlement,  with  indifferent  shelter  even  for  boats. 

Filler  Cove,  3  miles  from  Million  Cove,  is  formed  by  the  main 
and  the  north  part  of  Cape  Rouge  Peninsula.  It  is  completely 
open  to  the  eastward,  and  bad  for  anchorage ;  at  the  head  is  a  fish- 
ing post. 

Cape  Rouge  is  the  south  extreme  of  Cape  Rouge  Peninsula, 
2i  miles  long  and  1^  miles  broad,  culminating  in  a  peak  over  Cape 
Rouge  492  feet  high.  Pyramid  Point,  the  NE.  extreme,  is  a 
pyramidal  rock,  close  SE.  of  which  is  a  low  reef,  separated  by  a 
narrow  boat  passage.  A  short  distance  west  of  this  point,  in  Pilier 
Cove,  is  a  natural  excavation,  supported  by  a  pillar,  from  which 
the  cove  derives  its  name.  Truite  Point,  the  SW.  extreme,  is  the 
north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Cape  Rouge  Harbor.  Immediately 
north  of  it  is  the  settlement,  and  the  coast  runs  north  nearly  2 
miles  from  it  to  the  isthmus,  850  yards  across. 

Conche  Peninsula  is  south  of  Cape  Rouge  Peninsula,  Fraud- 
eresse  Point,  at  the  NE.  extreme,  being  distant  1,400  yards  from 
Truite  Point.  It  is  3i  miles  long,  ^  mile  wide  at  the  extremes,  and 
a  mile  wide  at  the  isthmus,  which  is  350  yards  across.  Frauderesse 
Point  is  fringed  by  rugged,  curiously  shaped  rocks.  Off  it  a  bank 
extends  300  yards,  and  shoal  water  lies  off  the  north  shore  of  this 


'j<awwxiwm.w<m! 


f 


326 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   CAPE   ST.  JOTIN. 


peninsula  west  of  the  point,  extending  nearly  ^  mile  from  a  white 
cross  on  Dos-de-cheval  Point. 

Off  Cape  Fox,  the  south  extreme  of  the  peninsula,  islets  and 
rocks  extend  200  yards,  but  with  these  exceptions  the  peninsula  is 
steep-to. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  562.) 

Cape  Rouge  Harbor  is  formed  by  these  peninsulas  and  the 
mam,  and  is  divided  into  Biche  Arm  to  the  north,  and  Southwest 
Bay.  The  mainland  coast  is  steep-to  and  nearly  straight.  A  small 
bend  in  it,  opposite  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  is  Priests  Cove. 

Biche  Arm  contains  perfectly  secure  anchorage,  easy  of  access 
with  any  wind.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  15  fathoms  off  a  remark- 
able cascade  on  the  west  shore,  WNW.  of  Partridge  Point,  low  and 
grassy,  the  bottom  mud,  good  holding  ground. 

Souris  or  Champ-paga  Shoal,  the  only  isolated  danger  in 
Southwest  Bay,  is  the  summit  of  a  bank  of  rock  350  yards  long  and 
250  yards  broad,  in  the  middle  of  which  is  6  feet  water.  To  pass 
west  of  this  shoal  keep  Cod-pile  (a  little  peaked  rise  on  the  hills 
north  of  Conche  Harbor)  in  line  with  the  NW.  fishing  stage;  to 
pass  north  keep  the  north  point  of  Bell  Island  well  open  east  of 
Frauderesse  Point ;  and  to  pass  south  keep  the  north  point  of  Rogue 
Island  in  line  with  Frauderesse  Point. 

To  anchor  in  Southwest  Bay  the  above  leading  marks  must  be 
attended  to,  and  a  good  berth  given  to  the  rocks  off  Dos-de-cheval 
Point. 

Caution.— Beacons.— The  two  beacons  at  the  head  of  the  bay, 
when  in  line,  lead  over  Souris  Shoal,  as  also  do  the  beacons  on 
Dos-de-cheval  Point.     (One  beacon  down  in  1896.) 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  12  to  16  fathoms  water, 
over  gravel  and  a  little  mud  near  the  head,  but  the  holding  ground 
is  only  fair.  Vessels  with  good  tackling  hold  on  well  through  the 
heavy  squalls  that  come  with  NW.  and  west  winds  and  the  little 
sea  brought  in  by  easterly  winds. 

Ice.— Cape  Rouge  Harbor  fills  with  northern  ice  and  freezes, 
the  ice  breaking  up  some  time  during  the  month  of  May,  depending 
on  the  seasons. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Rouge  Har- 
bor at  7h.  (approximate) ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  924.) 

Rouge  Island,  800  yards  long,  350  yards  wide,  and  steep-to, 
lies  3i  miles  east  from  Frauderesse  Point,  and  is  composed  of  red 
rock  covered  with  grass  at  the  summit. 

Conche  Harbor,  between  the  peninsula  and  the  main,  is  west 
of  the  isthmus,  and  runs  up  2i  miles  from  Cape  Fox,  being  If  miles 


**^ 


e  from  a  white 

lula,  islets  and 
lie  peninsula  is 


isulas  and  the 
and  Southwest 
ight.  A  small 
riests  Cove, 
easy  of  access 
s  off  a  remark- 
Point,  low  and 

ted  danger  in 
'^ards  long  and 
iter.  To  pass 
le  on  the  hills 
(ling  stage ;  to 
I  open  east  of 
»oint  of  Rogue 

larks  must  be 
Dos-de-cheval 

id  of  the  bay, 
e  beacons  on 

ithoms  water, 
►Iding  ground 
1  through  the 
md  the  little 

and  freezes, 
ly,  depending 

5  Rouge  Har- 
ise  4  feet. 


and  steep-to, 
posed  of  red 

nain,  is  west 
eing  If  miles 


CONCIIE   HARBOR — CANADA   BAY. 


327 


1 


wide  at  the  entrance,  diminishing  gradually  to  tho  head.  Tlie  fish- 
ing establishments  are  on  the  peninsula,  l^  miles  from  Cape  Fox, 
off  which  the  fishing  vessels  moor,  head  and  stern. 

Martinique  Cove,  at  the  head  of  tho  bay,  is  exposed  to  winds 
from  S.  by  E.  to  SW. ;  the  holding  ground  is  reported  fair,  and 
vessels  manage  to  hold  on  there  all  the  fishing  season. 

Anchorages.— There  is  anchorage  in  10  to  U  fathoms  off  Mar- 
tinique Cove.  SW.  winds  are  the  most  dangerous  and  blow  with 
great  violence.  There  is  good  anchorage  off  the  western  village, 
on  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  in  from  7  to  13  fathoms.  Good 
anchorage  can  also  be  found  in  6  fathoms,  mud,  off  the  center  of 
Silver  Cove,  on  the  east  side  of  the  harbor,  about  If  miles  north  of 
Cape  Fox,  During  the  season  the  coast  from  Silver  Cove  to  Cai)e 
Fox  is  obstructed  by  nets. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Supplies — Fresh  mutton  and  vegetables  can  usually  be  obtained. 
The  population  of  Silver  City,  the  village  around  the  cove,  is  about 
250. 

Ice.— Conche  Harbor  fills  in  with  northern  ice  and  freezes,  the 
ice  breaking  up  early  or  late  in  May,  according  to  the  season.  In 
1894  heavy  pans  of  ice  were  found  in  Silver  Cove  on  the  28th  June, 
almost  entirely  blocking  up  the  small  anchorage. 

La  Vache-gare,  a  large  pale-yellow  patch  on  the  coast,  bears 
S,  76°  W,  (N,  72°  W.  mag,),  distant  3  miles  from  Cape  Fox,  and 
Vache-gare  Cove,  a  slight  indentation  in  the  coast,  lies  close  north 
of  it. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  794,) 

HiUiers  Harbor  (Havre  de  Boutitou)  is  difficult  to  recognize 
from  the  north,  but  there  are  three  parallel  gaps  in  the  cliffs  that 
resemble  a  ship  under  sail  close  to  the  coast,  the  southern  of  which 
forms  the  point  of  entrance  to  the  harbor,  and  is  7i  miles  SW,  of 
Cape  Fox,  The  harbor  is  very  small,  is  open  to  SE,,  and  divided 
into  two  little  coves  at  the  head,  the  eastern  of  which  alone  affords 
shelter  to  three  or  four  vessels  in  6  fathonis,  moored  head  and 
stern,  along  the  south  shore  of  the  cove,  Dolo  Point  is  the  west 
turning  point  on  the  shore  so"       of  this  cove. 

Boutitou  Shoal,  with  7  feet  ^vater,  lies  f  mile  south  of  tho  har- 
bor and  400  yards  off  the  coast. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Hilliers  Harbor  at 
7h.  2m. 

The  Coast  from  Hilliers  Harbor  to  Canada  Bay  is  high  and 
steep,  with  some  rocks  awash  quite  close  to  the  coast, 

Canada  Bay  (Bale  des  Canaries),  5  miles  SW,  of  Hilliers  Har- 
bor, is  entered  between  Cape  Daumalen  on  the  north  and  Canada 


-fiaSS. 


328 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 


Head  on  the  south,  a  width  of  If  miles.  It  expands  within  the 
entrance,  Bide  and  Chimney  Arms  running  northward,  and  Gouflfre 
and  Canada  Harbors  on  the  south  shoi'e. 

Or^vigneux  (Englee)  Island  lies  close  to  the  NW.  side  of 
Cape  Daumalen.  It  is  tolerably  high  and  partly  wooded;  the 
outer  sides  are  steep,  particularly  the  west  shore;  and  White  Point, 
the  south  extreme,  is  so  called  from  the  remarkably  white  color  of 
the  rocks. 

Aiguillettes  Island  is  joined  to  the  SE.  extreme  of  Grdvigneux 
Island  by  a  bank  of  sand,  is  wooded  and  steep,  and  divided  by  a 
narrow  channel  from  Cape  Daumalen. 

Aiguillettes  Harbor,  between  Aiguillettes  Island  and  Cape  Dau- 
malen, is  fit  for  small  vessels  only,  being  encumbered  by  small 
islets.     A  small  boat  channel  leads  to  Grdvigneux  Harbor. 

Aiguillettes  Rock,  with  13  feet  water,  lies  nearly  ^  mile  off  the 
entrance  to  Aiguillettes  Harbor.  The  water  is  deep  round  this 
shoal,  that  occupies  a  small  space  only,  and  the  sea  breaks  on  it 
with  strong  westerly  winds.  To  pass  SW.  of  it,  keep  a  cascade  on 
the  west  shore  of  the  bay  open  of  White  Point. 

Grdvigneux  Harbor  is  north  of  the  island  of  that  name,  and 
can  only  hold  one  moderate-sized  vessel  when  it  is  clear  of  fishing 
craft. 

Supplies. — A  small  supply  of  provisions  may  be  obtained  here. 

Bide  Arm,  entered  immediately  north  of  Grdvigneux  Island, 
runs  in  a  straight  line  N.  by  E.  6  miles,  with  an  average  breadth 
of  600  yards.  The  east  shore  is  high  and  wooded;  the  west  is 
wooded,  but  not  so  high.  The  arm  affords  the  best  anchorage  in 
Canada  Bay  in  case  of  bad  weather. 

Hermit  Rock,  with  6  feet  water,  lies  200  yards  off  the  east 
coast  of  this  arm,  and  N.  by  E.  600  yards  from  Grdvigneux  Island. 

Bide  Shoal  stretches  from  the  west  shore  nearly  a  third  of  the 
distance  across  the  arm,  600  yards  north  of  a  cove  situated  3  miles 
within  the  entrance.  There  is  4  feet  least  water  on  this  shoal. 
Off  the  north  point  of  the  cove  a  shoal  extends  a  short  distance. 

The  Watchers,  rocks  awash,  lie  200  yards  off  the  west  coast  of 
this  arm,  a  little  within  Lard  Point,  that  forms  the  west  side  of 
the  entrance,  and  the  Turtles  lie  between  Lard  and  Milan  Points, 
the  latter  the  second  prominent  point  on  the  west  side,  within  the 
entrance. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  must  proceed  at  least  2  miles  within  Lard 
Point  to  find  an  anchorage,  but  greater  security  may  be  found  by 
anchoring  3  miles  within  the  entrance,  in  from  9  to  13  fathoms 
water,  in  the  middle  of  the  arm,  or  proceeding  beyond  Bide  Shoal, 
by  keeping  one-third  of  the  distance  across  from  the  east  shore. 
Perfect  sheltered  anchorage  may  be  found  in  the  basin  at  the  head 


-"»«»';5;-S53sgJ^ 


sKmm 


CANADA    BAT. 


829 


iifls  within  the 
rd,  and  Gouflfre 

)  NW.  side  of 
y  wooded;  the 
d  White  Point, 
'  white  color  of 

of  Grdvigneux 
d  divided  by  a 

and  Cape  Dau- 
)ered  by  small 
Harbor. 

5^  ^  mile  off  the 
3ep  round  this 
ea  breaks  on  it 
3p  a  cascade  ou 

that  name,  and 
jlear  of  fishing 

obtained  here, 
igneux  Island, 
i^erage  breadth 
d;  the  west  is 
t  anchorage  in 

is  off  the  east 
dgneux  Island. 

a  third  of  the 
ituated  3  miles 

on  this  shoal. 
Lort  distance, 
le  west  coast  of 
he  west  side  of 

Milan  Points, 
ide,  within  the 

es  within  Lard 
ly  be  found  by 
to  13  fathoms 
nd  Bide  Shoal, 
the  east  shore, 
iisin  at  the  head 


in  11  fathoms  water,  but  vessels  must  not  swing  within  200  yards 
of  the  shore. 

The  Promontory  that  separates  Chimney  Bay  from  Bide  Arm 
is  moderately  high.  The  south  extreme  is  called  Lard  Point,  from 
which  the  coast  curves  northwestward  in  Lard  Cove,  and  thence 
to  Marten  Point,  the  east  point  of  the  entrance  to  Chimney  Bay, 
that  is  white  in  color  and  forms  the  west  side  of  a  creek  with  laev- 
eral  huts  on  the  shores.     This  coast  is  rugged  and  fringed  by  rocks. 

White  Islet  lies  SW.  by  W.  800  yards  from  Lard  Point,  and  is 
conspicuous  from  its  color.  Flat  Islet  lies  300  yards  NE.  of  White 
Islet. 

There  is  a  good  pass  j  Lv.  ^n  these  islets  and  I  < .,  ^omt,  and 
a  channel  between  them  for  vc^-oals  of  moderate  draft. 

Herring  Shoal,  with  2i  fathoms  water,  lies  400  yards  S.  17°  W. 
(S.  49°  W.  mag.)  from  White  Islet. 

Cod  Rock,  with  12  feet  water,  lies  800  yards  S.  4°  W.  (S.  36°  W. 
mag.)  from  White  Islet. 

To  pass  south  of  these,  keep  Milan  Point  open  east  of  Lard  Point, 
bearing  N.  19°  E.  (N.  61°  E.  mag.),  and  to  pass  west  of  them  keep 
the  southern  summit  of  the  Chimnies  or  Cloud  Hills  open  west  of 
Green  Islet,  on  the  west  shore  of  Chimney  Bay,  bearing  N.  26°  W. 
(N.  6°  E.  mag.). 

Wolf  Shoal,  with  3  feet  water,  is  i  mile  S.  14°  E.  (S.  18°  W. 
mag.)  from  Marten  Point,  and  600  yards  from  the  shore.  Some 
banks  with  3f  and  4f  fathoms  extend  i  mile  NW.  from  this  shoal. 
There  is  a  good  passage  between  them  and  the  near  land.  To  pass 
west  of  these  banks  keep  White  Point  a  little  open  south  of  White 
Islet,  bearing  S.  38°  E.  (S.  6°  E.  mag.). 

Clark  Bock,  upon  which  there  is  a  depth  of  19  feet,  lies  in  the 
fairway  to  Chimney  Bay,  with  the  center  of  White  Islet  bearing 
West  (N.  58°  W.  mag.),  distant  one  mile.  Green  Island  shut  in  by 
Fly  Point,  bearing  North  (N.  32°  E.  mag.),  leads  west  of  the  rock. 

Chimney  Bay  extends  8  miles  north  from  Marten  Point,  where  it 
is  1,700  yards  wide.  At  the  head  Northeast  Brook  and  Beaver 
Cove  continue  it  to  the  north  and  Castor  Cove  to  the  SW.,  naviga- 
ble for  a  mile,  and  thence  NW.  in  a  shallow  arm,  6^  miles. 

Marten  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  is  ^  mile  off  Marten  Point 
and  300  yards  from  shore.  To  pass  south  of  it  keep  the  north  point 
of  Grdvigneux  Island  touching  Lard  Point,  bearing  S.  50°  E.  (S. 
18°  E.  mag.). 

Cabin  Point  is  on  the  east  shore,  2i  miles  within  Marten  Point. 
It  is  low  and  should  not  be  approached  close-to.  A  reef  is  reported 
to  extend  from  Chaine  Point,  3^  miles  north  of  Cabin  Point. 

Zephyr  Rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it  and  steep-to,  lies  in  the 
middle  of  Northeast  Brook  Cove. 


330 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   CAPE   8T.  JOHN. 


Anchorage. — When  npproacliing  the  anchorage  at  the  head  of 
Chimney  Bay,  Weymoutli  Point  should  be  given  a  berth  of  800 
yards,  to  avoid  shoal  water  extending  600  yards  from  it.  The  bot- 
tom is  uneven,  and  in  some  places  hard,  but  H.  M.  corvette  Tene- 
dos  (1886)  fouiid  good  anchorage  in  12  fathoms  water,  over  soft 
black  mud,  between  Drummond  Island  and  Tenedos  Rock. 

B6acon. — There  is  a  beacon  on  Weymouth  Point. 

Tenedos  Bock,  with  a  depth  of  10  feet  over  it,  lies  with  the 
south  extreme  of  Drummond  Island  1,050  yards  N.  73°  W,  (N.  41° 
W.  mag.). 

Oastor  Cove  is  clear  of  danger,  and  near  it  wood  can  be  ob- 
tained. This  cove  aifords  good  sheltered  anchorage  in  from  11  to 
16  fathoms  water,  or  in  the  west  cove  opposite,  named  Beaver 
Cove,  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms.  Salmon  are  plentiful  in  Beaver 
Brook,  about  3  miles  NNE,  of  Beaver  Cove. 

Anchorage.— H.  M.  S.  Emerald  (1890)  anchored  in  the  center 
of  Beaver  Cove  in  16  fathoms  water,  over  miid,  and  found  the 
shores  of  the  cove  to  be  free  from  outlying  dangers.  In  entering 
this  anchorage  the  maik  used  to  lead  between  Tenedos  Rock  and 
the  shoal  off  Weymouth  Point,  in  not  less  than  6  fathoms  water, 
was  the  NE.  point  of  Fane  Island  just  shut  in  with  the  SW.  point 
of  Drummond  Island,  bearing  N.  44°  W.  (N.  12°  W.  mag.), 

QroBHe  Point,  opposite  Cabin  Point,  is  the  east  point  of  Chim- 
ney Cove,  a  little  bay  open  to  the  southward. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anchorage  in  18  fathoms  water, 
over  mud,  south  of  Grosse  Point.  Before-  letting  go  the  anchor, 
it  is  necessary  to  determine  the  nature  of  the  bottom,  as  it  is  not 
ell  Liud.  H.  M.  sloop  Fantome  rode  out  a  fresh  southerly  gale 
here  in  1885. 

Bad  Bock,  small  and  always  above  water,  lies  400  yards  N.  67° 
E.  (S.  81°  E.  mag.)  from  Good  Point;  there  is  some  foul  ground  to 
the  eastward  of  the  rock. 

Otter  Cove,  on  the  west  shore  opposite  Marten  Point,  has  shoal 
water  fringing  the  shore  for  some  distance. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  middle  of  this 
cove  in  8  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and  mud.  H.  M.  S.  Forward 
(1888)  found  good  anchorage  in  Otter  Cove,  in  7  fathoms  water, 
with  the  Island  off  Dieppe  Point,  in  line  with  a  whitewashed  rock 
on  the  east  shore  of  Canada  Bay,  bearing  .^bout  N.  84°  E.  (S.  64° 
E.  mag.). 

The  Chimnies  or  Cloud  Hills  are  remarkable  mountains,  with 
rugged  summits  from  909  to  1,122  feet  high,  lying  If  miles  inland 
from  Grosse  Point,  and  can  be  seen  a  great  distance  when  SE.  of 
the  entrance  to  Canada  Bay. 


-  r.'ji-'um^^ms'Mm  « -  ■ 


ge  at  the  head  of 
(II  a  berth  of  800 
rom  it.  The  bot- 
M.  corvette  Tene- 

■water,  over  soft 
dos  Rock, 
int. 

it,  lies  with  the 
N.  73°  W.  (N.41° 

wood  can  be  ob- 
ige  in  from  11  to 
9,  named  Beaver 
ntiful  in  Beaver 

•ed  in  the  center 
i,  and  found  the 
ers.  In  entering 
enedos  Rock  and 
6  fathoms  water, 
th  the  SW.  point 
W.  mag.), 
t  point  of  Chim- 

(  fathoms  water, 
g  go  the  anchor, 
ttom,  as  it  is  not 
h  southerly  gale 

400  yards  N.  67° 
ne  foul  ground  to 

Point,  has  shoal 

he  middle  of  this 
[.  M.  S.  Forward 
t  fathoms  water, 
rhitewashed  rock 
N.  84°  E.  (S.  64° 

I  mountains,  with 
?  If  miles  inland 
mce  when  SE.  of 


I 


(K)UFKHK    IIAUnoU — CANAItlKS    IIAKHOK. 


381 


Torrent  Cove  or  Hells  Mouth  is  1 J  miles  south  of  Otter  Covo, 
and  is  so  named  from  a  cascade  falling  over  higli  land  at  the  lu-ml! 

A  rock  that  covers  lies  \  mile  N.  W  E.  (N.  43°  E.  mag.)  from 
Torront  Covo  and  190  yards  from  the  shore. 

Qouflfre  Harbor  (WUd  Cove)  is  2i  miles  south  of  Torront  Cove, 
and  extends  south  |  mile;  it  is  1,200  yards  wide  at  the  entrance, 
diminishing  gradually  to  the  head,  and  is  entered  between  Gouffro 
Islet,  100  yards  off  the  west  shore,  and  Gouffre  Point  to  the  oast- 
ward.  The  islet  is  a  small  rocky  mound,  nearly  steep-to  on  the 
south  side,  but  difficult  to  distinguish  when  under  the  land.  The 
point  is  long  and  low,  surrounded  by  rocks  and  shoals,  that  should 
have  a  good  berth  in  turning  in  or  out  of  the  harbor.  This  harbor 
is  much  frequented,  and  affords  good  shelter  south  of  Gouffro  Islet, 
with  Cape  Daumalen  shut  in  with  Gouffre  Point  in  13  fathoms,' 
hard  bottom  but  fair  holding  ground.  Pishing  vessels  that  remain 
moor  head  and  stern,  and  though  exposed  to  northerly  winds  are 
secure. 

Water  may  be  easily  obtained  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor, 
and  another  stream  discharges  into  the  head,  but  a  fringe  of  bowl- 
ders renders  it  inaccessible  to  boats. 

Canaries  (Canada)  Harbor,  U  miles  SE.  of  Gouffre  Point,  is 
entered  between  Calvary  Point  and  Canada  Head. 

Calvary  Point  is  faced  by  white  rocky  cliffs,  the  extremes  of  a 
round  hill,  128  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  cross.  Canada  He>  1  is 
bold,  cliffy,  and  steep-to.  In  this  harbor  are  the  principal  fishery 
establishments  of  the  bay,  and  there  is  a  sufficient  depth  for  moor- 
ing vessels,  but  the  holding  ground  is  bad,  and  the  harbor  is  com- 
pletely exposed  to  northeasterly  winds  that  bring  in  a  heavy  sea. 

Ice.— Canada  Bay  freezes  solid  during  the  month  of  December, 
and  breaks  up  early  or  late  in  May,  according  to  the  season. 

Tldes.--It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Bide  Arm  at  6h. 
37m.,  and  at  Gouffre  Harbor  at  6h.  46m.;  springs  rise  5i  feet, 
neaps  rise  1^  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  924.) 

Coast— The  coast  from  Canada  Head  2^  miles  in  a  south  direc- 
tion to  Cape  Goboso  continues  high  and  bold-to;  halfway  between 
these  points  is  Riencd  Creek,  where  there  is  a  fishing  station,  but 
with  little  protection  even  for  boats.  The  coast  for  1^^  miles  con- 
tinues high  from  Cape  Goboso  in  a  southerly  direction  to  Ddgrat 
de  Cheval,  locally  known  as  Cat  Cove,  a  small  cove  with  a  fishing 
station  and  shelter  for  boats.  The  land  is  barren  and  of  a  red  color 
except  Green  Cape,  a  high  peaked  woody  hill  over  the  coast  one 
mile  west  of  Ddgrat  de  Cheval. 

Hooping  Harbor  (Havre  Sans-fond),  7  miles  from  Canada 
Bay,    is  nearly  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance  between  Duck  Bill 

14910 22 


m 


BL-Ew^fiawawmigi 


t   t 


882 


CAPK  nAULD  TO  CAPE  8T.  JOHN, 


Point,  a  high,  biirron,  mhlish  mound,  sloping  in  »ui  inclined  point 
on  the  oast,  and  a  high,  dull  rt»d,  cliffy  point  on  th»3  west.  Within 
the  eutranco  tlio  harbor  divides  into  Ejist  Arm,  |  mile,  and  North 
Arm,  2  miles  deep.  The  shoroH  are  wooded  and  very  high,  except 
at  the  head  of  East  Arm,  where  there  is  Hat  land  and  a  good 
stream  near  the  fishing  establishments. 

Anchorage.— The  anchorage  is  off  these,  exposed  to  southerly 
winds,  but  the  holding  ground  is  good.  Large  vessels  should  let 
go  in  IG  fathoms,  but  small  vessels  can  moor  near  the  shore  in  (I 
fathoms  water.  It  is  e- posed  to  squalls  from  the  North  Arm,  and 
should  be  used  only  as  a  temporary  anchorage.  The  anchorage 
near  the  head  of  the  North  Arm  is  perfectly  sheltered,  but  the 
water  is  deep,  16  to  21  fathoms  being  found  close  to  the  head. 
Vessels  should  anchor  off  a  sandy  cove  on  the  west  coast,  into 
which  a  streamlet  falls,  and  moor  well  against  squalls  from  north 
to  west.  It  is  often  impossible  to  beat  into  this  harbor  when  those 
winds  prevail. 

Little  Hooping  Harbor  (Petit  Sans-fond),  at  li  miles  8W.  of 
Hooping  Harbor,  is  an  open  cove  with  a  large  cascade  at  the  head 
and  a  fine  birch  wood  in  the  surrounding  valley.  There  is  no 
shelter  except  from  easterly  winds. 

Cape  d' Argent,  3  miles  south  of  Little  Hooping  Harbor,  is  a 
high  cliffy  projection,  whiter  in  color  than  the  surrounding  coast. 
Fourch^  Harbor  (Bale  de  Fourchette)  is  entered  between  two 
high  reddish  cliff  points,  1^  miles  SW,  of  Cape  d' Argent,  and  is  i 
mile  wide  at  the  enti-ance,  whence  it  trends  west  8i  miles,  with  an 
average  breadth  for  2  miles  of  nearly  a  mile.  On  the  north  shore 
is  a  little  cove  where  sniall  vessels  can  moor  head  and  stern  in  16 
fathoms,  or  in  a  narrow  arm  west  of  the  cove  in  16  to  21  fathoms. 
The  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage  in  the  rest  of  the  harbor.  The 
entrance  must  be  taken  with  a  fair  wind,  as  the  squalls  from  west- 
erly winds  sweep  in  all  directions  from  the  high  surrounding  laud. 
The  Coast  trends  SSW.  i  W.  from  Fourchd  Harbor,  and  con- 
sists of  high  rugged  land,  red  in  color. 

Robineau  Coves  lie  2  and  3  miles  respectively  from  Fourchd 
Harbor  and  afford  no  shelter.  North  of  the  northern  cove  is  a 
high  peaked  cliff  that  may  be  distinguished  from  some  distance. 
From  these  coves  the  land  becomes  barren  and  gray  for  a  mile  to 
a  small  cove,  the  south  point  of  which  U  a  remarkable  cliff.  From 
that  point  the  coast  is  muoh  lower  to  Little  Orange  Bay,  an  open 
cove,  whence  the  coast  is  of  moderate  height  and  wooded  to  the  sea. 
Orange  Bay,  also  known  as  Great  Harbor  Deep,  a  little  more 
than  10  miles  SSW.  from  Fourchd  Harbor,  extends  2  miles  in  a 
NW.  direction  and  then  forms  two  branches,  Souffiets  Arm,  and 
Pigeonnibre  Arm,  the  head  of  which  latter  is  named  Sault  Cove. 


an  incHiiod  point 
bo  west.  Within 
milo,  and  North 
v'ory  high,  except 
lund  uucl  a  good 

)H(<d  to  southerly 
vessels  should  let 
fir  the  shore  in  0 
)  North  Arm,  and 
The  anchorage 
lieltered,  hut  the 
lose  to  the  head. 
)  west  coast,  into 
jualls  from  north 
liarbor  when  those 

it  li  miles  SW.  of 
tsrade  at  the  head 
ley.     There  is  no 

ping  Harbor,  is  a 
urrounding  coast, 
tered  between  two 
d' Argent,  and  is  i[ 
,  8i  miles,  with  an 
►n  the  north  shore 
ad  an^  stern  in  IG 

16  to  21  fathoms, 
f  the  harbor.  The 
squalls  from  west- 
surrounding  land. 

Harbor,  and  cou- 

oly  from  Fourchd 
lorthern  cove  is  a 
}m  some  distance, 
gray  for  a  mile  to 
rkable  cliff.  From 
mge  Bay,  an  open 
L  wooded  to  the  sea. 
•eep,  a  little  more 
ends  3  miles  in  a 
Soufflets  Arm,  and 
amed  Sault  Cove. 


«Mi 


OKAhiJK   BAY — LI'lTLK    IIAHBOU    DKKP. 


888 


1 


Oat  Oove  lies  juHt  within  the  north  point  of  tlio  entrance,  and 
contains  a  fishing  ostablishnHJiit  but  no  slu'ltor. 

Jacques  Oove  lit-s  on  the  south  shore  a  niil«(  within  the  entrance 
and  contains  a  fishing  post,  but  in  surcessivo  yuars  the  vessels  wore 
lost  that  moored  there,  and  it  is  no  longer  used  as  an  ancdiorage. 

Soufflets  Arm.— SoufHots  Arm  extends  in  a  north  direction  for 
\\  miles;  the  direction  then  turns  abruptly  round  Rade  Point,  on 
the  western  shore,  to  the  west  for  rather  more  than  a  mile  to  the 
head.  Rather  more  than  }  mile  from  Rade  Point  the  arm  is  nar- 
rowed to  the  breadth  of  300  yards  between  Observatory  Point  on 
the  north  and  a  point  on  the  opposite  side;  the  navigable  channel, 
liaving  'A\  fathoms  water,  is  here  barely  100  yards  wide,  and  a 
spit,  drying  at  low  water,  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  from 
Observatory  Point  for  about  300  yards. 

In  entering  hug  the  south  shore  closely,  when  the  channel  will 
open  into  a  basin,  about  IJOO  yards  in  diameter,  having  depths  of 
from  5^  to  7  fathoms. 

H.  M.  gun-vessel  Oriffon  anchored  off  the  point,  before  going 
through  the  narrow  channel,  in  0  fathoms  water,  good  holding 
ground,  but  had  not  sufficient  swinging  room;  H.  M.  S.  Forivard 
(1888),  anchoring  more  to  the  SE.,  in  18  to  20  fathoms  water,  over 
nmd,  found  ample  swinging  room. 

Sault  Oove,  at  the  head  of  Pigeonnibre  Arm,  is  entered  between 
Pigeon  and  Plate  Points.  About  300  yards  NW.  of  Pigeon  Point, 
Emeraude  Shoal,  with  3  feet  water  over  it,  extends  off  the  NE. 
side  of  the  entrance  tor  200  yards,  the  channel  lying  to  the  west, 
between  it  and  Plate  Point,  being  about  200  yards  in  width.  Rocks 
border  the  shore  immediately  NW.  of  Plate  Point,  and  tho  anchor- 
age, in  10  fathom.s  water,  is  about  600  yards  within  the  entrance. 
Union  Oove  (Petites  Vaches),  7  miles  southward  from  Orange 
Bay,  is  entered  between  Devil  Point  on  the  north  side,  and  on  the 
south  a  peninsula,  lower  than  the  rest  of  the  coast,  with  a  little 
green  at  the  summit,  and  a  high  wooded  point,  oS  which  are  two 
islets.  This  cove,  open  to  the  SE.,  is  a  littlo  more  than  one  mile 
deep  and  i  mile  wide,  and  has  a  fishery  settlement.  Vessels  can 
anchor  in  from  13  to  16  fathoms  water  near  the  head,  but  the 
space  is  very  small.  H.  M.  S.  Forivard  (1890)  anchored  near  the 
head  in  9  fathoms  water,  over  sand  and  mud,  with  good  swinging 
room. 

Little  Harbor  Deep  (Qrandes  Vaches),  immediately  south 
of  Union  Cove,  extends  1^  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and 
affords  no  shelter;  it  then  turns  SW.  for  the  same  distance,  and  is 
shoal.  Little  Harbor  Deep  Head,  the  south  point,  is  high  and 
barren. 


wSf 


I( 


II 


i 


!  I 


884 


OAl'E    HAT  1,1)    TO    CAI'K    HT.  .lOMN. 


(H,  O.  Chart  No.  1101.) 
White  Bay  is  ontorod  hntvvooti  Littler  Harbor  Doop  Htuul  iind 
PiirtrulKO  Point,  tlio  lattor  being  ICl  milnH  KSE.  from  th«  former; 
it  thtm  (jxtonds  44  milos  88W.,  (liniiiiiHliiiiK  in  width  Kriuinidly  to 
tho  lit'iul.  Tlio  coast  gcnorally  is  higli  and  woodeil,  falling  in 
hUh\[)  slopos  to  th(*  sea. 

The  numerous  bays  and  inlets  of  White  Bay  are,  as  a  rule,  very 
deep  until  near  the  head,  when  they  shoal  rapidly. 

Ice.— The  head  of  the  bay  fills  in  with  northern  ice  and  freezes 
between  36th  December  and  10th  January,  the  ice  breaking  up  in 
May.  Ice  fills  in  between  Little  Harbor  Deep  and  Partridge 
Point,  and  may  remain  frozen  in  until  May  or  June,  or  clear  early 
in  the  year  and  fill  again,  all  depending  on  the  season  and  the 
winds. 

Little  Oat  Arm,  6  milos  from  Little  Harbor  Deep,  runs  in  west- 
erly with  one  bend  1^  miles.  The  north  point  is  rugged  with  small 
cliffs.  The  south  point  is  also  rugged,  and  both  are  wooded. 
Fair  anchorage  may  be  had  near  the  head  on  good  holdii\g  ground. 
Great  Oat  Arm,  l^  miles  from  Little  Cat  Arm,  is  nearly  §  mile 
wide  at  the  entrance  between  two  cliffy  points.  A  large  slab  of 
gray  rock  shows  in  the  woods  halfway  up  the  south  point,  that  is 
continued  under  water  by  a  chain  of  rocks,  and  should  not  be 
approached  within  300  yards.  There  is  no  danger  in  the  arm,  but 
the  coasts  are  high  and  winds  blow  from  them  in  all  directions, 
rendering  navigation  under  sail  very  difficult. 

Anchorage.— There  is  shelter  as  soon  as  the  first  elbow  is  passed, 
but  the  water  is  very  deep,  and  it  is  necessary  to  go  beyond  the 
second  bend  to  anchor,  in  16  fathoms  water.  This  is  reported  to  bo 
one  of  the  few  good  anchorages  in  White  Bay,  the  basin  at  the 
head,  with  a  bottom  of  sand  and  mud,  being  completely  landlocked. 
Abreast  the  rocky  islet  off  the  north  shore  the  depth  is  7  fathoms ; 
at  1,400  yards  from  the  point  of  the  last  bend  the  depth  is  12 
fathoms,  increasing  to  20  fathoms  abreast  the  point. 

There  are  two  waterfalls  at  the  head  of  the  arm,  causing  a  stream 
to  set  out  at  the  rate  of  one  knot  per  hour. 

Water. — Water  can  easily  be  obtained  from  a  stream  west  of 
the  anchorage. 

Cat  Head,  south  of  this  harbor,  is  high,  steep,  and  level  topped, 
and  shelters  a  small  cove  SW.  of  it ;  shoal  water  lies  close  eastward 
of  the  head. 

Ooast. — At  about  5  miles  SSW.  from  Cat  Head,  rocks  lie  close  to 
the  coast,  and  at  3  miles  from  the  deep  valley  the  coast  lowers  and 
is  bordered  by  a  beach  of  white  stones. 

Devil  Oove,  open  to  the  eastward,  is  8  miles  from  Great  Cat  Arm. 
A  stream  falls  into  the  head  over  some  high  hills. 


r  Doop  Hoa<l  aiul 
ri'oin  tho  fornutr; 
idtli  Ki'iuluiilly  to 
)U(U)(t,  fiilliiiK  in 

e,  as  11  nile,  voiy 

n  iro  and  freezes 

0  brriiiking  up  in 
p  and  Partridge 
no,  or  clear  early 

season  and  the 

oei),  runs  in  west- 
uggod  with  small 
[ire  wooded. 

1  holdhig  ground. 
I,  is  nearly  §  mile 

A  large  slab  of 

nth  point,  that  is 

id  should  not  be 

ir  in  the  arm,  but 

in  all  directions, 

it  elbow  is  passed, 
to  go  beyond  the 
s  is  reported  to  bo 
the  basin  at  the 
letely  landlocked, 
epth  is  7  fathoms ; 
I  the  depth  is  12 
lint. 
,  causing  a  stream 

a  stream  west  of 

and  level  topped, 
ies  close  eastward 

I,  rocks  lie  close  to 
8  coast  lowers  and 

im  Great  Cat  Arm. 

s. 


OHEAT    CONEY    AKM — SOI'S    ISLAM). 


895 


Little  Ooney  Arm,  at  the  north  Hi'in  of  tho  nntranco  to  (Jreat 
Couoy  Arm,  is  l)urnHl  ut  Mic  iniiiill(>  and  iid'onls  mo  .shcltoi'.  Hoats 
can  cross  to  tho  l)usiii  ut  tho  liniid  In  \\  iwi  ut  h)W  wutnr. 

Great  Ooney  Arm  is  formed  by  u  high  bluff  |)romontory,  run- 
ning puiullul  to  th(»  Ken(M-al  diruction  of  Whltn  Huy,  the  north 
extrnnut  of  whioli,  Con.-y  Arm  Houd,  is  high,  ruggod,  und  woodt-d, 
and  ousy  of  recognition  from  uiiy  dirnction.  Tho  urni  is  •i\  miles 
deep,  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  diminishes  gruduully  to  tho 
Nultwuter  pond  ut  the  heud. 

Anchorage  may  Ixi  hud  ut  the  head,  but  wind  find  sea  roach  in 
with  NE.  winds. 

DoBsenger  Rock,  alumt  4()0  yards  in  extent  within  the  10-fathom 
line,  lies  with  Coney  Arm  Heud  N.  55°  W.  (N.  24°  W.  mag.).  The 
least  depth  obtained  on  this  rock  was  5  fathoms,  i.  though  much 
loss  water  is  roi>orted  by  local  tishermen,  and  the  sea  breaks  on  it 
in  bud  weather. 

Frenchman  Cove,  4  miles  8SW.  from  Coney  Arm  Head,  is  one 
mile  deep,  and  affords  no  shelter  except  from  offshore  winds.  A 
small  rook  lies  near  tho  north  point,  and  a  high  wooded  hill  over 
the  south  point. 

Jackson  Arm  is  a  good  harbor,  situated  a  little  less  than ;  -v.  ''as 
from  Frenchman  Cove.  The  north  point  is  a  little,  round,  butat 
hill ;  the  rest  of  the  land  around  it  is  high.  The  entrance  is  575 
yards  wide;  immediately  within,  the  harbor  expands  to  i  mile  in 
diameter,  on  tho  north  side  of  which  are  two  small  cov>s  with 
fishing  posts.  West  of  this  basin  the  harbor  narrows  to  300  yards, 
trending  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  to  a  second  narrows,  150  yards 
wide,  expanding  finally  in  a  basin  COO  yards  in  diameter. 

From  the  south  shore  of  the  first  narrows  a  chain  of  rocks  and 
shoal  water  extends  225  yards,  but  the  north  shore  is  bold-to. 
There  is  no  other  danger  at  a  moderate  distance  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage  may  be  found  beyond  the  first  narrows  in  12  fathoms, 
mud,  or  in  the  same  depth  beyond  the  seconu  u.^'rows,  but  the 
anchor  should  not  be  let  go  in  the  basin  just  wi  J  a  the  entrance, 
as  the  bottom  is  uneven  and  the  holding  ground  bad. 

A  small  cove  lies  SW.  of  this  harbor,  off  which  are  some  rocks 
above  water. 

Wood.— This  harbor  is  said  to  cont.dii  tae  finest  wood  in  White 
Bay. 

Tides — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Jackson  Arm  at 
6h.  45m. 

Sops  Island,  3  miles  south  from  Jackson  Arm,  is  separated  on 
its  west  side  from  the  mainland  by  a  channel  in  which  there  are 
islets  and  sunken  rocks;  at  2  miles  from  the  north  extreme  of  the 
island  this  channel  is  narrowed  to  400  yards,  south  of  which  are 


^ 


li 


336 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  8T.  JOHN. 


Georges  (Woody)  and  Anson  Islands,  forming  the  north  side  of 
Sops  Arni.  At  the  NE.  extreme  is  a  small  cove,  where  schooners 
moor,  and  near  the  west  end,  Georges  (Woody)  Island  is  joined  to 
the  mainland  by  a  bank,  over  which  there  is  10  feet  at  low  water 

Uaution—Vessels  of  more  than  14  feet  draft  should  not  attempt 
to  pass  through  the  channel  inside  Sops  Island  until  a  more  detailed 
survey  has  been  published.  It  is  recommended  not  to  pass  between 
Anson  Island,  small  and  covered  with  scrub  and  pines,  and  Sops 
Island,  as  depths  of  from. 3  to  6  fathoms,  over  rocky  bottom,  are 
reported  m  this  passage. 

Sops  Arm  extends  west  for  nearly  3  miles  from  the  SW.  extreme 
of  Sops  Island  to  a  cove  nearly  J  mile  in  diameter  at  the  head- 
withm  the  arm  are  some  small  islets  lying  close  to  the  south  shore' 
A  tew  famihes,  maintained  by  fishing  in  summer  and  collecting 
skins  in  winter,  reside  on  Sops  Island,  but  there  are  no  other 
inhabitants  m  the  arm.  Vegetables  are  grown  en  the  island,  but 
no  grain.  ' 

Rock. — A  rock  wi+.h  o  flpT^+ii  f^p  oi  *„„i.  _„  -i     ,  t  ,, 

■■'■-^ —  uB^txi  Ga.  ^i  ibeo  uji  iu  at  low  water  lies 

near  the  anchorage  in  Baldwin  Cove,  in  a  position  with  the  center 
of  Emerald  Island  bearing  N.  34°  W.  (N.  3"  W.  mag.),  distant  650 
yards,  and  100  yards  from  Mohawk  Point. 

Anchorage—Baldwin  Cove,  on  the  south  shore  of  the  arm,  and 
about  H  miles  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Sops  Island,  affords 
anchorage  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  There  is  also  anchorage 
m  19  fathoms  water  off  a  small  cove  at  the  head  of  the  arm.  Small 
vessels  may  anchor  in  this  cove,  which  is  baroly  400  yards  in 
diameter,  m  about  5  fathoms  water,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained 
off  a  river  with  a  fishery  establishment  near  it.  The  mouth  of  the 
river  is  foul  a  short  distance  from  the  shore,  but  the  rest  of  the 
coast  IS  bold-to. 

Tides.-It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Sops  Arm  at  7h- 
springs  rise  4  feet  (approximate). 

Spear  Point,  the  south  turning  point  into  Sops  Arm,  is  tolerably 
low  ano  laced  by  red-colored  cliffs. 

Salt-water  Pond  is  at  the  head  of  a  cove  U  miles  from  Spear 
Point  the  entrance  of  which  is  remarkable.  Chouse  Brook,  3  miles 
trom  the  head,  has  a  fishing  establishment. 

MCiller  Island  (Cerises),  the  summit  of  which  is  187  feet  above 
high  water,  lies  in  the  basin  at  the  head  of  White  Bay.  and  is 
Shaped  like  a  truncated  cone  when  seen  from  the  north,  but  the 
south  part  IS  much  lower,  and  a  reef,  with  a  sunken  rock  at  the 
iNJ^i.  extrjme,  extends  about  300  yards  from  it 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  the  SW.  end  of  Miller  Island  in 
from  17  to  18  fathoms,  in  10  fathoms  water  about  800  yards  east 
ot  the  island,  and  fr.r  one  vessel  in  12  fathoms  about  300  yards  NE 
of  Oody  Point.     The  first  anchorage  is  said  to  be  the  best 


MHM 


» 


SOPS   ARM. 


837 


the  north  side  of 
where  schooners 
sland  is  joined  to 
feet  at  low  water, 
lould  not  attempt 
iil  a  more  detailed 
)t  to  pass  between 
I  pines,  and  Sops 
ocky  bottom,  are 

the  SW.  extreme 
ter  at  the  head; 
'  the  south  shore. 
)r  and  collecting 
ire  are  no  other 
1  the  island,  but 

-t  low  water  lies 
I  with  the  center 
ag.),  distant  650 

of  the  arm,  and 
Island,  affords 
s  also  anchorage 
the  arm.  Small 
ly  400  yards  in 
may  be  obtained 
be  mouth  of  the 
the  rest  of  the 

ops  Arm  at  7h ; 

-rm,  is  tolerably 

iles  from  Spear 
B  Brook,  3  miles 

5 187  feet  above 

ite  Bay.  and  is 

north,  but  the 

ken  rock  at  the 

Miller  Island  in 
800  yards  east 
300  yards  NE. 
le  best. 


Gold  Cove,  north  of  Miller  Island,  is  surrounded  by  verdure, 
and  the  anchorage  is  very  deep.  Vessels  should  steer  for  the  center 
of  the  cove,  until  a  white  house  on  the  east  shore  of  the  bay  appears 
nearly  in  line  with  the  east  entrance  point,  bearing  N.  59°  E.  (East 
mag.),  when  secure  anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  35  fathoms  water, 
as  neither  wind  nor  sea  reaches  the  head  of  the  bay,  so  that  a  NE. 
gale  blowing  at  the  mouth  is  only  known  at  the  liead  of  the  bay 
by  the  rain  falling  there. 

The  low-water  extreme  at  River  Head  Bay  extends  about  ^ 
mile  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  is  steep-to,  with  20  fathoms 
close  to  its  outside  edge. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  River  Head  Bay  at 
7h. ;  springs  rise  1 J  feet,  neaps  rise  2}  feet. 

Coast. — The  coast  of  White  Bay  is  densely  wooded,  with  steep 
hills  intersected  by  deep  ravines.  Osmandville  and  Galeville,  two 
small  settlements  on  the  east  coast  of  the  bay,  each  has  about  30 
inhabitants ;  no  supplies  can  be  procured,  but  large  game  abounds 
near  the  latter.  There  are  several  rocky  ledges  and  bowlders  along 
the  coast,  and  landing  is  best  effected  on  the  shingle  spits  abreast 
the  settlements. 

Gran  by  Island,  3  miles  east  of  Spear  Point,  has  two  rocky  islets 
off  the  east  shore  and  an  islet  at  the  NW.  end. 

Rocks. — A  line  of  detached  rocks  extends  in  a  southerly  direc- 
tion from  the  middle  of  Granby  Island  for  a  distance  of  850  3?  ards. 

The  southern  rock,  nearly  awash  at  low  water,  when  its  po.sition 
is  usually  marked  by  the  wash  or  tide  rip  over  it,  is  situated  with 
the  south  extreme  of  Granby  Inland  bearing  N.  69°  W.  (N.  38°  W. 
mag.),  distant  900  yards. 

The  rock  is  steep-to  on  its  eastern  side,  leaving  a  channel  1,100 
yai:ds  wide  between  it  and  the  mainland. 

Pomley  Cove  is  a  small  cove  behind  a  pyramidal  rock,  SE.  of 
Granby  Island,  and  about  one  mile  SW.  of  Purbeck  Cove.  Here 
is  a  fishing  station. 

Purbeck  Cove,  cor.taining  a  fishing  establishment  and  affording 
shelter  from  offshore  winds,  may  be  distinguished  by  the  south 
point,  which  is  white  in  color,  also  by  a  white  patch  in  the  cliff  near. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  this  cove  in  11 
fathoms  water,  but  the  anchorage  is  exposed  to  winds  from  north 
toSW. 

Coast. — A  small  peninsula  is  situated  2^  miles  north  of  Purbeck 
Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  which  is  a  small  cove  with  fishing  posts. 
Between  this  and  PurDeck  Cove  are  two  rocks  above  water.  Wise- 
man Cove,  north  of  this  peninsula,  has  a  stream  at  the  head,  a  rock 
in  the  middle  of  the  cove,  and  there  is  a  fishing  establishment. 


888 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  ST.  JOHN. 


II 


Western  or  Hauling  Arm  is  a  good  harbor,  with  the  entrance 
free  from  danger,  but  tliere  is  no  anchorage  until  1^  miles  within 
the  arm,  behind  a  point  on  the  south  shore,  in  from  11  to  16  fathoms 
water,  over  mud. 

On  each  side  of  the  arm,  just  within  the  extrance,  is  a  deep  cove. 
Wild  Cove,  to  the  south,  the  deeper  of  the  two,  is  exposed  and  the 
holding  ground  bad ;  Bear  Cove,  on  the  north,  affords  fair  anchorage 
for  small  vessels  off  the  fishing  establishments,  sheltered  by  an  islet, 
with  a  passage  in  on  either  side.  The  northern  passage  is  the  better, 
and  if  taking  the  southern,  the  islet  must  be  given  a  good  berth. 
Hauling  Point,  north  of  this  arm,  is  tolerably  high,  wooded,  and 
the  north  extreme  is  remarkably  white ;  from  the  northward  it 
makes  as  a  peninsula  sloping  to  Bear  Cove. 

Ice.— Western  Arm  of  White  Bay  freezes  over  about  20th  Decem- 
ber and  is  completely  closed  by  ice,  2  to  3  feet  in  thickness,  till 
about  10th  May.  Field  ice  generally  appears  between  25th  Decem- 
ber and  10th  January,  and  disappears  from  10th  May  to  15th  June, 
but  has  been  known  to  remain  as  late  as  1st  July,  also  to  have 
entirely  cleared  away  by  10th  April.  The  first  vessel  usually 
arrives  early  in  May,  the  last  leaving  early  in  January. 

Pigeon  Islands  consist  of  two  large  and  one  small  islet,  the 
northern  being  the  largest  and  the  middle  only  a  small  rock,  with 
no  passage  between  them  and  the  mainland.  Within  these  islands 
is  a  little  cove  with  a  fishing  establishment. 

Middle  Arm  (Faux  Havre),  completely  barred  by  rocks,  so 
that  boats  alone  can  enter,  has  a  rocky  islet  off  its  west  point. 

Southern  or  Seal  Arm  (Bras  des  Vaux  Marin),  an  excellent 
harbor  with  a  fishing  establishment,  is  2i  miles  northeastward  of 
Middle  Arm;  its  entrance  is  free  from  danger.  Cheese  Hill,  a 
remarkable  round  hummock,  lies  on  the  east  shore  of  this  bay  near 
the  head  of  the  harbor,  and  shoal  water  extends  from  the  fooib  of 
the  hill  to  the  opposite  shore,  barring  the  passage  to  the  head;  the 
anchorage,  in  18  fathoms  water,  is  in  a  cove  west  of  the  hill. 

Seal  Cove,  immediately  north  of  Southern  Arm,  is  open  to  the 
west,  and  affords  no  anchorage. 

Lobster  Harbor  is  a  small  round  basin  about  250  yards  in 
diameter.  The  entrance  is  difficult  to  distinguish,  and  is  nearly 
closed  by  a  chain  o  islets  outside.  The  passage  is  along  the  west 
shore,  and  is  only  30  yards  wide  abreast  the  islands,  and  contains 
8  feet  water,  but  in  the  harbor  there  are  13  fathoms.  The  fishing 
establishments  are  on  the  east  shore,  on  the  isthmus  of  a  small 
peninsula.  The  coasts  are  steep  round  the  harbor,  except  at  the 
head,  where  some  gardens  are  situated. 

Burnt  Cove,  ^  mile  from  Lobster  Harbor,  is  a  sandy  cove  said 
to  contain  good  anchorage  in  13  fathoms,  sand,  good  holding 


fesJ'^-   W* 


BURNT    COVE FLEUR-DE-LIS    HARBOR. 


331) 


vitli  the  entrance 
1  1^  miles  within 
ill  to  16  fathoms 

36,  is  a  deep  cove. 
I  exposed  and  the 
ds  fair  anchorage 
Itered  by  an  islet, 
sage  is  the  better, 
^en  a  good  berth. 
Lgh,  wooded,  and 
;he  northward  it 

bout  20th  Decem- 
in  thickness,  till 
?^een  25th  Decem- 
[ay  to  15th  June, 
ily,  also  to  have 
t  vessel  usually 
luary. 

)  small  islet,  the 
small  rock,  with 
hin  these  islands 

red  by  rocks,  so 
3  west  point. 
rin),  an  excellent 
lortheastward  of 
Cheese  Hill,  a 
I  of  this  bay  near 
from  the  f ooib  of 
to  the  head ;  the 
of  the  hill, 
n,  is  open  to  the 

lUt  250  yards  in 
jh,  and  is  nearly 
s  along  the  west 
ds,  and  contains 
as.  The  fishing 
limus  of  a  small 
r,  except  at  the 

sandy  cove  said 
[,  good  holding 


ground.     The  fishermen  report  that  the  sea  does  not  reach  in  l)ere, 
a  fact  corroborated  by  the  grass  which  grows  to  the  water's  edge. 

Current.— The  current  runs  in  along  the  west  shore  and  out 
along  tlie  east  shore  of  White  Bay,  attaining  sometimes  a  velocity 
of  1^  knots. 

Partridge  Point  (Cap  Daim)'is  tolerably  high,  sloping  gently 
to  the  sea,  where  it  is  bare  and  yellowish.  Close  SE.  of  it  is  a  large 
open  cove  with  cliffy  shores. 

St.  Barbe  Islands  or  Horse  Islands  are  two  in  number,  of 
moderate  height  and  flat.  The  western  is  about  9^  miles  in  an  E. 
by  N.  direction  from  Partridge  Point,  but  the  relative  bearings  of 
these  islands  and  the  mainland  in  the  vicinity  are  reported  to  differ 
from  what  the  chart  shows. 

The  passage  between  the  islands  is  a  little  more  than  one  mile 
wide  and  free  from  danger,  except  on  the  east  side,  where  a  shoal, 
with  4  to  6  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends  in  a  westerly  direction 
from  the  larger  island. 

The  east  shore  of  the  eastern  and  the  south  .shore  of  the  western 
island  are  foul,  and  should  be  approached  with  great  caution.  A 
rock,  with  less  than  6  feet  water,  is  about  1^  miles  west  from  the 
SE.  point  of  the  eastern  island,  and  about  i  mile  from  the  shore, 
and  on  the  north  side  of  the  same  island  there  is  a  small  rock,  above 
water,  about  a  mile  distant  from  the  shore.  Two  small  boat  coves 
are  situated  west  of  the  SE.  point  of  the  eastern  island. 

Pigeon  Island,  SSE.  a  little  more  than  1^  miles  from  Cape  Cra- 
paud,  is  close  to  Paradise  Point,  a  remarkable  high  point.  Between 
these  points  is  the  entrance  of  a  bay,  the  shores  of  which  are 
steep-to,  except  off  a  cascade  just  west  of  Paradise  Point,  where  a 
rock  lies  70  yards  from  the  shore. 

Fleur-de-Iiis  Harbor  is  one  mile  southward  of  Cape  Crapaud, 
and,  though  small,  has  good  anchorage  in  it,  sheltered  from  all 
winds. 

The  entrance  is  difficult  to  distinguish  except  from  the  SE.,  when 
it  will  be  pointed  out  by  the  remarkable  mountain  having  three 
hummocks,  resembling  the  top  of  a  Fleur-de-Lis,  from  which  both 
it  and  the  harbor  derive  the  name. 

Directions.— Bring  the  mountain  to  bear  about  N.  78°  W.  (N. 
47°  W.  mag.)  and  steer  for  it  to  the  entrance;  then  kee  >  along  the 
north  shore,  steering  for  the  fishing  establishment  r  r-  ^i^at  shore 
next  east  of  Welch  Point.  "The  Rock,"  with  8  feyt  water  over  it, 
lies  in  mid-channel.  When  Bear  Hill  (a  mound  144  feet  high  west 
of  the  anchorage)  comes  open  north  of  "The  Islet,"  bearing  N.  78° 
W.  tN.  47°  W.  mag.),  steer  for  Welch  Point  to  get  in  the  middle 
of  the  narrows  (avoid  the  bank  stretching  off  "The  Islet"),  where 
the  summit  of  Fleur-de-Lis  Mountain  will  be  seen  a  little  to  the 


^•■n— 


CAPE  BAULD  TO  CAPE  8T.  JOHN. 


il 


'i! 


north  of  Bear  Hill,  about  N.  81°  W.  (N.  50°  W.  mag.),  and  this 
will  lead  into  the  basin,  in  the  center  of  which  vessels  can  anchor 
in  4J  fathoms  water,  over  stiff  mud. 

The  strongest  winds  are  those  from  NW.  and  north,  that  come 
down  in  violent  squalls.  There  is  never  any  sea  at  the  anchorage, 
but  after  strong  breezes  from  north,  round  by  east  to  SE.,  the  sea 
breaks  with  fury  on  the  outer  coast,  while  the  foam  stretches  across 
the  entrance,  looking  like  breakers,  and  a  heavy  swell  is  felt  as  far 
as  "The  Islet."  This  phenomenon  has  been  obgerved  to  follow  a 
northerly  gale  at  an  interval  of  one  day,  after  the  wind  has  com- 
pletely fallen,  when  the  sea  rose  in  an  hour. 

Temporary  anchorage  in  fine  weather  may  be  obtained  in  12 
fathoms  water,  over  coral,  i  mile  S.  78°  E,  (8,  47°  E.  mag.)  from 
Starboard  Point. 

Water  can  only  be  obtained  conveniently  from  the  cascade  lust 
SW.  of  Partridge  Point. 

Tid9S.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Fleur-de-Lis  Harbor 
at  7h.  15m. ;  springs  rise  from  3  to  4  feet. 

Green  Point,  nearly  2  miles  from  Pigeon  Island,  is  the  south 
extreme  of  a  rugged  indented  coast,  off  which  lies  an  islet;  it  is 
also  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Bay  Verte,  3i  miles  wide. 

The  Sisters  are  two  rocks  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance 
to  Bay  Verte.  The  northern,  1^  miles  S.  56°  E.  (S.  26°  E.  mag.) 
from  Green  Point,  has  6  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  and  the  sea  gener- 
ally breaks  on  it.  The  southern,  always  uncovered,  lies  f  mile  S. 
40°  E.  (S.  9°  E.  mag.)  from  the  northern,  is  surrounded  by  deep 
water,  and  the  sea  breaks  on  it  continuously.  The  passages  on 
each  side  and  between  the  Sisters  are  clear. 

Coachman  Harbor  (Havre  du  Pot  d'fitain)  is  comprised 
between  Green  Point  and  French  Island,  and  is  |  mile  deep  from 
French  Island.  Tin-pot  Islands  lie  800  yards  E.  by  S.  of  French 
Island,  and  consist  of  two  groups  400  yards  distant  from  each  other, 
with  deep  water  all  round.  The  north  shore  of  the  harbor  is  clear 
for  nearly  a  mile  from  Green  Point;  shoals  with  10  feet  least  water 
thence  stretch  off  350  yards.  The  head  of  the  harbor  consists  of 
North  and  South  Coves,  separated  by  a  point,  close  off  which  lies 
Guibert  Islet.  North  Rock  is  a  shoal  with  3  feet  water,  on  a  ledge 
extending  350  yards  from  the  east  point  of  North  Cove. 

The  south  shore  of  South  Cove  is  formed  by  a  narrow  peninsula 
surmounted  by  a  little  wooded  hill,  with  a  fishing  establishment 
at  the  isthmus,  which  is  here  only  55  yards  across. 

Qentille  Islet  lies  off  the  north  side  of  the  peninsula.  It  is 
small  and  is  continued  200  yards  to  the  NW.  in  shoal  water, 
and  shoals  lie  off  the  channel  separating  French  Island  from  the 
peninsula. 


.;'i'i'i>ni..ii.i.ii>iiaiM 


"WKS 


-ar 


MToaMMMa 


COACHMAN   HARBOR — BAY   VERTE. 


341 


.  mag.),  and  this 
assels  can  anchor 

north,  that  come 
at  the  anchorage, 
St  to  SE.,  the  sea 
a  stretches  across 
well  is  felt  as  far 
erved  to  follow  a 
e  wind  has  com- 

e  obtained  in  12 
r  E.  mag.)  from 

:  the  cascade  just 

ar-de-Lis  Harbor 

nd,  is  the  south 
ies  an  islet ;  it  is 
3^  miles  wide. 
)  of  the  entrance 
(S.  25°  E.  mag.) 
id  the  sea  gener- 
Bd,  lies  f  mile  S. 
ounded  by  deep 
The  passages  on 

Xi)  is  comprised 
\  mile  deep  from 
by  S.  of  French 
from  each  other, 
e  harbor  is  clear 
I  feet  least  water 
trbor  consists  of 
e  oflf  which  lies 
rater,  on  a  ledge 
Cove. 

arrow  peninsula 
g  establishment 

)eninsula.  It  is 
in  shoal  water, 
Island  from  the 


Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
from  St.  Johns  calls  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Anchorage. — South  Cove,  400  yards  in  diameter,  affords  anchor- 
age in  6  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  with  good  shelter,  inside  a  low 
rocky  islet  on  which  is  a  beacon. 

Easterly  winds  bring  a  sea  into  North  Cove. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Coachman  Harbor 
at  7h.  16m. 

Bay  Verte  extends  9i  miles  SW.  from  Coachman  Harbor  witli 
an  average  breadth  of  one  mile,  the  shores  being  high,  steep-to, 
and  wooded  nearly  throughout.  7.n  the  middle  of  the  bay,  3^  miles 
from  Coachman  Harbor,  is  a  yellow-colored  islet,  with  a  little  grass 
on  the  summit,  and  steep-to ;  Duck  Islet,  wooded,  lies  one  mile  far- 
ther SW.,  and  has  a  sunken  danger,  with  9  feet  water  over  it, 
lying  350  yards  off  the  NE.  point;  on  this  islet  small  seams  of 
copper  have  been  found,  and  also  in  the  stream  at  the  head.  When 
entering  Bay  Verte  do  not  pass  between  Duck  Islet  and  the  yellow 
islet,  but  having  passed  east  of  the  latter,  keep  on  the  eastern  shore 
of  the  bay  until  past  Duck  Islet,  when  course  may  be  shaped  in 
mid-channel.  The  bay  dries  from  the  head  for  a  distance  of  nearly 
one  mile  and  shoals  suddenly. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  13  fathoms  water,  over  mud, 
with  good  liolding  ground,  a  little  east  of  the  second  point  on  the 
west  shore,  which  is  bordered  by  white  rocks;  also  in  13  fathoms 
water,  over  stiff  black  mud  and  excellent  holding  ground,  at  the 
head  of  Bay  Verte,  off  a  hut  a  little  south  of  a  low  rocky  point  on 
the  west  shore ;  this  latter  anchorage  is  said  to  be  a  good  place  of 
refuge  in  NE.  gales,  at  which  time  the  sea  breaks  as  far  as  Duck 
Islet. 

A  low  rocky  islet  is  situated  on  the  east  shore,  1^  miles  from  the 
east  entrance  point,  which  is  completely  bare. 

Ice. — Bay  Verte  freezes  solid  about  the  middle  of  December  or 
early  in  January.  It  gene'-'ally  breaks  up  in  May,  but  has  thawed 
out  in  the  middle  of  April,  remaining  fast  afterwards  until  10th 
June. 

Mings  Bight  (Baie  d.es  Pins),  east  of  Bay  Verte,  is  a  little  more 
than  4  miles  long  and  1^  miles  wide.  Mings  Islets,  two  reddish 
rocks,  lie  near  the  west  point  of  this  bight  and  are  steep-to.  Pines 
Islet,  a  low  rock  sheltering  a  creek  fit  for  boats,  lies  close  to  the 
east  point  of  this  bight,  called  Grappling  Point.  On  this  islet  and 
near  the  creek  are  fishing  stations.  The  only  dangers  in  this  bay 
lie  off  a  low  point  on  the  east  shore  1^  miles  within  Grappling 
Point,  sloping  from  a  barren  hill  about  halfway  between  Pines 
Islet  and  the  head.  This  point  should  not  be  approached  within 
400  yards. 


'■«e;...«»W'  •*>'" 


ki-] 


342 


CAPE   BAULD   TO   CAPE   ST.  JOHN. 


The  copper  mine  in  this  bight  is  situated  on  the  western  side, 
at  about  i  miles  withm  the  entrance.  The  water  iu  Mings  Bight 
IS  so  deep  that  at  about  50  feet  from  the  shore  there  is  a  depth  of 
5  fathoms.  ^ 

Anchorage  is  not  to  be  had  till  near  the  head,  where  the  anchor 
should  be  let  go  in  37  fathoms,  so  that  the  stern  of  the  vessel  when 
swung  should  be  abreast  a  conspicuous  square  bowlder  just  west 
ot  the  second  stream  on  the  north  shore 

arappllng  Point  is  high,  cliffy,  and  steep-to,  and  the  coast 
continues  so  to  the  entrance  of  Paquet  Harbor 

nvfrl^  if  *'?°.'''  i""^^  *  °'"^'  ^'"^'^  Grappling  Point,  is  a  boat 
creek,  sheltered  by  Bois  Island,  barren  and  near  the  coast.  The 
entrance  is  difficult  and  dangerous  with  onshore  winds 

Paquet  Harbor  may  be  recognized  easily  by  Cape  Brfild,  the 
south  point  of  the  entrance,  surmounted  by  Gros  Morne  577  feet 
high,  and  by  Calvary  Hill  269  feet  high,  on  the  north  side  of  the 
harbor.  PeMe  Point,  north  of  the  entrance,  is  a  peninsula  of  mod- 
erate height,  at  the  extreme  of  which  are  several  rockv  i«lef«  ^^^h 
boat  passages  between.     A  shoal,  with  3|  fathoms,  lies  150  "yards 

rl!  wtJw  .^  ^''*''*''^^  ^'  ^^^  y^'^"  ^i-^^'  ^l^«"*^e  the  harbor 
runs  WNW  and  separates  in  two  arms,  North  Arm  containing 
hshing  establishments,  and  Paris  Bay,  running  S W.  li  miles 

fi  ^  fu  a"®'  ^  '■''''^  "^'^^  ^  ^^®*  ^^*«^'  li«s  nearly  halfway  up 
the  North  Arm,  and  in  mid-channel,  being  connected  by  a  shoal 
ledge  to  the  west  shore.  Cape  Brdld  in  line  with  Soup  Point  (the 
west  extreme  of  the  north  point  of  the  arm)  leads  just  east  of  this 

Anchorage  may  be  had  at  the  head  in  8  to  10  fathoms,  fair  hold- 
mg  ground,  but  vessels  wishing  to  stay  require  heavy  anchors  and 
a  long  scope  of  cable. 

Paris  Bay  is  clear  of  danger  till  within  300  yards  of  the  head, 
but  18  only  200  yards  broad  at  the  narrows,  expanding  to  a  basin 
400  yards  in  diameter  at  the  head. 

rr^'f^^"^^  ""^^  ^^  ^^^  ^°^  «^^"  ^««««1«  i^  5  fathoms,  mud. 
The  holding  ground  is  not  good  till  Pelde  Point  is  shut  in  with 
Broussailles  Point,  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  to  Paris  Bay 
North  and  west  winds  produce  violent  squalls  in  this  harbor  that 
strain  the  chains  of  vessels  at  anchor,  and  make  beating  in  some- 
times impossible. 

Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  fine  waterfall  in  North  Arm  or 
(not  so  easily,  and  only  at  low  water)  from  a  stream,  well  stocked 
with  fish,  at  the  head  of  Paris  Bay. 

.i.^!n®^'~^*  '"  ^'^^  ''^*^'"'  ^""^  ^^^  «^^^««'  at  Paquet  Harbor  at 
6h.  49m. 


he  western  side, 
in  Mings  Bight 
re  is  a  depth  of 

'■here  the  anchor 
the  vessel  when 
wider  just  west 

,  and  the  coast 

Point,  is  a  boat 
the  coast.  The 
inds. 

^ape  Brlild,  the 
Morne  577  feet 
srth  side  of  the 
ninsula  of  mod- 
irky  islets  with 
,  lies  150  yards 
mce  the  harbor 
Lrm  containing 
.  li  miles, 
ly  halfway  up 
ted  by  a  shoal 
loup  Point  (the 
ist  east  of  this 

oms,  fair  hold- 
'^y  anchors  and 

s  of  the  head, 
iing  to  a  basin 

Fathoms,  mud. 
s  shut  in  with 
to  Paris  Bay. 
s  harbor  that 
iting  in  some- 

rorth  Arm,  or 
,  well  stocked 

net  Harbor  at 


MMMm 


CONFUSION   BAY — LA    8CIE    IIAKBOR. 


343 


The  Coast  trends  southeasterly  from  Paquet  Harbor  nearly  a 
mile  to  Cania  Cape,  off  which  is  a  reef  and  ledge  extending  400 
yards.  A  cove  is  situated,  a  mile  south  of  Cania  Cape,  it  is  deep 
and  exposed.  Cape  Cagnet,  white  and  prolonged  by  low  rocks, 
forms  the  north  point  of  Confusion  Bay. 

Oonfusion  Bay  is  nearly  3  miles  wide  between  Cape  Cagnet  and 
Brents  Cove  Head,  and  forms  two  bights  at  the  head. 

Grand  Cove,  3  miles  from  Cape  Cagnet,  is  the  western,  and  is 
open  to  the  northward.  The  sides  are  inaccessible,  and  boats  avoid 
being  caught  there  with  onshore  winds. 

Round  Harbor  (Grand  Coup  de  Hache)  is  the  eastern,  3  miles 
nearly  from  Brents  Cove  Head.  This  barber  is  safe  but  small,  and 
it  should  not  be  taken  without  a  pilot. 

To  enter,  the  beacon  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  should  be  brought 
in  line  with  Caroline  Point,  bearing  S.  10°  E.  (S.  21°  W.  mag.), 
which  mark  will  lead  between  the  shoals  extending  front  Major 
and  Blanche  Points.  The  inner  anchorage,  only  300  yards  in 
diameter,  is  obstructed  by  Crocodile  Shoal,  lying  just  within  the 
entrance. 

Tides.-^It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Round  Harbor  at 
7h.  16m. ;  springs  rise  5i  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Brent  Cove  (Petit  Coup  de  Hache)  is  immediately  NE.  of 
Round  Harbor,  being  separated  by  Coup  de  Hache  Point,  a  high, 
steep  round  hill  sloping  to  a  white  point. 

Brent  Cove  Head  is  high,  steep,  and  of  a  dull  color;  a  reef  lies 
a  short  distance  off  the  shore  just  east  of  the  head,  with  a  boat 
passage  between.  Cape  Canaille,  a  high  bold  point,  is  3  miles  east- 
ward of  Brent  Cove  Head. 

La  Scie  Harbor,  1|  miles  from  Cape  Canaille,  is  easy  to  recog- 
nize from  the  red  rugged  appearance  of  La  Chesnais  Point,  east  of 
the  entrance.  This  small  harbor  extends  about  one  mile  and  is  200 
yards  wide ;  800  yards  from  the  head  there  is  foul  ground  and  shallow 
water;  it  is  easy  of  access,  but  being  much  exposed  to  northerly 
winds,  that  throw  in  a  heavy  sea,  is  not  recommended. 

Anchorage.— The  best  holding  ground  is  just  within  a  small 
cove  on  the  west  shore  in  16  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

Coast— The  coast  is  moderately  high,  steep,  and  somewhat  red 
in  color,  NE.  of  La  Scie  Harbor,  for  4i  miles  to  North  Bill  of  Cape 
St.  John. 

Currents  are  very  strong  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cape  St.  John, 
and  generally  run  to  the  southward. 


■W—^' ■"■■=*-»  w 


i'  I 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

NEWFOUNDLAND,  EAST  COAST— CAPE  ST.  JOHN  TO  CAPE 

BONAVISTA. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1101.) 

Notre  Dame  Bay  is  45  miles  wide  between  Cape  St.  John  and 
Fogo  Island.  The  coast  at  the  head  is  divided  into  a  number  of 
arras  by  numerous  islands,  among  many  of  which  it  is  not  safe  to 
navigate  without  a  pilot. 

Cape  St  John,  the  NW.  point  of  Notre  Dame  Bay,  is  divided 
into  three  principal  points,  named  North,  Middle,  and  South  Bills. 
The  two  former  are  terminated  by  remarkable  peaked  rocks,  and 
South  Bill  falls  steeply  from  cliflFs  244  feet  high. 

Remarks  on  the  Ice. — Approaching  Notre  Dame  Bay  in  the 
month  of  June,  it  will  be  advisable  for  vessels  bound  to  Cape  St. 
John  or  to  Little  Bay  to  proceed  first  to  St.  Johns  and  obtain  a 
pilot  familiar  with  the  Stag  Harbor  and  Change  Island  runs  and 
the  ice,  as  it  cannot  be  said  with  any  degree  of  certainty  when  the 
tail  of  heavy  ice  ceases  to  flow  in  the  Arctic  Current  50  or  100 
miles  off  the  land  between  Indian  Tickle  and  the  Funk  Islands;  it 
may  be  passing  in  July,  so  that  it  is  unadvisable  for  vessels  to 
approach  the  bay  from  the  eastward  early  in  the  season.  By 
keeping  near  to  the  shore  shelter  may  be  obtained,  and  the  ice 
avoided. 

Cape  St.  John  is  usually  visited  by  some  ice  in  the  month  of 
June ;  occasionally  it  is  clear  and  remains  clear  after  the  middle 
of  May,  but  these  seasons  are  not  frequent.  The  ice  is  usually  in 
strings  or  bodies,  often  several  days  apart;  the  strings  may  be 
avoided,  but  it  is  difficult  to  keep  clear  of  ice  that  can  not  be  seen 
over  from  the  hills,  and  closes  the  coast  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach. 
Shelter  must  be  sought,  and  therefore  local  experience  is  required. 
The  cape  is  in  telegraphic  communication  with  St.  Johns,  so  that 
the  state  of  the  ice  may  be  known  to  a  certain  extent ;  but  the  ice 
often  travels  fast  in  the  SW.  current.  Days  may  elapse  and  no 
ice  be  visible  from  Cape  St.  John,  but  in  a  few  hours  the  ice  may 
come  in  and  close  the  bay,  between  the  1st  and  28th  of  June,  sel- 
dom later.  It  is,  therefore,  very  difficult  to  state  a  safe  date,  but 
it  may  be  considered  prudent  for  iron  ships  not  to  approach  Cape 
St.  John  before  the  10th  of  June,  and  wooden  ships  about  the  1st 
of  June. 

(844) 


HN  TO  CAPE 


ipe  St.  John  and 
into  a  number  of 
1  it  is  not  safe  to 

Bay,  is  divided 
and  South  Bills, 
aked  rocks,  and 

•ame  Bay  in  the 
3und  to  Cape  St. 
ins  and  obtain  a 
Island  runs  and 
•tainty  when  the 
irrent  50  or  100 
^'unk  Islands;  it 
le  for  vessels  to 
the  season.  By 
led,  and  the  ice 

n  the  month  of 
ifter  the  middle 
ice  is  usaally  in 
strings  may  be 
.  can  not  be  seen 
le  eye  can  reach, 
mce  is  required. 
b.  Johns,  so  that 
lent ;  but  the  ice 
y  elapse  and  no 
>urs  the  ice  may 
tth  of  June,  sel- 
a  safe  date,  but 
>  approach  Cape 
3S  about  the  1st 


GULL  ISLAND — SHOE  COVE, 


345 


Within  the  bay  the  ice  is  often  kept  off  the  shore  by  the  strt'finis 
out  of  tlie  deep  arms.  A  NE.  wind  packs  the  ice  into  Fogo  mid  to 
Toulinguet;  a  SE.  wind  into  Cape  St.  John  and  Groeii  Bays. 

Gull  Island,  403  feet  high,  is  bold-to  on  all  but  the  eawtorn  side, 
a  short  distance  from  which  are  two  rocks.  A  small  indentation 
on  the  south  shore,  at  the  bottom  of  the  valley  between  the  two 
hills,  affords  the  best  landing. 

Light— On  the  summit  of  Gull  Island  a  cylindrical  iron  tower, 
43  feet  in  height  and  painted  red  and  white  in  vertical  stripes, 
exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  526  feet,  an  intermittent  white  light 
with  a  period  of  system  of  twenty  seconds— light  for  eleven  seconds 
and  eclipsed  nine  seconds;  it  should  be  visible  26  miles. 

Breakers.- The  light-keeper  on  Gull  Island  reports  breakers 
about  4  miles  NE.  from  that  island;  also  in  a  position  about  |  mile 
W.  by  N.  from  that  island. 

Mother  Burke  Rock,  a  pinnacle  334  feet  high,  ir  joined  to  the 
mainland  at  i  mile  south  of  South  Bill ;  it  shows  conspicuously 
from  the  line  of  coast  and  is  steep-to. 

Manful  Bight,  a  rugged  cove  into  the  head  of  which  a  stream 
falls,  is  situated  1 J  miles  south  of  South  Bill.  Briney  Cove,  known 
by  a  small  shingle  beach  in  the  NE.  part  of  the  bight,  is  the  station 
of  the  guard  for  the  fisheries. 

Manfiil  Head,  south  of  the  bight,  is  a  bare  cone  360  feec  high, 
eastward  of  which  200  yards  lies  a  rock  with  9  feet  water  on  it. 

Bishop  Bock,  30  feet  high,  lies  li  miles  S.  65°  E.  (S.  34°  E. 
mag.)  from  Manful  Head.  It  is  small  and  bare,  with  a  ledge  of 
rocks  extending  a  short  distance  from  the  west  side,  but  is  other- 
wise steep-to. 

Shoal  Rock,  with  3i  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  West  (N.  59°  W. 
mag.)  1,400  yards  from  Bishop  Rock. 

Mad  Rock,  lO  feet  high  and  bare,  is  1,600  yards  southward  of 
Manful  Head.  A  rock  awash  lies  a  short  distance  west  of  Mad 
Rock,  and  a  shoal  with  6^  fathoms  water  over  it  is  situated  south 
330  yards  from  it.  Mad  Rock  Cove,  NW.  of  the  rock,  has  some 
rocks  in  it  close  to  the  head. 

Coast— The  coast  from  Mad  Rock  Cove  to  Shoe  Cove  Point  falls 
in  steep  cliffs  from  hills  that  attain  an  elevation  of  700  feet,  and  is 
steep-to. 

Shoe  Cove  is  an  open  bight  ^  mile  wide  and  400  yards  deep, 
where  a  small  settlement  is  situated.  The  shores  are  foul  for  100 
yards.  Anchorage  may  be  had  in  11  to  14  fathoms.  Several  land- 
slips mark  the  hills  in  this  cove  and  show  conspicuously  from  the 
south  westward. 

The  Brook  is  a  small  creek  situated  west  of  Shoe  Cove,  into 
which  a  stream  discharges  from  a  large  lake  ^  mile  inland. 


I 


CAI'K   ST.  ,I(»IIN   TO   CAPK   BOXAVrHTA.  , 

Monks  Ground,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  extends  267  yards 
cast  of  II  point  sitiiattMl  700  yards  SW.  of  the  Brook. 

Shoe  Oove  Rook,  with  H  foot  water  on  it  in  wo  phices,  covers 
a  spat'o  nearly  'iOO  yards  scpiaro,  and  within  the  depth  of  10  fath- 
oms is  000  yards  h)ng  and  200  yards  broad.  The  nearest  part  of 
th(>  rock  lies  'XW  yards  8.  59°  W.  (West  mag.)  from  Slft)e  Cove  Point. 
Bisliop  Rock  well  open  east  of  th(»  mainland,  and  bearing  N.  63°  E. 
(S.  86°  E.  mag.),  leads  SE.  of  this  rock. 

Coast— The  shore  from  the  Brook  to  the  westward  falls  in  steep 
cliffs  from  liills  covered  with  moss,  and  terminates  in  rugged  jioints. 
A  high  range,  attaining  an  elevation  of  637  feet,  is  separated  by  a 
small  valley  :rom  the  coast  hills. 

Little  Oapllu  Oove  is  200  yards  deep.  A  few  houses  are  built 
at  the  head.  Great  Caplin  Cove,  close  south  of  Little  Caplin  Cove, 
has  a  shingle  beach  at  the  head  and  several  peaked  rocks  close  to 
the  shore. 

OapUn  Oove  Head  falls  in  steep  cliffs  irom  a  partially  wooded 
eminence,  with  two  small  peaks  300  feet  high,  and  terminates  in  a 
bare,  sharp  rock  US  feet  high. 

Beaver  Oove  Head,  i  mile  SW.  of  Caplin  Cove  Head,  falls 
steeply  from  a  round  hill  562  feet  high,  covered  with  an  alterna- 
tion of  wood  and  moss,  and  is  steep-to. 

Beaver  Oove  is  an  open  bight  that  extends  1,200  yards  west 
from  Beaver  Cove  Head.  At  the  head  of  the  cove  a  considerable 
stream  drains  Beaver  Cove  Pond,  forming  a  small  cascade  under  a 
bridge.     The  west  entrance  point  is  foul  for  a  short  distance. 

TUt  Oove  is  the  shipping  place  of  one  of  the  most  valuable 
copper  mines  in  Newfoundland.  The  mines  were  closed  in  1885,  but 
have  since  been  reopened  and  now  give  employment  to  about  600 
miners,  he  village  containing  over  1,000  inhabitants.  It  is  3^ 
miles  SW.  of  Shoe  Cove,  and  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the 
magazine  (a  white  building  standing  alone  on  the  south  entrance 
point  of  the  cove).  Shoal  water  extends  a  few  yards  from  the 
extreme  southern  point. 

The  cove  is  265  yards  deep  and  about  400  feet  wide,  and  has  a 
pier  on  the  SW.  side  which  extends  186  feet  from  the  shore,  with 
a  depth  of  28  feet  at  low  water  close  to  the  outer  extremity.  The 
sea  occasionally  washes  completely  over  this  pier,  but  in  ordinary 
summer  weather  vessels  may  lay  alongside  in  perfect  safety.  An 
anchor  should  be  let  go  in  9  fathoms  water,  at  a  convenient  dis- 
tance from  the  pier,  and  a  vessel  may  then  be  hauled  into  her 
berth  by  means  of  hawsers  secured  to  large  ring-bolts  let  into  the 
sides  of  the  cove  for  that  purpose.  A  large  settlement  with  a 
church  is  situated  round  Windsor  Lake,  immediately  to  the  north- 
ward of  Tilt  Cove.     In  1891  the  population  was  1,004. 


amammmmmmm 


'ip'"""'" 


onds  !i67  yards 

c. 

D  places,  covers 

ptli  of  10  fiitli- 

iieunwt  part  of 

I tt)o  Cove  Point. 

^ariiiK  N.  63°  E. 

rd  falls  in  steep 
I  rugged  points. 
I  separated  by  a 

louses  are  built 
;le  Caplin  Cove, 
1  rocks  close  to 

artially  wooded 
terminates  in  a 

ove  Head,  falls 
irith  an  alterna- 

,!iOO  yards  west 
3  a  considerable 
cascade  under  a 
;  distance. 

most  valuable 
•sed  in  1885,  but 
it  to  about  500 
.ants.  It  is  3^ 
agnized  by  the 

south  entrance 
jrards  from  the 

ride,  and  has  a 
he  shore,  with 
xtreinity.  The 
)ut  in  ordinary 
ict  safety.  An 
onvenient  dis- 
auled  into  her 
)lts  let  into  the 
ement  with  a 
y  to  the  north- 
04. 


TILT   COVE — SNoOKrt    AUM. 


.*i47 


Oommunioation. — The  Coastal  Stfamshlp  Company's  steamor 
from  St.  .Johns  calls  hero  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Coal. — A  small  supply  of  coal  (about  2()  terns)  may  bo  obtained. 

Scrape  Point,  k  mile  southward  of  Tilt  Cove,  is  surmounted  by 
a  flat-toppt'd  hill,  595  foot  high,  covonwl  witli  wood  and  facod  by 
cliffs,  A  bank  with  10  fathoms  water  over  it  extends  400  yards 
from  the  point. 

Venams  Bight  and  Balsam  Bud  Oove  are  the  north  and 
south  coves  of  an  open  bay  l^a  miles  deep  and  l^  miles  wide  lying 
between  Scrape  Point  and  Round  Harbor  Head.  Pigeon  Island,  41 
feet  high,  separates  these  coves. 

Round  Harbor  Head,  the  south  entrance  point  of  this  bay  and 
the  NE.  point  of  the  entrance  to  Snooks  Arm,  is  surmounted  by  a 
roun<l  wooded  hill  26ft  feet  high,  by  which  it  may  bo  easily  recog- 
nized.    Low  rocks  extend  200  yards  from  the  extreme  of  the  head. 

Round  Harbor  is  immediately  west  of  Round  Harbor  Head,  and 
is  entered  I  'rough  a  channel  40  yards  wide  between  it  and  a  smooth 
grao.'5y  inound  02  fe«t  liigu.  The  harbor  is  2o"/  yards  long,  150 
yards  wide,  and  is  available  for  small  schooners  only.  A  sunken 
rock  lies  off  the  first  fishing  stage  in,  on  the  east  side,  another  near 
the  head,  and  a  third  just  inside  the  west  point  of  entrance.  Only 
3  fathoms  water  can  be  obtained  in  the  harbor.  A  heavy  sea  occa- 
sionally makes  the  entranc'3  almost  impassable,  but  the  harbor  is 
always  safe. 

Snooks  Arm  extending  2^  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Round  Harbor 
Head,  is  1^  miles  wide  at  the  entrance  between  that  head  and  Pig- 
eon Island  and  narrows  gradually  to  the  brook  at  the  head.  The 
north  shore  slopes  from  a  range  of  hills,  which  are  covered  with 
moss,  while  the  south  shore  falls  precipitously  from  Snooks  Head, 
a  flat  promontory  628  feet  high,  with  deep  ravines  intersecting  it. 

Long  Rocks,  3  feet  high,  lie  off  the  north  shore,  1,200  yards 
west  of  Round  Harbor,  and  Woody  Point  is  a  low  projection  f  mile 
farther  in,  on  the  same  shore. 

Woody  Point  Rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  south,  distant 
200  yards  from  Woody  Point,  and  is  the  only  danger  on  the  north 
shore. 

Pigeon  Island,  the  SW.  point  of  the  entrance  to  Snooks  Arm, 
is  separated  only  by  a  chasm  from  the  extreme  of  Snook?  Head, 
and  is  steep-to. 

Mad  Moll  Rock  dries  3  feet  at  low  water.  It  is  i  mile  NW.  of 
Pigeon  Island  and  100  yards  from  the  SW.  shore  of  Snooks  Arm. 
This  is  the  only  danger  off  that  shore,  which,  however,  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  200  yards. 

14010 23 


848 


CAl'K   8T.   .lOllV   TO   <"AI'K    HONAVISTA. 


1 


i  i 


Anchorage.— ThoanchoruKO  in  Snooka  Arm  Ih  limited  hi  >  a.ail- 
ablu  only  for  a  fow  vohhoIh,  but  the  holdiiiK  ground  is  good,  in  18 
fathoms  water,  off  either  of  the  two  covoh  at  the  head. 

Water.— The  watering  place  is  in  the  west  corner  of  the  head  of 

the  arm. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Snooks  Arm  at  7  h. 
Vi  m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet. 

Wild  Bight,  nearly  a  mile  SW.  of  Snooks  Arm,  is  1,700  yards 
wide  at  the  entrance,  a  mile  deep,  and  000  yards  broad  at  the  head. 
It  is  quite  open. 

Mouse  Point,  west  of  the  entrance  to  Wild  Bight,  slopes  steeply 
from  a  wooded  hill  509  feet  high.  A  rock  with  10  feet  water  on  it 
lies  100  yards  off  the  point. 

The  Harrys,  a  ledge  of  sunken  rocks,  extend  300  yards  from  the 
shore,  at  1,300  yards  west  of  Mouse  Point.  Old  Harry,  the  outer 
rock,  has  9  feet  on  it  at  low  water.  Head  Rock,  with  4^  fathoms 
water  over  it,  lies  267  yards  south  of  the  east  head  of  Indian  Bury- 
ing Ground  Cuve. 

Indian  Burying  Ground  Oove,  an  open  cove  with  a  settlement 
round  the  shores,  lies  westward  of  The  Harrys.  A  cascade  dis- 
charges the  waters  of  a  brook  that  flows  down  the  valley  at  the 
head.  The  cove  is  shallow,  and  the  shoal  water  falls  suddenly  to 
a  depth  too  great  for  anchorage. 

Bobby  Oove  is  close  west  of  Indian  Burying  Ground  Cove,  the 
point  of  separation  terminating  in  Bobby  Island,  small,  bare,  and 
33  feet  high.     Neither  of  these  coves  affords  anchorage  for  large 

vessels. 

Buttonhole  Point,  lying  SW.  of  these  coves,  is  sharp  and  nar- 
row, terminating  in  a  mound  60  feet  high.  A  rock  with  13  feet 
water  on  it  lies  100  yards  off  the  point. 

Buttonhole  Oove,  a  small  indentation,  with  a  store  and  wharf, 
lies  close  west  of  the  point. 

■^-'  land,  39  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  shore,  1,267  yards 
-  ,*rd  of  Buttonhole  Point.  It  is  round  in  shape,  covered 
with  turf,  and  steep-to. 

Betts  Oove  is  entered  i  mile  west  of  Betts  Island.  It  is  667 
yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  narrows  gradually  to  the  head,  and 
contains  deep  water  till  abreast  the  wharves,  after  which  it  shal- 
lows suddenly.  A  valuable  copper  mine,  situated  to  the  westward 
of  the  cove,  has  been  worked  since  1876.  A  considerable  settle- 
ment has  sprung  up  in  consequence;  wharves  line  the  south  side 
of  the  inner  portion  of  the  cove,  and  others  are  in  course  of  con- 
struction on  the  north  side.  The  various  buildings,  smelting 
houses,  etc.,  form  conspicuous  objects;  a  tramway  connects  the 
mine  with  the  harbor. 


r.v. 

limited  111  '  u.jvil- 

nd  Ih  good,  in  10 

:u>nd. 

lor  of  the  head  of 

nooks  Arm  at  7  h. 

m,  is  1,700  yards 
)road  at  the  head. 

;ht,  slopes  steeply 
0  feet  water  on  it 

00  yards  from  the 

Harry,  the  outer 

,  with  4^  fathoms 

li  of  Indian  Bury- 

with  a  settlement 

A  cascade  dis- 

the  valley  at  the 

falls  suddenly  to 

3^round  Cove,  the 
,  small,  bare,  and 
chorage  for  large 

is  sharp  and  nar- 
rock  with  13  feet 

a  store  and  wharf, 

shore,  1,367  yards 
in  shape,  covered 

Island.  It  is  667 
to  the  head,  and 
ter  which  it  shal- 
)d  to  the  westward 
msiderable  settle- 
ne  the  south  side 
in  course  of  con- 
lildings,  smelting 
Lway  connects  the 


BETT8   COVE— CANDLEMAS   HKAD. 


849 


Oommunioation.— Th(t  Couatul  Stoumship  Company's  Htoamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Biittht  Harbor  calls  here  fortiiiKlitly  during 
8umiui>r  and  uutuinii. 

Buoy. — A  red  buoy,  to  wliich  vchh^Ih  urn  temporarily  secured, 
is  moored  in  26  fathonts  wat«'r,  close  south  of  the  wharves,  and 
ringbolts  (tlu»  poHition  of  each  of  which  la  marked  ))y  a  white- 
washed mark)  have  been  ha  into  the  sides  of  the  cove,  to  aid 
vesHels  in  hauling  to  the  wharves. 

The  Roman  Catholic  church,  on  a  summit  near  the  mine,  is 
visible  from  a  northeasterly  direction. 

"Water. — A  considerable  stream  flows  into  a  rugged  cove,  close 
within  the  east  entrance  point,  from  which  water  may  be  readily 
obtained. 

Betts  Head,  1,200  yards  SW.  of  the  entrance  to  the  cove,  ter- 
minates in  an  islet  10  feet  above  high  water,  under  the  slopes  of  a 
double-peaked  hill  432  feet  high. 

A  small  bare  rock  is  nearly  joined  to  the  head,  67  yards  oast  of 
the  islet.  Between  them  there  is  a  small  bight,  where  ligliters 
could  load  ore  in  fine  weather. 

Ooaat— The  coast  trends  westward  from  Betts  Head  and  falls 
nearly  perpendicularly  to  the  sea.  That  immediately  about  Betts 
Head  is  reddish  in  color,  but  west  of  Betts  Head  it  becomes  dark 
gray  and  partially  covered  with  trees.  A  waterfall  runs  into 
Betts  Bight  from  a  pond  inland. 

Green  Point,  a  wooded  projection  67  feet  high,  is  1,600  yards 
westward  of  Betts  Head,  under  hills  430  feet  high.  Two  low 
rocks  lie  close  to  this  point  and  are  steep-to.  A  shoal  is  situated 
a  short  distance  from  the  shore,  at  600  yards  westward  of  Green 
Point. 

Burtons  Pond  discharges  through  a  small  stream,  spanned  by 
a  bridge,  1,850  yards  westward  of  Green  Point.  The  entrance 
may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  gap  in  the  hills.  The  mouth 
is  barred  by  a  beach  of  shingle. 

Candlemas  Head,  a  round  hill  286  feet  high,  and  detached 
from  the  main  range  by  a  deep  valley,  marks  the  west  side  of 
Burtons  Pond,  and  is  steep-to.  Pitman  Bight,  350  yards  deep  and 
450  yards  wide,  is  west  of  this  head,  but  aflEords  no  shelter.  A  hill 
similar  to  Candlemas  Head,  377  feet  high,  but  with  not  so  deep  a 
valley  between  it  and  the  next  ridge  inland,  lies  just  over  the  east 
side  of  the  entrance  to  Nippers  Harbor,  which  is  entered  1,200 
yards  SW.  of  Candlemas  Head. 

If  ippers  Islands  are  a  group  containing  six  principal  islands 
and  several  rocks.  Shoal  water  extends  a  short  distance  from  all 
of  them. 


350 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO    OAl'E   BONA  VISTA. 


i 


Qull  Island,  the  north  easternmost,  lies  If  miles  SW.  from  Betfs 
Head,  and  comprises  a  number  of  rocks  joined  together  at  low 
water.     Shoal  water  lies  a  short  distance  from  these  rocks. 

A  Ledge  with  5  fathoms  water  extends  400  yards  eastward  from 
Gull  Island ;  and  Gull  Island  Ground,  a  rocky  bank,  lies  farther 
east. 

Gull  Rock,  dark  gray  in  color  and  13  feet  above  high  water,  is 
nearly  connected  with  Gull  Island  by  shoal  water,  being  only  67 
yards  west  of  it.  Low  rocks  lie  both  east  and  west  of  Gull  Rock, 
but  the  water  is  deep  beyond  100  yards  from  the  SW.  side. 

Alexander  Rock,  a  light-gray  islet  2%  feet  high,  v/ith  turf  at 
the  summit,  is  350  yards  SW.  of  Gull  Rock,  and  a  shoal,  with  3^ 
fathoms  water,  between  them,  at  100  yards  from  Alexander  Rock. 
Small  detached  rocks  lie  close  to  this  islet  on  all  sides. 

In  taking  the  channel  between  Alexander  and  Gull  Rocks  a 
vessel  should  keep  nearer  the  latter. 

A  Reef  that  dries  2  feet  lies  a  short  distance  SW.  of  Alexander 
Rock. 

Riding  Island  is  separated  by  a  shallow  channel  froii  the  south 
side  of  Alexander  Rock,  and  is  formed  of  seve 'al  coniral  masses  of 
rock  joined  together  and  to  a  round  wooded  hill  57  feet  high  at 
the  west  extreme. 

Fox  Island  is  divided  from  Riding  Island  by  a  passage  sujOfi- 
ciently  wide  for  a  small  boat  at  low  water.  It  is  surmounted  by  a 
round  hill  partly  wooded,  75  feet  high,  and  fails  in  steep  cliffs  to 
the  southeastward. 

Duck  Island  is  connected  with  the  south  extreme  of  Fox  Island 
at  low  water,  and  consists  of  a  mound  44  feet  high  covered  with 
grass,  from  which  a  ledge  of  bare  rocks,  with  a  small  shoal  off  the 
extreme,  extends  to  the  southward. 

Seal  Island,  che  largest  of  the  Nipper  Islands,  is  460  yards  long, 
200  yards  wide,  and  80  feet  above  high  water.  A  channel  a  few 
yards  wide,  with  a  rock  in  it  awash  at  low  water,  lies  between  Seal 
Island  and  the  west  extreme  of  Duck  Island.  The  summit  of  the 
island  is  covered  with  small  trees  and  grass,  over  whitish  rock. 

Rocks  that  cover  lie  about  20  yards  off  the  west  extreme,  and  a 
rock  with  5  feei,  water  is  50  yards  SE.  from  the  south  extreme. 

A  Shoal  with  2i  fathoms  water,  occupying  a  space  100  yards 
squar«,  lies  between  Riding  and  Seal  Islands. 

Green  Island,  a  round  mound  90  feet  high,  covered  with  small 
trees,  is  250  yards  northward  of  Seal  Island.  A  small  rock,  with  a 
shoal  in  continuation,  lies  close  to  both  its  east  and  west  extremities, 
and  shoal  water  fringes  the  south  shore  a  few  yards  distant. 

Nippers  Harbor. — This  harbor  consists  of  three  parts.  The 
eastern,  i  mile  long  and  250  yards  wide,  affords  anchorage  for 


VISTA. 

dies  SW.  from  Belts 
ned  together  at  low 
1  these  rocks, 
yards  eastward  from 
ky  bank,  lies  farther 

above  high  water,  is 

water,  being  only  67 

id  west  of  Gull  Rock, 

the  SW.  side. 

set  high,  v/ith  turf  at 

,  and  a  shoal,  with  3i 

rom  Alexander  Rock. 

all  sides. 

ir  and  Gull  Rocks 


mmmmMmkmw 


a 


ce 


SW.  of  Alexander 


lannel  froii  the  south 
e^al  conirdl  masses  of 
d  hill  57  feet  high  at 

rid  by  a  passage  suffi- 

It  is  surn'ounted  by  a 

falls  in  steep  cliffs  to 

extreme  of  Fox  Island 
'eet  high  covered  with 
h  a  small  shoal  off  the 

ands,  is  460  yards  long, 
,ter.  A  channel  a  few 
rater,  lies  between  Seal 
i.  The  summit  of  the 
,  over  whitish  rock. 
b.e  west  extreme,  and  a 
the  south  extreme. 
ring  a  space  100  yards 

lS. 

gh,  covered  with  small 
.  A  small  rock,  with  a 
st  and  west  extremities, 
jw  yards  distant. 
;s  of  three  parts.  The 
affords  anchorage  for 


NIPPERS    HARBOR — ROGUES   HARBOR. 


moderate-sized  vessels  in  from  10  to  13  fathoms  water,  over  mud, 
and  ringbolts  have  been  let  into  the  rocks  for  convenience  in  moor- 
ing. The  shores  are  bold,  with  the  exception  of  the  rock  off  Harbor 
Point  and  another  close  to  the  south  point  of  the  entrance. 

The  western  part  has  shoal  water  extending  from  a  brook  in  the 
west  corner,  leaving  an  anchorage,  with  good  shelter  for  small  ves- 
sels, 100  yards  in  diameter,  with  6  fathoms  water  in  it.  The  north 
part  of  Nippers  Harbor  dries  across  the  mouth  at  low  water,  but  is 
deep  within  the  bar. 

A  small  village  with  a  church  is  built  on  the  shores  of  the  eastern 
part  of  the  harbor,  and  a  chapel,  painted  yellow,  stands  on  a  hill 
above  the  south  entrance  point. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor,  calls  here  fortnightly  during 
summer  and  autumn. 

Noble  Head,  800  yards  soutli  of  the  entrance  to  Nippers  Harbor, 
is  a  promontory  of  dark-gray  rock,  with  a  flat  summit,  215  feet 
high,  covered  with  grass,  and  two  remarkable  pinnacle  rocks  near 
the  east  extreme.  It  falls  in  rugged  cliffs  and  is  foul  round  the 
base  from  the  accumulated  ddbris.  Low  rocks  lie  off  the  east 
extreme,  two  being  close  to  the  shore  and  two  others  at  100  yards 
from  it.  The  easternmost  is  one  foot  above  high  water,  and  the 
next  inshore  dries  at  low  water.  There  is  deep  water  at  100  yards 
from  the  eastern  rock. 

Noble  Cove  contains  some  white  houses,  built  close  inshore  of 
a  beach  north  of  Noble  Head.  The  cove  is  fringed  by  rocks,  is 
entirely  open  to  easterly  winds,  and  is  unfit  for  anchorage.  There 
is  a  depth  of  4  to  6  fathoms  at  150  yards  from  the  beach,  increasing 
quickly  to  15  and  26  fathoms. 

A  Bank,  400  yards  long  and  150  yards  broad  within  the  depth 
of  10  fathoms,  lies  east  of  Noble  Head,  and  contains  three  shoals 
with  11  feet  and  3  and  3f  fathoms,  respectively. 

Oreen  Head,  a  wooded,  flat- topped  hill  278'feet  high,  forms  the 
north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Rogues  Harbor,  and  falls  in  terraces 
to  the  sea.  A  small  islet  is  joined  to  the  NE.  extreme,  am]  the 
southern  part  of  the  head  is  steep-to.  A  low  isthmus  that  has  been 
partially  cultivated,  with  a  beach  of  shingle  on  each  side,  joins  this 
head  to  the  mainland. 

Bogues  Harbor,  just  south  of  Green  Head,  is  the  southern  of 
two  arms  of  the  sea  which  unite  just  inside  the  entrance,  the  divid- 
ing point  being  Hammer  Head,  a  remarkable  bluff  hill  559  feet 
high,  with  a  conspicuous  patch  of  red  rock  at  the  base. 

A  shoal,  having  two  heads  with  5  feet  water  on  them,  lies  in  the 
middle  of  the  entrance,  and  a  rock  with  15  feet  lies  close  NW.  of 
this  shoal.     There  is  a  depth  of  7^  fathoms  between  these  rocks 


I 


-^*nl■x^.■-^all<*jtt^«^^.J»^^i.t■^t*^.^J».iJ.^^w^^>■f— .».^^ 


[  1 1  ifrfi  IMiiMTIrtM— imWll 


1 
II 


ii 


'til 


862 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 


*:    8i 


and  Green  Head,  but  the  best  channel  is  west  of  them,  with  17 
fathoms  water. 

Northwest  Arm,  800  yards  long  and  300  yards  wide,  affords  no 
anchorage  for  large  vessels,  but  small  schooners  may  find  shelter, 
off  the  shingle  beach  at  the  head,  in  7  fathoms. 

Rogues  Harbor  extends  1,700  yards  from  West  Point  and  is  500 
yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  but  at  800  yards  within  is  contracted 
by  a  projecting  peninsula,  78  feet  high,  faced  by  rugged  cliffs  and 
terminating  in  ragged  points.  The  channel  here  is  only  70  yards 
wide,  and  no  greater  depth  can  be  carried  through  than  7  feet  at 
low  water;  but  within  this  bar  is  a  basin  650  yards  long  and  200 
yards  broad,  with  13  fathoms  water  in  the  middle,  decreasing 
gradually  in  depth  to  the  head.  Avoid  anchoring  off  the  cove  in 
the  east  corner,  as  very  heavy  squalls  sweep  over  the  neck  of  the 
peninsula  during  NE.  winds.  A  waterfall  runs  into  the  north  side 
of  the  harbor  from  an  inland  pond.  A  copper  mine  is  being  opened 
up  at  the  head  of  this  harbor. 

Stocking  Harbor,  2  miles  SW.  of  Rogues  Harbor,  is,  like  the 
latter,  available  for  small  vessels  only.^  It  is  entered  between  Flour 
Cask  Head  and  Burnt  Island,  a  dark  bare  island  350  yards  long 
and  56  feet  high.  This  channel  is  550  yards  wide  and  free  from 
danger. 

East  Stocking  Harbor,  an  inlet  500  yards  deep  and  133  yards 
wide,  is  the  best  place  of  refuge  for  small  vessels,  which  can  anchor 
as  convenient  in  10  fathoms  water  at  the  entrance,  the  depth 
decreasing  gradually  to  the  head. 

A  rock  lies  about  40  yards  off  the  south  entrance  point,  close 
within  the  entrance. 

A  Shoal,  with  5  fathoms  water,  lies  a  little  more  than  200  yards 
east  of  Burnt  Island. 

Pigeon  Island  is  separated  from  the  west  side  of  Burnt  Island 
by  a  clear  channel  250  yards  wide,  with  13  fathoms  water  in  it. 
This  island  is  small,  wooded,  and  about  40  feet  high. 

King  Island  is  close  west  of  Pigeon  Island,  the  passage,  between 
being  available  for  boats  only;  the  island  is  only  disconnected 
from  the  mainland  at  high  water.  It  is  composed  of  reddish-gray 
rock,  nearly  covered  with  trees,  and  is  about  70  feet  high,  with 
small  cliffs  to  the  southward. 

John  Smith  Island  is  300  yards  westward  of  King  Island  and 
about  400  yards  from  the  mainland.  It  is  41  feet  high,  of  reddish 
rock,  and  terminates  to  the  southward  in  a  low  reef,  which  is  steep- 
to.  A  shoal,  with  10  feet  water,  lies  midway  between  the  south 
extreme  of  this  reef  and  a  small  islet  off  the  west  point  of  King 
Island. 


in 


TA. 

of  them,  with  17 

Is  wide,  affords  no 
may  find  shelter, 

b  Point  and  is  500 
bhin  is  contracted 
rugged  cliffs  and 
)  is  only  70  yards 
gh  than  7  feet  at 
rds  long  and  200 
iddle,  decreasing 
g  off  the  cove  in 
r  the  neck  of  the 
ito  the  north  side 
le  is  being  opened 

irbor,  is,  like  the 
ad  between  Flour 
i  350  yards  long 
le  and  free  from 

3p  and  133  yards 
nrhich  can  anchor 
ranee,  the  depth 

■ance  point,  close 

re  than  200  yards 

of  Burnt  Island 
cms  water  in  it. 
igh. 

passage,  between 
nly  disconnected 
i  of  reddish-gray 
I  feet  high,  with 

King  Islaiid  and 
i  high,  of  reddish 
)f ,  which  is  steep- 
tween  the  south 
3t  point  of  King 


■^if^iimmmmmmmmim 


JOHN   8MITH   HATtBOR — WHITE   POINT. 


353 


John  Smith  Harbor  extends  400  yards  NW.  from  John  Smith 
Island  and  is  150  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  decreasing  gradually 
in  width  to  the  head.  There  is  good  shelter  in  this  harbor  for 
fishing  craft  and  small  schooners  in  9  to  12  feet. 

Coast. — The  coast  west  of  John  Smith  Harbor  is  bordered  by 
rocks  that  cover  at  high  water,  and  small  islets,  for  400  yards,  to 
Rowland  Point. 

From  this  the  coast  trends  west  for  a  distance  of  1,800  yards  to 
the  entrance  of  Nortliwest  Arm;  it  is  bold-to,  and  consists  of 
grayish  rock  covered  by  wood. 

Qreen  Bay  is  a  long  arm  of  the  sea  lying  between  Stocking 
Harbor  and  Green  Bav  Island.  It  extends  in  a  southwestei-ly 
direction  for  a  distance  of  15  miles,  and  is  divided  into  three  parts. 
Northwest,  Middle,  and  Southwest  Arms.  The  water  is  deep  in 
mid-channel. 

Northwest  Arm,  an  excellent  harbor,  extends  NW.  for  a  dis- 
tance of  If  miles ;  it  is  +  mile  wide  at  the  mouth,  expands  to  li 
miles  within,  and  then  narrows  to  the  head.  The  only  dangers  in 
the  entrance  are  shoals  extending  from  both  points  of  P.ix  Cove. 

A  Kock  that  dries  one  foot  lies  100  yards  S.  54°  E.  (S.  23°  E. 
mag.)  from  a  house  painted  red,  at  the  north  entrance  point  of 
Winterhouse  Cove,  a  considerable  bight  on  the  west  shore.  There 
are  houses  in  Winterhouse  anc"  Rix  Coves. 

White  Point,  a  projection  terminating  in  a  small  cliff,  is  the 
south  entrance  point  oi  Winterhouse  Cove ;  the  shore  from  it  to 
the  beach  at  the  head  is  nearly  steep-to.  A  small  wooded  mound 
lies  over  the  coast,  200  yards  west  of  VV^hite  Point. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  had  as  convenient  in  North- 
west Arm,  witli  good  holding  ground  in  10  fatlioms,  after  Winter- 
house  Cove  is  passed. 

White  HUls  are  2  miles  west  of  the  head  of  Noj-'n  veat  Arm, 
and  are  bare  in  patches  at  the  summits;  the  highest  is  1,1  HO  feet. 
A  round  wooded  hill  1,040  feet  high  lies  just  north    f  this  range. 

Coast — The  coast  from  the  southern  entrance  to  Nvirthwert  Arm 
trends  to  the  southwestward  for  2  miles  to  j\^"ddle  Arm.  Sm  ill 
gray  cjiffs  line  the  shore,  interspersed  with  lieaches  of  shingle. 
The  hills  above  are  thickly  wooded,  and  one  more  prominent  than 
the  rest,  QIC  eet  high,  shows  a  wooded  tuft  wlien  seen  from  the 
eastward. 

Lower  Island,  22  feet  high,  and  Upper  Island,  24  feet  higlx,  two 
bare  rocks,  are  joined  to  this  shore  by  bowlders  that  cover  at  liigh 
water.  The  former  is  i  mile  and  the  latter  1 ,700  yards  from  North- 
west Arm,  and  both  shew  prominently  against  the  dark,  woodud 
shore. 


J 


MiMi^i9if&isd»iii,» 


I 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO    CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 

A  rock  with  12  feet  water  lies  450  yards  SW.  from  Upper  Island 
and  100  yards  from  the  shore. 

Two  shoals,  with  4^  fathoms  water  on  each  of  them,  lie  respec- 
tively S.  17°  E.  (S.  14°  W.  mag.)  650  yards,  and  S.  22°  W.  (S.  53° 
W.  mag.)  950  yards  from  Upper  Island. 

Middle  Arm  Rock,  one  foot  above  high  water  and  surrounded 
by  shoal  water,  is  close  east  of  the  northern  entrance  to  Middle 
Arm  and  i  mile  from  the  north  shore.  There  is  a  passage  between 
these  shoals  and  the  north  shore,  but  it  should  be  used  only  in 
cases  of  emergency,  as  the  sea  rolls  from  shoals  to  shore  in  bad 
weather. 

Middle  Arm  is  1,600  yards  wide  at  the  mouth,  extending  2^ 
miles  to  the  sandy  spit  that  marks  the  termination  of  the  first 
reach,  beyond  which  there  is  barely  passage  for  a  boat. 

Anchorage. — At  1|  miles  within  the  entrance  the  arm  narrows 
to  800  yards  in  breadth.  This  is  the  eastern  limit  of  the  anchorage, 
in  16  fathoms,  and  for  ^  mile  farther  west  good  holding  ground 
will  be  obtained  in  10  fathoms. 

Middle  Arm  Point,  the  SW.  entrance  point,  may  be  distin- 
guished by  several  white  patches  in  the  cliff  near.  A  wooded  hill, 
200  feet  liigu,  rises  immediately  ovor  the  point. 

Southwest  Arm  is  1,150  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  between 
Middle  Arm  Point  and  Birchy  Cove  Head,  from  which  it  extends 
6  miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction  with  the  same  breadth.  The 
arm  then  expands  to  a  mile  in  width,  and,  with  a  narrower  bend, 
extends  3  miles  farther  to  the  head.  The  water  is  deep  close  to 
both  shores,  so  that,  except  for  small  vessels,  there  is  no  anchorage 
but  in  the  places  about  to  be  described. 

Southwest  Head,  996  feet  high,  on  the  west  shore,  close  inside 
the  entrance,  is  a  good  mark  for  recognizing  Southwest  Arm.  The 
summit  is  small  and  round,  and  the  hill  falls  almost  perpendicu- 
larly to  the  water's  edge. 

Battling  Brook  falls  into  the  sea  at  6^  miles  from  the  entrance, 
in  a  fine  waterfall  down  the  chasm  in  the  cliffs  on  the  north  shoi'e. 
A  small  cove  is  close  SW.  of  this  stream,  into  which  Corner  Brook 
flows  and  drains  a  valley  extending  some  miles  inland. 

Stearin  Bock,  13  feet  high,  is  a  small  double  islet  at  the  south 
side  of  Corner  Brook  Cove,  and  is  joined  to  the  main  at  low  water. 
A  rock  that  dries  one  foot  at  low  water  lies  close  east  of  this  islet. 

The  deposit  from  the  brooks  has  formed  a  shoal,  which  dries  at 
low  water,  extending  200  yards  fiom  the  shore,  and  the  depth  of  3 
fathoms  is  found  at  200  yai  ds  beyond,  the  water  deepening  sud- 
denly to  12  and  18  fathoms. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  by  small  vessels  off  Corner  Brook 
Cove  in  IS  fathoms  with  a  short  scope  of  cable,  but  the  holdirig 
ground  is  not  very  good. 


^n^'TTM 


n  Upper  Island 

lem,  lie  respec- 
23°  W.  (S.  53° 

md  surrounded 
ance  to  Middle 
lassage  between 
je  used  only  in 
,o  shore  in  bad 

1,  extending  2^ 
on  of  the  first 
)oat. 

lie  arm  narrows 

the  anchorage, 

iiolding  ground 

may  be  distin- 
A  wooded  hill, 

trance,  between 
'hich  it  extends 
s  breadth.  The 
narrower  bend, 
s  deep  close  to 
is  no  anchoi-age 

ore,  close  inside 
v^est  Arm,  The 
ost  perpendicu- 

m  the  entrance, 
he  north  shore. 
1  Corner  Brook 
md. 

et  at  the  south 
in  at  low  water. 
t  of  this  islet. 
which  dries  at 
I  the  depth  of  3 
deepening  sud- 

E  Corner  Brook 
ut  the  holding 


SOUTHWEST   ARM — WESTERN   POINT. 


355 


At  1-^  miles  south  from  Stearin  Rock  is  a  point  projecting 
slightly  from  the  line  of  the  coast. 

A  shoal  Math  11  feet  water  extends  in  an  easterly  direction  nearly 
J  mile  from  this  point. 

King  Point,  near  the  head  of  Southwest  Arm,  is  low  and  flat, 
with  a  few  houses  on  it  and  some  land  under  cultivation.  The 
head  dries  200  yards  from  the  high- water  line,  and  the  depth  in- 
creases suddenly  beyond  to  15  fathoms.  South  Brook  lies  a  mile 
east  of  the  head,  and  is  a  fine  strean;,  draining  the  valley  leading 
to  Halls  Bay.  The  deposit  from  th  brook  dries  at  low  water  for 
a  distance  of  300  yards  from  the  mouth,  and  the  water  deepens 
suddenly  beyond. 

Telegraph  Station. — A  telegraph  station  is  on  the  west  shore, 
near  the  head  of  the  arm. 

Ice. — The  Southwest  Arm  of  Green  Bay  freezes  between  25th 
December  and  15th  January,  and  breaks  up  between  15th  April 
and  15th  May, 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Northwest  Arm  at 
7h.  9m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet.  In  Southwest  Arm 
it  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  7h.  8m. 

Manful  Point,  Oi  miles  from  the  entrance  of  Southwest  Arm,  is 
a  shingle  spit  falling  steeply  to  deep  wi^-ter.  The  coast  forms  a 
slight  curve  between  these  points,  and  off  this  a  plateau  extends 
with  20  fathoms  water  at  750  yards  distant  from  the  shore  and  10 
fathoms  at  i  mile,  shoaling  gradually  from  the  latter  depth  to  the 
coast. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  on  this  plateau  in  depth  as  convenient, 
according  to  the  length  of  the  vessel,  and  this  is  the  only  place  in 
which  large  vessels  can  anchor  with  safety,  the  holding  ground 
being  good. 

Ne.ked  Man,  a  pillar  of  rock  14  feet  high,  stands  close  to  the 
east  shore  of  Southwest  Arm,  2jV  miles  SW.  of  Bircliy  Cove  Head. 

Copper  mines  are  situated  on  each  side  of  this  rock,  and  their 
localities  may  be  distinguished  by  the  houses  on  the  shore.  A 
wharf  has  been  built  off  that  which  is  situated  next  west  to  Naked 
Man. 

Birchy  Cove  Head  is  a  bare  mound  81  feet  high,  under  wooded 
hillocks  270  feet  high.  From  it  the  shore  of  Green  Bay  curves  to 
the  eastward  round  Birchy  and  Shilly  Coves,  two  small  indenta- 
tions, round  the  shores  of  which  are  some  houses. 

Western  Point,  nearly  a  mile  ENE.  of  Birchy  Cove  Head,  is 
low  and  shelving,  terminating  in  a  flat  rock  4  feet  above  high  water 
at  the  north  extrenif;,  and  a  low  reef  on  the  east  side.  An  isolated 
wooded  hillock  about  1 00  feet  hig    surmounts  this  point. 


i 


s 


.1 


!N 


mil 

HIji 


866 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN  TO   CAPE   B0NAV18TA. 


Jackson  Cove,  1,300  yards  wide  between  Western  and  Eastern 
Points,  and  800  yards  deep,  is  nearly  semicircular ;  it  is  fringed  by 
beaches  of  shingle,  and  surrounded  by  wooded  hills  150  to  300  feet 
high. 

Shoal  water  extends  100  yards  from  the  shore,  and  a  bank  with 
6  feet  water  extends  150  yards  from  the  middlt^  of  the  cove.  A  rock, 
on  which  a  wooden  pier  has  been  built,  stands  close  within  West- 
ern Point. 

Fishing  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water,  is  the  shoalest  part  of  a 
bank  lying  off  the  mouth  of  Jackson  Cove.  It  is  750  yards  N.  34° 
E.  (N.  65°  E.  mag.)  from  Western  Point. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  this  cove,  with  shelter  from  all  but 
northerly  winds,  in  16  to  18  fathoms,  but  the  water  shoals  sud- 
denly, and  care  should  be  taken  that  the  vessel  has  room  to  swing 
clear  of  the  shoal  off  the  middle  of  the  cove. 

Eastern  Point  is  the  extreme  of  a  wooded  aiound  85  feet  high, 
joined  by  a  low  isthmus  to  the  main.  Rocks  and  shoals  extend 
100  yards  to  the  westward,  and  the  cove  east  of  this  mound  is  filled 
with  rocks  as  far  as  Patrick  Point,  nearly  i  mile  NE.  of  Eastern 
Point. 

Coast. — The  eastern  shore  of  G-reen  Bay  siopes  from  wooded 
headlands,  the  most  conspicuous  of  which,  Nickeys  Nose,  falls  in 
a  steep  bluff  from  a  height  of  426  feet. 

Several  coves  indent  this  shore,  all  of  which  afford  anchorage  for 
vessels,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds.  The  deepest,  named 
Salmon  Cove,  is  bordered  by  a  beach  of  shingle,  and  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  a  sohoolhouse,  with  a  liagstaff  near  it,  on  the  higii- 
est  part  of  the  neck  between  Salmon  Cove  and  Western  Arm. 
Harry  Head  is  the  west  entrauce  pomt  to  tliis  cove. 

The  only  dangers  off  this  shore  are  a  rock  awash  at  high  water, 
lying  400 'yards  S.  78°  W.  (N.  Vl°  W.  mag.),  and  a  rock,  with  8 
feet  water  over  it,  lying  400  yards  N.  oi"  E.  (N.  83°  E.  mag.)  from 
the  extreme  of  Nickeys  Nose. 

A  shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  just  within  Salmon 
Rock,  the  east  entrance  point  to  Salmon  Cove. 

Oreen  Bay  Islar-I.  202  ■;  ^t  high,  is  wooded  and  faced  by  dark- 
gray  cliffs,  up  which  ;  lie  sea  beats  rth  great  violence.  Rugged 
rocks  lie  all  along  the  shore,  but  tlu  '  j  is  no  danger  beyond  200 
yards  from  the  east  t;ide  of  the  island. 

Green  Bay  Bock,  9  feet  above  high  water,  lies  f  mile  S.  60°  E. 
(S.  29°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  point  of  Green  Bay  Island,  and  is 
the  middle  of  a  reef  400  yards  long,  over  which  the  sea  breaks 
furiously  in  easterly  gales. 

Three  Arms,  comprisfd  between  Green  Bay  Island  and  Little 
Bay  Head,  are  respectively  named  Western,  Middle,  and  Southern 
Arms. 


mi 


■^     ^ 


TA. 

item  and  Eastern 
• ;  it  is  fringed  by 
ills  150  to  300  feet 

and  a  bank  with 
;he  cove.  A  rock, 
lose  within  West- 

shoalest  part  of  a 
3  750  yards  N.  34° 

jlter  from  all  but 
Boater  shoals  sud- 
las  room  to  swing 

)und  85  feet  high, 
md  shoals  extend 
his  monnd  is  filled 
le  NE.  of  Eastern 

pes  from  wooded 
leys  Nose,  falls  in 

ord  anchorage  for 
e  deepest,  named 
3,  and  may  be  dii3- 
ir  it,  on  the  hii^n- 
id  Western  Arm. 
tve. 

ish  at  high  water, 
ad  a  rock,  with  8 
83°  E.  mag.)  from 

Lst  within  Salmon 

md  faced  by  dark- 
dolence.  Rugged 
ianger  beyond  200 

es  f  mile  S.  60°  E. 
Bay  Island,  and  is 
ch  the  sea  breaks 

•  Island  and  Little 
idle,  and  Southern 


HABEY   HARBOR — WELSH   COVE. 


357 


The  Brandies  are  a  group  of  rocka  nearly  i  mile  SW.  of  Green 
Bay  Island.  The  highest  dries  3  feet  at  low  water.  Rogues  Har- 
bor, open  north  of  Green  Bay  Island,  bearing  N.  9°  W.  (N.  22°  E. 
mag.),  leads  eastward  of  these  rocks. 

■Western  Arm.— From  Blackberry  Head,  the  southern  entrance 
point.  Western  Arm  extends  4^  miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction 
and  affords  anchorage  in  several  of  the  coves  that  indent  its  shores. 

Harry  Harbor,  a  shallow  indentation  on  the  north  shore,  is 
suitable  for  small  vessels  only,  having  only  9  feet  in  the  entrance 
at  low  water.  Two  rocks  lie  near  the  head,  the  western  of  which 
dries  at  low  water. 

Harr,"  Harbor  Rock,  with  one  foot  water  on  it,  lies  off  the 
entrance,  and  as  no  natural  marks  could  be  found  to  lead  into  Harry 
Harbor,  those  about  to  enter  should  1  moy  the  rock  beforehand. 

Anchorages.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  depths  of  20 
fathoms  or  less,  as  convenient,  to  the  westward  of  Windsor  Point, 
near  the  head  of  arm. 

DoUond  Arm,  a  shallow  indentation  to  the  eastward  of  Dol- 
lond  Arm  Head,  a  round  wooded  hill,  323  feet  high,  forming  the 
south  side  of  the  narrows,  affords  anchorage  to  small  craft,  off 
the  entrance,  in  15  fathoms  water. 

Welsh  Cove  is  a  secure  anchorage  on  the  south  side  of  Western 
Arm,  but  the  entrance  is  narrow,  and  the  available  passage  is  con- 
tracted to  100  yards  by  a  rock,  with  11  feet  water  on  it,  extending 
in  a  NNE.  direction  from  the  south  entrance  point,  and  by  shoal 
water,  extending  a  short  distance  from  the  north  point. 

There  is  no  danger  within  the  cove,  and  good  anchorage  may  be 
obtained  by  vessels  of  moderate  length  in  12  fathoms  water,  over 
mud.  A  buoy  should  be  placed  on  the  rock  off  thf  south  entrance 
point  when  entering. 

A  copper  mine  has  been  opened  near  Welsh  Cove,  the  shaft  being 
close  to  the  shore;  the  manager's  dwelling-house,  a  conspicuous 
wooden  building,  is  northeastward  of  the  shaft. 

The  shore  is  foul  for  nearly  200  yards  from  this  cove,  northward, 
to  the  next  prominent  point,  but  anchorage  may  be  obtained  north- 
westward of  the  mine,  in  15  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

Middle  arm,  sheltered  by  Hennessy  Island,  205  feet  high,  and 
Three-arms  Island,  150  feet  high,  and  accessible  on  either  side  of 
these  islands,  affords  excellent  anchorage,  in  from  11  to  15  fathoms 
water,  over  mud.  On  the  west  shore,  about  halfway  to  the  head, 
are  a  conspicuous  stage  and  a  tew  houses.  There  is  no  danger  in 
the  arm,  except  a  sunken  bowlder,  nearly  200  yards  from  the  head. 

Old  Billy,  a  dangerous  rock,  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  off  the 
NE.  extreme  of  Three-arms  Island,  and  a  shoal,  with  12  feet  water 
over  it,  lies  off  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  to  Middle  Arm. 


I'* 


'Ill 

r 


■  i 


.1 


358 


CAPE   ST.  .rOlIN   TO   CAPE   BOKAVI8TA. 


Directions. — The  best  passaj^o  is  south  of  Heuuessy  and  Three- 
arms  Ishvuds,  bringing  the  stage  on  the  west  shore  of  Middle  Arm 
just  open  south  of  Three-arms  Ishind,  bearing  S.  W°  W.  (N.  83° 
W.  mag.),  and  keeping  this  mark  on  until  the  extremes  of  Hen- 
nessy  and  Three-arms  Islands  are  closed,  about  N.  7°  W.  (N.  24° 
E,  mag.),  when  Old  Billy  will  bo  passed,  and  mid-channel  may  be 
taken  to  the  anchoi'age. 

The  passage  NW.  of  the  islands  should  be  ilsed  only  by  those 
having  accurate  local  knowledge,  as  the  north  shore  requires  to  be 
kept  close  aboard. 

Southern  Arm  extends  in  nearly  a  straight  lin'e  4|  miles,  in  a 
SW,  direction,  to  the  head. 

Two  islands  lie  in  the  middle  of  the  arm,  leaving  a  passage  100 
yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  in  it,  between  them  and  the 
north  shore.  Rocks  and  shoals  extend  northward  of  these  islands, 
and  the  north  shore  should  be  kept  aboard  in  taking  this  passage. 

Shoal  Arm,  3  miles  to  the  southwestward  of  Little  Bay  Head, 
is  entered  through  a  channel  about  55  yards  wide,  in  which  is  a 
depth  of  13  feet  water,  and  has  from?  to  9  fathoms  within.  There 
are  no  dangers  in  this  arm,  except  a  rock  with  8  feet  water  on  it, 
situated  100  yards  from  the  middle  of  the  eastern  shore. 

Little  Bay  Head  falls  in  steep  cliffs,  at  the  end  of  the  slope  from 
a  conspicuous  conical  hill  657  feet  high,  and  terminates  in  a  small 
islet. 

Wild  Bight,  the  west  shore  of  which  is  foul  for  150  yards, 
affords  anchorage,  in  from  10  to  13  fathoms  water,  for  small  ves- 
sels, with  shelter  from  westerly  and  southerly  winds,  but  the 
holding  ground  is  not  good.  With  light  easterly  winds  a  swell 
sets  in,  and  when  the  wind  is  high  the  whole  of  the  bight  appears 
a  mass  of  breakers.  Red  Island,  120  feet,  and  Red  Island  Rock, 
38  feet  high,  respectively,  form  the  southeastern  entrance  point  to 
Wild  Bight. 

Ice. — Icebergs  frequently  drift  in  here  during  the  months  of 
June,  July,  and  August,  after  the  pack  ice  has  left  Notre  Dame 
Bay. 

Indian  Bight — The  head  of  Indian  Bight  is  4f  miles  south- 
westward  of  Red  Island  Rock,  and  the  south  entrance  point  has 
sunken  rocks  extending  200  yards  to  the  northward. 

At  the  head  of  the  bight  are  dwelling  houses,  and  at  their  NW. 
end  a  wooden  church,  painted  white  and  having  a  spire ;  a  wharf 
projects  from  the  center  of  the  beach,  alongside  which  there  is  a 
•lepth  of  about  16  feet  at  low  water,  but  a  small  rock,  which  dries 
3  feet  at  low  water,  marked  by  a  pole  surmounted  by  a  white  disk, 
lies  close  east  of  the  wharf,  and  the  local  steamers  pass  between 
them. 


'" iiii 


w':"-lSMi^ 


rA. 

iiessy  and  Three- 
i  of  Mirldle  Arm 
5.  f.(i°  W.  (N.  83° 
xtremos  of  Heu- 
N.  7°  W.  (N.  24° 
[-channel  may  be 

mI  only  by  those 
re  requires  to  be 

in'e  4i  miles,  in  a 

rtg  a  passage  100 
)en  them  and  the 
of  these  islands, 
tig  this  passage. 
Liittle  Bay  Head, 
),  in  which  is  a 
3  within.  There 
feet  water  on  it, 
shore. 

jf  the  slope  from 
nates  in  a  small 

1  for  150  yards, 
V,  for  small  ves- 
winds,  but  the 
y  winds  a  swell 
le  bight  appears 
,ed  Island  Rock, 
ntrance  point  to 

',  the  months  of 
eft  Notre  Dame 

4f  miles  south- 
irance  point  has 
d. 

[id  at  their  NW. 
I  spire ;  a  wharf 
(rhich  there  is  a 
)ck,  which  dries 
by  a  white  disk, 
jrs  pass  between 


•mmmmmf 


INDIAN   BIGHT — LITTLE   BAY. 


359 


In  the  valley  between  two  hills,  on  the  south  side,  is  one  of  the 
most  valuable  copper  mines  in  Newfoundland.  A  tramway  extends 
from  the  mine  to  a  wharf  in  Little  Bay,  and  there  is  a  road  to  the 
settlement  at  the  head  of  Indian  Bight. 

Dog  Stones,  two  rocks,  awash  at  high  water,  surrounded  by 
shot:is,  and  occupying  altogether  a  space  nearly  400  yards  long, 
are  situated  in  the  middle  of  Indian  Bight,  400  yards  from  the 
head,  and  have  a  narrow  passage  between  the  shoal  water  extend- 
ing from  them  and  that  off  the  north  shore,  but  the  best  passage, 
150  yards  wide,  is  south  of  Dog  Stones. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds  only, 
may  be  obtained  by  one  or  two  small  vessels,  in  4^  fatlioms  water' 
off  the  wharf,  but  a  heavy  sea  rolls  in  witli  northeasterly  winds. 

Telegraph. — There  is  a  telegraph  office  here  in  connection  with 
the  Anglo-American  Telegraph  Company. 

Water.— Water  may  be  obtained  readily  from  a  stream  flowing 
into  Shimmy  Cove,  which  lies  immediately  eastward  of  Indian 
Bight. 

Little  Bay  is  southward  of  Indian  Bight,  the  dividing  point 
being  a  small  blufif,  off  which  is  Otter  Island,  surmounted  by  a 
conspicuous  tree,  362  feet  above  high  water,  which  rises  above 
densely  wooded  h;lls,  lying  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  forming 
two  passages  to  it.  That  SW.  of  the  island  is  nearly  barred  by 
rocks,  but  there  is  a  narrow  channel,  with  a  depth  of  13  feet  in  it, 
at  low  water;  the  channel  east  of  Otter  Island,  though  only  60 
yards  wide,  has  not  less  than  11  fathoms  water  in  mid-channel. 

There  are  large  copper  mines  and  works,  and  a  wharf  is  situated 
immediately  southwestward  of  the  western  entrance,  on  the  west 
shore  of  Little  Bay,  and  vessels  drawing  24  feet  of  water  may  be 
loaded  alongside,  or  may  find  anchorage  off  it  in  13  fathoms  water, 
but  it  is  necessary  to  moor,  as  the  space  is  limited,  or  temporary 
anchorage  may  be  taken  up  farther  out  in  22  fathoms. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  here  fortnightly  during 
summer  and  autumn. 

Coal  and  Supplies.— Cape  Breton  coal  may  be  obtained  from 
the  mining  company,  but  no  Welsh  coal  is  kept  in  stock.  Ships 
can  coal  alongside  the  wharf.  Provisions  in  small  quantities  can 
generally  be  obtained. 

Little  Shellbird  Bight,  the  first  deep  bend  on  the  south  shore 
of  Little  Bay,  is  barred  in  its  western  approach  by  a  shoal  connect- 
ing the  west  entrance  point  with  Grassy  Islet  and  Little  Shellbird 
Island,  and  a  shoal,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  extends  150  yards 
from  the  south  extreme  of  Little  Shellbird  Island,  leaving  a  passage 
of  that  breadth  between  it  and  the  east  shore  of  Little  Bay, 


360 


CKVE   8T.  JOHN   TO   OAl'E   BONAVIHTA. 


id 


13 


Bhoal  Harbor,  on  the  eant  shore,  where  tliore  ia  a  mine,  may  bo 
distinguished  by  two  h)w  islets  forming  the  north  sid  uf  the 
entrance,  in  which  there  is  a  depth  of  (J  feet  water.  A  I'ock  that 
uncovers  'ies  in  tlie  middh',  and  other  rocks  lie  close  east  of  the 
entrance. 

Little  Bay  deci  eases  in  width  to  20U  yards  at  one  iSiiie  from  the 
head,  and  the  available  channel  is  still  further  narrowed  to  100 
yards  by  u  shoal  extending  from  the  south  slioi-e. 

Anchorages. — AnchoT-a>,'e  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water  may  be 
obtained  by  small  vessels  iu  Shellbird  Biu'ht,  entering  it  from  the 
Westward,  as  a  bar,  with  16  feet  water  on  it,  connects  the  east 
extreme  uf  the  island  with  tlu-  mainland;  or  in  Northeast  Bottom, 
in  5  fathoms,  or  in  Southeast  B'i*^tom,  in  9  fathoms  water. 

Ice. — Little  Bay  freezi's  bet  een  Ist  and  -iOth  January,  and  is 
compl'  lely  blocked  with  ice  about  2  feet  thick.  It  is  sometimes 
open  iu  winter,  and  clears  early  iu  May;  luivigation  has  been  closed 
on  tv^o  years  as  late  as  26tli  May  and  9th  June,  respectively.  Field 
ice  appears  about  10th  of  January  and  leaves  early  in  May,  at  which 
time  the  first  vessel  generally  arrives,  the  latest  leaving  early  in 
January. 

Tic.es. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Little  Bay  at  7h. 
22m. ;  springs  rise  4^-  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Tom  Cod  Rock,  a  small  pinnacle  that  uncovers  3  feet  at  Ioav 
water,  and  oft  the  SW.  side  of  which,  distant  100  yards,  is  a  rock 
with  12  feet  v,-itor  over  it,  is  1,200  yards  S.  61°  E.  (S.  30°  E.  mag.), 
nearly,  fvan!  the  NE.  extreme  of  Otter  Island,  The  apparent  west 
shore  tf  Little  Bay,  iu  line  with  the  south  entrance  point,  bearing 
S.  n2°  W.  vS.  33°  W.  mag.),  leads  NW.  of  Tom  Cod  Rock,  and 
between  i(,  and  the  rock  south  of  Otter  Island. 

Little  Ward  Harbor  is  800  yards  deep  and  350  yards  wide,  but 
has  only  13  feet  water  in  the  entrance,  and  the  anchorage  is  not 
available  for  vessels  drawing  mo're  than  10  feet  water. 

Beaver  Cove  Rock,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  200 
yards  west  from  Beaver  Cove  Head. 

Hall  Bay,  a  picturesque  arm  of  the  sea,  extends  17  miles  in  a 
southwesterly  direction,  with  an  almost  even  breadth  of  1^  miles. 
The  laud  on  the  north  side  is  reported  to  contain  large  quantities 
of  copper. 

Communication. — A  road  will  connect  Hall  Bay  with  the 
Northern  and  Western  Railway  at  a  point  4  miles  west  of  Badger 
Brook,  the  distance  being  about  44  miles. 

Salt-water  Pond  Point,  on  the  north  shore,  4^  miles  within  the 
entrance  of  Hall  Bay,  is  the  east  entrance  point  of  a  bight  f  mile 
deep,  from  the  head  of  which  Salt-water  Pond,  a  shallow  arm  of 
the  sea,  extends  to  within  a  short  distance  of  Little  Ward  Harbor. 


UTA. 

is  a  mine,  may  be 
north  aid  of  the 
iter.  A  rock  that 
le  close  east  of  tlie 

one  i>iiio  from  the 
r  narrow't'd  to  100 

3. 

oms  water  may  be 
itcring  it  from  the 
connects  the  east 
Northeast  Bottom, 
)ms  water, 
th  January,  and  is 
.  It  is  sometimes 
ion  has  been  closed 
espectively.  Field 
ly  in  May,  at  which 
st  leaving  early  in 

n  Little  Bay  at  7h. 

overs  3  feet  at  ^.ow 
100  yards,  is  a  rock 
E.  (S.  30°  E.  mag.), 
The  apparent  west 
ance  point,  bearing 
)m  Cod  Rock,  and 

350  yards  wide,  but 
e  anchorage  is  not 
;  water. 
I  it,  lies  nearly  200 

ctends  17  miles  in  a 
ireadth  of  1^^  miles, 
ain  large  quantities 

lall  Bay  with  the 
dies  west  of  Badger 

,  4^  miles  within  the 
ttt  of  a  bight  f  mile 
id,  a  shallow  arm  of 
jittlo  Ward  Harbor. 


■'T^P*WI»*!f^ 


SALT-WATER    I'ONI) — WOLF   COVE. 


m 


Anchorage. — The  anchorage  off  Salt-water  Pond  is  consicU^red 
the  best  in  Hnll  Bay ;  the  anchoring  space  Ih  about  i  mile  in  extent, 
shoaling  gradually  from  7  fatliom.s  watnr  in  tlit*  center  to  the  shores 
of  the  bay.     No  snijplit^s  eau  be  obtained  here. 

Island  Rock  Cove,  on  the  north  shore,  11^  miles  within  the 
entrance,  has  several  houses  on  the  shore  and  the  mine  wharf  pro- 
jecting fnmi  the  eastern  extreme,  off  whi('h  'iOO  yards  is  a  rock, 
awash  at  low  water. 

Lower  Wolf  Cove,  immediately  .soutlvward  of  Island  Rock 
Cove,  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels  close  to  the  shore,  but 
there  is  no  secui'e  position  for  a  largo  vessel,  dept'is  of  30  fathoms 
being  found  at  300  yards  from  the  shore. 

Qreen  Island  is  brown  in  color.  A  ste,  >wni  ill  stands  on 
the  north  side  of  the  island  and  is  conspicuoT  thf  southwest- 

ward,  but  only  the  steam  jet  and  flagstaff    ..  "n  from  the 

northeastward.  A  rocky  bank  with  12  feet  uF  water  o\  ^^v  it  is  300 
yards  distant  from  the  NE.  extreme  of  Green  Island. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  off 
the  first  cove  SW.  of  Burnt  Island,  the  bank  extending  335  yards 
from  the  shore  to  the  depth  of  10  fathoms,  but  the  water  deepens 
suddenly  to  60  fathoms,  while  depths  of  less  than  3  fathoms  will 
be  found  100  yards  from  the  shore. 

A  conspicuous  white  house  stands  on  Dock  Point,  nearly  2i  milet 
from  the  head  of  the  bay. 

Riverhead  Brook  is  a  considerable  stream,  the  deposit  from 
which  has  formed  flats  of  sand  that  extend  across  the  entrance  and 
to  the  soutliAvard  for  ^  mile  from  Eaton  Point,  east  of  the  entrance, 
falling  rjuickly  to  deep  water. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  southern  part 
of  the  head  in  from  10  to  23  fathoms  water  as  convenient,  the  lat- 
ter depth  being  found  at  65  yards  from  the  shore,  or  when  White 
Point,  where  are  some  houses,  is  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of 
Wolf  Head.  Small  vessels  will  find  shelter  about  J  mile  north- 
eastward of  Eaton  Point;  depths  of  less  than  JO  fathoms  extend 
800  yards  from  the  coast,  and  deepen  quickly  to  24  fathoms. 

Ice. — Hall  Bay  freezes  between  the  end  of  January  and  early  in 
February,  and  breaks  up  between  20th  April  and  3d  May.  . 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hall  Bay  at  7h.  16m. ; 
springs  rise  5-J-  feet,  neaps  rise  3^  feet. 

Wolf  Cove  is  800  yards  deep,  750  yards  wide  at  the  entrance, 
and  400  yards  broad  at  the  head ;  the  depths  range  from  33  fath- 
oms in  the  entrance  to  8  fathoms  close  to  the  head,  and  the  shoal 
water  which  fringes  thb  shores  falls  steeply  to  depths  suitable  for 
large  vessels. 


i 


3«2 


CAPK   8f.  .roilN   Tt)   CAVK   B0NAVI8TA. 


Ill 


ill 


i         11: 


Boot  Harbor  is  immoil lately  oaHtwanl  of  Boot  Harbor  Hoa'l,  a 
hold  IdufT  Huniioiint«'(l  by  a  woo»l«>»l  liill  228  feet  h\^^\^.  Her**  ia  a 
sliiiiglo  mill  worktid  by  tlir  waters  of  a  caacaflo  falliiiK  into  tho 
harbor,  also  a  wharf,  having  Homo  whit«*  Iiouhhh  nrar  it,  and  a 
rock,  with  one  foot  water  on  it,  lying  200  yards  of  its  cxtromc. 

Anchorage.— A iichoraK*'  may  b(«  obtalntHl  in  Boot  Harbor,  in 
from  12  to  15  fathoms  water,  at  400  yards  from  the  shore.  Tho  best 
position  is  with  the  wharf  b(>arinK  S.  31°  E.  (South  max-))  '^nd  the 
north  extreme  of  the  larg'^st  woodcul  iHlet  on  tho  west  side  of  the 
houses  N.  87°  W.  (N.  56°  W.  mag.). 

Sunday  Cove  Island. — There  is  good  anchorage  at  the  western 
entrance  of  Sixnday  Cove  Island  Tickle,  in  deptlis  of  from  6  to  10 
fathoms  as  convenient,  and  there  is  no  other  direction  necessary 
than  to  attend  to  tho  chart. 

Wellman  Oove  is  tlio  tirst  indentation  on  the  west  shore  of 
Sunday  Cove  Island,  and  nuiy  be  recognized  by  the  hous(m  built  on 
the  shore. 

A  shoal  extends  200  yards  northeastward  from  the  south  entrance 
point,  and  the  cove  is  foul  generally  at  that  distance  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage,  for  small  vessels  only,  may  bo  ob- 
tained in  from  8  to  13  fathoms  water  off  the  houses,  but  tho  hold- 
ing ground  is  bad,  except  in  a  small  spot,  where  the  local  schooners 
moor. 

Sunday  Oove  Islan.T  BigHt,  on  tlie  east  shore  of  the  island, 
and  completely  exposevi  i  .  '";he  ..stward,  maybe  recognized  by  the 
houses  and  stages  erecte-'  within  the  beach  of  shingle  that  encircles 
it ;  a  heavy  sea  roll-  :  i  after  autumnal  gales,  washing  away  the 
fishing  stages. 

A  rock  lies  close  eastward  of  the  southernmost  stage, 

A  mine  is  opened  on  the  north  side  of  this  bight,  and  a  tempo- 
rary wharf  has  been  built,  with  a  magazine  near  it. 

Pilley  Island,  SE.  of  Sunday  Cove  Island,  and  separated  from 
it  by  a  channel  about  J  mile  wide,  is  about  5  miles  long  in  a  NNE. 
and  SSW.  direction  and  3  miles  broad.  A  valuable  mine  of  iron 
pyrites  is  situated  near  the  southern  part  of  the  island. 

Pilley  Island  Harbor,  on  the  SE.  side  of  Pilloy  Island,  is 
entered-  by  four  channels,  viz.  Flat  Rock  Tickle,  Raft  Tickle, 
Pretty  Tickle,  and  Pilley  Tickle ;  of  these  only  the  two  former  are 
suitable  for  large  vessels.  The  iron  pyrites  mines  afford  employ- 
ment to  about  230  men,  and  about  40,000  tons  of  iron  pyrites  are 
exported  annually,  principally  to  the  United  States.  In  1894  the 
port  was  entered  by  18  steamers,  of  an  aggregate  tonnage  of  47,000 
tons,  in  addition  to  coasting  vessels;  the  population  is  about  1,000, 
and  the  imports  consist  of  provisions,  dry  goods,  mining  materials 
and  implements. 


^Bii 


ST  A. 

)t  Harbor  H<>ii'l,  a 
>t  hin'i.     Hero  is  ft 

10  fiillitiK  into  tho 
HUH  iH'iir  it,  htkI  »i 
off  it8  cxtrome. 

ti  Boot  Harbor,  in 
ht*  nhon^    The  boat 

nth  maR.))  '"I'l  ^^'^ 
lio  west  side  of  tliu 

ruKO  at  tho  wostorn 
)tliH  of  from  6  to  10 
Urection  necoBsary 

tho  west  shore  of 
the  houses  built  on 

11  the  south  entrance 
mce  from  the  shore. 
I  only,  may  be  ob- 
luses,  but  tho  hold- 
3  the  local  schooners 

shore  of  the  island, 
16  recognized  by  tho 
aingle  that  encircles 
,  washing  away  the 

ost  stage, 

bight,  and  a  tempo- 
jar  it. 

and  separated  from 
dies  long  in  a  NNE. 
tillable  mine  of  iron 
lie  island. 

of  Pilley  Island,  is 
riokle,  Raft  Tickle, 
y  the  two  former  are 
nines  afford  employ- 
is  of  iron  pyrites  are 
States.  In  1894  the 
ate  tonnage  of  47,000 
lation  is  about  1,000, 
)ds,  mining  materials 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/ 


O 


Cf. 


•it  ^ 


A 

% 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


■  50     '""^ 


1.4 


M 
1.6 


(5' 


V 


<^ 


n 


^. 


.^  >j» 


<$• 


'9 


Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


«• 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


vV 


•    :  I'lLLEY   ISLAND    IIAUBOR— RAtT  TICKLE.  363 

Coinmunication.-Tho  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  here  fortnightly  dnrin^ 
summei-  and  autnmn;  there  is  irregular  overland  mail  service 
weekly  during  winter,  in  connection  with  the  railway ;  telegraphic 
communication  only  from  Little  Bay  ^S^tipnic 

Coal  and  Supplies.-The  Iron  Pyrites  Company  usually  only 
keep  sufficient  coal  for  their  own  requirements,  but  a  small  quan 
tity  miglit  be  obtained  from  them  if  required.  It  is  difficult  to 
obtain  wood  in  any  quantity,  and  there  are  no  facilities  for  water- 
ing ships,  well  water  being  used  by  the  inhabitants.  Small  repairs 
to  machinery  can  be  made,  and  there  is  a  foundry  which  can 
undertake  castings  up  to  GOO  pounds 

Plat  Rock  Tickle,  the  western  channel,  is  entered  between 
Tilley  Head  and  the  SW.  point  of  Pilley  Island,  about  3*  miles 
southeastward  of  Sunday  Cove  Island.     Within  the  entrance,  the 
channel   about  100  yards  in  width,  lies  to  the  northward  of  Flat 
Rock  3  foet  high,  and  flat,  as  its  name  implies.    The  space  between 
Flat  Rock  and  the  mainland,  southward  of  it,  is  foul  ground  with 
numerous  shoal  heads,  and  affords  no  passage  for  vessels.    A  shoal 
extends  300  yards  east  from  Flat  Rock,  and  a  reef,  which  dries  at 
low  water,  lies  m  the  entrance  to  Kelly  Cove  on  the  north  side  of 
the  channel.     TiUey  Head  just  open  of  the  SW.  extreme  of  Pilley 
Island,  bearing  N.  77°  W.  (N.  46°  W.  mag.),  leads  between  these 
dangers  after  which  a  light  green  point,  the  first  west  of  Tillev 
Head  should  be  brought  in  line  with  the  SW.  extreme  of  Pilley 
Island,  bearirxg  N.  76°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.),  which  will  lead  to 
the  southward  of  a  shoal,  with  3i  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  to 
the  channel  southward  of  Fox  Island,  which,  unless  with  local 
knowledge,  is  the  one  recommended. 

T  1^*  v*°^^®'  *^^  ^"""^^^  entrance,  between  Raft  and  Pretty 
Islands,  has  no  dangers  except  shoal  water  extending  about  150 
yards  from  Pretty  Island. 

Outer  Anchorage.-The  anchorage,  in  20  fathoms  water,  over 
mud,  IS  with  the  center  of  Pox  Island  bearing  N  76°  W  (N  45° 
W.  mag.)  distant  i  mile;  but  the' holding  .round  is  only  fair,"and 
vessels  should  avoid  anchoring  on  Callaghans  Ground,  which, 
with  depths  of  from  6  to  10  fathoms,  extends  about  i  mile  NE.  of 
Raft  Island  as  the  bottom  being  of  a  smooth,  rocky  nature,  the 
anchor  would  be  likely  to  drag  with  any  wind. 

Dangers.-The  channel  leading  to  Salt  Pond,  the  inner  anchor- 
age hes  to  the  westward  of  Bridges  and  Farquhar  Islands,  and  is 
m  places  bare  y  65  yards  in  width.    The  following  are  the  dangers : 

Fox  Shoal,  with  3  feet  water  over  a  rock  at  the  extreme  ex- 
tends about  350  yards  NE.  from  Fox  Island;  the  northeastern  side 
IS  sometimes  marked  by  a  cask  buoy,  painted  black. 

14910 24 


lit 


nri 


I  IHPIIV  JLipjLlKMl ,11 ' *l  ^Jl'^t^lpf 


364 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE    BONAVISTA. 


Buzzard  Shoal,  on  which  the  least  depth  is  3  feet,  lies  about 
300  yards  south  of  Bridges  Island ;  its  southwestern  side  is  marked 
by  a  cask  buoy,  painted  black  with  white  chines. 

Ledrew  Rock,  a  pinnacle  only  a  few  feet  in  circumference,  has 
17  feet  water  over  it,  and  lies  200  yards  northwestward  of  Bridges 

Inner  Anchorage.— Vessels  can  moor  at  the  head  of  Salt  Pond 
in  15  fathoms  water,  over  mud;  or  they  can  lie  at  single  anchor 
with  a  stern  fast  to  one  of  the  many  ringbolts  driven  into  the 
rocks,  the  positions  of  which  are  indicated  by  whitewashed  marks. 
Vessels  loading  ore  lie  alongside  the  outer  ends  of  the  loading 
piers,  the  ore  being  brought  down  in  trolleys  from  the  mine. 

Buoy.— A  large  square  wooden  buoy,  for  warping  purposes,  is 
moored  about  100  yards  SW.  of  the  loading  pier. 

Directions.— To  proceed  to  the  Inner  or  Salt  Pond  Anchorage, 
the  Salvation  Army  meetinghouse  (a  house  with  a  red  roof  stand- 
ing by  itself),  half  its  own  breadth  shut  in  of  the  point  on  the 
western  side  of  the  narrows,  bearing  North  (N.  31°  E.  mag.),  leads 
between  Buzzard  and  Fox  Shoals,  after  which  the  west  side  of 
Bridges  Island  should  be  kept  about  100  yards  distant  until  the 
Methodist  chapel  (the  third  white  house  to  the  right  of  the  Salva- 
tion Army  meetinghouse)  is  just  open  east  of  Farquhar  Island, 
bearing  N.  1°  E.  (N.  32°  E.  mag.),  which  will  lead  eastward  of 
Ledrew  Rock;  thence  a  mid-channel  course,  passing  westward  of 
all  the  islands  and  eastward  of  a  spar  buoy  opposite  Farquhar 
Island,  will  lead  to  the  anchorage.  ^ 

Some  of  the  buoys  marking  dangers  in  the  approach  to  this 
anchorage  were  out  of  position  in  1896. 
Pilots  can  be  obtained  at  Great  Dunier  Island  Lighthouse. 
Tides.— It  is  high  water,  fuU  and  change,  in  Pilley  Island  Har- 
bor at  7  h.  30  m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  2  feet  (approxi- 

Boberts  Harbor.— A  bay  is  situated-  southwestward  of  Pilley 
Island,  having  an  island  (Haywards  Gull  Island)  in  the  entrance, 
between  the  NW.  -^^eme  of  which  and  the  mainland  there  are 
some  shoals;  the  ^        lel  southeastward  of  this  island  is  clear. 

A  narrow  channoi,  with  a  depth  of  15  fathoms  in  ii,  leads  from 
this  bay  to  Roberts  Harbor,  which  is  completely  sheltered  and  has 
good  holding  ground.  Two  islets  are  situated  at  the  entrance,  the 
northeastern  of  which  (Entrance  Islet)  is  wooded  and  steep-to, 
lying  near  the  southern  entrance  point;  the  southwestern  islet  is 
bare  and  rocky,  with  a  rock  having  4  feet  oyer  it  at  low  water, 
lying  65  yards  north  of  the  SW.  extreme.  A  rock  which  uncovers 
about  2  feet  at  low  water  lies  about  65  yards  WSW.  of  the  north- 
ern entrance  point. 


3  feet,  lies  about 
rn  side  is  marked 

rcumference,  lias 
itvvard  of  Bridges 

lead  of  Salt  Pond 
at  single  anchor 
i  driven  into  the 
itewashed  marks. 
Is  of  the  loading 
in  the  mine, 
•ping  purposes,  is 

Pond  Anchorage, 
a  red  roof  stand- 

the  point  on  the 
Jl°  E.  mag.),  leads 

the  west  side  of 
1  distant  until  the 
ight  of  the  Salva- 
Farquhar  Island, 

lead  eastward  of 
ssing  westward  of 
jpposite  Farquhar 

I  approach  to  this 

i  Lighthouse. 
Pilley  Island  Har- 
se  2  feet  (approxi- 

restward  of  Pilley 
id)  in  the  entrance, 
aainland  there  are 
island  is  clear. 
as  in  it,  leads  from 
y  sheltered  and  has 
it  the  entrance,  the 
oded  and  steep-to, 
mth  western  islet  is 
er  it  at  low  water, 
ock  which  uncovers 
VSW.  of  the  north- 


EOBEBTS   HARBOR — SOUTHERN   HARBOR. 


365 


Directions— Having  passed  southward  of  Haywards  Gull 
Island,  steer  between  it  and  the  mainland,  keeping  near  the  south- 
ern shore;  when  entering  Roberts  Harbor  keep  near  the  northern 
shore,  and  anchor  westward  of  the  entrance  as  convenient,  taking 
care  to  avoid  the  rock  lying  oflf  the  northern  entrance  point  Ves- 
sels should  not  enter  the  basin  at  the  northern  part  of  Roberts 
Harbor. 

Anchorage.— Convenient  anchorage  will  be  found  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  Roberts  Harbor  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  afford- 
ing excellent  holding  ground.  Large  vessels  should  moor,  as  the 
width  of  the  harbor  is  only  about  300  yards. 

Pilots — A  pilot  may  be  obtained  at  Little  Bay. 

Little  Bay  Islands  form  a  group  consisting  of  one  large  and 
several  small  islands,  and  contain  two  good  harbors  for  small 
vessels. 

The  west  coast  of  Little  Bay  Island  trends  northwestward  from 
Iron  Point,  and  forms  Suleyann  Cove,  where  a  beach  of  shingle 
hues  the  shore,  inside  which  is  a  small  settlement,  containing 
several  conspicuous  white  houses. 

Some  yellow  rocks,  the  highest  of  which  is  one  foot  above  high 
water,  lie  off  the  south  point  of  Suleyann  Cove,  and  sunken  dangers 
extend  southward  and  westward  200  yards  from  them.    The  summit 

°!  J"?!®  i?*y  ^^^*^'  '"^  ^^^«  ^i*^  Hynes  Point  (the  SW.  extreme 
of  Little  Bay  Islands),  bearing  N.  34°  W.  (N.  3°  W.  mag.),  leads 
midway  between  these  rocks  and  Copper  Island.  Rocks  that 
cover,  and  shoal  ground,  extend  200  yards  from  the  beach  in 
Suleyann  Cove. 

Communication—The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  at  Little  Bay  Islands 
-ortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

North  Harbor  is  entered  between  North  Head  and  Harbor 
Island  through  a  channel  100  yards  wide.  A  small  cove  indents 
the  south  shore,  with  a  few  houses  in  it,  off  which  anchorage  may 
be  obtained  in  8  fathoms  water-,  over  mud. 

Southern  Harbor  is  entered  through  a  channel  70  yards  wide 
with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  water  in  it,  between  Goat  Island,  which 
IS  partially  wooded  and  86  feet  high,  to  the  eastward,  and  Macks 
Island,  140  feet  high  and  faced  by  gray  cliffs,  to  the  westward 
The  Entrance  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  Black  Rock,  a  bare 
islet  7  feet  high,  600  yards  from  Goat  Island. 

The  harbor,  surrounded  by  a  settlement,  is  600  yards  long  and 
500  broad,  having  depths  under  3  fathoms,  except  in  a  space  350 
yards  long,  in  a  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.  direction,  and  160  yards 
wide,  situated  immediately  within  the  entrance. 


366 


CAI'E    ST.  JOHN    TO    CAPE    BONAVISTA. 


Black  Rock  Sunker,  lying  nearly  200  yards  S.  35°  W.  (S.  66 
W.  mag.)  from  Black  Rock,  uncovers  %  feet  at  low  water,  an.l  18 
generally  sliown  by  a  breaker. 

OU  Islands  consist  of  three  wootiod  hills.  The  westernmost, 
221  feet  high,  is  joined  to  the  middle  part  by  a  low  neck  of  gravel, 
and  the  easternmost  is  only  connected  at  low  water. 

Grassy  Islands,  200  yards  west  of  the  SW.  extreme  of  Long 
Island,  consist  of  three  islets  and  several  rocks  jomed  by  shoal 
water.  The  westernmost  is  20  feet  high,  while  the  easternmost, 
slightly  lower,  is  surmounted  by  a  small  bush. 

Long  Island  is  wooded  at  the  summit,  the  highest  part  near 
the  center  of  the  island  being  721  feet  high.  The  south  shore, 
sloping  steeply  to  the  sea,  is  bold-to,  and  the  only  houses  on  this 
shore  are  in  Patrick  Power  Cove. 

Lush  Bight,  the  deep«si  ccve  on  the  west  shore,  may  be  recog- 
nized by  the  houses  bnilt  round  it.  The  anchorage  is  available 
for  small  vessels  only,  in  depths  from  2i  to  4  fathoms,  over  mud 
The  group  of  islands  northward  of  Long  Island  are  surrounded 
by  a  great  number  of  shoals  and  fishing  banks,  and  vessels  should 
not  pass  through  any  of  the  channels  in  this  group  except  m  hne 
weather,  and  then  local  knowledge  is  requisite.  ^   .         . 

Ward  Harbor,  round  which  there  is  a  small  settlement,  is  east 
of  Western  Head,  and  contains  good  anchorage  for  vessels  draw- 
ing less  than  10  feet  water.  The  passage  is  midway  between  Cross 
Rocks,  a  small  castellated  group,  32  feet  high,  in  the  naiddle  of  the 
entrance,  and  the  east  shore.  A  reef  extends  from  the  west  side 
of  the  harbor  southward  of  Cross  Rocks,  and  a  sunken  rock  lies 
close  northward  of  the  east  entrance  point. 

Cutwell  Harbor,  with  a  small  settlement  on  its  north  side,  is 
comprise'1  between  Giles  and  Otter  Islands,  and  contains  no  danger 
beyond  50  yards  from  the  shore.  It  is  i  mile  in  diameter,  and  the 
depth  of  water  decreases  gradually,  from  14  fathoms  in  the  center, 

to  the  shore.  ,     „  „  i     :„ 

Cutwell  Arm,  an  anchorage  available  only  for  small  vessels,  is 

entered  south  of  Otter  Island.     The  passage,  narrowed  to  a  bi-eadth 

of  40  yards,  by  shoal  water  extending  from  either  side,  should  not 

be  attempted  without  a  pilot.  ^   .      -.i  tt    i,        + 

Tides.-It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  m  Cutwell  Harbor  at 

7h   6in. ;  springs  rise  4i  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 
Hardrix  or  Seal  Island  is  surmounted  by  several  conspicuous 

cones  covered  with  wood,  the  highest  being  294  feet  above  high 

^  Wild  Bight,  southward  of  Hardrix  Island,  afEords  no  safe 
anchorage,  but  there  axe  no  dangers  except  a  few  rocks  close  to 
the  shore. 


SOUTHKUN    HEAD PILLKY    COVE. 


367 


'A. 

5.  35°  W.  (S.  66° 
DW  water,  and  is 

rhe  westernmost, 
w  neck  of  gravel, 

,er. 

extreme  of  Long 

1  Joined  by  shoal 

the  easternmost, 

Uigliest  part  near 

The  south  shore, 

nly  houses  on  this 

ore,  may  be  recog- 
Lorage  is  available 
athoms,  over  mud. 
md  are  surrounded 
and  vessels  should 
roup  except  in  line 

1  settlement,  is  east 
re  for  vessels  draw- 
[way  between  Cross 
n  the  middle  of  the 
from  the  west  side 
a  sunken  rock  lies 

m  its  north  side,  is 
1  contains  no  danger 
m  diameter,  and  the 
thorns  in  the  center, 

for  small  vessels,  is 
irrowed  to  a  breadth 
her  side,  should  not 

Cutwell  Harbor  at 


several  conspicuous 
294  feet  above  high 

ind,  affords  no  safe 
a  few  rocks  close  to 


Southern  Head,  the  east  extreme  of  Long  Island,  falls  in  almost 
perpendicular  cliffs  from  wooded  hills  400  feet  high,  and  is  termi- 
nated by  Southern  Head  Islet,  a  bare  rock  43  feet  high. 

Gull  Rock,  the  northernmost  of  the  group,  situated  north  of 
Long  Island,  is  round,  bare,  and  50  feet  above  high  water.  Tlie 
only  dangex's  near  it  are  a  small  islet  about  5  feet  high,  lying  close 
SE.  of  it,  from  which  two  rocks,  that  cover  at  high  water,  extend 
southwestward  a  distance  of  100  yards. 

Middle  Islands,  the  next  southward,  are  a  low  group,  the  highest 
of  which,  situated  at  the  NE.  extreme,  is  33  feet  above  high  water 
and  surrounded  by  rocks  extending  300  yards  from  it.  Gunning 
Rocks,  next  SE.  of  Middle  Islands,  are  two  small  islets  6  feet  high, 
with  shoals  extending  300  yards  from  them  on  all  sides  but  the  SE. 

Old  Bantam,  a  rock  with  SJ  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  N.  06°  E. 
(S.  83°  E.  mag.),  distant  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  highest  of  the 
Middle  Islands. 

Stag  Island,  the  largest  of  these  islands,  situated  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  group,  is  shaped  like  a  wedge,  falling  steeply  to  the 
south  shore  from  a  hill  333  feet  high,  covered  with  small  wood. 

North  Harbor  is  comprised  between  the  north  side  of  Stag 
Island  and  Little  Stag  Island,  and  affords  good  sheltered  anchor- 
age for  small  vessels  in  5  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  The  only 
danger  to  be  avoided  is  North  Harbor  Rock,  with  15  feet  water 
over  it,  lying  300  yards  from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Little  Stag 
Island. 

A  chain  of  islets  extends  southeastward  from  Stag  Island,  the 
southernmost,  named  Gunning  islet,  being  bare  and  35  feet  high. 

Duck  Islands,  the  easternmost  of  the  group,  consist  of  three 
grassy  islets,  the  highest,  to  the  southward,  being  62  feet  higli. 

Directions. — None  of  the  channels  should  be  attempted  except 
in  moderate  weather,  and  the  only  passages  available  for  a  stranger 
are  between  Gull  Rock  and  Middle  Islands,  between  Middle 
Islands  and  Gunning  Rocks,  and  between  Duck  Islands  and  Gun- 
ning Islet. 

Long  Island  Tickle,  the  passage  between  Long  Island  and 
Pilley  and  Troytown  Islands,  is  free  from  danger  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a  rock,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  at  one  mile  eastward  of 
the  NW.  extreme  of  Pilley  Island,  and  close  to  the  shore. 

Pilley  Cove,  on  the  NE.  side  of  Pilley  Island,  is  350  yards  in 
diameter,  and  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels.  Sunken  rocks 
lie  close  to  both  entrance  points,  and  the  south  shore  is  foul,  but 
the  beach  of  shingle  at  the  head  is  bold-to. 

To  enter,  vessels  should  be  kept  one-third  of  the  distance  across 
from  the  west  entrance  point,  and  anchor  nearer  the  west  than 
the  east  shore,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water. 


I 


368 


OAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BON  AVISTA. 


Water.— Water  riay  be  procured  from  a  cascade  that  falls  over 
cliffs  on  the  south  side  of  the  cove. 
Fox  Cove  affords  no  convenient  anchorage,  several  rocks  lying 

at  the  head.  ,  ...  . 

Stuckey  Cove,  south  of  Fox  Cove,  has  no  danger  in  it  except 
close  to  the  shore,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  10  to 
19  fathoms  water,  as  convenient.  ^        j     « 

A  densely  wooded  hill,  510  feet  high,  is  situated  westward  of 
Stuckey  Cove,  on  the  western  slope  of  which  is  a  large  pine  tree, 
that  towers  considerably  above  the  rest  of  the  woods,  and  shows 
conspicuously  from  the  eastward. 

Big  Island  is  the  NW.  of  a  group  of  islands  and  rocks,  which, 
together  with  Troytown  Island,  form  Cobbler  and  Dark  Tickles. 
From  the  NE.  extreme  of  Big  Island,  Cobbler  Rocks  extend  east- 
ward till  they  nearly  join  Cobbler  Island. 

Cobbler  Tickle,  between  Cobbler  and  Dark  Tickle  Islands,  may 
be  entered  from  the  westward,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  from 
6  to  17  fathoms  water,  the  soundings  decreasing  gradually  trom 
the  latter  depth  to  the  islets  and  rocks  that  fill  the  eastern  end. 

Dark  Tickle  Island  is  surmounted  by  a  round  hill  223  teet 
high  and  the  north  hill  has  on  it  two  conspicuous  trees  at  an  ele- 
vation of  132  feet. 

Dark  Tickle,  the  passage  between  Dark  Tickle  and  Troytown 
Islands,  is  free  from  dangers,  with  the  exception  of  a  shoal 
extending  about  30  yards  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Dark  Tickle 
Island,  and  a  bank,  with  13  feet  water  on  it,  extending  eastward, 
150  yards  from  the  first  cove  southward  of  the  western  narrows. 
The  narrowest  part  of  Dark  Tickle  is  100  yards  wide  and  the 
depth  of  water  is  not  less  than  6  fathoms  in  mid-channel. 

Great  Troytown  Harbor,  entered  between  Dark  Tickle  Point 
and  Big  Troytown  Island,  extends,  with  several  bends,  in  a  southerly 

direction  for  If  miles.  .   ,     ,  i 

The  head  of  Troytown  Harbor  is  divided  into  two  coves  by  a 
wooded  island  190  feet  high.  West  Arm  is  available  on  y  for 
boats;  and  Butler  Cove,  the  southern  arm,  suitable  for  small  ves- 
sels only,  is  entered  through  a  narrow  channel  between  rocks 
extending  from  both  entrance  points. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  7  to  17  fathoms  water,  as 
convenient,  in  a  cove  situated  f  mile  SW.  from  Dark  Tickle  Point 
and  south  of  a  low  sharp  point  sloping  from  a  wooded  hill  185  feet 

'^l^ater.— There  are  several  houses  in  this  cove,  and  water  may 
be  obtained  from  a  brook  close  to  the  houses.  _ 

Little  Troytown  Harbor,  surrounded  by  a  small  settlement,  is 
850  yards  long  and  450  wide,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  9  fath- 
oms  water,  over  sand. 


(le  that  falls  over 

veral  rocks  lying 

nger  in  it  except 
led  in  from  10  to 

[ited  westward  of 
a  large  pine  tree, 
((roods,  and  shows 

and  rocks,  which, 
md  Dark  Tickles, 
iocks  extend  east- 

'ickle  Islands,  may- 
anchorage  in  from 
ng  gradually  from 
bhe  eastern  end. 
ound  hill  223  feet 
)U8  trees  at  an  ele- 

ckle  and  Troytown 
eption  of    a    shoal 
me  of  Dark  Tickle 
xtending  eastward, 
3  western  narrows, 
ards  wide,  and  the 
id-channel. 
1  Dark  Tickle  Point 
bends,  in  a  southerly 

nto  two  coves  by  a 

available  only  for 

itable  for  small  ves- 

nnel  between  rocks 

7  fathoms  water,  as 

a  Dark  Tickle  Point, 

wooded  hill  185  feet 

jove,  and  water  may 


ii 


small  settlement,  is 
anchorage  in  9  f  ath- 


M'lTLK   TROYTOWN    1IARH0B — BADOKK    DAY. 


369 


The  northorn  entrance,  00  yards  wide,  has  a  rock,  with  16  feet 
water  on  it,  in  mid-chaunel ;  but  a  depth  of  6  fathoms  may  be  found 
by  keeping  close  to  the  east  shore. 

Water. — Water  may  be  procured  from  a  brook  discharging 
into  a  small  cove  on  the  south  shore. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Troytown  Harbor 
at  7h.  .'im. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Grand  Dismal  Oove,  southward  of  Ragged  Point,  the  NE. 
point  of  Troytown  Island,  should  not  be  entero<^  without  a  com- 
petent pilot,  as  rocks  surround  the  shores,  and  a  reef  named  The 
Sisters  extends  eastward  250  yards  from  the  south  entrance  point. 
A  small  islet  lies  close  to  the  north  entrance  point,  from  which 
rocks  extend  southward  for  200  yards. 

Tom  Ood  Rock,  with  13  feet  water  over  it;  Ties  at  the  east  extreme 
of  a  shoal  bank  situated  in  the  middle  of  Grand  Dismal  Cove,  and 
is  650  yards  S.  18°  E.  (S.  13"  W.  mag.)  from  the  islet  off  the  north 
entrance  point. 

Little  Dunier  Island,  220  feet  high,  is  a  conspicuous  wooded, 
island,  with  a  flat  summit,  lying  ^  mile  eastward  from  Ragged 
Point.     The  coast  line  here  is  deeply  fissured. 

Oreat  Dunier  Island,  |  mile  long  and  221  feet  high,  is  about 
i  mile  south  of  Little  Dunier  Island. 

Light.— From  the  cupola  of  a  small  dwelling,  16  feet  in  height, 
on  Great  Dunier  Island,  a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  210  feet,  which  should  be  visible  16  miles.  The  light,  a 
private  one,  is  shown  between  May  15  and  December  31. 

The  Brothers,  which  uncover  3  feet  at  low  water,  are  in  the 
channel  between  Great  Dunier  and  Troytown  Islands,  and  narrow 
the  passage  to  a  breadth  of  80  yards,  between  them  and  Great 
Dunier  Island. 

Nimrod  Island,  28  feet  high,  and  separated  from  "Troytown 
Island  by  a  channel  95  yards  wide  with  7  .  xboms  water  in  it,  has 
low  rocks  extending  150  yards  westward,  anJ.  shoal  water  nearly 
100  yards  eastward  from  it. 

Nimrod  Harbor,  a  small  boat  cove  in  Troytown  Island,  is  situ- 
ated to  the  northward  of  the  east  extreme  of  Nimrod  Island,  and 
has  a  few  houses  on  the  shore. 

League  Rock,  3  miles  N.  30°  E.  (N.  61°  E.  mag.)  from  Great 
Dunier  lighthouse,  consists  of  two  parts,  separated  by  a  narrow 
cleft;  it  is  about  40  feet  high,  surrounded  by  a  bank,  and  a  con- 
fused sea  is  produced  in  bad  weather. 

Badger  Bay,  an  arm  of  the  sea  SE.  of  Great  Troytown  Island, 
extending  SW.  for  9  miles,  is  separated  into  several  bays  at  the 
head  by  projecting  points,  and  contains  some  dangerous  rocks. 
Seal  Bay,  east  of  Badger  Bay,  stretches  in  7  miles. 


370 


CAl'E   8T.  JOHN   TO   CAI»K   B0NAVI8TA. 


Leading  or  Ladle  Tickles  aro  a  number  of  passaKes  botweon 
sevoral  iHlamls  and  the  mainland.  The  soiithernmost  channtd  is 
suitablo  for  Hinall  voshoIs  only. 

Burnt  Island,  250  foet  high,  tho  northwostornmost  of  these 
islands,  is  separated  from  Thomas  Rowsell  Island,  131  feet  high, 
by  a  passage  100  yards  wide,  with  6  fathoms  water  in  it,  which 
mi.y  be  taken  by  keeping  nearer  tho  shore  of  Burnt  Island  than 
that  to  the  southward. 

Neai-  tho  middle  of  tho  south  shore  of  Burnt  Island  is  a  small 
projection,  about  100  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  Hagstaff,  and  a 
bank,  on  which  are  two  shoals,  extends  southward  from  this  point. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  channel  between  Burnt  and 
Cull  Islands  in  from  12  to  15  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  with  shel- 
ter from  all  but  northeasterly  winds.  Care  must  be  taken  to  avoid 
the  shoals  mentioned  above. 

Cull  Island  rises  to  a  height  of  197  feet,  in  a  wooded  ridge  that 
extends  along  the  whole  length  of  its  western  part.     Bear  Head,  at 
the  north  extreme,  falls  in  dark  perpendicular  cliffs  to  the  sea,  from 
'  an  elevation  of  205  feet. 

A  conspicuous  wooded  mound,  85  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a 
flagstaff,  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  south  shore  of  Cull  Island, 
dividing  a  small  boat  cove  to  the  westward,  from  Mooring  Cove  to 

the  eastward.  . 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtained  off  Mooring  Cove, 
in  13  fathoms  water,  close  to  the  shore,  or  south  of  the  channel' 
between  Cull  and  Thomas  Rowsell  Islands  in  12  fathoms  water ; 
the  latter  in  fine  weather  only. 

A  bar,  with  11  feet  water  over  it,  extends  from  the  SE.  extreme 
of  Cull  Island  to  the  mainland,  from  which  it  is  distant  65  yards. 
The  Ladle,  a  square  mass  of  rock  28  feet  high,  stands  on  a  beach 
of  shingle  at  the  north  extreme  of  the  mainland  coast,  and  forms 
the  south  side  of  the  narrows  belween  Cull  Island  and  the  mainland. 
Butler  Cove,  800  yards  eastward  of  The  Ladle,  affords  anchorage 
for  small  vessels,  during  fine  weather,  in  12  fathoms  water,  at  200 
yards  from  the  shore,  but  the  anchorage  is  unsafe  with  the  heavy 
sea  that  rolls  in  during  NE.  gales.  A  beach  of  shingle,  350  yards 
long,  forms  the  head,  and  several  houses  in  the  midst  of  green  fields 

surround  this  cove.  a  a.    -u  *■  • 

Alcock  Island  is  densely  wooded,  and  apparently  flat,  but  in 
reality  has  several  ranges  of  hills  on  it,  the  highest,  near  the  south 
shore,  being  326  feet  high. 

A  small  projection,  44  feet  high,  is  situated  near  the  middle  ot  the 
south  shore  of  Alcock  Island,  and  is  only  150  yards  from  the  main- 
land to  the  southward,  the  channel  between  having  a  depth  of  9 
fathoms  water. 


iTA.     -  V 

l)aHH(iKe8  between 
•nmost  channel  is 

iommost  of  these 
id,  121  feet  high, 
^riiter  in  it,  which 
{nrnt  Ishind  than 

,  Island  is  a  small 
a  HagstafV,  and  a 
rd  from  this  point, 
lotwoen  Burnt  and 
n'  sand,  with  shel- 
b  be  taken  to  avoid 

wooded  ndge  that 
rt.  Bear  Head,  at 
ills  to  the  sea,  from 

,  surmounted  by  a 
lore  of  Cull  Island, 
n  Mooring  Cove  to 

I  oflP  Mooring  Cove, 
ith  of  the  channel' 
13  fathoms  water; 

m  the  SE.  extreme 
is  distant  65  yards. 
1,  stands  on  a  beach 
id  coast,  and  forms 
d  and  the  mainland. 
Q,  affords  anchorage 
thoms  water,  at  200 
safe  with  the  heavy 
f  shingle,  350  yards 
midst  of  green  fields 

)arently  flat,  but  in 
;hest,  near  the  south 

ear  the  middle  of  the 
ards  from  the  maiu- 
laviug  a  depth  of  9 


WOODY    ISLAND — WILD    HIOIIT. 


:ni 


Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  to  tiio  westwa»-d  of 
those  narrows,  in  thechannol  Ixitwt^en  Alcock  Island  and  the  main- 
lanil,  in  from  l!>  to  17  futlioms  water,  us  convenient. 

Woody  Island,  se])a rated  from  the  nortii  extreme  of  Alcock 
Island  ])y  a  (^ear  channel  nearly  200  yards  wide,  is  about  lH-4  feet 
higli.  Several  neaked  ish-tsand  sunken  ro('i<s  line  tii(<  north  sliore 
of  Woody  Island,  but  the  only  danger  is  SnHi)tuil  Rock,  with  .'l  feet 
water  over  it,  lying  150  yards  w(>st  of  the  west  (•xtreiiie. 

Qreen  Island,  so  named  from  the  conspicuous  grassy  covering 
of  the  summit,  is  formed  of  three  parts,  the  middle,  and  highest, 
falling  on  all  sides  in  (hirk-gray  cliff  from  u  height  of  1.55  feet. 

Sunken  rocks  extend  a  short  distance  from  this  island,  and  an 
isolated  rock,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lies  150  yards  S.  10°  W.  (S. 
41°  W.  nnig.)  from  the  east  extreme  of  Green  Island. 

Sculpin  Island,  tin*  northernmost  of  the  group  of  islands  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Leading  Tickh^s,  is  87  feet  high  and  covered  with 
grass. 

Several  bare  rocks  lie  close  to  the  south  shore  and  form  a  small 
creek,  in  which  landing  from  boats  may  bo  effected,  excej^t  in  very 
bad  weather.  A  rock,  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  close  to  the  SW. 
extreme.  A  bank  extends  northeastward  from  the  NE.  extreme 
of  Sculpin  Island,  on  wliich  are  situated  a  rock,  with  5  feet  water 
over  it,  150  yards  distant,  and  a  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it, 
300  yards  distant  from  the  SE.  extreme  of  Sculpin  Island. 

Numerous  banks  lie  off  the  islands  forming  Leading  Tickles,  the 
positions  of  which  will  be  best  seen  on  the  chart. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  the  Leading  Tickles 
at  7h.  7m. ;  springs  rise  ^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Thimble  Tickles,  a  number  of  passages  between  several  islands, 
are  situated  southwestward  of  Leading  Tickles,  but  have  not  been 
surveyed.     A  mine  is  being  worked  near  these  tickles. 

Wild  Bight,  at  the  east  entrance  o{  Leading  Tickles,  is  one  mile 
deep,  and  divided  at  the  head  by  a  conical  hill  285  feet  high  into 
two  coves,  where  anchorage  may  be  obtained  by  small  vessels  dur- 
ing westerly  winds. 

Directions.— From  the  westward  vessels  may  approach  Leading 
Tickles  without  danger  until  within  200  yards  from  the  islands, 
and  large  vessels  may  pass  between  Thomas  Rowsell,  Cull,  and 
"Ward  Islands,  but  no  nearer  Cull  Island  than  200  yards,  nor  to  the 
mainland  shore  than  to  have  the  south  extreme  of  Cull  Island,  open 
north  of  the  mainland,  bearing  N.  6(3°  E.  (S.  83°  E.  mag.),  to  avoid 
the  shoals  off  that  shore.  Vessels  drawing  more  than  11  feet  water 
should  not  proceed  farther  eastward  than  Mooring  Cove,  off  which 
anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  18  to  20  fathoms  water. 

Small  vessels  may  proceed  to  the  eastward  by  keeping  in  mid- 
channel  between  Cull  Island  and  The  Ladle. 


372 


CAPK   HT.  JOHN    TO   i'AI'K    HOXAVISTA. 


VohwIh  fimy  puss  in  5  fiithDiiiH  wutt»r  l)t>t\vt"'ii  TIkhiwih  Rnwscll 
and  Burnt  IhIuikIh  liy  kmtpinK  in  iiiiil-cluiiiiiol ;  Itrforo  tlit>  llii^stHiT 
1)11  Burnt  Isluiul  boarH  N.  31°  W.  (North  nuiff.)  tlio  south  extronio 
of  Woody  IhIiiikI  nnint  bo  brouj^ht  in  line  with  tho  nortli  cxtn'nie 
of  Bear  H»'ii«l,  bciiriuK  N.  C.-t"  E.  (S.  Hfi"  E.  miiK.)-  Whi>n  tlin  Hiik- 
stiiff  b((iirs  w((Mtwiinl  of  N.  70°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  iniiK.)  the  danj^orH 
Houth  of  Burnt  Iwhind  will  have  boon  paHSod,  and  vesstds  may  prr)- 
cood  to  tlio  caHtward. 

New  Bay  tntuds  to  tin*  noutliward  for  12  miles,  and  is  dividcnl 
into  H«n'(*ral  arms,  which  aro  rocky  near  the  shoroH  and  cncumlM'rod 
by  numcrouH  dauKi'i's-  Tho  south  sliore  of  this  bay  is  formod  by 
a  peninsula,  with  a  narrow  isthmus  in  Southwest  Arm. 

Yellow  Pox  Oove,  on  the  oast  aide  of  New  Bay,  is  suitable  for 
boats  only;  Rowsell  Cove,  2  miles  southward  of  New  Bay  Head,  is 
330  yards  deep,  and  contains  fair  anchora>i(e  for  small  vess»'ls  in  12 
fathoms  or  less  water,  as  c(mvenient.  A  conspicuous  wooded  cone, 
380  feot  high,  rises  at  the  head  of  the  cove. 

Josiah  Spencer  Oove  is  300  yards  deep,  and  affords  anchorage, 
with  offshore  winds,  for  fishing  craft  in  depths  of  from  4  to  7 
fathoms. 

Silver  Buckle  Island  is  surmounted  by  a  round  woode<l  hill 
165  feet  high,  and  the  Silver  Buckle,  from  which  the  name  is 
derived,  is  a  mass  of  quartz  near  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  island. 

Brandies  Rocks,  the  highest  4  feet  above  high  water,  lie  a  little 
more  than  1,200  yards  N.  76°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  from  Silver 
Buckle  Island. 

New  Bay  Head  falls  in  steep  cliffs  from  an  elevation  of  370 
feet;  close  north  of  it  are  New  Bay  Head  Rocks,  64  feet  high,  sep- 
arated by  a  channel  40  yards  wide,  with  4  fathoms  water  in  it. 
Foul  ground  extends  a  short  distance  from  the  head,  and  a  rock 
lies  close  to  the  south  extreme  of  New  Bay  Head  Rocks. 

Fleury  Bight,  one  mile  eastward  of  New  Bay  Head,  has  a  con- 
spicu(ms  hill,  435  feet  high,  falling  perpendicularly  to  the  head  of 
the  bight,  where  a  small  village  is  situated.  Sunken  rocks  encum- 
ber Abbot  Cove,  the  bight  close  south  of  Eastern  Point. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  14  to  16 
fathoms  water,  but  a  heavy  sea  rolls  in  with  winds  from  NW.  to 
NNE.,  and  it  is  then  untenable,  as  the  holding  ground  is  not  good. 

Water. — Water  may  generally  be  obtained  from  a  stream  flowing 
into  the  w<'st  side  of  tlie  head. 

Woody  Island,  188  feet  high,  and  falling  steeply  in  all  direc- 
tions from  a  flat,  wooded  summit,  is  separated  by  a  narrow  channel 
from  the  east  entrance  point  of  Woody  Island  Bight,  an  exposed 
bay  eastward  of  Fleury  Bight.  A  rock  with  10  feet  water  on  it  lies 
close  northward  of  this  island. 


IT  A. 


KUnUNK    IIAHHOU. 


378 


Tlioiniis  RowHcll 
,(.|'<)ro  the  lliiKstiiff 
tlio  Houtli  oxtn'ino 
th«  north  .'xtrcino 
.     When  tho  iliiK- 
iiiiiK.)  the  (laii^ors 
[1  vessels  may  pro- 
les, and  iH  divided 
?H  and  encumberiHl 
s  hay  is  formed  hy 
Hi  Arm. 

Bay,  is  8uital)lo  for 

New  Bay  Head,  is 

small  vessels  in  Vi 

3110US  wooded  c<me, 

affords  anchorage, 
ths  of  from  4  to  7 

round  wooded  hill 
kvhich  the  name  is 
■erne  of  the  island, 
gh  water,  lie  a  little 
mag.)  from  Silver 

iiu  elevation  of  270 
s,  64  feet  high,  sep- 
ithoms  water  in  it. 
lie  head,  and  a  rock 
ad  Rocks. 

ay  Head,  has  a  con- 
ilarly  to  the  head  of 
u  liken  rocks  encum- 
Bi'n  Point. 

1  in  from  14  to  16 

winds  from  NW.  to 

ground  is  not  good. 

rom  a  stream  flowing 

steeply  in  all  direc- 

by  a  narrow  channel 

id  Bight,  an  exposed 

_0  feet  water  on  it  lies 


Fortune  Harbor,  a  land-lockod  anchorage,  2  miles  HoutheuHt- 
ward  of  Bagg  Hea<l,  has  two  entrances  formed  hy  Hweeny  Island, 
that  to  the  (eastward  of  the  island  being  only  30  yards  wide,  an<l 
having  a  depth  of  l!i  feet  at  low  water.  The  western  entrance  is 
suitable  for  larg(i  vessels,  if  under  sail,  with  a  commanding  hroe/e, 
but  tilt*  turns  are  sharp,  the  wind  is  often  battling  in  the  approach, 
and  the  sciualls  heavy,  particularly  with  NW.  winds. 

Western  Head,  a  steep  blutT,  with  a  rocky  pinnacle  at  tho 
extreme,  is  bold-to.  From  this  bluff  the  land  rises  in  a  hmg  haro 
ridge,  wooded  on  the  slopes,  to  a  sharp  summit,  555  feet  high,  sur- 
mounted by  a  cairn. 

Western  Head  Rook,  with  12  feet  water  cm  it,  is  the  summit 
of  a  bank  and  lies  350  yards  N.  18'  E.  (N.  49°  E.  mag.)  from 
Western  Head.  The  whole  breaks  furiously  in  a  heavy  sea,  and 
then  the  passage  between  it  and  W(*stern  Head  nuiy  not  be  taken, 
but  in  ordinary  weather  all  danger  will  bo  avoided  by  keeping 
Western  Head  close  aboard. 

Northwest  Arm  requires  skillful  navigation,  but  by  attention  to 
the  chart  small  vessels  may  enter  it  with  safety. 

Southeast  Arm  is  1^  miles  long,  and  contains  tho  best  anchorage 
for  large  vessels. 

A  small  cove,  with  a  wharf  and  several  stages  in  it,  is  situated  on 
the  east  shore  of  Southeast  Arm,  just  within  the  entrance,  and  on 
the  rising  ground,  eastward  of  it,  stands  the  church,  j)ainted  white. 

Webber  Bight,  completely  exposed  to  north  and  N  W.  winds,  that 
roll  in  a  very  heavy  sea,  has  no  dangers,  except  close  to  the  sliore. 
A  small  settlement  is  situated  round  a  cove  on  the  east  side  of  the 
head. 

Anchorage. — Ancihorage,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds,  may 
be  obtained  in  from  10  to  16  fathoms  water,  as  convenient,  but  the 
holding  ground  is  not  good. 

Gull  Island,  a  bare  rugged  rock,  54  feet  high,  is  bold-to  on  the 
SE.  and  south  sides,  but  to  the  NE.  and  eastward  rocks  and  shoals 
extend  for  200  yards.  Bed  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  on  it,  lies  ^ 
mile  N.  81°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.)  from  the  north  extreme  of  Gull  Is- 
land. The  sea  breaks  heavily  over  the  rock  in  bad  weather,  and 
rolls  to  the  shore  over  a  shoal  of  4f  fathoms  water,  lying  between 
Gull  Island  and  Indian  Cove. 

Directions. — To  enter  Fortune  Harbor  from  the  westward,  either 
Western  Head  should  bo  rounded  close  to,  or  the  south  fall  of  the 
cliff  at  Upper  Caplin  Cove  Point  be  kept  open  north  of  Gull 
Island,  hearings.  85°  E.  (S.  54°  E.  mag.),  until  the  eastern  entrance 
to  Fortune  Harbor  is  open  east  of  Bellens  Point,  bearing  S.  3°  W. 
(S.  34°  W.  mag.),  to  clear  Western  Head  Rock.  The  vessel  may 
then  round  into  the  channel  to  the  entrance  of  Fortune  Harbor, 


m 


374 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BON  AVISTA. 


care  being  taken,  wlion  turning  round  Sweeny  Island,  to  avoid  the 
rock  near  the  SW.  extreme  of  Sweeny  Island. 

Mid-channel  should  he  kept  between  Sweeny  and  Button  Islands, 
and  between  Button  and  Jim  Day  Islands;  when  the  ^attor  is 
passed,  bring  the  summit  of  Macarthy  Island  over  the  we--  extreme 
of  Jim  Day  Island,  bearing  about  N.  20°  W.  (N.  11°  E.  mag.),  and 
steer  for  the  anchorage,  in  from  10  to  15  fathoms  water  as  conven- 
ient, with  the  church  bearing  East  (S.  59°  E.  mag.),  or  farther  up 
Southeast  Arm,  taking  care  to  keep  the  western  points  of  that  arm 
well  open,  to  avoid  Tiger  Rock. 

Ice. — Fortune  Harbor  f  reei-es  during  the  month  of  December,  and 
breaks  up  between  the  1st  and  15th  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Fortune  Harbor  at 
7li.  14m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Shoal  Ground,  with  3J  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  which  breaks 
heavily  in  bad  weather,  lies  i  mile  N.  36°  E.  (N.  67"  E.  mag.)  from 
Keogh  Island,  a  small  bare  rock  17  feet  high. 

Bay  of  Exploits  extends  30  miles  southward  to  the  river  at  the 
head,  where  several  sawmills  are  working  or  being  constructed. 
The  soil  of  the  Exploits  Valley  is  very  fertile,  and,  where  culti- 
vated, produces  roots,  potatoes,  grass,  and  other  crops ;  the  forests 
consist  of  pine,  spruce,  balsam,  fir,  tamarack,  white  birch,  and 
poplar. 

Exploits  Biver  is  one  mile  wide  at  the  mouth,  diminishing  rap- 
idly until,  at  2  miles,  it  assumes  a  uniform  width  of  about  750  yards. 
It  is  navigable  for  light  draft  vessels  for  12  miles  to  the  first  fall, 
passing  the  first  rapids  at  10  miles  from  the  mouth. 

Communication. — The  Northern  and  Western  Railway  enters 
the  Exploits  Valley  at  Norris  Arm ;  from  thence  it  follows  the  south 
side  of  the  river,  crossing  ->y  a  steel  bridge,  630  feet  in  length,  at 
Bishops  Falls,  10  miles  from  the  mouth,  and  distant  268^  miles 
from  St.  Johns.  This  railway  should  have  the  effect  of  opening  up 
the  farming,  lumbering,  and  industrial  pursuits  of  the  Exploits 
Valley.  The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamers  between  St. 
Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  call  at  Exploits  fortnightly  during  sum- 
mer and  autumn. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anchorage  near  the  head  of  the  bay, 
but  seamen  should  proceed  cautiously  after  passing  a  small  islet  on 
the  east  shore,  as  the  water  shoals  rapidly. 

Waldron  Cove,  south'.,'ard  of  Northern  Head,  is  f  mile  deep, 
but  affords  shelter  for  small  vessels  only,  off  a  small  cove  on  the 
south  side  surrounded  by  houses. 

Little  North  Harbor  affords  anchorage  for  small  vessels  near 
the  head,  in  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water.  In  entering,  the  south  shore 
should  be  kept  aboard  to  avoid  some  rocks  that  extend,  nearly  to 
mid-channel,  from  the  north  side.  , .    ' 


rA. 

and,  to  avoid  tho 

d  Button  Islands, 
hen  tlie  ^attor  is 
•tlie  we^  extreme 
11°  E.  mag.),  and 
water  as  conven- 
,g.),  or  farther  up 
joints  of  that  arm 

of  December,  and 

i'ortune  Harbor  at 

and  which  breaks 
67"  E.  mag.)  from 

to  the  river  at  the 

3eing  constructed. 

and,  where  culti- 

crops ;  the  forests 

white  birch,  and 

1,  diminishing  rap- 
af  about  750  yards, 
les  to  the  first  fall, 
ith. 

rn  Railway  enters 
it  follows  the  south 
0  feet  in  length,  at 
distant  268^  miles 
ffect  of  opening  up 
ts  of  the  Exploits 
amers  between  St. 
Ightly  during  sum- 

le  head  of  the  bay, 
iug  a  small  islet  on 

ad,  is  f  mile  deep, 
small  cove  on  the 

small  vessels  near 
,ng,  the  south  shore 
t  extend,  nearly  to 


EXPLOITS    BURNT    ISLANDS    IIAEB0R8. 


375 


Ship  Run  Bock  lies  in  the  middle  of  Ship  Run,  the  western 
channel  of  Bay  of  Exploits,  and  is  1,600  yards  S.  4G°  E.  (S.  15°  E. 
mag.)  from  Northern  Head.  There  is  a  depth  t)f  9  feet  water  on  tho 
rock,  but  it  often  breaks  in  a  heavy  sea  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
resemble  the  surroiinding  waves. 

Exploits  Burnt  Islands  contain  two  small  harbors  in  the  chan- 
nels between  them.  The  western  island  is  surmounted  by  Mau-of- 
war  Hill,  a  bare  summit  553  feet  high,  and  the  west  shore  has  no 
danger  beyond  a  short  distance  from  it,  and  is  indented  by  two 
small  coves.  Surgeon  Cove,  the  southern,  is  almost  filled  with 
rocks,  but  Burton  Cove,  north  of  it,  contains  sheltered  anchorage 
for  a  few  small  craft  during  easterly  winds. 

Exploits  Burnt  Islands  Harbors  consist  of  Upper  HaT'bt)r,  the 
southern,  and  Lo  wer  Harbor,  tho  northern,  connected  by  a  passage 
20  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  6  feet  in  it  at  low  water. 

Upper  Harbor  affords  secure  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  but  a 
bar,  on  which  are  rocks  with  6  and  7  feet  water  over  them,  extends 
from  the  east  shore  at  300  yards  within  the  entrance,  leaving  a 
narrow  passage  only  between  its  west  extreme  and  the  shoal  water 
in  Butt  Cove,  the  southernmost  indentation  on  the  west  shore. 

This  channel  should  not  be  attempted  without  local  knowledge, 
and  strangers  should  therefore  anchor  in  the  entrance,  in  from  7  to 
9  fathoms  water. 

Lower  Harbor  affords  shelter  for  small  vessels  in  summer  only, 
in  13  fathoms  or  less  water.  The  entrance  is  encumbered  with  rocks, 
and  should  not  be  attempted  without  a  pilot. 

There  is  a  large  settlement  round  Exploits  Burnt  Island  Harbors. 

Water. — Small  supplies  may  be  procured  here,  and  water,  gen- 
erally from  Butt  Cove. 

Ice. — Exploits  Burnt  Island  Harbors  generally  freeze  about  1st 
January  and  clear  between  1st  and  10th  May,  and  are  completely 
blocked  with  ice  about  2  feet  thick  between  1st  February  and  1st 
April,  but  between  the  latter  date  and  20th  May  they  are  open  at 
intervals.  Field  ice  appears  between  the  middle  and  end  of  Janu- 
ary and  disapiiears  between  the  1st  anf \  26th  May,  between  which 
dates  the  first  vessel  generally  arrives,  the  last  sailing  vessel  leav- 
ing about  15th  December  and  last  steamer  about  15th  January. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Exploits  Burnt 
Islands  Harbors  at  7h.  17m. ;  springs  rise  4i  feet,  neaps  rise  2|  feet ; 
neaps  range  1^  feet. 

Nanny  Hole  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  on  it,  lies  a  little  more 
than  200  yards  northwestward  of  Nanny  Hole  Head,  a  precipitous 
bluff  under  a  bare  round  hill  340  feet  high,  f  mile  northeastward 
of  Lower  Harbor. 


^^"^m 


MHI 


376 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO    CAPE   BON  AVISTA. 


High  Gull  Island  falls  in  light-gray  cliffs  from  a  flat  summit, 
132  foet  liigh,  and  is  situated  northwestward  of  Gull  Island  Bight, 
a  rugged  bay  with  a  few  houses  round  a  cove  in  the  SW-  P^f  • 

Two  rocks  are  situated  northwestward  of  High  Gull  Island,  the 
northern,  with  3  feet  water  over  it,  being  200  yards  distant. 

Duck  Islands,  the  western  160  feet  high,  are  a  wooded  group, 
separated  by  a  channel,  400  yards  wide,  from  the  SE.  side  of  the 
southwestern  of  Exploits  Burnt  Islands;  they  inclose  a  bay,  at  the 
SW  extreme,  wherein  temporary  anchorage  may  be  obtained  m 
19  fathoms  water,  but  the  holding  ground  is  not  very  good. 

Matthew  Lane  Island,  130  feet  high,  has  a  small  boat  harbor 
containing  several  rocks,  and  sheltered  by  a  small  islet,  indenting 

the  south  shore.  ^  i.  w^ 

A  group  of  islands  lies  in  Sloop  Run,  the  passage  between  ILx- 
ploits  Burnt  Island  and  Black  Island,  the  most  conspicuous,  named 
Hare  Island,  being  near  the  west  extreme,  and  surmounted  by  a 
round  wooded  hill,  197  feet  high. 

Black  Island,  412  feet  high,  presents  generally  a  flat  appear- 
ance, and  has,  on  its  west  shore,  two  coves,  round  which  there  are 

a  few  houses.  .  j     «    j 

Sealing  Cove,  the  northern,  has  no  danger  in  it,  and  attords 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  during  easterly  winds  in  from  **  to  12 
fathoms  water;  Parsons  Cove,  the  southern,  is  only  suitable  for 

Kiar  Cove,  at  the  NE.  extreme,  is  narrow  and  nearly  filled  with 

Tocks 

Black  Island  Tickle,  the  passage  between  Black  and  Little 
Black  Islands,  is  narrow,  and  contains  numerous  rocks,  and  can 
only  be  used  by  small  fishing  vessels  entering  from  the  eastward, 
on  either  side  of  a  group  of  rocks  that  cover  at  high  water. 

Little  Black  Island  is  surmounted  near  the  NE.  extreme  by  a 
flat  wooded  hill,  248  feet  high.  On  the  SE.  side  of  the  island  is 
Southern  Harbor,  a  shallow,  exposed  cove.  A  rock  with  15  feet 
water  over  it,  lies  200  yards  eastward  of  a  small  black  islet,  20 
feet  high,  in  the  entrance  to  this  harbor. 

New  World  Island.— Puzzle  Harbor  Head,  a  round  wooded 
hill  150  feet  high,  the  north  entrance  point  to  Puzzle  Harbor,  is 
separated  by  a  conspicuous  marsh  from  the  higher  ranges  inland. 
Chance  Harbor,  entered  through  a  passage  200  yards  broad, 
extends  2  miles  in  an  easterly  direction,  but  is  navigable  for  large 
vessels  for  one-half  that  distance  only,  a  bar  preventing  further 
passage  to  all  but  small  craft.    The  harbor  dries  for  i  mile  from  the 

Anchorage.— Large  vessels  should  anchor  immediately  within 
the  entrance,  in  21  fathoms  water,  but  small  craft  may  proceed  to 
an  anchorage  in  from  5  to  9  fathoms,  as  convenient. 


[8TA. 

fom  a  flat  summit, 
Gull  Island  Bight, 
I  the  SW.  part. 
?h  Gull  Island,  the 
ards  distant, 
re  a  wooded  group, 
the  SE.  side  of  the 
iclose  a  bay,  at  the 
aay  be  obtained  in 
»t  very  good. 
,  small  boat  harbor 
lall  islet,  indenting 

issage  between  Ex- 
conspicuous,  named 
id  surmounted  by  a 

rally  a  flat  appear- 
md  which  there  are 

r  in  it,  and  affords 
nds  in  from  4^  to  12 
is  only  suitable  for 

nd  nearly  filled  with 

m  Black  and  Little 
rous  rocks,  and  can 
;  from  the  eastward, 
,t  high  water. 
le  NE.  extreme  by  a 
side  of  the  island  is 
A  rock,  with  15  feet 
small  black  islet,  20 

ad,  a  round  wooded 
to  Puzzle  Harbor,  is 
ligher  ranges  inland. 
,ge  200  yards  broad, 
s  navigable  for  large 
fcr  preventing  further 
ies  for  i  mile  from  the 

r  immediately  within 
craft  may  proceed  to 
renient. 


.3-":-''-" 


LITTLE    CHANCE   HARBOR — WILD    BIGHT. 

Lltti  Ohance  Harbor,  suitable  for  small  vessels  only,  has  a 
rock,  .1  5  feet  water  on  it,  lying  135  yards  northwestward  of 
the  east,  entrance  point,  and  a  rock,  with  8  t'eet  water  over  it,  55 
yards  from  the  bluff  point  on  the  north  shore,  leaving  a  passage 
only  150  yards  wide  between  the  rocks.  The  head  of  this  harbor 
is  shallow  as  far  south  as  the  small  islet  on  the  west  shore. 

Water.— Water  may  be  obtained  from  a  small  stream  on  the 
east  shore. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Little  Chance  Har- 
bor at  7h.  13m. ;  springs  rise  4f  feet. 

Big  Gull  Island,  covered  with  grass,  falls  in  black  cliffs  to  the 
northward  and  eastward,  and  the  summit,  100  feet  above  high 
water,  is  near  the  SW.  extreme,  close  to  which  are  several  small 
islets. 

Little  GuU  Island,  SW.  of  Big  Gull  Island,  and  about  60  feet 
high,  is  formed  of  dark  rock  nearly  split  by  deep  clefts  extending 
from  the  summit. 

Hussey  Bock,  lO  feet  high,  lies  300  yards  eastward  of  Big  Gull 
Island. 

Western  Head  of  New  World  Island  falls  steeply  to  the  sea 
from  a  bare  mound  100  feet  high,  and  Baldney  Rock,  11  feet  high, 
lies  close  east  of  the  head. 

Pearce  Harbor,  ^  mile  deep,  contains  anchorage  for  fishing 
vessels  in  3i  fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  all  but  NE.  winds. 

Morton  Harbor  is  entered  southward  of  Morton  Harbor  Head, 
between  Neal  Islet,  a  small  rock  7  feet  high  on  the  west  sidei 
and  a  peninsula  175  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  tuft  of  trees,  to 
the  southeastward.  The  west  side  of  the  entrance  is  bordered  by 
sunken  rocks. 

Water.— A  considerable  settlement  surrounds  this  harbor, 
whence  small  supplies  may  be  obtained,  and  water  from  the  head 
of  the  western  cove. 

Little  Harbor,  a  small  boat  cove,  is  situated  south  of  the  pen- 
insula on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Morton  Harbor  at 
7h.  13m. ;  springs  rise  about  5  feet. 

Wild  Bight,  east  of  Wild  Bight  Head,  is  free  from  danger,  and 
has  anchorage  in  from  11  to  15  fathoms  water  near  the  head,  but 
there  is  no  shelter  from  northerly  winds,  which  send  in  a  heavy  sea. 

Cuckold  Bock,  a  rugged  islet  14  feet  high,  is  the  extreme  of 
rocks  extending  400  yards  northward  from  Berry  Island. 

Toad  Asses,  three  conspicuous  masses  of  rock,  the  highest  63 
feet  above  high  water,  extend  northeastward  from  an  isolated 
wooded  headland  180  feet  high,  which  is  connected  by  a  low  neck 
of  land,  with  several  houses  on  it,  to  Tizard  Harbor  Head,  a  simi- 
lar headland,  194  feet  high. 


378 


CAPE   8T.  JOHN   TO   CAl'E   BON  AVISTA. 


Tizard  Harbor,  south  of  this  headland,  is  only  200  yards  deep, 
and  has  a  large  settlement  surrounding  it.  It  is  entered  south  of 
an  island  35  feet  high,  with  several  houses  on  it,  which  is  joined  to 
the  north  shore  by  reefs  The  shore  is  foul  for  a  few  yards,  and  a 
rock  that  uncovers  2  feei  iies  close  to  the  south  side  of  the  channel, 
but  small  craft  may  find  anchorage  in  6  fathoms  water. 

East  Chance  Harbor  may  be  distinguished  by  Chance  Harbor 
Island,  a  round  wooded  hillock  150  feet  high,  135  yards  from  the 
north  entrance  point;  there  is  no  passage  for  vessels  north  of  this 

island.  .         . 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  be  obtamed  m 
from  10  to  19  fathoms  water,  as  convenient,  but  exposed  to  easterly 

winds. 

Virgin  Arm,  a  narrow  inlet  1^  miles  long,  marked  at  its  west 
entrance  point  by  a  small  islet  10  feet  high,  close  eastward  of  a 
beach  of  shingle,  affords  anchorage  in  17  fathoms  or  less  water,  as 

convenient. 

The  only  dangers  are  a  rock  that  uncovers  3  feet  at  low  water, 
lying  100  yards  from  the  west  shore,  at  i  mile  from  the  entrance, 
and  a  rock,  with  one  foot  water  on  it,  100  yards  from  the  east  shore, 
at  1,600  yards  from  the  entrance. 

When  entering,  keep  near  the  east  shore  till  the  first-named  rock 
is  passed,  and  anchor  in  the  widest  part  of  the  arm  in  17  fathoms 
water,  but  small  craft  may  proceed  to  the  head  by  keeping  nearer 
the  west  than  the  east  shore  till  the  second  rock  is  passed. 

Tilt  Cove  (New  World  Island)  is  entered  east  of  Tilt  Cove 
Island,  through  a  channel  70  yards  wide,  between  a  small  islet  on 
the  west  side  and  rocks  extending  from  the  east  shore.  An  islet 
5  feet  high  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  cove. 

Anchorage.— Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  Tilt  Cove  by  small 
vessels,  in  6  fathoms  water. 

Squid  Cove,  sheltered  by  Crow  Head  Island,  affords  excellent 
anchorage  in  from  6  to  12  fathoms  water.  A  round  grassy  islet, 
20  feet  high,  with  a  rock  close  to  the  east  extreme,  lies  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  western  approach  of  the  cove;  a  similar  islet  lies  550 
yards  eastward  of  it,  and  a  bare  islet,  17  feet  high,  lies  close  to 
the  west  entrance  point  to  the  cove. 

A  rock,  that  covers  at  high  water,  lies  a  short  distance  north- 
ward of  the  eastern  grassy  islet,  and  a  shoal,  with  15  feet  water 
over  it,  is  100  yards  northeastward  of  the  west  entrance  point  to 

Squid  Cove. 

The  best  entrance  is  between  Sugarloaf  and  the  islets  east  of 
Crow  Head  Island,  mid-channel  to  the  anchorage  being  free  from 
danger. 


Ii ;  llf  rni  lifi'ii 


18TA. 

ily  200  yards  deep, 
is  entered  south  of 
,  which  is  joined  to 
a  few  yards,  and  a 
side  of  the  channel, 
is  water. 

by  Chance  Harbor 
135  yards  from  the 
'^essels  north  of  this 

may  be  obtained  in 
exposed  to  easterly 

marked  at  its  west 
close  eastward  of  a 
ms  or  less  water,  as 

3  feet  at  low  water, 
from  the  entrance, 
from  the  east  shore, 

the  first-named  rock 
e  arm  in  17  fathoms 
1  by  keeping  nearer 
!k  is  passed. 
>d  east  of  Tilt  Cove 
veen  a  small  islet  on 
jast  shore.     An  islet 

n  Tilt  Cove  by  small 

ad,  affords  excellent 
^  round  grassy  islet, 
erne,  lies  in  the  mid- 
similar  islet  lies  550 
at  high,  lies  close  to 

hort  distance  north- 
l,  with  15  feet  water 
est  entrance  point  to 

nd  the  islets  east  of 
irage  being  free  from 


K(iUID    COVE — BACK    HARBOR. 


37y 


Small  vessels  may  enter  from  the  westwai-d  on  either  side  of  the 
western  grassy  islet,  and  the:    close  south  of  the  eastern  islet 
remembering  tliat  the  shoal,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  is  only  100 
yards  southward  of  its  south  extreme. 

Tides— It  is  higli  water,  full  and  cliange,  in  Squid  Cove  at  7h 
15m.;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet;  neaps  range  1^  feet. 

Trump  Islands,  a  group  of  two  largo  and  several  small  islets 
on  the  west  side  of  Friday  Bay,  are  separated  by  Trump  Island 
Tickle,  a  channel  filled  with  islets  and  rocks. 

Captain  Pearce  Rock,  a  square  islet  17  feet  higli,  lies  off  the  SW 
side  of  the  northern  island;  from  it  sunken  rocjks  extend  GOO  yards 
southward. 

rool6  Harbor,  at  the  SE.  extreme  of  Trump  Islands,  is  sheltered 
on  the  north  side  by  Fools  Harbor  Islands,  a  chain  of  three  joined 
together  and  to  the  southern  large  island  at  low  water.  From  the 
easternmost  of  the  islands  a  spit  extends  about  300  yards  in  a 
southerly  direction. 

Mouse  Rock,  a  dark  peaked  islet  17  feet  high,  is  i  mile  north- 
eastward of  North  Trump  Island,  two  rocks,  awash  at  low  water 
lying  in  the  channel  between  them.  ' 

Mouse  Island,  800  yards  northwestward  of  Mouse  Rock,  is  flat 
at  the-summit,  85  feet  high,  and  covered  with  scrub.  It  falls  stee-V 
m  all  directions.  A  rocky  bank,  with  7  feet  water  over  it,  lies  in 
the  channel  between  Mouse  Island  and  Mouse  Rock. 

Matthews  Island,  separated  by  a  clear  channel  i  mile  wide  from 
Mouse  Island,  consists  of  three  rocky  hillocks  connected  by  low 
necks  of  land,  the  highest  being  78  feet  high  and  falling  steeply 
seaward.  Low  rocks  extend  from  the  SW.  shore,  but  the  water 
deepens  rapidly  round  the  island. 

Toulinguet  Islands  form  a  group  consisting  of  two  large 
islands  known  as  Xorth  and  South  Islands,  with  several  smaller 
islands  off  them,  and  are  separated  from  New  World  Island  bv 
Main  Tickle.  ^ 

North  Island  is  connected  at  low  water  with  South  Island,  and 
at  all  times  communication  is  maintained  by  a  bridge.  The  best 
mark  o.'  recognition  is  the  lighthouse  on  Devils  Cove  Head. 

Back  Harbor,  on  the  SW.  shore  of  North  Island,  is  surrounded 
by  a  large  settlement  and  entered  through  a  passage  300  yards 
wide,  between  Batrix  Island  to  the  southward  and  Back  Harbor 
Head  to  the  northward.  It  is  700  yards  in  diameter,  but  the 
anchorage  space  is  restripted  to  400  yards  by  shoals  extending  from 
both  shores. 

Directions.— Having  made  Back  Harbor,  Gull  Island,  steer  to 
pass  south  of  it,  and  then  proceed  in  mid-channel  into  the  harbor, 

14910 26 


!      ; 


380 


CAI'E    ST.  .lOlIN    TO    CAPK    UONAVISTA. 


Where  anchoraffo  ,.ay  he  ol.taine.l,  in  frorr.  ^  t..  0^itlH>,ns  waUn-^ 
with  shelter  from  all  winds  but  those  from  WNW.,  which  send 
in  a  heavy  sea  in  autunmal  gales.  ,      ,    .    ,,     ^ 

Long  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  North  Island,  is  the  tormina- 
tion  of  a  line  of  h.w  hare  rocks,  at  the  SW.  extremity  of  which  is 
situated  the  Pinnacle,  a  conspicuous  conical  cliff  153  feet  IngH. 

DevUs  Cove  Head,  close  south  of  Long  Point,  is  inaccessible 
from  the  sea,  falling  in  steep  cliffs  to  the  water's  edge,  excep 
immediately  under  the  lighthouse  where  there  is  a  landslip.  Neai 
the  base  of  the  landslip  is  a  reddish  rock,  the  only  slab  ot  that 
color  on  the  .mter  coast  in  the  neighborhood  of  Touhnguet  Islands. 
The  approach  to  this  head  is  bold,  and  there  is  no  appreciable 
change  in  the  depth  of  water  till  within  a  short  distance  of  the 

^  Lteht— On  Deyils  Coye  Head  an  octagonal  tower  49  feet  in 
height,  with  a  square  base,  a  circular  lantern,  and  painted  red  ex- 
hibits, at  an  elevation  of  331  feet,  a  revolving  white  light  with  a 
period  of  revolution  of  thirty  seconds,  that  should  be  visible  21 
miles.     The  keeper's  dwelling  is  painted  white,  with  a  red  root 

Toulinguet  Harbor,  entored  through  a  passage  900  yards  wide 
between  Cuckold  Point  and  Burnt  Island,  is  a  little  more  than  2 
miles  in  length  from  the  entrance,  diminishing  m  width  gradually 
to  the  drawbridge  at  the  head,  which  crosses  a  canal  through  Shoal 
Tickle,  having  a  depth  of  about  10  feet  in  it  at  high  water. 

The  principal  part  of  the  town  of  Toulinguet,  which  in  1891  had 
a  population  of  3,585,  is  round  the  shores  of  the  harbor  south  of 

\teht-A  fixed  red  light,  exhibited  at  the  end  of  the  pier  on  the 
western  side  of  the  harbor,  which,  bearing  South  (S.  31    W.  mag.), 

leads  up  the  harbor. 

Coinmunication.-The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  here  fortnightly  during 
summer  and  autumn;  a  small  steamer  runs  frequently  to  Norris 
Arm,  in  connection  with  the  railway,  and  there  is  telegraphic  com- 
munication with  St.  Johns.  ,      ,       •         i.         j   \.r.i^^ 

Anchorage.-The  anchorage  in  this  harbor  is  not  good,  being 
exposed  to  northerly  winds  that  bring  in  a  heavy  sea  and  the  hold- 
ing ground  is  indifferent.  The  best  place  is  off  the  west  shore, 
abreast  of  the  point  just  north  of  the  church,  in  6  fathoms  water 
but  the  head  of  the  harbor  is  shallow  and  encumbered  with  rocks, 
so  that  the  church  on  North  Island  should  not  be  brought  to  bear 
west  of  S.  80°  W.  (N.  69°  W.  mag.). 

Coal  and  Supplies.-Water  can  be  procured  from  a  Government 
well  near  the  road  east  of  the  church.  A  small  quantity  of  coal 
(about  20  tons)  and  supplies  may  be  obtained  from  the  trading  firms 
established  here.  ^ 


:a. 


TOULINOUET   JIARBOU — OLD   IIAUUY. 


381 


9  fathoms  -svater. 
ilW.,  which  send 

d,  is  tlie  tovmina- 
Dinity  of  which  is 

153  feot  higli. 
lit,  is  inaccessible 
tor's  edge,  except 
jahmdslip.    Near 

only  shib  of  that 
Niulinguet  Islands. 
I  is  no  appreciable 
ort  distance  of  the 

il  tower  49  feet  in 
md  painted  red,  ex- 
;  white  light  with  a 
hould  he  visible  21 
,  with  a  red  roof, 
j'age  900  yards  wide, 
,  a  little  more  than  2 
/  in  width  gradually 
canal,  through  Shoal 
it  high  water. 
,t,  which  in  1891  had 
the  harbor  south  of 

?nd  of  the  pier  on  the 
h  (S.  31°  W.  mag.), 

Company's  steamer 
•e  fortnightly  during 
frequently  to  Norris 
re  is  telegraphic  com- 

or  is  not  good,  being 
,avy  sea,  and  the  hold- 
is  off  the  west  shore, 
1,  in  6  fathoms  water, 
cumbered  with  rocks, 
lot  be  brought  to  bear 

ed  from  a  Government 
small  quantity  of  coal 
from  the  trading  firms 


Ice. — Toulinguet  Harbor  freezes  over  about  22d  January  and 
clears  about  6th  May,  tlie  ice  being  from  3  to  3  feet  in  tliicknoss; 
it  is,  liowever,  open  at  intervals  between  the  above  dates.  Field 
ioe  generally  appears  between  10th  and  30th  February  and  disap- 
pears about  24th  April.  The  first  vessel  usually  arrives  abcmt  25th 
May,  the  last  vessel  leaving  about  7th  December. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Toulinguet  Harbor 
at  7h.  8m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  Si  feet. 

White  Qround,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  is  350  yards  west  from 
Higgins  Island,  a  grassy  islet  21  feet  high,  at  the  north  entrance 
point  of  Jenkins  Cove. 

Durrels  Arm,  eastward  of  Toulinguet  Harbor,  contains  numer- 
ous rocks  and  shoals  extending  a  considerable  distance  from  the 
shore,  and  there  is  no  safe  anchorage  for  a  large  vessel.  Small 
craft,  navigated  by  those  possessing  local  knowledge,  find  shelter 
at  the  head,  but  a  heavy  sea  rolls  in  with  NE.  gales. 

Burnt  Island  is  separated  from  North  Island  by  Burnt  Island 
Tickle,  a  passage  ^  mile  wide,  but  so  encumbered  by  rocks  as  to  be 
navigable  only  by  tho9e  having  local  knowledge. 

The  Rags,  23  feet  high,  is  the  easternmost  of  this  group.  Rags 
Rock,  with  11  feet  water  over  it,  lies  100  yards  north  of  The  Rags, 
and  other  shoals  lie  at  400  yards  from  the  north  shores  of  the 
group.  When  approaching  Toulinguet  Harbor  from  the  eastward, 
keep  nearer  Gull  Island  than  Burnt  Island  until  French  Head  is 
in  line  with  the  east  extreme  of  the  latter,  bearing  S.  50°  E.  (S.  19° 
E.  mag.),  when  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  may  be  steered  for. 

Gull  Island,  IGl  feet  high,  is  a  good  mark  of  recognition  for 
Toulinguet  Harbor ;  it  is  flat  at  the  summit,  covered  with  grass, 
and  falls  in  steep  cliffs  nearly  all  round.  A  peaked  islet,  96  feet 
high,  is  separated  by  a  narrow  channel  from  the  west  extreme; 
sunken  rocks  extend  a  short  distance  from  the  south  point,  and 
Gull  Island  Rock,  with  13  feet  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  100  yards 
north  of  the  north  extreme. 

Old  Harry  is  the  name  of  two  shoals,  200  yards  apart,  lying 
NNW.  and  SSE.  of  each  other;  the  southern  with  16  feet  water 
over  it,  is  If  miles  N.  31°  W.  (North  mag.)  from  Gull  Island,  and 
the  northern  rock  has  3^  fathoms  water  on  it. 

Western  Head  of  New  World  Island,  well  open  west  8f  West 
Shag  Rock,  bearing  S.  28°  W.  (S.  69°  W.  mag.),  leads  west;  Sleepy 
Cove  (Gull  Island),  open  north  of  Lower  Head,  S.  29°  W.  (S.  60° 
W.  mag.),  leads  SE. ;  Burnt  Island,  open  west  of  Gull  Island, 
bearing  S.  31°  E.  (South  mag.),  leads  SW. ;  and  Carters  Head,  just 
open  west  of  Burnt  Island,  S.  6°  E.  (S.  25°  W.  mag.),  leads  east  of 
these  dangers. 


1. 


i 


r 


382 


CAPE  8T,  JOHN  TO  CAI»K  UONAVIHTA. 


Sovcriil  banks  are  northward  of  Toulingunt  Island,  biit  tliey  only 
break  in  bad  weather. 

South  Touliuguet  Island  i.s  much  divoraitied  in  feature,  tlie 
hind  to  the  northward  alternating  in  hill  and  dale,  while  to  the 
southward  the  hills  fall  steeply  t<j  the  eastern  shore,  and  a  low  flat, 
with  numeroiia  lakes  extends  thence  to  the  west  coast. 

Bluff  Head  Cove  lies  southward  of  Rodney  Cove,  and  contains 
anchorage  for  small  craft  in  from  4  to  G  fathoms  water,  eastward 
of  a  small  islet,  12  feet  high,  lying  in  the  entrance.  The  best, 
passage  is  north  of  the  island,  as  toul  ground  extends  westward 
from  the  south  entrance  point  to  the  cove. 

The  coast  southward  of  Bluff  Head  comprises  several  coves, 
wherein  anchorage,  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds,  may  be 
obtained  by  small  craft  aided  by  local  knowledge.  Small  islets  lie 
off  the  entrance  points. 

Kiddle  Cove,  a  shallow  boat  harbor,  marked  by  a  conspicuous 
house,  painted  white,  lies  1,200  yards  southeastward  of  Moses  Point; 
an  island  about  30  feet  high  marks  the  entrance. 

Black  Island,  243  feet  high,  has  a  bare  hill  135  feet  high  rising 
from  the  NE.  extreme  and  falling  to  a  low  isthmus  at  the  head  of 
Black  Island  Harbor.  This  harbor,  near  the  NW.  extreme  of 
Black  Island,  is  available  for  large  fishing  boats. 

Middle  Ground,  a  dangerous  rock  with  4  iaet  water  on  it,  lies 
1,200  yards  N.  49°  W.  (N.  18°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  extreme  of 
Black  Island. 

Main  Tickle,  the  passage  betwe<m  South  Island  and  New  World 
Island,  is  much  frequented  by  fishing  vessels  to  avoid  t;he  heavy 
sea  off  the  north  extremes  of  Toulinguet  Islands  when  the  wind  iis 
foul.  It  is  i  mile  wide  at  the  narrowest  ]3art,  "btitween  Vincent 
Point  and  Indian  Cove  Head,  which  form  the  wes^t  entrance. 

The  west  shore  of  Main  Tickle  is  bordered  by  rocks,  some  cover 
and  some  below  water.  Purcell  Harbor  is  on  thig  shore,  and  con- 
tains a  large  village,  the  easternmost  house  on  the  north  shore  being 
a  large  dwelling  under  the  slope  of  a  hill  surmounted  by  a  flagstaff". 

Main  Tickle  Island,  92  feet  high,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  east 
entrance  to  the  Tickle,  with  a  clear  passage  on  both  sides. 

Liittle  Harbor,  at  the  head  of  the  bight,  north  of  [Big  Head,  is 
availaWe  only  for  small  \'essel8  aided  by  local  kiK>wledge,  and  in 
fine  weather.  Two  rocks  lie  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  and 
the  best  passage  is  between  them,  but  there  is  also  a  channel  close' 
to  the  north  entrance  point  into  the  harbor. 

Byrne  and  Little  Bjrrne  Coves,  round  which  there  are  a  few 
houses,  are  i  naile  southward  of  the  western  entrance  to]  Main 
Tickle.     Byrne  Cove  Rocks  lie  off  the  entrance,  the  southernmost. 


mmimmuttiimmtmUm 


INDIAN   COVK — HACAUrAO    ISLAND. 


i\H:\ 


1,  but  tlioy  only 

in  fcnturc,  tho 
i>,  while  to  thi» 
I,  and  u  1(JW  tlat 
ist. 

ro,  and  contains 
«rator,  eastward 
nice.  The  best, 
tends  westward 

i  several  coves, 

winds,  may  be 

Small  islets  lie 


y  a  conspicuous 
d  of  Moses  Point; 


1  feet  high  rising 
us  at  the  head  of 
S"W.  extreme  of 

},  water  on  it,  lies 
west  extreme  of 

«,nd  New  World 
avoid  the  heavy 
[when  the  wind  is 
between  Vincent 
[,t  entrance, 
•ocks,  some  cover 
Is  ghore,  and  con- 
north  shore  being 
;ed  by  a  flagstaff. 
iddl«3  of  the  east 
titli  sides. 
l  of  Big  Head,  is 
u>wledge,  and  in 
he  entrance,  and 
;o  a  channel  close' 

|h  there  aie  a  few 

1  trance  toJMain 

iiiQ  southernmost, 


which  uncovers  5  feet  at  low  water,  b(<iii^  400  yards  nortliwest- 
ward  of  the  south  entrance  point  to  Byrtio  Cove. 

The  cntruiice  to  tlie  (!ovos  is  southward  of  the  ish>t,  7  feet  In^h, 
or  close  to  the  south  cutnmce  [)oint  to  Byrne  Cove.  The  lieiuls  of 
both  tho  coves  are  foul,  but  anchoi'!i|f(>  may  be  obtained  in  tho 
entrance  in  from  H  to  10  fathoms  water. 

Indian  Cove,  (livi<h'd  from  Little  Byrne  Cove  by  a  promontory, 
on  which  are  two  conspicuous  cones,  'i^O  ami  WO  feet  hi.tfh,  has  no 
danger  in  it,  but  shoal  water  extends  UOO  yards  from  tho  head. 

Anchorage. — Anchoi-age  may  ])e  taken  up  as  convenient,  in 
depths  of  from  19  fathoms,  at  the  entrance,  to  3  fathoms  at  ^  mile 
within. 

Lobster  Harbor,  suitable  for  boats  only,  is  a  shallow  inlet  at 
tlie  southern  pj  rt  of  a  small  bight.  Anchorage  may  be  obtained, 
in  from  8  to  12  fathoms  water,  in  the  bight,  and  water  procured 
from  a  small  stream  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor; 

Directions. — If  from  the  eastward,  Main  Tickle  Island  should 
be  steered  for  and  passed  on  either  side  in  mid-channel.  Having 
passed  the  above  island,  the  vessel  should  be  kept  in  mid-channel, 
as  there  are  no  dangers  farther  off  either  shore  than  300  yards. 

Large  vessels  should  pass  south  of  Black  Island,  avoiding  the 
shoal,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  westward  of  Indian  Cove.  There 
is  no  other  danger  till  near  the  SW.  extreme  of  Black  Island,  when 
the  square  rock  point,  on  that  island,  must  be  kept  well  open  soiith 
of  the  red  point,  bearing  N.  38°  E.  (N.  69°  E.  mag.),  until  the 
west  extreme  of  Duck  Island  is  open  west  of  Black  Island,  bearing 
N.  15°  W.  (N.  16°  E.  mag.),  when  the  SW.  extreme  of  Black  Island 
may  be  rounded  and  Friday  Bay  entered,  taking  are  to  bring 
Back  Harbor  Head  open  west  of  Bluff  Head,  N.  28°  W.  (N.  3°  E. 
mag.),  to  avoid  Middle  Ground. 

Bacalhao  Island,  9  miles  east  from  Toiilinguet  Harbor,  is 
barren,  having  the  highest  part  near  the  west  end,  324  feet  above 
high  water. 

Light. — From  a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  29  feet  in  height  and 
painted  red  and  white  in  spirals,  on  Bacalhao  Island,  an  inter- 
mittent white  light  is  exhibited  at  an  elevation  of  351  feet.  It 
has  a  period  of  system  of  six  seconds,  viz,  light  three  seconds, 
eclipse  three  seconds,  and  should  be  visible  13  miles;  but  not 
being  constantly  watched,  it  should  not  be  implicitly  relied  on. 
The  keeper's  dwelling,  NE.  of  the  lighthouse,  and  the  covered 
way  connecting  it,  are  painted  white. 

Bacalhao  Rock,  4  feet  high,  and  foul  all  round,  should  not  be 
approached  nearer  than  }  mile.  It  lies  about  one  mile  N.  80°  E. 
(S.  69°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  end  of  Bacalhao  Island. 


384 


CAPE   8T.  .rOIIN   TO   CAPE   HONAVIHTA. 


I 


Joe  Rook,  witli  :i  fatlioniH  water  over  it,  lies  900  yards  N.  59°  E. 
(Eaut  iiuiK.)  from  the  NE.  pdiiit  of  this  island. 

Berry  Island,  rocky,  barren,  and  180  feet  IukI',  Ut'^i  1,400  yards 
SW.  of  Bacalliao  Island,  and  has  a  ruck,  with  16  feet  water  over 
it,  lyiiiK  ■'ioo  yards  north  from  its  NE.  extreme. 

Starve  Head,  a  steep  cliff,  TM  feet  hiKl'»  iw  separated  from 
Berry  Island  by  a  channel  1,200  yards  wide,  in  the  middle  of  which 
is  Clarke  Rock,  small  and  covered  at  IukIi  water,  bnt  K^nerally 
showing  by  a  breaker.  Between  the  rock  and  Berry  Island  is  a 
clear  channel,  bnt  no  vessel  should  pass  between  it  and  Starve 
Head. 

Starve  Harbor  lies  immediately  east  of  Starve  Head.  The  en- 
trance is  about  30  yards  wide  and  200  yards  long,  vvith  4  fathoms 
water;  it  opens  out  to  a  deep-water  basin  400  yards  wide  and 
^  mile  long.  Tlvere  is  a  reef  on  the  west  side  just  within  the 
entrance,  so  that  it  is  necessary  to  round  close  by  the  island  form- 
ing the  east  head. 

Goldsou  Arm. — Herring  Neck,  lying  between  the  land  of  Starve 
and  the  peninsula  of  Herring  Head,  is  the  inhabited  portion  of  the 
entrance  to  Ooldson  Arm. 

When  proceeding  up  the  arm,  keep  on  the  west  shore,  which  is 
steep-to  for  li  miles.  A  small  vessel  may  anchor  in  Ship  Cove, 
just  within  the  north  head. 

On  the  same  shore,  i  mile  farther  up,  is  Starve  Cove,  also  afford- 
ing anchorage  for  a  small  vessel.  There  are  rocks  a  few  yards  off 
both  the  entrance  points.  Both  the  above-mentioned  coves  are  so 
small  that  a  vessel  seeking  anchorage  could  not  be  sure  of  finding 
rooni  in  them.  The  depth,  in  the  main  part  of  the  arm  off  them, 
is  30  fathoms,  so  that  it  would  be  requisite  to  run  farther  up, 
about  If  miles  above  the  entrance,  to  Burnt  Arm. 

Goose  Islands,  a  small  group  lying  midway  between  Berry 
Island  and  Herring  Head  promontory,  are  steep  all  round. 

Herring  Head,  a  steep  headland  rising  264  feet  above  the  sea, 
is  li  miles  SE.  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Bacalhao  Island. 

Herring  Islands,  400  yards  off  the  head,  are  small,  about  20 

feet  high,  and  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  being  steep  all  round. 

Kiar  Reef,  awash  at  low  water,  can  generally  be  distinguished 

by  the  sea  breaking  on  it,  and  is  f  mile  N.  59°  E.  (East  mag.)  from 

Herring  Islands. 

Blowhard  Rock,  400  yards  S.  80°  W.  (N.  69°  W.  mag.)  of  Kiar 
Eeef,  with  deep  water  between,  breaks  heavily,  but  not  continu- 
ously, in  a  moderate  sea. 

Northeast  for  3  miles  from  Kiar  Reef,  in  continuation  of  the 
line  of  Herring  Head  promontory,  are  small  patches  of  from  7  to 
14  fathoms  water,  which  break  at  times  during  a  heavy  sea. 


i{i;i>  isMcr — ('(utiis  ak.m. 


•,\s:) 


yrards  N.  59°  E. 

lies  1,400  yards 
foot  water  over 

ioparfttod  from 
uiddleof  which 
,  hut  Kenerally 
3rry  Island  is  a 
1  it  and  Starve 

Head.  The  en- 
witli  4  fathoms 
irards  wide  and 
just  within  the 
bhe  island  form- 

le  land  of  Starve 
)d  i)ortion  of  the 

&  shore,  which  is 
•r  in  Ship  Cove, 

yove,  also  afford- 
s  a  few  yards  off 
med  coves  are  so 
B  sure  of  finding 
le  arm  off  them, 
run  farther  up, 

between  Berry 
11  round, 
et  above  the  sea, 
)  Island. 

small,  about  20 

steep  all  round, 
be  distinguished 

East  mag.)  from 

N.  mag.)  of  Kiar 
but  not  continu- 

itinuation  of  the 
ihes  of  from  7  to 
heavy  sea. 


Red  Islet,  small  mid  h)W,  lies  J  mile  8.  h.i°  E.  (S.  22°  E.  iiiMg.) 
from  IIi'iTiiig  lli'nd,  with  ii  nnsf  (ixli'iidiiiK  v<>()  yiirdH  from  the  NK. 
oxtruiiic;  lluypook  la  a  duiigfrous  rock  lying  400  yards  S.  10°  W. 
(8.  41°  W.  mag.)  from  Rod  Islot. 

Duck  Island,-^;!  mihvs  SSK.  from  Bacalliao  Island,  is  181  feet 
high.  Two  rocks  lie  aou  yards  oil"  the  NVV.  side;  tlic  S\V.  I'xtrcmo 
is  foul  for  ;{()(»  yards,  but  the  SK.  shore  is  hohl-to. 

Moorham  Reef,  lying  one  mile  N.  41°  E.  (N.  72°  E.  mag.)  from 
Duck  Island,  is  awash  at  low  watei',  and  can  generally  be  distin- 
guished by  the  sea  l)reaking  over  it. 

Grassy  Islets,  a  low  group,  are  separated  from  tlio  SW.  extreme 
of  Duck  Island  by  a  narrow  but  deep  channel.  Grassy  Rock,  650 
yards  N.  51»"  E.  (East  mag.)  from  the  NE.  end  of  Grassy  Islets,  has 
3  fathoms  water  on  it. 

Jacks  Island  is  ^  mile  south  of  Duck  Island,  its  eastern  and 
highest  peak,  235  foot  high,  is  remarkable.  Between  Jacks  Island 
and  the  point  of  Now  World  Island,  SW.  of  it,  are  three  tickles 
leading  into  Cobbs  Arm;  of  these.  Long  and  Treenail  Tii-kles  are 
only  available  for  boats. 

Between  Herring  Head  and  Duck  Island  are  Cobbs,  Little  Cobbs, 
and  Pikes  Arms.  The  tw<j  latter  are  encumbered  with  rocks,  and  a 
heavy  sea  rolls  in,  rendering  them  of  no  value  except  for  fishing 
boats. 

Oobbs  Arm  extends  3  miles  with  a  breadth  of  800  yards,  where 
there  is  an  indifferent  summer  anch<n"age  in  13  fathoms  water,  off 
the  narrow  entrance  of  a  shoal  continuation  of  the  arm.  A  swell 
rolls  in  aftergales  from  seaward.  Limestone  can  bo  obtained  on  the 
south  side  of  the  anchoi'age  and  in  the  continuation  of  the  arm. 

Entering  Cobbs  Arm,  give  Duck  Island  a  berth  of  300  yards  and 
Red  Islet  a  berth  of  the  same  distance;  and  in  going  up  keep  the 
east  end  of  Bacalhao  Island  open  east  of  Red  Islet,  bearing  about 
N.  2°  E.  (N.  33°  E.  mag.),  until  up  to  Tinker  Island,  which  shows 
as  a  small  cone  60  feet  high.  From  this  to  the  anchorage  there  are 
no  dangei"s  on  the  north  shore. 

A  rock,  with  1^  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of 
the  arm  ^  mile  from  the  narrow  entrance  of  the  shoal  arm. 

Small  vessels  drawing  11  feet  water  may  enter  the  shoal  arm,  by 
keeping  close  to  the  west  point  of  the  entrance,  to  avoid  the  rocky 
ground  extending  across  the  channel  toward  this  point  from  the 
islet  that  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance.  W^hen  within  the  point, 
approach  the  west  shore  and  anchor  in  smootli  water.  Above  the 
islet  the  deep  water  is  on  the  east  shore,  the  west  being  shoal  and 
rocky. 

liObster  Islet,  one  mile  south  from  Jacks  Island,  ^  mile  off  the 
nearest  land,  is  small,  10  feet  high,  and  foul  all  round  for  nearly 


nsn 


caim;  ST.  .loirx   lo  cai'I';  hoxavista. 


2(>0  yivnls.  Bnindit'H  Rock,  hwuhIi  at  low  wiiter,  Hew  «t(M)  yanlH  ENK. 
of  [ioltstur  Islt't. 

Milliners  Arm,  \  milf  soufli  of  Lohstor  Tslot,  \h  rocky,  ojmmi  to 
the  NK.,  iuhI  (IfHis  not  ulVnrd  cotiVMiiiciit  uiiclKunji^c. 

Dram  Island,  Hiimll  1111(1  :J(t  foot  liigli,  lit-s  I|  luiUtH  SHE.  from 
liolistcr  iHlt't. 

Ninepin  Arm,  n  littlo  moro  than  1  niilos  to  the  Hoiitliwostwnrd 
of  Dram  Island,  is  full  of  rocks,  and  llio  north  point  is  foul  for  2(»() 
yardH. 

Currans-Grf'cu-Eichl,  u  stnall  low  Ki'ii'^ny  island,  lies  SW.  hy  W. 
nearly  ',)  inih-s  from  Dram  fsland  and  immediately  south  of  Nine- 
pin  Arm.  SW.  (»f  this  island  is  fair  anchorage  in  H  fathoms  water. 
A  shoal  extends  southward  from  the  island  for  nearly  200  yards. 

Dildo  Run,  to  the  southwestward  of  Currans-QnHMi-Field,  is  an 
intricate  channel  south  of  New  World  Island,  sometimes  used  by 
small  vessels  bound  to  the  Labrador  Coast  in  the  spring,  when 
from  foul  winds  or  ice  it  is  inc<mvoniont  to  take  the  (mtor  route. 
There  is  at  least  12  foot  in  this  run  at  low  water,  but  it  has  not  been 
surveyed.  The  iiduibitants  of  those  parts  frequent  it  when  proceed- 
ing to  Exploits  River  for  wood. 

Pilots. — Good  pilots  may  be  obtained  on  the  outer  coast  between 
Tilton  Harbor,  on  Fok<»  Island,  and  Change  Island  Harbor. 

Beaver  Cove,  2  miles  S.  by  E.  from  Currans-Green-Field,  is 
divided  into  two  anns  by  a  low  rocky  islet.  The  eastern  arm  is  full 
of  stones;  the  western  is  400  yards  wide  and  800  yards  deep,  with 
good  anchorage  in  from  3  to  G  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  A  rock, 
that  covers  at  first  quarter  flood,  lies  100  yards  nortlieastward  of 
the  south  point  of  this  arm. 

Beaver  Head,  a  remarkable  steep  bluff  180  feet  high,  lies  one 
mile  north  from  Beaver  Cove. 

Little  Beaver  Cove,  1^  miles  to  the  northeastward  of  Beaver 
Head,  extends  ^  mile  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  with  a  breadth 
of  400  yards,  and  has  depths  varying  from  4  to  8  fathoms,  but  no 
holding  ground,  and,  as  a  heavy  swell  sets  into  it  from  the  NE.,  it 
is  useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Coast.— The  coast  between  Beaver  Head  and  Farewell  Duck 
Islands  should  not  be  approached  by  a  stranger  inside  the  line  of 
East  Garden  and  Indian  Garden  Islands. 

Farewell  Duck  Islands,  4  miles  northeastward  of  Beaver 
Head,  form  a  long  ragged  promontory,  terminating  in  a  small  islet 
just  awash  at  high  water,  and  Farewell  Reef,  600  yards  long,  break- 
ing in  a  moderate  sea. 

Indian  Garden  Island,  small,  rocky,  and  49  feet  high,  lies  a 
little  more  than  1|  miles  west  from  Farewell  Duck  Islands ;  a  reef 
extends  400  yards  north,  and  off  the  SW.  end  is  a  low  rocky  islet. 


FAIIKWKM,    IIAUHOH HIIVO    IHLKTH. 


887 


)0  yanh  KNE. 

rocky,  opoii  to 

los  SSR.  from 

Hoiithwostward 
1  iH  foul  for  200 

M'H  SW.  by  W. 
south  of  Nin»<- 
riithoms  water, 
•ly  200  yards. 
I'lMi-Fit'ld,  is  tin 
t'timoH  usod  by 
)  spriiiK,  when 
ho  outer  route. 
;  it  has  not  been 
t  when  proceed- 

r  coast  between 
Harbor. 
Qreen-Field,  is 
item  arm  is  full 
ards  deep,  with 
mud.  A  rock, 
jrtlieastward  of 

)t  high,  lies  one 

rard  of  Beaver 

with  a  breadth 

fathoms,  but  no 

'om  the  NE.,  it 

arewell  Duck 
Iside  the  line  of 

lard  of  Beaver 
in  a  small  islet 
•ds  long,  break- 

aet  high,  lies  a 
I  Islands ;  a  reef 
low  rocky  islet. 


A  rock,  with  3  feet  wafer  ov»»r  it,  lies  1,300  yards  S.  2^  W. 
(S.  ftA  '  W.  iMiiK.),  '"'d  anothi  I  with  the  saiin- fli'pth  110  yards  S, 
M'  K,  (S.  Ti"  R.  muK.)  from  Indian  (lard.-n  iHlaiid. 

East  Oarde  Tsland,  ihit  and  about  40  feet  hijch,  lies  HOC  yiirds 
norfhwurd  of  Kuicwrll  Duck  Tshiiids. 

Garden  Rook,  on  which  the  depth  is  t>  f(>(;t,  lies  A  inih)  N.  21'  K. 
(N^.  ftft '  K.  niag.)  from  Kust  (Jurdcn  Ishiiid. 

Farewell  Gull  Island  lies  close  ott'  Farewell  Head,  is  loo  feet 
higli,  and  conspicuous  when  seen  from  tin-  iioi-fh  or  south. 

Farewell  Harbor,  imm<'diat(>ly  w(>st  of  Farewell  (hill  Island, 
is  open  and  exposed,  800  yards  wide  and  1,000  yards  dct>p,  with 
anchorage  in  from  4  to  S  fathoms  water,  over  mud;  NE.  winds 
blow  into  th(>  })ay  with  a  fetch  of  2^^  miles  from  South  End  Point. 
In  continiiatioii  of  th<*bay  is  a  shoal  arm  encumbered  by  bowlders, 
extending  iidand  about  1^  miles. 

Dog  Reef,  one  mile  N.  70°  E.  (S.  79°  E.  mag.)  from  Farewell 
Gull  Island,  is  J  mile  long,  east  and  west. 

Change  Island. — The  west  coast  of  Change  Island  has  a  general 
trend  north  for  7  miles,  and  aifords  no  shelter  but  for  the  small 
craft  of  the  fishermen,  except  in  Deep  Cove,  2^  miles  north  of  South 
End  Point,  which  is  200  yards  wide  and  800  yards  deep,  with  from 
H  to  0  fathoms  water,  over  sand.  The  entrance  is  easily  recognized, 
being  midway  between  Wood  Islands  on  the  north  and  the  Water 
Bears  on  the  south.  These  latter,  though  they  cover  at  high  water, 
will  generally  be  seen. 

Smoker  Island,  3  miles  NNW.  of  South  End  Point  and  J  mile 
from  the  nearest  rocks  off  Wood  Islands,  is  20  feet  high  and  flat. 
A  rock,  on  which  there  is  a  depth  of  9  feet,  lies  ^  mile  south  from 
the  south  extreme  of  Smoker  Island. 

Ragged  Islets,  one  mile  north  of  Smoker  Island  and  the  same 
distance  off  shore,  are  low,  with  many  sunken  rocks  around  them. 
Pipe  Rock,  the  outer,  lies  ^  mile  W.  Isy  S.  from  the  southern  Rag- 
ged Islet,  has  2  feet  water  over  it,  and  breaks  in  a  moderate  sea. 
South  End  Point  in  line  with  Smoker  Island,  bearing  S.  34°  E.  (S. 
3°  E.  mag.),  leads  west  of  it. 

Shag  Islets  cover  a  space  H  miles  ENE.  and  WSW.  and  i  mile 
wide,  with  a  general  height  of  20  feet.  Th'""  lie  1^  miles  in  a 
northerly  direction  from  Ragged  Islets.  Mile  l.^let,  the  northeast- 
ernmost,  is  about  1,200  yards  from  the  shore,  and  they  are  the 
most  northern  islets  off  the  west  coast  of  Change  Island. 

Shag  Rock,  with  4  feet  water  over  it,  often  breaks,  and  lies  700 
yards  S.  36°  W.  (S.  67°  W.  mag.)  from  the  southwestern  Shag  Islet. 
South  End  Point  touching  the  east  side  of  Smoker  Island,  bearing 
S.  34°  E.  (S.  3°  E.  mag.),  leads  SW.  of  it. 


388 


CAPE    ST.   JOHN   TO    CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 


Change  Island  Tickle,  at  the  northern  part  of  Change  Island, 
with  a  depth  of  12  feet  in  the  shoalest  part,  is  a  safe  and  convenient 
harbor  for  a  small  vessel,  and  may  bo  entered  from  the  eastward 
in  any  weather;  but  this  entrance  is  difficult  for  a  stranger  to 
recognize,  unless  the  houses  on  its  shores  are  seen. 

Tobacco  Island,  and  two  or  throe  of  the  islands  within  it,  being 
dome-shaped  and  50  to  70  feet  high,  may  help  to  distinguish  it, 
while  Ruth  Island,  oi  the  south  side  of  the  entrance,  is  about  20 
feet  high,  and,  together  with  those  within  it,  generally  flat. 

A  rock,  about  200  yards  in  extent,  with  13  feet  water  over  it, 
that  breaks  heavily,  lies  200  yards  N.  64°  E.  (S.  85°  E.  mag.)  from 
Ruth  Island.  In  light  winds  with  a  heavy  sea  it  is  better  to  pass 
south  of  Ruth  Island,  to  avoid  the  danger  of  being  thrown  onto 
this  rock. 

Directions. — The  passage  between  Tobacco  and  Ruth  Islands  is 
free  from  dangers,  and  after  passing  between  the  two  rocky  islets 
on  the  north,  and  Ruth  Island  on  the  south,  bring  the  points  of 
the  tickle  just  closed  in  to  bear  S.  61°  W.  (N.  88°  W.  mag.),  to 
avoid  White  Ground  on  the  north  and  Skinner  Rock  on  the  south; 
and  when  the  last  tickle  on  the  north  is  open  N.  15°  W.  (N.  16°  E. 
mag.),  or  Skinner  Cove  bears  S.  31°  E.  (South  mag.),  the  vessel 
will  be  past  both  those  dangers,  and  may  open  the  points  of  the 
tickle,  and  anchor  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

Ice. — Change  Island  Tickle  fills  in  with  northern  ice  and  freezes 

from  Herring  Head  to  the  north  end  of  Change  Island,  and  from 

Tobacco  Island  to  Brimstone  Head.     It  usually  breaks  up  between 

20th  April  and  10th  May,  but  an  easterly  sea  will  break  it  up 

arlier. 

In  May  and  June,  when  the  ice  is  in  a  body  from  the  Funk 
Islands  to  Cape  Fogo,  partly  owing  to  the  ebb  tide  setting  out  of 
Dildo  Run  and  the  stream  of  the  Gander  River,  Change  and  Stag 
Island  Tickles  are  often  sufficiently  clear  to  allow  vessels  to  pass 
through  them  into  Notre  Dame  Bay. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Change  Island 
Tickle  at  7h,  20m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

North  Tickle,  close  within  the  north  end  of  Change  Island, 
has  3  fathoms  water  in  the  entrance  and  6  feet  in  the  shoalest  part ; 
it  is  open  to  the  NE.  and  affords  no  efficient  shelter. 

Directions. — Coming  from  seaward,  a  stranger  must  not  take 
the  channel  between  Bacalhao  Island  and  Bacalhao  Rock,  but  should 
pass  i  mile  east  of  the  islet,  steering  South  (S.  31°  W.  mag.)  to  run 
between  Kiar  and  Moorham  Reefs,  to  the  NE.  extreme  of  Duck 
Island.  When  passing  the  latter  island,  bring  South  End  Point  in 
line  with  Smoker  Island,  bearing  S.  31°  W.  (South  mag.),  round 
the  latter  on  its  northern  side  at  about  400  yards,  and,  avoiding 


S5!SS3>»jSM[A?!W«S(3«S«Bai!«K<W«»S'«»«i'W«»K»i!»«^ 


IW°^^A^3iaJa^J11fl^jN^^WM-'^a'■ 


L. 


CAPE   FOGO — JOE  BATTS   POINT. 


389 


Dliange  Island, 
and  convenient 
n  the  eastward 
•  a  stranger  to 

within  it,  being 
distinguish  it, 
ice,  is  about  20 
rally  flat. 
t  water  over  it, 
°  E.  mag.)  from 
s  better  to  pass 
ng  thrown  onto 

Ruth  Islands  is 
two  rocky  islets 
ig  the  points  of 
18°  W.  mag.),  to 
ick  on  the  south ; 
5°  W.  (N.  16°  E. 
aag.),  the  vessel 
he  points  of  the 
)ver  mud. 
n  ice  and  freezes 
sland,  and  from 
•eaks  up  between 
ivill  break  it  up 

from  the  Funk 
ie  setting  out  of 
Jhange  and  Stag 
V  vessels  to  pass 

Change  Island 

3  feet. 

Change  Island, 
he  shoalest  part ; 
er. 

3r  must  not  take 
Rock,  but  should 
W,  mag.)  to  run 
jxtreme  of  Duck 
uth  End  Point  in 
ith  mag.),  round 
is,  and,  avoiding 


the  rock  south  of  Smoker  Island,  bring  the  SW.  end  of  Shag  Islets 
in  line  with  the  west  extreme  of  Smoker  Island,  bearing  N.  12°  W. 
(N.  19°  E.  mag.);  this  mark,  kept  on  astern,  will  lead  east  of  Fare- 
well Reef,  which  will  be  passed  when  the  inner  basin  of  Farewell 
Harbor  is  open  south  of  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  S.  38°  W. 
(S.  69°  W.  mag.).  The  SW.  point  of  Dog  Bay  Islands  should  then 
be  brought  open  west  of  the  NW.  islet  off  them,  bearing  S.  12° 
E.  (S.  19°  W.  mag.),  to  clear  Dog  Reef.  There  are  no  further  dan- 
gers till  Vesuvius  Rock,  at  the  west  entrance  of  Sir  Charles  Ham- 
ilton Sound,  is  reached. 

Vessels  may  go  through  either  of  the  channels  between  Bacalhao 
Island  and  Starve  Head,  taking  care  to  avoid  Clarke  Rock,  in  the 
channel  between  the  latter  and  Berry  Island. 

If  passing  south  of  Herring  Islands,  keep  the  NE.  end  of  Berry 
Island  open  north  of  Herring  Head,  bearing  N.  85°  W.  (N.  54°  W. 
mag.),  to  clear  the  rock  off  Red  Islet,  which  will  bo  passed  when 
Tinker  Island  is  well  open  east  of  Red  Islet,  and  Duck  Island  may 
then  be  steered  for;  whence  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Cape  Fogo,  the  east  point  of  Fogo  Island,  a  bold  headland  214 
feet  above  the  sea,  is  9^  miles  WNW.  from  Offer  Wadham  Light- 
house. Fogo  Island  has  rocky  and  deeply  indented  shores,  afford- 
ing, however,  but  indifferent  harbors,  except  for  small  vessels  and 
boats ;  it  is  surrounded  by  numerous  rocks  and  islets,  with  many 
shoals  between  them. 

Tilton  Harbor,  3i  miles  NNW.  of  Cape  Fogo,  formed  by 
Pigeon  Island  and  peninsula,  is  open  to  the  north.  It  can  be  entered 
by  boats  only,  as  there  is  but  3  feet  water  in  the  entrance  over  a 
rocky  bottom.  On  the  shores  of  the  harbor  is  a  considerable  fish- 
ing village,  which,  with  its  church,  is  easily  recognized  from  a  short 
distance. 

Ice. — Northern  ice  usually  arrives  between  12th  and  20th  Janu- 
ary, closing  on  the  coast  with  easterly  winds.  Sometimes  the  coast 
maybe  clear  in  April ;  at  other  times,  with  a  prevalence  of  northerly 
winds,  all  communication  is  stopped  during  May,  and  even  up  to 
July. 

HenningB  Islet,  6  feet  above  water  and  2  miles  NNW.  of  Tilton 
Harbor,  lies  900  yards  off  shore,  with  deep  water  between  it  and 
Fogo  Island. 

Bound  Head,  the  NE.  point  of  Fogo  Island,  199  feet  above  the 
sea,  is  conspicuous. 

Joe  Batts  Point,  2  miles  west  of  Round  Head,  is  a  low  shelving 
point.  Joe  Batts  Arm,  west  of  Joe  Batts  Point,  is  so  full  of  rocks 
as  to  be  difficult  for  ordinary  navigation,  though  a  flourishing  fish- 
ing village  is  settled  on  its  shores,  and  a  vessel  of  100  tons  is  annu- 
ally loaded  while  moored  among  the  rocks. 


li 

Ml 


390 


CAPE   8T.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 


Ice. — Reports  from  Joe  Batts  Arm  give  the  mean  epoch  of  the 
arrival  of  northern  ice  as  3d  January. 

Shoal  Bay,  in  the  center  of  tlie  north  side  of  Fogo  Island,  is  f 
mile  wide,  3  miles  deep,  and  quite  open  to  the  north.  Safe  summer 
anchorage  may  be  found  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  on  the  west 
shore  near  the  liead.  When  proceeding  iip  the  bay  care  must  be 
taken  to  avoid  approaching,  in  the  line  of  their  direction,  the 
islands  which  run  out  from  the  center  of  the  head  of  the  bay  and 
terminate  in  Steering  Island. 

Bard  Island,  at  the  east  point  of  Shoal  Bay,  has  a  considerable 
village  on  it,  but  Bard  Cove  is  only  a  boat  harbor.  i 

Dean  Rock,  with  only  one  foot  water  on  it,  and  generally 
breaking,  lies  J  mile  North  (N,  31°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NW.  ex- 
treme of  Bard  Island,  and  in  the  direct  line  between  Joe  Batts 
Point  and  the  entrance  of  Fogo  H^irbor.  Brimstone  Head,  seen 
through  Fogo  Harbor  entrance,  bearing  S.  60°  W.  (N.  89°  "W. 
mag.),  leads  north  of  this  rock. 

Fogo  Harbor  is  east  of  a  bold  rocky  peninsula,  which  forms 
the  NW.  extremity  of  Fogo  Island,  The  intervening  coast  is 
broken  and  rocky,  with  dangers  extending  off  200  yards  and  lying 
in  the  fairway  to  the  eastern  entrance  of  the  harbor. 

Fogo  is  a  town  of  considerable  importance,  being  the  depot  for 
the  surrounding  fishing  districts.  In  1891  it  had  a  population 
of  815. 

East  of  the  harbor  is  Lanes  Lookout,  a  rocky  hill  385  feet  above 
the  sea  and  the  highest  on  the  island.  It  falls  steeply  to  the  north- 
ward a  Khort  distance  within  the  coast. 

In  front  of  Fogo  Harbor  are  several  islands  from  50  to  100  feet 
high,  forming  narrow  entrances  diflBcult  of  access  at  all  times  to  a 
sailing  vessel,  and  unapproachable  with  the  heavy  sea  which  rolls 
in  during  and  after  gales  from  seaward. 

There  are  two  principal  channels  into  the  harbor.  In  the  east- 
ern a  stranger  can  not  depend  upon  having  more  than  9  feet,  or  in 
the  western  channel  19  feet  at  low  water.  The  harbor  affords 
secure  anchorage  in  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water,  over  mud. 

The  eastern  entrance  is  between  Rags  and  Simms  Islands.  North 
of  the  former,  at  200  yards,  is  Rags  Rock,  and  off  the  north  point 
of  Simms  Island  is  Simms  Rock.  Both  rocks  are  under  water,  but 
break  in  a  moderate  sea. 

Nanny  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  north 
of  Barnes  Island.     It  breaks  in  a  heavy  sea. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  here  fortnightly  during 
summer  and  autumn. 


n  epoch  of  the 

jgo  Island,  is  f 
.  Safe  summer 
.ter  on  the  west 
f  care  must  be 
direction,  the 
of  the  bay  and 

a  considerable 

and  generally 
a  the  NW.  ex- 
reen  Joe  Batts 
)ne  Head,  seen 
V.  (N.  89°  W. 

a,  which  forms 
ening  coast  is 
ards  and  lying 

?  the  depot  for 
i  a  population 

385  feet  above 
ly  to  the  north- 

a  50  to  100  feet 
,t  all  times  to  a 
sea  which  rolls 

\  In  the  east- 
lan  9  feet,  or  in 
harbor  affords 
r  mud. 

slands.  North. 
;he  north  point 
ider  water,  but 

00  yards  north 

pany's  steamer 
nightly  during 


FOGO    IIAUBOB. 


891 


Dh-ections—Approaching  from  the  eastward,  pass  outside  Dean 
Rock,  with  Brimstone  Head  seen  through  the  entrance  of  Fogo 

SwR  Tt'?  ^;f  ^-  ^^-  ''"  ^-  "^^^•)'  ^"^  ^1^«^  th«  ^e«t 
side  ot  Bard  Island  bears  southward  of  S.  2°  W   (S   33°  W   mair  ^ 

the  rock  will  be  passed.  '  '     ^'' 

Poceed  parallel  with  the  coast  until  Slade's  west  house  is  seen 
(t«e  house  IS  conspicuous,  and  with  a  flagstaff  near  it  is  easily 
^r3  w^  over  Pilly  Point  and  Simms  Island,  bearing  S.  49°  W 

S;^    ^^  '"^^'?'  "^^It  "^'^^  ^'^'^  ^^^  y^"^«  northward  of  Rags 
Rock     The  rock  will  be  passed  when  the  west  extreme  of  Rags 

entir^  '• ''  ^'  ''■ ''"  ^-  -^^•>'  ^^^-  «*-  ^-  tf: 

After  entering  between  Rags  and  Simms  Islands,  the  turn  to  the 
west  IS  very  sharp,  and  the  channel  but  150  yards  wide.  Care 
must  be  taken  not  to  hug  Simms  Island  too  close,  as  a  rock,  with 
b  feet  water  over  it,  extends  70  yards  south  of  its  east  point 
Having  made  the  turn,  keep  the  south  point  of  Barnes  Island  just 
shut  in  with  Fogo  Head,  bearing  S.  83°  W.  (N.  66°  W.  mag 

m  L?t^^^      f"*^  ""P^"'  ^^^^  °^  ®^^^«  I^l^ii^^  about  N.  4°  w' 
(^.  x!.    JL.  mag.),  then  run  to  the  south,  keeping  Gappv  Island  in 
the  center  of  Middle  Tickle,  N.  4°  W.  (N.  2r  E.  mag^rto"  oS 
Pilly  Rock  on  the  port  hand  and  Harbor  Rock  on  the  starboard 
until  the  west^extreme  of  Barnes  Island  shuts  in  with  Garrison 

beTl  I  ''    ^'  ^''-  ''°  "^^  ""^•)'  "^«^  -«l^°rage  may 

be  taken  up  where  convenient.  "^ 

The  western  entrance,  between  Boatswain  Island  and  the  cliffs 
of  Fogo  Head,  is  but  100  yards  wide,  and  narrowed  by  a  rock 
which  extends  halfway  across  from  Boatswain  Island  When 
entering,  Fogo  Head  must  be  kept  close  aboard,  and  with  a  heavy 
sea  running  there  is  a  considerable  rebound  from  the  cliffs.  Having 
passed  the  entrance,  the  shores  of  the  islands  are  bold 

Northward  of  Garrison  Point  a  bank,  with  7  feet  water  over  it, 
extends  hal  way  across  the  channel,  so  that,  in  passing,  the  shor^ 
of  Barnes  Island  must  be  kept  aboard,  and  in  turning  toward  the 

fng  N^fo  wTn   :.'o  W  ''''"?  "^"r^  ^^  Garrison  Point,  bear! 
ing  N  63   W  (N.  62  W.  mag.),  until  the  summit  of  Gappy  Islaad 

^i^k  e"rf°  w^r^ri  ^'  ^r  \'«^''  ^^^^  ^^-XMiddt 

lictle.  N.  4    W.  (N   27    E.  mag.),  which  will  clear  Harbor  Rock 
and  anchorage  may  be  taken  up  as  convenient. 

lofw"*'"'^''  ^f^''''  ^""^^^^^  "''^''  ""'^^"y  ^«t^«en  the  9th  and 
19th  January  and  reniains  so  till  about  the  23d  April,  the  harbor 
being  completely  blocked  with  ice  about  2  feet  in  thickness.  Fie 
ice  appears  about  14th  January  and  disappears  between  1st  May 
and  1st  June.  The  first  steamer  arrives  about  30th  April  and  the 
last  mail  steamer  leaves  on  19th  January. 


392 


OAIMO    ST.  JOHN    TO    CAPE    BONAVISTA. 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  clmnge,  in  Fogo  Harbor  "at 
7h.  15ni. ;  spvings  riso  4:^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Dangers. — From  3  to  7  miles  from  Roiind  Head,  and  with  the 
head  bearing  between  West  (N.  59°  W.  mag.)  and  S.  52°  W.  (S.  83° 
W.  mag. ),  there  are  several  outlying  dangers,  named,  respectively, 
the  Barracks  Islets,  Pigeon,  Inspector,  and  Lanes  Rocks,  all  of 
which  are  shown  on  the  chart. 

Drovers  Bock,  small,  and  awash  at  high  water,  lies  2  miles 
N.  9°  W.  (N.  22°  E.  mag.)  from  Round  Head. 

Cleopatra  Rock,  reported  in  1841  as  lying  about  12  miles  north- 
eastward from  White  Island,  was  (1898)  unsuccessfully  searched  for 
by  Commander  W.  Tooker,  of  H.  B.  M.  surveying  vessel  Oulnare, 
and  the  fishermen  of  the  locality  knew  nothing  of  any  rock  near 
the  position  given. 

Snap  Rock,  awasli  at  low  water,  is  the  most  dangerous  rock  in 
this  neighborhood,  from  its  isolation  and  distance  from  the  land, 
being  18  miles  N.  36°  E.  (N.  07°  E.  mag.)  from  Cape  Fogo. 

Ireland  Rocks,  generally  breaking  in  three  separate  heads, 
with  from  30  to  70  fathoms  water  close  around  them,  lie  about  3J 
miles  to  the  northward  of  The  Barracks,  and  form  the  northeastern 
extreme  of  a  belt  of  islands  and  rocks  which,  with  an  average 
b-  ;dth  of  2  miles,  run  ENE.  and  WSW.  for  about  14  miles  off 
the  north  coast  of  Fogo.  There  is  a  navigable  channel  between  this 
belt  and  the  coast,  and  deep-water  channels  are  found  among  the 
islands  and  rocks,  but  for  most  of  these  local  knowledge  is  required. 

Bishop  Islet,  small,  and  10  feet  above  the  sea,  is  the  eastern  island 
in  this  belt ;  from  it  shoal  ground  extends  one  mile  northward  and 
^  mile  eastward. 

Cromwell  Ledge,  about  f  miles  in  extent,  witb  irregular,  rocky 
bottom,  has  two  patches  of  6  fathoms  ^  mile  apart  North  (N.  31° 
E.  mag.).  The  south  patch  is  6 J  miles  S.  60°  W.  (N.  89°  W.  mag.) 
of  Snap  Rock. 

Jacobs  Ledge  is  a  patch  of  small  extent,  with  5^  fathoms  on  it, 
lying  li  miles  N.  59°  E.  (East  mag.)  of  Ireland  (East)  Rock. 

Note. — Both  of  the  above  shoals  break  heavily  in  bad  weather. 
Other  shoals  have  been  reported  in  this  locality,  but  are  consid- 
ered identical  Avith  these ;  but  as  the  bottom  is  so  foul  and  irregu- 
lar, it  is  quite  possible  that  other  rocks  may  exist. 

Little  Fogo  Islands  form  a  group  of  islets,  the  eastern,  136  feet 
above  the  sea,  being  the  highest.  On  the  western  islet  of  the  main 
group  a  few  fishermen  live,  who  occupy  themselves  during  the 
summer  at  the  codfishery,  and  in  winter  and  spring  sealing. 

Turr  Islands  form  a  group  NW.  of  Little  Fogo  Islands,  the 
highest  being  94  feet  above  the  sea. 


mmmmm 


aMMMM 


Dgo  Harbor 'at 

[,  and  with  the 

.  52°  W.  (S.  83° 

d,  respectively, 

Rocks,  all  of 

3r,  lies  2  miles 

12  miles  north- 
Ily  searclied  for 
ressel  Gulnare, 
'  any  rock  near 

igerous  rock  in 
from  the  land, 
pe  Fogo. 
eparate  heads, 
m,  lie  about  3J 
le  northeastern 
th  an  average 
it  14  miles  off 
el  between  this 
ind  among  the 
ige  is  required. 
B  eastern  island 
northward  and 

rregular,  rocky 

North  (N.  31° 

I".  89°  W.  mag.) 

fathoms  on  it, 
ist)  Rock, 
n  bad  weather, 
but  are  consid- 
3ul  and  irregu- 

lastern,  136  feet 
slet  of  the  main 
?^es  during  the 
sealing. 
go  Islands,  the 


8TOBKHOU8E    ISLAND— BLACK   ISLET.        \.^       ^10^ 

Storehouse  Island,  UO  feet  high,  lies  one  mile  WSW.  from 
rurr  Islands,  with  a  clear  channel  i  mile  wide  between.  These  two 
groups  of  islands  are  the  highest  of  the  belt,  and,  from  their  isola- 
tion, the  most  conspicuous.  To  run  through  this  channel  and 
insure  being  clear  of  Lots  Rock,  off  Turr  Islands,  keep  Round 
Head,  on  Fogo  Island,  open  west  of  Mile  Islet,  bearing  8.  37°  E 
(S.  4  W.  mag.).  The  islets  off  the  highest  of  the  Storehouse 
Islands  are  steep-to;  when  past  them  care  must  be  taken  to  give 
Mile  Islet  a  berth  of  *  mile,  on  account  of  the  shoals  which  extend 
600  yards  oft  it. 

Beacon.— There  is  a  pole  beacon  on  Storehouse  Island 

Gappy  Island,  2f  miles  north  of  the  entrance  of  Fogo  Harbor 
IS  conspicuous,  being  83  feet  high.  The  intervening  groups! 
namely.  Seals  Nest,  Long  Island,  East  Countryman,  West  Coun- 
tryman, and  Middle  Islets,  are  from  10  to  30  feet  above  the  sea 

Beacon.— Seals  Nest  Island  has  a  pole  beacon  on  it. 

Dangers.— Between  the  above-mentioned  belt  of  islets  and  Fogo 
Island  are -numerous  sunken  dangers,  which  are  shown  upon  the 
chart,  but  It  is  advisable  to  obtain  the  assistance  of  a  local  pilot  to 
navigate  among  them. 

Stone  Island,  the  western  island  of  the  belt,  is  small,  12  feet 
above  the  sea,  and  separated  by  a  clear  channel  li  miles  wide  from 
Gappy  Island. 

T,.^!t°^  l®^®*'  ''"^"'  ^""^  ^^  ^^^*  ^^°^«  *^he  sea,  lies  If  miles  S  69° 
W  (N.  80  W.  mag.)  from  Brimstone  Head.  A  patch,  with  4 
fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  i  mile  S.  11°  W.  (S.  42°  W.  mae  )  of 
Black  Islet. 

The  dangers  around  Black  Islet  extend  in  a  NNE.  and  SSW 
direction,  the  island  being  about  the  center 

S  7f°w^m^.^?w'  ""'^^  ^f^^^oms  or  water  over  it,  lies  |  mile 
S.  71  W.  (N.  78°  W.  mag.)  from  Black  Islet,  and  between  are  two 
rocks  awash  at  low  water. 

Current-A  current  running  from  the  NW.  splits  about  2  miles 
ott  Fogo  Head  The  main  branch  sets  close  along  the  north  shore 
ot  J^ogo  Island,  and  among  the  rocks  and  islands  around  it  from  i 
to  H  knots  It  is  much  influenced  by  the  wind,  being  acceler- 
ated by  northerly  and  retarded  by  southerly  winds,  while  before 
easterly  gales  it  sometimes  runs  to  the  NW.  This  current  after 
passing  Round  Head,  takes  the  direction  of  the  coast,  and  is 'influ- 
enced by  the  tidal  stream,  the  ebb  accelerating  and  the  flood 
retarding  it,  but  only  occasionally  at  spring  tides  stopping  its 
southerly  course  entirely. 

The  western  branch  of  this  current  runs  between  Change  and 
Fogo  Islands  at  the  rate  of  about  half  a  knot  an  hour,  but  is  lost 
before  arriving  at  Stag  Harbor  Tickle. 


wm 


394 


CAl'E   8T.  JOHN   TO   CAPJi   BON  A  VISTA. 


The  Coast,  from  Cape  Fogo  to  Seldom  Come-by  Harbor,  trends 
SW.  by  W.  8  miles.  It  is  bold  and  rocky,  and  indented  by  three 
coves.  Cape,  Kippin,  and  Wild  Coves.    They  afford  no  shelter. 

Western  Head  Rock,  with  3  fathoms,  lies  J  mile  southeast- 
ward of  Western  Head,  the  next  headland  to  Cape  Fogo.  Burnt 
Point  well  open  of  Wild  Point,  bearing  S.  82°  W.  (N.  67°  W.  mag.), 
clears  the  rock. 

Seldom  Oome-by  Harbor  is  the  first  safe  anchorage  north  of 
Greens  Pond,  from  which  it  is  distant  50  miles ;  it  is  consequently 
a  great  stopping  place  for  the  Labrador  fishing  fleet  on  their  way 
north,  when  detained  by  foul  wind  or  ice  from  prosecuting  their 
voyage.  In  the  month  of  June,  under  either  of  these  circumstances, 
it  is  often  crowded  with  brigs  of  150  tons,  and  smaller  vessels  with 
their  closely  packed  living  freight  of  fishermen,  women  and  chil- 
dren ;  and  again  in  the  fall  it  is  much  frequented,  though  not  by 
such  large  numbers,  the  prevailing  winds  being  more  favorable 
for  the  return  southern  voyage. 

The  entrance  is  f  mile  wide  between  Burnt  Point  on  the  east, 
and  Cann  Islands  and  Black  Reef  on  the  west.  Shoal  water  extends 
300  yards  off  Burnt  Point,  but  with  this  exception  there  are  no 
dangers.  Having  advanced  up  the  bay  so  as  to  have  the  inner 
harbor  on  the  west  side  open,  anchorage  will  be  found  in  6  fath- 
oms, mud,  over  a  space  i  mile  in  diameter.  The  inner  harbor  is 
200  yards  wide  by  600  yards  long,  with  a  depth  of  12  feet.  There 
is  a  considerable  village  around  the  shores  of  the  harbor  and  bay, 
but  no  supplies  can  be  obtained,  except  water. 

Light. — On  the  largest  of  the  Cann  Islands,  from  a  light  tower 
above  the  gable  of  a  wooden  dwelling,  39  feet  in  height,  and 
painted  white  with  red  roofs,  a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  at  an 
elevation  of  85  feet,  that  should  be  visible  10  miles  through  an  arc 
of  270°. 

Ice. — Seldom  Come-by  Harbor  freezes  between  1st  and  10th  Jan- 
uary and  remains  frozen  sometimes  till  as  late  as  June,  and  occa- 
sionally clearing  as  early  as  the  middle  of  February.  Field  ice 
usually  arrives  in  the  early  part  of  February,  sometimes  remain- 
ing till  June. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Seldom  Come-by 
Harbor  at  7h.  13m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Stag  Harbor  Tickle.— The  channel  southward  of  Fogo  Island, 
between  it  and  the  mainland,  is  divided  by  the  Indian  Islands  and 
their  adjacent  islets.  The  northern  charuel  '  jtween  these  islands 
and  Fogo  is  Stag  Harbor  Tickle ;  the  southern  is  Sir  Charles  Ham- 
ilton Sound.  The  former,  though  narrow  and  intricate,  is  pre- 
ferred by  coasting  vessels. 


LITl'LE    SELDOM    COMK-HY    IIAKUOK. 


395 


larbor,  trends 
anted  by  three 
uo  shelter, 
lile  southeast- 
Fogo.  Burnt 
67°  W.  mag.), 

.orage  north  of 
s  consequently 
it  on  their  way 
jsecuting  their 
circumstances, 
ier  vessels  with 
omen  and  chil- 
though  not  by 
nore  favorable 

nt  on  the  east, 
J  water  extends 
n  there  are  no 
have  the  inner 
'ound  in  6  fath- 
inner  harbor  is 
12  feet.  There 
larbor  and  bay, 

a  light  tower 

in  height,  and 

exhibited  at  an 

hrough  an  arc 

and  10th  Jan- 
une,  and  occa- 
ary.  Field  ice 
etimes  remain- 

eldom  Come-by 
3  feet. 

3f  Fogo  Island, 
ian  Islands  and 
3n  these  islands 
r  Charles  Ham- 
itricate,  is  pre- 


Ice. — Stag  Harbor  Tickle  freezes  solid  in  January  and  bronkn 
up  between  1st  and  10th  May. 

Little  Seldom  Oome-by  Harbor,  lying  NW.  of  Cann  Islands, 
affords  good  summer  anchorage  in  6  to  10  fathoms,  mud.  There  are 
no  dangers  in  approaching  it,  except  tlie  islets  west  of  Cann  Islands ; 
from  tliese  foul  ground  extends  300  yards. 

Stag  Harbor,  on  the  north  side  of  Stag  Harbor  Tickle  and  NE. 
of  South  Point,  is  200  yards  wide,  and  runs  generally  WNW.  J 
mile,  the  depth  shoaling  gradually  from  5  fathoms  to  the  miid  and 
bowlder  banks  at  the  head.  Being  open  to  the  SE.  it  does  not  afford 
convenient  shelter. 

(i'randfather  Island  is  the  eastern  continuation  of  the  Indian 
Islands,  being  separated  from  them  by  a  rocky  channel  one  mile 
wide.  The  island  is  low  and  flat,  and  has  a  smaller  islet  600  yards 
north  of  it,  from  which  a  reef  extends  E.  by  N.  nearly  ^  mile ;  be- 
tween this  islet  and  Cann  Islands  is  the  entrance  to  Stag  Harbor 
Tickle,  2i  miles  wide.  The  north  shore  of  the  West  Indian  Island, 
which  forms  the  south  side  of  the  tickle,  is  rocky  and  foul  for  800 
yards  oft"  it. 

Indian  Island  Tickle  lies  between  East  and  West  Indian  Islands 
and  affords  summer  anchorage  for  small  craft  in  2  fathoms  water, 
over  mud. 

Indian  Lookout  Island  is  a  remarkable  cone,  127  feet  high, 
lying  li  miles  west  of  Stag  Harbor  Tickle. 

Directions. — Care  must  be  taken  not  to  come  within  ^  mile  of 
the  NE.  point  of  West  Indian  Island ;  and  a  good  mark  for  I'unning 
through  the  tickle,  so  as  to  avoid  Stag  Rock,  off  South  Point,  on 
the  north  hand,  and  the  shoals  off  Indian  Island  oii  the  soiith,  is 
to  have  the  north  extreme  of  Mouse  Island,  the  western  islet  of 
Cann  Islands,  in  line  with  the  first  rise  in  the  hills  east  of  Seldom 
Come-by,  bearing  N.  62°  E.  (S.  87°  E.  mag.). 

When  Rogers  Point  is  well  open  of  South  Point,  bearing  N.  4G° 
W.  (N.  15°  W.  mag.).  Stag  Rock  will  be  passed,  and  a  N".  51°  W. 
(N.  20°  W.  mag.)  course  for  If  miles  will  lead  past  Rogers  Point 
and  north  of  Indian  Lookout  Island.  In  this  channel  there  are  no 
dangers  which  are  not  visible,  except  a  rock  awash  at  low  water, 
which  in  a  very  smooth  sea  might  possibly  not  be  seen ;  it  lies  400 
yards  N.  31°  W.  (North  mag.)  irom  the  NE.  islet  of  the  Indian 
Lookout  Group. 

Watch  Bock,  which  breaks  in  a  moderate  sea,  lies  N.  21°  W. 
(N.  10°  E.  mag.)  1^  miles  from  Rogers  Point,  and  in  mid-channel 
between  Watch  and  Fogo  Islands. 

Island  Harbor  Head  is  a  small  biit  remarkable  bluff,  101  feet 
high,  on  the  west^oast  of  Fogo  Island,  3^  miles  north  of  Indian 
Lookout  Islands.    There  is  an  excellent  boat  harbor  on  its  SE,  side. 


11190 26 


396 


CAPE    HT.  JOHN    TO    CAPK    HONAVISTA. 


Hare  Bay. — Haro  Bay  Head  is  283  feet  above  the  sea,  and  S. 
hy  W.  'i  miles  from  Brimstone  Head.  Between  them  ia  Hare  Bay, 
easily  recognized  by  Leveret  Islands,  forming  the  south  side  of  its 
entrance,  one  of  which  is  dome-shaped.  A  rock,  with  !i  feet,  lies 
400  yards  north  from  the  end  of  these  islands,  leaving  a  channel 
^  mile  wide  into  the  harbor.  The  bay  is  2  miles  deep,  and  good 
anchorage  will  be  found  from  halfway  up,  in  from  i  to  12  fathoms, 
mud ;  the  west  shore  is  rocky,  but  the  east  clear  of  danger,  A  snug 
anchorage  for  a  small  vessel  in  2  fathoms  will  be  found  in  a  basin 
formed  between  the  islands  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay  and  the 
mainland  of  Fogo  Island. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hare  Bay  7h.  33m. ; 
springs  rise  i^  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Sir  Charles  Hamilton  Sound. — The  northern  shore  of  Sir 
Charles  Hamilton  Sound  is  formed  by  the  Indian  Islands,  and 
groups  which  extend  from  them  toward  the  Dog  Bay  Islands,  the 
intervening  space  is  occupied  by  dangers,  and  should  not  be 
approached  within  ^  mile,  or  in  less  water  than  10  fathoms. 

Ice. — Sir  Charles  Hamilton  Sound  freezes  over  in  January,  east 
to  a  curved  line  from  Seldom  Come-by  Harbor  to  East  Indian, 
Goose,  Grass,  and  Noggin  Islands,  and  winds  north  of  east  fill  the 
sound,  winds  between  SE.  and  west  clearing  it.  Owing  to  the  cur- 
rent from  Cape  Fogo  past  Ladle  Island,  this  part  of  the  coast  and 
the  western  Wadham  Island  is  often  clear  of  ice. 

Rocky  Bay. — The  entrance  to  Rocky  Bay  is  6  miles  wide  between 
Rocky  Point  and  Grass  Islands,  but  is  broken  into  four  channels 
by  White,  Green,  and  Noggin  Islands ;  between  Green  and  Noggin 
Islands  the  passage  is  foul,  with  2^  fathoms  over  a  bottom  strewed 
with  bowlders.  Between  Noggin  and  Grass  Islands,  and  also  be- 
tween Green  and  White  Islands,  the  channels  are  clear. 

The  inner  waters  of  the  bay  are  divided  into  three  arms,  the 
Southwest,  Middle,  and  Northwest;  of  these  the  Southwest  and 
Middle  Arms  are  shallow  and  encumbered  with  islets  and  bowlders. 

Noggin  Hill,  on  the  west  side  of  Rocky  Bay,  wooded  and  251 
feet  high,  is  conspicuous  from  its  being  surrounded  by  low  land. 

Northwest  Arm  has  two  rocks  in  its  center,  a  few  feet  below  the 
water,  also  a  patch  of  3^  fathoms  midway  between  Noggin  Island 
and  Noggin  Hill.  In  going  up  this  arm  keep  near  its  western  shore, 
with  the  upper  points  of  the  eastern  shore  open,  so  as  to  avoid  the 
rocks  in  the  center,  and  when  White  Island  is  shut  in  with  the 
outer  east  point  of  the  arm,  they  will  be  passsed,  and  anchorage 
may  be  had  as  c6nvenient  in  4  to  6  fathoms,  mud. 

Gander  Bay,  westward  of  Rocky  Bay,  runs  inland  13  miles, 
there  receiving  the  waters  of  Gander  Brook,  a  conliderable  fresh- 
water stream. 


BaoifiaMiiiib 


OANDKU    BAY — OAXDER    IIIVKU. 


-^    397 


well,  and  S. 
is  Hare  Bay, 
h  sUlo  of  its 
h  '.)  foot,  lies 
g  a  channel 
ip,  and  good 

12  fatlioms, 
i;er.  A  snug 
id  in  a  basin 

bay  and  the 

Jiiy  7h.  35in. ; 

shore  of   Sir 
Islands,  and 

f  Islands,  the 

lould  not  be 

.thorns. 

Jimnary,  east 
East  Indian, 

)f  east  fill  the 

ing  to  the  cur- 
the  coast  and 

wide  between 

four  channels 
and  Noggin 

ittom  strewed 

f,  and  also  be- 

>ar. 

ree  arms,  the 
uthwest   and 

land  bowlders. 

•oded  and  251 

ly  low  land, 

b  below  the 

oggin  Island 

estern  shore, 

to  avoid  the 

t  in  with  the 

,nd  anchorage 

land  13  miles, 
Iderable  fresh- 


Dog  Peak  is  a  roinarkablo  sharp  ])oak,  17fl  fooi  ove  the  soa, 
on  the  west  side  of  Gander  Hay;  the  land  to  tho  northward  is  low, 
terminating  in  Dog  Point,  off  wliioli  iiro  tho  Dog  Islands,  low  and 
rocky.  Gander  Island  is  narrow,  and  with  Dnck  Island  SW.  of 
it  is  2  miles  long;  between  this  and  Dog  Point  is  tho  entrance  to 
Gander  Bay. 

Fox  Island,  on  the  west  side  of  tho  buy,  lying  i^  mile  from  the 
shore  and  5  miles  within  Dog  Point,  is  of  moderate  height  and 
easily  distinguished ;  between  it  and  Dog  Point  the  coast  recedes  to 
the  foot  of  Dog  Peak,  forming  Shoal  Bay,  in  which  are  numerous 
islets  and  rocks  extending  ^  mile  beyond  tho  line  of  tho  points  of 
the  bay. 

Beaver  Hill,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Gandor  Bay,  directly  oppo- 
site Fox  Island,  is  261  feet  above  the  sea. 

Storehouse  Island,  on  the  east  .shore  opposite  Fox  Island,  is 
flat,  29  feet  high,  and  ^  mile  from  the  shore ;  shoal  water  extends 
J  mile  SW.  from  the  island,  on  which  is  Robinson  Rock,  awash  at 
low  water.  Tlie  shoalest  part  of  this  foul  ground  lies  000  yards  S. 
Tii"  W.  (N.  n°  W.  mag.)  from  tho  NW.  point  of  Storehouse 
Island. 

BuBsey  Point  is  a  low  promontory  on  the  western  shore ;  shoals, 
having  15  feet  water  over  them,  lie  in  the  direct  line  between  Fox 
Island  and  Bussey  Point. 

In  the  reach  from  Bussey  Point  to  Clark  Point,  when  standing 
toward  the  eastern  shore,  Storehoiise  Island  must  be  kojjt  open  of 
Beaver  Point  until  past  the  point  next  above  Bussey  Point,  so  as 
to  clear  a  long  shoal  which  stretches  J  mile  off  a  low  point  on  that 
coast.  A  shoal,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  in  mid-channel 
one  mile  S.  by  E.  from  Bussey  Point. 

Qander  River,  flowing  out  of  the  lake  of  the  same  name,  which 
is  33  miles  from  the  head  of  the  bay,  is  crossed,  at  5  miles  below 
the  point  where  it  issues  from  the  lake,  by  the  Northern  and 
Western  Railway. 

Anchorage. — Safe  anchorage  will  be  found  in  all  parts  of  the 
bay  above  Fox  Island,  on  bottom  generally  of  mud. 

Ice. — From  the  mean  of  eleven  years'  observations,  Gander  Bay 
freezes  about  1st  January  and  clears  about  1st  May, 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Gander  Bay  at  7h. 
65m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Tidal  Stream. — The  ebb  at  Clark  Point  runs  2  knots  at  springs, 
with  a  very  weak  flood  for  about  three  houi's;  at  neaps  there  is  no 
flood  stream. 

Farewell  Head,  243  feet  above  the  sea,  is  the  western  point  of 
Sir  Charles  Hamilton  Sound,  and  the  termination  of  the  northern 
shore  of  Dog  Bay,  which  lies  between  it  and  Dog  Bay  Islands. 


Maam 


i^l 


!l 


MKaaMMR'*'^ 


ai)8 


CAl'K    ST.    .lOlIN    TO    CAI'K    UONAViiSTA. 


Dog^  Bay  runs  hilund  7  miles;  iiiiiiutdiutuly  <>lt'  its  ciitnincf  aro 
DoK  Hay  Islands,  wliit-h  cxtt'iid  ^J  luiUis  NNW.  and  SHE.,  consist- 
iiiK  <»r  tlirnn  main  islands  and  numorous  rocky  islfts;  their  Kt'ncral 
elovalion  is  from  20  to  40  feot,  ('X(M'i)t  at  tlu*  nortli  end  i>f  tho 
nortliern  island,  where  a  hill  risi's  133  I'eet. 

Steering  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  entranco  to  Dog  Bay,  is 
small,  27  feet  liiK'ii  imd  steep-to. 

Charley  Island  lies  iV  mile  WSW.  of  Steering  Island. 

Vesuvius  Rook,  awasli  at  low  water,  lies  J  mile  N.  53°  E.  (N. 
84°  E.  mag.)  of  Steering  Island,  and  the  same  distance  from  the 
nean<st  shore  of  Dog  Bay  Islands. 

Qulnare  Rook,  with  less  than  0  feet  on  it,  lies  1,400  yards  S. 
40"  E.  (S.  9°  E.  mag.)  from  Steering  Island. 

Anohorage  may  bo  obtained  above  Double  Islet,  in  from  4  to  8 
fatlioniH,  mud,  between  the  islands  and  the  nt>rth  shore;  between 
them  find  the  south  shore  the  bottom  is  foul. 

Wadham  Islands  are  seven  in  number,  and  with  the  adjacent 
dangers  cover  a  space  of  11  miles  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S. ;  they 
are  named  respectively  Offer  Wadham,  Small,  Coleman,  Peckford, 
White,  Duck,  and  Copper  Islands.  On  the  south  they  are  nearly 
connected  by  rocks  and  reefs  with  the  mainland  north  of  the 
Penguin  Islands. 

Light — On  Offer  Wiulham,  the  easternmost  island,  a  cylindrical- 
shaped  brick  tower,  44  feet  in  lu  iglvt,  and  paintetl  red,  exhibits,  at 
an  elevation  of  100  feet,  arevolviiio  white  light  every  half  minute, 
which  should  be  visible  12  miles. 

Ice. — The  northern  ice  generally  arrives  between  the  10th  and 
20th  January. 

Small  Island,  lying  J  mile  stmthwestward  of  Offer  Wadham 
Island,  is  low  and  flat,  25  feet  above  the  sea. 

Coleman  Island,  the  next,  is  small,  with  two  remarkable  cliffs 
40  feet  high,  rising  one  at  the  northern  and  the  other  at  the 
southern  extremity  of  the  island. 

Peckford  Island  is  the  largest  and  middle  island  of  the  group ; 
at  the  north  end  is  a  sharp  peak  86  feet  high. 

White  Island,  lying  to  the  northwestward  of  Peckford  Island, 
is  remarkably  barren,  nearly  flat-topped,  99  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
of  a  white  color. 

Duck  Island  is  generally  low  and  rocky,  with  a  small  peak  in 
its  center  69  feet  above  the  sea;  it  lies  to  the  southwestward  of 
White  Island. 

Copper  Island,  the  most  western,  is  the  highest  and  most  con- 
spicuous of  the  group,  192  feet  above  the  sea. 

Eastsoutheast  Qround  is  a  shoal  with  9  feet  water,  lying 
nearly  2  miles  E.  by  S.  of  Offer  Wadham  Island. 


ciilninct'  ant 
SE.,  cunsist- 

Jit'ir  K«"i*''''^' 
1  end  of  tho 

Dog  Buy,  ia 

and. 

!^.  53°  E.  (N. 

ice  from  the 

,•100  yards  S. 

IV  from  4  to  8 
ore;  between 

tho  adjacent 
.  by  S. ;  tliey 
an,  Peckford, 
ley  are  nearly 
north  of  the 

,  a  cy  lindrical- 

^d,  exhibits,  at 

half  minute, 

the  10th  and 

ffer  Wadham 

larkable  cliffs 
other  at  the 

of  the  group ; 

kford  Island, 
^e  the  sea,  and 

small  peak  in 
hwestward  of 

md  most  con- 
water,  lying 


^-f  MoftS*?**^^'-"-'' ''  ■■'-"■' 


WAIMIAM    Isr.ANDS. 

Tom  Ood  is  M  siiiiill  I'dcU,  with  1*^  fret ;  till'  marks  for  It  an-,  th»> 
pt'iik  of  I'cckfonI  IsIhihI  in  liiif  willi  tlic  north  clilf  of  ('olcinnn 
Isliind  S.  05"  W.  (N.  84"  W.  iiimk.),  mid  OfftT  Wiulhum  LiKhtliouse 
In-iiriiig  N.  U°  W.  (N.  r  W.  iimK.). 

Southsouthwest  Rock  is  always  to  1h>  seen,  Ix'in^  awasli  at 
hij^h  watiT;  it  lifs  'i  miles  8SE.  from  Small  Island,  and  E.  by  S. 
fi'ftin  Coli'maii  Island. 

East  Rock,  with  10  fatlioms,  lies  -i  mih-s  N.  05°  E.  (S.  84°  E. 
nia^.)  from  Otft-r  Wadhaiu  Lif^hthouse. 

Outer  East  Rock,  with  !•>  fathoms,  lios  5  milos  N.  ;()°  E.  (S.  70° 
E.  ma^;.)  fi'om  OtFtT  Wadham  LiKlithousc 

White  01am  Rook,  with  l)  fathoms,  lies  to  tho  northwanl  of 
tho  group,  nearly  4  milos  N.  28°  E.  (N.  59°  E.  mag.)  from  Copper 
Island  .summit. 

Frampton  Rock,  with  ;}  fathoms,  lies  2^  milos  N.  79"  W.  (N. 
48°  W.  mag.)  from  Coppor  Lsland  summit. 

Fishing  Rock,  with  9  fathoms,  lies  4  milos  N.  73°  W.  (N.  42° 
W.  mag.)  from  Copper  Island  summit. 

Ohannels  among  the  Wadham  Islands. — Between  Peckford 
Island  and  the  mainland  there  are  sovoi-al  deep- water  channels; 
the  widest  is  that  nearest  tho  main,  immediately  north  of  Penguin 
Islands  and  Edwards  Reef,  but  for  this  no  leading  mark  can  be 
given.  The  only  channel  for  which  a  natural  leading  mark  exists 
is  that  betwoen  Scrub  Reef  and  Schoolroom  Rock ;  this  mark  is  tho 
south  points  of  Copper  and  Duck  Islands  in  line  N.  61°  W.  (N.  30° 
W.  mag.).  Copper  Island,  from  its  greater  height,  can  bo  seen 
over  Duck  Island. 

Funk  Island,  the  summit  of  which  is  in  latitude  49°  46'  29"  N., 
longitude  53°  10'  49"  W.,  lies  about  24  milos  ENE.  from  Offer 
Wadham  Island;  it  is  800  yards  long,  NE.  by  E.  and  SW.  by  W., 
by  400  yards  wide,  46  feet  high  and  nearly  flat,  with  scanty  vege- 
tation ;  peat  on  the  highest  part. 

Landing  can  be  effected  in  calm  weather  at  Gannet  Head  on  the 
SW.  coast,  and  on  the  north  side  of  Indian  Gulch,  which  is  south 
of  the  eastern  or  Escape  Point,  but  not  at  the  head  of  this  gulch,  as 
at  all  times  the  send  of  the  sea  would  make  it  unsafe  for  a  boat  in 
such  narrow  waters.  On  the  north  coast,  200  yards  west  of  Escape 
Point,  is  a  steep  cliff,  up  and  down  which  the  sea  rises  and  falls 
without  breaking,  so  that  even  in  a  high  sea  landing  may  be 
effected  on  The  Bench,  which  is  a  shelf  4  foot  wide,  sloping  up  the 
cliff,  and  quickly  narrowing  to  a  few  inches  broad,  but  keeping 
that  breadth  for  only  10  or  12  feet,  after  which  the  ascent  is  steep 
with  good  holding. 

Two  islets  lie  off  the  west  point  of  Funk  Island,  at  the  distances 
of  1,200  and  600  yards;  besides  these  islets  there  are  several  rocky 


400 


C'APK    ST.   .lOIIN    TO    CAl'K    HO\AVlSTA. 


spots,  oxtondiiiK  ^  milo  off  tho  iu)rth  wido  of  the  islaiul,  whiiili  uio 
goiuTiilly  lin'iikiii^. 

Oaution.  In  mMitioii  to  Broiiton  Itock,  having  ft  fathoms  water 
over  it  and  lyiiiK^i  milosS.  6:1"  W.  (West  inaK.),  tho  ishind  may  Im 
said  to  bo  Hurrouiidod  by  Hunkc^n  daiigors  at  distaiicctH  varying  from 
2J  milos  to  i  mil«,  a  kiiowlodgo  of  wliich  can  best  l)o  obtaiiUHl  from 
tlio  cliart.  Althoiigh  on  somti  of  those  U-d^es  a  deptli  of  as  mncli 
as  15  fathoms  is  fouml,  yot,  through  tlio  sudden  change  in  tlie  deptli 
of  wator  (00  fatlioms  1)oing  th(*  general  depth  in  the  vicinity  of  tho 
island),  the  sea  breaks  heavily  over  them  in  bad  weather. 

Current. — It  is  reported  that  a  strong  southwesterly  set  is  some- 
times experienced  near  Funk  Island;  care  should  therefore  bo 
exorcised  when  navigating  in  the  vicinity,  esiKicially  at  night  or 
during  foggy  weather. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Funk  Islands  at  7li. ; 
springs  rise  from  2  to  3  feet  (approximate). 

Ladle  Island,  lying  4^  miles  SW.  by  S.  from  Copper  Island,  is 
34  feet  above  the  sea,  and  forms  the  NW.  extreme  of  tho  almost 
straight,  low,  and  dangerous  coast  which  terminates  at  Cape  Freels. 

Bagged  Harbor  is  aj  miles  southeastward  of  Ladle  Island;  in 
its  entrance  is  an  islet  6  feet  above  water,  and  northwestward  of 
the  islet  are  two  rocks  with  less  than  0  feet  on  them.  The  north- 
ernmost rock  is  distant  i  mile,  and  there  is  anothei  rock  about  200 
yards  SSW.  of  the  islet. 

Directions. — When  to  the  northward  of  these  rocks  bring  the 
fall  of  a  ridge  of  high  land  in  line  with  White  Point,  the  first  point 
in  on  north  shore,  bearing  S.  39°  W.  (S.  70°  W.  mag.),  and  anchor 
off  White  Point  in  4  fathoms,  mud.  This  would  make  a  good  tem- 
porary anchorage  for  small  vessels  bound  south  and  detained  by  a 
SW.  gale,  instead  of  bearing  up  for  Seldom  Come-by  Harbor,  on 
Fogo  Island. 

Penguin  Islands  are  two  low,  flat  islets  about  20  feet  above  the 
sea;  the  northern  lies  5  miles  SSE.  from  Peckford  Island,  the  space 
between  being  much  encumbered  with  rocks  and  shoal  patches, 
■with  two  narrow  channels  through  them.  Northwest  of  the  islets, 
between  them  and  Ragged  Harbor,  lie  the  extensive  patches  known 
as  Edwards  Reef,  on  which  is  a  group  of  small  rocks  about  10  feet 
high. 

Light.— On  the  north  end  of  North  Penguin  Island,  from  a 
cylindrical-shaped  iron  tower,  47  feet  in  height  and  painted  red 
and  white  in  vertical  stripes,  a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  at  an 
elevation  of  62  feet,  which  should  be  visible  9  miles. 

Coast.- From  abreast  the  Penguin  Islands  to  Cape  Freels  the 
trend  of  coast  is  SE.  for  16^  miles;  the  shoi'o  is  generally  low  and 
the  country  flat,  so  that  when  a  short  distance  off  there  is  nothing 


<Mi 


11(1,  wliich  uro 

futliotiis  water 
isliind  iniiy  !»•» 
)  viiryiiiK  from 
ohtiiinod  from 
til  of  lis  much 
ffo  ill  tli(>  depth 
vicinity  of  the 
athur. 

rly  sot  is  some- 
l  thiu-oforo  ho 
ly  ut  night  or 

Ishvnds  at  Hh. ; 

pper  Island,  is 
B  of  the  almost 
at  Cai)e  Froels. 
adle  Island;  in 
thwestward  of 
n.  The  north - 
rock  ahout  200 

■ocks  bring  the 

,  the  first  point 

),  and  anchor 

ce  a  good  tem- 

detained  by  a 

by  Harbor,  on 

feet  above  the 
and,  the  space 
shoal  patches, 
)st  of  the  islets, 
patches  known 
s  about  10  feet 

sland,  from  a 

d  painted  red 

exhibited  at  an 

!ape  Freels  the 
lerally  low  and 
here  is  nothing 


l»K.\l)MA\    HAY — CAI'K    IIIKKLS. 


401 


■■MK^<''-> 


rt'iiiiirkuhlc  l>y  wliicli  to  (lislinj^uisli  one  itiul  fnnii  aiiotlitT.  Dcad- 
mnii  Itock,  with  15  feet  watiT  over  it.,  liert  IJ  miU^u  N.  M"  W.  (N. 
23°  E.  mag.)  from  Doa-liimn  I'oitit. 

Anchorage. — In  Di'iidinun  Hay,  tij  iiiilcH  from  Smitli  Penguin 
Island,  tliiTo  is  fair  anclmra^^e  in  '.»  faliiunis  water  during  the  suin- 
inor,  witli  shelter  from  NW.  and  south  winds,  in  the  NW.  corner 
under  Deadmaii  Point;  the  hohtiiiK  K>'<*ii>><l  is  good,  but  a  shoal,  on 
which  tli(^  ilepth  is  :j  fath<»mH,  lies  k  mile  S.  H"  K.  (S.  r.V'  W.  iiwik'.) 
from  I)ea<linan  Point. 

Oat  Harbor,  soutjiward  of  Deadman  Hay,  is  small  and  ilaii- 
gerous,  and  only  available  for  small  vessels  in  fine  weather.  A 
♦J-fatliom  biuik  o(f  Cat  Harhor,  and  several  with  depths  of  from 
5  to  '.»  fathoms  off  Deadman  Bay,  break  in  had  W(}ather. 

Ice. — Cat  Harbor  free/os  between  1st  January  and  1st  February, 
and  clears  as  soon  as  the  ice  loaves  the  (ujast. 

Oape  Freels,  the  noi'thern  point  of  the  grent  bay  of  Bonavista, 
is  low  and  rocky,  c(jnsisting  of  throe  points,  named  North,  Middle, 
and  South  Bills;  within  them  tho  laud  risus  to  an  elevation  of  18:5 
feet,  known  as  Cape  Ridge. 

Ice. — Capo  F'reols  freezes  between  1st  January  and  1st  F(»bruary, 
and  the  ice  is  often  near  the  capo  in  May  and  in  some  seasons  as 
late  as  June. 

Oull  Island  lies  1^  miles  east  from  tho  South  Bill ;  there  is  deep 
water  round  this  island,  but  k  milo  N,  5(1°  W.  (N.  25°  W.  mag.)  is 
Gull  Rock,  with  9  feet  over  it. 

Ooast. — About  I  milo  SW.  from  Gull  Island  commences  rocky 
ground,  which  extends  along  tho  coast  for  about  13  miles  to  tho 
SW.,  as  far  as  Shoe  Point.  On  this  rock-encumbered  shore  there 
are  no  anchorages  that  a  stranger  should  attempt  until  south  of 
Copper  Island,  which  lies  off  Shoe  Point,  when  by  the  aid  of  a 
chart  anchorage  may  be  found  to  the  westward  of  Green  Pond 
Island. 

Between  Gull  Island  and  North  Bill  there  are  many  offlying 
dangei's,  the  outer  of  which,  Brandies  Islot  and  Roof,  stretches  otf 
about  i  mile  from  Middle  Bill,  with  shoal  water  and  loss  than  10 
fathoms  for  a  distance  of  H  miles ;  from  this  there  are  no  dangers 
in  fine  weather  until  past  Cat  Harbor  and  Deadman  Bay. 

The  dangers  about  Cape  Freels  cover  a  triangular  area,  having 
for  its  base  13  miles  of  tho  coast  from  Shoe  Point  to  Cape  Freels, 
and  its  apex  at  Stinking  Banks,  which  lie  about  6  miles  from  this 
line  of  coast.  The  whole  of  this  space  is  encumbered  with  shoals, 
interspersed  with  low  rocky  islets,  which  make  it  dangerous  of 
approach,  especially  during  foggy  weather,  though  in  a  moderate 
sea  fishermen  with  local  experience  feel  safe,  from  the  fact  that 
almost  all  the  dangers  show  themselves ;  but  in  a  heavy  swell,  when 


402 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN    TO    CAPE   UONAVrSTA. 


the  deeper  shoals  with  7  to  10  fathoms  over  them  are  breaking,  and 
the  whole  sea  is  confused,  nothing  hut  the  most  perfect  knowledge 
and  great  experience  would  justify  this  portion  of  the  coast  being 
approached. 

With  the  aid  of  a  chart  and  the  following  remarks  and  direc- 
tions, to  be  used  during  moderate  weather,  such  a;'  often  prevails 
in  summer  when  fishing  vessels  are  proceeding  to  the  Labrador 
Coast,  suflBcient  local  knowledge  may  easily  be  acquired  for  the  ordi- 
nary purposes  of  navigation,  and  a  comparative  stranger  enabled 
to  use  with  confidence  the  outer  channels  between  Flowers  and 
Stinking  Islands,  and  northward,  inside  Middle  and  Charge  Eocks. 

Pincher  Island  lies  4  miles  SW.  by  S.  of  Gull  Island;  a  square 
church  on  the  highest  part  of  the  island  makes  it  easy  to  be  recog- 
nized. To  the  northward  of  the  island  is  Pinchers  Bight,  which 
affords  safe  anchorage  in  summer  for  small  vessels  in  2^  to  3 
fathoms. 

Pouch  Island,  which  lies  about  If  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Pincher  Island,  is  80  feet  high  and  about  ^  mile  long,  with  several 
islets  and  reefs  round  it;  f  mile  from  its  east  side  lie  East  Reefs, 
the  outer  rock  of  which  dries,  and  is  consequently  always  easily 
recognized. 

The  entrance  to  Pinchers  Bight  from  the  southward  is  a  mile 
wide,  between  East  Reefs  and  Margery  Rock,  which  has  less  than 
6  feet  over  it  and  generally  breaks. 

Directions.— Having  recognized  Pincher  Island  church,  steer 
for  it,  and  keep  it  well  open  east  of  Hincks  Islet  (which  is  12  feet 
high,  lying  f  mde  N.  by  E.  cf  Pouch  Island),  bearing  N.  39°  W. 
(N.  8°  W.  mag.),  and  having  passed  the  outer  rock  of  East  Reef, 
bring  it  in  line  with  the  east  end  of  Flowers  Island,  a  large  island 
southward  of  Pouch  Island,  and  steer  North  (N.  31°  E.  mag.),  with 
it  bearing  South  (S.  31°  W.  mag.),  for  li  miles,  until  Bundells 
Gaze,  a  remarkable  granite  lump  on  the  mainland,  is  in  line  with 
the  outer  rocks  north  of  Pincher  Island,  named  Pound  Rocks,  N. 
60°  W.  (N.  19°  W.  mag.),  then  steer  on  this  line  for  li  miles,  until 
Pincher  Island  church  bears  S.  69°  W.  (West  mag.),  when  sheer 
out  to  pass  Pound  Rocks,  between  which  and  the  dangers  to  the 
northward  the  channel  is  800  yards  wide ;  having  passed  them, 
anchor  when  convenient. 

Ice.— The  bays  between  Pincher  Island  and  Pools  Arm  all  freeze 
between  1st  January  and  1st  February,  and  clear  as  soon  as  the  ice 
leaves  the  coast. 

Flowers  Islands  are  two  in  number,  with  some  small  islets 
close  off  them  to  the  northward ;  the  western  is  the  largest  and 
highest,  103  feet  above  the  sea;  together  they  cover  an  area  i  mile 
in  diameter.     A  straight  narrow  channel,  in  which  the  few  resident 


1 


breaking,  and 
set  knowledge 
e  coast  being 

ks  anil  direc- 
often  prevails 
the  Labrador 
edfortlxeordi- 
anger  enabled 
L  Flowers  and 
Charge  Eocks. 
Und ;  a  square 
3y  to  be  recog- 
1  Bight,  which 
els  in  2i  to  3 

soiithward  of 
y,  with  several 
ie  East  Reefs, 

always  easily 

ward  is  a  mile 
h  has  less  than 

church,  steer 
hich  is  12  feet 
ng  N.  39°  W. 
of  East  Reef, 
a  large  island 
mag.)>  with 
until  Bundells 
is  in  line  with 
and  Rocks,  N. 
li  miles,  until 
),  when  sheer 
angers  to  the 
passed  them. 

Arm  all  freeze 
soon  as  the  ico 

le  small  islets 
le  largest  and 
an  area  i  mile 
jie  few  resident 


8WAINS   ISLANDS — CABOT   ISLANDS. 


403 


fishermen  secure  their  boats,  runs  NW.  by  W.  and  SE.  liy  E. 
between  the  islands. 

Swains  Islands  lie  off  the  mainland  about  4  miles  SW.  of 
Pincher  Island ;  on  them  is  a  fishing  village  with  a  conspicuous 
square  church  painted  white,  with  a  dark  roof.  Some  scaling  ves- 
sels are  laid  up  during  summer  in  the  channel  nearest  the  main- 
land ;  the  entrance  to  this  channel  or  harbor  is  from  the  southward, 
but  no  written  remarks  can  be  given  that  would  be  of  service. 

Butterfly  Islands  are  several  narrow  rocky  islets,  lying  a  little 
more  than  a  mile  SW.  by  W.  of  Flowers  Islands;  they  are  500 
yards  long,  west  and  east,  the  western  and  highest  being  30  feet 
above  the  sea ;  north  of  them  are  two  low  rocks  extending  off  a 
distance  of  200  yards. 

East  Twin  Rock  has  13  feet  over  it;  it  lies  1,200  yards  west 
from  the  Butterfly  Islands. 

West  Twin  Rock  has  12  feet  over  it ;  it  lies  900  yards  farther 
west  and  a  mile  from  Butterfly  Islands. 

Black  Reef  is  small,  about  10  feet  high,  800  yards  N,  by  W.  of 
Butterfly  Islands,  and  about  one  mile  W.  by  S.  from  the  peak  of 
Flowers  Islands. 

Three  Rocks  and  Jacobs  Ground  lie  i  mile  southward  of 
Flowers  Islands,  covering  a  space  nearly  a  mile  in  diameter,  with 
several  shoal  heads,  with  from  9  feet  to  5  fathoms  over  them,  and 
deep  water  among  them. 

Shoe  Point  in  line  with  the  north  side  of  Copper  Island  S.  G3°  W. 
(N.  86°  W.  mag.)  leads  south  of  them;  Shoe  Point  in  line  with 
the  south  side  of  Newell  Island,  an  island  lying  northward  of 
Copper  Island,  S.  49°  W.  (S.  80°  W.  mag.)  leads  northwestward 
of  them,  while  Pouch  Island  summit  in  line  with  the  east  side 
of  Flowers  Island  N.  34°  W.  (N.  3°  W.  mag.)  leads  to  the  east- 
ward, and  the  main  portion  of  Pouch  Island  open  westward  of 
Flowers  Island  N.  6°  W.  (N.  25°  E.  mag.)  leads  west  of  them. 

Cabot  Islands,  also  known  as  Stinking  Islands  by  the  fisher- 
men, form  the  outermost  of  the  low  rocky  islets  which  encumber 
the  coast  between  Cape  Freels  and  Shoe  Point ;  they  are  two  in 
number,  about  400  yards  apart,  19  and  22  feet  high,  respectively, 
and  lie  5^  miles  8SE.  ^  E.  from  Gull  Island. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  about  ^  mile  southwestward, 
and  between  them  and  Flowers  Islands  lie  two  rocks,  named  Bleak 
and  Stevensons  Islets,  the  former  8  feet,  the  latter  14  feet  above 
the  sea. 

Light.— The  lighthouse,  on  northern  Cabot  Island,  is  a  tower 
on  a  dwelling,  47  feet  in  height,  painted  red  and  white  in  bands ;  it 
exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  74  feet,  an  intermittent  white  light,  hav- 
ing a  period  of  system  of  twenty  seconds,  showing  light  eleven 


ss-w^ss 


404 


APE   ST.  .TOUN   TO   CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 


secoiifls,  with  nine  seconds  eclipse.     It  should  be  visible  10  miles. 

Stinking  Banks  lie  from  U  to  3  miles  NE.  of  Cabot  Islands, 
with  depths  of  froir  12  to  10  fathoms  between;  they  cover  a  space 
of  1  )r  miles  ENE.  and  WN W.  by  i  mile  broad,  with  patches  of 
from  7  to  9  fathoms  water.  From  the  outer  patch  of  7  fathoms 
Cabot  Island  Lighthouse  is  3  miles  S.  66°  W.  (N.  83°  W.  mag.). 

Middle  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  is  always  breaking ;  it  lies 
If  miles  N.  9°  W.  (N.  22°  E.  mag.)  from  Cabot  Island  Lighthouse. 

Charge  Rock,  with  4  feet  water  over  it,  generally  breaks ;  from 
it  Gull  Island  lies  2^  miles  N.  69°  W.  (N.  38°  W.  mag.),  and 
Middle  Rock  is  in  line  with  the  west  end  of  Cabot  Island. 

Norris  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  H  miles  S.  68° 
E.  (S.  37°  E.  mag.)  from  Gull  Island. 

Greens  Pond  Island,  lying  about  2  miles  from  Shoe  Point,  is 
171  feet  above  the  sea,  and  one  mile  in  diameter,  presenting  a 
nearly  flat  summit.  From  it  a  chain  of  islets  extends  south  1^ 
miles,  without  navigable  channels  between  them;  the  southern 
are  Copper,  Pigeon,  and  Horse  Islands,  which  are  almost  con- 
nected. Copper  Island,  the  most  southern  of  the  group,  rises  to  a 
peak  115  feet  high,  and  has,  lying  to  the  southward  at  400  yards 
distant.  Black  Rocks  and  Black  Reef,  which  ire  steep-to,  the 
water  deepening  quickly  to  100  fathoms.  At  300  yards  from 
Horse  Island  is  Horse  Rock,  with  less  than  6  feet  water  over  it, 
and  300  yards  from  Copper  Island  is  Herring  Rock,  on  which  the 
depth  is  12  feet. 

Cookroom  Rock,  with  12  feet  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  off 
the  SE.  point  of  Greens  Pond  Island. 

Sealskin  Rock,  with  16  feet  water  over  it,  lies  N.  11°  E.  (N.  42° 
E.  mag.),  and  another  rock,  also  with  15  feet  over  it,  lies  N.  28°  E. 
(N.  59°  E.  mag.),  each  1,100  yards  from  Puffin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Between  Puffin  and  Cookroom  Rocks  is  the  entrance  to  the  fish- 
ing town  and  station  of  Greens  Pond.  The  church,  merchants' 
establishments,  with  sealing  steamers  and  vessels  which  use  this 
harbor  moored  in  the  narrow  gully  between  the  rocks,  render  it 
conspicuous.  On  no  account  should  the  anchorage  be  approached 
by  a  stranger. 

During  summer  months  Greens  Pond  is  often  without  fresh 
water.     The  population  in  1891  was  1,317. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  here  fortnightly  during 
summer  and  autumn. 

Coal. — A  small  supply  of  coal  (about  20  tons)  may  be  obtained. 

Puffin  and  Newell  Islands  lie  northward  of  Copper  Island. 
The  former,  abc  ^t  1,200  yards  from  Grp'iis  Pond  Island,  is  flat, 
and  55  feet  high.     At  300  yards  N.  38°  E.  (N.  69°  E.  mag.)  from 


visible  10  miles, 
f  Cabot  Islands, 
ey  cover  a  space 
with  patches  of 
ch  of  7  fathoms 
\r  W.  mag.)- 
)reaking;  it  lies 
md  Lighthouse, 
ly  breaks;  from 
W.  mag.),  and 
Island. 
i  U  miles  S.  68° 

1  Shoe  Point,  is 
3r,  presenting  a 
xtends  south  1^ 
1 ;  the  southern 
are  almost  con- 
?roup,  rises  to  a 
ard  at  400  yards 
re  steep-to,  the 
}00  yards  from 
it  water  over  it, 
k,  on  which  the 

es  400  yards  off 

!^.  11°  E.  (N.  42° 
it,  lies  N.  28°  E. 
md  Lighthouse, 
ance  to  the  fish- 
irch,  merchants' 
I  which  use  this 
rocks,  render  it 
e  be  approached 

1  without  fresh 

ipany's  steamer 
rtnightly  during 

lay  be  obtained. 

Copper  Island, 

I  Island,  is  flat, 

°  E.  mag.)  from 


Jims  MM 


PT'FFIN   ISLAND— POOLS    IIAKBOR.  4,(5 

fard^r47F"r^"''«noi''^'  "^'^^  ''  '^"*  ^^'^^  -'^^  it;  an.l  000 
yards  N.  49    E.  (N.  80°  E.  mag.    from  the  lighthou.se  is  Pufhn 
Lecl^e,  with  5  fathoms  over  it.     Newell  Island,  only  38  feet  h-^ 
IS  divided  from  Puffin  Island  by  a  narrow  rock^  clufnnel  "   ' 

Light-On,  Puffin  Island,  from  a  slate-roof  tower,  40  feet  in 
heigh     at  the  corner  of  a  granite  building,  a  fixed    ed  1  2t 
exhibited   at  an  elevation  of  85  feet.     It  should  be  visib     10  ml 
^tween  the  bearings  of  S.  22°  E.  (S.  9°  W.  mag.)  and  K  os"  E 

Pnnl«  tT  T^')  T^^""  ^''  ^^  ^^^^°'  ^"<^  ''  «^«cure.l  between  Bi-^ 
Pools  Island  and  Fox  Island,  in  Fox  Bay.  ^ 

Ice.-Greens  Pond  Harbor  freezes  about  the  18th  Janu-iw   ho 
tweenwhch  date  and  8th  February  it  is  closed  at  in    rvaL^'bu; 
after  the  latter  date  it  is  generally  completely  closed  by  ic    a'^o 

m1T.1  "''    /.    '''  ^^*"  ''^  ^^''^-     ^^'^^  i««  appears  abou    11  h 
March  and  disappears  about  the  same  day  in  May     T]"e  fiVs 

ztz:^'' '-''''  ^'^^'  ^«*^  ^p^^^  -^  the  iasti.v^rabo:: 

Madsumiaer  Kock-This  dangerous  rock,  having  2  feet  water 

Isknd  tL  !  ?  •  T^-^  ^"^^^  *^^  ^W-  P«i"t  of  Copper 
Is  and.  The  west  extreme  of  Greens  Pond  open  west  of  Maiden 
Island,  bearintr  N  20°  W  ^\r  n°  i?  \   ,    f^"  wost  01  iviaicien 

AnnVi/Toil     tV      .^•^^-  "    E.  mag.),  leads  west  of  the  rock 
Anchorage-Herring  and   Midsummer  Rocks   are   the  cmlv 
dangers  between  Copper  Island  and  Shoe  Point,  so  that  when  cle^ 
to  the  westward  of  Midsummer  Rock  vessels  may,  in  finrweather 

v::To\i:L7^:r  ^^"^  -'  ^--^  poni'isiand:r;:c; 

The  anchorage  off  the  S.W.  side  of  this  island  is  indifferent  the 
bottom  being  chiefly  of  rock,  with  some  patches  of  sand  ne'es^! 

V  esseis  should  ride  with  a  long  scope  of  cable 

rools  Harbor—The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  to  the  northward 
of  Greens  Pond,  between  the  islands  which  stretch  north  fi^'mtha 
island    namely.  Partridge.  Grassy,  and  Odd,  on  ^L  soX  anc 
Poo  s  Islands  on  the  north ;  it  may  be  recogniz;d  by  the  two  Pound 
Islets  which  he  nearly  a  mile  NE.  of  Greens  Pond  Islanland  the 
same  distance  from  the  entrance  of  the  harbor 

South  Pound  Islet  is  about  300  yards  long  and  47  feet  hi^h 

anf  3ot  Tn     '''*f  T""'  ^^^'^^  ^^^^^t  ''^  y--^«  in  <liameter 
and  30  feet  high;  a  reef,  which  is  generally  breaking  extends  400 

NE   bvT;''  ^^«-'i--ti-  ot  South  Pou'nd  Islet,  Sidlo    ya  .h 
w  Z  S'  '*  ''  ^  P^t''^  «^  ^  fathoms.  ^ 

Half  Rock,  with  9  feet  over  it,  lies  li  miles  N.  46°  E  (N  77°  F 

mag.)  from  North  Pound  Islet,  with  the  SE.  extremes  of'the  Pou^d 

Islets  and  a  saddle  over  Shoe  Point  all  in  line. 


m 


400 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BONAVISTA. 


North  Rocks  are  two  in  number,  witli  2  and  3  fathoms  water 
over  them;  their  outer  edge  lies  about  one  mile  ENE.  from  the 
east  point  of  Greens  Pond  Island.  The  summit  of  Big  Pools  Island 
in  line  with  the  east  side  of  South  Pound  Islet,  bearing  N.  56°  W. 
(N.  2.5°  W.  mag.),  clears  their  east  side. 

Liver  Ledge  has  7  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  from  it  Copper  Island 
summit  is  2^  miles  S.  48°  W.  (S.  79°  W.  mag.). 

Midivay  Rock,  with  less  than  G  feet  water  on  it,  lies  directly  in 
the  fairway  for  Pools  Harbor,  between  South  Pound  Islet  and  the 
shoals  off  Greens  Pond  Island,  and  a  rock,  with  12  feet  water  over 
it,  lies  one-third  of  the  distance  from  Grassy  Island  to  the  SE.  point 
of  Big  Pools  Island ;  there  is  also  a  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lying 
100  yards  northward  of  Odd  Island ;  besides  these  there  are  no  dan- 
gers in  the  harbor  except  those  close  to  the  shore  or  above  water. 

Benburry  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  65  yards  S.  36° 
W.  (S.  67°  W.  mag.)  from  Benburry  Islet,  and  in  the  fairway  to 
Pools  Harbor. 

Directions. — There  are  no  natural  leading  marks  for  the  chan- 
nels between  Pound  Islets,  nor  for  those  north  or  south  of  them. 
The  best  channels  are  immediately  north  or  south  of  South  Pound 
Islet,  where,  in  a  moderate  sea,  the  dangers  would  generally  show. 
After  passing  this  islet,  steer  for  Big  Pools  Island,  taking  care  not 
to  open  the  church  west  of  it,  until  the  inner  part  of  Grassy  Island 
bears  southward  of  S.  59°  W.  (West  mag. ),  and,  having  passed  Odd 
Island,  anchor  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water,  over  mud,  with  the 
west  side  of  Grassy  Island  just  touching  the  east  side  of  Odd  Island, 
bearing  S.  31°  E.  (South  mag.),  and  the  church  N.  59°  E.  (East 
mag.). 

A  slight  swell  sets  in  here  with  easterly  gales,  but  it  is  not  dan- 
gerous to  shipping.  Smooth  water  may  be  obtained  in  a  depth 
of  5  fathoms,  ^  mile  farther  up  the  harbor,  and  small  vessels  may 
moor  in  the  channel  NW.  of  Main  Pools  Island  or  in  Pudding  Bag 
Cove.  The  favorite  moorings  for  sealing  vessels  when  lying  up  is 
between  Main  Pools  and  Big  Pools  Islands. 

Ice. — Pools  Harbor  freezes  early  in  January  and  breaks  up  in 
the  latter  part  of  April. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Pools  Harbor  at 
7h.  Om. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Loo  Cove  is  a  good  anchorage  on  the  mainland  about  one  mile 
WNW.  of  Greens  Pond  Island.  In  running  for  it,  when  SW.  of 
Greens  Pond,  there  are  no  dangers  until  the  summit  of  Copper 
Island  is  in  line  Avith  the  SW.  extreme  of  Greens  Pond  Island, 
bearing  S.  54°  E.  (S.  23°  E.  mag.),  and  this  line  should  not  be 
crossed  until  Pools  Church  is  well  open  of  Partridge  Island,  bear- 
ing N.  5°  E.  (N.  36°  E.  mag.),  so  as  to  avoid  the  ledge  which 


SE^^^^^^^^H^ 


fathoms  water 
ENE.  from  the 
Jig  Pools  Island 
ring  N.  56°  W. 

it  Copper  Island 

lies  directly  in 
id  Islet  and  the 
feet  water  over 
bo  the  SE.  point 
3W  water,  lying 
lere  are  no  dan- 
)r  above  water. 
65  yards  S.  36° 
the  fairway  to 

:s  for  the  chan- 
south  of  them. 
>f  South  Pound 
generally  show, 
taking  care  not 
f  Grassy  Island 
ing  passed  Odd 
mud,  with  the 
)  of  Odd  Island, 
^.  59°  E.  (East 

it  it  is  not  dan- 
ned  in  a  depth 
all  vessels  may 
n  Pudding  Bag 
hen  lying  up  is 

d  breaks  up  in 

ools  Harbor  at 

about  one  mile 
.,  when  SW.  of 
mit  of  Copper 
5  Pond  Island, 
should  not  be 
',e  Island,  bear- 
e  ledge  which 


GENERAL   DIRECTIONS. 


407 


Stretches  out  nearly  one-third  of  the  width  of  the  channel  from 
Greens  Pond  Island.     After  passing  the  narrowest  part  of  tl 
channel  (400  yards  wide)  there  is  good  anchora^je  in  11  fathom 
water  for  a  space  of  i  mile.  "I'iioms 

of^p'J^'  ''t7^  f  T*^'  ^^"'"^  ^'^'^  ^"  ^^"^  ^^"^  tl^«  «""tlx  point 
ot  Ir-aitudge  Island,  bearing  about  N.  70°  E   (S    79°  E    matr  ) 

^ads  between  two  sunken  rocks,  300  yards  apart,  into  Loo  Cove 
wJ^re  there  is  good  inchorage  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water 

ward,  after  passing  the  dangers  oif  Cape  Bonavista,  a  N.  .34°  W 

I .o  L         T*'^  ''''''''^^  ^""'^  ^1  "^"««  if  insi'le,  and  N.  45°  W    (n" 
14   W^mag.)  18  miles  if  outside  them,  will  lead  about  4  miles  cLv 

to  sthfTT  ?°«««^-7  I«l^«'l« '  -f ter  passing  these  endeavor 
to  s  ght  land  m  the  vicmity  of  Shoe  Point,  for,  thougli  iw.t  tlie 
most  prominent  pomt  of  the  coast,  there  is  a  chance,  should  it  be 
foggy  of  the  fog  lifting  as  it  is  approached.  The  only  danger  near 
It  IS  Midsummer  Rock,  and  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  could  be 
approached  without  Copper  Island  or  the  islets  off  it  being  first 

In  clear  weather  it  may  be  convenient  to  steer  direct  for  Flowers 
Islands;  in  this  case  Pincher  Island  church  will  generally  be  the 
first  object  identified,  from  its  prominent  position 

Having  recognized  the  land  about  Greens  Pond,  a  stranger  can 
Thl^P    f       I  r  Pf  ^^^^^"^  *«  the  NE.,  either  inside  or  outside 
lYnln?'^     ^f  J^^°,^^  ^^^^^'i'  by  keeping  Shoe  Point  and  south 
point  ot  Newell  Island  in  hne,  bearing  S.  49°  W  (S  80°  W  ma<'  ) 
If  inside  and  intending  to  pass  northward  of  these  dangers^'if 

rS'w  (N  86°  W^'^^^'r  ^  "??'  ''''  ^^  Copper 'isla'nd, 
i  J.^  ^-  °'*^-^'  °^®*''«  them,  passing  to  the  soutli- 
m  oo  w  ^°^^h  Island  is  open  of  Flowers  Islands,  N.  40°  W 
(N.9  W.mag).  Should  Pincher  Island  Church  be  first  identified ' 
It  may  be  safely  steered  for  on  a  N.  31°  W.  (North  mag.)  course 
until  Fbwers  and  the  other  Islands  are  recogiized,  af ter  wMch  In 
proceeding  to  the  northward,  the  channel  on  either  side  of  Steven- 
sons  Islets  may  be  taken. 

The  passage  east  of  Three  Rocks,  between  Stevensons  and  Bleak 
Islets,  a  mile  wide,  is  the  most  easy,  involving  less  change  of  course 
the  only  caution  necessary  being  to  avoid  the  shoal  ground  which 
extends  nearly  400  yards  off  the  west  point  of  the  Bleak  Islets 
From  this  channel  steer  N.  13°  E.  (N.  44°  E.  mag.)  3  miles  koeo 
ing  a  good  lookout  to  the  northeastward  for  Middle  Rock  'which 
generally  breaks,  and  on  the  west  for  Cobblers  Fishing  Rock-  the 
west  summit  of  Butterfly  Islands  kept  in  line  with  the  northern 
point  of  Flowers  Islands,  S.  37°  W.  (S.  68°  W.  mag.),  wi    Tend 
between  these  dangers,  but  do  not  pass  north  of  this  line  nntU 


t ',' 


^"■wpaagi 


408 


CAPE   ST.  .fOIlN   TO   CAPE   BONAVISTA. 


the  Middle  Bill  of  Capo  Freels  is  open  of  Lapstone  Rocks,  which 
lie  about  one  mile  southward  of  Gull  Island,  bearing  about  N.  43° 
W.  (N.  12°  W.  mag.),  when  a  course  may  be  steered  for  Gull 
Island,  leaving  Charge  and  Norris  Rocks  to  the  north,  and  passing 
.east  of  Gull  Island  at  200  yards  or  any  greater  distance. 

Inside  Passa(s;e. —  After  leaving  Pools  Harbor,  and  having 
rounded  southward  of  Big  Pools  Island,  steer  N.  48°  E.  (N.  79° 
E.  mag.),  within  Pound  Islets,  taking  care  to  bring  South  Pound 
Islet  open  west  of  North  Pound  Islet  S.  34°  W.  (S.  65°  W.  mag.), 
so  as  to  avoid  Half  Rock  and  The  Twins,  until  Black  Reef  is  in 
line  with  the  south  point  of  Flowers  Islands,  East  (S.  69°  E.  mag.), 
when  the  before-mentioned  line  should  be  crossed  and  Pound  Islets 
brought  in  line  S.  41°  W.  (S.  72°  W.  mag.),  to  clear  Catamaran 
Rock,  an  outlying  rock  eastward  of  Swains  Islands;  after  passing 
Flowers  Islands,  bring  Black  Reef  just  open  of  the  islets  oflf 
Flowers  Islands  S.  52°  W.  (S.  83°  W.  mag,),  and  proceed  between 
Stevensons  and  Margery  Rocks;  after  passing  these,  steer  more  to 
the  northward,  about  N.  30°  E.  (N,  61°  E.  mag.),  keeping  a  good 
lookout  for  Middle  Rock  to  the  eastward  and  Cobblers  Fishing 
Rock  to  the  westward,  bringing  Butterfly  West  Islet  in  line  with 
the  north  point  of  Flowers  Islands,  S.  37°  W.  (S.  68°  W.  mag.),  which 
leads  between  them,  but  not  passing  north  of  that  line  until  Mid- 
dle Bill  is  open  north  of  Lapstone  Rocks,  about  N.  43°  W.  (N.  12° 
W.  mag.),  when  a  course  may  be  steered  for  Gull  Island  as  before. 

These  two  "runs,"  inside  and  outside  Flowers  Islands,  are  the  only 
channels  that  can  be  used  by  navigators  with  scanty  knowledge  of 
the  coast.  Nearer  the  shore  there  are  others  available  for  those 
who  have  great  local  experience,  and  through  them  they  do  not 
hesitate  to  take  sealing  vessels  of  200  to  300  tons,  which  are  so 
strongly  built  for  contact  with  ice  that  a  bump  on  a  rock  in  mod- 
erate weather  neither  hurts  the  vessel  nor  disturbs  the  pilot. ' 

Approaching  Bonavista  Bay  from  seaward,  the  outer  points, 
Cape  Freels  and  Cape  Bonavista,  are  so  low  that  they  can  not  be 
readily  seen  in  clear  weather  beyond  a  distance  of  14  miles,  and  it 
is  necessary  to  give  the  dangers  off  Gooseberry  Islands  a  berth  of 
3  miles ;  also  advisable  for  a  stranger  to  make  for  the  north  shore 
of  Bonavista  Bay,  about  Greens  Pond  and  Shoe  Point,  which  is 
comparatively  free  from  dangers.  At  night,  the  light  on  Puffin 
Island  will  be  a  valuable  guide. 

Bonavista  Bay. — Cape  Freels  and  Cape  Bonavista,  the  outer 
points  of  this  bay,  bear  from  each  other  N.  23°  W.  (N.  8°  E.  mag.) 
and  S.  23°  E.  (S.  8°  W.  mag.),  distant  36i  miles.  Off  Cape  Bona- 
vista dangers  extend  6  miles  N.  by  E.,  and  off  the  coast  from  Cape 
Freels  to  Shoe  Point  dangers  extend  fully  8  miles.  From  Stink- 
ing Banks,  off  Cape  Freels,  to  Young  Harry,  off  Cape  Bonavista,  the 


cks,  which 
bout  N.  43° 
(I  for  Gull 
md  passing 

md  having 
'  E.  (N.  79° 
3uth  Pound 
'  W.  mag.), 
:  Reef  is  in 
9°  E.  mag.), 
Pound  Islets 
Catamaran 
,fter  passing 
le  islets  off 
eed  between 
teer  more  to 
ping  a  good 
lers  Pishing 
in  line  with 
mag.),  which 
le  until  Mid- 
°  W.  {^.  12° 
nd  as  before. 
,  are  the  only 
knowledge  of 
lie  for  those 
they  do  not 
hich  are  so 
ock  in  mod- 
pilot.  " 
luter  points, 
can  not  be 
[miles,  and  it 
s  a  berth  of 
north  shore 
mt,  which  is 
it  on  Puffin 

|ta,  the  outer 
8°  E.  mag.) 
'  Cape  Bona- 
^t  from  Cape 
^'rom  Stink- 
5na  vista,  the 


l:ii*S!!W5!S&S5Sffi<2 


BONAVISTA    HAY'. 


•iOt) 


course  is  S.  20"  E.  (S.  11°  W.  mag.),  2(5  miles.  The  bay  is  divided 
into  two  main  branches  by  a  group  of  islands  running  in  a  north- 
easterly direction,  and  terminating  to  seaward  in  Gooseberry 
Islands.  The  northern  portion  is  again  divided  into  two  main 
arms,  separated  by  groups  of  islands  and  a  jjortion  of  tlio  ninin- 
land;  they  both  run  in  about  SW.  28  miles,  the  northern  arm  ter- 
minating in  Freshwater  Bay,  the  southern  in  Bloody  Bay.  Tlie 
southern  main  portion  of  Bonavista  Bay,  between  Gooseberry 
Islands  and  Cape  Bonavista,  has  one  principal  arm,  Clode  Sound, 
Avhich  runs  in  a  southwesterly  direction  45  miles.  Besides  this 
sound  there  are  numerous  smaller  sounds,  bays,  and  intricate 
channels,  among  the  archipelago  within  Gooseberry  Islands. 

The  entrance  of  the  northern  portion  of  Bonavista  Bay  is  6 
miles  wide,  between  Shoe  Point  and  Gooseberry  Islands ;  it  then 
divides  into  Locker  and  Cottel  Reaches. 

Locker  Reach  commences  between  Fair  Islands  and  Brandies 
Rocks;  it  is  If  miles  wide,  its  direction  SW.  for  a  distance  of  11 
miles  on  the  north  side  of  Deer  and  Locker  Flat  Islands,  when  it 
receives  the  name  of  Content  Reach,  continuing  the  same  direction 
for  5  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Freshwater  Bay.  The  Brandies  and 
rocks  off  Deer  Islands  are  the  only  dangers  in  these  reaches. 

Pitt  Sound  lies  between  the  Deer,  Locker  Flat,  and  Pitt  Sound 
Islands,  and  connects  Cottel  Reach  with  Content  Reach. 

Light. — On  the  extreme  of  Cape  Bonavista,  from  a  square  house, 
36  feet  in  height,  painted  red  and  white  in  vertical  stripes,  with 
the  lantern  in  the  center  of  roof,  is  exhibited,  at  an  elevation  of 
150  feet,  a  revolving  light,  with  a  period  of  I'evolution  of  ninety 
seconds,  showing  one  red  and  two  white  phases  alternately,  with 
an  interval  of  thirty  seconds  between  each  phase;  it  should  be  vis- 
ible 15  miles,  but  the  light  is  reported  to  have  been  seen  at  a  much 
greater  distance — the  white  light  at  30  miles  and  the  red  at  19 
miles;  thus  at  the  longer  distance  the  light  would  appear  as  a 
revolving  white  light. 

Owing  to  the  short  duration  of  the  light,  and  the  fact  of  each 
alternate  flash  being  red,  thereby  reducing  the  intensity,  Bonavista 
light  is  found  to  be  difficult  of  recognition. 

Ice. — Bonavista  Harbors  freeze  over  at  intervals  between  20th 
January  and  20th  March,  and  are  closed  at  intei'vals  by  ice  about 
a  foot  in  thickness  from  the  former  date  to  15th  May.  Field  ice 
appears  about  15th  February  and  disappears  toward  the  end  of 
May.  Coasters  frequent  the  harbors  all  the  year  round,  but  for- 
eign vessels  only  between  about  1st  May  and  20th  December. 

Shoe  Point,  2  miles  west  of  Greens  Pond  Island,  is  flat  and  of 
small  elevation,  but  the  hills  rise  steeply  to  214  feet;  the  coast 
trends  westerly  for  1^  miles  to  New  Harbor. 


K'tisani 


«M«n 


410 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CArE    HONAVISTA. 


New  Harbor  may  be  recognized  by  a  remarkable  cliffy  hill  200 
feet  high  on  its  west  side,  and  by  two  low  islets  east  of  itn  entrance ; 
the  entrance  is  100  yards  wide;  the  harbor,  extending  1,200  yards 
N.  by  W.,  increases  in  width  to  200  yards.  There  are  a  few  small 
rocks  close  off  its  west  shore,  but  with  the  exception  of  these  it  is 
free  from  dangers,  with  good  anchorage  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms 
water,  over  mud. 

Indian  Bay  is  formed  by  the  continuation  of  thfj  shore  from 
New  Harbor  on  the  north,  and  on  the  south  by  Silver  Fox  and 
Brown  Fox  Islands,  and  the  coast  in  continuation  of  them,  it  runs 
west  for  8  miles,  where  it  branches  NW.  for  a  mile  and  SW.  for 
a  mile. 

Cat  Island,  on  the  north  shore  of  Indian  Bay,  is  3  miles  from 
New  Harbor.  It  is  a  mile  long  in  the  direction  of  the  coast,  and 
rises  to  a  cone  214  feet  high  at  its  east  end.  Immediately  east  of 
it  is  a  small  islet  6  feet  high,  with  a  rock  close  east  of  it,  and 
rocks  between  it  and  Cat  Island. 

Camel  Island  is  small  and  lies  close  west  of  Cat  Island. 

Cat  Cove,  NE.  of  Cat  Island,  is  a  favorite  shelter  with  wind- 
bound  sealing  vessels.  The  anchorage  is  in  7  to  13  fathoms, 
and  the  only  dangers  in  approaching  it  are  the  islet  and  rock  last 
mentioned  off  Cat  Island ;  these  must  be  left  on  the  port  hand  in 
entering,  as  there  is  no  safe  channel  between  them  and  Cat  Island. 

Silver  Fox  Island  is  1^  miles  long  east  and  west  by  ^  mile  wide. 
Its  coast  is  cliffy  and  surface  broken.  It  is  divided  into  two  por- 
tions by  a  deep  valley ;  the  eastern  is  the  higher,  being  271  feet 
above  the  sea. 

Rocks  with  shoal  water  extend  100  yards  off  the  NW.  point  of 
Silver  Fox  Island  into  Indian  Bay,  and  off  its  SE.  side  are  several 
islets  with  rocks  among  them,  but  steep-to  on  their  sea  face. 

Brown  Fox  Island  is  a  mile  long  east  and  west  by  ^  mile  wide. 
It  is  bold  and  rocky,  and  separated  by  a  channel  i  mile  wide  from 
Silver  Fox  Island. 

A  patch  of  4  fathoms  lies  i  mile  north  of  Brown  Fox  Island,  and 
a  patch  of  5  fathoms  300  yards  off  the  center  of  the  north  shore  of 
the  same  island. 

Cutmans  Island  is  77  feet  high,  ^  mile  long  by  about  i  mile 
wide.  It  is  separated  by  a  rocky  channel  of  ^  mile  from  Brown 
Fox  Island,  and  by  a  channel  of  ^  mile  from  the  mainland  SW.  of 
it,  and  on  the  north  by  the  main  channel  of  Indian  Bay,  ^  mile 
wide  from  Camel  Island. 

Ship  Island  is  the  largest  of  a  group  which  extends  two-thirds 
across  Indian  Bay  from  its  north  shore.  It  is  a  mile  west  of  Camel 
Island. 


FAIR    IHLAND8 — 8AINT    ISLAND. 


411 


itty  lull  200 
;s  oiilrance ; 
1,200  yards 
a  few  small 
if  these  it  is 
)  5  fathoms 

shore  from 
er  Fox  and 
em.  it  runs 
nd  SW.  for 

miles  from 
e  coast,  and 
lately  east  of 
st  of  it,  and 

and. 

p  with  wind- 
13  fathoms, 
nd  rock  last 
port  hand  in 
id  Cat  Island, 
r  ^  mile  wide, 
ato  two  por- 
3ing  271  feet 

JW.  point  of 
,e  are  several 
a  face. 
^  mile  wide, 
lie  wide  from 

Island,  and 
>rth  shore  of 

I  about  i  mile 

I  from  Brown 

iland  SW.  of 

Bay,  i  mile 

is  two-thirds 
rest  of  Camel 


North  Arm  is  east  of  Ship  Island,  and  in  it  is  good  anchorage 
in  4  to  i;i  fathoms,  mud. 

The  Ohannel  between  the  Ship  Island  Group  and  the  south 
shore  of  Indian  P  y  is  600  yards  wide,  witli  a  depth  of  4^  fath(jra8 
in  mid-channel,  6  fathoms  near  the  shore,  and  7  fathoms  near  the 
south  island  of  the  group. 

Fair  Islands  are  a  barren  group,  consisting  of  many  d(jme- 
shaped  isolated  granite  hills,  varying  in  height  from  the  low  east- 
ern islets  to  300  feet.  Immediately  within  the  eastern  island  there 
is  moderately  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels.  The  southern 
entrance  is  the  best.  It  is  100  yards  wide,  with  a  rock  awash  at 
low  water,  spring  tides,  off  the  eastern  point ;  therefore  it  is  requi- 
site to  keep  on  the  west  shore  when  going  in.  The  anchorage  is  in 
6  fathoms  water,  off  the  houses  on  the  eastern  island. 

Pirk  island,  the  most  westerly  of  the  Fair  Islands,  forms  the 
north  side  of  the  entrance  to  Trinity  Bay. 

Ice. — From  a  mean  of  19  years' observation,  Fair  Island  Anchor- 
age freezes  about  11th  of  January  and  clears  about  13th  April. 

Lewis  Island  is  on  the  north  side  of  Locker  Reach.  Near  the 
center  of  its  south  coast,  a  remarkable  hill  rises  steeply  from  the 
sea  456  feet,  having  on  its  summit  several  conspicuous  bowlders. 
Frying-pan  Island,  immediately  under  this  hill,  and  200  yards  from 
the  shore,  is  dome-shaped,  149  feet  high,  with  a  clear  channel 
between  it  and  Lewis  Island. 

Trinity  Bay  is  formed  by  Lewis  Island  and  the  mainland  north 
and  west  of  it.  In  the  eastern  entrance,  midway  between  the  Fair 
and  Lewis  Islands,  are  Southwest  and  Saint  Islands. 

Southwest  Island  is  small,  52  feet  high,  steep-to  on  the  south 
side,  but  rocks  and  shoal  water  extend  400  yards  off  both  the  east 
and  west  ends. 

Saint  Island  is  f  mile  W.  by  S.  of  Southwest  Island.  It  is  119 
feet  high,  ^  mile  long  west  and  east  by  300  yards  wide.  Immedi- 
ately off  the  east  point  is  a  rock,  and  its  west  end  is  foul  to  the 
distance  of  300  yards.  A  rock,  with  less  than  6  feet  over  it,  lies 
N.  11°  E.  (N.  41°  E.  mag.)  of  Saint  Island;  to  avoid  it,  keep  the 
south  point  of  Fair  Islands  open  of  the  south  point  of  Pork  Island, 
bearing  N.  78°  E.  (S.  72°  E.  mag.). 

Ice. — Northern  ice  arrives  about  5th  March  and  remains  until 
about  25th  April,  and  Trinity  Bay  is  usually  covered  with  locally- 
formed  ice  during  February  and  March.  The  Northwest  Arm  is 
generally  frozen  about  the  end  of  January  or  beginning  of  Febru- 
ary, and  clear  about  the  middle  of  March;  the  Southwest  Arm 
freezes  regularly  from  the  middle  of  January  to  the  middle  of 
May. 


U910 27 


Krjmmamn 


fiS?(?9Kt"»T' 


413 


CAPK    ST.   .lOIIN    TO    CAPK    IJONAVIHTA. 


Drake  Cove  is  SW.  of  Dniko  Island;  it  nffonls  fair  anchorage 
ill  7  to  10  fathoniH.  Its  north  shoro  is  ragK^'d,  ami  nnks  uxtend 
from  the  north  point  in  the  lino  of  its  direction  to  nearly  mid- 
channel  between  it  and  Drake  Island;  the  sonth  slion^  is  steep 
bare  rock,  the  face  of  a  rounded  granite  hill,  the  summit  of  which 
is  strewn  with  bowlders. 

Trinity  Out,  tlie  southern  entrance  of  Trinity  Bay,  is  i  mile 
long  by  400  yards  wide;  there  are  some  rocks  off  its  SW.  shore, 
with  7  to  12  fathoms  in  mid-channel,  free  from  dangers. 

From  Trinity  Gut  the  coast  is  steep  and  straight,  trending  SW. 
2:^  miles  to  Chalky  Cove,  which  affords  a  convenient  temporally 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  windbound ;  the  depth  is  4  to  10  fath- 
oms, rocky  bottom ;  a  rock,  with  one  foot  over  it,  lies  460  yards  off 
its  west  point. 

Looker  Bay  is  west  of  Chalky  Cove;  the  entrance  is  f  mile 
wide  between  that  cove  and  Pincher  Island ;  the  outer  part  has  an 
average  breadth  of  ^  mile,  with  a  depth  of  20  to  30  fathoms.  Above 
Birdiy  Head  is  convenient  anchorage  in  6  to  12  fathoms,  mud. 
South  of  Birchy  Head  is  an  arm  1,G00  yards  long  by  300  yards 
wide,  having  a  depth  of  7  fathoms,  mud. 

Looker  Rook,  awash  at  low  water,  is  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance 
of  Locker  Bay.  Frying-pan  Island  entirely  open  of  Chalky  Head, 
bearing  N.  58°  E.  (N.  88°  E.  mag.),  clears  it  passing  to  the  south- 
ward, and  entirely  shut  in,  N.  62°  E.  (S.  88°  E.  mag.),  passing  to 
the  northward. 

Hare  Bay,  south  of  Shoal  Bay,  on  the  NW.  side  of  Content 
Reach,  has  Hare  Island,  198  feet  high,  in  the  entrance;  the  chan- 
nels on  either  side  of  it  are  free  from  dangers,  but  the  shores  of 
the  bay  are  low  and  rocky,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer 
than  400  yards ;  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  4  to  18  fathoms 
water,  over  mud,  with  Hare  Island  bearing  East  (S.  60°  E.  mag.). 

Freshwater  Bay.— The  entrance  of  this  bay  is  ^  mile  wide, 
with  Hen  Islands  near  the  center,  dividing  it  into  two  channels. 
The  northern  is  shoal,  and  should  only  be  used  by  small  vessels ; 
the  southern  channel  is  free  from  dangers,  except  a  small  shoal,  on 
which  the  depth  is  4  fathoms,  extending  200  yards  S.  by  E.  of  East 
Hen  Island. 

Benmaus  Island,  1^^  miles  from  Hen  Islands,  lies  300  yards 
from  the  south  shore;  between  it  and  the  entrance  the  coast  is 
rocky  and  shoal,  and  should  not  be  approached. 

Mussel  Bank  covers  3  feet  at  high  water,  and  lies  150  yards  north 
of  Benmans  Island. 

Butchers  Cove,  imirediately  within  the  entrance  of  Freshwater 
Bay,  on  the  north  shore,  extends  NNE.  for  one  mile,  with  a  width 


r  anchorage 
(H'ks  oxteticl 
nearly  mi<l- 
i<»ro  Ih  steep 
iiit  of  which 

»y,  is  h  niile 
1  SW.  shore, 
rs. 

rending  SW. 

it  temporary 

4  to  10  fath- 

460  yards  off 

ice  is  }  mile 
r  part  has  an 
Loms.  Above 
ithoms,  mud. 
by  300  yards 

f  the  entrance 

Chalky  Heatl, 

to  the  south- 

?.),  passing  to 

e  of  Content 
ice ;  the  chan- 
the  shores  of 
•ached  nearer 
to  18  fathoms 
60°  E.  mag.). 

+  mile  wide, 
;wo  channels. 
Ismail  vessels; 
all  shoal,  on 

by  E.  of  East 

ies  300  yards 
the  coast  is 

|o  yards  north 

>f  Freshwater 
1  with  a  width 


HUTCH KU«   COVE CAT    HAY. 


413 


of  000  yards,  the  dt^ptii  in  tlm  oontor  being  from  4  to  13  fathoms, 
over  mud;  to  nnter  it,  the  bank  off  tlu*  south  point  must  bn  avoidi'd. 

Doctors  Island,  if  mileH  8W.  of  Runnianu  iHland,  and  800  yards 
from  the  south  Hhoro,  is  hhw!'.  aiid  'i5  feet  high;  the  intormediato 
coast  is  rocky,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  the  line  of  the 
islands. 

Traverse  Island,  on  the  northorn  shore,  is  small,  15  feet  high, 
and  situated  at  the  outer  edge  of  a  rocky  bank  which  stretches 
from  the  north  shore;  shoal  water  extends  ^  mile  in  an  easterly 
direction  from  the  island,  but  only  200  yards  into  the  channel  of 
the  bay. 

Air  Island,  near  the  center  of  Freshwater  Bay,  is  76  feet  high, 
with  the  Ttiain  channel  south  of  it,  and  the  south  shore  is  free  from 
dangers,  but  off  its  north  and  east  coasts  rocky  islets,  with  shoal 
water,  extend  600  yards. 

North  of  Air  Island  there  is  a  depth  of  3  fathoms  water,  but  the 
shores  are  rocky,  and  a  stranger  sliould  not  attempt  that  passage. 
Gambo  Brook,  at  the  head  of  Freshwater  Bay,  has  6  feet  over  the 
bar  at  low  water,  with  2  fathoms  within. 

On  the  right  bank  of  Gambo  Brook  there  is  a  steam  sawmill, 
and  on  the  left  bank  of  a  stream,  which  falls  into  the  brook  at  3 
miles  above  this  mill,  there  is  a  water  mill,  the  two  being  con- 
nected by  a  tramway. 

Oommunication. — There  is  a  railway  station  at  Gambo,  and 
communication  by  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  192^  miles;  the  railway  crosses  the  Gambo  River  by 
a  steel  bridge,  80  yards  long,  with  piers  of  solid  masonry. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Freshwater  Bay  at 
7h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Tidal  Ste'eams. — In  the  entrance  to  Freshwater  Bay  the  ebb 
runs  nearly  one  knot  an  hour,  but  the  flood  stream  is  weak. 

Oat  Bay  is  at  the  head  of  Content  Reach.  The  entrance  nar- 
rows to  100  yards  at  the  inner  end,  where  the  depth  is  3^  fathoms. 
The  bay  then  turns  to  the  northeastward  round  Ballast  Cliff. 

A  rock,  with  3  foet  water  over  it,  lies  in  the  center  800  yards 
from  Ballast  Cliff  Point. 

Tidal  Stream. — In  the  narrows,  at  the  entrance,  the  ebb  stream 
runs  li  knots  an  hour,  and  the  flood  nearly  one  knot. 

Offer  Qooseberry  Island,  118  feet  high,  appears  as  a  treble- 
peaked  island.  It  is  the  outer  and  most  conspicuous  of  a  group  of 
rocks  and  islands  on  the  south  of  Bloody  Bay  and  Reach,  and  lies 
6i  miles  south  of  Copper  Island. 

North  Brown  Islets,  15  feet  high,  lie  f  mile  east  of  Offer 
Gooseberry  Island,  and  South  Brown  Islets,  4  feet  high,  lie  one 
mile  SE.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  the  same  island. 


KE!" 


414 


CAPE   8T.  .lOIIN   TO   CAPE    HONAVIWTA. 


I' 


Offer  Rook  Ih  awHHli,  and  conseciuontly  ciui  generally  i)o  seon. 
It  lies  iihout  It  miloH  N.  78°  E.  (S.  72°  E.  nuiK.)  from  the  south 
extreme  of  Offer  Gooseberry  Island. 

Shark  Rook  breaks  in  a  moderate  sea,  and  lies  2*  miles  N.  76° 
E.  (8.  76°  E.  mag.)  from  the  south  extreme  of  Offer  Gooseberry 
Island. 

Middle  Rooks  are  two,  one  awash ;  the  other,  400  yards  NE. 
from  it,  has  9  feet  water  over  it.  They  lie  U  milos  S.  32°  E.  (S.  2° 
E.  mag.)  from  Offer  Gooseberry  Island. 

Those  above  enumerated  are  the  out«»r  dangers  off  Offer  Goose- 
berry Island,  and  can  only  be  safely  avoided  by  giving  that  island 
a  berth  of  fully  3  miles. 

Inner  Qooseberry  Islands,  flat  and  120  feet  lugh,  lie  4  miles 
in  a  SW.  direction  from  Offer  Gooseberry  Island.  The  intervening 
space  is  so  encumbered  with  rocks  and  shoals  that  it  can  not  be 
safely  navigated,  except  by  the  fishermen  who  fish  about  the  local- 
ity. They  have  a  village  on  Inner  Gooseberry  Islands,  but  there 
is  no  good  harbor  for  a  stranger. 

Malone  Rook,  togeth  "  with  the  ledge,  covers  a  space  of  a  mile 
in  a  NNW.  and  SSE.  direction.  The  islet,  2  feet  above  water,  is  at 
the  north  end,  and  lies  4^  miles  S.  17°  E.  (S.  13°  W.  mag.)  from 
Offer  Gooseberry  Island. 

Mole  Cove,  on  the  NE.  end  of  Cottel  Island,  affords  fair  anchor- 
age, and  is  easy  of  approach  from  the  north  by  keeping  Hare  Cut 
Point,  the  west  point  of  the  cove,  well  open  of  a  remarkable  conical 
rock  on  the  NW,  point  of  the  largest  Inner  Gooseberry  Island, 
bearing  8.  44°  W.  (8.  74°  W.  mag.),  to  avoid  the  dangers  between 
the  Inner  and  Offer  Gooseberry  Islands,  passing  to  the  northwest- 
ward; and  having  given  Inner  Gooseberry  Islands  a  fair  berth, 
keep  Offer  Gooseberry  Island  open  north  of  them,  bearing  about 
N.  60°  E.  (East  mag.),  until  Hunch  Island  is  seen  between  the  NE. 
point  of  Cottel  Island  and  the  treble-peaked  island  close  off  it,  8. 
64°  E.  (8.  24°  E.  mag.),  when  steer  in,  giving  Hair  Cut  Point  and 
the  island  off  it  a  fair  berth,  and  anchor  as  tnmvenient  in  from 
6  to  9  fathoms  water,  remembering  that  the  bottom  is  rocky. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Mole  Cove  at  7h. 
37ra. ;  springs  rise  3^  feet,  neaps  rise  1^  feet. 

Deer  Islands  divide  Pitt  Sound  on  their  south  from  Locker 
Reach  on  the  north.  They  are  flat,  about  100  feet  high,  and 
mostly  covered  with  stunted  brushwood.  The  south  and  west 
shores  are  bold  and  free  from  dangers,  but  east  of  them  are  nu- 
merous dangers. 

Angel  Head  is  the  eastern  point  of  Deer  Islands.  On  the  coast, 
i  mile  north  of  it,  is  the  Popple  8tone,  a  conspicuous  white  bowlder. 


Uy  1)0  seon. 
1  the  aouth 

miles  N.  76° 
Gooseberry 

yards  NE. 
32°  E.  (S.  r 

)ffor  Goose- 
;  that  iHlund 

I,  lie  4  miles 
intervening 
can  not  be 
ut  the  local- 
is,  but  there 

ice  of  a  iniie 
a  water,  is  at 
,  mag.)  from 

i  fair  auchor- 
g  Hare  Cut 
able  conical 
■y  Island, 
;er8  between 
[e  northwest- 
fair  berth, 
laring  about 
een  the  NE. 
|ose  off  it,  S. 
t  Point  and 
it  in  from 
rocky. 
Cove  at  7h. 


from  Locker 
high,  and 
th  and  west 
Ihem  are  nu- 

ra  the  coast, 
lite  bowlder. 


TIFK    miAVDIKS — 1)0(>    COVK. 


4ir. 


The  Brandies  are  the  outer  dangers  off  Doer  Islands;  they  all 
break  in  a  moderate  seta.  From  tliem  Burnt  iHland.  the  nean'sl 
point  of  the  Deer  IslaiidH,  is  'i\  luileH  S.  55  '  W.  (S.  H5  '  W.  inng.)- 

Tho  south  point  of  Lixikor  Bay,  open  of  Deer  Knd  (the  west  point 
of  the  Door  Islands),  bearing  H.  fit"  W.  (N.  8fl"  W.  mag.),  leads 
NW. ;  and  the  summit  of  Brown  Fox  Island  well  open  of  the  (>ast 
Fair  Islands,  bearing  about  N.  4!*°  W.  (N.  l'.»"  W.  mag.),  leads  east 
of  them. 

Burnt  Island  Rook,  which  is  generally  breaking,  lies  J  mile 
N.  04"  E.  (H.  ^(V   K.  mag.)  from  Burnt  Island. 

Brag  P.cck,  generally  breaking,  lies  J  mile  N.  41°  E.  (N.  71°  E. 
mag.)  from  tho  Poi)plo  Stone.  A  patch,  on  which  the  depth  is  Vi 
foot,  lies  \  mile  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from  the  bnuiking  rock. 

Shag  Islands  lie  one  n»ile  SW.  from  Angel  Head  and  i  mile 
from  the  shore  of  the  Deer  Islands.  They  are  small,  and  Doer 
Shag,  the  western,  is  36  feet  high.  They  are  steep-to  on  tho  outer 
side. 

Pitt  bound  Island,  4  miles  in  length  by  about  one  mile  in  width, 
is  H  miles  south  of  Deer  Islands.  Its  wooded  hills  rise  474  feet 
stoop  from  the  coast. 

Man-of-war  Rock,  5  feet  high,  lies  300  yards  off  the  NW.  coast 
of  Pitt  Sound  Island  and  H  miles  from  the  NE.  point.  At  ^  mile 
SW.  of  it,  on  the  shore  of  Pitt  Sound  Island,  are  Pitt  Sound  Gates, 
so  named  from  the  weathering  out  of  white  quartz  on  the  black 
rock  of  the  island  having  the  appearance  of  enormous  gates. 

Locker  Flat  Island,  3  miles  long,  about  i  mile  wide  and  40  feet 
high,  lies  opposite  the  entrance  to  Locker  Bay  on  the  south  side  of 
Locker  Reach.  The  shores  are  of  shelvicg  rock,  and  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  i  mile. 

Isis  Oove,  Qreat  Content,  and  Little  Content  are  at  the  head 
of  Pitt  Sound,  on  the  mainland  south  of  Locker  Plat  Island.  They 
are  open  to  the  north  and  afford  no  shelter. 

Content  Islet,  off  Great  Content,  is  32  feet  high,  steep-to  on  the 
NE.,  but  connected  by  a  reef  with  the  east  point  of  Isis  Cove. 

Lakeman  Islands  are  SW.  of  Pitt  Sound  Island,  separated  by 
Lakeman  Reach,  which  joins  Bloody  Reach  on  the  south  to  Pitt 
Sound  north  of  them. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  midway  across  from 
Lakeman  Islands  to  Pitt  Sound  Island. 

Dog  Cove,  on  the  mainland  SW.  of  Lakeman  Islands,  affords 
good  anchorage  for  a  small  vessel.  To  enter  it,  the  north  shore 
must  be  approached  closely  to  avoid  a  reef  which  stretches  more 
than  halfway  across  from  the  islands  on  the  south  side.  A  stran- 
ger should  approach  the  cove  by  the  north  side  of  Lakeman  Burnt 
Islands. 


■»,«« 


416 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BONAVISTA. 


Cottel  Reach  commences  from  the  sea  between  the  Gooseberry 
and  Deer  Islands.  It  continues  between  Pitt  Sound  and  Lakeman 
Islands  on  the  north  and  Cottel  Island  on  the  south,  when  it  receives 
the  name  of  Bloody  Reach  or  The  Cowpath,  and  ends  in  Bloody  Bay. 

Bloody  Reach  or  The  Cowpath,  at  its  entrance  between  Lake- 
man  and  Cottel  Islands,  is  700  yards  wide,  but  narrowed  to  400 
yards  by  shoal  water  which  'stretches  off  from  Cottel  Reach.  The 
reach  is  free  from  dangers  for  1^  miles,  at  which  distance  on  the 
north  side  are  White  Islets,  off  which  shoal  water  extends  400  yards 
eastward.  There  is  a  3-fathom  patch  off  the  tickle  SW.  of  Cottel 
Island. 

Martin  Shepherd  Islands  are  two  in  number,  on  the  east  side 
of  The  Cowpath,  SW.  of  Cottel  Island ;  shoal  water  extends  300  yards 
off  the  northeastern  island  into  The  Cowpath.  Between  the  north- 
eastern island  and  Cottel  Island  is  a  clear  channel,  but  it  must  be 
remembered  that  the  3-fathom  patch  before  mentioned  lies  directly 
off  this  channel. 

Between  the  two  Martin  Shepherd  Islands  is  a  channel  having 
3  fathoms  water  on  the  east,  and  8  fathoms  water  on  the  west  side. 
In  passing  through,  remember  that  the  SW.  island  is  connected 
with  Indian  Lookout  Island  by  a  bar  of  9  feet  water. 

Broad  Island  is  on  the  east  side  of  The  Cowpath,  in  continuation 
of  the  line  of  Martin  Shepherd  Islands;  between  it  and  the  SW. 
Martin  Shepherd  Islands  is  a  clear  channel. 

Mouse  Island,  63  feet  high,  is  in  the  middle  of  The  Cowpath,  2i 
miles  south  of  Lakeman  Islands. 

Bloody  Point,  on  the  east  side  of  The  Cowpath,  is  a  steep  bluff 
rising  to  346  feet,  SW.  of  Broad  Island. 

Beaches  Head,  its  highest  point  271  feet  above  the  sea,  is  on 
the  west  side  of  The  Cowpath,  f  mile  S  W.  of  Lakeman  Islands.  It 
is  named  from  the  beaches  which  connect  the  three  steep  hills  of 
which  it  is  composed.  North  of  the  highest  is  Beaches  Cove,  small 
and  free  from  dangers,  with  anchorage  in  3  fathoms  water,  within 
Woody  Islets  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance,  which  islets  have 
a  clear  channel  on  either  side  of  them. 

Rocky  Bay,  west  of  Beaches  Head,  extends  4  miles  in  a  westerly 
direction;  at  2^  miles  within  Beaches  Head  its  entrance  is  i  mile 
wide,  with  Rocky  Islands  on  the  south  side;  this  entrance  is  nar- 
rowed to  400  yards  by  Shag  Islet,  a  small  dry  rock  with  a  reef  300 
yards  east  from  it  on  the  north,  and  on  the  south  side  a  reef  400 
yards  long  east  and  west. 

Black  Duck  Island,  ^  mile  within  Shag  Islet,  has  a  small  dry 
rock  off  its  west  point.  North  of  the  island  is  Black  Duck  Cove, 
with  a  depth  of  11  fathoms,  over  mud;  it  is  rocky,  and  should  not 
be  used  by  a  stranger. 


an 


ROCKY   BAY — BESSY   ISLAND. 


417 


I  Gooseberry 
ad  Lakeman 
3n  it  receives 
Bloody  Bay. 
tween  Lake- 
owed  to  400 
Reach.  The 
itance  on  the 
ids  400  yards 
W.  of  Cottel 

the  east  side 
ids  300  yards 
en  the  north- 
it  it  must  he 
.  lies  directly 

mnel  having 
;he  west  side, 
is  connected 

continuation 
and  the  SW. 

Cowpath,  2i 

a  steep  bluff 

le  sea,  is  on 

Islands.    It 

;eep  hills  of 

Cove,  small 

vater,  within 

h  islets  have 

in  a  westerly 
tice  is  i  mile 
ranee  is  nar- 
th  a  reef  300 
e  a  reef  400 

a  small  dry 
Duck  Cove, 
d  should  not 


Bard  Islands,  on  its  south  aide,  are  low  and  rocky,  and  a  reef 
stretches  off  400  yards  northward  from  the  east  end  of  the  eastern 
island.  Beaches  Head  in  line  with  Shag  Islet,  bearing  N.  66°  E. 
(S.  84°  E.  mag.),  leads  north  of  it;  when  the  island  bears  S.  32° 
E.  (S.  2°  E.  mag.)  a  vessel  is  west  of  it,  and  may  steer  down  past 
Bard  Islands  and  anchor  to  the  westward  of  them  in  from  9  to  13 
fathoms  water. 

Bloody  Bay.— Wolf  Island,  153  feet  high,  is  the  west  point  of 
the  west  shore  of  The  Cowpath ;  from  it  Northwest  Arm  of  Bloody 
Bay  extends  3  miles  in  a  westerly  direction ;  the  outer  part  is  free 
from  hidden  dangers,  but  shoal  water  extends  off  the  shores  to  200 
yards  beyond  the  outer  points,  and  3  to  6  fathoms  off  the  mouth 
of  Norton  Cove,  which  is  at  the  inner  end  of  the  south  shore.  The 
west  continuation  of  the  arm,  for  a  farther  distance  of  2  miles, 
has  2^  fathoms  water  in  the  entrance;  within  it  deepens  to  8 
fathoms. 

Linton  Rock,  in  the  center  of  Northwest  Arm,  is  3  feet  above 
high  water. 

Middle  Arm  is  400  yards  wide  for  one  mile  in  a  SW.  direction, 
when  it  opens  out  to  a  bay  3  miles  long  by  IJ  miles  wide;  the 
depth  gradually  decreases  from  20  fathoms  to  the  shore  at  the 
head. 

There  is  a  rock,  just  covered  at  high  water,  600  yards  from  the 
north  shore,  and  If  miles  within  the  bay. 

Northeast  Arm  is  in  continuation  of  the  direction  of  The  Cow- 
path, east  of  Middle  Arm ;  it  is  shoal  300  yards  from  either  shore. 
There  is  anchorage,  in  less  than  10  fathoms  water,  f  mile  within 
the  entrance,  the  depth  decreasing  rather  quickly  to  the  shoal  en- 
trance of  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  only  navigable  for  boats  at 
high  water. 

Saint  Bock,  with  12  feet  water  over  it,  is  the  outer  danger  off 
the  entrance  to  Willis  Reach.  From  it  the  summit  (234  feet)  of 
Black  Island  bears  N.  75°  W.  (S.  75°  W.  mag.),  the  nearest  part  of 
the  islaj^d  being  distant  2^  miles. 

Saturday  Ledge  has  4  fathoms  water  on  its  shoalest  part,  and 
lies  i  mile  N.  77°  W.  (N.  47°  W  mag.)  from  Saint  Rock. 

Flat  Islands,  SW.  of  Black  Island,  have  deep  water  between 
them,  but  the  rocks  which  extend  off  their  southern  extremities 
make  them  dangerous  for  a  stranger  to  approach.  The  Flat  Islands 
extend  over  a  space  2^  miles  NW.  and  SE.  by  i  mile  wide,  east  of 
Willis  Island.  They  are  from  80  to  140  feet  high,  and  have  a  gen- 
eral flat  appearance;  they  are  the  residence. of  a  few  fishermen, 
whose  huts  are  scattered  over  the  center  islands  of  the  group. 

Bessy  Island,  284  feet  high,  appearingasalarge  rounded  woody 
hill,  is  the  largest  of  the  group  of  islands  lying  east  of  Willis 


"•^^ 


I 


418 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE    B0NAVI8TA. 


Island,  Thero  are  no  convenient  anchorages  among  these  islands, 
and  the  channels  among  them  should  not  be  attempted  without  a 
pilot. 

Shoals  extend  2  miles  southeastward  of  Black  Island  and  one 
mile  southeastward  of  Flat  Islands ;  they  ai-e  cleared  i)assing  to  the 
southward,  by  keeping  Baker  Loaf  Island  open  of  Ship  Island, 
bearing  S.  50°  W.  (S.  80°  W.  mag.). 

Morris  Island,  279  feet  high,  lies  one  mile  south  of  Willis  Island, 
and  is  the  western  and  largest  of  a  group  which  extends  3  miles 
east  from  it,  terminating  seaward  in  Ship  Island,  a  cone  257  feet 
above  the  sea.  From  its  isolation  this  is  e  conspicuous  object  when 
entering  Bonavista  Bay. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Cow  Head,  2}  miles  south  of  Ship  Island,  is  a  steep,  bold  cliff, 
479  feet  high,  with  the  high  land  behind  it,  of  which  Gerrards 
Hill,  the  highest,  629  feet  above  the  sea,  is  conspicuous  from  the 
entrance  of  Bonavista  Bay,  and  forms  the  dividing  head  between 
the  entrances  to  its  northern  and  southern  arms. 

Bishops  Harbor,  SE.  of  Cow  Head  and  SW.  of  Shag  Islands, 
is  400  yards  in  diameter,  with  5  fathoms  water,  over  rocky  bottom. 
The  entrance  is  between  rocks  which  extend  across  the  mouth  of 
the  harbor,  leaving  a  passage  of  50  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  18 
feet.  In  ordinary  weather  this  passage  is  safe,  but  with  a  heavy 
sea  it  must  not  be  attempted,  and  at  no  time  by  a  stranger.  There 
is  a  fishing  population  around  this  harbor. 

Little  Denier  Island,  |  mile  long  NE.  and  SW.  by  300  yards 
wide,  and  278  feet  above  the  sea,  lies  off  the  harbors  east  of  Ger- 
rards Kill ;  a  line  of  rooks  and  shoal  water  extends  off  either  end 
of  the  island. 

Light, — On  the  summit  of  Little  Denier  Island,  from  a  cylin- 
drical iron  tower,  24  feet  in  height,  painted  red  and  white  in  verti- 
cal stripes,  a  revolving  white  light  every  30  seconds  is  exhibited,  at 
an  elevation  of  298  feet.  The  light  should  be  visible  in  clear  weather 
from  a  distance  of  19  miles,  but  is  obscured  by  a  chimney,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  li  miles,  on  a  N.  77°  W.  (N.  47°  W.  mag.)  bearing. 

Offer  Rock,  awash  and  always  breaking,  lies  nearly  a  mile  N. 
50°  E.  (N.  80°  E.  mag.)  from  Little  Denier  Island  Lighthouse.  Til- 
leys  Hill  open  south  of  Little  Denier  Island,  bearing  N.  55°  E. 
(N.  85°  E.  mag.),  leads  SE. ;  Hammer  Head  open  west  of  Little 
Denier  Island,  S.  41°  W.  (S.  71°  W.  mag.),  leads  NW.,  and  the 
cliff  at  the  north  point  of  Cow  Head  over  the  SW.  end  of  SW. 
Shag  Island,  West  (N.  60°  W.  mag.),  leads  north  of  it. 

Middle  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  and  Inner  Rock,  which 
has  5  feet  over  it,  lie  between  Offer  Rock  and  Little  Denier  Island. 


BR00MCL08E    HARBOR DAMN^VBLE    BAY. 


419 


lese  islands, 
d  without  a 

md  and  one 
issing  to  the 
ihip  Island, 

'illis  Island, 
nds  3  miles 
one  '-i57  feet 
object  when 


>,  bold  cliff, 
ih  Gerrards 
us  from  the 
md  between 

tag  Islands, 
cky  bottom, 
le  mouth  of 

depth  of  18 
ith  a  heavy 

:er.    There 

300  yards 
)ast  of  Ger- 
either  end 

)m  a  cylin- 
ite  in  verti- 
thibited,  at 
sar  weather 
at  a  dis- 

ing. 

a  mile  N. 
touse.    Til- 

N.  55°  E. 
of  Little 

,  and  the 
nd  of  SW. 

3ck,  which 
ier  Island. 


»y, 


i 


Broomclose  Harbor  is  at  its  entrance  400  yards  wide,  but  a 
reef  of  12  feet  water,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  heavily,  extends 
600  yards  east  from  the  north  head,  and  narrows  the  channel  to 
250  yards. 

Barrow  Harbor  is  SW.  of  Little  Denier  Island;  its  south  head 
is  formed  by  Richards  Island,  289  feet  high,  whicli  is  a  large  flat 
mound,  steep  to  the  eastward. 

From  Pulpit  Head,  the  north  point  of  Richards  Island,  a  reef 
extends  in  a  NE.  direction  f  mile  toward  Little  Denier  Island; 
Outer  Brandy  Rock,  at  the  outer  end,  has  5  feet  water  over  it.  The 
NE.  end  of  Shag  Islands  in  line  with  the  SW.  end  of  Little  Denier 
Island,  bearing  N.  17°  W.  (N.  13°  E.  mag.),  leads  east  of  it.  No 
mark  can  be  given  to  lead  between  Outer  Brandy  Rock  and  the 
shoal  water  off  Little  Denier  Island ;  therefore  this  channel  into 
Barrow  Harbor  must  not  be  taken  by  a  stranger. 

The  depth  is  so  great  and  the  shelter  so  indifferent  that  Barrow 
Harbor  can  not  be  recommended. 

Ice. — Bishops,  Barrow,  and  Sailors  Harbors  freeze  over  in  the 
middle  of  Janiiary,  and  the  ice  generally  breaks  up  in  April. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Barrow  Harbor  at 
6h.  13m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Sailors  Harbor,  SW.  of  Cow  Head,  is  formed  by  several  islands 
on  the  north,  which  extend  west  from  Cow  Head,  and  on  the  south 
by  Gerrards  Hill,  629  feet  high.  It  is  one  mile  NE.  and  SW.  by 
i  mile  wide,  with  anchorage  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water,  over 
rocky  bottom. 

The  entrance  is  about  200  yards  wide  and  barely  200  yards  from 
the  mainland;  between  it  and  Seal  Rock  in  the  center  is  a  10-foot 
patch,  from  which  Seal  Rock  is  in  line  with  the  west  end  of  Sailors 
Island,  bearing  N.  10°  E.  (N.  40°  E.  mag.).  When  entering,  the 
left  fall  of  the  SW.  Shag  Island  in  line  with  a  conspicuous  house, 
bearing  N.  58°  E.  (N.  88°  E.  mag.),  leads  through  in  3^  fathoms  water. 
This  mark  also  leads  clear  of  a  shoal,  with  6  feet  water  over  it, 
which  lies  off  the  first  point  on  the  south  side  within  the  entrance. 

Bakers  Loaf  Island,  234  feet  high,  and  cliffy,  lies  li  miles 
NW.  from  Sailors  Island ;  between  them  is  the  entrance  to  Salvage 
Bay,  which  extends  4  miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  with  22 
fathoms  in  the  entrance,  gradually  shoaling  to  the  head,  where 
there  is  fair  anchorage  during  summer,  in  5  fathoms  water,  over 
sand. 

Bakers  Loaf  Rocks  extend  900  yards  in  a  southerly  direction 
from  the  island;  the  outer  patch  has  9  feet  water  over  it. 

Damnable  Bay,  SW.  of  Bakers  Loaf  Island,  extends  2:^  miles  in 
a  southwesterly  direction ;  the  outer  part  is  deep,  but  among  the 
islets  at  the  head  is  a  moderate  depth,  but  no  convenient  harbor. 


420 


CAPE   8T.  JOHN  TO   CAPE   BONA  VISTA. 


Morris  Channel,  stretching  5i  miles  in  a  NW.  direction  to  The 
Cowpath,  is  between  Bakers  Loaf  and  Morris  Islands;  in  the 
entrance  are  two  islands,  Brown  Store,  on  the  south,  68  feet  high, 
and  Athwart  Island,  83  foet  high, 

A  rock,  with  7  feet  water  over  it,  lies  iOO  yards  S.  3°  W.  (S.  32° 
W.  mag. )  from  the  Coffee  Pot,  an  islet  at  the  S  W.  point  of  Morris 
Island,  and  another  rock,  on  which  the  depth  is  9  feet,  lies  800 
yards  S.  13°  W.  (S.  43°  W.  mag.)  from  the  same  islet. 

Bruce  Cove  Rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  i  mile  N.  69°  E. 
(S.  81°  E.  mag.)  from  Bruce  Cove  Gull  Island.  It  has  deep  water 
around  it,  but  the  channel  north  of  it  is  the  wider;  so  Tinker  Island 
should  be  approached  closely  in  passing. 

Fair  and  False  Bay  is  on  the  SW.  side  of  Morris  Channel,  and 
with  the  arms  north  of  it  extends  4  miles  from  the  lino  of  coast. 
Squid  Island,  U  miles  SW.  of  Morris  Island,  forms  the  south 
entrance  point.  From  it  the  coast,  like  the  island,  low,  broken, 
and  rocky,  trends  into  the  bay  3  miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction. 
The  depth  of  water  in  the  bay  is  from  10  to  22  fathoms.  The  west 
side  is  formed  by  several  islands  extending  as  far  as  Bloody  Point. 
The  channels  among  them  are  narrow  and  generally  free  from  dan- 
gers. Middle  Reach,  the  southern,  stretches  one  mile  west,  with 
a  breadth  of  200  yards,  and  then  opens  out  to  a  basin  i  mile  in 
diameter,  with  a  depth  of  13  fathoms,  over  mud.  Three  shoal  arms 
branch  off  from  it  south  and  west. 

Middle  Reach  is  separated  by  a  rocky  channel  from  Long  Reach, 
which  latter  extends  in  a  NE.  direction  to  immediately  south  of 
Bloody  Point.  Long  Reach  is  200  yards  wide,  and  in  mid-channel 
is  free  from  danger. 

Pretty  Island,  f  mile  west  from  Squid  Island,  shelters  Bloomer 
Harbor,  the  outer  part  of  which  is  600  yards  wide,  with  13  fathoms 
water,  over  mud.  The  inner  part  has  an  entrance  300  yards  wide; 
within  it  widens  to  more  than  400  yards,  with  8  fathoms,  over  mud. 
Varket  Channel  is  between  Willis  and  Flat  Islands  on  the 
north,  and  Morris  and  the  islands  extending  to  Ship  Island  on  the 
south;  its  length  is  5  miles  to  where  it  joins  Willis  Reach  on  the 
north  and  Morris  Channel  on  the  south. 

Ship  Rock,  in  the  entrance  of  Varket  Channel,  has  4  feet  water 
over  it,  and  lies  |  mile  N.  44°  E.  (N.  74°  E.  mag.)  from  Ship  Island. 
Bakers  Loaf  Island  open  south  of  Ship  Island,  bearing  S.  50°  W. 
(S.  80°  W.  mag.),  leads  south  of  all  dangers. 

Varket  Island,  small,  and  composed  of  two  cones  70  feet  high, 
has  a  sunken  rock  60  yards  off  its  west  point.  A  rock,  which  dries 
one  foot  at  low  water,  spring  tides,  lies  400  yards  off  the  NE.  point 
of  Morris  Island,  and  a  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  1,600  yards 
S.  80°  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.)  from  Varket  Island.  North  of  this 
latter  rock  is  a  shoal  with  3  fathoms  water  over  it. 


WILLIS   REACH — SOUTH   BROAD   COVE. 


421 


rection  to  Tte 

lands;   in  the 

68  feet  high, 

2°  W.  (S.  32° 
nnt  of  Morris 
feet,  lies  800 
>t. 

nile  N.  69°  E. 
as  deep  water 
Tinker  Island 

Channel,  and 
lino  of  coast, 
□as  the  south 
,  low,  broken, 
arly  direction. 
QS.  The  west 
Bloody  Point. 
*ree  from  dan- 
ile  west,  with 
isin  ^  mile  in 
'ee  shoal  arms 

Long  Reach, 

itely  south  of 

mid-channel 

;ers  Bloomer 
1 13  fathoms 
yards  wide ; 
ns,  over  mud. 
ands  on  the 
sland  on  the 
Reach  on  the 

4  feet  water 

Ship  Island. 

ng  S.  50°  W. 

70  feet  high, 

which  dries 

le  NE.  point 

1,600  yards 

orth  of  this 


Willis  Beach,  north  of  Willis  Island,  is  6  miles  long  from  its 
entrance  between  Black  and  Gulch  Islands,  with  a  general  south- 
westerly trend.  There  are  no  dangers  in  the  fairway  through  the 
reach;  the  depth  is  100  fathoms  in  the  NE.  end,  shoaling  to  8  and 
10  fathoms  at  the  SW.,  where  it  branches  into  numerous  channels 
leading  into  the  Cowpath,  Morris,  and  Varket  Channels.  These 
branching  channels  are  shoal,  and  should  not  be  attempted  without 
a  pilot. 

Newman  Sound  is  between  the  high  land  stretching  SW.  of 
Hammer  Head  on  the  north,  and  on  the  south  the  Long  Islands 
and  the  land  stretching  NW.  to  Mount  Stamford.  Near  the  center 
of  the  sound  is  Swale  Island,  4^  miles  long  and  about  a  mile  at  its 
broadest  part. 

Halfway  Islet  is  18  feet  high,  300  yards  from  the  north  shore 
of  Newman  Sound  and  4  miles  within  Richards  Island.  The  coast 
between  them  is  cliffy  and  steep-to, 

Sandy  Cove,  one  mile  west  of  Halfway  Islet,  is  an  open  bay  -J- 
mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  5  to  10  fathoms,  over  sand. 

Holbrook  Head,  3  miles  west  of  Halfway  Islet,  being  a  salient 
point  of  the  coast,  is  easily  recognized. 

Happy  Adventure  Bays,  west  of  Sandy  Cove,  are  small  and  of 
no  value  as  an  anchorage,  being  too  narrow  except  for  large  boats. 

North  Broad  Cove  is  one  mile  west  of  Holbrook  Head.  A  rock 
that  dries  one  foot  at  low  water,  spring  tides,  lies  nearly  200  yards 
from  its  east  head,  and  another  rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies 
in  the  center  of  the  cove.  The  depth  of  water  is  from  13  to  29 
fathoms,  the  former  being  found  when  close  to  the  shore  at  the 
head.  From  the  great  depth  it  can  not  be  recommended  as  an 
anchorage. 

Coast. — From  North  Broad  Cove  the  coast  trends  one  mile  in  a 
SW.  direction  to  Shag  Islet,  which  is  10  feet  high;  Hall  Rock, 
which  covers  at  half  tide,  lies  one  mile  SW.  of  Shag  Islet  and  nearly 
400  yards  from  the  shore. 

Cold  East  Bock  dries  one  feet,  and  lies  i  mile  N.  32°  W.  (N.  2° 
W.  mag.)  from  the  SW.  point  of  Swale  Island;  the  NE.  point  of 
Swale  Island  --  -n  of  its  NW.  coast,  bearing  N.  69°  E.  (S.  81°  E. 
mag.),  leads  n.    .u  of  it. 

Several  islands  extend  1^  miles  SW.  from  Swale  Island  and  from 
Swale  Tickle ;  between  Swale  Island,  and  the  islet  next  S W.  of  it, 
is  a  channel  100  yards  wide,  with  4^  fathoms  water  in  it.  White 
Islets  lie  i  mile  south  from  the  SW.  end  of  Swale  Island. 

South  Broad  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  Newman  Sound,  and 
"west  of  Swale  Tickle,  extends  one  mile  south  and  is  400  yards  wide ; 
the  depth  decreases  gradually  from  20  to  3  fathoms,  over  mud ;  it 
is  a  good  anchorage. 


I 


I 


i 


'I 


I 


■tMM 


i 


^f—- 


422 


CAPE   ST.  JOHN   TO   CAPE   BONAA'ISTA. 


A  rock  that  covers  2  feet,  lies  100  yards  off  shoi*e,  i  mile  within 
the  east  head. 

Minchin  Head,  a  cone  148  feet  high,  is  |  mile  west  of  South 
Broad  Cove,  and  at  1^  miles  farther  in  the  same  direction  is  Mount 
Stamford,  which  rises  steeply  from  the  sea  to  a  height  of  658  feet, 
and  with  Park  Harbor  and  Ochre  Pit  Hills,  which  lie  between  it 
and  Clode  Sound,  are  conspicuous  objects  from  seaward ;  north  of 
Mount  Stamford  the  channel  between  it  and  Buckley  Point  is  400 
yards  wide ;  west  of  it  the  sound  continues  in  a  SW.  direction  with 
a  breadth  of  J  mile,  for  2^  miles,  where  it  receives  the  water  of  a 
considerable  stream ;  the  depth  is  from  30  to  29  fathoms  for  2  miles, 
when  it  quickly  shoals. 

Buckley  Cove,  west  of  Buckley  Point,  extends  nearly  ^  mile  north 
and  has  convenient  anchorage  in  4  fathoms  water. 

Caution  is  necessary  when  seeking  an  anchorage  in  the  west  part 
of  Newman  Sound,  as  the  water  shoals  rapidly  within  a  depth 
of  15  fathoms.  H.  B.  M.  corvette  Druid  anchored  in  6  fathoms 
water,  over  mud,  and  at  200  yards  nearer  the  head  of  the  sound  there 
was  only  a  depth  of  20  feet. 

Long  Islands  are  a  group  of  four,  extending  5  miles  WSW. 
and  ENE. 

Puttick  Rock,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  700  yards  north 
from  the  north  point  of  Long  Island. 

Chappel  Tickle,  the  first  channel  from  the  east  among  Long 
Islands,  is  rocky  and  only  available  for  small  vessels. 

Middle  Tickle  is  short  and  narrow,  but  free  from  dangers,  except 
close  to  the  shore  on  the  east  side,  and  a  patch,  with  9  feet  water 
over  it,  400  yards  to  the  south  on  the  same  side. 

Long  Tickle,  the  western  channel  among  Long  Islands,  is  nar- 
row and  rocky. 

Hurloc  Head,  a  steep  bluff  230  feet  high,  west  of  Long  Islands, 
is  separated  from  them  by  a  short  channel  -J-  mile  wide  and  clear  of 
dangers. 

Copper  Island  lies  f  mile  NE.  from  Hurloc  Head;  it  is  120  feet 
high,  and  steep  all  round. 

Clode  Sound. — Chandler  Reach,  the  entrance  to  Clode  Sound, 
is  between  Long  Islands  and  Chance  Islet ;  from  this  it  extends  10 
miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  where  it  is  divided,  by  Connect- 
ing Point,  into  Goose  Bay  on  the  east  and  Clode  Sound  on  the  west. 

The  Narrows,  nearly  11  miles  west  of  Connecting  Point,  are  i 
mile  wide;  they  are  formed  by  shoal  water  and  two  islets  12  and 
8  feet  high,  stretching  out  from  the  south  shore,  leaving  a  clear 
passage,  with  8  fathoms  water,  along  the  north  shore. 

After  passing  the  Narrows  the  depth  in  the  center  of  the  basin 
is  too  great  for  anchorage;  the  south  shore  is  steep-to;  the  north  shore 
is  broken  and  rocky,  with  dangers  extending  fully  ^  mile  off  it. 


CLODE   80LND — G008E    HAY. 


423 


i  mile  within 

ivest  of  South 
)tion  is  Mount 
ht  of  658  feet, 
lie  between  it 
■ard ;  north  of 
ly  Point  is  400 
direction  with 
;he  water  of  a 
ms  for  2  miles, 

[y  ^  mile  north 

1  the  west  part 

ithin  a  depth 

in  6  fathoms 

;he  sound  there 

miles  WSW. 

00  yards  north 

among  Long 
s. 

langers,  except 
th  9  feet  water 

islands,  is  nar- 

Long  Islands, 
ie  and  clear  of 

i;  it  is  120  feet 

>  Clode  Sound, 
is  it  extends  10 
»d,  by  Connect- 
ud  on  the  west, 
g  Point,  are  i 
ro  islets  12  and 
eaving  a  clear 
re, 

er  of  the  basin 
bhe  north  shore 
mile  off  it. 


-W-^SF 


Anchorafi-e.-Good  anchorage  will  be  found  near  the  head  of 
the  sound  an  from  3  to  16  fathoms  water,  tl,e  most  convenient 
being  near  the  north  shore,  off  the  south  point  of  Northwest  Arm 
which  IS  at  the  extreme  of  the  north  shore  and  is  very  shoal' 
There  is  a  settlement  at  Port  Blandford,  and  the  land  surrounding 
It  IS  being  rapidly  brought  under  cultivation.  The  streams  in  the 
vicinity  are  wel  stocked  with  salmon  and  trout,  and  there  are  also 
some  hne  mussel  and  clam  beds. 

Communication—There  is  communication  by  rail  with  St 
Johns,  distant  154^  miles. 

Ice.-^et-       Clode  Sound  and  SaU-arre  Pay,  the  deep  arms  and 

t^\^...^^T'       '^"^'^  '"^  **'^  ""*^^^^     '■  -^«c«mber  and  break  up 
about  loth  April.  ^ 

Tlde8.-It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Clode  Sound  at  7h. 
37m. ;  springs  rise  4f  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Lions  Den,  on  the  west  side  of  Chandler  Reach,  stretching  4 
miles  in  a  westerly  direction  from  Hurloc  Head,  is  very  rocky  and 
entirely  unfit  for  anchorage.  ^y  ana 

Minchin  Island,  i  mile  off  the  north  shore  at  the  south  end  of 
Chandler  Reach,  is  rocky  all  round,  flat-topped,  83  feet  high  and 
conspicuous  both  from  Chandler  Reach  and  Clode  Sound  At  # 
mile  west  of  Minchin  Island  is  Ashley  Baker  Island;  between 
them  the  coast  is  broken  and  rocky;  temporary  anchorage,  in  8 
fathoms  water,  will  be  found  between  these  islands  in  fine  weather- 
the  bottom  as  well  as  the  coast  is  rocky  and  broken 
■  ^IT^^""^  Du"ipling  Coves  are  both  rocky,  and  afford  anchorage 
m  4  fathoms  water,  between  the  line  of  their  outer  points,  on  a 
bottom  strewn  with  bowW^--.  ^         ' 

Anchorages-Bryans  Hole  Point  is  on  the  north  shore  of  Clode 
Sound,  3|  miles  south  of  Ochre  Pit  Hill;  there  is  anchorage  on 
either  side  of  this  point.  Love  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  the 
sound,  U  miles  below  the  Narrows,  affords  anchorage  in  8  fathoms 
rillthoms    ^""^^^  ^*'^^'  ^  ""'^^  *°  *^'^  eastward,  has  anchorage  in 

From  Bnnyan  Cove  to  Pudding  Cove,  the  east  sides  of  Clode 
Sound  and  Chandler  Reach  are  steep-to  and  affords  no  anchorage 

Deer  Island,  310  feet  high,  is  on  the  east  side  of  Chandler  Reach  • 
between  It  and  the  shore  is  a  narrow  channel  with  6  fathoms  water' 

Pudding  Cove,  south  of  a  small  island  one  mile  to  the  south- 
ward of  Deer  Island,  is  200  yards  in  diameter  with  4  fathoms  water 
over  mud,  and  is  a  good  watering  place. 

Goose  Bay  is  entirely  free  from  dangers,  except  close  to  the 
shore  and  withm  the  hne  of  the  points  of  its  bays,  which  are  all 
shoal  ana  rocky.     Within  f  mile  of  Goose  Head  (a  bluff  on  the 


MMIlii 


424 


CAPE   8T.  JOHN  TO   CAPE   110NAVI8TA. 


south  side  of  the  bay)  there  is  14  fathoms  water,  and  from  this  to 
the  liead,  a  distance  of  2  miles,  there  is  good  anchorage. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Goose  Bay  at  7h. 
22m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Sweet  Bay  extends  8  miles  in  a  southerly  direction  from  Chance 
Head,  and  at  3^  miles  within  the  entrance  it  divides  into  two  parts, 
named  Northwest  and  Southwest  Arms.  At  the  heads  of  both  of 
them  there  is  anchorage,  in  from  10  to  1(5  fathoms  water;  between 
the  arms  the  land  is  rugged,  the  highest  point  is  Nut  Hill,  600  feet 
high,  which  is  a  conspicuous  object  from  the  sea  between  Long 
Islands  and  Western  Head.  In  continuation  of  this  dividing  land 
to  the  NE.  are  Hunt,  Gooseberry,  and  Hay  Islands,  the  latter  small 
and  40  feet  high;  they  are  all  steep-to.  Rocks  extend  200  yards 
off  the  east  shore  of  the  Southwest  Arm,  immediately  opposite 
Hay  Islet,  and  a  rock  which  covers  3  feet  lies  immediately  opposite 
Hay  Island,  300  yards  from  the  west  shore  of  Northwest  Arm; 
these  are  the  only  dangers  in  the  upper  arms  of  Sweet  Bay. 

Chance  Islet,  35  feet  high,  lies  J  mile  north  of  Chance  Head. 
Chance  Harbor  Ledge,  with  5  feet  water  over  it,  lies  f  mile  N.  67° 
E.  (8.  83°  E.  mag.)  from  Chance  Islet. 

Great  Chance  Harbor,  the  first  inlet  on  the  west  side  of  Sweet 
Bay,  stretches  3  miles  in  a  southwesterly  direction  and  is  300  yards 
wide,  with  depths  of  from  10  to  16  fathoms,  over  mud.  The  north 
shore  is  steep.  The  southern  side  of  the  entrance  is  formed  by 
Woody  and  Mustard  Gull  Islands,  the  latter  being  the  outer  or 
eastern.  In  continuation  of  the  line  of  these  islands  is  Brines  Rock, 
which  has  2  feet  over  it  at  high  water.  After  passing  it  there  are 
no  dangers  in  Great  Chance  Harbor. 

Little  Chance  Harbor,  south  of  Great  Chance  Harbor,  extends 
one  mile  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  having  a  breadth  of  200 
yards;  the  head  then  opens  out  to  nearly  400  yards  wide  with 
depths  of  from  10  to  12  fathoms. 

Gull  Island,  46  feet  high,  is  one  mile  within  Cutler  Head,  and 
800  yards  from  the  shore ;  close  south  of  it  is  Turfpook  Island,  a 
cone  165  feet  high;  sunken  dangers  lie  f  mile  SW.  of  Turfpook 
Island. 

Cutler  Head  is  a  cone  397  feet  high,  3i  miles  NW.  from  Plate 
Cove  Head;  between  is  the  entrance  to  Southward  Bay,  which 
stretches  9^  miles  in  a  southerly  direction. 

Cutler  Harbor  is  south  of  Cutler  Head ;  its  entrance  is  rocky 
and  narrow  and  should  not  be  attempted  without  a  pilot ;  a  stranger 
should  keep  Chance  Islet  open  of  Cutler  Head,  bearing  N.  64°  W. 
(N.  24°  W.  mag.),  to  be  well  clear  of  all  danger. 

Southward  Bay  Head  is  a  steep  bluff  328  feet  high,  on  the 
west  side  of  Southward  Bay ;  north  of  it  is  Kate  Harbor,  with  a 
rock  in  the  entrance  and  no  anchorage. 


^PB^JJPP"""* 


mm 


SEAL  COVE — BACON  HONE  BOOK. 


426 


id  from  this  to 

rage. 

ose  Bay  at  7h. 

»n  from  Cliance 
into  two  parts, 
)ads  of  both  of 
vater;  between 
it  Hill,  600  feet 

between  Long 
s  dividing  land 
the  latter  small 
tend  aOO  yards 
iately  opposite 
liately  opposite 
orthwest  Arm; 
eei  Bay. 

Chance  Head. 
IS  i  mile  N.  67° 

st  side  of  Sweet 
md  is  300  yards 
ud.  The  north 
e  is  formed  by 
ig  the  outer  or 
is  Brines  Rock, 
ing  it  there  are 

larbor,  extends 
breadth  of  200 
rds  wide  with 

;ler  Head,  and 
'pook  Island,  a 
of  Turfpook 

W.  from  Plate 
•d  Bay,  which 

;rance  is  rocky 
ot;  a  stranger 
ing  N.  54°  W. 

t  high,  on  the 
Harbor,  with  a 


Seal  Oove,  on  the  SE.  side  of  Southward  Bay,  is  small  aiul  has 
anchorage  in  4  fathoms  water.  The  south  side  of  the  cove  is  rocky ; 
there  are  a  few  fishermen's  houses  on  its  shores. 

Indian  Arm  on  the  east  side  of  Southward  Bay,  3  miles  south 
of  Plate  Cove,  has  a  small  fishing  village  around  its  shores,  but 
no  convenient  anchorage. 

Plate  Oove,  ^  mile  wide,  extends  one  mile  south,  and  affords 
good  anchorage,  in  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water,  in  the  east  corner, 
and  fair  anchorage'  in  the  south  corner.  There  is  a  considerable 
fishing  village  on  its  shores,  and  supplies  can  be  obtained  in  small 
quantities. 

Water. — Water  may  be  obtained;  the  watering  place  is  con- 
veniently situated  in  the  east  corner,  and  easily  approached  by 
boats. 

Coast — From  Plate  Cove  the  coast  trends  3i  miles  in  a  north 
direction  to  Arch  Cliff  Point ;  between  is  Open  Hole,  a  shallow  bay 
with  a  considerable  fishing  village  on  the  shores;  it  affords  no 
anchorage. 

Red  Cliff  Island,  one  mile  south  of  Arch  Cliff  Point,  and  300 
yards  off  shore,  is  50  feet  high,  and  conspicuous  from  the  red  and 
yellow  rocks  of  which  it  is  composed. 

Ice. — Open  Hole  and  Red  Cliff  Island  freeze  about  the  middle  of 
February  and  clear  between  the  end  of  March  an  1  end  of  April, 
according  to  the  season;  northern  ice  generallj  arrives  about  the 
middle  of  February  and  leaves  about  the  middle  of  April. 

Coast— From  Arch  Cliff  Point  the  coast  trends  NNE.  for  3^ 
miles  to  Western  Head.  Off  Tickle  Cove,  north  of  Arch  Cliff 
Point,  the  coast  is  low  and  ragged,  with  rocks  extending  400  yards; 
it  is  then  steep-to  and  bold.  Tickle  Cove  is  a  fishing  village  with- 
out any  harbor,  and  rocks  extend  400  yards  off  Arch  Cliff  Point. 

Western  Rock,  a  small  pointed  rock  3  feet  above  water,  lies 
nearly  800  yards  S.  48°  W.  (S.  78°  W.  mag.)  from  Arch  Cliff  Point. 

Western  Head  is  a  bold  barren  promontory,  steep- to  on  both 
sides,  and  rising  to  443  feet  above  high  water.  East  of  it  Deep 
Cove  stretches  south  for  one  mile;  the  cove  is  open  and  the  south 
shore  foul. 

The  rocks,  having  depths  of  from  7  to  10  fathoms  over  them, 
which  lie  around  Western  Head  at  the  distance  of  about  2  miles, 
cause  a  confused  sea  in  heavy  weather ;  at  times  the  sea  breaks 
over  them. 

Bacon  Bone  Rock  has  4  feet  water  ovbr  it,  with  3  fathoms  at 
300  yards  NW. ;  it  lies  li  miles  S.  64°  W.  (N.  86°  W.  mag.)  from 
Western  Head  and  f  mile  Trom  the  nearest  shore;  Southern  Head, 
open  of  Western  Head,  bearing  S.  79°  E.  (S.  49°  E.  mag.),  leads 
north;  Deer  Island,  shut  in  with  Long  Islands,  S.  60°  W.  (West 


■■-  regcraf.*ia3if:?y;''rw-gy.vr 


42(i 


CAFK    8T.  JOHN    TO    CAPE    HdNAVIHTA. 


maK-)i  l«a<ls  NW.,  ami  Arrow  Point,  opoa  of  Red  Cliff  laland,  S. 
3"  E.  (S.  ^7°  W.  mag.).  lo»"l»  w.ist  <.f  it. 

Coast. — From  Western  Head  to  Southern  Head,  a  steep  cliff  ris- 
ing to  hill  5:32  feet  high,  is  3i  milcH,  E.  by  S. ;  the  intervening  coaHt, 
much  indenttMl,  has  rocky  ground  extending  J  mile  off  it,  nor  should 
it  bo  approached  nearer  than  to  iiave  the  eastern  hill  of  Swale 
Island  open  of  Western  Head,  bearing  8.  86°  W.  (N.  04°  W.  mag.). 

Castle  and  Keels  Coves  are  encumbered  by  rocks,  and  afford 
only  a  summer  resort  ft)r  fishing  vessels;  Keels  is  a  considerable 
fishing  village. 

Ice. — Aeels  and  Broad  Coves  till  in  with  northern  ice  and  freeze 
while  the  ice  remains  on  the  coast. 

Backside  Cove,  immediately  west  t»f  Southern  Head,  affords  no 
shelter. 

Cary  Rock,  with  12  fiH3t  water  over  it,  is  the  outer  danger  off 
Keels;  it  lies  J  mile  N.  28°  E.  (N.  68"  E.  mag.)  from  Keels  East 
H»wl. 

Black  Head  Bay,  west  of  Ca])e  Bonavista,  is  clear  of  danger; 
some  small  open  bays  have  a  few  scattered  inhabitants,  but  afford 
no  shelter  for  ships. 

Ice. — Black  Head  Bay  tills  in  with  northern  ice  and  clears  when 
the  ice  leaves  the  coast. 

Broad  Head  is  a  bluff,  317  feet  high,  with  a  front  J  mile  NNW. 
and  SSE.,  separating  Broad  Cove  and  village,  which  is  immediately 
south  of  the  Southern  Head,  from  Kings  Cove. 

Kings  Cove  is  small,  700  yards  long  NE.  and  SW,,  shoaling 
gradually  from  a  depth  of  20  fathoms  at  the  enti-ance,  which  is  300 
yards  wide,  to  the  beach,  160  yards  wide  at  the  head.  It  is  open 
to  the  NE.,  but  said  to  be  a  safe  anchorage  for  small  vessels;  as  the 
water  shoals  suddenly  they  do  not  drag  inshore,  but  at  times  drift 
to  sea. 

Light. — On  Kings  Cove  Head,  the  northern  side  of  the  entrance, 
a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  37  feet  in  height  and  painted  white,  exhib- 
its at  an  elevation  of  170  feet  an  intermittent  white  light,  visible 
24  times  every  minute,  which  should  be  seen  14  miles,  but  being 
unwatched  it  is  unreliable. 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer, 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor,  calls  fortnightly  at  Kings 
Cove  during  summer  aad  autumn. 

Tides. — It  is  high  wa  ter,  full  and  change,  in  Kings  Cove  at  7h. 
15m. ;  springs  rise  3^  f  «et,  neaps  rise  2i  feet. 

Coast. — The  coast  from  Black  Head,  on  the  east  shore  of  the  bay, 
to  Green  Island,  trends  in  a  NE.  direction  for  5  miles,  and  between 
are  three  small  bays,  viz,  Bonavista,  Bailey  Cove,  and  Red  Cove. 


Cliff  Isluiid,  S. 

ti  Htoep  I'liff  ris- 
ervouiiiKcoiiHt, 
ir  it,  iiorMliduld 
I  hill  of  Swnl« 
.  64°  W.  mag.), 
cks,  and  afford 
a  considerable 

1  ice  and  freeze 

[ead,  affords  no 

iter  danger  off 
otu  Keels  East 

lear  of  danger; 
tuts,  but  afford 

nd  clears  when 

t  J  mile  NNW. 
is  immediately 

SW.,  shoaling 
e,  which  is  300 
id.  It  is  open 
vessels;  as  the 
at  times  drift 

■  the  entrance, 
white,  exhib- 
light,  visible 
es,  but  being 

iny's  steamer, 
itly  at  Kings 

s  Cove  at  7h. 

re  of  the  bay, 

and  between 

id  Red  Cove. 


1U»NAV18TA    Hay lIAlUtYS    (lUOUNI). 


427 


BonaviBta  is  the  most  Houtliurn,  and  the  only  one  affording 
anchorage,  the  otluirs  being  cncumborod  by  rocks  and  luoro  exposed. 
A  stranger  bound  for  Ronavista  should  not  approach  the  shore 
nearer  tlian  to  have  a  small  portion  of  Gull  Island  just  seen  west 
of  Oroen  Island,  bearing  N.  37°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.),  until  Squarey 
Islet  bears  S.  30°  E.  (South  mag.);  then  passing  dose  to  the  latter 
islet  to  avoid  a  shoal  with  S^  fathoms  water  over  it,  whicli  lies 
nearly  !iOO  yanls  SW.  of  it,  anchorage  may  bo  obtained  in  0  fath- 
oms water,  but  this  bay  is  only  available  for  vessels  during  sum- 
mer. Squarey  Islet  is  43  feet  high,  and  the  outer  of  a  ridge  of 
rocks  forming  the  north  side  of  the  bay. 

The  towu  of  Bonavista  is  the  largest  in  the  bay,  having  in  1891 
a  population  of  3,650;  th»jre  is  excellent  land,  a  large  quantity  of 
which  is  under  cultivation,  around  the  bay. 

Oommunication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  at  Bonavista  fortnightly 
during  summer  and  autumn;  there  is  also  telegraphic  communica- 
tion with  all  parts. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  off  Bonavista  at  7h. 
25m. ;  springs  rise  -i}  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Green  Island,  on  the  west  side  of  Cape  Bonavista,  is  60  feet 
liigh,  and  separated  from  the  land  of  the  cape  by  a  channel  300 
yards  wide,  having  2  fathoms  water  in  the  deepest  part,  eastward 
of  a  rock  nearly  in  mid-channel. 

Stor'.  Island,  40  feet  high,  lies  about  a  mile  west  of  Green 
Island,  the  channel  between  being  one  mile  wide,  and  clear  of 
danger. 

Cape  Bonavista  and  Light— See  page  409. 

Aspect  of  Coast. — From  the  eastward  the  most  remarkable 
feature  north  of  the  entrance  to  Trinity  Bay  is  Burnt  Ridge,  some 
table  land  situated  500  feet  above  the  sea,  4  miles  south  of  Cape 
Bonavista;  it  is  nearly  100  feet  higher  than  the  land  in  its  immedi- 
ate vicinity,  and  300  feet  above  the  general  elevation  both  north 
and  south  of  it.  As  the  land  is  upproached,  Largent  Hill,  north  of 
it,  becomes  visible,  then  Norther  Head,  and  lastly  Cape  Bonavista 
lighthouse  and  Gull  Island  which  lies  off  it.  From  the  NE.,  Green 
Ridge,  which  is  the  north  part  of  Burnt  Ridge,  will  probably  be 
the  first  land  seen;  but  if  cloudy,  Cape  Bonavista  Lighthouse, 
which  may  be  seen  from  a  distance  of  14  miles,  will  be  tlie  first 
object  recognized. 

Harrys  Ground  to  the  north  of  Cape  Bonavista  is  more  than 
2^  miles  in  length  in  a  SSW.  and  NNE.  direction,  and  1^  miles  in 
breadth.  It  consists  of  several  rocky  patches  with  from  7  feet  to 
16  fathoms  water  over,  and  20  to  30  fathoms  between  them ;  within 


14010 


-S8 


w>*JniLKymjM»m.m-ifmjmw^nn>n . 


f 


428 


OAI'E   8T.  JOriN  TO   OAFE   noNAVTSTA. 


imile  of  the  .u.rtli,  ea«t,  and  west  sides  of  the  bank  there  i- a 
depth  of  from  SO  to  00  fathoms  ^^  * 

jU  Ljgh.hou«.     You,,,  iTJy^-  ,t  L"£     «;  ^  J„  B-; 

D    1        .Li.  „  »    ^«'P  nocK,  with  16  feet  water  on  it  and  MirMlo 
Rock,  with  3  fathoms  on  it.  lie  between  them.    T^  ere  is  a^lso  a 

E.  (8.  19   W.  mag.),  leads  westward.     In  foggy  weather    shnnM 
the  position  of  the  vessel  be  well  known.  cloffwiTh  Gull  Wand 
as   here  are  no  dangers  in  the  immediat^  vicimW  Cape  Bona' 

;ts  J:om'S:n  it/r  '^'''-''  ^-*^-'  *^^  '''  H-rbelT3 

/hTmoS;:-  ^j^  ?--  ^trb^'w^^ 

f'rse^rrd'  ''''''  ^"'  "  *°  ''  ^'^^^-^  ^-^  afte^hLV^ale: 

,^lJl^  '  '^'^^'^^Jeet  ^ater  on  it.  lies  200  yards  SW    from  the 

Bland,  and  another,  with  less  than  6  feet  on  it.  400  yards  Zstn? 

the  cape,  but  close  to  the  shore  ^  °^ 


'L. 


Mrcnii'twi 


TA. 

)  bank  there  b  a 

1,  hna  7  foot  water 
from  Cai)o  Borm- 
fock,  has  a  depth 
?.),  6i  miles  from 
'11  it,  ami  Middle 
There  is  also  a 
H  7  fathoms;  Old 

S.  66°  W.  mag.), 
ghthouso,  8.  11° 
weather,  should 
ith  Gull  Island, 
Y  of  Cape  Bona- 
i  Harry  being  3 

on  them,  break 
IS  break  with  a 
fter  heavy  gales 

3ape  Bonavista. 

SW.  from  the 

'0  yards  west  of 


CHAPTER  IX. 

NEWFOUNDLAND.  EA8T  COAST-CAPE  BONAVISTA  TO  CAPE  RAOB. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.)  ' 

Oape  Largent— From  Cape  Bonavista  to  Spillers  Point,  a  dis- 
tance of  3i  miles,  the  coast  is  of  cliff,  indented  with  several  small 
bays,  which  afford  no  anchorage.  Spillers  Point  is  a  flat-topped 
cliff,  with  several  remarkably  small  1.  it  high  detached  rocks  off  it 
the  highest  being  121  feet  above  the  sea.  Cape  Largent,  a  mile 
farther  8E.,  is  a  shelving  point,  with  the  extremity  cut  off  from 
the  main  part  of  the  land  by  a  deep  rent,  and  at  a"  short  distance 
off  It  IS  a  small  rock  just  above  water.  Larger. :  Hill  in'  ad  from 
this  point  is  433  feet  above  the  sea,  and  remarkable,  b  .  g  sepa- 
rated from  Burnt  Ridge  by  a  deep  valley  and  rising  m  rt  than  200 
feet  abova  the  flat  cliffs  of  the  coast. 

Bird  Island  Oove.-A  mile  south  of  Ca.;e  1  ,argent  is  Bird 
Island  Cove,  affording  no  shelter,  but  it  is  a  good  station,  from 
whence  cod-fishing  in  boats  may  be  carried  on.  Temporary  an- 
choragemay  be  obtained  in  about  7  fathoms  water,  over  sand  at 
the  head  of  the  cove,  but  within  400  yards  of  the  shore;  it  is  stated 
that,  on  account  of  the  backwash,  a  vessel  may  riJe  at  this  anchor- 
age  securely,  even  in  easterly  winds. 

aa?*''*!^^*^?  ^*^*°**  ''  '°'^"'  ^^*  ^^^*  ^^«^'  and  lies  If  miles 
8SJL.  of  Cape  Lf^rgent.  South  Bird  Island  is  also  small,  130  feet 
high,  and  is  i  mile  S.  by  E.  of  North  Bird  Island.  Flowers  Point 
is  4  miles  from  Cape  Largent;  the  coast  between  this  latter  point 
and  North  Head,  3  miles  to  the  southward,  is  flat,  with  steep  cliffs 
forming  a  bay  f  mile  deep.  ' 

DoUarman  Bank.-The  coast  irum  Cape  Bonavista  southward 
18  bordered  by  an  irregular  rocky  bank,  considered  a  good  fishing 
ground,  and  from  a  depth  of  ?0  fathoms  at  the  NE.  extremity  of 
Dollarman  Bank,  6^  miles  E.  i  S.  from  Cape  Bonavista  Light- 
bouse,  to  6i  miles  off  N..nii  Head,  are  numerous  rocks,  with  C  to 
10  fathoms,  and  deep  water  close  around  them,  on  which  the  sea 
breaks  after  an  easterly  gale;  consequently  in  bad  weather  it  is 
advisable  to  pass  eastward  of  the  Haypooks,  the  outer  danger 

This  shore  is  fringed  by  dan,?erous  rocks,  the  outer,  named 
Flowers  Rock,  with  less  than  6  feet  water,  lying  nearly  f  mile 
from  the  shore.     Cape  Bonavista  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.  42°  W. 

(429) 


430 


CAPE  BONAVISTA  TO  CAPE  RACE. 


(N.  13°  W.  mag.),  open  North  of  CapeLargent,  until  Green  Island 
lighthouse  opens  south  of  Catalina  North  Head,  S.  36°  W.  (S.  66° 
W.  mag.),  leads  clear  of  these  shoals. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  o80.) 

Little  Catalina,  a  boat  harbor,  is  entered  west  of  Cuckold  Head, 
a  bold  bluff,  off  which  are  two  islets  1^  miles  westward  of  North 
Head,  the  intermediate  coast  having  5  fathoms  water  at  -Jt  mile 
distant.  Rowland  Head  is  the  termination  of  the  line  of  coast 
west  of  Little  Catalina,  and  forms  the  east  shore  of  a  small  cove 
with  a  beach  of  shingle.  A  low  islet  lies  close  off  this  head. 
Pigeon  Rock,  small  and  low,  lies  100  yards  off  shore  NE.  of  Shep- 
herd Point,  and  a  shoal,  with  10  feet  water,  is  situated  250  yards 
NE.  from  Pigeon  Rock. 

Catalina  Harbor,  entered  SW.  a  little  more  than  2^  miles  from 
North  Head,  is  dangerous  of  approach,  and  should  not  be  attempted 
by  a  stranger,  but  may  be  readily  recognized  by  the  lighthouse  on 
Green  Island  that  lies  just  south  of  the  entrance. 

The  entrance  to  Catalina  Harbor,  between  Shepherd  Point  on 
the  North  and  Burnt  Point  on  the  south,  is  barely  700  yards  wide, 
and  Charlton  Rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel;  farther  in,  the  entrance  is  narrowed  to  about  200  yards 
by  shoals,  with  2^  and  2  fathoms  water  over  them,  lying  nearly 
300  yards  in  a  south  and  east  direction  respectively  from  Goodland 
Point;  and  on  the  south  shore  by  White  and  Lowe  Rocks,  the 
former  with  a  depth  of  4  feet,  and  the  latter  with  2  fathoms  water 
over  it;  they  lie  about  200  yards  distant  in  a  NE.  and  NW.  direc- 
tion respectively  from  the  turning  point  into  Southeast  Cove. 

Shoals.— Off  this  harbor  shoals  extend  8i  miles  NE.  by  E., 
most  of  which  break  after  heavy  easterly  gales,  and  render  the 
harbor  difficult  to  approach  on  those  occasions.  The  Haypooks, 
with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  7-J-  miles  NE.  by  E.  from  Green  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  the  outer  shoal,  with  8  fathoms  water,  |  mile  far- 
ther in  the  same  direction.  The  Skerries,  with  6  fathoms,  lies  6 
miles  off  NE.  by  E.  Feather  Shoal,  with  6  fathoms,  E.  by  S. 
nearly  4  miles ;  Joe  Rock  with  8  fathoms,  nearly  East  S^V  miles ; 
Soldier  Rock,  with  9  fathoms,  ENE.  ^  E.  3^  miles  nearly ;  and 
Murphy  Rock,  with  8  fathoms,  NE,  by  E.  2|-  miles  from  Green 
Island  Lighthouse.  Poor  Shoal,  a  mile  in  length  within  the  line 
of  5  fathoms,  lying  NE.  and  SW.,  is  situated  between  one  and  2 
miles  NE.  of  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  and  has  22  feet  least  water, 
on  which  the  sea  breaks  heavily  in  easterly  gale^ 

Brandies  Shoal  consists  of  three  heads,  with  4  feet  least  water, 
occupying  a  space  1,300  yards  long  north  and  south  and  about  i 
mile  wide.     The  channel  between  the  SW.  extreme  of  Brandies 


t]«miAia>4iibKCinute«»^j.4!^ 


CATALINA   HARBOR. 


431 


itil  Green  Island 
J.  36°  W.  (S.  66° 


'  Cuckold  Head, 
fcward  of  North 
vater  at  -^  mile 
le  line  of  coast 
f  a  small  cove 
off  this  head. 
:e  NE.  of  Shep- 
lated  250  yards 

Q  2i  miles  from 
ot  be  attempted 
e  lighthouse  on 

iherd   Pmnf  r.p 
^00  yards  wide, 
nearly  in  mid- 
30ut  200  yards 
.,  lying  nearly 
:rom  Goodland 
we  Rocks,  the 
fathoms  water 
id  NW.  direc- 
tast  Cove. 
I  NE.   by  E., 
nd  render  the 
he  Haypooks, 
Green  Island 
er,  f  mile  far- 
ithoms,  lies  6 
tns,  E,  by  S. 
ast  3^jf  miles; 
5  nearly;  and 
from  Green 
ithin  the  line 
3en  one  and  2 
t  least  water, 

t  least  water, 
and  about  i 
of  Brandies 


Shoal  and  Green  Island  is  350  yards  wide;  and  that  between  the 
north  extreme  and  the  mainland  is  i  mile  wide. 

Green  Island,  south  of  the  entrance,  is  rugged  and  rocky. 
Shoal  water  surrounds  this  island,  extending  400  yards  from  the 
north,  800  yards  from  the  south  side,  and  200  yards  in  all  other 
directions. 

Light. — On  Green  Island  a  wooden  dwelling,  painted  white, 
with  lantern  in  the  center,  41  feet  in  height,  exhibits  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  93  feet  a  fixed  white  light  that  shoula  be  visible  11  miles 
between  the  bearings  of  S.  35°  W,  (S.  65°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  12°  E. 
(N.  42°  E.  mag.)  over  an  arc  of  157°. 

Fog  Signal.— During  thick  or  foggy  weather,  a  fog  horn  will  be 
sounded  for  periods  of  five  seconds,  with  intervals  of  silence  of 
thirty-seven  seconds. 

Communication.— Th<^  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer, 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor,  calls  at  Catalina  fortnightly 
in  summer  and  autumn ;  there  is  also  telegraphic  communication 
with  all  parts. 
Ooai.— A  small  quantity  of  coal  (about  20  tons)  may  be  obtained. 
Pilots. — The  Ushermen  are  trustworthy  pilots,  and  are  nearly 
always  to  be  found  near  the  harbor  in  daytime. 

Burnt  Point  is  terminated  by  a  low  black  islet  about  10  feet 
high,  and  from  it  shoal  water  extends  100  yards.  From  it  the 
south  shore  of  the  harbor  trends  to  the  westward  +  mile,  and  then 
doubles  back  to  form  Southeast  Cove,  400  yards  deep,  and  shallow. 
Northeast  Arm  is  f  mile  long,  but  is  barred  at  800  yards  from 
the  entrance,  and  a  rock,  with  3  feet  water,  lies  250  yards  SW.  of 
the  bar.  It  affords  anchorage  for  vessels  drawing  9  feet  water  in 
a  basin  400  yards  in  diameter,  with  2  fathoms,  mud. 

Southwest  Arm  is  i  mile  long  and  i  mile  wide  at  the  entrance, 
narrowing  gradually  to  the  head,  from  which  shoal  water  extends 
600  yards ;  the  anchorage  here  is  in  4  fathoms,  mud. 

Large  vessels  should  anchor  off  the  mouth  of  this  arm  in  5 
fathoms,  mud,  taking  care  to  have  the  east  extreme  of  Northeast 
Arm  open  west  of  Manuel  Islet,  bearing  N.  3°  E.  (N.  33°  E.  mag.), 
to  clear  Lowe  Rock.  A  swell  sets  into  the  harbor  and  up  South- 
west Arm  after  heavy  gales,  but  not  sufficient  to  endanger  vessels. 
Ice.— The  Northeast  Arm  of  Catalina  Harbor  freezes  over  about 
1st  January,  from  which  date  to  the  middle  of  April  it  is  generally 
completely  closed;  winds  from  SSW.  or  SW.  often  break  the  ice 
up.  Northern  ice  is  irregular  in  its  arrival,  seldom  appearing 
before  15th  January,  often  not  before  10th  February;  it  generally 
leaves  between  10th  and  20th  April,  but  has  been  known  to  remain 
as  late  as  10th  June. 


.,-i'* 


432 


CAPE  B0NAVI8TA  TO  OAPE  BAOE. 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Catalina  Harbor 
at  7h. ;  springs  rise  6  feet,  neaps  rise  4  feet. 

Directions. — To  enter  Catalina  Harbor  between  the  SW.  ex- 
treme of  Brandies  Shoal — which  generally  breaks — and  Green 
Island:  After  clearing  the  outer  dangers,  steer  in  with  Burnt 
Point  in  line  with  a  church  on  the  shore  of  the  Northeast  Arm 
bearing  N.  69°  W.  (N.  39°  "W .  mag.)  until  Green  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  S.  58°  W.  (S.  88°  W.  mag.),  then  steer  about  N.  55°  W.  (N. 
26°  W.  mag.)  and,  after  rounding  Burnt  Point  at  about  200  yards 
to  pass  south  of  Charlton  Rock,  keep  the  Wesleyan  Chapel  (sit- 
uated on  the  slope  of  the  hill  SW.  of  Courage  Point)  a  little  more 
than  its  own  breadth  open  west  of  the  house  on  the  rising  ground 
behind  it,  bearing  S.  85°  W.  (N.  65°  W.  mag.)  to  pass  between 
Lowe  Bock  and  the  shoal  off  Goodland  Point. 

When  entering  north  of  Brandies  Shoal,  the  Roman  Catholic 
church  in  Southwest  Arm  is  not  readily  distinguished  by  a 
stranger,  as  it  is  almost  hidden  by  houses ;  there  is,  however,  a 
square  white  house  situated  about  ,300  yards  southward  of  the 
church  which,  kept  almost  in  line  with  both  Goodland  and  Shep= 
herd  Points,  bearing  about  S.  68°  W.  (S.  88°  W.  mag.),  is  a  good 
mark  for  passing  northward  of  Brandies  Shoal.  When  South 
Head  is  shut  in  by  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  S.  5°  W.  (S. 
36°  W.  mag.),  steer  towards  Burnt  Point  until  Manuel  Islet  is 
wholly  open  of  Goodland  Point,  N.  82°  W.  (N.  52°  W.  rnag.),  and 
proceed  as  before. 

Caution. — As  before  stated,  this  harbor  should  not  be  attemped 
by  a  stranger. 

Bagged  Harbor,  a  boat  cove  nearly  2  miles  SSW.  of  Green 
Island,  is  sheltered  by  Ragged  Islands,  a  group  of  rugged  rocks 
40  feet  high,  from  which  sunken  rocks  extend  in  all  directions. 
Morris  Rock,  the  eastern  of  these,  with  22  feet  least  water,  is  nearly 
a  'mUe  SSE..  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse.  Burnt  Point,  open 
north  of  Green  Island,  N.  45°  W.  (N.  15°  W.  mag.),  leads  east, 
and  Doughfig  Point,  well  open  of  South  Head,  bearing  S.  36°  W. 
(S.  66°  W.  mag.),  leads  SE.  of  this  shoal. 

South  Head  is  a  wedge-shaped  point  130  feet  above  high  water, 
steep-to  on  the  south  side. 

(H.O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Low  Point  is  a  rugged  shelving  point  4  miles  from  South  Head, 
with  detached  rocks  and  a  rock  with  6  feet  on  it  200  yards  off. 
Low  Point  Grounds  are  two  patches  of  13  and  12  fathoms,  lying 
ESE.  1,200  yards,  and  SE.  by  E.  one  mile  from  the  point. 

Ooast.-^The  coast  between  South  Head  and  Low  Point  consists 
of  a  series  of  low  bluffs  facing  tablelands,  backed  by  a  long  range 


jaii[ 


!3atalina  Harbor 

len  the  SW.  ex- 
>ks — and  Green 
in  with  Burnt 
Northeast  Arm 
and  Lighthouse 
b  N.  65°  W.  (N. 
about  200  yards 
'•an  Chapel  (sit- 
it)  a  little  more 
B  rising  ground 
>  pass  between 

Oman  Catholic 
guished    by  a 

is,  however,  a 
bhward  of  the 
ind  and  Shep- 
^ag.),  is  a  good 

When  South 
«  S.  5°  W.  (S. 
[anuel  Islet  is 
SV.  mag.),  and 

>t  be  attemped 

3W.  of  Green 
rugged  rocks 
ill  directions, 
ater,  is  nearly 
it  Point,  open 
.),  leads  east, 
ing  8.  36°  W. 

e  high  water, 


South  Head, 
)0  yards  off. 
thoms,  lying 
oint. 

'oint  consists 
a  long  range 


TEINETY   BAY. 


433 


of  hills  about  600  feet  above  high  water,  SW.  termination  of 
which.  Norther  Point,  is  a  steep  bluff  580  feet  high,  a  conspicuous 
object  in  entering  Trinity  Bay.  This  coast  is  foul,  and  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  800  yards. 

To  clear  all  these  dangers  Bonaventure  Head  should  be  kept 
open  of  Horse  Chops,  bearing  S.  62°  W.  (N.  89°  W.  mag.),  until 
Green  Island  Lighthouse  is  open  of  South  Head,  N.  7°  E.  (N,  36° 
E.  mag.). 

White  Ground,  with  least  water  of  3  fathoms,  lies  400  yards 
off  Norther  Point. 

Green  Point  is  wedge-shaped,  and  divides  Norther  Cove  on  the 
north  from  Green  Bay  on  the  south.  Green  Point  Rock,  with  4 
fathoms,  lies  600  yards  from  this  point. 

Western  Head,  the  south  point  of  Green  Bay,  is  a  steep  cliff, 
north  of  which  are  two  waterfalls.  Off  this  head  lie  Western 
Head  Grounds,  two  patches  of  4  and  9  fathoms,  the  latter  and 
outer  distant  700  yards. 

Horse  Chops  is  an  overhanging  cliff,  sloping  from  a  saddle- 

r!lioi-«rk<1    Hn   OftK  ■ff/>r.4-    1,4/^%.     1, « ,»4..,  .-  „i»  J*   „1  „_-    A^    iT T ^     J-i.__l.  -J 

ou^^oU  ±i.x^x  mUu  xoOb  ±li.ftf±Xj  xictiVXllg  \JU.   It  OXUOO    to    tllO  DJUOlO  Si  UC tOrOliOU. 

islet.  Flat  Rock,  6  feet  above  high  water. 

Trinity  Bay,  having  its  entrance  about  40  miles  to  the  north- 
ward of  fit.  Johns  Harbor,  is  extensive,  and  has  many  good  anchor- 
ages on  either  side.  The  entrance  is  15  miles  wide,  between  Grates 
Point  on  the  south  and  Horse  Chops  on  the  north,  thence  the  bay 
trends  SW.  by  S.  for  50  miles  to  its  head. 

Oaution. — In  bad  weather,  at  night,  or  in  a  heavy  sea,  a  stranger 
should  not  approach  nearer  than  7  miles  northward  or  eastward 
of  Cape  Bonavista,  nor  the  land  as  far  south  as  Catalina;  after 
easterly  winds  a  strong  current  runs  up  Trinity  Bay  along  the 
northern  shore,  and  the  fog  hangs  more  over  this  coast  than  the 
opposite  shore  of  the  bay. 

Ice. — Trinity  Bay  never  freezes  over,  but  field  ice  has  been  met 
with  in  December  and  has  continued  off  the  mouth  of  the  bay  until 
May.  Icebergs  come  up  the  bay  as  early  as  the  last  week  in  May 
and  some  remain  until  the  last  week  in  August,  but  these  latter 
icebergs  are  generally  grounded ;  otherwise  with  favorable  winds 
the  bay  would  be  clear  by  the  end  of  June. 

(E.  O.  Chart  No.  P  J3.) 

Trinity  Harbor,  between  Horse  Crops  and  Bonav^enture  Head, 
is  considered  one  of  the  best  and  largest  in  Newfoundland ;  it  is 
surrounded  by  hills  ranging  from  200  to  380  feet  above  the  sea. 
A  high  rocky  irregular  peninsula  extends  from  the  SW.  side  of 
the  harbor,  dividing  it  into  two  portions,  named  Northwest  and 
Southwest  i^ms,  in  each  of  which  are  several  small  bays  and  coves. 


T 


434 


CAPE   BONA  VISTA   TO   CAPK   RACE. 


On  the  SE.  part  of  the  peninsula  are  scattered  the  houses  compris- 
ing the  town,  which  has  about  3,000  inhabitants,  and  along  the 
shore  are  several  wharves. 

Supplies  may  be  procured  here. 

Light. — From  a  wooden  tower,  43  feet  in  height,  and  painted 
white,  situated  150  yards  south  of  Fort  Point,  a  fixed  white  light 
is  exhibited,  at  an  elevation  of  75  feet,  that  should  be  visible  10 
miles. 

Communicatiou. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer, 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor,  calls  fortnightly  at  Trinity 
Harbor  during  summer  and  autumn.  i 

Directions. — On  the  eastern  shore  and  i  mile  within  Skerwink 
Head  are  Herring  Rocks,  between  which  and  Admiral  Island,  20 
feet  high,  about  the  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance,  the  distance  is 
i  mile.  When  entering  the  harbor,  keep  in  mid-channel,  giving 
Mussel  Rock,  with  8  feet  wnter  over  it,  the  position  of  which  may 
be  seen  by  the  discolored  water  over  it,  a  good  berth,  and  anchor 
where  convenient. 

Ice. — Trinity  Harbor  freezes  over  about  31st  January,  and  is 
closed  at  intervals  by  ice,  about  1^  feet  in  thickness,  from  that 
date  to  about  29th  April.  Field  ice  appears  about  19th  April, 
leaving  about  29th  of  the  same  month ;  the  earliest  date  of  a  vessel 
arriving  is  6th  March,  and  latest  of  leaving  21st  January.  A 
SW.  wind  blowing  for  twenty-four  hours  clears  the  harbor  suflB- 
ciently  for  vessels  to  enter.  Between  Horse  Chops  and  Skerwink 
Head  there  is  often  a  straight  edge  of  ice,  and,  if  SE.  winds  pre- 
vail, the  ice  in  the  bight  outside  Trinity  Harbor  is  held  in  for  some 
time,  but  northerly  or  NW.  winds  clear  it  out. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Trinity  Harbor  at 
7h.  10m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  2  feet. 

Robinhood  Bay. — Skerwink  Head,  the  eastern  point  of  entrance 
to  Trinity  Harbor,  forms  also  the  western  point  of  Robinhood  Bay, 
the  entrance  to  which  is  a  mile  wide,  and  the  bay  extends  north- 
ward If  miles,  narrowing  toward  the  head.  Here  vessels  fre- 
quently anchor  to  fish,  in  7  to  17  fathoms  water.  Skerwink  Rocks, 
40  feet  high,  are  off  the  head  of  the  same  name,  and  Fox  Rock, 
with  15  feet  water  on  it,  lies  300  yards  south  of  Fox  Head  on  the 
east  side  of  entrance. 

Salmon  Cove,  east  of  Robinhood  Bay,  is  separated  from  it  by 
Fox  Head,  the  land  of  which  is  connected  to  the  main  at  the  head 
of  the  bay  by  a  narrow  sandy  neck.  Salmon  Cove  is  considered  a 
good  fishing  place,  and  its  shores  are  bold. 

(H.O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Bonaventure  Bead,  the  north  point  of  entrance  to  Smith  Sound, 
is  a  bold  bluff  537  feet  high,  and  skirted  on  the  south  by  several 


■M 


■  "P*' 


e  houses  compris- 
es, and  along  the 


ght,  and  painted 
fixed  white  light 
luld  be  visible  10 

npany's  steamer, 
ightly  at  Trinity 

s^thin  Skerwink 
Imiral  Island,  20 
e,  the  distance  is 
-channel,  giving 
)n  of  -which  may 
rth,  and  anchor 

January,  and  is 
cness,  from  that 
out  19th  April, 

date  of  a  vessel 
st  January.  A 
he  harbor  suflfl- 
9  and  Skerwink 

SE.  winds  pre- 
lield  in  for  some 

inity  Harbor  at 

oint  of  entrance 
lobinhood  Bay, 
extends  north- 
)re  vessels  fre- 
cerwink  Rocks, 
md  Fox  Rock, 
»x  Head  on  the 

ted  from  it  by 
ain  at  the  head 
is  considered  a 


'  Smith  Sound, 
th  by  several 


SMITH   SOUND. 


435 


cliffy  rocks.  Ragged  Islands,  on  the  south  side  of  the  main  entrance 
to  Smith  Sound,  are  a  group  covering  a  space  of  1,200  yards  long 
east  and  west,  by  300  yards  broad;  they  are  il5  feet  high,  with  a 
ragged  and  barren  appearance,  and  their  NE.  extreme  is  2^  miles 
SW.  from  the  south  side  of  Bonaventure  Head. 

Raggred  Hook,  on  the  south  side  of  Ragged  Islands,  dries  2  feet 
at  low  water  springs. 

Smith  Sound  is  20  miles  in  length  from  Bonaventure  Head  to 
the  bar  at  its  head,  which  separates  it  from  Northwest  Arm  of 
Random  Sound ;  its  breadth  varies  from  ^  mile  to  1^  miles.  In  the 
lower  reaches  the  depth  of  water  is  from  50  to  80  fathoms,  and  the 
shores  so  steep  that  no  spot  can  be  recommended  for  an  anchorage, 
except  the  small  harbors  near  the  entrance  now  to  be  described. 

Ice. — Smith  Sound  freezes  in  severe  winters  about  10th  February, 
and  breaks  up  from  10th  to  20t;h  April. 

Tides.— It  is  high  walor,  full  and  change,  in  Smith  Sound  at 
7h,  8m. ;  springs  rise  3i  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

OH  Bonaventure  Harbor 4hont  «  milo  "W"  Ktt  «  f«r,T«  +T>r. 

south  part  of  Bonaventure  Head  is  Maiden  Point,  and  off  the  south 
side  of  the  point  is  the  small,  flat-topped,  inaccessible  Maiden  Islet, 
with  detached  rocks  extending  100  yards  from  its  south  side. 
Between  the  head  and  the  islet  is  Old  Bonaventure,  which  runs 
NW.  about  a  mile  to  an  anchorage  for  small  vessels  within  two 
islets,  the  western  of  which  is  20  feet  high  and  the  eastern  10  feet, 
with  a  channel  100  yards  wide  on  either  side  of  them.  The  western 
channel  is  4  fathoms  deep,  the  center  9  fathoms,  and  the  eastern  6 
fathoms.  The  anchorage  is  about  400  yards  in  extent,  in  6  or  7 
fathoms  water,  mud.  Cat  Cove,  northward  of  Maiden  Islet,  is 
small  and  about  400  yards  wide,  with  from  8  to  16  fathoms  water, 
but  it  affords  no  anchorage. 

New  Bonaventure  Harbor.— Between  Maiden  Islet  and  Wolf 
Head,  If  miles  westward,  are  New  Bonaventure,  Broad  Cove,  and 
Kerley  Harbors,  all  extending  in  about  a  mile,  but  open  to  the  SSE, 
At  the  head  of  New  Bonaventure  and  300  yards  from  the  shore 
there  is  a  shoal  patch  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it.  The  village  of 
New  Bon.  I  venture  is  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  on  the  eastern  shore, 
and  the  church  on  its  left  is  in  a  commanding  position  and  a 
remarkable  object.  The  settlement  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of 
cultivation,  and  although  the  bay  is  not  at  all  times  safe  for  ship- 
ping, the  ice  does  not  form  so  soon,  and  breaks  up  sooner  than  at 
Old  Bonaventure, 

Broad  Cove  Rocks,  on  the  west  side  of  New  Bonaventure  and 
in  the  entrance  to  Broad  Cove,  dry  2  feet  at  low-water  springs. 
New  Bonaventure  church,  bearing  northward  of  N,  25°  E,  (N.  54° 
E,  mag,),  and  well  open  of  the  point  opposite  the  village,  leads 
eastward  of  them. 


i 


i 


436 


CAPE   BONA  VISTA   TO   OAPE  BAOE. 


If 


m 


Eerley  Harbor  is  an  inlet  i  mile  long  in  a  N.  by  W.  direction 
and  200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  23  fathoms  at  the  entrance, 
gradually  shoaling  to  its  head.  It  is  separated  from  New  Bona- 
venture  and  Broad  Cove  by  White  Point,  which  is  low,  and  slopes 
from  hills  within  it  which  are  about  300  feet  high;  the  point 
is  steep-to.    It  affords  good  but  confined  anchorage  at  its  head. 

British  Harbor.— Between  Wolf  Head,  south  of  Kerley  Har- 
bor, and  British  Harbor  Point,  a  distance  of  1^  miles,  the  coast  is 
formed  by  a  remarkable  flat-topped  cliff.  The  central  part,  from 
its  appearance  of  being  artificial,  is  called  Battery  Point.  Behind 
it  steep  barren  hills  rise  300  and  700  feet  above  the  sea.  British 
Harbor  is  formed  between  the  point  of  this  name  and  West  Point, 
a  small,  steep,  rocky  promontory,  steep-to,  i  mile  SW.  of  it.  The 
harbor  runs  in  to  the  northward  about  a  mile,  and  narrows  to 
200  yards,  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  J  mile  from  the  entrance. 
Within  these  narrows  is  the  anchorage  in  10  or  12  fathoms,  mud, 
over  a  space  of  300  yards.  The  head  of  the  harbor  forms  into 
three  little  bays,  on  the  shore  of  which  are  the  houses  of  the 
fishermen. 

A  rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  outside  the  narrows  100  yards 
from  the  eastern  shore.  It  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  the  western 
shore  aboard. 

Pope  Harbor.— From  West  Point  to  Pope  Harbor,  nearly  2 
miles,  the  coast  is  broken  and  rocky.  Midway  is  Derby  Cove, 
where  there  are  a  few  houses  and  fishing  stages  behind  a  small 
peninsula,  and  a  rock,  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  100  yards  off  a 
small  cove  600  yards  east  of  Pope  Harbor.  At  the  entrance  to 
Pope  Harbor  there  are  two  rocks  above  water,  the  western  being 
18  feet  high,  and  there  are  other  rocks  uncovered  eastward  of  the 
above,  near  the  shore,  within  West  Point.  The  two  western  chan- 
nels formed  by  these  rocks  are  225  yards  wide,  with  deep  water. 
Inside,  the  harbor  opens  out  to  i  mile  east  and  west  by  i  mile 
wide,  with  4  and  5  fathoms,  mud. 

A  sunken  rock,  with  shoal  water  around  it,  lies  150  yards  off  the 
center  of  the  north  shore,  and  another  rock  lies  about  the  same 
distance  off  the  east  shore.  A  large  stream  runs  into  the  harbor 
on  the  north,  draining  a  considerable  tract  of  country,  and  good- 
sized  spars  are  brought  down  by  it.  On  the  western  side  of  the 
harbor  is  a  snug  basin,  named  Round  Harbor,  400  yards  long, 
150  yards  wide,  and  3  fathoms  deep.  The  entrance  to  it  is  narrow, 
with  2  fathoms  water. 

Indian  Lookout  is  a  remarkable  hill  immediately  over  the  west 

shore  of  Pope  Harbor.     Its  summit  is  a  steep  cliff  605  feet  high. 

Hickman  Islands,  i  mile  southwestward  of  Pope  Harbor,  are 

a  group  of  islets  and  rocks,  extending  a  little  more  than  i  mile 


I'jriiiWiiWfi 


mm. 


■#« 


*■■■■ 


E. 

.  by  W.  direction 

at  the  entrance, 

from  New  Bona- 

is  low,  and  slopes 

high;  the  point 

ige  at  its  head. 

h  of  Kerley  Har- 

[niles,  the  coast  is 

entral  part,  from 

y  Point.    Behind 

the  sea.    British 

and  West  Point, 

3  SW.  of  it.    The 

,  and  narrows  to 

om  the  entrance. 

12  fathoms,  mud, 

arbor  forms  into 

le  houses  of  the 

larrows  100  yards 
jping  the  western 

3arbor,  nearly  2 
■  is  Derby  Cove, 
3  behind  a  small 
s  100  yards  off  a 
.  the  entrance  to 
he  western  being 

eastward  of  the 
(vo  western  chan- 
with  deep  water, 

west  by  ^  mile 

160  yards  off  the 
about  the  same 
}  into  the  harbor 
iintry,  and  good- 
item  side  of  the 
400  yards  long, 
e  to  it  is  narrow, 

ely  over  the  west 
I  505  feet  high, 
'ope  Harbor,  are 
lore  than  i  mile 


mOKMAN   HABBOR — TBAY  TOWN   HARBOR. 


487 


parallel  to  the  shore,  the  eastern  and  highest  being  98  feet  above 
the  sea.  The  islets  are  separated  from  the  coast  by  a  channel 
400  yards  wide,  carrying  from  20  to  29  fathoms  water.  At  100 
yards  from  the  main  are  two  rocks ;  one  uncovers ;  the  other  has 
less  than  6  feet  water  on  it. 

Hickman  Harbor  is  a  narrow  inlet  fronted  by  islets.  It  is 
100  yards  across  at  the  entrance,  and  4  fathoms  deep  200  yards 
within,  when  it  quickly  narrows  to  20  yards,  and  is  choked  with 
rocks. 

Warwick  Harbor  is  i  mile  south  of  Hickman  Islands,  on  the 
west  side  of  a  small  peninsula  45  feet  high.  The  entrance  is 
narrow,  but  within  it  is  i  mile  east  and  west  and  200  yards  wide. 
Much  of  this  space  is  occupied  by  an  islet,  with  rocks  in  the 
channel  on  either  side  of  it.  A  vessel  drawing  6  feet  water  could 
be  warped  in. 

At  2i  miles  southwestward  of  Warwick  Harbor  is  Burnt  Point, 
the  coast  between  forming  a  slight  bend,  which  is  steep-to,  and  in 
some  places  formed  by  cliff.  At  li  miles  farther  on  is  a  afnall 
bay  with  a  stream  running  into  it.  A  rock,  8  feet  high,  lies  close 
off  its  east  point. 

Irelands  Eye  Island  is  about  2i  miles  in  length  NE.  by  N. 
and  SW.  by  8.,  and  a  mile  in  breadth.  Its  coast  line  is  deeply 
indented,  and  several  remarkable  peaks  rise  from  the  island.  The 
highest,  near  the  center,  is  440  feet  above  the  sea;  it  is  steep  and 
rocky  on  all  sides.  A  narrow  channel,  called  the  Thoroughfare, 
separates  the  island  from  the  NE.  point  of  Random  Island. 

Irelands  Bye  Point,  the  NE.  extreme  of  the  island,  is  a  steep 
cliff,  and  li  miles  south  of  it  is  the  entrance  to  Irelands  Eye  Har- 
bor. About  midway  is  Jacobs  Cove,  with  several  small  islets  and 
rocks.  Irelands  Eye  Harbor  is  available  for  large  boats,  which 
can  lie  alongside  the  fishing  stages. 

Ice. — Irelands  Eye  Harbor  freezes  between  1st  January  and 
1st  February,  and  clears  between  10th  March  and  early  in  April. 

Tray  Town  Harbor  is  i  mile  south  of  Irelands  Eye  Harbor, 
the  coast  between  being  rocky.  This  harbor  winds  in  NW.  by  N. 
and  then  turns  to  the  SW.  a  distance  of  a  mile,  with  an  average 
breadth  of  150  yards;  in  the  first  reach  the  depth  is  14  fathoms;  in 
the  second  it  shoals  to  9  feet  east  of  an  islet  near  the  end  of  the 
reach,  where  it  becomes  narrow;  beyond  the  islet  the  depth  is  12 
feet. 

At  half  a  mile  south  of  Tray  Town  Harbor  is  a  small  basin  called 
Round  Harbor,  with  9  feet  water,  but  the  entrance  being  nearly 
dry  at  low  water,  it  is  of  little  value  even  to  boats. 

Qunner  Sock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  about  400  yards  S.  by 
W.  of  the  entrance  to  Tray  Town  Harbor,  and  150  yards  from 
the  shore. 


438 


CAPE   BONA  VISTA   TO   CAPE   RACE. 


Black  Ledge,  f  mile  8W.  of  Anthony  Island  and  fronting 
Round  Harbor,  is  600  yards  in  length ;  its  east  extreme  has  0  feet 
water  on  it,  and  at  its  west  extreme  is  a  rock  just  covered  at  high 
water. 

Qreen  Island  is  121  feet  above  high  water,  and  nearly  level  on 
the  summit;  its  east  extreme  lies  5^  miles  S.  22°  W.  (8.  51°  W. 
mag.)  from  Bonaventure  Head. 

Anthony  Island  is  about  f  mile  in  length  NE.  and  S W. ,  nearly 
^  mile  in  breadth,  and  on  its  west  side  208  feet  above  the  sea.  It 
lies  W.  by  N.  rather  more  than  a  mile  from  Green  Island. 

Duok  Island  is  139  feet  high,  800  yards  in  length  north  and 
south,  and  400  yards  in  breadth;  it  slopes  to'^^'ard  the  east,  and  is 
divided  into  two  peaks  by  a  valley  running  in  the  direction  of  its 
length. 

Shag  Islets  extend  NNE.  000  yards  from  the  northern  part  of 
Duck  Island.  These  islets  are  30  feet  high,  about  50  yards  wide, 
and  steep  all  round. 

Indian  Islets,  off  the  west  point  of  Irelands  Eyp  Tslnnd,  cover 
a  space  of  700  yards  north  and  south ;  the  outer  and  largest  islet 
is  145  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  Thoroughfare  separates  Irelands  Eye  from  Random 
Islands,  and  is  1^  miles  in  length ;  at  its  south  entrance  are  several 
rocky  islets;  the  eastern  one,  called  Thoroughfare  Rock,  is  11  feet 
high,  and  between  it  and  the  south  point  of  Irelands  Eye  Island 
is  the  channel,  100  yards  wide  with  8  fathoms  water.  After  passing 
the  rock  from  the  southward,  bring  it  in  line  with  the  north  point 
of  Duck  Island,  bearing  about  S.  37°  E.  (S.  8°  E.  ma£-.),  which 
will  lead  westward  of  Indian  Rock  at  the  north  end  of  the  channel, 
and  when  Bonaventure  Head  is  open  of  Irelands  Eye  Point,  bear- 
ing N.  69°  E.  (N.  88°  E.  mag.),  a  vessel  will  be  northwestward  of 
the  rock  and  in  10  fathoms  water,  on  t>o  south  side  of  Smith 
Sound. 

Indian  Rock  is  the  only  rock  in  The  Thoroughfare  which  is  not 
always  above  water;  from  it  the  north  extreme  of  the  largest 
Indian  Islet  bears  about  N.  51°  E.  (N.  80°  E.  mag,),  distant  400 
yards. 

Random  Island  separates  Smith  Sound  from  Random  Sound. 
Its  highest  hill,  Ginpicker,  rises  843  feet  above  the  sea,  4  miles 
from  the  east  coast,  and  midway  between  it  and  the  sounds.  The 
east  coast  of  this  island  is  much  indented  with  small  harbors,  and 
off  it  are  several  islands  and  rocks. 

Haydon  Point. — The  coast  of  Random  Island,  with  the  islets 
forming  the  west  side  of  The  Thoroughfare,  is  flat  and  of  little 
elevation.  Haydon  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  the  island,  is 
rocky  and  bordered  close-to  by  rocks  above  water.     The  island  of 


■^' 


Fiwniti,. 


LONG   HARBOR SNOOKS    HARBOR. 


439 


id  and   fronting 

:treme  has  fi  feet 

covered  at  high 

1  nearly  level  on 
°  W.  (8.  51°  W. 

md  SW. ,  nearly 
•ove  the  sea.     It 

I  Island. 

ingth  north  and 
the  east,  and  is 
direction  of  its 

lorthern  part  oi' 
50  yards  wide, 

(/■fi  Tsln.nd  cover 
nd  largest  islet 

from  Random 
ance  are  several 
Rock,  is  11  feet 
ads  Eye  Island 
After  passing 
the  north  point 
.  ma£-.),  which 
of  the  channel, 
ye  Point,  bear- 
rthwestward  of 
side  of  Smith 

•e  which  is  not 
of  the  largest 
;.),  distant  400 

Random  Sound, 
le  sea,  4  miles 
5  sounds.     The 

II  harbors,  and 

ivith  the  islets 

t  and  of  little 

the  island,  is 

The  island  of 


this  name  lies  1,200  yards  northeastward  of  the  point,  with  rocks 
extending  from  it  toward  the  shore. 

Long  Harbor.— At  a  mile  south  of  Hay  don  Point,  on  the  north 
side  of  Random  Island,  is  the  entrance  to  Long  Harbor,  a  narrow 
inlet  running  to  the  south  about  J  mile,  carrying  about  8  to  3 
fathoms  water  to  its  head.  An  islet  lies  at  the  entrance,  with  deep 
water  on  either  side ;  but  a  reef,  which  covers  at  high  water,  e  > 
tends  100  yards  from  its  SE.  point,  narrowing  the  passage  on  th  o 
side. 

Lower  Lance  Cove.— At  J  mile  westward  of  LongJHarbor  is 
an  islet  13  feet  high  and  about  50  yards  square.  From  this  islet 
the  coast  continues  southwestward  almost  straight  for  4i  miles,  to 
Lower  Lance  Cove;  it  is  steep-to,  and  there  is  no  anchorage. 
Lower  Lance  Cove  is  ope  >  to  the  NE.  and  is  600  yards  wide,  but 
the  depth  of  water  being  48  fathoms,  there  is  no  anchorage. 

Between  Lower  Lance  Cove  and  Bluflf  Point,  about  3}  miles 
NW.  of  it,  the  coast  forms  a  bend,  with  several  little  coves  sepa- 
rated by  rocky  points,  where  fishing  stations  have  been  established 
near  small  streams,  the  whole  under  the  name  of  Britannia  Cove. 
As  the  vicinity  of  this  cove  is  favorable  for  agriculture,  a  less 
migratory  people  than  Newfoundland  fishermen  generally  are 
have  settled  here. 

Lance  Cove  Rook,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  oflE  Upper  Lance 
Cove;  it  is  small,  with  5  to  10  fathoms  water  round  it,  and  4  fath- 
oms between  it  and  the  shore,  from  which  it  is  distant  400  yards. 

Anchorage.— There  is  anchorage  in  Burgoyne  Cove,  west  of 
Tilton  Head,  in  13  fathoms  water,  300  yards  from  the  shore ;  it  is 
a  fair  temporary  anchorage,  and  sheltered  from  the  strong  winds 
which  generally  blow  up  and  down  the  reach. 

Snooks  Harbor.— From  BluflE  Point  on  the  south  shore  to 
Snooks  Harbor  the  coast  is  steep,  in  places  cliffy,  with  a  few  rocks 
100  yards  off.  The  harbor  is  ^  mile  square  within  the  line  of  the 
coast,  and  there  are  12  fathoms  water,  mud,  f  mile  from  its  head. 
Smith  Point,  on  the  north  shore,  directly  opposite  Snooks  Har- 
bor, is  steep-to;  the  coast  between  it  and  Burgoyne  Cove  is  bold, 
clear  of  danger,  and  much  broken  by  numerous  gorges  and  small 
valleys.  Approaching  Smith  Point  the  land  is  less  broken;  there 
are  a  few  houses  on  the  coast  a  mile  east  of  the  point,  and  200 
yards  off  them  there  are  4  fathoms  water,  but  it  suddenly  deepens 
to  10  and  30  fathoms. 

At  If  miles  eastward  of  Smith  Point  is  Upper  Rocky  Bight, 
where  there  are  6  fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom,  at  600  yards  from 
the  beach,  suddenly  deepening  to  30  fathoms. 

The  Bar  is  the  shallow  channel  connecting  the  head  of  Smith 
Sound  with  the  head  of  the  Northwest  Arm  of  Random  Sound, 


440 


CAPE   BON  A  VIST  A   TO   CAPE    RACE. 


and  up  to  which  they  both  gradually  shoal.  At  high  water  it  is 
i  mile  wide;  at  low  water  spits  of  sand  and  stones  stretch  off  both 
shores,  leaving  a  narrow  channel  2  feet  deep,  i  mile  long. 

Bakers  Loaf. — At  the  NE.  end  of  Random  Island  the  land  rises 
646  feet  above  the  sea,  forming  a  remarkable  peak  called  Bakers 
Loaf. 

Northwest  Arm.— On  the  8W.  side  of  Connor  Islet,  separated 
from  it  about  100  yards,  is  Sullivan  Islet,  36  feet  high,  and  between 
the  latter  and  a  flat  promontory  46  feet  high,  called  Silldown  Point, 
i  mile  westward  of  it,  is  the  entrance  to  the  small  inlet  called 
Northwest  Arm.  The  western  half  of  the  entrance  is  obstructed 
by  a  bed  of  rocks,  some  of  which  are  uncovered ;  the  channel  is 
between  these  rocks  and  Sullivan  Islet,  and  at  the  foot  of  Bakers 
Loaf.  The  anchorage  is  about  i  mile  square,  in  9  fathoms  water, 
mud.  There  is  a  small  nook  inside  Sullivan  Islet  with  2  fathoms 
water,  called  Riders  Harbor. 

A  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  just  off  the  east  end  of 
Sullivan  Islet. 

Little  Harbor. — The  entrance  to  this  small  inlet  is  400  yards 
wide,  between  the  rocky  islet  south  of  Silldown  Point  and  the 
opposite  shore,  which  is  bold  with  a  small  rock  above  water  off  it. 
The  inlet  runs  to  the  west  about  i  mile,  and  then  ttirns  to  the  S. 
by  W.  for  400  yards ;  it  is  narrow  and  carries  a  depth  of  4  fathoms. 

The  coast  between  the  above  harbors  and  East  Head,  1|  miles 
southward,  is  of  low  cliff ;  the  hills  over  it  are  flat-topped,  and  the 
highest  is  492  feet  above  the  sea.  East  Head  is  a  cliff  88  feet  high, 
and  the  north  point  of  entrance  to  Long  Cove  and  Deer  Harbor. 

North  Bird  Islet,  113  feet  high,  lies  one  mile  north  of  East  Head, 
and  i  mile  from  the  shore;  in  the  cove  NW.  of  the  islet  is  a  re- 
markable flat  cliff,  named  Cold  East  Flake,  from  its  supposed 
resemblance  to  a  fish  flake.  South  Bird  Islet,  121  feet  high,  lies  ^ 
mile  north  of  East  Head  and  360  yards  from  the  shore. 

Long  Cove  runs  in  N.  by  W.  f  mile;  it  is  about  200  yards 
wide,  and  shoals  from  20  fathoms  at  the  entrance  to  2  fathoms  at 
its  head.  At  400  yards  east  of  Long  Cove  is  a  reef  extending 
more  than  200  yards  from  the  coast  and  a  little  within  the  west 
point,  and  a  third  the  distance  across  to  the  east  shore  is  a  rock 
with  6  feet  water  on  it. 

Deer  Harbor  is  about  ^  mile  west  of  Long  Cove ;  its  entrance 
is  100  yards  wide  and  6  fathoms  deep,  between  a  small  low  islet  on 
the  north,  and  the  rocks  close  off  a  point  on  the  south.  The  harbor 
is  600  yards  in  length  and  about  200  yards  in  breadth,  and  has 
from  5  to  9  fathoms  water. 

Ice. — Deer  Harbor  is  frozen  in  February  and  breaks  up  the  latter 
part  of  April. 


lii|urh  water  it  is 
Htrotch  off  both 
e  long. 

d  the  1(111(1  rises 
c  called  Bakers 

Islet,  separated 
fh,  and  between 
Silldown  Point, 
tall  inlet  called 
ce  is  obstructed 
the  channel  is 
foot  of  Bakers 
fathoms  water, 
with  2  fathoms 

he  east  end  of 

et  is  400  yards 
Point  and  the 
ve  water  off  it. 
turns  to  the  S. 
h  of  4  fathoms. 
Head,  1^  miles 
bopped,  and  the 
ff  88  feet  high, 
)eer  Harbor, 
of  East  Head, 
le  islet  is  a  re- 
its  supposed 
Bet  high,  lies  ^ 
ore. 

out  200  yards 
o  2  fathoms  at 
eef  extending 
ithin  the  west 
hore  is  a  rock 

its  entrance 
Jl  low  islet  on 

The  harbor 
adth,  and  has 

s  up  the  latter 


"W^ 


VERGE   ISLAND — RANDOM    HEAD    IIARUOR. 


441 


Verge  Island  lies  about  i  mile  from  the  coast,  between  East 
Head  and  East  Random  Head,  and  covers,  with  the  rocks  and  islets 
off  it,  a  space  of  a  mile  north  and  south  by  ^  mile  in  breadth;  it  is 
204  feet  above  the  sea,  700  yards  in  length  east  and  west,  and  i 
mile  in  breadth.  From  its  NW.  end  rocky  islets  extend  ^  mil(» 
NNE.,  terminating  in  a  small  black  rock  about  30  feet  high;  from 
the  SW.  end  rocky  islets  extend  000  yards  to  the  southward,  the 
largest.  Rat  Island,  being  05  feet  high.  At  the  SE.  end  Copper 
Islet,  130  feet  above  the  sea,  lies  000  yards  off,  with  rocks  between ; 
and  300  yards  off  the  NE.  end  of  thf  island  is  a  rock  called  Verge 
Rock. 

Seer  Bock. — This  small  rock  has  4  feel  water  on  it,  and  is 
generally  marked  by  a  break,  except  in  a  smooth  sea  at  high  water. 
It  lies  with  the  bluff  of  Bonaventure  Head  in  line  with  the  saddle 
of  Duck  Island,  bearing  N.  28°  E.  (N.  57°  E.  mag.). 

Oun  Ledge,  with  0^  and  7i  fathoms  water  on  it,  extends  about 
i  mile  N.  by  E.  of  Deer  Rock  with  21  fathoms  between.  Bona- 
venture Ile-iJ,  midway  between  Diick  and  Green  Islands,  .N,  24" 
E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.),  leads  southeastward  of  these  dangers,  and 
Ginpicker  Hill,  in  line  with  the  west  point  of  entrance  to  Deer 
Harbor,  N.  85°  W.  (N.  56°  W.  mag.),  leads  northward  of  the  Gun 
Ledge. 

Random  Head  Harbor,  on  the  north  side  of  East  Random 
Head,  is  about  ^  mile  square,  with  from  10  to  18  fathoms  water; 
the  south  and  west  shores  are  much  indented,  with  rocks  extending 
600  yards  off.  The  north  shore  is  bold,  and  here  small  vessels  may 
anchor  in  a  bight,  but  with  this  exception  the  harbor  is  not  recom- 
mended. Pigeon  lalet,  on  the  north  side  of  entrance,  is  400  yards 
in  length  north  and  south,  100  yards  wide,  level,  and  about  40  feet 
above  the  sea ;  from  it  a  reef  extends  SE.  by  S.  300  yards,  termi- 
nating in  Mouse  Rock,  awash.  The  passage  between  Mouse  Rock 
and  the  south  shore  is  600  yards  wide. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Random  Head 
Harbor  at  7h.  8m. ;  springs  rise  3^  feet,  neaps  rise  2i  feet. 

East  Random  Head,  the  north  point  of  outrance  to  Random 
Sound,  is  512  feet  high,  and  the  termination  of  a  range  of  hills,  the 
highest  of  which  is  808  feet  above  the  sea.  The  eastern  extreme  of 
the  head  consists  of  several  quoin-shaped  masses,  which  appear 
from  the  head  as  landslips.  A  bank  with  10  fathoms  water  on  it 
extends  400  yards  off  the  head. 

liight. — On  Motion  Island,  off  East  Random  Head,  a  cylindrical- 
shaped  iron  tower,  36  feet  in  height  and  painted  in  red  and  white 
checks,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  126  feet,  an  intermittent  white 
light  having  a  period  of  system  of  four  seconds — light  two  seconds, 
eclipse  two  seconds ;  it  should  bo  visible  13  miles.    The  keeper's 


443 


CAPE   BONAVIHTA    TO 


«:    UKVK. 


(IwitUiuK,  puiiitod  white,  with  «.  rod  roof,  ^'u\na8  north  of  tho  light- 
hoUHo. 

West  Random  Head  iH  tliu  Houth  point  of  tho  imtrnnco  to  Ran- 
dom Sound,  und  iH  about  3^  niiloH  SW.  from  KaHt  Random 
Head.  Its  Humniit  iH  201  foot  high,  lovol,  and  tho  oaHt  oxtrume 
of  tho  land  in  a  high  clitf,  junt  noparatod  by  a  uhusni  froui  tlio  main 
part  of  tho  hoad.  Rockn,  mostly  above  water,  extend  from  it  about 
200  yards  eastward. 

Random  Sound. — The  entrance  to  this  sound  is  between  East 
and  West  Random  Heads.  At  6i  miles  within  East  Random  Head 
the  Kound  is  divided  into  two  brani-lies  by  a  tonguo  of  land  11  miles 
in  length,  in  an  oast  and  west  direction,  and  about  3  miles  in 
breadth,  tho  eastern  termination  of  which,  named  Middle  Cliff, 
faces  tho  entrances,  and  is  a  steep  cliff,  357  feet  high. 

Northwest  Arm. — At  a  little  less  than  ^  mile  westward  of  East 
Random  Hoad,  and  100  yards  off  a  stoop  shelving  point,  is  a  rock 
with  less  tlian  (}  fpot  water  on  it,  and  another  rock,  awash,  lies  close 
off  the  Mast  side  of  the  point:  at  about,  f  inilo  fprther  in  there  are 
some  rocky  islets,  and  about  200  yards  from  the  shore  a  patcli  with 
3  fathoms  water  on  it ;  a  little  raox'e  than  1^  miles  farther  to  the 
westward  is  an  islet  10  feet  high,  and  800  yards  farther  in  another 
islet,  at  tho  entrance  to  Salmon  Cove.  These  latter  islets  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  shore  by  deep  water. 

Ice. — Random  Sound  freezes  in  severe  winters  about  10th  Feb- 
ruary, and  breaks  up  between  10th  and  20th  April. 

Salmon  Oove  extends  in  800  yards,  and  at  its  head  is  a  salmon- 
fishing  station.  From  this  cove  the  coast  trends  WNW.  and  NW. 
for  3  miles  to  Strong  Islands,  in  Northwest  Arm. 

Strong  Islands  consist  of  two  principal  islands,  one  123  feet, 
the  other  145  feet  high,  with  a  few  rocks  above  water.  The  north 
side  of  these  islands  form  with  the  coast  an  inlet  called  Strong 
Tickle,  which  is  nearly  J  mile  in  length  and  100  yards  wide,  with 
•1  to  10  fathoms  water,  except  near  its  head,  where  there  are  li 
fathoms. 

Quarry  Rock,  lying  400  yards  SW.  by  S.  of  the  south  point  of 
the  west  Strong  Island,  has  12  feet  water  on  it. 

Gooseberry  Islet  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  1-J^  miles  westward 
of  Strong  Islands ;  it  is  small  and  66  feet  high,  A  rocky  shoal, 
with  4J  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  i  mile  N.  by  E.  of  Gooseberry 
Islet,  and  another,  with  6^  fathoms  on  it,  800  yards  WNW.  of  the 
islet.  From  this  islet  the  first  reach  of  the  Northwest  Arm  of  Ran- 
dom Sound  continues  to  the  westward  for  7^  miles,  with  the  depth 
in  inid-channel  decreasing  from  90  to  60  fathoms.  The  shore  is 
steep-to,  and  there  is  no  anchorage. 


>rth  of  the  light- 

ontranco  to  Rau- 
1  Enwt  Rjiiidom 
the  oawt  oxtrume 
III  from  t]io  main 
Jiid  from  it  about 

is  betwoon  East 
iit  Random  Head 
I  of  land  11  miles 
ibout  3  miles  in 
od  Middle  Cliff, 
igh. 

restward  of  East 
point,  is  a  rock 
awash,  lies  close 
bher  in  tliere  are 
ore  a  patch  with 
IS  farther  to  the 
rther  in  another 
r  islets  are  sepa- 

about  10th  Feb- 

ead  is  a  salmon- 

rNW.  and  NW. 

ds,  one  123  feet, 
,ter.  The  north 
it  called  Strong 
ards  wide,  with 
ire  there  are  1^ 

e  south  point  of 

miles  westward 
A  rocky  shoal, 
.  of  Gooseberry 
3  WNW.  of  the 
Bst  Arm  of  Ran- 
with  the  depth 
3.    The  shore  is 


HICKMAN    IIAKIIOlt — MK»(>NI)    ItKAi  H. 


44.'» 


Coast.— FruMi  Middln  Clilf,  Ihn  oustoni  <'xlr('iiiity  of  the  lund 
sojtHrutitiKtlitt  twoiirriis  of  tli.i  sumid,  tim  const  of  stiHip  dill'  trviMl.s 
U  inilns  iiorlhwt'Htward  to  PiiMsoiiKtU'  Point,  tho  Houth  point  of 
oiitnuift'  to  the  NoHlivvnHt  Ann,  iil  koo  yards  In-yond  whicli  is 
Holloway  Rock,  close  to  tim  slioro  mid  tlio  termination  of 'a  steep 
point.  The  latter  point  separiites  two  coves,  and  i  mile  westwanl 
of  it  is  PurldinK  Point,  a  rocky  termination  of  a  rid^e  of  hills, 
which  are  548  feet  al)ovo  the  sea.  At  i  mile  farther  west  is  Black 
Duck  (.'ove,  I  mile  deep,  with  from  T)  to  ',»()  futhoms  water. 

Hickman  Harbor,  opposite  Black  J)uck  Cove,  is  (looyanl-  wide 
at  its  entrance,  and  runs  in  NW,  J  luile;  on  its  east  shore  is  a  bed 
of  rocks  with  from  IJ  to  (i  feet  water  on  them,  elsewhere  there  are 
from  8  to  18  fathoms  water,  gravel  and  mud.  This  harbor  is  a 
mile  from  West  Strong  Island,  and  at  about  two-thirds  tlie  distance 
there  is  a  slate  (juarry. 

Maggrotty  Cove.— At  nearly  IJ  miles  westward  of  Black  Duck 
Cove,  on  the  south  shore,  is  a  remarkable  cone  r»50  feet  high,  called 
The  Tolt;  between  it  and  Maggotty  Cove  tlio  oua.it  fuinis  a  curve 
to  the  north,  and  its  extremity  is  named  Tolt  I'oint.  Maggotty 
Cove  is  3^  miles  above  Tiie  Tolt,  and  has  U  fathoms  water  400  yards 
from  the  shore;  a  largo  stream  runs  into  it,  at  the  mouth  of  which 
is  a  sawmill.  Tiio  valley  of  this  stream  runs  southward  in  the 
direction  of  Hatchers  Cove  in  Southwest  Arm,  with  low  land  right 
across. 

South  iight— On  the  south  shore,  in  the  elbow  of  Northwest 
Arm,  is  a  bay  named  South  Bight ;  here  the  coast  trends  northward, 
and  about  J  mile  on  is  another  bay,  named  The  Bottom. 

Bald  Nap  and  Forster  Books.— From  South  Bight  the  sound 
is  2i  miles  across  to  the  Bald  Nap  and  Forster  Points,  on  the  north- 
ern shore;  these  points  are  shelving  and  rocky,  with  patches  of 
rock  and  shoal  water  off  them.  Bald  Nap  Rock,  with  9  feet  water 
on  it,  lies  600  yards  SW.  by  W.  nearly  from  Bald  Nap  Point. 
Forster  Rocks  extend  off  rather  more  than  i  mile  from  the  point 
of  the  same  name,  and  the  outer  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies 
a  mile  NW.  from  Bald  Nap  Rock. 

Gooseberry  Islet,  just  open  of  Lady  Point,  East  (S.  61°  E.  mag.), 
leads  southward  of  these  dangers. 

Second  Reach.— Beyond  the  Bald  Nap  Rocks,  Second  Reach 
runs  NNW.  7  miles  to  The  Bar.  On  the  eastern  side  the  land  is 
wooded,  undulating,  and  about  160  feet  high.  Ou  the  western  side, 
northward  of  The  Bottom,  the  land  rises  steeply,  667  feet  above  the 
sea,  for  about  3  miles  to  Bluff  Point,  with  the  coast  mostly  of  cliff. 
At  the  extremity  of  Bluff  Point  is  a  shingle  spit,  on  which  is  a 
curious  upright  pinnacle  rock,  called  the  Red  Man;  from  this  to 
Red  Point,  nearly  3  miles  farther  on,  the  coast  becomes  low.     Lower 

WbXO 20 


...JjmilllL..,IJ.L.JlJJU_Jl. 


H 


444 


CAPE    BONAVISTA    TO    CAl'K    RACE. 


Shoal  Harbor,   1|  mh^is  northward  of  Bluff  Point,  dries  at  lor 
water,  and  rocks  whicli  are  covered  at  high  water  lie  300  yards  off 
the  upper  point ;  a  large  stream  runs  into  it. 

Red  Point  is  a  low  cliff  with  a  remarkable  hill  over  it,  517  feet 
high.  The  sound  liere,  which  is  the  arrrowest  part,  is  only  +  mile 
across  to  Brown  Mead,  on  the  east  shore.  Brown  Mead  is  a  spit  of 
sand  a  few  feet  above  high  water,  covered  with  grass  and  brushwood. 

Shoal  Harbor,  on  the  west  shore  above  Red  Point,  is  J  mile 
wide  at  the  entrance,  and  at  high  water  extends  a  mile  within  the 
line  of  coast,  but  the  deposit  from  a  large  stream  which  runs  into 
it  dries  out  ^  mile.  The  depth  gradiially  increases  to  5  fathoms  J 
mile  from  the  dry  bank. 

There  is  a  sawmill  at  Shoal  Harbor,  the  logs  for  which  are 
brought  down  Shoal  Harbor  River,  and  a  village  at  Upper  Shoal 
Harbor,  but  supplies  are  scarce. 

Communication. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  136^  miles,  by  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway. 
The  station  is  at  Shoal  Harbor,  where  there  is  a  post  office,  but  the 
telegraph  office  is  at  Lower  Shoal  Harbor.  A  small  steamer,  con- 
veying mails  and  passengers,  plies  to  and  from  the  neighboring 
settlements. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  .mchorage  from  a  line  between  Red 
Point  and  Brown  Mead  to  The  liar,  a  space  1^  miles  in  length  by  ^ 
mile  wide.  The  depth  decrease.T  gradually  from  24  fathoms  in 
approaching  The  Bar,  but  rather  suiddenly  toward  either  shore. 

The  most  convenient  berth  for  a  vessel  of  war  is  with  the  white 
houses  at  Shoal  Harbor  Head  open  of  the  wooded  point  on  the 
south  side  of  the  harbor,  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water. 

Southwest  Arm  of  Random  Sound  runs  in  about  14  miles  from 
West  Random  Head,  with  an  average  breadth  of  a  mile,  and  from 
175  fathoms  water  at  the  entrance  the  depth  decreases  to  50 
fatLoms  at  a  mile  from  the  head  of  the  arm. 

Fox  Harbor. — The  coast  between  West  Random  Head  and  Fox 
Islet,  li  miles  westward,  is  steep  and  broken,  with  rocks  100  yards 
off.  Fox  Islet  is  30  yards  in  length  and  200  yards  in  breadth, 
with  steep  cliff  93  feet  high  on  the  north.  The  entrance  to  the 
small  harbor  of  the  same  name  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  islet,  and 
aboi't  200  yards  wide.  Within,  the  space  is  400  yards  in  extent, 
but  encumbered  with  rocks,  and  fit  only  for  large  boats,  which  lie 
under  the  east  head  close  to  the  shore. 

Little  Heartsease  Harbor. — At  i  mile  from  Fox  Islet  is  a  bluff 
promontory  309  feet  high;  thence  to  Little  Heartsease,  1^  miles 
farther  on,  the  coast  is  low  and  rocky.  Little  Heartsease  runs  in 
SSW.  i  mile,  with  several  arms,  one  of  which  reaches  within  400 
yards  of  the  pond  at  the  head  of  Heartsease.     The  harbor  is  free 


^^'^'^wm. 


LITTLE    IIEAKTSEASE   HARBOR — GREEN   ISLETS. 


445 


fc,  dries  at  lor 
ie  200  yards  of! 

)ver  it,  517  feet 
t,  is  only  +  mile 
[ead  is  a  spit  of 
md  brushwood. 
*oint,  is  i  mile 
nile  within  the 
vhich  runs  into 
to  5  fathoms  f 

for  which  are 
at  Upper  Shoal 

lation  with  St. 
istei'n  Railway, 
t  office,  but  the 
1  steamer,  con- 
he  neighboring 

lie  between  Red 
3  in  length  by  -^ 

24  fathoms  in 
either  shore. 

with  the  white 
d  point  on  the 

er. 

14  miles  from 
mile,  and  from 

ecreases  to  50 

Head  and  Fox 
ocks  100  yards 
ds  in  breadth, 
utrance  to  the 
the  islet,  and 
trds  in  extent, 
oats,  which  lie 

Islet  is  a  bluff 
lease,  1^  miles 
isease  runs  in 
les  within  400 
harbor  is  free 


from  danger,  with  an  average  breadth  of  150  yards,  and  the  depth 
decreases  from  5  fathoms  at  the  entrance  to  2  fathoms  at  the  head. 
There  is  a  rock  with  3  feet  water  on  it,  nearly  closing  up  the 
entrance  of  the  first  arm  on  the  eastern  shore. 

Hodge  Hole. — At  600  yards  west  of  Little  Heartsease  is  a  cliffy 
point  135  feet  high,  with  a  rock  3  feet  above  high  water  close  off 
it.  At  about  1^  miles  beyond  this  is  Hodge  Hole,  with  an  islet  in 
the  middle  of  it,  on  the  SW.  side  of  which  is  a  space  about  200 
yards  square,  where  small  vessels  may  anchor. 

Rocky  Harbor. — On  the  north  coast,  J  mile  southwestward  of 
Middle  Cliff  and  100  yards  from  the  shore,  is  Southwest  Rock,  8 
feet  above  high  water,  and  immediately  west  of  it  is  Rocky  Harbor, 
which  runs  in  NW.  ^  mile  by  300  yards  wide.  A  rock  awash  at 
low  water  lies  near  the  center  of  the  harbor,  leaving  a  channel 
along  the  east  shore,  but  the  west  shore  is  foul.  Long  Cove,  a 
mile  further  on,  is  small,  with  5  fathoms  water.  The  coast  between 
is  steep  cliff  and  316  feet  high. 

St.  Jones  Within  Harbor  is  4i  miles  westward  of  West  Ran- 
dom Head.  It  is  800  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  trends  in 
NNW.  ^  mile,  with  20  fathoms  water,  and  then  NW.  another  -J- 
mile  to  its  head.  In  the  inner  portion  the  breadth  is  400  yards, 
and  there  is  good  anchorage  in  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  Off  the  east 
point  of  entrance  is  a  small  rock  above  water.  There  is  also 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  5  fathoms  near  the  head  of  Hatchers 
Cove,  2^  miles  above  St.  Jones  Within  Harbor. 

North  Bight,  1^-  miles  from  the  head  of  the  Southwest  Arm,  is 
about  800  yards  square,  with  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water.  The  bot- 
tom is  strewn  with  bowlders,  many  of  them  6  feet  in  diameter, 
particulai'ly  on  the  eastern  shore,  and  a  shoal,  with  12  feet  water 
on  it,  extends  300  yards  from  the  west  point. 

Anchorage. — There  is  anchorage  in  from  3  to  10  fathoms  water, 
over  mud,  ^  mile  from  the  mouth  of  a  stream,  named  Black  Brook, 
running  into  the  head  of  Southwest  Arm. 

Long  Island,  south  of  West  Random  Head,  is  about  ^  mile 
from  the  shore  and  immediately  iiorth  of  the  entrance  to  Hearts- 
ease. It  is  about  f  mile  in  length  NE.  and  SW.,  400  yards  in 
breadth,  and  132  feet  high,  its  SE.  coast  being  steep  cliff.  A  rock, 
just  above  water,  lies  100  yards  off  it  and  600  yards  from  its  SW. 
extreme. 

Qreen  Islets  are  a  group  of  flat-topped  rocks  or  islets,  63  feet 
above  high  water,  lying  a  little  more  than  i  mile  E.  by  N.  of  Long 
Island,  with  3^  fathoms  water  between,  and  about  the  same  'lis- 
tance  from  West  Random  Head. 

Heartsease  Ledge,  with  from  2^  to  10  fathoms  water  on  it, 
extends  ENE.  about  i  mile  from  Green  Islets,  with  a  breadth  of 


rmrmfwi 


U6 


CAPE   B0NAVI8TA   TO    CAPE    RACE. 


600  yards.  The  NW.  extreme  of  West  Random  Head  kept  open, 
bearing  N.  81°  W.  (N.  52°  W.  mag.),  leads  north  of  the  ledge;  and 
Duck  Island,  open  of  East  Random  Head,  N.  31°  E.  (N,  60°  E. 
mag.),  leads  east  of  the  ledge. 

White  Rocks,  off  the  entrance  to  Heartsease,  are  9  feet  ahove 
water,  and  a  few  yards  in  extent.  At  200  yards  westward  of  them 
is  a  rock  on  which  the  sea  generally  breaks,  and  at  i  mile  in  the 
same  direction  the  depth  is  less  than  10  fathoms.  On  the  north 
and  east  sides  the  rocks  are  steep-to.  Heartsease  church,  open 
south  of  Long  Island,  bearing  about  N.  29°  W.  (North  mag.),  leads 
westward  of  the  rock. 

Beayer  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  with  the  White 
Rocks  bearing  N.  34°  E.  (N.  63"  E.  mag.),  distant  H  miles  nearly. 
West  Random  Head  open  of  the  NE.  point  of  Long  Island,  N.  5°  W. 
(N.  24°  E.  mag.),  loads  east  of  the  rock. 

Heartsease  is  a  long  narrow  inlet  running  in  southwestward 
about  2  miles,  and  carrying  from  24  fathoms  water  at  the  entrance 
to  shallow  water  at  its  head.  The  north  point  of  entrance  is  a 
small  peninsula,  connected  to  the  mainland  by  a  neck  of  shingle 
300  yards  long  and  9  feet  above  high  water.  A  hundred  feet  up 
the  hill  over  it  is  the  church,  in  the  form  of  a  large  ordinary  house, 
isolated  and  conspicuous. 

The  breadth  of  the  inlet  is  400  yards  for  nearly  a  mile,  with  10 
to  18  fathoms  water,  mud;  then  about  200  yards  for  a  mile,  with 
7  to  10  fathoms,  mud,  beyond  which  is  a  pond.  On  the  north 
shore,  opposite  the  SW.  point,  are  two  rocks,  each  with  2  feet 
water  on  it,  the  only  dangers,  and  should  be  avoided.  A  swell  sets 
into  the  entrance  with  easterly  gales,  but  not  suflficient  to  affect  a 
vessel  off  Ganny  Cove,  on  the  north  shore,  i  mile  within  the 
entrance. 

Bald  Head.— The  coast  from  the  entrance  to  Heartsease  trends 
south  2  miles  to  Bald  Head.  It  is  rugged,  with  several  large  steep 
rocks  close  off  it,  the  land  within  being  broken  into  numerous 
hills;  over  the  coast  they  reach  570  feet  above  the  sea,  and  at  1^ 
miles  within,  the  highest,  659  feet.  Bald  Head  is  a  bold  cliffy 
bluff,  489  feet  high.  A  valley  runs  at  its  back  parallel  to  the  coast, 
giving  it  a  remarkable  semi-isolated  appearance. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  583.) 

St.  Jones  Head,  about  2  miles  SSW.  from  the  south  part  of 
Bald  Head,  is  612  feet  high,  bold  and  cliffy.  The  coast  batween 
the  heads  is  of  the  same  character,  and  about  halfway  is  Round 
'Harbor. 

Roue  a  Harbor.— The  entrance  to  this  little  harbor  is  only  about 
100  yards  wide,  and  is  not  easily  recognized  in  the  straight^liffy 


<^m* 


l?»B 


!.'i.'U!U".uji,,-aniiti"iii 


1 


ROUND    HARBOR ST.  JONES    HARBOR. 


44: 


lad  kept  open, 

tlie  ledge ;  and 

E.  (N.  fiO°  E. 

re  9  feet  al)ove 
itward  of  tliem 
,t  i  mile  in  the 
On  the  north 
church,  open 
th  mag.),  leads 

rith  the  White 
^  miles  nearly, 
sland,  N.  5°  W. 

Bouthwestward 
it  the  enti'ance 
entrance  is  a 
leck  of  shingle 
undred  feet  iip 
)rdinary  hoiise, 

a  mile,  with  10 
or  a  mile,  with 
On  the  north 
)h  with  2  feet 
A  swell  sets 
lent  to  affect  a 
lie  within  the 

artsease  trends 
Dral  large  steep 
into  numerous 
I  sep,  and  at  1^ 
3  a  bold  cliffy 
el  to  the  coast, 


south  part  of 
coast  between 
fway  is  Round 

•r  is  only  about 
straightjcliffy 


coast  which  extends  on  either  side  of  it;  but  when  well  in  with  the 
land  the  south  head,  a  narrow  strip,  210  feet  high,  projecting  north- 
ward, will  be  seen  against  the  higher  land  boliiud  it.  The  entrance 
is  3  fathoms  deoj)  and  runs  in  about  'iOO  yards,  wlion  it  turns  ab- 
ruptly to  the  south  to  the  ancliorage  behind  tln^  soutli  head.  The 
harbor  is  less  than  400  yards  in  length,  200  yards  wide,  with  a 
depth  of  3  to  5  fathoms,  mud. 

Seal  Island,  between  St.  Jones  Head  and  St.  Jones  Harbor,  lies 
100  yards  from  tht-  sliore  and  parallel  to  it.  It  is  800  yards  in 
length,  and  the  extreme  breadth  300  yards.  It  consists  of  two 
princii)al  portions,  tlie  northern  00  feet  high,  and  the  southern 
148  feet,  connected  by  a  low  neck,  on  wliich  are  several  rocky 
hummocks. 

St.  Jones  Islet,  off  the  entrance  to  St.  Jones  Harbor,  lies  SE.  by 
E.  1,200  yards  from  North  Head.  The  islet  is  small,  but  67  feet 
high,  and  inaccessible.  It  is  steep-to  on  the  east  side,  but  rocks 
extend  270  yards  west  from  its  west  side,  and  shoal  water  about 
100  yards  from  the  other  sides. 

St.  Jones  Harbor  is  a  narrow  inlet  running  in  west  8  miles. 
When  seen  on  this  bearing  it  appears  remarkable  froni  its  steep 
shores  appearing  as  cliff  behind  cliff  to  the  head.  Crown  Hill, 
steep  and  rugged,  rises  820  feet  high  at  the  head  of  the  harbor,  and 
with  the  cone-shaped  hills  rising  abruptly  from  the  land  north  of 
the  harbor  are  pufficient  to  indicate  its  position.  St.  Jones  Islet  is 
a  good  mark  for  the  entrance. 

The  average  breadth  of  the  harbor  for  1^  miles  is  200  yards,  with 
20  fathoms  water  at  the  entrance,  shoaling  to  6^  fathoms,  rocky 
bottom.  At  about  f  mile  within  North  Head  and  on  tne  same 
shore  is  a  small  bay  with  several  rocks  extending  a  short  distance 
beyond  the  line  of  the  coast.  Within  t>  ■  first  1^  miles  the  harbor 
narrows  to  140  yards  and  carries  4^  fathf '  la  for  about  ^  mile,  when 
it  opens  out  to  the  head,  which  is  forme  by  two  bays.  The  south 
bay  is  small  in  extent ;  on  its  southeastern  shore  are  some  small 
idetsand  rocks  135  yards  off,  leaving  an  anchorage  northwestward 
of  them  in  4  to  7  fathoms  water,  u- ....  A  small  a.  m,  20  to  30  yards 
wide,  with  2  fathoms  water,  runs  southeastward  fj-om  the  head  of 
•"ho  bay  to  within  200  yards  of  the  Northeast,  Arm  of  Deer  Harbor. 
The  NW.  Bay  is  the  extreme  head  of  the  harbor;  it  is  about  600 
yards  in  length,  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.,  and  400  yards  wide,  with 
4  to  9  fathoms,  mud. 

Deer  Harbor  is  an  extensive  narrow  inlet  running  about  4^ 
miles  west  indented  with  small  ar-ms  and  bays,  a,r<^  until  nearly 
halfway  in  is  encumbered  with  islet.s.  Immediately  within  the 
entrance  it  opens  out  to  more  than  f  mile  in  extent,  a  portion  of  it 
being  taken  up  by  Grub  Island,  but  arms  extend  to  the  north  and 
eastward. 


If 


.  I 


}  t 


i 


448 


CAPE    BON  A  VISTA    TO    CAPE    RACE. 


Deer  Harbor  Head,  the  north  point  of  entrance,  is  400  feet 
high,  and  on  its  SE.  side  clear  of  danger ;  between  the  head  and 
Robinson  Point,  a  mile  beyond  it,  there  are  several  rocky  islets, 
the  outer,  named  Green  Islet,  is  24  feet  high,  and  the  western,  Poor 
Boy  Islet,  20  feet  high;  shallow  ground,  with  3  and  3^  fathoms 
water  on  it,  extends  a  little  southward  from  this  latter  islet;  and 
broken  ground,  with  If  fathoms  on  it,  skirts  Robinson  Point,  300 
yards  off. 

Poor  Boy  Ledge,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  is  200  yards  in  extent, 
steep-to  all  round,  and  lies  SSE.  400  yards  from  Poor  Boy  Islet. 

Big  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water  on  it,  is  small  and  steep-to  all 
round ;  it  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  between  Green 
Islet  and  Big  Island.  Crown  Hill  in  line  with  the  NE.  point  of 
Grub  Island,  bearing  N.  48°  W.  (N.  19°  W.  mag.),  leads  north- 
eastward of  the  rock,  and  the  rock  off  St.  Jones  Islet,  open  of 
Deer  Harbor  Head,  N.  33°  E.  (N.  G2°  E.  mag.),  leads  southeast- 
ward of  the  rock. 

Big  Island,  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance,  is  218  feet  high, 
and  being  separated  by  only  a  narrow  channel  from  the  mainland, 
which  is  higher,  it  is  not  easily  distinguished  when  making  the 
harbor.  Tea  Cove  Point,  ^  mile  northward  of  Big  Island,  is  shelv- 
ing and  steep-to.  Between  this  point  and  Poor  Boy  Islet  and  the 
shore  of  Robinson  Point  the  distance  is  ^  mile,  and  the  narrowest 
part  of  the  entrance. 

Grub  Island,  lying  about  |  mile  within  Tea  Cove  Point,  is  195 
feet  high,  and  separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  narrow  channel. 

Southeast  Arm,  north  of  Robinson  Point,  runs  back  eastward 
f  mile,  is  200  yards  wide  and  from  ?  to  12  fathoms  deep;  its  head 
is  separated  from  Birch  Cove  on  the  seacoast  by  a  low  isthmus  400 
yards  in  breadth. 

Northeast  Arm. — Sophia  Head  is  257  feet  high  and  separates 
Southeast  Arm  from  Northeast  Arm.  The  latter  runs  in  NNE. 
800  yards,  with  a  breadth  of  300  yards,  having  from  4  to  7  fathoms 
water. 

Anchorage. — There  is  fair  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  the 
bay  west  of  Grub  Island,  in  from  7  to  20  fathoms  water,  over  a  space 
of  600  yards  north  and  south  by  400  yards  wide.  At  the  head  of 
this  bay  is  a  small  arm,  30  yards  in  breadth,  with  a  depth  of  1^ 
fathoms,  running  in  west  800  yards. 

Directions. — With  a  fair  wind  bring  Crown  Hill  in  line  with 
the  NE.  point  of  Grub  Island  and  steer  N.  48°  W.  (N.  19°  W.  mag.) 
between  Poor  Boy  Ledge  and  Big  Rock — Crown  Hill  will  soon  be 
lost  sight  of,  being  behind  the  near  range — until  the  east  extreme 
of  Big  Island  is  in  line  with  Tea  Cove  Point.  Then  steer  N.  20° 
W.  (N.  9°  E.  mag.)  round  Grub  Island,  and  anchor  as  convenient. 


liiiiriiiiiMiiiiiMwiMiir"- 


ice,  is  400  feet 
I  the  head  and 
al  rocky  islets, 
e  western.  Poor 
i.nd  3^  fathoms 
itter  islet;  and 
nson  Point,  300 

y^ards  in  extent, 
or  Boy  Islet, 
and  steep-to  all 
between  Green 
le  NE.  point  of 
.),  leads  north - 
Islet,  open  of 
3ads  southeast- 

3  218  feet  high, 
I  the  mainland, 
3n  making  the 
sland,  is  shelv- 
y  Islet  and  the 
the  narrowest 

i^e  Point,  is  195 

arrow  channel. 

back  eastward 

deep ;  its  head 

ow  isthmus  400 

I  and  separates 
runs  in  NNE. 
4  to  7  fathoms 

.  vessels  in  the 
er,  over  a  space 
it  the  head  of 

I  a  depth  of  1| 

II  in  line  with 
'.  19°W.  mag.) 
ill  will  soon  be 
le  east  extreme 
m  steer  N.  20° 
as  convenient. 


■"Ji;»»rMtiy 


SHOAL    BAY COPPER    ISLAND. 


449 


To  enter  the  harbor  west  of  Big  Rock,  open  Sophia  Head  of  Rob- 
inson Point  and  yteer  with  the  head  bearing  N.  24°  W.  (N.  5°  E. 
mag.)  until  the  south  end  of  Poor  Boy  Islet  is  seen  between  Green 
Islet  and  Deer  Harbor  Head,  about  N.  SV  E.  (S.  70°  E.  nuig.); 
then  steer  about  N.  48°  W.  (N.  19°  W.  mag.)  in  mid-channel,  being 
careful  to  avoid  the  shoal  extending  from  Robinson  Point,  and 
when  the  east  point  of  Big  Island  is  in  line  with  Tea  Cove  Point 
proceed  as  before.  In  working,  a  vessel  should  pass  west  of  Big 
Rock. 

Should  a  vessel  \s  sh  to  enter  the  inner  p<  rtion  of  the  inlet,  a 
rock  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  lying  250  yards  within  the  entrance, 
should  be  avoided  by  keeping  a  little  to  .;ie  southward  of  the 
entrance.  The  cliannel  is  then  between  Gooseberry  Islet  and  a 
patch  of  rocks  5  feet  above  water,  300  yards  to  the  NNW. ;  having 
passed  these  a  vessel  may  anchor  anywhere,  in  from  4  to  10  fatli- 
oms  water.  Two  considerable  streams  here  run  into  the  inlet,  the 
banks  of  which  dry  out  i  mile. 

Ice.— St.  Jones  and  Deer  Harbors  freeze  during  January  and 
break  up  the  hitter  part  of  April. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Deer  Harbor  at  7h. 
49m. ;  springs  rise  3i  feet,  r  eaps  rise  2  feet. 

Shoal  Bay,  south  of  i3ig  Island,  is  about  1:^  miles  deep,  narrow, 
encumbered  with  small  islets  and  rocks,  open  to  the  eastward,  and 
has  nothing  io  recommend  it  to  the  seaman.  On  the  south  side  of 
the  entrance  are  Harbor  Rocks,  37  feet  high,  lying  about  600  yards 
northward  of  Thames  Harbor  Point,  and  a  reef  awash  extends  400 
yards  NE.  from  the  rocks. 

Thames  Harbor  Point  is  separated  from  the  rocks  by  a  channel 
200  yards  wide,  witli  3  fathoms  water.  The  point  is  the  NE.  ex- 
treme of  a  flat  island  40  feet  high,  which  has  a  channel  between  it 
and  the  mainland  100  yards  wide,  and  where  large  fisliing  boats  lie 
in  2  fathoms  water,  but  the  south  entrance  is  dry  at  low  tide. 

Goose  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  Shoal  Bay,  is  about  800  yards 
deep,  200  yards  wide,  with  9  to  14  fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom. 
The  Riffraffs  are  several  rocks  extending  250  yards  north  from  the 
west  point  of  Goose  Cove. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  584.) 

Copper  Island,  SSE.  of  the  Thames  Harbor  Point,  is  400  yards 
in  lengtli  north  and  south,  broken,  and  82  feet  high,  and  from  its 
SW.  side  rocks  extend  in  that  direction  800  yards ;  the  most  distant 
is  J 5  feet  above  water.  At  a  mile  S.  37°  W.  (S.  66°  W.  mag.)  of 
the  island  is  a  pftch  of  slate  rocks  300  yards  from  the  shore,  and 
about  4f  miles  PoW.  is  the  NE.  point  of  Bull  Island,  on  the  north 
side  of  entrance  to  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  the  intervening  coast 


i 


^  I 


1 


4,j(.> 


CAI'K    HOX.WISTA    TO    (APR    K\CK. 


Ix'ing  l)()ld  and  rocky.  NiaK^ra  Point  is  the  northern  torrainaticjn 
of  a  steep  cliff,  ratlier  more  tlian  1'^  miles  from  the  NE.  i)oint  of 
Bull  Ishmd.  A  narrow  ledgo,  (JOO  yards  in  length,  NNE.  and 
SSW.,  with  i»  fathoms  least  water  on  it,  lies  li  miles  NE.  of  Niagara 
Point,  and  about  ^  mile  from  the  shore. 

Center  Hill,  an  isolated  cone,  is  the  highest  land  in  this  neigh- 
borhood, and  separates  the  head  of  Doer  Hai'bor  from  that  of  Bull 
Arm;  it  is  1,081  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  and  rises  540  feet 
above  an  elevated  broken  plateau.  It  overlooks  the  isthmus  of 
Avalon,  and  has  a  commanding  view  of  Placentia  and  Trinity  Bays ; 
but  although  the  highest  land,  it  is  not  the  most  remarkable  from 
Trinity  Bay,  as  the  rocky  hills  in  the  foreground  of  less  elevation 
attract  attention,  particularly  Crown  Hill  and  two  cones  north  of 
St.  Jones  Harbor,  786  and  878  feet  high. 

Bull  Island,  ]+  miles  long  and  i)artially  covered  with  wood, 
lies  'S\  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Masters  Head ;  its  center  is  281  feet 
above  the  sea.  On  the  NW.  side  of  this  inland,  near  the  north 
extreme,  is  an  excellent  little  harbor  for  fishing  craft,  quite  land- 
locked, with  a  sufficient  supply  of  fresh  water,  and  in  stormy 
weather  50  to  60  small  schooners  and  boats  may  be  seen  taking 
shelter  in  it.  A  r;>ck,  awash  at  low  watei,  lies  near  the  southern 
side  of  its  entran(  e,  but  this  danger  may  be  easily  avoided  by  keep- 
ing the  gravelly  point  on  the  opposite  shore  close  aboard. 

Bull  ^sland  is  separated  from  the  main  by  a  channel  ^  mile  wide, 
called  Bull  Island  Tickle.  Near  the  center  of  the  tickle,  rather 
toward  the  northern  entrance,  is  a  ledge,  6  feet  abf)ve  watei',  named 
Flat  Rocks ;  extending  ENE.  K  a  yards ;  and  SSE.  Txrie  same  distance 
from  the  south  end  of  the  ledg-e  are  two  sunken  rocks,  with  about 
2  feet  water  on  them ;  the  north  extreme  of  the  ledge  is  steep-to. 
The  shores  of  the  tickle  ntv  otherwise  bold  and  steep-to,  but  the 
best  passage  is  west  of  Flat  Eocks. 

Anchorage. — Temporary  anchorage  may  be  obtained  at  ^  mile 
southwestward  of  Plat  Rfj*eks,  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms  water,  over 
a  coarse  mixed  bottom. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  at  Bull  Island,  full  and  change,  at  7h. 
33m. ;  spring.^  rise  3^  feet,  neaps  rise  2  feet, 

A  cu.  tnt,  principally  depending  on  the  wind,  sets  through  the 
tickle  y.[  the  rate  of  ^  r  :^    an  hour. 

Rix  liarbor. — Westward  of  the  SW.  side  of  Bull  Island  is 
Rix  Harbor,  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms,  affording  good  anchorage 
for  small  vessels.  Chalk  Rocks  at  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  are 
about  100  yards  in  extent  north  and  south  and  consist  of  several 
heads,  all  of  which  are  a  few  feet  above  water.  ;^7iiall  vessels  may 
enter  either  side  of  the  rocks,  the  shores  being  bold  and  steep-to. 

Water  is  easily  procured  here  from  the  streams  which  run  into 
the  head  of  Rix  Harbor. 


rn  termination 
e  NE.  point  of 
■th,  NNE.  and 
J^E.  of  Niagara 

.  in  this  neigh- 
•m  that  of  Bull 
[1  rises  540  feet 
the  isthmus  of 
1  Trinity  Bays ; 
niarkable  from 
:  less  elevation 
cones  north  of 

ed  with  wood, 
iter  is  281  feet 
aoar  the  north 
aft,  quite  land- 
md  in  stormy 
be  seen  taking 
ir  the  southern 
Aoided  by  keep- 
board. 

lel  i  mile  wide, 
i  tickle,  rather 
e  water,  named 
.same  distance 
ks,  with  about 
ge  is  steep-to. 
eep-to,  but  the 

linod  at  ^  mile 
ms  water,  over 

change,  at  7h. 

ts  through  the 

Bull  Island  is 
ood  anchorage 
;he  harbor  are 
isist  of  several 
:xll  vessels  may 
iiid  steep-to. 
ivhich  run  into 


HULL    A  KM Til  KLE    HAY. 


451 


Bull  Arm. — Tlio  entrance  to  this  inlet  or  arm  is  :{  miles  wid»^ 
])etween  Bull  Island  and  Masters  Head;  from  thence  it  takes  a 
NNW.  direction  for  7  miles,  and  then  trends  WNW.  for  2  miles 
to  its  head.  There  are  no  dangers  at  a  moderate  distance  from 
either  shore,  and  no  good  anohorage  except  at  the  liead  of  the  ai'm. 

Mosquito  Coves. — At  5^  miles  from  Masters  Head,  on  the  west 
aide  of  Bull  Arm,  is  Great  Mosquito  Cove,  at  the  head  of  whicli 
there  is  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  at  200  yards  from  the  shore.  There 
are  several  other  small  coves  on  this  side  of  the  arm  adapted  for 
fishing  boats,  the  largest  of  which  is  Little  Mosquito  Cove,  but  a 
rock,  with  5  feet  water  on  it,  lies  near  the  middle  of  the  entrance. 

Ice. — Bull  Arm  freezes  about  the  middle  of  January  and  breaks 
up  about  loth  May. 

Masters  Head,  the  ,'  r)uth  point  of  entrance  to  Bull  Arm,  forms 
the  north  point  of  Rantem  Cove,  and  has  deep  water  close-to,  but 
at  i  mile  SE.  of  it  there  is  a  spot  with  15  fathoms  water. 

Rantem  Cove  has  very  deep  water,  but  anchorage  and  good 
shelter  may  be  obtained  by  standing  well  up  into  its  north  or  NW. 
arms.  Near  the  middle  of  this  cove,  and  rather  on  the  north  side, 
is  Boulton  Islet,  20  feet  above  high  water.  There  are  also  two 
simken  rocks  rather  in  the  way  of  a  vessel  going  up  the  NW.  arm, 
one,  with  2  feet  water  on  it,  lying  300  yards  S.  64°  E.  (S.  35°  E. 
mag.),  and  the  other,  with  5  feet,  300  yards  S.  12°  W.  (S.  41°  W. 
mag.)  from  Boulton  Islet.    The  shores  of  the  covo  are  steep-to. 

The  SW.  arm  of  the  cove  is  too  much  exposed  from  the  north- 
ward for  an  anchoi'age,  but  a  fresh- water  stream  running  into  it  is 
considered  excellent  for  trout  fishing. 

Comm.unicatioii. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  89 J^  miles,  by  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway; 
there  is  also  telegraphic  communication. 

Big  and  Little  Chance  Coves,  where  a  few  families  reside,  are 
only  available  for  small  vessels  during  the  summer  months.  The 
best  shelter  will  be  found  in  a  small  bay  on  the  north  side  of  Lit- 
tle Chance  Cove,  but  when  entering  either  cove  the  north  points 
must  be  kept  aboard.  A  rock,  with  6  feet  wator  on  it,  lies  nearly 
600  yards  N.  20°  W.  (N.  9°  E.  rnag.)  from  Green  Head,  the  east 
point  of  Big  Chance  Cove,  and  between  it  and  Green  Head  is  a 
rock  that  dries. 

Tickle  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  Tickle  Harbor  Point,  is  an 
excellent  place  for  lish;  but  though  the  water  is  comparatively 
shallow,  and  the  Ijottom  good  near  the  head  of  the  bay,  it  is  not  a 
safe  anchorage,  as  a  swell  nearly  always  sets  in,  and  with  north  or 
NE.  gales  it  is  very  dangerous. 

At  I  mile  from  the  SE.  shore  is  a  rocky  bank  running  parallel 
with  the  land  for  one  mile ;  at  the  outer  or  north  extreme  of  the 


•_iaaia.^^^'.ii 


462 


CAPE   nONAVISTA     TO    CAPE    RACE. 


bank  is  Hudson  Rock,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  which  is  2  niiloH 
8.  54°  W.  (S.  83°  W.  mag.)  from  Tickle  Harhor  Point. 

Colliers  Arm,  wlioro  a  few  fishermen  reside,  is  at  tlie  SE.  corner 
of  Tickle  Buy,  at  the  entrance  of  a  salt-water  lake ;  it  is  protected 
by  a  small  islet  and  a  reef  of  rocks,  hut  the  entrance  is  ')nly  200 
yards  wide,  with  4  feet  in  it  at  low  watei'. 

Tidal  Stream. — The  ebb  stream  sets  out  very  strongly,  and  over 
a  sandy  spit,  so  that  none  but  those  locally  acquainted  should 
attempt  it. 

Communication. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  82^  miles,  by  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway. 

Tickle  Harbor  Point  is  the  termination  of  a  narrow  promon- 
tory extending  5  miles  in  a  northerly  direction  from  the  head  of 
Trinity  Bay,  and  dividing  it  into  two  nearly  equal  parts.  The 
land  near  the  extremity  of  the  point  rises  432  feet  above  the  sea, 
and  continues  with  some  undulations  aboiit  the  same  height. 

Bower  Ledge. — This  rocky  patch,  with  8  fathoms  least  water 
on  it,  lies  NW.  nearly  21  miles  from  Tickle  Harbor  Point.  Uneven 
ground  extends  ^  mile  to  the  northeastward  of  the  ledge. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.) 

Baccalieu  Island,  off  the  termination  of  the  peninsula  sepa- 
rating Trinity  and  Conception  Bays,  is  3  miles  in  length,  about  f 
mile  in  breadth,  and  almost  inaccessible. 

Light. — On  the  northern  part  of  Baccalieu  Island  is  a  cylindrical 
brick  lighthouse,  34  feet  in  height  and  painted  red,  which  exhibits, 
at  an  elevation  of  443  feet,  a  revolving  white  light  every  twenty 
seconds,  which  should  be  visible  24  miles.  The  light  will  be 
obscured  by  the  high  land  when  the  southern  extreme  of  the 
island  bears  N.  5°  W.  (N.  24°  E.  mag.)  and  is  distant  less  than  8 
miles. 

The  keeper's  dwelling  is  a  detached  square  building  painted 
white,  with  a  red  roof. 

Old  Perlican,  6  miles  SW.  of  Grates  Point,  on  the  east  side  of 
entrance  to  Trinity  Bay,  is  a  summer  anchorage  for  small  vessels, 
in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water,  to  the  southward  of  Perlican  Island, 
which  is  separated  from  the  mainland  by  a  channel  800  yards  in 
width,  but  only  fit  for  boats.  A  swell  sets  in  with  northerly  gales. 
In  entering,  give  Perlican  Island  a  berth  of  400  yards,  to  avoid  the 
shallow  ground  extending  from  it,  and  anchor  with  its  extremes 
bearing  N.  64°  W.  (N.  35°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  15°  E.  (N.  44°  E.  mag.). 

Communication. — The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor  calls  at  Old  Perlican  fort- 
nightly during  summer  and  autumn. 


vhich  is  2  miles 

*oiut. 

at  the  SE.  corner 

);  it  is  protected 

ranee  is  mly  200 

rongly,  and  over 
quainted   should 

ication  with  St. 
Western  Railway, 
narrow  promon- 
rom  the  head  of 
^ual  parts.  The 
et  above  the  sea, 
ime  height, 
aoms  least  water 
r  Point.  Uneven 
e  ledge. 


)  peninsula  sepa- 
1  length,  about  f 

id  is  a  cylindrical 
1,  which  exhibits, 
fht  every  twenty 
le  light  will  be 
extreme  of  the 
Lstant  less  than  8 

juilding  painted 

n  the  east  side  of 
for  small  vessels, 

Perlican  island, 
inel  800  yards  in 

northerly  gales, 
ards,  to  avoid  the 
vith  its  extremes 

(N.  44°  E.  mag.), 
mpany's  steamer 
Id  Perlican  fort- 


OLD    PERLICAN    IIAKBOU — HANTS    IIAKHf»I{. 


453 


Ice. — Old  Perlican  Harbor  usually  freezes  about  ir)tli  January; 
the  time  of  clearing  varies,  as  during  some  years  the  ice  may  only 
remain  a  week.  Northern  ice  does  not  arrive  every  year,  and  when 
it  does  so  is  variable  in  its  date  of  appearance,  which  is  generally 
between  1st  March  and  middle  of  April;  it  seldom  remains  for  any 
time  after  the  latter  date. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  chango.  at  Old  Perlican  An- 
chorage at  6h.  46m. ;  springs  rise  3^  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Salvage  Point  is  a  rugged  beach  of  stones  around  what  appears 
to  be  a  steep  gravel  cliflf,  behind  which  the  hills  rise  between  400 
and  500  feet.  The  rocks  of  the  same  name  lie  IJ  miles  north  of 
the  point,  and  from  it  to  Kings  Head,  7  miles  south  westward, 
the  coast  is  so  encumbered  by  dangers  with  deep  water  between 
them  that  a  stranger  should  on  no  account  approach  nearer  than 
to  have  Grates  Point  bearing  N.  71°  E.  (S.  80°  E.  mag.)  until  the 
Sugar  Loaf  (rising  from  the  shore  415  feet  high,  3^  miles  south  of 
Kings  Head)  is  well  open  of  Kings  Head  S.  18°  W.  (S.  47°  W.  mag.) 

Seal  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  Salvage  Point,  is  about  ^  mile 
deep,  but  affords  no  shelter. 

Dangers. — The  following  are  the  dangers  which  lie  off  this  part 
of  he  coast:  Riffraffs,  Knife  Rock,  Hants  Harbor  Rock,  White 
Rock,  Arthur  Rock,  and  Block  Rock. 

The  Tail  of  the  Bank  has  6  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  there  are 
several  other  rocks  with  from  9  feet  to  7  fathoms  water  on  them, 
and  all  dangerous  with  a  moderate  sea. 

The  position  of  all  the  dangers  is  best  seen  by  the  chart. 

Hants  Harbor,  one  mile  east  of  Hants  Head,  is  300  yards  wide, 
600  yards  d^f  p,  and  open  to  the  north ;  a  heavy  sea  sets  into  it  dur- 
ing and  afijr  gales,  causing  an  undertow  at  the  east  side,  but  a 
few  vessels  manage  to  lie  here  in  safety  during  winter.  The  west 
point  is  low  and  rocky,  with  shallow  patches  extending  |  mile 
NNE. 

Light. — An  octagonal  tower,  30  feet  in  height,  and  painted  white, 
stands  on  the  east  head  of  Hants  Harbor,  and  exhibits,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  65  feot,  a  fixed  white  light  which  should  be  visible  9  miles. 

Directions.— Steer  for  Hants  Harbor  church  bearing  S.  18°  W. 
(S.  47°  W.  mag.),  or  with  the  lighthouse  S.  6°  W.  (S.  35°  W.  mag.), 
between  the  Tail  of  the  Bank  and  the  Riffraffs ;  the  latter  under 
ordinary  circumstances  will  be  seen  breaking.  When  Seal  Rock, 
off  Seal  Cove  Point,  is  in  line  with  that  point,  bearing  S.  67°  E. 
(S.  38°  E.  mag.),  steer  about  S.  24°  E.  (S.  5°  W.  mag.) "for  the 
highest  coast  hill  between  the  harbor  and  Seal  Cove,  to  avoid  the 
shoal  which  extends  ftom  the  west  point  of  entrance ;  when  Seal 
Rock  is  in  line  with  Salvage  Point,  N.  57°  E.  (N.  86°  E.  mag.), 
bring  the  church  to  bear  S.  45°  W,  (S.  74°  W.  mag.),  appearing 


■■■ 


i,| 


'i  4 


454 


CAI'K    noNAVI8T\   TO    CAI'K    UACK. 


one-third  across  tho  entrance,  and  enter  tJi"  liurbor  inniidchannel, 
uiichoring  nt^ar  the  west  shore  in  4  fathoms  water. 

Tho  liarhnr  Hlumld  not  1«'  attempted  l»y  a  stranger. 

Ice.— Hants  Harbor  is  rarely  froze  >•  er;  field  ice  ai)i)(!arsa))out 
1st  Aj)ril,  bnt  the  date  of  its  disapiu-ii  uco  is  nncertain;  vessels 
begin  to  arrive  a)»out  tlio  middle  of  April,  the  last  vessel  leaving 
about  2r)th  December. 

Tides. — Tt  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hants  Harbor  at 
7h.  I3m. ;  '^['fings  rise  4  feet,  nea[)s  rise  2^  feet. 

Sdlly  (Sillee)  Cove,  4ii  miles  to  the  soutliwestward  of  Hants 
Harbor,  is  k  I'l'''^  deep  and  400  yards  wide  at  tho  entrance,  narrow- 
ing gradually  to  the  head.  This  is  a  fine  boat  harbor,  tliough 
exposed  to  the  N  "  \  .,  and  a  ''onsiderablo  settlement  is  situated  round 
it,  with  a  few  hundred  inhabitants  and  a  church.  Some  rocks  lie 
close  off  the  east  point. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  584.) 

Sugarloaf,  a  conspicuous  cone  415  feet  high,  lies  to  southward 
of  Scilly  Covo,  and  is  bold-to;  Turks  Cove,  immediately  south  of 
Sugarloaf,  is  an  open  bight  containing  a  few  houses. 

New  Perlican  Harbor  is  separaten  from  Turks  Cove  by  Jeans 
Head,  a  bold  bluff  sloping  from  a  hill  280  feet  high.  Garlep  Point, 
south  of  the  entrance,  lies  1,600  yards  88 W.  from  Jeans  Head,  and  is 
stotjp-to.  The  east  shore  is  straight  and  bold-to,  but  the  south  has 
two  coves.  Fitters  Cove,  the  outer,  is  -i^  mile  deep,  open,  and  ex- 
posed, with  shoal  water  skirting  the  shores.  The  harbor  proper 
i.«  the  t'asternmost,  being  700  yards  deep  and  400  yards  wide  at  the 
entrance,  narrowing  gradually  to  the  head,  from  which  shoal  water 
extends  350  yards.  This  place  is  fit  for  fishing  craft  only,  which 
can  anchor  in  3  fathoms  near  the  north  shore,  to  avoid  a  rock  with 
4  feet  water  a  short  distance  off  the  first  fishing  stages  in,  on  the 
east  shore.  Larger  vessels  may  find  anchorage  off  the  entrances  of 
thfcsse  coves,  in  8  fathoms,  and  with  Bloody  Point,  that  divides  the 
coves,  bearing  8.  29°  E.  (South  mag.). 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  New  Perlican  Har- 
bor at  7h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

Coast. — The  coast  from  Garlep  Point  to  Hearts  Content,  2  miles 
south,  is  of  low  cliff,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  200 
yards  from  the  points.  Bacon  Cove  Head,  a  conical  wooded  emi- 
nence 132  feet  high,  lies  1,200  yards  north  of  the  entrance  to  Hearts 
Content. 

White  Rock,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  i  mile  N.  40°  W.  (N. 
11°  W.  mag.)  from  Norther  Point.  Sugarloaf,  well  open  of  Gar- 
lep Point,  bearing  N.  32°  E.  (N.  61°  E.  mag.),  leads  west,  and 
Hearts  Content  Church,  open  of  Norther  Point,  S.  58°  E.  (S.  29° 
E.  mag.),  leads  south  of  "White  Rock. 


ill  iiiiflchaniiol, 

or. 

ceappoarh  about 
icovtuiii;  vessels 
st  vosHul  leaving 

Hants  Harbor  at 

itward  of  Hants 
[itranco,  narrow- 
harbor,  though 
is  situated  round 
Some  rocks  lie 


ies  to  southward 
sdiately  south  of 
les. 

:s  Cove  by  Jeans 

.     Garlep  Point, 

Bans  Head,  and  is 

ut  the  south  has 

)p,  open,  and  ex- 

e  harbor  proper 

ards  wide  at  the 

hich  shoal  water 

raft  only,  which 

void  a  rock  with 

stages  in,  on  the 

the  entrances  of 

that  divides  the 

w  Perlican  Har- 

eet. 

Content,  2  miles 
hed  within  200 
cal  wooded  emi- 
trance  to  Hearts 

B  N.  40°  W.  (N. 

ill  open  of  Gar- 

eads  west,  and 

58°  E.  (S.  29° 


IIKAI{T8    «<»NIKNT    IIAKHOK- -IIKAUTS    HKHIKK. 


4:)-) 


Hearts  Oontent  Harbor.— The  oiitrunco  to  this  liurlior  is  lo 
miles  south  of  Hants  Harbor,  and  is  SOO  yards  widn  l)et\v('(>ii 
Northor  Point  on  the  oast,  on  whicli  is  a  beacon  paintod  whito,  uiul 
So\iUier  Point  on  the  west.  Thoiuv*  it  runs  in  l|  niilcs,  uiwl  opi'iis 
out  in  the  niiddlo  to  a  milo  wi.'o,  with  soundings  varying  from  7 
to  20  fathoms.  The  town  lies  aii,  ig  the  eastern  shore;  l)ehiiul  it  is 
a  largo  lake,  and  Mizon  Hill,  whici'  rises  more  than  ($70  feet  high. 

Submarine  Telegraph  Cables.— T  lie  re  are  four  sulmiarine 
cables  between  Hearts  Content  and  Valencia,  and  every  spring,  as 
soon  as  the  harbor  is  dear  of  ic'i  .  three  buoys,  painted  red  ami 
white,  are  laid  down;  two  givintr  north  and  south  lino  of  the 
Atlantic  telegraph  cables,  and  '  thin'  to  mark  the  east  and  west 
line  of  the  cables. 

Anchorage. — The  beacons  on  I'l  around  the  harbor  denote 

the  anchorage  limits. 

To  avoid  fouling  the  cables,  vessels  shotild  not  anchor  west  of 
the  lino  of  the  two  south  beacons  in  lino,  or  between  the  folhjwing 
marks :  East  beacon,  open  south  of  Fisherman  Hall  (a  conspifuious 
gabled  building  on  the  south  side  of  thy  north  bight),  bearing  S.  85° 
E.  (S.  5G°  E.  mag.),  and  striped  house  ii^  lino  with  the  whitewashed 
bowlder,  N.  83°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.);  the  south  cable  is  laid  on  the 
latter  mark.  Small  vessels  may  anchor  to  the  so'-thwai'd  of  the 
southern  buoy. 

Ice. — Hearts  Content  generally  freezes  over  between  the  end  of 
January  and  middle  of  February  and  clears  about  the  latter  end 
of  March.  The  northern  ice  usually  arrives  about  the  middle  of 
April  and  leaves  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hearts  Content 
Harbor,  at  7h.  33m. ;  springs  rise  4  feet,  neaps  rise  2^  feet. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Hearts  Desire,  an  open  cove  7  miles  southward  of  Hearts  Con- 
tent, affords  anchorage  only  with  offshore  vvmds  in  6  to  13  fathoms, 
as  convenient.  A  reef  extends  200  yards  from  a  low  point  in  the 
middle  of  tho  south  side.  Gannet  Point  is  the  south  point  of 
entrance. 

Gannet  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water,  is  small  and  lies  li  miles 
S.  77°  W.  (N.  74°  W.  mag.)  from  Gannet  Point.  Sugarloaf  in 
line  with  Shuffle  Board,  N.  32°  E.  (N.  61°  E.  mag.),  leads  east  of  the 
rock.  Hanging  Hill,  650  feet  high,  lies  2i  miles  inland  from  Hearts 
Desire,  and  shows  prominently  from  Trinity  Bay. 

Ice. — Hearts  Desire  freezes  in  February  or  early  in  March  and 
clears  in  the  latter  month;  field  ice  arrives  about  15th  April  and 
leaves  about  8th  May,  arriving  later  and  leaving  sooner  according 
to  the  season. 


4r»n 


CAPK    HONAVISTA    TO   CAPK    HACK. 


Hearts  Delight,  2.)  iniloHHoutli  of  Hearts  Dosiro,  in  a  HriUK  liur- 
bor  (  inilo  in  tliiiinotiM*,  ufronliriK  oxcollont  tiiiclioruKo  in  7  fiitliunis 
juHt  within  tht<  cntninco.  A  hIiohI  Hpit,  with  'l^  I'athoinH  wator  on 
it,  extends  i'ib  yard.s  From  the  north  shore  near  the  httad,  leaving 
a  ]iasHagu  only  'Mo  yards  wide  })utween  the  end  of  tlie  spit  and  a 
low  point  on  the  south  shore.  The  settlement  here  possesses  a 
church  and  schoolhouse.  Shoal  watcu*  extends  UoO  yards  from  the 
wj'st  point  of  the  entrance.  The  Lookout,  u  hill  6'JO  feet  high,  lies 
1^  miles  SHE.  from  this  harbor. 

South  Rook,  witli  Ji  fathoms  water,  lies  nearly  i  mile  N.  77° 
W.  (N.  48"  W.  nuig.)  from  the  south  head  of  Hearts  Delight. 

Coast. — The  coast  trends  southerly  from  Hearts  Delight  1 J  miles 
to  Long  Pcnnt.  Some  rocks  lie  between  them  off  Island  Cove,  a 
shingle  beach  situated  nearer  Hearts  Delight.  From  Long  Point 
it  takes  a  bend  S.  by  E.  Ij^  miles  to  Shoal  Harbor,  an  open  bight, 
the  south  entrance  point  of  which  is.  foul  some  distance  from  the 
shore,  and  around  wliich  are  a  few  houses  containing  a  few  inhab- 
itants. 

Shoal  Rock,  with  9  feet  water,  lies  COO  yards  from  the  .south  en- 
trance point  of  Shoal  Harbor. 

Witless  Bay,  just  south  of  Shoal  Harbor,  is  2  miles  wide  at  the 
entrance  and  nearly  1^  miles  deep,  divided  at  the  head  into  two 
portions  by  Middle  Point,  a  bold  projection.  Rod  Rocks,  a  small 
cluster  1 1 ')  fe(  t  'xigh,  lie  in  the  entrance  of  the  bay  1,200  yards  from 
the  not'  1     )oil.'. 

Witless  Rock,  with  4  feet  water,  lies  J  mile  S.  29°  E.  (South 
nif'i'  ■  f  i"om  Rod  Rocks,  and  is  the  highest  part  of  a  bank  tliat,  with 
less  than  10  fathoms  water,  extends  nearly  ^  mile  east  from  it. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds  as  con- 
venient, the  water  shoaling  gradually  from  17  fathoms  in  the 
entrance  to  8  fathoms  near  the  head;  taking  care  to  avoid  the 
bank  round  Witless  Rock. 

Black  Point,  the  south  head  of  Witless  Bay,  is  the  extreme  of 
a  promontory  50  feet  high  that  separates  the  entrances  of  that  bay 
and  Gioens  Harbor,  and  has  rocks  extending  some  distance  from  it. 

Black  Rock,  with  (i  fathoms  water,  lies  1,400  yards  S.  86°  W. 
(N.  05°  W.  mag.)  from  Black  Point. 

Qreens  Harbor  extends  SSE.  1^  miles.  It  is  1,200  yards  wide 
and  free  from  danger,  the  water  shoaling  gradually  from  9  fathoms 
in  the  entrance  to  5  fathoms  at  the  head,  but  is  exposed  to  north- 
westerly winds.  A  large  village  surrounds  the  head;  it  contains  a 
church  and  about  300  inhabitants.  The  south  point  is  the  termina- 
tion of  a  narrow  promontory,  240  feet  high,  that  divides  the  harbor 
from  Hope-all  Bay,  and  is  continued  by  shoal  water  400  yards  from 
the  north  extreme. 


-m 


Wte 


J 


Miro,  JH  a  snuK  har- 
i)niKi3  ill  7  fiithoms 
fiitlioiiiH  wator  on 
tho  lutiid,  leaving 
1  of  tho  spit  and  n. 
b  lioro  poBHusHOH  a 
J(»0  yards  fi-om  tlio 

1  51)0  fuel  I'igh,  lies 

irly  i  mile  N.  77° 
[oarts  Delight, 
•ts  Delight  Ij^  miles 
off  Island  Cove,  a 
From  Long  Point 
or,  an  open  bight, 
distance  from  the 
lining  a  few  inliab- 

from  the  south  en- 

2  miles  wide  at  the 
the  head  into  two 

led  Rocks,  a  small 
ly  1,200  yards  from 

le  S.  29°  E.  (South 
f  a  bank  that,  with 
le  east  from  it. 
shore  winds  as  con- 
7  fathoms  in  the 
care  to  avoid  the 

is  the  extreme  of 
trances  of  that  bay 
ne  distance  from  it. 
»0  yards  S.  86°  W. 

is  1,200  yards  wide 
illy  from  9  fathoms 
exposed  to  north- 
head;  it  contains  a 
loint  is  the  termina- 
t  divides  the  harbor 
ater  400  yards  from 


V] 


^. 


^> 


.>.  ^^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^128 

■  50     '™^* 

^  us, 


1.25 


1.4 


2.5 

1.6 


Photogrpphic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


'^^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


«' 


,---l_& 


iiiiMHi.jrnriiK>W>bM 


1 

n' 


iV 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  IVIicroreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


55- 


GREENS  HARBOR DILDO  COVE. 


457 


Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  cliange,  in  Greens  Harbor  at 
7h.  44m. ;  springs  rise  3|  feet. 

Hope-all  Island,  75  feet  high,  lies  700  yards  west  of  the  ex- 
treme of  this  south  point,  and  the  passage  between  them  should 
not  be  taken,  but  the  island  is  bold-to  on  the  north  and  west  sides. 

Hope-all  Bay  may  be  readily  recognized  by  Hope-.oll  Head,  a 
remarkable  bluflf  407  feet  high  that  forms  the  south  point  of  the 
entrance.  This  bay  is  2^  miles  deep  and  nearly  1|  miles  wide  at 
the  entrance,  narrowing  to  the  head,  which  is  f  mile  broad.  After 
entering,  the  water  deepens  to  22  fathoms,  and  then  shoals  gradu- 
ally to  the  head,  where  anchorage  may  be  had  in  9  fathoms,  with 
shelter  in  all  winds  but  those  from  WNW.  to  north. 

New  Harbor  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile  deep,  |  mile  wide  at  the 
entrance,  and  narrows  gradually  to  the  head,  but  is  nearly  filled 
with  rocks.  Fishing  craft,  however,  find  good  shelter  within  these 
rocks,  and  a  large  village  is  built  at  the  head. 

Dildo  Arm,  close  south  of  New  Harbor,  is  the  southeastern  har- 
bor in  Trinity  Bay. 

Dildo  Islands,  a  group  nearly  a  mile  long,  narrow,  and  60  feet 
high,  lie  in  the  continuation  of  the  promontory  forming  the  west 
side  of  the  arm,  f  mile  distant,  and  the  same  distance  west  of  the 
north  point  of  the  entrance,  which  is  surmounted  by  a  round  hill, 
150  feet  high,  that  shelters  Dildo  Cove,  just  within  the  arm,  where 
the  settlement  is  situated.  Rocks  surround  the  islands  for  a  short 
distance,  and  not  more  than  7  fathoms  can  be  carried  in  mid-chan- 
nel over  the  bar  joining  the  islands  to  the  south  point  of  the  arm. 
The  arm  is  about  2  miles  long  and  one  mile  wide,  with  deep  water 
for  the  most  part,  and  divided  at  the  head  into  two  coves  by  a  point, 
from  which  shoal  water  extends  300  yards.  The  west  shore  sliould 
not  be  approached  within  300  yards. 

Communication. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns.  The  station  is  at  Broad  Cove,  distant  66^  miles  from  St. 
Johns  and  3  miles  from  Dildo. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  Dildo  Cove  in  8 
fathoms  water,  with  shelter  from  easterly  winds ;  or  off  the  east- 
ern of  the  two  coves  at  the  head  in  '2  fathoms,  with  shelter  from 
all  winds  but  those  from  NW.  to  North.  The  northern  of  the  two 
coves  is  shoal. 

There  is  a  cod  hatchery  on  one  of  the  Dildo  Islands,  and  the  arti- 
ficial^propagation  of  lobsters  is  carried  on. 

Ice. — Dildo  Arm  freezes  occasionally  about  the  middle  or  end  of 
February  and  clears  about  the  middle  or  end  of  March.  In  1884 
the  whole  of  this  part  of  Trinity  Bay,  south  of  a  line  joining  Tickle 
Harbor  Point  and  Hope-all  Head  was  frozen  and  remained  so  for 
about  a  week,  and  in  1887  an  iceberg  remained  in  this  part  of  the 


458 


t'Al'E   BONAVISTA    lO    CAPE    UACE. 


"bay  until  9tli  Aiigust,  which  is  the  latest  known  date.  Northern 
ice  arrives  about  every  five  years,  and  generally  in  April,  but 
seldom  remains  a  week. 

Tides.— It  is  high  Avater,  full  and  change,  in  Dildo  Arm  at  6h. 
40m. ;  springs  rise4|  feet. 

Spread  Eagle  Bay,  west  of  Dildo  Arm,  is  nearly  2  miles  wide 
at  the  entrance,  and  is  divided  into  two  bights  by  a  point,  from 
which  a  ledge,  with  5  fathoms  water  on  the  outer  edge,  extends 
nearly  i  mile.  Anchorage  with  shelter  from  offshore  vdnds  may 
be  had  in  the  east  cove  in  12  fathoms,  sand,  and  for  small  vessels 
in  the  west  cove  in  6  fathoms. 

McLeod  Point  divides  Spread  Eagle  Bay  from  Chappie  Arm 
and  is  bold  beyond  a  short  distance.  Chappie  Head  lies  NW.  1^ 
miles  nearly  from  McLeod  Point,  and  is  the  sharp  termination  of 
a  flat-topped  bluff  350  feet  high. 

Chv<%pple  Ann  extends  S.  by  W.  a  little  more  than  3  miles,  has 
no  danger  beyond  a  short  distance  from  the  shore,  and  affords  no 
anchor  ige  for  large  vessels.  A  group  of  narrow  islands  and  rocks 
extends  800  yards  from  a  little  promontory  on  the  east  shore,  1^ 
miles  within  McLeod  Point,  and  shelters  a  small  boat  harbor.  An 
islet  with  rocks  off  it  east  and  west  lies  nearly  a  mile  beyond  the 
group,  and  near  the  head  is  Mooring  Island,  bmall  and  steep-to. 
Small  vessels  may  find  anchorage  off  the  eastern  cove  at  the  head 
in  3i  to  12  fathoms,  according  to  their  length,  but  the  western  cove 
is  shoal. 

Long  Cove,  north  of  Chappie  Head,  is  open  and  free  from  danger. 

Communication. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  77^  miles,  by  the  Northern  and  Western  Railway. 

Cottier  Bay  is  separated  from  Long  Cove  by  Cottier  Point,  the 
extreme  of  a  pnjmontory  250  feet  high,  sloping  from  a  hill  658  feet 
high,  south  of  the  head  of  the  bay.  This  bay  is  open  and  exposed, 
but  affords  anchorage  with  shelter  from  offshore  winds  in  10  fath- 
oms, sand,  ^  mile  from  the  head. 

Conception  Bay.— Conception  Bay,  entered  between  Broad  Cove 
Head  and  Cape  St.  Francis,  a  distance  of  11^  miles,  has  a  SSW. 
direction  for  •  iles  to  the  Head  of  Holy  Rood  Bay.  The  west- 
ern shore  of  L  «ption  Bay  is  indented  by  numerous  smaller  bays. 
The  coast  frovu  k^plit  Point  to  Broad  Cove  Head  is  clear,  with  the 
exception  of  the  following  offlying  dangers.  Wall  Rock,  with  5 
fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  l-^V  miles  N.  73°  W.  (N.  44°  W.  mag.) 
from  the  SW.  point  of  Baccalieu  Island;  Job  Rock,  with  5  fath- 
oms on  it,  li  miles  N.  86°  E.  (S.  65°  E.  mag.)  from  Gull  Island 
(south  of  Job  Cove),  and  Puddy  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  on  it,  i  mile 
N.  22°  E.  (N.  51°  E.  mag.)  from  Western  Bay  Head. 


vn  date.  Northern 
rully  in  April,  but 

11  Dildo  Arm  at  6li. 

nearly  3  miles  wide 
ts  by  a  point,  from 
auter  edge,  extends 
offshore  v/^inds  may 
d  for  small  vessels 

from  Chappie  Arm 

Head  lies  NW.  1^ 

larp  termination  of 

re  than  3  miles,  has 
ore,  and  affords  no 
w  islands  and  rocks 
L  the  east  shore,  1^ 
1  boat  harbor.  An 
•  a  mile  beyond  the 
small  and  steep-to. 
rn  cove  at  the  head 
ut  the  western  cove 

id  free  from  danger, 
unication  with  St. 
Western  Railway. 
T  Cottier  Point,  the 
from  a  hill  658  feet 
i  open  and  exposed, 
'e  winds  in  10  fath- 

)etween  Broad  Cove 
miles,  has  a  SSW. 
d  Bay.  The  west- 
erous  smaller  bays. 
1  is  clear,  with  the 
Wall  Rock,  with  5 
.  (N.  U°  W.  mag.) 
Rock,  with  6  fath- 
I  from  Gull  Island 
tthoms  on  it,  ^  mile 
Head. 


CONCEITION   BAY — CARBONEAR   BAY. 


459 


Ice.— Conception  Bay  fills  with  ice  between  16th  January  and 
1st  March,  and  clears  between  the  middle  of  March  and  30th  April, 
but  ice  has  remained  till  35th  May.  Occasionally  very  little  ice 
enters  the  bay. 

Salmon  Cove  Head — At  14  miles  W.  by  S.  from  Cape  St. 
Francis  is  Salmon  Cove  Head,  on  the  west  side  of  Conception  Bay. 
From  this  head  the  land  trends  SW.  by  S.  3  miles  to  Crockers 
Point,  on  the  north  side  of  entrance  to  Caibonear  Bay,  the  coast 
between  being  steep,  in  places  cliffy,  and  the  hill  rising  490  feet 
high.  There  are  several  small  fishing  villages ;  the  principal  are 
Clements,  Freshwater,  and  Crockers,  at  the  entrance  of  three 
ravines. 

Several  small  islets  and  rocks  lie  off  this  part  of  the  coast.  Folly 
Rocks  form  a  small  ridge  above  the  water,  about  i  mile  south  of 
Salmon  Cove  Head,  and  100  yards  from  the  shore.  Mad  Rock  is 
small,  above  water,  and  lies  300  yards  northeastward  of  the  Har- 
ton  Rocks  off  Clements  Cove.  A  small  chain  of  rocks  or  islets 
forms  the  south  side  of  Clements  cove,  and  terminates  in  a  rock 
awash  at  low  water ;  the  rocks  are  named  Harton  Rocks,  and  separate 
Clements  Cove  from  Freshwater  Cove.  Bradley  Rock  is  small 
and  above  water;  it  lies  nearly  midway  between  the  extremity  of 
Harton  Rocks  and  Maiden  Island,  a  little  without  the  line  of  di- 
rection. 

Maiden  Island  is  49  feet  high,  but,  being  small  and  the  same 
appearance  as  the  cliffs  of  the  coast,  it  is  not  easily  distinguished. 
Halfway  between  it  and  Crockers  Point  are  some  rocks  above 
water  135  yards  from  the  shore. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  585.) 

Crockers  Cove  is  immediately  north  of  Crockers  Point,  on  the 
north  side  of  entrance  to  Carbonear Bay;  rooks  and  shallow  water 
extend  300  yards  eastward  of  it. 

Carbonear  Island  is  1,300  yards  in  length  NE.  by  E.  and  SW. 
by  W.,  400  yards  in  breadth,  169  feet  high,  and  slopes  to  the  west- 
ward ;  its  coast  is  mostly  cliff. 

Light— On  the  summit  of  Carbonear  Island  a  building,  which 
has  a  tower  on  a  gable  45  feet  in  height  and  painted  white,  exhibits 
a  fixed  white  light  at  an  elevation  of  195  feet,  which  should  be  vis- 
ible 16  miles. 

Mosquito  Cove,  SW.  of  Carbonear  Island,  is  formed  by  Mos- 
quito Point  and  Old  Sow  Point;  it  is  about  800  yards  wide  at  the 
entrance  and  1,600  yards  deep;  the  water  shoals  gradually  to  its 
head,  but  it  affords  no  shelter  or  safe  anchorage. 

Carbonear  Bay,  immediately  west  of  the  Island  of  the  same 
name,  is  If  miles  deep  in  a  west  direction,  and  i  mile  wide,  with 

U9tO 30 


mi 


IP^ 


460 


CAPE   nONAVISTA   TO   CAPE   ItAOK. 


bold  shores,  except  at  the  head,  where  it  slioals  gradually  to  a 
shingle  beach.  The  entrance  is  easily  recognized  by  Carbonear 
Island  and  lighthouse,  also  by  Saddle  Hill,  503  feet  high,  and  the 
most  r(miarkable  land  seen  f  ro-i  seaward,  immediately  south  of  it. 
Communication.— There  is  telegraphic  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  also  roads  to  Hearts  Content  and  Harbor  Grace. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  in  Carbonear  Bay  is  off  the  north 
shore,  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water,  over  sand;  although  open  to 
the  sea,  which  rolls  in  heavily  with  easterly  gales,  many  vessels  of 
about  100  tons  winter  in  safety  at  the  wharves  of  the  town.  The 
center  and  south  side  of  the  bay  is  exposed  to  the  sea  and  should 
be  avoided. 

Directions. — From  the  northward  there  are  no  dangers  when 
entering  Carbonear  Bay  in  ordinary  weather,  except  those  off  the 
coast  between  Salmon  Cove  Head  and  Crockers  Point,  which  are 
all  visible,  and  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  Broad  Cove  Head  open 
of  Folly  Rocks,  bearing  about  N.  29°  E.  (N.  58°  E.  mag.).  During 
heavy  seas  from  the  eastward,  Kane  Rock,  with  9  fathoms  water 
on  it,  and  Saucy  Joe  Rock,  with  11  fathoms  on  it,  break  occasion- 
ally. 

Between  Carbonear  Island  and  Mosquito  Point  the  distance  is 
^  mile,  but  the  channel  is  narrowed  to  200  yards  by  sunken  rocks 
extending  from  the  island  and  point.  To  proceed  through  in  4 
fathoms  water,  keep  the  Haypuk  on  Feather  Point  just  shut  in 
with  the  cliff  of  Old  Sow  Point,  bearing  S.  13°  E.  (S.  16°  W.  mag.). 
Ice.— Carbonear  Bay  freezes  only  in  severe  winters,  as  the  swell 
breaks  the  ice  up. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Carbonear  Bay  at 
7h.  20  m. ;  springs  rise  4i  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Feather  Point,  on  the  south  side  of  entrance  to  Harbor  Grace, 
is  the  termination  of  a  ridge  of  hills  over  the  south  side  of  the 
harbor ;  the  extremity  of  the  point  is  a  mass  of  slate,  just  discon- 
nected by  a  rent  from  the  main  body  of  the  point,  and  called  the 
Haypuk. 

Harbor  Grace  Islands,  off  Feather  Point,  are  a  cluster  of 
small  islets  and  rocks,  covering  a  space  of  about  |  mile,  in  the 
direction  of  the  point,  by  i  mile  in  breadth.  The  principal  islet 
is  105  feet  high,  and  on  the  western  islet  is  a  summer  fishing  vil- 
lage. Between  200  yards  and  400  yards  NNE.  of  Harbor  Grace 
Islands  are  other  islets  or  rocks,  the  outer  of  which  is  called  Eastern 
Rock;  and  beyond  them  is  rocky  ground,  with  4  fathoms  water 
on  it,  named  White  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  with  great 
violence. 

At  400  yards  west  of  the  south  end  of  Harbor  Grace  Islands  are 
Ragged  Rocks  above  water,  and  between  them  and  the  shallow 


!„., 


CE. 


IIAUnOR   GRACE. 


461 


)alH  gradually  to  a 
lizod  by  Carboiiear 

feet  high,  and  the 
odiately  south  of  it. 
municatiou  with  St. 
)r  Grace. 
Bay  is  off  the  north 

;  although  open  to 
les,  many  vessels  of 

of  the  town.     The 
the  sea  and  should 

■e  no  dangers  when 
except  those  off  the 
rs  Point,  which  are 
)ad  Cove  Head  open 
'  E.  mag.).  During 
th  9  fathoms  water 
I  it,  break  occasion- 

'oint  the  distance  is 
rds  by  sunken  rocks 
•oceed  thi'ough  in  4 
'  Point  just  shut  in 
E.  (S.  16°  W.  mag.), 
winters,  as  the  swell 

m  Carbonear  Bay  at 

9t. 

ce  to  Harbor  Grace, 
le  south  side  of  the 
)f  slate,  just  discon- 
oint,  and  called  the 

nt,  are  a  cluster  of 
ibout  I  mile,  in  the 
The  principal  islet 
,  summer  fishing  vil- 
E.  of  Harbor  Grace 
[lich  is  called  Eastern 
ith  4  fathoms  water 
I  breaks  with  great 

lor  Grace  Islands  are 
em  and  the  shallow 


grounds  off  Feather  Point  is  a  channel  400  yards  wide,  with  3  and 
4  fathoms  water,  but  a  stranger  should  not  attempt  this  passage, 
as  there  is  no  good  leading  mark  for  it. 

Light. — On  the  north  island  a  square  wooden  house  painted 
white,  with  lantern  over  the  center,  35  feet  in  height,  exhibits,  at 
an  elevation  of  151  feet,  an  intermittent  red  and  white  light 
alternately  about  14  red  and  14  white  flashes  every  minute.  The 
light  should  be  visible  15  miles,  but  being  unwatched  it  is  unre- 
liable. 

Salvage  Rock.— Long  Harry  Rock,  on  the  north  shore  of  the 
entrance  to  Harbor  Grace,  is  73  feet  high  and  situated  |  mile  SW. 
of  Old  Sow  Point;  S.  by  E.  i  mile  from  Long  Harry  is  Salvage 
Rock,  small  and  53  feet  high,  with  deep  water  round  it,  but  a  heavy 
sea  breaks  65  yards  inside  it. 

Harbor  Grace.— From  a  line  between  Old  Sow  and  Feather 
Points,  Harbor  Grace  extends  4i  miles  SW.  by  W.,  with  a  breadth 
of  li  miles  at  the  entrance  to  J  mile  at  its  head,  the  hills  on  either 
side  rising  500  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  town,  on  the  north  shore  of  the  harbor,  is  clean  and  well 
laid  out,  and  has  an  abundant  water  supply  from  a  lake  in  the 
neighborhood.  There  are  large  stores  for  dried  codfish,  machinery 
for  the  manufacture  of  seal  oil,  and  refiniiig  cod-liver  oil ;  also  for 
preparing  boneless  codfish,  tinning  caplin,  and  making  glue  from 
skins,  and  guano  from  bones  of  the  fish.  In  1891  the  population 
was  6,466. 

The  Roman  Catholic  church  is  the  easternmost  of  three  churches ; 
it  has  two  spires  which  are  in  line  bearing  N.  61°  E.  (East  mag  )' 
and  S.  61°  W.  (West  mag.). 

Light— At  the  outer  end  of  Point  of  Beach,  which  is  composed 
of  shingle,  is  a  hexagonal-shaped  wooden  tower,  38  feet  in  height, 
and  painted  white,  from  which,  at  an  elevation  of  40  feet,  a  fixed 
white  light  is  exhibited,  which  should  be  visible  7  miles. 

Bar.— At  1,200  yards  eastward  of  the  harbor  light  a  bar  stretches 
across  the  harbor.  The  greatest  depth  on  it  is  24  feet,  and  the 
least  depth  9  feet ;  the  latter  over  a  bowlder  bank  forming  the  south 
side  of  the  main  channel.  Between  the  bank  and  south  shore  the 
depth  is  13  feet.  In  heavy  weather  the  sea  breaks  on  the  shoal 
part  of  the  bar,  but  seldom  in  the  24-foot  channel. 

Communication.— There  is  communication  with  St.  Johns,  dis- 
tant 83i  miles,  by  the  Newfoundland  Railway;  telegraphic  com- 
munication, and  a  good  road  to  Hearts  Content  via  Carbonear, 
distant  16  miles. 

Buoys.— A  buoy,  painted  white,  is  moored  on  the  west  edge  of 
the  bowlder  bank. 


tism 


m 


462 


CAPE  BONAVISTA  TO  CAPE  HACK. 


A  buoy,  painted  red,  is  moored  on  the  edge  of  the  slioal  ground 
off  the  nokh  shore  in  Hi  feet  water,  with  Point  of  Beach  Light- 
house  400  yards  S.  61°  W.  (West  mag.). 

As  these  buoys  are  only  moored  with  small  anchors,  their  posi- 
tions can  not  be  relied  upon.  During  winter  they  are  removed 
and  spar  buoys  substituted. 

Patent  SUp.-There  is  a  patent  slip  90  feet  in  length  and  16  feet 
in  breadth,  which  will  take  vessels  up  to  110  feet  length  of  keel; 
a  vessel  of  about  200  tons  has  been  taken  up.  The  depth  on  the 
blocks  at  high  water,  ordinary  spring  tides,  is  9  feet  forward  and 

^^Directions—When  entering  Harbor  Grace,  give  Eastern  Rock, 
off  Harbor  Grace  Islands,  a  berth  of  600  yards  by  keeping  the 
spires  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church  at  the  east  end  of  the  town 
open  north  of  Salvage  Rock,  bearing  S.  62°  W.  (N.  89°  W  mag.; 
this  clears  White  Rock,  passing  to  the  northward;  thence  steei  in 
mid-channel,  passing  either  north  or  south  of  Salvage  Rock^  To 
cross  the  bar  in  the  deepest  water,  bring  the  lighthouse,  on  Point 
of  Beach  to  bear  S.  62°  W.  (N.  89°  W.  mag.)  and  in  line  with  Ship 
Head,  a  hill  98  feet  high  on  the  same  shore  a  long  mile  beyond  it 
The  ioint  of  the  Bowlder  Bank  will  be  passed  when  the  west 
shoulder  of  Greens  Hill  (443  feet  high)  is  in  line  with  the  west  spire 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  church  at  the  east  end  of  the  own,  bearing 
N  56°  W.  (N.  27°  W.  mag.),  and  Long  Harry  in  line  with  the 
fxtreme  of  the  land  NE.  of  it,  bearing  N.  41°  E.  (N.  70   E.  mag.) 
clears  the  shoal  water  off  the  north  shore.    Therefore  do  not  shut 
in  the  point  east  of  Long  Harry  with  that  rock,  but  edge  south- 
ward to  avoid  the  shore  bank  east  of  Point  of  Beach.    This  point 
is  steep-to  on  its  south  side. 

At  Night,  run  in  with  the  light  at  Point  of  Beach,  bearing 
S  56°  W  (S  85°  W.  mag.),  until  Harbor  Grace  Islands  Light 
bears  about  S.  75°  E.  (S.  46°  E.  mag.).;  then  steer  «^o^e  ^^^^^ 
southward  to  avoid  Salvage  Rock,  until  the  Point  of  Beach  Light 
bears  S.  62°  W.  (N.  89°  W.  mag.),  then  proceed  as  before. 

The  harbor  is  safe,  although  the  most  violent  winds  are  from 
the  westward,  and  blow  occasionally  with  much  force.  The  best 
anchorage  is  on  the  north  shore,  as  at  times  the  sea  is  rough  on 

•%'hen  wking  in,  Brennans  Hill,  392  feet  high  and  southward 
of  Greens  Hill,  in  line  with  the  east  spire  of  the  Roman  Cathohc 
church,  bearing  N.  78°  W.  (N.  49°  W.  mag.),  leads  northward  of 
the  bar;  and  the  west  shoulder  of  Greens  Hill,  m  line  with  the 
west  spire  of  the  same  church,  N.  56°  W.  (N.  27°  W  magO,  leads 
southward  of  the  Bowlder  Bank.  In  crossing  the  bar,  the  point 
east  of  Long  Harry  should  not  be  shut  in  with  that  rock,  and 


h 

li ......... 


CE. 


HAKBOR   GRACE — SPANIARDS    HAY. 


463 


if  the  slioal  ground 
Int  of  Beach  Light- 
anchors,  their  posi- 
•  they  are  removed 

1  length  and  10  feet 

feet  length  of  keel; 

The  depth  on  the 

3  9  feet  forward  and 

,  give  Eastern  Rock, 
trds  by  keeping  the 
last  end  of  the  town 
^  (N.  89°  W.  mag.); 
rard ;  thence  steer  in 

Salvage  Rock.  To 
lighthousei,  on  Point 
ind  in  line  with  Ship 
long  mile  beyond  it. 
issed  when  the  west 
ae  with  the  west  spire 
L  of  the  town,  bearing 
rry  in  line  with  the 

E.  (N.  70°  E.  mag.), 
rherefore  do  not  shut- 
rock,  but  edge  south- 
,f  Beach.     This  point 

at  of  Beach,  bearing 
Grace  Islands  Light 
en  steer  more  to  the 
Point  of  Beach  Light 
leed  as  before, 
tolent  winds  are  from 
auch  force.  The  best 
es  the  sea  is  rough  on 

t  high,  and  southward 
f  the  Roman  Catholic 
),  leads  northward  of 
Hill,  in  lino  with  the 
IT.  27°  W.  mag.),  leads 
ing  the  bar,  the  point 
a  with  that  rock,  and 


short  tacks  sliouUl  l)o  made  between  this  lino  and  the  line  of  tlie 
leading  marks,  until  Greens  Hill  is  seen  westward  of  the  church, 
wlien  the  board  to  tlie  southward  may  be  prolonged.  Tlioro  is  no 
tidal  stream  in  Harbor  Grace  to  assist  a  vessel  either  in  or  out. 

Ice. — Harbor  Grace  freezes  over  between  10th  January  and  80th 
February,  and  is  closed,  at  intervals,  by  ico,  from  <>  to  15  inclies  in 
thickness,  between  20th  January  and  the  end  of  March,  but  the  port 
has  never  been  closed  for  more  than  six  weeks  at  a  time,  and  the 
harbor  ice  sometimes  disappears  as  early  a^  1st  March,  remaining 
at  other  times  as  late  as  1st  April.  Vessels  arrive  and  leave  all 
the  year,  but  are  occasionally  detained  by  field  ice,  which  appears 
from  20th  January  to  20th  February,  a,nd  disappears  between  1st 
and  20th  May,  but  in  some  seasons  is  never  seen. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Harbor  Grace  at 
7h.  25m. ;  springs  rise  4J  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Bryants  Oove,  on  the  south  side  of  Featlier  Point,  is  700  yards 
wide  and  about  800  deep,  with  several  patches  of  rocks  near  the 
center  that  cover  at  half  tide.  The  entrance  is  by  the  south  shore, 
or  by  having  a  conspicuous  hill,  up  the  valley,  open  of  a  steep  fall 
of  the  north  shore  of  the  inner  part  of  the  bay,  bearing  S.  64°  W. 
(N.  87°  W.  mag.);  but  the  cove  is  open  to  seaward  and  affords  no 
shelter. 

Spaniards  Bay. — Spare  Point,  on  the  south  side  of  Bryants 
Cove,  has  several  detached  rocks  above  water  near  it,  thence  the 
coast  trends  in  a  SW.  direction  for  2  miles  to  Island  Cove,  a  rocky 
bight,  fronted  by  an  islet.  Spaniards  Bay  is  one  mile  wide,  and 
extends  3^  miles  to  the  southwestward ;  its  north  shore  is  clear  of 
danger. 

Green  Head,  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  is  112  feet  high;  the  only 
safe  anchorage  is  on  the  north  shore  NE.  of  this  point,  in  from  4  to 
8  fathoms  water,  keeping  Green  Hea"!  westward  of  the  bearing  S. 
15°  W.  (S.  44°  W.  mag.)  to  avoid  a  Sii)  d  patch  with  a  depth  of  9 
feet  on  it.  The  southern  shore  is  exposed  to  a  heavy  sea,  which 
sets  in  with  easterly  gales,  and  the  eastern  part  has  several  rocks 
extending  200  yards  from  it;  farther  in  the  water  is  shoal  the 
same  distance  off,  and  at  the  head  of  the  bay  to  nearly  400  yards. 

Communication. — There  is  a  station  on  the  Newfoundland  rail- 
way at  Spaniards  Bay  Road,  distant  76  miles  from  St.  Johns. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Spaniards  Bay  at 
7h.  45m. ;  springs  rise  4J  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet. 

Mad  Point  is  the  eastern  termination  of  a  peninsula  4  miles  in 
length,  800  yards  in  breadth,  and  separating  Spaniards  Bay  from 
Bay  Roberts.  Mad  Rocks,  12  feet  above  water,  extend  eastward 
about  i  mile  from  the  north  extreme  of  the  Point ;  and  broken 
ground  with  less  than  10  fathoms  over  it  1,200  yards  farther,  over 


464  CAPE  BONAVISTA  TO  CAPE  RACK. 

which  ,l«ri„«  an  easterly  .well  the  »ea  mil-  up  to  ^l^'l'^''^^'^^ 
broakH  over  them  with  vi.,leiico.  There  are  ao  fathom,  li  mile» 
ENE  ofthe  point-,  u,  ha.l  weather  it  »l>ouhl  not  be^roa  -1 
,1  •  a  Ko°  AW  rs  88°  W.  mac.)  nearer  than  a  mile. 
Cl- C:'e  L'llSi^ZZ  for,fJd  hy  s„,ne  roeh.  t,.0O 

''ta/Ib^'rJit  IZed  between  the  peninsula  jnst  .nontionea 
nnd"l«.er  peninsula  on  the  south^  It  '7';;""* -'»  ^^<^ 
and  nearly  a  mile  in  breadth.  Fergus  Wet,  '^-l  '««"»":  *"" 
t-arisr  length  NE.  and  SW.  and  SCO  yards  in  breaclth,  with  a 
oTnl  ummft,  lies  400  yard,  from  the  north  shore  .unl  abon  a 
mUe  rom  Ma,  Point.  There  are  16  fathoms  water  be  ween  the 
°sW  anTthe  shore,  bnt  NW,  W  yards  from  its  SW.  ond  ,»  a  roek 
S  less  than  6  feet  on  it,  and  rooks  extend  300  yards  off  ,ts  NE. 

TeleirraDh.— There  is  a  station  at  Bay  Roberts.  „  ,     . 

00  d^Ie?  Point  is  a  projection  dividing  the  head  of  Bay  RoWts 
into  two  parts.  It  is  surrounded  by  rocks  at  the  distance  o  00 
vards  wWch  cover  and  uncover.  At  200  yards  E  by  S^  of  the 
S[nt  is  a  patch  of  rocks  with  12  feet  water  and  5  fathoms  be  ween 
TandtL  point.    There  are  a  church  and  a  few  houses  scattered 

To'tt  dhti^Soldeast  Point  is  Roberts  Harbor,  a  safe  anchor- 

:Sxshments.     Vessels  drawing  12  feet  water  can  he  at  the 

^r rnro?'BtBoberts  is-foul  for  200  yards  o«,  and 
there  is  no  safe  anchorage  on  this  side  of  the  ^jay 
Ice.-Bay  Roberts  freezes  occasionally,  when  the  bay  fills  witH 

'"^  Green  Point  is  the  termination  of  the  narrow  peninsula,  4  miies 
inTength  IpLting  Bay  Roberts,  on  the  north,  fromBay  de  Grave 
on  the  south'     C  Je  off  it  are  Southern  Rocks,  14  feet  above  water, 
and  broken  ground  extends  400  yards  from  the  point. 

LigC-A  cylindrical  iron  lighthouse,  32  feet  in  height,  painted 
red  fnd  white  in  horizontal  bands,  stands  on  Green  Point,  and 
exlibUs,  Trom  an  elevation  of  56  feet,  a  fixed  white  light,  which 

nrea^l^in^^l  Hght  is  a  projecting  lant- fr^ ^^^^^ 
three  lights  are  exhibited.  The  two  outer  lights  show  w^iite  ^^^ 
the  center  light,  in  line  with  Southern  Rocks,  bearing  S.  17  W. 
(S.  46°  W.  mag.),  shows  red. 


CE. 


HAY  ni-;  (iitAVK — Humus  bay. 


mr 


o  the  dry  rocks  aii'l 
0  fathoma  U  miles 
not  bo  approached 
earer  than  a  mihi. 
by  some  rocks  l,20O 

aula  just  mentioned 
at  3i  miles  in  length 
,,  134  feet  high,  400 
i  in  breadth,  with  a 
L  shore  and  about  a 
3  water  between  the 
ts  SW.  end  is  a  rock 
300  yards  oflE  its  NE. 

lerts. 

head  of  Bay  Roberts 
it  the  distance  of  200 
'ards  E.  by  S.  of  the 
id  5  fathoms  between 
few  houses  scattered 

larbor,  a  safe  anchor- 
,h  an  average  breadth 
:om  10  fathoms  at  the 
round.  On  the  north 
churches  and  fishing 
water  can  lie  at  the 

for  200  yards  off,  and 

e  bay. 

(Then  the  bay  fills  with 

rrow  peninsula,  4  miles 
rth,  from  Bay  de  Grave, 
ks,  14  feet  above  water, 
the  point. 

5  feet  in  height,  painted 
3  on  Green  Point,  and 
xed  white  light,  which 

ig  lantern,  from  which 
lights  show  white,  and 
)cks,  bearing  S.  17°  W. 


Bay  de  Grave  is  rtk  njiU)s  in  length  8VV.  by  W.,  with  uii  ivvfrago 
breadth  of  i  u\\]v.  In  the  middle  of  (In*  ciitrunco  the  water  is  70 
fatlioms  (h'(>|),  shonling  to  30  fatlioiiis  at  a  niih*  from  the  hca^l  id" 
the  bay.  Hihhs  Hole  Is  a  rocky  covo  south  of  (Jnifn  I'oliit,  but 
aH'onls  no  slmUor.  Blow-nie-down  Head,  1  \  miles  SSW.  of  Green 
Point,  i)rojocts  200  yards  lieyond  the  linoof  coast,  and  ^  mile  beyond 
it  is  Ship  Cove,  a  liltki  sheltered  by  the  head,  and  in  summer  small 
vessels  may  anchor  off  it  in  10  fathoms  water,  witli  Port  de  Grave 
church,  which  is  midway  between  Ship  Cove  and  Port  de  Grave, 
N.  04°  W.  (N.  35'^  W.  mag.). 

Port  de  Grave,  having  a  depth  of  0  to  t)  feet,  is  i|  mile  westward 
of  Blow-me-down  Head,  and  fronted  by  some  low  islets  or  rocks. 
Shoal  water  extends  200  yards  eastward  from  the  southern  rocks. 
Off  the  village  is  a  summer  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  10 
fathoms  water,  140  yards  from  the  shore,  with  the  church  bearing 
between  N.  34°  W.  (N.  5°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  11°  W.  (N.  18°  E. 
mag.).  I 

The  coast  westward  of  Port  de  Grave  is  cliffy  as  far  as  Bareneed, 
2i  miles  from  Blow-mo-down  Head.  From  the  village  of  Bare- 
need  round  the  head  of  the  bay  to  Cupids  Cove,  on  the  south,  there 
are  no  dangers  nor  .sheltered  anchorages.  Two  streams  here  empty, 
one  at  the  north,  the  other  at  the  south  corner  of  the  beach ;  they 
are  named  the  North  Gut  and  South  Gut ;  both  can  be  entered  by 
boats  at  high  water,  and  are  navigable  a  considerable  distance. 

Cupids  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  a  remarkable  bluff,  330  feet 
high,  named  Spectacle  Head,  runs  in  about  J  mile,  and  is  400  yards 
wide.  There  is  anchorage  here  for  small  vessels  in  from  3  to  8 
fathoms,  mud  and  sand;  though  open  to  seaward,  but  little  sea 
sets  in.  A  shoal  bar  crosses  the  harbor  from  the  east  extreme  of 
a  shingle  spit  on  the  east  shore. 

Burnt  Point  is  the  south  point  of  entrance  to  Bay  de  Grave ;  it 
is  181  feet  high,  with  small  coves  north  and  south  of  it.  Sopers 
Rock,  with  less  than  3  feet  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  north  of  the 
north  extreme  of  the  point.  On  the  south  side  of  the  point,  at 
about  the  same  distance,  are  other  rocks,  with  6  feet  on  them  and 
some  uncovered.     A  vessel  should  not  approach  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

North  Head,  the  north  entrance  point  to  Brigiis  Bay,  is  nearly 
1^  miles  south  from  Burnt  Point. 

Light. — On  North  Head  a  cylindrical  iron  tower,  24  feet  in 
height,  painted  red  and  white  in  vertical  stripes,  exhibits,  from  an 
elevation  of  113  feet,  a  fixed  red  light,  which  should  be  visible  12 
miles. 

Brigus  Bay  stretches  one  mile  to  the  westward,  with  an  average 
breadth  of  800  yards.  The  sealing  vessels  belonging  to  Brigus 
moor  head  and  stern  in  the  NW.  corner  of  the  bay,  and  under 


466 


TAPE    noNAVlSTA   To   TAPE    RACK. 


Admimls  IhIuikI,  in  tlio  SW.  coriior;  hut  thoso  anchorugos  hUouIcI 
nut  1)M  iittcriiptod  without,  locul  kiiowlwlgc. 

The  town  of  KHkuh,  with  ii  popuhitioii  of  1,541,  is  Htunll  and 
pictumsiiucly  situ.itiMl  round  tlio  whon-H  of  a  hike  in  a  valhiy  be- 
tweon  HtHop  harrou  hilJH,  and  is  iniportant  on  account  of  the  early 
roloHHo  of  goaliiiK  vohhoIh  in  th»<  HpriiiK,  from  the  ice  being  broken 
np  l)y  tlio  soa  sotting  into  the  buy. 

Oommunioation. — Thoro  is  railway  communication  via  Brigua 
Junction,  distant  47^  miles  fr<mi  St.  Johns  and  7  miles  from  Brigus; 
also  telegraphic^  (.'ojiimunication. 

Ice.— Brigus  Bay  froezes  occasionally,  when  the  bay  fills  with 
ice. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Colliers  Point,  U  miles  S.  by  E.  from  south  point  of  Brigus, 
is  the  extreme  of  a  peninsula  separating  Colliers  and  Castries  Bays. 

OoUiers  Bay  extends  in  a  straight  line  SW.  by  S.  3J  miles  from 
Colliers  Point,  and  is  entered  between  tliat  point  and  Seal  Head,  a 
steep  bluff  at  the  extreme  of  the  slope  from  the  Twins.  Turks 
Head,  on  the  west  shore,  1^  miles  to  the  south  westward  of  Seal 
Head,  is  a  steep  bluff  337  feet  liigh,  forming  the  south  side  of 
Turks  Gut,  a  narrow  inlet  bordered  by  a  few  houses.  Harbor 
Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  750  yards  S.  27°  E.  (S.  2°  W.  mag.), 
and  Bull  Rock,  with  0  fathoms  water,  N.  54°  E.  (N.  83°  E.  mag.), 
a  little  more  than  i  mile  from  the  extreme  of  Turks  Head.  Blue 
Hills,  seen  over  Dock  Head,  bearing  S.  23°  W.  (S.  52°  W.  mag.), 
leads  east  of  these  rocks. 

The  remainder  of  the  west  shore  is  straight,  and  may  be  ap- 
proached to  100  yards,  till  the  shallow  water  is  met  with  at  400 
yards  from  the  head.  The  east  shore  is  slightly  indented,  James 
Cove,  the  first  in  on  that  shore,  being  sheltered  by  a  small  projection 
82  feet  high.  The  next  cove  to  the  southward,  at  the  head  of 
which  is  a  shingle  beach  bordered  by  houses,  is  filled  with  bowlders 
under  water  to  the  line  of  the  points.  Curtain  Rock,  with  10  fath- 
oms, lies  300  yards  off  the  east  coast,  under  the  first  hill  within  the 
entrance,  and  a  shoal  with  7  fathoms  water  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel  l^^i  miles  from  Turks  Head.  Dock  Head,  a  small  penin- 
sula 134  feet  high,  situated  2i  miles  from  the  entrance,  forms  the 
west  side  of  a  shallow  cove,  is  bold-to  on  the  west  side,  and  shelters 
The  Dock,  a  small  cove.  Anchorage  may  be  had  west  of  Dock 
Head  in  4  to  10  fathoms,  gravel,  exposed  to  northeasterly  winds 
only. 

Coast— The  coast  from  Colliers  Point  is  skirted  by  rocks,  and 
trends  southward  2  miles  to  Bacon  Head,  a  steep  bluff  surmounted 
by  a  hill  326  feet  above  high  water,  that  makes  the  south  side  of 


K. 

uichoiiiges  Hhould 

541,  is  Hiunll  and 

k(«  in  a  vallny  be- 

jouiit  of  the  early 

ice  heiMg  broken 

ication  via  Brigus 
niles  from  Brigus ; 

the  bay  fills  with 


I  point  of  Brigiis, 
.nd  Castries  Bays, 
y  S.  3J  miles  from 
;  and  Seal  Head,  a 
le  Twins.  Turks 
westward  of  Seal 
the  south  side  of 
houses.  Harbor 
i.  (8.  2°  W.  mag.), 
(N.  83°  E.  mag.), 
irks  Head.  Blue 
(S.  62°  W.  mag.), 

and  may  be  ap- 
;  met  with  at  400 
T  indented,  James 
a  small  projection 
d,  at  the  head  of 
led  with  bowlders 
ock,  with  10  fath- 
rst  hill  within  the 
}s  nearly  in  mid- 
id,  a  small  penin- 
trance,  forms  the 
side,  and  shelters 
ad  west  of  Dock 
rtheasterly  winds 

;ed  by  rocks,  and 
bluff  surmounted 
the  south  side  of 


OAHTUrEH    HAY llOLY    UOOD. 


467 


Baoon  Covo,  an  opun  bight  containiiiK  H»»vt»nil  rocks.  A  Hniall 
rook  lies  close  off  Bacon  Head,  and,  witli  the  coast,  may  be 
approached  to  witliin  200  yards. 

Oastrles  Bay  extt^nds^J  miles  SW.,  with  a  breadth  of  \\  mile 
from  Bacon  Head  to  a  projection  ending  in  Cat  Kock,  that  divides 
the  head  into  two  coves. 

Oat  Oove,  the  northern  of  the  two,  is  l,ftOO  yards  doo[)  and  flOO 
yards  wide;  it  is  again  subdivided  at  800  yards  within  liy  Paw 
Point,  a  narrow  promontory  forming  two  coves  about  1500  yards 
wide.  Mouse  Rock,  with  2  feet  water,  lies  in  the  entrance  to  Cat 
Covo,  about  200  yards  from  the  north  shore. 

Anchorage  may  bo  had  in  8  fathoms,  sand,  off  the  church,  for 
small  vessels,  but  exposed  to  NE.  winds. 

Salmon  Oove,  the  southern  bight  of  Gastrios  Bay,  is  l^V  miles 
deep  and  1,200  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  terminating  in  an  inlet 
300  yards  wide,  entered  1,100  yards  from  the  head.  This  inlet  is 
filled  with  rocks  and  is  available  only  for  boats.  The  outer  portion 
of  Salmon  Cove  is  clear  of  danger  at  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

Oommunioation. — There  is  a  station  on  l!.e  Newfoundland 
Railway  at  Salmon  Cove,  distant  38 i  miles  from  St.  Johns. 

Blue  Hills  form  a  conspicuous  range,  surmounted  by  a  double 
top  839  feet  high,  and  are  situated  2  miles  from  the  head  of  Gastries 
Bay.  Witch  Hazel  Peak,  598  feet  high,  lies  $  mile  northward  of 
Blue  Hills,  and  is  the  first  conspicuous  peak  in  that  direction. 

Oastrles  Point  is  the  extreme  of  a  peninsula  dividing  Gastries 
Bay  from  Harbor  Main.  The  west  shore  of  this  peninsula  from 
Salmon  Cove  is  skirted  by  shoal  water  extending  off  200  yards, 
and  the  point  should  not  he  approached  within  that  distance. 

Harbor  Main  extends  S.  by  W.  2  miles  from  Gastries  Point, 
and  is  clear  of  danger,  except  a  rock  with  12  feet  of  water  lying 
350  yards  N.  43°  E.  (N.  72°  E.  mag.)  from  the  point  SSE.  of  the 
church.  A  considerable  settlement  is  situated  on  the  west  shore, 
and  vessels  can  find  anchorage  in  12  fathoms  with  the  church 
bearing  N.  29°  W.  (North  mag.),  having  swinging  room  of  250 
yards,  but  exposed  to  NE.  winds. 

Holy  Rood,  east  of  Harbor  Main,  is  4  miles  long  and  J  mile 
broad.  The  west  shore  is  foul  for  a  mile  from  the  entrance,  and 
should  not  be  approached  within  200  yards.  A  shoal  with  12  feet 
water  lies  off  the  mouth  of  Chapel  Cove,  the  first  indentation  on 
the  west  shore,  beyond  which  there  is  no  danger ;  but  the  water  is 
deep  till  the  two  coves  at  the  head  are  entered. 

Oommunioation. — There  is  railway  communication  with  St. 
Johns,  distant  33  miles,  by  the  Newfoundland  Railway. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Holy  Rood  Anchor- 
age at  7h.  28m. ;  springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  3i  feet. 


468 


CAPE   BONAA'ISTA    TO    CAPE    RACE. 


Coast. — The  coast  from  this  bay  trends  with  a  deep  bend  NE. 
by  N.  35  miles  to  Cape  St.  Francis.  The  southern  part  consists  of 
a  series  of  beaches  backed  by  salt-water  ponds,  and  skirted  by 
shoal  water  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  shore.  Several  villages  with 
churches  are  built  on  the  shore,  and  this  portion  of  the  bay  is  one 
of  the  most  pictiiresque  in  Newfoundland,  Butter  P-.'i  a  conspic- 
uous hill  ',(99  foet  high,  lies  eastward  of  Holy  Rooc  Bay,  and  the 
whole  coast  is  backed  by  steep  wooded  hills  500  to  800  feet  high. 

Communication. — There  is  a  railway  station  at  Topsail,  and 
between  it  and  Holy  Rood  Bay,  a  distance  of  15  miles,  there  are 
stations,  on  the  Newfoundland  Railway,  at  DufFs,  Seal  Cove,  Kel- 
ligrews,  and  Manuels. 

Portugal  Cove,  15  miles  from  Holy  Rood,  is  the  deepest  inden- 
tation on  the  shore,  being  800  yards  deep,  with  a  rock  in  the  mid- 
dle, and  depths  of  water  decreasing  from  20  fathoms  in  the  entrance 
to  5  fathoms  near  the  head.  Princes  Lookout,  a  conspicuous  hill 
543  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  flagstaff,  lies  eastward  of  the  head 
of  this  cove. 

The  character  of  the  coast  changes  north  of  this  cove  from  gen- 
tle partially  cultivated  slopes  to  steep  barren  cliffs,  attaining  the 
height  of  880  feet  in  Ore  Head,  situated  about  midway  between 
Portugal  Cove  and  Cape  St.  Francis. 

Bell  Island,  the  largest  of  three  lying  off  the  east  shore  of  Con- 
ception Bay,  is  so  called  from  a  remarkable  conical  rock,  220  feet 
high,  situated  near  the  SW.  extreme,  and  named  The  Bell  from  the 
supposed  resemblance.  This  inland  lies  nearly  parallel  to  the 
coast  at  the  distance  of  2  miles  from  Portugal  Cove,  is  5^^  miles 
long,  nearly  If  miles  broad,  and  surmounted  by  a  nearly  flat  ridge 
495  feet  above  high  water.  The  Clapper,  a  prominent  rock,  lies 
at  the  south  point,  and  a  considerable  village  with  a  church  is  sit- 
uated just  NE.  of  it.  Shoal  water  extends  nearly  i  mile  from  the 
NE.  extreme,  within  which  distance  the  shores  should  not  be 
approached. 

Bell  Rock,  with  15  feet  water,  lies  nearly  one  mile  S.  43°  W. 
(S.  72°  W.  mag.)  from  The  Clapper,  and  from  the  rock  a  ledge  with 
4  fathoms  water  extends  i  mile  to  the  northwestward. 

Little  Bell  Island,  2  miles  SE.  by  S.  from  The  Clapper,  is  nar- 
row, 1,200  yards  long,  92  feet  high,  and  is  skirted  by  foul  ground 
that  extends  aboiit  400  yards  from  the  shore. 

Kelly  Island,  183  feet  high,  lies  1^  miles  SW.  by  W.  from  Lit- 
tle Bell  Island  and  If  miles  nearly  from  the  south  shore  of  the 
bay.  A  shingle  spit  extends  from  the  SE.  shore,  and  the  island 
should  not  be  approached  within  ^  mile. 

Cape  St.  Francis  is  formed  by  two  low  bills,  off  the  western- 
most of  which  are  two  small  islets. 


a  deep  bend  NE. 
)rn  part  consists  of 
Is,  and  skirted  by 
'^eral  villages  with 
n  of  the  bay  is  one 
Iter  P  'i  a  conspic- 
Rooc^  Bay,  and  the 

to  800  feet  high. 
)n  at  Topsail,  and 
15  miles,  there  are 
Ts,  Seal  Cove,  Kel- 

the  deepest  inden- 
a  rock  in  the  mid- 

ams  in  the  entrance 
a  conspicuous  hill 

.stward  of  the  head 

ihis  cove  from  gen- 
cliffs,  attaining  the 
t  midway  between 

)  east  shore  of  Con- 
nical  rock,  220  feet 
1  The  Bell  from  the 
•ly  parallel  to  the 
bl  Cove,  is  6^  miles 
{  a  nearly  flat  ridge 
rominent  rock,  lies 
rith  a  church  is  sit- 
rly  i  mile  from  the 
res  should   not  be 

one  mile  S.  43°  W. 

le  rock  a  ledge  with 

stward. 

["he  Clapper,  is  nar- 

'ted  by  foul  ground 

V.  by  W.  from  Lit- 

south  shore  of  the 

3re,  and  the  island 

Us,  off  the  western- 


CAPE    ST.    FRANCIS TOR    BAY. 


469 


Light. — On  the  eastern  bill  of  Cape  St.  Francis  a  wooden  Iniild- 
ing  with  a  flat  roof,  on  which  is  a  lantern  painted  white,  and  45 
feet  in  height,  exhibits,  from  an  elevation  (jf  123  feet,  a  fixed  red 
light,  that  shoiild  be  visible  12  miles. 

Fog  Signal. — A  fog  trumpet  will  be  sounded  every  minute 
duriijg  thick  weather,  fogs,  and  snowstorms,  as  follows : 

D^iration  of  sound,  five  seconds;  of  silence,  five  seconds;  of 
soimd,  five  seconds;  of  silence,  forty-five  seconds. 

The  Brandies  are  three  rocks  with  4  to  12  feet  water  on  them, 
the  extreme  of  rocky  ground  extending  from  some  islets  and  rocks 
southeastward  of  the  cape,  from  which  the  outer  lies  1,600  yards 
N.  82°  E.  (S.  69°  E.  mag.).  Torbay  Point  open  of  Black  Head  S. 
16°  E.  (S.  13°  W.  mag.)  leads  east  of  The  Brandies. 

Coast. — The  coast  from  Cape  St.  Francis  to  St.  Johns  Harbor  is 
of  nearly  steep  cliff,  with  two  principal  indentations.  Pouch 
Cove,  the  northern,  is  nearly  three  miles  from  Cape  St.  Francis. 
Black  Head,  the  southeastern  point  of  this  cove,  is  about  400  feet 
high.  A  shoal,  with  6  fathoms  water,  lies  ^  mile  off  the  north 
point  of  Pouch  Cove,  and  Cliff  Rock,  with  8  fathoms  water,  lies 
one  mile  N.  17°  W.  (N.  12°  E.  mag.)  from  Black  Head.  Flat  Rock 
Cove  is  a  small  indentation  3^  miles  south  of  Black  Head,  the 
south  point  of  which  is  Flat  Rock  Point. 

Red  Head,  274  feet  high,  on  the  northern  side  of  Flat  Rock 
Cove,  is  very  conspicuous,  being  of  a  deep  red  color ;  and  one  red 
house  and  three  white  houses,  situated  at  an  elevation  of  465  feet 
on  the  hills  about  2  miles  west  of  Flat  Rock  Cove,  also  a  church, 
painted  red,  the  steeple  of  which  is  284  feet  above  the  sea,  show 
out  prominently,  but  the  latter  is  obscured  from  the  southward  by 
the  land  sloping  down  to  Flat  Rock  Point. 

Flat  Rock  Point  is  a  low,  barren,  razor-shaped  ledge  sloping 
down  to  the  sea  and  continued,  under  water,  for  nearly  400  yards, 
where  there  is  a  depth  of  4^  f at];ioms ;  there  are  rocky  ledges  on 
the  east  side  of  it. 

From  Flat  Rock  Point  the  cliffs  rise  gradually  as  Tor  Bay  is 
entered,  but  at  1^  miles  from  the  point  they  rise  more  abruptly, 
and  from  here  to  Torbay  Bight  the  coast  line  is  broken  by  deep 
gulches  and  may  be  easily  recognized  by  two  hills,  444  and  446 
feet  high,  having  high  cliffs  in  front  of  them ;  further  south  are 
two  smaller  cliffs  282  and  72  feet  high,  respectively. 

Tor  Bay  is  2  miles  deep  and  the  same  in  breadth,  and  is  quite 
exposed.  Anchorage  may  be  had  with  shelter  from  westerly  winds 
off  the  western  cove  in  12  fathoms;  elsewhere  the  water  is  too  deep. 
In  thick  weather,  or  when  the  background  hills  are  hidden.  Tor- 
bay  Point  appears  to  slope  from  two  round  hills  with  a  slight 
saddle  between. 


.urartiifiaK... 


470 


CAPE   BONA  VISTA   TO    CAPE   RACE. 


Torbay  Bight,  where  there  is  a  large  settlement,  is  greatly  used 
by  fishermen,  and  landing  can  generally  be  effected.  At  i  mile 
inland,  over  the  bight,  there  is  a  Roman  Catholic  church  (a  square 
stone  building  without  a  spire),  a  convent,  and  a  temperance  hall; 
these,  being  all  close  together,  form  a  very  conspicuous  mark,  but 
they  are  nearly  obscured  when  in  line  with  a  clump  of  trees,  (also 
conspicuous)  over  Snagge  Point. 

Tantam  Shoals  are  about  f  mile  north  of  Torbay  Point ;  they 
break  in  heavy  weather. 

Coast— From  Torbay  Bight  to  Torbay  Point  the  coast  line  is 
generally  rugged,  with  broken  cliffs  between  Middle  and  Outer 
Coves.  Landing  may  be  effected  here,  except  with  northerly  winds, 
which  send  in  a  heavy  swell.  Behind  Middle  Cove  there  is  a  con- 
spicuous white  house,  and  the  hills  at  the  back  of  Tor  Bay  are 
covered  with  houses,  generally  painted  white. 

Torbay  Point  has  a  small  summit,  287  feet  high,  just  to  the 
southward  of  it,  and  a  little  over  i  mile  farther  south  the  land 
rises  to  a  hill  537  feet  high. 

Torbay  Hill,  653  feet  high,  locally  known  as  Flag  Staff  Hill, 
on  account  of  it  having  been  the  old  signal  station  connecting 
Cape  St.  Francis  and  St.  Johns,  has  bold  cliffs  in  front  of  it,  and 
a  very  conspicuous  yellow  patch,  nearly  at  the  top  of  the  cliff,  just 
to  the  northward  of  the  summit  of  the  hill. 

Redcliff  Head,  li  miles  southward  of  Torbay  Point,  is  a  bold 
headland  with  steep  sloping  cliffs  of  a  reddish  color;  it  has  a  deep 
gulch  on  the  north  and  on  the  south  side  of  it,  one  or  the  other, 
depending  on  the  light,  being  generally  seen  as  a  black  band  down 
the  face  of  the  cliff.  Red  Head  Rock,  with  5  fathoms  water,  lies 
1,600  yards  S.  47°  E.  (S.  18°  E.  mag.)  from  Torbay  Point  and  1,200 
yards  from  Redcliff  Head. 

Logey  Cove,  used  by  fishermen  during  the  summer  months,  is 
a  small  cove  with  deep  water,  and  boats  may  land  here  in  a  small 
niche  in  the  rocks,  where  there  are  always  fishermen  to  help  if 
necessary.    A  road  connects  this  cove  with  St.  Johns  and  Tor  Bay. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  cove  is  a  small  summit  on  which  is 
built  a  beacon  of  stones ;  from  this  the  land  gradually  rises  until 
Sugarloaf  Head  is  reached,  the  coast  being  very  rugged,  with  several 
caves  in  it. 

Sugarloaf  Head,  554  feet  high,  is  one  of  the  most  conspicuous 
objects  on  the  coast;  its  face  is  a  sheer  cliff,  and  seen  from  the 
NE.  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  gunner's  quoin,  while  from  the 
southward  and  eastward  it  makes  as  a  cone-shaped  hill.  About  a 
mile  inland  from  Sugarloaf  Head  there  is  a  conspicuous  conical 
hill,  577  feet  high,  only  seen  from  the  northward. 


!E. 

nt,  is  greatly  used 
'ected.  At  i  mile 
c  church  (a  square 
a  temperance  hall ; 
picuous  mark,  but 
ump  of  trees,  (also 

'orbay  Point ;  they 

t  the  coast  line  is 
Middle  and  Outer 
;h  northerly  winds, 
ove  there  is  a  con- 
jk  of  Tor  Bay  are 

1  high,  just  to  the 
ler  south  the  land 

IS  Flag  Staff  Hill, 
station  connecting 
I  in  front  of  it,  and 
;op  of  the  cliff,  just 

ay  Point,  is  a  bold 
3olor ;  it  has  a  deep 
t,  one  or  the  other, 
a  black  band  down 
fathoms  water,  lies 
tay  Point  and  1,200 

summer  months,  is 
and  here  in  a  small 
jhermen  to  help  if 
Johns  and  Tor  Bay, 
lummit  on  which  is 
radually  rises  until 
ugged,  with  several 

e  most  conspicuous 
and  seen  from  the 
in,  while  from  the 
tped  hill.  About  a 
sonspicuous  conical 
rd. 


ST.   JOHNS. 


Robin  Hood  Bay,  between  Sugarloaf  Head  and  Small  Point, 
ie  fnrrounded  with  high  cliffs,  has  deep  water,  and  no  landing 

^Jiall  Point  is  a  rounded  point  with  a  summit  over  it,  318  feet 
high,  and  just  to  the  southward  of  this  is  Skerrys  Bight,  where 
landing  may  be  occasionally  effected.  Between  Skerrys  Bight  and 
Quiddy  Viddy  Harbor  is  a  very  conspicuous  cliff",  at  the  foot  of 
which  a  large  cave  is  named  Bawdens  Hole.  The  height  of  the 
summit  at  the  back  of  the  cliff  is  472  feet. 

Quiddy  Viddy  Harbor  has  a  rocky  bar  on  which  the  depth  is 
3  feet,  and  is  only  suitable  for  boats.  It  may  be  easily  recognized 
by  Bawdens  Hole,  on  the  north,  and  Cuckold  Head,  on  the  south 
side.  Cuckold  Head,  390  feet  high,  is  a  conical  hill,  presenting 
that  appearance  when  seen  from  any  direction ;  between  it  and  St. 
Johns  Harbor  is  Cuckold  Cove,  in  which  the  water  is  deep. 

(H.O.  Chart  No.  1114) 

St.  Johns. — The  city  of  St.  Johns,  the  capital  of  Newfoundland, 
and  the  seat  of  Government,  covers  the  steep  hilly  ground  on  the 
N"W.  side  of  the  harbor,  and  continues  along  the  banks  of  the  river 
and  the  SE.  shore  of  the  harbor.  It  has  several  handsome  public 
buildings,  of  which  the  most  conspicuous  is  the  Roman  Catholic 
cathedral. 

The  harbor,  although  small,  is  convenient  and  secure,  having 
deep  water  and  excellent  holding  ground.  It  is  generally  smooth, 
for,  though  near  the  open  sea,  the  entrance  is  narrow  and  nearly  at 
right  angles  to  the  harbor,  which  is  shut  in  from  the  sea  by  high 
land  on  the  south  side. 

Large  vessels  can  be  securely  moored  at  the  wharves  which  line 
both  sides  of  the  harbor.  Galway  wharf  will  take  a  vessel  of  from 
26  to  27  feet  draft  alongside,  the  other  wharves  from  15  to  20  feet. 
On  the  wharves  there  are  numerous  oil  vats,  from  which  the  stench 
is  very  unpleasant  in  the  summer  months,  and  stages  for  drying 
fish  are  placed  in  every  available  spot. 

Communications. — Railway  communication  by  the  Newfound- 
land Railway  with  Harbor  Grace,  distant  83^  miles ;  with  Placentia, 
distant  84^  miles,  by  the  Placentia  Railway;  and  with  Exploits, 
distant  257i  miles,  by  the  Newfoundland  and^Western  Railway, 
this  line  being  in  course  of  construction  to  Port  Basques,  distant 
550^  miles  from  St.  Johns. 

There  is  communication  by  Liea  by  the  following  lines  of  steam- 
ships : 

Allan  Line,  between  Glasgow,  Liverpool,  and  Philadelphia,  call 
at  St.  Johns  and  Halifax  fortnightly  on  the  westward  trip,  and 
on  the  eastward  trip  at  St.  Johns  only. 


472 


CAPE   130NAVI8TA    TO    CAP?:    RACE. 


Canadian  and  Newfoundland  Steamship  Company,  between  Liv- 
erpool and  Halifax,  outward  and  homeward  bound,  touch  every 
ten  days  at  St.  Johns. 

Red  Cross  Line  run  between  St.  Johns  and  New  York  every  ten 
days,  calling  at  Halifax,  and  one  of  the  steamers  of  this  line  visits 
Piiley  Island  in  the     nmmer,  taking  passengers. 

Black  Diamond  and  Ross  Line,  fortnightly  and  weekly,  respect- 
ively, between  St.  Johns  and  Montreal. 

There  is  fortnightly  communication  with  St.  Pierre  and  Bonne 
Bay;  and  between  the  end  of  April  and  Decembefr  the  Newfound- 
land Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamers  run  to  Battle  Harbor, 
where  they  connect  with  the  Labrador  steamer. 

By  telegraph  with  the  most  important  places  in  the  island  and 
with  all  parts  of  the  world. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul. 

Supplies.— The  city  is  abundantly  supplied  with  excellent  water 
from  Windsor  Lake,  4  miles  distant,  and  pipes  are  placed  on  the 
wharves  for  the  supply  of  shipping.  Supplies  of  every  kind  may 
be  readily  obtained. 

The  population  of  the  city  in  1894  numbered  31,142. 

Coal.— The  amount  of  coal  on  hand  is  sufficient  for  almost  any 
requirement.  Cape  Breton  coal  is  kept  in  stock  at  from  $3.85  to 
$4.20  per  ton ;  Welsh  coal  at  about  $6.00 ;  American  anthracite  coal 
at  about  $7.50;  10  cents  extra  per  ton  for  trimming. 

Vessels  can  haul  alongside  the  coal  hulk,  or  coal  by  means  of 
lighters,  or  go  alongside  a  wharf  at  which  there  is  a  depth  of  24 

feet. 

Docks.— The  graving  dock  at  St.  Johns  is  558  feet  on  the  blocks, 
610  feet  long  over  all,  has  84f  feet  width  of  entrance,  and  24  feet 
water  over  the  sill  at  ordinary  spring  tides.  A  vessel  of  3,175  tons 
has  been  docked. 

This  dock  can  be  pumped  out  in  H  hours.  It  has  bilge  blocks 
which  are  worked  by  a  chain  from  the  top  of  the  dock,  thereby 
giving  extra  support  to  a  vessel  before  the  dock  is  dry. 

The  floating  dock,  133i  feet  over  all,  and  with  49  feet  breadth  of 
entrance,  is  capable  of  taking  small  vessels  of  300  tons,  and  has 
'   Hi  feet  over  the  blocks  when  sunk. 

The  north  wharf  of  the  graving  dock  is  a  fairly  substantial 
wooden  wharf,  aboiit  200  feet  long,  with  22  feet  at  low  water,  spring 
tides;  the  workshops  of  the  Dock  Company  are  situated  at  the 
inner  end  of  the  pier.  Charges  for  sailing  vessels,  not  over  50  tons 
register,  $12.00;  from  50  to  75,  $18.00;  75  to  100,  $24.00;  100  tons 
and  upward,  25  cents  per  ton.  Steamers  pay  as  above  on  gross 
tonnage.    , 


CE. 


ST.    JOHNS. 


473 


pany,  between  Liv- 
jound,  touch  every 

[ew  York  every  ten 

rs  of  this  line  visits 

i. 

,nd  weekly,  respect- 

.  Pierre  and  Bonne 
abefr  the  Newfound- 
in  to  Battle  Harbor, 

3S  in  the  island  and 


with  excellent  water 
s  are  placed  on  the 
i  of  every  kind  may 

a  31,142. 

cient  for  almost  any 

)ck  at  from  $3.85  to 

rican  anthracite  coal 

iming. 

or  coal  by  means  of 

.ere  is  a  depth  of  24 

58  feet  on  the  blocks, 
mtrance,  and  24  feet 
^vessel  of  3,175  tons 

It  has  bilge  blocks 
of  the  dock,  thereby 
ck  is  dry. 

ith  49  feet  breadth  of 
of  300  tons,  and  has 

a  fairly  substantial 
t  at  low  water,  spring 
f  are  situated  at  the 
issels,  not  over  50  tons 
100,  $24.00;  100  tons 
ly  as  above  on  gross 


Patent  Slip.— There  is  a  patent  slip,  100  feet-  in  length  over  all, 
for  small  craft  and  boats. 

Water.— Fresh  water  is  laid  onto  the  pier. 

Port  Dues.— Vessels  ui.der  GO  tons,  free ;  over  00  tons  and  not 
more  than  100  tons,  $2.00;  100  to  200  tons,  $3.00;  200  to  300  tons, 
$4.00;  300  to  400  tons,  $5.00;  more  than  400  tons,  $6.00.  Light 
dues,  24  cents  per  registered  ton,  not  to  exceed  $115.00,  payable  once 
a  year.  Entrance  fee,  $2.50;  clearance  fee,  $2.50.  Health  dues, 
$2.00;  bill  of  health,  $2.50;  doctor's  visit,  $2.00.  Vessels  in  ballast 
calling  for  orders  or  in  distress  are  not  liable  to  dues. 

Towage. — Tugs  are  available  and  of  sufficient  size  and  p  er 
for  all  requirements,  charges  varying  from  $4.00,  for  vessels  unuer 
60  tons,  to  $20.00  for  250  tons,  and  $50.00  for  1,000  tons.  Special 
rates  during  the  ice  season. 

Pilots  and  tugs  can  be  obtained  upon  making  tlie  signal  to  the 
blockhouse  on  Signal  Hill,  or  to  Cape  Spear  Lighthouse.  The  pilots 
go  off  in  whaleboats. 

Pilotage. — Pilotage  is  compulsory  in  and  out ;  but  one  rate  is 
charged.  Vessels  under  80  tons,  $5.35;  100  tons,  $7.35;  200  tons, 
$9.35;  300 tons,  $13.35;  400  tons,  $18.70;  500  tons,  $21.35;  600tons, 
$24.00;  700  to  800  tons,  $26.70;  over  800  tons,  $1.35  for  every  addi- 
tional 100  tons.  Pilotage  for  sailing  vessel  can  not  exceed  $32.00, 
and  $40.00  for  a  steamer. 

Repairs. — The  Dock  Company  can  undertake  extensiv"  repairs 
to  iron  ships  and  machinery,  to  undergo  which  vessels  not  requir- 
ing to  be  docked  may  lie  alongside  their  deep-water  piers.  Vessels' 
bottoms  can  be  cleaned  and  coated  with  antif ouling  compositions ; 
they  also  have  a  diver  with  all  necessary  appliances. 

The  Terra  Nova  Company  have  a  crane  which  will  lift  40  tons. 

Hospitals. — There  is  a  large  hospital  at  St.  Johns  available  for 
seamen,  a  hospital  for  infectious  diseases,  situated  on  Signal  Hill, 
and  a  sailors'  home. 

Signals. — The  International  Commercial  Code  of  Signals  is  in 
use  at  Signal  Hill  Blockhouse. 

Time  Signal. — A  gun  is  fired  every  day  at  noon,  St.  Johns  mean 
time,  equivalent  to  3h.  30m.  43.1s.  Greenwich  mean  time,  but  is 
reported  to  be  quite  unreliable  for  the  purpose  of  rating  chronom- 
eters. The  signal  is  made  from  near  thp  blockhouse  on  Signal  Hill, 
517  feet  above  the  sea. 

Trade. — The  chief  business  of  St.  Johns  is  the  exportation  of 
codfish  and  refining  seal  oil,  and  there  is  a  large  ropewalk. 

Lights. — At  Fort  Amherst,  from  a  square  stone  tower,  39  feet 
in  height,  and  painted  white,  a  fixed  white  light  is  shown,  at  an 
elevation  of  134  feet,  that  should  be  visible  from  seaward,  between 


474 


CAPE   BONA  VISTA   TO   CAPE   RACE. 


the  bearings  of  S.  36°  W.  (S.  65°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  9°  W.  (N.  20°  E. 
mag.),  la  miles. 

Two  fixed  red  lights  are  exhibited— the  higher,  near  the  corner  of 
a  chapel,  from  a  small  octagonal-shaped  tower,  29  feet  in  height 
and  painted  white,  at  an  elevation  of  174  feet;  and  the  lower,  20 
feet  above  the  roof  of  the  customhouse,  a  red  brick  building  76  feet 
above  high  water,  with  its  base  painted  white.  These  lights  are 
343  yards  distant  from  each  other,  and  when  in  line,  bearing  N.  84° 
W.  (N.  55°  W.  mag.),  lead  through  the  Narrows,  but  over  Merlin 
Rock,  at  the  inner  part  of  the  entrance. 

Fog  Slgrnal.— When  Cape  Spear  or  St.  Johns  Harbor  is  obscured 
by  fog,  a  gun  is  fired  every  hour  during  daylight,  and  two  guns  in 
answer  to  a  vessel's  gun,  from  Fort  Amherst.  Between  the  inter- 
vals of  firing  the  gun  a  horn  will  be  sounded  in  reply  to  a  vessel's 
horn  or  whistle. 

Day  marks.— Day  marks  have  been  placed  on  each  of  the  two 
leading  light  structures.  The  marks  on  each  structure  are  painted 
white,  are  heart-shaped,  and  three  in  number,  forming  a  semicircle. 
Dangers.— Vestal  Rock,  having  12  feet  water  on  it,  lies  about 
N.  83°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.)  from  Fort  Amherst,  and  100  yards  from 
shore.  To  clear  it,  passing  to  the  north,  keep  the  leading  marks  on. 
Pancake  Rock,  on  the  south  shore,  and  about  i  mile  within 
South  Head,  is  awash  at  high  water,  and  from  it  a  spur,  with  12 
feet  water,  extends  about  40  yards  to  the  northeastward. 

Prosser  Rock,  with  6  feet  water  over  it,  lies  50  yards  N.  4°  E. 
(N.  33°  E.  mag. )  from  the  fishing  stage  at  Cahil  Point,  and  is  cleared 
when  the  leading  marks  are  on. 

Wash-balls  Rocks  are  awash,  and  skirt  the  shore  about  160  yards 
NE.  of  North  Head;  shoal  water  extends  about  100  yards  SE.  of 
them. 

White  Rook,  with  7  feet  water  on  it,  lies  40  yards  from  the  cliff 
under  Signal  Hill,  and  400  yards  west  of  North  Head. 

Chain  Rock  is  nearly  covered  at  high  tides,  and  lies  40  yards  S. 
7°  E.  (S.  22°  W.  mag.)  of  Chain  Rock  Battery.  Ruby  Rock,  with 
3  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  40  yards  S.  38°  W.  (8.  67°  W.  mag.) 
from  Chain  Rock. 

To  clear  Seal  Rock,  which  covers  at  three-quarters  flood  and  lies 
N.  53°  W.  (N.  24°  W.  mag.)  of  Chain  Rock  Battery,  keep  South 
Head  well  open  of  Chain  Rock  Battery,  bearing  S.  64°  E.  (S.  35° 
E.  mag.). 

Merlin  Bock,  with  27  feet  water  on  it,  lies  160  yards  S.  68°  W. 
(N.  83°  W.  mag.)  from  Chain  Rock.  For  a  vessel  of  deep  draft 
it  is  customary  to  buoy  this  rock  with  a  boat  when  possible.  The 
leading  lights  or  marks  in  line  lead  almost  over  this  rock. 


JS^ 


^.  9°  W.  (N.  20°  E. 

,  near  the  corner  of 
29  feet  in  height 
and  the  lower,  20 

ck  building  76  feet 
These  lights  are 

ne,  bearing  N.  84° 

1,  but  over  Merlin 

harbor  is  obscured 
t,  and  two  guns  in 
Between  the  inter- 
reply  to  a  vessel's 

a  each  of  the  two 
icture  are  painted 
ming  a  semicircle, 
r  on  it,  lies  about 
id  100  yards  from 
leading  marks  on. 
at  i  mile  within 
it  a  spur,  with  12 
stward. 

)0  yards  N.  4°  E. 
tint,  and  is  cleared 

e  about  160  yards 
100  yards  SE.  of 

rds  from  the  cliff 

Head. 

d  lies  40  yards  S. 

Ruby  Rock,  with 

(S.  67°  W.  mag.) 

ters  flood  and  lies 

bery,  keep  South 

S.  64°  E.  (S.  35° 

)  yards  S.  68°  W. 
jel  of  deep  draft 
>n  possible.  The 
tiis  rock. 


8T.   .lOIINS. 


475 


Buoy.— A  buoy,  painted  black,  lies  in  12^  fathoms  water  a  little 
more  than  200  yards  south  of  Galway  packet  wharf.  This  buoy  is 
intended  to  assist  the  mail  steam  packets  in  'lauling  off  from  tlio 
wharf,  and  vessels  sliould  moor  well  clear  of  it. 

Directions.— St,  Johns  Harbor  is  well  distinguished  by  Fort 
Amherst,  and  by  the  flagstaff,  blockhouse,  and  barracks,  on  Signal 
Hill,  on  the  north  side  of  entrance.  But  tlie  entrance  itself  is  so 
narrow  that  in  foggy  or  hazy  weather,  when  the  hills  are  indis- 
tinct, a  stranger  must  be  careful  not  to  bo  misled  by  the  opening 
into  Quiddy  Viddy  Harbor,  which  is  about  one  mile  northward. 

At  a  distance  the  coast  appears  hilly,  bleak,  and  desolate;  the 
land  rises  abruptly  from  the  sea  to  the  height  of  600  and  740  feet. 

The  narrow  entrance  to  St.  Johns  Harbor,  being  only  330  yards 
wide,  with  high  land  on  either  side,  does  not  appear  from  a  dis- 
tance; but  after  recognizing  Cape  Spear,  as  the  land  is  approached, 
by  steering  so  as  to  pass  about  2  miles  north  of  that  cape,  the  block- 
house on  Signal  Hill  will  soon  be  visible. 

Then  steer  for  Signal  Hill  and  bring  the  white  day  marks  on 
bearing  N.  84°  W.  (N.  55°  W.  mag.).  This  mark  leads  over  Merlin 
Rock. 

The  Roman  Catholic  cathedral  should  always  be  open  north  of 
the  land  forming  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor, 
bearing  N.  82°  W.  (N.  53°  W.  mag.),  to  avoid  Vestal  Rock.  If 
the  leading  marks  can  not  be  seen  in  the  day,  steer  so  as  to  keep 
Chain  Rock  a  little  on  the  starboard  bow,  until  abreast  of  Pancake 
Rock,  when  steer  for  the  Customhouse  N.  83°  W,  (N.  54°  W.  mag.), 
bearing  in  mind  that  South  Head  should  be  kept  open  of  Frederick 
Battery  Point,  bearing  S.  72°  E.  (S.  43°  E.  mag.),  to  clear  Prosser 
Rock. 

Small  vessels,  with  boats  to  tow,  often  beat  in,  but  the  unsteadi- 
ness of  the  wind  renders  it  tedious  and  difficult. 

At  Night  bring  the  two  leading  red  lights  in  line  bearing  N. 
84°  W.  (N.  56°  W.  mag.),  and  proceed  on  this  course  through  the 
Narrows  into  the  harbor  to  any  convenient  anchorage,  remem- 
bering, in  a  deep  draft  vessel,  that  the  lights  in  line  lead  over 
Merlin  Rock. 

Anchorage.— A  vessel  encountering  foul  or  baffling  winds  will 
find  temporary  anchorage  in  16  fathoms,  rock,  just  within  the 
heads,  where  she  may  be  taken  in  tow  by  a  tug. 

Ice.— St.  Johns  Harbor  is  rarely  frozen  over  in  winter,  and  is 
seldom  closed  for  seven  days  during  ordinary  seasons,  but  in  the 
years  1876  and  1882  access  was  very  difficult  for  several  weeks. 
Tho  harbor  ice  disappears  about  the  end  of  March.  The  preva- 
lence of  easterly  winds,  in  early  spring,  drives  heavy  field  ice  upon 
the  coast,  and  at  times  (even  as  late  as  August)  icebergs  drift  into 


14910 31 


476 


CAI'E    HONAVIHIA    TO    t'Al'K    HACK. 


I 


the  Nai-rows  ao  as  to  render  the  passage  of  the  entrance  dimcult. 
Tlie  field  ice  arrives  from  January  to  thcj  middle  of  February,  and 
is  fjonerally  from  6  to  18  inches  in  thickness;  it  leaves  about  April 
or  May.     VesHels  come  and  go  all  the  year  round. 

Wintering.— H.  M.  S.  Tourmaline,  wintering  at  St.  Johns, 
1894-05,  found  the  north  wharf,  belonging  to  the  Dock  Company, 
most  convenient,  the  ship  lying  alongside  the  north  side  of  the 
wharf,  in  a  dei)th  of  22  feet  at  low  water,  spring  tides,  out  of  the 
way  of  traffic  and  vessels  using  the  dock,  and  sheltered  from  all 
vrinds,  with  scarcely  any  swell,  even  during  strong  east  winds. 

Fogs  are  less  frequent  at  St.  Johns  than  farther  south,  owing  to 
the  interposition  of  land  to  the  SW.,  by  which  it  is  dissipated,  and 
it  is  stated  that  although  fog  may  prevail  in  the  offing,  it  is  fre- 
quently clear  inside  Cape  Spear. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Johns  Harbor 
at  7h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  H  feet,  neaps  rise  3i  feet.  There  is  very 
little  tidal  stream  in  the  Narrows. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  2902.) 

Freshwater  Bay.— The  south  side  hills  extend  to  the  south- 
ward from  the  entrance  of  St.  Johns  Harbor,  the  coast  line  being 
V  ory  steep  and  inaccessible  until  Freshwater  Bay  is  reached .  This 
bay,  open  to  the  northward,  is  f  mile  deep  and  about  i  mile  wide; 
at  the  head  there  are  a  few  houses  and  a  shingly  beach,  inside 
which  latter  is  a  large  pond,  about  10  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  and  reported  to  have  a  depth  of  7  fathoms. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  center  of  the  bay,  in  from 
8  to  12  fathoms  water,  over  mud  covered  with  sand,  and  very  good 
holding  ground.  Small  craft,  which  have  missed  St.  Johns  Har- 
bor, have  been  known  to  ride  out  a  NE.  gale  here,  although  exposed 
to  nearly  its  full  force. 

Spriggs  Point  (Small  Point)  is  a  very  sharp  point  with  the 
land  gradually  rising  and  having  cliffs  on  its  east  and  west  sides. 
On  the  east  side  there  are  some  small  islets,  from  4  to  9  feet  above 

high  water. 

Peggys  Bag,  on  the  west  side  of  Deadmans  Bay,  has  a  large 
pinnacle,  separated  from  the  cliff,  which  may  be  easily  distin- 
guished, and  Deadmans  Bay,  small  and  of  no  use,  has  a  shingle 
beach  at  the  head.  Flats  Point,  east  of  Deadmans  Bay,  shows  a 
square  face  of  cliff  to  seaward,  at  the  base  of  which  a  flat  ledge 
extends  into  the  sea. 

Blackhead  Bay,  which  may  be  recognized  by  the  church  at  its 
head,  is  used  by  fishermen;  it  shoals  gradually,  and  has  a  small 
pier  where  boats  can  land.  Cape  Spear  Bay  may  be  used  as  a  tem- 
porary anchorage,  in  from  10  to  11  fathoms  water,  by  vessels  wait- 
ing to  enter  St.  Johns  Harbor. 


CAPE  SPKAU NORTH  HEAD. 


477 


entrance  difRcult. 

I  of  February,  and 

leaves  about  April 

cl. 

ing  at  St,   JohnH, 

le  Dock  Company, 

north  wide  of  the 
ig  tides,  out  of  the 

sheltered  from  all 
ong  east  winds, 
ler  south,  owing  to 
t  is  dissipated,  and 
the  offing,  it  is  f re- 

i  St.  Johns  Harbor 
eet.     There  is  very 


:tend  to  the  south- 
the  coast  line  being 
ly  is  reached.  This 
about  i  mile  wide ; 
lingly  beach,  inside 
)ve  the  level  of  the 

of  the  bay,  in  from 
sand,  and  very  good 
ssed  St.  Johns  Har- 
'e,  although  exposed 

larp  point  with  the 
east  and  west  sides, 
•om  4  to  9  feet  above 

ns  Bay,  has  a  large 
ay  be  easily  distin- 
.o  use,  has  a  shingle 
imans  Bay,  shows  a 
jf  which  a  flat  ledge 

by  the  church  at  its 
Uy,  and  has  a  small 
»ay  be  used  as  a  tem- 
ater,  by  vessels  wait- 


Beacon.— A  cairn,  417  feet  above  tlio  sea,  erected  Ijy  tho  fislicr- 
men  on  Black  Head,  one  mile  NW.  of  Capo  Spear,  has  been  found 
of  much  use  when  making  the  coast  in  foggy  weatlier.  Black  Head 
is  a  bold  heatlland,  8lo{)ing  down  gradually  on  ea(;h  si.lo,  to  Black 
Head  and  Spear  Bays;  it  has  six  caves  in  it,  the  largest  one  being 
in  the  center. 

lilght.— Oape  Spear,  3:^  miles  SE.  of  the  entrance  to  St.  Jolins 
Harbor,  is  200  feet  high,  rises  steeply  from  the  sea,  and  is  distin- 
guished by  a  lighthouse,  consisting  of  a  lantern  on  a  square  white 
house,  38  feet  in  height,  the  roof  of  which  is  painted  red  and  white 
in  horizontal  stripes;  it  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  264  feet,  a 
revolving  white  light,  attaining  its  greatest  brilliancy  every  min- 
ute, which  should  be  visible  82  miles. 

Fog  Signal. — A  fog  horn  is  situated  about  600  yards  north  from 
Cape  Spear  Lighthouse,  but  in  consequence  of  it  being  seldom  heard 
by  vessels  coming  from  the  southward,  an  additional  fog  horn  is 
placed  SSE.,  distant  160  yards  from  it.  During  thick  or  foggy 
weather  both  horns  will  be  sounded  simultaneously,  giving  blasts 
of  eight  seconds  duration,  separated  by  silent  intervals  of  fifty-two 
seconds.     (See  page  474.) 

Dangers.-  Old  Harry,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  ^  mile 
N.  43°  E.  (N.  72°  E.  mag.)  from  Cape  Spear. 

Old  Haman  Rock,  with  a  depth  of  4i-  fathoms,  lies  J  mile  N,  38° 
W.  (N.  9°  W.  mag.)  from  Old  Harry  Rock. 

A  rock,  small  in  extent,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  (probably 

less),  lies  nearly  midway  between  Cape  Spear  and  Old  Harry  Rock. 

Tinker  Rock,  with  a  depth  of  5  fathoms  (less  water  reported), 

lies  with  Cape  Spear  Lighthouse  bearing  N.  81°  W.  (N.  52°  W. 

mag.),  distant  i  mile. 

Tinker  Hill,  on  Motion  Head,  in  line  with  N^rth  Head  of  Motion 
Bay,  bearing  S.  24°  W.  (S.  53°  W.  mag.),  leads  east  of  the  dan- 
gers off  Cape  Spear,  and  Cliflf  Point  in  line  with  Black  Head,  bear- 
ing S.  82°  W.  (N.  69°  W.  mag.),  leads  north  of  these  dangers. 

North  Head.— Between  Cape  Spear  and  Norih  Head  the  coast 
is  moderately  low,  the  highest  hill,  323  feet,  being  nearly  midway ; 
there  is  a  small  stone  cairn  on  this  hill.  North  Head,  193  feet 
high,  is  a  rugged  headland,  and  has  a  jagged  appearance ;  at  its 
base  there  is  a  rock  about  15  feet  high,  nearly  isolated  from  the 
land,  which,  standing  out  from  the  head,  is  conspicuous  when  seen 
from  seaward. 

Cow  and  Calf  Ledge.— At  about  one  mile  south  of  Cape  Spear, 
Cow  and  Calf  Ledge,  on  which  the  depth  is  9  fathoms,  extends 
about  600  yards  from  the  shore.  North  Ledge,  with  11  fathoms, 
and  White  Rock,  with  7  fathoms  water  over  them,  lie  1,400  and  450 
yards  SE.  and  south,  respectively,  from  North  Head. 


478 


CAPE    HON  A  VISTA   TO    CAPE    KAOE. 


I 


Ooast. — From  Nortli  Head  to  Maddox  Cove  th«  coast  is  goner- 
ally  low,  and  faced  by  jagged  rocks,  which  extend  into  the  sea  and 
prevent  landing,  except  at  Stoppers  Side,  where  there  is  a  small 
beach,  bnt  when  landing  h(H'e  boats  nuist  be  hanled  up  immedi- 
ately. Throe  Peak  Hill,  540  foot  high,  is  on  the  north  side  of 
Maddox  Cove. 

Maddox  Cove. — Good  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  Maddox 
Cove,  off  the  entrance  to  Petty  Harbor.  There  are  several  houses, 
painted  white,  and  a  small  pier  at  the  head  of  the  cove,  where 
boats  can  land. 

Coast— From  Maddox  Cove  the  land  again  rises,  and,  with  the 
exception  of  the  entrance  to  Petty  Harbor,  continues  high  for 
1^  miles,  where  there  is  a  cavo  or  gulch  in  the  shape  of  a  horse- 
shoe, after  which  it  is  low,  with  a  little  cliff,  until  Seal  Cove  is 
reached. 

Motion  Head,  71  feet  high,  with  Tinker  Hill,  about  180  feet 
high,  close  behind  it,  has  several  large  bowlders  scattered  about 
the  land  in  the  vicinity,  and  a  little  to  the  southward  of  it  there  is 
a  conspicuous  rock  on  the  coast  line,  which  stands  out  well  when 
seen  from  the  northeastward.  Motion  Rocks,  14  feet  high,  and 
over  which  the  sea  is  always  breaking,  lie  150  yards  off  Motion 
Head,  and  shoal  water  extends  for  a  long  ^  mile  from  the  head  in 
a  NE.  direction. 

Here  the  general  appearance  of  the  coast  is  rugged  and  barren, 
the  chief  hills  standing  out  well.  Watch  Hill,  713  feet  high,  and 
about  li  miles  westward  of  Motion  Head,  is  conical  and  has  a  bea- 
con and  a  large  bowlder  on  its  summit. 

Bow  and  Arrow  liOdges,  consisting  of  several  pinnacle  rocks, 
with  depths  of  from  3  to  6  fathoms  over  them,  and  deeper  water 
between,  extend  about  i  mile  from  Motion  Head;  here,  in  heavy 
weather,  the  sea  breaks  in  10  fathoms  water.  Fishing  boats  are 
generally  anchored  on  the  edge  of  the  shoals  and  along  the 
20-fathom  line. 

Depths  Oflf  Shore. — The  soundings  are  generally  regular  until 
within  the  30-fathom  line,  when  the  bottom  becomes  uneven. 

Cordelia  Deeps,  extending  from  abreast  North  Head  to  the 
northward,  may  be  found  useful  in  making  St.  Johns  Harbor  dur- 
ing thick  or  foggy  weather.  They  are  wedge-shaped,  being  about 
If  miles  wide  off  North  Head,  gradually  widening  to  3i  miles 
abreast  Sugarloaf  Head  and  5  miles  off  Torbay  Point,  where 
soundings  of  100  fathoms  are  obtained  on  the  inshore  side  of  the 
deeps;  they  there  widen  out  to  the  deep  water  off  Conception 

Bay. 

The  Riband,  a  narrow  bank  about  1^  miles,  in  length  and  with 
depths  of  from  26  to  30  fathoms,  lies  about  f  mile  off  shore, 


JSmmium 


lie  coast  is  gouer- 
1(1  into  tliM  Hoa  and 
D  there  is  a  small 
lulod  up  imniedi- 
tho  north  side  of 

;ained  in  Maddox 
ire  several  houses, 
f  the  cove,  where 

ises,  and,  with  the 
ontinues  high  for 
shape  of  a  horae- 
xntil  Seal  Cove  is 

ill,  about  180  feet 
:h  scattered  abotit 
ward  of  it  there  is 
ids  out  well  when 
14  feet  high,  and 
yards  off  Motion 
i  from  the  head  in 

ugged  and  barren, 
713  feet  high,  and 
leal  and  has  a  bea- 

ral  pinnacle  rocks, 
and  deeper  water 
id;  here,  in  heavy 
Fishing  boats  are 
lis  and  along  the 

rally  regular  until 
iomes  uneven. 
[)rth  Head  to  the 
Johns  Harbor  dur- 
haped,  being  about 
iening  to  3^  miles 
Tbay  Point,  where 
nshore  side  of  the 
,ter  off  Conception 

in  length  and  with 
f  mile  off  shore, 


HULL    ITKAD — HAY    HlfLLS. 


botwoon  Sugarloaf  Head  and  Small  Point.  St.  Georges  TiCiidH, 
lying  about  J  mihi  east  of  the  entrance  to  St.  Johns  Harbor,  lias 
from  24  to  30  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  a  pinnacle  rock  at  its 
nortlicrri  extremity,  on  wliich  the  depth  is  16  fathoms,  dropping 
straight  down  to  25  fathom's. 

Dlreotions. — Making  St.  Johns  Harbor  in  thick  or  foggy  weather, 
it  is  recommended  to  shape  a  course  for  a  position  10  miles  S.  84° 
E.  (S.  55°  E.  mag.)  of  Sugarloaf  Head,  from  which,  with  the 
sounding  machine  going  continuously,  to  endeavor  to  strike  the 
Cordelia  Deeps ;  but  if  soundings  are  not  obtained  in  the  Deeps, 
the  water  should  not  be  shoaled  to  less  than  70  fathoms,  and  the 
vessel  worked  slowly  to  the  northward,  off  shore  and  again  inshore 
to  that  depth,  until  the  fog  signal  is  heard  or  the  Deeps  struck. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1103.) 

Bull  Head,  115  feet  high,  is  8^  miles  SSW.  from  Motion  Head. 
The  coast  between  is  of  slate  cliffs,  and  the  land  behind  rises  to 
the  height  of  700  feet ;  it  is  bold-to,  and  free  from  offlying  dangers. 
At  4  miles  to  the  northeastward  of  Bull  Head  is  The  Spout,  a  re- 
markable natural  phenomenon,  caused  by  the  rush  of  waves  into 
an  under- water  cavern,  from  which  a  fissure  in  the  rock  allows  its 
escape  in  jets  of  foam.  It  is  most  remarkable  at  high  water,  and 
when  there  is  much  swell.  It  makes  a  roaring  noise,  and  may 
be  seen  distinctly  3  miles  from  the  land. 

Bay  Bulls,  extending  2^  miles  in  a  westerly  direction,  is  one 
mile  wide  at  the  entrance  and  exposed  to  the  sea,  but  a  slight  change 
in  its  direction  above  Pepper  Alley  Point  adds  to  the  protection  of 
the  anchorage,  and  the  holding  ground  is  good,  being  of  sand  and 
mud.  The  best  anchorage  is  off  the  mouth  of  a  little  brook  on  the 
north  side,  in  10  fathoms  water,  but  after  heavy  gales  from  the 
eastward  a  ground  swell  enters  the  harbor,  although  not  sufficient 
to  endanger  shipping. 

The  inhabitants  are  principally  engaged  in  the  fisheries,  and  the 
ground  is  cultivated  to  some  extent. 

Oommunication. — When  St.  Johns  Harbor  is  beset  with  ice  this 
bay  is  often  clear,  and  vessels  may  anchor  here  and  communicate 
with  St,  Johns  by  land,  a  distance  of  18  miles,  the  mail  road  being 
in  excellent  order. 

Water. — Water  can  be  procured  in  abundance  from  the  river  at 
the  head  of  the  bay. 

Dangers. — A  rock  lies  80  yards  south  of  Breadcheese  Point,  on 
the  north  shore  of  the  bay,  about  1^  miles  within  Bull  Head. 

Maggotty  Rock  lies  l'/>0  yards  from  the  shore,  off  a  gravel  beach 
on  the  south  side,  1 J  miles  from  the  entrance. 


wm 


480 


CAPE    nONAVIHTA   TO   CATK    RACK. 


Directions.— Joncliiy  Hill,  810  foot  h'\g\\,  on  tho  north  side  of 
tlio  luirbor,  boing  tho  liinhoHt  hill  on  tho  couHt,  will  holp  to  Kui<h' 
tho  striuiKor  to  Buy  BuUh.  With  a  fiiir  wind  tho  conrHo  in  in  iil)out 
N.  74°  W.  (N.  40"  W.  nuig.),  kooping  tho  north  shoro  uboiird  iiftor 
pnsHing  tho  rock  iifT  BroudchotJHO  Point  and  unchorinK  vvhon  oon- 
veniont,  tho  north  Hide  of  tho  harbor  boing  ahvayH  tho  bettor  shol- 
torod  from  tlie  ground  hwoU. 

Witless  Bay,  whore  there  la  a  village  and  a  large  church,  is  2 
miles  south  of  Bay  Bulls,  and  too  exposed  to  ])o  recommended  as 
an  anchorage,  but  if  used  for  temporary  purposes,  the  best  bortii 
is  in  8  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  J  mile  above  Boarcove  Point,  from 
which  a  ledge  of  rocks,  partly  dry,  extends  i  mile  to  tho  SSW. 

OuU  Island,  rocky  and  wooded,  lies  off  tho  mouth  of  Witless 
Bay.  It  is  240  foot  high,  and  stoop-to,  but  too  small  to  afford  any 
shelter.  Both  this  island  and  South  Head  of  Bay  Bulls  have  rod 
cliffs. 

Green  Island  lies  i  mile  SE.  of  Witless  Point.  It  is  flat  and 
faced  with  cliff  140  feet  high.  In  the  direction  of  Witless  Point 
there  are  some  dry  slate  ledges,  and  100  yards  southeastward  of  it 
is  Man-of-war  Rock,  witli  (5  feet  water  on  it. 

Mobile  Bay,  SW.  of  Witless  Point,  is  1\  miles  deep,  but  affords 
no  good  anchorage. 

Shoal  water  extends  i  mile  from  Witless  Point,  but  there  is  a 
fair  channel  between  it  and  Green  Island,  with  6  fathoms  water, 
sand  and  rock.  In  running  through  this  passage  keep  in  mid- 
channel,  with  South  Head  of  Bay  Bulls  just  shut  in  with  Gull 
Island,  bearing  N.  20"  E.  (N.  48°  E.  mag.). 

Toad  Cove,  the  next  fishing  station  south  of  Mobile  Bay,  is  pro- 
tected by  Fox,  Spear,  and  Pebble  Islands.  Fishing  craft  anchor 
here,  but  it  is  too  exposed  to  be  safe  except  in  the  fine  weather  of 
summer. 

Fox  Rook,  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  i  mile  N.  16°  E.  (N. 
44°  E.  mag.)  from  the  south  point  of  Fox  Island.  The  other  islands 
are  steep- to. 

Great  Island  lies  3  miles  SSW.  from  Green  Island.  It  is  J  mile 
in  length  and  i  mile  in  breadth,  300  feet  high,  and  may  be  dis- 
tinguished from  the  neighboring  islands  by  having  three  hills. 
None  of  these  islands  is  inhabited.  Vessels  may  pass  in  safety 
on  either  side  of  Great,  Spear,  or  Pebble  Islands, 

Oape  Neddick,  260  feet  high,  is  a  bluff  headland  2^  miles  SW. 
from  Great  Island. 

Offer  Bock,  with  6  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  li  miles  S.  16°  E. 
(S.  13°  W.  mag.)  from  the  cape,  and  should  be  avoided  in  heavy 
gales. 


!■;. 


OAI'K    HUOVLK — KKRIlYLANt)    MAimedl. 


4tl 


tho  north  hhIo  of 
vill  ludp  to  Kui'l'- 
courHt^  in  in  iibout 
ihort)  iilxdinl  iit'tiT 
;li<jriiig  whon  con- 
ys  tho  bettor  shel- 

largo  church,  is  i 
a  roconunon<h»d  ii« 
JOS,  th»»  host  bortii 
ircovo  Point,  from 
le  to  tlio  SSW. 
mouth  of  Witless 
mall  to  afford  any 
Iny  Bulla  havo  rod 

nt.     It  is  flat  and 

of  Witloss  Point 

jutheastward  of  it 

8  deep,  but  affords 

int,  but  there  is  a 
I  6  fathoms  water, 
sage  keep  in  mid- 
shut  in  with  Gull 

ilobile  Bay,  is  pro- 
ihing  craft  anchor 
the  fine  weather  of 

mile  N.  16°  E.  (N. 
The  other  islands 

sland.     It  is  |  mile 

1,  and  may  be  dis- 

laving  three  hills. 

lay  pass  in  safety 

s. 

Hand  2i  miles  SW. 

li  miles  S.  16°  E. 
avoided  in  heavy 


BrlgUB-by -South  \h  n  bout  harbor,  a  milo  NW.of  Uvl^m  Iload. 
Tb»>r«'  Ih  a  church  on  its  north  Hidn,  viHiblo  from  Hcuward. 

(H.  0.  Chnrt  Ni>.  tH8.) 

Gape  B.oyle, showing  a  front  to  th(>  ciistwiiiwl  i^  rnibtH  in  length, 
JH  a  rtMiuirkiiblo  vvooded  h'Mulland  rising  abruptly  from  tho  nva  SftlJ 
fci't  lii;;li,  nnil  t'Mri/is  the  su\itli  hcinl  uf"  Broylt*  Harbor. 

Old  Harry  Rock, with  \i  foct  water  on  it,  liiN  J  niilo  8.  7h°  K. 
(S.  .'■»()'  K.  mug.)  I'roin  tlm  North  point  of  (>apH  Mroylc,  and  \h 
cleared  by  keeping  Korryiand  church  open  of  Stone  l8lan(l.s,  bear- 
ing S.  t/r  vv.  (s.  :r  w.  mag.). 

Horse  Rocka,  with  .'.  fathoms  on  tliem,  lie  A  milo  N.  I'i"  R. 
(S.  80"  K.  mug.),  nearly,  froni  the  north  extrerno  of  the  cap(t. 

Broyle  Harbor  runs  in  W.  by  N.  4  miles  botwooji  Brigus  Hoail 
on  the  north  und  Capo  Broyle  on  the  south.  It  is  li  miles  wi<le  nt 
tho  ontranco,  but  is  exposed  to  tlio  sea  to  art'ord  safe  anchorago  in 
any  woathor.  Tho  nstuil  anchorag**  is  in  Admirals  Covo,  in  II 
fathoms,  mud;  but  above  Carrier  Point  there  is  anchorage  in  7 
fathoms,  mud,  mon»  sheUorod. 

A  church  .Htands  on  the  north  side  near  tlu<  head  of  tlio  harbor. 
The  land  is  fertile,  and  cows,  sheep,  and  goats  aro  kopt  by  tho 
inhabitants.  Water  can  bo  obtained  at  tho  waterfall  in  Spout 
Cove. 

Saturday  Ledge,  with  G  foot  water  on  it,  lies  ^  milo  above 
Admirals  Head.  To  avoid  it,  keep  Brigus  Head  well  open  of  Ad- 
mirals Head,  bearing  N.  78°  E.  (S.  74°  E.  mag.). 

Harbor  Rook,  with  12  feet  on  it,  lies  about  i  milo  above  Carrier 
Point,  and  above  where  vessels  usually  anchor. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  in  Broyle  Harbor,  full  and  change,  at 
7h.  30m. ;  springs  rises  6i  feet,  neaps  rise  3i  feet. 

Oaplln  Bay,  on  the  south  side  of  Cape  Broyle,  runs  in  WNW, 
2  miles.  It  is  clear  of  danger,  the  holding  ground  is  good,  but  it  is 
open  to  the  sea,  like  the  other  bays  along  this  coast.  The  entrance 
on  either  side  of  Goose  Island  is  nearly  i  mile  wide.  Goose  Island 
is  70  feet  high,  steep-to,  except  on  the  NW.  side,  where  50  yards 
off  are  two  rocks  that  cover  and  uncover. 

Stone  Islands,  under  the  south  extreme  of  Capo  Broyle,  are  steep- 
to  on  the  south. 

The  shoal  ground,  extending  from  Coldoast  Point,  westward  of 
Goose  Island,  is  cleared  by  keeping  Hares  Ears  open  of  Bois  Island, 
bearing  S.  28°  E.  (South  mag.). 

Ferryland  Harbor,  i^  miles  south  of  Cape  Broyle,  is  small  but 
easy  of  access.  The  holding  ground  is  good,  and  the  anchorage  is 
secure  except  in  strong  easterly  gales,  when  much  swell  enters  the 


482 


CAPE  B0NAVI8TA  TO  CAPE  RACE. 


harbor  at  high  water,  between  the  rocky  islets  extending  from 
Bois  Island  to  Coldeast  Point,  which  forms  its  north  side. 

Ferryland  Head  is  125  feet  high,  and  joined  to  the  mainland 
by  a  narrow  isthmus,  which  forms  the  south  side  of  the  harbor. 
The  entrance  between  Bois  Island  and  Ferryland  Head  is  only  200 
yards  broad,  but  inside  the  harbor  widens  to  400  yards.  The  best 
anchorage  is  in  10  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  on  the  line  joining  Cold- 
east  Point  and  Pool  Beach,  between  two  churches  at  tho  head  of 
the  Larbor. 

Light— On  Ferryland  Head  a  cylindrical  tower,  46  feet  in 
height  and  painted  red,  exhibits  a  fixed  white  light,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  200  feet,  which  should  be  visible  16  miles.  The  keeper's 
dwelling  is  painted  white,  with  a  red  roof. 

Communication.— The  Coastal  Steamship  Company's  steamers 
from  St.  Johns  call  here  fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn. 

Water.— Water  is  scarce  in  Ferryland,  but  can  be  obtained  from 

Caplin  Bay. 

Directions.— There  being  no  dangers,  except  near  the  shore,  on 
either  side,  from  off  Ferryland  Head,  bring  the  south  church  at 
the  head  of  the  harbor  in  the  center  of  the  passage  between  Ferry- 
land Head  and  Bois  Island,  bearing  N.  85°  W.  (N.  57°  W.  mag.), 
and  run  in  upon  this  bearing,  and  after  passing  the  Narrows  steer 
a  little  northward,  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  off  Pool  Beach. 

Ice.— Ferryland  Harbor  freezes  at  intervals,  generally  during 
the  first  ten  days  of  February,  but  sometimes  only  for  one  day, 
but  never  if  strong  NW.  winds  are  blowing.  Winds  between  S  W. 
and  SSE.  break  up  the  ice  and  clear  the  harbor.  Drift  ice  some- 
times remains  as  late  as  20th  June.  NE.  winds  fill  the  harbor 
with  drift  ice,  which  is  cleared  out  directly  there  is  a  shift  of  wind 
to  SW.  From  a  mean  of  twenty  years'  observations,  northern  ice 
arrives  about  23d  February  and  leaves  about  6th  April.  The  har- 
bors of  Bay  Bulls,  Cape  Broyle,  Aquafort,  Fermeuse,  and  Renewse 
fill  with  ice  and  clear  at  about  the  same  dates  as  Ferryland. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Ferryland  Harbor 
at  7h.  20m. ;  springs  rise  5^  feet,  neaps  rise  3i  feet. 

Hares  Ears,  50  feet  high  and  steep-to,  are  two  remarkably 
sliaped  slate  rocks,  separated  from  Ferryland  Head  by  a  narrow 
boat  channel.  Burnshead  Rock,  with  15  feet  water  on  it,  lies  600 
yards  S.  64^  W.  (N.  88°  W.  mag. )  from  the  south  extreme  of  Hares 

Ears,  TT    X. 

Between  Ferryland  Head  and  the  entrance  to  Aquafort  Harbor 
is  Crow  Island,,  70  feet  high,  and  200  yards  ESE.  of  it  is  Crow 
Rock,  nearly  dry  at  low  water. 

Aquafort  Hai'bor,  2  miles  WSW.  from  Hares  Ears,  is  a  little 
more  than  400  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  runs  in  west  2^ 


m^  mar-iiMsm 


3  extending  from 
lorth  side, 
d  to  the  mainland 
ide  of  the  harbor, 
d  Head  is  only  200 
0  yards.  The  best 
0  line  joining  Cold- 
3hes  at  the  head  of 

tower,  46  feet  in 

light,  at  an  eleva- 

iles.     The  keeper's 

!ompany's  steamers 
mmer  and  autumn, 
m  be  obtained  from 

;  near  the  shore,  on 
le  south  church  at 
age  between  Ferry- 

(N.  57°  W.  mag.), 
f  the  Narrows  steer 

Pool  Beach. 
s,  generally  during 
IS  only  for  one  day, 
Vinds  between  SW. 
ar.     Drift  ice  some- 
nds  fill  the  harbor 
re  is  a  shift  of  wind 
ations,  northern  ice 
ith  April.     The  har- 
meuse,  and  Renewse 
as  Ferryland. 
n.  Ferryland  Harbor 
feet. 

ire  two  remarkably 
i  Head  by  a  narrow 
water  on  it,  lies  600 
th  extreme  of  Hares 

to  Aquafort  Harbor 
ESE.  of  it  is  Crow 

[ares  Ears,  is  a  little 
lud  runs  in  west  2^ 


AQUAFORT    IIARUOR RENEWSE    HARHOR. 


483 


} 


miles  between  high  steep  hills.  The  anchorage  is  good,  and  vessels 
may  lie  in  perfect  safety  in  9  fathoms,  mud,  abreast  of  the  small 
and  outer  chapel  on  the  north  side.  The  water  is  generally  smooth, 
and  but  little  sea  swell  finds  its  way  up  the  harbor,  except  during 
heavy  easterly  gales. 

Spurwink  Island,  40  feet  high,  at  the  south  side  of  entrance,  is 
bold-to ;  so  also  are  the  rocks  off  the  North  Head.  Except  a  small 
rock  lying  120  yards  from  the  north  shore,  abreast  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  chapel,  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  harbor.  Above  the 
beach  at  the  harbor  head  there  is  a  small  deep  pool,  useful  for 
careening  and  where  fishing  craft  winter.  The  land  is  fertile  and 
well  wooded ;  salmon  and  trout  abound  in  the  two  rivers  which 
run  into  it ;  water  can  be  obtained  easily. 

Aquafort  Rocks. — At  400  yards  north  from  Bald  Head  are 
Aquafort  Rocks,  awash  at  high  spring  tides;  and  at  400  yards 
about  SSW.  from  the  same  head  are  Clearcove  Rocks,  also  awash 
at  high  water. 

Fermeuse  Harbor. — At  about  3$  miles  SSW.  from  Ferryland 
Head  is  Fermeuse  Harbor.  It  is  400  yards  wide  at  the  entrance 
and  runs  in  WNW.  2^  miles.  This  harbor  is  a  favorite  fishing 
station,  and  is  more  frequented  than  Aquafort,  being  less  land- 
locked and  the  anchorage  more  convenient. 

Anchorag^e. — The  principal  settlement  is  in  Admirals  Cove,  on 
the  north  side.  Fishing  vessels  generally  anchor  in  this  cove  on 
account  of  its  being  close  to  the  open  sea,  but  there  is  more  roomy 
anchorage  in  Kingman  Cove,  one  mile  farther  in  on  the  south 
shore;  but  the  safest  anchorage  is  above  Sheep  Head,  in  6  fathoms 
water,  over  mud. 

Dangers. — Mad  Rock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  lies  100  yards  from 
the  south  side  of  the  entrance,  and  is  cleared  by  keeping  Blow-me- 
down  Head,  on  the  south  shore  of  the  harbor,  open  of  Traces  Point, 
bearing  N.  74°  W.  (N.  46°  W.  mag.). 

Bar  Shoal  is  of  rock,  with  9  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  450  yards 
east  of  Sheep  Head,  at  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

Water  can  be  obtained  at  various  places  on  either  shore. 

Rocks. — At  about  a  mile  southward  of  Southern  Head  of  Fer- 
meuse Harbor,  off  Bearcove  Point,  is  a  rock,  200  yards  from  the 
shore,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it;  and  nearly  f  mile  N.  40°  E. 
(N.  68°  E.  mag.)  from  Sculpin  Point,  on  the  north  side  of  entrance 
to  Renewse  Harbor,  is  Sunker  Rock,  with  4  feet  on  it. 

Renewse  Harbor  runs  in  2  miles  NW.  from  Renewse  Head,  the 
south  point  of  entrance ;  it  is  exposed  to  the  sea  and  offers  very 
indifferent  anchorage,  even  to  small  vessels.  Nevertheless,  its  con- 
venient position  with  regard  to  the  fishing  ground  renders  it  a 
resort  during  the  summer  season.     It  has  many  dangerous  rocks, 


;:-s*^fs: 


T^T'- 


missfff' :  ><jy:g?%|^S'j[^j<P;^»iiyMB^wsg-'pg^y  ■ 


484 


CAPE   B0NAVI8TA   TO   CAPE   RACE. 


which  should  be  carefully  avoided,  and  in  bad  weather  the  whole 
harbor  is  a  mass  of  breakers.  The  village,  with  its  church,  is  on 
the  NE.  side  and  about  a  mile  from  Renewse  Head,  but  is  not  seen 
from  seaward. 

The  best  anchorage  is  off  the  village,  in  4  fathoms  water,  300 
yards  WNW.  of  Anchor  Rock.  Above  this  the  water  becomes 
shoal  and  the  bottom  strewed  with  bowlders,  leaving  only  a  nar- 
row channel,  with  3  feet  water,  to  a  small  pool  near  the  head  of 
the  harbor,  where  fishing  craft  careen  and  winter. 

Dangers.— Kettlebottom  Rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it,  lies  at 
the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  about  i  mile  S.  by  E.  of  Northern 
Heo.d.  Sculpiu  Shoal,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  E.  by  S. 
from  Northern  Head,  and  about  350  yards  from  the  nearest  shore. 
Whaleback  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  about  iJOO  yards  south 
from  Northern  Head.  In  mid-channel,  i  mile  within  the  entrance, 
is  Stag  Rock,  9  feet  high,  and  White  Horse  Shoal,  with  6  feet 
water  over  it,  lies  300  yards  WNW.  from  Stag  Rock.  Black  Horse, 
with  12  feet,  lies  just  NW.  of  White  Horse. 

Shoal.— A  shoal,  with  a  depth  of  12  feet  over  it,  lies  nearly  200 
yards  SSW.  from  Anchor  Rock,  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the 
apparent  channel  to  the  anchorage. 

Rock.— There  is  also  a  rock,  with  5  fathoms  water,  400  yards 
SE.  by  E.  from  Shag  Rock. 

Directions.— Renewse  Head  rises  from  slate  cliffs  in  two  wooded 
hummocks  to  the  height  of  200  feet,  and  is  steep-to.  Open  the 
harbor  and  run  in  about  N.  74°  W.  (N.  46°  W.  mag.),  so  as  to  pass 
about  200  yards  from  Renewse  Head;  then  keep  along  the  SW. 
shore  until  past  Shag  and  Anchor  Rocks  and  White  Horse  Shoal, 
and  anchor  in  4  fathoms,  sand.  Water  can  be  obtained  from  a 
brook  in  the  village. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  1102.) 

Bantam  Banks. — At  about  4  miles  from  the  coast,  between 
Fermeuse  Harbor  and  Burnt  Point,  SW.  of  Renewse  Harbor,  are 
Bantam  Fishing  Banks ;  they  extend  about  5  miles  NNE.  and  SSW., 
and  are  not  more  than  i  mile  wide,  having  irregular  soundings 
from  9  to  30  fathoms  water  over  rock.  The  northern  bank,  called 
Fermeuse  Bantam,  lies  2^  miles  S.  74°  E.  (S.  46°  E.  mag.)  from 
Bearcove  Point,  and  about  li  miles  from  the  southern  banks. 

Caution.— With  the  above  exceptions,,  all  along  the  coast  from 
St.  Johns  Harbor  to  Cape  Ballard  the  soundings  are  deep,  so  that 
90  fathoms  are  found  at  6  miles  from  the  land,  and  often  30  fathoms 
within  i  mile  of  the  rocks.  On  this  account  the  lead  is  not  a  sure 
guide.  Nevertheless,  in  approaching  the  land  in  a  fog,  speed 
should  be  frequently  slackened  and  soundings  taken,  which,  if 


CE. 

weather  the  whole 
h  its  church,  is  on 
ead,  but  is  not  seen 

'athoms  water,  300 
the  water  becomes 
leaving  only  a  nar- 
ol  near  the  head  of 
ter. 

;  water  on  it,  lies  at 
by  E.  of  Northern 
on  it,  lies  E.  by  S. 
Q  the  nearest  shore. 
)ut  JJOO  yards  south 
[vithin  the  entrance, 
Shoal,  with  6  feet 
lock.    Black  Horse, 

ir  it,  lies  nearly  200 
n  the  middle  of  the 

ns  water,  400  yards 

cliflEs  in  two  wooded 
steep-to.  Open  the 
,  mag.),  so  as  to  pass 
keep  along  the  SW. 
White  Horse  Shoal, 
be  obtained  from  a 


the  coast,  between 
lenewse  Harbor,  are 
lies  NNE.  and  SSW., 
irregular  soundings 
orthern  bank,  called 
i.  46°  E.  mag.)  from 
southern  banks, 
ilong  the  coast  from 
ags  are  deep,  so  that 
and  often  30  fathoms 
she  lead  is  not  a  sure 
md  in  a  fog,  speed 
igs  taken,  which,  if 


RKNEW8E  HEAD — CAPE  RACE. 


485 


carefully  compared  with  the  chart,  will  give  some  approximation 
of  the  vessel's  position  and  prevent  disaster. 

During  SW.  and  light  SE.  winds,  often  when  near  the  coast, 
especially  under  the  lee  of  a  point,  a  vessel  will  suddenly  emerge 
from  the  fog  and  every  feature  of  the  land  will  be  distinctly  visible. 

Coast. — The  coast  from  Renew^e  Head  to  Cape  Ballard  trends 
S.  by  W.  7i  miles,  is  comparatively  low,  and  can  be  approached 
to  a  moderate  distance.  The  hills  retreat  from  the  shore  and  rise 
700  feet  high. 

Renewse  Islet. — A  low  rock,  called  Renewse  Islet,  lies  about  J 
mile  south  of  Renewse  Head,  and  separated  from  the  land  by  a 
narrow  boat  channel. 

Renewse  Rocks  lie  about  3  miles  S.  15°  E.  (S.  13°  W.  mag.) 
from  Renewse  Head  and  1^  miles  from  the  shore.  They  are  always 
from  6  to  10  feet  above  water,  and  a  rock,  with  6  feet  water  on  it, 
lies  100  yards  E.  by  S.  of  them.  In  bad  weather  tlie  sea  breaks  over 
them  heavily.  Vessels  may  go  between  them  and  the  shore  in  fine 
weather,  but  in  heavy  weather  it  is  not  safe  to  do  so.  Cape  Race 
Lighthouse  open  south  of  Cape  Ballard,  bearing  S.  34°  W.  (S.  62° 
W.  mag.),  leads  about  a  mile  east  of  Renewse  Rocks. 

Cape  Ballard  rises  abruptly  from  the  sea  290  feet  high,  with  a 
bare  round  summit.  It  is  the  more  remarkable  because  on  each 
side  of  the  cape  the  land  falls,  and  even  in  fogs  the  fishermen 
recognize  this  cape  by  the  fog  hanging  black  and  dense  round  its 
sides.     The  water  is  deep  close  to  it. 

Chance  Cove  Head,  about  2  miles  SW.  by  S.  from  Cape  Bal- 
lard, is  of  dark  slate  cliffs,  150  feet  high. 

Black  Rocks,  15  feet  above  high  water,  lie  a  mile  southwest- 
ward  of  the  head,  and  in  front  of  Chance  Cove. 

Chance  Cove  is  exposed  to  the  sea,  and  has  a  gravel  beach  at 
its  head.  During  NE.  winds  coasting  vessels  anchor  here,  in  4 
fathoms,  sand.  On  the  NW.  side  of  the  cove  there  is  a  small  fish- 
ing settlement.  Their  boats  and  fishing  stages  are  protected  by  a 
shoal  of  sand  and  stones,  upon  which  the  sea  breaks. 

Frenchman  Cove,  SW.  of  Chance  Cove,  is  rocky. 

Clam  Cove,  nearly  4  miles  N.  by  E.  of  Cape  Race,  is  the  outlet 
of  a  shallow  stream.  In  ordinary  weather  boats  can  land  here 
safely.  Between  this  cove  and  Cape  Race  the  coast  is  cliffy  and 
broken,  with  here  and  there  a  small  cove  where  a  boat  might  land 
in  favorable  weather. 

Cape  Race  is  the  southeastern  extremity  of  Newfoundland.  It 
is  9i  miles  SW.  by  S.  from  Cape  Ballard,  and  is  distinguished  by 
a  lighthouse  standing  close  to  the  keeper's  dwelling,  with  a  beacon 
in  front.  At  its  extremity  there  is  a  detached  wedge-shaped  rock, 
40  feet  high. 


\ 


fj^a^l^.^l-i^'pT^i.'n.?-'*;--' 


486 


CAPE   BONAVISTA   TO   CAPE   RACE. 


Tlie  land  about  the  cape  appears  low  and  flat,  in  comparison  with 
Cape  Ballard  or  Cape  Pine,  but  cliffs  of  slate,  from  100  to  200  feet 
high,  face  the  sea  there  in  nearly  vertical  strata.  The  land  rises 
gradually,  and  in  clear  weather  there  will  be  seen  between  10  and 
12  miles  to  the  NE.  a  rocky  range  known  as  the  Red  Hills,  rising 
710  feet  high. 

Cape  Race  is  bare  of  trees,  and  has  a  brown,  desolate,  and  barren 
appearance ;  but  in  sheltered  hollows  and  along  the  courses  of  the 
rivulets  there  is  a  stunted  growth  of  spruce,  fir,  and  alder.  The 
rocks  are  of  the  Silurian  system,  and  are  thinly  covered  with  peat 
and  bog. 

Boats  may  land  in  moderate  weather  in  coves  east  and  west  of 
the  lighthouse,  but  the  ordinary  landing  is  in  Cape  Cove,  about 
i  mile  NE. 

Light. — The  lighthouse  on  Cape  Race  is  40  feet  high,  circular, 
the  SE.  face  painted  red  and  white  in  broad  vertical  stripes,  and 
shows,  at  the  height  of  180  feet  above  the  sea,  a  revolving  white 
light,  attaining  its  greatest  brilliancy  every  half  minute,  and  visi- 
ble from  seaward  in  clear  weather,  between  the  bearings  of  N.  38° 
E.  (N.  60°  E.  mag.)  and  S.  38°  W.  (S.  66°  W.  mag.),  19  miles. 

Beacon.— A  conical  beacon  stands  50  yards  S.  31°  E.  (S.  3°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  lighthouse. 

Fog  Signial. — In  thick  or  foggy  weather  a  whistle,  about  83 
yards  SE.  by  S.  of  the  lighthouse,  will  sound  blasts  of  ten  seconds 
duration  at  intervals  of  fifty  seconds.  It  has  been  heard  from  a 
distance  of  7  miles. 

Signal  and  Ice-reporting  Station. — Cape  Race  is  connected 
by  telegraph  with  St.  Johns,  to  which  place  vessels  passing  are 
reported.  It  is  also  an  ice-reporting  station.  Information  as  to 
ice,  wind,  temperature,  and  weather  indications  can  be  obtained 
during  the  months  of  April  and  May  by  communicating  with  the 
signal  station.     A  Lloyds  station  also  here. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Race  at  7h. ; 
springs  rise  6^  feet,  neaps  rise  5  feet. 

Caution. — Currents. — As  fogs  are  exceedingly  prevalent  along 
the  South  coast  of  Newfoundland,  especially  during  the  months  of 
June  and  July,  it  is  necessary  that  the  ordinary  set  of  currents 
and  dangerous  indraught  into  the  deep  bays  should  be  known  and 
guarded  against. 

Soundings. — When  in  the  vicinity  of  Capes  Race  and  Pine,  care 
should  be  taken  to  obtain  frequent  casts  of  the  lead ;  the  soundings 
will  be  found  regular  and  of  moderate  depth,  and,  in  addition  to 
these  precautions,  the  chart  should  be  referred  to. 

Ice. — It  should  be  remembered  that  icebergs  may  be  met  with  off 
this  coast  at  nearly  all  seasons.     In  March,  April,  May,  June,  and 


E. 

n  comparison  with 
om  100  to  200  feet 
I.  The  land  rises 
m  between  10  and 
Red  Hills,  rising 

isolate,  and  barren 
the  courses  of  the 
•,  and  alder.  The 
covered  with  peat 

3  east  and  west  of 
Cape  Cove,  about 

Bet  high,  circular, 
rtical  stripes,  and 
a  revolving  white 
■  minute,  and  visi- 
bearings  of  N.  38° 
^,),  19  miles. 
S.  31°  E.  (S.  3°  E. 

whistle,  about  83 
ists  of  ten  seconds 
»een  heard  from  a 

Race  is  connected 
Bssels  passing  are 
Information  as  to 
I  can  be  obtained 
micating  with  the 

Cape  Race  at  7h. ; 

ly  prevalent  along 
ing  the  months  of 
ry  set  of  currents 
luld  be  known  and 

lace  and  Pine,  care 
ad ;  the  soundings 
md,  in  addition  to 

0. 

lay  be  met  with  off 
il,  May,  June,  and 


BALLAKO   BANK. 


487 


sometimes  July,  field  ice  is  often  encountered,  either  on  the  banks 
or  nearer  to  Newfoundland. 

From  twenty  years'  observations  the  earliest  arrival  of  northern 
ice  recorded  at  Cape  Race  is  17th  January,  and  the  latest  12th  April, 
the  average  date  being  about  the  first  week  in  February.  The 
departure  of  ice  varies  from  25th  February  to  7th  June,  the  aver- 
age time  being  about  the  middle  of  April. 

Ballard  Bank  lies  parallel  to  the  coast  about  7  miles  eastward 
of  Cape  Race.  It  is  13i  miles  in  length,  with  a  greatest  breadth  of 
4i  miles. 

During  heavy  winter  gales  the  sea  breaks  on  the  NE.  portion  of 
this  bank,  and  probably  also  on  the  whole  of  the  7  and  8  fathom 
patches  near  the  cape. 

Garrett  Rock,  with  8  fathoms  water  over  it,  the  least  depth 
known  on  Ballard  Bank,  is  small,  and  lies  a  little  more  than  9  miles 
N.  82°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.)  from  Cape  Race  Lighthouse. 

Tommy  Rock  lies  at  the  north  extreme  of  Ballard  Bank.  It  is 
small  in  extent,  and  has  a  depth  of  9  fathoms  over  it. 


if 


CHAPTER  X. 

COAST  OF  LABRADOR— CAPE  ST.  LEWIS  TO  GRAND  POINT  AND 
THE  STRAIT  OF  BELLE  ISLE. 

Fishing  Grounds.— New  fishing  grounds,  with  depths  from 
about  100  fathoms  to  about  200  fathoms,  were  discovered  in  1895 
to  the  eastward  and  northeastward  of  Newfoundland.  They  have 
been  fished  on  during  the  past  three  years  by  Gloucester  fishermen. 

Approximately  these  limits  are  between  48°  and  65°  north  lati- 
tude and  49°  and  56°  west  longitude.  (See  Fisherman's  Supple- 
ment to  H.  O.  Chart  No.  1412.) 

(H.  O.  Charts  Nos.  809  and  924. ) 

The  Coast  of  Labrador  from  Cape  St.  Lewis  (in  latitude  52° 
21'  15"  N.,  longitude  55°  38'  30"  W.)  to  York  Point,  a  distance  of 
nearly  30  miles  in  a  SW.  direction,  is  composed  of  bare  granitic 
hills, which,  excepting  in  the  vicinity  of  Chateau  Bay,  do  not  exceed 
the  height  of  700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  but  appear  much 
higher,  because  they  usually  rise  abruptly  from  that  level.  Several 
of  the  bays  and  inlets  are  large,  with  bold  shores  and  very  deep 
water.  Neither  the  islands  nor  the  dangers  of  this  coast  are  so 
numerous  as  to  render  navigation  intricate  or  difficult ;  but  the  fre- 
quent fogs,  the  heavy  easterly  swell  rolled  in  from  the  Atlantic, 
and  the  icebergs,  which  are  almost  always  drifting  along  with  the 
current  from  the  northward,  all  contribute  in  making  the  condi- 
tion of  the  coast  hazardous  to  vessels. 

Fisheries. — There  are  only  a  few  permanent  inhabitants,  but  cod 
fishing  is  carried  on  extensively  by  the  inhabitants  of  Newfound- 
land, who  bring  their  families  for  the  season,  and  have  huts  and 
fishing  stages  at  almost  every  bay,  cove,  and  harbor.  The  princi- 
pal fishing  stations  are  at  Battle  and  St.  Charles  Harbors.  The 
fishing  is  carried  on  in  small  brigs  and  schooners,  generally  of  from 
30  to  100  tons,  and  in  boats.  The  vessels  return  to  Newfoundland, 
and  only  a  very  few  persons  are  left,  who  winter  up  the  bays  of  the 
mainland,  to  hunt  for  furs  and  to  be  ready  for  the  seal  fishing  at 
the  breaking  up  of  the  ice  in  spring.  The  boats  are  hauled  up  on 
the  rocks,  or  taken  into  coves  of  the  mainland,  where  they  are 
covered  over  with  spruce  branches  .ivd  are  thus  secured  for  the 
winter. 

The  Climate  on  this  coast  is  extremely  severe,  the  mean  temper- 
ature of  the  year  being  below  the  freezing  point.    At  Chateau  Bay, 

(488) 


w^m 


lAND  POINT  AND 

vith  depths  from 
liscovered  in  1895 
Hand.  They  have 
lucester  fishermen, 
md  65°  north  lati- 
shermaii's  Supple- 


is  (in  latitude  52° 
)int,  a  distance  of 
id  of  bare  granitic 
Bay,  do  not  exceed 
but  appear  much 
bat  level.  Several 
res  and  very  deep 
I  this  coast  are  so 
Bcult ;  but  the  f  re- 
Tom  the  Atlantic, 
ing  along  with  the 
making  the  condi- 

ihabitants,  but  cod 
mts  of  Newfound- 
,nd  have  huts  and 
trbor.  The  princi- 
•les  Harbors.  The 
,  generally  of  from 
to  Newfoundland, 
up  the  bays  of  the 
the  seal  fishing  at 
8  are  hauled  up  on 
d,  where  they  are 
us  secured  for  the 

,  the  mean  temper- 
At  Chateau  Bay, 


CAPE   8T.   LEWIS — ST.   LEWIS    SOUND. 


489 


about  the  last  of  July  the  earliest  plants  are  just  springing  up, 
and  grass  only  just  beginning  to  give  a  shade  of  green  in  sheltered 
spots  between  the  hills.  The  temperature  of  the  sea  outside  the 
bay  at  this  time  is  about  32°,  and  the  air  43°  Fahrenlioit  in  the 
warmest  period  of  the  day.  The  fishermen,  however,  report  that 
it  is  much  more  cold  about  Chateau  Bay  and  the  north  side  of  the 
Atlantic  entrance  of  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  than  farther  to  the 
northward,  and  also  that  fogs  are  of  more  frequent  occurrence.  It 
would  seem  that  this  low  temperature  is  common  to  the  entrance 
of  narrow  straits,  for  not  only  is  the  surface  of  the  sea  colder  here 
than  elsewhere  in  the  neighborhood,  but  also  at  Mingan,  Point  de 
Monts,  and  Bic,  on  the  St.  Lawrence  River ;  and  tlie  low  tempera- 
ture of  the  air  obviously  depends  upon  that  of  the  sea,  for  on 
proceeding  only  a  very  few  miles  up  the  bays  the  increase  of 
temperature  is  immediately  perceived. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  188.) 

Cape  St.  Lewis  is  of  precipitous  and  dark-red  granitic  hills, 
about  500  feet  high.  At  its  southeastern  extremity  there  is  a  small 
rocky  peninsula;  and  nearly  a  mile  NE.  of  this  lies  St.  Lewis 
Rock,  small,  low,  black,  and  close  to  the  shore,  with  deep  water  at 
a  distance  of  400  yards. 

The  highest  land  over  Cape  St.  Lewis  has  two  summits,  and 
falls  abruptly  to  Fox  Harbor  and  is  partly  wooded. 

St.  Lewis  Sound,  open  to  the  eastward,  is  more  than  4  miles 
wide  at  the  entrance,  between  Cape  St.  Lewis  and  Great  Island ; 
this  island  is  SSE.  from  the  south  extremity  of  the  cape.  The 
sound,  from  its  entrance  to  Mary  Harbor  Head  at  the  entrance  of 
St.  Lewis  Inlet,  is  8  miles  deep  in  a  west  direction.  Its  northern 
shores  are  formed  by  the  mainland,  and  the  southern  by  Battle, 
Great  Caribou,  and  several  other  islands,  for  about  5  miles  in, 
after  which  the  mainland  is  on  both  sides. 

A  very  heavy  sea  occasionally  rolls  from  the  eastward  into  St. 
Lewis  Sound,  even  as  far  up  as  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  round 
the  islands,  and  up  the  bays  of  the  mainland  to  the  westward  of 
them,  often  coming  in  without  wind  and  breaking  with  fury  over 
islets  30  feet  high.  The  roar  of  the  surf  in  a  calm  night  can  be 
compared  to  nothing  less  than  the  falls  of  Niagara.  This  high 
and  long  rolling  sea  is,  however,  far  less  dangerous  to  boats  and 
impedes  them  less  than  the  short  breaking  sea  of  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence.  It  is  an  annoyance  by  preventing  landing,  but  in  other 
respects  is  of  use  by  discovering  shoals,  for  during  its  continuance 
there  is  no  danger  with  less  than  4  fathoms  which  has  not  a 
breaker  upon  it.  Boats  should,  however,  be  on  their  guard  on 
such  occasions,  for  on  some  of  these  shoals  the  sea  does  not  break 


I 


490 


CAI'K    ST.   LKWI8   TO    ORAND    POINT. 


constantly,  but  only  occasionally,  when  it  breaks  in  a  sheet  of 
foam,  which  would  swamp  any  boat  that  might  be  over  the  spot 
at  the  time. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  St.  Lewis  Sound 
at  Gh.  40m;  springs  rise  3^^  feet,  neaps  rise  one  foot. 

Fox  Harbor,  l  J  miles  westward  of  the  south  extremity  of  Cai)e 
St.  Lewis,  is  a  cove  of  the  mainland,  running  in  nearly  a  mile  to 
NE.,  and  forming  quite  a  secure  anchorage  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms, 
over  mud  bottom.  The  entrance  of  this  harbor  is  only  about  200 
yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms,  b\it  the  harbor  is  more 
tluin  twice  as  wide  within.  The  east  entrance  point  is  low,  with 
several  houses  of  the  fishermen  upon  it,  and  there  is  a  small  rock 
above  water  close  off  it  to  the  northwestward,  and  joined  to  it  by 
shoal  water. 

A  large  bank,  with  a  least  depth  of  5^  fathoms  water,  lies  south- 
westward  of  the  entrance  to  Fox  Harbor,  from  which  it  is  i  mile 
distant. 

Water  may  be  had  in  Fox  Hai'bor  from  streamlets  and  ponds, 
but  wood  is  very  scarce. 

Directions. — No  other  directions  for  Fox  Harbor  are  necessary 
than  for  a  vessel  to  sail  in  to  the  northwestward,  close  past  the 
point  on  which  the  houses  stand,  and  then,  leaving  an  unsheltered 
bay  running  to  the  north  on  the  port  hand,  haul  round  the  rock 
above  water  to  the  eastward  into  the  harbor.  In  order  to  pass  in 
the  deepest  water  the  rock  should  not  be  left  more  than  100  yards 
on  the  starboard  hand,  for  there  is  a  reef,  partly  above  water,  off 
the  south  extreme  of  the  point,  which  separates  the  harbor  from 
the  unsheltered-  bay  to  the  westward  of  it,  and  forms  the  west  side 
of  the  entrance.  The  best  berth  to  anchor  in  is  about  600  yards 
within  the  entrance. 

Port  Marnham  is  formed  by  Maruham  Island,  which  is  narrow, 
of  considerable  height,  and  about  1^  miles  long.  The  eastern 
entrance,  between  the  east  end  of  this  island  and  the  main,  is 
narrow  and  only  fit  for  boats.  The  principal  entrance,  which  is  5 
miles  W.  ^  N.  of  Cape  St.  Lewis,  is  between  the  west  extreme  of 
the  island  and  Deer  Point,  800  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from 
19  to  31  fathoms  in  the  middle  and  bold  to  the  rocks  on  either  side. 
The  harbor  to  the  northward  of  the  island  is  of  the  same  breadth, 
extensive  enough  for  a  large  number  of  vessels,  and  quite  land- 
locked. The  best  anchorage  is  off  a  small  creek  on  the  north  shore, 
in  9  fathoms,  mud;  but  shelter  will  be  found  anywhere  in  13  to  18 
fathoms,  mud.  The  water  runs  shoal  off  Danger  Point,  the  middle 
of  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  for  300  yards. 

Shoal. — A  shoal,  with  13  feet  water  on  it,  lies  ^  mile  SSE.  of 
the  boat  channel  into  Port  Marnham  and  300  yards  off  shore. 


iiks  ill  a  .sheet  of 
t  be  over  the  spot 

St.  Lewis  Sound 
jot. 

extremity  of  Cape 
n  nearly  a  mile  to 
3m  5  to  8  fathoms, 
•  is  only  about  200 
le  harbor  is  more 
point  is  low,  with 
are  is  a  small  rock 
nd  joined  to  it  by 

;  water,  lies  south- 
which  it  is  i  mile 

imlets  and  ponds, 

rbor  are  necessary 
.rd,  close  past  the 
ug  an  unsheltered 
il  round  the  rock 
[n  order  to  pass  in 
)re  than  100  yards 
y  above  water,  off 
s  the  harbor  from 
jrms  the  west  side 
s  about  600  yards 

.,  which  is  narrow, 
>ng.  The  eastern 
and  the  main,  is 
trance,  which  is  5 
.e  west  extreme  of 
h  a  depth  of  from 
cks  on  either  side, 
the  same  breadth, 
s,  and  quite  land- 
in  the  north  shore, 
y where  in  13  to  18 
■  Point,  the  middle 

ies  i  mile  SSE,  of 
rds  off  shore. 


LONO    lIAUHOIt — ST.    LKWIS    INLKT. 


m 


Water  may  be  obtainud  from  small  stroanis  of  water  or  jHtmls 
of  rain  water  in  various  parts  near  the  slioros;  and  there  are  a  few 
small  trees  up  the  NW,  cove,  but  firewood  is  h'"vrco. 

Long  Harbor  is  ininiediutely  to  the  south  '  the  entrance  of 
Port  Marnliuui;  Deer  Point,  which  is  the  west  point  of  entrance 
of  the  latter,  being  also  the  north  point  of  entrance  of  tlut  former. 
Bay  Point,  the  soutli  point  of  entrance  of  Long  Harbor,  of  green 
feldspar,  is  1^  miles  SE.  J  S.  from  Door  Point,  and  having  oil"  it, 
at  the  distance  of  ^  niilo,  Shag  Rocks,  G  feet  high.  The  harbor 
runs  in  4^  miles  W.  A  N.,  and  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  deep  water. 
There  is  good  anchorage  near  its  head,  but  it  is  completely  open 
to  wind  and  sea  from  the  east,  and  is  not  a  safe  place  for  vessels. 

River  Islands  are  a  group  lying  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Lewis 
Inlet,  and  consist  of  Captain  Jack  Island,  Duck  Island,  and  An- 
thony Isles.  The  former  and  westernmost  is  separated  from  Mary 
Harbor  Head  by  a  deep  and  clear  channel  800  yards  wide,  and  from 
Duck  Island  to  the  eastward  by  an  unnavigable  channel  of  the 
same  breadth,  but  full  of  rocks  above  water.  Both  these  islands 
are  of  bare  granite,  150  feet  in  height,  and  they  are  each  about  3 
miles  in  circumference.  Around  and  off  the  NE.  end  of  Duck 
Island  there  are  several  small  and  bare  islets,  the  two  easternmost 
of  which  are  Anthony  Isles.  A  chain  of  rocks,  the  shoalest  of 
which  has  a  depth  of  2  feet  water  on  it,  extends  i  mile  southeast- 
ward of  the  NE.  extreme  of  Duck  Island,  and  a  shoal  with  3i  fath- 
oms water  over  it  lies  80u  yards  farther  in  the  same  direction,  from 
which  the  western  of  Anthony  Islands  is  1,200  yards  N.  4°  E.  (N. 
39°  E.  mag.).  To  the  westward  of  River  Islands,  and  between  them 
and  the  main,  it  is  possible  to  anchor,  but  the  depth  of  water  is 
great,  exceeding  30  fathoms,  over  mud  bottom,  except  when  close 
to  the  islands,  and,  as  considerable  swell  often  rolls  in,  the  riding 
is  insecure. 

Banks. — Several  banks,  among  which  are  those  known  as  Eskimo, 
Northern,  and  Monday  Banks,  with  Blake  Ground,  lie  in  the  en- 
trance to  St.  Lewis  Sound,  having  over  them  depths  of  from  10  to 
17  fathoms  water.  Those  with  14  fathoms  water  and  less  are 
reported  to  bi*eak  in  winter  gales. 

St.  Lewis  Inlet  is  nearly  a  mile  wide  at  the  entrance  and  becomes 
wider  within.  There  are  bays  with  several  small  islands  in  them 
on  the  south  side  of  the  inlet,  but  no  good  anchorage,  on  account 
of  the  great  depth  of  water  and  exposure  to  easterly  winds,  until 
as  far  in  as  Black  Fly  Island,  which  is  the  first  in  the  center  of  the 
inlet,  9  miles  from  the  entrance.  The  depth  of  water  often  exceeds 
30  fathoms  in  the  center  of  the  inlet  and  is  nearly  20  fathoms  close 
to  the  shores  on  either  side.  The  bottom  is  everywhere  of  mud, 
and  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  way  excepting  a  small  rocky  shoal 


14010 32 


402 


OAPK   8T.  LKWIS  V<»   <»KANI)    POIXT. 


2  miles  holow  Bliu^k  Fly  Island,  whi(!h,  beiiiK  always  abovo  water, 
will  roadily  bo  aeon,  and  must  bo  left  on  the  port  hand  in  running 
up  th('  inlet. 

Black  Fly  Island  is  about  i  mile  long,  partially  wooded,  and 
surrounded  with  bowlders,  wliich  extend  from  it  (iOO  yards  down 
the  inlet,  an<l  also  from  the  north  point  of  the  island  across  to  the 
main,  so  as  to  leave  only  one  navigable  channel,  which  is  to  the 
south  westward  of  the  island.  There  is  good  anchorage  under  the 
west  side  of  this  island,  in  from  6  to  9  fathoms,  over  a  bottom  of 
mud  and  stones;  and  wood  and  water  may  be  had  in  almndance. 

Tlie  navigation  becomes  intricate  immediately  above  this  island, 
but  it  is,  nevertheless,  possible  to  take  a  vessel  not  drawing  over  18 
feet  5|  miles  farther  up,  where  the  navigation  for  vessels  is  termi- 
nated by  a  flat  of  sand  and  bowlders,  nearly  dry  at  low  water,  and 
extending  across  the  inlet  off  the  mouth  of  St.  Lewis  River.  A 
mile  below  Black  Fly  Island  the  inlet  is  only  i  mile  wide,  and  it 
contracts  again  to  the  same  breadth  immediately  above  the  island. 
Farther  up  it  expands  to  moro  than  a  mile  wide,  and  in  this  wide 
space.  If  miles  above  Black  Fly  Inland,  lies  Wood  Island,  which 
is  nearly  a  mile  long  and  GOO  yards  broad.  This  island  is  also 
surrounded  with  bowlders,  leaving  a  very  narrow  channel  with  2 
fathoms  water  between  it  and  the  mainland  to  the  south,  but  the 
channel  northward  of  the  island  is  rather  wider,  and  has  from  3 
to  14  fathoms  water  in  it.  This  island  is  thickly  wooded,  and  so 
are  the  shores  on  either  side,  with  spruce  and  birch,  which  supply 
timber  large  enough  f o  •  building  schooners  and  boats;  water  is 
abundant. 

The  trees  increase  in  number  and  size  from  the  entrance  to  the 
head  of  the  inlet,  where  the  climate  is  quite  different  from  what  it 
is  on  the  coast,  where  the  sea  is  often  at  the  freezing  point,  and 
the  temperature  of  the  air  is  not  much  higher  at  times,  even  in  the 
warmest  summer  months.  At  the  head  of  the  inlet  the  weather  is 
sometimes  inconveniently  warm,  with  westerly  winds,  and  mos- 
quitoes and  black  flies  innumerable.  The  fishermen  from  New- 
foundland obtain  the  wood  necessary  for  fishing  stages,  etc.,  from 
this  inlet,  and  sometimes  build  boats  there.  The  scenery  is  beau- 
tiful, the  granitic  hills  rising  occasionally,  on  either  side  of  the  inlet, 
to  the  height  of  700  or  800  feet  above  the  sea.  There  are  high 
clay  cliffs  at  the  mouth  of  St.  Lewis  River,  at  the  head  of  the  inlet. 
There  is  not  water  enough  for  boats  over  the  flats  of  sand  and 
bowlders  at  the  entrance  of  this  river,  and  it  has  not,  in  conse- 
quence, been  examined.  The  water,  however,  is  still  quite  salt  off 
its  mouth,  so  that  it  is  probably,  as  fishermen  report,  but  a  small 
stream.  There  was  a  great  salmon  fishery  carried  on  here  several 
years  ago,  but  it  is  said  to  have  completely  failed. 


fT. 


HA'ITLK   ISLANDS — HATTLK 


vays  a))ov(i  water, 
t  liaiid  in  runninfj: 

ially  wooded,  and 
t  (JOO  yards  down 
iland  across  to  the 
I,  wliich  is  to  the 
chorago  under  the 
,  over  a  bottom  of 
d  in  abundance, 
above  this  island, 
it  drawing  over  18 
)r  vessels  is  termi- 
'  at  low  water,  and 
.  Lewis  River.     A 
mile  wide,  and  it 
Y  above  the  island. 
3,  and  in  this  wide 
'ood  Island,  which 
rhis  island  is  also 
)w  channel  with  2 
the  south,  but  the 
r,  and  has  from  3 
dy  wooded,  and  so 
rch,  which  supply 
id  boats ;  water  is 

he  entrance  to  the 
erent  from  what  it 
reezing  point,  and 

times,  even  in  the 
nlet  the  weather  is 

winds,  and  mos- 
.ermen  from  New- 
:  stages,  etc.,  from 
le  scenery  is  beau- 
ler  side  of  the  inlet. 
There  are  high 
e  head  of  the  inlet. 

flats  of  sand  and 

has  not,  in  conse- 
s  still  quite  salt  off 
report,  but  a  small 
led  on  here  several 
ed. 


Battle  Islands   form   tlie  south  point  of  St.    Lewfi  0<>tir>^ 
Double  Island,  13(»  fuot  high,  is  tho  eustorumost  land  on  thi-   p. 
of  tho  coast,  and  lios  about  oiio  mih)  to  the  southtiastward     i 
rest  of  Battle  Islands,  sliowing  as  the  extromo  both  from  tliu  ,s  ^ , 
and  NE.     Great  Ishvnd,  158  feet  high,  will  bo  readily  known,  not 
only  from  boing  tho  northernmost  of  those  islands,  hut  also  from 
its  high  and  black  precipitous  rocks,  with  horizontal  white  streaks 
seaward  and  a  large  white  patch  on  the  west  side,  rondoring  it 
unlike  any  of  the  others.     It  is  nearly  round,  about  ^  mile  in 
diameter,  and  surmounted  by  a  flagstaff. 

The  eastern  shores  of  Battle  Islands  are  fronted  with  shoals,  but 
the  whole  may  bo  cleared  by  keeping  the  NE.  extreme  of  Double 
Island  open  east  of  Gull  Island,  bearing  S.  33°  E.  (S.  2°  W.  mag.) 
until  Caribou  Point  is  open  north  of  Great  Island,  S.  68°  W.  (N. 
77°  W.  mag.). 

North  and  South  Ribb  are  two  ridges  of  rocks,  each  about  400 
yards  in  diameter,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks.  They  are 
about  ^  mile  apart  in  a  NNW.  and  SSE.  direction  from  each 
other.  The  southern  reef  lies  f  mile  N.  17°  E.  (N.  62°  E.  mag.) 
from  Gull  Island. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  run  between  these  reefs  and 
Battle  Islands  on  their  passage  to  and  from  St.  Lewis  Sound,  but 
should  pass  eastward  of  the  reefs. 

Middle  Bibb,  a  shoal  with  14  feet  water  on  it,  lies  midway 
between  North  and  South  Ribbs. 

Battle  Harbor,  between  Battle  Islands  and  the  NE.  extreme  of 
Great  Caribou  Island,  is  only  suitable  for  small  vessels,  being 
about  60  yards  wide  in  the  entrance,  about  160  yards  wide  within, 
about  i  mile  long,  and  with  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  in  it,  over 
mud  bottom.  It  is  generally  crowded  with  the  vessels  and  boats 
of  fishermen,  which  moor  to  the  rocks  on  either  side,  and  the 
shores  are  covered  with  their  houses  and  fishing  stages.  There  is 
a  good  house  and  store  on  Battle  Island,  with  a  high  flagstaff, 
which  can  be  readily  seen  from  seaward.  This  place  is  much 
frequented,  and  has  a  church  with  a  small  spire. 

The  southern  entrance  is  only  suitable  for  boats.  Vessels  must 
therefore  approach  this  harbor  from  the  northward,  passing  west- 
ward of  Great  Island,  and  the  other  islands  lying  between  it  and 
Battle  Island,  which  will  be  distinguished  by  the  high  flagstaff 
already  mentioned. 

When  proceeding  southward,  close  past  Great  Island,  two  small 
and  round  islets,  about  100  yards  in  diameter,  will  be  seen,  the 
southernmost  of  them  being  in  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  They 
are  S.  35°  E.  (South  mag.)  from  the  west  side  of  Great  Island,  at 
distances  of  about  ^  and  f  mile,  respectively,  are  the  only  dangers 


494 


CAVE   HT.   t,K\VIS   TO   (JHANP    1'OTNT. 


in  tliH  way  when  eiituriug,  and,  btiiiig  (luito  hold,  may  bo  cloHoly 
pasHod  on  oitlier  wide.  JuHt  to  tho  woHtward  of  Battlo  Harbor,  in 
CJn-at  Caribou  Island,  thoro  aro  two  coves,  with  hutH  and  fiHhing 
stagt's,  but  thtw  should  not  be  inistakon  for  those  in  Battlu  Har- 
bor, aftor  tho  description  which  has  boon  givon. 

Battlo  Harbor  is  roporto<l  to  bo  socuro  during  tho  summer 
months;  but  in  autumn  a  hoavy  gro  ind  swell,  termed  tho  "under- 
tow" by  tishormen,  is  said  to  roll  in  between  the  islands,  causing 
damage  to  vessels  and  fishing  stagey  and  rendering  the  harbor 
unsafe. 

Oommunioation. — A  steamer  of   the   Newfoundland  Coastal 
Steamship  Company  runs  between  St.  Johns  and  Battle  Harbor 
fortnightly  during  summer  and  autumn,  and  connects  with  the 
Labrador  steamer  to  Nain. 
Ooal.--A  small  quantity  of  coal  (ab(»ut  20  tons)  may  bo  obtainod. 
Hospital. — There  is  a  good  hospital  at  Battle  Harbor. 
Oaution. — During  the  herring  season  groat  caution  should  be 
used  by  steamers  to  avoid  fouling  their  screws  in  the  nets. 

Ice. — From  the  moan  of  seven  years'  observations  (omitting  the 
year  1878,  when  the  harbor  was  frozen  unusually  late  and  open 
unusually  early),  Battlo  Harbor  is  generally  frozen  about  13th 
December  and  open  10th  May.  The  mean  epoch  of  the  arrival  of 
northern  ice  is  3l8t  December,  and  drift  ice  appears  during  Febru- 
ary or  March,  the  coast  being  clear  about  the  middle  of  April, 
except  in  an  abnormal  season,  when  it  has  remained  as  late  as 
6th  June. 

Qreat  Caribou  Island  forms  the  east  side  of  Caribou  Channel, 
leading  to  Assizes  Harbor.  Black  Head,  the  western  extreme, 
falls  steeply  to  the  sea  from  an  elevation  of  200  feet,  and  slopes 
gradually  on  the  north  side  to  a  marsh,  a  few  feet  above  high 
water,  which  extends  from  Sand  Cove  on  the  west  to  Cartridge 
Bight  on  the  east  side. 

A  shoal  bank  extends  from  the  north  side  of  Black  Head,  across 
Sand  Cove,  to  a  distance  300  yards  from  the  shore,  with  depths  over 
it  of  less  than  3  fathoms ;  and  a  rock,  with  2  feet  water  over  it,  on 
the  southern  part,  at  200  yards  from  the  nearest  shore. 

There  is  a  narrow  channel,  with  a  depth  of  3^  fathoms  in  it, 
between  this  bank  and  the  ledge  off  Little  Caribou  Island,  but  no 
marks  could  be  found  to  lead  through  it. 

A  rock,  with  15  feet  water  over  it,  lies  300  yards  northwestward 
of  this  bank,  and  imile  S.  11°  E.  (S.  24°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south 
extreme  of  Indian  Island.  A  small  shoal,  with  a  depth  of  4^ 
fathoms,  lies  265  yards  south  from  the  same  extreme. 

Indian  Island,  joined  at  low  water  to  the  middle  of  the  west 
side  of  Great  Caribou  Island  by  a  bank  of  gravel,  connecting  it 


NT. 


MOUhK    ISLAND — HAKE    ISLAND, 


405 


1(1,  may  be  cloHely 

Biiftlo  Harbor,  in 

1  huts  luul  fiHliing 

loHo  ill  Buttlu  Har- 

iring  tlio  summer 
ormod  the  "undor- 
le  iulaiulH,  cuUHing 
(Icring  the  harbor 

foundlaiid  Coastal 
iiid  Battle  Harbor 
connects  with  the 

3)  may  ))o  obtained. 
)  Harbor. 

caution  should  be 
in  the  nets. 
,tions  (omitting  the 
ually  late  and  open 
frozen  about  13th 
;li  of  the  arrival  of 
•ears  during  Febru- 
middle  of  April, 
emained  as  late  as 

•f  Caribou  Channel, 

western  extreme, 

200  feet,  and  slopes 

w  feet  above  high 

west  to  Cartridge 

Black  Head,  across 
re,  with  depths  over 
et  water  over  it,  on 
it  shore. 

if  3i  fathoms  in  it, 
ibou  Island,  but  no 

ards  northwestward 

ag.)  from  the  south 

ith  a  depth  of    4^ 

:treme. 

middle  of  the  west 

ravel,  connecting  it 


mid  several  low  islets,  is  78  foet  high,  generally  Hat,  and  covered 
with  turf  over  reddish-gray  rock. 

Indian  Oove,  the  sliallow  (duimicl  Ijetwein  Indian  Island  and 
(treat  Caribou  Ishmd,  alTords  good  slielter  for  fisliiiig  cnift  us  tar 
south  as  tim  first  luirrows,  beyond  which  only  small  bouts  can  pro- 
(^eed.     NimiorouH  houses  aiul  fishing  stages  line  this  cove. 

Mouse  Island,  a  sniall  white  rook,  U  feet  high,  i  mile  north- 
ward of  Indian  Island,  is  separated  from  Grtiat  Caribou  Island  by 
tt  narrow  channel  w  ith  !»  feet  water  in  it.  A  rock,  with  (i  feet 
water  over  it,  lies  close  to  the  NW.  extreme  of  Mouse  Island. 

Oaribou  Point,  the  NW.  extreme  of  Great  Caribou  Island,  rises 
to  a  circular  mound,  130  feet  above  high  wuLor.  The  north  extreme 
of  the  point  may  be  recognized  by  the  striped  appearance,  caused 
by  an  alternation  of  black  and  white  terraces  of  rock  in  vertical 
stratification. 

Assizes  Island  forms  the  western  side  of  the  northern  entrance 
to  Oaribou  Channel  and  tlio  NW.  shore  of  Assizes  Harbor.  Noir 
the  center  is  a  hill  280  feet  high,  generally  flat  at  the  summit,  with 
a  few  small  elevations,  falling  steeply  to  Nimrod  Tickle  on  the 
NW.  and  Assizes  Harbor  on  the  east  side.  It  is  partly  covered 
with  turf  and  small  wood,  and  the  underlying  rock,  when  visible, 
is  white  in  color. 

The  Rags,  a  cluster  of  rocks,  the  highest  of  which  is  p  feet  above 
high  water,  lie  close  to  the  north  extreme  of  Assizes  Island,  but 
have  no  danger  beyond  a  short  distance  from  them. 

The  east  shore  of  Assizes  Island  is  indented  by  deep  fissui'es,  and 
fringed  by  a  bank,  the  northern  portion  of  which,  having  7i  fathoms 
water  over  it,  is  known  as  Parsons  Ground. 

A  bank,  with  9  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  1,300  yards  N.  79°  E. 
(S.  66°  E.  mag.)  from  The  Rags  and  870  yards  from  the  nearest  part 
of  Assizes  Island. 

The  small  bay  southward  of  Assizes  Island,  and  between  it  and 
Hare  Island,  has  less  depths  than  heretofore  charted,  there  being 
2  and  3  fathoms  water  where  6  to  10  fathoms  are  shown.  It  is  also 
stated  by  local  fishermen  that  the  space  between  Dumpling  Island 
and  the  mainland  has  likewise  shoaled. 

Oopper  Island  forms  the  NE.  side  of  Assizes  Harbor,  and  is 
wedge-shaped,  the  summit,  137  feet  high,  being  near  the  NW.  ex- 
treme. The  north  side  is  steep  and  in  some  parts  cliffy.  Near 
the  SE.  extreme  of  the  western  shore  there  is  a  small  graen  sward. 
A  small  islet  15  feet  high  lies  close  to  the  SE.  extreme  of  Copper 
Island,  and  a  rock  about  5  feet  high  joins  the  south  extreme  of 
this  islet. 

Hare  Island  has  a  flat-topped  hill  192  feet  high  near  the  NW. 
extreme,  and  a  peaked  hill  155  feet  high  near  the  east  extreme,  and 


■arnwi  '■ 


496 


CAPE   ST.  LEWIS   TO   GBAND   POINT. 


is  separated  from  Assizes  Island  by  a  channel  65  yards  wide,  which 
is  encumbered  with  rocks  and  should  not  be  used. 

On  the  west  side  of  Hare  Island  there  is  a  rock  with  less  than  6 
feet  water  over  it,  and  there  is  a  shoal,  on  which  the  depth  is  4^ 
fathoms,  about  200  yards  westward  of  the  rock.  The  whole  space 
between  Hare  and  Assizes  Islands,  being  encumbered  with  foul 
ground,  should  not  be  entered. 

Assizes  Bock,  with  4  feet  water  on  it,  iii  the  shoalest  part  of  a 
bank,  335  yards  in  a  north  and  south  direction  and  nearly  200 
yards  wide,  situated  200  yards  westward  of  the  west  extreme  of 
Indian  Island.  The  eastern  summit  of  Tilcey  Island  (near  the 
east  extreme)  in  line  with  the  east  extreme  of  Little  Caribou 
Island,  bearing  about  S.  35°  E.  (South  mag.),  leads  SW.,  and  Cape 
St.  Lewis  open  east  of  Caribou  Point,  bearing  N.  12°  E.  (N.  47°  E. 
mag.),  leads  west  of  this  rock  and  nearly  over  Mid  Rock. 

A  shoal,  with  4|  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  150  yards  westward 
of  the  NW.  extreme  of  Indian  Island. 

Mid  Rock,  with  8  feet  water  on  it,  is  400  yards  N.  13°  W.  (N. 
22°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Indian  Island.  Little 
Caribou  Island  entirely  open  west  of  Indian  Island,  bearing  S.  25° 
E.  (S.  10°  W.  mag.),  leads  west,  and  the  SE.  summit  of  Hare 
Island  in  line  with  the  east  extreme  of  the  islet  SE.  of  Copper 
Island,  S.  3*°  W.  (S.  69°  W.  mag.),  leads  NW.  of  this  rock. 

Assizes  Harbor,  comprised  between  Assizes,  Copper,  and  Hare 
Islands,  is  entered  from  the  northward  between  Assizes  and  Cop- 
per Islands,  and  from  the  southeastward  between  Copper  and  Hare 
Islands.  The  harbor  trends  WNW.  for  700  yards  between  the 
latter  islands,  with  a  breadth  of  4f>0  yards,  and  then  turns  sharply 
to  the  westward  for  650  yards,  between  Assizes  and  Hare  Islands, 
where  it  is  400  yards  wide  at  the  eastern  part.  There  are  a  few 
houses  on  a  promontory  about  20  feet  high  at  the  head  of  the 
harbor. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  encumbered  with  shoals,  and  these 
have  been  further  increased  by  ballast  thrown  overboard  from 
vessels  at  anchor  in  the  western  part.  Those  off  the  north  coast 
of  Hare  Island  have  depths  over  them  of  from  10  to  15  feet  water, 
and  are  nearly  200  yards  from  the  shore.  The  north  extreme  of 
Indian  Island  in  line  with  the  south  extreme  of  the  islet  southeast- 
ward of  Copper  Island,  bearing  S.  84°  E.  (S.  49°  E.  mag.),  leads 
north,  and  the  NW.  extreme  of  Copper  Island  shut  in  with  the 
ESE.  extreme  of  the  high-water  line  of  Assizes  Island,  bearing  N. 
20°  E.  (N.  55°  E.  mag.),  leads  west  of  these  shoals. 

The  shores  of  the  harbor  are  free  from  danger  beyond  the  dis- 
tance of  70  yards,  with  the  exception  of  the  shoals  above  described 
and  a  small  spit  of  rock  extending  from  the  east  extreme  of  Assizes 


^'^TTIBfflMtW 


NT. 


ASSI/iEH   HARBOR. 


yards  wide,  which 
id. 

5k  with  less  than  6 

ch  the  depth  is  4^ 

The  whole  space 

imbered  with  foul 

1  shoalest  part  of  a 
Dn  and  nearly  200 
e  west  extreme  of 
T  Island  (near  the 
of  Little  Caribou 
ids  SW.,  and  Cape 
T.  12°  E.  (N.  47°  E. 
ilid  Rock. 
50  yards  westward 

rds  N.  13°  W.  (N. 
an  Island.  Little 
md,  bearing  S.  25° 
,  summit  of  Hare 
3let  SE.  of  Copper 
of  this  rock. 
Copper,  and  Hare 
1  Assizes  and  Cop- 
a  Copper  and  Hare 
rards  between  the 
then  turns  sharply 
and  Hare  Islands, 
There  are  a  few 
it  the  head  of  the 

h  shoals,  and  these 
n  overboard  from 
iff  the  north  coast 
10  to  15  feet  water, 
I  north  extreme  of 
the  islet  southeast- 
1:9°  E.  mag.),  leads 
I  shut  in  with  the 
Island,  bearing  N. 
als. 

sr  beyond  the  dis- 
ds  above  described, 
extreme  of  Assizes 


Island.     This  spit  extends  into  the  chaniiol  between  Assizes  and 
Copper  Islands,  but  falls  quickly  to  deep  water. 

Shoals  oxtoud  to  the  eastward  300  yards  from  the  east  and  NE. 
shore  of  Hare  I.'-l  ...d,  with  depths  of  from  10  to  18  feet  water  over 
them,  and  others  fringe  the  SE.  and  south  shores  of  that  island 
for  a  distance  of  150  yards.  The  east  extreme  of  Tilcey  Island, 
just  open  east  of  the  east  extreme  of  Little  Caribou  Island,  bear- 
ing S.  37°  E.  (S.  2°  E.  mag.),  leads  close  east,  and  tlie  sharp  peak 
at  the  west  end  of  the  range  in  the  center  of  Great  Caribou  Island, 
open  north  of  Indian  Island,  N.  77°  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag.),  leads 
north  of  these  shoals. 

"Water  may  be  obtained,  generally,  from  a  small  stream  running 
into  the  head  of  the  creek  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor. 

Little  Caribou  Island,  139  feet  high,  pyramidal  in  shape,  and 
partially  covered  with  turf  over  whitish  rock,  with  stunted  wood 
in  the  hollows,  is  separated  from  the  SE.  shore  of  Hare  Island  by 
a  channel  300  yards  wide,  which  is  narrowed  to  135  yards  by  the 
shoal  water  off  Hare  Island  and  a  fringe  which  surrounds  Little 
Caribou  Island. 

S  dangerous  ledge,  situated  150  yards  eastward  of  Little  Caribou 
Island,  is  335  yards  long,  150  yards  wide,  and  has  2  feet  over  it 
at  low  water.  The  clear  channel,  between  this  ledge  and  Little 
Caribou  Island,  is  only  65  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  4^  fathoms 
water.  No  natural  marks  could  be  found  for  leading  through 
this  channel,  but  by  rounding  the  east  extreme  of  Little  Caribou 
Island  at  a  distance  of  more  than  30  yards  all  danger  on  that  side 
will  be  avoided. 

In  ordinary  weather  the  shoal  water  surrounding  the  ledge  may 
be  readily  seen,  showing  over  a  white  bottom,  while  the  shoalest 
parts  are  covered  with  kelp,  and  the  channel  to  the  westward 
appears  of  a  dark  color. 

A  small  shoal,  with  3i  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  550  yards  N. 
19°  W.  (N.  16°  E.  mag.)  from  the  east  extreme  of  Little  Caribou 
Island. 

Directions. — Approaching  Assizes  Harbor  from  the  northward, 
Caribou  Point  should  be  rounded  and  Copper  Island  steered  for 
till  Little  Caribou  Island  is  entirely  open  west  of  Indian  Island, 
bearing  S.  25°  E.  (S.  10°  W.  mag.),  when  Copper  Island  may  be 
rounded  at  200  yards,  the  harbor  entered,  and  anchorage  obtained 
in  from  6^  to  9  fathoms  water.  By  taking  care  to  keep  Indian 
Island  north  extreme  just  shut  in  with  the  south  extreme  of 
Copper  Island,  bearing  S.  84°  E.  (  S.  49°  E.  mag.),  until  the  north 
extreme  of  Copper  Island  is  shut  in  with  the  south  extreme  of 
Assizes  Island,  bearing  N.  20°  E.  (N.  55°  E.  mag.),  anchorage  will 
be  reached  in  the  western  part  of  the  harbor. 


49f? 


CAPE    ST.   LKWI8   TO    GRAND    POINT. 


To  proceed  through  Caribou  Channel  to  the  southward,  after 
passing  Copper  Island,  Cape  St.  Lewis  must  not  be  shut  in  with 
Caribou  Point  before  the  east  extreme  of  Little  Caribou  Island  is 
in  line  with  a  point,  midway  between  the  eastern  summit  of  Tilcey 
Island  and  the  south  extreme  of  that  island,  bearing  S.  35°  E. 
(South  mag.).  This  mark  will  lead  midway  between  Assizes  Rock 
and  the  shoal  water  off  Hare  Island.  When  Little  Caribou  Island 
is  neared,  round  it  at  60  yards  distant,  till  St.  Charles  Gull  Island 
is  open  south  of  Great  Caribou  Island,  bearing  S.  53°  E.  (S.  18°  E. 
mag.),  when  all  danger  will  be  passed. 

If  approaching  from  the  southward,  the  southern  shore  of  Little 
Caribou  Island  should  be  steered  for,  keeping  St.  Charles  Gull 
Island  open  south  of  Black  Head,  bearing  S.  53°  E.  (S.  18°  E.  mag.) ; 
round  the  east  point  of  Little  Caribou  Island  at  a  distance  of  60 
yards,  steering  for  the  green  sward  on  Copper  Island.  Bring  the 
point  midway  between  the  eastern  summit  and  east  extreme  of 
Tilcey  Island  in  line  with  the  east  ex,treme  of  Little  Caribou 
Island,  bearing  S.  35°  E.  (South  mag.),  to  lead  between  Assizes 
Rock  and  the  slioal  water  off  Hare  Island.  Run  on  this  mark  till 
the  sharp  peak  at  the  west  end  of  the  range  in  the  center  of  Great 
Cariboxi  Island  is  open  north  of  Indian  Island,  bearing  N.  77°  E. 
(S.  68°  E.  mag.),  when  the  harbor  may  be  entered  as  before  directed. 

If  wishing  to  proceed  to  the  northward  through  Caribou  Chan- 
nel, when  Cape  St.  Lewis  is  open  west  of  Caribou  Point,  bearing 
N.  12°  E.  (N.  47°  E.  mag.),  the  south  extreme  of  Copper  Island 
may  be  passed  at  the  distance  of  300  yards;  keep  Little  Caribou 
Island  open  west  of  Indian  Island,  bearing  S.  25°  E.  (S.  10°  W. 
mag.),  until  the  southeastern  summit  of  Hare  Island  is  over  the 
south  extreme  of  Copper  Island,  bearing  S.  33°  W.  (8.  68°  W.  mag.), 
when  Mid  Rock  will  be  cleared. 

There  is  a  passage  between  Little  Caribou  and  Hare  Islands  by 
keeping  one-third  of  the  distance  from  the  former. 

Water  may  be  obtained  from  ponds  at  the  head  of  Sand  Cove, 
but  if  firewood  is  required,  boats  must  be  sent  up  St.  Charles  River. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Assizes  Harbor  at 
7h.  5m. ;  springs  rise  4f  feet,  neaps  rise  3|  feet. 

St.  Charles  River. — Nimrod  Tickle,  between  Assizes  Island  and 
the  mainland  to  the  westward,  leads  into  St.  Charles  River.  Nim- 
rod Tickle,  465  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  part,  is  free  from  dan- 
ger, except  some  rocks,  which  will  be  seen  on  the  south  side, 
extending  nearly  200  yards  from  the  shore,  both  at  the  north  and 
west  points  of  Assizes  Island.  The  mainland  side  should,  there- 
fore, be  taken  and  a  good  lookout  kept  for  the  channel,  which  has 
not  been  very  carefully  examined.  The  mouth  of  this  river,  named 
The  Lodge,  affords  roomy  and  landlockfid  anchorage. 


W'iiijiiii— 


rr. 

southward,  after 
be  shut  in  with 
Caribou  Island  is 
summit  of  Tilcey 
bearing  S.  35°  E. 
v^een  Assizes  Rock 
le  Caribou  Island 
larles  Gull  Island 
'.  53°  E.  (S.  18°  E. 

5rn  shore  of  Little 
St.  Charles  Gull 

.  (S.  18°E.  mag.); 
a  distance  of  60 
land.     Bring  the 

east  extreme  of 
»f  Little  Caribou 

between  Assizes 
on  this  mark  till 
le  center  of  Great 
bearing  N.  77°  E. 
is  before  directed, 
fh  Caribou  Chan- 
3U  Point,  bearing 
of  Copper  Island 
9p  Little  Caribou 
25°  E.  (S.  10°  W. 
[sland  is  over  the 
(8.  68°  W.  mag.), 

Hare  Islands  by 

V. 

ad  of  Sand  Cove, 
3t.  Charles  River. 
Assizes  Harbor  at 

Assizes  Island  and 
'les  River.  Nim- 
is  free  from  dan- 
L  the  south  side, 
at  the  north  and 
ide  should,  there- 
annel,  which  has 
this  river,  named 
•age. 


ST.  OIIAKLKS    niVER MARY    HARBOR. 


499 


About  2  mil  s  from  its  mouth  the  channel  becomes  narrow  and 
intricate,  though  navigable  for  vessels  for  1^  miles  farther,  above 
which  point  there  is  a  depth  of  6  feet  water  only,  in  a  narrow  chan- 
nel with  many  rocks.     Wood  and  water  are  abundant. 

Qull  Rocks  are  two  small  islets,  25  feet  high,  in  the  middle  of 
the  entrance  to  St.  Lewis  Sound. 

Two  banks  lie  in  a  NW.  direction  from  the  western  of  Gull  Rocks, 
the  southern,  with  6  fathoms  water  over  it,  being  ^  mile,  and  the 
northern,  with  6f  fathoms  water  over  it,  |  mile  distant. 

Qreen  Island,  51  feet  high,  and  covered  with  grass,  lies  1^^  miles 
east  of  Club  Cape,  A  reef  extends  400  yards  northward  of  the 
island. 

A  shoal,  with  4^  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  NW.,  and 
Green  Island  Bank,  a  large  bank  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  over 
it,  is  situated  800  yards  E.  by  N.,  respectively,  from  Green  Island. 

Middle  Rocks  lie  close  SE.  of  Green  Island,  and  one  mile  NW. 
of  Cape  Caribou.  They  are  almost  connected  to  each  other,  and 
Green  Island  and  the  whole  group  should  not  be  approached  nearer 
than  i  mile. 

Olub  Cape,  a  high  point,  has  a  reef  extending  140  yards  north- 
eastward. Kyer  Cove  Point  is  the  turning  point  westward  of  the 
cape. 

Kyer  Cove,  1^  miles  southwestward  of  Club  Cape,  is  exposed  to 
the  northerly  swells,  and  consequently  is  of  no  use  to  vessels. 

Marley  Rocks  form  a  dangerous  shoal  off  the  entrance  to  Kyer 
Cove,  occupying  a  space  600  yards  long,  with  a  depth  of  6  feet 
water  on  them,  an  d  situated  1^  miles  west  from  Kyer  Cove  Point 
and  i  mile  from  the  east  shore  of  Kyer  Cove.  Green  Island  en- 
tirely open  north  of  Kyer  Cove  Point,  bearing  S.  86°  E.  (S.  51°  E. 
mag.),  leads  north  of  these  rocks. 

A  small  rock,  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  is  800  yards  South  (S.  35° 
W.  mag.)  from  Marley  Rocks  and  550  yards  from  the  east  shore 
of  Kyer  Cove. 

A  small  rock  lies  close  to  Lions  Head,  a  projection  on  the  east 
shore  of  Kyer  Cove  at  one  mile  southwestward  of  Kyer  Cove  Point. 

Shoal  Harbor,  another  bay  of  the  mainland,  westward  of  Kyer 
Cove,  is  li  miles  deep,  with  two  small  islets  and  several  rocks  in 
it.  There  is  a  depth  of  12  feet  between  these  islets  and  the  SE. 
side  of  the  bay;  it  is  therefore  only  suitable  for  small  vessels. 
The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  one  mile  SW.  from  the  SW.  end  of 
Duck  Island. 

Mary  Harbor,  one  mile  deep,  is  1^  miles  northwestward  of 
Shoal  Harbor,  and  on  the  south  side  of  Mary  Harbor  Head.  It  is 
small,  with  3  fathoms  water,  and  only  suitable  for  small  vessels. 
Farther  out  in  this  bay  there  is  more  room  and  greater  depth  of 


500 


CAPE   ST.  LEWIS   TO   GRAND   POINT. 


i 

m 


water,  but  the  riding  is  rendered  unsafe  by  the  easterly  swell 
which  occasionally  rolls  in  round  the  islands. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Mary  Harbor  at 
6h.  40m. ;  springs  rise  H  feet. 

Cape  St.  Charles  will  be  readily  known  by  St.  Charles  Hill, 
which  is  round,  654  feet  above  the  sea,  is  nearly  one  mile  west 
from  the  cape,  and  is  the  highest  land  on  this  part  of  the  coast. 

St.  Charles  Gull  Island,  160  feet  high  and  i  mile  long,  lies  about 
one  mile  east  of  the  cape.  The  island  has  several  large  rocks  on 
its  mainland  side. 

Fish  Bock  lies  1,200  yards  SE.  of  St.  Charles  Island,  and  is  t.^ld 
of  approach;  a  rock  has  been  reported  to  lie  one  mile  S.  8°  E.  (S. 
27°  W.  mag.)  from  it.  This  rock  has  been  unsuccessfully  searched 
for. 

A  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  is  situated  150  yards  south  west  ward 
of  the  SW.  extreme  of  Fish  Rock. 

Western  Bank,  with  17  feet  water  on  it,  is  a  small  rock, 
steep-to,  lying  450  yards  S.  46°  W.  (S.  81°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south 
extreme  of  St.  Charles  Gull  Island. 

St.  Charles  Channel,  between  the  mainland  on  the  SW.  and 
Great  and  Little  Caribou,  Hare  and  Assizes  Islands  on  the  NE.,  is 
from  i  to  i  mile  wide.  The  course  and  distance  up  the  center  of 
this  fine  channel,  from  its  entrance  to  the  Narrows,  between  White 
Bear  Point  and  Hare  Island,  is  N.  75°  W.  (N.  40°  W.  mag.)  3i 
miles.  Immediately  outside  the  narrows,  on  the  mainland  side,  is 
White  Bear  Bay,  extending  li  miles  west,  and  affording  no  shelter, 
being  full  of  rocks.  Just  within  the  Narrows  lies  Dumpling 
Island,  a  small  islet,  with  rocks  and  shoal  water  extending  250 
yards  from  its  SE.  end.  There  is  no  channel  for  vessels  between 
it  and  the  mainland ;  but  eastward  of  it,  that  is — between  it  and 
Hare  Island — the  channel  is  i  mile  wide  and  has  from  14  to  18 
fathoms  water  in  it. 

A  run  of  i  mile  on  a  N.  35°  W.  (North  mag.)  course  will  lead 
through  the  Narrows,  between  Assizes  Island  and  the  mainland,  the 
channel  being  1,200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  more  than  20  fath- 
oms in  it,  and  free  from  all  dangers,  except  those  which  extend  200 
yards  from  the  shore  on  either  side.  The  course  through  this 
channel  to  the  mouth  of  St.  Charles  River  is  N.  66°  W.  (N  30°  W. 
mag.)  for  li  miles,  and  a  vessel  may  either  run  up  The  Lodge  to 
the  southward,  or,  through  Nimrod  Tickle,  northward,  into  St. 
Lewis  Sound. 

Anchorage. — Throughout  all  this  extensive  and  landlocked 
space  there  is  anchorage,  but  usually  in  depths  exceeding  20 
fathoms,  over  mud  bottom. 


INT. 

the  easterly  swell 

in  Mary  Harbor  at 

y  St.  Charles  Hill, 
larly  one  mile  west 
mrt  of  the  coast, 
aile  long,  lies  about 
eral  large  rocks  on 

3  Island,  and  is  t.^ld 
ne  mile  S.  8°  E.  (S. 
iccessfully  searched 

irds  south  west  ward 

b,  is  a  small  rock, 
lag.)  from  the  south 

id  on  the  SW.  and 
ands  on  the  NE.,  is 
ice  up  the  center  of 
)ws,  between  White 
T.  40°  W.  mag.)  3i 
tie  mainland  side,  is 
iffording  no  shelter, 
ws  lies  Dumpling 
ater  extending  350 
for  vessels  between 
is — between  it  and 
has  from  14  to  18 

g.)  course  will  lead 
id  the  mainland,  the 
:  more  than  20  fath- 
se  which  extend  200 
jourse  through  this 
J.  65^  W.  (N  30°  W. 
m  up  The  Lodge  to 
lorthward,  into  St. 

ve  and  landlocked 
epths  exceeding  20 


ST.  ClIAKLES    IIARHOU. 


501 


n 


Antill  dove,  SW.  of  Fox  Island,  is  600  yards  deep,  and  free 
from  danger  beyond  a  short  distance  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  11  to  14 
fathoms  water,  as  convenient,  near  the  head  rf  this  cove,  with  shel- 
ter from  all  winds  except  those  from  the  northward. 

Shoals.— Three  shoals  lie  in  a  direct  line  N.  86°  E.  (S.  00°  E. 
mag.)  from  Wall  Island. 

Inner  Shoal,  with  17  feet  water  on  it,  is  050  yards,  Middle  Shoal, 
with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms,  1,250  yards,  and  Wall  Shoal,  with  9 
fathoms  water  over  it,  1,850  yards  distant,  respectively,  from  Wall 
Island. 

The  west  extreme  of  Gull  Island  (Battle  Islands)  shut  in  with 
the  south  extreme  of  Black  Islet,  bearing  N.  22°  E.  (N.  57°  E.  mag.), 
leads  between  Wall  Island  and  Inner  Shoal. 

St.  Charles  Hiaxbor  is  formed  by  three  islands,  which  lie  along 
the  northeastern  side  of  Cape  St.  Charles.  The  space  in  which 
vessels  can  anchor  is  about  1,200  yards  long  by  about  i  mile  wide, 
and  the  depth  of  water  from  5  to  12  fathoms,  over  mud  bottom. 
Some  swell  rolls  in  with  an  easterly  wind,  on  which  account  it  is  not 
considered  a  very  secure  harbor  for  large  vessels,  except  in  the 
finest  months  of  summer.  Small  vessels  might  be  made  quite 
secure  by  making  fast  to  the  rocks  between  Wall  Island  and  the 
mainland  in  9  or  10  feet  water.  There  are  houses  and  fishing  stages 
both  on  the  islands  and  the  main.  Wall  Island  is  the  most  south- 
eastern island,  and  the  southeastern  entrance  to  the  harbor,  between 
it  and  the  main,  is  so  shallow  and  narrow  as  to  be  only  fit  for  boats. 
Tilcey  Island,  the  next  NW.,  will  be  readily  distinguished,  being  232 
feet  high,  black,  and  precipitous,  unlike  any  other  near.  Between 
this  island  and  Wall  Island  is  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  200  yards 
wide,  and  with  deep  water  close  to  the  shores  on  either  side.  The 
channel  between  Tilcey  and  Fox  Island,  which  is  the  next  NW. 
and  the  only  remaining  island,  is  400  yards  wide,  only  2  or  3  fath- 
oms water  in  it,  and  rendered  intricate  by  rocks.  The  channel  out 
of  the  harbor  to  the  NW.,  between  Fox  Island  and  the  main,  is 
narrow,  shallow,  and  only  fit  for  boats. 

Directions.— St.  Charles  harbor  is  easy  of  access,  there  being  no 
danger  in  the  channel.  Run  in  from  the  north  side  of  Wall  Island, 
so  as  to  pass  its  east  extreme  at  about  300  yards,  steering  west  (N. 
55°  W.  mag.),  which  will  lead  through  the  entrance  between  Wall 
and  Tilcey  Islands  into  the  harbor.  Three  small  rocks  above 
water  will  be  seen  close  off  the  inner  or  west  point  of  Wall  Island, 
but  they  are  quite  bold,  as  are  the  shores  on  either  side. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  off  the  mouth  of  a  small 
bay  on  the  mainland,  in  which  a  wharf  and  flagstaff,  at  the  prin- 
cipal fishing  establishment,  will  be  seen. 


I 


502 


CAPE   ST.   LEWIS  TO   GRAND   POINT. 


Water. — There  are  permanent  residents  in  St.  Charles  Harbor, 
and  water  may  be  obtained  from  the  mainland. 

Several  Banks,  among  which  are  Henney  and  Coles  Banks, 
Saunders  Knob,  and  Shoal  Ground,  lie  southward  of  Cape  St. 
Charles  and  in  the  entrance  to  Niger  Sound,  but  none  are  dan- 
gerous. 

Niger  Sound  extends  6  miles  W.  by  N.,  with  deep  water,  often 
exceeding  30  fathoms.  The  entrance  is  between  Cape  St.  Charles 
and  Camp  Islands,  and  at  2i  miles  within  is  Big  Duck  Island,  340 
feet  high.  Little  Duck  Island,  much  smaller,  and  50  feet  high, 
lies  600  yards  southward  of  Big  Duck  Island. 

Duck  Island  Bank,  with  5^  to  7  fathoms  water  on  it,  extends 
nearly  i  mile  NE.  from  Little  Duck  Island.  Shoal  water  extends 
from  both  east  and  west  extremes  of  that  island,  and  a  bar  (the 
least  depth  on  which  is  4  fathoms)  connects  the  west  extreme  with 
Big  Duck  Island. 

Two  shoals,  with  4i  and  4i  fathoms  water  on  them,  respectively, 
lie  in  the  channel  NW.  of  Big  Duck  Island,  leaving  a  narrow  pas- 
sage on  each  side  in  the  western  entrance  to  Islet  Bay. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  will  be  found  in  Horn  Bay,  at 
the  head  of  the  sound;  and  also  in  Islet  Bay,  north  of  Big  Duck 
Island.    Wood  and  water  may  be  procured  in  abundance. 

Deer  Island,  nearly  round,  about  300  feet  high  and  f  mile  in 
diameter,  lies  close  off  the  South  Point  of  Niger  Sound,  so  as  to 
leave  only  a  boat  channel  (named  Chimney  Tickle)  between,  where 
there  are  fishing  huts  and  stages,  as  there  are  also  in  Carroll  Cove, 
a  small  indentation  of  the  mainland  i  mile  westward,  where  the 
anchorage  is  good,  and  frequented  by  many  vessels  during  the 
fishing  season. 

Morgan  Shoal  extends  nearly  200  yards  from  the  point  of  the 
mainland  west  of  Chimney  Tickle. 

Main  Tickle,  the  channel  between  Camp  and  Deer  Islands,  is  400 
yards  wide,  and  free  from  danger ;  Main  Tickle  Bank,  with  6  fath- 
oms water  over  it,  is  in  the  middle  of  the  northern  entrance. 

Camp  Islands  are  several  bare  granitic  islands,  close  together, 
having  a  small  cove  on  their  SW.  side,  where  fishing  schooners 
moor  to  the  rocks,  with  very  indifferent  shelter  from  south  winds. 
There  is  excellent  shelter  for  the  boats  of.  the  fishermen,  whose  huts 
and  stages  will  be  seen  on  the  shores. 

Romsey  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  on  it,  is  350  yards  S.  77°  W. 
(N.  68°  W.  mag. )  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  middle  island  of 
Camp  Islands.  The  west  extreme  of  Big  Duck  Island,  open  west- 
ward of  Camp  Islands,  bearing  N.  50°  W.  (N.  15°  W.  mag.),  leads 
SW.  of  this  rock. 

The  Horns,  a  bank  with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  950  yards 
S.  86°  W.  (S.  51°  W.  mag.)  from  the  south  extreme  of  Deer  Island, 


vm 


IT. 

.  Charles  Harbor, 

and  Coles  Banks, 

B^rard  of  Cape  St. 

)ut  none  are  dan- 
deep  water,  often 
Cape  St.  Charles 
Duck  Island,  340 

and  50  feet  high, 

ter  on  it,  extends 
Loal  water  extends 
ttd,  and  a  bar  (the 
west  extreme  with 

bem,  respectively, 

ring  a  narrow  pas- 

tBay. 

I  in  Horn  Bay,  at 

orth  of  Big  Duck 

bundance. 

ligh  and  f  mile  in 

)r  Sound,  so  as  to 

le)  between,  where 

so  in  Carroll  Cove, 

stward,  where  the 

vressels  during  the 

1  the  point  of  the 

Deer  Islands,  is  400 
Bank,  with  6  fath- 
Brn  entrance, 
ids,  close  together, 
B  fishing  schooners 
from  south  winds, 
lermen,  whose  huts 

50  yards  S.  77°  W. 

le  middle  island  of 

Island,  open  west- 

.5°  W.  mag.),  leads 

er  it,  lies  950  yards 
ime  of  Deer  Island, 


TABLE   HEAD SANDWICH   POINT. 


503 


and  Red  Island  Bank,  on  which  the  depth  is  7  fathoms,  is  1,200 
yards  N.  65°  E.  (S.  80°  E.  mag.)  from  Red  Island. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  924.) 

Table  Head  is  5  miles  SSW.  from  the  east  extreme  of  the  Camp 
Islands,  is  very  remarkable,  being  an  isolated  mass  of  basaltic 
columns  upon  sandstone  (flat  at  top,  and  precipitous  all  round), 
the  summit  of  which  is  200  feet  above  the  sea.  Truck  Island,  lying 
close  to  the  NE.  side  of  Table  Head,  affords  no  shelter,  and  White 
Mica  Cove,  one  mile  farther  north,  is  only  suitable  for  boats. 

St.  Peter  Islands,  a  scattered  cluster  of  small  and  low  islets, 
are  cliffy  and  black,  being  for  the  most  part  composed  of  basalt  and 
amygdaloid ;  they  have  many  rocks  above  and  under  water  between 
them.  The  easternmost  of  them  have  been  named  the  Petrel 
Islands,  on  account  of  these  birds  breeding  upon  them.  Shoal 
water  does  not  extend  beyond  400  yards  seaward  of  any  of  these 
islands.  The  easternmost  islet  of  the  St.  Peter  group  lies  1^  miles 
southward  and  the  southernmost  3  miles  S.  15°  W.  (S.  50°  W.  mag.) 
from  Table  Head. 

Allen  Shoal,  of  rock,  has  a  depth  of  6  fathoms  over  it  and 
breaks  in  bad  weather.  It  lie^  1^-  miles  N.  80°  W.  (N.  45°  W. 
mag.)  of  Petrel  Island. 

St.  Peter  Bay,  within  these  islets,  and  on  the  SW.  side  of  Table 
Head,  is  completely  open  to  the  SE.,  but  the  islets  and  reefs  form 
a  breakwater  from  the  sea.  St.  Peter  Point,  the  south  extreme,  is 
3  miles  NW.  from  the  southern  St.  Peter  Island.  The  bay  is  3 
miles  deep  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction,  and  indifferent  anchorage 
may  be  obtained,  in  case  of  necessity,  f  mile  from  its  head,  in  f'-om 
13  to  20  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  but  there  is  not  more  than  6  or 
7  fathoms  water  in  the  entrance  between  St.  Peter  Point  and  the 
innermost  islet.  This  entrance  is  f  mile  wide,  but  has  a  shoal, 
with  12  feet  water  on  it,  nearly  400  yards  southwestward  of  the 
islet.    There  is  also  a  reef  340  yards  SE.  of  St.  Peter  Point. 

The  passage  between  these  dangers  is  about  800  yards  wide,  and 
must  be  approached  from  the  southward,  passing  westward  of  all 
the  St.  Peter  Islands  and  giving  them  a  berth  of  not  less  than  i 
mile.  The  hills  at  the  head  of  the  bay  are  nearly  900  feet  high, 
and  extend  from  in  rear  of  St.  Peter  Point  southwestward  to  Cha- 
teau Bay. 

Water. — Both  water  and  wood  may  be  obtained  here. 

Sandwich  Point. — Chateau  Point,  the  south  extreme  of  Castle 
Island,  is  6^  miles  S.  51°  W.  (S.  86°  W.  mag.)  from  the  southern- 
most of  St.  Peter  Islands.  Nearly  midway  between  them  is  Sand- 
wich Point  and  Cove,  the  latter  useful  only  to  boats. 


504 


CAPE   ST.   LEWIS   TO   GRAND    POINT. 


m 


(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1161.) 

Bad  Bay,  rocky  and  dangerous,  and  affording  no  shelter  to  ves- 
sels, is  situated  between  Sandwich  Point  and  Seal  Point,  the  NE. 
point  of  Chateau  Bay. 

Heuney  Bank,  with  a  least  depth  of  7  fathoms  over  it,  lies  750 
yards  south  of  Seal  Island. 

Oastle  Ledge,  a  small  rocky  patch  with  2J  fathoms  water  over 
it,  lies  300  yards  S.  13°  E.  (S.  22°  W.  mag.)  of  the  NE.  point  of 
Castle  Island. 

Ohateau  Bay  will  be  easily  recognized  from  seaward  by  its  posi- 
tion with  reference  to  the  remarkable  Table  Head  and  St.  Peter 
Islands,  by  the  high  land  in  rear  of  it,  and  by  the  coast  to  the 
southwestward  of  it  being  straight  and  unbroken  and  free  from 
islands,  but  more  especially  by  the  two  wall-sided  and  flat-topped 
caps  of  basalt,  which  form  the  summits  of  Castle  and  Henley  Islands, 
the  former  being  108  and  the  latter  196  feet  above  the  sea. 

This  bay  has  within  it  Henley,  Antelope,  and  Pitts  Harbors,  the 
two  latter  of  which  are  quite  secure  and  suitable  for  largo  vessels. 
The  principal  entrance  to  these  harbors  is  westward  of  the  southern 
point  of  Castle  Island.  There  is  a  narrow  channel,  named  Ameri- 
can Tickle,  used  by  vessels  drawing  less  than  15  feet  water,  between 
Castle  and  Henley  Islands,  and  another  between  Henley  Island  and 
the  mainland,  but  they  are  only  used  by  very  small  craft. 

The  scenery  in  Chateau  Bay  is  bold.  Pitts  Hill,  on  the  west  side 
of  Pitts  Harbor,  is  593  feet  above  the  sea,  and  Beacon  Hill,  NW.  of 
it,  is  752  feet.  From  the  latter  the  land  falls  rapidly  to  the  northern 
shore  of  Temple  Bay,  a  long  and  very  deep  arm  of  the  sea,  having  at 
its  head  a  river  in  which  there  are  at  times  large  numbers  of  salmon. 
On  the  SW.  side  of  Temple  Bay  there  is  a  remarkable  hill,  832  feet 
high,  which  falls  very  steeply  to  the  shore,  and  southward  of  it  is 
a  high  ridge.  High  Beacon  Hill,  the  summit  of  which  is  978  feet 
above  the  sea. 

York  Point,  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Chateau  Bay, 
has  some  rocks  off  it,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than 
600  yards. 

Chateau  Pcmt,  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  is  steep-to  on  its 
western  side,  but  southward  there  is  a  shoal  extending  150  yards. 

Ice. — Chateau  Bay  is  generally  frozen  up  about  Christmas,  being 
again  open  about  the  first  week  in  July. 

Henley  Harbor,  only  suitable  for  small  vessels,  is  frequented 
by  fishermen,  the  majority  of  whom  come  from  Newfoundland  in 
June  or  July  and  remain  until  October.  There  are  numerous 
stages  erected  along  the  shore  on  both  sides  of  the  harbor,  which 
is  formed  by  Stage  and  Henley  Islands.     It  is  about  i  mile  long 


NT. 


g  no  shelter  to  vea- 
eal  Point,  the  NE. 

ms  over  it,  lies  750 

Fathoms  water  over 
f  the  NE.  point  of 

seaward  by  its  posi- 
lead  and  St.  Peter 
oy  the  coast  to  the 
>ken  and  free  from 
ded  and  flat-topped 
md  Henley  Islands, 
ve  the  sea. 
[  Pitts  Harbors,  the 
le  for  largo  vessels. 
ard  of  the  southern 
niel,  named  Ameri- 
f eet  water,  between 
I  Henley  Island  and 
mall  craft, 
[ill,  on  the  west  side 
teacon  Hill,  NW.  of 
idly  to  the  northern 
)f  the  sea,  having  at 
numbers  of  salmon. 
Tkable  hill,  832  feet 
I  southward  of  it  is 
)f  which  is  978  feet 

ce  to  Chateau  Bay, 
oached  nearer  than 

ce,  is  steep-to  on  its 
xtending  150  yards, 
ut  Christmas,  being 

issels,  is  frequented 
n  Newfoundland  in 
here  are  numerous 
f  the  harbor,  which 
s  about  i  mile  long 


antp:l()pk  harboh — tkmplk  hay. 


505 


1 


and  200  yards  wide,  with  depths  of  from  4  to  12  fathoms.     With 
strong  winds  from  SW.  there  is  a  swell  in  this  anchorage. 

Antelope  Harbor  is  on  the  east  side  of  Chateau  Bay,  between 
Henley  Island  and  Barrier  Point,  which,  with  its  reef,  separates 
it  from  Pi^ta  Harbor  to  the  westward.  On  Henley  Island  there 
are  two  or  tL^ee  houses  occupied  by  fishermen,  who  reside  in  this 
locality  all  the  year  round,  but  during  the  depth  of  winter  they 
go  to  live  at  the  head  of  Pitts  Harbor,  where  they  get  a  higher 
temperature  and  more  shelter  from  the  wind. 

Beacons. — Immediately  eastward  of  Barrier  Point  there  is  a  bay, 
on  the  east  point  of  which,  named  Grenville  Point,  there  is  a  wooden 
cask  beacon,  which  serves  as  a  leading  mark  for  clearing  the  rocks 
westward  of  Castle  Island.  A  beacon,  consisting  of  a  cask,  painted 
black,  and  fixed  against  a  square  rock,  which  is  whitewashed, 
stands  nearly  midway  on  the  west  side  of  Castle  Island. 

Pitts  Harbor,  the  best  anchorage  in  Chateau  Bay,  is  room_y  and 
well  sheltered,  about  one  mile  long,  and  from  i  to  f  mile  wide,  and 
has  in  its  central  part  from  14  to  17  fathoms  water,  over  a  bottom 
of  mud. 

"Water. — Water  may  be  procured  from  a  stream  at  the  head  of 
this  harbor,  and  wood  is  plentiful. 

Temple  Bay  extends  in  a  northwesterly  direction  for  about  4 
miles  from  its  two  entrances  on  either  side  of  Whale  Island.  In 
the  middle  there  are  from  20  to  45  fathoms  water,  and  the  shores 
being  steep-to,  there  is  no  good  anchorage.  At  the  head  of  the  bay 
there  is  a  flat  of  sand  and  bowlders  fronting  the  entrance  to  the 
river  before  noticed,  and  in  its  southern  corner,  about  600  yards 
southwestward  of  Temple  Pass,  there  is  a  fishing  village,  named 
Chateau,  off  which  small  vessels  find  anchorage. 

Considerable  quantities  of  mica  are  found  on  the  SW.  side  of 
Temple  Bay,  and  on  the  NE.  ride  a  small  outcrop  of  graphite  was 
noticed. 

Temple  Pass,  the  southern  entrance  to  the  bay,  is  only  180  yards 
wide ;  the  bottom  is  rocky,  with  large  bowlders,  the  least  water 
being  3  fathoms.  The  ebb  tide  runs  through  this  pass  with  con- 
siderable strength. 

Milners  Tickle,  the  northern  entrance  to  Temple  Bay,  has  4 
fathoms  least  water  in  it,  but  the  shores  on  either  side  are  foul  for 
some  distance  off,  and  without  a  buoy  the  clear  passage  is  not 
easily  distinguished. 

Communication. — The  coasting  steamers  from  St.  Johns,  New- 
foundland, which  call  at  Chateau  Bay  during  the  summer  months, 
anchor  (alternately)  at  Henley  Harbor  and  the  anchorage  in  Temple 
Bay. 


5(M] 


CAl'K    HT.   LKWIH   TO    GltAND    POINT. 


r 


Rooks. — Between  York  Point  and  Temple  Pnas  there  are  two 
rocks,  otio,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lying  600  yards  north- 
eawtwaru  of  the  point,  and  Halfway  Rock,  on  which  the  depth  is 
ai  fathoms,  rather  more  than  midway  between  the  point  and 
Tomplo  Pass,  and  GOO  yards  off  shore. 

Twelvo-feet  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  It,  lies  in  the  fairway 
of  the  entrance  to  the  bay  and  between  Castle  and  Whale  Islands. 
A  rocky  patch,  on  which  the  depth  is  3J  fathoms,  lies  266  yards 
north  of  Twelve-feet  Rock. 

Flat  Island  Rock,  with  3^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  386  yards 
from  the  eastern  side  of  Flat  Island.  The  beacon  on  Grenville 
Point  just  open  of  the  west  extreme  of  Henley  Island,  bearing 
about  N.  10°  E.  (N.  46°  E.  mag.),  leads  between  Twelve- feet  and 
Flat  Island  Rocks. 

Frbc^jfs  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  between  the  west 
extreme  of  Henley  Island  and  Whale  Island ;  between  it  and  the 
former  there  are  depths  of  4^  and  5  fathoms. 

Black  Rock,  2  feet  above  high  water,  off  Black  Point,  is  steep-to, 
and  makes  a  good  mark  for  clearing  Freezers  Rock. 

American  Shoal,  a  rocky  patch,  with  only  one  foot  over  it  at 
low  water,  lies  in  the  fairway  to  Henley  Harbor,  and  is  easily  seen. 

DirectionB. — From  the  southward,  having  made  out  Castle  and 
Henley  Islands,  steer  to  give  York  Point  a  berth  of  ^  mile  and  to 
bring  the  cask  beacon  on  Grenville  Point  just  open  of  Black  Point, 
bearing  N.  10°  E.  (N.  45°  E.  mag.).  Should  the  beacon  not  be  in 
position,  Grenville  Point  itself  may  be  distinguished  by  the  black 
rock,  of  which  it  is  composed,  showing  out  against  the  lighter  back- 
ground of  the  land  beyond.  This  mark  will  lead  265  yards  west  of 
Twelve-feet  Rock  and  nearly  the  same  distance  eastward  of  Flat 
Island  Rock,  which  latter  will  be  passed  when  the  north  extreme 
of  Castle  Island  Cap  is  well  closed  in  on  the  south  point  of  Stage 
Island,  bearing  East  (S.  55°  E.  mag.). 

If  proceeding  to  Antelope  Harbor,  and  being  of  not  very  heavy 
draft,  steer  to  pass  within  100  yards  of  Black  Rock  and  anchor 
between  Grenville  Point  and  the  north  shore  of  Henley  Island, 
where  the  harbor  is  600  yards  wide  and  the  depths  from  15  to  18 
fathoms,  over  mud.  Between  this  position  and  Grenville  Point 
there  is  a  small  mud  bank,  having  over  it  a  least  depth  of  7  fathoms. 

If  proceeding  to  Pitts  Harbor,  the  beacon  on  Castle  Island  in  line 
with  the  rock  (to  be  marked  by  an  iron  cage),  2  feet  high,  lying 
about  200  yards  SW.  of  Stage  Island,  bearing  S.  46°  E.  (S.  11°  E. 
mag.),  leads  SW.  of  Freezers  Rock  and  to  the  entrance  to  Pitts 
Harbor;  in  case  the  beacon  should  be  down,  the  square  white- 
washed rock  may  be  used  instead,  taking  care  not  to  bring  the 
south  extreme  of  the  basalt  cap  on  Henley  Island  inside  Black 


^jm 


NT. 


HKLLK    rsLK. 


m 


PftBS  there  are  two 
g  600  yards  north- 
wrhich  the  depth  is 
en  the  point  and 

lies  in  the  fairway 
nd  Whale  Islands, 
oms,  lies  265  yards 

jr  it,  lies  386  yards 
aeon  on  Grenville 
ey  Island,  bearing 
n  Twelve-feet  and 

}  between  the  west 
)etween  it  and  the 

c  Point,  is  steep-to, 
iock. 

)ne  foot  over  it  at 
,  and  is  easily  seen. 
lade  out  Castle  and 
th  of  ^  mile  and  to 
pen  of  Black  Point, 
le  beacon  not  be  in 
lished  by  the  black 
st  the  lighter  back- 
,d  365  yards  west  of 
e  eastward  of  Flat 
the  north  extreme 
uth  point  of  Stage 

of  not  very  heavy 

Kock  and  anchor 

of  Henley  Island, 

epths  from  15  to  18 

id  Grenville  Point 

depth  of  7  fathoms. 

!]!astle  Island  in  line 

,  a  feet  high,  lying 

S.  46°  E.  (9.  11°  E. 

)  entrance  to  Pitts 

the  square  white- 

e  not  to  bring  the 

island  inside  Black 


Point,  b»'iiring  8.  70°  E.  (8.  35°  E.  mug.),  to  chtiir  the  long  stony 
spit  (iff  Barrier  Point,  iind  wlion  thu  SW.  cxtn'mc  of  Casth*  IhIhikI 
is  in  liiu)  with  the  oast  point  of  Whiil."  Lsliind,  S.  25"  E.  (8.  10°  W. 
nnig.),  steer  into  the  harbor  and  anchor  as  convenient. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  full  and  chiinge  in  Cluit(»au  Bay  at  7h. 
Him.;  .springs  rise  i  feet,  neaps  rise  a^'eet;  nt'iips  range  1|  feet, 
])ut  in  tlie  autumn,  with  strong  SW.  winds,  the  spring  range  is 
8<iraetimes  increased  by  3  feet. 

Tidal  Streams.— Inside  the  bay,  througii  the  narrow  channels, 
and  otf  York  and  Chateau  Points,  tlie  tidal  streams  are  perceptible, 
but  outside  the  current  is  almost  always  to  the  southward,  and 
during  the  survey,  in  the  montlis  of  August  and  September,  it  was 
noticeable  that  while  the  temperature  of  the  water  in  Pitts  Harbor 
and  Temple  Bay  averaged  45°,  that  outside  the  bay  never  rose 
above  37°. 

(H.  O.  Chart  No  924.) 

Belle  Isle,  lying  about  14  miles  SE.  of  Table  Head,  and  directly 
off  the  Atlantic  entrance  of  Belle  Isle  Strait,  is  frequented  by 
American  and  English  fishermen.  It  is  about  9^  miles  long  in  a 
NE.  direction  and  3  miles  '/ide,  including  Lark  Island,  close  to  its 
west  side,  and  is  composed  of  a  range  of  hills,  bare  of  trees,  which 
rise  to  the  height  of  680  feet  above  the  sea.  The  hills  are  princi- 
pally of  granite,  alternating  with  clay  and  slate,  and  their  steep 
sides  dip  into  the  sea  in  every  part,  except  at  the  NE.  extreme  of 
the  island,  where  two  low  points  converge  so  as  to  form  a  narrow 
creek,  named  Black  Joke  Cove,  which  shelters  very  small  fishing 
vessels  during  the  finest  months  of  summer.  Shelter  may  also  be 
obtained  in  LarkJHarbor,  under  Lark  Island,  and  in  Valley  Cove, 
2i  miles  south  of  the  islet ;  but  none  of  these  coves  are  considered 
safe  early  in  spring  or  late  in  autumn,  because  of  the  heavy  swell 
which  rolls  into  them  from  the  eastward. 

The  east  side  of  Belle  Isle  affords  no  anchorage,  and  there  is 
hardly  a  creek  where  a  boat  might  find  shelter. 

A  small  rocky  bank,  with  5  fathoms  least  water,  is  reported  to 
exist  about  6  miles  N.  30°  W.  (N.  5°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  extreme 
of  Lark  Island. 

Lark  Harbor. — The  anchorage  called  Lark  Harbor,  between 
Lark  Island  and  Belle  Isle,  is  only  400  yards  wide,  with  deep  water, 
indifferent  holding  ground,  and  much  exposed  to  northeasterly 
winds,  but  as  it  possesses  the  advantage  of  two  entrances,  vessels 
are  allowed  a  speedy  and  safe  passage  to  sea. 

Black  Joke  Oove,  at  the  NE.  end  of  the  island,  is  not  more 
than  150  feet  wide,  with  12  feet  water.  It  is  formed  inside  an  islet 
joined  to  the  island  at  low  water,  and  will  only  afford  secure  shelter 

1491U 33 


mmm 


mm 


508 


HTUAIT   <»K    UKl.hV.    IHLK. 


to  Olio  or  two  Hiiiall  voHHctIs  moorod  luiiid  uiid  stnru;  l)ut  in  lioivvy 
giilos  from  thonorthoaMlwnnl,  osi)0(niilly  iit  liiKH-wiitor  sprin^^s,  tlio 
hroakiiiK^oiiH  dasli  with  viol<3tioo  over  tho  lodgo  of  rocks,  and  inako 
it  iiiiHaft).  Tho  broakvvator  which  waw  comph^tod  in  tlio  Hiunnicr 
of  IH58,  hfing  of  insutHciont  woight  and  stmngth,  tho  wliolo  of  the 
material  was  swept  int<i  tlie  covo. 

Valley  Oove.— In  Valhiy  Covo  voshoIh  may  find  fair  andiorago 
and  sluiltor  during  oastisrly  winds.  The  bottom  is  sand,  and  in 
tiie  lino  of  tho  points  tho  soundings  are  17  fathoms,  decreasing 
gradually  to  tho  shoro. 

Rook. — A  rock,  upon  wliich  tho  soa  breaks  heavily,  lies  with 
the  SW.  oxtromo  of  Bollo  Islo  bearing  S.  31°  E.  (8.  4°  W.  mag.), 
distant  i  mile,  and  is  estimated  to  have  about  9  foot  of  water 
over  it.  It  is  probably  identical  with  tho  dangers  reported  in  1881 
by  the  steamer  Ontario. 

Lights. — Tho  lighthouse  on  the  south  point  of  Belle  Islo,  a  cir- 
cular tower,  5!)  fool  in  height  and  painted  white,  exhibits,  at  an 
elevation  of  47()  feet,  and  between  the  bearings  S.  70°  W.  (N.  09° 
W.  mag.),  through  North,  to  S.  70°  E.  (S.  35°  E.  mag.),  a  fixed  white 
light,  which    .  visible  28  miles. 

On  account  of  the  elevation  at  which  the  light  is  exhibited,  it  has 
been  found  to  be  frequently  obscxired  by  fog,  and  in  conseciuence 
an  additional  light  is  exhibited  from  a  s(iuare  lighthouse,  painted 
white  and  31  feet  in  height,  situated  below  the  old  lighthouse. 

This  latter  is  a  fixed  white  light,  elevated  137  feet,  and  should  be 
visible  17  miles  in  all  directions,  excoi)t  where  intercepted  by  the 
high  land  of  Belle  Isle. 

The  lights  are  shown  from  sunset  to  sunrise  from  the  1st  of  April 
to  the  20th  of  December  of  each  year. 

Fog  Signal. — During  thick  or  foggy  weather,  an  explosive 
bomb  is  fired  from  a  point  near  the  upper  lighthouse,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  about  400  feet  above  the  sea.  Tho  signal,  which  should 
explode  high  in  the  air,  at  a  distance  of  600  feet  in  a  southerly 
direction,  will  be  fired  at  intervals  of  twenty  minutes. 

Should  the  bomb  signal  fail,  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  intervals  of 
twenty  minutes. 

Vessels  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  signal  may  hear  a  dull 
report,  caused  by  the  charge  that  throws  the  signal  into  the  air, 
preceding  the  loud  report. 

Provision  Depot. — There  is  a  depot  of  provisions  for  ship- 
wrecked mariners  at  the  lower  lighthouse. 

Northeast  Ledge  dries  at  low  water,  spi-ing  tides,  and  lies  H 
miles  N.  12°  E.  (N.  47°  E.  mag.)  from  the  NE.  point  of  Belle  Isle, 
with  a  deep-water  channel  between. 


.,*^-»sS,.'i5-«iiSB!5w»^5j!f,'«aW?«raS": 


Mtorii ;  but  ill  hoiivy 
fh-wator  Hprinjifs,  tho 
:o  of  rocks,  (ind  nmko 
tutod  ill  tlio  Hiunmor 
ifth,  tho  whole  of  the 

{  find  fair  ancliomgo 
toin  iw  Hiiml,  aiul  in 
fathoms,  decreasing 

cs  heavily,  lion  with 

E.  (8.  4°  W.  mag.). 

jout  9  feot  of  water 

gers  reported  in  1881 

t  of  Belle  Isle,  a  cir- 
rhito,  exhibits,  at  an 
gs  S.  70°  W.  (N.  09° 
1.  mag.),  a  fixed  white 

ht  is  exhibited,  it  has 
,  and  in  oonsecjuence 
3  lighthouse,  painted 
■i  old  lighthouse. 
37  feet,  and  should  be 
•e  intercepted  by  the 

from  the  1st  of  April 

eather,  an  explosive 

:lithou8e,  at  an  eleva- 

signal,  which  should 

0  feet  in  a  southerly 

minutes. 

e  fired  at  intervals  of 

gnal  may  hear  a  dull 
e  signal  into  the  air, 

provisions  for  ship- 

ing  tides,  and  lies  li 
S.  point  of  Belle  Isle, 


80UN1)IN(»M — TIDKH — CI' Kill:  NTS. 


5U» 


strait  of  Belle  Isle.— Tlio  eastern  entrance  of  tlie  Strait  of 
Belle  Isle,  between  York  Point  and  Caim  Il-uild,  is  20  miles  wide, 
the  latter  point  bearing  from  tho  former  S.  -t;}"  K.  (S.  8°  R.  mag.), 
but  the  narrowest  part  of  the  strait  is  southward  of  Amour  Point, 
in  Forteau  Bay,  where  it  is  only  y|  miles  wide.  The  western 
eutran(!eof  the  strait,  between  Greenly  Island  and  Fi'rolle  Point,  is 
nearly  '^1  miles  wide,  tho  point  bearing  from  tho  island  S.  11"  E. 
(S.  23°  W.  mag.). 

Steep  granitic  shores  extend  from  York  Point  southwestvs  -ird  to 
Cape  Diablo,  where  sandstone  lying  on  granite  commences  uid 
continues  t"  'Irand  Point,  at  the  western  "entrance  of  the  strait, 
occasionally  forming  magnificent  cliffs  several  hundred  feet  in 
height. 

Outer  Soundings.— During  summer  and  autumn  the  route  from 
Great  Britain  to  Quebec  tlirough  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  is  much 
frequented  by  steamers,  and  tho  bank  of  soundings  lying  eastward, 
distant  28  miles  from  the  north  point  of  Belle  Isle,  affords  a  valu- 
able means  of  ascertaining  the  position  of  a  vessel  in  foggy  weather 
when  approaching  from  the  eastward. 

The  least  water  yet  found  on  this  bank  is  80  fathoms,  mud,  with 
105  to  181  fathoms,  sand,  between  it  and  tlie  bank  which  stretches 
eastward  from  Belle  Isle. 

The  Soundings  in  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  are  not  so  irregular 
but  that  they  will  afford  assistance  to  a  vessel  at  night,  or  auring 
the  fogs  which  so  freqiiently  prevail.  The  deepest  water  is  on  the 
Labrador  side,  as,  for  instance,  from  York  Point  to  Red  Bay,  where, 
however,  it  is  interrupted  by  the  shallow  water  off  Wreck  Bay. 
It  is  also  deep  on  that  side  from  Pin  ware  to  Forteau  Bays,  inclusive ; 
but  the  line  of  deep  water  is  not  direct  nor  continuous  through  the 
strait,  and  it  is  still  more  perplexing  that  there  is  as  deep  water 
within  a  miles  of  the  dangerous  Flower  Ledges  on  the  Newfound- 
land side,  opposite  Forteau  Bay,  as  in  any  part  of  the  strait.  The 
depth  of  water  varies  in  different  parts  from  between  00  and  70  to 
20  fathoms,  and  the  nature  of  the  bottom  is  as  various  as  the  depths, 
being  sometimes  of  rock  and  at  others  of  sand,  broken  shell,  pieces 
of  coral,  or  gravel. 

Ti.des  and  Currents.— The  flood  and  ebb  streams  at  Cape  Bauld 
continue  running  NW.  and  SE.  inshore  three  hours  after  high  and 
low  water;  and  at  0  to  7  miles  NE.  of  the  cape  they  continue  run- 
ning five  hours  after  high  and  low  water  by  the  shore. 

At  Cape  Norman  the  inshore  streams  run  two  hours  after  high 
and  low  water  by  the  shore,  and  in  the  center  of  the  strait  the 
stream  runs  four  hours  after  high  and  low  water. 

Off  Forteau  and  Sandy  Bays  the  streams  turn  with  the  high  and 
low  water  on  shore,  and  turn  quickly ;  in  the  center  of  the  strait 


m&-- 


610 


STRAIT   OF   BELLE  ISLE. 


i 


the  stream  runs  one  hour  later.     These  streams,  however,  are  not 
constant. 

The  flood  comes  from  the  northward  along  the  coast  of  Labrador 
and  also  from  the  SE.,  from  Cape  Bauld  to  Cape  Norman.  The 
latter  stream,  there  is  reason  to  believe,  is  often  turned  off  to  the 
northward  by  Cape  Norman,  and  the  same  thing  takes  place  at 
Green  Island,  on  the  Newfoundland  side,  toward  Greenly  Island 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  strait.  There  is,  moreover,  at  times  a 
stream  running  from  the  SW.  for  several  days  together  along  the 
west  coast  of  Newfoundland.  This  stream  occasionally  sets  from 
FdroUe  Point  obliquely  across  the  strait  toward  Forteau  Bay. 
Sometimes,  and  especially  with  NE.  winds,  the  current  runs  directly 
in  an  opposite  direction  along  the  west  coast  of  Newfoundland  from 
F^rolle  Point  past  Rich  Point. 

Navigation  of  the  Strait  in  Fogs. — The  navigation  of  the  Strait 
of  Belle  Isle  is  attended  with  great  danger  in  dark  or  foggy  nights, 
during  which  no  vessel  should  attempt  to  run  through.  On  such 
occasions,  therefore,  it  would  be  prudent  to  anchor  in  one  of  the 
bays  on  the  north  side  of  the  strait  rather  than  to  continue  under 
way. 

A  sailing  vessel  bound  into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  run- 
ning with  an  easterly  wind,  will,  however,  find  no  place  fit  for  that 
purpose  until  arriving  at  the  indifferent  anchorage  of  Pin  ware  Bay, 
for  Red  Bay  can  not  be  entered  by  a  large  vessel  with  an  easterly 
wind. 

Loup  Bay  is  the  first  good  anchorage  under  such  circumstances, 
and  there  the  vessel  would  be  so  far  advanced  in  her  passage  through 
the  strait  that  it  would  not  be  worth  while  to  stop,  since  everything 
might  be  easily  cleared  in  the  remaining  short  distance.  But  with 
a  SW.  wind,  at  the  approach  of  night  and  appearance  of  fog,  a 
vessel  bound  out  through  the  strait  to  the  eastward  had  better  stand 
off  and  on  under  easy  sail,  tacking  by  the  deep-sea  lead  from  the 
Newfoundland  side  till  morning,  if  not  farther  to  the  northeast- 
ward than  Fdrolle  Point.  If  farther  advanced  it  would  be  better 
to  make  Forteau  Bay  before  dark  and  anchor  there  for  the  night. 
In  light  winds  or  calms,  during  dark  nights  or  foggy  weather,  it 
is  better  to  bring  up  with  a  stream  anchor  anywhere  in  the  strait 
rather  than  to  drive  about  with  the  tides  without  knowing  whither, 
but  then  a  lookout  must  be  kept  for  drifting  icebergs. 

Fogs  occur  with  all  southerly  and  easterly  winds,  and  they  are 
frequent  likewise  with  SW,  winds ;  it  is  only  when  the  wind  is  from 
between  the  north  and  west  that  clear  weather  can  be  safely  reck- 
oned upon. 

Wreck  Bay. — Southwestward  for  10  miles  from  York  Point, 
along  the  Labrador  side  of  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle,  the  coast  is 


s,  however,  are  not 

le  coast  of  Labrador 
!ape  Norman.  The 
in  turned  off  to  the 
ling  takes  place  at 
ard  Greenly  Island 
Loreover,  at  times  a 
;  together  along  the 
iasionally  sets  from 
vard  Forteau  Bay. 
lurrent  runs  directly 
!f ewf oundland  from 

'^igation  of  the  Strait 
ark  or  foggy  nights, 
through.  On  such 
nchor  in  one  of  the 
n  to  continue  under 

Lawrence,  and  run- 
no  place  fit  for  that 
age  of  Pin  ware  Bay, 
!sel  with  an  easterly 

such  circumstances, 
her  passage  through 
op,  since  everything 
distance.  But  with 
appearance  of  fog,  a 
'ard  had  better  stand 
)p-sea  lead  from  the 
ler  to  the  northeast- 
sd  it  would  be  better 
there  for  the  night, 
or  foggy  weather,  it 
ywhere  in  the  strait 
ut  knowing  whither, 
icebergs. 

winds,  and  they  are 
'hen  the  wind  is  from 
ir  can  be  safely  reck- 

s  from  York  Point, 
ille  Isle,  the  coast  is 


WRECK   BAY — RED    BAY. 


511 


straight  and  bold  to  Wreck  Bay,  which  has  a  small  river  at  its 
head  and  affords  no  shelter. 

Bay  Shoal,  a  small  patch  of  rocky  ground  with  5  fathoms  least 
water,  lies  S.  24°  E.  (S.  10°  W.  mag.)  from  the  east  point  of  Wreck 
Bay.  The  bottom  can  be  plainly  seen  on  this  patch  in  fine  weather. 
There  is  a  heavy  swell  upon  it  in  easterly  gales,  and  frequently  a 
great  rippling ;  icebergs  often  ground  upon  it. 

Barge  Bay,  4^  miles  southwestward  of  Wreck  Bay,  will  be  rec- 
ognized by  a  waterfall  at  its  head. 

Black  Bay,  about  5  miles  WSW.  from  Barge  Bay,  is  about  2 
miles  wide  at  entrance,  narrower  within,  and  about  2  miles  deep 
in  a  northwesterly  direction.  Small  vessels  occasionally  anchor 
in  it;  but  the  ground  is  of  sand,  not  very  good  for  holding,  and  it 
is  open  to  the  wind  and  sea  from  the  SE. 

Qull  Island  lies  about  li  miles  SW.  from  Wisemans  Point,  the 
west  point  of  Black  Bay.  It  is  a  small,  low,  and  bare  rock  about 
^  mile  off  shore. 

Thistle  Rock,  nearly  awash  at  low  water,  lies  about  1^  miles 
westward  of  Gull  Island  and  about  1,200  yards  S.  86°  E.  (S.  52°  E. 
mag.)  from  Twin  Island.  When  the  water  is  smooth  there  is  no 
sign  of  this  danger  and  the  clearing  marks  must  be  attended  to. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1136.) 

Capstan  Cove  Point  is  the  extreme  of  a  bare  gray  mound,  52 
feet  high,  about  1^  miles  westward  of  Gull  Island.  It  shelters 
Capstan  Cove  from  easterly  winds,  which  anchorage  is  much 
resorted  to  by  fishermen  in  the  herring  season. 

Twin  Island  consists  of  two  hummocks,  the  northern  40  and 
the  southern  32  feet  high,  joined  together  except  at  high  water, 
spring  tides.     Several  rocks  extend  westward  from  this  island. 

There  is  no  passage  for  any  vessel  drawing  more  than  6  feet 
water  between  Twin  Island  and  the  mainland,  nor  between  the 
east  extreme  of  Saddle  Island  and  the  mainland.  A  bar,  with 
15  feet  water  on  it,  connects  Twin  and  Saddle  Islands. 

Bed  Bay,  a  good,  although  small,  harbor,  formed  by  Saddle 
Islani  and  a  bay  in  the  mainland,  is  divided  into  two  parts;  the 
northern  named  the  basin  and  the  southern  the  harbor.  The  pas- 
sage between  them  is  200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms 
in  the  middle,  between  Penney  Island  and  the  eastern  shore. 

The  eastern  side  of  the  harbor  is  surmounted  by  a  series  of 
hillocks,  from  65  to  205  feet  high,  connected  by  marshes  in  which 
there  are  ponds.  The  hills  at  the  head  are  densely  wooded,  and 
at  li  miles  northward  is  a  hill,  545  feet  high,  with  several  con- 
spicuous bowlders  at  the  summit.     From  Moore  Point,  the  west 


I 


1^ 


512 


8TBAIT   OF   BELLE   ISLE. 


entrance  point  to  the  basin,  the  hills  fall  steeply  to  the  sea,  occa- 
sionally in  red  granite  cliffs,  over  which  a  small  cascade  falls  in 
ordinary  weather.  Tracey  Hill,  immediately  over  the  entrance,  is 
506  feet  high  and  surmounted  by  a  cairn  with  a  pole  on  it. 

The  settlement,  containing  a  population  of  about  150,  is  princi- 
pally on  the  eastern  shore,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  hillock  with  a 
flagstaff,  behind  which  is  the  chapel,  while  a  small  church  stands 
on  the  southern  slope.  The  storehouse  is  on  Penney  Island.  There 
are  a  few  huts  on  Saddle  Island  and  Moore  Point,  and  at  the  head 
of  the  basin  are  the  winter  houses  and  a  school  with  a  flagstaff 
near  it. 

Shoal  water  extends  135  yards  from  the  eastern  shore  and  head 
of  the  basin,  and  a  large  shoai  has  been  formed  that  extends  300 
yards  from  the  southern  turning  point  to  the  deep  bight  on  the 
western  shore. 

A  bank  of  bowlders  extends  eastward  from  Moore  Point,  and 
there  is  no  passage  for  anything  but  boats  between  that  point 
and  Penney  Island. 

Saddle  Island  is  bare,  and  surmounted  at  the  east  extreme  by 
Cox  Hill,  97  feet  high,  and  by  a  similar  hill  at  the  west  extreme, 
but  101  feet  high.  The  western  extreme  has  deep  water  within  a 
few  yards,  but  off  the  north  side  shoal  water  extends  150  yards, 
and  bowlders,  that  dry  at  low  water,  100  yards  from  the  middle  o 
the  north  shore. 

Scab  Rock,  with  16  feet  water  over  it,  lies  350  yards  south  war . 
of  the  east  end  of  Saddle  Island. 

Western  Arm,  the  open  bay  extending  westward  from  Red 
Bay,  has  no  danger  at  any  distance  from  the  shore,  except  in  the 
coves  at  the  head,  and  affords  good  anchorage,  with  westerly  winds, 
in  14  fathoms  water  or  less,  as  convenient,  the  water  decreasing 
gradually  to  the  head,  into  which  a  large  stream  flows. 

West  Point  is  the  eastern  extreme  of  the  peninsula,  about  62 
feet  high,  that  forms  the  south  shore  of  Western  Arm. 

Mad  Moll,  a  rock  which  dries  at  low  water,  spring  tides,  lies 
135  yards  southward  of  West  Point. 

The  Louse,  with  22  feet  water  on  it,  and  Belles  Amours  Shoal, 
with  5  fathoms  water  over  it,  are  situated  800  yards  S.  80°  E. 
(S.  4°  W.  mag.)  and  1^  miles  S.  5°  E.  (S.  29°  W.  mag.),  respec- 
tively, from  West  Point. 

Supplies. — Supplies  of  salt  beef  or  flour  may  be  procured  in 
small  quantities. 

Water  may  be  obtained,  at  high  water,  from  the  streams  at  the 
head  of  the  basin  or  Western  Arm,  and  small  quantities  may  be 
procured,  in  smooth  water,  from  the  streams  under  tLe  cascade. 


■  ^"""^a 


)ly  to  the  sea,  occa- 
lall  cascade  falls  in 
)ver  the  entrance,  is 
a  pole  on  it. 
ibout  150,  is  princi- 
by  a  hillock  with  a 
small  church  stands 
nney  Island.  There 
int,  and  at  the  head 
ool  with  a  flagstaff 

tern  shore  and  head 
led  that  extends  300 
e  deep  bight  on  the 

1  Moore  Point,  and 
between  that  point 

the  east  extreme  by 
t  the  west  extreme, 
deep  water  within  a 
extends  150  yards, 
1  from  the  middle  <>: 

50  yards  southwar . 

restward  from  Red 
shore,  except  in  the 
rith  westerly  winds, 
le  water  decreasing 
.m  flows. 

peninsula,  about  62 
rn  Arm. 
)r,  spring  tides,  lies 

jUes  Amours  Shoal, 
$00  yards  S.  30°  E. 
°  W.  mag.),  respec- 

aay  be  procured  in 

1  the  streams  at  the 
[  quantities  may  be 
nder  tLe  cascade. 


KED   HAY. 


613 


Caution. — Vessels  at  anchor  in  this  bay  have  found  their  com- 
passes affected  by  local  disturbances. 

Ice. — The  basin  freezes  over  about  the  end  of  November,  and  the 
harbor  about  the  middle  of  December,  and  remain  so  till  the  mid- 
dle or  end  of  May.  Field  ice  remains  till  the  middle  or  end  of 
June,  and  icebergs  may  be  met  with  all  the  year  round,  small  bergs 
frequently  drifting  into  Western  Arm  and  occasionally  into  the 
harbor. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Red  Bay  at  8h.  l!)m. ; 
springs  rise  4^  feet,  neaps  rise  2  feet ;  neaps  range  one  foot. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  flood  stream  sets  westward,  through  the 
eastern  channel,  into  the  basin  and  through  the  harbor;  the  ebb 
in  a  contrary  direction,  but  the  streams  are  generally  weak,  unless 
influenced  by  high  winds. 

Directions. — Red  Bay  is  easy  of  access  for  sailing  vessels,  with 
a  leading  wind,  but  only  small  vessels  will  find  room  to  beat  in  or 
out,  the  entrance  being  400  yards  wide  for  them,  and  200  yards 
wide  for  large  vessels,  between  the  shoal  water  off  Saddle  Island 
and  the  bowlders  and  shoe!  water  off  Moore  Point. 

From  the  eastward,  Wisemans  Point  must  be  kept  open  south  of 
Gull  Island,  bearing  N.  48°  E.  (N.  82°  E.  mag.),  until  Cox  Hill  is 
in  line  with  the  south  extreme  of  Twin  Island,  N.  7r  W.  (N.  39° 
W.  mag.),  when  Thistle  Rock  will  have  been  passed;  Capstan 
Cove  Point  must  then  be  kept  open  of  Twin  Island,  bearing  N.  56° 
E.  (East  mag.),  until  Tracey  Hill  bears  N.  58°  W.  (N.  34°  W.  mag.), 
to  avoid  Scab  Rock,  when  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  may  be  steered 
for  on  this  bearing. 

When  rounding  Saddle  Island,  West  Point  must  be  kept  well 
open  of  it,  bearing  S.  24°  W.  (S.  58°  W.  mag.),  until  the  fall  of 
the  southern  hillock  of  Twin  Island  is  just  open  north  of  Saddle 
Island,  S.  69°  E.  (S.  35°  E.  mag.),  when  the  harbor  may  be  rounded 
into  and  anchorage  obtained,  in  from  6  to  9  fathoms  water,  as  con- 
venient. The  flagstaff  on  the  hill,  69  feet  high,  at  the  east  side  of 
the  entrance  to  the  basin,  in  line  with  the  north  corner  of  the 
Wesleyan  Chapel  which  stands  east  of  it,  and  is  the  only  house  on 
that  hill,  bearing  N.  45°  E.  (N.  79°  E.  mag.),  leads,  in  mid-channel, 
between  Penney  and  Saddle  Islands. 

To  pass  into  the  basin,  it  is  only  necessary  to  keep  in  mid-channel 
between  Penney  Island  and  the  eastern  shore  of  the  harbor  to  find 
anchorage  in  from  15  to  17  fathoms  water,  but  the  stage  in  the 
middle  of  the  northern  shore  of  Saddle  Island  must  not  be  shut  in 
with  the  wharf,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Penney  Island,  bearing  S. 
15°  E.  (S.  19°  W.  mag.),  to  avoid  the  shoal  on  the  western  shore 
of  the  basin. 


■.j^^^^ssmm 


514 


8TKAIT   OF   BELLE    ISLE. 


The  holding  ground  is  good  in  the  harbor,  but  not  in  the  basin, 
and  in  the  heavy  NE.  gales  of  autumn,  which  blow  furiously 
through  it,  vessels  frequently  drag. 

Proceeding  westward,  after  clearing  the  harbor,  Moore  Point  kept 
in  line  with  the  west  extreme  of  Saddle  Island,  bearing  North  (N. 
34°  E.  mag.),  will  lead  eastward  jf  the  Louse  and  Belles  Amours 
Shoals;  but  vessels  can  pass  in  safety  between  them  by  keeping 
the  eastern  bight  of  Capstan  Cove  in  line  with  the  south  extreme 
of  Twin  Island,  bearing  N.  44°  E.  (N.  78°  E.  mag.). 

(H.  O.  Chart  No.  924.) 

Coast. — The  coast  southwestward  of  West  Point  is  foul,  and 
should  not  be  approached  within  I  mile.  Teapot  Rock,  with  4f 
fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  400  yards  from  the  shore  at  li  miles 
southwestward  from  West  Point. 

Carrol  Cove,  about  3i  miles  from  Red  Bay,  is  very  small,  with 
its  entrance  to  the  eastward.  One  or  two  fishing  vessels  are  occa- 
sionally secured  in  it,  moored  to  the  rocks,  and  there  are  huts  and 
fishing  stages  on  the  shore. 

Little,  St.  Modest  Islands  are  two  small,  low,  and  bare  islets, 
one  mile  apart,  and  close  to  the  shore  at  the  eastern  point  of  Pin- 
ware  ;  they  afford  no  shelter  to  shipping. 

Soldiei:  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  i  mile  S.  69°  E.  (S.  35°  E. 
mag.)  from  the  west  extreme  of  the  western  islet.  This  rock  must 
be  carefully  avoided  in  approaching  Pinware  from  the  eastward. 

St.  Modest  Island  is  a  small  bare  islet  close  to  the  west  point 
of  Pinware.  Within  this  islet  fishing  vessels  moor  to  the  rocks 
on  either  side,  but  it  is  'useless  for  larger  vessels.  There  are  a  few 
houses  inside  Little  St.  Modest  Islands  and  a  large  settlement 
inside  St.  Modest  Island,  the  latter  locally  known  as  The  Tickle. 

Pinware  Bay,  11  miles  southwestward  of  Red  Bay,  is  3  miles 
wide  across  the  mouth,  from  the  western  of  Little  St.  Modest 
Islands  to  St.  Modest  Island,  and  about  2  miles  deep.  There  is 
anchorage  in  this  bay  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  sandy  bottom, 
but  it  is  open  to  south  and  east  winds,  which  send  in  a  heavy 
swell.  There  is,  moreover,  a  rocky  shoal  on  its  west  side,  with  12 
feet  water  over  it,  bearing  N.  10°  E,  (Ni  44°  E.  mag.),  nearly  one 
mile  from  St.  Modest  Island,  and  about  i  mile  S.  34°  E.  (South 
mag.)  from  Ship  Head,  a  small  rocky  peninsula  in  the  west  part 
of  the  bay.  There  is  a  river  at  the  head  of  Pinware  which  boats 
can  enter  at  high  water,  and  a  fine  sandy  beach,  southwestward 
of  it,  extends  to  the  rocky  peninsula  just  mentioned.  The  best 
anchorage  is  off  the  center  of  this  beach.  There  is  a  conspicuous 
house  at  the  entrance  to  the  river,  and  there  are  a  few  huts  in  the 
bay. 


■wmm 


AN8E    A   LOUP — AMOUU   POINT. 


515 


it  not  in  the  basin, 
ch  blow  furiously 

r,  Moore  Point  kept 
bearing  North  (N. 
md  Belles  Amours 
L  them  by  keeping 
the  south  extreme 


Point  is  foul,  and 
,pot  Rock,  with  4f 
)  shore  at  IJ  miles 

is  very  small,  with 
ig  vessels  are  occa- 
there  are  huts  and 

>w,  and  bare  islets, 
jtern  point  of  Pin- 

3S.  69°E.  (8.  35°E. 
t.  This  rock  must 
rom  the  eastward, 
e  to  the  west  point 
moor  to  the  rocks 
!.  There  are  a  few 
a  large  settlement 
^n  as  The  Tickle, 
led  Bay,  is  3  miles 
Little  St.  Modest 
es  deep.  There  is 
ver  sandy  bottom, 
li  send  in  a  heavy 
i  west  side,  with  12 
.  mag.),  nearly  one 
le  S.  34°  E.  (South 
la  in  the  west  part 
nware  which  boats 
ch,  southwestward 
itioned.  The  best 
ire  is  a  conspicuous 
e  a  few  huts  in  the 


Granite,  which  has  formed  the  coast  line  from  York  Point,  ceases 
to  do  so  at  the  west  point  of  Pinware,  being  succeeded  by  sand- 
stone. The  granite,  however,  is  seen  occasionally  at  the  water's 
edge,  under  the  sandstone,  at  various  points  farther  westward. 

Diable  Bay.— Diable  Bay,  having  a  small  village  at  its  head,  is 
a  small  open  bay  di  miles  southward  of  Pinware. 

Anse  k  Loup  (Loup  Bay),  which  is  3  miles  farther,  will  be 
readily  known  by  the  magnificent  cliffs  of  red  sandstone  at  its  east 
entrance  point,  which  are  about  350  feet  high"  and  extend  2  or  3 
miles  to  the  northeastward  of  it. 

Schooner  Cove,  at  the  south  point  of  Anse  k  Loup,  is  open  to 
the  northeastward,  but  nevertheless  fishing  vessels  anchor  in  it,  in 
7  fathoms  water,  during  the  summer  months.  There  is  a  fishing 
establishment  and  a  few  houses  at  this  cove,  and  the  entrance  may 
be  readily  recognized  from  seaward  by  a  flagstaff  and  small  white 
signal  hut  on  the  summit  of  the  high  entrance  point. 

Anse  h  Loup  is  If  miles  wide  and  1^  miles  deep,  extendin?j  in  to 
the  northwestward  between  high  tablelands  of  sandstone,  covered 
with  green  moss  and  grass,  highest  on  the  eastern  side,  where  it 
terminates  in  the  cliffs  before  mentioned.  There  is  a  fine  sandy 
beach,  and  a  river,  which  small  boats  can  enter  at  high  water,  at 
the  head  of  the  bay. 

Although  this  bay  is  quite  open  to  the  southeastward,  yet  vessels 
anchor  here  at  all  times  during  the  summer  months,  the  holding 
ground  being  extremely  good.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  the  north 
end  of  the  bay,  in  10  fathoms  water,  over  sand,  about  i  mile  off  shore, 
and  with  the  entrance  of  the  river  bearing  N.  10°  E.  (N.  41°  E. 
mag.).  Shoal  water  extends  about  600  yards  from  the  north  side 
of  the  bay,  and  vessels  should  not  anchor  in  less  than  ten  fathoms 
water. 

Amour  Point  (corrupted  from  Pointe  aux  Morts,  and  locally 
known  as  Cape  Shallop),  situated  4  miles  westward  of  Anse  h  Loup, 
is  a  low  point,  with  several  rocks  off  it,  under  the  slope  of  a  hill 
190  feet  high,  which  falls  in  a  series  of  terraces,  faced  by  cliffs,  to 
the  shore. 

Light. — The  lighthouse  on  Amour  Point,  a  circular  tower  104 
feet  in  height  and  painted  white,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  152 
feet  abo-^  "q;h  water,  a  fixed  white  light,  which  should  be  visible 
18  miles,  it  is  shown  from  the  1st  of  April  to  the  20th  December 
of  each  year. 

Fog  Signal.— A  fog  whistle,  situated  55  yards  SE.  of  Amour 
Point  Lighthouse,  gives  a  blast  of  eight  seconds  duration,  followed 
by  fifty-two  seconds  silence,  every  minute.  With  easterly  winds 
it  is  not  easily  heard  when  eastward  of  the  lighthouse.     Should  the 


I 
I 


f;-:?^*!^ 


1 


516 


STRAIT   OF   BELLE   ISLE. 


¥'A 


whistle  be  out  of  order,  a  horn  or  trumpet  will  sound  blasts  of  simi- 
lar duration.  It  is  stated  that  late  in  the  year  the  water  supply 
freezes,  and  the  signal  is  temporarily  suspended. 

Caution. — Too  much  reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  hearing 
this  fog  signal,  as,  from  unexplained  causes,  the  sound  can  not  be 
heard  sometimes,  even  from  short  distances. 

(B.  A.  Chart  No.  1631.) 

Forteau  Bay  is  4  miles  wide  between  Amour  Point  on  the  east 
and  Forteau  Point  on  the  west. 

Over  each  shore  of  Forteau  Bay  the  hills  fall  in  terraces  from 
elevations  of  690  feet.  Forteau  Point  slopes  from  a  hill  21 2  feet 
high,  from  which  the  hills  rise  gradually  in  long  slopes,  but  faced 
by  cliffs  on  the  seaward  side,  with  an  occasional  gorge.  From  sea- 
ward two  conspicuous  lines  of  cliffs  will  be  recognized — Crow 
Head,  240  feet  high,  on  the  west  side  of  Anse  aux  Morts,  and 
Chimney  Head,  144  feet  high,  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay.  Near 
the  southern  extreme  of  the  latter  Overfall  Brook  falls  into  the 
sea  from  a  height  of  118  feet,  the  volume  of  water  varying  with 
the  season,  so  that  occasionally  the  stream  is  very  small.  A  church 
with  a  spire,  and  several  houses  near  it,  stand  close  eastward  of 
English  Point,  which  is  a  small  hillock  25  feet  high,  situated  in  the 
north  part  of  the  bay.  From  this  point  westward  the  water  is 
shoal,  and  an  inlet  that  nearly  dries  at  low  water  extends  to  the 
mouth  of  Forteau  Brook,  whicn  discharges  the  waters  of  several 
lakes.  Boats  can  go  up  to  the  mouth  of  the  brook  at  half  tide,  but 
care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  numerous  bowlders.  Between  the 
first  and  second  lakes  is  a  waterfall  that  can  be  seen  occasionally 
from  seaward. 

Anse  aux  Morts,  immediately  north  of  Amour  Point,  is  an  open 
bight  with  deep  water  close  to  the  east  shore,  but  on  the  north  side 
the  coast  is  foul  for  a  short  distance,  and  the  water  shoals  rapidly 
to  the  head. 

Anchorage. — Anchorage,  with  shelter  from  easterly  winds  only, 
may  be  obtained  in  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water,  as  convenient,  but 
large  vessels  should  not  bring  the  large  house  on  the  south  shore 
to  bear  southward  of  S.  80°  E.  (S.  46°  E.  mag.),  and  should  anchor 
at  the  distance  of  about  400  yards  from  the  wharf. 

The  head  of  Forteau  Bay  is  composed  of  a  sandy  beach,  behind 
which  are  situated  several  houses  and  the  school,  the  latter  a  plain 
building,  painted  white;  the  principal  settlement  is  on  the  west 
side  of  the  head  of  the  bay.  The  southernmost  and  most  conspicu- 
ous buildings,  known  as  Jobs  Room,  are  situated  immediately 
within  the  flats,  a  ledge  of  rock,  that  just  covers  at  high  water, 
and  affords  shelter  to  the  boats.     The  northernmost  house  of  this 


und  blasts  of  simi- 
r  the  water  supply 

placed  on  hearing 
e  sound  can  not  be 


r  Point  on  the  east 

1  in  terraces  from 
rom  a  hill  21 2  feet 
g  slopes,  but  faced 
gorge.  From  sea- 
recognized — Crow 
e  aux  Morts,  and 
3f  the  bay.  Near 
ook  falls  into  the 
rater  varying  with 
r  small.  A  church 
close  eastward  of 
igh,  situated  in  the 
ward  the  water  is 
iter  extends  to  the 
I  waters  of  several 
>k  at  half  tide,  but 
lers.  Between  the 
i  seen  occasionally 

ir  Point,  is  an  open 
t  on  the  north  side 
iter  shoals  rapidly 

isterly  winds  only, 
as  convenient,  but 
on  the  south  shore 
Eind  should  anchor 
rf. 

idy  beach,  behind 
[,  the  latter  a  plain 
mt  is  on  the  west 
md  most  conspicu- 
.ated  immediately 
)rs  at  high  water, 
most  house  of  this 


FORTEAIT   BAY. 


517 


settlement  is  used  as  the  postoffice  during  the  summer.  The  shores 
of  Forteau  Bay  are  generally  bold,  and  there  is  no  danger  beyond 
the  distance  of  200  yards  from  the  shore,  except  at  the  bend,  where 
a  shoal  extends,  from  the  schoolhouse,  ^  mile  across  the  bay.  Good 
salmon  and  trout  fishing  may  be  obtained  here  during  the  season. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  in  from  10  to  14  fathoms 
water,  in  the  NW.  part  of  the  bay,  with  the  northernmost  stage, 
at  the  junction  of  the  rock  and  sand,  bearing  about  West  (N.  50° 
W.  mag.).  This  is  said  to  be  the  best  roadstead  in  the  Strait  of 
Belle  Isle;  the  holding  ground  is  good,  and  fishing  vessels  remain 
moored  there  all  summer,  but  a  heavy  swell  rolls  in  with  south- 
westerly w'^^ds. 

V  ';e.  v^  be  obtained  from  !  ".n^s  flowing  down  the  hill- 
side at  the  utlement  on  the  wet.,  side  of  the  bay,  and  at  Jobs 
Room  there  is  a  pipe,  to  which  a  hose  could  be  fitted,  for  filling 
boats.  There  is  no  large  wood  within  10  miles  of  the  neighborhood 
of  the  settlement. 

The  resident  population  numbers  about  150,  who  liA'^e  inland  from 
November  till  May,  when  they  return  to  prosecute  the  seal  fishery 
till  the  end  of  June;  and  during  the  latter  month,  as  soon  as 
navigation  is  open,  the  Newfoundland  fishermen  arrive,  and  number 
about  300. 

Ice. — The  bay  freezes  over  about  the  middle  of  December,  and 
the  ice  breaks  up  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Forteau  Bay  at 
lOh.  25m. ;  springs  rise  5i  feet,  neaps  rise  3  feet ;  neaps  range  1^  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  flood  stream,  in  calm  weather,  sets  to  the 
northward  on  the  east  shore  and  to  the  southward  on  the  west 
shore,  and  the  ebb  in  a  contrary  direction ;  but  these  streams  are 
so  weak  in  the  bay  that  a  fresh  breeze  from  any  quarter  will 
change  their  direction.  Off  Amour  and  Forteau  Points  the  tides 
are  strong  and  extremely  irregular,  occasionally  running  in  one 
direction  with  a  velocity  of  4  to  5  knots  an  hour  close  to  the  shore, 
and  in  an  opposite  direction  a  short  distance  off.  In  sounding  off 
these  points,  during  the  recent  survey,  three  distinct  streams  were 
met  within  a  distance  of  2  miles ;  the  tide  rips  were  of  sufficient 
strength  to  turn  H.  B.  M.  S.  Oulnare  at  right  angles  to  her 
.course,  and  these  irregularities  were  continually  changing  without 
any  apparent  cause. 

Oaution. — In  approaching  Forteau  Bay  in  foggy  weather,  ^reat 
caution  is  necessary  on  account  of  these  irregularities  and  of  the 
little  warning  that  can  be  given  by  the  hand  lead  before  the  shore 
is  reached;  but  by  careful  sounding  the  deep  gully,  with  more 
than  50  fathoms  water  in  it,  that  stretches  nearly  across  Forteau 
Bay,  and  is  witl  in  |  mile  of  Amour  Point,  will  serve  as  a  warning 
that  the  bay  or  coast  is  near. 


S**  'i.f .'^wttW(ft5'y*-r?^^^^ 


1 


518 


srUAIT   OF   BELLE   ISLE. 


Anse  Eclair,  4  miles  westward  of  Forteau  Point,  is  small, 
exposed  to  the  southward,  and  affords  no  anchorage.  A  low  islet 
and  reef  extend  together  about  \  mile  SW.  from  the  east  entrance 
point.  There  is  a  fishing  establishment  close  within  this  point, 
and  also  at  the  head  of  the  cove. 

Westward  of  Anse  ^ficlair  the  hills  are  remarkable  for  the  large 
slabs  of  rock  facing  the  cliff,  with  which  all  the  hills  fall  to  the 
sea.  Those  hills  are  generally  flat,  rising  gradually  to  higher 
ranges  in  the  background. 

Blanc  Sablon  (formerly  Anse  Sablon)  is  7  miles  westward  of 
Forteau  Point.  It  is  partly  sheltered  by  Isle  au  Bois  and  Greenly 
Island,  but  SW.  winds  send  in  a  heavy  sea,  and  vessels  have  been 
lost  there  in  autumnal  gales.  Generally  it  is  a  safe  anchorage 
during  the  summer  months,  and  fishing  vessels  remain  moored 
there. 

The  hills  fall  in  cliff,  on  the  east  side,  from  elevations  of  402  to 
253  feet,  and  on  the  west  shore  from  a  flat  hill,  342  feet  high,  that 
extends  westward  in  a  spur  and  terminates  ia  a  sharp  bluff,  167 
feet  high,  over  Long  Point.  There  is  a  curious  saddle-shaped  hill, 
440  feet 'high,  at  If  miles  northward  of  the  head  of  the  bay. 

The  shores  generally  are  of  rock  faced  by  bowlders,  but  at  the 
head  there  is  a  sandy  beach  on  the  west  side  of  a  projecting  point, 
21  feet  high,  on  which  are  conspicuous  white  houses  and  wharves, 
known  locally  as  Jobs  Room.  Blanc  Sablon  River  separates  the 
point  from  the  sandy  beach  and  drains  a  long  valley  and  some  large 
ponds.  The  hills  on  the  east  side  fall  in  cliffs  to  the  marshes  in  the 
valley,  but  the  rise  is  gradual  on  the  west. 

Blandford  ShoaXs  range  in  depth  from  15  feet  to  5  fathoms, 
and  occupy  a  space  about  800  yards  in  extent  in  the  middle  of  Blanc 
Sablon. 

A  rock,  with  one  foot  water  on  it,  lies  265  yards  from  the  shore, 
at  i  mile  northwestward  of  St.  Charles  Point,  the  eastern  entrance 
point,  and  a  cluster  of  rocks  extends  i  mile  southward  from  the 
Barachois,  a  small  cove  eastward  of  Jobs  Room.  Shoal  water 
occupies  the  entire  NW.  part  of  the  bay,  in  which  is  a  rock,  awash 
at  low  water,  300  yards  from  the  shore. 

The  coast  westward  from  Lazy  Point,  the  turning  point  westward, 
to  Grand  Point  is  bordered  by  rocks  and  shoals  and  should  not  be 
approached  within  -J-  mile. 

Gulch  Cove,  a  creek  between  two  granitic  spurs,  is  situated  f 
mile  westward  of  Lazy  Point,  and  is  frequented  by  fishermen  during 
the  summer  months.  It  is  a  dangerous  place  to  approach,  being 
surrounded  by  rocks ;  and  the  cove  is  so  narrow  that  vessels  are 
hauled  in  stern  first  and  moored  by  chains  to  the  rocks  on  either 
side.     Losses,  however,  are  not  of  frequent  occurrence. 


,^  jxpEi6?»?s;\J5g«g«ga;W, ..  -ivS!  ¥' 


'l?i5«!s^?aS-^sas;,S* ;iSi!»^K  .saw^R,;, 


■immmim:sxim''^m^m^^-- 


OKEKNLY    ISLAND. 


510 


I  Point,  is  small, 
rage.  A  low  islet 
L  the  east  entrance 
within  this  point, 

cable  for  the  large 
B  hills  fall  to  the 
idually  to  higher 

aailes  westward  of 
Bois  and  Greenly 

.  vessels  have  been 
a  safe  anchorage 

Is  remain  moored 

evations  of  402  to 
342  feet  high,  that 
a  sharp  blufiE,  167 
jaddle-shaped  hill, 
I  of  the  bay. 
>wlders,  but  at  the 
I  projecting  point, 
uses  and  wharves, 
iver  separates  the 
ley  and  some  large 
the  marshes  in  the 

feet  to  5  fathoms, 
lie  middle  of  Blanc 

ds  from  the  shore, 
le  eastern  entrance 
uthward  from  the 
lom.  Shoal  water 
sh  is  a  rock,  awash 

ag  point  westward, 
and  should  not  be 

purs,  is  situated  f 
y  fishermen  during 
;o  approach,  being 
>w  that  vessels  are 
he  rocks  on  either 
iirrence. 


Grand  (Long)  Point,  the  turning  point  to  Brndoro  Buy  and 
the  northwestern  entrance  point  of  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle,  has  ruuiti 
and  shoals  extending  nearly  800  yards  southward  from  it. 

Perroquet  Bank,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  U  miles  S. 
69°  W.  (N.  77°  W.  mag.)  from  Grand  Point. 

Isle  au  Bois,  167  feet  high,  is  flat  at  the  summit  and  generally 
covered  with  moss  and  coarse  grass.  Penneys  Room  is  a  largo  fish- 
ing establishment  at  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  island,  and  there  are 
several  other  houses  on  the  east  shore. 

Shoal  water  extends  300  yards  from  the  NE.  coast  of  Islo  au  Bois, 
and  The  Breakers,  a  ledge  of  rocks  that  dry  at  low  water,  extend  \ 
mile  from  a  point  near  the  8W.  extreme,  but  there  is  deep  water  at 
200  yards  off  from  the  west  shore  and  the  north  point.  When  the 
boats  can  not  land  on  the  NE.  side  of  the  island,  they  do  so  at  the 
Cow  House,  a  small  square  rock  by  the  side  of  a  small  but  deep 
creek  on  the  west  shore,  close  south  of  the  NW.  extreme. 

Greenly  Island  (He  Verte)  is  li  miles  from  Isle  au  Bois,  and 
consists  of  two  hillocks  joined  by  a  plateau  between  two  coves,  the 
northern  being  84  feet  and  the  southern  63  feet  high.  The  NW, 
shore  is  bold,  but  off  the  SE.  extreme  are  a  rock  that  dries  at  low 
water  and  shoals  that  extend  i  mile  in  a  southeasterly  direction. 
A  large  fishing  establishment  is  situated  in  the  eastern  cove. 
Greenly  Island  is  the  resort  of  myriads  of  puffins,  which  appear 
suddenly  in  June  and  disappear  as  sudden  V  i'^  October. 

Light— On  the  southwestern  slope  of  >  aq  southern  hillock  on 
Greenly  Island  an  octagonal-shaped  tower,  78  feet  in  height  and 
painted  white,  with  a  red  lantern,  exhibits,  at  an  elevation  of  108 
feet,  a  revolving  light  having  a  period  of  revolution  of  three  min- 
utes, showing  white  for  half  a  n>inute,  then  red  for  half  a  minute, 
and  white  for  half  a  minute,  followed  by  an  eclipse  of  one  and  a 
half  minutes.  This  light,  exhibited  from  1st  April  to  20th  Decem- 
ber, should  be  visible  15  miles.  The  keeper's  dwelling,  painted 
white,  is  attached. 

Fog  SignaL — During  thick  or  foggy  weather  a  steam  horn 
sounds  blasts  of  ten  seconds  duration,  with  an  interval  of  eighty 
seconds  between  blasts. 

The  fog-signal  house,  a  long  low  building,  painted  white,  with  a 
coal  shed  behind  it,  is  355  yards  E.  ^  S.  of  the  lighthouse. 

Bank.— A  bank,  with  4^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  mid- 
way between  Greenly  Island  and  the  nearest  point  of  the  mainland 

from  it. 

Coal  and  Supplies.— A  small  stock  of  coal  is  kept  here,  jf 
which  about  50  tons  could  be  supplied  to  vessels.  Ships'  stores 
generally,  such  as  flour,  salt  beef,  etc.,  may  also  be  obtained. 

Water  may  be  obtained  at  high  water  from  Blanc  Sablon  River. 


1 


^'^E-:''rr7^^^^f^*''^  - 


I 


620 


STHAIT    OF    HKI.I-K    ISLK. 


Fisheries. — Thoro  are  about  200  rosidonts  in  Blanc  Sablon  and 
tlio  noi^li])()rho()(l,  who  hunt  for  soal  in  May  and  June  and  other 
fur-bcariuf?  animals  during  tho  winter.  About  500  fishormon  from 
thfj  east  coast  of  Newfoundland  are  brought  down  in  spring,  and, 
with  tliH  residents,  proseouto  the  cod  fishery. 

Directions. — Approaching  Blanc  Sablon  from  the  eastward,  the 
shore  should  be  kept  distant  at  least  ^  mile  till  near  St.  Charles 
Point,  when  the  fall  of  the  clitf  over  Anse  Eclair  Point  should  be 
kept  open  south  of  the  south  extreme  of  St.  Charles  Point,  beaiHng 
N.  73"  E.  (8.  74°  E.  mag.),  until  the  northern  fall  of  the  cliflPs  on 
the  jast  side  of  Blanc  Sablon  River  is  in  line  with  the  westernmost 
wharf  of  Jobs  Room,  bearing  N.  18°  W.  (N.  16°  E.  mag.),  which 
will  clear  Blandford  Shoals.  Open  this  mark  a  little  to  the  west- 
ward and  run  on  it  until  the  south  fail  of  the  northern  hillock  of 
Greenly  Island  is  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  Isle  au  Bois, 
bearing  S.  48°  W.  (S.  82°  W.  mag.),  when  the  vessel  should  pro- 
ceed about  200  yards  and  anchor  in  7  to  10  fathoms  water,  over 
sand.  This  position  is  the  best  in  the  bay  for  large  vessels,  but 
small  craft  can  go  into  any  depth,  as  convenient.  Greenly  Island 
Lighthouse  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  Isle  au  Bois,  bearing 
S.  40°  W.  (S.  74°  W.  mag.),  clears  the  shoal  water  at  the  head  and 
the  rocks  extending  from  the  Barachois. 

Proceeding  westward,  the  NW.  point  of  Isle  au  Bois  should  be 
kept  about  ^  mile  distant,  and  rounded  till  the  fall  of  the  hill 
over  St.  Charles  Point  is  in  line  with  the  NW.  extreme  of  Isle  au 
Bois,  bearing  N.  65°  E.  (S.  81°  E.  mag.),  when,  by  keeping  on  that 
mark  till  near  Greenly  Island,  the  bank  between  that  island  and 
the  mainland  will  be  avoided;  or,  by  keeping  in  mid-channel 
between  Isle  au  Bois  and  Greenly  Island,  the  vessel  may  proceed 
to  the  southward. 

Ice. — Blanc  Sablon  freezes  over  about  the  middle  of  December 
and  breaks  up  about  the  middle  of  May.  The  first  steamer  arrives 
about  the  end  of  May,  and  the  last  vessel  leaves  about  30th  October. 
Field  ice  makes  during  the  winter,  but  finally  leaves  aboiit  the 
middle  of  June.  Icebergs  may  be  met  with  at  any  time,  but  only 
a  few  reach  as  far  west  as  Greenly  Island. 

In  1833,  the  channel  between  Isle  au  Bois  and  the  main  was  frozen 
across  on  the  28th  of  June,  after  the  winter  ice  had  broken  up. 
Packed  ice  rema'ned  till  the  middle  of  July,  and  numerous  icebergs 
all  the  year. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Blanc  Sablon  at 
lOh.  32m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet,  neaps  rise  2J  feet ;  neaps  range  1^  feet. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  usual  flood  stream  sets  through  the  an- 
chorage and  channel  between  the  islands  and  the  mainland,  in  a  west- 
erly direction,  with  an  average  velocity  of  1|  knots  an  hour,  and 


Jlanc  Sablon  and 
i  June  and  other 

00  fishermon  from 
a  in  spring,  and, 

the  eastward,  the 
noar  St.  Charles 
•  Point  should  be 
les  Point,  bearing 
11  of  the  cliffs  on 

1  the  westernmost 
E.  mag.),  which 

little  to  the  west- 
rthern  hillock  of 
(  of  Isle  au  Bois, 
Bssel  should  pro- 
Koms  water,  over 
largo  vessels,  but 
Greenly  Island 
au  Bois,  bearing 
r  at  the  head  and 

u  Bois  should  be 
e  fall  of  the  hill 
:treme  of  Isle  au 
'  keeping  on  that 
that  island  and 
in  mid-channel 
Bsel  may  proceed 

die  of  December 
t  steamer  arrives 
mt  20th  October, 
leaves  about  the 
y  time,  but  only 

main  was  frozen 

had  broken  up. 

imerous  icebergs 

Blanc  Sablon  at 
ips  range  1^  feet, 
through  the  an- 
inland,  inawest- 
)ts  an  hour,  and 


BLANC   SABLOX. 


in 


the  (}bb  stream  sets  in  the  opposite  directicin,  but  with  perHiHtoiit 
winds  from  one  direction  the  straanis  have  been  known  to  attain  a 
rate  of  2^  knots  aa  hour.  With  opposing  winds,  a  very  heavy  sea 
is  raised  in  the  channel  between  the  islands  and  the  mainland,  and 
occasionally  boats  are  swamped  there.  It  is  particularly  bad  at  the 
north  extreme  of  Isle  au  Bois,  where  the  tidal  stream  between  the 
islands  meets  that  of  the  other  channel. 


INDEX. 


fiige. 

Aaron  Ann 188 

Abbot  Cove 872 

AbrabimiH  Cove 227 

Afbimh  Iload 04 

Adolaiilo  iHland 810 

Admiral  Cove 188 

AdiniralH  Beach  ...  47 

anchorage 47 

Cove,  Broyle  Harbor.. .  481 
Fenneuse  Harbor  483 

Grand  Bank 188 

Head 481 

Island,  BrigUH  Bay 48rt 

Trinity  Harbor .  484 

Aigle  Cape 127 

AiguillotteH  Harbor 828 

Island.. 828 

Rock 828 

Air  Island -•....  418 

Alcock  Island 870 

f.r 'ihorage 871 

AldridgeHead 176 

Rock 175 

Alexander  Rock 850 

Allan  Cove 161 

Island 122 

light 122 

Allen  Rock 90 

Shoal 61 

St.  Peter  Bay 503 

AmeliaCove 811 

Amei-ican  Bank 286 

Shoal {«».(. 

Tickle o'.j 

Amherst  Fort 474 

fog  signal 474 

light 478 

Amour  Point 515 

cantion  ..  516 

fog  signal 515 

light 515 

Anchor  Cove,  St.  Barbe  Bay 296 

Point 296 

CT6maill6re  Harbor.  814 

Rock 75 

Renewse  Harbor 484 


Anderson  Rmk 174 

Snnker 174 

Andrews  Island 104 

Angel  Hoad 414 

Point 814 

Angnille  Cape 215 

tides 218 

Range 218 

AnseA  Loup.. 515 

aux  MortH 516 

Eclair 518 

Point 530 

Sablon  . 518 

Anson  Island ..  886 

Ai.t  Rock  .     ..818 

Antelope  Harbor 505 

Anthony  Island 488 

Isles 491 

AntillCov      801 

KM  ihorage 601 

Aquafort  .lar^jor 482, 488 

ice 482 

Rocks 488 

Arch  CliflP  Point 425 

Arches,  The 278 

A  rctic  or  Labrador  Current 18 

Ardent  Rock 288 

Tail 288 

Ardoise  Cape 808 

Argent  Bay 189 

Cove 189 

Ari^j'e  Bay 817 

anchorage 817 

directions 817 

Arnolds  Cove,  Pine  Cape 44 

Placentia  Bay 64 

Arran  Cove 152 

anchorage 158 

Arrow  Point 426 

Arthur  Rock 458 

Artimon  Bank 86 

Cape 808 

Assizes  Harbor 496 

directions 497 

tides 498 

water 497 

Island 495 


(523) 


624 


INDEX. 


-J 


fe':i 


m 


Page. 

Assizes  Rock 496 

Athwart  Island   -  - 420 

Atlantic  Cove 211 

Aurora  Point 322 

Aviron  Bay -  166 

Point 166 

Rock 166 

B. 

Bacalhao  Island 888 

light 383 

Rock 383 

Baccalieu  Island 452 

light 452 

Back  Cove,  Burgeo 177 

Sarin  Inlet 119 

anchorage  119 

Islets 71 

Harbor 379 

Head 379 

Shoal 47 

Backside  Cove 426 

Bacon-bone  Rock 425 

Bacon  Cove 467 

Head,  Colliers  Bay.-.  466 
Hearts  Content  454 

Bad  Bay 504 

west  coast 279 

Neighbor  Rock 190 

Grandy   Pas- 
sage   204 

Rock .  330 

Badger  Bay 869 

Rock 107 

BaggCove --  166 

Head 378 

BaggsHead 189 

Island,  Burgeo 178 

Tacks  Head 88 

Baie  de  Canaries 827 

Fourchette 332 

la  Loutre 206 

caution.. 206 

I'Eau- 100 

Head 100 

water.- 101 

wood 101 

Outardes 816 

desPins... 341 

Bailey  Cove 426 

Baker  Cove 65 

Head ^ 43 

Island 204 


Pago. 

Baker  Point 65 

Bakers  Brook 269 

Loaf  Hill 440 

Island 419 

Rocks--- 419 

Bald  Head. 58 

Aquafort  Harbor 483 

Bay 57 

Island Ill 

Trinity  Bay 446 

Nai' .Point  Rock 443 

Point 171 

Baldney  Rock 377 

Baldwin  Cove 336 

anchorage 336 

Rock 336 

Rocks,  Basque  Port 208 

Burgeo  Islands  . .  180 

Shoal 180 

Baleine  Rock,  Great  Goose  Harbor  321 

Griguet  309 

Ballard  Bank 40,487 

Cape 39,485 

Ballast  Cliff --  413 

•         Point 413 

Balsam  Bud  Cove 347 

Bande  de  1' Arier  Harbor 144 

light  ...  144 

Bane  Harbor 102 

Tolt 102 

Bank  Head 221 

Cove - 221 

Rock 45 

Bannatyne  Cove 252 

anchorage 252 

Banquereau  Bank 85 

Bantam  Banks 484 

Bai-  Shoal 483 

The,  Castor  Harbor 289 

Humber  River 252 

Nick  Power  Cove 166 

Red  Harbor -.  112 

Shoa' Harbor 443 

Smith  Sound 439 

Bara  Rock 325 

Barachois  Brook 220 

The 518 

St.  George  Bay 224 

Barachoise  de  St.  Pien-e 132 

Rock.. 210 

B-rasway  Bay 184 

Mull  Face  Bay 202 

deCerf 152 


Page. 

65 

: 269 

am 440 

island 419 

[locks- 419 

58 

luafort  Harbor 483 

ly 57 

land Ill 

•inityBay 446 

nt  Rock 443 

171 

£ 377 

3 336 

anchorage 836 

Rock 336 

ks,  Basque  Port 208 

Burgeo  Islands .  -  180 

il 180 

,  Great  Goose  Harbor  321 

Grignet  309 

40,487 

39,485 

--  413 

Point 413 

Dove 347 

ner  Harbor 144 

light  ...  144 

102 

Tolt 102 

221 

ove 221 

45 

3ve 252 

anchorage 252 

3ank 85 

cs 484 

- 483 

itor  Harbor 289 

nber  River 252 

k  Power  Cove 166 

I  Harbor 112 

a'  Harbor 443 

th  Sound 439 

325 

ook 220 

le 518 

St.  George  Bay 224 

3  St.  Pien-e 132 

ock.. 210 

y 184 

Mull  Face  Bay 202 

Cerf 152 


■WPIf 


INDEX. 


525 


Pngf. 

Barasway,  Grand  Bruit 191 

Great  Jer vis  Harbor..  158 

Harbor  Breton 146 

leCou 197 

Point- 184 

Rencontre  Bay  - 164. 

Barbac6  Cove 288 

Point 288 

caution 284 

Bard  Cove 390 

Island 890 

Islands 417 

Bare  Point-  285 

Bareneed  Village 465 

Barge  Bay 511 

Baring  Island 185 

Barnes  Island 390 

Barracks  Islets 392 

Barred  Bay., 287 

Island 122 

Barren  Island  Harbor 70 

Mussel  Harbor 94 

Placentia  Sound .. .    69 

Mount 243 

Point,  Coffin  Cove 76 

Croc  Harbor 323 

Barrett  Rock 90 

Barrier  Point 505 

Barrow  Harbor 419 

ice 419 

tides 419 

Rock 148 

Barry  Brook 221 

Basque  Port 207 

beacons 209 

buoys 208 

caution 209 

coal 208 

communication 208 

directions 209 

fog  signal 208 

ice 209 

lights. -  207 

telegraph 208 

tides 209 

Bass  Point 119 

Rock 119 

Basse-ten-e  Point 148 

BatailleBank 128 

Eatrix  Island 379 

Battery  Point,  British  Harbor 436 

Cul-de-SacBay --.  166 
Battle  Harbor 493 


Pago. 

Battle  Harbor,  caution 494 

coal 494 

communication.--  494 

hospital 494 

ice 494 

Battslsland 88 

Bauld  Cape 304,807 

fog  signal 804 

light 804 

tidal  stream 306,307 

Bawdry  Cape 181 

BayBuhs 479 

communication 479 

dangers- 479 

directions 480 

ice 482 

water -  479 

de  Grave 465 

Loup 175 

anchorage 175 

Point 174 

Rock 175 

Vieux 169 

anchorage 170 

water ,  170 

of  Exploits 374 

anchorage 374 

communication-.  374 

ice - 875 

tides 875 

water 875 

Mands -  247 

communication-..  247 

ice 247 

tidal  streams 259 

I'Argent 189 

BackCove 189 

le  Moine 196 

Rock -- 197 

water _ 197 

Point,  Good  Bay 309 

Long  Harbor 491 

Robei-ts 464 

ice 464 

light 464 

telegraph 464 

Shoal 511 

Verte 341 

anchorage  841 

ice 841 

Bawdens  Hole 471 

Bayot  Shoa? .  -  _ 287 

Baziel  Village 203 


I 


J 


mmm 


W 


526 


INDEX. 


Hi 


Page. 

Beach  Point,  Belloram — .  144 

light- 144 

Harbor  Grace 461 

light-  461 

Portau  Port 285 

Trepassey 43 

BeachesCove 416 

Head  416 

Beacon  Hill 504 

Point,  La  Poile 198 

beacon--.-  198 

Bear  Bank 314 

Cove 338 

Point,  Fermeuse 483 

Roche  Harbor 268 

west  coast 247,296 

Witless  Bay 480 

Deadfall  Brook 250 

anchorage  . .  -  250 

Head 169 

Cull  Island 870 

west  coast -.- 246 

White  Beiii' Biky . 170 

Hill ,-- 389 

.   Island 171 

Beaiibois  Cove - 116 

Beaver  Brook 380 

Cove,  Chimney  Bay 330 

DildoRun 386 

Head 346 

HallBay 360 

Notre  Dame  Bay —  346 

Pond  - 346 

Rock 880 

Head 386 

Hill — -  897 

Point - - 397 

Rock 446 

Beck  Bay 148 

Beckford  Shoal 48 

Bed  Rock 878 

Beef  Island .-..  295 

Belier  Shoal 126 

Bell  Island,  Conception  Bay 468 

Gray  Islands.- 324 

PlacentiaBay 71 

Rock 468 

Garia  Bay 1»4 

Rose  Blanche 201 

BelleAnse 309 

Bay - 148 

Harbor 142 

tie  du  Petit  Nord 824 


Page. 

Belle  Island 148 

Isle 507 

fog  signal 508 

lights 508 

provisions 508 

Rock 508 

Strait 409 

currents 17,509 

general  directions.    31 

ice 18,25 

navigation  in  fogs    510 
outer  soundings  . .  609 

passages .  - 81 

tides 509 

Bellens  Point 873 

Belles  Amours  Shoal 512 

Belloram 144 

communication 144 

light - 144 

tides 144 

Belvy  Bay 317 

Benburry  Rock 406 

BeiiCu,  The 398 

B6nie  Islet 283 

Benmans  Island  .-.. 412 

BennetRock 192 

Bennett  Bank 94 

Cove 196 

Benoit  Cove 251 

anchorages 251 

Berry  Island 884 

Morton  Harbor .  377 

Head 269 

Hill 269 

Hills.-.- -•-.-  123 

Point 195 

Bertrand  Rocks 127 

beacon 127 

Bessy  Island. 417 

Betts  Bight 349 

BettsCove 348 

buoy 349 

communication 849 

water 349 

Head .'-.-  849 

Island 848 

Betty  Island 80 

Beverley  Cove 258 

BicheArm 326 

Bide  Arm 828 

anchorage 828 

tides 381 

Shoal 828 


WU 


148 

507 

nial 508 

508 

ions 508 

508 

409 

currents 17,509 

general  directions.  31 

ice 18,25 

navigation  in  fogs  510 

outer  soundings  . .  609 

passages .  - 81 

tides 509 

873 

Shoal 512 

144 

unication 144 

- 144 

144 

317 

-. 406 

Ot'O 

283 

1  — 412 

192 

94 

196 

251 

chorages — .  251 

884 

arton  Harbor .  377 

269 

269 

.- -:...  123 

195 

3 127 

beacon 127 

417 

- 349 

348 

y 349 

munication 849 

Br 349 

.'--.  849 

848 

80 

258 

326 

828 

>rage 828 

381 


INDEX, 


527 


Page. 

Big  Bald  Head 90 

Barasway,  Goose  Arm 255 

Norman  Head 184 

ChanceCove. 461 

ConueBay 141 

Copper  Head 164 

Cove.- 280 

Head,  Cape  St.  Gregory.  261 

Dick  Rock 218 

Duck  Island 502 

Gull  Island 877 

Head,  Humber  Arm 258 

Main  Tickle 882 

Mortier  Bay 114 

Island,  Cove 249 

Deer  Harbor 448 

Garia  Bay. 194 

Little  Brftl6  Harbor ...    88 

Prosque  Harbor 81 

Rock,  Deer  Harbor  . . .  448 

Troy  town  Island 868 

Plate  Island 137 

Pond 63 

Pools  Island 406 

Rattling  Brook 158 

Rock,  Garia  Bay 194 

Rock,  Little  Br616 88 

Salmonier 119 

Rock 132 

water 119 

Seallsland 195 

Shoal,  Despair  Bay 151 

Isle  of  Valen 78 

Little  River 169 

Merasheen  Harbor 91 

Placentia  Bay 107 

Red  Harbor- 112 

White  Islands 75 

Sunker,  Cinq  Cerf  Islands 189 

Little  Pinchgut...  60,61 

Redland 90 

Troytown  Island 868 

Bight,  The 148 

Billiard  Cove 185 

tides 184 

water 185 

Point 824 

Bill  of  Lance  Cove 165 

Binghams  Shoal lOV 

Birch  Cove 448 

BiichyCove,  Despair  Bay 157 

anchorage  157 
Green  Bay 865 


Paga. 

Birchy  Cove  Head 855 

Humber  Arm 252 

anchor'ge  252 

supplies 252 

tides  -  - 252 

Head,  Bonne  Bay 264 

Trinity  Bay 412 

Island 66 

Point...., 158 

Bird  Island,  Brunet  Islands 137 

Cove,  Lar gent  Cape..  429 

Islands,  Rosiru  Islands 89 

Turr  Islands 288 

Biscay  Bay - 42 

Bishop  Islet 392 

Rock 345 

Bishops  Harbor 418 

ice   419 

Bittern  Cove 67 

Black  Bay 511 

Blackberry  Head 357 

Black  Brook --.  445 

cape «o<i 

Cove- 121 

Duck  Brook 283 

Cove --  295 

Roddy  Bay 416 

Random  Sound.  443 

St.Edrbe 236 

Island 416 

landing --  236 

Fly  Island 492 

George  Head 194 

Head 64 

Bay 426,477 

BonavistaBay 420 

ice 426 

beacon 477,496 

Cape  Spear 477 

G  reat  Caribou  Island  .  494 

Middle  Arm 254 

Pouch  Cove 469 

Rock - 116 

Tor  Bay 469 

Hill 121 

Horse  Shoal 484 

Island 376,382 

Harbor,  Main  Tickle-  382 
Rock,  Norman  Cape.  300 
Tickle,   Bay   of   Ex- 
ploits  376 

Willis  Reach 417 

Islet,  Fogo  Islands 393 


Jr 


528 


rNDEX. 


!, 


Page. 

Black  Ijlet,  Grignet  Buy 309 

Jeanne  Channel 323 

St. Charles  Harbor...  501 

St.  John  Bay 390 

Joke  Cove 507 

Ledge,  Anthony  Island 438 

Otter  Rub 161 

Point,  Antelope  Harbor..  .  506 
Rock.Witless  Bay . .  456 
St.  Margaret  Bay  ...  391 

Reef ,  Flowers  Island 403 

Ronks, Greens  Pond..  404 
Seldom  Come-by  Har- 
bor  894 

River 66 

ice 66 

telegraph 66 

Bay  le  Moine  196 

Black  Rock 206 

Connaigre  Bay 147 

,    Couteau  Bay. 187 

Culotte _.  188 

GariaBay 194 

Grandy  Passage 303 

Little  Garia  Bay 195 

Long  Harbor 141 

,     Placentia  Bay 59,109 

Ragged  Islands 84 

Ramea  Islands 173 

Red  Harbor ,..  113 

Rose  Blanche  . .  197 

Saddle  Island 159 

St.Pierre 138 

Shoal 196 

Southern  Harbor 365 

Sunker 109,366 

Rose  Blanche..  197 
»            Southern    Har- 
bor  366 

White  Bear  Bay  173 

Temple  Bay 505 

Rocks,  Ballard  Cape 485 

Green  Pond 404 

Shoal,  Black  Rock 306 

Blake  Ground 491 

Blanc  Cape,  Miquelon 134 

light 134 

St.Pierre 136 

Sablon  Bay 518 

coal 519 

directions 530 

fisheries 520 

fog  signal 519 


I  Pngc, 

I   Blanc  Sablon  Bay  ice 520 

I  light 519 

j  supplies 519 

tidal  streams  . .  520 

tides 520 

River 518 

Blanche  Point,  Croc  Harbor 823 

Round  Harbor 348 

St.Pierre 126 

River 225 

Blandford  Port 428 

Shoals 518 

Bleak  Islet 408 

Block  Rock 453 

Bloody  Bay 417 

Point 416 

Reach 416 

Fair  Bay 420 

New  Perlican 454 

Placentia  Bay 67 

Reach 416 

i   Bloomer  Harbor 420 

Blowhard  Rock 884 

Blow-me-down  Bluflf 79 

Bay  de  Grave 465 

Bay  de  Loup 175 

Bay  of  Islands....  250 

Devil  Bay 164 

Head,  Fei-meuse .  -  483 

Mortier  Bay 116 

Point,  Laun  Har- 
bor     132 

White  Bear 

Bay 171 

St.  Lawrence  Har- 
bor    120 

Sunker '.  116 

Blue  Beach  Point 130 

Hills,  Conception  Bay  .. 467 

of  Couteau 188 

of  Garia 194 

Red  Harbor 112 

Pinion  Harbor.. 144 

anchorage.  .^-.  144 

Point 91 

Rock 90 

Shaglsland 58 

Bluflf  Head,  Colinet 47 

Cove,  Toulinguet 883 

Lamalin 122 

light 122 

Port  au  Port 284, 240 

CliflE..--  242 


Page. 

»y  ice 520 

light 519 

supplies 519 

tidal  streams  . .  520 

tides 520 

.iver 518 

Droc  Harbor 323 

Round  Harbor 348 

3t.Pierre 126 

225 

428 

Is 518 

403 

453 

417 

416 

3ach... 416 

lir  Bay - 420 

3W  Perlican 454 

acentia  Bay 67 

416 

■ 420 

-- 884 

Bluflf ..,.     79 

Bay  de  Grave 465 

Bay  de  Loup 175 

Bay  of  Islands....  350 

Devil  Bay 164 

Head.Fei-meuse.-  483 

MortierBay 116 

Point,  Laun  Har- 
bor      133 

White  Bear 

Bay 171 

St.  Lawrence  Har- 
bor    120 

Sunker '.  116 

It 120 

seption  Bay  .. 467 

outeau 188 

aria.. 194 

Harbor 112 

rbor 144 

anchorage.  .^-.  144 

- 91 

-.    90 

a 58 

inet 47 

ire,  Tonlinguet 882 

nalin 122 

lit 123 

•tauPort 234,240 

Cliff...-  242 


INDEX. 


529 


Page. 

Bluff  Head  Shoal 128 

Point 489 

Bandom  Island 443 

Boar,  The,  Burgeo 177 

Island,  Burgeo 178 

light 178 

Rock 178 

Shoal 178 

Boat  Cove 299 

Harbor 101 

Head..- 101 

water 101 

Head - 398 

Peninsula 298 

Rock 189 

Stern 298 

Boatswain  Island 891 

Bob  Head 143 

Lock  Cove 163 

water 162 

Bobby  Cove •  348 

Island.- 848 

Bock 109 

Bogy  Ledge 34 

Bois  Island,  Despair  Bay 154 

FeiTyland  Harbor ...  483 

Hardy  Harbor 342 

Bois6es  Islands 800 

Bon  Gars  Bock 302 

Bonah  Coves ^ ---    ®^ 

Bonaventure  Harbors .-.  435 

Head 484 

Bonavista  Bay 408 

approach -  408 

Cape 409 

light 409 

Cove 427 

communication.--  427 

tides 427 

Harbors 409 

ice 409 

Bonhomme  Point 323 

Bonne  ?3ay- 263 

anchorage 263 

Bank 267 

coal 263 

communication 263 

Harbor 160 

anchorage 160 

tides 160 

Hermitage  Bay 159 

ice 267 

supplies 263 


FkgO' 

Bonne  Bay  tidal  streams 267 

tides 367 

Bonnels  Point 178 

Bonniere  Shoal. 129 

Boot  Harbor 862 

anchorage 362 

Head  362 

Bordeaux  Gut 64 

Island 64 

Boswarlis 389 

Bottom,  The,  Bane  Harbor 102 

Port  Basque 209 

Boche  Harbor 268 

South  Bight 448 

Bouilli  Point 138 

Bouleaux  Bay 315 

Boulonnaise  Bock 324 

Boulton  Islet 451 

Boutitou  Shoal 337 

Bow  and  Aitow  Ledges — -  478 

Bower  Ledge --  453 

Bowlder  Bank 463 

buoy 401 

Ledge 268 

Boxey  Harbor 145 

tides 145 

Point.-. 145 

Bock.- 145 

Bradley  Bock.... 459 

Bradore  Bay 519 

Brag  Bock,  Deer  Island 415 

GariaBay 194 

Branch  Cove 48 

Head --- 48 

Brandies  Islet - 401 

Rock,  Lobster  Islet 386 

Rocks,  Bay  of  Islands. ..  249 
Brunet  Islands...  187 

Deer  Islands 415 

Mercer  Cove 137 

New  Bay 872 

"     Bay  Cape 314 

St.  Francis  Cape-.  469 

Three  Arms 357 

west  coast -  271 

Beefs 401 

Shoal,  DoUarman  Bank.  480 
Bagged  Islands .  - .    87 

Brandy  Cove - 165 

Head 165 

Bocks,  Mortier  Bay 117 

Bras  des  Veaux  Marin 888 

Bread  and  Cheese  Islands 98 


t 


itWmiHBCMCWB 


,> 


530 


INDEX. 


119 


VHge. 

Bread  Box 106,128 

Cove 428 

Island 98 

Breadcheese  Point 479 

Rock 479 

Breaker  Point 808 

Breakers,  Isle  au  Bois 619 

Breakheart  Point 84 

Rock no 

Breeches  Rock 106 

Br6hat  Bays 812 

Point 812 

Shoals 812 

tidal  streams 818 

Breme  Point 60 

Brennan  Point 61 

Brennans  Hill 462 

Brent  Cove,  Confusion  Bay 848 

FacheuxBay 161 

Head 848 

•     (Petit  coup  de  Hache)  848 

Islands GIC 

BrentonBock 400 

Breton  Harbor 146 

Reef 289 

Briand  Shoal 184 

Bridges  Island 868 

Brierly  Cove 49 

Landing 49 

Brig  Bay 292 

Beacon. 292 

directions 292 

BrigasBay 465 

communication 466 

ice 466 

Head 481 

Brigus-by-South  Harbor 481 

BrimballHead 162 

Storehoose  Cove 170 

Brimstone  Head 390 

Point 68 

Brine  Islands 68 

Brines  Rock 424 

Brin^Cove 345 

Britannia  Cove 489 

British  Harbor 486 

Point 486 

Broad  Cove,  Broad  Head  Bay 426 

Head,  Black  Head  Bay  426 

Conception  Bay  458 

Red  Harbor...  112 

Ship  Harbor.-    54 

LaPoileBay 193 


Pagf. 

Broad  Cove,  Port  au  Port 286, 340 

Ragged  Islands 87 

Rocks,  New  Bonaven- 

ture 485 

Coves,  Head,  Placontia  Bay  108 

ice....... 428 

Newman  Soimd 421 

Island 416 

Broize  Point 809 

Brook  Rock 81 

The 345 

Broomclose  Harbor 419 

Broom  Point 272 

Brothers,  The,  Great  Jervis  Harbor  158 
Troytown  Islands..  869 

Broussailles  Point 842 

Brown  Bank 37 

Brown  Fox  Island 410 

Mead 444 

Shoal 278 

Store  Island 420 

Bi'oyiti  Captj 4jjx 

Harbor 481 

ice 482 

tides 481 

Bruce  Cove,  Gull  Island 420 

Rock 420 

Brl!kl6Cape 34a 

Harbors 88,89 

Head.- 89 

Shoal... 89 

Brunet  Island 136 

anchorage 186 

light 136 

tides 136 

Bruyantes  Rock 320 

Bryans  Hole  Point 428 

Bryants  Cove 468 

Buck  Head 258 

Buckley  Cove 422 

Point 422 

BTiffet  Harbor 92 

anchorage 98 

current ,..    98 

ice 98 

tides 98 

Head 92 

Island 92 

Point 150 

Buffett  Tickle 159 

Buffetts  Island 175 

anchorage 175 

Bull  and  Cow  Rocks 48 


Pagr. 

Tt  auPort 286,340 

gged  Islands 87 

cks,  New  Bonaven- 

ure 485 

ead,  Placentia  Bay  108 

e. 428 

ewmau  Sound 421 

416 

809 

81 

845 

bor 419 

272 

reat  Jervis  Harbor  158 
roytown  Islands..  869 

tit 842 

87 

nd 410 

444 

278 

and 420 

461 

481 

5e ifiQ 

des 481 

llsland 420 

!k 420 

842 

88,89 

89 

89 

■ 186 

ichorage 186 

fbt 186 

les 186 

820 

nt 428 

468 

258 

432 

422 

92 

ichorage 98 

irrent ^.    98 

e 98 

les 98 

92 

92 

150 

159 

175 

achorage 175 

icks 48 


INDEX. 


531 


Page. 

Bull  Arm 460 

ice 451 

Head 479 

Island 450 

anchorage 460 

Tickle 450 

tides 450 

Point 49 

Islet 49 

Rock 466 

GariaBay 194 

BundellsGaze 402 

Bungle  Island 69 

Rock 69 

Bunyan  Cove 428 

Burgee 176 

anchorage 176 

beacon 176 

buoy ^6 

communication 176 

directions 182 

ice 176 

Island 78 

Islands 177 

Banks 118 

light 178 

supplies 176 

telegraph 176 

tidal  streams 188 

tides 188 

BurgoyneCove 489 

anchorage 489 

Burin  Harbors 117 

coal 118 

communication...  118 

ice 118 

tide 119 

Island 117 

light 117 

Inlet--. 118 

Passage.-- 118 

Burke  Island 56 

BumsheadRock 482 

Burnt  Arm,  Goldson  Arm 884 

Cape 800 

Peninsula 800 

Cove 388 

Head.- 60 

Point 60 

Sunker 60 

Island,  Bonavista  Bay 41 5 

Rock 415 


P»ge. 

Burntisland.  Hall  Bay 861 

Leading  Tickles 870 

Little  Harbor 100 

Stocking  Harbor ..  -  853 

Toulinguet 881 

Tickle 881 

Islands,  Nonsuch 97 

tides 97 

coal --  205 

communication  . . .  205 

God  Bay 205 

Harbor 305 

buoy 205 

directions.  206 

supplies 205 

Point,  Bay  de  Grave 466 

Bonne  Bay 266 

Catal  ina  Harbor 481 

Renewse  Harbor 484 

Seldom   Come-by 

Harbor 894 

Warwich  Harbor  . . .  487 

Ridge 427 

Wood  Point 279 

Burton  Cove 875 

Burtons  Pond 849 

Buse  Hills 821 

BushyHead 47 

Bussey  Point 897 

Bustard  Bay 816 

Cove 285 

Butchers  Cove 412 

Butler  Cove,  Leading  Tickles 870 

Troytown  Harbor...  868 

Head 62 

Island— 89 

Point -  112 

Rock 108 

Great  St.  Lawrence  .  120 

Butt  Cove.; 875 

Hole 78 

Butterfly  Islands 408 

Butter-pot  Hill 201,206 

Holy  Rood  Bay- -.  468 

Rock 808 

Buttonhole  Cove 348 

Point 348 

Button  Island,  Fortune  Harbor...  874 

Buzzard  Shoal 364 

Byrne  Cove 882 

Rocks 882 


l 


532 


INDEX. 


a 

Cabin  Point 829 

Cabot  Islands 408 

light 408 

Strait 214 

current 15 

ice 34 

Cagnet  Cape 848 

Cahil  Point 474 

Caillou  au  Chat 128 

Cailloux  de  terre 128 

Island 817 

Cains  Island 200 

Caini  Head 68 

ice 58 

Mountain 322 

Calapoose  Rocks 197 

Calas,  The 819 

Calculus  Rock 288 

Calf  Rock 194 

Callaghans  Ground 868 

V^cillu  loiuu --,--■«_.._._ io 

Calvary  Hill 77 

Paquei  Harbor 842 

Hills 184 

Point  381 

Camel  Island,  Griguet  Harbor.  . .  808 

Indian  Bay 410 

Campbells  Cove 227 

Camp  Islands 502 

Canada  Bay 827 

Harbor 881 

ice 381 

tides  881 

Head 881 

Canaille  Cape 348 

Canailles  Islets 128 

Canal,  The 188 

Canaries  Harbor 881 

Canary  Isles 80 

Candlemas  Head 349 

Canes  Island 325 

CaniaCape 848 

Canias  Rock 305 

Cann  Islands 394 

light 894 

Canon  Point 127 

light 127 

Canso  Bank 86 

Cap  Daim 839 

Cape  Cove,  Fogo  Island 394 

LaHuneBay 187 

Landing 89,486 


Capo  Cove,  Race  Cape 89,486 

Island 108 

Islet 204 

Nonnan  Bay 200 

Ritlge 401 

Rocks 168 

Roger  Bay 98 

Harbor 98 

Head 09 

Island -    98 

Mountain 98 

Rouge  Shoals 127 

Harbor 826 

Peninsula 825 

Spear  Bay 477 

light 477 

Capelan  Bay 347 

Capillaire  Mountains 315 

Caplin  Bay,  Broyle  Harbour 481 

Cove   Head,  Notre   Dame 

Bay 346 

Capstan  Cove 511 

Point 611 

Point,  Nameless  Cove ...  397 

Captain  Island 187 

anchorage 187 

Jack  Island 491 

Pearce  Rock 379 

CarbonearBay 459,460 

anchorage 460 

communication...  460 

directions 460 

ice 460 

tides 460 

Island 459 

light 459 

C  ireening  Point 323 

C'arentonne  Island 311 

Caribou  Channel 494 

Cove 290 

Island 494 

Point 495 

Caroline  Point 848 

Carrier  Point 481 

Carrol  Cove .*.  514 

Carroll  Cove 502 

Carters  Head 881 

Cartridge  Bight 494 

Cary  Rock 426 

CashelCove 115 

Lookout.  115 

Cask  Head 852 

Castle  Cove 426 


Tat*. 

9  Cape 39,486 

168 

294 

ly  -   290 

401 

168 

98 

bor tt8 

d 09 

id -    98 

ntain 08 

als 127 

•bor 826 

insula 825 

477 

t  -   477 

247 

tains 815 

jrle  Harbour 481 

lad,  Notre   Dame 

846 

511 

int 511 

tameless  Cove ...  207 

187 

nchorage 187 

ind 401 

lock 379 

450,460 

nchorage 460 

ommnnicatlon...  460 

irections 460 

;e- 460 

ides 460 

I  -. 459 

light 459 

328 

d 811 

494 

290 

494 

405 

- 848 

481 

.'.  614 

502 

-.  381 

494 

426 

115 

115 

852 

426 


INDEX. 


688 


Pane. 

Castle  Hill  50 

Inland ,.--.  104 

Chateau  Bay 504 

beacons -  505 

Islet - 78 

Ledge 504 

The 80 

Castor  Cove H80 

Point 280 

River 200 

Castors  Harbor 280 

directions 200 

tides 200 

Cat  Arms 884 

Bay 418 

tidal  stream 418 

Cove -• 118 

anchorage 467 

CapeGoboso 888 

Gastrieb  Bay 467 

Indian  Bay 410 

Island 410 

Old  Bonaventure  Harbor  485 

Harbor 401 

ice —  401 

Head 884 

Island,  Burin  Harbor 117 

Rock 120 

Cat  Cove 467 

Catalina  Harbor 480 

anchorage 481 

caution 482 

coal 431 

communication  .  431 

directions 482 

fog  signal 481 

ice 481 

light. 430 

pilots 431 

shoals 480 

tides  482 

Catamaran  Rock 408 

CatensCove 67 

Cemetery  Point.- 323 

Center  Hill 450 

Cerises  Island 836 

Chabert  Island 821 

Chain  Rock 474 

Chaine  Point 329 

Reef .-- 329 

Chaleur  Bay 165 

anchorage 165 

Chalk  Rocks 450 


Chalky  Cove 412 

Head 412 

Champ-paga  Shoal 826 

Chance  Cove,  Ballard  Cape -.  485 

Head 486 

Coves,  Trinity  Bay 461 

Harbor 876 

anchorage 878 

Ledge 424 

Harbors, Sweet  Bay...     -  424 

Head 424 

Islet -  424 

Rock 100 

Chandler  Reach 422 

Change  Island 887 

Tickle 388 

directions..-  888 

ice 888 

tides 888 

Channel  Head 208 

coal 208 

communication  ...  208 

light 207 

telegraph 208 

Island 208 

Village. 208 

Chapeau  de  Miquelon 184 

RougeCaiJe 121 

Chapel  Cove 467 

Island 144 

Chappie  Arm 458 

Head 458 

Tickle 422 

Charge  Rock 404 

Charley  Island 898 

Rock 65,90 

Charleys  Rock 189 

Charlie  Island - 118,898 

Sheaves  Cove 228 

Charlton  Rock 480 

Chasseurs  Isljind,  Little  Islets  Har- 
bor  321 

St.  Pierre 125 

Point 285 

Chateau  Bay 504 

communication 505 

directions 506 

ice 504 

tidal  streams 507 

tides 507 

Point 504 

Chatte  Rocks 134 

buoy 184 


t 


I 


534 


INDEX. 


Ill 


';»! 


ChecHe  Hill 888 

Island 9)) 

Chdvre  Cape iss 

Chien  iHlaml 127 

light   l«8 

Rock 800 

Chimney  Arm ^ 828 

Bay 820 

Cove  anchorage 260 

Bay  of  Islands 260 

Canada  Bay 880 

Head 260 

Head,  Forteau  Bay 516 

Rocks 105 

Tickle 502 

Chimnies  Hills 880 

Chonse  Brook 886 

Cible  Point 281 

Shoal 281 

Cigale  Point 815 

Cinq  Cerfs  Bay 188 

Brook 189 

Islands 189 

Isles  Bay 148 

Civil  East  Cove,  Great  Sandy  Har- 
bor       72 

Long  Harbor 55 

Islaitu 72 

Clam  Bank  Cove 282 

Cove 485 

Clapper  Rock 468 

Clark  Point 897 

Rock 829 

Clarke  Cove 153 

Rock .  884 

Clatise  Harbor 79 

Head 77 

Clearcove  Rocks 488 

Clements  Cove 459 

Cleopatra  Rock 892 

Cliflf  Point 477 

Rock 409 

CliflEy  Point 278 

Clode  Sound 422 

anchorage 428 

communication 438 

ice 428 

tides 423 

Clorinde  Shoal 127 

Cloud  Hills : 880 

Clou6  Patches 249 

Rock 121 

Shoal 289 


Club  Caym 491) 

Clumpy  Shoal  I86 

Coaclunan  Harbor H41 

anchorage 843 

communication   342 

tides 342 

Coal  Islet 310 

River 245 

anchorage 246 

Head 246 

Coalpit  Point 46 

Shoal 46 

Cobbett  Harbor no 

Cobbler  Island 868 

Rocks 366 

Tickle 868 

Cobblers  Fishing  Rock 407 

Cobbs  Arm 885 

Cochrane  Cove 91 

Cock  and  Hen  Cove 66 

Despair  Bay     154 

Cockle  Rock 117 

Cod  Rock,  Canada  Bay 829 

Cod-pile  Hill 826 

Codroy  Island 2I6 

Road 215 

communication 215 

tidal  streams ,. .  216 

tides 215 

Village 216 

Coflfee  Pot  Islet 420 

Coffin  Cove 76 

Cold  Harbor 149 

Coldeast  Point,  Bay  Roberts 464 

Caplin  Cove 481 

Rock 421 

Coleman  Island 898 

ColesBank    .     502 

Colinet  Harbor 47 

directions 47 

tides 47 

Islands 46 

Passage 46 

Collet  Cove  93 

Colliers  Ann *.  452 

communication 462 

tidal  stream 452 

Bay 466 

Point 466 

Collins  Roc^ 77 

Colombier  Cove 307 

Island,  Burgeo  Islands.  180 
Burnt  Islands.-  206 


Kmm 


49» 

180 

bor mi 

nnchoi-HKe 342 

cominuiiication   342 

tides 342 

810 

245 

lorftge 246 

d 246 

40 

40 

: 170 

868 

868 

868 

ig  Rock 407 

886 

-.     91 

vove 66 

Despair  Bay     1S4 

-- 117 

da  Bay 829 

826 

215 

215 

iimnnication 216 

al  streams 216 

es 215 

215 

430 

76 

149 

Bay  Roberts 464 

Caplin  Cove 481 

421 

898 

502 

47 

irections 47 

ides 47 

46 

46 

98 

.*.  452 

imunication 462 

il  stream 452 

466 

466 

-- 77 

307 

:,  Burgeo  Islands.  180 
Burnt  Islands.-  206 


INDKX. 


6»6 


Pafc. 
Colombier  iHland,  Laun  Harbor      133 

iHlandH,  St.  Pierre 136 

Shoal 136,180 

Comeby-Chance  Bay 64 

Point 64 

Ice 60 

Commander  Shoal 281 

ComuH  Ro<ik 186 

Coniieptiou  Bay 468 

ice 469 

Conche  Harbor 826 

anchorage 827 

communication  ...  827 

ice  837 

supplies 827 

PeniuHula 835 

Coney  Arms 835 

Head 885 

Bay 206 

caution 200 

Head 205 

Arm 835 

Confusion  Bay 848 

Connaigre  Bay 147 

Head 147 

Rock 147 

Conne  Bays 141 

River 153 

anchorge 153 

Connecting  Point 422 

Connoire  Bay --- 185 

anchorage 185 

tides 186 

water 186 

Head 185 

Connor  Islet -  -  440 

Content  Coves 415 

Islet 416 

Reach 409 

Conway  Cove 54 

Cook  Bank 281 

Cove 261 

Harbor 299 

tides.— 800 

Point 299 

Rocks 299 

Room  Rock 404 

Stone 210 

Cooper  Cove,  Chaleur  Bay 165 

Little  Placentia 58 

Tacks  Head 87 

water 165 

Island,  Savage  Cove 298 


C<K.t  Island 205 

Coppaleen  Rock 83 

CopjK'r  Duck  Rock 187 

iHland,  AssizcK  Harbor..   .  405 

Flat  Islands. Ill 

Rock..  Ill 

Greens  Pond 404 

HurhKHead 432 

Little  Bay  IslandH.  !t(J6 

Rainea  Island 1 78 

Shoal  Bay 449 

Wadham  Islands      30H 

Islet 441 

Coq  Island 315 

Corbeau  Islet £23 

CorbinDay 148 

Harbor 119 

Head,  Corbin  Bay 148 

Fortune  Bay      148 

Shoal 58 

Trinny  Cove 58 

Island iii» 

Cordelia  Deeps 478 

Corlet  Shoal 819 

Connorandier  Islands 818 

Cormorant  Caiw 230 

Cliff 284 

Cornelius  Island 177 

Comer  Brook 252 

Cove 854 

Rattling  Bnxjk 354 

Cottel  Beach 416 

Island 416 

Reach 410 

Cottier  Bay 458 

Point 458 

Cottle  Island 414 

Countryman  Islands 898 

Coup  de  Hache  Point 848 

Coup6,  Cape 182 

Courage  Point 482 

Couteaii  Bay 187 

anchorage 188 

directions 188 

Colombier 187 

Cove-nan-drioch-clochan  . . .". 57 

Cove  Point,  Qriguet  Harbor 809 

The - 164 

tides 104 

Cow  and  Calf  Ledge 477 

Cove 274 

Head - 274 

Bishops  Harbor 418 


I 


; 


,«>■ 


5a({ 


rvT)t  V. 


I 


m 


.V    >i 


Cow  Hpfwl  H»rl)or 

criminnnii'ittion 

tiltlll  HtritHIIlH 

tiil.'H 

PeniiiHultt 

H<)UM.«  Hill 

R(Kk 

P»th,Th« 

Point 

Shoal 

R(Mk 

R(K;kH 

Cox  Cove    

Hill 

Point 

Rock  

Crab  iHlttiKl,  Grignet  Harlior 

Rockw 

Crabb  Brook 

Point 

Crabbe  Cove 

Crafty  Head 

Crag  Peak  

Crane  iHland 

Crapaud  CaiM)  

Crawley  iHland 

Crazy  Betty  Rock 

Cremaill^re  Harbor 

tides 

Cr6v6  Islands 

Islets 

anchorage 

Crevecoeur  Point 

Crew  Point 124, 

Shoal 

Crib-nose  Hill 

Shoal 

Cripple  Rock 

Croc  Harbor 

anchorage 

ice 

tides 

water 

Crocker  Island,  Burgee  Islands... 

Crockers  Cove 

Point 

Crocodile  Shoal 

Croix  Cape 

Cromwell  Ledge 

Croney  Island 

Rock 

Crooked  Island 

Cross  Island,  Baie  de  I'Eau 


374 
.  'US 
.  876 
.  97S 
.  874 
.  18G 

.  sie 

.  417 
.  818 
.  818 
.  104 
.  281 

.  ass 

.  819 

,  2SS 

.  198 
809 

.  395 

219 

2S8 

89 

194 

270 

8S 

889 

5S 

100 

814 

814 

86 

68 

69 

61 

187 

134 

159 

169 

41 

828 

824 

834 

834 

324 

179 

459 

469 

848 

818 

893 

116 

116 

159 

101 


l*IIU>'. 

(JiOM  Point,  Mf»ruMlu'»>ii oo 

•Suhnoniur  River 47 

Hhoul 01 

Rock,  ClatlHe  HarlH)r 76 

RiK'ks,  Diirgeu  Island 7.» 

Red  Island  HarlM)r  .   174 

Ward  Harbor 866 

Crow  Head job 

Cbi»  Cormorant 381 

FortcduBay 616 

Island 878 

Island,  Oderin  Harltor 106 

Ferry  land  Head 483 

R<H!k 482 

Nest 180 

Crown  Hill 447 

Cuckold  Cove : 471 

Fox  Cove 116 

i  Head 430 

Tor  Bay 471 

Point 880 

Rock 877 

Cuiller  Bays 157 

Cul-de-sac  Bay too 

Fortune  Bay  ..  _ 157 

Hare  Bay 163 

anchorage...  168 

Inlet,  Bear  Island 171 

Rocks 171 

Cull  Island 870 

CuUeton  Head 7^ 

Culotte ^ 188 

directions 189 

water 188 

Cupids  Cove 405 

Curlew 803 

Currans-Green-Fleld  Island 886 

Current  Island 294 

beacon 294 

Curslet  Rock ,50 

Curtain  Rock ^qq 

Cutler  Harl)or 424 

Head 424 

Cutmans  Island 410 

Cuttail  Island .«..  173 

Cutwell  Ann 1 866 

Harbor 366 

tides 866 

D. 

Daim.Cap 339 

Daly  Rock 49 

Damnable  Bay 419 


W 


f*ruiHlu'»«ii 0(» 

Imoniur  lllver 47 

loal 01 

itiM«*  Harljor 7« 

iirgt'o  iHltttul 71 

I'd  ImIhikI  HiirlMir  .   174 

''»rd  Harbor 800 

19« 

)«  CoriiKirant  .  2Hl 

teauBay  nui 

ntl 878 

rlerin  Harbor lOfl 

»rry hind  Head 483 

482 

150 

447 

: 471 

ox  Cove 110 

480 

or  Bay 471 

880 

877 

1«7 

160 

line  Bay 157 

Bay 163 

anchorage...  168 

,  Bear  Island 171 

8 171 

870 

76 

- 188 

18 189 

188 

465 

802 

?'ield  Island 886 

294 

eacon 294 

50 

466 

424 

--- 424 

410 

-•-.  178 

i -  866 

366 

ides 866 

D. 

339 

48 

419 


•■b 


INDKX. 


587 


l'»K«. 

DunRer  Point 400 

Daniol  Point  42 

Dani»lH  Cove 878 

Harbor W8 

Dantzic  CoveH 187 

Point 187 

Dariiy  1  IarlH)r 90 

D'ArK.int  Caia' 882 

Dark  Tickle 868 

Mand 868 

Point,  Troytown  U68 

Dauniiilcn  Ca\te 827 

Davis  Cove,  Bay  of  Islands 258 

Little  Burgeo  Island.    78 

Petitpas  Cove 288 

Island 110 

Point,  Colinet  Harbor 47 

Dawson  Cove 148 

Passage 152 

Point 159 

Day  Cove IS! 

Point 149 

Dead  Island 206 

Harbor 200 

DeadnianBay 401 

Bight - 147 

Cove,  Anchor  Point....  290 
John  the-Bay  ....  113 
LaHuneBay  ..--  167 

Point 401 

Rock 58,401 

Deadmans  Bay 476 

Brook.... 248 

Dean  Rock 890 

Deaths  Head  Island 818 

Debon  Peninsula 298 

Deckers  Cove 266 

Deep  Cove,  Change  Island 887 

Western  Head 425 

Deepwater  Bank 74 

Cove 264 

Point 154 

Landing 154 

telegraph 154 

Deer  Arm,  Bonne  Bay 200 

Cove 149 

End 415 

Harbor  Head 448 

Random  Island 440 

ice...  440 

Trinity  Bay 447 

directions  447 
ice 449 


Deer  Harbor,  Trinity  Hay,  tides..  449 

Island,  Bear  Ishuid 171 

dodo  Hound 423 

Oaria  Bay 191 

Niger  S»)uud.  502 

Islands 414 

Point  4W) 

Pond Ma 

R<K«k 141 

Random  Harbor 441 

Shag  Island 415 

Degras 229 

D^grat  Cape 807 

deClieval 831 

Harbor 807 

Islands 807 

De  Grave  Bay 405 

De  (inmchy  Point 252 

Delaiiey  Rfwks 48 

Dennis  Arm 161 

Dvnny  lylini'l . -- ..- \f^^ 

Depths  off  shore,  east  coast .  478 

Derby  Cove 486 

Desolate  Point «0 

Despair  Bay 151 

anchorage 154 

Head  of    158 

ice 151 

Landing   154 

DevilBay  164 

Cove,  White  Bay 884 

Head 347 

Culotte 180 

Point 888 

Devils  Cove  Head 880 

light 880 

Island 145 

Diable  Bay,  Labrador 815 

Cape 181 

Diamant  Point 126 

DickBnrnRock 58 

Dicks  Island 92 

Dicks  Ro<;k ...  108 

Dieppe  Point 380 

Dildo  Arm 457 

Cove 457 

auchora,i?e 457 

commvmication 457 

ice 457 

tides 458 

Islands 457 

Run ,- 380 

pilots 386 


mi 


III 


Hi 


■iii 


538 


INDEX. 


Pago. 

Direction  Island 816 

Slioal 316 

Dirty  Rocks 90 

Distress  Rock 106 

Dixie  Rock 371 

Dixon  Island 51 

Point 61 

Dock  Head 466 

Islands 85 

Sunker 85 

Point,  Hall  Bay 361 

Woody  Island 118 

The 466 

Doctor  Cove 142 

Island 143 

Harbor,  Barasway  Point...  184 
Red  Island  Bay...  174 

Doctors  Island 413 

Dodding  Head 117 

light 117 

Rock 117 

Doe  Hills 60 

Dog  Bank 300 

Bay,  Sir  Charles  Hamilton 

Sound 398 

Islands 398 

Cape 47 

Cove,  Bay  de  Vieux 170 

Belle  Harbor 142 

Lakeman  Reach .  415 

Harbor 89 

Head 89 

Dawson  Cove.-  148 

Island 143 

Bank 143 

Islands,  Long  Island 92 

Peak,  Gander  Bay 397 

PeiJnsula 291 

beacon 291 

Point 397 

Reef 387 

Rock.. 300 

Stones 359 

Dogberry  Rock 156 

Dollar  Rock 109 

Sunker 109 

DoUarman  Bank 429 

Dollond  Arm 357 

Head 357 

Bight 153 

Dolman  Cove 192 

Head 193 

Dolmen  Island. 289 


Pago. 

Dolo  Point 327 

Donzelles 308 

Dory  Rock 153 

Dos-de-Cheval  Point 326 

beacons 326 

Dossenger  Rock 335 

Double  Island,  Battle  Island 494 

Chasseurs  Island..  821 

Islet 898 

Ledge 29ft 

Doubleroad  Point 45 

Doughfig  Point 432 

Douglas  Rock I8O 

Downes Point... 274 

Dragon  Bay lei 

Drake  Cove,  Trinity  Bay 412 

Island 413 

Bonne  Bay 159 

Dram  Island 386 

Drew  Rock 140 

Drovers  Rock 392 

Druid  Rock 140 

Drnmuiond  Island 330 

Dublin  Gov? 195 

anchorage 196 

Rocks 196 

Duchayla  Rock 318 

Ducie  Rock 143 

Duck  Bill  Point 331 

Cove,  Laun  Harbor 131 

Island  Bank 503 

Connoire  Bay 187 

Grand  Bay 210 

Grand  Bruit i91 

Herring  Head ......  385 

Nippers  Harbor 350 

PlacentiaBay 68 

River  Islands 491 

Rose  Blanche 201 

tides 188 

Trinity  Bay 438 

.  Wadhtwn  Islands  ...  398 
Islands,  Exploits  Burnt  Is- 
lands   376 

North  Harbor ....'..  367 

Islet  BayVerte 341 

Rock,  Davis  Island 1 11 

Mortier  Bay 117 

Sunker m 

Rocks,  Bird  Islands 89 

Jude  Harbor 106 

Western  Cove  Head.    71 
White  Island 88 


Page. 

327 

308 

158 

Point 326 

beacons 326 

i --  335 

Battle  Island 494 

Chasseurs  Island..  831 

398 

- 298 

Int 45 

432 

180 

374 

161 

inityBay 412 

413 

nne  Bay 159 

386 

140 

393 

140 

nd... 330 

196 

chorage 196 

icks 196 

- 318 

143 

; 331 

nHarbor 121 

mk 502 

nnoire  Bay 187 

•and  Bay 210 

•and  Bruit i91 

irring  Head  „. ...  385 

ppers  Harbor 850 

icentiaBay 68 

ver  Islands 491 

86  Blanche 201 

es 188 

inityBay 438 

»lhiMn  Islands  ...  398 
sploits  Burnt  Is- 
lands   376 

)rth  Harbor....'..  367 

Verte 341 

is  Island HI 

tier  Bay 117 

^er 111 

d  Islands 89 

le  Harbor 106 

stem  Cove  Head.    71 
lite  Island 88 


INDEX. 


539 


Pago. 

Duckling 201 

Dumenil  Point 304 

Dumpling  Cove 423 

Island 500 

Dunier  Islands 369 

DiinlopSpit 282 

Durant  Island 210 

anchorage 210 

Duricle  Cove 116 

DurrelsArm 381 

Dutch  Cap  Island 79 

E. 

Eagle  Island 256 

East  Arm  Barachois 265 

BonneBay 265 

western  shore  265 
eastern  shore  265 

Hooping  Harbor 832 

Bay,  Belle  Bay , 148 

Despair  Bay 156 

anchorage..  166 

Fortune  Bay 189 

Head 148 

Port-au-Port 239 

Baldwin  Rock 208 

buoy 208 

Black  Rock 170 

Broad  Cove 108 

Chance  Harbor 878 

anchorage ...  878 

Countryman  Islands 898 

Garden  Island 887 

Green  Island 57 

Head,  Great  Laun  Harbor...  121 

Random  Island .•  440 

Indianlsland 895 

Point 169 

Random  Head 441 

light.. 441 

Reefs 402 

Road ■- 389 

Rock 399 

Stocking  Harbor 852 

Sunker 128 

Twin  Rock 408 

White  Island- 205 

Eastern  Cove 106 

Harbor 178 

Head,  Bonne  Bay 268 

Mortier  Bay 115 

Petit  Fort  Harbor .    96 
Placentia  Bay 88 

U910 36 


Page. 

Eaijtem  Head,  Portland  Cove 278 

St.  Shots  Cove 44 

Hill 279 

Passage 206 

Point,  Fleury  Bight 372 

Jackson  Cove 856 

Rock,  Bonavista  Cape 428 

Harbor  Breton 146 

Grace 460 

Little  River  Bank  .  169 

Shoals 84 

tidal  streams 85 

Eastsoutheast  Ground 898 

Eaton  Point 861 

Eboulement  Point 279 

Eclipse  Island 179 

Edge  of  Ground 195 

Edwards  Reef 400 

Elbow  Point 818 

Elizabeth  Island 810 

Emberley  Island 104 

Point 65 

Rock 119 

Emerald  Bank u 87 

Island 386 

Shoal... 42 

Emeraude  Shoal 383 

Emily  Storehouse  Cove 178 

Emmeline  Shoal 85 

Enfant  Perdu  Islet 138 

Rock 138 

Engine  Island 828 

English  Cai)e 45 

Harbor,  Blue  Pinion  Hbr.  144 

Fortune  Bay 140 

Island 820 

Point 286 

ForteauBay 516 

St.  John  Harbor  ...  286 

Great  Islets  Harbor.  321 

Enrag6e  Point,  Great  Islets  Harbor  221 

Ray  Cape 210 

Entrance  Island 292 

beacon 292 

Islet.. 364 

Point,  Bonne  Bay 264 

Shoal 291 

Entry  Island,  Pond  Cove 294 

Ste.  Genevidve  Bay.  294 

fipine  Cadoret  Arm "38 

Escape  Point 899 

Eskimo  Bank 491 

Estaing  Shoal 31(J 


540 


INDEX. 


j«>«Uii, 


V    4\ 


mn 

« 


Page. 

Evangeline  Banks 276 

Exploits  Bay 874 

anchorage 374 

communication 874 

Bumtlsl'ds 375 

Harbors 375 

ice  ..  875 

tides.  375 

water  375 

River 874 

Valley 374 

F. 

Facheux  Bay.. 161 

anchorage 161 

Eye — 160 

Harbor 161 

Head  Shoal 161 

Fail  Rock 210 

Fair  and  False  Bay 420 

Islands. - 411 

ice 411 

Falaise  Shoal 286 

False  Cay 49 

GirdleRock 50 

Famish-gut 59 

anchorage 59 

Island 59 

Point 60 

tides  .. 59 

water 59 

Fane  Island 330 

Farewell  Duck  Islands 386 

Gull  Island 387 

Harbor 387 

Head 387,397 

Reef.... 386 

Farmers  Cove 144 

Farquhar  Island 368 

Father  Hughes  Hill 184 

Fauvette  Island 299 

Point 302 

Faux  Havre 338 

Feather  Point 460 

Shoal - 430 

Felix  Cove 227 

Femme  Harbor 140 

tides 140 

Shoal...- 140 

Fendue  Point _ 316 

Fergus  Islet 464 

Farmeuse  Bantam  Bank 484 

Harbor 483 


Pap;e. 

Fermeuse  Harbor  anchorage 483 

dangers 488 

ice 482 

Rocks. 488 

water 488 

F6rolle  Peninsula 290 

Point 290 

beacon 291 

Ferryland  Harbor 481 

communication  482 

directions 482 

ice 482 

light 482 

tides 482 

water 482 

Head... 482 

light 482 

Fichot  Channel 820 

Harbor 819 

tides 820 

Island 819 

Islands 318 

Fiods  Cove 228 

Firmages  Head .  195 

First  Arm 183 

Brook 156 

anchorage 156 

Fish  Head 160 

Bay  le  Moine 196 

Coal  River 346 

Island,  Old  F6rolle  Harbor ...  293 

Rock,  Brunet  Island 136 

Burgeo  Islands 180 

Ram  Islands 56 

St.  Charles  Island  ....  500 

Eishels  Brook 221 

Fisheries 488 

Fisherman  Cove,  Current  Island..  294 

Croc  Harbor 323 

Hall 455 

Rod',  Eagle  Island...  357 

Fishing  Grbunds. .  488 

Rock 399 

Jackson  Cove 356 

Fitters  Cove 454 

FlagoPass 319 

Flagstaff  Hill 209 

beacon 209 

Tor  Bay. 470 

Point 124 

FlamandsCove 333 

Flannagan  Island 183 

Flat  Bay 222 


IL 


Pa^e. 

bor  anchorage 483 

dangers 488 

Ice 482 

Bocks- 483 

water 488 

ula 290 

290 

beacon 291 

bor..._ 481 

communication  482 

directions 482 

ice 482 

light 482 

tides 482 

water 482 

id... 482 

light 482 

■1 320 

319 

tides 320 

319 

318 

228 

I -  195 

183 

156 

jhorage 156 

-.  160 

leMoine 196 

I  River 346 

a F6rolle Harbor...  293 

met  Island 136 

rgeo  Islands 180 

II  Islands 56 

Charles  Island 500 

- 221 

488 

e,  Current  Island..  294 

Croc  Harbor 323 

1 455 

!l',  Eagle  Island...  257 

Is-.  488 

399 

Fackson  Cove 356 

— ....'...  454 

319 

209 

leacon 209 

["or  Bay 470 

b 124 

1 322 

ad 183 

222 


.  ,iii8%;:itr  ■ 


wmw 


■mwiti^ivsum 


sesx 


INDKX. 


541 


'mm 


Page. 

PlatBay  Brook -  222 

Island,  Antelope  Harbor 506 

Cove 110 

tides  .- 110 

Ciilotte 188 

Flat  Island  Harbor..  110 

Harbor Ill 

light 223 

Rock 506 

St.  George  Bay 222 

St.  John  Island 288 

Islands. 110 

Willis  Reach 417 

Islet,  Canada  Bay  . .  - 339 

Point  beacon 286 

Goose  Cove 315 

St.  John  Island 286 

Rock   Cove 469 

Garia  Bay.. 194 

Granchain  Islands.  ..  310 

Pilley  Island. 868 

Point    469 

Tickle 3eG 

Rocks,  Bull  Island  Tickle 450 

CouteauBay 187 

Flats  Point 476 

Flemish  Cap... 33 

F16tans  Channel 181 

Fleur-de-Lis  Harbor 339 

directions  ..  339 

tides 340 

.vater 340 

Mountain 339 

Fleury  Bight --.  372 

anchorage 372 

water 372 

Flobber  Cove  Island 154 

Flower  Cove 297 

anchorage  297 

directions 297 

tides- -  297 

Island -  298 

Ledges ..- ;^8 

Shoal 108 

Flowers  Islands - 402 

Point 429 

Rock 429 

Fly  Point - 329 

Fogo  Cape - - ---  389 

current 393 

Harbor 390 

communication..-  .  390 
dangers 392 


I'agc. 

Fogo  Harbor  directions 391 

ice 891 

tides -.  392 

Head 891 

Island 889 

town.-. 390 

Foirou  Island 306 

FoUe  Rock 328 

Folly  Rocks 469 

Fools  Harbor 379 

Islands 379 

Foots  Cape 109 

Point 110 

FordsRock 104 

Forked  Duck  Rock 87 

Forster  Point. 448 

Rock 443 

ForteauBay 516 

anchorage 516 

caution 517 

ice - 517 

tidal  streams 517 

tides 517 

water 517 

Brook 516 

Point 516 

Fort  Point.--- 434 

light 434 

Fortune  Bay.. 136 

caution 136 

ice 137 

Harbor - 373 

directions 378 

ice    374 

tides 374 

Head 187 

Rock 180 

Village 137 

communication..  138 

J'os&il  Shoal 288 

Foiil  Point 364 

Foimdling  'iock 312 

Fourche  xiock 332 

Four-ears  Island 309 

Four-fathom  Shoal 109 

Four  Harbor 320 

tides 320 

Fox  Brook 240 

Cape,  Conche  Peninsula 336 

Cove,  Xjittle  Mortier  Bay 116 

Pilley  Island 368 

Harbor 53 

directions 490 


maam 


Jf- 


^^^ia;-.;-.3»i-j«-«iiiiTi-i  ;t.|;ffjaMfi;i^iiy^- 


542 


INDEX. 


»■  t\\\ 


Vagv. 

Pox  Harbor,  St.  Lewis  Sound 490 

water 490 

Head,  Trinity  Bay 434 

Hill 115 

Island 34 

Cobbett  Harbor 1 70 

Despair  Bay 152 

Gander  Bay 897 

Jude  Island 106 

Marticot  Island 95 

Nippers  Harbor 850 

Pilley  Island  Harbor.  363 

Port  au  Port 341 

anchorage  241 
tidal  str'm  241 

tides -241 

Ram  Islands 56 

Rock,  Hermitage  Bay.  149 

Toad  Cove 480 

Islands,  Hermitage  Bay 149 

(Les  Jumelles  de  la 

Terre) 389 

Islet ._ 444 

Point,  Humber  Arm 251 

St.  Mein  Bay 318 

Rock,  Robinhood  Bay 434 

St.  John  Harbor 480 

Shoal 363 

Tail _ 241 

The 285 

Frampton  Rock 399 

Francis  Cove qo 

FrangoisBay 165 

FrankHead 3^ 

Rock 128 

Franks  Island,  Bnrgeo  Islands 179 

Fransway  Bay _  105 

anchorage 165 

tides 165 

Frauderesse  Point 325 

Frederick  Battery  Point 475 

Freela  Cape,  BonaWsta  Bay 401 

ice 401 

Pine  Cape 44 

Rock 44 

Freezers  Rock 506 

French  Bank. 336 

Bay 813 

Cove 255 

Head,  Toiilinguet 381 

Island 340 

Point 813 

Frenchman  Cove,  Bay  of  Islands .  250 


F»ge. 
Frenchman  Cove,  Bay  of  Islands, 

anchorage. --  351 

tides 251 

Chance  Cove...  485 
.     Fortune  Bay...  139 
Fortune  Bay, 

pilots 139 

Fortune  Bay,  139 

tides 139 

Great  Coney 

arm 335 

Little  River 168 

Head,  Despair  Bay..  153 
Humber  Arm.  351 

Rock no 

Freshwater  Bay 412, 475 

anchorage 476 

tides 418 

Tor  Bay 476 

Cove 459 

Creek 323 

Point 41 

F-reyoiiiet  Shoal 2W 

Friar,  The,  Bay  le  Moine 196 

Boat  Harbor lOl 

Chaleur  Bay 165 

Coal  River... 245 

Davis  Cove 258 

Rock,  La  Poile  Bay 193 

Friars  Head 145 

Friday  Bay 379 

Frommy  Island _.  319 

Front  Point 292 

beacon 292 

Frying-pan  Island 411 

Funk  Island 399 

caution 400 

currents 400 

landing 399 

tides 400 

Fxirber  Point 170 

beacon 176 

FurbyCove 149 


Gadds  Harbor 264 

anchorage  .... 264 

water 364 

Head  ,.._ 354 

Galantry  Head 125 

fog  signal 125 

liglit .        .,  125 

signal  station 125 


INDEX. 


543 


Page. 

»ve,  Bay  of  Islands, 

anchorage . - .  851 

tides 251 

Chance  Cove..-  485 
Fortune  Bay...  189 
Fortune  Bay, 

pilots 139 

Fortune  Bay,  180 

tides 139 

Great  Coney 

arm 335 

Little  River 168 

ead,  Despair  Bay..  158 

HumberAmi.  351 

ock 110 

y 412,476 

anchorage 476 

tides 413 

Tor  Bay 476 

e 459 

ek .  323 

at - 41 

I ?8« 

le  Moine 196 

;  Harbor 101 

ieur  Bay 165 

River... 245 

is  Cove 258 

Poile  Bay 192 

-- 145 

- 379 

--  319 

392 

■con 292 

id 411 

399 

tion 400 

rents 400 

iing 399 

's 400 

176 

eacon 176 

- 149 

G.                    < 
--- - 264 

iichorage  .... 264 

ater 864 

264 

-..-   126 

og  signal 125 

gilt .,  125 

[gnal  station 125 


Page. 

Galeville -. 837 

GallivanHill 84 

Galloper  Rock - 117 

Galloping  Moll  Rock 188 

GpIIows  Harbor  Head 99 

Island.  ^ too 

Harbors 99 

Gallyboy  Harbor 193 

Head 192 

Island 208 

Galton  Island 87 

Gambo  Brook 413 

communication 413 

Gander  Bay 896 

Brook 396 

Island :..- 897 

River 397 

anchorage -.-  397 

ice 397 

tidal  stream 397 

tides 397 

GannetHead 399 

Point 455 

Rock- - 455 

Ganny  Cove 446 

Gappy  Island 393 

Garden  Bank 120 

Mauve  Bay 804 

Rock 887 

Gargaiuelle  Cove 282 

Garia  Bay 194 

directions 198,199 

Harbor --  194 

Peak...- 194 

Gariep  Point --  454 

Garnish  Harbor 139 

light 139 

Rocks-.  188 

Garrett  Rock 40, 487 

Garrison  Point    891 

Gastries  Bay  467 

Point 467 

Gaultois  Harbor... 150 

anchorage. 150 

buoy 150 

ice 150 

light 150 

tides 150 

G61in  Shoal 128 

GenillcPeak 833 

Point. .^.. - 828 

Gentille  Islet -.        „..  840 

Georges  Islan " 886 


Page. 

GerrardsHill 418 

Gibraltar  Rock 50 

Gilberts  Cove.. 95 

Giles  Island 366 

Ginpicker  Hill - 438 

Girdle  Rock 50 

Glimshire  Island 110 

Glindon  Cove 70 

liock 70 

Goat  Island,  Little  B.iy  Islands. . .  365 

Placentia  Bay 91 

Sunker 92 

Presque  Harbor 82 

Goblin  Pay 155 

.^ead 155 

Goboso  Cape 831 

Gob  Rock 195 

God  Bay 205 

Goelands  Island 318 

Gold  Cove 387 

Goldson  Arm 384 

Good  Bay 38"< 

beacons  - 287 

directions 288 

tides  .-- 288 

Cove,  Griguet  Bay 809 

Point 330 

Goodland  Point 430 

Goolds.Cove 114 

Goose  Ami .- 355 

Bay 438 

tides 424 

Cape .1 814 

Cove 315 

directions 315 

Placentia  Bay 50,65 

Shoal  Bay 449 

tides 815 

water 815 

Head 423 

Island,  Burgeo  Islands.  ...  178 

CaplinBay 481 

Enragee  Point 821 

Great  Southum  Har- 
bor      64 

North  Harbor 65 

Rose  Blanche 201 

Islands,  Herring  Head 384 

8hoal  - 50,65 

Gooseberry  Island,  Bale  de  I'Eau .  101 

Burgeo  Islands    74 

,  Bonne  Bay  . . .  159 

Nonsuch 97 


^t 


j--*j*.uaji'^"i 


544 


-■r<'M7^im.:iiiissaiiwixmms£s:cwrsis^fi^i: ; 


INDEX. 


Pago, 


!■  f  ' 


Goose'jerrj-  Island,  8te.  Genevitive 

Bay 294 

Sweet  Bay 424 

Ifllauds.BonavistaBay  414 

Islet,  Deer  Harbor  ...  449 

Random  Sound.  445 

GouflPre  Harbor ggj 

tides 331 

water 331 

Islet 881 

Point 381 

Governor  Island 359 

GraleyRock igi 

Granby  Island,  White  Bay 337 

Point 210 

Granchain  Island aiQ 

Grand  Bank ]'""  138 

Bay 31Q 

Beach 13^ 

Brook  ...: _]__[  139 

communication 138 

ice i3jj 

light 138 

tides lyg 

■"■ater .  133 

Bruit  Golombier 191 

Harbor jqq 

tides 191 

CoupdeHache 343 

Cove-. 348 

Dismal  Cove 3(59 

Galets  Bay 30^ 


Head 

Jardin 

Jerviy  Cove 

le  Int.  rre  Harbor 

tides 

MulouShoal 303 

Point 519 

Grand  Baaak 138 

Pond 


—  188 
...  289 

...  139 
...  140 
140 


-    252 

Grande  Cove onn 

Grandes  Vaches 333 

Grandfpther  Island .._  395 

t  i  J  <  ndi; ; .  her  Bocks 78 

C>  rands  Galets  Bay ...     308 

yr-AuCy  Brook 183 

Head 203 

Island,  Burgeo 175 

Passage 203 

ofllying  rocks 204 

Sunkers  204 

Point.. 80 


Pagp. 

Grandy  Point  Rock 80 

Sound 204 

anchorage 204 

caution 204 

Grappin  Shoal 129 

Grappinots 139 

Grappling  Point ""  342 

Grass  Islands 896 

Point "  380 

Grassy  Island,  Placentia  Bay 62 

Pools  Harbor 405 

TrinnyCove 59 

Islands,  Bay  of  Islands  ...  348 
Little  Bay  Islands  366 

Islets,  Duck  Island  .  385 

Little  Bay 359 

Bock 385 

Grates  Point _ 433^  453 

Grave  Point '  392 

Gravels,  The,  Isthmus  Bay 226 

PortauPort 239 

anchorage  239 

Gray  Islands 334 

Great  Arm 317 

Bank ;;;  394 

of  Newfoundland 33 

Barachoise,  Miquelon 133 

Baydel'Eau  145 

Bonah  Cove 88 

anchorage 83 

BrehatBay 812 

tides 312 

Ermle  Harbor 89 

Enrin  Harbor 117 

Buse  Peak 331 

Caplin  Cove 343 

Caribou  Island 494 

Cat  Ann.. 334 

anchorage 334 

water 334 

Chance  Harbor 434 

Coat  Island 73 

Codroy  River 214 

Colinet  Island 45 

Golombier  Island .' . . .  1 28 

Coney  Arm 335 

anchorage 385 

Content  Cove 415 

Connorandier  Island 318 

Rock 319 

CuiHer  Bay  .._... 157 

anchorage 157 

Point 157 


;  1^ 


Page. 

it  Rock 80 

n<i 204 

anchorage 204 

caution  - 204 

»1 129 

129 

3Jnt 842 

' 896 

280 

i,  Placentia  Bay 62 

Pools  Harbor 405 

TrinnyCove 59 

Is,  Bay  of  Islands  ...  348 
Little  Bay  Islands  866 

Duck  Island  .  885 

Little  Bay 359 

385 

483,452 

292 

Isthmus  Bay 226 

PortauPort 289 

anchorage  289 

324 

817 

294 

Newfoundland 33 

aise,  Miquelon 133 

I'Eau 145 

Cove 88 

anchorage 83 

Bay    - 812 

tides 812 

iarbor 89 

farbor 117 

ak 321 

^ove 346 

Island 494 

1- 834 

anchorage 334 

water 334 

3arbor 424 

ind 72 

iliver 214 

'sland 46 

5r  Island .'...  i^g 

"•m 335 

anchorage 335 

Cove 415 

adier  Island 318 

Rock 319 

ay------ -  157 

anchorage 157 

Point 157 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Great  Cuiller  Bay  tides 167 

DantzicCove 137 

Dunier  Island 369 

light 369 

FriarCove 217 

Gallows  Harbor..- 90 

Goose  Harbor 321 

Harbor  Bight 148 

Connaigre  Bay 147 

Deep 882 

Island,  Battle  Island 493 

Broyle  Cape  - 480 

Connaigre  Bay 148 

Ramea  Islands 173 

Sacred  Islands 803 

IsleofValen 78 

Islets  Harbor 321 

tides 321 

Jervis  Harbor 158 

anchorages.-  168 
directions.--  158 

tides i"9 

Head --  151 

Island -  168 

Laun  Harbor 121 

anchorage...    121 

ice 121 

tides 121 

Miquelon  Island 134 

anchorage-  136 

light 134 

MonJambe 144 

Mose  Ambrose 144 

Mosquito  Cove 461 

Pinch-gut 81 

Point 281 

Sacred  Island 303 

St.  Julien  Harbor 822 

St.  Lawrence  Harboi 120 

St.  Lawrence   Harbor  an- 
chorage  -- 120 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor,  com- 
munication -- 120 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor,  ice.--  120 

tides.  120 

water  120 

Sandy  Harbor T2 


545 


Paijo. 


anchorage  -. 
tides 


Seal  Island-. . 


72 
72 
92 


Shoal,  St.  Pierre 128 

Southern  Harbor. 


63 


anchorage    63 


Great  Troy  town  Harbor 368 

anchorage  368 

water 868 

Verdon  Island 319 

Green  Bank 35 

Bay 353 

j(.g 366 

Island..!"- 853,356 

Rock 856 

telegraph 355 

tides 355 

Br^hatBay 312 

Trinity  Bay 433 

Cape 331 

Cove 270 

Garden 262 

Handkerchief 259 

Head,  Bull  Arm.- i^l 

Rogues  Harbor 851 

Spaniards  Bay 463 

Hill  Island   175 

Island  Bank 499 

BaraswayBay 202 

Bay  of  Islands 248 

Bell  Island 324 

Bonavista  Cape 427 

Broad  Cove 104 

Burgeo  Islands 181 

Catalina  Harbor 481 

Catalina  Harbor,  fog 

signal 431 

Catalina  Harbor, 

light 481 

Great  Brehat. . 312 

Hall  Bay ---  361 

Leading  Tickles 371 

Little  Barasway 183 

Pinch-gut 60 

Nippers  Harbor 350 

Placentia  Bay.—         71 

Rock- 71 

,     Rocky  Bay 396 

SacredBay 303 

St.  Lewis  Sound  --  499 

St. Pierre 133 

Shoal—- 181 

Straight  Coast 298 

Straight    Coast,  an- 
chorage   298 

Tacks  Head 88 

Trinity  Bay 488 

Witless  Point 480 

Islands,  Placentia  Bay-  85,109 


^pwflywgjpMtMww 


546 


INDEX. 


,•    4 


III;  I 


p»gi). 

Green  Islet,  Bustard  Cove 285 

Chimney  Bay 829 

Deer  Harbor 448 

Islets, West  Random  Head.  445 

Point,  Bay  Eoberts 464 

Bay  Verte 840 

BettsHead 849 

Jude  Harbor 106 

lights 464 

Rock 488 

Shoal 116 

Trinity  Bay 488 

West  coast  of 269 

Ridge 427 

Rocks 294 

Shoal,  Grignet 808 

Greenly  Island 519 

fogsignal 519 

light 619 

Greens  Harbor 466 

tides 467 

Hill 462 

Island 74 

Pond  Island 404 

anchorage 405 

coal 404 

'  oommunicat'n  404 

directions.  406, 407 

ice 405 

light 405 

Greet  Rock 46 

Gregory  Island 248 

Rock 117 

Grelins  Point 821 

Grenville  Ledges    298 

Point 606 

beacon.. 505 

Gr6vigneux  Harbor 828 

supplies 828 

Island 828 

Grey  Gull  Island 86 

Griguet  Harbor.. 808,809 

anchorage 809 

communication..  809 

ice 809 

Island 309 

tides 810 

Grip  Head 169 

Burgeo 177 

Island 151 

Groais  Island 824 

Grole  Cove 148 

Western  Cove 149 


Pikge. 

GroB  Morne 842 

Bonne  Bay 272 

Oignon 801 

Plomb  Islet 821 

Grosse  Point 880 

anchorage 880 

GronxBay »28 

Point 828 

Groz-nez  Rock 128 

Grub  Island 448 

Guernsey  Island 248 

Guibert  Islet 840 

Guilem  Cove 258 

anchorage 258 

Gulch  Cove 168 

Grand  Point 518 

Islands,  La  Hune 168 

Island 421 

The 71 

Gulf  Stream 18 

Gull  Cove,  Despair  Bay 152 

Hill 178 

Island,  Back  Harbor 879 

Baie  de  I'Eau 101 

Battle  Islands 498 

BayleMoine 196 

Belle  Isle  Strait 611 

Bight 376 

BonavistaCape..  401,428 

breakers 846 

Bur?eo  Islands 179 

Ca7<tain  Island 188 

Chaleur  Bay 165 

Conception  Bay 468 

Cutler  Head 424 

Fortune  Harbor  .....  378 

Ground 850 

Harbor  Breton 147 

Jude  Island 106 

light 345 

Long  Harbor 141 

Nippers  Islands 860 

Point 45 

Rock ,881 

Rocks 350 

St,  Charles  Island 500 

St.  John  Cape 846 

St.  Marys  Bay 44 

TurksHead 174 

Toulinguet 381 

Witless  Bay 480 

Islands,  Placentia  Bay 88 

Point,  Hawke  Harbor 281 


Pitge. 

842 

oBay 272 

801 

821 

880 

orage 880 

838 

828 

128 

448 

248 

840 

258 

lorage 258 

168 

1  Point 618 

Is,  LaHune 168 

421 

71 

--- -.    18 

r  Bay 152 

178 

Harbor 879 

lel'Eau 101 

I  Islands 498 

}  Moine 196 

Isle  Strait 511 

376 

ristaCape-.  401,428 

9rs 845 

!0  Islands 179 

in  Island 188 

urBay 165 

ption  Bay 468 

:Head 424 

ne  Harbor 373 

id 850 

r  Breton 147 

[slaud 106 

345 

Harbor 141 

rs  Islands 360 

45 

.381 

350 

arles  Island 500 

iin  Cape 345 

irys  Bay 44 

Head 174 

iguet 381 

IS  Bay 480 

mtia  Bay 88 

>  Harbor 281 


INDEX. 


547 


Pago. 

Gull  Rock,  Bauld  Cape 806 

East  Broad  Cove 103 

Harbor  le  Gallais 151 

Long  Island 307 

Bamea  Islands 172 

St.  John  Head 145 

R(K!kR 95 

St.  Charles  Harbor...  499 

Shoal 95,281 

Gulls  Marsh 272 

Nest 217 

Rock 217 

GulnareRock «98 

Gun  Ledge 441 

Point 270 

Shoals 270 

Gunner  Rock 487 

Gunning  Islet 867 

Point 76 

Rocks 367 

Gut.  The 224 

H. 

Hach6Rock 128 

Haddock  Bank 109 

Ha-ha  Bay ,.  801 

The 175 

Hair  Cut  Point 414 

Half  Island 47 

Halfway  Islet 421 

Point 251 

Roo':,  Chateau  Bay 506 

Green  Pond 408 

Halibut  F,ock 210 

Rocks 160 

Hall  Bay 860 

communication 860 

ice 361 

tides %1 

Rock 421 

Hammer  Head 351 

Newman  Sound...  421 

Rocks 58 

Hanging  Hill 454 

Hants  Harbor 458 

directions 458 

ice 454 

light -- 453 

Rock    453 

tides 454 

Head 453 

Happy  Adventiore  Bays 421 

Harbor  Breton 146 


PliK°. 

Harbor  Braton  anchorage 146 

buoys 146 

communication  ...  146 

directions 146 

ice -.  147 

light -  461 

tides 147 

Cove,  Bay  of  Islands 257 

water 257 

Grace 461 

Bar 461 

buoys 461 

communication 461 

directions 462 

ice 468 

Islands 460 

light 461 

light 461 

patent  slip 462 

tides 468 

Head 218 

St.  John 219 

Island,  Burjjeo 181 

Cape  Roger  Bay  ..    98 

Grand  Bruit 190 

Grandy  Passage  . .  204 
Little  Bay  Islands.  86l» 
Penguin  Islands...  166 

Placentia  Bay 57 

Ramea  Islands 178 

Woods  Island 254 

leCou 197 

Gallais 151 

Hill 151 

Main 467 

Point,  Nippers  Harbor 861 

St.  George  Harbor  .  223 

Bank 223 

light -  223 

Rock,  Beaubois  Rock 116 

Broyle  Harbor 481 

buoy 146 

CoUiersBay 466 

Harbor  Breton 140 

buoy.  146 

LaPoile 193 

Little  St.  Lawrence  120 

Mercer  Cove 136 

Muscle  Bank Ill 

Presque  Harbor 82 

Rocks,  Placentia  Bay 107 

Shoal  Bay 449 

Shoal 186 


S3=SSEt73^S4^' 


548 


FNDKX. 


Pngt*, 

Harbor,  The,  Burgeo 177 

Hurdrix  IhIuikI 866 

Hardy  Cove,  B<)rm<^  Bivy 159 

HeniiitaKe  Bay 149 

Rock 159 

Harbor 842 

Rocks 68 

Hare  Bay,  anchorage  168 

east  coast 815 

FogoMand 390 

Fortune  Bay 162 

ice 815 

tldf-a 163,896 

Trinity  Bay 412 

CutPoint       414 

Harbor 143 

Head  896 

Island,  ( lood  Bay 287 

SliKpRiin- 876 

Hares  Earp , 48 

Bnrgeo  Island 78 

Grand  Bruit 191 

Point,  Rencontre  Bay  164 

Rocks 164 

Forryland  Head  483 

Harrington  Cove 96 

Hnrry  Brook 287 

Harbor,  Three  Anns 357 

Rock 857 

Head,  Green  Bay 856 

Ledge 108 

Rock 75 

Harrys  Ground 427 

The 848 

Harton  Rocks 459 

Hatchers  Cove 448 

GariaBay 195 

Hat  Rocks 205 

buoy 205 

Hauling  Arm '  838 

Haut-et-bas  Cape 314 

Hav.  I,  The,  St.  John  Harbor 286 

Havre  de  Boutitou 887 

laT^tedeMort 818 

duPotd'fitain... 840 

Hodidoii 316 

Sans-fond 331 

Hawke  Bay 280 

anchorage 280 

directions 280, 281 

Harbor 280 

ice  .., 281 

tides 281 


Hay  r"ove 105,110 

irtlanii,  Nonsuch 9H 

Sweet  Bay 424 

Shoals 189 

Ha ydon  Point 488 

H.'./pook  Rock 885 

Haypooks  Rocks 480 

Hajpuk,  The 460 

Haystack  Harbor 98 

Hay  wards  Gull  Island 864 

Head  Harbor  (Pic  h  Denis) 287 

Rock 84H 

Hearts  Content  Harbor 455 

anchorage.  455 

ice 455 

telegraph 
cables...  455 

tides 455 

Delight  Harbor 466 

Desire  Cove 455 

ice 455 

Heartsease  Inlet 446 

Ledge 445 

Hell  Cove 264 

H'llsMonlh U31 

Hdn  Island,  Bay  of  Islands 248 

Islands,  Freshwater  Bay 412 

Henley  Harbor. 504 

communication . . .  505 

Island 504 

Hennessy  Island 357 

Rock 90 

HenneyBank 504 

Hennings Islet 889 

Henry  Channel 126 

Island 814 

Point 126 

Rock 44 

Heptidge  Rock 88 

Herb  Island 297 

Herbert  Point 808 

Hermit  Rock 328 

Hermitage  Bay 148 

anchorage ^  149 

ice 149 

tides 149 

Cove 149 

Herring  Cove,  Great  St.  Lawrence  120 

Head 884 

Islands 884 

Neck 884 

Rock,  Greens  Pond 404 

Shoal 829 


^e^M 


Pace. 

.103,110 

mch 98 

HBay 484 

189 

488 

885 

480 

460 

• 98 

sland 884 

o  A  Denis) 287 

848 

[arbor 483 

anchorage.  455 

ice 455 

telegraph 
cables.-.  455 

tides 465 

[arbor 456 

ve 455 

ice 455 

446 

I 445 

264 

381 

3f  Islands 248 

hwater  Bay 412 

504 

mmunication . . .  505 

504 

857 

90 

, 504 

..-. 389 

126 

314 

126 

44 

83 

297 

808 

828 

148 

ichorage ^  149 

e 149 

des 149 

-- 149 

Bat  St.  Lawrence  120 

884 

884 

884 

eens  Pond 404 


1W—III 


INDEX. 


Vngu. 

HibbsHole 48« 

Hickman  Harbor,  Pope  Harbor.      437 
Random  Sound.  443 

iHlunds 486 

Higgins  Mand 881 

High  Beach 124 

Gnlllsland 876 

land  of  Grand  Bruit 190 

Lookout,  Presque 80 

Recontr6  Bay HM 

High  Beacon  Hill 5"» 

Highlands,  Anguille  Range 21" 

of  St.  John 

Hilliers  Harbor 

tides 

Hincks  Islet -  - 

Hines  Cove 

Hiram  Rock ^^ 

Hiscock  Rocks 110 

Hiscocks  Islets 205 

Point  205 

HobbsRock 210 

Hodge  Hole 446 

Hog  Rock 58 

HoganCove ^ 

HolbrookHead 421 

Hole-in-the-wall  Island •)* 

HoUettRock 94 

Holletts  Cove 84 

Islands "^^ 

Holloway  Passage 100 

Rock 448 

HolyroodBay 45 

Pond 45 

Holy  Rood  Bay,  Harbor  Main....  467 
communication..  467 

tides 467 

Hooper  Rock  US 

Hooping  Harbor -  331 

Hope-all  Bay 457 

Island 457 

Head 457 

Hopkins  Island 201 

Horn  Bay - 502 

anchorage 602 

Island 286 

beacon -  -  -  286 

Spit 286 

Horns.  The 502 

Horse  Brook 162 

Chops 488 

Island,  Greens  Pond 404 

Islands,  St.  Barbe  Islands..  839 


549 


PjiKK. 


Horse  Rock 404 

Ro<'kH 481 

HorsoM  Head 1^ 

Horseshoe  Rock 40 

HoHtis  Island 302 

How  HarV)or 816 

anchorage 816 

tides 316 

Howe  Islet 114 

Hubt>rt,  Mount 226 

Hudson  Rock 452 

Hughes  Brook 253 

Hng-mydng  Islet 1'^*' 

!'  nnber  Arm 251 

anchorage 251 

ice 251 

River 25^ 

Hu.  -h  Island 4l4 

Hunt  Island 424 

HurlocHead 422 

Hussey  Rock 377 

Hynes  Point 866 

L 

Ice  Point 296 

Ile&Bourge 801 

Herpin    324 

Verte 519 

BesauxGodes 288 

Indian  Arm 425 

Bay 411 

Bight 358 

anchorage 359 

telegraph 359 

water 359 

Burying  Ground  Cove 848 

Cove,  Caribou  Island 495 

Fortune  Harbor 374 

Head -  382 

Main  Tickle 388 

Garden  Island    886 

Gulch 399 

Harbor ^ 

anchorage .  - 90 

PlaceutiaBay 90 

Head,  St.  George  Harbor..  225 

Island,  Fogo 395 

GariaBay 194 

Great  Caribou 494 

Stag  Harbor -  395 

Tickle 895 

Islands 394 

Islets ----  488 


i^a 


B\ 


550 


INDKX. 


Indian  Lookout,  Poiw  HarJHyr -lUO 

iMlancI,  Bloody 

Rwu'.h.  410 
BtaK  Har- 
l)or  ...  80a 

Point 156 

River 324 

Rocic 488 

Tea  iHland 141 

Indre  Slioal 135 

Imlrio  Roclc 371 

IiiKornachoix  Bay 379 

Inner  Awpen  Point 85u 

QooBeberry  Islands 414 

R(x;k,  Little  Denier  Island  .  418 

Slioal 501 

In8i)ector  Rock 892 

Ireland  Bay >. 815 

Mand 101 

light 101 

Rocks 393 

Irelauds  Eye  Harbor 137 

ice 487 

Island 487 

Point 437 

Irish  Bay 833 

Islet 333 

Irish  town,  Humber  Arm 353 

^*  aggotty  Cove 68 

1tO'>     ead      144 

Island,  Little  Mortier  Bay...  117 

Placentia  Bay 93 

Point 365 

Ironskull  Hill 164 

Rock 93 

Isaac  Heads 53 

Island 93 

Point 68 

Rock 58 

Isis  Cnve j 415 

Island  Cove  Head 62 

Spaniards  Bay 468 

Trinity  Bay 456 

Harbor  Head 395 

Rock  Cove 861 

Isled.Gla 143 

au  Bois 519 

of  Valen  Harbor 79 

ice 79 

Islet  Bay 502 

anchorage 503 

The    339 

Isthmus  Bay. 336 


rug* 

iHthnins  Bay  coiihimui jt-ation 83(1 

shottlit 330 

tideH  887 

J. 

Jiu-k  Fotmtain  Cove 189 

Rock 189 

Jacks  iHland 886 

Jackson  Ann h«B 

anchorage 8* 

tidfs 81;;. 

Cove 356 

anchorage 850 

Jai'obs  Cove 437 

Ground 408 

Ledge 393 

Jacques  Cartier  Island 304 

Cove 388 

James  Cove 466 

Island 389 

Point 70 

Jarvis  Islands go 

Jejin  de  Gaunt  Harbor 8(i 

tides 80 

Island 86 

Jeanne  Channel 333 

Point 823 

Jeans  Head 4,'54 

Point lis 

Rock 94 

Jeffrey  Cove flg 

Jehenne  Bank 391 

Point 831 

Shoal 318 

Jenkins  Cove 381 

Jennings  Cove 355 

anchorage 256 

Jerrys  Nose 338 

Jersey  Island us 

Jerseyman  Bank,  Fortune  Bay ...  188 

Harbor 147 

Head 147 

Island. 101 

The 98 

Jerts  Cove f I68 

Jigging  Cove,  Gallows  Harbor  ...  100 

Head 77 

North  Harbor 65 

Rushoon  Harbor...  108 

Jim  Day  Island 374 

Drake  Ledge 108 

Job  Cove 458 

Rock 458 


Jj 


Pug*. 

ycotmiMiiiifution 22(1 

sIiiiuIh 82(1 

tidflM  237 


9, 

tin  Covo 

Rock 

I 


ani'korugo. 
tides 


lao 

mil 

8Mr. 

bHR 

a- 

8« 

'« 356 

iincliornKe U5(l 

487 

ind 408 

e 892 

tier  Island 804 


la 

at  Harbor . 


tides. 


Island 86 


nel 


anchorage 256 

328 

118 

ink,  Fortune  Bay ...  188 

arbor 147 

sad 147 

land. 101 

le 98 


Gallows  Harbor ...  100 

Head 77 

North  Harbor 65 

Rushoon  Harbor...  108 

id 874 

dge 108 


f 


r 


ii*ii   I    "I  ;i>-i-i  -ito 


V] 


<? 


/^ 


^> 


iMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


Li 

li      I. 
■UUU 


■  4  0 


22 
2.0 


1.25 


1.4 


I 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


■A 


'■  ^litaieiad 


4i. 


5^^^ 


« 


% 


4 


?^- 


1,' 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


mm 


itwii" 


■■I 


INDEX. 


551 


P»go. 

Jobs  Room 510,518 

Joe  Batts  Arm 389 

ice... 390 

Point... 389 

Ground 94 

Rock 384 

Catalina  Harbor 480 

Rocks 108 

John  Baptist  Shoal 312 

Cape 217 

Meagher  Cove 290 

Smith  Harbor 353 

Island ,..  352 

Thomas  Rock 122 

Walsh  Shoal 128 

John-the-bay  Bank 108 

Cove 118 

Harbor 113 

Head 118 

Islands 113 

Johns  Beach 251 

Pond 47 

Shoal 47 

Johnsons  Cove 217 

Jonas  Rock 115 

Jonathan  Lookout 64 

Jonclay  Hill — 480 

Josiah  Spencer  Cove 372 

Joss  Brook 76 

Joumois  Brook 221 

JudeCaiie.— 106 

Harbor 106 

Island 106 

Jugglers  Cove 464 

Jumelles  de  la  Terre 289 

Jumper  Rock 184 

K 

Kane  Rock 460 

Kate  Harbor 424 

Keels  Cove 426 

East  Head 426 

ice - 426 

Kelly  Cove 363 

Island 468 

Kelp  Rock -..  428 

Kelpy  Rock 160 

Sunker 108 

Kent  Point 282 

Keogh  Island 374 

Keppel  Harbor 281 

anchorage 281 

Island 280 


Psgi', 

Keppel  Point 280 

Kerley  Harbor 436 

Kettlebottom  Rock 484 

Kiar  Cove 376 

Reef - 384 

Kiddle  Cove 383 

King  Island 86,353 

Ram  Islands 56 

Point 355 

Kingman  Cove 483 

Kings  Cove - 426 

communication 426 

light 426 

tides 426 

Harbor 175 

Brook 175 

Head 175 

Hants  Harbor 458 

Kippin  Cove 394 

Kippings  Shoal 145 

Kirpon  Harbor 305 

anchorages 305 

beacons.. 305 

directions 305 

ice 305 

supplies.. 305 

tidal  streams 306 

tides 306 

Island 304 

Knife  Rock 458 

Kyer  Cove 499 

Point 499 

L. 

L'Anse  k  Flamme 149 

auDiable 119 

L'ArgentBay- 139 

La  Bale 134 

Baleine  Rock 828 

Paqnet  Harbor-.  342 

Chesnais  Point 343 

Fourmi  Rock 315 

Have  Bank 37 

HuneBay 167 

ice 167 

tides 167 

Cape 167 

Harbor 168 

Manche 62 

anchorage 62 

Head 62 

\  mines 62 

PlanteCove 69 


I 


552 


INDEX. 


Pago. 

LaPlante  Harbor 193 

Sunker 69 

PoileBay 191 

Harbor 198 

beacon 198 

ice 198 

light - 191 

tides  193 

Rose  Rock 309 

Scie  Harbor 343 

anchorage 343 

Source  Inlet 317 

tides 317 

Point- 318 

Vache-gare 327 

Rock \21 

beacon 127 

Labrador 4,'<88 

climate.. 9,488 

coast,  caution .• 14 

cod  ftshery 5 

communications -      6 

current  13 

fisheries 4,488 

fogs 11 

general  description 4 

geology 4 

herring  fishery 5 

ice- 18 

lakes 4 

tidal  streams 14 

winds 9 

LachlanRock 108 

Ladder  Cove -  - 76 

Ladle  Island 400 

The - 370 

Tickles 370 

directions 371 

tides 371 

Lady  Point 443 

Lahaye  Point 43 

light 45 

Lakeman  Burnt  Iwlands 415 

Islands 415 

Reach  . .  -• 415 

Lally  Back  Cove 142 

Cove  --- 142 

Head ---- 142 

Island, 143 

LamalinBay 132 

communications 133 

dangers -.  132 

direc;tions 183 


Pngc 

Lamalin  Bay  light 122 

Harbor 123 

ice 134 

tides 134 

Ledges 134 

Road 133 

Lamb  Rock 49 

caution 40 

Lampidoes  Passage 155 

Lamy  Island 150 

Lance  Cove,  Chaleur  Bay 165 

Head 105 

Oderin  Harbor 105 

Point 165 

Coves,  Random  Islands 439 

Point 48 

Rock 48 

Landry  Bank  - 135 

Lanes  Lookout 390 

Rock 392 

Langlade  Island 133 

Langue  de  Cerf  Cove  . . : 139 

Lansey  Bank  Cove 122 

Lapstone  Rocks 408 

Lard  Cove 329 

Point 328 

Largent  Cape 429 

Hill 427,429 

Lark  Harbor 249 

anchorage 250 

beacons... 250 

Belle  Isle ..-.  507 

Island  --- 507 

tides. 350 

Mountain 248 

Larkin  Point 314 

Latine  Point 52 

Laun  Harbors 121 

Head 131 

Islands 132 

Point 131 

Lawrence  Rock 116 

Lazy  Point  -  - 5^^ 

L'Epervier  Rock 334 

LeCalas 319 

CalculoRock 388 

Conte  Harbor 140 

Diamant  Rock 136 

FletanRock 138 

buoy 138 

Fond  Arm 323 

Grand  Mulou 303 

GuetteurRock 388 


INDEX. 


553 


PftRO. 

122 

123 

124 

18 124 

124 

123 

49 

40 

155 

150 

rBay 165 

105 

Harbor 105 

165 

im  Islands 439 

48 

48 

135 

390 

392 

133 

e  --- 139 

122 

408 

329 

328 

429 

427,429 

249 

»ge 250 

1... 250 

lie ..-.  507 

--- 507 

250 

248 

214 

52 

121 

121 

122 

121 

116 

m 

324 

- 319 

288 

-...  140 

-  126 

128 

r 128 

323 

303 

288 


Pagf. 

LeMalouin  Shoal 283 

MoineBay 196 

MulouxRock -.  323 

Tron  de  la  Baleine 300 

Leading  Tickles 870 

directions 371 

tides 371 

League  Rock 369 

LedretShoal 316 

LedrewRock 364 

Les  Cailloux  de  Terre 128 

Canailles  Islets 123 

Donzelles 308 

Grappinots 129 

Jumelles  de  la  Terre 289 

Vaches 281 

Leveret  Islands 396 

Lewis  Brook 243 

Island 411 

Point 217 

Liar  Rock 109 

Light,  Amour  Point 515 

Bacalhao  Island 888 

Baccalieu  Island 452 

BauldCape  .-.. 304 

Bay  Roberts 464 

Beach  Point 143,461 

Belle  Isle 508 

Belloram 143 

Blanc  Cape 134 

BlufEHead 122 

Boar  Island 178 

Bonavista  Cape 409 

BrigusBay 465 

Brunet  Island 136 

Burin  Island 117 

Cabot  Islands : . . .  408 

Cann  Island 394 

Canon  Point  - 127 

Carbonear  Island 459 

Catalina  Harbor 431 

Chienlslands 128 

Devils  Cove  Head 380 

Dodding  Head 117 

Ferryland  Head 482 

Fort  Point 434 

Galantry  Head 125 

Garnish 139 

Gaultois  Harbor 150 

Grand  Bank-- 138 

Great  Dunier  Island 369 

Miquelon  ...^ 184 

Green  Island 431 


Light,  Green  Point 464 

Greenly  Island 619 

Greens  Pond 405 

GuUIsland 845 

Hants  Harbor 458 

Harbor  Breton 146 

Grace 461 

Point 328 

Ireland  Island 191 

Kings  Cove  Head 426 

Lahaye  Point 45 

Lamalin 122 

LaPoileBay 191 

Leconte  Point 128 

Little  Denier  Island 418 

Miquelon 138 

Lobster  Cove  Head 269 

Mercer  Head 186 

Motion  Island 441 

Norman  Cape 299 

North  Head 465 

Penguin  Island 400 

Offer  Wadham 398 

Pass  Island 148 

Pine  Cape 44 

Placentia  Harbor 51 

Plate  Point 133 

Pointof  Beach 461 

PortBasque 207 

Puffin  Island 405 

Race,  Cape 39,486 

Ray,  Cape 211 

Rich  Point- 382 

Rocky  Point 146 

Rose  Blanche 198 

St.  Francis  Cape 469 

St.  George  Harbor 223 

St.  Johns  Harbor 473 

St.  Mary  Cape 49 

St.  Paul  Island 312 

St.  Pierre  Island- .  125, 127, 128 
Seldom  Come -by  Harbor..  394 

Spear  Cape 477 

Toulinguet 380 

Trinity  Harbor 484 

Verde  Point 51 

West  Head 150 

Linton  Rock 417 

Lions  Den 433 

Head 499 

Little  Barasway 183 

Head 188 

Bay,  Bay  de  I'Eau 146 


i 
I 


«i:yir..1rafc-aRrrg5?ilg«| 


554 


INDEX. 


I'ttgo.      I 

Little  Bay  de  VEau,  Fortune  Bay.  140 

Channel  Head 207 

Head 207 

Three  Arms.  856,358 

Hermitage  Bay 150 

Islands,  Notre  Dame 

Bay 365 

Islands,      communica- 
tion   365 

La  Poile 193 

anchorage...  198 

beacon 198 

communica- 
tion  193 

ice 198 

MortierBay 115 

Notre  Dame  Bay 859 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  an- 
chorages   860 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  coal.  859 
Notre  Dame  Bay,  com- 
munication  359 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  ice..  860 
Notre  Dame  Bay,  sup- 
plies   359 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  tides.  860 

Rencontre  Bay 164 

Shoal 207 

Beaver  Cove 386 

Bell  Island 468 

Black  Island,  Bay  of   Ex- 
ploits . 376 

Boar  Island 179 

Bonah  Cove 83 

Br6hat  Bay 312 

Brook 270 

Bad  Bay 379 

Br<il6  Harbor 88 

anchorage  .._    89 

Brunet  Islands 187 

Burgeo  Island 73 

Burin  Harbor us 

coal 118 

communica- 
tion   118 

ice 118 

Island 119 

Burke  Island 66 

Buse  Peak 331 

Butler  Island 89 

Byrne  Cove 883 

Cape 186 

Caplin  Cove 346  | 


Pago. 

Little  Caribou  Island 497 

Cat  Arm 334 

Catalina  Harbor 430 

Chance  Cove 451 

Harbor 434 

New  World 

Island  ...  877 
Sweet  Bay  .  434 

tides 877 

water 377 

Cobbs  Arm 385 

Codroy  River 314 

Colinet  Island 46 

Colombier  Island 136 

Burnt  Is- 
lands ..  305 

Coney  \rm 335 

ConneCove 141 

Content  Cove 415 

Cormorandier  Island 818 

Cuiller  Bay 157 

anchorage 167 

Dantzic  Cove 137 

Denier  Island 418 

light 418 

Devils  Island 146 

anchorage  ...  146 
Duck  Island,  Niger  Sound.-  503 

Dunier  Island 869 

Fogo Islands 393 

Fox  Island 149 

Friar  Cove 217 

Gallows  Harbor 99 

anchorage.    99 

Garia  Bay 196 

Goat  Islands 83 

Goblin  Bay 166 

Grassy  Island 348 

Green  Point  Shoal 116 

Gull  Island 101, 377 

Gnt 188 

Head 188 

Harbor  Deep 333 

Head 888 

East  Bay 139 

Gallows  Harbor  ...  100 

Head 63 

St.  Pierre 126 

Island 61 

Long  Island 93 

Main  Tickle 883 

Morton  Harbor 377 

PlacentiaBay ..    61 


ind 497 

884 

rbor 480 

B 451 

bor 424 

New  World 

Island  ...  877 
Sweet  Bay .  424 

tides 877 

water 877 

385 

>r 214 

»d- 46 

aland 126 

Burnt  Is- 
lands ..  205 

885 

141 

e 415 

)r  Island 818 

157 

incliorage 157 

3 137 

i 418 

light 418 

I 146 

anchorage  .-.  146 
Niger  Sound..  502 

i 369 

-.-  392 

149 

217 

bor 99 

anchorage.    99 

195 

82 

166 

I -.  248 

Shoal 116 

■ 101,377 

183 

188 

833 

Head 888 

Bay 189 

ws  Harbor  ...  100 

62 

St.  Pierre 126 

i 61 

Island 93 

Tickle 382 

m  Harbor 377 

ntiaBay ..    61 


INDKX. 


666 


Psge. 

Little  Harbor,  Placentia  Bay,  an- 
chorage      62 

Random  Island. ..  440 

Sacred  Bay 802 

St.  Marys  Bay 47 

Heartease  Island 444 

Hooping  Harbor 332 

Island,  Connaigre  Bay 148 

Sacred  Islands 308 

Isle  of  Valen 80 

Islets  Harbors 320 

Kirpon  Harbor 808 

LaPoile 193 

Laun  Harbor 121 

anchorage 121 

Madame  Island 320 

Meraslieen  Harbor 91 

Miquelon  Island 183 

fog  signal.  183 

light 133 

MonJambe 145 

Monk  Rock 819 

MortierBay 116 

Mosquito  Cove 451 

Needles  Rocke 312 

North  Harbor 874 

Orange  Bay 382 

Paradise  Harbor 83 

anchorage.    84 

Passage 149 

Pinch-gut 60 

tides 61 

Pinnacle  Island 107 

Placentia  Harbor 62 

anchorage    54 
directions    64 

ice 53 

tides 58 

winds 63 

Plate  Island 187 

Port 247 

anchorage 247 

Head 244 

tides 247 

Rencontre  Island 179 

Rock 179 

River I68 

Bank 169 

DespairBay 152 

anchorage  152 

Rocks 169 

tides  169 

Sacred  Island 303 

14910 36 


Page. 

Little  Saddleback  Islet 107 

St.  Juliau  Harbor 823 

Point 323 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor 119 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor  anchor- 
age   120 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor,  water  120 

St.  Modest  Island 514 

St.  Pierre  Islet 127 

beacon 127 

Sandy  Harbor 73 

anchorage...    73 

water 78 

Seal  Islands 93 

Seldom  Come-by  Harbor...  895 

Shag  Rock 249 

Shellbird  Bight 869 

anchorage.  360 

Shoal,  Placentia  Bay 90 

St.  Pierre 126,128 

Southern  Harbor 63 

anchorage    63 

tides 68 

Stag  Island 367 

Troy  to  wn  Harbor 368 

water  ...  869 

Verdon  Islanf^. 319 

Ward  Harbor 860 

Washing-tub  Rock 108 

Woody  Island 69 

Liver  Ledge 406 

Liverpool  Brook 258 

Cove 258 

anchorage 258 

Lizzy  Point '. 45 

Lobster  Cove 269 

Head 269 

light 269 

Rock  269 

Harbor,  Main  tickle 888 

White  Bay 338 

Island,  Ste.  Genevieve  Bay  294 

Islet,  Cobbs  Arm 885 

t*oint 314 

Shoal 315 

Locker  Bay 413 

Flatlsland 415 

Reach 409,415 

Rock 412 

LockyerRock 85 

Lodge,  The 493 

Logey  Cove. 470 

Long  Cove,  Random  Island 440 


I 


556 


INDEX. 


««* 


Pag*.     I 

Long  Cove,  Random  Sound 445 

Trinity  Bay 458 

communi-  , 

cation..  458 

Harbor 141 

anchoragefl 141 

Head 55 

ice 55 

Labrador 491 

Placentia  Bay 55 

Point 142 

Random  Island 430 

telegraph 141 

tides 141 

Harry  RcK-k 461    I 

Island  Bank 95 

beacon 317 

Brent  Islands 816 

Buffet  Harbor 87   | 

Fogo  Islands 898   j 

Fortune  Bay 143   i 

Hermitage  Bay 150 

Marticot  Island 95 

Notre  Dame  Bay  ....  366 

Placentia  Bay 92 

Rock,  Despair  Bay  . .  150 

Tickle 367 

West  Random  Head  .  445 

Islands,  Bonavista  Bay 422 

Ledge 244 

Point,  Blanc  Sablon 519 

Corbin  Island 119 

Goose  Arm 255 

LaHuneCape 168 

Port  au  Port 233 

Presque 81 

Red  Island 91 

Rock 90 

Shoal 168 

Toulinguet 880 

Trinity  Bay 456 

Reach,  Fair  and  False  Bay. .  420 

Grandy  Island 175 

Rock !  107,109 

Rocks 347    j 

Tickle,  Cobbs  Arm 385 

Long  Islands 422 

Loo  Cove 406 

Lookout  Hill 456 

Lord  and  Lady  Island 148 

Lossieux  Point 280 

Lots  Rock 398 

Louis  Lemaire  Shoal 320 


Piigp. 

Loup  Bay 615 

Lou«e-l)ox  Hill 181 

Rock 512 

Love  Cove 423 

Low  Island  _ 249 

Islets,  Copper  Island Ill 

Sacred  Bay. .: 302 

Point,  Cape  Cormorant  231 

Lark  Harbor 249 

Trinity  Bay 432 

Lowe  Rock 430 

Lower  Cove 228 

Crabb  Brook 258 

Frenchman  Head 251 

Gulf  Rock 258 

Harbor 875 

Head 275 

Island 858 

Lance  Cove 439 

Rock 439 

Little  Bay  .  139 

Rams 57 

Rock,  Hares  Ears 164 

New  Harbor 164 

Puddick  Bank 104 

Shoal  Harbor 444 

Wolf  Cove 861 

Lowroom  Point 54 

Lush  Bight 366 

M. 

Macarthy  Island 374 

MaciverCove 254 

anchorage 254 

Island 254 

Mackerel  Shoal 75 

Macks  Islands 865 

Madame  Island 320 

Maddox  Cove 478 

Madeleine  Shoal 308 

Mad  Moll  Rock,  Picarre 150 

Red  Bay 513 

Snooks  Arm 347 

Point 488 

Rock 345 

Cove 345 

Fenneuse 483 

Salmon  Cove 459 

Rocks 463 

Maggotty  Cove,  Random  Sound..  448 

Sound  Island 68 

Point 48 

Rock 479 


i^i:~^ii^aiatTii^.-^y-.^<,i:^,,,..-Mt.^,,>.-,a,-:-.,,-,,,6iAJ^ 


Pllgp, 

615 

181 

512 

428 

240 

Island Ill 

Bay..: 302 

rmorant  281 

irbor 249 

Bay 432 

430 

228 

258 

lead 251 

258 

375 

275 

858 

439 

lock 439 

139 

57 

Ears 164 

[arbor 164 

3kBank 104 

444 

361 

..     54 

866 

374 

254 

rage 254 

.- 254 

75 

865 

820 

- 478 

308 

aire 150 

dBay 513 

BoksAnn 347 

-     483 

345 

345 

B 483 

jO\e 459 

463 

ttdom  Sound.-  448 

md  Island 68 

48 

479 


INDEX. 


Mahany  Cove 77 

Maiden  Arm 31s 

Island,  Carbonear 451) 

Greens  Pond 405 

Islet 485 

Point 318 

Old  Bonaventnre  -..  485 

Main  Ledge,  Virgin  Rock 84 

Pools  Island 406 

Tickle 502 

Bank,  Niger  Sound. .  502 

Island 382 

directions 883 

Toulinguet 882 

Mainyard  Point 104 

Major  Point,  Mercer  Cove 136 

Rock- 106 

Mai  Bay,  Rencontre  Islands 142 

St.  Marys  Bay 46 

Maid  igues  Cove 290 

Malone  Rock _ 414 

Maloney  Ledge 34 

Man  Rock 137 

Manful  Bight 345 

Head 345 

Point 355 

anchorage 355 

Manny  Point 102 

Man-of-War  Cove 158 

Hill,  Exploits  Burnt 

Islands 375 

Ramea  Islands.  172 

Point 158 

Rock,  Great  Jervis..  168 

Pitt  Sound 415 

Manuel  Arm lijg 

Islet  431 

MarchandRock I80 

March  Point 229 

Bank- 229 

Mare  Fall ig2 

Margery  Cove 155 

Head 155 

Little  Passage 149 

Rock 402 

Marguerite  Bay.. 313 

water 313 

Maria  Bay 303 

Cove 149 

Reefs 308 

Mark  Cape. 152 

Rooks.- 169 

Shoal 159 


U07 


ti^. 


Marloy  Rocks 41)9 

Marne  Shoal.. 129 

Mamham  Icland 490 

Port 400 

Shoal 490 

water  490 

Marquise  Neck 52 

Marshall  Island gy 

Marten  Point 329 

Rock 329 

Marticot  Fiack  Cove 94 

Cove 05 

Island 84,94 

Martin  Morrissey  Rocks 66 

Point 270 

Shepherd  Islands 416 

Martinique  Cove 327 

Mary  Ann's  Cove 317 

Harbor 499 

Head 499 

MarytowTi jj^ 

Massacre  Island,  St.  PieiTe 128 

Islet 319 

Rock 819 

Masters  Head 451 

Matthew  Lane  Island 375 

Matthews  Island ..- 379 

Rock 92 

Maudit  Bank 3Q3 

Mauvais  Gars  Rock 303 

Mauve  Bay 3Q4 

MayCove ^^ 

Head 

Point .]"' 

McLeod  Point 

Meadow  Bank  - 


154 

137 

458 

43 


Point  43 


43 
213 


Spit 
Meat  Cove... 
M6dee  Bay  . . 

Meer  Point 253 

M61ier  Islet 

Rock 

Shoal 

Menhir  Rock 

Merasheen  Banks . 

Harbor 

Island . 

Mercer  Cove. 


319 

319 

-..  319 

286 

94 

-- -  90 

84 

136 

Burgee j^^ 

Head jgg 

light 136 

ice- 137 


MHI 


558 


INUKX. 


Pngi'. 

Mercer  Cove,  tides 187 

water i;i7 

Point,  BnrKoo 177 

Merchant  Cove 80 

iMlftnd,  Kirpon UOfl 

l)eacon . .  805 

RnmlHlumlH flO 

Merlin  Rock 474 

Menniiid  Hill no 

Merry  Harbor  . 84 

water 84 

Messervy  Cove 237 

Point 223 

wharf  .   228 

Mewstone  (Gros  Oignon) 801 

Mic-mat!  Islet 800 

MidRock - 496 

Channel  Rock,  Fichot  Channel  820 

Head,  Connoire  Bay 185 

Middle  Arm,  Bay  of  Islands 254 

Bloody  Bay 417 

Green  Bay 854 

anchorage  354 

Point 354,354 

Rock 854 

Rocky  Bay 896 

Three  arms 857 

directions  358 

White  Bay 888 

Bank,  St.  Lunaire  Bay 811 

Bill,  Freels  Cape 401 

St.  John  Cape 844 

Brook 185 

anchorage  185 

St.  George  Bay 321 

Cliflf 443 

Cove 470 

CrabbBrook'. 258 

Dock  Island 75 

Goblin  Bay-. 155 

Ground 37 

Toulinguet 882 

Head,  Hermitage  Bay 159 

PlacentiaBay 107 

St.  Lawrence  Harbors  120 
Island,  Notre-Dame  Bay  . .  867 

Islets,  Fogo  Islands 893 

Launlslands 123 

Passages 206 

Point 456 

Reach 420 

Ribb  Rocks.. 493 

Rock,  Bonavista  Cape 438 


Pttgi'. 

Middle  Rock,  Cabot  Islands    404 

Little Donier Island-  418 

Placentia  Bay tlO 

Rocks,  CarilKHi  Cape  ....  4I»0 

Freels  Cape 403 

Gooseberry  Islands  414 

Shoal .501 

Tickle,  Fogo  Island 891 

Long  Islands 422 

Midsnmnier  Rock 405 

Midway  Rock 406 

Miffel  Island 180 

Milan  Arm 800 

caution 800 

current 800 

directions 800 

Point 801, 828 

Mile  Islet ,  Fogo  Island 898 

Shag  Islets 887 

Rock 187 

Rocks 184 

Mille  Cape 140 

Harbor 140 

Miller  Head 119 

Island 886 

anchorage 836 

Point 103 

Milliners  Arm 886 

Million  Cove 835 

Milners  Tickle 203 

Chateau  Bay 505 

Minchin  Head 433 

Island 438 

Mine  Rock us 

Mings  Bight 841 

anchorage 343 

Islets 841 

Miquelon  Cape 134 

Islands 188,184 

anchorage..  134,135 

lights 138,134 

Shoal 134 

tides 185 

Road 184 

Rocks 185 

Miranda  Cove 247 

Misaine  Bank 86 

Mistaken  Cove 298 

Point 41 

beacon 41 

Mizen  Hill 455 

Moany  Cove 58 

Moat  Harbor 2O6 


INDKX. 


Si")*.) 


Pbrc. 

ot  Islands    404 

If Donier Island,  418 

itmMii  Bay (10 

lilwrn  Cape 499 

h^Ih  Ciipo 4();3 

oseberry  iHlandH  414 

501 

?o  iHland 801 

[ig  Islands 432 

405 

406 

180 

800 

n 800 

t 800 

ons 800 

801,828 

land 398 

lets _  887 

167 

184 

140 

140 

119 

836 

orage 836 

108 

886 

825 

203 

iteau  Bay 505 

423 

428 

118 

841 

Jrage 843 

841 

184 

188,184 

nchorage..  184,185 

ights 138,134 

ihoal 184 

ides 185 

134 

- 185 

247 

86 

298 

41 

icon 41 

455 

58 

206 


Moat  iMlundH 206 

Mobile  Bay 480 

Mohawk  Point 886 

Molo  Cove 414 

tides 414 

Moll  Rot'k 61 

Molly  Ann  Cove 248 

Monday  Bank 491 

Mon  Janibo 145 

Monk  Islet 819 

RwkH 810 

Monkey  Rock 248 

Monks  Bank 109 

Ground 846 

Montaignai!  Rock 282 

Moore  Point 611 

Moorham  Reefs 885 

Mooring  Cove 870 

anchorage 870 

Island 458 

Moratties  Shoals 54 

Morgan  Arm 162 

anchorage 163 

Island,  Burgeo 179 

Lanialin 138 

Shoal 502 

Mome  Fontan 805 

beacon 805 

Morris  Channel 420 

Island 418 

Rock 483 

Mortier  Bank 117 

Bay 114 

Creek 116 

Rock 117 

Morton  Harbor 877 

directions 377 

Head 877 

tides 877 

water 377 

Morue  Spit 280 

Moses  Point 882 

Mosquito  Back  Cove 160 

Cove 290 

Carbonear 450 

Coves,  Trinity  Bay 451 

Harbor 160,170 

Island 160 

Point 459 

Mother  Burke  Rock 845 

IxxCove  46 

Motion  Bay 477 

Head 473 


T»iiv. 

Motion  Island  441 

light 441 

R(K'kH 478 

Monies  Island 127 

Mouse  Island,  Buttle  Islands 405 

Bloody  Reach 416 

Bnrtit  Islands 97 

Burnt    Island    an- 
chorage       98 

Gallows  Harbor 100 

PlacentiaBay 66 

Toulinguet 879 

Point 848 

Rock,  Gastries  Bay 467 

Random  Head 441 

Toulinguet 879 

Moyac  Island 233 

Moyacs  Islands 802 

Muddy  Hole 67 

Connoire  Bay 186 

Dragon  Bay 161 

Point 186 

Ramca  Islands 1 72 

St.  George  Bay 333 

Mull  Face  Bay 303 

Mnlou  Shoal 332 

Murphy  Rock 121 

Catalina  Harbor . . .  480 

Murphys  Cove 266 

MiiscleBank m 

Musket  Islands 179 

Mussel  Bank,  Freshwater  Bay  ...  413 

Harbor,  Long  Island 94 

Pond  Point 47 

Rock,  St.  Marys  Bay 48 

Trinity  Harbor 484 

Mustard  Gull  Islands 434 

Mutton  Bay 42 

Cape 42 

Island 296 

Naked  Man  Rock 192,855 

Nameless  Cove. 297 

directions 297 

Nan  Point 73 

Nanny  Hole  Head. 375 

Rock 375 

Rock 890 

Narrows,  The,  Clode  Sound 422 

Goose  Arm 255 

Picarre 150 

St.  Charles  Channel  500 


5(50 


INDKX. 


f 

! 


NnrrowH,  The,  St.  .I<ilm 474 

N.'ul  ImM 877 

Neck  Point 118 

No(l<li(rk  Ctipo 480 

Nt'dily  HiulKir 866 

tUK'li)  >ritK<t 966 

(lim;tiiiim 267 

ixmitiou 266 

Nw'(lh»H  RockH 812 

NfiKt'  Bay 290 

N.mt  Rock 80 

Not  Rock - 67 

RmrkH «0 

Novcrfail  Shonl 181 

New  Bay 872 

Head «72 

RockH 872 

Bona  venture  Harbor 485 

F6rolleCove 291 

Poninmila 290 

Point 290 

Harbor,  BonaviMta  Bay 410 

Fortune  Bay 140 

Head,  TackH  Head.-    87 

Island 104 

Rencontro  Bay 164 

Trinity  Bay 457 

Perlican  Harbor 454 

anchorage  -  454 

tides 454 

World  Island 876, 878 

Newell  Island 404 

Newfoundland,  agriculture 3 

Banks  of 83 

fish 38 

climate 8 

coal 7 

cod  fishery 8 

communication  .-      5 
currents --13, 14,15,17 

fisheries 8 

fogs 11 

general  descript'n      1 

geology 4 

government 5 

Great  Bank 33 

Gulf  Stream 18 

herring  fishery..-      3 

ice 18,25 

report  stations.    34 

lakes 2 

lobster  fishery 4 

mines 2 


N«wfoundland.  orthograpliy 8 

paMHagf  H 27, 82 

t'liHt  ))oiiiid     28 
Hailing 

veHHuls  .     :)() 

wfiBt  bo'nd    20 

l)hyHlcal  fcaturen        1 

population.   3 

railways 7 

rivers 2 

salmon  fishery  ...      4 

seal  fishery 3 

telegraph 7 

variation  of  com 

paHS 82 

winds 0 

Newman  Sound 421 

caution 422 

New  Town 08 

New  World  Island 870 

Niagara  Point 450 

Nickerson  Bank  - 40 

Nii^keys  Nose.. 350 

Nick  Power  Cove 165 

Point 165 

Niger  Sound 502 

Nimrod  Harbor 360 

Island —  300 

Tickle 408 

Nine-fathom  Bank 34 

Nine-pin  Ai'm 886 

Nipper  Head 103 

Nippers  Harbor 350 

communication  -  -  351 

Islands 840 

Noble  Cove 851 

Kirpon 808 

Head. 851 

Bank 851 

Noddy  Harbor 804 

Point 304 

Noggin  Hill  - 896 

Island 896 

Noir  Cape ---  125 

Maria  Bay 808 

NoManRock 183 

Nonsuch 06 

Head. 06 

Narrows 07 

Nook,  The -  170 

Norman  Cape 290 

Bay 290 

fog  signal -.-  299 


ortlioKiiiiihy 8 

ptiMMiiMrt'H 27, 83 

('iist)M)miil    2W 

Hiiil  i  I)  K 

Vt'HHl'lH    .       !!() 

wt'Mt  ho'nd    20 
pliyHiciil  ffiitnreH  .      1 

|)()liuliitii)n 8 

milwiiyH 7 

rivd'H 3 

Hulmon  Huliory  ...      4 

Heal  tlHhory 8 

telt'gruph 7 

vuriiitioii  of  com- 

piwrt 82 

wiiitlH 0 

I 431 

cttution 423 

68 

and 87« 

450 

f.  - 40 

350 

ve 1«5 

lint 165 

502 

r 860 

860 

498 

ank -    84 

880 

108 

r - 850 

communication  .  -  851 

3 849 

851 

rpon 808 

851 

,nk 851 

804 

804 

896 

896 

125 

riaBay 808 

188 

96 

90 

jws 97 

170 

399 

Bay 399 

fog  signal ---  299 


IXDKX. 


5fil 


P»KH, 

Norman  Ciipc  ll^lit  909 

tidal  HtreantH 399 

Head 184 

Rock 309 

NorriH(.'ovt'  866 

tidoH 267 

Point 866 

Rock 404 

North  Arm,  Buy  of  InlaudH 257 

Covo        887 

Hooping  Harbor 888 

Indian  Bay    411 

Paciuot  Harbor 848 

Point 857 

Bay,  Bello  Bay 148 

Do8i)air  Bay 156 

ancdiorago  150 
telt^grapli.  150 

water 156 

Griguet  Bay - .  809 

Head 156 

LaPoile 191 

Point 191 

Bight. .€ 445 

Bill,  FreelH  CaiM) 401 

St.  John  Cape 844 

Birdlaland 429 

Met 440 

Broad  Cove 431 

Brown  lalets 413 

Cove,  Coachman  Harbor...  840 

Gut 465 

Harbor  Head 865 

Little  Bay  Islands.  865 

Placeutia  Bay 65 

Placentia  Bay  an- 
chorage     65 

Point 65 

Rock 05,807 

St.  Marys  Bay 47 

St.  Marys  Bay  an- 
chorage     48 

St.  Marys  Bay  tides    48 

Stag  Island 307 

Head,  Aquaf ort  Harbor ....  488 

Bay  of  Islands 259 

Brigus  Bay 405 

light 465 

Spear  Cape 477 

St.  Johns 474 

St.  Jones  Harbor 447 

Ledge -.. 477 

Penguin  Island 400 


North  Pt'iiKtiin  Mand  light  KM) 

Point 480 

CatK)  Broyle 481 

Pound  Wet 405 

Rwf 811 

RibbR(Rrk 408 

Rock,  ('oai-hman  Harlmr        340 
I'ort  an  Port  .-     230,243 

Rocks,  (Jrt'unH  Pond   406 

Tickle,  t!hang«  Island 888 

directions 888 

Tilt  Island 88 

Toulinguct  Ixland 879 

Trump  Island 379 

Wild  Cove 94 

Northeast  Arin,  Bloody  Bay 417 

Boat  Harbor 103 

Catalinu  Harbor.  481 

Connoire  Bay 185 

Deer  Harbor 448 

Harbor  Breton ...  140 

LaPoile 162 

Little  River 169 

Placentia  Harbor    51 
Red  Island  Bay..  174 

water 193 

Bottom 860 

Brook,  Chimney  Bay ...  829 

Covo 329 

Cove,  Aviron  Bay 100 

LaHuneBay....  167 

Oar  Bay  166 

Placentia  Sound.    54 
Island,  Fichot  Islands..  319 

beacon 819 

Ledge 508 

Nonsuch 07 

water 97 

Rock,  Bell  Island 834 

Norther  Cove 433 

Head,  Trinity  Bay 438 

Point,  Hearts  Content . .  455 

beacon 455 

Northern  Arm,  How  Harbor 816 

How   Harbor  an- 
chorage  816 

Bank 491 

Head,  Bay  of  Exploits..  874 
Bonavista  Cape..  427 

Middle  Arm JJ50 

Renewse  Harbor.  484 

Pass,  Old  F6rolle 298 

Northward  Rock,  Ramea  Islands..  172 


_    J 


562 


INDEX. 


Tiigo. 

Northward  Rock,  White  Sail  Bank    94 

Northwest  Ann,  Bloodj'  Bay 417 

Boat  Harbor 102 

Clatise  Harbor..    76 
Clatise  Harbor 

anchorage 76 

Clode  Sound 488 

Connoire  Bay...  185 

Corbin  Bay 143 

Fortune  Harbor.  878 

Green  Bay 353 

Green    Bay   an- 
chorage  353 

Hare  Bay 162 

How  Harbor 816 

Little  River 169 

Random  S'd.  .402,  440 
Red  Island  Bay..  174 

Rocky  Bay 896 

Rogutd Harbor..  352 

Sweet  Bay 424 

Trinity  Bay 417 

Harbor  .  438 

Bay,  Griguet 809 

St.  Jones  Harbor.  447 
St.  Lunaire  Bay.  -  311 

Brook 171 

Cove,  East  Bay 156 

Hermitage  Bay..  149 
Lampidoes  pas- 
sage    155 

Presque  Harbor.    82 

Head,  Clatise  Harbor..    76 

White  Bear  Bay.  173 

Island 75 

Ramea  Islands..  172 

Ledge 308 

Rock 60 

Shoal  34 

St.  Julien 822 

Sunker 123 

Norton  Cove 417 

Notre  Dame  Bay,   east   coast  of 

Newfoundland...  846 

Island 314 

Shoal.. 314 

Nova  Scotia  Banks 35 

Nut  Hill 424 

Nymph  Island 311 

O. 
Oar  Bay I66 

Observation  Point 323 


Page. 

Observatory  Islet 323 

Point 388 

Ochre  Pit  Hills 422 

Odd  Island 405 

Oderin  Bank 1C7 

Harbor 105 

anchorage 105 

directions 105 

tides 105 

Island 104 

Ofifer  Gob  Rock 195 

Gooseberry  Island 418 

Island,  Grand  Bruit 191 

Lann  Island 122 

Rock,  Gooseberry  Islands  . .  414 

Harbor  Breton 147 

Little  Denier  Island..  418 

Neddick  Cape 480 

Seal  Lland 195 

Shoal. 181 

Sunker 1V4 

Wadham  Island ,...398 

light 898 

Oil  Islands SQQ 

Old  Bantam    Rock,   Notre  Dame 

Bay. 367 

Bay 145 

Billy  Rock,  Three  Arms 857 

Bonaventnre  Harbor 435 

Bone-em 217 

Boy  Shoal 290 

F^roUe  Harbor 298 

directions 298 

tides 298 

Island 292 

beacon 293 

Haman  Rock 477 

Harry  Rock,  Bonavista  Cape.  428 

BroyleCape 481 

Corbin  Island...  119 

Despair  Bay 157 

Spear  Cape 477 

The  Harrys 848 

Shoals,  Toulinguet 881 

Man  Bay 169 

water 170 

Cove 285 

Hill 191 

Shoal 285 

Perlican  anchorage 452 

communication 452 

ice 458 

tides 453 


..v,,ll.l■.^^nT^«^lf..«,..«n.^^,-^.-^T■m.m-^-■.»^■„«-;.mv,^-,  ,..a:-.:^«ymt^ 


INDEX. 


563 


Page. 

t 323 

It 333 

422 

-   405 

1C7 

105 

ichorage 105 

irections 105 

dea 105 

104 

-  195 

Island 418 

md  Bruit 191 

i 122 

eberry  Islands  . .  414 

lor  Breton 147 

e  Denier  Island-.  418 

lick  Cape 480 

195 

181 

1V4 

iland ,...398 

light 398 

-.-- 866 

3k,   Notre  Dame 

867 

145 

?hree  Arms 357 

Harbor 485 

217 

290 

or 293 

directions 293 

tides 293 

i 292 

beacon 293 

477 

Bonavista  Cape.  428 

BroyleCape 481 

Corbin  Island...  119 

Despair  Bay 157 

Spear  Cape 477 

The  Harrys 848 

,  Toulinguet 381 

169 

er 170 

285 

191 

285 

orage 452 

nunication 462 

453 

I 453 


Page. 

Old  Poe  Shoal 107 

Port  au  Choix  (Black  Arm)..  283 

anchorage 284 

beacons 284 

directions 284 

ice 284 

tides 284 

Sow  Point 459 

Woman  Head 256 

Olive  Cove 149 

Oliver  Cove 77 

Rock 77 

Onion  Cape 301 

Cove 301 

Island 301 

Oody  Point 336 

Open  Bay 298 

Hole 425 

ice 425 

Orange  Bay 832 

Ore  Head. 468 

Osmond  Hill no 

Bock 108 

Otter  Bay 206 

caution 206 

Cove 880 

Island 866 

Little  Bay 359 

Point 141 

Connoire  Bay 186 

settle- 
ment. 186 

telegraph 141 

Ourson  Point 280 

Outer  Brandy  Rock 419 

Cove 470 

East  Rock 899 

Miquelon  Rock 135 

Shag  Rock 254 

Oven  Rock 118 

Overfall  Brook 516 

Owen  Rock 90 

P. 
Paddle  Rocks in 

Paddock  Shoal 46 

Page  Rock 123 

Painter  Rock 186 

Pancake  Rock,  Basque  Port  - 209 

beacons 209 

buoy 209 

caution 209 

Mercer  Cove. 136 


PBgC. 

Pancake  Rock,  St.  Johns 474 

PaquetHarbo) 343 

anchorages 842 

tides 842 

Paradise  Harbor 84 

anchorage 84 

ice  84 

Point 889 

Sound 95 

Parfrey  Point 78 

Paris  Bay 342 

anchorage 342 

water 342 

Park  Harbor 422 

Parker  Cove 102 

River 300 

Parkes  Cove 255 

water 255 

Rock - 258 

Parsons  Cove 376 

Ground 495 

Pond 277 

Hill 277 

Partridge  Island 405 

Point,  Biohe  Arm 326 

Cap  Daim 389 

Kirpon 808 

White  Bay 384 

Pass  Island 148 

anchorage 148 

light.. 148 

Tickle 148 

Passage  Shoals. 287 

Passages,  auxiliary  steamers 30 

Bellelsle 81 

Cape  Breton   to  New- 
foundland     32 

full -powered  steamers..    27 

homeward  routes 29 

outward  routes 28 

sailing  vessf  Is 30 

Passenger  Point 448 

Patracan 135 

Patrick  Cove 50 

Harbor 151 

Rock 151 

Island 81,  106 

Point 356 

Power  Cove 366 

Rock 50 

Rocks 106 

Paw  Point 467 

Peaked  Rock 305 


i 


J 


5CA 


INDEX. 


i 


Page. 

Peaice  Harbor. 377 

Pearl  Island 249 

Great  Jervis  Harbor.  138 

Pebble  Island 480 

Peckford  Island 898 

PeggysBag 476 

Pelee  Island 128 

Point 342 

Penguin  Arm 256 

Cove 256 

Head 256 

Islands 160,  400 

light 400 

Penman  Ann 256 

Penney  Island 511 

Penneys  Room 519 

Pepper  Alley  Point 479 

Perch  Rock-- 50 

Perlican,  New 1 454 

Old 452 

Island 452 

Perroquet  Bank 519 

Pete  Cove 78 

Head 78 

Petit  CoupdeHache 348 

Fort  Cove 96 

Harbor 96 

Gars  Rock 302 

Jardin  -- 229 

Marchand  Rock 180 

Pas  Cove 253 

anchorage 253 

Rocher ,  322 

San  Fond  Harbor 332 

Petites 196 

Vaches  Cove 333 

Petrel  Islands 503 

Petticoat  Island,  Bale  de  I'Eau  ...  101 
Femme  Harbor..  140 

Petty  Harbor 478 

Pic  4  Denis.. 228,285 

Harbor 237 

supplies 238 

tides 238 

Picadilly 228 

Picarre  Harbor 150 

Piercy  Hill 124 

PierwaysHill- 227 

Pig  Bank 40 

Island 193 

Ledge us 

Pigeon  Cove 307 

Head.  228 


rage. 

Pigeon  Island,  Barasway  Bay  .  - .     203 

Fichot  Islands 319 

Fortune  Bay 159 

Grand  Bruit 191 

Little  Garia  Bay  . .  195 

Paradise  Point 389 

Peninsula 389 

St.  Pierre 128 

Shoal 159 

Shoals 208 

Snooks  Arm 347 

Stocking  Harbor...  352 

Til  ton  Harbor 389 

Islands,  White  Bay 338 

Islet,  Random  Head  Har- 
bor   441 

Point 833 

Rock 430 

Rocks,  Fogo  Island 892 

Pigeonnifere  Arm 333 

Pikes  Arm 885 

PilierCove 325 

Pillar  Rock... 195 

Pilley  Cove 367 

water 368 

Island 362 

Harbor 362 

buoy 364 

coal 363 

communica- 
tion   863 

dangers 363 

directions  . . .  364 
inner  anchor- 
age  364 

outer  anchor- 
age   363 

pilots 364 

supplies 363 

tides 864 

Tickle 362 

Pillot  Bank- 297 

Pilly  Point 391 

Rock 391 

Pincher  Bight 402 

directions 402 

Island 402 

Pinchgut  Island,  Colinet  Harbor. .    47 

Point,  Hares  Ears  Point  164 

Placentia  Bay. . .    61 

Pine  Cape .44,66 

directions 41 

light : 44 


Page. 
asway  Bay  .  - .     203 

hot  Islands 319 

tune  Bay 159 

md  Bruit 191 

tie  Garia  Bay  - .  195 

adise  Point 389 

insula 889 

Pierre 128 

al 159 

als 203 

oksArm 347 

jking Harbor...  352 

on  Harbor 389 

liiteBay 338 

lom  Head  Har- 

441 

833 

430 

:o  Island 892 

333 

885 

325 

195 

367 

368 

362 

r 362 

buoy 364 

coal 363 

communica- 
tion   363 

dangers 363 

directions  . . .  364 
inner  anchor- 
age  364 

outer  anchor- 
age   363 

pilots 364 

supplies 363 

tides 864 

362 

297 

391 

391 

402 

tions 402 

402 

(linet  Harbor..  47 
res  Ears  Point  164 
icentia  Bay. . .    61 

44,66 

1 41 

- 44 


INDEX. 


565 


Page. 

Pines  Islet 841 

Pinnacle  Island ., 107 

Rock .112,114 

Port  au  Port 244 

Shoal 167 

Pinware  Bay 514 

Pipe  Rock • 387 

Pipers  Hole 66 

Piquennais  Rocks 318 

Pistolet  Bay 300 

caution , 301 

current 301 

direction 300 

ice 301 

tides 801 

Pitman  Bight 349 

Piton  Point 301 

Peninsula 301 

Pitt  Sound 409 

Gates 415 

Island 415 

Pitts  Harbor 505 

directions 505 

water 505 

Hill 504 

Placentia  Bay 50 

dangers 50 

fogs  - 50 

i-^e 50 

Harbor 51 

anchorage 53 

communication . .    52 
,  supplies 52 


light. 

tides . 

Mans  Point  . 


anchorage . 


Road 


ice. 


51 
52 
66 
67 
51 
51 

Sound 53 

telegraph  cables 51 

Plaster  Cove 218 

Plat  Rock 128 

Plate  Cove.-.. 435 

Head 424 

Islands 137 

Point... 133 

fog  signal 133 

light... 133 

Pigeoniere  Cove 333 

Pleasant  Cove •. 252 

telegraph 353 

Point  aux  Gauls 122 


Pago. 

Point  of  Beach 461 

light 461 

Rock,  Lamalin  Bay 132 

Little  St.  Lawrence  .  120 

Shoal,  Bnrgeo  Islands 181 

Harbor  Rocks 107 

Pointe  aux  Morts 515 

Pomley  Cove,  Granliy  Island 337 

Lauipidoes  Passage  155 

Pond  Cove 304 

Head 87,91 

Sunkers 91 

Ponds  River 279 

anchorage 279 

Pool  Beach 483 

Island,  Little  Garia  Bay 195 

Poole  Island 160 

Pools  Arm,  ice 403 

Harbor 405 

directions 406 

ice 406 

tides 406 

Island ..189,405 

Poor  Boy  Islet 449 

Ledge 448, 

Island.... 118 

Rock... -- 118 

Shoal 430 

Pope  Harbor 436 

Poplars  Head 106 

Popple  Stone 414 

Pork  Island .' 411 

Porpoise  Rock 394 

Port-au-bras 118 

Port-au-Choix 383 

anchorages 383 

current 383 

directions -  383 

Port 334 

anchorages - .  235 

directions 243 

ice --  235 

tidal  streams 338 

tides 338 

Basque 307 

Island.. 318 

de  Grave 465 

Saunders - 381 

Portland  Cove 378 

Hill 378 

Portugal  Cove,Newfoundland,ea8t 

coast 468 

Trepassey  Bay 43 


I 


J 


566 


INDEX. 


P»it«. 

Ponch  Cove 4qq 

Maiul ..'. 403 

Pound  Islets 405 

Rocka 403 

Powder  Horn  Hill 64 

Powles  Head 43 

buoy 43 

Prairie  Shoal 34 

Presque  Harbor ...    81 

anchorage 83 

directions 82 

ice 82 

Pretty  Island  .  _ 430 

Pilley  Island  Harbor  363 

Tickle 862 

Priest  Rock 399 

Priests  Cove 336 

Princes  Lookout 468 

Privecoeur  Shoal 51 

Prosper  Islet 399 

Prosser  Rock 474 

Prune  Island 308 

Pudding  Bag  Cove 406 

Cove 438 

Point 443 

Puddock  Bank 104 

Puddy  Rock 458 

Puffin  Bank 137 

Island 137,404 

light 405 

Islands,  Bay  of  Islands 254 

Ledge 405 

Rock 406 

Pulpit  Head 419 

Purbeck  Cove 337 

anchorage 387 

Purcell  Harbor 883 

Pushthrough,  Gallows  Harbor 99 

Great  Jervis  Harbor  158 

Puttick  Rock 433 

Puzzle  Harbor 376 

Head 376 

Pylades  Rock 175 

Pyramid  Point _  335 

Q. 

Quarry  Rock 443 

Querr6  Islet 383 

beacon 284 

Quiddy  Viddy  Harbor 471 

&. 

Race  Cape 39,485 

beacon 39,486   i 


Page. 

Race  Cape  currents 40, 486 

directions 41 

fog  signal 39,486 

ice 40,486 

light 39.486 

signal  and  ice  reporting 

station 39,486 

soundings 40, 486 

tides 40,486 

Rade  Point 833 

Raft  Island 863 

Tickle 363 

Ragged  Harbor,  east  coast 432 

Wooham  Islands.  400 

directions 400 

Head 131 

Island 182 

Islands 84, 432 

anchorage 86 

Bona  venture  Head  434 

directions 86 

Islets 887 

Point 369 

Rock,  Great  Laun 122 

Smith  Sound 485 

Rocks,  Harbor  Grace 460 

Raglan  Her  d 355 

Rags  Island,  Fogo  Island 890 

Rock 381,390 

Rocks,  Assizes  Island 495 

The 381 

Rallier  Shoal 181 

Ram  Islands 56 

ice 50 

Ramea  Colombier  Island 172 

Harbor 173 

Islands 172 

ice 178 

South  Bank 178 

Southeast  Rocks 178 

Random  Head  Harbor 441 

tides 441 

Island 488 

Sound 442 

ice 442 

Rantem  Cove 451 

communication 451 

Rase  Island 291 

Rat  Island 441 

Rattler  Brook 258 

Rattling  Brook,  Bonne  Bay 264 

water.  264 
Green  Bay 854 


Pagp. 

* 40,486 

ns 41 

al 3»,48« 

40,486 

39,486 

nd  ice  reporting 

a 89,486 

gs 40,486 

40,486 

888 

863 

868 

ist  coast 432 

ooham  Islands.  400 

•ections 400 

121 

183 

84,433 

!horage 86 

tia  venture  Head  484 

ections 86 

887 

- 869 

it  Laun 122 

;h  Sound 485 

bor  Grace 460 

255 

[sland 890 

881,390 

s  Island 495 

881 

- 181 

- 56 

50 

[sland 172 

173 

.- 172 

-- 178 

178 

iOcks 178 

lor 441 

tides 441 

488 

442 

443 

--- 451 

anication 451 

291 

- 441 

, 258 

me  Bay 264 

water.  364 
en  Bay 354 


INDEX. 


507 


Rattling  Brook,  La  Poile  Bay 192 

St.  George  Bay  . .  320 

Raven  Cape 308 

Rttvenel  Bay 186 

Ray  Cape 210 

fog  signal 211 

ice  reports 211 

light 211 

signal  station 210 

telegraph 210 

tides 211 

Raymond  Island 156 

Passage 156 

Point 151 

Razor  Back  Rock 160 

Reculoux  Shoal 287 

Red  Bay..  511 

Bank 508 

caution 513 

directions 513 

.ice 618 

supplies 512 

tidal  streams 618 

tides 518 

water 512 

Brook-- -  220 

Cliff  Head 470 

Island 425 

ice 435 

Cove,  Bonavista  Cape 426 

Famish  Gut. 69 

Fox  Island 95 

Head 59,95 

Rock 48 

Harbor 112 

.Head 112 

Head  Rock,  St.  Marys  Bay .  - .    48 

TorBay 470 

Tor  Bay 469 

Hills 39,486 

House 197 

Island 174 

Bank 503 

Bay,  Ramea  Islands  . .  174 

Camp  Islands 503 

Cormorant  Cape 230 

Harbor 91,174 

Placentia  Bay 91 

Road - 231 

Rock,  Notre  Dame  Bay  358 

Shoal 57 

St.  Charles  Harbor  ...  503 
St.  Lunare  Bay 811 


Red  Island,  Wild  Bight  . .  858 

Islet,  Beii  Island 825 

Herring  Head 885 

Rock 90 

Rocks 456 

Redland 77, 90 

Red  Man 448 

Point,  Random  Sound 444 

Clam  Bank  Cove 232 

Comiaigre  Bay 148 

Hare  Bay... 163 

Rock,  Devil  Bay 163 

Shoal 76 

Rock,  Trinny  Cove 59 

Rocks,  Witless  Bay 456 

Rencontre  Bay 164 

anchorage 164 

tides 164 

Cove 261 

Island,  Burgeo  Islands.  179 

Islands 142 

Rock --  179 

Renewse  Harbor 483 

dangers 484 

directions .  484 

ice 482 

Rock 484 

Shoal 484 

Head 485 

Islet 485 

Rocks 485 

R^piss6  Rock 320 

Riband,  The 478 

Richards  Harbor 161 

anchorage. 162 

Head 175 

Island 421 

Rich  Point 283 

caution 283 

current 283 

light 283 

Peninsula 283 

Shoal 282 

Riches  Island 152 

Riders  Harbor 440 

Ridge  Cape 401 

The 230 

tidal  streams 231 

Riding  Island 350 

Shoal 350 

Rienc<!  Creek 331 

RiflfrafiE  Rocks,  Salvage  Point 453 

Shoal  Bay 449 


568 


INDEX. 


I 


Page. 

River  Brook 219 

Head  Bay 387 

Brook 861 

Fortune  Bay 146 

water 146 

White  Bay 387 

Islands 491 

Point 321 

RixCove 858 

Harbor 450 

water 450 

Road  Island 208 

Point 240 

anchorage 240 

Roberts  Bay  (Bay  Roberts) 464 

Harbor 864 

anchorage 365 

directions .  - 365 

Notre  Dame  Bay.  364 

pilots 365 

Robineau  Coves 332 

Robin  Hood  Bay •- .  471 

RobinhoodBay 484 

Robinson  Brook  - 220 

communication..  220 

Head 220 

Island 280 

Point 448 

Rock 397 

Roche  Harbor 268 

anchorage 268 

directions 268 

Peak 110 

Point 52 

Roches  Blanches 197 

Rock  Harbor 118 

Point 114 

oftheBank 74 

The 889 

Rocky  Bay,  Bell  Island 825 

Bloody  Reach 416 

Sir  Charles  Hamilton 

Sound 396 

Cove 66,81 

Sunker 81 

Harbor 113,445 

Roche  Harbor 268 

Islands -  416 

Islets,  Flower  Cove 297 

Passage 160' 

Point 146,396 

Lark  Harbor 250 

light 146 


P»gt>. 

Rocky  Point,  Port  au  Port 286 

Rodney  Cove 382 

Rodway  Point 102 

Roger  Cape 98 

Bay 98 

Harbor 98 

anchorage 98 

Head 99 

Island 98 

Mountain 98 

Rogers  Point 895 

Rock 123 

Rogues  Harbor 851 

Roland  Point 316 

Roinaines  Brook 225 

supplies 225 

Romsey  Rock  502 

Ronci^re  Bay 809 

anchorage 809 

Rood  Point 258 

Roost  Rocks - 87 

Rope  Cove 245 

Rose  Blanche  Harbor 200 

communica- 
tion  200 

directions..  201 

ice. 200 

supplies 200 

tidal  streams  202 

tides 202 

Brook 201 

Shoals 200 

Point 197 

light 198 

Village 200 

Ros6e  Point,  Fortune  Bay 189 

(Stormy  Point) 214 

Roseway  Bank. 37 

Rosey  Rock. 121 

Rosiru  Island 89 

Point 89 

Sunker 89 

RotiBay 154 

anchorage 155 

water 155 

Colombier 191 

Rouge  Cape 325 

Harbor 326 

anchorage  . . .  326 

beacons 336 

ice 326 

tides 336 

Peninsula 325 


L 


Pag.'. 

rtauPort 286 

383 

102 

- 08 

98 

bor , _..     08 

anchorage 98 

d 09 

tid 08 

mtain 98 

895 

123 

851 

816 

325 

supplies 323 

502 

809 

chorage 300 

858 

,— .     87 

345 

irbor 300 

communica- 
tion  300 

directions..  301 

ice- 300 

supplies 200 

tidal  streams  302 

tides 202 

•ook 201 

loals 200 

lint 197 

light 198 

Uage 20O 

•tune  Bay 189 

ormy  Point) 214 

87 

121 

- 89 

89 

- 89 

154 

age 155 

155 

191 

335 

bor 336 

anchorage  . . .  326 

beacons 336 

ice 326 

tides 826 

insula 825 


INDEX. 


5()S> 


Page. 

Rouge  Cape,  St.  Pierre 186 

Island 826 

Round  Harbor  (Grand  Coup  de 

Hache) 843 

directions 843 

Head 347 

Hermitage  Bay  . .  150 
Notre  Dame  Bay.  847 

Pope  Harbor 486 

tides 343 

Traytown  Harbor  437 

Trinity  Bay 446 

Head  Cove 286 

Fogo  Island 889 

Island ,  St.  John  Bay .  286 

Jude  Harbor 106 

Shoal 286 

St.  John  Bay 286 

west  coast 888 

Hill 186 

Island,  Bear  Island 181 

Burgeo  Islands 1 77 

Qaria  Bay 194 

Reef 244 

Rock 64 

Shag  Island 180 

Rowland  Head 480 

Point 858 

Rock 57 

RowsellCove 373 

Riiby  Rock 474 

Rushoon  Bank 108 

Harbor 103 

Head .     108 

Ruth  Island 888 

S. 

Sable  Bank 35 

Sacred  Bay 301 

Islands 308 

Saddle  Hill 460 

Island,  Bay  of  Islands 248 

Despair  Bay 159 

Red  Bay 512 

Saddleback  Islet 107 

Sagona  Island 137 

Sailors  Harbor 410 

ice 419 

Island 419 

Saint  Anthony  Cape 818 

Harbor 313 

communi- 
cation ..  818 


To  III'. 

Saint  Autliony  Harbor  ice 818 

supplies  ,.  !)13 

tides 318 

Hill 813 

Barbe  Bay  „ 893 

beacons 206 

directions 296 

ice 206 

tides 896 

Harbor 295 

Islands 839 

Point.... 895 

beacons 895 

Bernard  Cove 88 

Charles  Cape 500 

Channel 500 

anchorage,  500 

Harbor 501 

anchorage.-  501 
directions..  501 

water 502 

Hill 500 

Point 518 

River 498 

CroixBay 55 

Point 55 

Francis  Cape 468 

fog  signal 469 

light 469 

George  Bay 216 

fogs 216 

ice 316 

tidal  stream  ...  816 

Cape 889 

Harbor.. 284 

anchorage  ..  234 

light 823 

St.  George 

Bay 216 

River 334 

Georges  Leads 470 

Gregory  Cape 260 

Mount 259 

River 259 

Island 411 

Jacques  Harbor 144 

anchorage  .  144 
communica- 
tion   144 

water 144 

Island 144 

John  Bay 285 

caution 885 


imemKramxmm 


^M 


mmm 


670 


INDEX. 


Fane 

Saint  John  Cape 844 

ice 344 

Harbor 285 

ice 285 

tides 285 

Head 145 

Island 145 

St.  John  Bay...  385 

JohnH 471 

anchorage 475 

buoy 475 

coal    473 

communicationH 471 

dangers 474 

daymarks 474 

directions  475,479 

docks 472 

fogs 470 

fogsignal 474 

hospitals 478 

ice 475 

lights 478 

patent  slip 478 

pilotage 478 

pilots 473 

port  dues 478 

repairs 473 

signals 478 

supplies 472 

tides 476 

time  signal '. 478 

towage 478 

trade 473 

water  472 

wintering 476 

Jones  Harbor 447 

ice 449 

•      Head 446 

Islet 447 

Within  Harbor 445 

Joseph  Harbor 99 

Julien  Harbors 322 

Island 822 

Peak 822 

KyransHarbor 82 

anchorage . .    88 

tides 82 

Lawrence  Harbors 120 

LewisCape 489 

Inlet 491 

River 492 

Rock 489 

Sound.. 489 


Saint  Lewis  Sound  tides 489 

Louis  Bank 127 

buoy 137 

Lunairt!  Bay 310 

ice 812 

tidal  streams. .  813 

Peak 810 

Road 311 

Margaret  Bay 391 

ice 291 

Mountain  ...  290 

tides 291 

Mary  Cape 49 

dangers 49 

fogs 50 

light 49 

tides 49 

Cays 49 

Marys  Bay 44 

dangers 48 

ice 45 

Harbor 45 

anchorage  ..    46 
comnmni  ca- 
tion     46 

danger 40 

ice 46 

tides 46 

water 46  • 

MeinBay 318 

ice 813 

Modest  Islands 514 

Paul  Island 2II 

anchorage 212 

beacons 218 

fogsignal 212 

ice  report 218 

lifeboats 218 

lights 213 

provision  depot-  212 
signal  station..  218 
submarine  cable  212 
tidal  streams  . .  318 

tides 218 

Pauls  Bay 273 

Inlet 273 

Peter  Bay 508 

Islands 503 

Point 508 

Pierre  Bank 35 

cod  fishery 183 

Harbor 129 

anchorage 130 


Pan;... 

1  tides 4H« 

127 

buoy 137 

' 310 

ice 813 

tidal  streams- .  812 

ik 810 

id 311 

ly 291 

ice 291 

Mountain  ...  290 

tides 291 

49 

langers 49 

ogH 50 

ight 49 

ides 49 

49 

44 

angers 48 

36 45 

or 45 

anchorage  ..     40 
comnmni  ca- 
tion      46 

danger 40 

Ice 46 

tides 46 

water 46  • 

818 

) 818 

ds 514 

211 

wchorage 212 

beacons 218 

Pog  signal 213 

ice  report 218 

ifeboats 213 

ights 213 

jrovision depot.  212 
iignal  station..  318 
lubmarine  cable  212 
;idal  streams  . .  218 

;ides 218 

278 

273 

- 503 

503 

508 

35 

liery 182 

r- - 129 

anchorage 180 


INDEX. 


P«Kn. 

182 
183 
130 


Saint  Pierre  Harbor,  Barachoise. . 

bnoys  

charges,  dues 
Gommunlca- 

tion 129 

coal 139 

directions.  180,131 

hospital 180 

ice 180 

lights....  125,128 
patent  slips..  129 

pilots 180 

supplies 129 

telegraph 129 

tidal  streams.  183 

tides 182 

Island 125 

fog  signal 125 

lights 126,128 

signal  station.  125 
submarine  tel- 
egraph    129 

town 139 

Bock,  Lamalin 138 

Willis  Reach 417 

Shots  Cove _ 44 

Heads 44 

Sainte  Genevieve  Bay 394 

anchorage  .  394 
directions.-  894 

ice 294 

tides 294 

Cape 298 

Sall-the-Maid  Island 65 

Sails  Island 62 

Sally  Cove 370 

communication 370 

Salmon  Cove,  Gastries  Bay ,  467 

Gastries  Bay,  com- 
munication  467 

Green  Bay 856 

Head,      Conception 

Bay 459 

Random  Sound 442 

Three  Rocks  Point .  282 

Trinity  Bay 484 

Point,  Bonne  Bay'. 160,  267 

River 143 

Coal 148 

Rock 856 

Salmonier  anchorage 148 

Cove,  Hermitage  Bay..  149 
River 47 

UgiO 37 


571 


Pllgo. 


Salnionier  River  anchorage 47 

tides 47 

Village 143 

Salt  Pond 868 

Saltwater  Pond.  Hall  Bay 860 

anchorage  801 

Point  - 360 

White  Bay 836 

Salter  Hill us 

Salut  Island  .  - 810 

Salvage  Bay 419 

ice 423 

Point 458 

Rocks 458 

Rock 461 

Sam  Adams  Shoal 78 

Hitches  Harbor 160 

Sambro  Banks 87 

Ledges 37 

SamsHead.. 99 

Ledge- us 

Samson  Point 68 

Sandbanks,  The 177 

Point 177 

Island 177 

beacon..  177 

Sand  Cove 494 

Sandwich  Cove 508 

Point 608 

Sandy  Bay,  west  coast 277 

Straight  Coast 298 

Cove,  Bonne  Bay 266 

LaPoileBay 193. 

Little  Placentia {?•» 

Little  Placentia,  an- 
chorage      68 

Newman  Sound 421 

Head 366 

Point,  Hare  Bay 162 

St.  George  Bay 228 

St.  Gteorge  Bay,  com- 
munication  228 

St.  George  Bay,  sup- 
plies    228 

St.GeorgeBay,wharf  228 
tides.  224 

Sans-fond  Harbor..... 331 

Saturday  Ledge,  Bloody  Bay 417 

Broyle Harbor...  481 

Saucy  Joe  Rock 460 

Sauker  Head 119 

Rock 119 

Saullslands 114 


J 


572 


INDKX. 


Png-. 

ShuI  iHlnndHRock 114 

SiiultCove 888 

SaunderH  Knob fl()2 

Point 381 

Port 281 

directions 383 

ice 383 

aiipplies 283 

tides 383 

Shoiil 84 

Sauvageon  Rock 288 

SavadownRock 48 

Savage  Cove 298 

Island 383 

Point 814 

Savoyard  Point 136 

Shoal 120 

Scab  Rock.-.„ 512 

Schoolroom  Rock 800 

Schooner  Cove,  Anse  &  Loup 515 

Long  Harbor 143 

tides-  143 

Island 299 

Scilly  Cove 454 

Scott  Point 189 

Rock 188 

Scrape  Cove  Head 90 

Point 347 

Scrub  Reef 899 

Sculpin  Island,  Notre  Dame  Bay. .  371 

Renewse 488 

Point 120 

Rock 198 

Shoal 120 

Renewse 484 

Sea  Islands goe 

Seal  Arm,  White  Bay 888 

Bay,  Notre  Dame  Bay 869 

Brook 176 

St.  George  Bay 230 

ShagCliflP 265 

Cove 888 

Bonne  Bay 256 

Conception  Bay 468 

Conception  Bay,  com- 
munication   468 

Dead  Island  Harbor. . .  306 

Old  JB'erolle .298 

Penguin  Arm 356 

Point 453 

Ste.  Genevieve  Cape. .  -  298 

St.  George  Bay 217 

Salvage  Point 453 


l*CP. 

Seal  Cove,  Southward  Bay 425 

Head,  Colliers  Bay 4«(( 

WestBay 287 

Island 860 

Bear  Island 171 

Burgeo  Islands 183 

Chateau  Bay 504 

Hardrix  Island 866 

Head 195 

Rocks 850 

Shoal 850 

St.  Jones  Head 447 

York  Harbor 260 

Islands,  Flower  Cove 397 

Little  Garia  Bay 195 

Islet,  Great  Southern  Harbor.  68 

Ledges 297 

Point .504 

Goose  Cove 315 

01dF6rolle 298 

Rock,  BuflFet  Harbor 93 

Mortier  Bay 115 

Sailors  Harbor 419 

St.Johns 474 

Seal  Cove 458 

Rocks,  Captain  Island 187 

Culotte  Island 189 

Despair  Bay 153 

Little  River 168 

Miquelon 135 

St.  George  Bay 234 

St.  John  Island 385 

Sealing  Cove 876 

Sealskin  Rock 404 

Seals  Nest  Island 398 

beacon 393 

Sea  Mouse  Rocks 329 

Wolf  Lagoon 225 

Second  Brook  Cove 156 

Reach 448 

Seldom  Come-by  Harbor 894 

ice 394 

light  ....  394 

tides 894 

SesostrisBay 286 

Shag  Cliff 265 

Island,  Cinq  Cerf  Islands 189 

Connoire  Bay 186 

Garia  Bay 194 

Port  au  Port 244 

anchor- 
age . .  244 
Ragged  Islands 87 


wiird  Bay 42fl 

FH  Buy 4«« 

Bay 2!n 

850 

Wand 171 

eolNlands 183 

Bail  Bay 504 

rixlHland 806 

195 

8 850 

I 850 

men  Head 447 

Harbor 250 

ver  Cove 207 

le  Garia  Bay 195 

louthern  Harbor.    68 

207 

504 

Cove 315 

rolle 298 

Harbor 93 

irBay 115 

I  Harbor 419 

ins 474 

ove 458 

lin  Island 187 

te  Island 180 

lir  Bay 153 

)  River 168 

elon 135 

8orge  Bay 224 

hn  Island 285 

876 

404 

898 

beacon 308 

220 

225 

ve 156 

443 

Harbor 804 

ice 304 

light  ....  304 

tides 304 

286 

265 

Cerf  Islands 180 

loireBay 186 

a  Bay 194 

an  Port 244 

anchor- 
age ..  244 
;ed  Islands 87 


INDKX. 


ore 


Hhag  Island,  Ray  Cape 310   i 

Islands,  Dfcr  IsIimdH 415 

Islet,  Newman  Sonnd 481 

Rocky  Bay 416 

Islets,  ( 'hiingo  Island 887 

Nonsuch    06 

Trinity  Bay 488 

Ledge 214 

Rock,  Barin;Harl)or 118 

Change  Island iW 

Clatiso  Harbor 77 

Lamalin 133 

Placentia  Bay 60, 71 

Sonnd 58 

Renowse 484 

St.  Marys  Bay 45 

Rocks ,  Bay  of  Islands 240 

Connaigre  Bay 147 

Labrador 491 

Long  Harbor 56 

Paradise  Sonnd 05 

Rose  Blanche 300 

St.  Johns  Head 148 

Roost 60 

CouteauBay 188 

Sunkers 87 

Shallop  Cape 516 

Cove 158 

Shallow  Bay,  Pistolet  Bay 800 

west  coast 276 

anchorage  276 

Shalloway  Head 117 

Island 117 

Point 52 

Shark  Cove  Head 107 

Rock,  Trinity  Bay 414 

Sharp  Peak 54 

Sheep  Bank  307 

Channel 307 

Head 488 

Island 387 

Degrat 807 

Shellbird  Bight 360 

Shepherd  Point,  Catalina  Harbor .  430 
Maggotty  Cove  . .    68 

Rock 145 

Shilly  Cove 355 

Shimmy  Cove 359 

water 359 

Shingle  Head 41 

Ship  Cove,  Bay  de  Grave 465 

Bnrin  Harbor 118 

Despair  Bay 153 


PttK"'. 

Ship  Cove,  DcMpair  Bay,  anchorage  158 

tides 1.18 

water 158 

Fiods  Cove 228 

Ooldson  Arm 884 

Oilerin  Harbor 105 

anchorage  105 

tides 105 

Island  104 

Raniea  Islands 173 

St.  George  Bay  318 

Dock 176 

Harbor,  Placentia  Bay 54 

ice  . . .    55 
Point.     55 

Head 514 

Hill 463 

Island,  Fiods  Cove 228 

Indian  Bay 410 

Placentia  Bay 71 

Rock.Varket  Channel  420 

Varket  Channel 420 

Rock 218 

Run 875 

Rock 875 

Shoal 310 

Shivery  Point 340 

Shoal  Arm,  Three  Arms 858 

Bank 75 

Bay,  Deer  Harbor 440 

Fogo  Island 800 

Gander  Bay 807 

Point 47 

Rock 308 

St.  Marys  Bay 46 

Trinity  Bay 412 

Cove 233 

North  Head 260 

Ground 502 

Harbor,  east  coast 456 

Head 444 

Little  Bay 360 

Random  Sound 444 

Random  Sound  an- 
chorage   444 

,       Random  Sound  com- 
munication  444 

River 444 

Islands 490 

St.  Lewis  Inlet 499 

Point 207 

Cape  Auguille 215 

Flat 238 


574 


INDKX. 


ahottl  I'oint,  Port  n\\  Port 888 

Hock 16a 

St.UfurKeBay 318 

Rock 84fl,4S6 

Tickle 880 

Shoe  Cove 845 

Point 846 

Rix'k  846 

Point,  BonavlHta  Bay  ...  401, 400 

Shooter  Ilo<^k 165 

Short  Reach    176 

Shuffle  Board  Hill 405 

Signal  mil  474 

Silhlown  Point 440 

Silh-oCove 454 

Silver  Buckle 878 

Wand 878 

Cove 827 

Fox  iHland 410 

Silverton 864 

Siiumondfl  Barasway.  - 102 

anchorage  . .  152 

Simmons  Brook 148 

Wand 118 

Simms  Wand 890 

Rock  ..._ 300 

Simonds  Rock 104 

SimB  Point 48 

Sir  Charles  Hamilton  Sound 800 

ice...  896 

Sisters  Rocks,  Bay  Verte 840 

Groais  Island 834 

Skeleton  Cove 858 

Skerries,  The 480 

Skerrys  Bight 471 

Skerwink  Head 484 

Rocks 484 

SkiflE-sail  Rock 114 

Skinner  Cove 262 

Change  Island 888 

Rock 888 

Rocks 48 

Skippers  Brook 76 

Rock 76 

SlablaUnd 297 

Slammer  Point 195 

Sleepy  Cove ....' 881 

Sloop  Rock lot 

Run 376 

Sly  Boots  Rock 62 

Small  Island,  Wadham  Islands  ...  898 

Point 471 

Freshwater  Bay 476 


SniallM  Wmid       176 

Smith  Point 103,480 

SJioal lOH 

Hoiuid 485 

lo« 485 

tide* 485 

Smock  Wand 140 

OarlaBay 104 

Smoker  Wand JWT 

Rock 190 

Snagge  Point 470 

Snakes  Bight 317 

Snap  Hmk 893 

Sniiptail  Rock 871 

SnfM)k  Bank 811) 

Snooks  Arm 847 

anchorage 848 

tides 848 

water 848 

Harbor,  Bois  Islands 164 

Random  Sound  - .  489 

Head 847 

Soldier  Point,  Great  Miciuelon 185 

Merasheen  Harbor.    91 

Rock 514 

Catalina  Harbor....  430 

Sopers  Rtx'k 465 

Sophia  Head 448 

Sops  Arm 886 

anchorage 830 

Island 335 

caution 386 

SoufHets  Arm 888 

Sound  Island 67 

The 68 

Soundbone  Rock 104 

Soup  Point 842 

Souriceau  Rock 888 

Souris  Rock 822 

Shoal 826 

Soumoise  Shoal 821 

South  Arm,  Ari^ge  Ray 317 

Bay  of  Islands 254 

Bonne  Bay 264 

anchorage.  864 

Bight 448 

Bill,  Freels  Cape 401 

St.  John  Cape 344 

Birdlsland 429 

Islet 440 

Brook 855 

Brent  Island 816 

Broad  Cove 421 


^^^.QKWUailBUBUHU) 


Vtm», 
17fl 

ioa,4»« 

10« 

485 

485 

485 

140 

»Bay 194 

887 

19() 

470 

317 

89a 

871 

210 

847 

rage 848 

848 

848 

is  iHlanda 154 

ndoiu  Sound  . .  489 

.  847 

It  Miquelon 185 

ittheen  Harbor.  91 

814 

inn  Harbor 480 

465 

448 

886 

?e 880 

885 

1 836 

888 

67 

68 

104 

842 

822 

833 

826 

321 

3  Ray 817 

?  Islands 254 

Bay 264 

anchorage.  264 

443 

Cape.-. 401 

m  Cape 844 

429 

440 

865 

1 316 

431 


1M»KZ, 


075 


Hoiith  Urown  Is)«ti)    418 

C<)v»t,  Conclmiiin  Flarbor     .  840 

Ht.  MiirKiir.'t  Hay 291 

St. Mai-Kinof  Uay,l)(if»- 

con  :/ot 

Channel,  St.  Pierre la; 

<*iit  405 

Head,  IJiiy  Hulls 4mo 

Buy  of  iMliindH 847 

Port  ail  Port 3H7 

HiiKgod  Harbor 482 

St.  Jolnm 474 

PenKiiin  Island 401 

Point 65 

HtiiKlIiirlMn- Tic-klc.  805 

Pound  IsUit 403 

Red  Hciid  Hhoal 148 

RibbRdck 4ou 

Road,  Siicrcd  Bjjy 803 

ti(U'H 802 

Rock,  Boll  Inland 825 

Hearts  Dt'liKht 456 

Placentia  Bay 50 

Side  District 322 

Shoal ,  Virgin  Rocks 84 

Sunkor 108 

Tonlingnet  Isliind 882 

Southeast  Arm,  Deer  Harbor 448 

Fortune  Harbor..  378 

Little  River 189 

Plncentia  Harbor.    52 

Bottom 860 

Brook 154 

Cove,  Catalina  Harbor.  430 
Paradise  Sound . .    05 

Island,  Grand  Bruit 190 

Rock,  La  Poile 103 

Laun  Island 133 

Shoal,  Little  Bay 207 

Soiithend  Point 387 

Souther  Point.. 455 

Southern  Arm  ( Ari^ge  Bay) 316 

Three  Arms 358 

White  Bay 838 

Harbor,  Fortune  Bay...  143 
Little    Bay    Is- 
lands  305 

Little  Black  Is- 
land  376 

Head,  Black  Head  Bay  .  420 
Come  -  By-Chance 

Bay 64 

Fermeuse  Harbor  483 


Mont  hern  Head  Islet....... 867 

LmiK  rsland 867 

Pttf-,  r)l,l  ForoUe 394 

Rocks 494 

South  .Side  Rt.  OeorKc  Bay DM 

HonthsouthwcMl  Rock 899 

.Southward  Bay.  ,,., 494 

Head 484 

Southwest  Arm,  Catalina  Harlair.  431 
Clatisc  Harbor  .  77 
Corbin  flay  .148 

Oreen  Bay 854 

Ureen  Bay,  ice.   .  855 
(Irccu  Bay,   tele- 

Krajdi   805 

Green  Bay,  tides .  855 
Harbor  Breton    .    110 

N(>w  Bay .  373 

Random  Sound. .  444 

Rocky  Bay 306 

Sweet  Bay 434 

Trinity  Harbor  . .  438 
Bay,  Capfi  Rouge  Har- 
bor  8iJ 

Griguet 809 

St.  Lunaire  Bay..  311 
Beach,  Prescjue  Harbor    83 

Cove,  Head 91 

Red  Island 91 

Harbor,  Bell  Harbor .     835 

Head 77,854 

Island,  Bird  Islands ...     90 
Rocks,    Ramea 

Islands 173 

Trinity  Bay  ...  411 

Nonsuch 97 

Point,  Pond  Cove 204 

Rock,  Grnndy  Passage  204 
John-the-bay  - . .  108 

Laun  Island 122 

Ramea  Islands..  178 
Rocky  Harbor  . .  445 

Sow,  The,  Burgeo _ 177 

Spaniards  Bay 403 

communication 463 

tides 463 

Spanish  Room  Harbor 114 

anchorage      115 

water 115 

Spare  Point 468 

Sparrow  Point 54 

Spear  Bay 477 

Cape 477 


' 


^mmfMm'm.mvrm 


576 


INDEX. 


Pago. 

Spear  Cape  fog  signal . .  - 477 

light 477 

Island 480 

Point 336 

Spectacle  Head 465 

Spencer  Cove 93 

SpicerRock 107 

Spillers  Point 429 

Spirity  Point 279 

Split  Point 458 

Spoon  Cove 118 

Point 118 

Spont  Cove 481 

The 479 

St.  George  Bay 218 

Spread  Eagle  Bay 458 

anchorage 458 

Spriggs  Point 476 

Spring  Inlets 817 

Island 317 

beacon 317 

Spruce  Island 194 

Spurn  Point 251 

Spurrier  Point 105 

Spurwink  Island 483 

Square  Rock. 286 

Squarey  Islet 427 

Squid  Cove,  Castor  Point 289 

Nevf  World 378 

tides....  379 

Island 420 

Squier  Cove 170 

Stag  Harbor 395 

Tickle 394 

directions 395 

ice 395 

Island,  Notre  Dame  Bay 367 

Rock.. 118 

Stag  Harbor. 395 

Renewse  Harbor 484 

Stage  Island 504 

Stamford  Mount 422 

Stanley  Cove 157 

Rocks. 112 

Starboard  Island. 318 

Point 340 

Starve  Cove 384 

Harbor 384 

Head 384 

Stearin  Rock... 354 

Rocks 74 

Stearing  Island 275 

Steel  Mountain 222 


Page. 

Steering  Island,  Dog  Bay 898 

Fogo  Island 390 

Rock,  Bane  Harbor 102 

Rocks 100 

Stephenville 225 

Stem  Roi'k 180 

Stevenson  Islet 403 

Stickland  Cove .-. 155 

Point 88 

Qrandy  Sound ...  204 

Rock 113 

Village 205 

Stinking  Banks 404 

Cove 220 

Islands 403 

Stocking  Harbor 352 

Stone  Brook 257 

Island,  Birchy  Cove 157 

Bonavista  Cape 427 

Eogo  Islands 893 

Placentia  Bay 59 

Islands 481 

Point 156 

St.  Barbe  Harbor 295 

Stony  Point 81 

Rock 81 

Spit 230 

Stoppers  Side 478 

Storehouse  Cove 79 

Isl'd,  Fogo  Isl'ds 893 

beacon  393 

Gander  Bay 397 

Point 265 

Storm  Cape 308 

Stormy  Point  (Polnte  Ros6e) 214 

Story  Harbor 140 

Stowbridge  Head 257 

Straight  Coast 298 

Strand  Rock 123 

Strawberry  Island 811 

Strong  Islands 442 

Tickle 442 

Stuckey  Cove 868 

Styles  Point 171 

Sugarloaf ,  Goose  Arm 256 

Harbor  le  Cou 197 

Head 470 

Hill,  Burin  Inlet 119 

Island,  Despair  Bay 157 

Placentia  Bay  .69, 79 

Islet 85 

New  World  Island 378 

Placentia  Sound ...    54 


Page. 

Do;,'  Bay 308 

Fogo  Island 390 

Jane  Harbor 103 

100 

325 

180 

403 

--. 155 

88 

Qrandy  Sound ...  204 

113 

e 205 

404 

220 

403 

• 353 

- 357 

•chy  Cove 157 

navista  Cape 437 

go  Islands 393 

icentia  Bay 59 

- 481 

156 

Jarbe  Earbor 395 

81 

t 81 

230 

478 

79 

Fogolsl'ds 393 

beacon  393 

Gander  Bay 397 

b 265 

308 

ointe  Ros6e) 214 

- 140 

I 257 

298 

123 

id 811 

443 

ickle 442 

368 

171 

Arm 256 

ir  le  Cou 197 

470 

Jurin  Inlet 119 

,  Despair  Bay 157 

Placentia  Bay  .69, 79 

85 

Vorld  Island 378 

itia  Sound ...    54 


INDEX. 


577 


Page. 

Sugarloaf  Point 55 

Ray  Cape 311 

Rencontre  Bay 164 

Rock,  Fortune  Bay 137 

i5cillyCove 454 

Trinity  Bay 453 

Suleyann  Cove 365 

Sullivan  Islet 440 

Sunday  Cove  Island 362 

Bight 362 

Tickle 363 

Sunker  Rock,  Renewse 483 

The,  Placentia  Bay 83 

St.  Marys  Bay 49 

Surgeon  Cove 375 

Swagger  Cove 154 

anchorage 154 

Swains  Islands 403 

Swale  Island,  Laun  Islands 122 

South  Broad  Cove.  -  421 

Tickle 431 

Sweeny  Island 873 

Sweet  Bay 434 

Sword  Point 350 

T. 

Table  Head,  Camp  Islands 503 

Mountain 386,339 

Point 279 

Tacks  Beach-- 87 

Head 87 

Look-out 87 

Tail  of  the  Bank 453 

Tantam  Shoals 470 

Tasse  I'Argent  Harbor 83 

Taylor  Bay 133 

Point 133 

Rock 133 

Island,  Bonne  Bay 159 

Rocks,  Dollond 

Bight 152 

Rock,  Bonne  Bay 160 

Tea  Cove  Point 448 

Teapot  Rock 514 

Telegraph  Rock 94 

Temple  Bay 505 

communication 505 

Pass... 505 

Tenedos  Rock 330 

Testu  Bank 289 

Thames  Harbor  Point 449 

Thimble  Tickles 871 


Pane 

Thimble  Tickles  directions 371 

Thistle  Rock 511 

Thomas  Rock 114 

Rowsell  Island 370 

Thompson  Beach 146 

Thoroughfare  Rock 438 

The 488 

Three  Arms 356 

Three-arms  Island 357 

Three  Islands,  Grand  Bruit  Har- 
bor  190 

Mountains 314 

Harbor 314 

Peak  Hill 478 

Rocks 403 

Point. 233 

Shoals 233 

Stones  Cove 57 

Thrum  Cap  Island 143 

Tickle  Bay 451 

Beach  Point 452 

Cove 425 

Harbor  Point , 451 

Island 143 

Point 141 

tidal  streams 141 

.      St.  PaulsBay 374 

The..... 514 

Bonne  Bay 367 

Tickles  Islets 60 

The,  BuflPet  Harbor 93 

Tides  Cove 116 

Tiger  Rock 305 

Fortune  Harbor 374 

Tilcey  Island 496 

Tiller  Cove 115 

Tilley  Head,  PUley  Island 363 

TilleysHill 418 

Tilt  Cove  Island 378 

New  World  Island....  378 
New  World  Island,  an- 
chorage  378 

Notre  Dame  Bay 846 

Notre  Dame  Bay,  coal.  -  847 
Notre  Dame  Bay,  com- 
munication  347 

Rock 139 

Tilton  Harbor 389 

ice 889 

Head 439 

Tim  Barrett  Rock 55 

Tinker  Hill 477 

Island,  Cobbs  Arm 385 


.^,U^.^^,r.<.-t.^,^^^,..^^^Y.... 


578 


INDEX. 


I'Bge. 

Tinker  Island,  Little  Pinch -gnt ..    60 
Morris  Channel . . .  420 

Rose  Blanche 208 

Rock 477 

Rocks 85 

GariaBay 198 

Tinkershare  Island 110 

Tin-pot  Islands 840 

Tizard  Harbor 878 

Head 377 

Toad  Asses 877 

Cove 480 

Tobacco  Island 888 

Toby  Lookout 67 

Tolt,  The,  Mortier  Bay 115 

Random  Sound 443 

Ray  Cape 214 

Red  Island 91 

Point 448 

Tom  Cod  Rock,  Grand  Dismal  Cove  369 

Little  Bay 860 

Pass  Island 148 

Wadham  Islands..  899 

Power  Lookout 55 

Sheaves  Rock 60 

Tommy  Rock,  Ballard  Bank  ..  40,487 

SharpRock 63 

Tooth  Rock 192 

Tor  Bay 469 

Torbay  Bight 470 

Point 470 

Hill 470 

Torrent  Cove 831 

Tortoise  Mount 249 

Rock 275 

Tostello  Harbor 83 

Toulinguet  Harbor 880 

anchorage 380 

coal 380 

communica- 
tion  380 

ice 881 

light 380 

supplies 860 

tides 381 

Islands 379 

Toumionre  Shoals 129 

Town  Point 51 

Traces  Point. 483 

Tracey  Hill 512 

Traitant  Cove 296 

Trapper  Cove 280 

Traverse  Island 413 


Page. 

Tray  Town  Harbor 437 

Treenail  Tickle 885 

Tr6houatCove 180 

cables 180 

Trepassey  Bay , 42 

caution 42 

Harbor  42 

anchorage 48 

buoy 42 

dangers 48 

directions 43 

pilots 48 

tides 44 

water 43 

Triangle  Point 800 

Banks 800 

Trimming  Hill 186 

Trinity  Bay 411,488 

caution 488 

ice 483 

Cove 68 

Head 58 

St.  Paul 211 

Gut 412 

Harbor 488 

communication  ...  434 

directions 484 

ice 484 

light 484 

supplies 434 

tides 484 

Shoal 80 

Trinny  Cove  Islands 59 

Troak  Point 118 

Rock 118 

Trompe  rCEil  Point 300 

Trou  de  la  Balaine 800 

Trout  River 261 

anchorage 261 

Bight 262 

communication 261 

Rock 261 

Troytown  Harbors 368 

tides 868 

Island 868 

Truck  Island 608 

Truite  Point 825 

Trump  Islands 379 

Tickle 879 

Tucker  Head 258 

Bonne  Bay 265 

Turf  Point 224 

Turfpook  Island 424 


iiWIiilli 


MNillillHi 


Page. 

r 437 

885 

180 

)le8 180 

42 

tion 42 

42 

anchorage 43 

buoy 42 

dang3r8 48 

directions 43 

pilots 48 

tides 44 

water    43 

800 

iks 800 

186 

411,488 

Q 488 

483 

68 

58 

ml 211 

412 

- 438 

imunication  ...  484 

ictions 434 

484 

it 434 

plies 434 

>8 434 

80 

is 59 

118 

118 

It 300 

300 

261 

rage 261 

262 

[unication 261 

261 

368 

tides 868 

868 

- 608 

325 

379 

lie 379 

258 

eBay 265 

224 

424 


INDEX. 


579 


Page. 

Turks  Bight 174 

Cove ' 454 

Gut,  Colliers  Bay 466 

Head 173 

Colliers  Bay 466 

Island 171 

Turr  Islands,  Fogo  Island 392 

(lies  aux  Godes) 288 

Bamea  Islands 172 

Turret  Bay 288 

Point 288 

Turtles,  The 828 

Tweed  Island 248 

anchorage 248 

Twelve-feet  Rock 506 

Twin  Island.  Red  Bay 511 

Islands 288 

Tvdns  Rocks- 408 

Burnt  Islands  Harbor  205 

The 466 

Two  Guts 289 

Barachois 239 

Hills  Point 281 

Rocks 78 

TJ. 

Union  Cove 338 

Upper  Big  Shoal 94 

Caplin  Cove  Point 373 

Crabb  Brook 258 

Griguet  Harbor 810 

Harbor,     Exploits     Burnt 

Islands 375 

Islands 353 

Lance  Cove 489 

Pinnacle  Rock 112 

Rams _ 56 

Rock __ 104 

Rocky  Bight 489 

SandyPoint 67 

Shoal  Harbor  - 444 

Point 162 

V. 

Vache-gare  Cove 327 

Vainqneur  Island 128 

Valen  Isles 79 

Valley  Cove 508 

Vanguard  Shoal 310 

Variation  of  the  compass 32 

Varket  Channel 420 

Island 420 

Venams  Bight 347 


P»g». 

Venils  Island 178 

anchorage 178 

Shoal 178 

Verde  Point 51 

light 51 

Shoal 51 

Verdon  Islands 319 

Verge  Island 441 

Rock 441 

Vert  Island 316 

Verte  Island 308 

Bay 341 

anchorage 341 

ice 841 

Vestal  Rock,  Great  Laun  Harbor.  121 

St.  Johns 474 

Vesuvius  Rock,  Bay  of  Islands...  254 
Change       Island 

Tickle 389 

Dog  Bay 898 

Victor  Brook 287 

Vicunalsland 66 

Vide  Bouteille  Cape 247 

ViergeCove..   814 

Point 814 

Vigie  d'Aigremont 131 

Vigors  Island 1 74 

Vincent  Islet 804 

Point 382 

Vinegar  Hill 110 

Vineyard  Islet. 192 

Virgin  Arm,  New  World  Island..  378 

Bay 320 

Cove,  Merasheen  Island ...    84 

Mount 247 

Point 53 

Rock,  Hermitage  Bay 149 

Rocks,  Great  Bank 33 

ice. 34 

tidal  streams 35 

Placentia  Bay 50 

Shoal 320 

W. 

Wadham  Islands 398 

ice 398 

light 898 

Waldron  Cove 874 

Wall  Island 501 

Shoal 501 

Rock 458 

Ward  Harbor 366 

Island 371 


580 


INDEX. 


PBg«. 

Warren  Cove lei 

Warwick  Harbor 437 

Washball  Rock 104 

Washballs  Rocks 474 

Washing-tub  Islet 108 

Wash  Rocks 197 

Watchers  Rocks   828 

Watch  Hill 473 

Island,  Pogo  Islands 395 

Rock 895 

Watchman,  The  (Le  Guetteur)  . .  288 

Watch  Rock,  Penguin  Island 167 

Seldom  Come-by ...  395 

Water  Bears 887 

Watering  Cove  Point 819 

Weasel  Island 154 

telegraph 154 

Webber  Bight,  Fortune  Harbor  ..  378 

Point 122 

Welch  Point 339 

Well  Bay 287 

beacons 287 

Point 386 

Wellman  Cove 862 

anchorage 362 

Welsh  Cove 357 

West  Ann,  How  Harbor 316 

MortierBay 115 

anchorage  115 

Rose  Blanche 201 

Troytown  Harbor 868 

Baldwin  Rock 208 

buoy 208 

Bay,  Port  au  Port 237 

anchor- 
age. 235,237 

Broad  Cove 103,112' 

Countryman  Islands 893 

Flat  Island I8I 

beacon 181 

Shoals 181 

Head,  Oaultois 150 

light 150 

Merasheen  Harbor...    90 

Indian  Island 395 

Island 75 

Mound 298 

beacon 293 

Point,  Bay  de  Vieux 169 

British  Harbor 436 

LaHuneBay 167 

Rogues  Harbor 852 

Western  Arm 513 


Page. 

West  Point,  Western  Cove 70 

Random  Head 442 

River,  Brent  Islands 816 

anchorage  316 

Road  237 

Sacred  Bay 302 

Rock,  Channel  Head 210 

Shag  Rock 381 

Strong  Island 443 

Twin  Rock 408 

White  Island 205 

Western  Arm,  Red  Bay 512 

Three  Arms. 857 

White  Bay 338 

ice 888 

Bank ...  500 

Bay    Head,    Conception 

Bay 468 

Brook 272 

Pond 272 

Cove 70 

anchorage 71 

Head 70 

Creek Ill 

Head Ill 

Harbor 159 

Head,  Bonavista  Bay  -..  425 

Bonne  Bay 262 

Despair  Bay 150 

Fortune  Harbor  ..  878 

Green  Bay 488 

Grounds 438 

Long  Island 866 

New  World  Island  877 

Rock 878 

Fogo  Cape ..  894 

Island 116 

Passages,    Dead    Island 

Harbor 206 

Point,  Jackson  Cove 855 

Red  Island  Bay...  174 

Rock 174 

Rock,  Bonavista  Bay 425 

Little  Mortier  Bay  117 

White  Islands 76 

Rocks,  Placentia  Bay 108 

Presque  Harbor..    81 

St.Shots 44 

Sunker,  Ragged  Islands  .    87 

Washing-tub 108 

Weymouth  Point 830 

beacon 880 

Whaleback  Ridge 271 


INDEX. 


681 


Page. 

ern  Cove 70 

*d 442 

Islands 816 

anchorage  816 

287 

Bay 302 

lelHead 210 

381 

a 443 

408 

1 205 

i  Bay 512 

•ee  Arms- 857 

lite  Bay 338 

ice 888 

.--.  500 

id,     Conception 

458 

272 

nd 272 

70 

lorage 71 

i 70 

Ill 

ad Ill 

159 

navista  Bay  -..  425 

ineBay 262 

ipair  Bay 160 

tune  Harbor  . .  878 

sen  Bay 483 

lunds 438 

ig  Island 866 

V  World  Island  877 
!k 878 

Fogo  Cape ..  894 
116 

Dead    Island 

206 

jksonCove 855 

d  Island  Bay...  174 

ck 174 

lavistaBay 425 

tie  Mortier  Bay  117 

lite  Islands 76 

icentiaBay 108 

Bsque  Harbor..    81 

44 

agged  Islands .    87 

'^ashing-tnb 108 

880 

eacon 880 

271 


Fagc, 

Whale  Cave 800 

Grotto 314 

Island,  Antelope  Harbor  . .  505 

Gaultois 150 

Islands 289 

Point 299 

Rock 159 

Renewse 484 

Whalesback,  The 123 

Whales  Back 59 

Rock 78,109 

Shoal 180 

White  Bay,  east  coast 334 

current 889 

ice 834 

^/bite  Bear  Bay 171 

anchorage 171 

directions 172 

St.  Charles  Chan- 
nel  : 500 

telegraph 171 

water 171 

Point 500 

Cape,  North  coast 310 

Harbor  (Upper  Gri- 

guet) 310 

tides 310 

Land 810 

Clam  Rock 899 

Dog  Point 810 

Ground,  Burgeo 176 

Change  Island  ...  888 

Cinq  Cerf  Bay 188 

ToulinguetHarbor  881 

Trinity  Bay 488 

Head,  Barasway  Bay 208 

Hills.- 67,311,853 

Cape  Cormorant 230 

Horse  Rock 117 

Shoal 484 

Island,  Burgeo  Islands 179 

Burgeo  Islands,  bea- 
con  179 

Castors  Harbor 289 

Grand  Bruit 190 

Merasheen  Island..    88 

Shoal 174 

Wadham  Islands...  398 
White  Bear  Bay....  172 

Islands,  D6grat  Cape 808 

Placentia  Bay 74 

Rocky  Bay 896 

Islet,  Canada  Bay 329 


Page. 

White  Islets,  Bloody  Reach 416 

Swale  Island 421 

Mica  Cove 508 

Point,  Bay  of  Islands 248 

DegratCape 307 

Fortune  Bay 188 

Grevigneux  Bay  —  328 

Hall  Bay 861 

Kerley  Harbor 436 

Petit  For t  Harbor .. .    96 
Placentia  Sound.  - .  52,77 

Ragged  Harbor 400 

Winterhouse  Cove . .  358 

Rock,  Cape  Spear 477 

Catalina  Harbor 480 

CorbinBay 148 

Hants  Harbor 458 

Harbor  Grace 460 

Hearts  Content  Har- 
bor.  454 

Islets 274 

Lance  Cove 105 

Les  Vaches 281 

Port  au  Port 241 

Red  Harbor 118 

Saddle  Island 159 

St.  Johns 474 

Rocks,  Cape  Degrat -  308 

Heartsease  Inlet ...  446 

Sail 88 

Banks. 94 

Head. 83,94 

Whittle  Hill 190 

Wild  Bight  Head 877 

Leading  Tickles. 371 

Long  Island 366 

New  World  Island  ...  377 

Snooks  Arm 848 

Three  Arms 358 

ice 358 

Cove,  Bonne  Bay 267 

( Capelan  Bay) 347 

Fogo  Islands 394 

(Gouffre  Harbor) 331 

Hauling  Arm 388 

Head 367 

La  Hune  Cape 166 

Petit  Fort 96 

Point 394 

Will  Island 147 

William  Henry  Bank 109 

Wheeler  Point 258 

Willis  Island 421 


58ir 


INDEX, 


Pagi'. 

Willis  Reach 421 

Windsor  Lake 846 

Point 857 

Windy  Point 328 

beacon 828 

Winging  Rock 60,88 

Rocks 68 

Winter  Cove 206 

Flat 296 

Winterhouse  Cove 858 

Wiseman  Cove 887 

Wisemans  Point 511 

Witch  Hazel  Bay 141 

Peak 467 

Witless  Bay,  Bay  Bulls 480 

Trinity  Bay 456 

Point,  Bay  Bulls 480 

Trinity  Bay 456 

Rock 456 

Wolf  Bay 175,361 

Cove,  Hall  Bay 361 

Head,  Hall  Bay 361 

Trinity  Bay 485 

Island,  Bloody  Bay 417 

Rock,  Good  Bay 287 

Tail  Reef  287 

Rocks,  Connaigre  Bay 148 

Shoal,  Canada  Bay 329 

Wood  Bay 304 

Islands,  Change  Island 387 

Woods  or  Harbor  Island 254 

Harbor 254 

Woody  Bay 347 

Cove 268 

Rock 45 

Hill,  Brig  Bay 292 

Island,  Basque  Port 209 

beacons  209 

Bay  of  Islands 248 

Bight 872 

Black  Fly  Islands..  492 

Brine  Islands 58 

Burin  Inlet 118 

Burnt  Islands 98 

Chance  Harbors -..  424 

Cnlotte 189 

Flat  Island ill 

Harbor 68 


Woody  Island,  Leading  Tickles....  371 

Long  Harbor 141 

Notre  Dame  Bay . .  872 

Placentia  Bay 62 

Red  Harbor 112 

Rock 118 

St.  George  Bay 222 

Shoal 67 

Sops  Arm 886 

Islands,  Placentia  Bay 68 

Placentia  Bay,  an- 
chorage      69 

Placentia  Bay, 

tides 69 

White  Bear  Bay..  171 

Islets,  Beaches  Harbor 416 

Point,  Bonne  Bay 268 

anchorage  268 

coal 263 

communi  - 

cation.-  263 
supplies..  263 

Rock 347 

Snooks  Arm 847 

Wreck  Bay 510 

Cove 217 

Island 186 

Garia  Bay 195 

Sunkers 195 

Y. 

Yankee  Rock 210 

Rocks 202 

Shoal 210 

Yardie  Island 109 

Yellow  Fox  Cove 872 

Point 289 

beacons 289 

York  Harbor , 250 

anchorage 250 

Point 504 

Young  Harry  Rock 428 

Youngs  Cove 221 

Z. 

Zephyr  Rock 829 

Z6e  Bank 187 

buoy^.  127 


.'^.v*^?T<s*i  JrA^^'^"^g?n^???ap5;^gs^gfmg<r^';s?ryi^>ws^y.(iMii»Bh«iug<tt^ 


m^i'mKsr-^^i-iee^tgSVBfm^ifV 


Pago, 
ading  Tickles....  871 

ng  Harbor 141 

tre  Dame  Bay . .  872 

icentia  Bay 62 

i  Harbor 112 

:!k 118 

George  Bay 223 

)al 67 

m  Arm 836 

IticentiaBay 68 

lacentia  Bay,  an- 
chorage       60 

lacentia  Bay, 

tides 60 

hite  Bear  Bay-.  171 

[jhes  Harbor 416 

aeBay 263 

anchorage  263 

coal 263 

communi  - 

cation..  263 
supplies..  268 

t 847 

>k8  Arm 847 

510 

217 

186 

I  Bay 105 

ers 105 

r. 

210 

-- 202 

210 

- 109 

872 

280 

ns 289 

, 250 

rage 250 

504 

: 428 

- 231 

320 

187 

127 


PRIOK    LIST 


OF 


Publications  on  Sale  at  Hydrobraphic  Offioe. 


NOTE.— The  prices  of  books  (often  enlarged)  are 
liable  to  change  with  new  editions.  The  price  w^ill 
be  found  marked  on  title  page.  A  new  edition,  or 
publication,  w^hen  issued  is  advertised  in  the  weekly 
H.  O.  Notice  to  Mariners  in  the  first  notice  of  each 
month. 

THE    FOLLOWING    ARE    THE    ONLY    PUBLICATIONS    ON    SALE. 


No. 


9 
18 

15 

17 


Title  of  Book. 


The  American  Practical  Navigator.    Bowditch.    1809 

Useful  Tables  from  the  American  Practical  Navigator.    Bow- 
ditch.    1800. 

Memoir  of  the  Dangers  and  Ice  in  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean. 
1868. 


Price. 


22 


24 
80 
31 
82 
45 
54 
65 

57 

68 


Projection  Tables.    1860 1 

Supplement  No.  2  to  Bering  Sea  and  Coast  of  Alaska.     1895. . . 

General  Examination  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.   1870 

General  Examination  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Supplement.  1886 

General  Examination  of  the  Indian  Ocean.     1870 

List  of  Lights  of  the  World.    Vol.!    1898 

List  of  Lights  of  the  World.    Vol.  II.    1898 

List  of  Lights  of  the  World.    Vol.  III.    1899 

The  Navigation  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.     1899.     (Preparing) . . . . 
Navigation  of  the  Straits  of  Magellan.    1888 


Remarks  on  a  Voyage  through  the  Patagonian  Channels  and 
Magellan  Strait.     1874. 

Tables  for  Finding  the  Distance  of  an  Object  by  Two  Bear- 
ings.   1881. 

The  Navigation  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  China  Seas,  and  Connect- 
ing Waters.     1890.     (Preparing.) 


(588) 


$2.36 
1.35 

.30 

1.50 
.20 

2.00 
.10 

2.00 
.26 
.26 
.25 


.20 

.20 


584 


LIST   OF   IIYDROGBAPIIIC   OFFICE   PUBLICATIONS. 


No. 

Title  of  Book. 

Price. 

64 

The  Navigation  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea. 
Vol.  II,    Third  edition.     1896. 

11.50 

The  Navigation  of  the,  Gnlf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea. 
Vol.  II.    Third  editioii.     Supplement.     1898. 

.20 

66 

Arctic  Azimuth  Tables  for  Parallels  of  Latitude  between  70° 
and  88°.    1881. 

.80 

71 

Azimuth  Tables  giving  the  True  Bearings  of  the  Sun  at  Inter- 
vals of  Ten  Minutes  between  Sunrise  and  Sunset  for  Parallels 
of  Latitude  between  61°  N.  and  61°  S.     1899. 

1.00 

78 

Newfoundland  and  Labrador.  Second  edition.   1890.  (In  press.). 

77 

Practical  Hints  in  Regard  to  West  Indian  Hurricanes.     1887. . . 

.10 

84 

West  Coast  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  from  the  United 
States  to  Panama,  including  the  Gulfs  of   California  and 
Panama.    Second  edition.     1898.                                              • 

1.60 

West  Coast  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  from  the  United 
States  to  Panama,  including  the   Gulfs  of  California  and 
Panama.    Second  edition.    Supplement.     1898. 

.20 

86 

The  Navigation  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea. 
Vol.  I.    Fourth  edition.     1898. 

8.00 

The  Navigation  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea. 
Vol.  I.     Fourth  edition.    Supplement.     1899. 

.10 

87 

The  International  Code  of  Signals  for  the  Use  of  All  Nations. 
1898. 

2.60 

88 

East  Coast  of  South  America.    Second  edition.     1894 

1.60 

East  Coast  of  South  America.    Second  edition.     Supplement. 
1898. 

.20 

89 

The  West  Coast  of  South  America,  including  Magellan  Strait, 
Tierra  del  Fuego  and  the  Outlying  Islands.    Second  edition. 
1896. 

1.20 

The  West  Coast  of  South  America,  including  Magellan  Strait, 
Tierra  del  Fuego  and  the  Outlying  Islands.    Second  edition. 
Supplement.     1898. 

.10 

90 

The  development  of  Great  Circle  Sailing.    Second  edition. 
(In  press. ) 

98 

Report  of  Ice  and  Ice  Movements  in  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean. 

1890. 

.20 

96 

The  average  Forms  of  Isolated  Submarine  Peaks,  and  the  in- 
terval which  should  obtain    between    deep-sea  soundings 
taken  to  disclose  the  character  of  the  bottom  of  the  Ocean. 

.70 

96 

The  Coast  of  British  Columbia,  including  the  Juan  de  Fuca 
Strait,  Puget  Sound,  Vancouver  and  Queen  Charlotte  Islands. 
1891. 

1.50 

mm 


mm 


Price. 


11.00 


.20 


.80 


1.00 


.10 


e    uiuieu 

)mia  and 

i.mt 

le  United 
)mia  and 

.20 

)ean  Sea. 

8.00 

3ean  Sea. 

.10 

Nations. 

2.50 

1.60 

plement. 

.20 

in  Strait, 
\  edition. 

1.20 

w  Strait, 
\  edition. 

.10 

edition. 

ic  Ocean. 

.20 

d  the  in- 
oundings 
J  Ocean. 

.70 

de  Fuca 
B  Islands. 

1.50 

No. 


99 


100 


102 

108 
105 


106 


108 


108-III 
Sup. 

110 

111 

112 

114 

115 


LIST   OF   HYDROORAIMIIC   OFFICE    PUBLICATIONS. 


Title  of  Book. 


The  Coast  of  British  Columbia,  includinR  the  .Tnnn  de  Fnca 
Strait,  PuKet  Sound,  Vanconvor  and  Queoii  Cliarlotte  Inlands. 
Supplement.     180M. 
Supplement  No.  2.     1899 


Sailing  Directions  for  Bay  of  Fundy,  Southeast  Coast  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  the  South  and  East  Coasts  of  Capo  Breton  Island 
Second  edition.     1897. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bay  of  Fundy,  Southeast  Coast  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  the  South  and  East  Coasts  of  Cape  Breton  Island. 
Setiond  edition.     Supplement.     1899. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence.    Sec- 
ond edition.     1897. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence.     Sec- 
ond edition.    Supplement.    1899. 

The  Azores,  Madeiras,  Salvages,  Canaries,  and  Cape  Verde 
Islands.     Third  pdition.     1898. 


Submarine  cables.     1892 

West  Coast  of  Africa.    Second  edition.    1893 

West  Coast  of  Africa.    Second  edition.    Supplement.     1897... 

Azimuth  Tables  giving  the  True  Bearings  of  the  Sun  at  In- 
tervals of  Ten  Minutes  between  Sunrise  and  Sunset  for  Par- 
allels of  Latitude  between  40°  N.  and  50°  N. ,  inclusive.     1894. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Great  Lakes  and  Connecting  Waters. 
1896. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Great  Lakes  and  Connecting  Waters. 
Supplement.     1899.     (Preparing.) 

Sailing  Directions  for  North  Channel  of  Lake  Huron  and 
Georgian  Bay.     1895. 

The  Gulf  Stream.    1894 

Sunrise  and  Sunset  Tables.     1896 

Illustrative  Cloud  Forms.     1897 

Contributions  to  Terrestrial  Magnetism.     1897 

The  Hawaiian  Islands  and  the  Islands,  Rocks,  and  Shoals  to  the 
Westward.     1899. 

Catalo^e  of  Charts,  Plans,  Sailing  Directions,  and  Other  Pub- 
lications of  the  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office.    1899. 


Remittances  should  be  by  money  order  to  the  Hydrographic  Office. 


585 


Price. 


90.80 

.10 

2.80 

.10 

2.80 

.10 

1.00 

1.00 

1.50 

.20 

.50 

1.00 


1.00 

.10 

.80 

1.00 

1.90 

.40 

.50 


T 


AGENTS  FOR  THE  SALE  OF  HYDROGRAPHIC  OFFICE  CHARTS, 
SAILING  DIRECTIONS,  ETC. 


AGENTS  IN  TUE  UNITED  STATES. 

Alexandria,  Va.— R.  Bell's  Sons,  South  Fairfax  Htreet. 

Astoria,  Orag.— Qriffen  &  Roed. 

Baltimore,  Md.— P.  J.  Sloane  &  Co.,  corner  Pnitt  street  and  Spear's  wharf. 

M.  V.  O'Neal,  602  East  Pratt  street. 
Bangor,  Me.— Snow  &  Nealley  Company. 
Bath,  Me.— Charles  A.  Harriinan. 
Block  laland,  B.  L— C.  C.  Ball. 
Boothbay  Harbor,  Ma— William  O.  McCobb. 
Boston,  Mass.— Charles  C.  Hutchinson,  152  State  street. 
L.  Prang  &  Co.,  286  Roxbury  street. 
Samuel  Thaxter  &  Son,  126  State  street, 
BulBilo,  N.  T.— Buflfalo  Ship  Chandlery  Company,  11-18  Main  street. 

Howard  H.  Baker  &  Co.,  18-26  Terrace  street. 
Oharlestooa,  8.  0.— James  Allan  &  Co.,  286  King  street. 
Chicago,  m.— George  Carpenter  &  Co.,  202-208  South  Water  street. 
H.  Channon  Company,  24-26  Market  street. 
Rand,  McNally  &  Co.,  166-168  Adams  street. 
Cleveland,  Ohio.— Burrows  Brothers  Company,  188-187  Euclid  avenue. 

The  Marine  Record  Publishing  Company,  Western  Reserve 

Building. 
The  Marine  Review,  616  Perry-Payne  Building. 
Detroit,  Mich.— H.  D.  Edwards  &  Co.,  16-24  Woodward  avenue. 

J.  W.  Westcott,  foot  of  Woodward  avenue. 
Duluth,  Minn.— A.  Hirsch. 
Bastport,  Me.— G.  H.  Cummings. 
Bast  Tawas,  Mich.— Howard  C.  Bristol. 
Bureka,  Oal.— James  E.  Matthews. 
Femandina,  Fla— J.  W.  Howell. 
Oalveston,  Tex.— Charles  F.  Trul)e,2415  Market  street. 
Gloucester,  Mass.— P.  A.  Chisolm,  161  Main  street. 
Jacksonville,  Fla.— H.  &  W.  B.  Drew  Company. 
Key  West,  Ha.— Alfred  Brost. 

Los  Angeles,  CaL-Stoll  &  Thayer  Company,  252-264  South  Spring  street. 
Marquette,  Mich.— A.  O.  Kruger. 
Millbridge,  Me.— N.  C.  Wallace. 

MUwaukee,  Wis.-Joy8  Bros.  &  Co.,  206  East  Water  street. 
Mobile,  Ala.— Costello  &  Bates  Company,  24  Front  street. 

E.  O.  Zadek  Jewelry  Company. 
Wew  Bedford,  Mass.— C.  R.  Sherman  &  Son. 
New  London,  Conn.— Axel  P.  Anderson,  57  Bank  street. 
New  Orleans,  La.— Frigerio  &  SchuUy,  411  Royal  street. 
L.  Frigerio  (widow),  1019  Canal  street. 
Woodward,  Wight  &  Co.,  406-418  Canal  street. 


Uno 38 


(687) 


688 


IIVDIloiJKAI'nU'    OIIKK    AOKN'IM. 


"1 
I  if 

I 


Newport,  B.  L-  J.  M.  K.  HouthwU  k,  I8A  ThamnH  Ntri*nt. 
Vew  Whatcom,  Waah.    Cliarlo*  >I,  Sherman. 
New  York,  N.  Y.-  T.  s.  &  .1.  I),  NeKiin,  HO  Water  wtreet. 
Inliii  DliHH  &  Co.,  ViH  Front.  HtriMtt. 
MIrluicl  Klip))  &  Co., UU  N'liitli  Htreet, 
R.  Merrill'M  HoriH,  UU  Wull  Htruot. 
E.  Mtol^er  &  Co.,  25  Park  E'liioe. 
TliomaH  Maniiiii^,  45  Hroadway. 
Norfolk,  Va.— C.  F.  Oroenwoixl  &  liro.,  15H  Main  Htreet. 

Vlfkery  &  Co.,  124  Main  Htreot. 
Ogdeoaburg,  N.  Y.— Goorgo  Hall  Coal  Company. 

Oawego,  N.  Y. — John  S.  PamonH,  coriior  W'oat  Cayuga  and  Water  Htreetu. 
Palmbeaoh,  Fla.-  E.  M.  BrolBfonl. 

Penaacola,  Pla.— Henry  Horsier  &  Co.,  7()6-70H  Houth  I'alafox  Htreot. 
MeEonzle,  OnrtinK  iii  V,o.,  50U  Houtli  I'alafox  Htreet. 
Philadelphia,  Pa.— RIkkh  &  Bro.,  !)1U  Market  htreet. 
Portland,  Me. — Win.  Henter  &  Co.,  51  Excliange  Htreot. 
Portland,  Oreg.— J.  K.  Gill  &  Co.,  Third  and  Alder  Htreeta. 
Port  Huron,  Kich.     Kendall  Marine  Reporting  Company. 
Port  Townaend,  Waah.— Waterman  &  Katz. 

W.  J.  Fritz,  880  Water  street. 
Providence,  B.  L   -George  A.  Stookwell,  Room  12,  Uoard  of  Trade  Building. 
Punta  Oorda,  Pla.— K.  B.  Harvey. 
Bookland,  Me.  —Spear  &  Stover,  408  Main  Htreet. 
Sabine  Paaa,  Tex. — McReyuoldg  &  Adama. 
Sag  Harbor,  N.  Y.— CharleH  Philip  Cook. 
San  Diego,  OaL — E.  M.  Burbeck,  corner  Fifth  and  D  streetti. 
San  Franciaco,  OaL— Dillon  &  Co.,  810  California  street. 
tiOulB  Weultt,  418  Battery  street. 
S.  8.  Arnhelm,  8  Stouart  Htreet. 
H.  Lawrenson,  6  Market  street. 
San  Pedro,  OaL — E.  Strome,  Beacon  street. 
Santa  Barbara,  Oal.— H.  A.  C.  McPkail. 
Saxilt  Ste.  Marie,  Mich.—  Wood  &  Thoenen. 
Savannah,  Oa. — J.  P.  Johnson. 
Seattle,  Wash. — O.  Beningbansen,  First  avenue  south  and  Washington  street. 

Lowman  &  Ilanford. 
Stonington,  Oonn. — James  H.  Stivers,  73  Water  street. 
Sturgeon  Bay,  Wis.— Frank  Long. 
Tacoma,  Waah.  -Vaaghan  &  Morrill. 
Tampa,  Fla. — Babbitt  &  Co.,  Franklin  street. 
Tarpon  Springs,  Fla.— C.  D.  Webster,  88-86  Tarpon  avenue. 
Tremont,  Me. — Frank  McMuUen. 
Vineyard  Haven,  Masa. — £.  St.  Croix  Oliver. 
Waahington,  D.  0.  -W.  H.  Lowdermllk  &  Co.,  1424  F  street  NW. 
J.  J.  Chapman,  608  Thirteenth  street  NW. 
Wm.  Ballantyne  &  Son,  428  Seventh  street  NW. 
Brentano's,  1015  Pennsylvania  avenue  NW. 
West  Superior,  Wis.— Charles  S.  Barker. 
Wheeling,  W.  Va.— Frank  Stanton. 
Wilmington,  N.  0.— Godfrey  Hart,  24  South  Front  street. 
W.  N.  Harriss,  North  Water  street. 


"'~«5»raHi 


BKBa 


\Viit«»r  Htrectu. 

ox  Htrcot. 
'ox  street. 


'  Trade  Building. 


Washington  street. 


NW. 

xeet  NW. 
NW. 


.• 


iivin{()(H{,\r'nr<i  okkick  agknts.. 

AOENT8  IN  FOHEION  POUTS. 

OallAO,  Peru.    .John  Newton,  2  Callede  lit  Conntltuddn. 

Oluffow,  Scotland.— A  lex  under  Duhbio  &  Hon,  1«  Clyde  pluee. 

Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.     Itobert  II.  Co/fnwell. 

Hamburir,  Oenuany.     Eckanlt  &  Mi'sstorff. 

Havre,  France.     V  ic  M.  Lopotlt,  16  Itne  de  I'urin. 

Hongkong,  Ohinn    -CinirleH  (inupp  &  Co. 

Honolulu,  H.  I.     Frank  H.  Dodge. 

Kingston,  Jamaica.  -  .runieg  (hill. 

Liverpool,  Bngland.-Phlllp,  Hon  &  Nephew,  41-Bl  South  Cantle  Htreet. 

Montevideo,  Uruguay.-T.  Bottlnl  &  Co.,  0(5-97  Callo  Ilompla. 

Montreal,  Canada.-  Henrn  &  Harrlnon,  1640  Notre  Dame  Ht.eei. 

Kaeeau,  Bahamas. ~T.  Darling  &  Co. 

Pemambuoo,  Brazil — Arthur  B.  Dallas. 

Port  Hawkesbury,  0.  B.  L,  Nova  Scotia.— Alexander  Bain. 

Quebec,  Canada.—.).  J.  Moore  &  Co.,  118-120  .Mountain  Hill. 

8t.  John,  New  Brunewiok.— J.  &  A.  McMillan. 

St.  Johns,  Newfoundland.— Garrett  Byrne. 

St.  Thomas,  West  Indies.— J.  P.  Thorsen. 

Turks  Island.— E.  J.  D.  Astwood. 

Vancouver,  British  Columbia.— Albert  Ufford,  68  Cordova  street. 

Victoria,  British  Columbia.-  T.  N.  Hlbben  &  Co.,  69  Government  street. 


589 


y 


